tert 


refs, 


. 





GIFT OF 


JANE K.SATHER 



































Mat 
i" 
U 
ep 


i] iawn 
LL hy | i 





MANUAL GREEK LEXICON 


OF THE 


NEW TESTAMENT 


See AM na 
‘od Ava ae i 





MANUAL 
GREEK LEXICON 


OF THE 


NEW TESTAMENT 


BY 


G. ABBOTT-SMITH, D.D., D.C.L. 


PROFESSOR OF NEW TESTAMENT LITERATURE IN THE MONTREAL DIOCESAN 
THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN THE 
ORIENTAL DEPARTMENT IN MCGILL UNIVERSITY 


NEW YORK 
CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS 


1922 


Printed in the United States of America 


Gree k VaTHEs 








Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/manualgreeklexicOOabborich 


PREFACE 


THE need of a new Greek-English Lexicon of the New 
Testament will hardly be questioned. Thayer’s monumental 
work, deservedly the standard for more than thirty years 
past, and, supplemented by later literature, still likely to 
remain a standard of reference for some time to come, was 
rather too bulky to serve as a table companion to the New 
Testament for the average man. A smaller book, which 
would lend itself more readily to constant reference, has 
been a real and growing want for the student. 

This want has been enhanced by the progress of lexical 
study during the last quarter century. The study of verna- 
cular texts, which in recent years received a new impetus 
through the discovery of vast numbers of non-literary papyri, 
chiefly in Egypt, has removed all doubt as to the category to 
which the language of the New Testament belongs. It is 
now abundantly clear that the diction of the apostolic writers 
is not a peculiar isolated idiom, characteristic of Jewish Hel- 
lenists, but simply the common speech of the Greek-speaking 
world at the time when the New Testament books were 
written. 

While the statement just made has come to be a 
commonplace, it has not been so for long. There has arisen, 
therefore, the need not only of the collection and arrange- 
ment in convenient form (a need which is now being supplied 
for the advanced scholar in Moulton and Muilligan’s Voca- 
bulary of the Greek Testament) of the results of pioneer 
study in the papyri, but also of a systematic revision, in the 
light of recent research, of many of the views regarding the 
diction and vocabulary of the New Testament which were 
commonly accepted thirty or even twenty years ago. 

The considerations therefore—so well set forth by Dr. 
Moulton in his Prolegomena—which call for an entirely new 
grammar of the New Testament, apply also to the work of 
the Lexicographer. And the materials for his work—still 


vii 


Vili PREFACE 


steadily accumulating—have been liberally furnished by the 
special studies of Deissmann and Thumb in Germany and 
Moulton and Milligan in Great Britain and have also found 
their way into the more recent commentaries. 

The new impulse given to the study of the Septuagint 
by the publication of the Oxford Concordance by Hatch and 
Redpath, the Cambridge Manual Edition of the Septuagint 
and its accompanying Introduction by Dr. Swete, together with 
the Grammar of Mr. Thackeray, has also had its influence 
on New Testament studies. While Dr. Abbott's caution! as 
to the possibility of exaggerating the influence of the Septua- 
gint still holds good, the evidence of the papyri has brought 
about a growing sense of its value to the student of the New 
Testament. More reference therefore has been made, it 1s 
believed, in this Lexicon to the usage of the Septuagint than 
in any previous work of the same kind, so that even where 
there may not appear to be any special significance in the Old 
Testament usage with respect to a particular word, the 
student will always have an idea of the extent and character 
of the use which was made of it in that version which was 
the most familiar form of the Old Testament to the writers 
of the New. 

The books mentioned in the list which follows are, out of 
a larger number to which I would register here a general 
acknowledgement of indebtedness, those which appeared to 
be, on the whole, the more accessible and useful to the 
average reader. Among the Lexicons, an almost equal debt 
is owed to Liddell and Scott and to Thayer. The classifica- 
tion of meanings in the latter, a characteristic excellence, 
often defies improvement, while Preuschen, though on the 
whole adding little to the work of his predecessors, is often 
helpful in this same particular. Not a few suggestions of 
fresh treatment have come from Fr. Zorell, 8.J., whose 
scholarly work is quite modern and remarkably free from the 
ecclesiastical bias which one might have expected to find in it. 

Of the commentaries, besides those available to Thayer, 
the most helpful for lexical purposes have been those of Hort, 
Swete and Mayor in Macmillan’s Series, also the Inter- 
national Critical Commentaries, especially the more recent 
issues. Some of Bishop Lightfoot’s best lexical work is to 
be found in his posthumous Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, 
while Dr. Field’s Notes on the Translation of the New 
Testament, contain a wealth of learning and sound judgment 

1 Hssays, 67 fi. 


PREFACE ix 


such as would be hard to parallel within the limits of a single 
volume. 

On points of grammar, references are mainly made to 
Dr. Moulton’s Prolegomena and the English Translation of 
Blass, as the most recent and convenient of first-rate 
authorities. 

A brief treatment is given of the more important 
synonyms, in the belief that while classical distinctions 
cannot always be pressed in late and colloquial usage, it is 
an advantage to know something of the distinctive features 
of synonymous words as traceable in their etymology and 
literary history. 

For the text of the New Testament the standard adopted 
is that of Moulton and Geden’s Concordance,! which, as the 
latest and best work of its kind, is likely to remain the re- 
cognised authority for many years to come. The Greek text 
followed therefore is that of Westcott and Hort, with which 
are compared the texts of the Kighth Edition of Tischendorf 
and of the English Revisers, the marginal readings of each 
being included. From the Textus Receptus as such, no 
reading which modern editors have rejected is as a rule re- 
corded, except in cases where a word would otherwise be 
dropped from the vocabulary of the New Testament. Some- 
times, also, reference is made to a reading of the Receptus 
to which some particular interest is attached. 

The asterisks and daggers in the margin follow, with the 
kind permission of the publishers and Mr. Geden, the notation 
of the Concordance. There is, however, the one difference, 
that whereas in Moulton and Geden the time limit marked 
by the dagger is the beginning of the Christian era, it seemed 
better for the purpose of the Lexicon to include in the 
category of “late Greek” all words found only in Greek 
writers after the time of Aristotle.” 

It remains to express in general terms my grateful 
acknowledgement to colleagues and friends in McGill Uni- 
versity with its affiliated Theological Colleges and in my own 
Alma Mater, the University of Bishop’s College, Lennoxville, 
as well as to many English friends, in Cambridge and else- 
where, who have given me valued advice and encouragement. 

All these will pardon me if I single out for special mention 
the one name of Dr. J. H. Moulton, the genial master-crafts- 

14 Concordance to the Greek Testament, by Rev. W. F. Moulton, M.A, 


D,D., and Rev. A. S. Geden, M.A. Second Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1899, 
2See below, p. xvi. 


xX PREFACE 


man of that science to which I have sought in a humble way 
to contribute what I could. At the beginning of my under- 
taking he took me in, a stranger, and gave me ungrudgingly 
of his counsel and direction, and also my first introduction to 
the publishers through whom the appearance of the work 
under the best possible auspices was assured. 

To the manifold assistance I have had from fellow-workers, 
both by word of mouth and through the printed page I would 
fain attribute most of the value which this modest effort may 
possess. For its deficiencies I am alone responsible, and I 
can only hope that in spite of them this book may sustain 
the note sounded in the last word in the alphabetical order 
of the New Testament Vocabulary—o¢éAryuwos—and may 
serve in a small way to the more faithful and intelligent 
study of the Book of the New Covenant of our Lord and 
Saviour in the language in which it was written. 


The foregoing paragraphs were written early in 1917, 
when, with the last sheets of the Lexicon, they were sent 
overseas for publication. The manuscript has thus been in- 
accessible for revision, whence the absence of any reference 
to much valuable material that has appeared, both in books 
and in periodicals, during the last four years, including the 
second volume of the Grammar of Dr. Moulton, whose tragic 
death as a victim of the ruthless warfare of the submarines 
was reported a few days after the earlier part of this Preface 
was written. The student is recommended to supplement 
the grammatical references in the body of the Lexicon by 
consulting the Index to Vol. II. of Dr. Moulton’s Grammar. 

I take this opportunity of adding to the acknowledgements 
already made my thanks to Professors A. R. Gordon and 
S. B. Slack of McGill University and to the Rev. R. K. 
Naylor, sometime classical tutor at McGill, for their kind- 
ness in proof-reading, to the publishers for their generous 
enterprise at a time of unprecedented difficulty in the pro- 
duction of books, and to the compositors and readers of the 
Aberdeen University Press for their painstaking and accurate 
performance of a difficult task. 


G. ABBOTT-SMITH. 


MontTRHAL, 
September, 1921. 


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 


I. GENERAL. 

abso] = absolute. impv. = imperative, 
acc. = accusative. in l. = in loco, 
act. = active. indice. = indicative. 
ad fin. = ad finem. inf, = infinitive. 
adj. = adjective. infr. = infra. 
ady. = adverb. lon. = Ionic. 
al. = alibi (elsewhere), lc. = loco citato. 
aor. = aorist. m. = masculine, 
Apocr. = Apocrypha. metaph, = metaphorically. 
App. = Appendix. meton. = metonymy. 
Aram. = Aramaic. MGr. = Modern Greek. 
Att. = Attic. n. = note, neuter, 
bibl. = biblical. neg. = negative. 
bis = twice. nom. = nominative. 
c. = cum (with). om. = omit, omits, 
cf. = confer (compare). opp. = opposed to, 
el. = classics, classical. optat. = optative. 
cogn. = cognate. pass. = passive. 
compar. = comparative. pers = person. 
contr. = contracted. pf. = perfect. 
dat. = dative. plpf. = pluperfect, 
e.g. =exempli gratia (for in- | prep. = preposition. 

stance), prop. = properly. 
eccl. = ecclesiastical. ptcp. = participle. 
esp. = especially. guts = quod vide, 
ex. = example. rei = of the thing. 
exc. = except. BG = sub. 
5 = and following (verse). S.V. = sub voce. 
ff. = ee ss (verses). se. = scilicet (that is), 
fig. = figurative. seq. = sequente (followed by), 
freq. = frequent. subje = subjunctive. 
fut. = future. subst. = substantive, 
gen. = genitive. superl. = superlative, 
Gk. = Greek, supr. = supra. 
Heb = Hebrew. syn. = synonym. 
i.e. = id est. Targ. = Targum. 
ib. = in the same place, v. = vide. 
id. = the same. vb. = verb, 
impers, = impersonal, vl. = variant reading, 
impf. = imperfect. v.8, = vide sub, 


= Equivalent to, equals, 


< Derived from or related to, 


xi 


xil LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 


II. BIBLICAL. 


(a) BOOKS. 
Septuagint. 

Ge = Genesis. Ez = Hzekiel, 
Ex = Exodus. Da = Daniel. 
Le = Leviticus. Ho = Hosea, 
Nu = Numbers. Jl = Joel. 
De = Deuteronomy. Am = Amos, 
Jos = Joshua. Ob = Obadiah. 
Jg = Judges. Jh = Jonah. 
Ru = Ruth. Mi = Micah 
I, 1 Ki =I, Il Kings (E.V., | Na = Nahum 

Samuel), Hb = Habakkuk, 
11, Iv Ki = III, IV Kings (E.V., | Ze = Zephaniah, 

I, II Kings). Hg = Haggai. 
I, 11 Ch = I, II Chronicles. Za = Zachariah. 
11 Ks =I]I Esdras (E.V., | Ma = Malachi. 

Ezra). 1 Ks = I Esdras. 
Ne = Nehemiah. To = Tobit. 
Es = Hsther. Jth = Judith, 
Jb = Job. Wi = Wisdom. 
Ps = Psalms. Si = Sirach, 
1235 = Proverbs. Ba = Baruch. 
Ec = HKcclesiastes, Da Su = Susannah. 
Ca = Canticles. Da Bel = Bel and the Dragon, 
Is = Isaiah. Pr Ma = Prayer of Manasseh, 
Je = Jeremiah. 1-Iv Mac = I-IV Maccabees. 
La = Lamentations. 

New Testament. 
Mt = St. Matthew. 1,1 Th $$<=TI,II Thessalonians. 
Mk = St. Mark. Tee tT Li = I, II Timothy. 
Lk = St. Luke, Tit = Titus. 
Jo = St. John. Phm = Philemon, 
Ac = Acts, He = Hebrews, 
Ro = Romans. Ja = James. 
I, 11 Co = I, IJ Corinthians, 1 8 a od) = I, II Peter. 
Ga = Galatians. 1-111 Jo = LI John, 
Eph = Hphesians. Ju = Jude. 
Phl = Philippians. Re = Revelation. 
Col = Colossians, 
(6) VERSIONS AND EDITIONS. 

Al. = anon. version quoted | R (in LXX = Sixtine Ed. of LXX 

by Origen. refs.) (1587). 
Aq. = Aquila, Rec, = Received Text. 
AV = Authorized version. RV = Revised Version. 
B = Beza. R, txt., mg. = R.V. text, margin. 
E = Elzevir. Sm. = Symmachus, 
EV = English version (A.V. | T = Tischendorf. 

and R.V.). Ths = Theodotion. 
Gr. Ven. = Grecus Venetus. fir: = Tregelles. 
L = Lachmann. = Vulgate. 


Vg. 
LXxX = Septuagint. WH = Westcott and Hort. 


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS xiii 


ITI. ANCIENT WRITERS. 
(i/, ii/, etc. = 1st, 2nd century, etc.) 


Ael. = Aelian, ii/A.D. Herm. = Hermas, ii/A.D. 
Asch, = Aschylus, v/B.C. Hes, = Hesiod, ix/B.C.? 
Aischin. = Adschines, iy/B.C. Hipp. = Hippocrates, v/B.C. 
Auth. = Anthology. Hom. = Homer, ix/B.C.? 
Antonin. = M. Aurel. Antoninus, Inscr, = Inscriptions. 
ii/A.D. Lue. = Lucian, ii/A.D. 
Apoll. = Apollonius Rhodius, Lys. = Lysias, v/B.C. 
Rhod. ii/B.C. Menand. = Menander, iv/B.C. 
Arist, = Aristotle, iv/B.C. TT. = Papyri. 
Aristoph, = Aristophanes, v/B.C. Paus. = Pausanias, ii/A.D. 
Ath. = Athanasius, iv/A.D. Phalar. = Phalaris, Spurius Epp. ? 
CIG ‘ = Corpus Inscriptionum Philo. = Philo Judeus, i/A.D. 
Grecarum. Pind. = Pindar, v/B.C. 
Dio Cass. = Dio Cassius, ii/A.D. Plat. = Plato, v-iv/B.C. 
Diod. = Diodorus Siculus, i/B.C. Plut, = Plutarch, ii/A.D. 
Diog. = Diogenes Laertius, Polyb. = Polybius, ii/B.C. 
Laert. 1i/A.D. Socr., HE = Socrates, Hist. Eccl., 
Dion. H. = Dionysius of Halicar- v/A.D. 
nassus, i/B.C. Soph. = Sophocles, v/B.C. 
Diosc. = Dioscorides, i-ii/A.D. Strab. = Strabo, i/B.C. 
Eur, = Euripides, v/B.C. Test. Zeb.= Testimony of Zebedee, 
Eustath. = Eustathius, xii/A.D. ii/A.D. 

FJ = Flavius Josephus, i/A.D. Theogn. = Theognis, vi/B.C. 
Greg. = Gregory of Nazianzus, Theophr. = Theophrastus, iv/B.C. 
Naz. iv/A.D. Thuc. = Thucydides, v/B.C. 

Hat. = Herodotus, v/B.C. Xen. = Xenophon, v-iv/B.C. 


Heliod. = Heliodorus, iv/A.D. 


ITV. MODERN WRITERS. 


Abbott, Essays = Essays chiefly on the Original Texts of the Old and 
New Testaments, by T, K. Abbott. Longmans, 1891, 


Abbott, JG = Johannine Grammar, by KE. A. Abbott. London, 1906. 

Abbott, JV = Johannine Vocabulary, by the same. London, 1905, 

AR = St. Paul’s Epistle to the Ephesians, by J. Armitage 
Robinson, Second Edition. Macmillan, 1909, 

BDB = A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, 
by Brown, Driver, and Briggs. Oxford, 1906. 

Blass, Gosp. = Philology of the Gospels, by F. Blass. Macmillan, 
1898. 

Blass, Gr. = Grammar of N.T. Greek, by F. Blass, tr. by H. St. J. 
Thackeray., Macmillan, 1898. 

Boisacq = Dictionnaire Etymologique de la langue Grecque, par 
Emile Boisacq. Paris, 1907-1914. 

Burton = New Testament Moods and Tenses, by EH. de W. 
Burton. Third Edition. Univ. Chicago, 1898. 

CGT = Cambridge Greek Testament for Schools and Colleges. 

Charles, APOT = Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha of the Old Testament, 
by R. H. Charles. Oxford, 1913. 

CR = Classical Review. London, 1887 ff. 

Cremer = Biblico-Theological Lexicon of N.T. Greek, by H. 


Cremer. Third English Edition, with Supplement, 
T. & T. Clark, 1886. 
Dalman, Gr. = Gramme-i* des jiidish-palaistinischen Aramiaish, by 
" G. Dalman, Leipzig, 1894 


X1V 


Dalman, Words 
DAC 

DB 

DB 1-yol. 

DCG 

Deiss., BS 


Deiss., LAE 


EB 
Edwards, Lex. 


HGT 
Ellic, 


Enc, Brit. 
EHzp. Times 
Field, Notes 
Gifford, Inc. 
Grimm-Thayer 
Hatch, Hssays 


Hort 


ICC 
Interp. Comm. 
Jannaris 


JThS 


Kennedy, Sources 


Kiihner? 


Lit. 


Lft., Notes 
LS 


Mayor 


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 


= The Words of Jesus, by G. Dalman. English Edition, 
T. & T. Clark, 1902. 
Dictionary of the Apostolic Church, edited by J. 
Hastings. Vol. I. Scribners, 1915. 

= Dictionary of the Bible, edited by J. Hastings. 
(i-iv, evt. = extra vol.). Scribners, 1898-1904. 

= Dictionary of the Bible (in one volume), by J. Hastings. 
Scribners, 1909. 

= Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels, edited by J. 
Hastings. 2 vols. Scribners, 1907-08. 

= Bible Studies, by G. A. Deissmann, Second English 
Edition, including Bibelstudien and Neue Bibel- 
studien, tr. by A. Grieve. T, & T. Clark, 1909. 

= Light from the Ancient Hast, by A. Deissmann, tr. by 
L. R. M. Strachan. Second Edition. Hodder, 1908. 

= Hncyclopedia Biblica. 4 vols. London, 1899-1903. 

= An English-Greek Lexicon, by G. M. Edwards. 
Camb., 1912, 

= Expositor’s Greek Testament, 

= Commentary on St. Paul’s Epistles, by C. J. Ellicott. 
Andover, 1860-65. 


5 vols, 


= Encyclopedia Britannica. Eleventh Edition. Camb. 
Univ. Press, 1910. 
= The Expository Times, edited by J. Hastings. T. & T. 


Clark, 1890 ff. 

= Notes on the Translation of the N.T., by F. Field, 
Camb,, 1899. 

=: The Incarnation, by E. Gifford. Hodder, 1897. 

= A Greek-English Lexicon of the N.T., being Grimm’s 
Wilke’s Clavis Novi Testamenti, tr. by J. H. Thayer. 
New York, 1897. 

= Essays in Biblical Greek, by Edwin Hatch, Oxford, 
1889, 

= Commentaries on the Greek Text of the Hpistle of St. 
James (1!-47); The First Epistle of St. Peter (11-2!"); 
and the Apocalypse of St. John (1-3), by F. J. A. 
Hort. Macmilian, 1898-1909. 

= International Critical Commentary. Scribners. 

= Interpreter’s Commentary. N.Y., Barnes & Co. 

= A Historical Greek Grammar, by A. N. Jannaris. 
Macmillan, 1897. 

= Journal of Theological Studies. London, 1899 fi. 

= Sources of N.T. Greek, by H. A. A, Kennedy. 
T. Clark, 1895. 

= Ausfiihrliche Grammatik der griechischen Sprache, by 
R. Kiihner. Third Edition, by F. Blass and B. 
Gerth, 4 vols,, 1890-1904, 

= Commentaries on St. Paul’s Epistles to the Galatians 
(1892); Philippians (Third Edition, 1873); and Colos- 
sians and Philemon (1892), by J. B. Lightfoot, 
Macmillan. Also Apostolic Fathers, by the same. 
5 vols. Macmillan, 1890, 

= Notes on Epistles of St. Paul, by J. B. Lightfoot, 
Macmillan, 1895. 

=A Greek-English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell and 
R. Scott. Seventh Edition. Harper, 1889. 

= Commentaries on the Epistle of St. James (Third 
Edition, 1910), and the Epistle of St. Jude and the 
Second Epistle of St. Peter. Macmillan, 1907. 


ALS tes 


LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS xV 


Mayser = Grammatik der gr. Papyri aus der Ptolemierzeit, by 
HE. Mayser. Leipzig, 1906. 

M‘Neile = The Gospel according to St. Matthew, by A. H. 
M'‘Neile. Macmillan, 1915, 

Meyer = Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the N.T., by 


H. A. W. Meyer. Eng. tr., T. & T. Clark, 1883. 

Milligan, Selections = Selections from the Greek Papyri, by G. Milligan. 
Cambridge, 1910. 

MM (xi-xxv) = Lexical Notes from the Papyri, by J. H. Moulton and 
and G. Milligan. Expositor VII, vi, 567 ff.; 
VIII, iv, 561 ff. 

MM (s.v.) = The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, by J. H. 
Moulton and G, Milligan. Part I (a); Part II (6-8). 
Hodder, 1914-15 (remaining parts in preparation). 


M, Pr. = A Grammar of N.T. Greek. Vol. I, Prolegomena, by 
J. H. Moulton. Third Edition. Scribners, 1908. 

M, Th. = St. Paul’s Epistles to the Thessalonians, by G. Milli- 
gan. Macmillan, 1908. 

Moffatt = James Moffatt, An Introduction to the Literature of 
the N.T, Scribners, 1911. 

Mozley, Ps. = The Psalter of the Church, by F. W. Mozley, Cambridge, 
1905. 

NTD = The New Testament Documents, by G. Milligan. 
Macmillan, 1913. 

Page = The Acts of the Apostles, by T. EK. Page. Macmillan, 
1903. 

Rackham = The Acts of the Apostles, by R. B. Rackham. 


_ Methuen, 1901. 
Ramsay, St. Paul = St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen, by 
W. M. Ramsay. Hodder, 1895. 
The Epistle to the Hebrews, by F. Rendall. Mac- 
millan, 1911. 
Rutherford, NPhr. = The New Phrynichus, by W. G. Rutherford. Mac- 
millan, 1881. 


Rendall 


ll 


Schmidt = J. H. Heinrich Schmidt, Synonymik der Griechischen 
! Sprache. 4 vols. Leips., 1876-1886, 
Simcox = W. H. Simcox, the Language of the New Testament, 
Second Edition. Hodder, 1892. 
Soph., Lex, = Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods, 
by E. A. Sophocles. Scribners, 1900. | 
Swete = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. Mark 


(Third Edition, 1909) and the Apocalypse of St. John, 
by H. B. Swete. Macmillan, 1906. 


Thackeray, Gr. =A Grammar of the O.T, in Greek I, by H. St. J. 
Thackeray. Cambridge, 1909. 

Thayer = Grimm-Thayer, q.v. 

Thumb, Handb, = Handbook of the Modern Greek Vernacular, by A. 


Thumb, ‘Tr. from the Second German Edition by 
S. Angus. T. & T. Clark, 1912. 


Thumb, Hellen. = Die Griechische Sprache im Zeitalter des Hellenismus, 
von A, Thumb. Strassburg, 1901. 
Tdf., Pr. = Novum Testamentum Graece, C. Tischendorf, Hditio 


octava critica maior, Vol III, Prolegomena, by 
C. R. Gregory. Leipzig, 1894. 


Tr., Syn. = Synonymsof the N.T., by R. C. Trench. Ninth Edition, 
Macmillan, 1880. 

Vau, = St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans, by C, F. Vaughan, 
Sixth Edition, Macmillan, 1885. 

Veitch = Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective, by W. Veitch, 


Oxford, 1887. 


XV1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 


Viteau = Etude sur le grec du N.T., by J. Viteau. Vol. I, Le 
Verbe: Syntaxe des Propositions, Paris, 1893; 
Vol, II., Sujet: Complément et Attribut, 1896. 


VD, MGr, = E. Vincent and T. G. Dickson, A Handbook to Modern 
Greek. Second Edition. Macmillan, 1904. 
Westo, = Commentaries on the Gospel according to St. John, by 


B. F. Westcott, 2 Vols., Murray, 1908; the Epistle 
to the Ephesians, Macmillan, 1906; the Epistles 
of St. John, Third Edition, Macmillan, 1892. 

WH = The N.T. in the original Greek, by B. F. Westcott and 
F. J. A. Hort. Vol. II, Introduction and Appendix. 
Macmillan, 1881. 

WM = A Grammar of N.T. Greek, tr. from G. B. Winer’s 7th 
Edition, with large additions, by W. F. Moulton. 
Third Edition. T. & T. Clark, 1882. 

WS = Grammatik des neutestamentlichen Sprachidioms, von 
G. B. Winer, 8te Aufl, von P. W. Schmiedel. 
Gottingen, 1894, 

Zorell = Novi Testamenti Lexicon Graecum (Cursus Scripturae 
Sacrae I, vii), auctore Fr. Zorell, S.J. Paris, 1911. 


* A single asterisk at the beginning of an article denotes (as in Moulton 
and Geden’s Concordance) that the word to which it is attached is not found 
in the LXX or other Greek Versions of the O.T. and Apocrypha. 

** A double asterisk similarly affixed denotes that the word occurs either 
in the Apocrypha or in the later Greek Versions of the O.T., but not in the 
LxXX Version of the Hebrew Canonical books, and therefore either has, as 
a rule, no (known) Hebrew equivalent, or else was used in a translation not 
kuown to the N.T. writers. The later Greek versions (Aq., etc.) are cited, as 
a rule, only when a word is not found in LXX. 

* A single asterisk placed after a list of passages from the LXX signifies 
tnat the word occurs nowhere else in that Version. 

+A dagger at the beginning of an article denotes that the word is not 
found in Greek writers of the classical period. 

+A dagger at the close of an article signifies that all the instances of the 
word’s occurrence in the N.T. have been cited. 

An inferior numeral after a biblical book (e.g. 111 Mac.) indicates the 
number of times a word occurs in that book. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF 
THE NEW TESTAMENT 


A 


A, a, adda (q.v.), 76, indecl., alpha, the first letter of the Greek 
alphabet. As a numeral, a = 1,a,= 1000. As a prefix, it appears 
to have at least two and perhaps three distinct senses: 1. a- (before 
a vowel, dv-) negative, as in d-yyworos, a-ducos. 2. a-, a- copulative, 
indicating community and fellowship, as in d-rAods, d-KoAovbéw, 
a-dedpos. 3. An intensive force (LS, s. a), as in d-revif~w is sometimes 
assumed (but v. Boisacq, s.v.). 

"Aapdy (Heb. 7I79N), indecl. (in FlJ, -dvos), Aaron (Ex 4", al.) : 
Lk 1°, Ac 7“, He 54 71! 94+ 

“ABadiav (Heb. fitax, destruction; LXX, drodea, only in 
Wisdom Lit., of the place of the ruined dead: Jb 26° 2822 3112, Ps 8812, 
Pr 15!*), indecl.; in NT, Abaddon, the angel of the Abyss: Re 9".+ 

* &Bapis, -és (<< Bapos), without weight ; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.) 
not burdensome: 11 Co 119.+ 
*tABBd (T, -a), indecl. (Aram. NAN, emphatic form of AN = Heb. 
aN, father), used in the phrase ’A. 6 zarnp, Abba, Father (v. Swete on 
Mk, l.c.): Mk 14°6, Ro 85, Ga 46.+ 

*ABerdnvy, (T, Rec. *AB-), -js, 7 (Se. xepa), Abilene, a district in 
the Anti-Lebanon: Lk 3}.+ 

“ABed (WH, “A-), 6, indecl. (Heb. bam), Abel (Ge 421°): He 114 
1274; aiua”A., Mt 2335, Lk 1151.+ 

"ABid (Heb. M23N, 3772N), 6, indecl. (in FlJ, “ABias, -a), Abia, 
Abyah. 1.80n of Rehoboam (mr Ki 141): Mt 17%. 2. A priest of the 
line of Eleazar (1 Ch 24° 1°): Lk 15.+ 

“ABid8ap, 6, indecl. (Heb. "MAN), Abiathar (1 Ki 211): Mk 2%6,+ 

"ABnrn, V.S. “ABeAnvy. 

"ABiou8, 6, indecl. (Heb. MAN), Abiud, Abshud: Mt 1%. 

"ABpadp (Heb. OFAN), 6, indecl. (in FlJ, “ABpapos, -ov; MM, 
VGT, s.v.), Abraham (Ge 17° al.): Mt 1)? al. 

iL 


Q MANUAL SREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


&-Buaaos, -ov (<< Ion. Bvocds = Bv60s), 1. in cl., boundless, bottom- 
less (e.g. d. wéXayos, &. wAotros, Aisch.). 2. [In LXX (for oinnM, Ge 1’, 


al.; exe. Is 4427, Jb 412 for nbz, mbixm, Jb 361 for am) and] NT, 


as subst. (MM, VG@T, s.v.), 7 4. (sc. xwpa), the abyss; (a) of the sea 
(Ge 12); (0) of the underworld, as the abode of the dead: Ro 10’ 
(a paraphrase of De 30! LXX); as the abode of demons, Lk 8%, 
Re 91+ % 11 117 178 20! 3 (Cremer, 2).t 

*AyaBos, -ov, 6, Agabus : Ac 118 21%°.+ 

*t dyaboepyéw, -&, to do good, show kindness : 1 Ti 618 (Cremer, 8).t 

dya8o-Troréw, -O (= cl. dyabor zovety, evepyeretv), fin LXX: Nu 10%, 
Jg 17a, Ze 12 (am hi.), To 1213B, 1 Mac 11°*, 1 Mac 1?*;] to do 
good ; (a) univ.: 1 Pe 2! 70 3617, 11 Jo 4; (6) for another’s benefit : 
Mk 384 ('T, dyadv roujoa), Lk 6°; (c) ace. pers., Lk 6% 3° (Cremer, 8).t 

*+t dyaBorrotia, -as, %) (<< dya0orovws), well-doing : 1 Pe 419.+ 
**t gyaoroids, -dv, = cl. dyafoupyds, [in LXX, of a woman who 

deals pleasantly in order to corrupt, Si 42'* ;] doing well, acting rightly 
(Plut.): 1 Pe 2!4 (Cremer, 8; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

dyads, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 312;] in general, good, in 
physical and in moral sense, used of persons, things, acts, conditions, 
etc., applied to that which is regarded as “ perfect in its kind, so as to 
produce pleasure and satisfaction, . . . that which, in itself good, is also 
at once for the good and the advantage of him who comes in contact 
with it” (Cremer, 3): yf, Lk 8°; dédpov, Mt 718; xapdéa, Lk 81°; 
ddous, Ja 1)”; pepis, Lk 10"; epyov (freq. in Pl.), Phl 1°; edAmés, 11 Th 216; 
Onoavpos, Mt 1255; preia, 1 Th 36 (cf. 1 Mac 7°); as subst., ro a., that 
which is morally good, beneficial, acceptable to God, Ro 127; épyaleo- 
Oa 75 a., Ro 2!, Eph 4; apaococev, Ro 94, 11 Co 5; dudKew, 1 Th 54; 
pypetc Oa, U1J01; KodAAdoGar te d., Ro 12°; épwrav rept tod a., Mt 191"; 
dudkovos eis TO &., Ro 134; 7d a. cov, thy favour, benefit, Phm \4; 
pl., ra d., of goods, possessions, Lk 121°; of spiritual benefits, Ro 10%, 
He 911101. d. is opp. to zovnpdés, Mt 5* 201°; xaxds, Ro 71%; gatvaAos, 
Ro 911, 11 Co 51° (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). 

SYN.: adds, Sdixavos. «. properly refers to goodliness as mani- 
fested in form: 4. to inner excellence (ef. the cl. xadds xéyabds and 
ev kapdia x. kai d., Lk 815), In Ro 5’, where it is contrasted with 6., 
a, implies a kindliness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed 
by the 8/cavos, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude 
(cf. éya8wovvn). 

*t &yaboupyéw, -@, contracted form (rare, v. WH, App., 145) of 
dyaoep- (q.v.), to do good: Ac 1417.+ 

tdyaQwodvn (on the termination, v.s. dyirys, and cf. WH, App., 
152; MM, VGT, s.v.), -ns, 7 (<< dya60s), [in LXX for M3, 35M, 33M, 


only in Heb. bks. ;] goodness (representing “the kindlier, as dixatoovvy, 
the sterner element in the ideal character,’ AR, Hph., 5°; on its rela- 
tion to xpyordrys, v. Tr., Syn., § xiii): Ro 15!4, Ga 5%, 1 Th 1!.+ 

t dyadXlaots, -ews, 7 (<< dyaAXaw), [in LXX (most freq. in Pss. and 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3 


often coupled with <idpocvvn, as Ps 44 (45)!5) chiefly for 5:2;] eaulta- 


tion, exuberant joy: Lk 1, Ac 2*, He 19, Ju *4; yapa xat é., Lk 1!4 
(Cremer, 592). 
tT dyahArda, -@, Hellenistic form of el. dyaAAw, to glorify, mid. -opa, 
toexult in; [in LXX (most freq. in Pss.) chiefly for 553, 939 pi.;] to 
exult, rejoice greatly : seq. emi, c. dat., Lk 147; c. dat. mod., 1 Pe 18, 
Re 197, Mid., with same sense: Mt 5!2, Lk 1071, Ac 226 1634, 1 Pe 418; 
seq. va, Jo 8°°; év, Jo 5* (1 aor. pass. perh. as mid.; but v. Mozley, 
Psalter, 5), 1 Pe 1° (Cremer, 590).+ 
** G-yapos, -ov, [in LXX: tv Mac 169*;] wnmarried: 1 Co 7% 3; 
fem. (= cl. dvavdpos), ib, 14 34,+ 
** éyavaktéw, -@ (<< dyav, much, dxoua, to grieve), [in LXX: Wi 5” 
1277, Da TH Bel *8, rv Mac 47!*;] to be indignant : Mt 2115 268, Mk 104 
14*; seq. epi, Mt 20"4, Mk 1041; seq. 67, Lk 1314 (v. MM, VG, s.v.).+ 
** gyavdktnots, -ews, 7) (<< dyavaxrew), [in LXX: Es 183 x! * 5] indig- 
nation: 11 Co 71 (v. MM, VG@T, s.v.).+ 
dyatdw, -, [in LXX chiefly for 35N;] to love, to feel and exhibit 
esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing. 
1. Of human affection, to men: +r. rAnciov, Mt 54; 7. éyOpovs, ib. 44; 
to Christ, Jo 847; to God, Mt 227; ¢. acc. rei, Lk 1143, Jo 1248, 
Eph 5*>, 1 Tim 4°10, He 19, r Pe 2!” 319, 17 Pe 215, 1 Jo 215, Re 1911, 
2. Of divine love; (a) God’s love: to men, Ro 8*7; to Christ, Jo 335; 
(b) Christ’s love: to men, Mk 107!; to God, Jo 14%; c. cogn. ace., 
Jo 1776, Eph 24. 
SYN.: gig. From its supposed etymology (Thayer, LS; but 
v. also Boisacq) 4. is commonly understood properly to denote love 
based on esteem (diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ¢réw 
(amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If 
this distinction holds, a. is fitly used in NT of Christian love to God 
and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the 
will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instinctive and 
unreasoned, can be commanded as a duty. (Cf. dydrn, and v. Tr., 
Syn., §xii; Cremer, 9, 592; and esp. MM, VG@77, s.v.) 
+ dydarn, -ns, 7, [in LXX for M358, which is also rendered by 


aydryots and didréa;| love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl. 
books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., DAH, 18, 70,, ef. the 
same writer in Constr. Quar., li, 4; and with MM, VGZ, s.v., ef. 
Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like dyardo, 
1. Of men’s love: (a) to one another, Jo 13*°; (6) to God, 1 Jo 2°, 
2. Of divine love; (a) God’s love: to men, Ro 5°; to Christ, Jo 1726; 
(b) Christ’s love to men: Ro 8%, 3. In pl., love feasts: Ju 2 (DB, 
iii, 157). 

Poe giria, 4., signifying properly (v.s. dyardw) love which 
chooses its object, is taken over from LXX, where its connotation is 
more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that 
spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and 
man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus 


4 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


distinct from quAéa, friendship (Ja 4* only), oropyn, natural affection 
(in NT only in compounds, v.s. doetopyos) and épws, sexual love, which 
is not used in NT, its place being taken by ériOvpia. (Cf. dyaraw ; 
and y. Abbott, Hssays, 70 f.; DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; 
MM, VGT, s.v.) 

dyamntés, -7, -ov (<< dyardw), [in LXX chiefly for Tm, ™7;] 
beloved (v. M, Pr., 221); (a) by God: of Christ, Mt 3!"; of men, Ro 1’; 
(b) by Christians, of one another: 1 Co 4'*; freq. as form of address, 
ib. 10!4; opp. to éxOpes, Ro 11°8 (v. AR, Eph., 229; Cremer, 17; MM, 
VGT./S-¥.): 

“Ayap (Rec. ”A-), 4, indecl. (in FlJ, ’Aydpa, -ys; Heb. 133), Hagar 


(Ge 16): Ga 474: 2+ 
*dyyapedw (from the Persian; cf. Vg. angiare, and the Heb. 
m3N; on the orthogr., v. Bl, $6, 1; M, Pr., 46), to wmpress into 


public service, employ a courier; hence, to compel to perform a 
service (prob. common in the vernac.; cf. Deiss., BS, 86 f., MM, Eap., 
iv; VGT, s.v.): Mt 54! 2732, Mk 1521.t 

dyyetoy, -ov, To (< ayyos), [in LXX chiefly for %D 3] @ vessel 


(v. MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 254.t 
dyyeXla, -as, 7 (<< dyyedos), [in LXX chiefly for Ayimw;] a mes- 


sage: 1 Jo 15 3! (Cremer, 18; MM, VG7, s.v.).t 

ayyédXw (ayyeAos), [in LXX for 33 hi.;] to announce, report: 
Jo 451 (WHR omit), 20'8§ (MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 

&yyeXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Jxba;] 1. a messenger, one 


sent: Mt 11!°, Ja 27°, 2. As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, 
a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his 
messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Lk 1", or to 
execute them, as Mt 4°. The a. in Re 1? 2!) al., is variously under- 
stood as (1) a messenger or delegate, (2) a bishop or ruler, (3) a 
guardian angel, (4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the 
Church itself. (Cf. Swete, Ap., in 1.; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, s.v.; 
Cremer, 18; MM, VGT,, s.v.) 
&yyos, -cos, 74, [in LXX for 3, 315D;] a vessel: Mt 1348.+ 


dye, prop. imperat. of dyw, come! used as ady. and addressed, 
like $épe, to one or more persons: Ja 413 51.t 
dyédn, -75, 7) (<< dyw), [in LXX chiefly for 1y;] a herd: Mt 83°32, 


Mk 511, 13 Lk 982, 33 + 

*t dyeveaddyntos, -ov (<< yeveadoyew), without genealogy, i.e. without 
recorded pedigree (cf. Ne 7°4): He 73 (Cremer, 152; MM, VGT7,s.v.). 
* ayers, -és (<< yévos), 1. unborn (Plat.); 2. of no family, ignoble, 
base (opp. to dyads, Soph., F’r., 105): opp. to evyevys, 1 Co 18 (for 

exx. from z., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t+ 
dyidfw, Hellenistic form of dyilw (<< dy.os), to make holy, conse- 
crate, sanctify ; [in LXX chiefly for wp pi., hi. ;] 1. to dedicate, separate, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 5 


set apart for God ; of things: Mt 231719 1 Ti 271; of persons: Christ, 
Jo 108° 171%, 2. to purify, make conformable in character to such 
dedication: forensically, to free from guilt, 1 Co 61, Eph 5*6, He 24! 
10? 14, 29 1312; internally, by actual sanctification of life, Jo 17!%19, 
Ac 20%? 2618, Ro 15'6, 1 Co 1? 74, 1 Th 5*8, Re 224; of a non- 
believer influenced by marriage with a Christian, 1 Co 744. 3. In the 
intermediate sense of ceremonial or levitical purification : (a) of things, 
11 Ti 271; (6) of persons, He 9%. 4. to treat as holy: Mt 6°, Lk 11?, 
1 Pe 315 (Cremer, 53, 602; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

t dytacpds, -o0, 6 (<< dyidéfw), [in LXX: Ez 454 (wapn), Si 7%, 


etc. ;] as an active verbal noun in -yéds, it signifies properly the pro- 
cess 76 aydlev, rather than the resultant state, dywovvn, hence, 
1. consecration; 2. sanctification: so strictly in Ro 61% 22 (but v. Meyer), 
1 Co 1°°, 1 Th 4%7, 1 Th 213, He 1244, 1 Pe 12, Elsewhere it perhaps 
(Ellic.; but v. Milligan, Th., 48) inclines to the resultant state: 
1 Th 4*, 1 Ti 21° (Cremer, 55, 602).t 

dytos, -a, -ov (<< 70 dyos, religious awe ; afw, to venerate), [in LXX 
chiefly for wp ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare 


in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use dyvds), hence, holy, 
characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. 1. Its 
highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and 
glory: Lk 1*°, Jo 17", Re 48. Hence (a) of things and places which 
have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mt 2415, 
He 9; (b) of persons employed by him, as angels: 1 Th 338; 
prophets, Lk 17°; apostles, Eph 3°. 2. Applied to persons as sepa- 
rated to God’s service: (a) of Christ, Mk 174, Jo 6°, Ac 499; (6) of 
Christians, Ac 91°, Ro 1’, He 61°, Re 58. 3. In the moral sense of 
sharing God’s purity: Mk 67°, Jo 174, Ac 34, Re 37. 4. Of pure, 
clean sacrifices and offerings: 1 Co 7!4, Eph 1. 

SYN.: dyvés, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; 
iepés (sacer), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external 
relation to God; dovos (sanctus as opp. to nefas), that which is base 
on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxviii; DB, ii, 
399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGZ, s.v.) 

**t Gyudtns, -nTos, 7 (<< dys), [in LXX: m Mac 15?*;] sanctity, 
holiness, regarded, properly, as an abstract quality (v. next word, and 
ef. Lft., Notes, 49; MM, VGT, s.v.): 1 Co 1!2, He 1219+ 

tdywotvy (cf. dyabwovvn), -ys, 7 (<< dys), [in LXX: Ps 29 (30)4 
96 (97)!2 (wy), 95 (96)® (tH), 144 (145)> (Tm), m Mac 3!2*;] holiness, 
the state in man resulting from dyuacpos, g.v.: Ro 14, 1 Co 7}, 1 Th 318 
(Cremer, 52; MM, VGT, 8.v.).+ 

dyxddn, -9s, ) (< dyxos, a bend), [in LXX for "xy, p'n;] the bent 
arm: Lk 2°8 (cf. évayxaALoyar).t 

dyKuorpoy, -ov, 76 (< dyxos, a bend), [in LXX for ADK, etc.;] a fish- 
hook: Mt 1727,+ 


6 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* dykupa, -as, 7) (<< dyxos, a bend), [in Sm.: Je 52'8*;] an anchor: 

Ac 272% 30, 40; fio, (MM, VGT, s.v.), He 61°.+ 
*+t dyvados, -ov (= ayvarros, << yvdrrw, late form of kvdérrw, to card 
wool), wncarded, undressed, i.e. new (MM, VGT,s.v.): Mt 9°6, Mk 271.t 
dyveia (WH, ayvia), [in LXX for M77, M3, Wa, ete.;] purity : 


1 Ti 412 52 (Cremer, 58. For exx. of ceremonial use in 7., v. MM, 
Exp., iv).t 
dyviLw (<< ayvos), [in LX X always ceremonially, chiefly for wap;] 
to purify, cleanse from defilement; (a) ceremonially: Jo 115°, Ac 
2124, 26 9418; (6) morally: Ja 4°, 1 Pe 1, 1 Jo 3%.t 
SYNW.: xabapifw, q.v. (and v.s. acyvos). 
t+ dyviopds, -00, 6 (<< dyvifw), [in LXX: Nu 6° (433) 87 1917 (mNwN), 
etc. ;] purification: in ceremonial sense, Ac 2176 (XX) + 
dyvoéw, -&, [in LXX for mw, 13w, Hw, etc.;] 1. to be ignorant, 
not to know: absol., 1 Ti 1!%, He 52; c. acc., Ac 1827 1728, Ro 102, 
11 Co 24; éy ois, 11 Pe 2!2; seq. or, Ro 24 63 71, 1 Co 148; od GéAw 
bas ayvoetv, a Pauline phrase: c. acc., Ro 117°; seq. imép, m Co 18; 
mept, I Co 121, 1 Th 4; om, Ro 1%, 1 Co 10! (for similar usage in z., 
v. MM, VGT, s.v.). Pass.: 1 Co 14%8, m1 Co 69, Ga 177. 2. not to 
understand : c. acc., Mk 922, Lk 94°.+ 
tdyvénpa, -tos, 76 (<C dyvoéw), [in LXX: Ge 43” (MAW), To 33, 


Jth 529, Si 23? 5119, 1 Mac 13°9* 5] a@ sun of tgnorance (so in z.; v. MM, 
ViGdi sw.) se: OC 

Gyvo.a, -as, 7) (<Cdyvoéw), [in LXX chiefly for DWN, MiIwW ;] W9- 
norance: Ac 31" 17°, Eph 4!5 (with sense of wilful blindness; cf. MM, 
VG isi. it Be dktet 

Gyvos, -7, -dv (<dyos, V.8. dys), [in LXX chiefly for “it (Pss. 
and Pr. only), also 1 Mac 138, rv Mac 18’, al.;] 1. free from ceremomal 
defilement, in a condition prepared for worship (for exx. of pagan 
usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. holy, sacred, venerable (11 Mace, l.c.). 
3. As in OT (cl.), pure, chaste, undefiled, guiltless; (a) of persons: 
Ty Cone ert of it Ake O) o> (Oot things sealed elas ee 
1 Pe 3?.+ 

SYN.: cidixpuys (q.v.),.pwre, primarily as winnowed, purged, 
first found in ethical sense in NT (sincere). On the equivalence of 4. 
and xafapos (q.v.), v. DCG, ii, 459*, though Westc. (Epp. Jo., 101) 
notes a distinction between them. 

*t &yvdtys, -TyTOS, 7) (<C ayvds), purity, chastity (cf. aydtns): 11 Co 
GSMs 
* Gyvas (<< ayvés), adv., purely, with pure motives: Phl 117.+ 

dyvacta, -as, 7) (<< yweoxw), [in LXX: Jb 35'6 (nya), Wi 131, 
ur Mac 52” *;] zgnorance (opp. to yvaous): 1 Co 15°4, 1 Pe 2! (v. Hort 
in l.; MM, VG7, s.v.).+ 

** dyvwotos, -ov (<< ywwoxw), [in LXX: Wi 11}§ 18%, 1 Mac 119 Q7 

(Cremer, 157) *;] wnknown: Ac 1775 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 7 


&yopd, ~as, 7) (<< dyetpu, to bring together), [in LXX for fin3y, pry] 
1. an assembly (Hom., Xen.,al.). 2. a place of assembly, a public place 
or forum, a market-place (Hom., Thuce., al.; LXX): Mt 1116 208 237, 
Mk 6°° (cf. MM, VG, s.v., dyuid) 7* (BI., § 46, 7) 1238, Lk 78? (BI., 1.c.) 
1148 2045, Ac 1619 1717 (Cremer, 59; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

dyopdtiw (<< dyopa), [in LXX chiefly for "aw, m3) ;] 1. to frequent 
the dyopa (Hdt., al.). 2. to buy im the market, purchase (Xen., al. ; 
LXX; in z. very common in deeds of sale, v. MM, VG@T, s.v.): absol., 
Mt 21”, Mk 1115; ¢. ace. rei, Mt 1344 46, al.; seq. zapa, c. gen. pers., 
Re 318 (LXX, Polyb.); ex, Mt 277; c. gen. pret., Mk 6%’, al.; metaph., 
1 Co 67° 723 11 Pe 21, Re 59 1454, 

* dyopatos, -ov (<< dyopa), 1. frequenting the a&yopa, a lounger in the 
ayopé (Xen., al.): Ac 175. 2. In late writers (Strab., al.), proper to 
the dyopa: dyopaior (Sc. nuepar) ayovra (cf. Lat. conventus agere), court- 
days are kept, Ac 19°8 (for exx. of both usages, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

* &ypa, -as, ) (<< ayw), 1. the chase, a hunting or catching: Lk 54, 
2. that which is taken, a catch: of fish, Lk 59.t+ 

*dypdppatos, -ov (<_ypadw), without learning (ypéypata), un- 
lettered (in w. freq. in formula used by one who signs for an illiterate ; 
MM, VGT, s.v.): Ac 418 (but cf. Thayer, s.v.).t 

_* dypaudéw, -G (<dypavros, dwelling in the field ; < dypds, addy), 
to live in the fields: Lk 2%.t 
dypedw (dypa), [in LXX: Jb 1016, Pr 522 62526, Ho 52 (mpd ni., 
rmnmw, etc.)*;] to catch or take by hunting or fishing; metaph., 
Mk 1233,+ 

* dypt-édavos, -ov, 1. of the wild olwe (Anth.). 2. As subst., the 

wild olive: Ro 111% *4 (CGT, in 1.; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dypios, -a, -ov (<dypds), [in LXX for My, ete. ;] 1. wing m 


fields, wild: pédur, Mt 34, Mk 16. 2. savage, fierce: Jus. (Cf. usage 
in 7. of a malignant wound; MM, VG@7, s.v.)t 

*Ayptrras, -a (Bl., §7, 2), 6, Agrippa (II): Ac 251+ 22, 28, 24, 26 
26}; 2, 19 27, 28, 32, (For Agrippa I, v.s. “Hpwdys, 3.)t 

dypds, -od, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Mw]; 1. a field: Mt 6, al. 


2. the country: Mk 157, al.; pl., cowntry places, farms : Mk 514 636 56, 
Lk 8%4 922, 3. = ywpiov, a piece of ground: Mk 10°, Ac 427, al. (On 
the occurrence of this word as compared with x«&pa, ywpiov, v. MM, 
VGT, s.v.) 

‘ dyputvéw, -3 (<Cdypurvos, seeking sleep; <dypevw, trvos), [in 
LXX chiefly for 3pw7;] to be sleepless, wakeful (Theogn., Xen., al.) ; 
metaph. (LXX) = cl. eypiyopa, to be watchful, vigilant: Mk 13°, 
Lk 21°°, Hph 6'8, He 13!".t 

SYN.: ypnyopéw, q.V.; vppw, associated with y. in 1 Pe 58, ex- 
pressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of 
moral, not merely mental alertness (v. M, Th., I, 5°). 

** Gypumvia, -as, 7 (v. Supr.), [in LXX: Sig, 1 Mac 276*;] sleepless- 
ness, watching: 1 Co 6° 1177, (Plat., Hdt.; for exx. in 7., v. MM, 
VGT, s.v.)t 


8 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dyud, V.S. dyopd, [in LXX: mt Mac 17° 4% *). 
ayw, [in LXX for x13 hi., mp>, 33, etc.;] 1. to lead, bring, carry : 
C. acc., Seq. emi, cis, Ews, pds and simple dat.; metaph., to lead, guide, 
impel: Jo 1016, Ro 24, He 21°, m Ti 3°, al. 2. to spend or keep a day: 
Lk 2421, Ac 1988 3. Intrans., to go: subjunc., dywpnev, Mt 264, al. 
(Cremer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.). 
dywyh, -7s, 7 (<dyw), [in LXX: Es 27° 108, 1 Mac 416 68 11%, 
mi Mac 41°*;) 1. a carrying away. 2. a leading, guiding ; metaph., 
training ; hence, from the expression 4. rod Bio, absol., conduct, way 
of life: 1 Ti 31° (Cremer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
&ydv, -dvos, 6 (<< dyw), [in LXX: Is 73 (ANd), Es 417, Wi 4? 10”, 
i Mac,, tv Mac,*;] 1. a gathering, esp. for games. 2. a place of 
assembly. 3. a contest, struggle, trial; metaph. (MM, VGT, s.v.), 
(a) of the Christian life as a contest and struggle: Phi 1%, 1 Th 2?, 
1 Ti 64, 1m Ti 47, He 12!; (b) solicitude, anarety: Col 21.+ 
** dywvia, -as, ) (<dyav), [in LXX: m Mac 316 1519 *;] 1. a contest, 
wrestling (Hur., Xen.). 2. Of the mind, great fear, agony, anguish 
(Dem., Arist.) : Lk 2244 (cf. Field, Notes, 77£.; Abbott, Hssays, 101 £3 
MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dyovifopar (<Caywv), [in LXX: Da TH 6% (ba piw), Si 478, 
1, u, Iv Mac ,*;] 1. to contend for a prize: 1 Co 9%, 2. to fight, 
struggle, strie: Jo 189°; metaph. (MM, VGT, ae Col 129 412, 
1 Ti 41° 612, 1 Ti 47; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 66), Lk 13?4 (Cremer, 609).t 
"ASdp, 6, indecl. (Heb. ON), Adam: Lk 3°8, Ro 5!, 1 Co 15% 4°, 


1 Ti 23,14, Jul4; Christ 6 éryaros *A., 1 Co 1549.t 
*GSdmavos, -ov (<(daravy), without expense, free of charge: 

1 Co Ost 

’ASSei (Rec. Add), 6, indecl., Addei: Lk 3°8.+ 

adeddn, ~7s, 7 (<< ddeAgos), [in LXX for NINN ;] a sister : Mt 19°, 
al.; metaph. (MM, VGZ;, s.v.), of a member of the Christian com- 
munity: Ro 16!, 1 Co 7", Ja 21°, al. 

ddeAdéds, -00, 6 (<Ca- copul., deAdvs, womb), in cl., a brother, born 
of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102f.), for mx;] 


1. lit. of a brother (Ge 4?, al.). 2. Of a neighbour (Le 191”). 3. Of a 
member of the same nation (Ex 2!4, De 15). In NT in each of these 
senses (1. Mt 12, al.; 2. Mt 7°; 3. Ro 9%) and also, 4. of a fellow- 
Christian: 1 Co 1!, Ac 9°°. This usage finds illustration in 7., where 
a. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 14; 
MM, VGT,s.v.). The ddcdgoi 7. Kupiov (Mt 124649 1395 2819, Mk 381-34, 
Lk 819-21, Jo 212 7% 5,10 2017, Ac 114, 1 Co 95) may have been sons of 
Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. vi ff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph 
by a former marriage (Lift., Gal., 252 ff.; DOG, i, 282 ff.), but the view 
of Jerome, which makes 4. equivalent to dveyids, is inconsistent with 
Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.) 

**+t &Sehpdrys, -nTOs, 7 (<< ddeA dos), [in LXX: 1 Mac 12!%1", rv Mac , *;] 
1. abstract, brotherhood, brotherly affection (LXX). 2. Concrete, the 
brotherhood, the Christian community: 1 Pe 2!” 5° (MM, VG@7, s.v.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 2 


G-5ndos, -ov (<< d7Aos), [in LXX: Ps 50 (51)® (mimtaz) ;]_ 1. unseen, 
unobserved, not manifest (Ps, l.c.): Lk 1144. 2. uncertain, indistinct : 
1 Co 148.+ 

*t &Snddtms, -yTos, ) (<< adnAos), uncertainty : 1 Ti 61".+ 
* dSndws (<< adyAos), adv., wncertainly : of direction, 1 Co 926,+ 
** &Snuovéw, -@ (on the derivation, vy. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in Aq.: 
Jb 1879; Sm.: Ps 60(61)? 115? (1164), He 71709), Hz 315*;] to be 
troubled, distressed (MM, 1.c.): Mt 2637, Mk 1438, Ph] 226+ 
adys, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Sinw , also for M977, Ni, etc. ;] 


1. in Hom., Hades (Pluto), the god of the underworld. 2. the abode 
of Hades, the underworld; in NT, the abode of departed spirits, 
Hades: ev tr. a., Lk 1678; eis g., Ac 22% 31; rirAar adov, Mt 1618; KAeis 
tov a., Re 118; metaph., éws a., Mt 11%°, Lk 10; personified, Re 6° 
2013; 14 (Cremer, 67, 610; MM, VGT, s.v.).t+ 
4-8.d-Kpitos, -ov (<< duaxpivw), [in LXX: Pr 25!*;] 1. not to be 
parted, mixed, undistinguishable (cf. Pr, l.c., and v. Lift., Ignat. Eph., 
§3). 2. without uncertainty (Hort, in 1., but v. MM, VGT’, s.v.): 
Ja 37+ 
*t @8uddeumtos, -ov (<< diaXteizw), unremitting, incessant: Ro 9, 
u Ti 1’, (For exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t 
**t @S.adeimrws (Vv. supr.), adv., [in LXX: 1 Mac 12", 1m Mac,, 
11 Mac 6%3* ;] wnremittingly, incessantly : Ro 19, 1 Th 13 238 §17,+ 
Gdixéw, -3 (<dduxos), [in LXX for pwy, my, etc.;] 1. intrans., 
to be idixos, do wrong, act wickedly or criminally: Ac 251}, 1 Co 68, 
11 Co 72, Col 3°, Re 22"; todo hurt, Re 91%. 2. Trans. (a) to do some 
wrong : 6 ndiKknoev, Col 37°; to wrong some one, Mt 201%, Ac 726 27 2510, 
mCa1*, Ga 44, Phmt* om Pa 2; pass., Ac 774, 1 Co 7%; mid., 
1 Co 67 (suffer . . . to be wronged; WM, § 38, 3; but v. Bl., § 54, 5; 
and cf. droorepéw) ; (b) to injure, hurt: Lk 1019, Re 24 66 7% 3 Q4s 10 115+ 
4dixnpa, -Tos, TO (<< ddixéw), [in LXX for fix, yweH, etc.;] a wrong, 
injury, misdeed (MM, VGT, s.v.): Ac 1814 247°, Re 185.+ 
Gdikia, -as, 7 (<< ddicos), [in LXX for TY, YW, by, etc. ;] 


1. injustice: Lk 18%, Ro 94. 2. wnrighteousness, iniquity: Jo 7}, 
Ac 83, Ro 11% 29 28 615, 11 Ti.2!9, 1 Jo 19517; opp. to ddAnGea, I Co 13%, 
m Th 2"; to dixatoovvn, Ro 3°; dwaryn ris a., 1 Th 2!; puodds adixias, 
Ac 138, rr Pe 213519; eoyarar ris a., Lk 1377; papwvas ris a., Lk 16°; 
Koopos THS a., Ja 3°; oixovopos ris a., LK 168. 3. = adiknua, an un- 
righteous act: ironically, a favour, 1 Co 12; pl., He 8! (Cremer, 
201; MM, VGT, s.v.).t+ 

GSixos, -ov (< diy), [in LXX for 3pw, by, etc. 3] 1. unjust : 
Ro 35, He 61% 2. unrighteous, wicked: Lk 164 18, Ac 2415, 
1 Co 649 1 Pe 318; opp. to dékaos, Mt 5%; to etoeBrs, 11 Pe 2°; to 
morés, Lk 161° (Cremer, 200).t 

ddixws, adv. (< ddcxos), [in LXX for "pw, by , etc. 3] unjustly, 
undeservedly : 1 Pe 239%.+ 

*Adpety (WH, mg., Addu), 6, indecl., Admin. : Lk 3°8,t 


10 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


4-Sdxipos, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 254, Is 122 (9p)* ;] 1. of things (prop. 
of metals: LXX, ll. ¢.), not standing the test, rejected: yh, He 68. 
2. Of persons, rejected after testing, reprobate : Bo esi 'Goi702" 
1 Co 1357, rr Ti 38, Tit 116 (Cremer, 212).t 

*G-BSodos, -ov, 1. guileless (Pind., Thuc.). 2. Of liquids (Adsch., 

EKur., and late prose writers), genwine, pure (in 7. and in MGr. of wine, 
also of corn: MM, VGT,s.v.; Milligan, NT'D, 77): of milk, metaph., 
1 Pe 2?.+ 

SYN. : aképatos (q.V.), a&kakos, arAods. 

“‘ASpapuvtyves (T, Rec. “Adpaputryvds), -9, -dv, of Adramytiium, 
a seaport of Mysia: Ac 272.+ 

“‘ASpias (‘T, Rec. ’Adpias), -ov, 6, the Adriatic sea, in later Greek 
usage extended to take in all the waters between Greece and Italy: 
Ac Be 

* GSpdtys, -Tos, ) (<< ddpds, thick, well-grown), 1. thickness, vigour. 
2. abundance, bounty : 11 Co 8?°.+ 

Baurcoy -® (<C ddvvaros), [in LXX: De 178, Za 8° (wdp ni.), 
Jb 42? (AWA ni.), al.;] to be unable (cl., Philo; z., v. MM, VG@T7, s.v.). 
2. In LXX and wit (Kennedy, Sources, 124; Hatch, Hssays, 4; 
Field, Notes, 46f.), to be wmpossible : Mt 1720, Lk 137.4 

geSCie coe teoy fim lekeror 7Pan , 54, etc. ;] 1. of persons, unable, 


powerless: Ac 148; fig., Ro 15' (MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. Of things, im- 
possible: Mt 1926, Mk 1027, Lk 1827, Ro 88, He 6418 104 116+ 

adw (Attic form of Ion. and poét. deidw), [in LXX chiefly for 
“yw ;| to sing, (a) intrans., c. dat. (MM, VG", s.v.), of praise to God: 


Eph 5!°, Col 316; (0) trans., c. cogn. acc.: wdyv, Re 5° 14% 153.t 
ei, adv., [in LXX: Is 4914 (ndix) 51 (Tam), Ps 94 (95), al. ;] 


ever ; 1. of continuous time, wnceasingly, perpetually: Ac 7°1, 2 Co 41 
61°, Tit 112, He 34°, 2. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion 
(MM. VG'E, s.x.)2 t bed: a Petit 

derés, -od, 6, [in LXX for 3wW3;] aneagle: Re 47 8'8 (Ree. dyyéAov) 
1214, Where carrion is referred to, a. is probably a vulture (cf. 
dib' 3920, Pr 30%): Mt 2428" 10K 787 (MM. VGat sive) ah 

aLupos, -ov (<< yy), [in LXX for HEM; 7a d. (sc. Adyava, cakes) 
= MzZDI;] wnleavened: 4 éopti tov a. (MIX I), the paschal feast 
(also called 7a a., Mk 141), Lk 221; syuepa trav a., Mt 2617, Mk 141°, 
Lk 227; *yépa, Ac 123 20°. Fig., of Christians, free from corruption : 
1 Co 5’; exhorted to keep festival, ev afipors (se. dprois, Adyavois, or, 
indefinitely, ‘‘ unleavened elements’’), ib.§ (Cremer, 724),t 

*ALép, 6, indecl., Azor: Mt 113) 14.+ 

"ALwrtos, -ov, 7 (Heb., TiwN), Azotus, a Philistine city: Ac 84°.+ 

dy Bla, -as, 7 (<< a- neg., #dos, pleasure), [in LXX : Pr 237° (mrw)* 5] 


1. of things or persons, wnpleasaniness, odiousness (Hipp., Dem., al.); 
2. dislike (Plat.), disagreement (MM, VG@T, s.v.): Lk 23! D.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 11 


dnp, dépos, 6, [in LXX: u Ki 22" (= Ps 17 (18), pnw), Wi,;] 
in Hom., Hes., the lower air which surrounds the earth, as opp. to 
the purer aifyp of the higher regions; generally, aa (MM, VGT,s.v.): 
~Ac 2273 1 Th 417, Re 9? 1617; of the air as the realm of demons, 
Eph 2?; a. d<pew, of striving to no purpose, I Co 976; eis a. Aadeiv, of 
speaking without effect, not being understood, 1 Co 14°.t 
** Gavacia, -as, (<< d-Oavatos, undying ; v. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in 
LXX: Wi 34 4! 8! 17 158, rv Mac 145 1618 * ;] mmortality : 1 Co 155* *4, 
1 Ti 616 (cf. Cremer, 285 f.).t 
** 6-Qéurtos (late form of aféuoros, LS, MM, VGZ, s.v.), -ov 
(<< 6éus, custom, right), [in LXX: 1 Mac 6° 7! 10%4, mz Mac 5?°* 5] 
(a) of persons, lawless (ur Mae, l.c.); (6) of things, lawless, unlawful : 
Ac 1078, 1 Pe 43.+ 
SYN.. v.s. aecpos. 

* G-Beos, -ov, 1. in cl. (a) slighting or denying the gods (Plat.; ef. 
MM, VGT, s.v.); (0) godless, wngodly (Pind.); (c) abandoned by the 
gods (Soph.) 2. In the NT (ef. Lft. on Ign. ad Trall., § 3), of the 
heathen, without God, not knowing God (Cremer, 281): Eph 2”.+ 

**+ G-Pecpos, -ov (<< Geopos, law, custom), [in LXX: mt Mac 5! 676 * ;] 
lawless, esp. of those who violate the law of nature and conscience 
(cf. MM, VGT, s.v.): 1 Pe 27 3!7.+ 

SYN.: dOéuit0s, dvopos, Kaxds, movnpos, paddos (v. Tr., Syn., 
§ lxxiv; DCG, ii, 821). 

tddetéw, - (<CriOyu), [in LXX for seventeen different words, 
ywe, Md, 12, Syn, etc., often meaning, as 1 Ki 133 (Heb., al.), to 
revolt; properly, to make dOerov, or do away with what has been laid 
down (v. DCG, i, 453 f.)]. 1. to set aside, disregard (in Gramm., to 
reject as spurious): dabyxnv, Ga 31°; evrodAjv, Mk 7°; vopuov, He 1028; 
miorw, I Ti 512. 2. to nullify, make void: Lk 7° (vy. Field, Notes, 59), 
1 Co 19, Ga 271, 3. to reject: Mk 67° (Field, op. cit., 30), Lk 101°, 
Jo 1248, Th 48, Ju & (for exx. in z., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

t d0érnots, -ews, 7 (<< dGerew), [in LXX, usually of unfaithful, 
rebellious action: 1 Ki 24! (yw), Je 12! (a33), Da rH 97 (Syn), 


1 Mac 14?8* ;] @ disannulling, setting aside: He 718926, (For similar 
usage in z., v. Deiss., BS, 228 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.)t 
"AQAvaL, -Gv, ai (plural because consisting of several parts), 
Athens: Ac 171516 181, 1 Th 31.+ 
*AOnvatos, -a, -ov, Athenian: Ac 177): 22.+ 
* @0Xéw, -& (in cl. also GOAevw, << GOXAos, a contest, in war or in 
sport), to contend in games, wrestle, combat: 11 Ti 2°.+ 
*t GOAnows, -ews, 9 (<< dOA€w), a contest, combat, esp. of athletes ; 
fig., a struggle : He 10* (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s,v.).t 
dOpoilw (<< a6pdos, assembled in crowds, MM, VGT,s.v.; < Opéos, 
a noise, tumult), [in LXX chiefly for pap;] to gather, assemble : 
Lk 2433+ 
dOupéw, -d (a-Ovpos, without heart), [in LXX for mn, etc. ;] to be 
disheartened : Col 3?1.+ 


12 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


&6a0s5 (Rec. wrongly, -éos; LS, s.v.; Mayser, 131), -ov (<< dom 
a penalty), [in LXX chiefly for Mp3 ni., pi., ¥93;] 1. wepunished (MM, 


VG@T, s.v.). 2. mmnocent: Mt 274 (WH, R, mg., décatov) 2724.+ 

atyevos (WH, -y0s), -a, -ov (<< al, a goat), [in LXX for 1¥;] of a 
goat : He 1137 (MM, VG, s.v.).t 

aiytadds, -od, 6 (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v.), [in LXX: 
Jg 5!” (gm), Si 2414*;] the sea-shore, beach (cf. Field, Notes, 146 ; DCG, 
PLTOb. sO NENEV GeLe scy.).: MG did) <5 Jo Bie Ae Ano aie soak 

Aiyumtvos, -a, -ov, Hgyptian: Ac 77% 24,28 2138 He 1129 t 

Atyuttos, -ov, 7, Hgypt: Mt 2131519 Ac 210 79°89, He 316 1126275 
VHA, AG to", ie 8°.) Iwo (ef. Hx 0! vals iia) WN ONG aie, 
of Jerusalem as hostile to God, Re 118.+ 

¥* GiStos, -ov (<< dei), [in LXX: Wi 776, rv Mac 1015 *;] everlasting 

(freq. in Inser.; MM, VGT7, s.v.): Ro 17°, Ju®.t 

SYN. : aidvos, also freq. in Inser. (Deiss., BS, 363,)._ The ety- 
mological distinction between the meanings of the two words seems 
not to be retained in late Greek (v. Thayer, s.v., aiwvos ; cf. Cremer, 
79, 611). 

** ai8Sds (-dos), -ods, 7, [in LXX: mt Mac 1'* 4°*;] a sense of shame, 

modesty : 1 Ti 2° (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

SYN.: aicxvvy (v. Thayer, 14; Tr., Syn., § xix; Cremer, 611f.; 
CGT on 1 Ti, 1.c.). 

Aidiow, -o7ros, 6 (<Caifw, to burn, ay, face; ie. swarthy), [in LXX 
for wid;| Ethiopian: Ac 8?7.t 

Aikapitns, V.S. EXapeirys. 

aipa, -ros, 76, [in LXX for O4;] blood. 1. In the ordinary sense: 


Mik 979) lik 6*2)4* 22%) Jo) 19%) Ag ilots 22) 2120) Reo sido Gerane 
1913, 2. In special senses: (a) of generation, origin, kinship (cl.): 
Jo 133 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.); (6) as in OT (AR on Hph., 1.c.), in the 
phrase odpé kai al. (at. x. o.), to indicate human nature as opp. to God 
and created spirits: Mt 167, 1 Co 15°°, Ga 116, Eph 6, He 214; 
(c) of things in colour resembling blood: Ac 2129, Re 612 141820; 
(d) of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.): Mt 233% 35 974 68, 24,25, Tk 
PTS St AG 119528 16872079), 222") Hewlaz Re Onl’ Leas oee 
al. éxyéew (Deiss., LAH, 428; MM, VGT, s.v., ai.), Ro 315, Re 168; 
(e) of sacrificial blood, as an expiation: He 9% 1% 13, 1822, 25 (4 1128 
134; of the blood of Christ, Mt 2678, Mk 1474, Lk 2220 Jo 653: 54 56, 
Ac 2078, Ro 375/5®, 1, Co 1016 112527, Hph 17 218, Col 120° Ele 9.14 
POU 29 1924 1520 nn Peds Jo. 1" (cf.) S88) ee ele orgies las 
(Cremer, 69 f., 612 f.)t 
*+t aipatexxuaia, -as, 7 (<Caipua, ex, xéw), shedding of blood (Kccl.; 
Cremer, 71): He 9??.+ 
aipoppodw, (<< aia, pew), [in LXX: Le 15%? (My7)* ;] to lose blood, 


suffer from a flow of blood (Hipp.): Mt 9°°.t 
Aivéas, -ov, 6, 4ineas: Ac 99% 34,+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 13 


tatveows, -ews, 7 (<Caivéw), [in LXX chiefly for min, ndan 3] 
praise (Hecl.): Ovoia aivécews (Le 77, WIM Maz), He 13!%.+ 


aivéw, -@ (<Caivos), poét., Ion. and late prose (MM, VGT, s.v.) 
for cl. érawéw, [in LXX chiefly for 555, m7 ;] to praise : c. acc., r. Gedy, 
Lk 218) 20 1987 2453, Ac 247 3&9 Ro 151!; c. dat., 7. ded (Je 2018, al. for 
b b57; v. Field, Notes, 245), Re 195.+ 


SYN. : éfoporoyéw, edoyew, edyapioréw, paxapi~w (v. DCG, i, 211). 
aiviypa, -Tos, 76 (<< aiviocopat, to speak in riddles ; < aivds = dewvos, 
dread, strange), [in LXX for APN, Nu 128 and always exc. De 28°" 


(MQW) |] a dark saying, riddle: 1 Co 13" (cf. Nu, l.c.).t 


atvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 55x pi, t¥;] poét. and Ion., 1. = pi6os, 
a tale (Hom., al.). 2. = Att. érawos, praise (Hom., al.) : Mt 2116 (UXx), 
Lk 184%, 3. In z., a decree (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

Aivév, 7, indecl. (cf. Heb. PY, a spring), Aenon: Jo 378:+ 


aipeais, -ews, 7) (<Caipéw, -ouar), [in LXX for M333,] 1. capture. 


2. choosing, chowe (v. MM, VGT, s.v.). 3. that which is chosen, 
hence, opimion; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: 1 Co 11!*, Ga 5??, 
mt Pe 21, R, txt. 4. In late writers (MM, VGT), of a set of persons 
professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, 
faction: Ac 5'7 15° 24514 265 9822, t Co, Ga, m Pe, le., RB, mg. 
(Cremer, 614).t 

aipeti£w, [in LXX chiefly for "ma (v. Cremer, 615) ;] = aipéopat 
(Hipp., Inser.), to choose: Mt 12!8 (LXX, avrAjpyopar).t 

* aipetikds, -7, -dv (<< aipéouar), 1. capable of choosing (Plat.). 

2. causing division, heretical, factious (Cremer, 614): as subst., Tit 3!°.+ 

aipéw, [in LXX for 7AnN hi., M3, etc.;] to take ; Mid., -ovo (M, 
Pr, 158f.; MM, VGT, s.v.), to choose: Phi 137, 1 Th 23%, He 11”. 
(Cf. av-, ap-, d:-, é€-, KaO-, repi-, mpo-aipew.)t 

aipw, [in LXX chiefly for Niv3, also for np, etc.;] 1. to raise, 
take wp, lift or draw up: Jo 85° 1141, Ac 2737, al. 2. to bear, carry: 
Mt 4° 1674, al. 3. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mt 217}, 
Jo 1981, 1 Co 5! 615 (vy. Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin 
by Christ, Jo 12°, 1 Jo 3°. (Cf. am-, e&, én-, pet-, ovv-, iep-aipw. For 
exx. from z., v. MM, VGT",, s.v.) 

aicOdvopar, [in LXX for Pa, 12M, YT;] to perceive: c.\acc. rei 
(Bl., § 36,5; MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 945 (Cremer, 619 f.).t 

ataOnots, -ews, 7 (<C aicOdvoya), [in LXX chiefly for MYt;] per- 
ception (MM, VGT,, s.v.): Phl 19.t 

SYN, : éniyvwors, q.v. (cf. Cremer, 620). 

ais@ntpiov, -ov, Td (<< aicPavoua), [in LXX: Je 4!* (4p), 
Iv Mac 2?2*;] sense, organ of perception: He 5\4 (MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 

* aicxpoxepdns, -és (<< aicxpods, xepdos), greedy of base gains: 1 Ti 38, 

Tit 17+ 


14 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*t aioxpokepdas, adv., from eagerness for base gain: 1 Pe 5* (here 
only).t 
* aicxpodoyla, -as, 7 (<aicypds, A€Eyw), abusive language, abuse 
(Lft., ICC, in 1.; MM, VGT, s.v.): Col 3°.+ 
aicxpés, -4, -dv (<Catcyos, shame, disgrace), [in LXX: Ge 413* 
(yn, x4), Jth 121°, al.;] base, shameful: 1Co 11° 148°, Eph 5%, Tit 14 


(MEME VG2 ss.) . 
* aisxpdtys, -7T0s, 1) (<< aioxpos), baseness : Eph 54.+ 
aisxuvn, -ys, 1) (<< aicyos, shame, disgrace), [in LXX chiefly for 
nw.;] shame (MM, VG, s.v.): subjectively, Lk 141°, 11 Co 4?; ob- 


jectively, Phl 3!%, He 12?; as something to be ashamed of, Re 318; 
pl. (Bl., § 32, 6), shameful deeds, Ju '*.t 

SYN: aidds, q.v. 

aisxivw (<< aicxos, shame), [in LXX chiefly for wia;] 1. to dis- 
figure (Hom.). 2. to dishonowr (Pr 29"). 3. to make ashamed 
(Si 13”). Pass., to be put to shame, be ashamed: 11 Co 108; Phl 1”, 
I Pe 416, 1 Jo 278; c. inf. (M, Pr., 205), Lk 16° (cf. éx- (-opac), Kar- 
ao xvvw).t 

aitéw, -6, [in LXX chiefly for 5xw;] to ask, request: absol., 
Min, Ja tec vace. pers.) Miro) tuk) 690 c vacewrel /seq.amno, 
Mt 2029, r Jo 5!; id. seq. zapa, Ac 37, Ja 1°; ¢. dupl. acc., Mt 7°, 
Mk 672, Jo 1628. Mid. (on the distinction bet. mid. and act., v. M, 
Pr., 160): absol., Mk 158, Jo 167°, Ja 4°; c. acc. rei, Mt 14’, Mk 674, 
al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 272°, Lk 2375; c. acc. rei, seq. wapd, Ac 97; 
c. ace. et inf., Lk 2373; c. inf., Ac 74°, Eph 315 (cf. aa-, é&-, ér-, wap-, 
Tpoo-aiTEw), 

SYN.: épwrdw, q.v., tvvGdvopa. On the proper distinction 
between these words, v. Tr., Syn., § xl, Thayer, s.v. ai. In late Gk., 
however, ai. and é. seem to have become practically synonymous (cf. 
Ag 3223: vy. Field, Notes, VOVis° Mi The 422 Mi P7166; ; EME 
VGT sv:). 

airnpa, -ros, 76 (<airéw), [in LXX chiefly for Moxw;] that which 


has been asked for, a petition, request: Lk 2374, Phl 4°, 1 Jo 5!°.t 
SYN.: v.8. déqors. 
aitla, -as, 7, [in LXX: Ge 4}3 (jiv), Pr 28!" (pwy), and freq. in 


Wi, 11, 11 Mac;] 1. cause, reason, occasion, case: Mt 19°, Lk 847, Ac 1071 
2924 9820 i Ti 1612, Tit 143, He 2"; ei otrws éoriv 7» ai. (cf. Lat. st ita 
res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt 19/9. 2. In forensic sense, 
(a) accusation: Ac 251% 27; (b) cause for punishment, crime: Mt 27%", 
Mik, 1526) Jio 1838 19436 Ne g48) 2328 2618 

SYW.: éAeyxos, a charge, whether moral or judicial, which has 
been proven. du. is an accusation simply, false or true. 
aitlapa, -Tos, TO, V.S. aiTiwpa. 
aitiov, -ov, TO, V.S. atTLos. 
aizwos, -a, -ov (<airéa), [in LXX: 1 Ki 227? (a5), Da LXX Bel *, 
rH ib, 47, Su 53, 1 Mac 447 134, rv Mac 1" *;] 1. causative of, responsible 


* 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 15 


for ; as subst., 6 ai., the cause, author: He 5°; 76 ai., the cause, Ac 194°. 
2. blameworthy, culpable; as subst., 6 at., the culprit, the accused 
(Lat. rews) ; ro at. (= air, 3), the crime, Lk 234 14,22 + 

*+airiwpa (Rec. airfapa, the usual form; v. MM, VGT, s.v.), -ros, 
76 (<Cairidopar, aitia), a charge, accusation: Ac 257.+ 

** aigvidvos (in Lk, l.c., édv- WH; v. M, Pr., 35), -ov (<aidvys = 
advus, suddenly), [in LXX : Wi 171, 1 Mac 1417, 11 Mac 324* 5] sudden, 
unexpected : Lk 21°4, 1 Th 5°.t : 

taixpadkwota, -as, 7 (<< aixuddwros), [in LXX chiefly for "77, 


7543 ;] captivity (Diod., al.): Re 13°; pl., abstr. for coner., = aixpd- 


Awrot, Eph 48 (LX*X) + 

t aixpadwredo (< aiyddwros), [in LXX chiefly for Maw ;] = aixua- 
Awrilw, q.v., to lead captwe: Eph 48 @X%),+ 

t aixpadwtifa (<< aixywadwros), [in LXX chiefly for Taw ;] in late 
writers = cl. aixuddwroy rod (yw), to take or lead captive: seq. éis, 
Lk 21% (cf. To 11°); metaph., Ro 728, m Co 105, m Ti 36.+ 

aixpddwros, -ov (< aixpy, a spear, édAicxopat, to be taken), [in LXX 

chiefly for May, m>32;] captive: Lk 418 UXx),+ 


aidv, -Gvos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ndiy, ty;] 1. incl., like Lat. 


aevum (LS, MM, VGT, s.v.), a space of time, as, a lifetime, generation, 
period of history, an indefinitely long period ; in NT of an indefinitely 
long period, an age, eternity, usually c. prep. (MM, VGT); (a) of the 
past: da ai. (cf. Heb. piv), Lk 17°; (0) of the future: cis r. ai. (cf. 


pdiy>), forever, Mt 21'"; id., c. neg., never, Jo 414; more strongly, ¢is 


tiv ai. Tod ai., He 18@XX); cis rods ai., Mt 618; cis tovs ai. rOv ai. (cf. 
Is 45'7, sy sbiy—Ty), Ro 16°’, LT; cf. also Eph 32}, m Pe 3!8, Ju 25, 


Re 144. 2. oi ai., the worlds, the universe, ‘‘ the sum of the periods of 
time, including all that is manifested in them”: He 1? 113 (cf.1 Ti 1", 
where zév ai. are prob. ‘“‘the ages or world-periods which when 
summed up make eternity”. 3. the present age (Heb. ni divin) : 
6 ai., Mt 13%; 6 ai. otros, Mt 12°*; dviv ai, 1 Ti 6!"; 6 éverrasai., Ga 14; 
similarly, of the time after Christ’s second coming (Nan obdiyn), 6 ai. 
éxetvos, Lk 20°; 6 ai. wéAdwv, Mt 12°; 6 ai. 6 épxduevos, Mk 108°. 

SYN.: xécpos, the ordered universe, the scheme of material things ; 
oikovpevn, the inhabited earth ; in contrast with both of which ai. is the 
world under aspects of time (cf. Westc. on He 12; Tr., Syn., § lix; 
Thayer, s.v., ai.; Cremer, 74, 620; MM, VG@T). 

aidvios, -ov (as usual in Attic), also -a, -ov: m Th 216, He 912; 
(< aisv), [in LXX chiefly for ndiy ;] age-long, eternal, (a) of that which 
is without either beginning or end: Ro 167°, He 914; (6) of that 
which is without beginning: Ro 16”, 1: Ti 19, Tit 1?; (c) of that which 
is without end (MM, VGT, s.v.): oxnvai, Lk 16°; oixia, m Co 5}; 
diabyxn, He 1379; ebayyedvov, Re 14°; zapaxAnors, 1 Th 216; Avrpwors, 


16 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


He 912; «Anpovouia, ib.!5; xéAacw, Mt 2546; xpiua, He 67; «pious, 
Mk 329; dAcOpov, 1 Th 19; zip, Mt 188; freq. c. Cwx, q.v. 

SYN.: didios, q.v. 

éxaSapata, -as, 7 (<< axd@apros), [in LXX chiefly for ONO, Now 3 


uncleanness, impurity, (a) physical (MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 2377; (6) 
moral: Ro 124 6!9, 1 Co 12?!, Ga 519, Eph 419 53, Col 35, 1 Th 28 47.+ 
*+ dxaldprns, -Tos, 7, uncleanness: Re 174, Rec. (for 7. dxd@apra).t 

axdBaptos, -ov (<< d- neg., cafaipw), [in LXX chiefly for NAW ;] wn- 


clean, impure ; (a) physically (LS, MM, VGT7, s.v.); (b) ceremonially : 
Ac 10428 118, 1 Co 714, 11 Co 617, Re 18?; (c) morally: Eph 5°, Re 174; 
Cc. wvedpa, a8 always in Gosp., Mt 101 1245, Mk 12% 26,27 311, 30 52, 8, 18 
61729) 925" Tuk 438; 36.618 8 20)042 245 Ae 168") he 162(ch@remer 
320).t+ 

*t dxapéopat, -odpar (<(dxarpos, wunseasonable), to have no oppor- 
tunity (opp. to edxarpéw) : Phi 41°.+ 

** &xaipws, adv. (<< dxaipos, unseasonable), [in LXX: Si 35 (32)4 * 3] 
out of season, unseasonably : opp. to edxaipws (q.v.), 11 Ti 4? (cf. Cremer, 
740; MM, VG, s.v.).t 

d-kakos, -ov, [in LXX for "np, OM, etc.;] (a) asincl. (Asch, 


Plat., al.), of persons, simple, quileless: Ro 1618, He 76 (cf. Cremer, 
327); (0) of things, wndamaged (? MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dxavOa, -ns, 7 (<Cdxy, a point), [in LXX chiefly for pip, also for 
1D, mw, etce.;] a prickly plant, thorn, brier; in NT always pl.: 
Mt 716 137 22 9729, Mk 4718 Lk 644 87,14. Jo 192, He 68 (v. MM, VGT, 
Savi) 
dxdvOwos, -ov (<< axavOa), [in LXX: Is 341% (49D) *;] 1. of thorns : 
Mk 15!’, Jo 195. 2. of acantha-wood (Hdt.; 7. ap. MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 
di-kaptros, -ov, [in LXX: Je 26 (ni>y), Wi 154, tv Mac 167 *;] 
unfruitful, barren: fig., Mt 1372, Mk 4'®, 1 Co 1414, Eph 51, Tit 314, 
mbes) Su l2:t 
**+t &-Katd-yvworos, -ov (<< xatayivwoxw), [in LXX: m Mae 447*;) not 
open to just rebuke, irreprehensible : Tit 2° (v. Cremer, 676; and for 
other exx., MM, VG, s.v.).t 
+ d-Kata-kddumtos, -ov (<Q kataxaAvrrw), [in LXX: Le 134A 
(yinB) *;] wncovered, unveiled : 1 Co 11% 18.+ 


*t &-katd-Kpitos, -ov (<(xataxpivw), 1. uncondemned (KV): Ac 16%7 
22%, 9. =cl. dxpitos, without trial, not yet tried (MM, VGT, s.v.) 
Ac, ll. ce.t 

**+ &-katd-Autos, -ov (<C xaraAvw), [in LXX: 1v Mac 10'!*;] indis- 
soluble: He 716.+ 

*+ dxatdmactos (v. Mayor, 1 Pe, cxevii; WH. App., 170; MM. 
VGT, s.v.), -ov, a form otherwise unknown, prob. colloq. for -ravaros 
(q.v.) 2 Pe 24 a eames WL. 

*+ dxatdmauatos, -ov (<< xataravw), that cannot cease, not to be re- 
straimed : c. gen. rei, 1 Pe 2'4, T, Tr. txt.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT gr: 


tdkatactacia, -as, 7 (<(dxatdoraros), [in LXX: Pr 26°8 (Amp), 


To 413*;) instability (MM, VGT, s.v.); hence, confusion, tumult: 
1 Co 14%3, Ja 316; pl. (BI., § 32, 6), Lk 21%, 11 Co 65 12? (Polyb., al.; 
v. Cremer, 739).t+ 

d-katdé-oratos, -ov (<xabiornur), [in LXX: Is 54" (mM QyB) 5] wn- 


settled, unstable : Ja 18 38.t 
t dxatdoyetos, -ov (<< xaréxw), [in LXX: Jb 31", m1 Mac 6!" * 5] 
that cannot be restrained : Ja 3° Ree. (for -craros, q.v.).t 
*AxeASapd, -dapdy, V.S. AxeAdapdy. 

** Gxépavos, -ov (<< xepavvypu), [in LXX: Hs 8 *;] unmixed, pure, 
hence, metaph. (cf. MM, VGT’, s.v.), guileless, simple : Mt 10!°, Ro 16, 
Phi; 245.t 

SYN.: ddoAos, dxaxos, dzXois (cf. Ellic. on Phl., l.c.; Tr., Syn., 


§ lvi). 
rn dxduys, -es (<< xAivw), [in LXX: tv Mac 67 17°*;] wnbending, 
firm: metaph. (MM, VGT’, s.v.), He 10?3.+ 
** Gxpdto (<( dxpy), [in LXX: Iv Mac 2°*;] to be at the prime ; of 
produce of the ground, to be ripe (Thuc.): Re 1418 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
* axpyy, acc. of dxun, a point, used as adv., at the present point of 
time, even now, even yet: Mt 1516,+ 
dKon, -7s, 9 (<Cdxovw), [in LXX: Ex 15°6, al. for yaw, its parts 
and derivatives, exc. De 117? (maw) ;] 1. hearing, the sense of hearing : 
1 Co 121’, m Pe 28; ‘Hebraic dative,” dxoy axovew (freq. in LXX; 
v. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt 134, Ac 2876, 2. organ of hearing, the ear 
(Arist, Sale Nin GT ely.) Sar Ei aer* “pl Mi 7 ik 7", AG 177, 
He 5", 3. a thing heard, i.e., (a) a message, teaching: Jo 12°* and 
Ro 101617 @XX), Ga 3% R, mg.; Adyos axons, I Th 2)8, He 47; (b) a 
report, rumour : c. gen. pers., Mt 4°74 141 24°, Mk 178 137 (Cremer, 82, 
623; MM, VG, s.v.).t 
dxohoubdw, - (<< dxdAovbos, following ; <Ca- cop., KéAevfos, poét., 
away), {in LXX chiefly for yon ;] to accompany, follow: Mt 4*°, al. 
Metaph., of discipleship: Mt 9°, Mk 9°, Jo 1276, al. Absol.: Mt 81°; 
more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 81, al.; seq. pera, c. gen. (cl.; Rutherford, 
N.Phr., 458 f.), Lk 94°; éxiow, ¢. gen. (Heb. 08 J>7), Mt 10% 


(cf. ef-, éx-, kat-, tap-, cvv-dkoAovbéw). 

SyYN.: (cl.) éroua, not in NT (v. Cremer, 80; MM, VGT, s.v.). 

&xovw, [in LXX chiefly for yaw ;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive 
by hearing, comprehend by hearing. 1. Intrans.: Mk 4° 737, Ja 25, 
Re 2’, al.; 7. doiv, Mt 131°GXX); ¢@. cogn. dat., axon a. (Vv.S. dxox), 
Mt 13!, Ac 28°6@XX); 6 eywv dra (ots) dxovew, axovedrw, Mt 11”, 
Mk 473, Re 27, al. 2. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. 
pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 14; c. acc. rei, Mt 12!% Jo 38 
(Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22°, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 1218, 1 Co 11'8; c. gen. 
rei, Jo 74° (Abbott, JV, 116); 7. duvijs (cf. Heb. dpa say, Ex 181%), 


Jo 55,28, Ac 97 (on the distinction bet. this and 4. dwvyy, ib. 4, v. M, 
Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Hssays, 93f.); of God answering 
2 


18 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


prayer, Jo 931, 1 Jo 5'#15; ¢. ace. rei, seq. mapa, Jo 87% 40 Ac 1022, 
mm Ti 2?; id. seq. azo, I Jo 15; ; ¢ gen. pers. seq. ptep., Mk 1458, 
Lk 18°, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., § 36, 5; Cremer, 82.) 
gid &xpaota, -as, 7) (<< dxparys, q.v.), [in LXX : 1 Mac 626 * sl in Arist. 
and later writers = dxpdrea (Lift., Notes, 222f.), want of power, hence 
want of sel f-control, incontinence : Mt 2375, 1 Co 7§.+ 
dkparis, -és (< xpdros), [in LXX: Pr 27°°*;] (a) powerless, im- 
potent ; (b) in moral sense, lacking self-control, incontinent : 11 Ti 3°.+ 
an -ov (<< nepeyrij)s pty Oe: Ps 74 (75)8 peu Je 32! 
(25!) (mam), m1 Mac 5?*]; wnmixed, pure: oivos, Re 14}°.+ 
dxpiBeva, -as, 7 (<< axpiBys), [in LXX: Da LXX tH 7'6 (x), 
Wi 1271, Si 167° 424 *;] exactness, precision (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): 
Ac 223.+ 
dxpBys, -és, [in LXX: Da LXX 245 6 (ax) 425, Hs 45, Si 1829 
1925 34 (31)?4 35 ey * ;] exact, precise, careful, of ehings and persons: 
superl., Ac 26°.t 
ie ak acpoe, -& (<< dxpiBys), [in Aq.: Is 308 4916*;] to enquire with 
exactness, learn carefully: Mt 2716 (for similar ex., v. MM, VGT, 
8.v.).t 
dxptBas, adv. (<< dxpiBys), [in LXX: De 1918 (am), Da TH 79 
(ax), Hz 39!4, Wi 1918, Si 18?°*;] with exactness, carefully: Mt 28, 
Lk 13, Ac 187°, Eph 5, 1 Th 5? (M, Th., inl.). Compar., axpyBéorepov 
(Milligan, NTD, 111; MM, VGT, s.v.), Ac 1826 2315 20 2422 + 
dxpis, -(dos, 7, [in LXX chiefly for MaqN, also for Ign, etc. ;] 
a locust: Mt 34, Mk 16, Re 9% 7,+ 
*t &xpoatyptov, -ov, TO (<< dxpodopuat, to listen), a place of audience: 
Ac 252% (Plut.).t 
dxpoamys, ov, 6(v. supr.), [in LXX: Is 3 (wim), Si 329*;] ahearer: 
Ro 213, Ja, 122 23) 25,+ 
+ dxpoBucrta, -as, 9 (perh. an Alexandrian form of cl. dxporoc6ia ; 
cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), fin LXX for my ;] the prepuce, foreskin (LXX), 


hence abstr., wncircumcision: Ac 11, Ro 225-27 330 410-12) 7 Co 718 19 
Ga 56 615, Col 215 34. By meton., the uncircumcised: Ro 4°, Ga 27, 
Eph 211, + 

¥ &xpo-yuvtatos, -aia, -atov (< dxpos, ywvia, an angle), fin LXX: 
Is 2816 (73)* ;] = Attic ywratos (freq. in Inser.; MM, VGT, s.v. a.), at 


the extreme angle: 6 d., the corner foundation stone, Eph 2°, 1 Pe 28.t 
* dxpoOinov, -ov, TO (<a axpos, Gis, a heap), prop., the top of a heap, 
hence, in pl., 1. first-fruits (Xen.; MM, VG7, s. v.). 2. In war, the 
choicest spoils (ef. Hdt., viii, 121 f.): He 74.4 
dxpov, -ov, Td, V.S. aKpos. 


dxpos, -a, -ov, [in LXX for M¥P, 7a, etc.;] highest, extreme; as 


subst., ro d., the top, extremity: Mk 1327, Lk 16*4, He 11?'; pl. (ef. 
MM, VGT, s.v.), Mt 2451.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 19 


"AkdAas, -ov (and -2; MM, VGT, s.v.), 6 (Lat.), Aquila: 
Ac 18% 1% 26, Ro 163, 1 Co 1619, m Ti 419.+ 

**t dxupdw, -@ (< xdpos, authority), [in LXX: 1 Es 6%, 1v Mac,*;] 
to revoke, invalidate (MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 15°, Mk 718, Ga 317 (Plut.).t 
¥* dxwhitws, adv. (<< cwdvw), [in Sm.: Jb 34°! *;] without hindrance 

(so freq. in legal documents; MM, VGT’, s.v.): Ac 28%1.+ 
dxwv (Attic contr. for dexwv), -ovea, -ov (< d- neg., Exwy, willing), 

[in LXX: Jb 1417, 1v Mac 112 *;] unwilling : 1 Co 9!7.+ 
ahd Baortpoy, -ov, 7d (also -os, 6, 7; collog. and xowy for édAdBacros), 
[in LXX: rv Ki 21% (nndy)*;] @ box of alabaster (éAaBacrirys) for 


ointment: Mt 26’, Mk 14%, Lk 79” (v. DCG, i, 415; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
** édalovia (Rec. -e/a, the earlier form), -as, 7 (<< aAafev), [in LXX: 
Wi5® 17’, 1, 1v Mac ,*;] the character of an ddalav, boastfulness, vain- 
glory, vaunting : Ja 416 (Mayor, in 1.), 1 Jo 216.+ 
Galdv, -dvos, 6, 7 (<< ady, wandering), [in LXX: Jb 288 (pny), 


Hb 2° (am), Pr 21% (pid>)* 5] prop. a vagabond, hence, an impostor, 


a boaster: Ro 1°, 1 Ti 3?.+ 

SYN. : tBpiorys, trepypavos (v. Tr., Syn., § xxix; Lft., Notes, 256). 

é\addfw (onomat. from the battle-cry ddaAd), [in LXX chiefly 
for ym hi., 55";] prop. to raise a war-cry, shout with triumph or joy ; 
rarely of grief, to wail: Mk 5%8 (cf. Je 4°); of a cymbal, dAaAdZLov 
(RY. clanging), 1 Co 131 (cf. dAoAv{w).t 

¥t &-AdAnTOS, -ov (<< AaAéw), inexpressible, not to be uttered : Ro 8?6,+ 

d-Nados, -ov (<< AdAos, talkative), [in LXX: Ps 30 (31)!8 (ndx ni.) 
37 (38)}8 (ndx) *;] dumb, speechless : Mk 787 917,25 + 

ddas (T, ada), -aros, 7d, late form of el. dXs, -os, 6 (MM, VGT, 8.v.), 
[in LXX chiefly for mby ;] salt, lit. and fig.: Mt 5!3 95°, Lk 1454; like 


cl. ddes, wit, of wisdom and grace in speech: Col 4°.+ 
Gdeeds (Rec. arses, the older form; WH, App., 151), -éus, 6 
(<aAs, the sea), [in LXX for 33, 3°35] @ fisherman: Mt 41% 19, 


Mk 11617 Lk 52.+ 

ddeidw (cf. Aizos, owl), [in LXX: Ge 311%, Ex 4015, Nu 33 (mwa), 
Ez 131° (mi), Ru 3%, m Ki 127° 14?, rv Ki 42, m Ch 2815, Mi 615, Da 
LXX rH 10° (710), Hs 2", Jth 168*;] to anoint, festally or in homage: 
c. acc. rei or pers., Mt 61”, Jo 123, Mk 16!; seq. dat., éAatw, Mk 613, 
Ja 514; uvpw, Lk 73% 46, Jo 11?.+ 

SYN.: xpiv, pupitw (against the distinction made bet. a. and x. 
in Tr., Syn., § xxxviii, v. MM, VGT, s.v., 4.). 

¥t &Nexropopwvia, -as, 7) (<(dAckrwp, dwvy), cock-crowing, i.e. the 

third watch in the night: Mk 13%°.+ 

&déxtwp, -opos, 6 (poét. form of dAexrpywv; v. MM, VGT,s.v.), [in 
LXX: Pr 246 (30%!) (ay; BDB, Lew., 267)* ;} a@ cock : Mt 2634) 7475, 


Mk 1430, 68, 72 Lk 2234) 60, 61, Jo 1338 1827,+ 
*AdebavBpeus, -éws, 6, an Alexandrian: Ac 6° 18?4,t 


20 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*AdetavSpivds (Rec. -dpivos; v. Kiihner *, IT, 296), -7, -dv, Alexan- 
drian: Ac 27% 2811.+ 

*Ad€~avSpos, -ov, 6, Alewander. 1. Son of Simon of Cyrene: 
Mk 1574, 2. A kinsman of the High Priest: Ac 4°. 3. A certain 
Jew: Ac 19%3, 4. A coppersmith: 1 Ti 1°. 5. Perh. = 4 (v. Hllic. 
Gn Ti) lic) rs SET: 

dXeupov, -ov, To (<< ddevw, to grind), [in LXX for map, Nu 5', 


al.;] meal: Mt 1333, Lk 13?.+ 
adnOera, -as, ) (<< ddyOys), [in LXX chiefly for max (on which, 


v. Cremer, 627 f.), M330N;] truth (v. DB, iv, 818f.). 1. Objectively, 


“the reality lying at the basis of an appearance; the manifested, 
veritable essence of a matter’’ (Cremer, 86): Ro 9!, al.; of religious 
truth, Ro 17°, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2°, al.; a. Geot, Ro 15°. 
2. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sin- 
cerity and integrity of character: Jo 8‘*, u1Jo%. 3. In phrases (MM, 
VGT, s.v.): éa’ dAnOetas, Mk 1214, al.; a. A€yew (cizeiv, Aadciv), Ro 9}, 
11 Co 12°, Eph 425, al.; da. zouetv, Jo 3?!, 1 Jo 18 (cf. DB, iv, 818 b, ff.). 

ddnPedw (<< dAnOys), [in LXX: Ge 20! (M39) 4216 (MON), Pr 21° 


(EW), Is 4426 (ndwy), Si 31 (34)4*;] to speak the truth (R, mg., deal 


truly ; Field, Notes, 192): Ga 416, Hiph 41°.t+ 
GdnOys, -és (<< A7nfFw = AavOavw, hence primarily, wnconcealed, 
manifest ; hence, actual, real), [in LXX for MAN, etc. ;] (a) of things, 


true, conforming to reality : Jo 415 534 32 699 (= ddnOuwes, q.v.) 81% 1417 
1041 198 2124) Ac 19° Ph} 48 tit 130 Peo! in: Peja72 1 ora, rede a; 
(6) of persons, truthful: Mt 2216, Mk 12!4, Jo 33% 718 826, Ro 3%, 
1 Co 68.+ 

SYN.: adAnOwos, real, genuine, ideal, as opp. to spurious or 
imperfect. adAnOys, true to fact, as opp. to false, lying, denotes the 
actuality of a thing: dAnGud0s, its relation to the corresponding con- 
ception. (Cf. Tr., Syn., § viii; Cremer, 84 f.,631; Abbott, JV, 234 f.; 
DB, iv, 818f.; MM, VGT, s.vv.) 

dd Orvds, -7, -ov (<< adAnOys), [in LXX for MAN;] true, in the sense 
of real, ideal, genuine: Lk 16", Jo 19 42% 37 632 728 816 151 173 1935, 
1 Th)1°, He 8? 924 1022.1 Jo 2° 529; Re 3% 14 6! 15% 167 192; = adybys, 
Re 19° 215 226 (MM, VGT,;, s.v.).t 

SYN.: ddnOys, q.v. 

t &Aj Ow (kown form of the Attic ércw), [in LXX for jnw;] to grind: 

Mt 2441, Lk 17%.+ 

ddnOas, adv. (<< dAnbyjs), [in LXX (Je 35 (28)*, Ps 57 (58)!, al.) 
chiefly for JAN and cogn. forms;] truly, surely: Mt 1493 2678 2754, 
MK 100 1588) TO? AT 0: 198 eat G ee O se eta e AG abe 
Eh er Joa 

a\ueus, V.S. dAeevs. 

t ddvevw (<< ddcev's), [in LXX: Je 1616 (a"7)* 3] to fish: Jo 213 (MM, 

VG Esa) 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 21 


éditw (< GAs), [in LXX for nba;] to salt, season with salt: Mt 

518, Mk 949.+ 
*t Gicynpa, -Tos, 76, (<late ddioyéw, to pollute), pollution: 

Ae 15?.7. 

add (aAX’ usually bef. a and v, often bef. « and n, rarely bef. o 
and w, never bef. 1; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative 
particle, stronger than é6€; prop. neuter pl. of addAos, used adverbially, 
with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. 
Ro 31); 1. opposing a previous negation, but: od (uy)... a, Mt 
Heat ME 52%: Jo 7), al. ; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely 
negativing what precedes, Ge + ts, OE SO MC. . fs, Mik 98, 
Mt 10”, Jo 12%, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 1179, Ac 192, 
1 Co 3° 61 v, i Co 721, Ga 23, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. 
sentence, a. ov, Mt 24°, 1 Co 1038; ov povov ... a. kal, Jo 538, Ro 1%, 
al. ; elliptically, after a negation, a. tva, Mk 144°, Jo 18 93, al.; = ei uy 
(B1., § 77,13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, § iii, 10), Mt 9023, Mk 4?2, 
2. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, 
transition, etc., but: Jo 162° 1227, Ga 214; before commands or re- 
quests, Ac 107° 2616, Mt 918, Mk G22. al: to introduce an accessory 
idea, 11 Co 7'!; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with 
ei, éav, eirep, yet, still, at least, Mk 1479, 1 Co 92, 11 Co 416, Col 25, al. ; 
after pev, Ac 417, Ro 147°, 1 Co 1417; giving emphasis to the following 
clause, add’ épxerar dpa, yea, ete., Jo 167; so with neg., add’ ovdé, nay, 
nor yet, Lk 2315. 3. Joined with other particles (a practice which 
increases in late writers ; Simcox, LNT, 166), a. ye, yet at least, Lk 247, 
1 Co 9?; a. 7, save only, except, Lk 1251, 11 Co 118; 4. wey otv, Phi 38 (on 
this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.). 

éAAdoow (<< @\Aos), [in LXX chiefly for bn, 779 hi., etc. ;] 1. to 
change: Ac 614, Ga 4°, 2. to transform: 1 Co 155) 5, He pad: to 
exchange : c. acc., seq. €v (= 2, Ps 105 (106)”") instead ‘of simple gen, 


(B1., § 36, 8), Ro 1?° (cf. da-, di-, Kar-, daro-Kat-, pet-, cvv-adAdoow ; V. 
MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
#% adhaydOer, adv. (<< dAXos), [in LXX: 1v Mac 17*;] = adddober (v. 
MM, VGT, s.v.), from another place : Jo 10'.t 
* a\axod, adv. (<< dAXos), = addAooe (MM, VGT, 8.v.), elsewhere : 
Mik 145-+ 
*t &\Anyopéw, -@ (<< dAXos, adyopetw), to speak allegorically (Cremer, 
96 ff.): Ga 424+ 
+ &AAndoud (Rec. dAApAovia; Heb. AMd5q, praise the Lord), [in 


LXX in the titles of certain Pss (104 (105), al.), and at the end of Ps 
150; also To 1318, 111 Mac 7!8;] hallelujah, alleluia: Re 19) % 4 6 + 
&dAHAwY (gen. pl.), dat. -ou, -as, acc. -ovs, -as, -a (no nom.), 
recipr. pron. (<< dAXos), of one another, mutually: Mt 25%?, Mk 441, 
Jo 137, al. 
t addoyerijs, -es (<< dAXos, yevos), [in LXX chiefly for "3, 1535] of 


another a a foreigner ( = addépvdos ; Cremer, 150; MM, VGT,s.v.): 
Lk 1718.+ 


22 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


&\dopar, [in LXX for nox, 157 pi., etc. ;] to leap: Ac 38 141; of 
water, to spring wp, Jo 414 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dos, -7n, -o, (ef. Lat. alius, Eng. else), [in LXX for HN, WN, 


etc. ;] other, another: absol., Mt 20%, al.; a. dé 1 Co 31° 128; pl., Mk 
615; attached to a noun, Mt 2!2 42! al.; c. art., 6 4., the other, Mt 5°, 
Jo 19%? (Bl., § 47, 8); ot &, the others, the rest, Jo 2075, 1 Co 14°; a. 
mpos GAXov = mpos aAAnAovs (Bl., § 48, 10), Ac 2!%; GAN’ (i.e. GAXo) 7 
(B1., § 77, 18), Lk 125; seq. rAyv, Mk 12°?; ci wy, Jo 6%; rapa ec. acc., 
I Co 31}, 

SYN.: €repos, q.v. a. denotes numerical, ¢. qualitative difference 
(Cremer, 89). a. generally “denotes simply distinction of individuals, 
é. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind” (v. Lft., Meyer, 
Ramsay, on Ga 1% 7; Tr., Syn., § xcv; Bl., § 51,6; M, Pr., 79£., 246; 
MM, VGT,s.vv.). As to whether the distinction can be maintained in 
I Co 128 10 y. ICC, in 1., and on He 11°5f, vy. Westc., in 1. 

* &\Notpi-emrioxotos (Rec. ddXorpioer-), -ov, 6, one who meddles in 
things alien to his calling: 1 Pe 4! (v. ICC, in 1.; Deiss., BS, 224, ; 
MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

&dAdtptos, -a, -ov (<(aAXos), [in LXX for 7, 153, WN;] 1. be- 


longing to another, not one’s own (opp. to tdvos): Lk 161, Ro 144 157° 
(Field, Notes, 165 f.), 11 Co 1015 16, 1 Ti 5”, He 9°. 2. foreign, strange, 
alien (opp. to oixetos; v. MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 177% 26, Jo 105, Ac 7°, 
He T1455; 

&ASguNos, -ov (ZAAos, dAov, a tribe), [in LXX chiefly for my>H 5] 


foreign, of another race (MM, VGT, s.v.); as opp. to a Jew, a Gentile: 
Ac 1078.+ 
&dws, adv. (<< ddXos), otherwise: 1 Ti 5*°.t 
ddodw, -@ (<< ddus, v.s. dAwy; and cf. MM, VGT, s.v.), [in LXX 
chiefly for was;] to thresh: 1 Co 9% 19, 1 Ti 518+ 
&-Noyos, -ov, [in LXX: Ex 6” (anpiy diy), Nu 6% (523), Jb 11%, 
Wi 1115 16 tv Mac,*;] 1. without reason, irrational: Ga, 11 Pe 2", 
Jul, 2. contrary to reason: Ac 2527 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
+ adén, -ns, #, [in LXX: Ca 4! N (midqN)*;] the aloe, aloes (the 
powder of a fragrant wood): Jo 19%%.t 
ads, adds, 6, variant for ddas (q.v.): Mk 94°, Rec. WH, mg., R, 
mg.t 
éduKés, -7, -dv (< GAs), [in LXX for nog, ortiz ;] salt: Ja 312+ 
* duos, -ov (<< Avrn), free from grief: Phi 2°8.+ 
** &duais, -ews, 7, [in LXX: Wi 17!7*;] a chain, bond: Mk 5* 4, 
Lk 879, Ac 126 7 2133 2820, Hph 679, 1: Ti 116, Re 20}.t 
* &-Nuattedijs, -és (cf. AvovreAew), unprofitable: He 131".t 
“Adoa, 76, indecl. (v.s. A), Alpha: Re 18 21° 2213 (vy. Swete, in ll.).t 
*ANpatos (WH, ‘Ad-), -ov, 6 (Aram. 999M), Alpheus. 1. Father of 


Levi: Mk 214, 2. Father of James: Mt 10%, Mk 3!8, Lk 615, Ac 133.+ 
&dwv, -wvos (for Attic dAws, -w, v. MM, VGT, s.v.), 7, [in LXX 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 23 


chiefly for ]33;] a threshing-floor: Mt 3", Lk 31’ (here prob. by meton. 


= the grain on the threshing-floor).t 
&ddnné, -exos, f, [in LXX for byiw;] a for: Mt 82°, Lk 958; 


metaph., of Herod, Lk 13%?.+ 
ddwots, -ews, 7 (<< dAicxopar), [in LXX: Je 27 (50)** (wEM ni.)* 5] 

a taking, capture: 1 Pe 2}2.+ 
dpa, adv., at once (Lat. sumul): Ac 2476 2749, Ro 3” (one and all 
= Tym), Ps 14%), Col 4*,1 Ti 5, Phm ™; seq. ow, 1 Th 4'7 5; as 


prep. c. dat., together with: Mt 137° (v. MM, VGT;, s.v.) ; also, c. adv., 
a. mpwt (cl., d. €w, etc.), early in the morning : Mt 201.t 
¥* Guabys, -és (<< pavOavw), [in Sm.: Ps 48 (49)'*;] unlearned, 
ignorant: 11 Pe 316 (on the rareness of this word, v. MM, VGZ7, 
8.V.).t 
Me dpapdvtivos, -ov (<< dudpavros), of amaranth (Inser.); hence un- 
fading: 1 Pe 54.+ 
**+ dudpavtos, -ov (<< papaivoua), [in LXX: Wi 6” (codia)* ;] wn- 
fading (whence 6 4., the amaranth, an unfading flower): 1 Pe 1‘ (cf. 
MM, VGT, s.v.).t+ 
dpaptdévw (pres. formed from aor. duapreiv), [in LXX for nun, 
also for OWN, yw, etc.;] 1. to miss the mark (Hom., Aisch., al.), 
hence metaph. (Hom., al.), to err, do wrong. 2. In LXX and NT, 
to violate God's law, to sin (for non-Christian exx., v. MM, VGTZ, 
s.v.): absol., Mt 1875 274, Lk 17%, Jo 5!4 84 923 Ro Bi2 328 51%, 14, 16 
615.1 Co.77% 86 1554; Hph 4°6, : Ti 579, Tit 3%, He 317 1026, 1 Pe 220, 
11 Pe 24,1 Jo 119 2} 368 9 518; ¢, cogn. acc., a. duapriay (cf. Hx 32°, 
MND NY), 1 Jo 516; seq. eis, Mt 187, Lk 151%! 174, Ac 258 


(xaioapa), 1 Co 618 8! (Field, Notes, 173); évwriov, Lk 151% 21; mpds 
Gévarov (cf. Nu 1822, miad nwm), 1 Jo 5!6 (Cremer, 98, 633).+ 

dpdprnpa, -ros, Td (< dyapreiy, Vv. supr.), [in LXX for mxNwn, Ty, 
etc. ;] an act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful 
deed, a sin: Mk 3** 29, Ro 375, 1 Co 618, 11 Pe 1°, WH, mg.; aiwnoy a. 
(DCG, i, 788#), Mk 3?9 (for exx. from z., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 

SYN.: dyvonua, apapria, dvouia, docBea, ArTnua, rapaBaors, 
Tapakoy, Tapavopuia, TaparTwua (v. Cremer, 100; Tr., Syn., §lxvi; DB, 
iv, 532; DCG, l.c.; Westc, Hiph., 165 f.). 

Gpaptia, -as, 7 (<Capaprdvw, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for nxwn 
and cogn. forms, also for Ji, YWH, etc.;] prop. a missing the mark; 


in cl. (v. reff. to CR in MM, VGT,s.v.); (a) guilt, sin (Plat., Arist., 
al.); (b) more freq., from Aisch. down, a fault, failure. In NT (as 
LXX) always in ethical sense; 1. as a principle and quality of 
action, = 70 dpuapravew, a sinning, sin: Ro 513,20; id! duapriav etvat, 
Ro 3°; émpevew ty a., Ro 6'; drobvyckeuv, vexpov elvar TH 6., Ro 641; 
my a. ywookev, Ro 77; siya ts a., Ro 6%; dary tis 4., He 315; 
personified as a ruling principle, 4. Bacireve, xuprever, etc., Ro 5?! 


24 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


612, 14 717,20; Sourevew TH d., Ro 6%; SodAos ris a., ib.!"; véuos ris d., Ro 
73 82; dvvauis THs a., I Co 1556 (cf. Ge 4’). 2. As a generic term 
(disting. fr. the specific terms duaprypa, q.v., etc.) for concrete wrong- 
doing, violation of the divine law, sin: Jo 84°, Ja 1%, al.; zovecy 
(wiv) a, Jo: 8940911 Co 11", ido’ weve a... Jo 97) 157) 2 tO" aro Lo 
in pl. duapria, sin in the aggregate, 1 Th 2'° (v. Milligan, in 1.); zoveiv 
dpaptias, Ja do; wAnOos dpaptiav, Ja 52°, 1 Pe 48; ddeots apapridv, 
Mt 26°8| Mk 14, al.; & dpaprias civar, 1 Co 15!”; collectively, 
aipew tiv a. Tt. Koopov, Jo 129; arobvycKkew ev 7H a., Jo 82. 38. = dpap- 
tha, a sinful deed, a sin: Mt 12°1, Ac 799, 1 Jo 51, 

SYN.: v.s. duaprnpa. 

* dudptupos, -ov (<< paprvs), without witness: Ac 1417.+ 

dpaptwds, -dv (<< duaptavw), [in LXX chiefly for yw ;] sinful, a 
sinner: of all men, 1 Ti 1°; of those especially wicked, 1 Ti 19, 1 Pe 
a pl., Mt 92% 11,18 119 9645 al. (v. MM, VGT, s.v.; Cremer, 102, 

4), 

* Gaxos, -ov (<< payn); 1. invincible (freq. in cl.). 2. abstaining 
from fighting, non-combatant (Xen.). Metaph. (cf. MM, VG@T, s.v.), 
not contentious: 1 Ti 3%, Tit 3?.+ 

* dpdw, -@ (in cl. chiefly poét.), to reap: Ja 54.+ 

dpeBuaotos, -ov, 7 (acc. to Plut., < d- pebvw, being regarded as an 
antidote against drunkenness), [in LXX: Ex 2819 36'9 (3912) (mabdny), 


Ez 2813* ;] amethyst, a purple quartz: Re 21?°.+ 

dpedéw, - (<< pérer), [in LXX: Je 4:7 (mow) 38 (31)3? (bya), Wi 
310, 11 Mac 414*;] (a) absol., to be careless, not to care: Mt 225; (0) c. 
gen., to be careless of, to neglect: 1 Ti 414, He 2% 89 (v. MM, VGT, 
8.v.).t 

d-pepmros, -ov (<< péudopuar), [in LXX chiefly for om;] blameless, 


free from fault (in +. of a marriage-contract; M, Th., I, 31°; ef. MM, 
VGI, siv.)> Lik 16; Phi 2! 3% « Th'3!.( WH: me, -as) EHeSit, 
SYN.: duwpos, avéyxAytos, averiAnumrtos, q.v. (Tr., Syn., § ciil). 
d-péumrws, adv. (<( dweurros), [in LXX: Hs 31%*;] blamelessly 
(Lft., Notes, 28,89; MM, VGT7, s.v. -os): 1 Th 2) 318, WH, mg., 57%.t 
** Guépusvos, -ov (<< pépmuva), [in LXX: Wi 61> 7°3*:)] free from 
anxiety or care: Mt 2814, 1 Co 7%? (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
**+ @-wetdbetos, -ov (<< peratiOyur), [in LXX: mr Mae 51! *;] wm- 
mutable: He 618; as subst., 7d d., immutability, ib.” (v. MM, VGT, 
8.v.).t 
* @-peta-Kivyntos, -ov (<< peraxwéw), immovable, firm: 1 Co 15°%.t 
* d-petapéAntos, -ov (<< petapéAouar), not repented of, wnregretted : 
Ro 129° 15 Conti 
*+ &uetavdntos, -ov (<< petavoéw), 1. ampenitent: Ro. 2. = dpera- 
peAntos (z., Philo, al.; v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
* Guetpos, -ov (<< peérpov), without measure: adverbially, eis ra a., 
excessively, 11 Co 101% 15, + 
+ dyyy, indecl. (Heb. JAN, verbal adj. fr. aN, to prop, ni., be firm), 


fin XX: 1 Ch 168*,)rniiss9**, Ne 51278%) Wore 140%. ma Macnen 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 25 


Iv Mac 18%4 (elsewhere ”“N is rendered dAnOwes, Is 651%; dAnbas, 
Je 35 (28)°; yevorro, Nu 5%, De 2715®, m1 Ki 16, Ps 40 (41)!8 71 (72)}9 
105 (106)48, Je 115)*.] 1. As adj. (cf. Is, l.c.),6a., Re 34. 2. Asadv., 
(a) in solemn assent to the statements or prayers of another (Nu, Ne, 
ete., ll. ¢.): 76 a., 1 Co 1416; (b) similarly, at the end of one’s own 
prayer or ascription of praise: Ro 17° 153, Ga 15, 1 Ti 11’; (c) in the 
Gospels, exclusively, introducing solemn statements of our Lord, truly, 
verily: Mt 51% 26, Mk 328 (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 474, al.; a. d., always in 
Jo 15 33 5! al.; 76 vai, eat... 76 a, 1 Co 1? (on usage in z., 
v. MM, VGT, s.v.). 

*Guntwp, -opos, 6, 7 (<< pyrnp), without a mother (freq. in Gk. 
writers of the gods): drarwp a., of one without recorded genealogy, 
He 78 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). 

** G-ulavtos, -ov (<< puaivw), [in LXX: Wi 31% 4? 829, m Mac 14%6 
15%4* 5] undefiled, free from contamination (in 7., of aiéyp; MM, VGT, 
piv.)s He 7267194, 1 Pelt dale 

SYN. : dpwpos, domiAos (Cremer, 784). 
"ApwaddB, 6, indecl. (Heb. a3 %AaY), Amminadab: Mt 14, Lk 3°8 


(WH om.).t 

&upos, -ov, 4, [in LXX chiefly for 5in;] sand, sandy grownd: 
Mt 726, Ro 927, He 11}2, Re 1218 208.+ 

dpvés, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for wa5;] a lamb: fig., of Christ 


(DCG, ii, 6206), Jo 12% 36, Ac 832(@XX) 7 Pe 1! (cf. dpviov; Cremer, 
102, 635).+ 
** GuotBy, -Hs, 7 (<< duetBopar, to repay) ; [in Aq.,Sm.: Pr 12, al. ;] 
requital, recompense : 1 Ti 54 (for illustration from 7., v. MM, VG7, 
8.V.).t 
dpmeXos, -ov, 7, [in LXX for JpZ;] vine: Mt 262°, Mk 14°, Lk 2238, 


Ja 312; fig., of Christ, Jo 15145; of his enemies (on the usage here, 
v. MM, VGT, s.v.): Re 141% 19+ 
dpmredoupyss, -0d, 6, 7, [in LXX for O95;] a vine dresser: Lk 137.+ 


dpmehdv, -Ovos, 6 (<( duzredos), [in LXX for 093;] a vineyard: 


Mt 20! * 2128) Lk 136 20°%, 1Co 97, (Adschin., 49, 13; Diod., al.; 
v. MM, VGT, s.v.; LS, s.v. dumedoupyeiov.) 

*Apmdtatos (T, -iaros; Rec. “Aurdids; v. MM, VG@T’, s.v.), -ov, 6, 
Ampliatus : Ro 16%.t 

duvo, [in LXX (mid.): Jos 10 (apa), Ps 117 (118)1*12 (39 hi.), 
Ts 591° (yw hi.), Wi 11°, al.;] to ward off, etc. Mid. (a) to defend 
oneself against ; (b) to requite; (c) = act., to defend, assist (Is, l.c.): 
c. acc. pers., Ac 774 (MM, VG7, s.v.).t 

dpdidlw (<< audi, on both sides: v. M, Pr., 100), Hellenistic for 
dudievvye (cf. MM, VG@T, s.v.), [in LXX for wad, etc.;] to clothe: 
Lk 12°8 (T, -e{e).+ : 

dppu-Bdddw (v. supr.), [in LXX: Hb 1!7*;] = repiBarru, to throw 
around, as a garment: absol. (MM, VGT’, s.v.), of casting a net: 
Mk 1?¢ (Rec. BddAovras aupiBAyorpor).t 


26 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dppiBrnotpov, -ov, Td (<C dudiBadrdrw), [in LXX chiefly for O90;] 
something thrown around, as a garment; spec., a casting-net: Mt 418.+ 
SYN.: Sixrvov, cayyvyn. a. is a casting-net, o. a drag-net, 6. is 
the more general term—a net of any kind (Tr., Syn., § Ixiv). 
dpprelw, V.S. audialo. 
dpprévvupe (<< evvup, to clothe), to clothe: Mt 6° 118, Lk 7° 
(cf. dudialw).t 
“Ap.pitrodis, -ews, 7, Amphipolis, in Macedonia, so called because 
the river Strymon flowed around it: Ac 17!.+ 
dppodov, -ov, 76 (<C audi, 680s), [in LXX for miaqw (Je 1777 
3016 (49?7)) *;] prop., a road arownd anything (RV, the open street) : 
Mk 114, Ac 1928, WH, mg.t 
dupdstepor, -ar, -a (replaces dudw in Kxowy, v. M, Pr., 57; used of 
more than two, ib. 80; MM, VGT, s.v.), both of two: Mt 91", al. 
* d-udpntos, -ov (<< pwpdopar), blameless: 11 Pe 314,+ 
SYN.: dweumtos (q.v.), avéyxAntos, averiAnpmros. 
* Gpwpoy, -ov, Td, amomum, a fragrant plant of India (RV, spice) : 
Re 18.+ 
d-pwpos, -ov (<< papos, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for nM]; of sacri- 
ficial victims, without blemish: of Christ, He 914, 1 Pe 119; ethically, 
unblemished, faultless: Eph 14 527, Phl 215, Col 122, Ju24, Re 14° 
(Cremer, 425, 788; MM, VGT", s.v.).t 
SYN.: dplavtos, aomtXos. 
"Apdy, 6, indecl. (Heb. fax), Amon, King of Judah: Mt 1 
(Rec.).t+ 
"Audis, 6, indecl. (Heb. pian, Is 11; diay, Am 1'; pian, rv Ki 
2118 B); 1. as in 1v Ki, lec. B (A. “Appar; Jos., “Appov, “Apwoos), 
Amon: Mt 1°, 2. Amos: Lk 3?°.t 
dv, conditional particle, which cannot usually be separately 
translated in English, its force depending on the constructions which 
contain it (see further, LS, s.v.; WM, §xli; M, Pr., 165ff.; MM, 
VGT,s.v.). 1. In apodosis, (i) ¢. indic. impf. or aor., expressing what 
would be or would have been if (ei c. impf., aor. or plpf.) some con- 
dition were or had been fulfilled: Lk 7°9 176, Jo 54°, Ga 11°, Mt 127 
2443, 1 Co 28, Ac 1814, 1 Jo 21°, al. The protasis is sometimes under- 
stood (as also in cl.): Mt 257”, Lk 1978. In hypothetical sentences, 
expressing unreality, dv (as often in late writers, more rarely in cl.) is 
omitted: Jo 88° 1574 191, Ro 7’, Ga 415; (ii) c. opt., inf., ptep. (el. ; 
v. LS, s.v.; M, Int., § 275; M, Pr., 167,). 2. In combination with 
conditional, relative, temporal, and final words; (i) as in cl., ¢. subj., 
(a) in protasis with «i, in Attic contr. édéy, q.v.; (b) in conditional, 
relative, and temporal clauses (coalescing with ére, éret, etc.; v.s. dra, 
erav, etc.), ever, soever; (a) c. pres., nvixa av, 11 Co 3; ds dy, 
Ro 915(LXX) 162, al.; doo. dy, Lik 95; as dy, Ro 15%* (M, Pr., 167); 
(8) c. aor., ds av, Mt 5742231; ews av, wntil, Mt 213, Mk 61°, al.; as ay, 
as soon as (M, Pr., 167), 1 Co 114, Phl 273, On the freq. use of éay 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 27 


for av with the foregoing words, v.s. éeav; (ii) in late Gk., when some 
actual fact is spoken of, c. indic.: drav (q.v.); d7ov av, Mk 65° (M, Pr., 
168) ; xafor av, Ac 24° 435; ws dv, 1Co 12%. 3. In iterative construc- 
tion, c. impf. and aor. indic. (M, Pr., 167): Ac 24 4%, 1 Co 12?. 
4. c. optat., giving a potential sense to a question or wish:'Ac 8%! 
2679. 5. Elliptical constructions: ei wy ms av (M, Pr., 169), 1 Co 75; 
as av, c. inf., as it were (op. cit. 167), 1 Co 10°. 

ay, contr. from éay, q.v. 

dvd, prep. (the rarest in NT; M, Pr., 98; MM, VGT, s.v.), 
prop., wpwards, wp, always c. acc. 1. In phrases: 4. pécov, among, 
between, c. gen., Mt 1375, Mk 731, 1 Co 65 (M, Pr., 99), Re 717 [so in 
LXX for Find]; 4. wépos, wn twrn, 1 Co 14” (both found in Polyb. ; 


ef. MGr. dvapeca). 2. Distrib., apiece, by: Mt 20°19, Lk 99 (WH om.), 
ib.14 10!, Jo 26, Re 48. 3. Adverbially (‘‘a vulgarism,” Bl., § 51, 5; 
ef. Deiss., BS, 139f.), a. es éxacros, Re 2171. As prefix, a. signifies 
(a) wp: dvaBaiver; (b) to: avayyéAdew ; (c) anew: avayervay ; (d) back : 
évakd pare. t 


dva-Babyds, -o, 6 (<< dvaBaivw), [in LXX for mbyg: m1 Ki 101% 2, 


Iv Ki 918 20°, 1 Ch 91% 19 Is 388, Hz 40% 49; di) rav a., tat. Pss 119 
(120)-133 (134)*;] 1. a going up, an ascent (Pss, ll.c.2). 2. a step 
(LXX); pl., a flight of stairs: Ac 21549, (On the formation -@pds, 
v. MM, VGT, s.v.)t 

éva-Baivw, [in LXX chiefly for mby;] to go up, ascend, (a) of 
persons : ért cvxopwpéav, Lk 194; «is 7. wAotov, Mk 6°!; cis “IepoodAvya, 
Mt 2017; cis 7. tepov, c. inf. (M, Pr., 205), Lk 181°; with mention of 
place of departure, Mt 316 (ard), Ac 8%° (éx); (b) of things, to rise, 
spring wp, come up: a fish, Mt 1727; smoke, Re 8*; plants growing, 
Mt 13’; metaph., of things coming up in one’s mind (as Heb. 
ab by mby; v Ki 124, al.), Lk 2458, 1 Co 2°; of prayers, Ac 104; 


messages, Ac 21°! (for late exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.). 

éva-Bdddw, [in LXX: Ps 77 (78)?! 88 (89)* (say), 1 Ki 2814, 
Ps 103 (104)? (Amy) ;] to defer, put off (MM, VGT, s.v.): mid., 
Ac 24?2.+ 

dva-BiBdtw (causal of dvaBaivw), [in LXX chiefly for mdy hi., also 
for 15% hi., ete. ;] to make go up, draw up, as a ship (Xen.): caynvyy, 
Mt 1348 (metaph., MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

éva-Bdérw, [in LXX chiefly for Nw3;] 1. to look wp: Mk 874, 
al.; seq. eis, Mt 1419, al. (Xen., Plat.). 2. to recover sight (Plat., 
Aristoph.; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 115, Jo 9", al. 

dvd-Bdeps, -ews, (<< avaBderw), [in LXX: Is 61! (nip"n2B)* 5] 
recovery of sight: Lk 418 @XX),+ 

éva-Bodw, -6, [in LXX for pyx, pst, NW, etc.;] to cry out: 
Mt 2746 (WH, éBonoev; v. MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 

dvaBohy, -s, 7 (<a a3dAdw), [in LXX for 433, ete. ;] delay: 
Ac 25'" (for exx. of other meanings, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

* dvdyarov (Rec. dviyeov; on the form, y, Rutherford, NPhr., 


28 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


357 f.; MM, VG@T, s.v.), -ov, 76 (<< dvd, yn), an wpper room: Mk 1415, 
Lk 22}2,+ 
SYN.: trepw@ov. 
év-ayyé\Xw, [in LXX chiefly for 133 hi.;] 1. to bring back word, 
report (Aisch., Thue., al.): Jo 5!5 (WH, «izev), Ac 1427 154, 11 Co 77. 
2. Later, = ena (MM, VGT, s.v.), to announce, declare (LXX; 
Cremer, 24): Mt 28" (WH, az-), Jo 475 161315, Ac 1918 202% 27, Ro 152}, 
1 Pe 1!2, 1 Jo 15.t 
**+ dva-yervdw, -6, [in LXX: Si prol.!” x* (ABN® zapa-)* ;] to beget 
again: metaph., of spiritual birth, 1 Pe 1% 3 (cf. Cremer, 147; MM, 
VGT,'s.v.)i¥ 
dva-ywdokw (Attic dvayryv-), [in LXX chiefly for Ny 5] 1. to know 
certainly, know again, recognize. 2. Of written characters, to read: 
Mt 2415, Mk 1314, Ac 153! 2334, Eph 34; c. acc. rei, Mt 2231, Mk 121°, 
Dk 63s Joni92e Ac Shey ait Co 118, Re 1%; c. acc. pers, Heaiey . 
mpopytnv, Ac 8% 30; seq. ev, Mt 12° 21%, Mk 12% (sc. év 7. vopw), 
Lk 1076; seq. sr, Mt 194 9116 - ti emoinoe, Mt 12°, Mk 22°; pass. 
11 Co 3?; of reading aloud (MM, VGT, s.v.), Lk 416. Ac 1327 1571, 
in Coys!’ Col 416F 7 Th 624 (ME rh. asl) 
dvaykalw (< avayxn), [in LXX: Pr 67 (7207), 1 Ks 374, 1 Mac 2”, 
al.;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain: ¢. acc., 
11 Go 12"; id. c. inf,, Mt 14”, Mk 645, Lk 1478, Ac 261! (on the impf. 
here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, iPr 128 f. , 247), Ga 214 617; pass., c. 
inf., ‘Ac 2819, Ga 23 (for eXX., V. MM, VGT. s.v.).+ 
* dvaykatos, -ala, -atov (< avayxn), [in LXX: Hs 818, Wi 16%, Si 
prol. #2, 11 Mac 475 921, rv Mac 12*;] 1. necessary: Ac 1346, 1 Co 1274, 
11 Co 95, Phi 2%, Tit 314, He 83; comp. -adrepov, Phi 174. 2. Of 
persons connected by bonds of nature or friendship, near, intimate 
(Field, Notes, 118; MM, VGT, s.v.): a. pido, Ac 1074,+ 
* avayxaotas, adv., necessarily or by constraint: opp. to Exovatos, 
1 Pe 5? (rare).t 
dvaykn, -ys, 7, [in LXX chiefly for piza, ¥;] 1. necessity: exew 


d., c. inf., to be compelled, Lk 14'8 2317 (Rec., R, mg.), 1 Co 7°’, Ju3, 
He 727; e€ &., xar d., of necessity, 1 Co 9’, He 7, Phm"™; a. 
poe érrixerrat, 2. is laid on me, 1 Co 91°; ¢. inf. (=dvayxaiov éor), Mt 187, 
Ro 135, He 916,23, 2. force, violence, hence pain, distress (Diod., al. ; 
LXX; v. M, Th., 41; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. OAipns) : Tak (9125) 1 Co’ 728; 
£ch 37: ph (v. BL. Ng BA Os Swete, Mk. , 153), év a., 11 Co 64 1910, 

diay yopiler (in LXX : Ge 45! (yr ‘hith. yes to recognize: Ac 718 
(WH, txt., eyvwpicGn).t 

apdeyvere -ews, 7, [in LXX: Ne 88 (N98), 1 Es 948, Si 


prol. *13*;] 1. recognition (Hdt.). 2. reading (Plat., al.): of the public 
reading of Scripture (Milligan, NT'D, 173,, 210f.): Ace 131°, 1 Co 314, 
1 Ti 41% (Cremer, 158; MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 

av-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for my hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. cis, @. 
ace. loc., Mt 41, Lk 272 45 (WH om. eis, x.7.A.), Ac 939 1634; of raising 
the dead (cl.), ex vexpdv, Ro 10’, He 137°; to produce and set before, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 29 


t. Aad, Ac 124 (MM, VGT, s.v.); in sacrificial sense (MM, l.c.), to 
offer, Ovciav, Ac 7*1. Mid., in nautical sense (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.), 
to put to sea: Lk 872, Ac 1315 164 18?! 20% 18 21152 27% 4, 12,21 9810, 1 
(cf. éx-avd-yw).t 

dva-Selkvupi, [in LXX : Hb 3? (9m), Da LXX 1” (FI), 1°° (wx), 
1 Es, 1, 11 Mac,*;] 1. to lift wp and show, show forth, declare (ct. 
m Mac 28, v. MM, VGT, s.v.): Ac 174. 2. to consecrate, set apart, 
(Strab., Plut., Anth.): Lk 10}.t 

**+t dvd-Serkis, -ews, 7 (<< dvadeikvypn), [in LXX: $i 43°*;] a shewing 

forth, announcement: Lk 1°°,+ 

** dva-déxouat, [in LXX: 1 Mac 619 8°6*;] 1. to assume, undertake 
(in 7. freq. as legal term: MM, VGZ, s.v.): éwayyeAias, He 1117. 
2. = cl. troddxoua, to receive: of guests, Ac 287.t 

** dva-BSidwput, [in LXX: Si 122, 1 Mac 131°*;] 1. to give forth, send 
up, as of plants (Hdt., al.). 2. to give wp, yield, hand over (MM, 
VG S.y.): AG ao"? 

**+t dva-Ldw, -G, [in Al.: Ge 45?7*;] to live again, regain life (cf. cl. 
dvafiidw; Cremer, 722; and for other exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.): 
metaph. of moral revival, Lk 1524 (WH, mg., é{yoev); of sin, Ro 7°.t 

dva-Lytéw, -0, [in LXX : Jb 34 (wr), 106 (wpa pi.), m Mac 13?! * 5) 
to look for or seek carefully (‘‘ specially of searching for human beings, 
with an implication of difficulty”: MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 2449, 
Ac 1175,+ 

t dva-Ldvvup., [in LXX: Jg 18!6, Pr 29% (3117) (san)* 3] to gird up: 
fig., r. dodvas 7. Siavoias, 1 Pe 1}%.+ 
** Gva-Lwmupyéw, -© (<< Lwds, wip), [in LXX: 1 Mac 137*;] to kindle 
afresh: metaph., 11 Ti 1° (for vernac. exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dva-Oddhw (<OéAXw, to flourish), [in LXX: Ps 27 (28) (mbdy), 
Ez 1774 (np hi.), Ho 8°, Wi 44, Si,*;] to reve: Phi 4'° (cf. MM, 
VGT,.s.v.).t 
t dvdbepa, -Tos, 76 (<< dvariOnuc), Hellenistic for Attic dva0npo (BI., 
§ 27, 2); 1. prop. = 70 dvariWenevor, that which is laid by to be kept, 
a votive offering (as ava6yya in 1 Mac 2)8, Lk 215—where LT read 
-ena, v. M, Pr., 46). 2. [As equiv. in LXX for a7 ,] devoted, a thing 


devoted to God (v. Driver, De., 98 f., and ef. Le 277% 2°), hence; (a) of 
the sentence pronounced (De 131), a curse: Ac 234; (b) of the object 
on which the curse is laid, acewrsed (De 77°): Ro 9%, 1 Co 12° 1672, 
Ga 19 (vy. ICC on Ro.; Lft., Ga., ll. c.; Cremer, 547; Tr., Syn., $v; 
MM, VGT,, s.v.).+ 
t dva-Oepartitw (<< dvdAeua), [in LXX chiefly for ann hi. (Nu 21?, 

1 Ki 15, al.), 1 Mac 55;] to devote to destruction, declare or invoke ana- 
thema: absol., Mk 147; éavrov, to bind oneself wnder a curse: Ac 
2312, 14,21 (Cf. xatavabeywari~w, and on the occurrence of the word in z., 
v. Deiss., LAH, 92 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

*t dva-Oewpéw, -@, to observe carefully, consider well: Ac 1778, He 137 
(Diod., al.).t 

** avdOnpa, -tos, 7d (cf. dvdfeua, and v. MM, VGT;, s.v.), [in LXX 


30 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


often as v.l. for dva@eua (OM), and in Nu 21%, Jg 1” for Ma qn, but prop. 


in 11 Mac 327, al.;] a gift set wp in a temple, a votive offering: Lk 215 
(LT, -@epua).t 
** dvatdia (Rec. -e/a, as in cl.), -as, 7 (<< aidds), [in LXX: Si 2572 * 5] 
shamelessness, wmportunity: Lk 118 (for exx. from 7., v. MM, VGT, 
8.v.).t 
dv-aipeats, -ews, 7 (<< dvaipéw), [in LXX: Nu 111° (ann), Jg 15!” 
(Man), Jth 154, m Mac 5'!3*;] 1. a taking up or away (Thue.). 2. a 
destroying, slaying, murder (Field, Notes, 116; MM, VG’, s.v.): Ac 8!.t 
dv-atpéw, -, [in LXX for 397 hi., Mp hi., 73 hi., etc. ;] 1. to take 


up: mid., Ac 724. 2. to take away, make an end of, destroy (for late 
exx. of various senses, v. MM, VGT, s.v.); (a) of things (as freq. in cl. 
of laws, etc.): He 10°; (0) of persons, to kill: Mt 216, Lk 22? 2332, 
Ac 223 §33, 36 728 923, 24,29 1089 192 1328 1627 9920 9315, 21,27 953 9610 
1m Th 28, WH, txt., R, txt.t 

dv-aitwos, -ov (<airia), [in LXX: De 191% 13 216 ® (993), Da LXX 


TH Su %, always of aiua (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.)*;] guzltless, wnocent : 
Mt 125 7.+ 
* dva-xa0-ifw (v.s. xabilZw); 1. trans., to set wp. 2. Intrans., to si 
up: Lk 75 (WH, mg., éxaGioev), Ac 9*° (freq. in medical writings: MM, 
VGT, s.v.).t 
dva-kawvitw (<< xaos), [in LXX: i Ch 158, Ps 102(103)* 103 
(104)3°, La 571 (wen pi., hith)., Ps 38 (39)? ("Dy ni.), 1 Mac 69*;] to 
renew : He 6° (Isocr., Plut.).t 
*t dva-Kawow, -@ = avaxawilw (cf. MM, VGT’, s.v.), to make new: 
11 Co 416, Col 31° (v. Cremer, 323).t+ 
*t dvakaivwars, -ews, 7) (<< dvaxatvow), renewal ; Ro 12?, Tit 3° (Cremer, 
324; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
SyN.: wadwyevecia, in NT, new birth, of which a. is the conse- 
quent renewal or renovation, in which man as well as God takes part 
(v. Tr., Syn., § xviii). 
dva-kadUnrw, [in LXX chiefly for m53 ni., pi.;] to wnveil: metaph. 
of removing hindrance to perception of spiritual things, u Co 3! !8,+ 
éva-kdprrw, [in LXX: 1 Ch 19°, Je 3!, al. (aiw), Je 15° (71D) 5] 
1. trans., to bend or turn back. 2. Intrans., to return: Mt 21, Ac 182}, 
He 11; metaph. (cf. MM, VG7, s.v.), Lk 10°.t+ 
** dvd-keypor, [in LXX: 1 Hs 4!°, To 96 N*;] 1. in cl., as pass. of 
avatiOnus, to be laid up, laid: Mk 5*° Rec. 2. In late writers (cf. MM, 
VGT, s.v.) = xetoOat, kataxetoba, to recline at table: Mt 267°; part. 
dvaxeiuevos, Mt 919 221% 11 967, Mk 676 1418 1644] Lk 2227, Jo 64 122 
1323; 28 + 
SYN.: dvaxAivw, avarirtw, the latter denoting an act rather than 
a state and thus in Jo 13% differing from dvacepa (v.?*) by indicating 
a change of position. 
** dva-kepadatdw, & (V.S. kepadaiow), [in Th., Al.: Ps 71 (72)?°*;] to 
sum up, gather up, present as a whole: mid., Ro 13°, Eph 1!° (on wh. 
v. Lft., Notes, 321 f.; AR, in ].; Cremer, 354, 748).+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 31 


** dva-kXivw, [in LXX: m1 Mac 5!6*;) to lay upon, lean against, 
hence, (a) to lay down: Lk 2°; (b) to make to recline: Mk 6°°, WH, 
mg., Lk 1237, Pass., to lie back, recline: Mt 8" 1419, Lk 13?9,+ 

SYN.: dvdxema (q.V.), dvarirro. 

éva-xpdtw, [in LXX for Np, ete. ;] to cry out, shout: Mk 178 64°, 
Lk 4° 878 9318.+ 

éva-kpivw, [in LXX: 1 Ki 20 (apn), Da LXX Su ¥, ib, LXX, 
TH 4% 51*°] to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, 181 f.): Ac 
1711, 1Co 214) 15 43, 4 93 1025, 27 1424; in forensic sense (MM, VGT7',s.v.; 
esp. of examination by torture; v. Field, Notes, 120 f.), Lk 2314, Ac 4° 
1219 248 2818 + 

SYN.: v.s. éeralw. 

** avd-kprars, -ews, 9, [in LXX: m1 Mac 75*;] an examination : spec. 
of legal preliminary investigation, Ac 25°° (v. MM, VGT,, s.v.).t 

* dva-kudiw, (a) to roll wp; (b) to roll back: Mk 164 (Ree. arox-).t 
dva-kunrw [in LXX: Jb 10" (wN5 Niv3), Da LXX, Su *** 5] to left 


oneself wp; (a) bodily; Lk 13!1, Jo 8% 19; (6) mentally, to be elated : 
Lk 21° (cf. MM, VG7T, s.v.).t 
dva-hapBdavw, [in LXX chiefly for Nw3, also for npd, etc. ;] 1. to 
take wp, raise: Mk 169), Ac 1% 11,22 1016 1 Ti 316, 2. to take up, take to 
oneself: Ac 743 201% 14 2331, Kph 61%) 16, 11 Ti 411 (for late exx., v. MM, 
PGT, a. ve)4 
* avd-Anprs, -ews, 7, (kowy form of avadrnyis; v.Th., Gr., 108 f.), a 
taking wp: Lk 9°! (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dvd-Anipis, -ews, 7, Rec. for dvadAnpiis, q-v. 
év-ahtoxw (on the etymology, v. MM, VG7, s.v.), [in LXX chiefly 
for 55x, also for M55, etc. ;] 1. to expend. 2. to conswme, destroy: Lk 
954, Ga 5, 11 Th 28, Rec. WH, mg.t 
** Gvahoyia, -as, 7 (<< Adyos), [in Al.: Le 2718*;] proportion (MM, 
VGT, s.v.): Ro 128 (cf. Cremer, 397).+ 
** éva-hoyiLopar, [in LXX: Wil7!?x, mu Mac 1243 A, m1 Mac 77 * 5] 
to consider: He 12° (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
** Gvados, -ov (< GAs), [in Aq. : Ez 131% 11,15 9928 * *) saltless, insipid : 
ges ke 
* dvd-uars, -ews, 7) (<< dvadvw), a loosing, e.g. of a vessel from its 
moorings, hence, departure: from life, 11 Ti 4.+ 
** dva-hdw, [in LXX: 1 Hs 3%, To 2°, Jth 131, Si 315, Wi,, 
1, 11 Mac,)*;] 1. to wnloose. 2. to wnloose for departure, depart (MM, 
VGT, s.v.): from life, Phl 12%, 3. to return, Lk 12%°,+ 
dvapdptntos, -ov (<< duapreiv), [in LXX: Dt 29°08) (Nox), 11 Mac 
84 1242*;] 1. without missing, unerring (Xen.). 2. In moral sense, 
faultless (Plat.), without sin: Jo 8" (vy. Cremer, 102, 634; MM, VG@T, 
8.v.).t 


éva-pévw, [in LXX for Mp pi.;] to await “one whose coming is 
expected, perhaps with the added idea of patience and confidence”: 
c. acc., 1 Th 1° (vy. M, Th., inl.; MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 


32 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dva-pipyjokw, [in LXX for 51 hi.;] to remind, call to one’s 
remembrance: c. acc. rei, I Co 41"; c. inf., 1 Ti 1S. Pass., to remem- 
ber, call to mind: Mk 11?! 147, 11 Co 715, He 10%2.+ 

dvdpvnots, -ews, 7) (<< dvapipvnoxw), [in LXX: Ps 37 (38), 69 (70) 
tit. (957 hi.), Le 247 (A931N), Nu 10" fiery Wi 16° *;] remembrance : 


eis tT. €unv a., Lk 2219 (WH om.), 1 Co 112425; 4. duapriav, He 103 
(v. Abbott, Hssays, 122 ff.; DCG, ii, 74+).+ 
SYN.: troprvyots (v. Tr., Syn., § evii). 
dva-vedw, -® (< véos), [in LXX: Jb 3374, Hs 343, 1, 1v Mac,*;] 
to renew: pass., Eph 473 (v. Cremer, 428; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
* dva-vnpw, to return to soberness: metaph., 11 Ti 276 (cf. éxvidw).t 
“Avavias (WH, ‘Avar-), -a, 6 (Heb. 33m), Ananias ; 1. of Jerusa- 


lem: Ac 5445, 2, Of Damascus : Ac 91% 12, 13,17 9912. 3, High Priest : 
Ac 23? 241,+ 
**+ dv-avti-pytos (T, -ppytos), -ov (<< pytos, spoken), [in Sm.: Jb 11? 
3313 * 5] not to be contradicted, undeniable: Ac 19°° (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
* dv-avte-pytws (T, -ppytws), adv., without contradiction: Ac 10?°.+ 
dv-déios, -ov (d- neg., dws), [in LXX: Je 15!9 x2 (553), Hs 813, 
Si 258* ;] wnworthy: c. gen., 1 Co 6? (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
** évagios (v. supr.), adv., [in LXX: 1m Mac 14% *;] in an unworthy 
manner : 1 Co 11?7,+ 
dvd-mauvots, -ews, 7 (dvaravw), [in LXX chiefly for m3 and its 


derivatives, NAW and its cognates (Ex, Le) ;] cessation, rest, refresh- 


ment: Mt 1129 1243, Lk 1124, Re 48 144..+ 

SYN.: dveors (lit. the relaxation of the strings of a lyre), prop. 
signifies the rest or ease which comes from the relaxation of unfavour- 
able conditions, as, e.g. affliction: avaz., the rest which comes from 
the temporary cessation of labour (v. Tr., Syn., § xl; Cremer, 827; 
MM, VGT, s.v.). 

dva-ravw, [in LXX for fourteen different words, chiefly m13, also 


Pll, JRw, etc. ;] to give intermission from labour, to gwe rest, refresh : 


Mt 1128, 1 Co 1618, Phm 2°; pass., Phm’, 11 Co 718, Mid., to take rest, 
enjoy rest: Mt 2645, Mk 63! 1441, Lk 1219 Re 6" 1418; as in Heb. of 
Is 11? (Sy maa), 75 wretpa ef’ ids d., 1 Pe 444. (In =. this word is 


used as a technical agricultural term; v. MM, VGYZ, s.v.; and cf. 
Le 2644; Cremer, 826.)t+ 
dva-retOw, [in LXX: Je 36 (29)§ (Nw hi.), 1 Mac 1! *;] to per- 
suade, incite: Ac 183 (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
* dvdtreipos, V.S. dvdmnpos. 
* dva-méumw, 1. to send wp, (a) to a higher place (Aisch., Plat., al.) ; 
(b) to a higher authority (Deiss., BS, 229; MM, VGT, s.v.; cf. also 
Field, Notes, 140): Lk 23715 Ac 2571. 2. to send back (Pind.): 
Lk 23"! Phm 2+ 
dva-myddw, -@ (<< ryddw, to leap), [in LXX: 1 Ki 20% (op) 251°, 
Ks 5!, To,*;] to leap wp: Mk 10°° (Rec. dvacras).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 33 


** dvd-mnpos (WH, -epos; v. Field, Notes, 67), -ov (xnpds, maimed), 

fin LXX: To 147 x, 1 Mac 8%4*;] maimed, crippled: Lk 1413 21,+ 

éva-rinrw, [in LXX: Ge 49° (395) To 2! 78, Jth 1216, Si 2518 
35 (32)?, Da tH Su 37*;] 1. (el.) to fall back. 2. In late writers = dva- 
kAivoua, to recline for a repast (MM, VGT77s.v.): at table, Lk 1137 
1419 177 2214 Jo 13% 2179; on the ground, Mt 15*°, Mk 64° 8°, Jo 619; 
to lean back, Jo 13° (T, érureody; v.8. évdxeynat, ad fin.).+ 

SYN.: avaxepa (q.v.), dvaxAivopat. 

dva-mAnpdw, -3, [in LXX chiefly for Nb5p, Le 126, al.; also obw 
(Ge 151°, m1 Ki 7°, Is 607°), ete. ;] 1. to fill up, make full (in 7. of com- 
pleting contracts and making up rent; cf. MM, VGT7, s.v.): roo, 
take one’s place (cf. Heb. nip xb), 1 Co 141%; duaprias, complete the 


number, 1 Th 216; +. voyov, observe perfectly, Ga 6?; pass., rpodyreta, 
fulfilled, Mt 1314. 2. to swpply: 16 torépnyua, 1 Co 1617, Phil 2°° 
(Cremer, 838).t 
*t dvamoddynrtos, -ov (<< drodoyedpar), without excuse, inexcusable (in 

Polyb., al., as a forensic term; v. Lft., Notes, 252): Ro 12° 21.+ 

éva-rrvoow, [in LXX for wap, etc.;] to wnroll: r. BiBdcov, Lk 417 
(WH, R, avotgas).t 

év-darw, [in LXX chiefly for mx%;] to kindle: Lk 124°, Ja 35 
(MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

év-aptOuntos, -ov, (<< apiOpew), [Jb 31”, al.], innumerable : He 11!2.+ 

** @va-ceiw, [in Aq.: 1 Ki 26°, Jb 23; Ag., Sm.: Is 36!8*;] 1. to 

shake out, shake back, move to and fro (Thuc., al.). 2. In late writers 
(Diod., al.; v. MM, VGT7,s.v.), to stir up ; metaph., to excite: +. dxAov, 
Mk 1511; +. Aaov, Lk 235.+ 

* dva-ocxeudlw (<(oxedos, a vessel), prop. to pack up baggage, 
hence, to dismantle, ravage, destroy; metaph., to unsettle, subvert 
(MM, VGT, s.v.): yuxds, Ac 1574+ 

dva-ondw, -, [in LXX for np, mbdy hi.;] to draw wp: Lk 145, 
Ac 11?° (in z. of pulling up barley; MM, VG@T, s.v.).t+ 

dvd-oracis, -ews, 7 (<Cdviornm), [in LXX: Ze 3° (oy), La 3% 
(M977), Ps 65 (66) tit., Da LXX 117, m Mac 7! 124*;) 1. a raising 


up, awakening, rising (in Inser. of the erection of a monument, v. 
MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 254, 2. a rising from the dead (v. DCG, ii, 
605») ; (a) of Christ: Ac 17? 231 433, Ro 65, Phi 31°, 1 Pe 321; eé 4. 
vexpav, Ro 1* (ICC, in 1.) ; é« vexpdv, 1 Pe 1°; (6) of persons in OT hist. 
(e.g. ur Ki 171") : He 11°° ; (c) of the general resurrection : Mt 22% 28) 30, 
Mk 123% 28) Tk 202% 8836) Jo 1124; Ac 1738 238 2415 a Ti O18; dG. ex 
vexpav, Lk 20%5, Ac 4°; trav vexpav, Mt 2231, Ac 1732 236, 2421 9623, 
1 Co 15} 13,21, 42, He 67; a4. Cwys, resurrection to life (cf. 1 Mac 714, 
a. eis wyv) and 4. 7. Kpicews, r. to judgment, Jo 599; a 7. dixatwy, 
Lk 1414; xpetrrwy &., He 11°; on a. ) zpaérn, Re 20%, vy. Swete, in 
1., Weste. on Jo 5, but v. also Thayer, s.v.; by meton. of Christ as 
Author of a., Jo 11*° (v. DB, iv, 231; Cremer, 307).+ 

t dva-ctatéw, & (<(dvdoraros, driven from home; < éviornp.), [in 


34 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


LXX: Da 723 (wa7;* also in Aq., and in z. (v. Deiss., DAH, 80f.; 
MM, VGT, s.v.),] to stir wp, excite, unsettle: c. acc.; (a) to tumult and 
sedition: Ac 17° 2188; (6) by false teaching: Ga 5” (v. Milligan, 
NID 73 £.)4 
* dva-craupdw; 1. to impale (Hdt.). 2. to raise on a cross, crucify 
(Polyb., al.). 2. to crucify again: He 68 (v. Weste., in 1.).t 
dva-orevdtw, [in LXX: La 14 (mn ni.), Si 25189”, Da tH Su, 
11 Mac 6%°*;] to sigh deeply: Mk 8'2.t 
éva-otpépw, [in LXX chiefly for aiw;] 1. to overturn: Jo 2”. 
2. to turn back, return: Ac 522 15168, 3. to turn hither and thither ; 
pass., to turn oneself about, sojourn, dwell: Mt 17% Rec.; metaph. 
(like Heb. Jon, in xowy writers and in z.; v. Deiss., LAH, 315; BS, 
88, 194; MM, VGT, s.v.), to conduct oneself, behave, lwe: 1 Co 1, 
Biphe as, ive ele Wee So ot Pe dar Be Dt 
SYN.: wepurarew (Hellenistic), roditevw. 
** ava-otpody, -7s, 7) (<< dvactpepopas), [in LXX: To 414, m1 Mac 58 
65 * 5) 1. a turning down or back, a wheeling about (Soph., Thuc., al.). 
2. In late writers (Polyb., al. ; v.s. dvactpépw, and cf. Hort on Ja 3%; 
MM, VGT, s.v.), manner of life, behaviour, conduct: Ga 18, Eph 4”, 
Poly 4 Ele 3") Jia) d!*, 1 Pelton t8 212 3h a6) a Pew  h 
*+t dva-tdooopat, [in LXX only as v.l. (Ald.) in Ke 2?°;] to arrange in 
order, bring together from memory (Blass., Phil. Gosp., 14 ff.; MM, 
VGi, 4.) Uk Ls 
dva-réd\dw, [in LXX for max, MB, MN, etc.;] 1. trans., to cause 
to rise: Mt 5%. 2. Intrans., to rise: pas, Mt 416 (= Is 91); 6 HArLos, 
Mt 13°, Mk 4° 162, Ja 111; vefédy, Lk 1254; dwoddpos, 11 Pe 119; 
6 Kvpios, prob. with ref. to metaph. of sun or star, He 7! (ef. 
ef-avatéhAw).t 
dva-riOypr, [in LXX chiefly for oan (Cremer, 546) ;] to lay upon, 
set wp, etc. Mid. -eua, in late writers (Plut., al.; v. also MM, VGT, 
s.v.), to set forth, declare: Ac 25'4, Ga 2?.+ 
dvatodn, -7s, 7) (<< dvaréddw), [in LXX chiefly for mya oP ;] 1. 
a rising: of light, Lk 178. 2. the sun-rising, the east (MM, VGT, 
s.v.): Mt 29, Re 21!%; &. mA‘ov, Re 7? 1612 (WH, pl.); pl., Mt 2! 8! 
2427, Lk 1329,+ 
dva-tpémw, [in LXX for ANT, 1, etc.;] to overturn, destroy: 
fe 215 WH, txt.; metaph., to subvert (MM, VGT, s.v.): m1 Ti 238, 
ry EG 
** @va-tpépw, [in LXX: Wi 74 B, tv Mac 10? 11 N* 5] to nurse up, 
nourish, educate, bring up: Lk 416, WH, mg., Ac 72%}, 223.+ 
dva-paivonat, [in LXX for p7y hi., w3;] to bring to light, make to 
appear: avapavavtes t. Kuzpov, i.e. having sighted C.: Ac 21° WH; 
pass., to appear, be made manifest: Lk 191}. 
dva-pépw, [in LXX chiefly for mdy hi., also for wp hi., ete. ;] 1. 
to carry or lead wp: c. ace. pers., Mt 171, Mk 92; pass., Lk 245! (WH, 
reject, R, mg. omits); 4. r. duwaprias emi +. EvAov (v. Deiss., BS, 88 f. ; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 35 


ICC, in 1.; MM, VGT, s.v.): 1 Pe 274. 2. In LXX and NT, to bring 
to the altar, to offer (v. Hort on t Pe, l.c.): Ovoias, etc., He 727 131, 
1 Pe 25; éni tr. Ovotacrypiov, Ja 271 (vy. Mayor, in 1.). 3. to bear, sustain 
(cf. Nu 14°8, Is 5317): He 978.+ 

éva-dwvéw, -@, [in LXX for yow hi., 157 hi. ;] to cry out, exclaim: 
Lk 1? (Arist., al.).t 

*t dvd-xuats, -ews, 7) (<< dvayéw, to powr out), a pouring out, over- 

flowing, excess: metaph., 1 Pe 44 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

dva-xwpéw, -@, [in LXX for MMA, BI, etc.;] 1. to go back. 2. to 
withdraw : Mt 94; freq. in sense of avoiding danger (MM, VG7, s.v.), 
Mt 2! (but v. Thayer), 18, 14,22 412 1915 1418 1521 975, Mk 37, Jo Gt 
Ac 2319 2631,+ 

dvd-utis, -ews 7 (<Cavayvxw), [in LXX: Ex 8)>()) any)* 5] 


a refreshing: Ac 3}*.+ 
dva-ixw, [in LXX for wp ni., mn, etc. (freq. in sense of revive, 
refresh oneself) ;| to refresh: c. acc. pers., 11 Ti 116 (MM, VGT, s.v.; 
Cremer, 588).t 
* av8pamodioThs, -00, 6 (<Cavdparodov, a slave, captured in war), a 
slave-dealer, kidnapper : PT” (v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
*Avdpéas, -ov, 6, Andrew, the Apostle: Mt 41° 102, Mk 116 29 318 
13°, Th 6*4, Jo 14445 69'1922, Ac 113.1 
Scile, [in LXX for pin, par (Jos 1", 1 Ch 22), al.; in 11 Ki 10%, 
Ps 2714 312, combined with xparodc Gaz, as in 1 Co, l.c.) ;] to make a man 
of. Mid., to play the man (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.): 1 Co 161%.t 
A sicvinos, -ov, 6, Andronicus: Ro 167.t+ 
¥* &y8p0-pdvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: 1 Mac 978* 5] a man-slayer: 1 Ti 19 
(cf. govevs, and v. MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
** dy-éykAntos, -ov (<Ca-, éyxadew), [in LXX: m1 Mac 53! * ;] not to be 
called to ee unreprovable : 1 Co 18, Col 177, 1 Ti 3!°, Tit 1% 7.+ 
: dpepumros, averiAnumtos (v. Tr., Syn., § ciii; Cremer, 742; 
MM, Var. 8.V.). 
* dy- errs “Ov (<a a-, exdunyéop.at), inexpressible : 11 Co 915 (MM, 
VGT, s.v.).t 
*t dv-ex-AdAntos, -ov (<Ca-, ékAadéw), unspeakable: 1 Pe 18.t) 
* dvéxNeutrtos, -ov (<Ca-, éxAeirw), unfailing: Lk 128° (MM, VG@T, 
8.V.).t 
Fa diceits -ov (also in late Gk. -7, -dv; <Cavéxopar), tolerable : 
compar., -orepos, Mt 1015 112% 24, Lk 101% 14,+ 
dv-ehenpov, -ov (<a-, Meieuwy; [in LXX for "3px ;] without mercy : 


Roil!*.t 
*+ dv-édeos, -ov (Attic avnAejs, aveAenuwv; MM, VGT, s.v.), merciless : 
Ja 213+ 
*+t dvepifw = Attic aveudw (< avenos) ; pass., to be driven by the wind: 
Ja 1%,+ 
dvepos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for m19;] wind: Mt 117 144) 30, 32, Mk 


437, 39, 41 648, ore Lk tT, 823, 24, Jo 618, Ae 27% 14, 15, Ja 34, Re §18 lige pl. 


36 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Mt 725 27 826,27, Lk 825, Ac 274, Jul2; of réccapes d. rHs ys, Re 71; hence 
the four quarters of the heavens (v. Deiss., BS, 248; MM, VGT, s.v.), 
Mt 24%1, Mk 1327; metaph., of variable teaching, Eph 414.t 
SYN.: wvedpa, rvon (and cf, OveAXa, Aatraip). 
*t dv-vSextos, -ov (<Ca- neg., évdextos; << évdexopnar), impossible, in- 
admissible : Lk 17}.+ 
** aveEepadvytos (Rec. -evvyros, a8 in Attic; M, Pr., 46), -ov (< 
ef - epevvaw), [in Sm, (-ev-): Pr., 25°*;] wnsearchable: Ro 11%%.+ 
*t dve&i-Kakos, -ov (<< fut., aveEouat, xaxds), patiently forbearing (cf. 
aveéixaxia, Wi 219; and v. MM, VGT, s.v.): 1 Ti 274.+ 
t+ dvegixviaartos, -ov (<< a- neg., eEtyrialw, to track out ; <Cixvos), [in 
LXX: Jb 5° 9! 34%4 (apm PR)* 5] that cannot be traced out: Ro 11%, 
Eph 38 (MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 
: *t dy-emr-atoxuvtos, -ov (<< éraurxvvopa), not to be put to shame: 1 Ti 
PIS 
¥ dv-erri-Anptros (Rec. -Anwros; Bl., § 6,8), -ov (<Ca-, érurapBadvw), 
without reproach : 1 Ti 3? 57 614.+ 
SYN.: dpeumrtos, avéyxAntos. It is stronger than these, for it 
implies not only that the man is of good report, but that he is 
deservedly so (cf. MM, VG@T, s.v.). 
dv-épxopat, [in LXX: m1 Ki 13% (q59)*;] to go up: Jo 6, Ga 
117, 18 (ef. éravépy-; and on its-use of “going up” to the capital, MM, 
VGT, s.v.).t 
dears, -ews, ) (Cavin), [in LXX: u Es 4% (dw), u Ch 2315, 


1 Es 452, Wi 1318, Si 152° 2619* ;] a loosening, relaration: Ac 2475 (RV, 
indulgence ; cf. MM, VGT,s.v.); by St. Paul, opp. to #Adpus, expressed or 
understood, relief: 11 Co 212 75 818, 11 Th 17.t 

SYN.: avamavots (q.v.). 

t dv-etdlw (<< ava, éralw, to examine ; v. MM, VGT,38.v.), [in LXX: 
Jg 6% (wy), Hs 2? (wpa), Da tH Sul4*;] to examine judicially: Ac 
29245 29 + 

dveu, prep. c. gen. (rarer than ywpis, q.v.; cf. Ellic. on Eph 2}?; 
MM, VGT, 42), without: Mt 10°, 1 Pe 3! 4°. 

*t dy-ed-Oetos, -ov (v. MM, VGT,s.v.), not well placed, not fit: Ac 
PL ESE 
** dv-euptokw (ava, ebpioxw), [in LXX: tv Mac 3!**;] to find out by 

search, discover (v. Field, Notes, 47 f.): Lk 216, Ac 214.+ 

dv-éxw, [in LX X chiefly for PHN hithp. ;] to hold up ; in NT always 
mid., to bear with, endure: in cl. most freq. c. acc., but in NT c. gen. 
pers., Mt 17!7, Mk 91°, Lk 941, 11 Co 111) 19, Eph 4?, Col 318; seq. puxpov 
7, G. gen. pers. and ec. gen. rei, 11 Co 11'; c. dat. rei, m Th 1* (v M, 
Th., in 1.); seq. et ts, 1 Co, 1179; absol., 1. Co 44, m Co 11*; to. bear 
with = to listen to, c. gen. pers., Ac 1814; c¢. gen. rei, 1 Ti 43, He 1372 
(cf. tpocavéxw and MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

dveids, -0d, 6 (cf. Lat. nepos), [in LXX: Nu 36" (117 73), To 7? 


9° N*;] a cousin: Col 4° (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 37 


* GvnOov, -ov, ro, anise: Mt 2378.+ 
év-7kw (avd, yxw), [in LXX: Jos 2314 (Nia), 1 Ki 278, Si. prol. 1%, 
1, 1 Mac,*;] prop., to have come up to; in later writers, impers. i is 
due, it is befitting: in ethical sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), Eph 5*, Col 318; 
To avnjKxov, Phm §,t 
* dv-npepos, -ov (a-, jyepos), not tame, savage (MM, VGT, s.v.): 
i Ti 3*.7 
dvip, avdpos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for wx, freq. WiIX, also ON, 


etc. ;] a man, Lat. vir. 1. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8,1 Ti 2"; asa 
husband, Mt 116, Jo 416, Ro 72, Tit 16. 2. As opp. to a boy or infant, 
1 Co 13, Eph 41%, Ja 3%. 3. In appos. with a noun or adj., as 
a. dpaptwAos, Lk 58; a. rpodyrys, 241°; freq. in terms of address, as 
a. adeAgoit, Ac 116; and esp. with gentilic names, as a. ‘Iovdatos, 
Ac 223; a. "Edéown, 19°°, 4. In general, a man, @ male person: 
= tis, Lk 84!, Ac 61. 

SYN.: dvOpwz7os, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). 

dv0-(ornpe (avri, tornpr), [in LXX for ay, Ax", etc.;] 1. in pres., 
impf., fut. and 1 aor. act., causal, to set against. 2. In mid. and pass., 
also pf. and 2 aor. act., to withstand, resist, oppose: c. dat., Mt 5%, 
Lik 2115; Ac 6!°. 138, Ro 9!9 132, Ga 24 Eph 615, Ti 3° 415, Ja 47, 
1 Pe 5?.t+ 

&v0-opodoyéopat, -ctuar (avri, 6uoAoycouar), [in LXX: Ps 78 (79)* 
(7), Da LXX 4° (maw), 1 Hs 8%, Si 20, m1 Mac 6*°*;] 1. to make a 


mutual agreement (Dem., Polyb.). 2. to acknowledge fully, confess 
(Diod., Polyb., cf. 1 Es, l.c.). 3. C. dat. pers., to declare one’s praises, 
speak fully in prayer or thanksgiving, give thanks to (ef. Ps, l.c.): 
Lk 288 (Cremer, 771; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

GvOos, -eos, rd, [in LXX for px, etc.;] a flower: Ja 1%, 
1 Pe 124 (@XX),+ 

** GvOpakid, -as, 9 (<< avOpaé), [in LXX: Si 11%, rv Mac 97°* 5] a 

heap of burning coals: Jo 1818 219.t 

GvOpag, -axos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for noma 3] coal, charcoal: 


a. upos, a burning coal, Ro 122°.t 
+ dvOpwr-dpeckos, -ov (avOpwros, dpecxos, pleasing), [in LXX: Ps 52 
(53) °*;] studying to please men: Eph 6°, Col 32 (Cremer, 642; MM, 
VGT; s.v.)ct 
dvOpdtuvos, -7, ov (<< avOpwrros), [in LXX for DIN, wi3ay ;] human, 


belonging to man: xeipes, Ac 177°; codia, 1 Co 24; vars, Ja 3’; 
ktiows, I Pe 213 (MM, VGT, s.v.); a jépa, opp. to 7 yu. (318, God’s 
Judgment-Day), human judgment, 1 Co 4° (v. Lift., Notes, 198); 
repacpos a., temptation such as man can bear (AV, such as 1s common 
to man, v. Field, Notes, 175),1 Co 10°; avOpamrwov A€yw, I speak in 
human fashion, with words not properly weighed, Ro 6! (v. Field, 
Notes, 156).t 


38 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* &vOpwroktévos, -ov (<< xteivw, to kill), a murderer, manslayer 
(Eur. ; v. MM, VG@T, s.v.): Jo 84%, 1 Jo 315.+ 

SYN.: dovevs, avdpopovos (v. Tr., Syn. § 1xxxiii). 

&vOpwmos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for OIN, wn, also for Why, 


ete.;] man: 1. generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. 
homo): Jo 167; c. art, Mt 4* 1235, Mk 277, Jo 27°, Ro 7}, al.; 
disting. from God, Mt 19°, Jo 10%, Col 3*%, al.; from animals, etc., 
Mt 4!9, Lk 5!°, Re 94, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, 
1 Co 34; codia advOpmrwv, 1 Co 2°; avOpirwv erbupia, 1 Pe 47; xara 
avOpwrov mepuratetv, I Co 3°; xara a. A€yew (Aadetv), Ro 3°, 1 Co 98; 
kata d- Aéyew, Ga 315 (cf. 1 Co 15%*, Ga 11); by meton., of man’s 
nature or condition, 6 écw (fw) a., Ro 7?, Eph 316, 11 Co 41% (ef. 
1 Pe 34); 6 madauds, xawos, véos a., Ro 68, Eph 21° 422,24, Col 3% 10; 
joined with another subst., a. éuropos, a merchant, Mt 13% (WH, 
txt. om. d.); oixodeordrys, Mt 13°2; BactAe’s, 18°28; dayos, 11!°; with 
name of nation, Kupyvatos, Mt 27%"; “Iovdaios, Ac 21°°; “Pwyatos, 
Ac 1637; pl. of a., men, people: Mt 5116, Mk 874, Jo 478; ovdeis 
avOporov, Mk 112, 1 Ti 61% 2. Indef., d.=71s, some one, a man: 
Mt 1714, Mk 12!, al.; mus a., Mt 18!?, Jo 5°, al.; indef. one (Fr. on), 
Ro 378, Ga 2}6, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10%6 1919, 
Jo 722523, 3, Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 1213, 
Mk 385, al.; otros 6 a., Lk 14°°; 6 a. otros, éxetvos, Mk 1471, Mt 124; 
6 a. 7. dvopias, 1 Th 2°; d. +. Geod (of Heb. pbs wer), 1 Ti 64, 


1 Ti 317, 1 Pe 12!; 6 vids rod a., V.8. vids. 
Syw.: avyp, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635). 
*t dv0-umatedw (see next word), to be proconsul: Ac 181? Ree. 
(v.8. avOvraros).t 
* 4v0-Gmatos, -ov, 6 (avi, tratos, altern. for irépratos), supreme, a 
consul, one acting in place of a consul, a proconsul, the administrator 
of a senatorial province (ef. 7yeuov, and v. MM, VG@T, 44): Ac 137% 12 
Testes thee 
dv-inpe (ava, tyuc), [in LXX for MB, Nws, etc.;] 1. to send up, 
produce, to send back. 2. to let go, leave without support: He 13° 
(cf. De 316; Hom., Jl., ii, 71). 3. to relax, loosen (v. Field, Notes, 
124f.): Ac 167° 2749; hence, metaph., to give up, desist from : Eph 6°.t 
dv-thews, -wv, V.S. avéAcos. : 
* dvurtos, -ov (a. neg., virtw), unwashed: Mt 1529, Mk 72 (6 Rec.) + 
dv-loTnpe (ava, tornpe), [in LXX chiefly for 03) ;] 1. causal, in fut. 
and 1 aor. act., c. ace., to raise wp: Ac 941; from death, Jo 6°, 
Ac 2°; to raise wp, cause to be born or appear: Mt 2274, Ac 32% 26, 
2. Intrans., in mid. and 2 aor act.; (a) to rise: from lying, Mk 1%; 
from sitting, Lk 41°; to leave a place, Mt 9°; pleonastically, as Heb. 
pi?, before verbs of going, Mk 10', al. (v. Dalman, Words, 23; 
M, Pr., 14); of the dead, Mt 1778, Mk 8%!; seq. ek vexpav, Mt 179, 
Mk 9°; (0) to arise, appear: Ac 5°6, Ro 15” (ef. ém-, e&- aviornu, and 
v. Cremer, 306, 738; MM, VGT, s.v.). 
SYN.: éyeipw. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 39 


“Avva, -as, 7) (Heb. 73m), Anna, a prophetess: Lk 25°,+ 
"Avvas, -a (FJ, “Avavos, -ov), 6 (Heb. 73m), Annas, the high priest: 


Lk 32, Jo 181% 24, Ac 46.+ 
&-véntos, -ov (d- neg., voytés; < voéw), [in LXX: Pr 1728 (6yy), 


Si 428, al.;] 1. not thought on, not understood (Hom., Plat.). 2. not 
understanding, foolish (Hdt., al., LXX): Lk 24*°, Ro 144, Ga 343, 1 Ti 
6°, Tit 3° (Cremer, 438, 790; MM, VGT’, s.v.).t 

SYN.: aovveros (v. Tr., Syn., § lxxv). 

dvowa, -as, 9 (<< d-voos, without understanding), [in LXX: Pr 148 
2215 (mdyx), Wi 1518, al.;] folly, foolishness: 1 Ti 3°; expressed in 


violent rage (cf. Plat., Tim., 858): Lk 64.t 
dv-otyw (ava, olyw = otyvusur), [in LXX chiefly for MNB;] to open; 
1. trans., c. acc.; a door or gate, Ac 5!9 1214, Re 4!; pass., Ac 121° 
1675.27; metaph. of opportunity or welcome, Ac 1477, Col 4°, Re 37°; 
pass., 1 Co 16%, 11 Co 2!2, Re 38; absol. (sc. Avpav), Ac 57? 1216; c. dat. 
pers., Lk 12%6, Jo 10*; metaph., Mt 7%*® 251, Lk 11% 1° 1325, Re 37; 
Onoanpors (Si 4314), Mt 2; +. pyvnpeia, Mt 27°? ; rados, Ro 318 ; 
t. dpeap, Re 97; of heaven, Mt 316, Lk 371, Ac 10", Re 1119 155 1911; 
odpayida, Re 5° 61 f. 81; BuBrLov, PuBhapleov; Lk 417, Re 525 10%» 8 2012 ; 
t. oropa, Mt 1727; id. Hebraistically (Nu 228, Jb 31, Is 505, al.), of 
beginning to speak, Mt 57, Ac 8% 8° 1034 1814; seq. eis BAacdnpias, 
Re 13°; & wapaBodais (Ps 77 (78)"), Mt 13%; of recovering speech, Lk 
1°4; of the earth opening, Re 121%; +. dfOaApovs, Ac 9% 4°; id. c. gen, 
pers., of restoring sight, Mt 9°° 20%, Jo 91°* 10?! 1187; metaph., Ac 2618; 
dxods, c. gen. pers., of restoring hearing, Mk 735. 2. Intrans. in 2 pf., 
avéwya (M, Pr., 154); heaven, Jo 151; +. oropa, ee mpos, of speaking 
freely, 11 Co gu (cf. di-avotyw and v. MM, VGT, 45).+ 
dv-orxo-Sopéw, -, [in LXX for m3a, W73;] to builddagain, rebuild 
(MM, VGT, s.v.) : Ac 1516-4 
# Byoikve, -ews, 7 (<< wi sh an opening (in MGr., springtime): 
ev d., as often as I open, Eph 619 
dvopia, -as, 7 (<< dvopos), na LXX for Ty : yw, mayin ; yw) : 
etc. ;] lawlessness, iniquity: Mt 72% 1341 2378 2412, Ro 619 11 Co 614, 
1 Th 237, Tit 214, He 19, 1 Jo 34; in pl. (as LXX, Ps 31, al.; v. BL, 
§ 32, 6; Swete, Mk., 153), of acts or manifestations of lawlessness: 
Ro 47 (XX), He 10!7.+ 
SYN.: v.8. audprnya, davopos. 
d-vopos, -ov (a. neg., vopos), [in LXX for iy, pWH, yw, etc. ;] 1. 
lawless, wicked : Mk 158, Lk 2287, Ac 228, 1 Ti 19, 1 Pe 28; 64., 11 Th 
28 (= 6 dvOpwros tis avopias, ib. 2%). 2. without law ( = of pH iro 
vopov, Ro 24): 1 Co 92! (MM, VGZ, s.v.).t 
SYN.: v.8. deopos. 
Seisi dvdpas, adv., [in LXX: 1 Mac 8!7*;] 1. lawlessly (11 Mace, 1.c.). 
2. = xwpis vopov, without law: Ro 2}2,+ 
dv-op0dw, -& (avd, dpOdw, to set straight, set wp), [in LXX chiefly for 


40 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


71D hi.;] to set wpright or straight again, restore: of persons, Lk 131, 
He 12)"; of things, oxnvjv, Ac 1516 (MM, VGT;, s.v.; Cremer, 807).+ 
dv-éav0s, -ov (4- neg., dovos), [in LXX: Ez 22° (mp7), Wi 124, 


mm Mac 74 882, m1 Mac 2? 57, rv Mac 12" *;] unholy, profane (Cremer, 
464): 1 Ti 19, m Ti 3? (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
** avoxh, -Is, 7 (<< avéx, -opar), [in LXX : 1 Mac 12° (RV, respite)* 5] 
1. in el., a holding back, delaying (MM, VGT, s.v.). 2. forbearance, 
delay of punishment : Ro 2* 376+ 
SYN.: paxpobvpia, tropovy. 4., forbearance, is the result and 
expression of »., which involves the idea of tolerance, long-suffering, as 
God with sinners. 4%. expresses patience with respect to things, as p. 
with persons; it is active as well as passive, denotes not merely endurance 
but perseverance (v. Tr., Syn., § liii; Lft., Notes, 259, 273; DB, ii, 47). 
** dvt-aywvifopat, depon., [in LXX: 1v Mac 17'**;] to struggle 
against : seq. mpos, c. acc., He 124.+ 
dvt-ddNaypa, -ros, 70 (dvti, dANaypa; <( ddAAdoow), [in LXX chiefly 
for "mp;] an exchange, the price received as an equivalent for an 


article of commerce: Mt 1676, Mk 8%" (cf. Si 2614; and v. Swete, Mk., 
l.c.; Cremer, 90).t 

* ayt-ava-mypdw, -@ (dvi, avarAnpdw), to fill wp in turn: Col 1*4 
(v. Lft., in 1.; MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

éyt-atro-BiSwpt (avi, arodiSwy), [in LXX for ody pi., baa, aw hi., 

ete.;] to give back as an equivalent, recompense, requital (the dvri ex- 
pressing the idea of full, complete return; v. Lft., Notes, 46); (a) in 
favourable sense: Lk 144, Ro 11%, 1 Th 3°; (6) in unfavourable 
sense: Ro 12!9 m Th 1°, He 102°.t+ 

t dvr-amd-Soma, -ros, 76 (<< dvrarodiSuju), [in LXX chiefly for 51035] 


( = el. -S00s, q.v.), requital ; (a) in favourable sense: Lk 14!; (6) in 
unfavourable sense: Ro 11°.t 
dvt-amrd-Soats, -ews, 7 (v. supr.), [in LXX chiefly for bina, pry ;] 


recompense : Col 3?4 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
+ dvt-amo-kpivopar (dvi, droxpivw), [in LXX: Jg 5%, Jb 16° 39% 
(m3x)* ;] to answer again, reply against: seq. mpds, c. acc. rei, Lk 14°; 
c. dat. pers., Ro 9?°.t 
dvt-etmov (avi, etzov), [in LXX for My hi., WS pi., 73¥.. etc. 5] 2 
aor., without present in use, to speak against, gainsay : Lk 21, Ac 414.+ 
dvt-€xw (dvr, éxw), [in LX X for p17 hi., ete.;] 1. trans., to hold against. 


2. Intrans., to withstand. Mid. 1. in el., to hold owt against. 2. (cf. 
MM, VGT, s.v.), to hold firmly to, cleave to: c. gen. (v. Bl., § 36, 2), Mt 
624 Lk 161% rhb (Ne Ph im |), Tit es 

dvti (the cis elided only in av’ dv), prep. c. gen. (cf. MM, VGT, 
s.v.); 1. prop. in local sense, over against, opposite, hence; 2. instead 
of, in place of, for (Hom.,.ete.): Mt 5°° 172i ink 11") 1 Co. A135; 
He 12°; c. artic. inf. (cl.), Ja 415; of succession, Mt 27%; yapw 4d. 
xdpiros, Jo 116 (M, Pr., 100); of price in exchange, He 12'°; Avrpoy 4. 
zoAAav, Mt 20°8, Mk 1045 (M, Pr., 105); of requital, Ro 121’, 1 Th 535, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 41 


I Pe 3° (cf. Wi 1115); av@ dv, because, Lk 12° 1944, Ac 1273 11 Th 210 
(cl., LXX for WN mon); id. therefore (cl., LXX), Lk 123; &. rovrov 
(LXX for 1P7>Y), Eph 5*!. As a prefix, dvr- (before vowels dvr-, 


av6'-), denotes (a) over against, dvturépay ; (b) co-operation, évr.Badrew 5 
(c) requital, dvryuchia; (d) opposition, daytixpicros; (e) substitution, 

avO@vratros. Compounds of a. usually govern dat. (Bl., § 37, 7).+ 
** Gyr-Bdddo, [in LXX : 1 Mac 11'8*;] to throw in turn, exchange : 
metaph., Acyous (cf. Lat. conferre sermones ; v. Field, Notes, 81), Lk 2417.+ 
*+ dvti-81a-TiOnpr, in mid. to place oneself in opposition, oppose: 

u Ti 275 (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 215f.; cf. MM, VGT, s.v.). 
dvti8iKxos, -ov (<< déxn), [in LXX for 2 ;] as subst., an opponent 


in a lawsuit, adversary: Mt 57°, Lk 125° 188, 1 Pe 58 (Cremer, 696; 
MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

* dyri-Bears, -ews, 7) (<< riOnpr), opposition: 1 Ti 629,t 

dvri-ka8-lornpt, [in LXX: De 317! (Max), Jos 57, Mi 28 (p37) *;] 
1. causal in pres. impf. fut. and 1 aor.; to replace, oppose. 2. Intrans. 
in pass. and 2 aor. act.; (a) to swpersede ; (b) to resist: He 124.+ 

* dvri-Kahéw, -@, to invite in turn: Lk 14}2.+ 

dvti-kepat, [in LXX for DN, WY, quiz, etc.;] 1. to he opposite 
to. 2. to oppose, withstand, resist: c. dat., Lk 1317 2115, Ga 517, 
1 Ti 1°; as participial subst. (6) dvrixecuevos, 1 Co 16°, Phl 18, 
1 Th 24, 1 Ti 5!4 (Cremer, 746).+ 

** dytuxpus (Tr. -vs, Rec. dvruxpv), adv. (<< dvri), [in LXX: Ne 128 

(1335), ut Mac 5'6*;] in cl., outright ; in xour (= el. xatayrixps), over 


against: Ac 201 (v. Bl, §5, 4; 40, 7; Rutherford, NPhr., 500£.; 
MM, VGT, s.v.).t 

évti-AapBdve, [freq.in LXX for pin hi., yan, ete. ;] to take instead 
of or in turn. Mid., c. gen., to take hold of ; (a) of persons, to help 
(v. MM, VGT, s.v.): Lk 154, Ac 20%; (6) of things, to partake of: 
1 Ti 6? (v. Field, Notes, 210; Cremer, 386; and cf. cvv-avriAapBdvw).t 

évti-héyw, [in LXX : Ho 44 (a hi.), Is 505(33D ni.) 2222 652, Si 425, 
tar Mac 278, rv Mac 47 8?*;) contradict, oppose, resist (v. Field, Notes, 
106; MM, VGT;, s.v.); absol.: Ac 28!%, Ro 10?!, Tit 19 29; c. dat., 
Jo 1912, Ac 134°; c. acc. et inf., Lk 2027 T; pass., Lk 234, Ac 2822,+ 

dvti-Anpies, (Rec. -Anys; v. MM, VGT s.v.; M, Pr., 56), 
-ews, 9 (<< dvriAapBavoua), [in LXX for tz, yint, etc., freq. in Pss 


and 11, 111 Mac.; freq. also in 7. in petitions to the Ptolemies in sense 
of Borybea (v. Deiss., LAH, 107; BS, 92, 223);| 1. cl. a laying hold 
of, an exchange. 2. Hellenistic (LXX, 7.) help: pl. of ministrations 
of deacons; 1 Co 126 (DB, ii, 347 f.; Cremer, 386).t+ 

dvti-Anis, V.S. dvTiAnpyis. 

dytidoyla, -as, 7 (<( dvruAdyw), [in LXX chiefly for 2795] gain- 
saying, strife (the latter sense being found in 7.; v. MM, VGT7, s.v.; 
ef. Field, Notes, 106): He 616 77 123, Jul.t 


42 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* dvtt-NowSopéw, -d, to revile in turn: 1 Pe 273.t 
**+ dvri-hutpov, -ov, 76, [in Al.: Ps 48 (49)®*;] a ransom: 1 Ti 28 
(v. CGT’, in 1.; and cf. Avrpov).t 
*+ dvti-petpéw, -@, to measure m return: Lk 6° (WH, mg,, 
peTpew).t 
*+ dvripioia, -as, ) (<< dvripcOos, for a reward), a reward, requital : 
in good sense, 11 Co 61%; in bad sense, Ro 127 (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
"Avridxeta, -as, 9, Antioch ; 1. in Syria: Ac 111% 20 22s 26, 27 131 1426 
1522s 23, 30, 35 1822, Ga 211. 9. In Pisidia: Ac 1314 141% 21, rr Ti 311.+ 
*Avtioxeus, -ews, 6, a citizen of Antioch, an Antiwchian: Ae 6°.t 
**+ @vri-map-épxopat, [in LXX: Wi 16!°*;] to pass by opposite to: 
uk 1031: 32 (MM: VGZ" s.y.)ch 
’Avtitmas (T, ’Avreizas), -a (in some MSS. it appears to be indecl. ; 
but v. M, Pr., 12; it is abbrev. from ’Avrizarpos), 6, Antipas: Re 213.t 
*Avtitatpis, -lOos, 4, Antipatris, bet. Joppa and Caesarea: 
Ac 2331,+ 
*t avri-mepa (Rec. dvturépav, LTr. dvtirépa), adv., = cl. avrurépas 


(MM, VGT, 49), on the opposite side: c. gen., Lk 876.+ 
dvri-winre, [in LXX: Ex 265 (53), ib.1” (adw), Nu 2714 (nA), 


Jb 233 (a3w hi.) *;] 1. to fall against or upon (Arist., Polyb.). 2. to 
strive against, resist (Arist.): ¢. dat., Ac 751.+ 
* dvtt-otpatevopat, to make war against: c. dat., Ro 7?3.t 
dvtt-tédcow (Att., -rrw), [in LXX for yr hi., Nw3, etc.;] to range 
in battle against ; mid., to set oneself against, resist: absol., Ac 18°; 
c. dat., Ro 13?, Ja 46 5°, 1 Pe 55 (MM, VG7,, s.v.).t 
** @yti-tutros, -ov (V.S. TUzos), [in LXX: Hs 3% A*;] 1. act. striking 
back ; metaph., resisting, adverse. 2. Pass. struck back ; metaph., corres- 
ponding to (MM, VGT’,,s.v.); (a) as impression of a seal or copy of 
an archetype (rvzos) (RV, like in pattern), He 974; (b) as the reality (of 
which rvos is the copy or adumbration) (RV, after a true likeness), 
1 Pe 3?! (Cremer, 357).t 
*t dvti-xptotos, -ov, 6, Antichrist, ‘one who assuming the guise of 
Christ opposes Christ” (Westc., Hpp. Jo., 70): 1Jo 21% ?2 43 1 Jo’; 
pl. 1 Jo 2! (cf. pevddxpioros, and v. MM, VGT’, s.v.).t 
évthéw, -@ (<< avtAos, bilge-water in a hold), [in LXX for anw, 
etc.;] 1. prop., to bale owt. 2. Generally, to draw water: absol., Jo 28 
415; JSwp, Jo 2° 47 (on its use of the water made wine, v. DCG, ii, 
8153; MM, VGT, s.v.; Field, Notes, 84 f.).t 
*t dvtAnpa, -Tos, TO (<< dvtAew), (a) prop., what is drawn (Diosc.) ; 
(6) a vessel to draw with, a bucket (Plut.; v. Abbott, Hssays, 88): 
Jo 411+ 
**t avtopOarpew, -O (dvri, opOaros), [in LXX: Wi 12!4*;] to look in 
the face, look straight at (Polyb.). Metaph., to face, withstand (Wi, 
lic., Polyb.): ¢. dat., a. 7. dvéuw, as nautical term, to beat wp against 
the wind (v. DB, ect., 366f.; MM, VGT, s.v.): Ac 2715+ 
dvuSpos, -ov (< d- neg., vdwp), [in LXX for Mx, PIMw (y7 a), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 43 


etc. ;] waterless: roma, Mt 12, Lk 1174; wyyai, un Pe 217; vepeda, 
Ju (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
** &y-umrdpitos, -ov (<< d- neg., troxpivoyins); [in LXX : Wi 518 1816 * 5) 
unfeigned : Ro 12°, 1 Co 6°, 1 Ti 15, m Ti 1°, Ja 31’, 1 Pe 1°? (Cremer, 
380; MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 
**+ dvuTdtaktos, -ov (<< d- neg., trordoow), [in Sm.: 1 Ki 2)? 10°? (for 
LXX, Aowds, 53753 132)*;] of things, not subject to rule: He 28; of 
persons, unruly: 1 Ti 1°, Tit 1% 1° (MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
dvw, adv. (<< avd), (a) up, ae Jo 1142, He 1235; (0) above 
(opp. to Kdrw) : Ac 2!9; with art. Ga 476, Phi aa au. oO. Oo, 
Col 342; ews a. (up to the brim), Jo 2" (Giawsn 106 ; MM, VGT, Biv.) + 
dvdyatov, dvwyeorv, V.8. avaryatov. 
dvabev, adv. (<< dvw), (a) from above: aro a., Mt 27°!, Mk 15°8; 
éx trav d., Jo 198; meaning, from heaven: Jo gal 194), Ja 127 315 17; 
(0) from the first, from the beginning: Lk 18, Ac 265; whence (c) anew, 
again: Jo 3%", (so most, but v. Meyer, in 1; ; ef. Field, Notes, 86f.) ; 
médw a., Ga 4° (MM, VGT, S.v.).t 
* avwrepinés, -7), -ov (<< avisrepos), wpper: Ac 19}.t 
dvérepos, a, -ov, [in LXX: Ne 325 (gnby), Ez 417 (Sy), To 88* 5) 
only in neut., as adv. (cf. sapih ged (a) of motion, higher: Lk 141°; 
(0) of rest, above, before : He 108.t 
é&v- LadeXis, -és (a- neg., ddeXos), [in LXX: Is 441° (Hyin sna), 
Je 28 (syin Nd), Pr 283, Wi 1 *;] unprofitable: Tit 3°; neut. as 
subst., wnprofitableness : He 718.+ 
dgivy, -ns, 4, [in LXX for 772, O92;] an ave: Mt 3, Lk 3% 
détos, -a, -ov (<< dyw, in sense, to weigh), [in LXX for 7, (De 252), 
xd, mw; freq. in Wi, 1 Mac;] (a) of weight, worth (often c. gen., 
cf. Pr 315 81), seq. mpds: Ro 818 (v. Field, Notes, 157); (0) ment 
meet: c. gen., Mt 38, Tk 38 2341, Ac 2679, 1 Co 164 ty. BE er. 
absol., 11 Th 1; (c) of persons, worthy ; (a) in good sense: c¢. gen. rei, 
Mt 102, Lk 74 ‘107, Ala ge a8 be Gt: e. aor. inf. (v. M, Pr., 
203) : Lk 15%, 38 Ac 13%, Re 411 52419 12; ; seq. va: Jol?’; ds, Lk 74 
absol., but of what understood: Mt 10418 228, Re 3*; c. gen. pers., 
Mt 1037 88, He 113°; (@) in bad sense; c. gen. rei, Lk 124% 235, 
Ac 2329 2511526 2631, Ro 182; absol., Re 16° (MM, VGT, 8.v.).t 
déidw, -3 (< d£.0s), [fin LXX chiefly for NY, wp2; freq. in Wi, 
1, 1 Mac;] (a) to deem worthy: c. acc. et inf. (v. MM, VGT, s.v., and 
cf. xat-agiow), Lk 77; id. et gen. rei, 1 Th 1"; pass. c. gen. rei, 1 Ti 
517, He 3° 1029; (b) to think fit: c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205), Ac 1538 2822.4 
** G£iws, adv., un LAX We- te? 16", Si 14u*] worthily : Ro 162, 
Eph 4', Phi 127; c. gen. (freq. in Inser.; Deiss., BS, 248; MM, VGT, 
51), a. 7. Kishi) Col 110; +, Geod, 1 Th g12, Ill Jos, rr 
ddpatos, -ov (<< anaaan [in LXX: Ge 1? ann), Is 453 (ANP), 


11 Mac 9°*;] unseen, invisible: Ro 12°, Col 11516, 1 Ti 117, He 1127,t 


44 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dn-ayyéAdo, [in LX X chiefly for 133 hi. ;] of a messenger, speaker, 
or writer, to report, annownce, declare: c. acc. rei, Ac 47%, al.; c. dat. 
pers., Mt 28, al.; seq. or, Lk 18%”; was, Lk 8°; wept, Lk 718 13}, Ac 
2871, 1 Th 19; A€ywy, Ac 226; ¢. acc. et inf., Ac 1214; seq. eis, Mk 514, 
Lk 8°4 (MM, VGT, s.v.; Cremer, 25). 

an-dyxo (<< dyyxw, to press, strangle), [in LXX: 1 Ki 173 (pan), 

To 3!°*;] to strangle; mid., to hang oneself (or, to choke; v. M, Pr., 
155): Mt 275.+ 

an-dyw, [in LXX for ama, 75m hi., etc. ;] to lead away: Lk 13%, 
Ac 2317 247 (R, mg.), 1 Co 12?; esp. of leading to trial (so as law term 
in Attic), prison and death (MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 2697 272) 31, Mk 1444 58 
1516, Lk 2112 2266 9326, Ac 1219; of the direction of a way: Mt 71%)14 
(cf. cvv-ar-dyw).t 

é-maiSeutos, -ov (<< radevw), [in LXX for SDD, etc., chiefly in 


Wi. lit.;] wninstructed, ignorant: 1 Ti 273,+ 

dn-aipw, [in LXX chiefly for yp3 ;] to lift off, hence, to take away ; 
pass.: Mt 915, Mk 22°, Lk 5%5.+ 

dm-attéw, -G, [in LXX: De 15%, al. (i733), Si 2015, Wi 158, al. 5] 
to ask back, demand back: Lk 6%° 127° (MM, VG@T, s.v.).t 

* dm-adyéw, -@, 1. prop., to cease to feel pain for (Thue., ii, 61). 

2. In late Gk. (a) to despair (Polyb., i, 35, 5); (b) to become callous, 
reckless (Polyb., xvi, 12,7; MM, VGT7, s.v.): Eph 419.+ 

dm-addAdoow, [in LXX for 0 hi., etc. ;] to remove, release : He 215; 
pass., to depart: Ac 1912; in legal sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), seq. dzd, 
c. gen. pers., to be quit of : Lk 12° (Cremer, 90, 632).t 

dm-addotptow, -G, [in LX X for 97, 33, etc. ;] to alienate, estrange ; 
pass.: Eph 2}? 418, Col 121 (MM, VGT7’, s.v.; Cremer, 95, 633).+ 

amahds, -7, -dv, [in LXX for 74;] tender: Mt 24%, Mk 1378.+ 


dmavtdw, -©, [in LXX chiefly for y3p;] 1. to go to meet. 2. to 
meet ; c. dat.: Mk 1413, Lk 17!2 (WH, mg., iz-; in Ree. freq. as v.l. 
for iz-, q.v.).t 

ardvryats, -<ws, }) (<< dravrdw), [in LXX chiefly for NNTP ;] usually 


with v.l., iz-; a meeting ; eis a., c. gen. or dat., to meet: Mt 25° 2732 
(WH, txt., omits), Ac 281°, 1 Th 417 (v. M, Th., in1.; M, Pr., 14, 242; 
MM, VGT;,s.v.; Lift., Notes, 69).t 

émag, adv., {in LXX for IHN, OYB;] (a) once: 1 Co 11*°, He 9? 27 ; 


ért d., He 122% 27; &. 7. évuavtov, He 97; Kai a. x. dis, twice: Phi 416, 1 Th 
218; (b) once for all: He 6* 978 102, 1 Pe 318, Ju » 5 (MM, VG, s.v.).t 
*+ d-mapd-Batos, -ov (<< rapaaivw), inviolable, and so unchangeable : 
He 774 (v. Weste., in 1.; Cremer, 653; MM, VGT, s.v.).t+ 
* @-mapa-cKevaotos, -ov (<( tapackevalw), unprepared: 11 Co 94.+ 
dm-apvéopat (-odjar), depon., [in LXX: Is 317 (ONd)*;] to deny, 
i.e. to refuse to recognize, to ignore: c. acc., of oneself (DCG, ii, 
598 f.), Mt 1674, Mk 884 (MM, VG, s.v.), Lk 925 (WH, mg., txt., dprv-) ; 
of Peter’s denials of Christ, Mt 2634 35,75) Mk 1430 31,72 Tk 9934, 61; 
pass., Lk 12° (Cremer, 111).t “i 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 45 


* andpt. (WH, ax’ dpri; cl., arapri, v. MM, VGT’,s.v.); adv., [notin 
LXX, where MMA is rendered by azo tov viv ;] from now, henceforth : 


Jo 1319 147, Re 1413,+ 
*t dmaptiopds, -00, 6 (<Cdmaprilw, to finish), completion: Lk 14% 
(cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).+ 
dm-apxy, -75, 7 (<< arapxopa, to make a beginning in sacrifice, offer 
jirst fruits), [in LXX chiefly for MAIMM, MwWN;] 1. the beginning of a 


sacrifice. 2. first fruits: rod pupdparos (cf. Nu 15?°), Ro 1116. Metaph., 
a. Tov mvevpatos: Ro 873; of Christians: Ro 16°, 1 Co 16%, 1 Th 24 
(WH, mg., R, mg., txt., aw’ adpyjs; v. Lift., Notes, 119 f.), Ja 118, Re 144; 
of Christ: 1 Co 15% 25 (Cremer, 117; MM, VG@T, s.v.).+ 
amas, -aca, -av (strengthened form of was, v.s. a-), all, the whole, 
altogether: bef. subst. with art., as Lk 37!; or after, as Mk 1605; 
absol., in masc., as Lk 57°; in neut., as Ac 244; a. otro, Ac 27 (LT); 
ad. ipeis, Ga 375(TTr.). Most freq. in Lk, Ac (v. MM, VGT, s.v.). 
**+ dn-aondLopat, depon., [in LXX: To 10'* x*;] to take leave of : ¢. 
acc.: Ac 21°.+ 
dmatdw, -@ (< ararn), [in LXX for ANB, Nws hi., etc. ;] to deceive: 
c. acc., Ja 176; c, ace. pers., dat. rei, Eph 5°; pass., 1 Ti 2!* (on its 
infrequency in late writers, v. MM, VGT',s.v.; ef. é£arardw).t 
andry, -ns, 7, [in LXX: He 9° X (no Heb. equiv.), Jth 9% 1% 13 168, 
Iv Mac 188*;] deceit, deceitfulness : Col 2°; rod rAovTov, Mt 1322, Mk 
419 (MM, VGT, s.v.); ris dduxias, 1 Th 219; ris duaprias, He 318; ai 
erOvupiae ras a., Eph 472. Pl., awara (v. M, Th., 1.c.; NID, 75; MM, 
l.e.): m Pe 213 (WH, mg., R., txt., év dydzats).t 
* amdtwp, -opos, 6, 7 (<< a- neg., warnp); 1. fatherless. 2. without 
father (MM, VGT, s.v.), i.e., with no recorded genealogy: He 73.+ 
**+ dw-avyaopa, -ros, 76 (<avyn, brightness, whence dravydlw, to 
radiate or reflect), [in LXX : Wi 7° * ;] of light beaming from a luminous 
body, radiance, effulgence: He 13.+ 
dm-eidov (WH, ad-, v. Bl., § 4, 3), 2 aor. without present in use 
(cf. e?dov), serving as aor. to ddopdw, q.v. 
** GareiBeva (WH, -6ia, exc. He, ll. c.), -as, 7 (<< debs), [in LXX: 
Iv Mac 8% 18 124*;] disobedience (MM, VGT,s.v.): Ro 115" 2, He 4611; 
viol THs 4. (gen. of definition, v. M, Pr., 73 £.), Eph 2? 5°, Col 3° (T, WH, 
R, mg., omit).t 
dmrebew, -& (<< dreiPys), [in LXX for MM, WMD, etc.;] as in cl. 
(MM, VGT, s.v.); to disobey, be disobedient: absol., Ac 142 199, Ro 
107! 113! 1531, He 338 1151, 1 Pe 329; c. dat., Jo 3°, Ro 28 1159, 1 Pe 28 
3! 417 (Cremer, 475).+ 
dreiOijs, -és (<< reiMowar), [in LXX for AD , WA, WD ;] disobedient : 
absol., Lk 127, Tit 11° 3°; ¢. dat., Ac 2619, Ro 12° 1m Ti 32.t 
dtrevOia, -as, 7, V.S. ameeua. 
dmethéw, - (dren), [in LXX: Na 14 (mya), Is 664 (Gyt), Si 19!”, 
al.;] to threaten: 1 Pe 278; mid., Ac 4'7 (v. MM, VGZT, s.v., and ef. 


mpocarretAéw).t 


46 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dren, -7s, 7, [in LXX for Mya, etc. ;] threatening, threat: Ac 
4399! Eph 6°. 
dia-eupu (eiuc, swum), [in LXX for MD ni., M3 ni.;] to be absent: 
1Co\a*) 1 CoMlOt 2 132510 Phi 120 Col 250 
¥ Gar-eup (ets, 2b0), to depart: Ac 17'°.+ 
dm-etmoy, 2 aor. without present in use, [in LXX for BNO, WN, 
etc.;] 1. to tell owt. 2. to forbid (111 Kill*). 3. to renownce: 1 aor. 
mid. (WH, App., 164; MM, VG@T7, s.v.), 11 Co 4?.t 
*+ amelpactos, -ov (<< wepalw; for cl. areipytos, << reipdw), wntempted, 
untried, without experience: Ja 113 (v. Hort, in l.; MM, VG@T, s.v.).t 
Garepos, -ov (<C a- neg., weipa, trial), [in LXX: Nu 143, Za 1115 
CSN), Je 26 (may) *;] without experience of : c. gen. rei, He 5! 


(MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
*+ da-ex-Séxopar, depon., to await or expect eagerly (Lift., Notes, 149; 
MM, VGT, s.v.): absol., 1 Pe 32°; c. acc. rei, Ro 8!% 2525, 1 Co 17, 
Ga 55; c. acc. pers., Phi 32°, He 978.+ 
*t &a-éx-Buats, -ews, 7 (dzrexdiw), a putting or stripping off: Col 2! 
(MM, VGT, s.v.).t 
*t dar-ex-80w, to strip off clothes or arms; mid., to strip off from 
oneself: Col 3°; to strip, despoil (mid. for act., JCC, in 1.; but ef. Lft., 
Ellic.), Col 215.+ 
dn-ehatve, [in LXX for by3, mdw;] to drive away: Ac 1816 
(MM, s.v.).+ 
*+ da-eeypds, -o0, 6 (<< dred€yxw, to convict, refute), refutation, dis- 
repute: édOetv eis d., Ac 1927 (not elsewhere; v. MM, s.v.).t 
* da-ehedbepos, -ov, 6, 9, a freedman: r. Kvpiov (MM, s.v.), 1 Co 772.+ 
*AmreAAs, -00, acc. -7v (MM, s.v.), 6, Apelles: Ro 161°.t 
t dn-edtrife, [in LXX: Is 29! (jray), Jth 94, Hs 417, Si 221 9771, 


mu Mac 9!8*;] 1. to give up in despair, despair of (Polyb., Diod., LXX),. 
2. to hope to receive from or in return (Field, Notes, 59; Cremer, 712; 
Soph., Lem., s.v.): c. acc. (M, Pr., 65; MM, s.v.), Lk 635.t 
t dn-évay, adv. c. gen. (Hellenistic, common in LXX); 1. over 
against (MM, s.v.): Mt 27%, Mk 124, WH, mg. 2. before, in the 
presence of : Mt 2774 (WH, mg.), Ac 316, Ro 318. 3. against: Ac 177.+ 
émépavtos, -ov (<< zepaivw, to complete, finish), [in LXX: Jb 3676 
("2M PR), m1 Mac 2°*;] endless, interminable: 1 Ti 14.+ 
*t dnepiomdotws, adv. (<< repiorau ; the adj. occurs in Wi 16} 
Si 411); without distraction: 1 Co 7°.t 
t d-mept-tTuntos, -ov (<< wepiréuvw), [in LXX chiefly for bay 3] wnerr- 
cumcised ; metaph. (r.) xapdias (cf. Je 976, al.): Ac 75'. (donpos, 
found in z., appears to have been the word used by Greek-speaking 
Egyptians: v. Deiss., BS, 153; cf. also Cremer, 885; MM, s.v.)t 
am-épxouar, [in LXX chiefly for 75n;] 1. to go away, depart (also, 
in late writers, with ‘‘ perfective” force, to arrive at a destination, the 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 47 


thought being carried on to the goal; M, Pr., 111 f., 247; MM, s.v.); 
(a) absol.: Mt 1375, al.; ptep., dreAOwv, used pleonastically with other 
verbs as in Heb. (Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 1378, al.; (6) with mention 
of place or person: «is, Mt 141°; émi, Lk 24°4; apds, Re 10°; ard, 
Lk 138; éfw, Ac 44; éxet, Mt 222. 2. As in LXX, seq. ériow, c. gen. 
(Heb. "708 J>3), to go after, follow: Mk 1°, Jo 12!°; metaph., 


Mk 14”, Re 211. 

dn-éxw, [in LXX chiefly for pnn;] 1. trans., (a) to hold back, keep 
off; (b) to have in full, to have recewed (on the “ punctiliar’’ force of 
the compound, v. M, Pr., 109, 247): c. acc., Mt 6% 16 Tk 674, 
Ph] 418, Phm?® (for illustr. from 7., where it is used in receipts, 
v. Deiss., BS, 229; LAH, 110f.; MM, s.v.); impers., aréye (Field, 
Notes, 39), it is enough: Mk 14*'. 2. Intrans., to be away, distant: 
absol., Lk 1529; seq. dad, Mt 1424 15°, Mk 7°, Lk 76 157° 248, Mid., to 
abstain: c. gen., Ac 15°, 1 Ti 48,1 Pe 2"; seq. dd, Ac 157, 1 Th 4° 
522+ 

** émotéw, -@ (<< dros), [in LXX: Wi 1? 107 12'7 1838, Si 127, 
1 Mac 813*;] to disbelieve, be faithless : Mk 16416, Lk 2417) 41, Ac 2874, 
1 Pe 27; so prob. also Ro 3%, m Ti 2!8 (ICC, CGT, in ll.; MM, s.v.). 
2. = dwrabéw (Hdt.; on this sense in Ro, 1 Ti, ll. c., v. Vaughan on 
Ro, l.c.; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, s.v.).t 
** @muotia, -as, 7 (<< dros), [in LXX: Wi 14%, tv Mac 12**;] 

want of faith, unbelief : Mt 1358, Mk 6° 974 1614, Ro 3% (but v.s. drioréw) 
420 112023 7 Ti 118, He 31% 19 (DCG, ii, 775%; Cremer, 492).t 

d-muoros, -ov (<< d- neg., muords), [in LXX: Pr 17° 2879, Is 171° * 5] 
(a) of things, incredible: Ac 268; (b) of persons, without faith or trust, 
unbelieving: Mt 1717, Mk 9%, Lk 94 1246, Jo 2077, Tit 14°, Re 218; 
specif., of unbelievers as opp. to Christians: 1 Co 6% 71215 107 1422-24, 
11 Co 44 61415, 1 Ti 58 (cf. Lift., Notes, 265; Cremer, 491).t 

amhérys, -7Tos, 7 (<< drAots), [in LXX: m Ki 15" (OM), 1 Ch 2917 
(aad "Wi, 4. ris xapSias, cf. Col 322, where v. Lft.), Wi1?, al. ;] simplicity, 


sincerity: Ro 128, m Co 11%, Eph 6°, Col. 3”; as manifested in 
generous, unselfish giving, liberality, graciousness: 11 Co 8? 9!) 18 
(v. ICC, Ro., 128; Hort, Ja., 15, and v.s. dmAds).t 

Gm)\dos, V.S. arAovs. - 

Gmdois, -7, -odv (contr. fr. -dos; <C d- cop., wAdos), [in LXX: 
Pr 1125*;] simple, single: in a moral sense (DCG, 1i, 628 f.), dpOaApds, 
Mt 6”, Lk 11°4. (In z. of a marriage dowry, v. MM, s.v.).t 

SYN.: d8odos, dxaxos, axépaos (Tr., Syn., § lvi; Cremer, 107, 
639). 

dwhas, adv. (<( drdots), [in LXX: Pr 10° (ama), Wi 167, 

11 Mac 6°*;] simply, sincerely, graciously: Ja 15. (“Later writers 
comprehend under the one word the whole magnanimous and honour- 
able type of character in which . . . singleness of mind is the central 
feature ’—Hort, Ja., l.c.)t 

axé (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, 


48 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ék, 
rapé, ind, ib. 456 .), [in LXX for ya, 3, 5;] from (i.e. from the ex- 


terior). 1. Of separation and cessation; (1) of motion from a place: 
Mt 5? 80 723, Lk 5? 2241, al.; (2) in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 
2407 NEVE siv.s: Bl. S40) 2) Manos 72) Jo 2110" Aevoe, ab. also 
after verbs of eating, etc. ; (3) of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after 
such verbs as Aovw (Deiss., BS, 227), Aw, cHlw, Tavw, etc.; dvddeua a, 
Ro 9°; aro6vyjcKev a., Col 229; carevOjva, U Th 2?, xaapds, -ilewv, a. 
(Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 2076, 11 Co 71, He 914; (4) of position, 
Mt 2334 243! al.; after waxpav, Mt 8°; transposed before measures of 
distance, Jo 10!* 218, Re 14% (Abbott, JG, 227); (5) of time, ao r. 
dpas, mepas, etc., Mt 972, Jo 1927, Ac 20!§, Phi 15, al.; da’ aidvos, 
Lk 17°, al.; da’ dpxijs, etc., Mt 194, Ro 12°; dao Bpédovs, 1 Ti 3°; ag’ 
js, since, Lk 74, al.; dao r. vov, Lk 148, al.; ao tore, Mt 41”, al.; dao 
mépvot, a year ago, 11 Co 8! 97; dxd mpwi, Ac 287%; (6) of order or 
rank, dad duerods, Mt 2'°; dwd "ABpadpy, Mt 117; eBdopos ao “Addy, 
Jul4; dd puxpod €ws peyddov, Ac 819, He 811; dpyerbar ard, Mt 20%, 
Jo 8°, Ac 8, al. 2. Of origin; (1) of birth, extraction, and hence, 
in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. ¢&; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), 
Mt 2111, Mk 1543, Jo 145, Ac 108, al.; of dao Iradias (WM, § 66,6; M, 
Pr., 237; Weste., Rendall, in 1.), He 134; (6) of membership in a 
community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12}, al.; (c) of material (= cl. 
gen.; Bl. l.c.;,M, Pr., 102), Mt 34 2771; (d) after verbs of asking, 
seeking, etc., Lk 11595, 1 Th 2° (Milligan, in 1.); (2) of the cause, 
instrument, means or occasion (freq. = iz0, apa, and after verbs of 
learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., §40, 3), Mt 716 112°, Lk 2249, 
Ac 222 436 913 1914 7 Co 1123, Ga 3?, al.; dad +. dyAov, Lk 19° (cf. 
Jo 216, Ac 2211); dmé 7. pdBov, Mt 1476, al. (cf. Mt 107% 1344), 
3. Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: oBetcOa: ard (M, Pr., 102, 107) ; 
mpoaéxew ard (M, Pr., ll. c.; Milligan, NT'D, 50); dao vérov (Heb. 
xapdiav (253), Mt 18%; dd 5 dv (WM, $10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 14. 


4. In composition, dé7é denotes separation, departure, origin, ete. 
(adrodvw, drrépxopat, Groypadw); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 
112, 247), as in dduxvetoGat, droAoveo Gat, q.v. 
amo-Baive, [in LXX for mn, etc.;] to step off, disembark: Lk 5?, 
Jo 21°; metaph., of events, to isswe, twrn owt (Field, Notes, 74) : Lk 21'%, 
Ph] 119 (MM, s.v.).t 
dto-Béddw, [in LXX: Is 18° (523) and elsew. without Heb. 
equiv. ;] to throw off: Mk 10°°; metaph., to lose, let go (Field, Notes, 
231 f.; MM, s.v.): He 10%°.t 
dmo-Bdérw, [in LXX for 73H, etc.;] to look away from all else at 
one object ; hence, to look steadfastly : He 1176 (cf. édopdw).t 
** andé-BXnTos, -ov (<< drofdAdw), [in Aq.: Le 718, al.; Sm.: Ho 9 
(Naw) ;] to be thrown away, rejected: 1 Ti 44 (Hom., Plut.).t 
* Gao-Bodh, -fs, 7 (<CdwoBaddw); 1. a throwing away, rejection: 
opp. to mpocdAnmyrs, Ro 11. 2. a losing, loss: Ac 27*.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 49 


** Grro-yivowar (cl. -yéyv-) [in LXX: Da TH 2!*;] 1. to be away, 
removed from. 2. to depart life, to die (MM, 8.v.): 7+. déuapriass, i.e. 
with ref. to sins, 1 Pe 274 (Cremer, 149, 668).+ 

dro-ypapi, -7s, 7 (droypddw), [in LXX: Da LXX 10?! (ang), 
1 Ks 83°, AB, 1 Mae 2}, mr Mac 2%? 41517 722*°) 1. @ written copy. 
2. As law term, a deposition (Demos.). 3. In late writers, a register, 
enrolment, census (MM, s.v.; Deiss., LAH, 160, 268 f.) : Lk 2?, Ac 587.+ 

dmro-ypdpw, [in LXX: Jg 84, Pr 227° (am5), 1 Es 8%, 111 Mac 229 
414 634,38**) 1. to write out, copy. 2. to enrol; mid., to enrol oneself : 
Lk 2! (M, Pr., 162; but. v. ICC, in 1.), ib.*»°; pass., He 12° (v. reff., 
8.V. aroypapy).t 

dtro-Seikvupt, [in LXX: Es 2° (AN), al.;] 1. to bring out, show 
forth, exhibit (Lift., Notes, 200; ICC, in 1.): 1 Co 4%. 2. to declare, 
show: Ac 272, 3. to prove: Ac 25’. 4. As freq. in late Gk., to 
proclaim to an office: seq. om, 1 Th 2* (Milligan, in 1.; MM, s.v.; 
Lft., Notes. 113.)t 

** Gmd-Berkis, -ews, 7) (<< drodeixvupr), [in LXX: m1 Mac 4, rv Mac 
3!9, 131°*;] 1. a showing off. 2. As used by Gk. philosophers, 
demonstration, certain proof: 1 Co 2* (v. ICC, in 1.; MM, s.v.; Lft., 
Notes, 173).+ 

*t Gro-Sexatedw = drrodekatow, q.V., to tithe, pay a tenth of : Lk 18}2.+ 

t daro-Sexatéw, [in LXX for wy, in both senses foll., e.g. (1) 
Ge 287? (2) 1 Ki 8;] 1. c. ace. rei, to tithe, pay a tenth of: Mt 2378, 
Lk 1142. 2. C. acc. pers., to exact tithes from: He7>. 3. to decimate 
(Socr., HE, 573 A; v. Kennedy, Sources, 117).t 

*t Gd-Sextos, -ov (<< drod€xopar), acceptable: 1 Ti 2° 54.+ 

** @mro-Béxonar, [in LXX: To 7'’, Jth 13!%, -1v Mac ,,)*;] to accept 
gladly, welcome, receive: Lk 84° 911, Ac 1877 2117 2839; metaph., c. ace. 
rei, Ac 24! 243 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 688).t+ 

dtro-Sypew, -@ (<C drddnpos), [in LXX: Ez 19° A*;] to be or go 

abroad (M, Pr., 1380,): Mt 21%? 2514515, Mk 121, Lk 15!8 209.+ 

* &r6-8ypos, -ov, gone abroad (RV, sojourning in another country) : 
Mk 13%4,+ 

dro-SiSupt, [in LXX for 73d, aw hi., jn3, odw pi., etc. ;] to give 

up or back, restore, return: Mt 27°8, Lk 42° 9# 198; esp. of wages, 
debts, oaths, etc. (MM, s.v.), to render what is due, to pay (Deiss., 
LAE, 334 f.): absol., Mt 187528 Lk 74; c. acc., Mt 526 182° 30, 34 908 
2141 2971, Mk 1217, Lk 10% 1259 2025, Ro 137, He 12", Re 227; dpxous, 
Mt 53 (cf. Nu 30°, De 237! al.); of conjugal duty, 7. dpeAyv, 1 Co 73; 
dpouBas, I Ti 5*; papripiov, to give (as in duty bound) testimony, 
Ac 4°3; Adyov, to render accownt, Mt 12°, Lk 16?, Ac 194°, He 1317, 
I Pe 4°; hence of requital, recompense, both in good and bad sense, 
Mt 6418 1627, Ro 2°, 1 Ti 4%14, Re 186 22!2; kaxdy dvi Kaxod, 
Ro 1217, 1 Th 51°, 1 Pe 3°. Mid., to give wp of one’s own, hence to sell 
(fr. Hdt. on): c. acc. rei, Ac 5§, He 121°; c. acc. pers., Ac7® (cf. dyr- 
amrobidwpt).t 

* daro-81-opitw (<< diopiLw, <dpos, a limit), to mark off, hence 
metaph. to make separations; Ju}® (Cremer, 806).+ 

4 


50 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dro-Soxipdtw, [in LXX: Ps 117 (118), al. (ONd);] to reject: 
Mt 2142(:XX) Mk 881 1910@XX) [Lk 9221725 Q0I7~XX) He 1917, 
I Pe 247 (XX) (Cremer, 701; MM, s.v.).+ 
* dmro-S0x, -s, 7 (<< aod€éxopat), acceptance, approbation (Field, 
Notes, 203): 1 Ti 1° 49 (Cremer, 686; MM, s.v.).t+ 
* amd-Oeots, -ews, 9 (<Q dmoribn.), a putting away: 1 Pe 3%, 
m Pest. t | 
dro-Oy Ky, -ns, 7) (<< droréOnpt), [in LXX for WIN, NIQ, etc.;] a 


storehouse, granary: Mt 3! 676 133°, Lk 317 1218 24+ 
**+ Gro-Onoaupitw, [in LXX: Si 34*;] to treasure up, store away: 
t Ti 6)9.+ 
érro-OXiBw, [in LXX for ynd, Nu 2275* >) to press hard: Lu 84,t 
é1ro-OvyoKw, [in LXX chiefly for m1;] to die: of natural death, 
Mk 5*, al.; of violent death (pass. of droxreivw), esp. of Christ, Mt 26%, 
Jo 1233, He 1028, al.; of spiritual death, Jo 659, Ro 83, al.; c. dat. 
ref., Ro 62 19 14% 8 Ga 219; acc., 6, Ro 61°; seq: ev, Mt 8*2) Jo 82424 
1 Co 1572, He 1137, Re 1418; seq. taép, wept, Jo 115% 5! 1814, Ro 58 
1445 Co 15°, m'Co 54, 1 Th 5!°, 1 Pe 31°; amo, Col 279: ex, Re 82); 
fig., 1 Co 15%! (cf. cvv-aro6vycKw, and v. Milligan, NTD, 258 f.; DCG, 
i, 791b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v.; on the perfective force of this verb, 
M, Pr., 112,114; and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor., ib. 113 f.). 
G1ro-ka0-toTdvw, aroxabioraw, see next word. 
dro-Ka0-iotnpe (droxafictaw, Mk 9!", Rec., -cravw, LTTr.; cf. Ac 
16; -xatiaravw, WH), [in LXX chiefly for a1w;] 1. to restore, i.e. to a 
former condition: of health, Mt 1285, Mk 35 825, Lk 61°; of social or 
political affairs, Mt 174, Mk 917, Ac 16, 2. to give back, bring back: 
He 13!9 (so in z., MM, s.v.; cf. also Cremer, 312).t 
do-kahintw, [in LXX chiefly for m532;] 1. in general sense (cl.), 
to reveal, uncover, disclose, (a) of things: Mt 1076, Lk 285 12?, 1 Co 
318; (b) of persons: pass., Christ, Lk 173°; Antichrist, 1 Th 2% % 8, 
2. In LXX and NT, in special sense of divine revelation: Mt 11?° (on 
theitense, v. Mi Pr.) 136) ib. 2" 16!) Lk 102422 Jo lake Ro Tater Gt 
I Co 210 143° Ga 116 325, Hph 35, Phl 315, 1 Pe 15 12 5! (Westc., Eph., 
L(Sf Me Tne Ag ft 
SYN.: davepow (v. Thayer, 62; Cremer, 342). 
+ dro-Kddupis, -ews, 7 (<C droxahirrw), [in LXX: 1 Ki 208° (Amy), 


Si 1127 22°2 491 * ) an uncovering, laying bare (Plut.). Metaph., a reveal- 
ing, revelation : a disclosure of divine truth, or a manifestion from God : 
Wk 932 Ro 2° 868 Co 11.4% 26: 1 Combe Ga ean ala se 
eelh ie Pete Rene, 
SYN.: émipavea, tanovota, havepwors (v. Tr., Syn., xciv; Lft., 
Notes, 102, 178; Westc., Hph., 178 f.; M, Th., 145 ff.; Cremer, 343). 
*+ dao-kapadokia, -as, 7) (<< droxapadoxéw, used by Aq. in Ps 36 (37)' for 
Sinn; <( amo, xdpa, the head, do0xéw, in Ion., to watch), to watch with 
outstretched head, watch anxwwusly (Polyb., 7.; v. Deiss., LAH, 374,, 
377 £.), Ro:8!, Phi 120) uth: im 1;Cremer: 17a) 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 51 


*t amo-kat-ahkdoow (cf. kara\Adcow: do here signifies completely, 
v. Lft., Col., l.c.; Ellic., Hph., l.c.; but also Mey., Hyph., 1.c.), to reconcile 
completely : Eph 216, Col 12% 21,+ 
* dtro-katd-otacts, -ews, 1) (<< droxabiornm), restoration: Ac 3?! (in 
x. of repairs and restorations of temples, v. MM, s.v.).t+ 
atro-kat-toTdvw, V. aroKxabiornm. 


dné-xeipat, [in LXX: Ge 49! (md wy), Jb 3825 (qn), m Mac 1255, 


1v Mac 8" *;] to be laid up, in store, laid away: Lk 197°, Metaph., c. 
dat. pers., to be reserved (Dem., Plat.; and v. MM, s.v.): Col 15, 1 Ti 
48, He 927.+ 
t daro-kepadiLw (<< dwd, xepady), [in LXX: Ps 1517*;] to behead: 
Mt 14!° Mk 616 28 Tk 99.+ 
dtro-kXelw, [In LXX chiefly for 930;] to shut fast: Lk 1375.+ 
émo-xértw, [in LXX for PEP, NID, etc. ;] to cut off: Mk 94 4, Jo 
181% 26, Ac 2782. Mid., to mutilate oneself, have oneself mutilated: Ga 
52 (cf. De 23! LXX ; and v. Cremer, 751; MM, s.v.).+ 
*t ad-kpipa, -Tos, TO (<< aroxpivw); 1. prop., a judicial sentence : 
11Co 1°, R, mg. 2. an answer (v. Thayer, s.v.): 11 Co, l.c., R, txt. (In 
FlJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 6, of a rescript of the Senate ; in Inser. of an official 
decision, Deiss., BS, 257; a reply to a deputation, MM, s.v.: ef. also 
Cremer, 375).t+ 
dmro-kpivw, [in LXX chiefly for m3y;] in cl., 1. to separate, dis- 
tinguish. 2. to choose. Mid., to answer: Mt 27, Mk 146, Lik 316 239, 
Jo 51719 Ac 312. In late Gk. the pass. also is used in this sense, and 
pass. forms are the more freq. in NT (M, Pr., 39, 161; MM, s.v.); (a) 
in general sense: absol., Mk 12°4; c. acc. rei, Mt 2246; c. dat. pers., 
Mt 1238; seq. mpos, Ac 2516; (b) Hebraistically (i) like may, to begin 
to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sowrces, 124 f.): Mt 11%, 
al., (ii) redundant, as in the Heb. phrase "YoN"1 7¥™1 (Dalman, Words, 


24 f., 38; M, Pr., 14; Bl., § 58, 4; 74, 2; Cremer, 374): dzoxpiHeis 
etre, Mt 44; &py, 8°; A€ya, Mk 383; in Jo most freq. azrex. x. ete, 149, 
dardé-xptots, -ews, 7 (<< dzroxpivoya), [in LXX for 727, etc.;] an 
answering, an answer: Lk 247 20°6, Jo 1°? 199.t 
dmo-xpimrw, [in LXX chiefly for "nD ;] to hide, conceal, keep secret : 
c. acc., Lk 10?!; pass., 1 Co 2’, Eph 3°, Col 176 (MM, s.v.).t+ 
dméxpudos, -ov (<< drroxpirrw), [in LXX chiefly for "Mp ;] hidden: 


Mk 422, Lk 81’, Col 28 (v. Lift., in 1.; MM, s.v.).t+ 

é1ro-xtetvw (also in late forms -xréww, Mt 10°, al., LTTr., -xrevvdo, 
Mk 12°, WH), [in LXX for 395, m19;] to kill: Mt 14°, al.; seq. instr. 
év (q.v.), Eph 2!6, Re 223, al. Metaph.: Ro 7!!; 17. éxOpav, Eph 2}6; 
TO ypdppa amoxreiver, 11 Co 3° (on the perfective force of this verb, v. 
My 2r., 114). 

** Gtro-xuéw (Rec. -xiw), -@ (<< dd, Kvéw or Kiw, to be pregnant), [in 
LXX: tv Mac 15!"*;] prop., ‘‘ the medical word for birth as the close 
of pregnancy” (Hort, Ja., 26 f.). In xowy, ‘an ordinary syn. of 
rixtw, but definitely ‘ perfectivised’ (M, Pr., 111 ff.; MM, s.v.) by the 


52 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


azo, and so implying safe delivery,” to bring forth, give birth to: Ja 
115, 18 + 
t dtro-kudiw (v.s. kvAcw), [in LXX: Ge 29% * 10 (553), Jth 13°*;] to 
roll away: Mt 282, Mk 16%, Lk 24?.+ 
dro-hapBdve, [in LXX : Nu 3414 (mp5 (De, 26° A, Is 57, 11 Mac 446 
621 8°, 1v Mac 1873*;] 1. to recewe from another; absol., to receive 
as one’s due: Lk 16% 189 (v.1. AdBn) 2341, Ro 127, Ga 45, Col 3%4, 
mu Jo8. 2. to receive back: Lk 634 1527. 3. to take apart or aside: 
Mk 7° (ef. use in z. of the recluses of the Serapeum; MM, s.v.).t 
** darddauats, -ews, 7) (<< aroAaty, to take of, enjoy a thing), [in LXX: 
111 Mac 716* ;] enjoyment : 1 Ti 6!", He 11° (for late exx., v. MM, s.v.).t 
amo-he(rw, [in LXX for 5am, 3M, etc.;] 1. to leave, leave behind 
(in 7. a term. techn. in wills; v. MM, s.v.): um Ti 4!% °°, Tit 15; pass., 
to be reserved, remain: He 4% 9% 1076. 2. to desert, abandon: Ju ®,t 
t+ dtro-etxw (for éA-, q.v.), to lick wp: Lk 167!, Rec.t 
dm-d\dupt and aroAAvw, [in LXX for IN, etc. (88 words in all)]. 
1. Act., (1) to destroy utterly, destroy, kill: Mk 174 972, al.; +. wuyny, 
Mt 105, al.; (2) to lose utterly: Mt 10%, al.; metaph., of failing to 
save, Jo 639 18°. 2. Mid., (1) to perish; (a) of things: Mt 59, Jo 6”, 
He 11! @X%) al.; (b) of persons: Mt 87°, al. Metaph., of loss of eternal 
life, Jo 3416, 1028 1722, Ro 2!2, 1 Co 8" 1518, m Pe 3%. In of dzoddv- 
pevot, the perishing, contrasted in 1 Co 118, al., with ot cwfopnevn, the 
“perfective” force of the verb, wh. ‘‘implies the completion of the 
process of destruction,” is illustrated (v. M, Pr., 114f.; M, Th., ii, 21°) ; 
(2) to be lost: Lk 15* 2118. Metaph., on the basis of the relation 
between shepherd and flock, of spiritual destitution and alienation 
from God: Mt 10° 1574, Lk 1919 (MM, s.v.; DCG, i, 191 f., ii, 76, 554; 
Cremer, 451). 

*AmroANUw, -ovtos, 6 (pres. ptep. of droAdvw), Apollyon, i.e. the 
Destroyer: Re 9" (cf. “ABaddwv). (Cremer, 453; DB, i, 125, 172.) +t 
*AtroAXwvia, -as, 7, Apollonia, a city of Macedonia: Ac 171.+ 

*ATOAGs, -0, 6 (perh. contr. from “AzoAAwvos, Ac 1874 D), 
Apollos: Acd8?4 19) 1 Cod 3452246 16%) Tit aed 
dtrohoyéopat, -otpat (<< dd, Adyos), [in LXX: Je 12! (a) 38 (31), 
11 Mac 1326*;] 1. to defend: c. acc., Ro 24. 2. to defend one’s self: 
absol., Lk 2114, Ac 261; seq. dm, Ac 25°; zi, to adduce something in 
one’s defence, Lk 121, Ac 2674 (ratdra) 241° (1a wept euavrod); epi, 
c. gen. rei, and ézi, c. gen. pers., Ac 267; c. dat. pers., Ac 1983, 
son Olay 
** @moNoyla, -as, 7) (<< droAoyeopat), [in LXX: Wi 61°* 5] @ speech in 
defence: Ac 2516, 11 Co 74, Phi 1726, 1 Ti 416; c. dat. pers., 1 Co 93, 
I Pe 315; seq. mpds, Ac 221.+ 
dtro-hovw, in [LXX: Jb 9% (pm4)*;] to wash off, wash away ; 
mid., metaph., c. acc. rei, to wash off oneself: dpaprias, Ac 2216; 
absol., dmedovoacbe, ye washed yourselves clean (cf. Cremer, 406), 
TColGtt: 
+ dro-AUtpwots, -ews, 7 (<CaroAvtpow, to release on payment of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 53 


ransom, cf. Avrpov), [in LXX: Da(LXX) 4° * 5] release effected by pay- 
ment of ransom, redemption, deliverance; metaph., He 11%; of 
deliverance thr. Christ from evil and the consequences of sin: Lk 
2178, Ro 374 (Vau., in 1.) 895, 1 Co 13°, Eph 1714 480, Col 144, He 915, 
(On the extent to wh. the word retains the sense of ransom, v. ICC, 
Ro., 3*4, Westc., He., 297 ff.; v. also ICC, Eph., 11; DCG, ii, 605; 
Cremer, 410; Deiss., LAH, 331; Lft., Notes, 271, 316; Tr., Syn., 
§ lxxvii.)t 
atro-huw, [in LXX for aw, etc., freq. in 1-1v Mac;] 1. to set free, 
release: Lk 131", Jo 19°, al.; a debtor, Mt 1827; metaph., of forgive- 
ness, Lk 67, 2. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9f.): Mt 158, Lk 229 
9%, Ac 1941, al.; of divorce, r. yuvatka: Mt 119 53132 19389 Mk 
104,11, Lk 1618; with ref. to Gk. and Rom. (not Jewish) custom, 
t. dvépa: Mk 10". Mid., to depart: Ac 285 (MM, s.v.). 
** éro-pdcow (<(pdoow, Att. -rrw, to touch, handle), [in LXX: 
To 717*;] to wipe off, wipe clean: mid., Lk 1014.+ 
dtro-véww (< vénw, to distribute), [in LXX: De 4!9 (pdm), 11 Mac 
17 316 * ;] to assign, apportion: 1 Pe 3’. (In =z. of a Prefect who renders 
to all their dues; v. MM, s.v.)t 
amo-virrw, [in LXX for uw, Pn, 7m9;] to wash off: mid. 
(reflex.), tT. yeipas, Mt 2774,+ 
dmo-mintw, [in LXX for 559, 553, ete.;] to fall off: Ac 918+ 
étro-Ttavdw, -@, {in LXX for m3 hi., ws hi., a1w pil. ;] to cause to 
go astray ; metaph., of leading into error: Mk 13?; pass., to be led 
astray: 1 Ti 61°.+ 
* dtro-mhéw, -6, to sail away: Ac 134 1476 2015 271 (Burton, 159).+ 
dmo-mAdvw, [in LXX chiefly for DAD pi.;] to wash off: v.l. for 
mAvvw, Lk 52, Rec.t 
dmo-mviyw, [in LXX: Na 2!?18) (p3m pi.), To 38*;] to choke: Mt 
13’, Lk 87; pass., of drowning (= xararovriloua), Lk 8%3,+ 
amopéw, -@ (<( dropos, d- neg., wopos, a way, resource), [in LXX 
for IN¥, JIN, etc.;] to be at a loss, be perplexed: absol., Mk 67° 
(emote, R, mg.); mid., be in doubt: absol., 1 Co 48; ¢. ace., Ac 257°; 
seq. epi, Lk 244; ev, Ga 4°°; wept rivos A€yer, Jo 1322.+ 
SYN. : diarropéw, diaxpivopar, durtalw, perewpiLopar (v. DCG, i, 491). 
dmopia, -as, ) (<< dzropéw), [in LXX for mbm3, ete. ;] perplewity : 
Lk 21° (MM, s.v.; on the construction, v. Field, Notes, 74 f.).+ 
émro-pittw (Rec. -ppiztw, cl.), [in LXX for you hi., etc. ;] to throw 
away, cast forth: reflexively, Ac 274 (RV, cast themselves overboard ; 
v. MM, s.v.).t+ 
* dtr-oppavilw (<< dvd, dppavds), to be bereaved (prop., of a parent, 
Lft., Notes, 36); metaph., 1 Th 2!’ (where Field thinks it = ywpw- 
Gévres, Notes, 199).t 
étro-cxevdtw, (in LXX: Le 14*° (M38 pi.) *;] to pack and carry off ; 
mid., to pack and remove one’s goods: Ac 2115, Rec. (v. émo-).t 
*t dtro-okiacpa, -tos, 76 (< drooxidlw, to cast a shadow ; v.8. cxia), 
a shadow : Ja 117 (MM, s.v.).t 


54 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dro-ordw, -, (In LXX for pnj ni., hi., etc. ;] to draw off or away, 

tear away (MM, s.v.): Ac 209°; padyaypav, draw a sword, Mt 26°); 

pass., to be parted or withdrawn (Field, Notes, 184; but v. Thayer, 
8.¥.), Uk 22%) Ac 212-+ 

t+ dmootacta, -as, i) (<< ddiornu), [in LXX for 5yyQ, ete. ;] defection, 


apostasy, revolt ; in late Gk. (MM, Hap., viii; Lft., Notes, 111; Cremer, 
308) for cl. drécracis, freq. in sense of political revolt, in LXX (e.g. 
Jos 22%, 11 Ch 29! Je 2'*) and NT always of religious apostasy : 
Ac 2121, 1 Th 23,+ 

dmrootdotoy, -ov, TO (<< adiorn), [in LXX: De 2413, Je 38, Is 50! 
(nm 7D, MN7>)*;) 1. in cl., only in phrase drocraciov dixy, an action 


against a freedman for forsaking his rpoorarys (Dem.). 2. In LXX, 
BiBXrlov arootaciov, a bill of dworce: Mt 197, Mk 104; in same sense 
d. alone (MM, s.v.), Mt 5%! (for other late exx., v. MM, l.c.; Kennedy, 
Sources, 121).+ 

** dro-oteydlw (<( oreyn), [in Sm.: Je 491° (29")*;] to unroof: 
Mk 24.+ 

dmo-oTéAhw, [in LXX very freq., almost always for mbw;] prop., 
to send away, to dispatch on service; 1. to send with a commission, or 
on service; (a) of persons: Christ, Mt 10%; the apostles, 101°; 
servants, Mk 127; angels, 13°”; (6) of things: dvos, Mt 21; 7d dpe- 
mavov, Mk 4”°; +r. Xoyov, Ac 10°°; 7+. éwayyediay (i.e. the promised Holy 
Spirit), Lk 244°, Rec. ; seq. eis, Mt 207, Lk 11*, Jo 3!7; driow, Lk 1914; 
eutpoobev, JO 378; zpd mpoowrov, Mt 1119; wpos, Mt 21%4; with ref. to 
sender or place of departure: aad, Lk 12° (Rec. tc); rapa, Jo 18; 
éx, ib. 119; t76, Ac 10!" (Rec. do); seq. inf., Mk 344, al.; tva, Mk 122, 
al.; eis (of purpose), He 14; without direct obj.: seq. zpos, Jo 5%; 
Aeywv, Jo 11°; aooreidas, c. indic., Mt 216, Ac 714, Re 1'. 2. to send 
away, dismiss: Lk 418, Mk 5!° 876 123 (cf. e&-, cvv-aroareddw). 

SYN.: wéurro, the general term. 4. ‘‘ suggests official or authori- 
tative sending” (v. Thayer, s.v. reu7w; Westc., Jo., 298; Epp. Jo., 
125; Cremer, 529; MM, s.v.). 

dtro-aTepéw, -@ (<< orepéw, to rob), [in LXX: Ex 21)° (y 43), De 2414 
(pwy), Ma 3°, Si 41 29% 7 31 (34)? 22 *;] to defraud, deprive of, despoil 
(in cl. chiefly of the misappropriation of trust funds, Field, Notes, 33; 
cf. MM, s.v.): absol., Mk 10!%, 1 Co 68; c. acc. pers.,1 Co 75. Mid., 
endure deprivation: 1 Co 6’ (WM, § 38, 3; but v. Bl., § 54,5; M, Pr., 
162); pass., dreorepnuevor, bereft of : 1 Ti 6°.t 

dto-aToAy, -75, 7) (<< drooreAAw), [in LXX: De 227, rr Ki 434 916, 
Ps 77 (78)4%, Ec 88, Ca 413 (for mouy and its cognates), 1 Es 951) 54, 
Je 39 (32)6, Ba 275, 1 Mac 218 11 Mac 3?*.] 1. In cl., a sending away 
(MM, s.v.), as, an expedition (Hdt.). 2. In LXX (a) discharge, dis- | 
missal (Kc 88); (b) a gift (111 Ki 916, 1 Mac 238). 3. In NT, the office 
of an Apostle of Christ, apostleship: Ac 15, Ro 15, 1 Co 92, Ga 28 
(Cremer, 530).t 

amdatoNos, -ov, 6 (<< drooreAAw), [in LXX: m1 Ki 146A (n*>y7) mel 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 55 


1. a fleet, an expedition (Dem.). 2. a messenger, one sent on a mission 
(Hdt., LXX, l.c., and z.; v. M, Pr., 37f.; MM, s.v.; M, 7h., i, 27 
and reff.): Jo 1316, 11 Co 88, Phi 27°, 3. In NT, an Apostle of Christ 
(a) with special ref. to the Twelve: Mt 10?, Mk 314, Lk 114°, Eph 35, 
Re 18”, al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1) Uf, 
1 Ti 27, al.; (0) in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as 
Barnabas, Ac 1414, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, 1 Th 2°, and 
perhaps Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Ro 167 (v. JCC, in 1.); of 
false teachers, claiming apostleship: 11 Co 11518, Re 2?. (On the 
different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; 
DB, i, 126; DCG, i, 105; Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.) 
* dmootopatitw (<C oréua), 1. In cl., to speak from memory, to dic- 
tate to a pupil (Plat.). 2. In late Gk., to catechize, question: Lk 1158 
(MM, s.yv.).+ 
éo-otpépw, [in LXX chiefly for a1 ;] trans., c. ace., (a) to turn 
away, remove: Ro 1176, m Ti 44; metaph., to turn away from 
allegiance, pervert: Lk 2314; (b) to turn back, return: payaipar, 
Mt 26°2. Pass., reflex., to twrn oneself away from: c. acc., Mt 5%, 
Ti 15, Tit 114, He 1275; so act., absol., Ac 376 (cf. Si 8°; BI., § 53, 1; 
Cremer, 880).+ 
* do-ctuyéw, -® (<< orvyéw, to hate), to abhor: Ro 12°.+ 
*t &mocuvdywyos, -ov (<C cvvaywyy), expelled from the congregation 
(Field, Notes, 96), excommunicated : Jo 9? 124 16? (Cremer, 64, 607).t+ 
émo-tdoow, [in LXX: Ec 27° (wy pi.), 1 Es 627, Je 20?, 1 Mac, *;] 
to set apart. Mid., in late Gk. (Bl., § 37, 1; Swete, Mk., 136f.; MM, 
8.v.), c. dat., (a) to take leave of: Mk 646, Lk 9°, Ac 181821, 11 Co 218; 
(0) to forsake: Lk 14°%.+ 
** Gtro-rehéw, -6, [in LXX: 1 Es-5"3, 11 Mac 15%°*;] to bring to an 
end, complete, accomplish (cf. MM, s.v.): Lk 132, Ja 115.+ 
dtro-riOnpu, in [LXX chiefly for m3 hi.;] to put off or aside ; in NT 


always mid., (a) to put off from oneself as a garment: rf. iudria, Ac 78; 
metaph., in ethical sense, to put off, lay aside: Ro 13, Eph 42225, 
Col 38, He 12!, Ja 171, 1 Pe 2!; (0) to stow away, put: & 7. pvdraxy 
(MM, s.v.), Mt 14%.+ 
dmo-twdoow, [in LXX: Jg 16? A (my3 ni.), 1 Ki 10? (ws), La 27 
("N35 pi.) *;] to shake off: Lk 9°, Ac 28°.+ 
dmro-tivw (or -riw), [in LXX chiefly for abw pi. ;] to pay off, repay : 
Phm !° (MM, s.v.).+ 
¥ dtro-tokpdw, -@, to be quite bold, make a bold venture: Ro 102°.+ 
¥*t dmotopia, -as, 7 (<< droréuvw, to cut off), [in Sm.: Je 51 (28)%5, 
Na 3!*;] steepness, sharpness ; metaph., severity (MM, s.v.): Ro 1122.+ 
** Grotépws, adv., [in LXX: Wi 5%2*;] abruptly, curtly, hence 
sharply, severely: 11 Co 13!°, Ti 118 (MM, s.v.).+ 
¥* dtro-tpémw, [in LXX: Si 207° 4818, 111 Mac 128, rv Mac 1° 1612 * 5] 
to turn away ; mid., to turn oneself away from: c. ace., 11 Ti 3°.t 
* dmougia, -as, 9 (<< dey); 1. absence (Adsch., Thuc.): Phl 2}2, 
2. deficiency, waste (MM, s.v).+ 


56 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


&to-pépw, [in LXX for yo7 , ete. ;] tocarry off, bear, or lead away: 
c. acc., Mk 15!, 1 Co 163, Re 172 212°, Pass., Lk 1622, Ac 19!2.+ 
** arro-pedyw, [in LXX : Si 227? *;] to flee from, escape : c. acc., 11 Pe 
Bt) 20- ou peneete bert. t 
+ dmro-p0éyyopar, [in LXX for nas, etc.;] to speak forth, giwe 
utterance: Ac 2414 2625 (MM, s.v.).t 
*+ daro-optiLopar (<< hoprifw, to load), to discharge a cargo (Field, 
Notes, 134), to wnlade: c. acc., 7. youov, Ac 213.+ 
*t dad-xpyots, -ews, ) (<< droxpdopat, to use to the full, abuse), abuse, 
misuse: Col 22% (MM, s.v.).t 
é1r0-xwpéw, -, [in LX X : Je 26 (46)5 (39D), 11 Mac 4°, 111 Mac 2° * 5) 
to go away, depart, withdraw : seq. amo, Mt 773, Lk 93°, Ac 13} (absol., 
ke 2020) Tr me.) it 
aémro-xwpite, [in LXX : Ez 43?! (3pH)* ;] to separate, part asunder : 


pass., Re 6!4; reflexively, to separate oneself: Ac 16°9.+ 

** Grro-uxw, [in LXX: tv Mac 15!§*;] 1. to breathe out life, expire 
(Thuc.; LXX, l.c.). 2. to leave off breathing, faint (Hom., Od., xxiv, 
348): seq. ard, Lk 2176.t 

"Antos, -ov, 6, Appius; ’Awziov Popov, Appu Forwm (Market of 

Appius), a town in Italy: Ac 28°.+ 

*+ @-mpda-ttos, -ov (<< poo, to go to), wnapproachable: as, 1 Ti 
616.+ 

**+ @mpdokotos, -ov (<( mpooxdrrw), [in LXX: Si 35(32)"!, 1m Mae 

35*;] 1. act., not causing to stumble: metaph., of not leading others 
into sin, 1 Co 10*2. 2. Pass., not stumbling, without offence, blameless : 
AG ade Pill" foriexx..iy., WOES wa). 

*tampocwmodnpmtws (Rec. -Aynmrws, cl.), adv. (<Ca- neg., mpocw- 
roAnprrns), without respect of persons, impartially: 1 Pe 117.+ 

** G-mratotos, -ov (<< mraiw), [in LXX: m1 Mac 6%°*;] without 
stumbling, swre-footed : metaph. (MM, s.v.), Ju?4.t 

amtw, [in LXX chiefly for 33;] prop., to fasten to ; hence, of fire, 
to kindle, light: Lk 8'6 118% 158, Ac 287. Mid., c. gen., to fasten oneself 
to, cling to, lay hold of (so in 7.; MM, s.v.): Mt 8°15, Jo 20!", al.; 
of carnal intercourse, I Co 7!; with reference to levitical and ceremonial 
prohibitions, 11 Co 6!7, Col 271; of hostile action, 1 Jo 5! (cf. av-, xa6-, 
TEpt- aTTW). 

SYN.: Oyydve, Yyrafdw. a. is the stronger, 6., to touch, the 
lighter term. yw. is to feel, as in search of something (Tr., Syn., § xvii; 
Lift.; Cot., 201 £.): 

’Atdia, -as, 7, Apphia: Phm 2 (MM, s.v.).t 

dm-w0éw, -@, [in LXX for 37, OND, etc.;] to thrustaway. Mid., 
to thrust away from oneself, refuse, reject: ce. acc. pers. (MM, s.v.), 
AG e891 32°, Ro mala om Menge, 

Garddeva, -as, 7 (<< drodAvp), [in LXX (Cremer, 797) for TAN, TN, 


etc. ;] destruction, waste, loss, perishing (in z., of money, v. MM, s.v.): 
Mt 268, Mk 144, Ac 8?°, Ro 922, 1 Ti 6°, 11 Pe 21; in special sense of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 57 


the loss of eternal life, perdition, the antithesis of cwrypia: Mt 733, 
Jo 174, Phi 12° 39 n Th 23, He 10°, 1m Pe 23 3716, Re 17811 (DB, 
ili, 744), t 

“Ap, indecl., Re 161°, v.s., “Appayedav. 

dpa, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal 
inference than ovv, then: prop. (as in cl.), the second word in the 
sentence, Ro 7?! 81, Ga 37; émei dpa, 1 Co 74 (with another word 
between) 510; as the first word, Lk 1148, Ac 118, Ro 10!”, 1 Co 1538, 
1 Co 5! 72, He 49; so prop. in apodosis after protasis with ei, Mt 1278, 
Lk 11?°, Ga 2?! 329 511, He 128 (xevoy dpa), 1 Co 15'4; often in interro- 
gations, direct and indirect, ris (ri) apa, Mt 18! 1975 27 9445, Mk 441, 
Lk 166 825 1242 9923 Ac 1218; ei doa, Mk 111%, Ac 82; elzrep dpa, 1 Co 
15"; ovK dpa, Ac 21°8; pyr dpa, 1 Co 17; in strengthened forms, 
dpa ye, apaye, Mt 72° 1726, Ac 1727, and more freq. dpa ovv (Epp. Paul.), 
so then, Ro 518 7325 812 gis, 18 1.412, 19° Ga 619, Eph 2!9, 1 Th 5°, 1 Th 235 
(BL., $77, 2; 78,5; MM, s.v.).t 

dpa, interrog. particle, implying anxiety or impatience, “* quite 
rare and only in Luke and Paul, therefore a literary word ” (Bl., § 77, 
2). 1. (num igitur) expecting a neg. reply, Lk 188; dpa ye, Ac 8°, 
2. (ergone) in apodosis, ae an affirm. reply, Ga 2!’ (BI., Le.; 
Lft., Ga., in 1.; MM, s.v.).t 

apd, -as, 7, [in Lee chiefly for M5x]; 1. a ee (MM, s.v.). 2. 
(as in Homer) a curse, malediction: Ro gl4 (XX 

*ApaBia, -as, 7). ‘Arabia: Ga 117 425+ 

dépaBav, V.S. appaBuar. 

dpaye, V.S. dpa. 

dpdye, V.S. dpa. 

"Apdp, indic. (Heb. a3), Aram: Mt 1%4, Lk 3°8 (R, txt., WH, 
"Apvei). + 
i one -ov (Rec. dppados, <fparrw, to sew) without seam: 

eS la 

"Apa, -aBos, 6 6, an Arabian: Ac 2"1.+ 

dpyéw, -® (<< dpyos), [in LXX: m1 Es 4%, Ke 12° Aie)s 1 Ks 299, 
Si 3086 (337), 11 Mac 575*;)] to be idle; ro xpipa ... 4. , lingers (cf. 
MGr. dpya, late: MM, s.v.): 11 Pe 2°.+ 

dpyds, -ov (in late Gk., incl. NT, -y, -ov; <a- neg., épyov), [in 
LXX: ur Ki 67 (ypm?), Wi 14° 1515, Si 371! 38?5* 5] inactive, idle: 
Mt 20% 6, 1 Ti 5!5, Tit 112, m Pe 18. Metaph., of things, znactive, in- 
effective, worthless: pra, Mt 12°°; riots, Ja 229 (v. Cremer, 259 f.).+ 

SYN.: Bpadvs, slow ; vw8pds, sluggish (Tr., Syn., § civ). 

dpyupeos (v. MM, 8.v.), -ots, -d, -otv (<< dpyvpos), [in LXX for 
FIPD;] of silver: Ac 1974 (WH, br.), 1 Ti 27°, Re 92°.+ 

dpyupuov, -ov, Td (<< dpyvpos), [in LXX for HOD (Ge 18?, al.), exe. 
La 4! (On3);] prop., a piece of silver (Lft., Notes, 191); in NT, 
(a) silver: Ac 3° 716 19 2033, 1 Co 34, 1 Pe 118; (6) money: 


58 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Mt 251% 27, Mk 144 Lk 93 191523 295, Ac 820; (c) a silver coin: pl., 
Mt 2615 973) 5:69 981,15 where the value is that of a shekel or 
tetradrachm; dpyupiov pupiddes mévre (prob. drachmas; MM, 38.v.), 
Ac 1919,+ 
+ dpyupoxdtos, -ov, 6 (<< dpyupos, Kdérrw, to beat), [in LXX: Jg 174, 
Je 679 (FIX) *;] a silversmith: Ac 19% (Plut.; 7., v. MM, s.v.).+ 
dpyupos, -ov, 6 (< dpyvs, shining), [in LXX for 3D ;] silver (on its 
relation to dpyvpiov, v. MM, s.v.): Mt 10°, Ac 177, Ja 5°, Re 1812.+ 
“Apevos Mdyos (T, “Apios II.), -ov, 6, Hill of Ares or Mars, 
Areopagus; also, the Court of Areopa ws, the highest tribunal of 
Athens: Ac 17% 22,+ 
’Apeotrayitnys (T, -ecrys), -ov, 6 (v. supr.), a judge of the Court of 
Areopagus: Ac 17%4.+ 
dpeoxia (Rec. -eia), -as, 7 (<< dpéoxw), [in LXX (-eéa): Pr 31° 
(jn) *;] pleasing, desire to please: Col 1° In Gk. writers (Arist., 


Polyb.), most freq. in bad sense, but in z., Inscr., and in Philo, as 
above (v. Deiss., BS, 224; MM, s.v.; Cremer, 642).t+ 

épéoxw, [in LXX chiefly for 2309;] 1. to please (Hom., Hdt., al.) : 
Gc. dat. pers:, Mii 14°: Mik (622) Ro 8? 15217 th Qari Comes. 
Gal 11°, m Ti 24; seq. évwmov (= Heb. yan, BIl., § 37, 1; 40, 7), 


Ac 6°, 2. In late Gk., esp. in Inser., to render service to (v. M, Th., 
ICC, 1 Co., ll. c.; Cremer, 640f.); Ro 1513, 1 Co 1083, 1 Th 24.t 

dpeotés, -7, -ov (<( dpéoxw), [in LXX for "wr, etc.;] pleasing, 
agreeable (Hdt., Xen., and later writers; v. Cremer, 641 f.; MM, 
s.v.): c. dat. pers., Jo 87°, Ac 12%; seq. évuimov, c. gen. (BI., § 37, 1; 40, 
7), 1Jo0 3"; dpeordv éotu, c. ace. et inf (Bl., §69, 5; 72, 5), Ac 6?.t 

’Apéras (WH, ‘Ap.; Intr., 313), -a, 6, Aretas, an Arabian king: 
m Co 11%? (Deiss., BS, 183 f., thinks the proper spelling “ApeOas was 
changed, as Schiirer suggests, ‘‘by desire to Hellenise a barbaric 
name by assimilation to dpery’’).t 

dpety, -fs, 7, [in LXX, in sing.: Hb 3%, Za 6% (7), in pl.: 
Is 42% 12 4321 637 (nbmm), Es 141°, Wi 4! 5!3 87, 1-1v Mac..*;] prop., 


whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in 
Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos. 
writers to intrinsic eminence—moral goodness, virtue; (a) of God: 
11 Pe 18; (6) of men: Phl 4°, 1 Pe 1°; pl. (Is, Hs, ll. ¢.), eacellencies : 
I Pe 2° (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive 
sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which 
it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown; v. Hort, 7 Pe., 129. Deiss., 
BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in 
current Gk. speech; cf. also MM, s.v.)t 

&piv, dpvds, 6 (nom. not in use, exc. in early times: v. MM, 
s.v.), [in LXX for N™), WAP, etc.;] a lamb: Lk 10°.+ 


dpiOpew, -G, [in LXX for "5D pi., IPB pi., etc.;] to number 
(esp. for payment, MM, s.v.): Mt 10*°, Lk 12’, Re 7°.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 59 


dp.Ouds, -ot, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "BOa;] number, a number: 
Lk 223, Jo 619, Ac 44 586 67 11?! 16°, Ro 927, Re 511 74 916 1317.18 152 
208 (for exx. of mystical use in z., v. MM, s.v.).t 

"Aptpadeta (WH, “Ap.), -as, 7, [in LXX: ‘Appabai, 1 Ki 1, al. 
(a"m9) ;] Arimathea: Mt 2757, Mk 1548, Lk 23°!, Jo 19°8,+ 


"Aptos, V.S. “Apetos. 

*Apiotapxos, -ov, 6 (<< apuctos, apxos; i.e. best-ruling), Aristarchus : 
Ac 19?9 204 272, Col 41°, Phm *4,+ 

dpiotdw, -& (< dpirror), [in LXX: Ge 4375 (amd dy), 1 Ki 14% 


(and), ur Ki 137 (typ), To 2'*;] 1. prop., to breakfast: Jo 211% 15, 
2. In late Gk., to take a meal, dine: Lk 1137.+ 
dpiotepds, -a, -ov, [in LXX for bNaiy ;] left, on the left: omda, 


11 Co 67; 7 a. (sc. xetp), Mt 6%; e& dpiorepav, on the left (MM, s.v.): 
Mk 1087, Lk 2333,+ 

"AptotéBoudos, -ov, 6 (<(apictos, Bovdy, i.e. best-cownselling), 
Aristobulus, a Christian: Ro 16!°.+ 

&ptotoy, -ov, 7, [in LXX: m1 Ki 3! (amd), To 2! 4, al.;] 1. prop., 


breakfast. 2. In late Gk. = cl. deirvov, dinner: Mt 224, Lk 11°8 14!2,+ 
**+ doxetds, -7, -ov (<< dpxéw), [in Ag.: De 257*;] sufficient: Mt 6%4 

(on the neut., v. Bl., § 31, 2); seq. va (M, Pr., 210), Mt 10%; ce. inf., 
I Pe 48 (for exx., v. Deiss., BS, 257; MM, s.v.).t+ 

dpxéw, -@, [in LXX for 7in, etc.;] 1. to keep off; c. dat., to assist. 
2. to suffice: c. dat. pers., Jo 6’, 11 Co 12°; impers., Mt 25%, Jo 148 
(MM, s.v.). Pass., to be satisfied: c. dat. rei, Lk 314, 1 Ti 68, He 135; 
seq. emi, 111 Jo19.t 

dpxos (Rec. (cl.) dpxros), [in LXX for 37 ;] -ov, 6, 7, a bear: Re 18%, 
(This form is also found in late Inser.; MM, s.v.)t 

dppa, -tos, TO (<< dpapickw, to join), [in LXX for 35%;] a chariot: 
Ac 82% 2% 88 Re 99.+ 

“Appayedév (WH, “Ap Mayediv; Rec. “Appayeddev, prop. = 
yp), cf. LXX, Mayeddév, mu Ch 35”, Mayedo, Jg 127; Har-Magedon 


(AV, Armageddon) : Re 1616 (v. Swete, in 1., but also Thayer, s.v.).+ 

dppotw (< dpyds), [in LXX for Jax, ete.;] 1. to fit, goin. 2. of 
marriage, to betroth. Mid., (a) to join to oneself, marry, take to wife ; 
(b) to give in marriage: 11 Co 11? (for this there is no direct parallel. 
But v. M, Pr., 160; MM, s.v.).t+ 

** Gpuds, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Si 27?, 1v Mac 10°*;] a joining, joint: 

He 4!2.+ 

dpvas, V.S. apyv. 

"Apvet (Rec. Apap), 6, indecl., Arnei: Lk 3°3.+ 

dpvéopot, -odpar, depon., {in LXX: Ge 18" (wma pi.), Wi 1227 1616 
171°, rv Mac 87 10'°*;] 1. to deny, say no, opp. to ciety: absol., Mt 267°, 
Lk 84°; seq. 67, 1 Jo 2%; c. inf, He 1174. 2. In late Gk. (MM, s.v.), 
c. ace, pers., to deny, refuse to acknowledge, disown: Ac 3 73; 


60 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Inocodv, Mt 1083, 1 Ti 2! 1 Jo 22, Ju4; éavrov, Lk 97%, 1 Ti 23 (prove 
false to). 3. C. acc. rei (in cl. to refuse), to deny, abjure: 1 Ti 5%, 
Tit 2%, 1 Ti 3° (ef. daapvéopar). 
dpviov, -ov, 7d (dimin. of apyv; v. MM, s.v.), [in LXX: Ps 113 
(114)* 6 (pl., Jy YR), Je 111° (was), 27 (50)*> (My) *;] @ little lamb, 
a lamb: Jo 21, Re o,.t 
t+ dpotpidw, -@ (<< dporpov), [in LXX: De 221, al. (wan), Is 775 
(ay) ;] later form of apow, to plough (MM, s.v.): Lk 17’, 1 Co 9'.+ 
dipotpov, -ov, TO (<< dpow, to plough), [in LXX chiefly for AN ;] a 
plough: Lk 9%.+ 
dpwayy, -7s, 9 (<< dprafw), [in LXX (as also dprayya) for br, 
etc.;] pillage, plundering, robbery: Mt 2375, Lk 11°, He 10%4.t 
*t Gpmaypds, od, 6 (<C dpwafw); 1. prop., acc. to the rule of its 
formation (Bl., § 27, 2), actively, the act of seizing, robbery (Plut., de 
Puer. Hduc., p. 124), Phl 26, AV (Waterland, Works, IT, 108; Cremer, 
649 f.; Meyer, in 1.; cf. also JTAS, July, 1909, April, 1911; MM, s.v.). 
2. Passively = dpraypa (Hz 22°, of a lion’s prey, #7), a thong seized, 


hence, a prize: Phl, l.c., RV (Lft., Ellic., JCC, in 1.; Donaldson, 
NCrat., 450 ff. ; and esp. Gifford, The Incarnation, 59-71, and reff. in DB, 
ii, 835 B). The lexical data favour the active meaning, but as they 
also admit the possibility of the alternative, most modern expositors 
have accepted the latter as seeming to suit the logic of the passage 
better. The lexical difficulty, however, remains (MM, s.v., esp. the 
last ref.). As to the usage of St. Paul, he seems inclined to adopt the 
-ua form where it is appropriate (e.g. Ro 11°, where cf. LXX; 1 Co 
139, 1 Co 1°), and there is certainly a presumption in favour of the 
active meaning here from the fact that he does not use the LXX 
dprayya. Suggestions looking to a fresh exegesis are given in JThS, 
ll. ¢.t 

dprdtw, [in LXX chiefly for br, F710 ;] to seize, catch wp, snatch 
away, carry off by force : c. acc. rei, Mt 127° 131%, Jo 101) 78 29; 7, BacWecav 
t. Geov, Mt 11'*; c. ace. pers., Jo 615, Ac 83? 2319, Ju23; pass., seq. ews, 
mm Co 12°; eis, ib. 124, 1 Th 417; apds, Re 12° (cf. d-, ovv-apralw, and 
v. MM, s.v.).t 

apwat, -ayos, 6, 9 (<(dpmdfw), [in LXX: Ge 4977 (5719) *;] 
rapacious: Mt 7°, Lk 1811; as subst., a swindler, an extortioner (MM, 
s.v.),.0 Co otltt OUT, 

é&ppaBwy (T, dpaB-: 11 Co, ll. c.), -dvos, 6, [in LXX: Ge 381% 18, 20 
(Faw) *;] an earnest, part payment in advance for security, a first in- 


stalment: 11 Co 122 55, Kph 114. (The word is found in cl. and was 
prob. brought to Greece by the Phoenicians (AR, EHph., l.c.). It is 
found in z. with both spellings (v. Milligan, NZD, 73). In MGr. 
appaBdva is an engagement ring ; v. MM, s.v.)t 

dppados, V.S. apados. 

appyy, V.S. aponv. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 61 


** dopntos, -ov (<Cd- neg., pyrds, pew), [in Sm.: Le 18? *;] 1. unspoken 
(Hom., al.). 2. unspeakable (Hdt., al.; freq. in Inscr.; MM, s.v.): 
11 Co 124.+ 

dppwotos, -ov (<< d- neg., pwvveyn), [in LXX: m1 Ki 145A, Ma 18 
(mdr), Si 735*:] feeble, sickly: Mt 1414, Mk 6% 13 1605), 1 Co 112°.+ 

*t Gpoevoxoirys, -ov, 6 (<< dpony, xovry), a sodomite : 1 Co 6°, 1 Ti 1!9.+ 

dponv (appnv, T, in Ro 177; Rec. in Re 12°14), -evos, 6, 4, dpaev, 76 

(old Attic for dppyy, v. supr.; both forms are found in z.; MM, s.v.), 

[in LXX chiefly for 133 ;] male: Mt 194, Mk 10°, Lk 2°8, Ro 1°’, Ga 378, 


Re 125: 13 + 
’Aptepas, -a, 6, Artemas: Tit 312 + 
“Aptepts, -Ld0s, 7, Artemis, an Asiatic goddess, to be disting. from 
the Gk. goddess of the same name: Ac 197427 28, 34, 35 + 
*t dptéuwv, -wvos (Rec. -ovos), 6 (<< dpraw, to fasten to), a fore-sail or 
top-sail: Ac 274° (v. DB, eat., 366, 3992; MM, s.v.).t 
apt, adv., {in LXX: Da LXX 9?? 10" (Any), al. ;] adv., of coinci- 


dence, denoting strictly present time, as contrasted with past or future, 
just, just now, this moment : Mt 315 918 2653, Jo 137, Ga 47°, 1 Th 38 (v. 
Lft., Notes, 44; Milligan, in 1.), Re 121°; opp. to past time, Jo 9!% 5 
1333, 1 Co 167, Ga 1% 19; to future, Jo 1397 16!2:31, 1 Co 1312, 1 Th 27, 
1 Pe 1%8; dypu ris dG. Spas, 1 Co 411; éws a., Mt 11}2, Jo 21° 517 1674, 
I Co 418 87 15° 1 Jo 29; am d., v.s. dwapri (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 70£; 
MM, s.v.).+ 

SYN.: viv, now, “the objective, immediate present; 75y, now, 
already, ‘‘the subjective present, with a suggested reference to some 
other time or to some expectation”. (Thayer, 75.) 

¥t dpti-yévyntos, -ov (<< dpri, yevvaw), new-born: 1 Pe 2? (Luc.).t 
* dptios, -a, -ov, fitted, complete: 1 Ti 317 (MM, s.v.).t 

&pros, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for and;] bread, a loaf: Mt 4%4, 
Mk 3%, al.; dpro: rt. mpobecews, bread of the setting forth, i.e. the 
shewbread. Metaph., 6 a. 7. Oeod, +. Cwas, ref. to Christ, Jo 6%) 35; 
in general, food: Mt 6", al.; a. dayety (Heb. ond 55x), to eat (MM, 
s.v.), Lu 14}, al. 


** gotdw, [in Sm.: Ca8?*;] 1. toarrange, make ready (Hom.). 2. Of 
food (as in comic writers), to season (MM, s.v.) : Mk 9°, Lk 144, Col 4°.+ 
*Apoatdd, 6 (Heb. tw 4N), Arphaxad: Lk 3%°.t 
*t dpx-dyyedos, -ov, 6 (<< dpyi-, dyyeAos), archangel, a chief angel: 
1 Th 416, Ju® (Cremer, 24; MM, s.v.).t 
dpxaios, -aia, -alov (<< dpxy), [in LXX chiefly for O37 ;] original, 
ancient: Mt 52133, Lk 9%19 Ac 15721 9116 a Co 517, m Pe 25, 
Re 12° 202.+ 
SYN.: madaw0s, old, without the reference to beginning and origin 


contained in 4. The distinction is observed in 7. (MM, s.v.). 4a. is the 
antithesis to xawds: mad. to véos (v. Westc., He., 223; Cremer, 116). 


62 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*ApxéAaos, -ov, 6, Archelaus, son of Herod the Great, King of 
Judwa, Samaria and Idumexa: Mt 2?2,.+ 


épxy, -7s, 7, [in LXX for O72, WN, NWN, etc. ;] 1. beginning, 


origin; (a) absol., of the beginning of all things: of God as the 
Kternal, the First Cause, Re 21° (cf. 18); similarly, of Christ, Re 22}; 
of Christ as the uncreated principle, the active cause of creation, Re 
314; in his relation to the Church, Col 118; év a., Jo 14?; am a. (and 
am’ a. kticews), Mt 1948 2471, Mk 10° 13!°, Jo 84, m Th 2, m Pe 34, 
I Jo 1! 213,14 38; kar dpxas, He 1°; (0d) relatively: He 7°; a. ddiwv, 
Mt 248, Mk 139; +. onpeiwy, Jo 211; +. iroordcews, He 314; 7. Noyiwy, 
5; 6 7. dpyfns t. Xpistod Adyos, the account of the beginning, the 
elementary view of Christ, He 61; dpxjv AapwBavew, to begin, He 2°; 
e€ a., Jo 654 164; aw d., Lk 1?, Jo 1527, 1 Jo 2% 74 34, rt Jo%S; & a., 
Ac 1115 264, Phl 415; riv dpynv, adverbially, at all (Hdt., al.; v. MM, 
s.v.): Jo 8%, 2. an extremity, a corner: Ac 10! 115, 3. sovereignty, 
principality, rule (cf. DB, i, 616 f.): Lk 12" 207°, Ro 838, 1 Co 1574, 
Eph 12! 37° 612,'Col 116 21015, Tit 31, Ju® (Cremer, 113).t 
dpxnyds, -ov, [in LXX for WNT, NWI, etc. ;] beginning, originat- 
ing: more freq., as subst.; 1. fownder, author (Lat. auctor ; so some- 
times in z., v. MM, s.v.; Milligan, NT'D, 75): Ac 3! (R, mg.), He 2° 
(R, txt.; but v. Westc., in 1., and Page, Ac.,1.c.). 2. prince, leader (so 
in MGr., v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 153): Ac 3} (R, txt.) 531, He 2) (cf. 
R, mg.) 12? (Cremer, 117).t 
dpxit- (<< dpxw), insep. prefix, denoting high office and dignity, 
freq. in Alex. and Byzant. Gk. (MM, s.v.). 
*t dpx-tepatixds, -7, -ov (<< dpxuepevs), high-priestly: Ac 4° (MM, 
8.V).t 
dpx-vepeds, -ews, 6, [in LXX for 795, bran "D, WNW “D;] 1. high- 
priest: Mk 2%6 1447, al.; of Christ: He 2)” 3!, al. 2. In pl., chief 
priests, including ex-high-priests and members of high-priestly 
families: Mt 24, Mk 8*!, al. (Cremer, 294; DCG, i, 297 f.; MM, s.v.). 
**+ @oxu-moipny, -evos, 6, [in Sm.: 1v Ki 3**;] found on an Egyptian 
mummy label (Deiss., LAH, 97 ff.; cf. MM, s.v.); used by modern 
Greeks of tribal chiefs; chief shepherd. of Christ, 1 Pe 54.t 
“Apxittos, -ov, 6, Archippus : Col 4!7, Phm ?.t 
*+ dpxiouvdywyos, -ov, 6 (<Cavvaywyy), ruler of a synagogue, an 
administrative officer, supervising the worship (MpJp0 wx): Mk 


Ors 33:86, 38 ke Seria s, WA. 13+) 18% *” \(nisers ay, VENI eave cr also 
DB, ext., 101).+ 
dpxt-téxtwv, -ovos, 6 (< rékrwv), [in LXX: Is 3% (wn), Si 3827, 


1 Mac 2?°* ;) a master-builder, architect: 1 Co 3!° (in 7. of building 
contractors, MM, s.v.).t 
*t dpxu-tehavys, -ov, 6, a chief tax-collector, chief publican: Lk 192.+ 
*t dpxt-tpixdwos, -ov, 6 (<< tpi-KAwvos or -ov, a room with three couches) 
the superintendent of a banquet, whose duty it was to arrange tha 
tables and food (DB, ii, 253): Jo 2% %.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 63 


&pxw, [in LXX for bin, Swin, etc.;] 1. to begin. 2. to rule (v. 
DCG, ii, 538%.) : c. gen., Mk 10*, Ro 15". Mid., to begin: seq. ibe 
Mt 162 "208, Lk 1418 935 9427, 47, Jo 8°, Ac 122 35 10°", 1 Pe 417; «, 
inf., an Aramaic pleonasm, Mk 145 928 5M, Lk 38, al. (v. M, Pry 14f.; 
Dalman, Words, 27; MM, s.v.). 

dpxwv, -ovros, 6 (pres. ptcp. of dpyw), [in LXX for Nws., wei, 
“iv, etc.;] a ruler, chief: Jesus, Re 1°; rulers of nations, Mt 20%, 


Ac 426 735; magistrates, Ac 235, Ro 13%; judges, Lk 1258, Ac 72% 35 
1619; members of the Sanhedrin, Lk 14! 231% 352420) Jo 31 726 48 1942 
Ac 317 4558 1327 145; rulers of synagogues, Mt 91523, Lk 84 1818; of 
ad. T. aiavos TevtTov, I Co 2% 8; of the devil: a. rév darpoviwy, Mt 934 1274, 
Mk 322, Lk 11%; 6 a. rod Kocpov, Jo 123! 1499 164; a. +r. éfovaias 7. 
depos, Eph 2? (MM, s.v.; DB, iii, 838; Hat., 99f; DCG, ii, 419; 
DCB, s.v. Archon).t 

dpwpa, -ros, 70, [in LXX for oya;] spice: Mk 16!, Lk 23° 24, 


Jo 194°,+ 

*Aod, V.8. Aodd. 

dcaivw, V.S. caivw. 

d-oddeutos, -ov (<< careWw), [in LXX: Ex 1316 De 68 1118 
(mibiwita)* ;] wnmoved, immovable: Ac 2741; metaph., He 1278+ 


"Aod>, 6, indecl. (Heb. 4ON), Asaph, an obvious error for ‘Aca, 


found in the best texts, and adopted by LTTr. and WH, R, mg.: 
Mt 1% 8,+ 

a-oBeotos, -ov (<oBévyw), [in LXX for np xd, Jb 20° NF A 
(axavorov, N* B)*;] wnquenched, unquenchable: rip, Mt 3%, Mk 94%, 
Lk 31".+ 

doéBeva, -as, 7 (<C doeBys), [in LXX for PWH, yw, etc.;] wn- 
godliness, impiety: Ro 18 1176, m Ti 2'6, Tit 21°; epya aceBeias, 
ungodly deeds, Jul®; ériOupia tr. aoeBeadv, desires for ungodly things 
or deeds, Ju§ (DB, iv, 532; Cremer, 523; MM, s.v.).t+ 

doeBéw, -@ (<< doeBys), [in LXX for yw, ywr;] to be ungodly, 
act profanely: 11 Pe 2°; c, cogn. acc. (MM, s.v.), Ju?®.t 

doeBys, -és (c¢Buw, to reverence), [in LXX chiefly for ywr;] wn- 
godly, pious: Ro 4° 5°, 1 Ti 19, 1 Pe 418, 1 Pe 256 37, Ju*15.+ 

** doehyeva, -as, 7) (<< doeAyys, licentious ; v. MM, s:v.), [in LXX: 

Wi 14°, nr Mac 27°*;) licentiousness, wantonness, excess: Mk 7?2, 
Ro 1318, 11 Co 1271, Ga 519 (Lft., in 1.), Eph ero E Pe 43, 11 Pe 2%7; 18. 
Ju 4,t 

SYN.: dowria, profligacy, prodigality (v. Tr., Syn., §xvi; DB, 
iii, 46). 

donpos, -ov (<< ojpa, a mark), [in LXX: Ge 30” (Amy), Jb 421), 
ur Mac 13*;] without mark (in x. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss., 
BS, 153; MM, s.v.). Metaph. (MM, s.v.), unknown, obscure : 
litotes, ee (Eur., al.), modus, Ac 2139.+ 

"Aonp, 6, indecl. (Heb. "WN), Asher: Lk 2°°, Re 76.+ 


64 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


do0vera, -as, ) (<< doOevys), [in LXX for bwid, etc. ;] weakness, 
frailty, sickness: Lk 13")!2, Jo 114, Ac 28°, Ro 619 826, 11 Co 1139 184, 
Ga 45 (MM, s.v.), He 5? 778 114; ev d., Jo 5°, 1 Co 23 1543, 11 Co 129; 
pli) Mit S?7) uke 15182, iri Co laa ivio28) Fe ater 
SYN.: padaxia, vocos (v. DB, iii, 323*). 
doberéw, -& (<< doGerijs), [in LXX chiefly for bw>:] to be weak, 
feeble: Ac 2035, Ro 8%, 11 Co 11?! 121° 1349; ¢. dat., wiore: (Cremer, 
527), Ro 419 141; same implied, Ro 14% 21, 1 Co 81412, 11 Co 1129; éis, 
11 Co 13%. Specif., of bodily debility, to be sick: Mt 25°6 39, Lk 440, 
Jo 446 §3 7, 18 J11°3,6, Ac 987, Ph) 22627 17 Ti 429 Ja 514; of dcOevovrres, 
the sick : Mt 108 (MM, s.v.), Mk 656, Lk 92, Ac 19!2.+ 
* dobévnpa, -tos, TO (<< dodevys), an infirmity (MM, s.v.): Ro 151.+ 
daQerys, -és (<< a- neg., cOévos, strength), [in LXX for 3x, etc. 5] 


without strength, weak, feeble: 1 Co 127 419 1922) tr Co 10!, Ga 4°, 
1 Th 5'4, He 718, 1 Pe 37. Rhetorically, 76 4. 7. Gcod, God’s action of 
apparent weakness: 1 Co 1°; of bodily debility, sick, sickly : Mt 25%9 
(Rec.) 4244, Lik 9? (Rec.) 10°, Ac 4° 51516 In moral and spiritual 
sense (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 526), Mt 2641, Mk 14°8, Ro 5%, 1 Co 87 9 10 
Se IU 
*Acta, -as, 7, Asia, the Roman province: Ac 2°69 166 19!) 10, 22, 26 
(Ml Pr) 73), 1b. 47 20526 18 Bier 24te 272) ho lG2) 1) Col6t at Code 
Ee 1S Pett Rest 
*Aotaves, -7, -ov, Asian, of Asta, Asiatic; as subst., 6 (oi) “A.: 
Ac 204.t+ 
*tAodpxys, -ov, 6, an Asiarch, one of ten officers elected by the 
various cities in the province of Asia whose duty it was to celebrate 
at their own charges the public games and festivals: Ac 19%! (Strab., 
Inser.; DB, s.v.).t 
* doitla, -as, 7 (<< doutos), fasting, abstinence from food: Ac 2771,+ 
SYN.: vyorteia (MM, ut infr.). 
* Goutos, -ov (<< d- neg., airos), fasting, without eating (cf. MM, s.v.): 
PNY SIN Gp 
** doxéw, -O, [in LXX: 1 Mac 154*;] 1. to adorn (poét.). 2. to 
practise, exercise (Hdt., Xen.). 3. to endeavour (Xen., al.): c. inf., 
Ac 2416.+ 
doxés, -od, 6, [in LXX for MAM, IN3, 533;] a leather bottle, wine- 
skin: Mt 9!7, Mk 222, Lik 53% 38+ 
** dopeévws, adv. (<< jdouar, to be glad), [in LXX: mu Mac 4}? 1083, 
tt Mac 315 521*;] gladly: Ac 211".+ 
&-cogos, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 9N?2A*;] wnwise, foolish : Eph 5'5.+ 
déondétopat, depon., [in LXX: Ex 187, Jg 1815 (oib>wh byw’), Es 5, 
I Mac 7°, al.;] to welcome, greet, salute: c. acc. pers., Mt 547, Mk 945, 
Ac 21’, al.; id. seq. év puAnuari, Ro 1616, 1 Co 16°, 11 Co 1312, 1 Th 5°6, 
I Pe 5!4; +. éxxAnoiav (Deiss., BS, 257), Ac 1872; as term. tech. for 
conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an 
amanuensis (Milligan, N7'D, 23), Ro 1622 (on the aoristic pres., here 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 65 


and elsewhere, v. M, Pr., 119; Bl., § 56,4); xatyvrnoav . . . doracd- 
pevor (on this constr., v. Bl., §58, 4; M, Pr., 182, 238), Ac 2518 (cf. 
dr-acmdlopar).t 
* dotmacpds, -00, 6 (<< doraloua), a salutation (so always in RY), 
greeting: oral, Mt 237, Mk 1238 Lk 12% 41,44 1148 2046; written, 1 Co 
1671, Col 418, 1 Th 317.+ 
**+ G-omdos, -ov (<< d- neg., ezidos), [in Sm.: Jb 15° (LXX, xaapds)*;] 
spotless, unstained: 1 Pe 119; metaph., 1 Ti 614, Ja 1°”, 1 Pe 31 (for 
exx., v. MM, s.v.).t 
SYN.: auiavtos, duwpos. 
dons, -idos, 7, [in LXX for 7M, etc. ;] an asp: Ro 31%.t 


GotrovSos, -ov (<< orovdy, a Libation); 1. without truce (Thuc.). 
2. admitting of no truce, implacable (Dem., al.): 11 Ti 3°.+ 
*t doodptoy, -ov, ro (dim. of Lat. as), an assarion, a farthing, one- 
tenth of a drachma: Mt 10°, Lk 12° (MM, s.v.; DB, iii, 428; DCG, 
ii, 200).+ 
*dooov (Rec., after Vg., "Accov), adv. (compar. of ayy, near), 
nearer: Ac 2718 (RV, close in shore; v. Bl., § 11, 3; 44, 3; poets, 
Ion. and late prose).t 
“Agoos, -ov (also ’Acads, -ov), 7, Assos, a city on the EK. coast of 
Asia Minor: Ac 20!% 14 (v.8. doaov).t 
¥*+ dotatéw, -& (<< doraros, wnstable), [in Aq.: Is 587 (LXX, dore- 
yos)*;] to be unsettled, be homeless, lead a vagabond life (Cremer, 738 
MM, s.v.): 1 Co 44.+ 
dotetos, -ov (<C dorv, a city), [in LXX: Ex 2? (aia), Nu 22% (ov« 
é. 4), Jg 3!" (N93), Jth 117°, Da LXX, Su’, 1m Mac 675*;] 1. of the 


town. 2. (Like Lat. uwrbanus), (a) courteous, (b) elegant (in 7z., of 
clothing, MM, s.v.), comely, fair (as in Ex, l.c), He 117%, Ac 7?°.t 
dotyp, -epos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 2315;] a star: Mt 27% % 10 


2429, Mk 137, 1 Co 1541, Re 613 81% 11,12 9! 1244; metaph., 6 a. 6 
mpwivds, Re 2?8 2216; 4. rAavqra, Jul®; a. érta, symbolizing the angels 
of the seven churches, Re 11% ?° 21 3! (ef. dazpov, and v. DCG, ii, 674 E. ; 
MM, s.v.).+ 
*t &-oripixtos, -ov (<< ornpilw), wnstable, unsettled : 11 Pe 214 316+ 
* datopyos, -ov (<< aropyy, family affection, love of kindred, v.s. 
dyazn), without natural affection: Ro 1%, 1 Ti 3° (MM, s.v.).t 
— **+t datoxéw, -@ (ordxos, a mark), [in LXX: Si 7! 8°*;] to muss the 
mark, fail: c. gen., 1 Ti 16 (so in z., MM, s.v.); seq. wepi, 1 Ti 6%, 
Li B+ 
dotpamm, -js, 7, [in LXX for pya;] lightning: Mt 24°7 288, Lk 
1018 1724; pl., Re 4° 8° 11° 1618; of a lamp, shining brightness, 
Lk 11°6,+ 
dotpdare, [in LXX for p2;] to lighten, flash forth: Lk 17°* 244 
(MM, s.v.).t 
dotpov, -ov, 76, [in LXX chiefly for 2513 ;] (a) mostly in pl. (as 


5 


* 


66 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


in cl.), the stars: Lk 215, Ac 272°, He 11}; (6) in sing. (Xen., al.), 
only of some noted star: the symbol or image of a star, Ac 74 (cf. 
aornp, and vy. MM, s.v.).t 
*Aovykpitos, V.8. Acvv«Kpitos. 
** 4-cdpuvos, -ov, [in LXX: Wi 18!°, Da, LXX, Bel !®*;] dissonant, 
discordant ; metaph., at variance: mpos aAdA7jAovs, Ac 2875.+ 
é-ctvetos, -ov [in LXX: De 32”) (533), Jb 132 (553), Ps 91 (92)8 


(505), Ps 75 (76)°, Wig, Si,*;] without wnderstanding or discernment: 


Mt 15'6, Mk 718 (Swete, in 1.), Ro 1?4»31 101° (for an ex. of its use in the 
moral sense, v. MM, s.v.).t 

-otv-Betos, -ov (<C cvvribeuar; v. M, Pr., 222; MM, s.yv.), [in 
LXX: Je 37% 1% 11 (433) 5] false to engagements, not keeping covenant, 
faithless (MM, s.v.): Ro 131.+ 

*AauvKpitos (Rec. “Acvyxp.), -ov, 6, Asyncritus: Ro 1614.+ 

dopddeta, -as, 7 (<C dogadys), [in LXX for maz, etc.;] 1. firm- 
ness. 2. certainty: Lu lt. 3. security: Ac 573, 1 Th 5%. (In =. itis 
used as a law-term, proof, security ; v. MM, s.v.; M, Th., l.c.)t 

dopadnys, -es (<< a- neg., cfardro, to try wp), [in LXX for wy pu., 
etc. ;] certain, secure, safe: Ac 2154 2230 2526, Phl 31, He 619 (MM, s.v.).t 

t dopadifto (<< dodpadrrs), [in LXX: Ne 3! (p3n hi.), Is 411° (Jan), 

Wi 417 1012 1315*;] to make firm, secure: mid., Mt 275 66, Ac 16%4; 
pass., Mt 27% (MM, s.v.).t 

dopadds, adv., [in LXX: Ge 34% (myz), To 64, Wi 18°, Ba 5’, 
1 Mac 6%, m1 Mac 7°*;] (a) safely: Mk 1444, Ac 167; (0) assuredly: 
Ac 23° + 

doxnpovéw, -@ (<< doxyjpur), [in LAX: Ez 16% 2% 3923 29 (AIAy) ; De 
25% (mbp ni.)*;] to act wnbecomingly, behave dishonourably : 1 Co 135; 
seq. emi, ib. 73° (MM, s.v.).t 

doxnpooivn, -ns, 7 (<Cdoxnpov), [in LXX chiefly for Amy ;] wn- 
seemliness: Ro 127 (MM, s.v.); euphemism for 7 aicyivy, as freq. in 
LXX, shame, nakedness: Re 161.+ 

doxnpwv, -ov (<< a- neg., cyjpa), [in LXX: Ge 34? (m523), De 241 
(Any), Wi 279, Da rH Su, 11 Mac 9?*;] 1. shapeless. 2. wncomely, 


unseemly : 1 Co 1228.+ 
dowria, -as, )(< d-neg., cosfw), [in LXX : Pr 287 (553), 11 Mac 64*;] 
prodigality, wastefulness, profligacy : Eph 518, Tit 1°, 1 Pe 4* (MM, s.y.).t 
SYN.: doéAyeaa, q.v. 
* dodtws, adv. (<< dowros, prodigal, wasteful), [in LXX for 39, 
Pr 71 * 5] wastefully: Uk 15! (EV, in riotous living ; but not necessarily 
dissolute ; cf. MM, ut supr.; Milligan, NZD, 79).t+ 
* dtaxtéw, -@ (<< draxtos), primarily, of soldiers marching, to be 
out of order, to quit the ranks ; hence, metaph., to be remiss, fail in the 
performance of duty (in z., of truancy on the part of an apprentice) : 
11 Th 37 (on 4. and its cognates, v. M, Th., 152 ff.; MM, s.vv.).t+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 67 


** d-taxtos, -ov (<< tdoow), [in LXX: mt Mac 1!°*;] out of order, 
out of place (Liat. inordinatus), freq. of soldiers not keeping the ranks, 
or an army in disarray (cf. 111 Maze, l.c.); hence, metaph., wregular, 
disorderly (v. previous word): 1 Th 5!4.+ 

** g-rdktws, adv., [in Sm.: Iv Ki 97°*;] disorderly, irregularly: 
ri Mos eRe 

dtexvos, -ov (< téxvov), [in LXX: Ge 15?, Le 207% 21 OP"), Is 
4921, Je 182! (5>u%), Si 16°*;] childless: Lk 202% 29,+ 

** arevilw (<< drevys, strained, intent ; < reivw), [in LXX: 1 Es 638, 
ur Mac 27°*;} to look fixedly, gaze (MM, s.v.): c. dat. pers., gaze wpon: 
Lk 47° 2256 Ac 32 104 14° 231; seq. eis, c. acc. pers., Ac 34 6! 139; 
metaph., Ac 1! 755 116, 11 Co 3% 13.+ 

** Grep, prep., [in LXX: m Mac 12'°*;] in cl. most freq. in poets; 
without, apart from: c. gen., Lk 22° %° (for exx. from z., v. MM, s.v.).t 

atipdtw (<< dripos), [in LXX for 713, mp, etc. ;] to dishonour, 
imsult: Mk 12%, TTr., mg., WH, Lk 20", Jo 8*, Ro 25, Ja 2°; pass.: 
Ac 54!, Ro 14 (cf dripdw).t 

* d-tindw, -@ (<< tyuy), to dishonour, despise: c. acc. pers., Mk 124, 

LTr., txt. (cf. dtiuagw).t 

Gripia, -as, % (dros), [in LXX for mpdp, Td, ete. ;] dishonour, 
disgrace: 1 Co 1114, 11 Co 68; eis a., Ro 971, 11 Ti 279; & a., 1 Co 1548; 
kat a., 11 Co 1171; rd6y aripias, base passions, Ro 126,+ 

&risos, -ov (<r), [in LXX: Is 3° (mdp ni.), 533 (mta), Jb 3048 
(au—52), Wi,, Si,*;] without honour, dishonoured, despised : Mt 13°, 
Mk 64, 1 Co 41°; comp., 1 Co 12?8.+ 

dtipdw, -@ (<dripos), [in LXX chiefly for A12;] = driydlo, to 
dishonour, treat with indignity: Mk 124, Rec.t 

dtpis, -idos, 7, [in LXX for Jv, MAN, etc.;] vapour: Ja 414; 
&, xarrvov, Ac 219(LXX) + 

** G-ropos, -ov (<< réuvw), [in Sm.: Is 54° (MM, 8.v.) *;] indivisible ; 
of time, adropov, a moment: év a., 1 Co 15°?.+ 

d-tomos, -ov (< rors), [in LXX: Jb 48 11", Pr 30? (245), al, 
for JIN, etc.;] 1. out of place, not befitting. 2. marvellous, strange 


(of symptoms, Hipp.): Ac 28°; hence, in late Greek, with ethical 
sense, 3. improper, unrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from z., 
v. M, Th., l.c.; MM, s.v.): Lk 2341, Ac 255, m Th 3?.+ 

“Atrahia (Rec. -dAea), -us, 7, Attalia, a city of Pamphylia: 
Ac 14*°.+ 

adydlw (<adyy), [in LXX: Le 137426, 28,38 1456 (Mama) 1339 


(73D)*;] 1. Trans. (cl.), to irradiate. 2. Intrans. (a) (poét.), to see 


clearly (so perh. 11 Co, l.c.; MM, s.v.); (6) as in LXX, to shine forth: 
11 Co 44 (cf. &-, xar-avyalw).t 
adyy, -7s, 7, (in LXX: Is 59° (M933), 11 Mac 12°*;] 1. brightness. 


68 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


2. Later (as in MGr.; MM, s.v.), daylight, dawn: Ac 20! (Cremer, 
118).+ 

SYN.: déyyos (v. Thayer, 8. .; DB, iii, 44°; Tr., Syn., § xlvi). 

Adyouotos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Augustus, the Roman Emperor: Lk 2! 
(cf. S«Baortos ; and v. MM, 8.v.).t 

adOddys, -es (<< airds, jdopar), [in LXX: Ge 49%7 (tx), Pr 21% 


(am)* 5] self-pleasing, arrogant: Tit 1°, 1 Pe 2'° (Cremer, 654).t 


SYW.: didavtos (v. Tr., Syn., § xciii). 
** aiOalpetos, -ov (<< ards, aipéopar), [in Sm.: Ex 35°22*;] 1, self- 
chosen. 2. of one’s own accord: 11 Co 8% 17+ 
*+t adOevtéw, -O (<< aideévrys, i.e. aito- evtns, one who acts on his own 
authority, in 7., an autocrat ; cf. Wi 12°; cf. -ia, m1 Mac 279; -cxos is 
freq. in vernacular, MM, s.v.), to govern, exercise authority over: 
red GOe? The 
** addéw, -@ (<< aidos), [in Al.: 11 Ki 14°*;] to play on a flute, to 
pipe: mid., Mt 1117, Lk 7*?, 1 Co 147.t 
avy, -7s, 9, [in LXX chiefly for 7¥m;] 1. in Hom., an open 


courtyard before a house, hence, an enclosure in the open, a sheepfold : 
Jo 10116, 2. the court, cowrtyard, round which a house is built: 
Mt 26%: 58,69 Mk 1454.66 1516, ik 112! 2255, Jo 18!5; 7. vaov, Re 112, 
3. a dwelling, a palace (so, ace. to Grimm-Th., s.v.): Mt 26% 58, Mk 1454 
156, Lk 1121, Jo 18% (but v. MM, s.v.; cf. also DB, ii, 25, 287).+ 
* addytys, -00, 6 (<< airdew), a flute-player: Mt 93, Re 187* (MM, 

suv) ah 

adhifopar (<avdz), [in LXX chiefly for m5, ~>;] 1. prop., to 
lodge in a courtyard. 2. to lodge in the open. 3. to pass the night, 
lodge (LXX; MM, s.v.): Mt 21!", Lk 2187.+ 

adds, -03, 6 (<< dw, to blow), [in LXX chiefly for 5-5m;] a pipe: 


1 Co 147.t 

adédvw (and the earlier form atéw, Eph 27!, Col 21°; MM, bar 
[in LXX chiefly for m"H;] 1. trans., to make to grow: 1 Co 3%&7, 
11 Co 91°, Pass., to grow, increase, become greater: Mt 1332, Mk 48, 
1 Co 10, Col 16; rH emuyvice 7. Oeot, Col 11°; eis cwrypiav, I Pe 2°. 
2. In later Gk. (but nowhere in LXX), intrans., to grow, increase: of 
plants, Mt 678, Lk 1277 131°; of infants, Lk 18° 2°; of a multitude, 
Ac 7!7; of the increase of the Gospel: 6 Adyos nvgave, Ac 67 1274 1929; 
of Christ as a leader, Jo 3%°; of Christian character: «is Xpicrdv, 
Eph 41°; eis vadv, Eph 271; ev xapirr, 11 Pe 318; tiv avéyow 7. Oeod, 
Col 29 (cf. cuv-, irep-avédvw).t 

** adénous, -ews, 1) (< av&w), [in LXX: m Mac Oil increase, 

growth: Eph 41%, Col 2}°.+ 

algw, V.S. avéavw. 

aupa, a breeze: +. rveovon (sc. avpa), Ac 2749.+ 

avpioy, ady., {in LXX for 7M;] to-morrow: Mt 6°, Lk 12%8, 


Ac 232 95%, 1 Co 15%, Lk 13328, Ja 418; 4 ad. (sc. juepa, MM, s.v.), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 69 


Mt 6%4, Ac 4°; émi rv av., Lk 10°, Ac 4°; ro (WH om.) ris ai., 
Ja 414+ 
** adotnpds, -a, -dv (<< atu, to dry up), [in LXX: 1m Mac 1439*;] 
prop., stringent, harsh to the taste. Metaph., in Inser., of a rough 
country; of disposition and manners, strict, severe (as in 7., of an 
inspector; MM, s.v.): Lk 197) 22.+ 
S¥YN.: oxAnpés (Tr., § xiv). j 
*aitdpkera, -as, 7 (<( avrdpxys, q.v.), (a) sufficiency (MM, s.v.): 
in subjective sense (vy. Milligan, NTD, 57), 11 Co 98; (6) contentment : 
ce 
adtdpkys, -es (<< airds, dpxéw), [in LXX: Pr 241 (30%) (ph), Si 5! 
1174 34 (31)?8 40!8, 1v Mac 9°*;] as in cl., in philosophical sense, self- 
sufficient, independent ; subjectively, contented: Phi 41! (in non-lit. 7., 
the word means simply enough, sufficient ; MM, s.v.).t 
*t adto-Kkatd-Kpitos, -ov (<< ards, xaraxpivw), self-condemned: Tit 34 
(Eccl., Cremer, 377; MM, s.v.).t+ 
aitépatos, -ov, and -y, -ov (etym. doubtful; v. Boisacq, Prellwitz, 
s.v.), [in LXX, Le 25°11, rv Ki 192° (BD), Jos 6°, Jb 2474, Wi 17 * 5] 


1. of persons, acting of one’s own will. 2. Of inanimate things and 
natural agencies, of ttself, of its own accord: yn, Mk 478 (MM, s.v.); 
mvAn, Ac 121°.+ 
* adtémrys, -ov, 6, an eye-witness: Lk 12.+ 

aités, -7, -d, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more 
freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, § 1399). 1. Emphatic 
(so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); (1) 
self (ise), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., av. 
exxvOnoerat, Lik 537; av. éywdoxev, Jo 2°; ad. ipets, Jo 328; Kai ad. eye, 
Ro 15!4; av. “Iycois, Jo 274; ad. wat of per aitrod, Mk 27; Speis 
ai., Mk 631; esp. (as freq. in cl.) a’. 6, Mt 34, Mk 617, Jo 1627, 
I Th 3", al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, év airy +. dpa, in that 
hour, Lk 107! (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); (2) emphatic, he, she, tt 
(M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 12! 125° Lk 6%, al.; pointing to 
some one as master (cl.), Mt 824, Mk 4°8, al.; av., xai av. = odros, 6 de 
(Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 147, Mk 1415 44, Lk 122 978 al. 2. In oblique cases 
(cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7° 10'2 2644, al. ; 
with ptep. in gen. absol., Mt 9!8, Mk 13}, al. (for irreg. constructions, 


v. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. % WY ; 


WM, 184 ff.; Bl. § 50,4; MM, s.v.), Mk 725, Re 3° 72, al.; in constr. 
ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 47°, Ac 85, 
11 Co 238, al.; gen. adrod = éxeivov, Ro 11, 1 Th 2}, Tit 35, He 24. 
3. 6, 7, TO ai., the same: He 1!” 138; 76 ai., rovetv, Mt 5*® 47, al.; ppoveiv, 
Ro 1216 15°, Phi 2?, al.; 7a ad., Ac 1527, Ro 2}, al.; xara 76 (ra) ad. (MM, 
s.v.), Ac 141, Lk 67, al.; éxi ro av., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 2234, Ac 115, 
al.; €v x. ro ad., I Co 11° 12"; ec, dat. (cl.), 1 Co 11°; with a noun, 
Aoyos, Mk 14°°; peérpos, Phi 19°; rvedua, 1 Co 124. 

adtod, adv., prop. neut. gen. of ards, [in LXX for MB, m73;] 


70 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


there: Mt 2636, Mk 633, WH, mg., Lk 927, Ac 1534, WH, mg., R, mg., 
18)? 214+ 
aitod, -fs, -00, =éavrod (q.v.), Mt 64, Lk 121’, al. (MM, s.v.). 

** adtépwpos, -ov (<< airs, dup, a thief), [in Sm.: Jb 341*;] prop. 
with ref. to theft, then generally, in the very act: as freq., neut. dat. 
after éri, Jo 8* (Rec., éravrodwpw).t 

*adté-xeip, -pos, 6, 7 (<Cavrds, xelp), with one’s own hand: 
Ac 2719.+ 
* adyéw, -6 (<< adyy, boasting), to boast: c. acc. (MM, 8.v.), peydda 
avxet (Rec. peyadavxet, q.v.), Ja 3°.t 
*adxpypos, -a, -ov (<Caixpyos, drought); 1. dry. 2. squalid, 
dismal: 11 Pe 119 (MM, s.v.).t+ 
dp-atpéw, -G, [in LXX (Cremer, 615 f.) for "0, Way, OM, A, 
etc. (35 words in all);] to take from, take away, take off: c¢. acc., ro 
ériov, Mt 2651, Mk 1447 (&zdpiov, WH), Lk 225° (ots); oveidos, Lk 17°; 
seq. ad, Re 2219, Lk 16% (mid.); pass., c. gen., Lk 10%; a. apaprias, 
He 104, Ro 1127 (mid.) (MM, s.v.).t+ 
adams, -6s (<< daivw), [in LXX: Ne 48°), Jb 242, Si 20° 4114, 
11 Mac 334*;] wnseen, hidden: He 4}%.+ 
ddavitw, (<< adaryjs), [in LXX for paw ni., taw hi., ete.;] 1. to 
make unseen, hide from sight (Xen., al.). 2. Later (MM, s.v.), (a) to 
destroy: Mt 6!%29; (b) to disfigure: Mt 616 Pass., to vanish: 
Ja 414; to perish: Ac 134! (LXX)t 
apanopds, -o0, 6 (<< adavifw), [in LXX chiefly for Maw, Maaw;] 


vanishing : He 818,+ 
* &bavtos, -ov (<< daivoyar), post. and late prose (MM, s.v,), 
invisible, hidden: Lk 24%1.+ 
*t adbedpadv, -Gvos, 6 (cf. adedpos, Le 12°) = cl. ddodos (MM, s.v.), 
a pry, drain: Mt 15!", Mk 7!° (6yerov, WH, mg.).t 
* aperdia (L, -eta), -as, 7 (Cadedys, wnsparing); 1. extravagance. 
2. unsparing treatment, severity : Col 27%.+ 
adeldov, V.S. azeidov. 
*t dheddtns, -ntos, 7 =cl. addcdcca (v. MM, s8.v.), simplicity: 
Ac 246.+ 
pears, -ews, 7 (<< din), [in LXX for bah, i717, etc. (v. Deiss., 


BS, 98 ff.; MM, s.v.);] 1. dismissal, release: Lk 418. 2. Metaph., 
of sins (never in LXX), pardon, remission of penalty: dpapridv, 
Mt 2628, Mk 14, Lk 177 3% 2447, Ac 238 581 104% 1338 9618, Col 14; 
TAPATTWUATWV, Eph ky absol., Mk 329, Feyo24 is (cf. DB, li, 56 ; 
DCG, i, 487, ii, 605; Cremer, 297 f.).+ 

SYN.: mdpeots, q.v. (and cf. Tr., § xxxiii). 

aon, -7s, 7 (<< drru, to fasten, fit), [in LXX for yj, freq. in Le ;] 


a joint (MM, s.v.): Eph 416, Col 2} (Lft., in 1.).+ 

**t &bOapala, -as, 7 (<< dpGaprtos), [in LXX: Wi 27% 6, tv Mac 972 
17!2* ;] incorruptibility, immortality: Ro 27, 1 Co 154% 5% 53,54) yy Py 
1; dyarwvrev . . . év a., Eph 6% (vy. AR, in 1.).+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 71 


** G-Oaptos, -ov (<< POcipw), [in LXX: Wi 12! 184*;] imperishable, 
immortal; (a) of things: 1 Co 9°, 1 Pe 14% 34; (6) of persons: of 
men, I Co 15°”; of God, Ro 17%, 1 Ti 1!” (MM, s.v.).t 

t é-8opia, -as, 7 (<< POetpw), [in LXX: Hg 21897) (Hew )* 5] wn- 

corruptness : Tit 27 (Rec. ap@apoia).t 

dp-inpr, [in LXX for Nz, m3 hi. jms, mo ni., ay, etc.;] 
1. to send forth, send away, let go: of divorce (DB, iii, 2744), r. 
yuvaixa (Hdt.), 1 Co 718; of death, r. mvetua (Ge 3518, Hdt., al.), 
Mt 27°; dwvyv, to utter a cry, Mk 15%’; of debts, to remit, forgive 
(cl.), +. davetov, Mt 1877; +r. dhecryv, Mt 18%2; esp. of sins (Cremer 
296 f.), 7. dwaprias, duaprypara, avouias, Mt 92, Ro 47(@XX), 1 Jo 19, al.; 
punctiliar and iterative pres. (M, Pr., 119), Mk 25, Lk 114; Ion. pf., 
apewvra (M, Pr., 38), Lk 5°. 2. to leave alone, leave, neglect: Mt 4 
574 1514, Mk 12% 31, Jo 4% 28, al.; 7. évroAny tr. Oeod, Mk 78; tov 7. apyis 
t. Xpiotod Adyov, He 61; +. aydrnv +r. rpwdrnv, Re 24; ptep., adeis, 
pleonastic (as in Aram.; M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 21f.), Mt 13%6 
2272, Mk 88, al. 3. to let, suffer, permit: Mt 315; c. acc., Mt 345, 
1914, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 5°; c. inf. pres., Mt 2314, al.; aor., 
Mk 5°", al.; in late Gk. (M, Pr., 175f.), seq. tva, Mk 1116, Jo 127; c. 
subjunct. (M, Pr., l.c.; Bl., § 64, 2), Mt 74 2749, Mk 1536, Lk 64 (see 
further MM, s.yv.). 

&p-ikvéopar, -ovuat, [in LXX for Nia, etc.;] perfective of ixvéouar, 
to come (M, Pr., 247), to arrive at, come to, reach: metaph. (MM, s.v.), 
Ro 1619.+ 

*t d-pid-dyalos, -ov, without love of good: 11 Ti 3° (not elsewhere in 
Gk. lit., but v. MM, s.yv.).t+ 

*+ &-dih-dpyupos, -ov, without love of money, not avaricious ; 1 Ti 33, 
He 13°. (For other instances, v. MM, s.v.)t 

** db-téis, -ews, 9) (<C adixvéopa), [in LXX: ur Mac 7!8*;} in el. 
usually, arrwal; rarely, departure: Ac 209 (so in z., cf. MM, s.v.; 
iM, F7.,. 20, .).+ 

&p-iormpu, [in LXX for 10, Sy, ete. (41 words in all) ;] 1. trans. 
in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put away, lead away ; metaph., to move 
to revolt: Ac 5°’, 2. Intrans. in pf., plpf., 2 aor., to stand off, depart 
from, withdraw from: c. gen., Lk 287; seq. dd, Lk 413 1327, Ac 538 
1210, 1538 199 2229, 11 Co 128; metaph., awd adicias, 1 Ti 219; ard Geod, 
(fall away, apostatize), He 3". Mid. (exc. 1 aor., wh. is trans.), to 
withdraw oneself from, absent oneself from: Lk 237; metaph., fall 
away, apostatize: absol., Lk 81%; c. gen., 1 Ti 41 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 
308).+ 

dpvw, adv., [in LXX for ONNB;] suddenly: Ac 2? 1676 285.+ 

dpédBws, adv. (<< Pdfos), [in LXX: Pr 15% (tmpa), Wi 174*;] 
without fear: Lk 174, Phi 1!4, 1 Co 16, Ju?2.+ 

** &b-opordw, -@, [in LXX: Wi 1314, Ep. Je 7 * 5) to make like: 
pass., He 73.+ 

dp-opdw, -d, [in LXX: 1v Mac 17!° (cis Gedv)* ;] (a) to look away 


72 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


from ail else at, fix one’s gaze upon: metaph. (MM, s.v.), He 127; (0) 
simply, to see: adidw (v.8. dreidov, and Lft., Phl., in 1.; MM, s.v.), 
Phi 23° (vy. Hillic.;.ain 1.).t 
&-opitw, [in LXX (Cremer, 805 f.) for 57a hi., 720 hi., #73 hi., 
or hi., ete. ;] (a) to mark off by boundaries from, separate from : ¢. acc., 
Ac 199, Ga 2}2; id. seq. é« (amd), Mt 134° 253? (MM, s.v.); of excom- 
munication, Lk 622. Pass., absol., 1 Co 617; (0) to set apart, devote to 
a special purpose (seq. eis): ¢. acc., Ga 1%, Mid., Ae 13*, Ro 1 
(DB, iii, 588).+ 
dp-oppy, -4s, 4, [in LXX: Ez 57 (7am2), Pr 9°, m1 Mac 3?*;] 
prop., a starting-point; in war, a base of operations; metaph., an 
occasion, incentive, opportunity (MM, s.v.): 11 Co 11", Ga 518; ad. 
Aap Bdvew, Lk 1124, WH, mg., Ro 7%1!; ad. diddvar, 1 Co 5, 1 Ti 514.¢ 
* &ppitw (<< adpds), to foam at the mouth: Mk 9% 2°.+ 
* ddpds, -od, 6, foam: Lk 9°° (MM, s.v.).t 
dppootmm, -ys, 7 (<ddpwv), [in LXX for now, mda3, etc.;] 
foolishness: Mk 722, 11 Co 11) 1% 21+ 
&ppwv, -ov, gen. -ovos (<< Ppyv), [in LXX for SDD ; brs , etc. ;] with- 


out reason, senseless, foolish, expressing “‘ want of mental sanity and 
sobriety, a reckless and inconsiderate habit of mind’’ (Hort; ef. MM, 
s.v.): luk 1140 1920 Ro 220 1 Co) 16%, 1 Co 117% 126,21 5 Pe. 215; opp: 
to dpdvunos, 1 Co 11!9; to ovnevtes, Eph 217.t 

¥*+ ab-uttvdw, -@ (<< izvow, to put to sleep), [in Al.: Ge 284% *;] 1. to 
awake from sleep (Anth.). 2. = cl. xafvrvow (MM, s.v.), to fall asleep : 
Wirgiehian: 

t db-votepéw, -@, [in LXX: Ne 97° (ya), Si 1414*;] 1. as in el., to 
be late (Polyb., Si, l.c.). 2. Trans., to keep back (Ne, l.c.; v. Mayor, 
Ja., 157 f.): pass., Ja 54 (MM, s.v.).t 

&wvos, -ov (porn), [in LXX : Is 537 (05x ni.), Wi 41°, 11 Mac 329*;] 
dumb, speechless: Ac 8** XX); of idols (MM, s.v.), 1 Co 12?; of beasts, 
11 Pe 2!6; rocatra yéevn pwvay kal ovdév d.—so many kinds of voices and 
none voiceless, i.e. without signification, wnintelligible : 1 Co 14!.+ 


“Axa (WH, “Ayas), 6 (Heb. 79N), Ahaz: Mt 19.t 


*Axata (T, “Axaia), -as, 9 (Bl., § 46, 11), Achaia, the Roman 
province): \ Ac 1S!) 20-a197t\ Ro. 152°" Co! 16'S bars Comi= 152. alee 
rid a I 

*Axaikéds, -0d, 6, Achaicus: 1 Co 161".+ 

** &xdpiotos, -ov (<< xapiCopar), [in LXX: Wi 167, Si 29!%25, ty 
Mac 9!°*;] (a) wngracious, wnpleasing; (b) ungrateful, thankless: 
LE 635, 11 Ti 32.7 

"Axas, V.8. “Ayal. 

"Axetp, 6, Achim: Mt 114.+ 

*+ G-xetpo-motntos, -ov (<< xetporoinros), not made by hands: Mk 
nat Co 5!; metaph., mepiroyy a. (i.e. spiritual), Col 2 (MM, 
S.V.). 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 73 


*AxehSapdx (T, “Ay-; Rec. “AxeAdayd, WH, “AxeAdapayx), indecl. 
(Aram. NQ% 50, field of blood), Akeldama (AV, Aceldama): Ac 1}°.+ 


**¥ &ydus, -vos, 7, [in Aq.: Ez 127; Sm.: Jb 35*;] a mist, esp. a 
dimness of the eyes: Ac 131! (y. Tr. , Syn., § c).t 
d-xpetos, -ov (<< xpetos, useful), [in LXX: 1m Ki 67? (Dw), Ep. 


Jel7*;] useless, unprofitable : Mt 25°, Lk 177° (MM, Y.). 1 
t dxpedw (Rec. -eow, Polyb., LXX), -® (<< dypeos = aypeios), [in 
LXX (-edw) for MN ni., ete. ;] to make useless, unprofitable: pass., Ro 
312 (LXX) + 
&-xpynotos, -ov, [in LXX: Ho 88 (pan Ts), Wi 24, Si 16}, al. ;] 


useless, unserviceable: opp. to evdxpnoros, Phm ".+ 
dxpt (and Epic dypis, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Ro 11% T, Ga 319 
T, WH, mg., He 31%); 1. adv., wtterly (Hom.). 2. Prep. c. gen., 
until, unto, as far as; (a) of time: Ac 32! B28 ed 518, I Co 44, 
II Co 344, Ga 42, Phi 1°; ad. xatpov, Lk 439, Ac 1g; 4. 7s TyEpas, 
Mt 2488 Lk 12° 1727, Ac v (ris 2). 7S), ib. 22: a. Taras T. npépas (rT. 7. 
tavtns), Ac 27° 23! 2672; a. jyepdv mwévre, Ac 20°; a. avyys, Ac 201); a. 
tov viv, Ro 822, Phil 1°; a. réAous, He 611, Re 276; (6) of space: Ac 115 
13° 204 (R, txt., WH, mg.) 2835, it Co 101% 14, He 412, Re 1429 185; 
(c) of measure or degree: a. Oavarov, Ac 223, Re 219 191. 3. Ag conj., 
until; (a) dype alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3!° (a4. ob T, WH, mg.); id 
without dv (Bl., § 65, 10), Re 7? 15° 20% 5; c. indic. fut., Re 171’; 
(6) a. od (i.e. a. rovrov @): c. indic. aor., Ac 718; impf., 2793; ¢. subj. 
aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Pie Bie Ro Lite 7 Coy 136 1545. Ga, 3 Th WEL, 
mg.; id. with av, Re 27°; ¢. ‘indie. pres., while, He gis (cf. evan) E 
axupoy, -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for yan ‘] chaff: Mt 32, Lk 3!7.+ 

¥* G-peudys, -és (<< Weddos), [in LXX: Wi 7!"*;] free from false- 
hood, truthful: Tit 1*.+ 

*+ GipvOos, -ov, 7 one ayivOiov, 76; ayiwGia, ), wormwood: as a 
proper name, Re 8!'.+ 

** Gipuxos, coe ibs wuxn), [in LXX: Wi 13!7 14°9*;] inanimate, 
lifeless : 1 Co 14’ 


B 


B, B, irs ae indecl., beta, b, the second letter. As a numeral, 
f ae ah Fein, 5, 4, indecl. (Heb. bya, lord), Baal: Ro 
114(@XX), The fem. art. here agrees with the usage of LXX, where, 
following a similar Hebrew practice (nwa for by), aicyvvy appears 
to have been substituted in reading for the written Baod (ef. m1 Ki 
18%), and to account for the freq. use of the fem. art. bef. B. The 


usage, however, is not general, and in the passage cited in Ro (m1 Ki 
1918), LXX reads 76 B.T 


74 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


BaBuddv, -Gvos, 4 (Sa, Heb. form of Assyr. Bab-ili, Gate of 


God), Babylon: Mt 111%17, Ac 748 (LXX); symbolically, of Rome: 
Re 14° 1619 175 18? 10,21, and prob. also 1 Pe 5}8.+ 
Babdws, v.s. Babs. 
t Babuds, -od, 6, Ion. form of Bacpds (<< Baivw, to step), [in LXX 
1 Ki 5° (jmp), 1v Ki 20% 111 (by), Si 63°* 5] a step (iv Ki, l.c., of 
degrees of a dial); metaph., a degree, standing: 1 Ti 3'%.t 
Bd8os, -eos (-ovs), 7d, [in LXX for "Ann, mixn , etc.;] depth: 
Mt 13°, Mk 4°, Ro 8%°, Eph 318; 70 8., the deep sea: Lk 54; metaph., 
B. mrovrov . . . Ocod, Ro 11°; ra B. +r. @eod (the Divine counsels), 
1 Co 21°; 4 xara Babous trwxeia, deep poverty, 11 Co 8?.+ 
Babivw (<< Babs), [in LXX for pay: Ps 91 (92)® Je 29 (49)8 
30 (49)99* 5] to deepen: Lk 648.+ 
Babds (gen. -ews, vernac., Lk, l.c.; Bl., § 8, 5), -eta, -v, [in LXX 
chiefly for pay ;] deep: Jo 411; metaph., dppov Babéws (v. supr.), 
early dawn, Lk 24'; imvos, Ac 20°; 7a B. tod Sarava, Re 274.+ 
**+ Batov, ov, to (also Baiov, another form of Bais, from the 
Egyptian), [in LXX: 1 Mac 13°!*;] (freq. in Egyptian 7., v. MM, 
Exp., x); a palm-branch: Jo 12!° (DB, i, 314).+ 
Badadp, 6, indecl. (Heb. oyba), as in LXX (FIJ has 6 
BaAapos); Balaam (Nu 22-24): 11 Pe 24, Jul, Re 2'4.+ 
Bahdk, 6, indecl. (Heb. p53), Balak (Nu 22"): Re 214,+ 
Badddvrov (Rec. Badd-), -ov, 7d, [in LXX: Jb 14!” (m4), 
Pres (G35); Lo 14827 Si 18%? N22) @ purse .< lik LOS ass 2 ean e 


Béddw, [in LXX for 5p3, ow, TM, etc.;] prop., of a weapon or 
missile ; then generally, of things and persons, lit. and metaph., to throw, 
cast, put, place: c. acc., seq. eis, Mt 4!°, and freq. éwi’, Mt 10%4; xarw, 
Mt 4°; é&, Mt 5!8; ao, Mt 579; ek, Mk 1244; dpéravov, Re 1419; 
padxapay, Mt 1084; KAjpov, Mt 27%°; of fluids, to pour: Mt 917, Jo 13°; 
pass., to be laid, to lie wll: Mt 97; é8d76y (timeless aor., M, Pr., 134), 
Jo 15°; intrans., to rush (Bl., § 53, 1): Ac 274. Metaph., B. eis 7. 
xapotav, Jo 13? (cf. usage in z., without idea of violence; also of 
liquids; MM, Hap., x; v. also Cremer, 120, 657; cf. aydi-, ava-, 
GvTl-, amro-, Ola-, €K-, €u-, TWap-eu-, El-, KATA-, peTA-, Tapa-, TEpl-, Tpo-, 
oup-, Urep-, d70-Badho). 

Bamritw (<< Bérrw), [in LXX: 1v Ki 5 (baw), Is 214, Jth 197, 
Si 31 (34)9°*;] to dip, mmerse, sink ; 1. generally (in Polyb., iii, 72, 
of soldiers wading breast-deep; in i, 51, of the sinking of ships); 
metaph., to overwhelm (Is, l.c.; cf. MM, Hap., x); ¢. cogn. acc., 
Bawriopa B., Mk 10 39, Lk 12°°, Mid., 2. to perform ablutions, wash 
oneself, bathe (Ki, Jth, Si, ll. c.): Mk 74; aor. pass. in same sense, 
Lk 11%8, 3. Of ablution, immersion, as a religious rite, to baptize ; 
(@) absol.; Mk 14.) Ji 1252522) 322: :28)26) 4a Co: Aa on Gamacan 
(= 6 Barriorys, M, Pr., 127), Mk 61424; c. ace., Jo 41, Ac 83%, 1 Co 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 75 


114,16; ¢. cogn. acc., ro Barriopa, Ac 194 (cf. Mk 10°8, supr.); pass., 
to be baptized, receive baptism: Mt 3131416) Mk 1616, Lk 37 12,21 729 
(r. Bawricpa) ib. 9, Ac 24 84) 15 36 918 1047 1615 33 188; mid:, 2216 (M, 
Pr., 163); (6) with prepositions: év, of the element, Mt 3%", Mk 
14:58 Tk 316 Jo 126 31,83 323, Ac 15 238 1048 1116 1 Co 10?; eis, of the 
element, purpose or result (Lft., Notes, 155), Mt 34 28! Mk 19, Ac 
816 1935 Ro 63,1 Co 11% 1@ 1235, Ga 327; c. dat., ddan, Lk 36, 
Ac 15 1116; irép trav vexpav, perh. to fulfil the wish of a dead friend, 
1 Co 1579 (v. ICC, in 1.; ef. DB, i, 238 ff.; DCG, i, 1694; ii, 605»; 
Cremer, 126).t 
*+t Bdmtiopa, -tos, 70 (<C Barrigw), prop., the result of the act, 76 
BarriLev, as distinct from Bamripds, the act itself, cnmersion, 
baptism ; 1. metaph., of affliction: Mk 10%% 39, Lk 1250, 2. Of the 
religious rite of baptism ; (a) of John’s baptism: Mt 37 2175, Mk 113°, 
Lk 729 204, Ac 122 1087 1825 198; 8. weravofas, Mk 14, Lk 33, Ac 1374 
194; (b) of Christian baptism; Ro 64, Eph 4°, Col 2! (Tr., -n0, q.v.), 
1 Pe 3?! (cf. Cremer, 130; Tr., Syn. § xcix).t 
*t Bamtiopds, -00, 6 (<C Barrilw), prop., the act of which Barropa 
is the result; 1. a dipping, washing, lustration: Mk 74; of Jewish 
ceremonial, He 9; in He 6?, Barricpov didaxyv (-js), ‘the pl. and 
the peculiar form seem to be used to include Christian baptism with 
other lustral rites’”’ (Westc., in 1.). 2. baptism: FIJ, Ant., 18, 5, 2 
(of John’s baptism), and some Fathers (v. Soph.,s.v.). Not so in NT, 
unless é&v 7. Barticpo, in the act of baptism, Col 2, be read with Tr. 
(Rec., WH, R, -part).t 
*t Bantiatys, -00, 6 (<< Barrifw), a baptizer: of John the Baptist, 
Mt 3! 1111,12 1428 1614 1713, Mk 625 828, Lk 720, 33 gl9 + ; 
Béwrw, [in LXX chiefly for baw;] (a) to dip: Lk 16%, Jo 13% 
(€uB-, L); (b) to dip in dye, to dye: Re 19'* (Rec.; pepavticpevov, WH; 
mepipepappevov, T; pepaypevoy, Swete, in l., q.v.).t 
Bdép (Aram.: 2, son), indecl.: B. Iwva, son of Jonah, Mt 16", 
Ree. (L, T, WH, Bapwva, q.v.).t 
BapaBBas, -d, 6 (Aram. NAN", lit., son of a father, i.e. acc. to 
Jerome, filius magistri), Barabbas: Mt 271617 20, 21,26 Mk 16711515, 
Lk 2318, Jo 184°. (In Mt 2716, some MSS. read "Inooty B.; v. WH, 
App., 19 f.)t 
Bapdk, 6, indecl. (Heb. 3), Barak (Jg 4°): He 11*.+ 
Bapaxias, -ov, 6 (Heb. M393), Barachiah : Mt 23%, v.s. Zayxapias.t 


BdpBapos, -ov (prob. onomatop., descriptive of unintelligible 
sounds), [in LXX: Ps 113(114)! (35), Ez 213! 86 (myn), 1 Mac 22! 
425 104, 11 Mac 374*;] barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language 
and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of 
brutal, rude): Ac 284, Ro 1'4, 1 Co 1411, Col 34 (v. Lft., in 1., and 
Notes, 249).t 

Bapéw, -& (later form of Baptve, q.v.), [in LXX: Ex 7 (433), 


76 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


11 Mac 13°*;] to depress, weigh down. In NT, in pass. only: Mt 264°, 
Pik O99 21248 ir Wo s5*, 1 ore th 

Bapéws, adv. (<< Bapus), [in LXX: B. Pépev, Ge 31® Nya ANN); 
B. axovew, Is 6! (Aad hi.)*;] heavily, with difficulty: Mt 131°, Ac 2877 
(LXX).t+ 

BapPodopatos, -ov, 6 (Aram. ‘abn , son of Tolmat), Bartholomew, 


the Apostle (v.s. NafavajA): Mt 10°, Mk 318, Lk 64, Ac 113.+ 
Bap-tngois, -ov, 6 (Aram. yiw~2, son of Joshua), Bar-Jesus: Ac 
13° (v.s. “EAvpas).t 
Baptwvas, -4, 6 (Aram. A372, son of Jonah), Bar-Jonah, a sur- 


name of Peter: Mt 16!7.+ 
Bap-vdBas, -a, 6 (Aram. 2, son, as prefix to another word in- 


terpreted in Ac 4°, ris rapaxAjoews, perh. ANI23, wh., however, should 


be rendered by zpodnre‘a as in 1 Hs 614, LXX. Deiss., BS, 309 f., 
thinks B. may be a variant of the name Bapvefods, son of Nebo, found 
in a Syrian Inser., altered with a view to disguising its origin; v. also 
Milligan, NTD, iii; Dalman, Gr., 142), Barnabas: Ac 436 927 1122) 30 
1225 13-15, 1. Co 9°, Ga 21% 13, Col 410.¢ 

Bdpos, -eos, 70, [in LXX: Jg 18?! (425), Jth 74, Si 137, m Mac 9, 
ut Mac 547*;] weight; (a) a weight, burden, lit. and metaph.: Mt 20”, 
Aci 1528, 11 Co 417, Re 224; addAyAwv 7a B., one another's faults, Ga 6?; 
év B., burdensome: 1 Th 2°, R, txt., but v. infr.; (0b) in late Gk. (Soph., 
Lex., s.v.), dignity, authority : €v Bape, 1 Th 2° (R, mg.; v. Milligan, 
ICC, in 1.).+ 

SYN.: dyKos, an encumbrance ; oprtiov, a burden, that which is 
borne. 

BapoaBBas (Rec. -aBas), -4 (Aram., son of Sabba), Barsabbas: 1. 
the surname of one Joseph: Ac 17. 2. The surname of one Judas: 
ACwo 25h 

Baptipatos, -ov, 6 (-paios, T; perh. Aram. *NA~WNIZ, v. DB, iv, 
p. 762), Bartimeus : Mk 104%.+ 

Bapivw, to weigh down = Bapéw (q.v.): Lk 2134, Ree.t 

Bapus, -ca, v, [in LXX chiefly for 135 ;] heavy: Mt 234. Metaph., 


burdensome: évroAy, I Jo 5°; severe (perh. impressive) : érvatodn, 11 Co 
10; weighty: 7a Bapvtepa tr. vopov, Mt 23°8 ; airwpara, Ac 257; violent, 
cruel (EV, grievous) : AvKos, Ac 20°%.+ 
* Bapttipos, -ov (<< Bapus, tu), of great value, very costly: Mt 267 
(T, zoAvripov).t 
BacaviLw (<< Bdcavos), [in LXX: 1 Ki 53, Si 4"’, and freq. in Wi, 
11, 1v Mac;] 1. prop., to rub on the touchstone, put to the test. 2. to 
examine by torture, hence, generally, to torture, torment, distress: Mt 
85 29 1424 Mk 57 648, Lk 828, 11 Pe 28, Re 95 111° 12? 141 2010.+ 
** Bacavicpds, -o0, 6 (<C Bacavifw), [in LXX: 1v Mac 96 11?*;] 
torture, torment: Re 9° 141 18% 10, 15 + 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 17 


* Baoanorys, -00, 6 (<< Bacavifw), prop., a torturer; used of a 
gaoler, Mt 18%4,+ 


Bdoavos, -ov, 5 (of Oriental origin), [in LXX chiefly for ow , mad3, 


and freq.in Iv Mac;] 1. prop., touchstone, a dark stone used in testing 
metals. 2. examination by torture. 3. torment, tortwre: Mt 4*4, Lk 
1623 28.+ 

Baowhela, -as, 7 (<< Bacrrebw), [in LXX chiefly for ma>a, 
ma>na;] 1. prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Lk 13 
2229, Jo 1836, Ac 16, He 18, 1 Co 15%; AaBeiv B., Lk 19!%15, Re 1712; 
dodvar tiv B., ib.17; eyew B., ib.18; epyerbar ev rt. (cis tiv) B., Mt 16°, 
Lk 2347; B. 7. Oe00, Re 121°, 2. By meton., concrete (MM, Ezp., x), 
(a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules 
(Es 53, al.): Mt 48 12% 26 947, Mk 324 628, Lk 4°, He 1153, al.; (0) the 
royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (r. orépya 
rps B., Iv Kill’). 3. In LXX (Wi 6°, To 13}, al.), Targ. and NT, of 
the Messianic rule and kingdom, 4 B. r. 6cod, 7. oipavav (Heb. 
maw nian , Aram, N°3Ww"t xminbn ; v. Dalman, Words, 91-147; 


Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two 
phrases, v. Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218f.); 7. Geot, Mt 6° 1278, al.; 7. 
ovpavav, Mt 3? 417, al.; 7. Xpicrod (NMWIT mind, Targ. Jon. on 
Is 531°), Eph oO; T. kuptov, 11 Pe pe: Re 11}5; T. Aaveid, Mk 112°; 
absol., 7 B., Mt 4°8, Ja 2°, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: 
Mt 1122, Lk 1721, Ro 14’, al.; as that which is to be consummated in 
the future, Mt 6°, Mk 9!, Jo 3°, 11 Pe 1", al. Noteworthy phrases 
are: Cynteiv thv B., Mt 639; d€xerPar, Mk 10%; xAnpovopetv, Mt 25%; 
ddevar, Lk 1232; raparauBavev, He 1278; atrav (rowvtwv) éeoriv 7 B., 
Mt 5% 10 1914 Mk 104, Lk 18!6; dia ri B., Mt 19%; evexer ris B., 
Lk 1879; evayyeAiLecOar, xnpiooew, SiayyéAAew tiv B., Lk 44 97%; 
nyyxe 7» B., Mt 32, Mk 1); Krels ris B., Mt 161%; Krclew tiv B., 
Mt 2314; vioi ris B., Mt 81% 13% (cf. Cremer, 132, 658). 

Basidevoy, -ov, 76 (<< Bacidews, q.v.), [in LXX for 53> (Na 25, 
Da 6'8*), maby (11 Ki 3! 148, wv Ki 15!9*), ete.;] 1. a capital city. 
2. Freq. in pl., ra B., a palace: Lk 7?°.+ 

Bacidevos, -ov (also -a, -ov; < Bacrdre’s), [in LXX: Hx 19°, 
De 3 (maby), Ex 2322, Wi 18, ut Mac 3°, 1v Mac 38*;] royal: 
I Pe 29(LXX) (vy. Hort, in 1.).+ 

Baowdeds, -éws, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Joa 3]. @ king: Mé 16 2}: 
used by courtesy of Herod the Tetrarch, Mt 14°; of the Roman 
Emperor, as freq. in xowy (Deiss., LAH, p. 367), 1 Pe 2117; of the 
Christ, in the phrase 6 B. 7. “Iovdatwy, Mt 2?, al.; rod IopayA, Mk 15%, 
Jo 15° 1213; of God, Mt 5%, 1 Ti 117, Re 15%; B. Baotréwv, Re 1714 
1916; B. +r. Bacievovrwv, 1 Ti 6° (on the associations of the word to 
Jewish Hellenists, v. Cl. Rev., i, 7).t 


78 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Bacithedw, (<< Bacwrevs), [in LXX for Jr, its parts and deri- 
vatives, exc. tv Ki 15° (aw) ;] to be king, to reign, rule: 1 Ti 615; c. 
gen. (cl.), Mt 222; seq. ér/, c. acc. (= Heb. by yon; BL, § 36, 8), Lk 
133 191427, Ro 514; émi 7. ys, on earth, Re 5; of God, Re 11) 17 196; 
of Christ, Lk 133, 1 Co 15°, Re 111°; of Christians, Re 5!° 204 (con- 
stative aor., M, Pr., 130), ib.6 225. Metaph., Christians, Ro 51”, 
1 Co 48; @dvaros, Ro 5!417; duapria, Ro 571 6%. Ingressive aor. 
(M, Pr., 109), to begin to reign: 1 Co 48, Re 1117 19° (Cremer, 137).t+ 

Baotdtkds, -7, -ov (<< Bacrdevs), [in LXX for 99 and its cog- 


nates ;] royal, belonging to a king: xwpa, Ac 127°; eons, Ac 1271; vopos 
B., a supreme law, ‘a law which governs other laws and so has a 
specially regal character’’ (Hort), or because made by a king (LAE, 
p. 367%), Ja 28; rus, one in the service of a king, a courtier, Jo 44% 4° 
(WH, mg., Bacrickos).t 

+ BaciNtokos, -ov, 6 (dim. of BactArcds), [in LXX a basilisk: Ps 90 
(91)}3 (jmp), Is 59° (MYDN)*;] prop., a petty king: Jo 444, WH, 


mg. (v.s. BaotAkds).t 
Bacittooa, -ns, 7 (in Attic, Baca, Barris), [in LXX chiefly for 
mD>0;] a queen: Mt 12*, Lk 1131, Ac 827, Re 187.+ 


Bdors, -ews, 7 (<< Patvw), [in LXX chiefly for JJN;] 1. a step 


(Aisch., al.). 2. Hence, a foot (Plat.; Wi 1318): Ac 37.t 

Backaivw, [in LXX: De 28% 5° (yy4), Si 14%8*;] 1. to slander 
(Dem.). 2. to blight by the evil eye, to fascinate, bewitch : Ga 31.t 

Baordfw, [in LXX: Jg 16° (mms), Ru 216 1 Ki 235, 1v Ki 18'4 
and Jb 213 (Nis), Si 625, Da TH Bel***;] 1. to take wp with the hands, 
to lift: ous, Jo 10*4. 2. to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaph., 
to endure: Mt 3! 2012, Mk 1418, Lk 714 107 1127 1427 9910 Jo 1613 
191 Ae '3? 91 151° A125) Ro 1118 151) Gatto. te Re 2a CS.) in 
late writers (MM, Hop., ii, iii, x), (a) to take away: Mt 8" (Is 534, 
Heb.) ; (0) to carry off, steal: Jo 12° 201%.t 

Batos, -ov, 6, 7, [in LXX (always masc., as in Attic): Ex 3°, 
De 331° (M30), Jb 314° (MWNA)*;] a bramble-bush: Lk 644, Ac 73% 35; 
éri rod (rips) B., in the place concerning the bush: Mk 1276, Lk 20°7,+ 

t+ Bdatos -ov, 6 (Heb. m3), [in LXX (also Bald, Bados): 1 Es 722 * 5] 


bath, a Jewish liquid measure, = perpytys (q.v.), or about 83 gals.: 
Lk 165.+ 

Bdtpaxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ex 8, Ps 77 (78) 45 104 (105)%° 
(y379y), Wi 19!°*;] a frog: Re 16'%.t 

*+ Battadoyéw, -@ (Rec. Barrodr-, D, Bdrart- = Barrapi~w, prob. 

onomatop.; v. MM, s.v.; DCG, ii, 499», 790%); to stammer, repeat 
idly : Mt 67 (Cremer, 765).t 

t PSAuypa, -ros, TO (<C BdeAvoow), [in LXX chiefly for AZyin; 
Pew ;| an abomination, a detestable thing: Lk 16%, Re 174 > 2127; +6 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 79 


B. 7. épnpadceas (Da LXX 12", cf. 1 Mac 154; DB, i, 12f.; DCG, i, 
6 f.), Mk 1344, Mt 245 (Cremer, 138).+ 

t BSeduKTds, 7, -dv (< BoeAvoow), [in LXX: Pr 174 (mayin), Si 
41°, 11 Mac 1?”*;] abominable, detestable: Tit 11° (Cremer, 137).+ 

BSeXtoow (<C Bdew, to stink), [in LXX chiefly for ayn, pw] in 
cl., mid. only (Attic, -rroua); to make foul; pass., Re 218; mid., to 
turn away in disgust from, to detest: Ro 2?2 (Cremer, 137).+ 

¥* BéBatos, -ov (also -a, -ov; <Q Baivw), [in LXX: Es 34, Wi 723, 
m1 Mac 5*! 77, 1v Mac 174*;] firm, secwre: dyxvpa, He 619; metaph., 
sure (esp. ‘‘in the sense of legally guaranteed security,” Deiss., BS, 
109; cf. two foll. words): érayyeAia, Ro 41°; éAmis, 11 Co 16; Adyos, 
He 2?; rappycia, He 3°; dpxy (7. broordcews), He 314; diabyjxn, He 917; 
kAjows K. éxAoyy, 11 Pe 11°; comp. (-drepos), tpopytixds Adyos, 11 Pe 1}9.+ 

BeBardw, -& (<C BéBaus), [in LXX: Ps 40 (41)” (ays hi.), 118 
(119)?8 (O79 pi.), ur Mac 5**;] to confirm, establish, secure, of things 
(cl.): Adyov, Mk 169; érayyedias, Ro 15°; of persons (DCG, ii, 605): 
1Co 18, 1 Co 14, Pass., 1 Co 16, Col 27, He 28 13° (as an Attic legal 
term, to guarantee the validity of a purchase, establish or confirm a 
title; v. next word, Cremer, 139; cf. dia-B.).+ 

BeBaiwors, -ews, 7 (<C BeBardw, q.v.), [in LXX: Le 25% (nmny), 
Wi 6!°* 5] confirmation : +. evayyeAiov, Ph] 17; eis B., He 61%, a phrase 
freq. in z. of guarantee in a business transaction (Deiss., BS, 104 ff. ; 
Cremer, 140).t+ 

BeByos, -ov (<< Baivw, whence ByAJs, a threshold), [in LXX chiefly 
for 5n;] 1. permitted to be trodden, accessible (v. DCG, ii, 422); 
hence, 2. (opp. to tepds) wnhallowed, profane: of things, 1 Ti 47 6%, 
11 Ti 216; of men, 1 Ti 1°, He 12° (cf. xowds; Cremer, 140).+ 

+ BeByddu, -@ (<< BéBndos), [in LXX chiefly for bbm;] to profane: 
t. c4BBatov, Mt 12°; +. tepdv, Ac 246 (Cremer, 141).+ 

SYN.: Kowow, q.v. 

BeeLeBouk (WH, App., 159, Rec., BeedfeBovd), 6, indecl. (Heb. 
bya, lord, and the Talmudic bya7, from 531 , dung (Dalman, Gr., 137,), 
or perh. bar, habitation, but, v. DB, iv, 409 f.; DCG, i, 181). The 
AV, RV, Beelzebub, comes through Vg. from rv Ki 12, 3123 bya, lord 


of flues (UXX, Baad porta, Sm., BeedfeBovP), Beelzebul, Beelzebub, a 
name of Satan: Mt 102° 1224,27, Mk 322, Lk 1115 18,19 + 

BeXiad, 6, indecl. (Heb. byna, worthlessness, but v. DB, i, 268), 
Belial, a name of Satan: 11 Co 6), Rec. See next word.t 

BeXiap, 6, indecl. (another form of previous word, “due to harsh 
Syriac pronunciation,” or else < Heb. 33 53, lord of the forest), 
Beliar, a name of Satan: 11 Co 6 (vy. DB, i, 269).+ 


* Bedovn, -ns, 7 (<< BéAos), 1. a sharp point, as of a spear. 2. a 
needle: Lk 18% (Rec. padis, q.v.).t 


80 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Bédos, -eos, rd (< BaAdw), [in LXX chiefly for pn;] a missile, 
a dart: Eph 616,+ 

BeXtiwv, -ov (gen. -ovos), comp. of ayabés, [in LXX chiefly for 
35 ;] neut. as adv., better, very well: 11 Ti 138 (also Ac 1078 D). On 
elative use in these passages, v. M, Pr., 78, 236.t 

Bertapetv, (Rec. -piv), o, indecl. (Heb. pm17R), Benjamin: Ac 13”, 
Row Phl3> Re 72:1 

Bepvixy (elsewhere Bepevixn, Macedonian form of ®epevixy, cf. 
Veronica, Victoria), -ns, 7, Bernice, Berenice, dau. of Herod Agrippa I: 
Ac 251% 23 9630 + 

Bépoua, -as, 7, Berwa, a city of Macedonia: Ac 17} 13+ 

Bepotaios, -a, -ov, Berean: Ac 204.t 

Bedp, 6, indecl. (Heb. iva), Beor, father of Balaam: 11 Pe 215 
(Rec. Boodp).t 

BnOaBapd, -as (Rec. -pa, indecl.; Heb. May mR, place of crossing ; 
-apaBa, R, mg.), Bethabara: Jo 175, Rec. (WH, R, ByGavia).t 

ByPavia, -as (also -va, indecl., Lk 19° and in B*, Mk 11), 9, 
(Heb. May MA, house of affliction, acc. to Jerome, or perh., house of 
dates, cf. Bethphage), Bethany; 1. a village fifteen furlongs from 
Jerusalem, the modern Hil Azeriyeh: Mt 21!” 26°, Mk 8” (WH, 
mg.) 111412 148, Tk 1929 2450 Jo 11418 121. 2. A place on EH. 
bank of Jordan: Jo 178 (R, mg., ByOaBapa, q.v.).t 

Bybeodd, 7, indecl. (deriv. uncertain, v. Westc. on Jo 5?, and 
DB, i, 279), Bethesda, a pool in Jerusalem: Jo 5’, Rec. (Byélaba, WH, 
ByOcaida, WH, mg.).t 

BynOta0d, 7, indecl. (perh. Aram. NAM MA, house of oltes) 
Bethzatha: Jo 5*, WH (Rec. ByOeoda, q.v.).t 

BnOdeep, #, indecl. (Heb. amd ma, house of bread), Bethlehem, a 


town 6 m. 8. of Jerusalem: Mt 21) % 6 8 16 [ik 9415 Jo 742+ 

BynOoadd (Rec. -caida), and -dav (Mt, Mk, ll. c.), 7, indecl. 
(Syr., house of fish), Bethsaida, a town on NE. shore of the Sea of 
Galilee: Lk 91°. It is generally supposed that a second B. on the W. 
shore is referred to in Mt 1121, Mk 6* 82, Lk 10!8, Jo 145 1271 (DB, i, 
282 f.; but v. Swete on Mk 64°). 2. v.l. for BynOZaba, Bynbeoda, Jo 5?.+ 

ByPpayn (L, -y7), 7, indecl. (Aram. "38°MA, house of unripe figs ; 
Dalman, Gr., 191), Bethphage: Mt 211, Mk 11!, Lk 1929.+ 

Baipa, -r0s, 76 (< Baio), [in LXX: De 2° (7779), Ne 8* (5339), 
1 Hs 942, Si 1989 459, 11 Mac 1376*;] 1. a step, stride, pace: Ac7>®, 2.4 
raised place, a platform reached by steps, originally that in the Pnyx at 
Athens from which orations were made; freq. of the tribune or tribunal 
of a Roman magistrate or ruler: Mt 2719, Jo 1918, Ac 1221, 1812, 16,17 
25% 1417; 8, rod Geod, Ro 141°; 7. Xpiorod, 11 Co 5!°,+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 81 


**t Bypuddos, -ov, 6, 7, [in LXX: To 13!” (-vAXoy in Ex 287, 
omiz)* ;] beryl, a jewel of sea-green colour: Re 212°.+ 
Bia, -as, 4, [in LXX for FQ, etc. ;] strength, force, violence: Ac 
576 2155 247 2741 + 
Bidlw (<< Bia), and depon. -onat, [in LXX for 778, IED, etc.;] to 
force, constrain, rare in act. (poét. and late prose), but found in cl. in 
pass., and so perh. PidLerar, suffereth violence, Mt 11", EV (but v. infr.), 
whether (a) in good sense, of disciples (Thayer, al.), or (6) in bad 
sense, of the enemies of the kingdom (Meyer, in 1.; Dalman, Words, 
139 ff.; Cremer, 141 ff.). Mid., advanceth violently, Mt, 1.c. (Deiss., BS., 
258; Banks, v. ref. in DCG, ii, 803 f.); seq. «is, to press violently, or 
force one’s way into, Lk 16!¢ (v. ICC, in 1., and in Mt, l.c.; cf. rapa- 
BicLopa: and v. MM, s.v.).t 
Biawos, -a, -ov (<( Bia), [in LXX for WIN, IY, AW, etc.;] 
violent: Ac 2?,+ 
*t Biaorys, -ov, 6 (<< Bidlw), late form of Bards; 1. strong, forceful. 
2. violent (Philo): Mt 11? (see Biafw).t 
*t BiBdapiSiov, -ov, 7d (dim. of BuBAdpiov, dim. of BiBros), a little 
book: Re 10%* (WH, BiBriov, T?7 BiBrdgdprov)*°, Not hitherto 
found elsewhere.t 
BiBASdprov, -ov, 7d, V.S. BuBAapid.ov. 
BiBXtov, -ov, 7d (dim. of BiBAos, q.v.), [in LXX also in the 
alternat. form BvB-, chiefly for 9p} and the most freq. of the cognate 


forms;] 1. a paper, letter, written document: B. aroataciov, bill of 
diworce, Mt 197, Mk 10*. 2. a book, a roll: Lk 41729 Jo 2039 2125 
Ga 3° n Ti 44, He 9° 107;. Re 1" 59 614 10% 2012 237-9; B. +r. wigs. 
Re 138 178 2012 2127.+ 

BiBdos, -ov, 7 (variant form of BvBAos, the Egyptian papyrus, 
paper made from its fibrous coat), [in LXX for 1p9, the form Bvp- 


being sometimes used;] a book, a roll, used much less freq. than 
BiBrtov, and with a “connotation of sacredness and veneration”’ 
(MM, Eap., x), Mt 1’, Mk 1276, Lk 34 204? Ac 17° 742 1919; 8. +. Lwijs, 
Ph! 4°, Re 35 2015,+ 

BiBpdoxw, post. and late prose, [in LXX for 55N;] to eat: Jo 
* 613.4 


Bubuvia, aa Bithynia, a province in Asia Minor: Ac 16’, 1 Pe 1!.+ 

Bios, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for O°3;] 1. period or course of life, 
life: Lk 84,1 Ti 2?, 1 Ti 24, 1Jo 216, 2. living, livelihood, means (in 
Pr 3114 for ond; v. DCG, ii, 39°): Mk 12, Lk 843 151230 914, 
I Jo 317.+ 

Syy.: fwy, is life intensive, “vita qua vivimus,” the vital 
principle; Bios, life extensive, “ vita quam vivimus,” (1) the period of 
life, (2) the means by which it is sustained. Hence, in cl., ¢., being 
confined to the physical life common to men and animals, is the 


6 


82 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


inferior word (cf. zoology, biography). In NT, fwy is elevated into the 
ethical and spiritual sphere (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxvii). 

Bidw, -@ (<< Bios), [in LXX: Pr 7? 9% (mn), Jb 29'8, Wi 44 8}, 
12°3, Si 40°8, rv Mac 57? 1718* 5] to spend life, to live: +. xpdvov Bidcat 
(cl., more freq. 2 uor., -va), 1 Pe 4? (cf. Jb, l.c.).t 

SYN.: Caw (q.v.). 

‘i ¥*t Biwots, -ews, 7 (<< Bidw), [in LXX: Si prol.2*;] manner of life: 
ce 264.+ 
* Buwtixds, -7, -ov (<< Bios), pertaining to life, hence, worldly (Field, 
Notes, 171): Lk 21°, 1 Co 6% 4.+ 
- BraBepds, -d, -ov (<< BAawrw), [in LXX: Pr 107*;] hurtful: 
jel ACE 

Bd\drrw, [in LXX: Pr 25°, To 122, Wi 108 18?, m Mac 12”, 
Iv Mac 97*;] to hurt, injure: c. acc., Mk 1608], Lk 435.+ 

Br\actdvw, [in LXX for max, etc.;] 1. to sprout: Mt 13%, 
Mk 47, He 94, 2. In late Gk., causal, to make to grow, produce: 
c. acc., Ja 518,+ 

B\dotos, -ov, 6, Blastuws, chamberlain of Agrippa: Ac 12?°.+ 

Braopynpéw, -& (<< BAdodnpos), [in LXX: 1v Ki 194 (M5 hi.) 
ib. 7? (F712 pi.), Is 52° (pN3 hith.), Da LXX 39 99) (nbw x), To 138, 
Da TH Bel®, 11 Mac,*;] 1. to speak lightly or profanely of sacred things 
(in cl., opp. of edidypéw), esp. to speak impiously of God, to blaspheme, 
speak blasphemously : absol., Mt 9° 26°, Mk 27, Jo 10°, Ac 2611, 1 Ti 17°, 
1 Pe 2!2; +. dev, Ac 1927, Re 16121; 76 Gvoua +. Geod, Re 13° 16°; 
ddfas, Ju’, 1 Pe 21; cis 7d rvedua ro adyov, Mk 37°, Lk 121°, 2. to 
revile, rail at, slander: absol., Lk 22°, Ac 184 186 1 Pe 44; c. ace., 
Mt 2799, Mk 328 1529, Lk 2399, Tit 3?, Ja 27, Ju}°, Pass.: Ro 274 38 
1416 1 Co 10°9, 1 Ti 61, Tit 2°, 1: Pe 2? (Cremer, 570).t+ 

Pracdypia, -as, 7 (<< BAdopypos), [in LXX: Ez 35” (A¥NQ), Da 


TH 329 (96) (mbyy), To 118, 1 Mac 28, 11 Mac 84 10% 1524*;] (a) railing, 
slander: Mt 123! 1519, Mk 328 722, Kph 431, Col 38, 1 Ti 64, Ju, Re 2°; 
(b) spec., impious speech against God, blasphemy: Mt 26%, Mk 14%, 
Lk 521, Jo 1038, Re 13°; dvoua BrAacdynpias, Re 13! 17%; c. gen. obj., 
Mt 1231; apos 7. Oedv, Re 13° (Cremer, 570; DB, i, 305; DCG, 
ii, 423).+ 

Brdognpos, -ov (<< Bdrac-, of uncertain deriv., v. Thayer, 
Boisacq; + yy, speech), [in LXX: Is 663 (8 FIR), Wi 1%, Si 3s, 


11 Mac 928 104 36* 5] (a) evil-speaking, slanderous, blasphemous: Ac 61}, 
u Ti 32,1 Pe 21 (cf. Ju%); (0) as subst. a blasphemer: 1 Ti 1% 
(Cremer, 570).t 
* Bdéupa, -ros, To (<< Brew), a look, a glance: BAr€upate Kai axoy, 
11 Pe 28, sight and hearing, a sense not found for £. in Gk. lit., but 
perh. recognized in the vernacular (ICC, in 1.)t 
Bdérw, [in LXX chiefly for AN5, also for 3B, etc.;] 1. of 
bodily sight; (a) to see, have sight (opp. to tupAds evar): Mt 127, 
Jo 97, Ac 9°, Ro 118, Re 338, al.; (6) to perceive, look (at), see: absol., 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 83 


Ac 19; c. acc., Mt 78, Mk 5*!, Lk 641, Jo 129, al.; dpaya, Ac 129; 
yevaixa, Mt 578; BiBréiov, Re 54; +. Brerdueva, 11 Co 418. 2. Metaph., 
of mental vision ; (a) to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 1313, Lk 819; 
dv’ éoorrpov, 1 Co 13"; c. acc., He 2° 1075; seq. dm, He 3!°, Ja 222; (b) 
to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 137% 33; ¢, acc., 1Co 126 al. ; 
seq. mds, c. indic., Lk 818, 1 Co 31°, Eph 515; seq. ri, c. indic., Mk 474; 
seq. eis mpdcwmov, of partiality, Mt 221°, Mk 12'4. Colloq. (for ex. 
from z., v. Deiss., LAH, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Hap.,x; Milligan, 
NTD, 50), B. éavrov: Mk 13°; seq. iva py, 1 Jo8; B. aro, Mk 815 1238; 
seq. wy (cl. dpav pum), c. fut. indic., Col 28, He 3!; id. c. aor. subj., 
Mt 24*, Mk 13°. 3. OF situation and direction (Lat. specto), to look, 
face (towards), places, etc. (seq. pds, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 
40?) 24): seq. xara, c. acc., Ac 27!” (cf. dva-, dzo-, dia-, éu-, émi-, mep-, 
mpo-BAérw), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596. 
*t Bdyrtéos, -o, -ov (gerundive of BaAAw), (that which) one must put: 
Lk 5°8,+ 
Bod£, v.s. Bods. 
Boavypyés, indecl. (on the derivation, v. Dalman, Gr., 144; 
Words, 42; Swete, Mk., l.c.; DCG, i, 216), Boanerges: Mk 3'7.+ 
Bodw, -& (< Boy), [in LXX chiefly for prt, py¥ , NI ;] 1. absol., 
to cry, call owt: Mt 3%, 2746, Mk 1° 1534, Lk 34 938 1838 Jo 123, Ac 87 
17° 254, Ga 427, 2. C. dat., to call on for help (Heb. by pyr, Ho 744, 
al.), Lk 187.+ 
SYN.: xaréw, to call, invite, summon; xpdfw, to cry, harshly or 
inarticulately, as animals; xpavyd{w, intensive of xpd{w. Bodw ex- 
presses emotion, whether joy, fear, ete. 
Boés, 6, V.S. Boos. 
Box, js, 7, [in LXX for Apyt, etc.;] a cry: Ja 54+ 
BorPea, -as, 7 (v.s. Bonféw), [in LXX for Wy, etc.;] help: 
He 416; pl., helps, “ frapping,” a technical nautical term (MM, Ezp., 
x; DB, ext., 367): Ac 2737.+ 
Bondéw, -& (<< Bon + Oéw, to run), [in LXX chiefly for s1y;] to 
come to aid, to help, succour : absol., Ac 217°; c. dat., Mt 1575, Mk 922, 24 
Ac 16°, 11 Co 62 @XX), He 218, Re 1216+ 
Bon Qs, -dv (v.8. Bonéw), [in LXX chiefly for Wy ;] 1. (poét. -dos), 
hasting to the war-cry (Hom.). 2. helping, auxiliary ; as subst. (Hdt.), 
a helper: He 136 @XX),+ 
BdOuvos, -ov, 6 (= Bd6pos, more freq. in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for 
Mmnp;] a pit: Mt 12! 154, Lk 6% (cf. DB, iii, 885; DCG, ii, 367).+ 
Body, -7s, 7 (<< BaAAw), [in LXX: Ge 2116 (AMM), 11 Mac 53, m1 
Mac 576* ;] a throw ; Gov B. (Thuc., v, 65, 2), a stone’s throw : Lk 2241,+ 
*t BodiLw (<< Bodis, in sense of sownding-lead), to heave the lead, take 
soundings: Ac 278,t 
t+ Bodis, ios, 7 (<< Badrw), [in LXX for pry, M3, etc.;] a dart, 
javelin: He 127°, Rec. (LXX).+ 


84 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Bods and Boes (RV, Bodé, Rec. Boog), 6, indecl. (Heb. 193), Boaz 
(Ru 21): Mt 15, Lk 382.+ 

BépBopos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Je 45 (38)® (ra°19)* 5] mud, filth: 1 Pe 
922 + 

Boppas, -a (Attic contr. of Bopéas, the North wind personified), [in 
LXX for 7ipy;] 1. Boreas, the North wind. 2. the north: Lk 1379, 


Re 2113.+ 
Bécxw, [in LXX for My4;] prop., of a herdsman, to feed: Mt 8°%, 

Mk 514, Lk 84 1515; metaph., of Christian pastoral care, Jo 21) 17, 
Pass., of cattle, to feed, graze: Mt 8°°, Mk 5", Lk 8%2.+ 

SYN.: rowatvew, to tend, shepherd, a wider term, including over- 
sight as well as feeding (v. Tr., Syn., § xxv). 

Boodp, V. Bewp. 

Bordvn, -ns, 7 (<< Booxw), [in LXX for ayy, xwy, Vxn;] 1. 


grass, fodder. 2. green herb: He 67.+ 
SYN.: Adxavov, a garden herb, a vegetable. 


Bérpus, -vos, 6, [in LXX for bdwx;] a cluster of grapes: Re 1418 


(cf. crapvdAy).t 

Boudeutys, -08, 6 (<< Bovredw), [in LXX: Jb 3% 1217 (pyr) * 5] a 
councillor, a senator; of a member of the Sanhedrin: Mk 1543, Lk 
235° + 

Boudkedw (< Bovdy), [in LXX chiefly for p3r;] to take counsel, 
deliberate, resolve. In mid., 1. to take counsel with oneself, consider : 
seq. et, Lk 141, 2. to determine with oneself, resolve: c. inf., Ac 5% 
27°; c.acc., 11 Co 1"; seq. va, Jo 115% 12)° (cf. rapa-, cvp-).t 

Boudy, -7s, 7 (<< BovAoua), [in LXX freq. for M¥Y;] cownsel, 


purpose (in cl., esp. of the gods): Lk 23°, Ac 48 588 19! 2712, 42; 
pl., 1 Co 4°; of the Divine purpose, He 617; +. BovAry 1. OeAjnpatos 
avrov, Eph 1"; B. 7. @eod, Lk 79°, Ac 275 1336 20?7.+ 

BovAnpa, -ros, TO (<< BovAopa), [in LXX: Pr 9° (my), 1 Mac 


15°, 1v Mac 8!8*;] purpose, will: Ac 2743, Ro 919, 1 Pe 43.+ 

SYN.: OeAnpa. 

Botdopwor, [in LXX for pdn, MAN, pyr, etc. ;] to will, wish, desire, 
purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than 6€dw (q.v.), the 
deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja 118): c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; 
Bl., § 69, 4), Mk 1515 Ac 52533 194 1587 1720 1815.27 1980 9930 9328 9743 
9818 11 Co 1) 1 Ti 6°, He 6", m Jo!2, m1 Jo”, Ju5; ec. ace., 1 Co 1”; 
c. acc. et inf., Phl 1!?, 1 Ti 28 514, Tit 38, 11 Pe 3°; of the will making 
choice between alternatives, Mt 119 1127, Lk 102, Ac 252°, 1 Co 121! 
Ja 34 44; ci BovAa (cl., a courteous phrase = Oédets, collog.; Bl., § 21, 
8; LS, s.v.), Lk 224; c. subje., adding force to a question of delibera- 
tion (Bl., § 64, 6), Jo 18*°; Bovdndes, of set purpose (v. Hort, in 1.), 
Ja 118; impf., _Bovrdcpuny (= el. Bovdo‘unv av; Bl., § 63,5; Lft., Phm.}8), 
Ac 2522, Phm 3 (y. also Cremer, 143).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 85 


Bouvés, -od, 6 (a Cyrenaic word, Hat., iv, 199), [in LXX chiefly for 
Myaa;] a hill: Lk 35 GX) 2330 ¢ 
Boas, Bods, 6, 4, [in LXX chiefly for 97} ;] anoz,acow: Lk 13 
14519" Jo 214) 15 5 Co 9° C24) 5 Ti St 
* BpaBeiov, -ov, rd (<< BpaBers, an umpire), a prize in the games: 
1 Co 9*4; metaph., of the Christian’s reward, Phl 3'4.t 
** BoaBevw (<< BpaBevs, an umpire), [in LXX: Wi 10” *;] (a) prop., 
to act as wmpire; hence, (b) generally, to arbitrate, decide (Isocr., 
Dem.; Lft., Col., lc.; MM, s.v.): Col 34%; (c) in some late writers, 
to direct, rule, control (so in Col., l.c., acc. to Thayer, s.v., Meyer, 
in 1.), (cf. xara-BpaBevw).t 
Bpasivw (<< Bpadvs), [in LXX: Ge 43! (AMM hith.), De 7”, 
Is 4613 ("MN pi.), Si 32 (35)!8*;] 1. trans., to retard (Soph., Is, l.c.). 
2. More freq. intrans., to be slow, to tarry: 1 Ti 31°, 11 Pe 39.t 
*t Bpadumdodw, -& (<< Bpadis, wAois), to sail slowly: Ac 277.+ 
* Bpabdus, -eta, -v, slow: eis TO AaARou, Ja 1°; metaph., of the 
understanding: £. rt. xapdia, assoc. with avonros, Lk 24*°.t 
* Bpaduris, -jros, 7, slowness: 11 Pe 3°.t 
Bpaxiwv, -ovos, 6, [in LXX, B. Kupiov, freq. for MYM yiny;] the 
arm; as in OT, B. Kvpiov, metaph., for the Divine power: Lk 1°, 
Jo 1238(LXX), Ac 1317.¢ 
Bpaxds, -eta, -v, [in LXX chiefly for mym;] short; (a) of time; 
short, little: Bpaxv, Ac 5°4; pera B., Lk 22°°; B. 11, a short time, 
He 279, RV, mg.; () of distance: Ac 2778; (c) of quantity or value, 
little, few: Jo 6’, He 2%°, RY, txt.; pl., da Bpaxéwy, in few words, 
He 13?2,+ 
** Boépos, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX: Si 19%, 1 Mac 1*, m Mac 61°, 
11 Mac 549, 1v Mac 4%°*;] 1. an unborn child: Lk 14444, 2. a new- 
born child, a babe: Lk 2!%16 1815 Ac 719 1 Pe 27; dard Bpedpous, from 
infancy, 1 Ti 319.t 
Bpéxw, [in LXX chiefly for qwa;] 1. to wet: Lk 744, 2. In 
late Gk. writers and vernac. = dew, to send rain, to rain (Kennedy, 
Sources, 39, 155): Mt 545; trop., B. wip x. Oetov, Lk 177°; impers., 
Bpéxer, at rains: Ja 57; with terds as subj., Re 11°%.t 
Bpovrh, -As, 9, [in LXX for Dy ;] thunder: Mk 3”, Jo 12%, 
Re 4° 6! 85 10% 4 1119 142 1618 19°. + 
tBpoxy, -fs, 7 (<< Bpéxw), [in LXX: Ps 67 (68)®, 104 (105)? 
(nya) *;] 1. = Bpoxerds, a wetting (in =., of irrigation in Egypt; 
Deiss., LAE, 77). 2. As in MGr. (Kennedy, Sowrces, 153), = derds, 
rain: Mt 77% 27,+ 
Bpsxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Pr 65 (mp) 77! (pdm) 2225 (wpin), 
m1 Mac 48*;] a noose, a slip-knot, a halter: metaph., a restraint (not, 
as AV, R, txt., a snare): 1 Co 7**.t 


86 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Bpuypds, -ot, 6 (<< Bpvyw), [in LXX: Pr 19! (O73), Si 51°*5] a 
biting, a gnashing of teeth: Mt 812 134% 50 9918 9451 95380 Tk 1328+ 
Bpdxw (Attic, Bpv«w), [in LXX: Jb 16°, Ps 34 (35)!6 36 (37)? 
111 (112)!, La 216 (p-n)*;] 1. to bite or eat greedily. 2. to gnash, 
grind, with the teeth: Ac 7°.+ 
* Bpvw, poét., late prose and vernac., to be full to bursting; 1. of 
the earth producing vegetation. 2. Of plants putting forth buds. 
3. Of springs, to gush with water: Ja 31!.+ 
BpSpa, -ros, 7d (cf. BiBpwoxw), [in LXX chiefly for box ;] food: 
Rogl4ts 20 7 Co, 843 1.08: pl. Me ila) Miko. ik ot Oe 1 Coote 
1 Ti 4°, He 91° 13°; trop., of spiritual food, Jo 44, 1 Co 3? (ef. Bpaors).t 
Bpwowpos, -ov (<< Bpdors), [in LXX: Le 1978, Ne 975, Hz 47% 
(Say) * 5] eatable: Lk 2441.4 
Bpdats, -ews, 7 (cf. BiBpwoxw), [in LXX chiefly for parts and 
derivatives of 5aN;] 1. eating: B. xai roots, Ro 1417, Col 216 (v. Lft., 
ICC, in 1.); c. gen. obj., 1 Co 84; metaph., corrosion, rust: Mt 61% 2°, 
2. As also in cl. (Hom., al.) = Bpapa, food: Jo 67, m1 Co 97°, 
Col 21° (EV, but v. supr.), He 12'6; metaph., of spiritual nourishment, 
Jo 432 G27b; 55.4 
** Buitw (<< BvGos), [in LXX: m Mac 124*;] trans., to cause to 
sink, to sink: metaph., eis dAcOpov, I Ti 6°; pass., to sink, intrans.: 
Lk 57.+ 
Buds, -0d, 6, [in LXX: Ex 15°, Ne 94 (mbiyn), Ps 67 (68)” 
68 (69) 15 106 (107)*4 (nbax)*;] 1. the bottom. 2. the depth of the 
sea, the deep sea: 11 Co 11?%.+ 
*t Bupoeds, -ews, 6 (<< Bipoa, a hide), late form for Bupoodewns, a 
tanner: Ac 943 10% 82,+ 
Bucowos, -n, -ov (<< Bvocos), [in LXX chiefly for ww, P72, etc. 5] 
made of Bicaos, fine linen: Re 18! 16 198 14+ 
Bucoos, -ov, 7 (cf. Heb. pra), [in LXX chiefly for ww, pra;] 
byssus, a fine species of flax, also the linen made from it: Lk 16!.t+ 
Bwpds, -od0, 6 (<< Baivw), [in LXX (Hex.) for Maa, in Proph., 
chiefly for MO2;] 1. any raised place, a platform. 2. an altar: 
Ac 1778 (cf. @vcvacrypiov and vy. DB, i, 75).+ 


1 


TaBBabd (Rec. -6a), 7, indecl., Gabbatha, the Greek trans- 
literation of an uncertain Aramaic word (DB, s.v.; Dalman, Words, 
7), used as the equivalent of Avlootpwrov, stone pavement: Jo 19}8.+ 

FaBpmd, 6, indecl. (Heb. 5x aa, hero of God), the archangel 


Gabriel: Lk 11% 26,+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 87 


*t ydyypawa, -ys, 7, @ gangrene, an eating sore, which leads to 
mortification : 11 Ti 2!7.+ 
rd8, 6, indecl. (Heb. 12), Gad (Ge 30" 4918, al.): Re 75.+ 


TaSapyvés, -7, -ov (<CTadapd, Gadara, the capital of Perza), 
Gadarene, of Gadara: Mt 8° (Rec. Tepyeonvov), Mk 51, Rec. (Edd., 
Tepacnvav), Lk 825 37, Rec. (Edd., Tepacnvar).t 

dla -ns, 7 (Heb. my), Gaza, in OT, one of the five chief cities of 


the Philistines: Ac 876,+ 

tydf£a, -ns, 7 (a Persian word), [in LXX for p32, m1 Hs 5!” 6} 
72021, Es 47; “azz, m1 Es 771; Is 39°*;] treasure: Ac 8?7.+ 

t yaLo-puddxioy, -ov, TO (<C ydfa, gpvAaxy), [in LXX chiefly for 
mpw>, mw (iv Ki 23, al.), once for o°739 (Es 3°); 7d y., ra y., of a 


temple treasury, Ne 10%’, 11 Mac 3°, al.;] treaswry: also, apparently, 
the trumpet-shaped chests into which the peoples’ temple-offerings 
were thrown (DB, iv, 96; DCG, ii, 748): Mk 1244 43, Lk 211, Jo 870.+ 

Tatos, -ov, 6 (Taios, Rec.), Gaius, the name of a Christian; 1. of 
Macedonia: Ac 197%. 2. Of Derbe: Ac 20%. 3. Of Corinth: Ro 167%, 
1Co 1!4, 4, The one to whom 1 Ep. Jo is addressed: ur Jo !.t 

yéda, -axros, 76, [in LXX for a5m;] milk: 1Co 97. Metaph., of 
elementary Christian teaching: 1 Co 3?, He 5!)18; 76 Aoyixov adodov y., 
the rational (spiritual) genuine milk (v. Hort, in 1.), 1 Pe 2? (in support 
of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in 1.).t 

Taddrys, -ov, 6 (originally syn. with cl. KéArys; cf. 1 Mac 8?, and 
v. next word), a Galatwn: Ga 3}.t 

Tadatia, -as, 7, Galatia; 1. a gentilic region in Asia Minor, 
settled by Gauls (iii/B.c.). 2. A Roman Province which included this 
region (DB, ii, 85 ff.): 1 Co 16!, Ga 17, m Ti 41° (T, Tr., mg., Tadd‘av), 
tke tt 

Tadatikés, -7, -ov (v. previous word), Galatian, belonging to 
Galatia: Ac 166 18?3,+ 

*yahyvn, -ys, 7, a calm: Mt 876, Mk 4%, Lk 84,t 
FadtiAaia, -as, (Heb. 537, the circle, district), Galilee, the name 


of the northern region of Palestine in NT times: I. trav é6vév, Mt 
415 (LXX); @adacoa THs T., Mt 15°° (cf. Jo 61). 
TadtAaios, -aia, -atov, Galilean: Mt 26°, Mk 147, Lk 13)? 2259, 
238, Jo 445, Ac 1!) 27 587+ 
FodXia, -as, 7, Gaul: T., Tr., mg., for Tadaria, 11 Ti 41°.+ 
FadXiwy, -wvos, 6, Gallio, proconsul of Achaia: Ac 181+ 1417+ 
Fapadyd, 6 (Heb. Syx*bipz), Gamaliel the elder, a Pharisee and 


Doctor of the Law: Ac 5*4 223.+ 

*yopéw, -@, [in LXX: Hs 103, 1 Mac 14, 1v Mac 16°*;] to 
marry; 1. of the man, to marry, take to wife (ducere): absol., Mt 
1910 9925, 80 9488) Mk 1225, Lk 1737, 208435, y Co 72% 83; ¢. acc.: Mt 5% 
199, Mk 6!7 10!!, Lk 142° 1618. 2. Of the woman, (a) mid. (and in late 


88 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


writers, pass.), to give oneself in marriage, marry (nubere): 1 Co 7°; 
(b) in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 159), act. (as of the man), to marry: absol., 
1 Co 72% 34 1 Ti 5414; ¢. acc., Mk 10!2. (3) Of both sexes: absol., 
rye ie re Cor ok 
*t yapifw (<< ydpos), to give in marriage, a daughter : 1 Co 7°8. Pass., 
Mt 223° 24388) Mk 126, Lk 1727 2035 (WH, mg., yapioxovra; cf. éx- 
yautlw).t 
* yapioxw, = yapilw, g.v.: Lk 205435, WH, mg. (Arist.).t 
ydpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for Mmwn;] 1. a wedding, esp. a wedding- 


feast: Mt 22% 1%11,12) Jo 213, Re 19%9; pl. (Field, Notes, 16), Mt 
222-459 9510 Tk 1296148, 2. marriage: He 134 (Cremer, 666).+ 

ydép, co-ordinating particle, contr. of ye dpa, verily then, hence, in 
truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, 
for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; 1. expli- 
cative and epexegetic: Mt 415 1912, Mk 116 5% 164, Lk 11%, Ro 7}, 
1 Co 16°, al. 2. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: 
Mt 9° 2723, Lk 975 2927, Jo 939, Ac 8%! 1637 1985, Ro 1576, 1 Co 91°, 
Phi 17° (Hllic., in 1.), 1,.Th 27°, al. 3. Causal; Mé 125 271% 6 323° 
Mk 122.96 Lk 1% 15) Jo 27 Ac 275 Ro 1%" 1:Co 11® Re 1*) als; 
giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2?° 3°, Ro 131, 
Col 3°, 1 Th 4%, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. 
statement, Lk 222”, Ro 3% 43, 1 Co 1079; xai yap, for also, Mk 10%, 
Lk 682, 1 Co 5’, al.; id. as in cl. = etentm, where the xai loses its 
connective force (Bl., § 78, 6; Kithner’, ii, 854 f.), Mk 147°, Lk 166 
2237, 11 Co 134. The proper place of ydp is after the first word in a 
clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: 
1 Co 11%, Yet ‘‘not the number but the nature of the word after 
which it stands is the point to be noticed”’ (v. Thayer, s.v.). 

yaotnp, -tpés, 4, [in LXX for JOA, év y. exew for MIN, &v >. 
AapBdvew for M7N;] 1. the belly: metaph., a glutton, Tit 1%. 2. the 
womb: év y. éxev, to be with child, Mt 11% 73@XX) 2419 Mk 1317, Lk 
2123, 1 Th 5%, Re 12; & y. cvAdapB., to conceive, Lk 13!.t 

ye, enclitic postpositive particle, rarer in xowy than in cel., giving 
special prominence to the word to which it is attached, distinguishing 
it as the least or the most important (Thayer, s.v.), «deed, at least, even 
(but not always translatable into English); 1. used alone: Lk 118 18° 
Ro 82, 2. More freq. with other particles: adAd ye, Lk 2471, 1 Co 9?; 
dpa ye, Mt 729 1726, Ac 1777; dpa ye, Ac 8°; «i ye (Rec. etye), u Co 5%, 
Ga 34, Eph 3? 421, Col 123 (v. Meyer, Ellic., on Ga, Eph, ll. c.; Lft., 
on Ga, Col, ll. c.); «i 8& pyc, following an affirmation, Mt 61, Lk 106 
13°; a negation, Mt 917, Lk 5%® 87 14%? ry Co 116; Kai ye (Rec. xatye, 
el. cat. . . ye), Lk 1942 (WH om.), Ac 2}8 1777; xavrovye (Li xairou ye, 
Tr. cai tou ye), Jo 47; pevodvye (Vv. S.V.); pate ye, V.S. mytr; opedov ¥é, 
1 Co 48.+ 

reSedv, 5, indecl. in LXX and NT, in FlJ, Ant., v. 6, 3 and 
4 -dvos (Heb. fy 432), Gideon (Jg 6-8): He 11%*.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 89 


tyéevva (yéeva, Mk 94°, Rec.), -ns, 7 (perh. through Aram. O79, 
from Heb. O33 59, Ne 11°; oin-ja 19, Jo 18°; nin~ya ta, Iv Ki 
2319; valley of (the son, sons of) lamentation); [in LXX the nearest 
approach to y. is yaievva, Jos 181° (Tai ‘Ovvop, A), elsewhere ¢dpayé 
‘Ovdp (Jos 158, al.), v. Swete on Mk 943 ;] Gehenna, a valley W. and 8. 
of Jerusalem, which as the site of fire-worship from the time of Ahaz, 
was desecrated by Josiah and became a dumping-place for the offal of 
the city. Later, the name was used as a symbol of the place of future 
punishment, as in NT: Mt 5?% 30 1078, Mk 94% 4547, Lk 12°, Ja 3°; 
y. t. wupds, Mt 52 181°, prob. with ref. to fires of Moloch (DB, ii, 
119); vids yeevvns, Mt 23; xpious yeevvys, 23°9.+ 

reOonpavel (Rec. -v7, LTr. -vei) indecl. (Heb. "39 Ma, oil-press), 


Gethsemane: called in Jo 18! a xjzos, but named only in Mt 26%, 
Mk 14*?.+ 
yeitwv, -ovos, 6, 7 (<< y7), [in LXX chiefly for Jaw ;] a neighbour : 


Lk 14}? 15%, Jo 98.+ 

yeddw, -d, [in LXX chiefly for pny, pniz;] to laugh: Lk 6; 
fut.) yeAdow (M, Pr., 154), ib. 21 (cf. xara-yeAdw).t 

yas, -wros, 6, [in LXX chiefly for piniy;] laughter: Ja 4°.t 

yepilo (<< yéuw), [in LXX: Ge 4517 (jyw), 1 Mac 54’, 1v Mac 
34*>;] to fill; 1. properly, of a ship (Thuc., al.): Mk 4°? (pass.). 
2. In late writers, generally (MGr., v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 155), c. ace., 
seq. gen., Mk 15°*, Jo 2° 618, Re 158; dad, Lk 1516, Rec. WH, mg. ; 
éx, Lk 151°, WH, Re 8°. Pass., absol.: Lk 147%.t 

yé (used only in pres. and impf.), [in LXX for nba, Niv3;] to 
be full ; 1. properly, of a ship (Xen.). 2. Generally (Plat., al.), (a) ¢. 
pen, rey MG 29°". Tuk 21?) Ro 3408S)” Re. 4% 5 5S Lo? 17344219; 
(b) seq. ex: Mt 237°; (c) c. ace. rei (called a solecism in WM, 
251; Bl., § 36, 4), as in later Gk. from Byz. to Mod. times (Jannaris, 
Gr., 1319): Re 17%.+ 

yeved, -as, (<< y/yvopm), [in LXX chiefly for "47, 1 (Cremer, 
148) ;] 1. race, stock, family (in NT, yévvnya, q.v.). 2. generation ; 
(a) of the contemporary members of a family: pl., Mt 1!” (cf. Ge 31°, 
ni) ; metaph., of those alike in character, in bad sense, Mt 171’, 


Mk 9}9, Lk 941 168, Ac 24°; (b) of all the people of a given period: 
Mt 2434, Mk 133°, Lk 2132, Phi 2!5; pl., Lk 148; esp. of the Jewish 
people, Mt 1116 193% 41, 42,49 164 2336, Mk 81228, [kc 781 112% 80-32, 60, 51 
1725, Ac 1336, He 31 (LXX); shy y. atrod ris Sinyjoetar, Ac 893 EXX); 
(c) the period covered by the life-time of a generation, used loosely in 
pl. of successive ages: Ac 1416 1571, Hph 3°, Col 17°; cis yeveds xai y. 
(= arm 1b, Is 34”, al.), Lk 15; eis mdcas tas y. Tod aidvos rév 
aidvev, Eph 3?! (Hllic., in 1.; DCG, i, 639 f.).t 

yeveadoyéw, -& (<< yeved, Aeyw), [in LXX: 1 Ch 5! (wm )*;] to 
trace ancestry, reckon genealogy ; pass., seq. é«: He 7°.t 


90 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* yeveadoyla, -as, 7 (v. previous word); 1. the making of a pedigree. 
2. a genealogy: pl., 1 Ti 14, Tit 3° (v. CGT, in 1., and ib. Intr., xlix ff. ; 
DB, ii, p. 141).t 
* yevéoua, -wv, td, neut. pl. of adj. -ws, -ov, relating to birth 
(< yéveors) ; 1. in Attic Gk., a commemoration of the dead. 2. In late 
Gk., a birthday feast (= cl. yevePAta; so in 7., v. MM, Eap., x; ef. 
also Rutherford, NPhr., 184): Mt 14°, Mk 671.+ 
yéveats, -ews, 7 (<< y’yvopar), [in LXX chiefly for nwin ;] 1. origin, 


lineage: BiBdos yevéoews (as in Ge 2% 51), Mt ll. 2. birth: Mt 18, 
Lk 1 (Rec. yéwnots); mpocwrov ris y., face of his birth (‘‘ what God 
made him to be,” Hort., in 1.), Ja 12°; 6 tpoxos tis y., the wheel 
(course) of birth or creation (‘‘the wheel of man’s nature according to 
‘ts original Divine purpose,” Hort), Ja 3°.+ 

yeverh, -75, 7 = yeven, Ion. for yeved, [in LXX: Le 2547 ("py 
maw), Hs 417*;] birth: & y., Jo 9'.t 

t+ yévnpa, -Tos, TO (<< y/yvopmar), [in LXX chiefly for ANIAM;] a form 
not found in cl., but used in LXX, NT and z. (Bl., § 3, 10; M, 
Pr., 45; Deiss., BS, 184), as distinct from yévvnua, q.v., of frutt, 
produce of the earth: Mt 267°, Mk 14%5, Lk 1218 2238, 11 Co 91° (Rec. 
yorrqua).t 

yervdw, -@ (<< yevva, poét. for yévos), [in LXX chiefly for preriajde 
of the father, to beget: c. acc., Mt 11°, Ac 7% 29; seq. éx, Mt 13% 6, 
2. Of the mother, to bring forth, bear: Lk 11% 2379, Jo 1621; eis 
SovAretav, Ga 424, Pass. (1) to be begotten: Mt 17°; (2) to be born: Mt 
Q1,4 1912 9624. Mk 1421, Lk 155, Jo 34, Ac 729, Ro 94, He 117; seq. éis, 
Jo 162! 1837, 11 Pe 2; éy, Ac 28 223, (duaprias), Jo 994; ard, He 11” 
(WH, mg., éyev-); éx, Jo 118 3° 841; c.adj., ruprds y., Jo 9?; ['Pwpatos], 
Ac 228; xara cdpxa: x. mvedpa: Ga 42°, Metaph.; pdyas, 1 Ti 273; 
ipas éyevvyoa, I Co 4, (dv), Phm!?; in quotation, Ps 2’ (LXX), Ac 
13°23, He 1° 5°; of Christians as begotten of God, born again: Jo 1 
335-8 t Jo 229 39 47 5} 4518 (ef. dva-yevvdw) ; (Cremer, 146).t 

yévynpa, -ros, TO (<C yevvdw), [in LXX chiefly for ANIANM;] of- 
spring of men or animals: éx.dvav, Mt 37 12%4 23°83, Lk 37 (and else- 
where in Ree. for yévnya, q.v.).t 

Tewnoaper (Rec. Tevyo-, Mk, l.c.; Targ. "0%3), [in LXX: 
Tevvnodp (as in some MSS. Mt, Mk), 1 Mac 11°*;] Gennesaret, a 
fertile plain on W. shore of the Sea of Galilee; 7 yj T., Mt 14°4, Mk 
6°; » Atuvy T. (N93 02, Nu 34", elsewhere 7 @dd\agoa 7. Tadcdaias, 
Mk 116; 4 6. 7. TiBepuados, Jo 61), Lk 51.t 

yévynats, -ews, » (<< yevvdw), [in LXX: 1 Ch 4§ (MmBwn), He 7? 
(to ni.; yéveors, AN), Wi 3% x! (yéveous, ABN), Si 223*;] 1. a 
begetting. 2. birth: Mt 18, Lk 114, Rec.t 

yevvntos, -7, -6v (<Cyevvdw), [in LXX: Jb 11% 141 154 254 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 91 


(15")* ;] begotten, born: pl., y. yuvaikdy (cf. MN i, Jb 141), peri- 
phrasis for mankind, Mt 11", Lk 7?8 (Cremer, 147).+ 

yévos, -ovs, 76 (<C yyvopat), [in LXX for BY, J, VY, etc.;] 1. 
family: Ac 46 7!3 1376, 2. offspring: Ac 177%, Re 22'°, 3. race, 
nation: Mk 726, Ac 436 719 18% 24, 11 Co 1126, Phi 3°, Ga 114, 1 Pe 2° 
4. kind, sort, class: Mt 1847 1721, Rec., Mk 929, 1 Co 121% 28, 1410 + 

Tepacnvés, -7, -ov, Gerasene, of Gerasa, not the G. of Decapolis, 
30 m. S.E. of the Lake, but a Gerasa or Gergesa (perh. the mod. 
Kersa) on E. shore; as subst., pl. of T., Mk 51, Lk 87% 37 (Tepyeonvav, 
RV, mg.1; Tadapnvav, RV, mg. *).t 

Tepyeonvés, -7, -ov, Gergesene: Lk 8?%37, TR, mg.? (LTr., WH, 
R, txt., Tepaonvav; R, mg.?, Tadapyvev).t 

yepousia, -as, » (<< yépwv), [in LXX (Hex. only in OT) for 777;] a 
council of elders, senate; in NT, of the Sanhedrin (Cl. Rev., i, 43 f.; 
DB, ext., 99): Ac 571.+ 

yépwv, -ovros, 6, [in LXX for 771;] an old man: Jo 34.t 

yevw, [in LXX chiefly for nyw;] to make to taste. Mid., to taste, 
eat: absol., Ac 101° 2011, Col 2?!; c. gen., Mt 2734, Lk 144, Ac 2314; 
c.acc. (not cl., but v. Westc., Heb., l.c.; M, Pr., 66, 245), Jo 2°. Metaph., 
He 64; pia Geod, He 65 (on case, v. supr., and cf. Milligan, NT'D, 68) ; 
Oavdrov (cf. Talmudic MM ovr), Mt 1678, Mk 9, Lk 927, Jo 8°, He 29; 


seq. dri, 1 Pe 2° (Cremer, 148).t 

yewpyéw, -@ (<< yewpyds), [in LXX: 1 Ch 276 (Jv NaNda nivy), 
1 Es 4°, 1 Mac 148*;] to till the ground: pass., He 6’. 

t yedpytov, -ov, 76 (<< yewpyds), [in LXX, freq. in Pr., for mw, etc.;] 

1. a field (Pr 245%, Strabo). 2. cultivation, husbandry, tillage (Pr 67 
92, Je 2875, Si 276): 1 Co 39.+ 

yewpyés, -08, 5 (<< yi}, Spyw = épduw, to do), [in LXX for DN, ete.;] 
1. a husbandman: u Ti 2%, Ja 5’. 2. @ vine-dresser (cf. duzredovpyds, 
Lk 137) - Mt 2123-35, 38, 40, 41 Mk 192!) 2,7; ef Lk 30% 10 14; 16" Jo 15}1.+ 

ya, yas, 7, [in LXX for PIS, TOW, etc. ;] 1. the earth, world: 


Lk 215, Ac 18, He 113%, Re 3”, al.; opp. to ovpaves, Mt 518 117°, Mk 
1327, al. 2. land; (a) opp. to sea or water: Mk 41, Lk 53, Jo 671, al. ; 
(b) as subject to cultivation: Mt 13°, Mk 4°, Lk 13’, He 6’, al.; (c) the 
ground: Mt 10, Mk 8°, Lk 24°, Jo 8°, al.; (d) a region, country: 
Lk 425, Ro 928, Ja 5!7; yj "Iopand, Mt 27971; Xaddaiwy, Ac 74; 7 *Tovdata 
yi, Jo 322; c. gen. pers., Ac 7%. 

yijpas, Attic, gen. (-aos) -ws, dat. a; Ion. and xowy, -eos (-ovs), dat. 
-e, 70, [in LXX for mw, ete.;] old age: év yype, Lk 17%.t 


ynpdokw (also yypaw; < yypas), [in LXX chiefly for qp%;] to grow 
old: Jo 2118 He 8!8.+ 
SYN.: wadaotpar. 


92 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


yiyvopar, v.8. yvopat. 

yivopat, Ion, and xowy for Att. yiy- (M, Pr., 47; Bl., § 6, 8; 
Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for mn;] 1. of persons, things, 
occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jo 58s: 
1 Co 15%’; a first appearance in public, Mk 14, Jo 1, al.; Seq. éx (of 
birth), Ro 1°, Ga 44; ud, Jo 1%; Bpovrn, Jo 1229; ceopos, Re 6}; 
yoyyvap.os, Ac 61; yxapa, Ac 88, and many other similar exx.; jépa, 
Lk 226 al.; dwe, Mk 11°; zpwia, Mt 27!; vié, Ac 2777. 2. Of events, 
to come to pass, take place, happen: Mt 518, Mk 54, Lk 120 215 Ac 471, 


ut Ti 2)8, al.; yy yevorro [LXX for nbn , Jo 229, al.], far be tt, God 
forbid: Ro 34 (ICC, in 1.), 1 Co 6! and freq. in Pl.; kat éyévero, éyévero 
8é (fin LXX for 79;] v. Burton, 142f.; M, Pr., 16 f.; Dalman, 


Words, 32 f.; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), c. indic., Mt 778, Lk 18, al.; 
seq. Kat et indic., Lk 8}, Ac 5, al.; c. acc. et inf., Mk 275, Lk 321, al.; 
ws Oe éyévero, seq. tov ¢. inf., Ac 1025; c. dat. pers., to befall one: e. 
inf., Ac 2016; c. acc. et inf, Ac 22°; ¢. adv., ev, Eph 6°; ri éyeveto 
airo (Field, Notes, 115), Ac 740 (LXX) ; seq. eis, "Ac 28°, 3. to be made, 
done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc.: Mt 6! 198, Mk gz 
1128) AG 1926.a> seq. Sud c. gen., Mk 62, Ac 243; taro, Lk 1317: cis, 
Lk 423 - ev, I Co Se droypady, Lk 27; dvaxptots, Ac 2575; dears, 
He 92; 6 vopos, Ga 31"; 16 racxa, Mt 262. 4. to become, be made, 
come to be: ec. pred., Mt 4°, Lk 4°, Jo 2°, 1 Co 134, al.; seq. as, ace, 
Mt 10%, Mk 976; eis (M, Pr., 71 f.), Mk 1920, al.; c. gen., Re 1125; id., 


of age, Lk 2%; c. dat., y. dy Spi ([LXX for whnd | ma, Ru 122, al.;] v. 


Field, No tes, 156), Ro 74; seq. ev, Ac 22!7, Re 11°, al.; érdvw, Lk 
1919; perd, c. gen., Mk 16191, Ac ge: seq. eis, eri (Field, Notes, 1385), 
kata (ib., 62), c. acc. of place, Ac 2016 21%5 277, al.; seq. éx, Mk 9’, 
Lk 322, 1 Th 27, al. Aoristic pf. yeyova (M, Pr., 52, 145 f.; Field, 
Notes, 1 f.), Mt 25°, Lk 10°, al. Aor. éyev76y (for éyevero, M, Pr., 139 f.; 
‘Mayser, 379), Mt 1123, al. (Cf. amo-, dia-, emt-, rapa-, ovp- wapa-, Tpo-.) 

ywdokw (= yuyv-: Vv. previous word. $o also vulgar Attic, in 
Inser., v. Thumb, MGV, 207), [in LXX chiefly for yt ;] to be taking 1 m 
knowledge, come to know, recognize, perceive, understand ; in past tenses 
to know, realize; pass., to become known °C. acc., Mt DRS Mie 542, 
Col 48, 1 Th 35, al. Pass., Mt 1026, Phi 4°, al.; seq. om, Mt 214, Jo 
41 al.; ri, Mt 68; dad, Mk 154°; 6, Ro 715; +. Aeyoueva, Lk 18°45 + 
Gédypa, Lk 1247; 7. xapdias, Lk 161°; c. acc. pers., of recognition by 
God, 1 Co 83, Ga 4°; by Christ, neg., Mt 77%; freq. of the knowledge 
of divine things, of God and Christ: 7. Gedv, Ro 1?!, Ga 4°; 7. rarépa, 
Jo 68s 7, KUpuov, He 81! @XX); vot Kupiov, Ro 113; Cipeae Jo 173, 
I Jo 36; ra rod rvevparos, I Co 214; +. rvevua, 1 Jo 4s tT. dAnbeav, Jo 
opty of Christ’s knowledge of the Father (éry.), Mt 1127 (Dalman, 
Words, 282 ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. ym, Ga 4}, al.], 
of sexual intercourse, to know carnally: Mt 125, Lk 134 (Cremer, 153). 

SYN.: y., to know by observation and experience is thus prop. 
disting. from oléa, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 93 


intuition or information); ef. also é¢iornms, cvvinm. (Cf. dva-, dia-, 
€mt-, KaTa-, Tpo~yiwwwoKw.) 
y\edxos (-e0s), -ovs, 76, [in LXX for J, Jb 32'°*;] must, sweet 
new wine (Arist.): Ac 213,+ 
yAuxus, -eia, -v, [in LXX chiefly for pimp;] Ja 34»; opp. to 
mixpov, dAvkov, Re 10% 1°.+ 
yAdooa, -ns, 7, [in LXX chiefly for yiw> ;] 1. the tongue, as the 
organ of speech: Mk 73%, Lk 164 1674, Ac 2?6(LXX), Ro 318(LXX) 
1411 (LXX) 7 Co 149 Phi 211, Ja, 126 35 &8 7 Pe 310(LXX) 1 Jo 318, Re 161°; 
of a tongue-like object, Ac 2°. 2. a tongue, language: Ac 21"; joined 
with dvA7, Aads, éOvos, freq. in pl., Re 5° 79 10" 11° 137 14° 17!*; Aadrey 
érépas y., Ac 24; y. Aad xawais, WH, txt. (RV, mg., omit xawwais), 
Mk 1617; Aaretv yAwoous, yAdson (v. ICC, ll. c.; DB, iv, 793 if), 
Mk 161’, WH, txt., R, mg., Ac 1046196, 1 Co 129° 131 14% 4°6, 13, 18, 23, 27, 39 5 
yAdooa (= Ady év yAwoon, I Co 141%), 1 Co 13° 14%; yévy yAwooar, 
1 Co 121% 28; zpocedxerOar yAwoon, I Co 1414; yAdooay éxew, 1 Co 1476 
(Cremer, 163, 679).t+ 
t+ yAwoodkopov, -ov, 7d, vernac. form of cl. yAwoookopetov (<< yAdooa, 
xopéw), [in LXX for finN, m Ki 6%, 1 Ch 24%1%1*5) 1. = el. -ctoy 


(v. supr.), a case for holding the reeds or tongues of musical instru- 
ments. 2. As in LXX, z. (MM, s.v.), a box, chest: Jo 12° 139.+ 

yvapeds, -éws, 6, Ion. and xowy form of Att. cvadevs (<C xvdrrw, 
to card wool), [in LXX for Dap, Iv Ki 18’, Is 7° 36?*;] a fuller, 


cloth-dresser: Mk 93.+ 

** ywiowos, -a, -ov (<< ytyvomat), [in LXX: Si 7'%, mt Mac 319*;] 
1. prop., lawfully begotten, born in wedlock (in z., yovy y., @ lawful 
wife; MM, s.v.). 2. trwe, genuine, sincere: Phi 4%,1 Ti 1?, Tit 
1‘; as subst., 75 y. = 9 yvnoworys, sincerity, 11 Co 8°.t 

** ynoiws, adv., [in LXX: 1 Mac 148, ur Mac 37°*;] sincerely, 
honowrably : Phi 2?° (for a parallel in 7., v. MM, s.v.).t 

yvd¢os, -ov, 6 (later form of dy-), [in LXX for bax, dpyy, ete. ;] 


darkness, gloom (including ‘‘an element of tempest,” Tr., Syn., 
§c): He 12}8.+ 

SYN.: ayAus, Logos, oxdros (Tr., l.c.; DB, i, 457°). 

yropn, -ys, 7 (<Cyyveoxw), [in LXX: Da TH 2 (m3), Ps 82 
(83)? (71D), elsewhere, chiefly 11 Es, for oyw;} 1. a means of knowing, 


a token (Theogn.). 2. In Attic writers, the mind, its operations and 
results (v. Edwards, Lew., App., A); (a) mind, understanding ; (6) 
purpose, intention: Ac 20°; (c) judgment, opinion: 1 Co 1, Re 178; 
(d) counsel, advice: 1 Co 7% 4°, 11 Co 8!°, Phm'*; (e) royal purpose, 
decree (as in Da, 1 and 11 Es): Re 17!” (Cremer, 671).+ 

yropilw (<< yyvéoxw), [in LXX chiefly for ym hi.;] 1. as most 
commonly in cl., to come to know, discover, know: Phi 1? (but ef. R, 


94 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mg.). 2. to make known: c.acc., Ro 94»23; ¢. acc. rei dat. pers., 
Lk 239; Jo 15 1726 Ac 278 (Xx) 5 Co 15!, 1 Co 8! Ga 1” Kph 1? 6%2 
Col 4%, 11 Pe 116; c. dat., seq. dr, 1 Co 12°; seq. ri, Col 127; epi, 
Lk 217, Pass., Ac 713, Ro 1626, Eph 3% 510, Phi 4° (Cremer, 677; cf. 
ava-, dia-yvwpicw).t 
yrGors, -ews, 7 (<C yryv@oxw), [in LXX chiefly for nyt;] 1. a 
seeking to know, inquiry, investigation. 2. knowledge, in NT, specially 
of the kn. of spiritual truth: absol., Lk 11°, Ro 27° 1544, 1 Co 1° (Lift., 
Notes, 147) 81% 1% 11 1328 146 11 Co 6 87 116, Eph 3, Col 23, 1 Pe 37, 
11 Pe 1°; c. gen. obj., swrnpias, Lk 177; +. dons 7. Oeod, 11 Co 46; 7. 
Geot, 11 Co 214 10°; Xpiorod “Incot, Phil 3° (v. Deiss., LAH, 383,), 1 Pe 
318; c. gen. subje., Geod, Ro 119°; Adyos yvioews, I Co 128; Wevdwripou 
yvooews, I Ti 6?9.+ 
SYN.: codia, Ppovnois (cf. eri-yvwors and v. Lft. on Col 28; 
Cremer, 156). 
tyvdorns, -ov, 6 (<< yryrwoxw), [in LXX chiefly for VT ;] one who 
knows, an expert: Ac 26°.+ 
yrwords, -7, -ov, later form of yvwrds (<Q yeyvdéoxw), [in LXX for 
various parts of y—;] known: Ac 947; c. dat., Jo 18! 16 (Ree) Ag 119 gi4 
410 1385 1518 1917 282228; y, onuetov, a notable (EV) sign, one that is 
matter of knowledge, Ac 41°; yrwordy woetv, Ac 16! 18; 76 -ywwordv 7. 
Geov, Ro 1; in pl., as subst., yvworoi, acquaintances, Lk 244 234°; so 
injsing. Jo 1St6 (Vet 
tyoyyv~w, [in LXX chiefly for rib ;] to mutter, murmur: 1 Co 
10°; seq. xara, Mt 20'!; mpos, Lk 5°; epi, Jo 64481; wer’ addAjAwv, JO 
6%; ¢. ace., seq. wept, Jo 7% (cf. d:a-yoyyvw).t 
t yoyyuopéds, -0d, o (<< yoyytéw), [in LXX: Is 589 (71x), Ex 1679, 
Nu 17510 (m3im), Wi 1%", Si 467*;] a murmuring, muttering: 
Jo 7, Ac 61; dvev y., 1 Pe 4°; pl., xwpis y., Phi 2!4.+ 
¥¥t yoyyuatys, -0d, 6 (<< yoyyvéw) ; [in Sm.: Pr 2622, Is 2924; Th.: Pr 
2679* 5] a murmurer: Jul®,t 
* yons, -nTos, 6 (yoaw, to wail); 1. awailer. 2. a wizard. 3. an 
ampostor (cf. yonteta, trickery, 11 Mac 124): 1 Ti 313.+ 
Todyo@d (Rec. -64; WH, mg., TPoAyo6, Jo, l.c., Aram. nmbdzoa 
= Heb. nbaba, LXX, xpaviov, Jg 9%, 1 Ki 9%); indecl. (exe. Mk 1522, 


-av), Golgotha, the place of the crucifixion: Mt 2788, Mk 1522, Jo 1917.+ 
Fépoppa, -as, 7, and -wv, 74 (Heb. MAY), Gomorrah, one of the 
cities of the plain (Ge 19): Mt 10!5, Ro 929(LXX) 1 Pe 26 Ju7.t 
yopos, -ov, 6 (<< yeuw), [in LXX: Ex 23°, rv Ki 5” (Niza) *5] a 
ship's freight, cargo: Ac 213, Re 181) !2.+ 
yoveus, -€ws, 6 (<< y/yvomar), [in LXX for SN, ON;] a begetter, a 
father ; mostly in pl., ot y., parents: Lk 24 43 8569116 Jo 92; 3, 20, 22, 23. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 95 


Ro 1°, 1 Co 1244, Eph 61, Col 37°, 1 Ti 3?; acc. pl. (Hellenistic, v. 
Thackeray, Gr., i, 148), yovets, Mt 1071, Mk 1312, Lk 227 1829 Jo 918+ 
yovu, -aros, 76, [in LXX chiefly for J3R;] the knee: He 12}2; of 


a suppliant, tpoorimrav rots y., Lk 5°; so also reOévar ra y-, to kneel: 
Lk 224, Ac 7% 94° 2086 21°; in mockery, Mk 15’; xdéurrew ra y., to 
bend the knee: Ro 114@XX) 1411 XX) Hph 314, Phi 21°.+ 
*t yovuretéw, - (<Cydv, mimtw); 1. to fall on the knees: seq. 
éurpocbev, Mt 277°. 2. to fall down before one: c. acc., Mt 1734, 
Mk 14°, R, txt., 10!7.+ 
ypdppa, -ros, 7d (<C ypddw), [in LXX for "BD, ete.;] 1. that 


which ts traced or drawn, a picture. 2. that which is written; (1) a 
character, letter: Ga 611; (2) a writing, a written document; (a) a 
bill or account: Lk 16%7; (6) a letter: Ac 2871; (c) ra tepa y., the 
sacred writings, ie. the OT: 1 Ti 31° (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39) ; 
(d) 70 y., the letter, the written word as an external authority in con- 
trast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new 
Covenant : Ro 27% 29 76 11 Co 357; (3) ra y., letters, i.e. learning: Jo 7}, 
Ac 2674, (In z. an illiterate person is very frequently referred to as 
ypdppara px <iddros, and this ‘never means anything else than inability 
to write”: MM, Hzp., x; but v. also Cremer, 166; DCG, i, 202; ii, 
584.)t 
ypapparteds, -éws (acc. pl., -eis, v. Bl., § 8, 2), 6 (<< ypdppa), [in 
LXX always for "ww in Hex., elsewhere chiefly for 95D;] 1. a 
secretary ; y. T. woAews, a State-clerk: Ac 1995, 2. In z., of a military 
officer (Deiss., BS, 110f.). So Jg 54, 1v Ki 2519 ("pp), al. 3. a 
scribe, a biblical scholar, teacher of the law (so first in 1 Hs 8%, m Es 
76; in Lk 517, vouod.oacKaXos ; in Lk 10°, VOptKos) : Mt 7 fia Mk 134. and 
freq. in Gosp. y. Kat dpxvepeis, Mt 24, et al.; y. x. Papurator, Mt 5”, et 
al.; y. pa@nrevdeis tH Bacrreia tr. otp., Mt 13°"; rod codds; rod y., 1 Co 
12° (Cremer, 167; DB, iv, 420, 800). 
ypamrés, -7, -dv (<ypddw), [in LXX for ampa;] 1. painted. 2. 
written: Ro 2'%.t+ 
ypan, -As, 7 (<< ypdépw), [in LXX chiefly for anp;] 1. a drawing, 
painting. 2. (a) writing; (6) that which is written, a writing: raca y., 
mm Ti 3'6; y. dy, Ro 17; mpodyrixai, Ro 167°; ai y. 7. tpopyrav, Mt 
2655; » y., ai y., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v. 
Milligan, NZD, 205); in pl., when the sacred writings as a whole are 
meant, e.g. Mt 21* 2654, Jo 589, Ro 154; in sing., when a particular 
passage is referred to, as in Lk 41, Jo 194, Ro 4° 917 10" 11?, Ja, 228 
(Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584). 
pdpw, [in LXX chiefly for nD]; 1. to scrape, graze (Hom.), and 
later (Hdt.) to sketch, draw. 2. to write; (a) of forming or tracing 
letters on writing material: Jo 8!°!, Ga 611, 11 Th 31’; (b) to express in 
writing, commit to writing, record: Lk 1%, Jo 197422, Re 14419 a]; 
of scripture as a standing authority (Deiss., BS, 112 ff.), yéyparrau, it 


96 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


stands written (Luther), Mt 44, Mk 76 Lk 48, Ro 17, 1 Co 131, al.; id. 
seq. év, Mk 17, Ac 17° al.; c. acc., to write of: Jo 146, Ro 105; seq. 
mepi, Mt 2674, Mk 1471, Jo 54°, al.; c. dat. (WM, § 31, 4), Lk 18%); id. 
seq. wa (M, Pr., 207 f.), Mk 1219, Lk 20°8; xara 7. yeypappévoy, 11 Co 
413; veypaupevov éari, Jo 21"; eypady & jpas, Ro 4°; em aird yeypap- 
peva, Jo 12!6; (c) of writing directions or information, c. dat. pers. : 
Ro 1515, 11 Co 7, al.; (d) of that which contains the record or 
message: B.Br‘ov, Mk 104, Jo 2175, Re 5!; rirAov, Jo 1919; eriaroAny, 
Ac 237°; évroAjv, Mk 10° (cf. dzo-, éy-, ért-, kata-, mpo-). 
aay ypawdys, -es (ypais, an old woman, etdos), anile, old-womanish : 

1 Ti 47.+ 

yenyopew, -0, = Attic eypyyopa, pf. of éyeipw, q.v., [in LXX (later 
bks. only) chiefly for 1pw7;] 1. to be awake ; metaph., of being alive, 
1 Th 5°, 2. to watch: Mt 244% 263% 40 Mk 1334 143437, Lik 1237, 39; 
metaph., Mt 2442 2513 2641, Mk 13% 37 1438 Ac 2031, 1 Co 163, 1 Th 58, 
I Pe 5°, Re 373 1615; seq. ev, Col 42. (Cf. d:a-ypyyopéw.)t 

SYN.: v.S. aypurvew. 

** yupvato (<< yuuvos), [in LXX: 1 Mac 10!°*;] 1. properly, to 
exercise naked. 2. Generally, to exercise, train the body or mind: 1 Ti 
4i(He 5! 131 it Peal t 

** yupvacia, -as, 9 (<< yupvagw), [in LXX: Iv Mac 11°°*;] 
exercise: 1 Ti 48.+ 
*t yupvetedw (Rec. yuurvyr-, v. Tdf., Pr., 81), to be naked or scantily 
clad: 1 Co 4" (cf. ev Wye x. yupvornrt, 1 Co 1177; yupvoi, Ja 215, In 
kown writers, y. also means to go light-armed.)t 
yupvés, -7, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for amy ;] naked, without clothing, 
and sometimes (as freq. in cl.) scantily or poorly clad (Is 20?*-, To 116, 
m Mac 1117): Mt 2536 38 43,44, Mk 1452, Jo 217, Ac 1916, Ja 215 Re 317 
16%, 1716; as subst., ro y., the naked body, Mk 14°!. Metaph., of things 
exposed, He 4!%; of the soul without a body (Plat., Crat., c., 20, and 
cf. Deiss., DAH, 293), 11 Co 5°; of seed, bare, 1 Co 15%7 (Cremer, 168).+ 
tyupvorns, -yTos, 7 (<yupves), [in LXX for oy, De 2848*:] 
nakedness: Ro 8*5, 11 Co 1127, Re 318,+ 
* yuvorxdptoy, -ov, 75 (dim. of yuvy), a little woman ; contemptuously, 
a silly woman (EV): 1 Ti 36.+ 
yuvaiketos, -a, -ov (< yvv7), [in LXX chiefly for MwN;] female: 
7) Pest 
yun, -atxds, 9, [in LXX for MwN;] 1. a woman, married or un- 
married: Mt 111! 141, al.; tmavdpos y., Ro 77; y. xypa, Lk 426; in 
vocat., yivar implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used freq. as a 
term of respect and endearment, Mt 1578, Jo 24, 471 1996, 2. a wife: 
Mt 17°, 1 Co 7%4, al.; y. drodvew, Mk 10%, al.; y. exew, Mk 638; y. 
AaBeiv, Mk 1219; y. yapetv, Lk 147°. 3. a deaconess, 1 Ti 34 (car, 
in 1.). 
Péy, 6 (Heb. 343), indecl., Gceg, assoc. with Magog (q.v): Re 208.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 97 


yevia, -as, 7 (<< yor), [in LXX chiefly for M7B;] an angle, a 
corner: Mt 65, Ac 2676; +. réccapas y. tr. ys, Re 71, 208; xepady 
yovias (AJB WN, Ps 117 (118), LXX), Mt 21, Mk 12%, Lk 20”, 
Ac 44, 1 Pe 27.+ 


A 


A, 8, 8€&ra, 7d, indecl., the fourth letter, As a numeral, § = 4, 
§ = 4000. 
AaBid, v.s. Aaveid. 

** Saipovifopat (in cl. also dapovaw; < daiuwv), [in Aq.: Ps 90 
(91)®*;] to be under the power of a Saipwv (Sapdnov, q.v.), to be 
possessed: Mt 152; elsewhere always ptep., -copevos, -rcGeis: Mt 44 
816, 26, 83 982 1922) Mk 122 §15, 16,18 Tk 836, Jo 10?! (Cremer, 171).t 

Saipdviov, -ov, To (neut. of darporios, -a, -ov, divine), [in LXX (so 
also in 7.; v. MM, Ezp., x) for 1wW, 5-5 (freq. in To) ;] 1. as in cl.; 
(a) the Divine power, Deity (Hdt., Plat., al.); (6) an inferwr diwinity, 
deity or demon (as in magical 7., Deiss., BS, 281; MM, Eap., x): 
ééva 8., Ac 1718, 2. (a) In OT, heathen deities, false gods (e.g. De 
3217, Ps 95 (96)°); (6) in NT, evil spirits, demons: Ovovow Saipovioss, 
1 Co 10%; didacxarcar Sapoviwy, 1 Ti 4!; mpooxuvety ra 8., Re 97°; 
dpxwv trav 6, Mt 9°4; especially (syn. with mvedua axdOaprov) as 
operating upon and “possessing” (cf. daporifouar) men: Mt 11°, et 
al.; eioepxerOar 8. eis . . ., Lk 89; 6. eyew, Lk 49; 8. &xBadAew, Mt 
722, In the phrase zvedua Samoviov adxadaprov, Lk 4%%, the wider cl. 
usage (1. b) is recognised, ax. being elsewhere in NT, the epithet of 
mv., and 8. = mv, ax. (v. ICC, in 1; Cremer, 168). 

**¥t Samovddnys, -es (<< dayzdviov, eldos), [in Sm.: Ps 90 (91)®*;] 
demon-like : Ja 3° (Cremer, 171).+ 

Saipwy, -ovos, 6, 7, [in LXX for 13, Is 65" (N; Sarpoviw, AB) *;] 
in cl. and NT = daponov; a demon: Mt 831,+ 

Sdxvw, [in LXX for yw, Ge 497, al., exc. De 8! (Fw) ;] to 
bite: metaph., Ga 51§.+ 

Sdxpuov (poét. form dsdxpv), -ov, rd, [in LXX for MYQ7;] a tear: 


Mk 924 (WH, txt., R, txt. omit), Ac 20! 31, 1 Co 24, 1 Ti 14, He 5” 
1217, Re 717 214; metaph., dat. pl., daxpvo. (La 21, Thuce., vii, 75; 
Bi, 80) a) dik (eat 

Saxpvw, [in LXX for Mp2, etc.;] to weep, shed tears: Jo 11%°.t 

SYn.: xAatw, of audible weeping, to cry; ddvpoya, of grief ex- 
pressed verbally, to lament; Opynvéw, of formal lamentation, to sing a 
dirge; ddadalw, to wail in Oriental fashion ; crevagw, of grief expressed 
by inarticulate sounds, to groan. 

Saxtudtos, -ov, 6 (< daxrvdos), [in LXX chiefly for nyay;] a 
ring: Lk 15?.+ 

¢ 


98 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Sdxtudos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for VA¥N;] a finger: Mt 234, 
Mk 733, Lk 1146 1624, Jo 8%® 20% 27; metaph., 8. Ocod (cf. Ex 87%), 
Lk 112°.+ 

Aadpavovbd, 7, indecl., Dalmanutha, an unidentified place near 
the Sea of Galilee: Mk 81° (cf. Mayadav).t 

Aakpatia (Li, AcA-), -as, 7, Dalmatia, a part of Illyria on EH. coast 
of the Adriatic: 1 Ti 41°. 

Sapdtw, [in LXX: Da 24° (Swim) * 3] to tame, subdue: Mk 54, 
Ja 37; metaph., 7. yAdooar, Ja 3° (Field, Notes, 237 f.).t 

Sdpadts, -ews, 7 (fem. of dapddAns, a bullock), [in LXX chiefly for 


mp, mbiy;] a heifer, He 9.+ 
Adpapis, -Ld0s, 7) (<< ddpap, poét., a wife), Damaris: Ac 17%4.+ 
Aapacknvds, -7, -0”, of Damascus, Damascene: 11 Co 11%?.+ 
Aapackés, -ov, 7 (Heb. pyr), Damascus: Ac 9?™ 229% 261220, 


11 Co 1132, Ga 127.+ 

SaveiLw, Vv. Savio. 

Sdvevov, V. daviov. 

Saverotys, V. Savior ys. 

Savitw (late form of cl. -eiZw, Rec., Bl., § 3; Thackeray, Gr., 
85 f.), [in LXX chiefly for m1> (Pr 1917);] to lend money on interest: 
Lk 634;35; mid., to borrow: Mt 5*.+ 

SYN.: xtxypnue (V.S. xpdw), to lend in a friendly way. 

Aaviqd, 6, indecl. (Heb. 5N233, God is my Judge), Daniel, the 


prophet: Mt 24',t 
Sdviov, -ov, To (late form of daveov, Rec.; v.s. daviw), [in LXX: 


De 24" (mufz) 155 1° (way hi.), 1v Mac 28*;] a loan: Mt 18?7.+ 


Savors, -0v, 6 (late form of -eerys, Rec.; v.s. davei{w), [in LXX: 
v Ki 4!, Ps 108 (109) (mwa), Pr 2913 (wr), Si 29° * | a money-lender : 


Lk 741.+ 
** Samavdw, -, [in LXX: Tol’, 1 Mac 14°, al.;] 1. to spend, expend: 


c. acc., Mk 5”°; seq. emi, c. dat. pers., Ac 2174; trép, 1 Co 12%, 2. to 
consume, squander: Lk 1514; év r. 7dovais (on the constr. with év, v. 
Hort, Mayor, in 1.), Ja 4° (ef. éx-, rpoo- 6.).+ 

Sandvy, -ns, 7, [in LXX: o Hs 648 (NPI), Da LXX Bel”, al.;] 


expense, cost: Lk 14*.+ 
AavelS (Rec. Aafid), 6, indecl. (Heb. 111), David, King of Israel : 


Mt 16 123 et al.; oxnvi) A., Ac 151%; Kreis A., Re 37; Opdvos A., Lk 157; 
pita A., Re 5°; Baowrea A, Mk 111; vids A., the Messiah (Ps. Sol., 
1723; for other reff. in Jewish lit., v. Dalman, Words, 317), Mt 1) 9?7, 
et al.; év A., i.e. the Psalter, He 4’. 

8é (before vowels 8’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, » 
v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle ; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT oo 


1. copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): 
Mt 12%, 11 Co 616 1 Pe 157; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3?) 22 
939, 1 Co 2°, Ga 2?, Phl 28; in transition to something new, Mt 18 2), 
Lk 131, Jo 74, Ac 61, Ro 88, 1 Co 7! 8!, al.; in explanatory parenthesis 
or addition, Jo 31%, Ro 58,1 Co 1!2, Eph 2 5%? al.; as dé, Jo 29; Kai 
.. . 0¢, but also, Mt 108, Lk 176 Jo 65, Ro 1173, al.; xai day dé, yea 
even if, Jo 816, 2. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering 
to a foregoing pév (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one 
preceding (in NT most freq. without wév; Bl., § 77, 12): éay dé, Mt 
61423, al.; éyw (ov, etc.) dé, Mt 5” 6°, Mk 8) al.; 6 8, airos dé, Mk 
145, Lk 44° al.; after a negation, Mt 61% ?°, Ro 34, 1 Th 52, al. 

Sénats, -ews, 7) (<< Séomar), [in LXX for AINA, TI, nda , ete. ;] 


1. a wanting, need (so Ps 21 (22)*5). 2. an asking, entreaty, swpplica- 
tion; in NT always addressed to God: Lk 118, 1 Co 1", Phil 1°, nm Ti 
13, Ja 5'6, 1 Pe 312@XX); with vyoreta, Lk 237; rpocevyy, -ai, Eph 68, 
Phl 4°, 1 Ti 2! 55; ixernpiar, He 5’; zpocxaprépyois, Eph 618; evrevges, 
1 Ti2!; 8. wovetcba (Deiss., BS, 250), Lk 5%*, Phi 14 (pl.), 1 Ti 2'; 
seq. irép, 11 Co 914, Ph] 14; zepié, Eph 61°; zpds, Ro 10'.t 

Syw.: zpocevxn, used of prayer in general, while 6. gives promi- 
nence to the sense of need; on the other hand, 8. is used as well of 
requests from man to man, while 7z. is limited to prayer to God. 
évrevéts, in the papyri, is the regular word for petition to a superior 
(Deiss., BS, 250; cf. the Pauline evrvyxavev, to entreat). Cf. also 
edxy (Ja 5!), airnua, txernpia (Tr., Syn., § li; Cremer, 73, 174, 684). 

Sei, impersonal (Sé¢w), [in LXX chiefly for infin. with 5;] one 


must, it is necessary: c. inf., Mt 26°4, Mk 137, Ac 59, al.; c. ace. et 
inf., Mt 1621, Mk 8?!, Jo 37, Ac 25", al.; with ellipse of acc., Mt 2378; 
of ace. and inf., Mk 1314, Ro 127 825; ov (um) det (non licet), ought not, must 
not: Ac 254, n Ti 224; impf., ede, of necessity or obligation in past 
time regarding a past event (Bl., § 63, 4), Mt 18%, Lk 15%, Jo 44, 
Ac 2771, al.; periphr., déov éoriv (as in Attic, xpeov éore = xpy, V.S. 
déov), Ac 19°6; id., with ellipse of éoriv, 1 Pe 1°; ra py Séovra (= & ov 
Nee) fee, 

SYN.: édeiAer, expressing moral obligation, as distinct from det, 
denoting logical necessity and xp, a need which results from the fitness 
of things (v. Tr., Syn., § evii, 10; Westce. on He 2', 1 Jo 2°; Hort on 


Ja 31°), 
*Seiypa, -ros, To (<< deixvypn); 1. (cl.) a thing shown, a specimen, 
2. = cl. rapdd- (cf. d8-, 1 Pe 2°), an example (a warning): Ju’.t 


*t SerypatiLw (<< dSetyya), a rare word (ICC, ll. c.), to make a show 
of, to expose: Mt 1!® (Rec. wapaéd-, q.v.), Col 21°.t 
Seikvupt, Secxvdw (v. Bl., § 23, 1; Veitch, s.v.), [in LXX chiefly 
for MN hi.;] to show, c. acc. rei (pers.), dat. pers.; (a) to show, exhibit : 
Mt 48 8¢, Mk 144 1415 Lk 45 514 2074 221 2440, Jo 218 520 1032 2070, 
Ac 73\LXX), 1 Ti 615, Re 17! 21% 10 291,58 pass., He 8°@XX); (b) to make 
known: Mt 1621, Jo 1489, Ac 1028, 1 Co 1231, Re 11 41, 228; (c) to 
prove: Ja 238 313 + 


100 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Seria, -as, 7 (<(dedds), [in LXX for MN, ANA, etc.;] 


cowardice, tumidity (never in good sense): 11 Ti 17.t 
SYN.: goBos, fear, in general, good or bad; etAdBea (q.v.), 
apprehension generally, but chiefly piows fear, “that careful and 
watchful reverence which pays regard to every circumstance in that 
with which it has to deal” (cf. Tr., Syn., § x). 
t Sedidw, -@ (<< dedrca), [in LXX for ANN ni., IMB, etc.;] = the 
more freq. az00-, to be cowardly, timid, fearful: Jo 14*7.t 
Betdds, -7, dv (<< déos), [in LXX for J, etc. ;} cowardly, fearful : 
Mt 876, Mk 44°, Re 218.+ 
** Selva, 6, 7, 70 (gen. -vos, dat. -w, acc. -va), [in Aq.: Ru 4!,1 Ki 
21? (3) (Sm. also), 1v Ki 6°*;] such an one, a certain one, whom one 
cannot or will not name: Mt 26}8,t+ 
Sewds, adv. (<< déos), [in LXX: Jb 10'6, Wi 17°, al.;] 1. terribly: 
Mt 8°. 2. vehemently: Lk 1153.+ 
Seimvéw, -@ (<< dcizvov, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 231 (and), Toso. 
Da LXX 1127*;] to take the chief meal of the day, to dine, to sup: 
Lk 178 227° (WH, br., R, mg. omits), 1 Co 117°; metaph., Re 3?°.t 
Seimvoy, -ov, 76, [in LXX chiefly for 12°NB (Da) ;] the chief meal 


of the day, dinner, supper: Mt 23°, Mk 12°, Lk 141724 2046, Jo 13? 4 
217°, 1 Co 11?!; 3. wovetv, Mk 6!, Lk 141416 Jo 12?; xvpraxdy (q.v.) 8., 
1 Co 11°; metaph. (Dalman, Words, 118), 8. 7. yapovu tr. dpviov, Re 19°; 
8. 7. péya tT. Ocov, Re 1917.+ 
*t SerotBatpovia, -as, 7 (<< decdaiuwr, q.v.); 1. fear of the gods; 
(a) piety, religion; (b) superstition. 2. Objectively, a religion: Ac 
25!9 (Cremer, 72, 682).+ 
* Serot-Saipwv, -ov (<< deidu, to fear; Saipwy, deity), reverent to the 
deity, religious ; compar. -poveotepovs (AV, too superstitiwus, R, txt., 
somewhat superstitious, a sense in wh. the word is sometimes used; 
cf. Field, Notes, 125), more religious, God-fearing, than others, quite 
religwus (Abbott, Hssays, 105 ff.; Deiss., LAH, 285): Ac 17?2.+ 
SYN.: eiaeBys (q.v.), OeooeBys, Opjoxos (Cremer, 681; DB, ect., 
1424), 
Séka, oi, ai, ra, ten: Mt 2074, al.; Oras qpepay 8., ie. of brief 
duration: Re 219, 
t Sexa-80w, Rec. for dudexa: Ac 197 2411.+ 
t Sexa-é&, = éxxaidexa, sixteen (Jannaris, Gr. § 645): Re 1838, 
L, mg. (for éEjxovra €€; v. Swete, in 1.).t 
t 8exa-oxtd, T for déxa dxro, eighteen: Lk 134,+ 
t Sexa-névre, [in LXX: Ex 27), 1 Mac 10*, al.;] late form of 
mevtexa ‘dexa, fifteen: Jo 118, Ac 275, WH, mg., ib. 28, Ga 118.+ 
Aexd-troXts, -ews, 7, Decapolis, a region east of the Jordan con- 
taining ten cities: Mt 4%, Mk 57° 731.+ 
t Sexatécoapes, -wy, oi, al, -a, ta, [in LXX: Ge 314), To 81% al. 5] 
= cl. recoapecxaidexa, more freq. in later Gk. than the older form and 
in MGr. (for thirteen and upwards) universal, fowrteen: Mt 117, 1 Co 
12?, Ga 21 (cf. rexoapeoxaidexatos).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THF NEW TESTAMENT 101 


Sexdrn, -75, 7, prop. fem. (sc. pépos) of S€xaros, -y, -ov, [in LXX 
for "wy: Ge 14%, Ne 12%, et al.;] a tenth part, a tithe: He 7% 4%? 


(for a curious inversion of the Biblical use, v. MM, s.v.).t 
Békartos, -7, -ov (< déxa), [in LXX for wy and cognate forms ;] 


tenth: Jo 14°, Ac 19° (WH, txt., RV omit), Re 1113 2170.+ 

tSexatéw, -@, = cl. -revw (<(dexdry), [in LXX: Ne 1087 68) 
(nivy pi.) *;] to take tithe of: c. acc. pers., He 7°; pass. to pay tithe: 
He 7°.+ 

tSexrds, -7, -ov, verbal adj. of dé€youa, [in LXX chiefly for 
Pea: Pr 11}, al.;] acceptable: Lk 419@XX)24, Ac 10%, 11 Co 6? (LXX), 


Phl 418 (cf. edrpocd-).t 
*SehedLo (<< d€dcap, a bait), to allure by a batt : metaph., to allure, 
entice: c. acc., 11 Pe 2'418; pass., Ja 1!4.+ 
Aehpartia, v. Aadparia. 
SévBpov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX for py, etc.;] a tree: Mt 3", al.; 


8. dyabov, Mt 71718; 8. xadov, Mt 1233, Lk 64%; 8. campov, Mt 71% 18 
12°, Lk 643; yiveoOu 8., Mt 13%; y. eis 8., Lk 13)9. 
*+t Befto-Bddos, -ov, 6 (<< defids, BddAAw), One who throws with the right 
hand: L for degvoAaBos, Ac 2323,+ 
* SeftoAdBos, -ov, 6 (<< defis, AauPavw), a kind of soldier, prob. a 
spearman (Vg., lancearius) or slinger: Ac 2373,+ 
Se€ids, -d, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for "M3;] the right: Mt 5, Jo 


181°, al. ; drAa 8., weapons carried in the right hand, i.e. for offence, 11 Co 
67; 4 8. xe(p, Mt 5%, Lk 6%, al.; 7 8. (sc. xeip), Mt 63, al.; emi rip 38., 
in the right hand (R, txt., on R, mg.), Re 5!; ddovac rv 8., in friend- 
ship (Deiss., BS, 251), Ga 2°; metaph. of power, 77 6. avrod, Ac 2%8 
531; ra 8., the right side, Mk 165; éx defav, on the right hand, c. gen., 
Mt 25%% 34, Mk 1527, Lk 111, al.; of a place of honour in the Messianic 
Kingdom (cf. 111 Ki 21%, Ps 44 (45)!9), xaOioar éx Sefiav, Mt 2071, Mk 
10%”; of the heavenly session of Christ, Mt 26%, Mk 14%, He 118 
(Cremer, 172). 

Sonar (mid. of déw, 11, q.v., as depon.), [in LXX for yan, etc. ;] 


to want for oneself; 1. to want, need: (a) absol.; (b) c. gen. 2. to 
beg, request, beseech, pray ; (i) in general: absol., Ac 263, WH; c. gen. 
pers., Lk 51? 8% 8 (ééeciro; T, édeero, cf. Veitch, s.v. dew) 9°, Ac 8%4 
2139, 11 Co 5°, Ga 412; seq. iva, Lk 94°; seq. 70, c. inf., 1 Co 10?; c. 
gen. pers. et rei, 11 Co 8; (ii) of prayer to God: absol., Ac 4!; seq. 
ei wus, Ro 1); va, Lk 21° 2932; cis 76,1 Th 319; trép euod pos 7, 
kUptov, ows, Ac 8*4; c. gen., rod Kupiov, drws, Mt 9%8, Lk 107; rod Geos, 
Ac 10?; seq. ei dpa, Ac 822,¢ 

SYN.: airéw, and cf. dénors. 

Séov, -ovros, 7d (neut. part. of det, used as subst.), [in LXX- Si 
prol.*4, 1 Mac 1211, 11 Mac 118*; pl. ra 56., for ond, Ex 1672, m Ki 


422 (52), Pr 243! (308); Nw, Ex 21%; sa°mp, Da rH 11%; To 5%, 


102. MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


m1 Mac 132°*;] that which is needful, due, proper: 8. éoriv (periphr. 
for de?, q.v.), Ac 19°°, with ellipse of éoriv, 1 Pe 16; 7a yw 6., 1 Ti 513.+ 
¥* Sos, -ous, 76 (<< deidw), [in LXX: 1 Mac 317 80 1222 1316 1523 * 5) 

fear, awe, reverence: pera edAaBelas cai 6., He 1278,+ 

SYN.: derLa, poBos. 

AepBatos, -a, -ov, of Derbe: Ac 204.t 

AépBn, -ns, 7, Derbe, a city of Lycaonia: Ac 14% 20 161.+ 

Séppa, -tos, TO (< dépw), [in LXX for "iy;] the skin, hide of 
beasts : év aiyious 6., He 11°7.t 

Sepudtivos, -7, -ov (<< deppa), [in LXX for sy;] of skin, leathern : 
Mt 34, Mk 1° (ef. 1v Ki 18).+ 

Béppis, -ews, 7 (<< d€pos = dépya), [in LXX: Ex 267* (Ay p), 
Za 134 (MIAN), etc.;] a skin: Mk 16 (D, from Za, l.c.; Swete, in 


1; Rec., Edd. rpiyas; cf. MM, Hap., x).t 

dépw, [in LXX: Le 1°, 1 Ch 29%4 351! (awe hi.)*;] 1. to skin, 
flay. 2. (cf. Eng. slang, hide) to beat, thrash: c. acc., Mt 21%°, Mk 
12355 Lk 201% 11 9983 Jo 1823, Ac 549 1637 2219; ws dépa dépwv, I Co 
926; cis zpdcwrov 8., 11 Co 11°. Pass., Mk 13°, Lk 1247 48 (apyoerae 
moAAas, dAiyas, SC. wAnyas).t 

Seopedw (< Seopds), [in LXX for 9ON (Jg 164, al.), odbx pi. (Ge 
377, al.), etc.;] 1. to put im chains: Lk 8%, Ac 224. 2. to bind, tre 
together: dopria, Mt 234.+ 

Seopéw, -@, Rec. for decpevu, q.v.: Lk 87°.+ 

Séopy (Rec. Secu), -ns, 7 (<< déw), [in LXX for MIN, Hx 127? * 5] 


a bundle: 8yoare aira cis Séopas (D, Orig., omit cis, and Blass thinks 
original reading, décpas déopas; v. Deiss., LAH, 125,), Mt 13°°.+ 

Séoptos, -ov (also -a, -ov ; <( Seopds), [in LXX for ON ;] 1. binding. 
2. bound, captive; 6 8. as subst., a prisoner: Mt 271516 Mk 15°, 
Ac 1625: 27 2318 9514 27 9816 (Rec.) 17, He 1084 133; 6 8. rod Xpiorod, Eph 3}, 
ut Ti 18, Phm))9; 6 8. &y xupiw, Eph 41.t 

Seopds, -00, 6 (<< dew), [In LXX chiefly for 70N;] a band, bond : 
metaph., Lk 13!%; 6 decpods r. yAwoons, Mk 7% (for this expression in 
m., V. Deiss., LAE, 306 ff.; of actual bonds, v. Ruth., Gr., 9). Pl., 
decpol, Phl 13; Seopa (as also in cl.), Lk 89, Ac 1676 208; gen., dat., 
Ac 237° 9629.81) Phi 171417, Col 4°55, m Ti 2° Phm?® He 11%6 Jus; 
év trois 8. rod evayyeAtov, Phm 13,t 

*t Seapo-pudak, -Kos, 6 (Seopds, pvAag), a prison-keeper, gaoler: Ac 

162: 27,36 (ef. dpyxud-, Ge 39?!).t 

Secpwrnptoy, -ov, 70, [in LXX for WOT MZ (Ge), NON] a prison: 
Mé 112, Ac 521,28 1626.+ 

Seopdrys, -ov, 6, [in LXX for WON, aHA;] a prisoner: Ac 27! *2,+ 

Seomdrys, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for JWN, "34N; in Jth MS FeO 


ovpavav x. t. yas]; a master, lord, correlative of dovAos, oikerns: 1 Ti 
62 11 Ti 2?!, Tit 2°, 1 Pe 2'8; as title of God, voc., d¢o7ora (so usually in 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 103 


LXX), Lk 29, Ac 4*4; 6 8. = voc. déo7ora (cf. Bl., § 33, 4), Re 61°; of 
Christ, 1 Pe 2}, Ju‘, R, txt. (but cf. mg.).t 

SYN.: xvpios (q.v.), implying limitation of authority and a more 
general relation than 6., which “denoted absolute ownership and un- 
controlled power” (Thayer). 

Seipo, adv., [in LXX chiefly for 79, mpd;] 1. of place; (a) 


hither, with verbs of motion; (0) (in cl. chiefly poét.) as an imperat., 
here! come!: Mt 1971, Mk 10#!, Lk 1872, Jo 114%, Ac 73 XX) 34 2 Xx), 
Re 17! 219, 2. Of time, hitherto, now: Ro 13.+ 

Seite, adv., as pl. of dedpo, 1. (b), q.v., [in LXX chiefly for 325 i] 


come on! come here! come!: c. imperat., Mt 25%4 28%, Jo 47° 212, 
Re 1917; c. subjc., Mt 215°, Mk 127; seq. driow, Mt 41°, Mk 11”; xpds, 
Mt 118; cis, Mt 224, Mk 631. 
* Seutepatos, -a, -ov (<< devrepos), adj. with adverbial sense; on the 
second day: Sevrepator 7AOopev, Ac 2818,+ 
*t Seutepd-mpwros, -ov, second-first (in what sense, there is no satis- 
factory explanation. The reading is prob. not original, v. JCC, in 1.; 
DCG, i, 411; ii, 541, 724): Lk 61, WH, mg., R, mg.t 
SeUtepos, -a, -ov, second in order, with or without idea of time: 
Mt 2276, 39 al.; @dvaros, Re 211 2014 218; yapis, 1 Co 1. In neut. as 
adv., secondly, a second time; opp. to zparov: Jo 3* 2116, 1 Co 1278, 
Re 198; 76 5., m Co 132, Ju5; ev +. 8., at the second time: Ac 7'8; in 
later usage (as 1 Mac 91), éx 8., Mk 1472, Jo 974, Ac 11°, He 978, 
8éxouar, depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for np>;] to receive, accept ; 
1. c. ace. rei, of taking or accepting what is offered: ypaypara, Lk 
16° 7; id. in different sense, Ac 2871; aornjpiov, Lk 2217; wasdiov (eis . 
ayxdAas), Lk 2°8; wepixepadaiav, waxaipavy, Eph 61"; érurrodds, Ac 22°; 
t. Bacirciav tr. @eod, Mk 101°, Lk 1817; Aoyla Zévra, Ac 738; evayyédor, 
11 Co 114; +. ydpw +. @eot, 1 Co 61; metaph., of mental acceptance, 
Mt 1114; +. Acyov, Lk 88, Ac 84 111 174, 1 Th 16 218, Ja 191; ra 7, 
mvevpatos, I Co 214; 7, mapaxAnow, 11 Co 817; 7. aydarny tr. adnOeias, 
m Th 2! 2. C. acc. pers., of receiving kindly or hospitably, Mt 
1G At Mie GE Lik 95 6 10810 Jo. 4% 1 Co 7 1116 Ga 4%, 
Col 41°, He 11%; za:déov, Mt 18°, Mk 997, Lk 948; eis ofkous, oxyvas, 
Lk 1649; d€fac 7. rvedua pov, Ac 7°; dv det ovpavoy dééacGa, Ac 372 
(cf. dva-, dzo-, dia-, eio-, éx-, dar-ex-, év-, emi-, Tapa-, mpoo-, to-déxomat; 
Cremer, 174).t ; 
Séw (I), [in LXX chiefly for 9ON;] to tie, bind, fasten ; (1) c. ace. 
rei, seq. cis deopas, Mt 13°°; of an ass, Mt 212, Mk 11%) 4, Lk 19°, (2) 
c. ace. pers., of swathing a dead body, éOovios, Jo 1949; dedopevos rt. 
mooas . . . keupias (BI., § 34, 6; Kiithner, iii, 125), Jo 1144; of binding 
with chains, dyyéAous, Re 914; a demoniac, rédas x. dAvoeot, Mk 5% 4; 
captives, Mt 1279 14% 2218 272, Mk 327 617 15457, Jo 181% 24, Ac 9% 14,21 
2111,18 995,29 9427, Col 48, Re 207; ddtvoeor, Ac 12° 2133. Metaph., 
6 Adyos 7. @eod, 11 Ti 2°; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.yv.), 
Lk 13!°; of constraint or obligation, Ac 202; of the marriage bond, 


104 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


1 Co 73°; id. c. dat. pers., dvdpi, Ro 72; yuvasi, 1 Co 727; in Rabbinic 
lang. (Dalman, Words, 213 f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16° 1818 
(cf. xara-, ept-, ovv-, bro-Sew; Cremer, 82).t 

Séw (II), Attic, to want, miss ; mid., déoua, q.v. 

$4, consecutive co-ordinating particle with no exact equiv. in 
Eng., giving greater exactness and emphasis to the word or words to 
which it is attached; sometimes translatable as now therefore, then, 
verily, certainly. 1. With verbs: imperat., Ac 6% (WH, mg.) 13?, 
1 Co 62°; hort. subjc., Lk 215, Ac 15*°; indic., 84 ov (T, dyzov, q.v.), He 
916. 2. With pronouns: 6 8%, now this is he who, Mt 13?%.+ 

*t Sydavyds, adv. (<< d4Aos, adyy), clearly: Mk 8”, T, WH, mg. (for 
tyAavyas, q.v.).t 

SAdos, -y, -ov, [in LXX for HN, etc.;] 1. visible. 2. clear to the 
mind, evident: Mt 2678; 8. (sc. éoriv), seq. drt, 1 Co 15?’, Ga 3".+ 

SYN.: gavepds, with ref. to outward appearance, manifest as opp. 
to concealed; 6. with ref. to inner perception, evident, known, under- 
stood. 

Sndéw, -&, [in LXX chiefly for w;] to make plain, declare: c. 
acc., I Co 313, Col 18, He 98 1227; c. dat. pers., 11 Pe 1'*; c. dat. pers., 
seq. mrepi (pass.), I Co 1!!; seq. eis, 1 Pe 11.+ 

SYN.: éudavilw, to make manifest, render visible to the sight; 6. 
to render evident to the mind. 

Anpas, 6 (perh. contracted from Anpryrpos), Demas, a companion 
of St. Paul: Col 414, Phm #4, 11 Ti 41°.t 

Syunyopéw, -@ (<< djpos, dyopevw, to speak im the assembly), [in 
LXX: Pr 2466 (3031), 1v Mac 5!°*;] to deliver an oration: Ac 12?1.+ 

Anpatptos, -ov, 6, Demetrius ; 1. a silversmith, Ac 197438, 2. A 
Christian disciple, m1 Jo}?.t 

** Snproupyés, -00, 6 (<< djuos, epyov), [in LXX: m Mac 4'*;] 1. 
one who works for the people. 2. Univ., an author, builder, maker ; 
the maker of the world (Xen., Mem., 1, 4, 9, al.), He 11?%.t 

SYN.: xriorns, creator, texvirns, craftsman, designer. In He, 
l.ce., r. has reference to the plan, 6. to its execution. 

Sipos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for AMpwA;] 1. a district, country. 
2. the common people, the people generally; esp. the people assembled : 
AiG i222 eo eer, ; 

SYN.: dads, the people at large: 8., the people as a body politic ; 
opp. to 6. is éyAos, the unorganized multitude. vos, in sing., means 
in NT as in Gk. writers generally, a nation, but in pl. denotes the rest 
of mankind apart from the Jews: Gentiles. X. also, rare in cl. (Att. 
Aews), is freq. in LXX and NT, and usually limited to the chosen 
people, Israel (cf. Cl. Rev., i, 42f.; Cremer, 689). 

** Snudavos, -a, -ov (<< Sppos), [in LXX: m Mac 6", 111 Mac 2?7 47 * 5) 
belonging to the people, public: Ac 5!8; dat. fem. used adverbially 
(cl.); (a) at the public expense, by public consent; (b) publicly: Ac 
Poe 1825) 2020rT 

*t Snvdpiov, -ov, 7d, the Lat. denarius, a Roman coin, nearly equal 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 105 


to the Spayyu7, q.v.: Mt 1828 202% 15 2319 Mk 687 1215 145, Lk 741 1035 
2074, Jo 67 125, Re 6°; 16 ava 8., Mt 20!%.+ 

Sy-wote, indef, adv. (also written 8) more), with generalizing 
force; 1. absol., sometwme. 2. With adv. or relat., -soever: o8., Jo 5{4] 
(L, oiwdnzorodv).t 

*$y-mou (WH, 87 ov), indef. adv., mostly in sense of surely, 

of course, we know: He 2! T (WH, 87 zrov).t 

Aia, acc. of Zevs, q.v. 

Sid (before a vowel 8’, exc. Ro 8!, m Co 5’, and in pr. names; 
Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc., as in cl.; 1. ¢. gen., through; (i) of 
Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2! 1243, Mk 28, Lk 430, 
Jo 44, 1 Co 11%, al.; cafecOar (S:ac-) 5. rupos, datos, 1 Co 315, 1 Pe 320; 
Brérew 8. éodrrpov, 1 Co 13!2; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 
147° 11 Co 2¢ 5%19; 8. ypduparos, axpoBvorias (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), 
Ro 27 411; 80 trropovas, Ro 87°. (ii) Of Time; (a) during which: Mt 
26%, Mk 1458, Lk 55; 8. ravrds rod Cyv, He 21°; 8. ravrds (Staravrds in 
Mk 55, Lk 245%), always, continually, Mt 181°, Ac 2?5(LXX) 10? 2416 Ro 
1110(@XX) tt Th 316, He 9° 1315; (6) within which: Ac 13; 8. vuxrds, 
Ac 5! 16° 171° 2331; (c) after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 
255 f.): Mk 21, Ac 2417, Ga 21. (iii) Of the Means or Instrument; 
(1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, 
Ro 11°, r Co 19, Ga 4’, He 2!° 721; of Christ, Ro 18 5417, 1 Co 152}, 
I Pe 4", al.; 8. 7. dpadv dejoews, Ro 11", 11 Co 14, Ga 475, al.; (2) of the 
agent, instrument or means; (a) c. gen. pers., Mt 112, Lk 17, Jo 11’, 
Ac 116, Ro 2!6, 1 Co 171, Eph 15, He 214, Re 1}, al; two 7. xupiov 4. 7. 
mpopytov (8. r. kupiov, I Th 47 (M, Th., in 1.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 12 
215, Ro 12; 6. émiroAns as 8. jay (Field, Notes, 202), 1 Th 2?; 8. &. 
(NTD, 22), 1 Pe 5"; (b) c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is 
used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 114, Ac 5!2; 8. +. riorews, Ro 3°; 
8. Adyou Geod, 1 Pe 178; 8. wapaBodArs, Lk 84; dovrcvew 8. 7. dydrns, Ga 
513; 8. émayyeAlas, Ga 318. 2. C. acc.; (i) rarely, as c. gen., through 
(Hom), 8. pwécov Sayapias (ICC, in 1.; Bl., § 42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 
581), Lk 1711. (ii) by reason of, because of, for the sake of ; (a) c. ace. 
pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2, Jo 65? 11, Ro 879; (6) c. acc. rei, 8. 
POovov, Mt 27'8, Mk 151°; 8. poBov, Jo 7'% 201%; 8. aydarnv, Eph 24; 8. 
rovro, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6°, Mk 614, Lk 114°, Jo 6°, 
al.; id. seq. 67, Jo 5!6 1017, al.; 8. 7, why, Mt 9114, Mk 218 Jo 745, 
al.; 6. ro, c. inf., Mk 54, Lk 9’, Ja 42. 3. In composition, (1) through, 
as in daBaivw; (2) of separation, asunder, as in diacrdw; (8) of distri- 
bution, abroad, as in diayydAdw; (4) of transition, as duaAAdoow; (5) of 
“perfective ’’ action (M, Pr., 112f., 115f.), as diuadvyw, diaxaPapitw. 

$ia-Baivw, [in LXX chiefly for "ay ;] 1. to make a stride. 2. to 
step across, cross over ; (a) trans.: +. @dAaccav, He 112°; (6) intrans.: 
seq. eis, Ac 16°; zpds, Lk 1676.+ 

S1a-Bédrw, [in LXX: Da LXX 38, rx 38 6%4 25) (pap Spy), 11 Mac 


311, 1v Mac 4!*;] 1. to throw across. 2. To slander, defame, accuse 
falsely or maliciously : Lk 161 (Cremer, 120).+ 


106 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*§1a-BeBadopar, -odpar, to affirm confidently: Tit 38; seq. zepi, 
1 Ti 1? (Cremer, 140).t+ 
* Sia-Bdérw; 1. to look straight before one. 2. to see clearly: Mt 
75, Mk 8%, Lk 64 (of. duaBrAeyus, Aq., Is 611, for LXX avaB-).t 
SidBodos, -ov (<< diaBddrrqw, q.v.), [in LXX for wy (as Jb 1%), 
exe. Hs 74 8! (4¥, I7¥);] slanderous, accusing falsely. As subst., 6, %, 


; (a) generally (cf. Es, ll. ¢.), a slanderer, false accuser: 1 Ti 3%7 
(can in 1., but v. infr.) 3u, u Ti 3°, Tit 2°; (6) as chiefly in LXX, of 
Satan, the Accuser, the Devil: Mt 415811 1330 2541, Lk 4% 3) 6,18 giz, 
Jo 182, Ac 1088, Eph 4?’ 64, 1 Ti 367 (but v. supr. ); ag DUE Ie gue, 
Ja 47, 1 Pe 58, Ju®, Re 219 12% 12 207,10; civar &« tov ., Jo 844, 1 Jo 38; 
réxva Tov 6., 1 Jo 31°; vids, Ac 131°; metaph., of Judas, Jo 67 (Cremer, 
121; DCG, ii, 605).t 

St-ayyéAdw, [in LXX for 35D pi., etc.;] to publish abroad, pro- 
claim : c. acc., Lk 9%, Ac 2176, ae a 
dud-ye (WH, dua ye). v.85. 

** S.a-yivonat (Ion. and intel Gk. for Siayiyv- ), [in LXX, 1 Mac 
1126*;] 1. to go through, to pass, e.g. r. vixta; absol., to live. 2. Of 
time, to intervene, elapse: ptcp., ¢. yuepdv twa, Ac 2513 ; ixavod xpovov, 
ib. 279; +. cafBarov, Mk 161.t 

Sia-yuvdokw (Vv. previous word), [in LXX chiefly for ym, and cf. 
1 Mac 9!5;] 1. to distinguish, ascertain exactly: Ac 23. 2. As 
Athen. law-term, to determine: ta xaf’ tuds, your case, Ac 2472 
(Cremer, 673).t 

*t S1a-yvwpilw, to publish abroad: Lk 21", Ree. (éyvapirev, Edd.).t 

** Sid-yvwots, -ews, 7 (<< diayryvwonw), [in LXX: Wi 3!8*;] lia 
distinguishing, also as medical term. 2. As law-term (Lat. cognitio), 
determination, decision: Ac 2571 (Cremer, 674).t 

+ 81a-yoyyé£w, [in LXX chiefly for T>, 71, as Ex 162, and ef. Si 
34 (31)"4;] of a number, to murmur or mutter among themselves: Lk 
1s 308 aay 

*t S1a-ypnyopéw, -@, (a) prop., to remain awake (R, mg.); (0) to be 
fully awake (BR, txt.) : Lk 9%?.+ 

St-dyw, [in LXX for Jay hi., etc. ;] 1. tocarry over. 2. Of time, 
to pass: Biov, 1 Ti 27; absol., to live, seq. ev, Tit 3%.t 
Sta-Séxopar, [in LXX for mwa (Deiss., BS, 115), 1398;] te 


recewe through another, recewe in turn: Ac T* (RY, in their turn ; 
v. Field, Notes, 116).t 
Siddypa, -ros, 76 (<< diadéw, to bind round), [in LXX for 33 (as 


Hs 1"), etc. ;] the band round the rapa of a Persian king; a diadem, 
the badge of royalty: Re 123 131 19!.+ 
SYN.: orédhavos, the badge of “‘ victory, of valour, of nuptial joy, 
of festal gladness”’ (but v. M, Th., i, 2!"; cf. DB, i, 530, 604). 
Sra-8iSpr, [in LXX for pdn pi., ete. ;] 1. te hand over, deliver ; 
Re 1718, Rec. 2. to distribute: Lk 112? 1872, Jo 611, Ac 4°°.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 107 


81d-Boxos, -ov, 5, 4) (<< diadéxouar), [in LKX: 1 Ch 18!” (M5), 1 Ch 
2641 (mir) 287 (myyin), Si 461 488, 11 Mac 4° 1476*;] a successor: Ac 


2427 (for usage in LXX and 7. in sense of court official, v. Deiss., BS, 
115).t 
S.a-Lovvupt, (also -vvw), [in LXX for "3m, Ez 23! A*;] to gird 


round : éavrov, Jo 134; pass., ib. 13°; mid., to gird oneself with: c. acc., 
Jo 217.t 

SiabyKn, -ys, 7 (<< diariOyuu), [freq. in LXX, and nearly always for 
m73;] 1. as usually in cl., a disposition, testament, will (Plat., al.) : 


Ga 34 (R, mg., but v. Lft., in 1.), He 916,17 (R, txt.; MM, Hap., xi, ; 
Milligan, NTD, 75; Abbott, Hssays, 107; Deiss., LAH, 341; but v. 
infr.). 2. As in LXX (for m3) = cl. cvv6j«n, a convention, arrange- 


ment, covenant (exc. in the disputed cases mentioned above, always 
bet. God and man, “perhaps with the feeling that the da- compound 
was more suitable than the ovr- for a covenant with God—ouvv@. might 
suggest equal terms,’ MM, Ezp., l.c.): Ga 3 (R, txt., but v. supr., 
and cf. Thayer, s.v.), He 9&1!" (R, mg., Westc., in 1.; Hatch, Hssays, 
47; but v. supr.), Mt 2676, Mk 1424, Lk 17, Ac 325 78, Ro 1127@Xx), 
11 Co 314, Ga 317, He 722 88, ib, #10 (LXX) 94, 15-17, jp, 20 (LXX) 116 (LXX), 29 
1224 1320 Re 1119; xawy 5., Mt 2675, and Mk 144 (R, mg.), Lk 2220, 
1 Co 1175, 11 Co 36, He 8% @XX) 915; pl., Ro 94, Ga 424, Eph 2!2.+ 
St-aipeots, -ews, 7 (<< diarpéw), [in LXX chiefly for nz>ne 3] 1. a 


distinction, difference. 2. a dwision, distribution: 1 Co 124° (ef. 
diarpéw ; Cremer, 616).t 
St-aipéw, -, [in LXX for Ma (as Ge 15"), pdr (as Jos 185), etc. ;] 
1. to divide into parts, cut asunder. 2. to distribute: c. ace. rei, dat. 
pers., Lk 15!2, 1 Co 12".+ 
* $ia-kabaipw, to cleanse thoroughly: Lk 31".t 
*t Sia-Kabapilw = -Jaipw: Mt 3.+ 
*t Sia-kat-ehéyxopnar, to confute completely: Ac 1878.+ 
* Staxovéw, & (<< diaxovos); 1. generally, to minister, serve, wait 
upon, especially at table, to do one a service, care for one’s needs: 
absol., Mt 2028, Mk 1045, Lik 104° 227%, 27, Jo 12? 1 Pe 411; dca dunxdvycer, 
1 Ti 1!8; c, dat. pers., Mt 41 815 2544 2755, Mk 115,381 1541, Lk 439 88 
1237 178, Jo 1226 Ac 6? 1922, Ro 15%5, Phm 8, He 6, 2. to serve as 
deacon: 1 Ti 3118, 3. C. ace. rei, to minister, swpply, supply by minis- 
tration: 1 Pe 112 410; pass., 11 Co 33 8!% 20+ 
SYN.: Xerovpyew, q.v. (Cremer, 179). 
Stakovia, -as, 7 (<< dudkovos), [in LXX for Ww}, Nw pi.: Es 6% 5 A; 


t Mac 1158*;] the office and work of a didKovos, service, ministry ; (a) 
of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63): Lk 104°; (5) spec. of religious 
ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church: 
Ac 11725 61s 4 1129 1925 9024 2119 Ro 1118 127 1551, 1 Co 16), 11 Co 4! 68 
B4 9418 Eph 4%, Col 47) 1 Ti 13, 0 Ti 45") He 1 Re 2; 8. 7. 


108 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Oavarov, 11 Co 37; 7. rvevparos, ib.®; 7. kataxpicews, 7. Suxacoovvys, ib. 9; 
7. katadXayijs, ib. 518; 7, Aeroupyias, ib. 92; ¢. obj. gen., riv byuav 4., ib. 
119s ph TiC aoaet 

SidKovos, -ov, 6, 7 (derivation unknown), (in LXX for 3y3, MWY pi.: 


Es 6% °, »B 11°, 22, Pr 104, 4 Mac 9!7*;] 1. in general, a servant, 
attendant, minister: Mt 2076 2213 234, Mk 935 1043, Jo 259 1 Co 35, 
Ga 217, Eph 6?!, Col 47; 6. Geod, Ro 134, 11 Co 64, 1 Th 37; 8. Xpucro, 
11 Co 1128, Col 17, 1 Ti 4°; cf. 6 8.6 éuds, Jo 127°; 8. repiropys, Ro 15°; 
8. xawys duabyxns, 11 Co 3°; 8. dicatoovvys, U1 Co 111°; 8. [edayyediov], 
Eph 37, Col 12%; 8. [éxxAyoias], Col 12°, 2. As technical term for 
Church officer (so in pre-Christian times, v. M, Th., 1, 37), a deacon: 
Phi 11,1 Ti 3°12; fem. (cf. Eccl. duaxovicca), Ro 16! (cf. 1 Ti 314, and 
CGT, in 1., also M, Th., 1.c.).t 

Sywn.: 8do0dos, bondman; Oepdrwv, servant acting voluntarily ; 
imnpérys, servant, attendant, by etymol. suggesting subordination. All 
these imply relation to a person, in distinction from which 6. repre- 
sents rather the servant in relation to his work. Cf. also Aeroupyds, a 
public servant, in which the idea of service to the community is promi- 
nent; oixérns, @ house servant. 

Staxderot, -at, -a, two hundred: Mk 6%", et al. 


St-axovw, [in LXX: De 1° (yw), Jb 9°35 (a mw hi.)*;] to hear 
through, hear fully; technically, to hear judicially (as De, l.c.; ef. 
Deiss., BS, 230): Ac 23%°.+ 

S.a-kpivw, [in LXX for ppw, J, etc.;] 1. to separate, hence, to 


distinguish, discriminate, discern: pydev 8., Ac 117; ovdev 8. peragv, 
Ac 159; ge, 1 Co 47; 16 cpa, 1 Co 11%, 2. to settle, decide, yudge, 
arbitrate: Mt 163, 1 Co 65 112° (ICC, in 1.), ib. 1 1428, Mid. and pass. ; 
1. to get a decision, contend, dispute: seq. pds, Ac 117; c. dat. (but v. 
ICC, in 1.), Ju; absol., Ju 22'% ms), 2. Hellenistic (NT and Kcel., 
but not LXX), to be divided in one’s mind, to hesitate, doubt: Mt 21”', 
Ro 1423, Ja 16; év éavrd, Ja 24; ev r. xapdia, Mk 1173; pndev 6., Ac 107°; 
8. 7. duortia, Ro A Sa 22 ee 

Sid-Kpiots, -ews, 7 (<< diaxpivw), [in LXX for whpn, Jbidi*S* 5] 


the act of judgment, discernment: Ro 141, 1 Co 12), He 5'4.+ 
** Sia-kwdedw, [in LXX: Jth 47 127*;] to hinder, prevent: ec. acc., 
Mt 314,+ 
** §1a-hahéw, -@, [in Sm.: Ps 50(51)!% et al.;] 1. to talk with: xpos, 
Lk 64, 2. to talk over: pass., Lk 1°.+ 
Sia-Agyopar (mid. of diareyw, to pick out, distinguish, as depon.), 
fin LXX: Ex 62, Is 63! (927 pi.), Jg 8! (ax), 1 Es 84, Hs 5?, Si 14%, 
mt Mac 112°*;] to converse with, discourse (v. Cl. Rev., i, 45), discuss, 
argue: Ac 184 19% ° 20°; c. dat. pers., Ac 1717 181° 207, He 12°; seq. 
mpos, Mk 934, Ac 1717 24"; mepi, Ac 24, Ju®; dad +. ypapav, Ac 17?.+ 
Sia-Aetrw, [in LXX for 5m (as 1 Ki 10), ete. ;] to intermit, leave 
off for a time: Lk 7*°.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 109 


Bid-Nextos, -ov, 7 (<diadréyoua), [in LKX: Da LXX 14 (fw), 


Es 9°6*;] 1. conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). 2. As 
in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular 
country or district: Ac 119 268 214° 29? 2614,+ 
**+ Sta-hipmdvw, [in LXX: To 107*]; to intermit, cease: Ac 8%, 
WH, mg.t 
Si-akddoow, [in LXX: 1 Ki 294 (M¥} hithp.), 1 Es 41, al.;] 1. to 


change, exchange. 2. to change enmity for friendship, to reconcile: 
pass., c. dat. pers., Mt 5’4. “The word denotes mutual concession 
after mutual hostility, an idea absent from xaradA-,” q.v. (Lft., Notes, 
288 ; cf. Deiss., LAH, 178,,; Cremer, 91, 632).+ 

Sta-hoyiLopat, depon., [in LXX chiefly for awn, freq. in Pss.;] 
1. to balance accounts (Dem.). 2. to consider, reason (Isocr.): Lk 129 
521; evr. xapdia, Mk 28, Lk 522; epi, Lk 315; ev éaurd (-ois), Mt 1678, 
Mk 28, Lk 12'7; pos é., Mk 993 1131, Lk 20!4; wap’ é., Mt 21% (ev é,, 
T, WH, mg.) ; mpos addAnAous, Mk 816; dr, Mk 81’, Jo 11°, Rec. (DB, i, 
611; Cremer, 400).+ 

Sta-hoytopds, -00, 6 (<< diadoyifoua), [in LXX chiefly for 
mMpwNa;] a thought, reasoning, inward questioning: Mt 15', Mk 7), 


Lk 235 572 68 946.47 2438 Ro 12! 141, 1 Co 320(LXX) Ph] 214: xperai 5. 
movnpav, gen. of qual. (cf. Pr 12°), Ja 2*; ywpis dpyjs cai 8. (where 
perh. 6., like Mat, in Ps 138 (139)?°, al., implies evil intention), 1 Ti 28 
(v. Hort, in 1.; cf. Cremer, 400).+ 

Sia-Adw, [in LXX for man, dan, etc.;] to part asunder, 
dissolve ; of an assembly, pass., to disperse: Ac 5°6,+ 

Sia-paprépopat, depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple 
paprvpopat, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for Hy hi., usually c. dat. pers., De 
426 819 7 Ki 89, al.;] solemnly to protest: Lk 1678, Ac 24° 825 1042 185 
2071) 28, 24 9311 9823, 1 Th 4°, He 2°; in adjuration, seq. évumiov +. Geod, 
1 Ti 571, 1 Ti 214 4! (Cremer, 415).+ 

Sia-péxopar, [in LXX for amd ni., Da LXX 102°; Si 843 3928 
511°*;] 1. to struggle against. 2. In argument, to contend: Ac 23°.+ 

S:a-pévw, [in LXX for wy, etc.;] to remain, continue: Lk 172 
2278 Ga 25, He 11! (XX) 1 Pe 34.+ 

S1a-pepitw, [in LXX chiefly for pn pi.;] 1. to distribute: c. dat. 
pers., Ac 24°; seq. eis, Lk 2217, pass., Ac 2°. Mid. to distribute 
among themselves : Mt 27%°, Mk 1574, Lk 23%4; with redundant éavrois, 
Jo 1924(XX) (y, M, Pr., 157). 2. to dwide, separate: pass., seq. émé, 
ce. acc., Lk 111% 18; éri, c. dat., Lik 125% 53,+ 

Sta-peptopds, -od, 6 (<< diapepilw), [in LXX: Ez 489 (n2>n0), Mi 
712 * | a division: opp. to eipyvy, Lk 12°1,+ 

Sia-vépw, [in LXX for pon, De 2926 25)*;] to distribute, divide: 
pass., to be spread about, Ac 417.+ 

tSa-vedw, [in LXX: Ps 34 (35) (pp), Si 2722*;] to wink at, 
nod to, beckon to: Lk 12%.+ 


110 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Sia-vénpa, -tos, TO (<< diavodopar, to think), [in LXX_ for 
mawnna, etc., Is 55%, al., freq. in Si;] a thought: Lk 11!.+ 
Sidvowa, -as, 4, [in LXX chiefly for ao S55 ;] the understanding, 
mind: Lk 151, Eph 418, Col 121, 1 Pe 113, 11 Pe 31,1 Jo 5%; pl., Eph 
23; in quotations from LXX, Mt 22°’, Mk 12°°, Lk 107’, He 81° 1016 
(Cremer, 79, 438).t+ 
St-av-otyw, [in LXX for 7B (Ex, Nu), NPB, MMB, etc. ;] to open 
up completely, to open: Lk 275 (XX); pass., Mk 734, Ac 758, Metaph., 
8. 7. voov, Lk 244, 7. xapdiav, Ac 1614, pass., of 6@fadApoi, Lk 2431; of 
explaining, r. ypapds, Lk 24%, Ac 173.+ 
S.a-vuxrepedw (cf. dunwepevo, to pass the day), [in LXX: Jb 2°*;5] 
to pass the night: seq. ev t. tpocevxyn, Lk 6'*.+ 
** §-avdw, [in LXX: mu Mac 12!7*;] 1. to accomplish fully, finish, 
complete: Ac 217 (EV). 2. In late writers (Xen., al., Clem., I ad 
Cor., xxv, 3), to continue: Ac, l.c. (Field, Notes, 134 f.).t 
S.a-rartds, V. dud, C. gen. 
*t S1a-mrapa-tpiBy, -7s, 7) (<< raparpiBy, friction, irritation), mutual 
irritation (Field, Notes, 211), wrangling: 1 Ti 6° (Rec. rapadiarpe3y).t 
Sia-mepdw, -@, [in LXX: De 30", Is 23? (May), 1 Mac,*;] to pass 
over, cross over: Mt 9!; seq. éwi +. ynv, Mt 1494, Mk 6°; eis, Mk 57), 
Ac 21?; zpos nuas, Lk 1676.t 
* $1a-théw, -d, to sail across: Ac 27°.+ 
Sia-movéw, -@, [in LXX: Ec 10° (ayy ni.), 1 Mac 278; in Aq.: 
Ge 6°, 1 Ki 208*;] to work owt with labour. Pass., to be worn out, 
sore troubled: Mk 144 (WH, mg.), Ac 4? 1618,t 
Sta-mopedw, [in LXX for 7ay, J>5, etc.;] to carry over. Pass., 
to pass across, journey through: absol., Lk 18%°, Ro 1574; seq. xara 
modes x. kopas, Lk 13%; dd, c. gen., Mk 2”, Lk 6th (ci. Pee, 
Wi 31); c. acc., Ac 164.t 
** §.-amopéw, -@, [in Sm.: Ps 76(77)°, Da 2'*;] to be quite at a loss, 
be in great perplexity: absol., Ac 2"; seq. dua 76, ¢. inf., Lk 97; zepi, 
Ac 524; év éavre, Ac 10!7.+ 
* $.a-mpaypatevopar, ‘perfective compound” (vy. M, Pr., 118); 1. to 
examine thoroughly (Plat.). 2. In late writers (Dion. Hal.), to gain by 
trading: Lk 191°.t 
S.a-mpiw, [in LXX: 1 Ch 20° (mn) *;] to saw asunder. Pass., 
metaph. (vernacular ?), EV, cut to the heart: Ac 5°8; seq. 7. xapdias 
avrav, Ac 754.t 
Si-aprdtw, [in LXX for 1a, 512, Dow, etc.;] to plunder: Mt 
122 Mike Saar 
Sia-phoow (so WH, exc. Ac, l.c.), dua-ppyoow (poetic and late 
form of d.appyyvvpe), [in LXX chiefly for y9p ;] to break asunder, burst, 
rend: Secunda, Lk 82°; pass., décrva, Lk 5°; ivaria, xutovas, in grief or 
anger (as Ge 372%, al.), Mt 26%, Ac 1414, Mk 14%.+ 
Sia-capew, -@ (<Ccadys, clear), [in LXX: De 1° (9N2 pi), Da 
LXX, 26 (min aph.), rm Mac,*;] to make clear, explain fully: 
c. acc. rei, dat pers., Mt 1376 183!.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 111 


Sia-celw, [in LXX: Jb 44 (anp hi.), m1 Mac 771*;] to shake 
violently ; metaph., to intimidate: Lk 3'4.t 

tSta-cxopmifw, [in LXX for pip, M1, etc.;] to scatter abroad, 
disperse: of sheep, Mt 2631 = Mk 14°7 @XX); of persons, Lk 1°, 
Ac 537, opp. to ovvdyw, Jo 11; of winnowing grain, Mt 257476; 
metaph., of property, to squander, waste: Lk 15'* 161,+ 

Sta-omdw, -G, [in LXX chiefly for pn3, as Jg 16°;] to break or 
tear asunder: pass., ddvoes, Mk 54; IadAos, Ac 231°.+ 

Sia-oreipw, [freq. in LXX for pap, ete. ;] to scatter abroad, dis- 
perse: Ac 8+* 1119,+ 

Sia-cmopd, -as, 7 (<< diaczeipw), [in LXX of Israelites dispersed 
and exiled in foreign lands, as De 28% (Myt) 304 (mt3 ni.), Is 49° (ya) ; 


by meton., of the exiles themselves (as Ps 146 (147)?, 11 Mac 1?") ;] a 
dispersion: 8. tv “EAAnvev, Jo 7°; metaph., of Christians (DB, iii, 
782 f.), Ja 14, 1 Pe 14 (v. Hort, in 1l.).+ 

Sia-oréddw, [in LXX for 542 hi. (De 108, al.), st hi. (Ez 311, al.), 
and 19 other words]; 1. to divide, distinguish, define. 2. to command, 
charge expressly: pass., To diacteAAcpevov, He 1229, Mid. in late Gk. 
with same sense (so Hz, l.c.; et al. in LXX; MM, s.v.); ¢. dat. 
pers., Mk 815, Ac 154; seq. iva, Mt 167°, Mk 543 736 99 + 

Sidornpa, -Tos, 7d (<< du’ornms), [in LXX for ny}, etc. ;] an interval, 
space: of time (Si, prol.*4), Ac 57.+ 

S.a-croAy, -Hs, 7 (<< diacréAdw), [in LXX for nmp: Ex 87509), 
etc.;] 1. a separation. 2. a distinction, difference: Ro 372 10}%, 
1 Co 14’. 

Sia-orpépw, [in LXX for JO I, wpy, etc.;] to distort, twist; 
metaph., to distort, pervert: Lk 237, Ac 13510; Suertpappevos, per- 
verse: Mt 17!’, Lk 941, Ac 2039, Phi 215,+ 

Sia-cdtw, [in LXX for n59, yw, etc.;] to bring safely through a 
danger: Lk 7%, Ac 274; seq. apos, Ac 2374. Pass., to come safe 
through: Ac 28!; ei rt. ynv, Ac 2744; ex +r. Oadacons, Ac 284; dv 
vdatos, I Pe 32°; of sickness, to recover: Mt 14°°,+ 

tSa-tayy, -7s, 9 (<(dvatdoow), [in LXX: mm Hs 4" (7ayp)*;] 
in late writers (Deiss., LAE, 86 ff.) for cl. diavaéis (wh., however, is 
found in LXX, Ps 118 (119)*, al.); (a) disposition (cf. diatagis for 
N2¥; Sm., Iv Ki 234, Je 8? 191%); cis duarayas dyyéAwy, AV, by the 
disposition of angels (Alf., in 1., Field, Notes, 116; but v. infr.): Ac 753; 
(6) ordinance (C. I. 3465): Ro 137, Ac 7°, R, txt. (and v. mg.; Page 
and HGT, in 1.; but also v. supr.).t 

t 8ud-raypa, -Tos, 76 (<< dvardoow), [in LXX: 1 Es 7}! (jinwa), Es 
38, Wi 117*;] an edict, mandate: He 1123.+ 


** Sia-rapdoow, [in Sm.: m1 Ki 20 (21)4**;] to agitate greatly (Lat. 
perturbare): Lk 1?9,+ 


112 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Sia-rdoow, [in LXX for pw, waw, etc.;] to charge, give orders 
to, appoint, arrange, ordain: c. dat., Mt 111, 1 Co 914 16!; seq. inf., 
Lk 8%, Ac 187. Mid., 1 Co 7'”, Ac 201%; c. acc., 1 Co 11%4; c, dat., 
Tit 15; seq. inf., Ac 744 2473, Pass., ro diareraypévov, Lk 318, Ac 2331; 
ra. StataxOevra, Lk 17%; darayeis, Ga 31%. t 

Sia-tehéw, -3, [in LXX: De 97 (Ax), Je 20718 (mda), Es 813, 
1m Mac 527*;] prop. trans., to accomplish ; used with ellipse of obj. as 
intrans. (Bl., § 81, 1), and joined to participles (in Ae, l.c., to adj.; 
v. Bl., § 73, 4) with adverbial sense (= continuously), to continue: 
Ac 2783.t 

S.a-Typéw, -O, [in LXX for "aw, 7X3, etc. ; seq. dxd (for 74), as in 
Ps 11 (12)8;] to keep carefully: Lk 2°'; seq. éx, Ac 15?9.t 

Sca-ri, T, Rec. for da 7é, v.s. dua. 

S.a-rOypu, [in LXX chiefly for ND, freq. 8. daOjxyv (MD NID) ] 
to place separately, arrange, dispose. Mid. only in NT; 1. (a) in 
general, to dispose of; c. dat. pers., to assign to one, Lk 2279; (6) to 
dispose of by a will, make a testament (in cl., 8. duaj«nv also in this 
sense): He 9!%17 (but cf. R, mg., and v.s. diaOjxn). 2. 8. diabjxnv, 
to make a covenant (Aristoph.): c. dat. pers., He 8!°(4XX); seq. apds, 
c. ace. pers., Ac 375, He 10! XX) (cf. dvre-diariOnyc).t 

Sia-tpiBw, [in LXX Le 14° (awn), Je 42 (35)" (312), To 11512, Jth 
102, m Mac 14%%*;] to rub hard, rub away, consume; 8. xpovov, 
nuépas, to spend time: Ac 14% 28 161, 20° 25%14. Intransitively with 
ellipse of object (BI., § 81, 1), to spend time, stay: Jo 3% 11° 15%, 
Ac 1219,+ 

** Sta-tpogy, Hs, 7 (<< diatpépw, to support, sustain), [in LXX: 
1 Mac 649*;] food, nowrishment : 1 Ti 68.t 
**+t §-auydtw, [in Aq.: Jb 25°*;] to shine through, to dawn: 1 Pe 1'® 
(cf. €ws of duarveion 7 puépa, Ca 217).t 
** Siavyys, -es (<< avy), [in Aq.: Pr 16?*;] transparent: Re 21?1.+ 

Stadarys, -és (<C diadaivw to show through, shine through), [in 
TOK x). 3034) (a7), fs 325.27) (753), Es 1°*;] transparent: Re 212} 
(Rec. ; v. duavy7s).t 

S.a-pépw, [in LXX for Niw (Da 7 only); 1 Ki 17%, Es 335, al. ;] 
1. trans., (a) to carry through: seq. dd, Mk 1116; (b) to carry about, 
spread abroad: pass., Ac 13* 2777, 2. Intrans., (a) to differ: ra 
Siaépovta, Ro 2!8, Phi 1!° (R, mg., but v. infr.); impers., duahéper, at 
makes a difference, it matters: Ga 2°; (b) to excel: c. gen. Mt 676 10%! 
1212) Lk 12724, 1 Co 154, Ga 4!; ra dtadepovra, Ro 218, Phi 11° (R, 
txt.; for discussion and reff. v. ICC on Ro, Phl, ll. c.).+ 

Sia-pedyw, [in LXX: Jos 8? (5B), ib. 1028 (Ty), etc. ;] to flee 
through, escape: Ac 274?.+ 

*+S.a-pypifw, in late writers only, to spread abroad: +. déyov 
(= 275, the matter), Mk 1*°, Mt 281°; ce. acc. pers., to spread abroad 


one’s fame: Mt 931.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 113 


Sta-peipw, [in LXX chiefly for nnw hi. ;] 1. to destroy utterly: 
Lk 12%3, Re 1118; pass., to be destroyed, disabled: Re 8°, m Co 47°. 
2. In moral sense, to corrupt, deprave: tr. yjv, Re 111*; pass., duepOap- 
pevoe T. voov, I Ti 65.t 


Sia-h0opd, -as, ) (<< diadGecpw), [in LXX chiefly for nny, and 


cogn. forms;] 1. destruction. 2. corruption (physical or moral): 
of the grave, Ac 227 LXX), 31 1334-37,+ 
Sid-hopos, -ov (< diagpepw), [in LXX for Nw (Da 771%); also as 
in Polyb., tv, 188, al., ro 8., ra 5., money: Si 27! 425, m Mac 3°;] 
i i different : Ro 12°, He 9 92. excellent: compar., -drepos, He 
1888+ 
S.a-puddcow, [in LXX chiefly for "aw (as Ps 90 (91)");] to 
guard carefully (M, Pr., 116), defend: c. acc., Lk 41°@X%),t+ 
* Sta-xerpiLw (<< yelp), to have in hand, conduct, manage. Mid. 
(a) = act.; (b) in late writers (Polyb., FlJ, al.), to lay hands on, 
kill: c. ace., Ac 5° 2671,+ 
* S1a-xheudtw, intensive of yAevdlw, to scoff, mock: (a) c. acc.; (6) 
absol., Ac 213.+ 
Sia-xwpitw, [in LXX: Ge 14* (642 hi.), 139* (“mB ni.), ete. ;] 
to separate entirely. Mid., to separate oneself, depart: seq. azo 
Lk 933,+ Re ae 
*t Si8axtixds, -7, -dv (= cl. didacKadskds), apt at teaching: 1 Ti 3?, 
1 Ti 274,+ 
BiSaxrds, -7), -dv (<< &ddoxw), [in LXX: Is 541% (ad), 1 Mac 


47*:] 1. thatcan be taught. 2. taught; c. gen., of source of teaching 
(in cl., poét. only); (a) of persons: 8. Geot, Jo 64° (XX); (6) of things, 
Aoyous 8. rvevpatos, 1 Co 238.t 

SiBacKaXia, -as, 7 (<< didaoxw), [in LXX: Pr 2"? (FAD), Is 2938 


(md pu.), Si 24%3 398*;] teaching, instruction, in both active and 
objective senses, most freq. the latter: Ro 127 154, Eph 4, 1 Ti 
46, 13,16 517 G13, yy Ti 31% 16 Tit 2710; tyawotoa 8.1 Ti 1), m Ti 4°, 
Tit 19 2; pl., 8. 7. dvOpwzwv, Col 272; 8. Sapoviwy, 1 Ti 41; 8. didaoxe, 
Mt 15°, Mk 77 @XX) (Cremer, 182).t+ 
SYN.: ddax7. 

** SiSdoKahos, -ov, 6 (<< didaoxw), [in LXX: Es 61, m Mac 1°*;) 

given as rendering of Heb. 229, fia (NT, ‘PafPet, “PaBBovvei, q.v.) ; 


a teacher: Jo 139 20'6; of Jewish teachers, Lk 24°, Jo 3!°, cf. Ro 
220,21; of John Baptist, Lk 312; of Jesus, Jo 3% 10 8{4) 1178 131514, and 
often in Syn., most freq. in voc., as title of address, as Mt 81%, Mk 4°8; 
of Jesus by himself, Mt 238; of an apostle, 1 Ti 27, m Ti 1"; of 
Christians, 1 Co 122% 29, Eph 41, Ac 131, Ja 3!; of false teachers, 11 Ti 
48 (Cremer, 181; DB, i, 609, iii, 294, iv, 691). 

SYN.: wadevtys, q.V. 

SiSdoxw fin LXX chiefly for mw pi., also for yp hi. mY hi., 
etc. ;] to teach (i.e. instruct) a person, teach a thing; 1. trans.: c. ace. 

8 


114 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pers., Mt 5?, Mk 177, al.; seq. om, Mk 871; epi, 1 Jo 2°’; c. inf., Lk 
11'; c. ace. rei, Mk 69° 1214; ¢. cogn. acc., Mt 15%(XX); ¢, dupl. acc., 
Mk 4?, Jo 146; pass., Ga 1!%, 11 Th 215; c. dat. pers. (like Heb., ef. 
Jb 21”, but prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in 1.), Re 214. 2. Absol., 
to teach, give instruction: Mt 478, Mk 171, and often in Gosp., Ro 127, 
1Co41* 1. Ti 2)? al. 

SYN.: radevw (cf. Weste., Heb., 402; Cremer, 180). 

8.8ax%, -js, ) (<< dddoxw), [in LXX: Ps 59 (60) tit. (tad pi.); Sm.: 
De 338*;] 1. objectively, teaching, doctrine, that which is taught: Mk 
127, Jo 716, Ac 17'%, Ro 67 161”, 1 Jo, Re 274; c. gen. poss., Mt 728 
1632 9938) Mk 122 1118 Lk 4%, Jo 1819 Ac 578 Re 91415; 5 9., of 
Christ, Jo 717, Ac 13", m Jo®; ef. rv 4., Tit 19; c. gen. obj., Baz- 
tispav 6., He 67; pl., He 18%. 2. Actively, teaching: Ac 2*, 1 Ti 4?; 
ev t. 6., in the course of his teaching: Mk 42 1238; dadeiy &v 6., 1Co 148; 
exew 6., ib. 26 (DCG, i, 485; Cremer, 181).t 

SYy.: ddackadia. 

t+ 8iSpaxpos, -ov (<< dis, dpayuy), worth two drachmae; 70 8. (sc. 

vouirpa, coin), [in LXX chiefly for py (Ge 2315, al.), also for FD: 


Ge 2016, De 22?°;] a double drachma, nearly equal to the Jewish half- 
shekel, the amount of the Temple tax: Mt 1724 (DB, iii, 428).t. 
AiSupos, -ov, 6 (prop. name from didvupos, -n, -ov, double, sc. rats, 
twin), Didymus, surname of the apostle Thomas: Jo 1116 2074 212.t 
SiSopr, [in LXX chiefly for qn3 (53 words in all) ;] to giwe—in 
various senses, acc. to context—besiow, grant, supply, deliver, commit, 
yield: absol., Ac 20%°; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 4° 51, Jo 12%, al. 
mult.; ¢. dat. pers., seq. éx, Mt 258; id.c. gen. part., Re 27; c. acc. 
pers., Jo 316 Re 2018, al.; defids, Ga 2°; pirnua, Lk 7; yraou, 
Lk 17; xpiow, Jo 5%; of seed yielding fruit, Mk 4% 8; épyaotay (Deiss., 
LAH, 117 f.), Lk 12°8; ec. inf. fin., Mt 2794, Mk 548, Lk 85, Jo 6%, al.; 
ce. dat. pers. et inf., Lk 174, al.; c. acc. et inf., Ac 277, Re 3°; c. dupl. 
acc.. Mt 2078, Mk 10%, Eph 122 411, m Th 39, 1 Ti 2°, al.; éavrov 8. 
eis (Polyb., al.), Ac 1991; c. dat. pers., seq. card (MM, Hap., xi), Re 
228 (LXX); 9. iva, Re 3°; dédwxa evuoriiv cov Ovpay avewypevnv, Re 3°. 
SYN.: dwpéopat. 

** $.-eye(pw, [in LXX: Jth 14, Es 11, m Mac 77! 151°, m1 Mac 515 * 5] 
to arouse completely, arowse as from rest or sleep: Lk 874; pass., 
Mk 4°9, Lk 8*4; of the sea, Jo 61%. Metaph., of the mind: év trop- 
vyoe, 1 Pe 133 31+ 

*t S.-evOupéopat, -oduar, depon., to consider, reflect: seq. mepit, Ac 
LO, 

81-€€-o805, -ov, 7, [in LXX chiefly for MINyiM, as Nu 34**, and 


freq. in Jos;] in z. of the conclusion of a trial (MM, Eap., xi); a way 
out through, an outlet; pl., 6. rav ddav, RV, the partings of the high- 
ways: Mt 229.+ 
*+ $.-epunveutis, -00, 6 (<< duepunveiw), an interpreter: 1 Co 14%8.t 
*t S.-epunveta, as, 7, interpretation: 1 Co 12), L, txt. (not else- 
where).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 115 


**t Si-epunvedw, [in LXX: mu Mac 1*6*;] intensive of épunvedw, to 
interpret ; (a) to explain, expound: ec. ace., Lk 2427; absol., 1 Co 123° 
14° 13,27; (6) to translate: Ac 9°6,t 

8:-épxopat, [in LXX for 2aN, JOT, NID, etc.;] 1. to go through, 
pass through; (a) of things: Mt 194, Mk 105, Lk 255, al.; (6) of 
persons: Lk 194; c. acc. loc., Lk 191, He 414, Ac 121; seq. &a, c. 
gen. loc., Mt 124%, 1 Co 10; seq. eis, Mk 4°°; ews, Lk 2)5, 2. to go 
about: Lk 9%, Ac 207°; of a report, to spread, go abroad (Thuc.), 
Lk 5}, 

* §.-eputdw, -3, to find by inquiry: c. ace., Ac 10}7.+ 
¥* Suerys, -6s (<< Sis, Eros), [in LXX: 1 Mac 10%*;] 1. lasting two 
years. 2. two years old: azo 6. (sc. mades, or neuter; cf. 1 Ch 2723, 
dro eixooaeros), Mt 216+ 
t Seria, -as, 7 (<< dverys), [in LXX (Grac. Ven.) : Ge 41! 455*;] the 
space of two years: Ac 2477 2890+ 

Si-nyéopat, -oduct, [in LXX chiefly for "pO pi.;] to set owt in 
detail, recount, describe: absol., He 11%; c. acc. rei, Ac 8*°; c. dat. 
pers., seq. ws, Mk 516, Ac 927 1217; & cidov, Mk 9°; dca éroinoe, -av, 
Lk 62? 910. 

Si-qynos, -ews, 7 (<< duyycopar), [in LXX: Jg 7! (ngHN), Hb 2° 
(MJ), freq. in Si (6%, al.), 11 Mac 2%? 6173] a narrative: Lk 1! (ef. 
Milligan, NTD, 130).t+ 

** Si-nvexns, -6s (<< Senveyxa, aor. of diadépw), [in Sm.: Ps 47 (48)}5 
88 (89)*°;] wnbroken, continuous: adverbially, eis 76 8., continually (for 
exx., v. Deiss., BS, 251), He 7% 101 1% 14.+ 

*+t §.0ddagaos, -ov (dis, AiAacca); 1. divided into two seas (as the 
Euxine, Strab., ii, 5°). 2. dividing the sea: tomov 8., a tongue of 
land, or reef, running out into the sea: Ac 2741,+ 

Si-txvéopor (Rec. diix-), -odpar, [in LXX for ma hi., Hx 2628*;] to 
go through, penetrate: He 4}2.+ 

Si-iornpt (Rec. ditc-), [in LXX: Ez 5! (pdm pi.), Pr 17° (a4 hi.), 
etc.;] to set apart, separate ; of time (or space), to make an interval, 
intervene : Siactaoys dpas pias, Lk 22°; Bpayi duactyoavres, Ac 2778, 
In pass., mid. and 2 aor., pf. and plpf. act., to part, withdraw: 
Lk 24°1.+ 

* Si-coxupifopar (T, Rec. diic-), depon.; 1. to lean wpon. 2. to 
affirm confidently: c. ptcp., Lk 22°°; c. acc. et inf. (Bl., § 70, 3), 
Ac 12}5,+ 

Sixdfw, to judge: Lk 6*” (Tr., mg.; v.s. xarad-; Cremer, 199).+ 

*tSixavoxpicia, -as, 7, righteous gudgment: Ro 2° (cf. 7. dixacas 
kpioews, 1 Th 15; rHv 8. x., Jo 74. For use in z., v. Deiss., LAE, 89f.).+ 

Sixatos, -a, -ov (< diy), [in LXX chiefly for pyty (for rendering 
of pYT¥ in sense of correct, v. Deiss., BS, 115 f.); sometimes for 
3p3, a8 Pr 1", al.;] in early Gk. writers, (a) of persons, observant of 


dicn, custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and 


116 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


men; (b) of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In NT: 1. 
righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing 
corresponding to the Divine standard of right; (a) of persons: of God, 
Ro 326 1 Jo 279 37; of Christ, Ac 314 752 2214, 1 Pe 318 1 Jo 2!; of men, 
Mt 1” (Abbott, Hissqays, 75 £.) 10% 13% 43549, Tk 1527, Ro 54, 1 Ti 1% 
Ja 56 1 Pe 3, 1 Jo 3’, Re 224, al.; 8. nai etAaBys, Lk 275; adytos, 
Mk 67°; aya60s, Lk 23°; poBovpevos 7. Gedv, Ac 1072; opp. to duap- 
twAroi kai aoeBeis, 1 Pe 418; ddicor, Mt 54, Ac 24%; 8. ex wicrews, Ro 117, 
Ga 311, He 1088 (XX); 8, zapa 7. Oed, Ro 2)°; (b) of things: épya 4., 
opp. to zovypd, I Jo 312; évroAn, Ro 72; metaph., afwa, Mt 233°; 70 4., 
Lk 1257; 8. éorw, Ac 4! Eph 61, Phi 17; 6, Mt 204; doa, Phi 4°. 2. 
In narrower sense ; (a) of persons, as in later cl. writers, just, rendering 
to each his due: Tit 18,1 Jo 19; 8. xperys, 11 Ti 48; (6) of things: 706., 
Col 4!; 8., se. éorw, 11 Th 1°; «pious 8., Jo 5°; ddoi, Re 15°. 

SYN.: dyabos (q.v.), kadds, xpnords (Cremer, 183, 690). 

Stxatoodvyn, -ys, 7 (<< dékaos), [in LXX chiefly for py¥, and 
cognates, Ge 15°, al., rarely for tom, Ge 19!°;] the character of 


6 dixaos (q.v.); 1. in broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the 
Divine will in purpose, thought and action: Mt 5°, Jo 168, Ac 131°, 
Ro 4°; Adyos Sixacooivys, teaching of r., He 513; Baorreds 6. (cf. FJ, 
BJ, vi, 10, B. Séxatos), He 72; dda 8., Ro 618; dd0s 6., Mt 21°?; Oapag 
ris §., Eph 614; duaxovor 6., 1 Co 11); davdrns wai 6., Lk 175, ef. Eph 
474; dyabwovvy cai 6, Eph 5°; 8. x. eipyvn «. xapd, Ro 1417; 8. x. 
ayiacpos, I Co 19; opp. to duapria, Ro 8; dvouia, 11 Co 614; ddixia, 
Ro 3°; zovety tiv 8., 1 Jo 2?9 37; id. as an inclusive term for the active 
duties of the religious life (ICC, in 1.; Abbott, Hssays, 73 ), Mt 61; 
epyalecOar 5., Ac 10°°; didxew 8., 1 Ti 61; rAnpoiv racav 6., Mt 3); 
fav 77H 5., I Pe 274; 8. Geod, a righteousness divine in its character and 
origin, Mt 6°83, Ja 1°°, Ro (where it also includes the idea of God’s 
personal r.; v. ICC, on 12%) 127 35,2226 10%) 11 Colas Pal 3°: 40.7. 
miorews, Ro 411; 7 éx mw. 6., Ro 99; xara 7. 8., He 11’; opp. to this 
is 7 éx vopov 8., Ro 10°; 7 8. év v., Phi 3°; 7 idva 8., Ro 10°, cf. Phl 3°. 
2. In narrower sense (cf. dikatos), yustice: Ac 17*1, 1 Pe 1}, Re 191! 
(DCG, ii, 529 ff.; Cremer, 190, 690). 

Bixatdw, -@ (<< df/kaos), [in LXX chiefly for pty pi., hi., (1) as Ez 
16°, Je 34 (cf. NT usage); (2) as De 25!, Ex 237, Is 50°;] 1. in cl., 
(a) c. ace. rei, to deem right ; (6) c. acc. pers., to do one justice ; pass., 
dixarodoGa, to be treated rightly, opp. to adixetoOa. 2. In NT, as in 
LXX, and as usual with verbs in -ow from adjectives of moral mean- 
ing; (1) to show to be righteous: Mt 11!°, Lk 73°, Ro 34@XX), 1 Ti 316; 
(2) to declare, pronounce righteous: Lk 77° 10% 1615 18'4, Ro 2! 
324, 26, 28 45 880,33 Tit 37; seq. dad, Mt 11° Lk 7%, Ac 13%, Ro 67; 
ek tictews, Ro 3° 51, Ga 216 38 24; ef epywy, Ro 32°(LXX) 42, Ga 216 Ja 
271, 24,255 ek 7, ANdywv, Mt 1287; Sa 7. ricrews, Ro 3°; c. dat., Ro 3428, 
Tit 3"; seq. ev, Acvi3dsiRo 3* 5° 1 Co 46 Gad gu ot bias 
(v. Cremer, 193, 693; DB, ii, 826 ff.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 117 


Sixatwpa, -ros, Td (<< dixatdw), [in LXX most freq. for ph, in Ez, 
chiefly for BBW, in Pss, 7a 5., freq. for OMPB;] a concrete ex- 
pression of righteousness, the expression and result of the act of 
dixaiwors, “a declaration that a thing is dicaov, or that a person is 
dixavos,” hence, (a) an ordinance : 8. r. Geot, Ro 197; +. xvpiov, Lk 18; 1. 
vopov, Ro 276 84; Aarpeias, He 91; capxds, He 91°; (b) a sentence: of 
acquittal, Ro 5'€ (also 5!8; ICC, in 1.), or of condemnation; (c) a 
righteous act: Ro 58 (RV), Re 154 19® (on the usage of 7., v. MM, 
Exp., iii, xi).t 

Sixaiws, adv. (<( dikavs, q.v.), [in LXX for py, ete.;] 1. 


righteously: 1 Co 154, 1 Th 2) Tit 21%. 2. justly: Lk 234}, 
Pre 2%. 


Sixaiwors, -ews, 7 (<< dixatdw), [in LXX for weym, Le 247?*;] 


the act of pronouncing righteous, justification, acquittal: Ro 4% 518 
(Cremer, 199).+ 

Sikactys, -od, 6 (<C duxdlw), [in LXX for WEw;] a judge: Ac 
727, 35 (LXX) + 

SYN.: xpirys, wh. “gives prominence to the mental process” 
(Thayer). 98. is the forensic term. In Attic law, the dixacrai were 
jurors, with a xpirys as presiding officer (LS, s.v.; Enc. Brit.44, xii, 
504 f.). 

Sikn, -ns, 7, [in LXX for op3, a5, etc.;] 1. custom. 2. right. 
3. a judicial hearing; hence its result, the execution of a sentence, 
punishment: 8. rivev, 1 Th 19; 8. iréyew, Ju’. 4. Personified (cf. 
Lat. Justitia), gustice, vengeance: Ac 284.t 

Sixtuoy, -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for nw , M734 ;] general term 
for a net: Mt 42% 21, Mk 11819 Lk 5% 46, Jo 21% 8 11+ 

SYN.: auPiBAnotpov (q.v.), cayyvy. 

*t Sthoyos, -ov (<< dis, A€yw), 1. in sense of diAoyetv, -a (Xen.), given 
to repetition. 2. In NT, prob. (cf. déyAwocos, Pr 111%, Si 5°) dowdle- 
tongued : 1 Ti 38.t 

8.6, conjunct. for dv 6, wherefore, on which account: Mt 278, Lk 
77, Ac 151, Ro 14, al.; 8. cad, Lk 135, Ac 1079 2476 Ro 4? 1522, 11 Co 
120 413 59 Ph] 2°, He 11)? 1312 (v. Ellic. on Ga 451), 
+$.-odedw, [in LXX chiefly for 3ay;] 1. to travel through: c¢.acc., 
Ac 17}. 2. to travel along (Ba 4?, 1 Mac 125% 33): Lik 81.+ 
Avovdatos, -ov, 6, Dionysius, an Athenian: Ac 174.+ 
** $.d-mep, conjunct. (4.6, q.v., strengthened by zép), [in LXX: 
Jth 81’, 1 Mac,*;] for which very reason: 1 Co 81% 10}4.+ 
*S.ometys (written also duiz-), -és (<< dios, rirrw, v. Page on Ac, 
lc.; DB, i, 605, n., ext., 1128; Field, Notes, 130f.), fallen from 
heaven (R, mg.): 70 8. (sc. dyadpa, statwe, image), Ac 19%°.+ 
*SidpOwpa, -ros, to (<< diophdw, to make straight, set right), a 
correction, reform: Ac 24%,+ 


118 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* §idpOwars, -ews, 7 (Vv. supr.), 1. a making straight. 2. areforming, 
reformatwn (used in late writers of laws, etc.): He 9!° (Cremer, 
807).t+ 

St-opdcow, [in LXX: Jb 2416 Ez 125%1% (mm)*;] to dig 
through: ¢. acc., of hous?-breaking (as in 7.; MM, Ezp., xi), Mt 244°, 
Lk 1239; absol., Mt 6!% 20,+ 

Aiéc-koupot, -wv, of (Ion. and xowy form of Att., AsdoKopo; 
< Avs, gen. of Zevs + xépos, a son), the Dwscurt (Castor and Pollux), 
twin sons of Zeus and Leda (RV, The T'win Brothers): Ac 28"".+ 

Si-é71, conjunct., for da rodro, dre (Lat. propterea quod), because : 
Tule PsP O7 D128" Ag 138? 1S 20262218 Ro dtnet S20 Set Co lon, 
Phi 276 ; Th 2% 18 (Lft., Notes, 37) 45, He 115 28, Ja 43, 1 Pe 116 24 26, 
It is usually stronger than 67, but sometimes, as in Lk 11%, Ro 17, 
1 Th 28, approximates to MGr. sense, for; ef. Milligan, Th., 1.c¢.t 

Avotpépys (Rec. -rpedrjs), -es (<C Ais, gen. of Zevs + tpédo: 
cherished by Zeus), as pr. name, Diotrephes: 111 Jo %.t 

Sumddos (poét., SurAds, whence comp. -drepov), -dy, -dov (-ods, -7, 
-oov), [in LXX for Spb, may, and cognates ;] twofold, double: 1 Ti 


517, Re 188; diurddrepov, in twofold measure: Mt 23!.+ 
* Simddw, -@ (<< dirAvos), to double: 8. ra durdG, Re 18°.t 
Sis, adv., twice: Mk 142%72; 3. 7. caBBarov, Lk 18"; Kai drag 
x. 6., Phl 416, 1 Th 218; 8. droGavovta, Ju (vy. Mayor, ICC, in 1.); 
8. pupiddes, Re 916,+ 
Ais, old nom. for Zevs (q.v.), whence gen. Avs, acc. Aia: 
Ac 1412518 + 
**+ 8ia-pupids, -ddos, 4, [in LXX: m Mac ,*;] twice ten thousand: 
Re 916 (LT; dis pupiades, WH; dvo p., Rec.).t 
¥ Stotdlw (<< dis), to doubt, hesitate: Mt 14%! 2817.+ 
SYN.: aropéw, diaropéw, diaxpivopa, petrewpiLopa (v. DCG, i, 491). 
Siotopos, -ov (<< dis, oropa), [in LXX: Jg 316, Ps 149°, Pr 54 (ming), 
Si 213*;] 1. of rivers and roads, dowble-mouthed, double branching. 
2. Of swords (Eur.; LXX, ll. c.), two-edged: He 4%, Re 116 2!2.+ 
Sid-xiAvot, -ar, -a, two thousand: Mk 5}8.t 
Si-udiLw (<< dia, bAw, to strain), [in LXX: Am 6%*;] 1. to 
strain thoroughly (Archytas; Am., l.c.). 2. Later, to strain out: fig., 
Mt 2374.+ 
** Sixdtw (diya, apart), [in Aq.: Le 117, De 14°*;] to cut apart, 
divide in two ; metaph., to set at variance: Mt 10°°.t 
** Siyootagia, -as, 7 (<Cdiyooraréw, to stand apart), [im LXX: 
1 Mac 3°°*;] standing apart, dissension: Ro 16%", Ga 5°.+ 
SixoTopéw, -@ (<< diyoropmos, << diya, Téuvw), [in LXX: Ex 2917 
(mms pi.);] to cut im two, cut asunder: perh. metaph. of severe 
scourging (but v. Meyer on Mt, l.c., and ef. 1 Ki 15%3, m Ki 12%}, 
He 11°”), Mt 245, Lk 1246+ 
dupdw,- (<< dipa, thirst), [in LXX chiefly for NPY ;] to thirst: 
absol., Mt 25% $7142,44 Jo 41315 1928 Ro 1270 (XX) 7 Co 44> fig. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 119 


Jo 414 635 737 Re 716 215 2217; c. acc. (= cl. c. gen.), 7. duxaroovvyy, 
Mt 5°.+ 
Bios, -eos (-ovs), 7d, (late form of diya), [in LXX chiefly for Nex 


and cognates ;] thirst: 11 Co 11?7.t 
*+ BSipuxos, -ov (<< dis, Yvx7), of two minds, wavering: Ja 1° 48 
(Cremer, 588; DB, iv, 528).t 
Siwypds, -0d, 6 (<< ddxw), [in LXX: Pr 111° (F7 pi.), La 319 (TIN), 


11 Mac 12?*;] persecution: Mt 1371, Mk 417 10%, Ac 8! 13°°, Ro 8°, 
n Co 19%) in Th 14, 1 Ti,3™.t 
*+ Sudkrys, -ov, 6 (<< dudkw), a persecutor: 1 Ti 11%.t 

Sidkw, [in LXX chiefly for 919;] 1. to put to flight, drive away : 
Mt 2334, 2. to pursue; (a) of persons; c. acc., without hostility, to 
follow after: Lk 1723; with hostile purpose: Ac 261, Re 12%. Hence, 
to persecute: Mt 510-1244 1023, Lk 1149 212, Jo 516 159, Ac 72 94 ® 
224578 961415 Ro 1214 1 Co 412 159, m Co 4°, Ga 11528 429 511 612, 
Phl 36, m Ti 3!2; (6) metaph., c. acc. rei, of seeking eagerly after: 
Ro 939 1 Ti 64, um Ti 272; vopov duxaootvys, Ro 981; 1. pidrogeriar, 
Ro 12!3; cipyyvyv, He 1214, 1 Pe 311; +a ris ei., Ro 1419; +, dydrny, 
1 Co 14!; 76 dya6év, 1 Th 5!°; absol., to follow on, drive, or speed on 
(Aisch.), Phl 3% 14.+ 

Sdypa, -ros, 76 (<< doxew), [in LXX chiefly for MI, oyw 3] l. an 


opinion. 2. A public decree, ordinance: of Roman rulers, Lk 2, 
Ac 177; of the Jewish law, Hph 215, Col 214; of the Apostles, Ac 164 
(Cremer, 205).t+ 


t Soyparifw, [in LXX: Hs 3° (and ni.), Da LXX, 21% (xm, M7), 


1 Es 634, 1 Mac 108 15%6, mr Mac 4!!*;] to decree. Mid., to subject 
oneself to an ordinance: Col 2?°,t 

Soxéw, -@ (<< doxos, opinion, << dexouar, Ion. form of déx-), [in LXX 
for 319, 273, etc.;] 1. to be of opinion, swppose: Mt 2444, Lk 12%, 
He 109; c. inf., Mt 39, Lk 818 2487, Jo 53 167, Ac 12°, 2718, 1 Co 318 
740 82 1012 1437, Ga 63, Phi 34, Ja 12°; c. ace. et inf., 1 Co 1273, 1 Co 
111; seq. an, Mt 6’ 26°%,, Mk 64°, Lk 125) 1974.19" Jo 54° 111%, 3! 
1329 2015, 1 Co 49, 11 Co 12!%, Ja 45. 2. to seem, be reputed: Ac 257"; 
c. inf., Mk 1042, Lk 1036 2274, Ac 1718 269, 1 Co 1116 1272, 11 Co 10°, 
Ga 2%9 He 4! 121; of Soxotvres, those of repute, Ga 27. Impers., 2 
seems, c. dat. pers.; (a) to think: Mt 17%, 1812 2178 217,42 2696, 
Jo 1156, He 121°; (b) to please, seem good to: c. inf., Lk 1%, Ac 
1522) 25, 28, 34 + 

SYN. (Soxéw 1.): Hyéopar”, vouifw®, olowor; 7. and v. properly 
express belief resting on external proof, »). denoting the more careful 
judgment; 8. and of. imply a subjective judgment which in the case of 
ot. is based on feeling, in 8. on thought (v. Schmidt, c. 17). 

(soxéw 2.): gaivouar; >., from the standpoint of the object, 
“expresses how a matter phenomenally shows and presents itself” ; 
§., from the standpoint of the observer, expresses one’s subjective 
judgment about a matter (v. Tr., Syn., § lxxx; Cremer, 204). 


120 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


BSoxipdtw (<< ddximos), [in LXX chiefly for jna;] 1. primarily of 
metals (Pr 8!° 173, Si 2°, Wi 3°), to test, try, prove (in the hope and 
expectation that the test will prove successful, v. reff. s. Syn.): 
xpvoiov, 1 Pe 17; other things, Lk 12°° 14%, 1 Co 88, Ga 6+, 1 Th 24 
571; ra diadépovta, Ro 2}8, Phi 11° (R, mg., but v. infr.); rvevpara, 
1 Jo 4!; of men, 1 Ti 3! (pass.); éavrov, 1 Co 1178, 11 Co 13°; seq. subst. 
clause, Ro 122, 1 Co 318, Eph 5. 2. As the result of trial, to approve, 
think fit: Ro 128 1422, 1 Co 16%, m Co 8, 1 Th 2% (8edoxipdopefa) ; 
7a duadépovra, Ro 2}8, Phil 11, R, txt. (but v. supr.; cf. dapépw).t 

SYN.: repdlw (v. Tr., Syn., lxxiv; Cremer, 494 ff., 699 ff.). 

** Soxipacia, -as, 7 (<(Soximdtw), [in LXX: Si 6)*;] a testing, 
proving: He 3°@XX).+ 
**+t Soxipa, -7s, 7 (<< doxipos), [in Sm.: Ps 67 (68)*!*;] 1. the process 
of trial, proving, test: 11 Co 8? 9!8. 2. The result of trial, approval, 
approvedness, proof: Ro 54, 11 Co 2° 13%, Phi 2? (Cremer, 212, 701).t 
Soxipsov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX: Pr 173 277! (Ey) *;] usually regarded 


as a variant form of Soxipetov, a test, and so perh. Ja 1° (v. Mayor, 
in ].), but see next word (cf. Cremer, 212, 702).t 
t+ Boxiptos, -a, -ov (<< doxyun), [in LXX: dpyipov 64. (5*5y), Ps 
11 (12)*; and as v.l. for dcxipos (B), apyvpiov 6. (Ppt pu.), I Ch 294 
(Bab); ef 8. eorw (12), V fe Wg ta Reon Po A pe Soxipos, tested, 
approved : 16 8. ipav 7. rictews, that which is approved in your faith, 
t Pe 17 (where Hort suggests the v.l. d0xij0s, found in some cursives), 
Ja 13 (but v. Mayor, in]. For full discussion of this word, not hitherto 
found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in 7., v. Deiss. (to 
whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259 ff.; MM, Hzp., xi; 
ef. also Milligan, NT'D, 76).t 
Sdxipos, -ov (<< dcxouar = dexouar), [in LXX for ppt pu., ete. 5] 
primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved: of persons, Ro 14", 
16° 1 Co 1119, m Co 10!8 137, 1 Ti 215, Ja 11? (Cremer, 212, 697).t+ 
BSoxdés, -od, 7 (Séxona), [in LXX for My), ete.;] a beam of 
timber: Mt 735, Lk 641: 42 (DCG, i, 176).t 
SdAtos, -a, -ov (<< dddos), [in LXX—chiefly in Pss, Pr, Si—for 
maya, etc.;] deceitful: 1 Co 11%*.t 
t+ Bodidw (<< SdAcos), [in LXX: Nu 2518, Ps 104 (105)25 (553), Ps 5? 
(pn hi.) *;] to deceive: éSodwwtcay (-cav, freq. in xown Gk. for impf. 
3rd pers. pl.), Ro 3)% XX),+ 
Sédos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for MA WA;] 1. in Hom., a bait. 
2. asnare. 8. Inthe abstract, craft, deceit: Mt 264, Mk 77? 141, Jo 147, 
Ac 13°, Ro 12%, 1 Co 1236, 1 Th 23, 1 Pe 2!) 22 310(LXX) (AaAjoar 8.).t 
Soddu, -d (SdAos), [in LKXX: Ps 14 (15)* (639), 35 (36)? (p'9n hi.) * 5] 
1. to ensnare. 2. As of wine, to adulterate, corrupt: tr. Aoyov t. Beod, 
11 Co 4?.+ 
SYN.: karndevo, q.V. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 121 


Sdpa, -ros, 7d (<< did), [in LXX for AMA, etc.;] a gift: Mt 
74, Lk 1135, Eph 48(@XX), Phi 417.¢ 

SYN.: ddc1s, ddpov, dwpea, SHpypa. 

Sdfa, -ys, 7 (<doxew), [in LXX very freq. for a3, also for 


MIXEM, TW, etc., 25 words in all;] in cl., 1. expectation, judgment, 


opinion (tv Mac 518). 2. opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute ; 
in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory: Lk 
14, Jo 124, He 3; opp. to aicxtvy, Phl 31%; to dria, 11 Co 68; 8. x. 
tiny, Ro 210 x Pe 17, m Pe 1!"; Lyre 8., Jo 5% 738 850, 1 Th 26; 
AapBavew, Jo 541, 11 Pe 11’, Re 57; didovar 8. 7. Ged (cf. mind TaD 723; 


Je 1316, al.), Lk 1718, Jo 924, Ac 1275, Ro 429 Re 49; eis (r.) 8. Geod, Ro 
37 15’, Ph] 1"), al.; in doxologies, r. Ged (6) 4 8., Lk 214, Ro 11%° 1677, 
Ga 15, Eph 3#!,al. 3. Later also (not cl.) as in LXX (= TH, Jb 
397°, 1 Ch 29°; ap, Jb 19°, Hs 5", al.), visible brightness, splendour, 


glory: of light, Ac 22"; of heavenly bodies, 1 Co 154°*; esp. that 
wh. radiates from God’s presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud 


and in the Holy of Holies (= Nap, Ex 161° 25%? 4034, al.; and new 
Heb. npaw, 1 Mac 28; v. DB, iv, 489»), Ro 94, Ja 21 (v. Hort, Mayor, 


in 1.); hence of the manifested glory of God, Ro 1, Col 14, Eph 
16 12,17 316; of the same as communicated to man through Christ, 
11 Co 318 46; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall 
enter hereafter, Ro 81% 2! 978, 11 Ti 22°, al. 

SYN.: éxawvos, tym (v. Hort on 1 Pe 1’). 

Sofdtw (<< doéa), [in LXX chiefly for 325 ni., pi., also for "NB, 
etc.;] 1. to think, suppose, hold an opinion (Adsch., Plat., al.). 2. To 
bestow ddefa (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc., iii, 45; Plut., 
al.): c. acc., Mt 516, Mk 2!2, Jo 8°4, Ro 15°, 1 Pe 2%, al.; id. seq. emi, 
Lk 229; &, Ga 174,1 Pe 446, 3. In LXX and NT (v.s. d0€a, 3), to clothe 
with splendour, glorify (Ex 347% 30, Ps 36 (37)?°, Is 447°, Hs 3}, al.): 
Ro 8, 11 Co 31°, 11 Th 31, 1 Pe 18, al.; of Christ, Jo 7% 8°, al. (on the 
Johannine use, v. Cremer, 211; Westce., Jo., Intr.); of the Father, Jo 
1331, 32, y Pe 411, al. (cf. ev-, ovv-dogalw). 

Aopxds, -ados, 9 (Sopxas, a gazelle), Dorcas, also called TaBe6a, 
ey. 2 Ao O86) 22 ¢ 

Sdots, -ews, 7 (didwur), [in LXX for ph (Ge 47"), Jma, NBD 
(Pr 2114 2514), freq. in Si.;] 1. properly, the act of giving: Phi 4}, 
2. Objectively, a gift: Ja 117+ 

SYW.: v.s. dopa. 

t+ Bérms, -ov, 6 (<< diSwu), [in LXX: Pr 228*;] = doryp, a giver: 
11 Co 97 (LXX) (not elsewhere).t 
*t Soukaywyéw, -& (<dotAos, dyw), to make a slave, bring into 
bondage: 1 Co 927 (Cremer, 703).+ 

Soudeia (T, -Ala), -as, 7 (<(dovdAevw), [in LXX, as Ex 133, for 

ay and cognates ;] slavery, bondage: Ro 871, Ga 4%4 5!, He 215.t 


122 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Souredw (<< dodAos), [in LXX for tay, as Ge 144, exc. Da TH 
71427 (Mbp), Is 56° (nnw pi.)*;] to be a slave, be subject to, serve: 


absol., Ro 7§ Ga 475, 1 Ti 67; ¢. dat pers., Mt 674, Lik, 152° 161%, 
Ro 912(4xx); of nations, Jo 833, Ac 77@XX); Ged, +. xvpiv, Mt 674, 
Lk 1618, Ac 201%, Ro 121! (R, mg., cape) 1618) Eph 67, Col 374, 
1 Th 19; +. Xpiord, Ro 1418, Col 324; vouw Oeod, Ro 775; +. Geois, 
Ga 48; 7. ckaipo, Ro 12! (R, mg. for xupiw) ; dAAnAOs, Ga 5; civ ep0i, 
Phi 22; +. duapria, Ro 6°; vouw dpaprias, Ro 7°; eribvpias x. 7Sovais, 
Tit 33; +. coda, Ro 1618; popwva, Mt 674, Lk 161%; +. crowyeious 7. 
xoapov, Ga 4° (Cremer, 217).+ 

SovAn, 7, V.S. Soddos. 

SodXos, -7, -ov, [in LXX, 6, 8. nearly always for t3y; # 5. chiefly 
for MPN, TmMpw ;] 1. i bondage to, subject to: Ro 6'%. 2. As subst., 


6, 7 6., a slave; (a) fem., 7 6., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702 ; 
DB, iii, 215): Lk 19% 48, Ac 218@XX); (5) mase., 6 6., a slave, bond- 
man: Mt 8° 1873, al.; opp. to éAevOepos, 1 Co 77? 1218, Ga 328, Eph 68, 
Col 311, Re 615 1316 1918; opp. to xvpios, deamorns, oixodeomdrns, Mt 1074 
1327) 28, Lk 1246, Jo 154, Eph 6°, Col 37? 41, al.; metaph., 8. Xpicrod, 
tov Xp., Incot Xp., Ro 1', 1 Co 77%, Ga 1!°, Eph 68, Ph] 11, Col 41%, 
Ja 1! om Pe &) Jut; 38. 7. Geot, r. Kvptov, Ac 16") mm Ti 274 Tit) 
I Pe 216 Re 73 158; 8. mwovnpds, axpetos, xaxos, Mt 1832 2448 2526, 30, 
Lk 17!° 1972; 8. duaptias, Jo 834, Ro 61% 20; +, dbopas, 11 Pe 29, 

SYN.: Staxovos (q.v.), Oeparwv, irnperns (v. DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 
469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702). 

BSouddw, -@ (<< dodAos), [in LXX for tay;] to enslave, bring into 
bondage: Ac 7°(LXX) 11 Pe 2%; metaph., 1 Co 919; pass., seq. év, ib. 
715; +. Ged, Ro 67"; 17. Sixarooivy, Ro 618; otvw, Tit 23; td ra crorxeta 
t. xoopov, Ga 43 (Cremer, 217).t 

Boxy, -75, 7 (<< d€xouar), [in LXX: Ge 218, Es 1%, al. (HAWN), Da 
LXX 5! (and);] a feast, banquet: Lk 5%9 1418.+ 

Spdxwr, -ovros, 6, [in LXX chiefly for [3M;] a dragon, a mythical 
monster : fig., of Satan, Re 12°17 13% 4 11 1618 202,+ 

Spdpw, obsol., to run, v.s. Tpéxw. 

Spdocopa, [in LXX for pwys pi., Ps 21? ; elsewhere pap, as Le 2?;] 
to grasp with the hand, to lay hold of: metaph., c. acc. (M, Pr., 65), 
1 Co 319 (LXX).+ 

Spaxuy, -7s, 7 (<< dpaccopar), [in LXX: in Hex. for ypz, Spy; 
in 1 Es for FdyIN, fospT7;] a drachma, nearly equal to the Roman 
denarius (v.s. Syvapiov): Lik 15% ° (DCG, ii, 200).+ 

Spémavov, -ov, 7d (later form of Attic dperavn, << Spérw, to pluck), 
[in LXX for MP10, Wa, etc.;] a sickle, pruning-hook: Mk 4°, 
Re 1414-19,+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 123 


Spdpos, -ov, 6 (<< dpapeiv, V.8. tp€xw), [in LXX chiefly for M¥I79 5] 
a course: fig., of life or ministry, Ac 137° 20°4, 1 Ti 47,+ 

Apovotdha (Rec. ApovaidAa), ns, 7, Drusilla, wife of Felix: Ac 
2474 + 

Suvapor, depon., ‘in LXX chiefly for bo 3] to be able, have power, 


whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: c. inf. (M, 
Pr., 205; WM, § 44, 3) pres., Mt 674, Mk 27, Jo 32, 1 Co 102}, al.; c. 
inf. aor., Mt 3°, Mk 145, Jo 3%4, Ro 8°, al.; c. acc., to be able to do 
something: Mk 9?", Lk 1276, m Co 138; absol., to be able, capable, 
powerful : 1 Co 3? 101%, 

Suvapts, -ews, 7 (<< dvvapar), [in LXX for Sn (5"n) , NOX, MA, 


1y¥, etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength; relatively, ability, 
power to perform: Mt 251°, Ac 3, He 11"; xara 6., 1 Co 83; zap 
6., ib.; irép 8., 1 Co 18; of pecuniary ability, 11 Co 8%, Re 18*; absol., 
power, might: Lk 24%, Ac 18; opp. to do@évea, 1 Co 154; % 8. +. 
dpaptias, 1 Co 15°°; of power in action, Ro 116 20, 1Co 118 Phi 3?°, al.; 
» 8. 7. Oeod, Mt 2279, Mk 1274, Ro 17° al.; opp. to popdwors, u Ti 35; 
in doxologies, Re 41! 712, al.; ev 8., Mk 9}, Lk 4°6, Ro 14, al.; of the 
power of performing miracles, Ac 6%, 11 Th 2°; pl., Mt 1354, Mk 614, 
Ga 3°, al.; of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.),1Co 14". By 
meton., of persons or things; (a) of God, Mt 26°*, Mk 14°? (Dalman, 
Words, 200 ff.) ; (0) of angels, Ro 8%*, Eph 171,1 Pe 3%; (c) of armies, 
pl. [LXX for nin3y], metaph., of the stars, Mt 24°°, Mk 1375, Lk 2176 ; 


(d) of that wh. manifests God’s power: Christ, 1 Co 174; 7. ebayyéAuov, 
Ro 116; 7 8. r. xupiov, 1 Co 54; (e) of mighty works (Tr., Syn., § xci), 
5. wovetvy, Mk 6° 989; pl. Mt 772, Mk 67, Lk 10!%, al.; onpeta x. 3.,. 
Ac 8; 8. x. répara x. onpeta, Ac 2??, 11 Co 1222. 

SYV.: Bia, évépyea, eLovoia, ioyvs, xparos (v. Tr., l.c.; Cremer, 
218, 236; DB, i, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188). 

t Suvapcw, -@ (<< divapis), [in LXX for try, Ps 51 (52)? 67 (68)?8; 
23 pi., hi., Ec 10", Da tH 977*;] to make strong, strengthen: Eph 6° 
(WH, mg.; evdw-, WH, txt., RV), Col 14, He 1154.+ 

Suvdorys, -ov, 6 (< dvvapar), [in LXX for Waa, pW, M3, etc. ;] 


a prince, ruler, potentate: Lk 1°; of God (Si 46°16, 11 Mac 15%), 
1 Ti 64; of a high official (cf. duvacra: Papaw, Ge 50*), Ac 8°” (Cremer, 
221).+ 
*t Suvatéw, -@ (<< duvards), to be able, be powerful, mighty: ec. inf., 
Ro 144, 11 Co 98; absol., opp. to doGeva, 11 Co 13%.+ 
Suvards, -7, -6v (<Sivayar), [in LXX for Maa, dm, etc.;] 1. 


strong, mighty, powerful: absol., Lk 14°, 1 Co 176; of &., the chief 
men, Ac 255; of spiritual strength, Ro 151, 1 Co 121° 139; seq. a, 
Lk 2419, Ac 722 1824; zpos, 11 Co 10*. 2. C. inf., able to do; Lk 143}, 
Ac 1117, Ro 42! 1123, 1 Ti 112, Tit 19, He 11!°, Ja 32. 3. Neut., duvarcy, 
possible: Mt 1926, Mk 97% 10?7 1436, Lk 18?7, Ac 274 2016; ci 8. (eos), 


124 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Mt 244 2639, Mk 137? 149°, Ro 1218 Ga 415; 76 8. (= 4 Svvapis) adrod, 
Ro 972: 

Suvw, Ion. and trag. form of dvw, [in LXX chiefly for xia ;] to 
enter, sink into; of the sun (sc. wovrov), set: Mk 182, Lk 44° (ef. ék-, 
dm-ex-, év-, ém-ev-, Tap-eio-, emt-dvvw).t 

So, numeral, indecl. exc. in dat., duct, duciv (Attic dvoiv), two: 
Mt 196, Mk 108, Jo 2°, al.; with pl. noun, Mt 927 10! al.; oi, rév, 
tous 6., Mt 195 2074, Mk 108, Eph 2) al.; 8. e€& Lk 2413; distrib., 
ava, kata 5., two and two, two apiece: Lk 10' (WH, ava 8. [8vo]), Jo 
28, 1 Co 14°’; dvo dv0 (= ava 8., as LXX, Ge 6! for ow ow, but 


not merely ‘‘Hebraism,” cf. wupia prupia, Adsch., Pers., 981, and for 
usage in 7. and MGr., v. M, Pr., 21, 97), Mk 67; eis & (two and two, 
Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 2751, Mk 1538, 

Suc-, inseparable prefix, opp. to ed, like wn-, mis- (in unrest, 
mischance), giving the idea of difficulty, opposition, injuriousness, etc. 


+ 8uc-Bdotaxtos, -ov (<(Bacrdfw), [in LXX for 5w3, Pr 273*;] 


hard to be borne: Mt 234 (om. WH, txt., R, mg.), Lk 1146.+ 
* Sugevtepia, -as, 7, Rec. for ducevrépiov (q.v.), Ac 288.+ 
*t Sucevtépiov, -ov, 7d (évrepov, intestine), late form of dvcevtepia 
(Rec., l.c.), dysentery: Ac 288.+ 
*t Suceppnveutos, -ov (<< épunvetw), hard of interpretation: He 51!.+ 
Buats, -ews, 7 (<C dvvw), [in LXX: Ps 103 (104)'* (Nia) *;] 1. a 


sinking, setting, as of the sun (Adsch.): Mk 16 /lt-endingh 9. the swn- 
setting, the west (Thuc.).t 


SuaKodos, -ov (<< xdXov, food), [in LXX for TN, Je 29° (498) (cf. 


dvoxoria, Jb 34°9; evxodos, 11 Ki 15%) *;] 1. properly, of persons, hard 
to satisfy with food, hence, generally, hard to please (Kur., Plat.). 
2. Of things, difficult, hard (Arist.): Mk 10?4.+ 
¥ Suckddus, adv., with difficulty: Mt 19°, Mk 1073, Lk 1874.+ 
Suopy, -7s, 7 (= dvous, << dvvw), [in LXX for Nia, ADW, etc. ;] 


mostly in pl., opp. to dvaroda’; 1. a setting, as of the sun (acc. to 
Thayer, s.v., so perhaps in Lk 12°‘). 2. the quarter of sunset, the 
west: anarth., Mt 81! 2427, Lk 1254 1329, Re 2118.+ 
* Suavdntos, -ov (<< voéw), hard to understand: 11 Pe 36+ 
¥* Sucpyuew, -@ (<< dvagypos, slanderous), [in LXX: 1 Mac 741*;] 
1. intrans., to use evil words (Adsch.). 2. Trans., to speak ill of, 
defame (Soph.): pass., 1 Co 41%.+ 
** Sucgnpla, -as, 7) (<< dvadnpos, slanderous), [in LXX: 1 Mac 738, 
tir Mac 276*;] evil-speaking, defamation: opp. to edpnpia, 11 Co 68,¢ 
Suw, V.S. dv. 
Sudexa, of, ai, ra, indecl. numeral, twelve: Mt 92° 101, al.; oi 
5., the apostles, Mt 10°, Mk 41°, al.; in Ac 197 241, for Rec. dexadvo. 
Swdéxatos, -7, -ov, twelfth: Re 217.+ 
¥t Swdexd-gudos, -ov (<< dwdexa, Pudy), of twelve tribes: as subst. 
neut., 76 8. (cf. Aads 6 8., Sibyll. Orac.), the twelve tribes, Ac 267.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 125 


Sapa, -ros, 76 (<d€uw, to build), [in LXX for 33;] chiefly in 
poets and late (not Attic) prose; 1. a house, hall. 2. In LXX (and 
Hom., Od., x, 554; ef. MGr., terrace), house-top: éri rt. 86a, Lk 519, 
Ac 10°; émi 7. départos, -dtwv, Mt 1077 2417, Mk 1315, Lk 12° 1731.+ 

Swped, -ds, 7 (<(didwm), [in LXX chiefly (-dv) for o3m, as Ge 
2915 ;] a gift: Ac 1117, Ro 54, He 64; 8. +. Geov, Jo 4°, Ac 820; 
t. Xpictod, Eph 47; 17. rvevmatos, Ac 288 104; +. duxatocvvyns, Ro 517; 
T. xapitos, Eph 37; avexdunyjrw 8., 11 Co 94. Acc., dwpeav, adverbially 
(as freq. in LXX), (a) freely, as a gift: Mt 108, Ro 34, 1 Co 11’, 1 Th 
38, Re 216 2217; (b) in vain, uselessly: Jo 1575 @XX), Ga 2?1.+ 

SYNW.: v.8. dopa. 

Swpedy, V.S. Swped. 

Swpéw, -6, [in LXX: Ge 30 (tat), Es 8, Pr 4 (jn3), 
Le 7548) (jap), 1 Hs 17 81455, Si 725*;] to present, bestow. As 


depon. (with same sense), -couat, -oduar: Mk 1545, 11 Pe 13> 4,+ 
SYN.: dom, q- Vv. 
** Sdpnpa, Ps be (<< dwpéw), [in LXX: Si 31 oar Dac a gift, 
boon: Ro 5'6, Ja 
SYN.: v.s. Su 


Sapor, -ov, 7d (<Cdiduju), [in LXX chiefly for 7397, also for 
mma, etc.;] a gift, present: Mt 2", Re 11°; of gifts and sacrifices to 


God, Mt 5724 84 155 231819 Mk 711, Lk 2144, He 5! 834 99 114; 
8. Geo, Eph 28.+ 
SYN.: s.v. dopa. 
* Swpodopia, -as, 7, a bringing of presents: LTr., mg., for diaxovia, 
Ro 15%1,+ 


E 


E, «, é Wuddy oy to, indecl., epsilon, 6, the fifth letter. As a 
numeral, e = € 

éa, interj., cepressing surprise, indignation, fear (in cl. chiefly in 
poét.), ah! hat: Lk 4°. 

édv, contr. fr. ei dv, conditional particle, representing something 
as ‘under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen,” but not 
so definitely expected as in the case of «ic. ind. (Bl., § 65, 4; ef. Jo 
1317, 1 Co 7*6), af haply, of ; 1. ¢. subje. (cl.) ; (a) pres. : Mi 622, Lk 10°, 
Jo MI, Ro 27526 al.; (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mt 49 1626 (cf. ptep. 
in Lk 9%; M, Pr., 230), Mk 3%, Lk 14%, Jo 54, Ro 72, al.; = cl. 
ei, c. opt., Jo 922 1157, Ac 97; as Heb. ON = drav, Jo 1232 148, 1 Jo 228 
32, He 37(£XX), 2. C. indic. (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; v. WH, 
App., 171; VD, MGr.*, App. § 77; Deiss., BS, 201f., LAH, 155, 
254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl., § 65, 4); (a) fut.: Mt 1819 T, Lk 194°, 


126 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Ac 77; (0) pres.: 1 Th 38 (vy. Milligan, in 1.). 3. With other particles: 
é. cal (BL., § 65, 6), Ga 6!; é. uy (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl., l.c.), c. subje. 
pres., Mt 101%, 1 Co 88, Ja 2!’,1 Jo 32!; aor., Mt 615 Mk 327, Jo 3% 
Ro: 104) Gad?'2)6 (y.)Litt.; Ellic., in I.)s ere)... eore fin EX eetor 


ON...ON, Hs 1935, al..] Ro 14% 4. =cl. dy (q.v.), after relat. 


pronouns and adverbs (Tdf., Pr.. 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f.; 
Bl., § 26, 4; Mayser, 152 f.; Deiss., BS, 202 ff.): ds é@, Mt 5!%, Mk 
622,28, Lk 1733, 1 Co 638, al.; daov é., Mt 8'9; écdais é, Re 11%; of 2., 
I Co 16°; xa66 é., 11 Co 82; dors é, Ga 5, 

€autod, -is, -ov, dat. -d, etc., acc. -dv, etc., pl. -dv, etc. (Att. contr. 
avrov, etc); reflex pron.; 1. prop. of 3rd person (Lat. swt, sibi, se), of 
himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 2742, Mk 1581, Lk 2335, al.; added to a 
middle verb, dveepicavro éavrots, Jo 1924; to an active verb, Ac 1414 
(M, Pr., 157); ad’ éavrod, Lk 1257 2130 Jo 519 al. (v.s. amo); ov 
éavtov, Ro 1414; év é., Mt 3°, Mk 59, al.; eis é€., Lk 1517; xaé? éavrov, 
Ac 2816, Ja 217; wap’ éavra, at his own house, 1 Co 162; mpéos é., with, to 
himself, Lk 18"; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 
87 f.), 7. €avrdv vexpous, Lk 95°, 2. As reflexive Ist and 2nd pers. (so 
also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 2331, Mk 95°, Ro 823, 1 Th 28, al. 
3. In pl., for reciprocal pron., dAAjAwy, -o1s, -ovs, of one another, etc. : 
Mt 21°8, Mk 163, Eph 5°, al. 

édw, -@, [in LXX for MD hi., ete.;] 1. to let, permit: c. ace., c. 
inf., c. acc. et inf. (M, Pr., 205): Mt 2443, Lk 441 2951, Ac 1416 167 1930 
23% 2792 2841 Co 10. 2. to let alone, leave: dyxipas, Ac 274° (cf. 
mpoo-edw).t 

€BSounkovta, ol, ai, ta, indecl. (<Cérra), seventy: Lk 10)17, 
Ac 714 2328 2737,+ 

t €B8opuykovtdkts, adv., [in LXX for myaw, Ge 4°4*;] seventy 


times: é. éxtd, seventy times seven, Mt 18% (R, txt., ICC, in 1.), or 
seventy-seven times (R, mg.; ef. M, Pr., 98; WM, 314; Meyer, in 1.).+ 
“EBSopos, -7, -ov (<érra), [in LXX chiefly for way ;] seventh: 
Jo 452, He 44(@XX) Ju 14, Re 81 107 1115 1617 2120+ 
"EBep (Rec. “EBép), 0, indecl. (Heb. "ay, Ge 10%4), Hber (OT, 
Heber): Lk 335,+ 
*t ‘EBpaikds, -1), -ov, Hebrew: Lk 238, Rec.t 
t “EBpatos (WH, ’EZ-), -a, -ov (Aram. "3y), as subst., o‘E., [in LXX 
for 13¥, “ay;] a Hebrew. 1. In OT, of Israelites in contrast with 
those of another race (Ge 1418, Ex 115, De 15", al.). 2. In NT as the 
correlative of “EAAnviorys, a Jew who had adopted, in greater or less 
degree, Greek culture and Greek language. The distinction was not 
merely linguistic (DB, ii, 325); as far as it was so, Svpurrys would be 
a more correct Greek term for the Jew of Semitic speech (v.s. ‘EBpais, 
and cf. Dalman, Words, 7): Ac 6}, 11 Co 1122, Phi 35.+ 
**t “EBpats (WH, ’EB-), -idos (Aram. "3y), peculiar form of “EBpaixds, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 127 


fin LXX, 7 ‘E. dwvy, tv Mac 127 1615*;] in NT, 4 ‘E. d:dAexros, 
Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine: Ac 214° 22? 2614.+ 
**+t ‘EBpaiort (WH, “EG-), adv., [in LXX: Si prol.*;] in Hebrew: 
Re 94; elsewhere, in Aramaic (v. supr.) : Jo 5? 191% 17 20 9016, Re 1616,+ 
éyyite (< éyyts), [in LXX for waz, an), etc. ;] 1. trans., to bring 
near: Ge 481°, Is 58, 2. Intrans., to come near: absol., Mt 2646, 
Mk 1442, Lk 184° 194! 2120, 28 9415 Ac 2133 9315; ¢@. adv., dirov, Lk 1233; 
c. dat., Lk 72 15425 2247, Ac 93 10° 225; +. Geo, He 79, Ja 48; seq. 
eis, Mt 211, Mk 111, Lk 18% 1929 2428; ods, c. dat., Lk 1997; peéypr 
Oavarov, Phi 2%°; of time, dpa, Mt 2645; wyuepa, Ro 1312, He 10°; 
xarpos, Mt 21°4, Lk 218; ypdvos, Ac 71"; éoprn, Lk 22!; rapovaia, Ja 58; 
tédos, I Pe 47; épyuwors, Lk 2179; drodvrpwors, Lk 2178; jyyixev 7 
Baotdcia (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 3? 41” 
10’, Mk 115, Lk 10° (e¢’ ipas) 10" (cf. zpoc-eyyifw, and vy. Cremer, 224).t 
éyytotos, V.S. éyyus. 
éy-ypdba, V.8. évypado. ; 
¥* yyuos, -ov, 0, 7, [in LXX: Si 291% 16 1 Mac 10 *;] a surety: 
He 7”? (exx. from z., v. MM, Hap., xi; cf. Cremer, 222).+ 
éyyus, adv., [in LXX chiefly for 3Mp;] near; 1. of place: Jo 


19%; 43; ag prep. ¢.’ gen. (M, Pr., 99), Lk 19%, Jo..32* 61%25 1118 54 
Ac 112; oc. dat., Ac 98° 278; superl., éyywra, Mk 636, WH, mg.; 
metaph., of é., opp. to of paxpav, Eph 217; é. yiveoOar, Eph 28; é. cov 
ro pyua, Ro 108 XX), 2. Of time: Mt 245? 2615 Mk 137% 29, Lk 213% 31, 
Jo 218 64 72 1155, Re 13 221°; 6 xvpuos é., Phl 45; seq. éwi Ovpais, Mt 
2433; compar., éyyvrepov (neut. of adj. -os, used adverbially), Ro 131 
(cf. R, txt.) ; a8 prep. c. gen., é. xardpas, He 68; agavopod, He 8% (cf. 
Cremer, 223).t 

éyyutepos, V.S. éyys. 

eyetpw, [in LXX for o1p, etc.;] trans. (imperat. éyepe used in- 
transitively, Mt 95, Mk 211, al.); 1. to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mk 
438, Ac 12’; metaph., of spiritual awakening, Ro 13" (pass.), Eph 5'4; 
pass., to be aroused, wake up: Mt 25’, Mk 4°7; awd +. drvov, Mt 174. 
2. Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: vexpovs, Jo 571, Ac 268, 11 Co 
19; é« vexpdv, Jo 121, Ac 315, Ro 81}, al.; pass., rise from death: Mt 
115, Lk 772, Jo 222, Ro 6°, al.; do r. vexpov, Mt 14?, al. 3. In late 
Gk., (a) to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass., to rise: 
Mt 97, Mk 1%! 927 10*, al.; redundant, like Heb. o1p, Mt 215 99, 
Re 11! (v. Dalman, 23 f.); (6) to raise wp, cause to appear: Ac 1372 
(cf. Jg 218); rékva, Mt 3°; pass., to appear: Mt 1111, Mk 137, al. 
4, to rouse, stir wp; pass., to rise against: Mt 24’, Mk 138. 5. Of 
buildings, to raise: r. vadv, Jo 2!% 2° (cf. De 167%, Si 491%); (cf. &-, 
eg-, é-, ovv-eyeipw, and v. Cremer, 224). 

eyepais, -ews, 7 (<< éyedpw, -ouar), [in LXX: Jg 7%, Ps 188 (139)? 
(DIP), 1 Hs 5° *;] 1. a rousing (Plat.). 2. a rising (Ps, l.c.): from 
death, Mt 27°5.+ 

éyxdOetos, V.S. évK-. 

éykaivia, V.8. évK-. 


128 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


éyxawvilw, V.8. evK-. 
éyxaxdéw, V.S. évK-. 


éycahéw, -3, [in LXX for Wan, ete.; c. dat. Za 14 (6X NIP), Wi 


1212, Si 46!°;] 1. to call in, demand. 2. to bring a charge against, 
accuse: 0. dat. pers. (as in cl.), Ac 19°° 2378; seq. xara, c. gen. pers., 
Ro 83, Pass., to be accused: c. gen. rel; ordoews, Ac 19%; dy (perh. 
by attraction = a), Ac 267; seq. zrepi, c. gen. rei, Ac 2379 267 (Cremer, 
743).+ 
: SYN.: airidopa (q.v.), SiaBadrdrw, emixarew, KaTyyopéew. 
éy-kata-Aetrw, [in LXX chiefly for aty;] 1. to leave behind: 
Hulv oméppa, Ro 929(XX), 2. to abandon, desert, forsake: c. acc. 
pers., Mt 2746 (XX) Mk 15% (ib), Ac 227(@-XX) (WH, évx-), 11 Ti 410 16, 
He 135 XX); 7, émucvvaywynv (cf. MM, Hap., xi), He 1075, Pass., Ac 
231 (WH, évx-), 11 Co 4°.t 
éy-KaT-o1kew, V.S. EVK-. 
éy-Kauxdopar, V.S. €vK-. 
éy-kevtpila, V.S. €vK-. 
* ykAnpa, -Tos, TO (<éyxadéw), an accusation, charge: Ac 23° 
2516 (Cremer, 743).t+ 
*t éy-KopBdopat, -otpar (<CxduBos, a knot, whence éyxouBwpa, a 
garment tied on over others, used especially of a frock or apron worn 
by slaves), to put on oneself, as a garment, gird on: adAndos Tt. 
rarewvoppoovvyv (a8 for service, RV, cf. Thayer, s.v., but cf. also JCC, 
in 1.);.1 Pe,o°.t 
éy-komm, V.S. évK-. 
éy-K6TTw, V.8. €vK-. 
¥* eyxpdrera, -as, 9 (<éyxparys), [in LXX: Si 18139 ty Mac 
534* 5] 1. prop., mastery, control. 2. (sc. éavrov) self-control: Ac 24%5, 
Ga 5*5, 1 Pe 1° (v. DB, iv, 558, 6953; Page on Ac, l.c.).t 
éykpatevonat, depon., [in LUXX for PBN, Ge 4331, 1 Ki 132, Es 
51° x3 * 5] to exercise self-control: 1 Co 7°; c. acc., rdyra (v. Bl., 91), 
1 Co 925.+ 
** éyxpatns, -és (<< xparos), [in LXX: Wi 8, Si 627 15! 2615 2730, 
al.;] 1. strong, powerful. 2. C. gen. rei, master of, hence, 3. (sc. 
éavtov), self-controlled, exercising self-control: Tit 18.+ 
SYN.: oddpuwv (v. reff. s. éyxparea). 
éy-Kpive, V.3. évK-. 
éy-xpUnrw, [in LXX for paw, etc.;] to conceal in: c. acc., seq. 
eis, Mt 13°3.+ 
éyKuos, V.8. €vK-. 
éy-xpiw, [in LXX: Je 4% (yqp), To 21° 68 117*;] to rub in, 
anoint: mid., c. dupl. acc., Re 318.+ 
éyé, gen., etc., éuod, euoi, eué (enclitic pov, por, pe), pl., pets, -Gv, 
-iv, -as, pers. pron. J. (a) The nom. is usually emphatic, when ex- 
pressed as subje., as in Mt 3", Mk 18, Lk 316, al. But often there is 


no apparent emphasis, as Mt 1016, Jo 101; idod €. (= Heb. 1335, cf. 
1 Ki 3), Ac 9"; é (like Heb. 13x), I am, Jo 17°@XX), Ac 73? (LXX), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 129 


(b) The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, 
adverbs, where there is no emphasis: év 7. zatpé pov, Jo 142°; pov r. 
Adyous, Mt 774; éricw pov, Mt 3"; icyupdrepds pov, ib.; A€yer por, Re 
5°; also with the prep. zpds, as Mk 9!%, al. The full forms (é0%, etc.) 
are used with the other prepositions, as &’ éuov, év éuot, <is eye, etc., 
also for emphasis, as Lk 101°, Jo 778, Mk 14’, al. (c) The gen. pod 
and pov are often used for the poss. pronouns éyds, nuérepos: Tt. Aadv 
pov, Mt 26; pov ty amortia, Mk 974. (d) ri éuol xai coi (= Heb. 
Joi "ma, Tg 112, al.), ie. what have we in common: Mt 8%, Mk 


174 57, Lk 888, Jo 24; ri yap pou, 1 Co 5%. (e) The interchange of éyw 
and jets, common in z., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., 
M, Th., 131f.). (f) xayo (= xai éeyw), and I, even I, Ialso: Mt 28, 
Lk 2%, Jo 655, Ro 3’, 1 Co 7, al.;, «aya... xai, both... and, 
Jo 778, 

Badhilw (<< édados), [in LXX chiefly for wr pu.;] 1. to beat 
level like a threshing floor (Theophr.). 2. to dash to the ground 
(Field, Notes, 74): Lk 1944 (cf. Ps 136 (137), Ho 14?).t+ 

ESados, -eos (-ovs), 7d, [in LXX for Wy, YP Ap, etc. ;] bottom, 


pavement, ground: Ac 227.+ 
** Bpatos, -ov (<i édpa, a seat), [in Sm.: Ps 32 (33)!4, al.;] 1. 
sitting, seated. 2. steadfast, firm; metaph., of moral fixity: 1 Co 737 
1558, Col 123,+ 
*t ESpatwua, -ros, TO (<(€dpatos), a support, bulwark, stay (Vg. 
fermamentum) : 1 Ti 3! (eccl.).t 
“Efexias (Rec. “EC-), -ov, 6 (Heb. m397M, strength of Jehovah), 


Hezekiah, King of Judah: Mt 1° !°.+ 
*t @edo-Opynoxia (Rec. -efa), -as, 7, self-imposed worship: Col 23 
(ecel.; cf. DB, iv, 9234; Cremer, 733).t+ 
€bddw, V.S. GeAw. 
** eBilw (<< eos), [in LXX: Si 23%18, 11 Mac 14°°;] to accustom: 
pass. pf. ptcp., 70 eificpevor, the established custom, Lk 227.+ 
**t eOvdpxns, -ov, 6 (<< vos, dpxw), [in LXX: 1 Mac 1447 1512*;) 
an ethnarch, a provincial governor (cf. 1 Mag, ll. c.; FlJ, Ant., xiii, 
6, 6; Dalman, 332): m Co 11*.t 
¥*t 2Ovixds, -7, -ov (<< €Ovos), [in Al.: Le 217*;] 1. national (Polyb.). 
2. foreign (gramm.); in NT, as subst., 6 é., the Gentile (the adj. 
“‘describes character rather than mere position”; cf. vos, and v. 
Cremer, 228): Mt 5%” 67 181, 111 Jo™.+ 
*+t €Ovixds, adv., in Gentile fashion: Ga 2'4.+ 
vos, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for 42, Oy;] 1. a multitude, a 


company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). 2. a nation, people: 
Mt 214 247, Mk 138, Lk 2275, Ac 10%, al.; in sing., of the Jewish 
people, Lk 75 287, Jo 114% 50°53 1835, Ac 10°? 24% 10 264 2819, 3. In pl., 
as in OT, ra é. (like Heb. 0437), the nations, as distinct from Israel, 


9 


130 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Gentiles: Mt 415 632, Ac 2617, Ro 329 11" 151°, Ga 28 al.; of Gentile 
Christians, Ro 11}* 1527 164, Ga 2% 14, Hiph 3}, 

SYN.: ads (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226). 

** 205, -cos (-ovs), Td (<C wu), [in LXX: Wi 1416, Da TH Bel}, 

t Mac 10°, 11 Mac 1125 134, rv Mac 185 NR*;] habit, custom: Lk 223°, 
Jo 194, Ac 167! 2516, He 1025; in Lk 19 2, Ac 64 15! 21?! 26% 2817, 
almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).t 

2, pf. with pres. sense eiw6a, [in LXX: Nu 24! (Q¥pR7OYDS), 


Da LXX S8u?3, Si 3714, 1v Mac 1!2*;] to be accustomed, wont : Mt 27°, 
Mk 10!; ptep., 76 ciwOds, custom: xara 76 ei. (Nu, l.c.), Lk 41%, Ac 17?.+ 

ei, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect 
questions. I. Conditional, if; 1. ¢. indic., expressing a general assump- 
tion ; (a) pres. : seq. indic. pres., Mt 1114, Ro 8%, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 
423 922 Jo 1518, 1 Co 79, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16%!, Ro 8", al.; seq. 
pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12°, Ro 4'4, al.; similarly, seq. 
impf., Lk 176, Jo 89°; seq. quest., Mt 67%, Jo 547 775 846, 1 Pe 279; (0) 
fut.: Mt 2633, 1 Pe 22°; (c) pf.: Jo 1112, Ro 65, al.; (d) aor.: Lk 16" 
198, Jo 1332, 1823, Re 20%, al. 2. Where the assumption is certain 
= éred: Mt 12°8, Jo 74, Ro 5", al. 3. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. 
indic. impf., aor. or plpf., seq. av, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. av, I, i). 4. C. 
indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, 
coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15**, 1 Jo 3", al. 5. C. indic., 


as in LXX (Nu 14°, 1 Ki 144, al. = Heb. On), in oaths, with the 


formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 
627; Burton, § 272): Mk 82, He 3! (XX) 43(LXX), 6, Rarely (cl.) c. 
optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 241° 27%, 1 Co 141° 
1530 1, Pe 32%, 

II. Interrogative, if, whether. 1. As in el., in indir. questions 
after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc: ¢. indic. pres., 
Mt 2663, Mk 1536, Ac 19?, 11 Co 135, al.; fut., Mk 3?, Ac 8%, al.; aor., 
Mk 1544, 1 Co 126, al.; c. subje. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 34. 2. As in 


LXX (= Heb. ON and interrog. 3, Ge 17’, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; 


Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8? (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13%, 
2249, Ac 19?, al. 

III. With other particles. 1. «i dpa, etye, ei 5& wnye, V.S. dpa, ye. 
9. et 8& wai, but tf also: Lk 11)8; but even if, 1 Co 4’, 1 Co 43 11°. 
3. ef S& pi, but of not, but if otherwise: Mk 27422, Jo 142, Re 2°, al. 
4. ei wai, if even, tf also, although: Mk 149, Lk 118, 1 Co 7}, 
11 Co 416, Ph] 217, al. 5. wat ei, even if, v.s. cai. 6. ei py, if not, 
unless, except, but only: Mt 24, Mk 276 65, Jo 933, 1 Co 71" (only), 
Ga 1 (cf. éiv py, 216; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); éxrds ei yn, pleonastic 
(B1., § 65, 6), 1 Co 145 157, 1 Ti 5%. 7. ei py = cl. } py (M, Pr., 46), 
in oaths, swrely (Hz 33°7, al.): He 614. 8. ei was, if haply: Ac 27”, 
Ro 1! 9. ceive . . . etre, whether .. . or: Ro 12%8, 1 Co 3”? 138, al. 

eiSéa (Rec. i8-, as in cl.; v. Tdf., Pr., 81), -as, 7 (<< eldov), [in 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 1381 


LXX (y.l. i8-): Ge 5° (mia), Da TH 1! ?9 (MYWA), Ep. Je %, 1 Mac 
316* ;) form, appearance, look: Mt 28%.t 

eiSov, V.S. dpaw. 

elSos, -ovs, 70, [in LXX for AN WO, INA, ete.;] 1. that which is 


seen, appearance, external form: Lk 37? 97°, Jo 53’, 1 Co 5’ (ICC in 1). 
2. form, sort, kind: 1 Th 5”.+ 

t eidédtov (Rec. -efov), -ov, 7d (<< eidwAov), [in LXX: Da LXX 1? 
(ody “¥ZIN m3), Bel9, 1 Es 21°, 1 Mac 147 108° *;] an idol’s temple: 


1 Co 8” (cf. "Acrapreiov, 1 Ki 31°; v. ICC, in 1 Co, 1.c.).+ 
**+ eiSwdOutos, -ov (<< cldwAov, Oiw), [in LXX: 1v Mac 5**;) sacri- 
ficed to idols: 76, ra ei., Ac 15° 217%, 1 Co 81s 457110 1019, Re Q14) 20+ 
*+ eiSwo-Aatpia (-efa, Rec.), -as, 7 (<Ceidwrov, Aatpela), idolatry : 
1 Co 10!4, Ga 5°, Col 3°; pl. (B., § 32, 6), 1 Pe 4% (Cremer, 390).t+ 
*t eiSwdoAkdtpys, -ov, 6 (<< eidwAov + Adrpis, a hireling), an idolator : 
1 Co 5!%11 69 10’, Eph 5°, Re 21° 2215 (Cremer, 709).t 
eiSwhov, -ov, 7d (<eiSos), [in LXX for mbyx, ordida, etc.;] 


1. in cl. (a) a phantom, image, likeness ; (b) an image in the mind, 
an idea, fancy. 2. In LXX and NT, (a) an image of a god, an idol 
(cf. Polyb., xxxi, 3, 13): Ac 741,1 Co 12%, Re 9°°; (6) the false god or 
adol worshipped in an image (ICC, on 1 Th, l.c.): Ac 157°, Ro 2?2, 
1 Co 87 1019, 11 Co 616, 1 Th 19, 1 Jo 5?!.+ 

eixq (-7, Rec., as in cl.), adv., [in LXX: Pr 28? (cixa)* ;] 1. without 
cause or reason: Mt 5% (R, mg.), Col 218 (ICC). 2. vainly, fruitlessly, 
to no purpose: Ro 134, 1 Co 15*, Ga 3* 411, Col 218.+ 

eixoot (never -w in WH, cf. BI., § 5, 3, and note), indecl., of, ai, 
ra, twenty: Lk 14%!, Jo 6%, Ac 1! 2728, 1 Co 108, Re 44 19 5 1116 194.+ 

eixw, [in LXX: 1 Ki 127 (may), Wi 18%, 1v Mac 1°*;] to yield: 
Ga 25 (cf. ba-eikw).t 

eixw (obsolete pres.), v.S. orca. 

eixdv, -dvos (cf. Zona), [in LXX chiefly for nd>¥;] an image, 


likeness: Mt 2279, Mk 1216, Lk 2074, Ro 173, 1 Co 15%, Re 131415 
14% 11 152 16? 1929 204; opp. to oxida, He 10'; of man, ¢i. Geod, 1 Co 
11’; of the regenerate, «i. 7. Oeot, Col 31° (v. Lft., in 1.); ef. 7. viod r. 
Oct, Ro 82°, 11 Co 318; of Christ, ei. 7. Oeod, 11 Co 44, Col 11°. 

SYNW.: épotwpa, denoting resemblance, which may however be 
merely accidental. i. is a derived likeness and like the head on a coin 
or the parental likeness in a child, implies an archetype. 

Cf. also efSos, appearance, not necessarily based on reality; oxi, 
a shadowed resemblance; xapaxryp, the impress of a stamp; popdy 
(q.v.), the form as indicative of the inner being. 

** ciduxpus, -és, [in LXX: Wi 7°NB*;] wnalloyed, pure (Lat. 
sincerus ; v. DCG, ii, 635%) ; (a) of unmixed substances ; (0) of abstract 
ideas ; (c) of ethical purity: Phl 11°, m Pe 31.t 

SYN.: dyvds (q.v.), xabapos, cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxv; DB, iv, 176°; 
Cremer, 378; Westc. on 1 Jo 3°. 


132 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


** ciktxpwvia (Rec., cl., -xpiveia), -as, 7 (<< sary fin LXX: Wi 
75 A*:] sincerity, purity: 1 Co 58, 1 Co 1” 2 
eltAloow, V.8. EAeoow. 
eipi, with various uses and significations, like the English verb 
to be. I. As substantive verb. 1. Of persons and things, to be, 
exist: Ac 1728, Jo 11 8° 175, al; 6 dv Kai o Ay (for past ptep.), Re 148 
48 1117 165 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); 7a (ui) dvra, Ro 417, 1 Co 
128, 2. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24%, Mk 
142 1542, Lk 2173, Jo 4% 23 610, al. 3. to be present, be in a place, have 
come: Mt 23315, Mk 145 521 154°, Lk 18 529, Jo 739, al.; seq. eis, Mk 
21; seq. é« (éé), Mt 1? 21°, Mk 11%, Jo 3%, al. 4. Impers., eon, jy, 
etc.; (a) there is (Fr. al y a), was, etc.: Mt 168, Lk 16!°, Jo 3! 5?, Ro 
gt al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., § 37, 3), Mt G22 Lk 1’, Jo 181, 
Ro 92, al. : ; €orw Os, do7ts (chiefly in pl.), Mt 1678 192, “Mk gl, al.; (b) 
c. inf., = eeorw (q.v.), it is possible: He 9°, 1 Co 1120, RV (but v. 
ICC, in 1.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1. Ex- 
pressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 51° 1415, Lk 11819 Jo 1} 
419 Re 3°, al. mult. 2. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc. : 
Mt 13!9#, 1 Co 92 104 1125, Ga 474, Re 17%, al.; rotr’ éorw, Mt 2745, 
Mk 72, Ro 738, al.; 6 éorw, Mk 31", Col 124, He 72, al. ; akin to this is 
the sacramental usage : Mt 2676 28) Mk 142% 24 Lk 2219 1 Co 11%4 (v. 
ICC on Mk, 1 Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3. C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5%, 
Liki 34 Co 1433, He 1211, al.3) part..1 ti lat meni ps, poss., Mt 5% 10, 
Mk 127, Lk 47; ‘of service or partisanship, Ro 8°, 1 Co 1}?, 11 Co 107, 
nm Ti 21°. 4. C. dat. (Bl, §.37;,3) 3 Ac) le 9 Rova err Co 118 a Re 
21’,al. 5. C. ptep., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., § 62, 
1, 2; .M, Pr., 225 ff.);.(a) c. ptep: pf. (cl.): Mé 10*°) Lik 92, Jo 374, Ac 
2133, 1 Co 1519, al; (b) c. ptcep. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and 
Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35f.), Mt 77°, Mk 122, Lk 43! 141, Ac 110, 
al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180 f., 182 f.), with ellipsis of ciyé, Ro 
12% 10 He 135, al.; (c) c. ptep. aor. (cl.), Lk 23°. 6. Seq. eis (cf. Heb. 
5 mm), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 195, Mk 108, He 8°, al. 


7. C. adv.: Mt 199°, Mk 476, Lk 18", al. 8. Ellipses; (a) of the 
copula (BL., § 30, 3): Mt gz 2432, Jo 217%) 23, He 64, al.; (6) of the 
predicate: éyo eiy, Mt 14°’, Mk 659, al.; absol. (cf. De 3239; 
N17 -"3N), Mk 13°, Jo 4”°, al. (cf. az-, év-, map-, as al ovv-eut). 

civexev, V.S. evexa. 

ei-mrep, V.S. ei. 

etrov, 2 aor. of obsol. pres. érw (cf. Veitch), used as aor. of 
Aeyu, Q.V. 

€l-Trws, V.S. €l. 

eipnvedw (<< eipyvn), [in LXX chiefly for aby, pw ;] 1. to bring 
to peace, reconcile (so 1 Mac 6°). 2. to keep peace, be at peace: Mk 
950, Ro 1218, m1 Co 13", 1 Th 5! (cf. Si 289; Cremer, 246).t+ 

eipyn, -ns, 7, [in LXX chiefly for ntbyy;] peace; 1. of public 


peace, freedom from war: Lk 14%”, Ac 127° 24?; of the church, Ac 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 133 


931, 2. Of peace between persons, concord, agreement: Mt 1034, Lk 
12°, Ro 1417, 1 Co 715, Ga 5%, Ja 318; fnreiv ci., 1 Pe 84; Sudnew, Ti 
272; ib. seq. mera wdvrwv, He 1214; by meton., of him who brings 
peace, Eph 2'4, 3. As in LXX (= Heb. nibyy, Aram. ody), of a 


state of security and safety: Jo 16°, Ro 21°, 1 Th 5°; whence the 
formule, traye (ropevov) eis ei., Mk 5°4, Lk 75° (ef. 1 Ki 12, al.; 
pidyis 125) ; ei, duly (ax pibw), Jo 201% 21,26; Grodvew ev ei., Lk 229, 
ef. 1 Co 161; 7 ei. tudv, Mt 10% Lk 10°; vids ecipyyys, ib. 4. Of 
spiritual peace, the peace of Christ’s kingdom (DOCG, ii, 330f.): Lk 
179 214, Jo 1683, Ro 2! 5! 85, al.; 6 xvpuos rHs €i., 1 Th 316; 6 Beds rijs 
ei., Ro 15%? 16°, 11 Co 13", al.; in epistolary salutations, Ro 17,1 Co 
1°, Ga 13,1 Th 11,1 Pe 1?, 1 Jo, Re 14, al. (v. Cremer, 244). 
eipnvixds, -7, -ov (<Ceipyvy), [in LXX for iby and cognates ;] 


peaceful : He 121, Ja 317.+ 

t cipnvo-morgw, -G, [in LXX: Pr 10!°*;] to make peace: Col 12°,+ 
* eipnvotroids, -ov, peace-making, a peacemaker: Mt 5°.+ 
eipw (fut. épd), v.s. A€yw, p. 496. 

eis, prep. Cc. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, 
to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). I. Of place. 1. After 
verbs of motion; (a) of entrance into: Mt 87% 97, Mk 145, Lk 2! 831, 
al.; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mk 111, Lk 6§ 198, Jo 113! 216, 
al.; (c) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 47 8% 20, Lk 1149, 
Jo 2173, al; (d) of a limit reached, wnto, on, wpon: Mt 818 21}, 
Mk 11! 1316, Lk 141°, Jo 63 11%, al.; ¢. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), 
Ac 2315, Ro 512 161%, 11 Co 10!4; (e) elliptical: émrucroAai cis Aapacxor, 
Ac 92; % duaxovia pov % «is ‘I., Ro 151; metaph., of entrance into 
a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards 
some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), eis 7. dvoua, M, Pr., 200. 2. Of 
direction; (a) after verbs of seeing: Mt 676, Mk 641, Lk 916,62, 
Jo 1372, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 117° 127, al.; (5) after verbs 
of speaking: Mt 131° 14°, 1 Th 2°, al. 3. After verbs of rest; 
(a) in “pregnant” construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. 
WM) 516s BL § 39,3; M)~Pr,, 234 1.): Mé 22° 413 mm. Th 24 
1 Ti 14, He 11%, al.; (6) by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. 
Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ev: Lk 144 428, Ac 2016 2117, Jo 118 (but v. Westc., 
in ].), al. IL. Of time, for, wnto; 1. accentuating the duration ex- 
pressed by the acc.: cis r. aidva, Mt 211°; cis yeveas cat y., Lk 1°; 
eis 7. Ounvenes, He 73, al. 2. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, 
until: Mt 634, Ac 43, 2521, Ph] 12° 216 1 Th 415 11 Ti 1; of entrance 
into a future period, cis 7d peAdov (v.S. pedAAw), next (year), Lk 13° (but 
v. ICC, in 1.); cis 7. peragd odBBarov, on the next Sabbath, Ac 134? ; eis 76 
madw (v.s. radu), 1 Co 13%. III. Of result, after verbs of changing, 
joining, dividing, etc.: orpepew eis, Re 11°; perac-, Ac 27°, Ja 4°; perad- 
Adooew, Ro 126; cyifew cis dv0, Mt 27°!, al.; predicatively with «iva, 
Ac 83, IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but 
more freq. in late Gk., eis encroaching on the simple dat., which it 


134 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., § 1541; Robertson, 
Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117 f.): Lk 79°, Ro 47° 15% 26, 1 Co 161, Eph 316, 
al.; dydirn eis, Ro 58, al.; xpyords, Eph 4%; ¢gpoveiy eis, Ro 121%; 
Gappeiv, 1 Co 10!. V. Of the end or object: evOeros eis, Lk 144; 
addos, Ro 1619; ioxvew, Mt 518; eis rotro, Mk 1%, al.; ddopilew cis, 
Ro 1'; indicating purpose, eis Poor, Ro 815; eis é&vdeEw, Ro 375; 
eis 70, c. inf. (= wa or wore; BI., § 71,5; M, Pr., 218 ff.): Mt 20%, 
Ro 111, 1 Co 918, al. VI. Adverbial phrases: eis réAos, eis To maAw, etc. 
(v.s. TéAos, aA, etc.). 

els, pud, €v, gen. évds, pds, €vds, cardinal numeral, one; 1. one, as 
opp. to many: Mt 25!>, Ro 5!, 1 Co 108, al.; as subst., Ro 5°, Eph 
914; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5!°, al.; seq. é« (é&), Mk 1418, Jo 68, al.; 
metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10%? 1711, Ro 125, Phi 127; dao 
puds (BL, § 44, 1), Lk 1418; c. neg., eis . . . od (49), more emphatic 
than otdeis, no one, none (cl.), Mt 518 107°, Lk 1146 12°, 2. Emphati- 
cally, to the exclusion of others; (a) a single (one): Mt 2174, Mk 8*4; 
absol., 1 Co 94, al.; otdé efs, Mt 274, Jo 13, Ro 3°, al.; (0) one, alone: 
Mk 27 10!8, Lk 1819; (c) one and the same: Ro 3°, 1 Co 38 115 12", 
1 Jo 58. 3. In late Gk., with weakened force, = ms or indef. art. (cf, 


Heb. "hy, Ge 2218, al.; v. Bl, § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8", 198, 


Re 83, al.; efs mus (Bl, l.c.), Lk 225°, Jo 11#. 4. Distributively: es 
éxaoros (cl.), Lk 44°, Ac 2°, al.; eis . . . wai els (cl., eis ev . . . ets 8€), 
Mt 174, Mk 95, Jo 202, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. my, Ex 17®, 


al.); 6 els . . . 6 repos (dAXos) = Cl. 6 pev (Erepos) . . . 0 O€ (Erepos), 
Mt 624, Lk 741, Re 1719; xa els, eis x. ets (in which xa@’ is adverbial, 
or the expression formed from the analogy of é xa? &; M, Pr., 105), 
one by one, severally: Mk 14°, Ro 12°, al.; ets rov €va = ddAyAous (BL, 
§ 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), 1 Th 5", 5. As ordinal = zpdéros (like Heb. 
ox; Bl, § 45,1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28', Mk 16’, al. 


eio-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia hi.;] to bring in: c.ace., Lk 227, 
Jo 1816, Ac 745; seq. eis, Lk 2254, Ac 98 217% 2% 37 2994, He 16; ade, 
Lk 142!.+ 

eig-axotw, [in LXX chiefly for yow, also for M3, etc.;] to listen 
to, in two senses; (a) to obey: 1 Co 14”! (cf. De 1%, Si 3%); (6) to 
listen, assent to ; pass., to be heard: of persons praying, Mt 6’, He 5’; 
of the prayer offered, Lk 11%, Ac 10*! (cf. Ps 4%, Si 31(84)?9(26); 
v. Cremer, 624).t 

eio-S€xopat, [in LXX for pap;] to admit, recewe: mu Co 617 @XX) 
(Cremer, 687).+ 

elo-eyst, [in LXX for Ni2;] to go in, enter: seq. eis, Ac 35 216, 
He 9°; xpos IdxwBov, Ac 21'8.+ 

eio-€pxopat, [in LXX chiefly for Nia;] to go i or ito, enter: Mt 
925, Lk 745, al.; seq. eis, Mt 10!, Mk 21, al.; seq. dua (x vAns, Bupas, etc.), 
Mt 713, Jo 10!, al.; imo +. oréynv, Mt 88; c. adv.: orov, Mk 14!4, He 62°; 
dde, Mt 2212; Zow, Mt 2658; seq. zpos, c. ace. pers., Mk 154%, Lk 178, Ac 
103 113 164° 172 288, Re 32°; of demons taking possession, Mk 975, Lk 80 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 135 


228, Jo 137; of food, Mt 15, Ac 118. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 946; 
eis xorrov, JO 438; cis repacpov, Mt 2641, Lk 22446; of hope as an 
anchor, He 6!; Boai, Ja 5*; rvetpa Cwis, Re 111!; eis +. xécpov (cf. 
Wi 274 1414, Jo 183”), Ro 5%, He 105; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. 
phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116 ff.): eis r. 
yapous, Mt 251°; cis 7. xdpay 7. Kupiov, Mt 2571123; cis 7. Cwyv, Mt 18% 9 
1917, Mk 94345; eis r, BacwW. Tr. ovpavadv (7. Oeod), Mt 52° 771, al. (v.s. 
Baotreia); cis tr. katdravow, He 31418 41%: cig 7, ddfav, Lk 247; cic. at 
é£epx., to go in and out (like Heb. nN¥} NiI2, De 285, etc.), of familiar 


intercourse, Ac 171; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10° (cf. éx-, rap-, ow- 
evoépxop.ar). 
* cio-kahéw, -@, to call in: mid., c. acc. pers., Ac 10?3.+ 
eig-od0s, -ov, o (<< 680s), [in LXX chiefly for Nia;] 1. a means of 
entering, place of entrance: He 109, 11 Pe 11! (cf. Westc., He., l.c.; MM, 
Exp., xii; but v. infr.). 2. a going in, entrance: Ac 134; c. gen. loc., 
He 10" (Thayer, s.v.; but v. supr.) ; seq. eis, 11 Pe 11! (Mayor, in 1.; 
Thayer; but v. supr.); zpos, 1 Th 1° 21.+ 
eio-mnSdw, -o, [in LXX: Am 59 (N52), Da TH Su 26*;] to spring 
in, rush in: Ac 1414 (Ree), 162% (for exx. from z., v. MM, Ezp., xii).t 
eito-mopevopat, [in LXX chiefly for Ni13;] to go into, enter: Lk 816 
1183 1980; seq. eis, Mk 171 656 11?, Lk 221°, Ac 32; zpos, c. acc. pers., 
Ac 28°; drov, Mk 5*; xara +r. oixous, house after house, Ac 8°; of 
things (food), Mt 15!’, Mk 7151519. Metaph. (ef. eicépyouar, 2), Mk 
41°, Lk 184; cic. xai éxrop., to associate with, seq. pera (cf. eixepyopan), 
Ac 978,+ 
** cig-tpéxw, [in LXX: 1 Mac 5°6*;] to run in: Ac 12}4.+ 
eio-pépw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia hi.;] to bring in, into: c. ace. 
pers., Lk 5'*19; seq. eis, Mt 6!8, Lk 114; eri, Lk 12"; c. acc. rei, seq. 
eis, I Ti 67; pass., He 1311.+ 
eita, adv., denoting sequence; 1. of time; then, next: Mk 8, 
Lk 812, Jo 13° 1927 2027, 1 Ti 3!°, Ja 115; seq. gen. abs., Mk 417; in 
enumerations, I Co 15% 74,1 Ti 218, 2. In argument; (a) therefore, 
then; (b) furthermore: He 129 (cf. etrev).t 
elte, V.S. «i. 
* eirev, Ion. and Hellenistic for efra (q.v.), then: Mk 4°8.+ 
elwOa, v.S. Ow. 
éx (é), prep. c. gen., from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492). 
éxaotos, -y, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for wen;] each, every (Lat. 


quisque); (a) with a noun: Lk 6*, Jo 198; seq. card, He 318, Re 
22?; eis €, Eph 416; (6) without a noun: Ac 4%, Ro 28, al.; (c) 
partit. gen., Ro 14!2,1 Co 11%, al.; in sing. with pl. verb, Lk 23, Ac 
112°, al.; in apposition with pl. noun or pron., Lk 23, Jo 1632, Ac 28 
376, al.; fs €. (Lat. wnusquisque), Ac 2° 21°, Col 4°, al.; 2. 7. ddeAda 
(= Heb. rnxd wx, Ge 26%), Mt 18% (cf. He 84); 2 pera rod rAnovov 
(= anyy>y wen, Jg 6%, al.), Eph 425, 
* éxdotote, adv., each time, always: 11 Pe 115,+ 


136 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


éxatév, of, ai, rd, indecl., a hundred: Mt 1353, Lk 154, al.; 
xara é., Mk 6%; eis, ev €., Mk 4% 70, 

éxatovtaerms (Rec. -érys), -és (<Céxarov, érys), [in LXX for 
mw AND 7a, Ge 17"*;] a hundred years old: Ro 4'.t 

éxatovtdpyns (-dpxos, Mt 8%8 2754, Lk 72, Ac 2275 2816; cf. 
M, Pr., 48); -ov (<éxardv, dpxw,), [in LXX for Ming Wwr;] a cen- 
turion: Mt 818, Lk 76 2347, Ac 10) 22 2132 9926 9317, 28 9423 971, 6, 11, 31, 48 
(cf. xevrupiwv).t 

éx-Baivw, [in LXX for mby;] to go owt: He 11%.+ 

éx-Bdéddw, [in LXX chiefly for wa pi., also for yw hi., xx hi., 
wy hi., etc.;] 1. to drive, cast or send out, to expel: c. acc. rei, mid. 
(cirov), seq. eis, Ac 27°8; pass., Mt 151”; c. acc. pers., Mt 2117, Mk 11), 
al.; damovia, Mt 722, Mk 124, al.; id. seq. éx, Mk 77°; rapa, Mk 161); ev, 
Mk 37; (év) 7. dvopart, Mt 772, Mk 998; Adyw, Mt 816; seq. ew, Jo 
67; id. c. gen., Mk 128, al.; of expulsion from home, Ga 4°; from 
the Church, u1Jo!. 2. In LXX and NT (like Heb. N°¥9m and Aram. 


PHI), to command or cause to depart: Mt 9°8, Mk 1! (v. Swete, 


in 1.), ib. 48 54°, Lk 102, Ja 25; +. xpiow «is vixos (to cause to proceed to 
its goal), Mt 122°@XX), 3. to reject (cl.): 7. 6voya tpav ws rovnpdr (cf. 
De 2514), Lk 62; to leave owt, Re 117. 4. to take, draw or pluck 
out; (a) with violence: Mt 75, Mk 947, Lk 6%; (b) to bring forth or 
out of: Mt 12%5, Lk 10%. 
** &x-Baas, -ews, 7 (<< éexBaivw), [in LXX: Wi 2)? 88 11**;) lia 
way out (Hom., Xen.): 1Co 10%. 2. the isswe (Menand.); He 137.+ 
éx-Bodn, -7s (<< éxBaddw), [in LXX: Ex 11! (wa), Jos 1° (€xBorAyy 
roetc Oa, 514 hi.), Ez 478 (Nx) *;] 1. a throwing out. 2. a jettison, a 
throwing overboard of cargo: Ac 27}8 (ef. Jos, l.c.; and v. Field, Notes, 
144f.).+ 
sities Ree. for yapifw, q.v.: Mt 2230 2438 Lk 1727, 1 Co 738, 
Not elsewhere.t 
*+t éx-yapicxw, Rec. for yapioxw, q.v.: Lk 20%4%°. Not elsewhere.t 
ex-yovos, -ov (<eéxylyvoua, to be born of), [in LXX for ™5 
(neut.), 72, etc.;] 1. c. gen., born of. 2. As subst., o, 7 €, a child, 


son or daughter; in pl., descendants: réxva 7 é., children or grand- 
children, 1 Ti 54.t 

*+ ex-Samavdw, -@, strengthened form of daravdw, to spend wholly ; 
pass., with reflexive force, to spend oneself wholly: seq. irép, 1 Co 
Vea 

éx-S¢xonat, [in LXX for any, pap, ete.;] 1. to take or receive 

from (Hom., Hat., al.). 2. (Rare in cl.), to expect, awatt: c. acc. rei, 
Jo 58], He 111°, Ja 57; c. acc. pers., Ac 1716, 1 Co 11%8 1611; seq. éws, 
He 1018 (Cremer, 687).+ 

** &x-Bydos, -ov (<< 57Aos), [in LXX: m1 Mac 31° 6°*;] strengthened 
form of d7Aos, q.v., quite clear, evident: 1 Ti 3°.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 137 


¥ ax-Bnpdw, -3 (< exdypos, from home ; cf. -ia, 11 Mac 411)*; to be 
from home, absent: 1 Co 5°; seq. dz, ib.8; seq. éx, ib.® (cf. dro-, év- 
Sypew).t 
éx-Bi8wps, [in LXX for jn3, etc.;] 1. to surrender, give up, give 
out. 2. to let out for hire (Hadt.); mid. (as freq. in 7.; v. MM, Eap., 
xii); to let out to one’s advantage, Mt 21%* 41, Mk 121, Lk 20°.+ 
éx-8i-nyéopat, -oduar, depon., [in LXX chiefly for 950, pi.;] to 
tell in detail, relate, declare: Ac 1341 (XX) 153,+ 
téxBixdw, -3 (<éxdixos), [in LXX for IPB, ops, wee, etc.;] 
1. to vindicate: c. acc. pers., Lk 18%», 2. to avenge: c. acc. pers., 
€avrovs, Ro 12!; c. acc. rei, tapaxony, 11 Co 10°; aiua, Re 619 192 
(Cremer, 203 ; for exx. from 7. in both senses, v. MM, Hzp., xii).t 
t ék-Bixnows, -ews, 7 (<< éxduxéw), [in LXX chiefly for D3;] ven- 
geance, vindication: Lk 21%, Ro 12° (vy. MM, Eap., xii), He 
10%°@XX), 1 Co 71!; of the injured person, c. gen., Lk 1878; ¢. dat., 
Ac 7**; of the offender, c. gen. obj., 1 Pe 2!*; ¢. dat., m Th 18 (ef. 
Si 12°).+ 
EN, -ov (<< dé«n), [in LXX: Wi 12!2, Si 306, 1v Mac 1529*;] 
1. without law, unjust. 2. exacting penalty from; as subst., an 
avenger: Ro 13*; seq. wept, 1 Th 4° (in =., a legal representative ; 
Milligan, Th., l.c.).# 
éx-Sidxw, [in LXX for n a hi., nox, HM, etc.;] to chase away, 
drive out: 1 Th 2} (cf. De 69, J] 2?°).+ 
¥* &x-Botos, -ov (< éxdiSwur), [in LXX: Da TH Bel®?*;] given up, 
delivered over: Ac 28 (for construction, v. Field, Notes, 111 f.).+ 
* éx-Boxy -7s, 9 (<éxdexouar); 1. in cl., (a) a receiving from, 
succession; (b) an interpretation. 2.In NT, = zpocSoxia, ex- 
pectation : He 10?” (cf. Field, Notes, 231; Cremer, 688).t+ 
éx-8uw, [in LXX chiefly for wwp;] to take off, strip off, strip: c. 
acc. pers. (sc. clothing), Mt 2778; c. acc. pers. et rei, Mt 2781, Mk 1529, 
Lk 10°; mid., to put off: fig., of the body, 11 Co 54.t 
éxei, adv., [in LXX chiefly for oy;] 1. properly, of place, there : 
Mt 235 574, al.; of €., Mt 267; od . . . é., Mt 67! 1820 2428 Mk 610 Lk 
1254; pleonastic, orov . . . €. (= Ow WN, De 4°, al.), Re 12% 14 (cf. 


Bl., § 50, 4). 2. As often in cl. (Hdt., Thuc., al.), with verbs of 
motion, for éxeioe, thither: Mt 2?? 1720 2428 2636, Mk 633, Lk 1218 1737 
212, Jo 118 188, Ro 15*4. 

éxeidev, adv., [in LXX chiefly for nw ;] 1. of place, thence: Mt 


421, Mk 61, al. 2. Of time, thereafter (v.s. xdxetOev). 
éxetvos, -7, -o (<< éxet), [in LXX chiefly for NIN, NIM, and cogn. 


forms ;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing (ile), implying remote- 
ness as compared with otros (hic); 1. absol., emphatic he, she, it: 
opp. to otros, Lk 1814, Ja 415; eis, He 127°; iets, Mt 138%, Mk 4"; 
ddAo, Jo 99; éyw, Jo 3°°; to persons named, Mk 160% 13,20], Jo 921; of 
one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§ 2385, 


188 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


2732), Jo 711 998; with respect, of Christ, 1 Jo 2° 3%, al.; referring to 
a preceding noun, Mk 16119), Jo 7*°; resumption of a ie ae subject, 
Jo 183 987 101, Ro 1414, al. (on its reference in Jo 19*5, vy. Weste., in 1.; 
Moffatt, Intr., 568 ; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77 a). 2. As adj., 
joined, like otros, to a noun with the article: Mt 775, Mk 374, Jo 1835, 
al.; esp. of time, past or future: év r. juepass é., Mt 3}, Mk 19%, Ac 
218 (LXX) al.; ey é. 7. quepa, esp of the Parousia, Mt 722, Lk 675, 1 Th 
11°, um Ti 1!?; adverbially, éxewys (sc. 0d00) = cl. éxew7 (BI., § 36, 13), 

that way, Lk 194. 
éxeice, ady., [in LXX: Jb 39° (nymM)*;] thither: Ac 215; 
constr. pregn. (MM, Hzp., xii; Field, Notes, 134), rovs é. 6vras, Ac 22°.t 
t+ éx-Lytéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for wt, also for 4¥3, WP3, etc. ;] 


1. to seek out or after, search for: c. acc. pers. (I Mac 97°); fig. 
kvptov, Oeov (cf. Ps 13(14)?, Am 54, al.), Ac 151”, Ro 3", He 16: 
evdoyiav, He 121’; genre K. Eaioaiicen (as in 1 Mac, Le.), sought 
and searched out: 1 Pel), 2. As in 1 Ki 4", Ez 318 2, al. (w7), 
to demand, require: Lk 11° 51.+ 

¥t éx- -Limnats, a (<< éxfyntéw), a questioning (RV), subject for 
dispute: 1 Ti lt. 

**¥t éx-OapBéw, Sh (<< éxOupBos), [in LXX: Si 30°*;] 1. to be 
amazed. 2. to amaze, terrify (Si, l.c.). Pass., to be amazed, terrified : 
Mik 9*5 14955 16567: 

**+t Ex-BapBos, -ov (<< OdéuBos), [in LXX: Wi 10, Da tH 7’ (dreadful, 
terrible: %3mD"§) *;] amazed (cf. Polyb., xx, 10, 9): Ac 3141,+ 


**+ éx-Oaupdtw, [in LXX: Si 277% 4318, rv Mac 17!’ *;] strengthened 
form of 6avp-; to wonder greatly: Mk 1217.+ 
** Ex-Betos, -ov A extiOnuc), [in Al.: Ez 423*;] cast owt: rovetv 
é. = exriOévar, Ac 
éx-xa8aipw, [in UXX for "ya, etc ;] 1. to cleanse thoroughly, cleanse 
out: c.acc., éavrov, 11 Ti 2?!; of the impurity removed, Cupnv, 1 Co 57.t 
éx-katw, {in LXX chiefly for qyn;] 1. to burn up. 2. to kindle. 
Pass., to burn: metaph., of the passions (cf. Si 16°, Jb 3!”), Ro 1?7.+ 
éxkakéw, -@, V.S. evKaKkéw, 
éx-xevtéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for 3p7;] 1. to prick out, put out 
(Arist.). 2. to pierce (Polyb., LXX): c. acc. pers., Jo 197 @XX), Re 17.+ 
éx-kddw, -@, [in LXX: Le 1!” (vow pi.) *;] to break off: pass., 
Ro 1117) 19 20,4 
éx-kdelw, [in LXX: €. xpiow, for mwa hi., Ex 23? (also as v.l., 
Jb 342°, Ps 67 (68)9°)*;] to shut out: Ga 417, Pass., Ro 3?7.+ 
éxxAnota, -as, ) (<< éx-xadéw), [in LXX chiefly for 537, otherwise 


for one of its cogn. forms;] 1. prop., an assembly of citizens regularly 
convened (in Thuc., ii, 22, opp. to avAAoyos, a concourse) : Ac 19%?» 3% 41, 
2. In LXX of the assembly, congregation, community of Israel (De 
410 232, al.): Ac 738, He 212 (LXX), 3. In NT, esp. of an assembly or 
company of Christians, a (the) church ; (a) of gatherings for worship : 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 139 


1 Co 118 141% 34,35; (6) of local communities: Ac 8°, 1 Co 47; with 
name added, Ac 81, Ro 161, 1 Th 11, al.; pl., Ac 1541, 1 Co 717; 7. 
Xpicrod, Ro 1616; +r. "Agias, 1 Co 1619; +. dyiwy, 1 Co 1453; ciwdy 7. 
éxxAnoia, Mt 1817 (but v. Hort, Hcclesia, 10); of a house-congregation 
(DB, i, 4314), Ro 165, 1 Co 16", Col 41°, Phm?; (c) of the whole body 
of Christians: Mt 1618, 1 Co 1228, Eph 12, Phi 3°, al,; +r. Geod, Ac 208 
(Kupiov, T, R, mg.), 1 Co 15°, Ga 11, 1 Ti 31°; &. mporordxwy droyeypap- 
pévev év ovpavois, He 1273, 

SYN.: owaywyy, q.v. (v. Tr., Syn., § i; DB, i, 426; Hort, 
Ecclesia, esp. 4 ff., 107 ff.; Hamilton, People of God, ii, 37 ff.; reff. 
s.vv. “Church,” “Congregation,” in DB and DCG; Cremer, 332). 


éx-kdivw, [in LXX for M3, WD, etc.;] intrans., to turn aside, 


turn away: metaph., from the right path, absol., Ro 3!2@X*); from 
evil, absol., 1 Pe 34; seq. ad, c. gen. pers., Ro 1617.t 
* éx-kohupBdw, -@, to swim out of: Ac 27*.+ 
* éx-kopilw, to carry owt: as freq., a corpse for burial, Lk 7'?.+ 
** éx-komh, -js, 9, [in Ag.: Is 511*;] in T for évxory (q.v.): 
Bee 9F4.t 
éx-kérrw, [in LXX for m5, ete.;] to cut out, cut off, cut down: 
of a hand, foot, Mt 58° 188; a tree, Mt 3!° 719, Lk 39 13%; fig., of a 
branch, Ro 1122; seq. é, Ro 1124; metaph., 7. dgopyny (cf. Jb 19%, 
éArida), 11 Co 11!%.+ 
éx-kpépovvupt, [in LXX for wp, Ge 4430*-] to hang from or 
wpon ; mid., éxxptpapar: fig., éfexpéuaro abrod dxovwy (Rec.; WH read 
eexpéuero, which implies a pres. éxxpéuoa, otherwise unknown; ef. 
Veitch, s.v. xpéwapor), Lk 194,+ 
éx-kpepopat, Lk 1948 (WH, v.s. éxxpepavvypn).t ” 
** éx-hahéw, -6, [in LXX: Jth 119*;] to speak owt, divulge: 
Ac 23?2,+ 
éx-Adprw, [in LXX for nN hi., etc.;] to shine forth: Mt 134%.t 
** éx-havOdvw, [in Sm.: Ps 12(13)?*;] to escape notice utterly ; 
mid., to forget utterly: He 12°.t 
éx-héyo, [in LXX chiefly for "m3;] to pick owt, choose. In NT 
always mid. (exc. Lk 9%, éxAeAcypévos, WH, dyarnrés, R, mg.), to pick 
out for oneself, choose (cf. M, Pr., 157 f.): ¢. ace. rei, Lk 10* 147; 
c. acc. pers., Ac 6° 152% 25; of Christ (v. supr.), Lk 9°; of Christ’s 
choice of disciples, Lk 61%, Jo 67° 1315 151619 Ac 1?; of the Divine 
choice: of persons, Mk 132°, Ac 124 1317 157, Eph 14, Ja 2°; of things, 
1 Co 127,28 (Cremer, 402, 773).t 
éx-etrw, [in LXX for n53, nD ni., oan, etc., 47 different words 
in all;] 1. trans., to leave out, pass over. 2. Intrans., to leave off, cease, 
fail: popwvas, Lk 16°; riors, Lk 22%; ern, He 1? (X%); of the sun in 
an eclipse, Lk 234°.t+ 
éx-hextés, -7, -ov (<< éxAéyw), [in LXX for 3n3 (so prob. in Is 
2816, Pr 173, for MT yma), NB, etc. ;] 1. choice, select (cl., rarely ; 


Thuc., Plat., al.), hence, eminent: Ro 161% (cf. Ez 2774), 2. Asin 


140 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Inser. (MM, Hzxp., xii), chosen; esp. as in LXX, of Israel, elect, 
chosen of God (Is 65°, Ps 104 (105)#%, al.); so in NT; (a) of Christ: 
Lk 238% (cf. Ig 421); fig., Ad@os, 1 Pe 24 6(LXX); (b) of holy angels: 
1 Ti 571; (c) of Christians: Mt 24? 24, Mk 132% 22,27, 17 Ti 210 1 Pe 1}; 
t. Geod, Lk 187, Ro 8%, Col 3, Tit 11; 7. Xpiorod, Mt 2451; é. xupia, 
11 Jol; ddeAdy, ib.13; yévos, 1 Pe 29CXX; xdyroi Kai é. K. mioroi, 
Re 1714; opp. to «Anrés (not so in Epp.; v. Lift. on Col 31%), Mt 2016 
(T, WH, txt., R, omit) 2214 (Cremer, 405, 775).+ 
** éxoyn, -7s, 1) (<< exAeyw), [in Aq.: Is 227; Sm., Th.: ib. 3724*;] 
a choice, selection ; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election) : 
axetos exAoyns, gen. qual., a chosen vessel; kar’ é., Ro 9M 1158; @. 
gen. pers., I Th 14, 1 Pe 11°; by meton., 7 €. = of éxAexrol, Ro 117.+ 
éx-huw, [in LXX for MBN, etc.;] 1. to loose, release. 2. to un- 
loose, as a bow-string, to relax, enfeeble; pass., to be faint, grow 
weary: Mt 15%2, Mk 8%; of mental weariness, Ga 6°, He 12% 5 (LXX)_+ 
** éx-udoow, [in LXX: Si 12", Ep. Je! *4*;) to wipe off: c. ace., 
ie oee A foy i LS ON ep 
+ ék-puxtypite, [in LXX: Ps 2¢ 21 (22)7 34 (35)!6 (ay5), 1 Es 
151A *;] to hold up the nose in derision at, scoff at: c. acc., Lk 1614 
2395,+ 
éx-vedw, [in LXX: Jg 438 (s9D) 1826, rv Ki 274 2316 (map), Mi 614 
(31D hi.), 11 Mac 322*;] 1. to bend the head aside (Xen.). 2. (a) to 
shun, avoid (Diod.); (b) to withdraw: Jo 5'8.+ 
t éx-vipo, [in LXX: Ge 9*4, Hb 27 (pps), Jl 1°, Hb 219 (psp hi.), 
I Ki 2537 (xx), Si 34 (31)?*;] to become sober after drunkenness: 
metaph., of sobriety of mind, 1 Co 15%4.t+ 


éxotawos, -ov .(< éxwv), [in LXX chiefly for 733}, as Nu 15% 


(xar’ é.);] usually of actions, voluntary : xara é., of free will (Lft., in 1.), 
Phm !4.+ 
éxouciws, adv., [in LXX: Ps 53 (54)® (R2993), u Mac 14%, al. ;] 


voluntarily, willingly : He 107, 1 Pe 5?.+ 
*t x-ahat, adv. (of a class of compound adverbs common in late 
Gk.; v. Mayor on 1 Pe, l.c.), for a long time, from of old: 11 Pe 28 
3°.t 
t éx-metpdtw, [in LXX: De 616 8216, Ps 77 (78)!8 (MDs pi.) *;] = cl. 
exrreipdopat, to put to the proof or test, make trial of, tempt: c. acc., 
of God, Mt 47(£XX), Lk 412 (ib), 1 Co 10°; of Christ, Lk 1025 (Cremer, 
497).+ 
éx-réumw, [in LXX for mbw;] to send forth: Ac 134 171.+ 
*t ex-repiaads, adv., more exceedingly : Mk 14%} (cf. imeprep-).t 
éx-wetdvvunt, [in LXX chiefly for wap, as Is 65? (hithp.);] to 
spread out (as a sail), stretch forth: Ro 10?! @XX),+ 
éx-mddo, -@, [In LXX: De 33” (p37), ete.;] to spring forth: eis 
t. dxAov (cf. Ju 1417), Ac 141* (for ex. in z., v. MM, Hap., xii).t 
ék-ninrw, [in LXX: Is 408 2814 (533), Jb 142 (55n, v. RV. mg,), 
Jb 15% ("10), Jb 153° (x5wy hi.), ete. ;] to fall owt of, fall from, fall 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 141 


off: seq. &« r. xetpdv, Ac 127; absol., Ac 27%?; of the withering of 
flowers (as LXX. ll. c.), Ja 14, 1 Pe 1°*@XX); of navigators falling off 
from a straight course, Ac 2717 2629, Metaph., c. gen. rei: Ga 54, 
1 Pe 3’; absol., fall from its place, fail, perish: Ro 9°.+ 
* éx-mhéw, -0, to sail away: Ac 20°; seq. eis, Ac 15% 1818,+ 
** éx-mAynpdw, [in LXX: 1 Mac 81°, m1 Mac 1722*;) 1. to fill full, 
make up anumber. 2. to fulfil (MM, Hap., xii; Cremer, 839), Ac 13%.+ 
**+ éx-mAjpwors, -ews, 7, [in LXX: m Mac 6'**;] a completion, 
fulfilment: Ac 21?6.+ 
éx-tAjcow (Attic -rrw, Ac 1312), [in LXX: (pass.) He 1716(”) 
(naw hithp.), Wi 13‘, 1 Mac 72, 1v Mac 84 17'6* ;] 1. prop., to strike 
out, driveaway. 2. to strike with panic or shock, to amaze, astonish : 
pass., Mt 1354 195, Mk 6? 737 1076, Lk 24; seq. emi, c. dat. rei, Mt 778 
2932) Mk 177 1118 Lk 452 943, Ac 13%.+ 
SYNW.: “rweiv, to terrify, agitate with fear; tpenetv, to tremble, 
predominantly physical; ¢ofetv, to fear, the general term,” Thayer; 
cf. also dpicew, to shudder, and v.s. dedia. 

* éx-mvéw, -3, to breathe out; sc. Biov, yvxnv (expressed in cl., 
Aisch., al.; cf. LS, s.v.), to breathe one’s last, expire: Mk 15°79, Lk 
2346, For force of aorist, v. Swete, M&., 1.c.t 

éx-mopedw, [in LXX chiefly for Nx°;] to make to go out; pass. 
and mid., to go forth: Lk 3’, Ac 25*; of demons leaving one 
possessed, Mt 1721 (WH om.), Ac 19!?; of excrement, Mk 7!%; seq. 
amo, Mt 20°, Mk 104°; ex, Mk 13! (of the dead rising, Jo 5°); éxetOev, 
Mk 611; éw, Mk 119; eis, Mk 101’, Jo 529; ézi, c. acc. pers., Re 1614; 
mpos, c. acc. pers., Mt 35, Mk 1°; eiazop- (q.v.) cai é€., Ac 97°; metaph., 
to come forth, proceed: of feelings, etc., Mk 7°; seq. éx, Mt 15118, 
Mk 715, 20,21, Tk 422, Hiph 479; pia, seq. dua, Mt 4*(XX); of lightning 
and flame, Re 4° 91718 115; a river, Re 22!; a sword, Re 11° 1915; a 
rumour, seq. «is, Lk 4°”; of the Holy Spirit, seq. rapa, Jo 15?°.+ 

t+ éx-ropvedw, [in LXX chiefly for m31, freq. of spiritual un- 
faithfulness ;] strengthened form of zopvevw, implying excessive in- 
dulgence; mid. to give oneself up to fornication: Ju™.t 

* éx-mtdw, 1. to spit out. 2. to spit at in disgust, to abominate, 
loathe (= cl. émorr-, katart-): Ga 414.+ 


t éx-pifdw, -d, [in LXX: Jg 5 (wiz), Je 1! (wis), Ze 2* (waa 

A, spy BS), Da TH 7° (py), Da LXX 41523, Wi 44, Si 3° 497, 1 Mac 

5°!, 1 Mac 127*;] to root owt, pluck up by the roots: c. acc. rei, Mt 
1329 1518 Lk 176, Ju }2.+ 

&k-oTacts, -ews, 9 (egiornu), [in LXX: Ga 2733, 1 Ki 1445, Kz 

2616, al. (NID) ; mr Ch 141443) 1710 9029 (amp), al.;] 1. a@ displace- 


ment (Arist.). 2. An abnormal condition of the mind, in which the 
subject passes out of his usual self-control (Hippocr.); in NT 
(Kennedy, Sources, 121 f.); (a) a trance: Ac 10% 115 2217; (6) 
amazement : Mk 54? 168, Lk 56, Ac 31°.+ 

éx-orpépw, [in LXX: De 327°, Am 615"), Kz 1634 A (qm), Za 


142 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


1116 (pap pi.), Ez 137° (my pil.) *;] 1. to twrn out of (Hom.). 2. to 
turn inside out ; metaph., to change entirely, pervert (Aristoph.): Tit 
311+ 
* éx-cdlw, to preserve from danger, bring safe: Ac 278° (égGou, 
WH, mg,, R, txt., v.s. e€w0éw).t 
éx-Tapdoow, ‘Tin LXX: Ps 17 (18)4 (nya pi.), 87 bolke (max), Wi 
1734 1817*;) to throw into great trouble, agitate: Ac 16? 
éx-reivw, [in LXX for now, m3, etc.;] to stretch a or forth: 
T. xeipa (as often in LXX), Mt 8? 12)8 1431, 96!, Mk 14! 35, Lk 5!5 619, 
Jo 2118, Ac 261; seq. emi, c. acc. pers., towards, Mt 124; against, 
Lk 2253; ¢is acins Ac 43°; of anchors, to cast, Ac 2729.+ 
éx-redéw, -3, [in LXX: De 32% (mb5), 1 Ch 45, Da tH 3°), 
1 Mac 15°*;] to bring to an end, finish, complete: Lk 142% 3°,+ 
**+ éx-révera, -as, » (<Ceéxrevys), [in LXX: Jth 49% 1 Mac 14%8, 
mt Mac 6*'*;] zeal, intentness, earnestness (cf. Deiss., BS, 262): 
Ac 267.t+ 
** exrevys, -6s (<< éxteivw), [in LXX: 11 Mac 3! 529*;) stretched, 
strained. Metaph., earnest, zealous: 1 Pe 48.t 
éxtevas, adv., [in LXX: Jh 3° (A773), J] 114, Jth 41, 11 Mac 5° * 5] 


fervently, earnestly: Ac 12°, 1 Pe 17; compar., Lk 2244 (WH br., R, 
mg., omits).t 

éx-rlOypi, [in LXX for 7n3 ni., etc.;] to set owt, expose: Ac 77). 
Metaph., to set forth, expound: Ac 114 2878; c. acc. rei, 187°.+ 

éx-twdoow, fin LXX for 4y3 ni. » pi., ete. 3] to shake off: Kovuoptov, 
Mt 10'4; xotv, Mk 64. Mid.: xovoprov, Ac 13°!; iwaria, Ac 18° (cf. 
MM, Exp, iii).t 

éxtos, -, -ov, the sixth: Mt 205, al. 

éxrés, adv., [in LXX: Jg 86 2015, mr Ki 1013, al. (aa5n, 
7a 712), Jg 5° (aya), Ca 443 (5 ayn), al.;] 1. as adv., outside, 
beyond: 76 é., c. poss. gen., the outside, Mt 237°; in late Gk. (v. Deiss., 
BS, 118), pleonastic, éxrés ei py, 1 Co 14° 157, 1 Ti 5'%, 2. With force 
of prep., c. gen.; (a) outside of: 1 Co 618, 11 Co 127; (b) beyond, 
besides, except: Ac 267, 1 Co 15?7.t 

éx-tpémw, [in LXX for Jor, Am 5°*;] to turn out of the course, 
turn aside, c. acc. Pass., with middle sense, intrans., to twrn aside: 
He 12'5 (R, txt., for be put out of joint, R, mg., v. Thayer, s.v. Westc., 
in 1.); fig., seq. eis, a Ti 16; éri, 1 Ti 44; dricw, 1 Ti 5}; c. acc., to 
shun, avoid: 1 Ti 62 

éx-tpépw, [in LEX for 553, etc. ;] 1. peoe of children, to nurture, 
bring up: Eph 64. 2. to nourish: Eph 5*° 

*t Extpomos, -ov, = evtpopos, exceedingly eae He 127! (for exx. 

from 7z., v. Deiss., BS, 290; LAH, 254).+ 

éx-tTpwpa, -tos, TO (<exritpickw, to miscarry), [in LXX: Jb 316, 
Ec 63 (B3; also in Aq., Ps 57 (58)°), Nu 12}? (mi) *;] an abortion, 


an untimely birth (v. Field, Notes, 179): 1 Co 168.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 143 


éx-épw, [in LXX chiefly for Nx hi.;] 1. to carry out, bring out: 
c. acc. rei, Lk 15%, 1 Ti 67; c. acc. pers., Mk 878, Ac 515; of the dead 
for burial (cf. xouéZw), Ac 5%%19, 2. to bring forth; (a) of women 
(Hipp., Arist., al.); (6) of the ground (Hadt.): He 68.+ 

éx-pevyw, [in LXX for 533, ete.;] to flee away, escape: absol., 
Ac 1627, 1 Th 5%, He 23; seq. ex, Ac 191%; c. acc. pers., He 1275; c. 
acc. rei, Lk 21%6, Ro 28; +. xetpas adrod, 1 Co 11°%.t 

éx-poBéw, -3, [in LXX chiefly for Typ hi.;] to frighten away, 
terrify: c. acc. pers., 11 Co 10°.t 

Expofos, -ov, [in LXX: €. elvac for 32, De 919; also 1 Mac 13? * 5] 


affrighted, terrified: Mk 91%, He 12?).t 
** &x-ddw, [in OT (Sm.) Ps 103 (104)!4; (Al.) Is 61°*;] to cause to 
grow out, put forth (leaves): Mt 24%?, Mk 13°8.t 
éx-xéw, also Hellenistic, éxxvvw (in Th.: m Ki 14**), and éexyvvvw 
(q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for Ew ;] to pour out : pudAnv, Re 1614 ® 1% 12,17; 
képpata, Jo 215; afua, Mt 2335 (cf. MM, Hop., xii), Lk 115°, Ac 227°, 
Ro 315(£XX), Re 16°. Pass., afua, Mt 2678, Mk 1474, Ac 227°; oivos, 
Mt 927, Lk 537; orddyxva, Ac 178. Metaph., r. rvetua, Ac 21% 18 (LXX), 38 
1045, Tit 3°; dydmn, Ro 55 (cf. Si 33 (36)8, dpyyv); pass., of persons (like 
Lat. effundor), to give oneself wp to (RV, ran riotously in): Ju.t 
**t ex-ydvvw, Hellenistic form of éxyéw, q.v. (BI., § 17): Mt 2385 268, 
Mk 1474, Lk 587 115° 2920 Ac 118 1045 2220 Ro 55, Ju4.t 
éx-xwpéw, -© [in LXX: Nu 165 (17)°) (am ni.), Jg 7% (Bx), 
Am 72 (ma), 1 Es 44457, 1 Mac 9%*;] to depart, withdraw: Lk 
2121.+ 
éx-dxo, [in LXX : Jg 427A (Fay), Ez 217) (AD pi.) *;] to expire, 
breathe one’s last: Ac 5°10 1228 (ef. éxxvéw; Cremer, 906).+ 
éxdy, -ovoa, -ov, [in LXX: Ex 21}8, Jb 36!°*;] willing, of one’s 
own free will: Ro 8°, 1 Co 917 (Cremer, 246).t 
é€daia (Attic, cAda), -as, 7, [in LXX for m;] an olive tree: Ro 
11124, Re 114; 7. dpos rv é. (O°NIT WI, Za 14%), the Mount of Olives: 
Mt 21! 243 2639 Mk 11! 13% 1426 Lk 1987 2239; 76 xadrovpevor é. (T, 
éXady, q.v.), Lk 192° 2137, 2. an olive (Aristoph.): Ja 31?.t 
€daov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for 7ow;] olive-oil: Lk 165, 
Re 6° 1843; for lamps, Mt 25% 8; for healing, Mk 6!3, Lk 10%, 
Ja 54; for anointing at feasts, Lk 746, He 19(@**),t+ 
SYN.: pupov, ointment, v. Tr., Syn., 135. 
t €\audv, -Gvos, 6 (<< éAaia), [in LXX for m;] olive-grove, olive- 


garden (so in FlJ and in z.; Deiss., BS, 209 ff.; MM, Hap, iii; 
M, Pr., 49, 69, 235): Lk 197° 2137 (WH, -év; v. their App., 158; 
Field, Notes, 73; Bl., § 10,5; 33, 1; Thayer, s.v.), Ac 12 (where BL., 
ll. c., proposes the conjectural emendation éAaiév for -dvos).t 
"EXapeirns (Rec. -ayirys), -ov, 6 (Heb. ody;) [in LXX (cl.) 


144 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


"EXvpaios, “EXapos: Jth 1°; “Adapeirys (vv.ll. “EA-, -apirns; BBI., 
§ 3, 7): Is 11) 21? 22°) 5] an Elamite: Ac 2°.t 

€X\doowy (-rrwv, He 77, WH, 1 Ti 5°), -ov (tormed, with superl. 
€\dyioros, from the epic éAaxvs, little, and serving a8 compar. of 
puxpos), [in LXX for wy, ete.;] less, in age, rank or quality: Jo 2°, 
Ro 94 (LXX), He 77; neut., -ov, adverbially : 1 Ti 5°.t 

téd\atrovéw, -&@ (<(édarrov), [in LXX (with -dw) chiefly for 
"pM ;] to be less (RV, had no lack): 1 Co 8'5@XX) (a rare word; ef. 
MM, Lop., xii).t 

eXatréw, -@ (<< éAdrrwv), [in LXX (where also -co@) chiefly for 

“pn, and very freq. in Si;] to make less: He 27@XX); pass., Jo 3°, 


He 2°.+ 
a€datve, [in LXX: Is 417 (avSm) 332! (ew), ete.;] to drive: of 


the wind, Ja 34, 1 Pe 2!’; of sailors rowing or sailing a boat, Mk 648, 
Jo 6%; of demons, Lk 879 (cf. dz-, cvv-ehatvvw).t 
*t €Kadpla, -as, 7, lightness, levity: 1 Co 1!7.+ 

éhadpés, -d, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for 5p, 55p;] light in weight. 
easy to bear: Mt 11°; @drAths (EV, our light affliction), 1 Co 417.t 

€\dxotos, -7, -ov (v.S. éAdcowv), smallest, least: as proper 
superlat., 1 Co 15°; elsewhere, as usually in late Gk., intensive (BI., 
§ 11, 3); Mt 26(@XX) 254045, Lk 1226 161° 1917, 1 Co 4° 62, Ja 34; é. & 
7. Bacireia 7. oripavav, Mt 5!° (v. Dalman, Words, 113). Compar., 
éAaxiordrepos (for corresp. superl., v. LS; v. also Bl., § 44, 3); less 
than the least: Eph 38.t 

"EXedfap (Heb. sty5y), 6, indecl., Hleazar: Mt 1)°.+ 


t+ édedw, later form of édeéw, q.v., [in LXX as v.l. in To 13%, Ps 
36(37)*5, al.;|-in NT: Ro 19'S ydu-2, eet 

tédeypds, -0d, 6 (<CeAeyyw), [in LXX: Ps 37 (38)!* 38 (39) 
(mmdin), Si 2079 216 414, al.;] reproof: m Ti 316+ 

t dreyéts, -ews, 7 (<< eAeyxw), [in LXX: Jb 21* 23? (nw) *;] re- 
buke: 11 Pe 216.+ 

deyxos, -ov, 6 (eA€yyw), [in LXX: freq. in Pr, Jb (mm5in), 


Wi,, Sig, ete.;] a proof, test: He 111.+ 

éehéyxw, [in LXX chiefly for m5 hi.;] 1. in Hom., to treat with 
contempt. 2. to convict: c.acc., Mt 18! (RV, show him his fault), 
Tit 19; \seq. wept, Jo 84° 168, Ju’; pass., Ja 2%. 3. to reprove, re- 
buke: 1 Ti 57°, m Ti 42, Tit 11% 215, Re 319; pass., seq. wep, Lk 3!9; 
tro, He 125(@XX), 4, to expose: Eph 51; pass., Jo 37°, 1 Co 14%4 
(RV reprove, mg. convict), Eph 5! (RY, as 1 Co, l.c., cf. AR on Eph 
54; MM, LHoap., xii; ef. é-, dua-xar-eXeyxopar).t 

SYN.: éritysd, expressing simply rebuke, which may be un- 
deserved (Mt 16%) or ineffectual (Lk 234), while é€A. implies rebuke 
which brings conviction (v. Tr., Syn., Siv). — 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 145 


eeewds, -7, -dv (<< éXeos; in Re, l.c., WH have the Attic poétic 
form, éAewéds), pitiable, miserable: Re 317; comparat., 1 Co 15!%+ 

éhegw (in Ro 916, Ju, -dw, q.v.), -@ (<< éAeos), [in LXX (Hex, 
Pss, Pr) chiefly for j2n, also freq. in Proph. for ann, etc.;] to have 
pity or mercy on, to show mercy: absol., Ro 916 128; c. acc., Mt 927 
1522 17 1833 9,039 = Mk 519 1047» 48. Lk 1674 1738 1838 39 Ro Qls, 18 
1132, Ph] 277, Ju*®. Pass., to have pity or mercy shown one (EV, 
obtain mercy): Mt 5’, Ro 119%31, 1 Co 75, m Co 41, 1 Ti 118,16, 
T Po 2'°F 
SYN.: oixte(pw (v. Tr., Syn., § xlvii; Thayer, s.v. eAeéw; Cremer, 
249). 
t éhenpoovn, -ns, 7 (<< éAcéw), [in LXX chiefly for TO, 72 7¥;] 
1. mercy, pity. 2. almsgiving, alms (like the German Almosen, a 
corruption of the Greek word é.): Mt 64; zovety é., Mt 623, Ac 936 10? 
2417; é. ddevar, Lk 114! (cf. Mt 23°°; Dalman, Words, 62f.) 1233; 
aitetv, Ac 37; AaBeiv, Ac 3°; zpos (in order to ask) é., Ac 31°; pl., Ac 
10* 31 (Cremer, 711).t 

éhejpov, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 3m ;] merciful : Mt 5’, He 2)7.+ 

éXewvds, V.S. eAcewvos. 

*EkeodBer (T, Rec. "EXic-; v. WH, App., 155), 4, indecl. (Heb. 
yaur>y), Elizabeth: Lk 15*.+ 

éeos, -ovs, 7d (cl. -ov, 6, and so Rec., Mt 913 127 2328, Tit 35, He 
416; on the Hellenistic form 76 é., v. WH, App., 158; M, Pr., 60; 
Mayser, 277; Kihner, i, 515), [in LXX chiefly for 191;] mercy, pity, 
compassion ; 1. of men : Mt 918(/XX) 197 235 ; zouety é. (and id. seq. perd, 
ce. gen.; cf. Heb. oy 19n My, Ge 21%, al.), Lk 107, Ja 218 317, 2, 
Of God: Lk 15° 54,58, Ro 159, Hph 24, 1 Ti 116 18 Tit 35, He 416 1 Pe 
1%; esp. in benedictions, Ga 6'°,1 Ti 1*, 1 Ti 1°, mJo%, Ju?; orev 
ééous, Ro 978; omAdyxva éAéous, Lk 1°8; woveiv &. (v. supr.), Lk 172; +, 
tpuerépw eee, Ro 114. 3. Of Christ: Ju2.t 

SYN.: oixtippds (v.8. éheew), 

édevOepia, -as, 7, [in LXX: Le 19° (nw), 1 Es 4% 8, Si 72 
3034 (3375), 1 Mac 14’, mr Mac 378*;) liberty: with reference to the 
religious life, 1 Co 109, 11 Co 31’, Ga 24 51, 1 Pe 2'6, 11 Pe 2!9; 6 vopos 
mys é., Ja 17° 22; y é. ras Soéys, Ro 8%; ex’ é., Ga 5!8 (on which 
formula, cf. Deiss., LAE, 327 ff.; Cremer, 251).+ 

édevPepos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for "wEn;] free; (a) in civil 
sense, not a slave: Jo 8°3, 1 Co 722 1218, Ga 328, Eph 68, Col 3", Re 
61 1316 1918; fem., Ga 422,23, 30; (5) as regards restraint and obligation 
in general: Mt 1776, 1 Co 9!; seq. éx, 1 Co 91%; dad, Ro 73; c. inf., 
1 Co 73°; from the law, Ga 47°, 1 Pe 2!6; from sin, Jo 8%; rp 
dixavootvy, as regards righteousness, Ro 62° (Cremer, 249).t+ 

€hevOepdw, -&, [in LXX: Pr 251°, 1 Mac 177 222*;)] to make free : 

10 


146 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


from sin, Jo 83% 36; geq. dd, Ro 618 22 8% 21; 7. édevbepia (dat. 
commodi), Ga 5! (on the “ punctiliar” force of this verb, v. M, Pr. 
149; cf. also Cremer, 251).+ 
*t €Xeuvats, -ews, 7, a coming: Ac 752.+ 
ehepdvtivos, -7, -ov (<< eA€égas, wory), [in LXX for w;] of wory: 
Re 18!2.+ 
"EXtaxe(p (Heb. o975N), Hliakim, an ancestor of Jesus: Mt 13, 


Lk 3°°.+ 
* Qtypa, -ros, 76 (<éAioow), a roll: Jo 19°, WH, txt. (uiypa, 
Ree. ; piypa, WH, mg., R, txt.).t 
"EdtéLep (Heb. 4375N), 6, indecl., Eliezer, an ancestor of Jesus: 


Lk 3?9.+ 
’Eduovd, 6, indecl., Hliwd, an ancestor of Jesus: Mt 14 15,+ 
’EduodBer, v.s. EXeo-. 


’EXtoatos (Rec. EAwwoaios ; T, “Edw-), -ov, 6 (Heb. yurdy), Elisha, 


the prophet: Lk 4?7.t 

éXioow, [in LXX: Is 344 (552 ni.), Ps 101 (102)*6 (95m hi.), ete. ;] 
to roll, roll up: He 142%), Re 614.t 

éXkos, -cos (-ovs), 76 [in LXX: Ex 9°", Le 131827, rv Ki 207, 
Jb 27 (prw);] 1. a wound (Hom.). 2. a sore, an ulcer (Thuc., al.): 


Lk 162!, Re 16%) 11.+ 

* &Xxdw, -6; 1. to wound. 2. to ulcerate; pass., to suffer from 
sores: pf. ptep., eiAxwpevos (Rec. 7Ax-), EV, full of sores, Lk 16?°.t 

€X\kUw, V.S. EAKw. 

€\xw, (Hellenistic form éAxvw in Jo, ll. ¢., Ac 161%), [in LXX 
for Jw, etc.;] to draw: c. acc. rei, Jo 18!° 21°; c. acc. pers., seq. 
é£w, Ac 21%9; eis, Ac 1619, Ja 26. Metaph., to draw, lead, impel: 
Jo 644, 1232, (For discussion of €. in Oxyrh. Log., v. Deiss., LAE, 
437 ff.)t 


“EANds, -ddos, 7, [in LXX: Is 661%, Kz 2713 (7m), 1 Mac 1! 8°*;] 
with varying usage as to geographical limits; in NT = ’Ayaia (ef. 
Ac 18!”), Greece: Ac 20?.+ 

"EAAny, -nvos, 6, [in LXX: Jl 3(4)%, Za 98 (7p), ete.; 1 Mac 1”, 


al.*;] a Greek; opp. to BapBapos, Ro 1'*; usually in NT of Greek 
Gentiles, opp. to “Iovdato.: Jo 79°, Ac 117° 141 164) 3 184 191% 17 2021 9128, 
FR 116,99: 10) SP ir Gores 72% 108 Gah eee Clare aoe 
proselytes, Jo 12°, Ac 174.t 
‘EdAnvikds, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Je 26 (46)!® 27 (50)!* (37: aliter 

in Heb.), 11 Mac 41% 15 69 1124 132, 1v Mac 8°*;] Greek: +. “EAAnnKy 
(sc. yAwooy), Re 911.t 

**EAnvis, -idvs, 7, [in LXX: 1 Mac 68A*;] a Greek (i.e. Gentile) 
woman: Mk 726, Ac 17}2.+ 

¥t‘EXAnnams, -00, 6 (<C‘EAAnvi£w, to Hellenize, affect Greek cus- 
toms), a@ Hellenist (RV, Grecian Jew): Ac 6! 979 112°.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 147 


*EAqnoti, adv., in Greek: Jo 19%; ‘E. (sc. Aadciv) yuwacxets, 
Ac 21°" (cf. Field, Notes, 135).t 
¥+t é\Noydw, -& (a xow7 word, elsewhere usually -éw; cf. Bl., § 22, 2), 
to charge to one’s account, impute: Phm?}§ (on parallels, cf. Deiss., 
LAE, 79 f., 335 f.; Milligan, NTD, 73; MM, Hoap., xii); of sin, 
Ro 518 (Cremer, 400).t. 
"Ehpaddp (L, ‘EA-; Rec. -ywddu), 6, indecl., Himadam, an ancestor 
of Jesus: Lk 378, 
adrifw, [in LXX chiefly for maa, also for mon, 5m pi., hi., etc. ;] 
to look for, expect, hope (for): c. acc. rei, Ro 874”, 1 Co 13’, He 11}; 
c. dat. rei (r. rvyn, Thuc., ii, 97, 2), Mt 1271; seq. xafws, 11 Co 85; 
ce. inf., Lk 6% 23°, Ac 267, Ro 15*4, 1 Co 16’, m Co 5", Phi 219 23, 
1 Ti 34, 1 Jo™, m1 Jo}!*; seq. or, c. pres., Lk 24?!; c. fut., Ac 24’6, 
11 Co 113 13°, Phm??. As in LXX (WM, § xxxiii, d; and esp. in the 
pf., Ellic. on 1 Ti 41°; Bl., § 59, 2), c. prep.; «is, Jo 5** (v. Hillic. 1.c.), 
I Pe 3°; seq. dr, 11 Co 11; émi, c. dat., Ro 15!2@XX), 1 Ti 419 61"; &, 
1 Co 1519; c. acc., 1 Pe 113 (aor. imper. v. Bl., § 58, 2); 7. Gedy, 1 Ti 55 
(cf. aw-, rpo-eA7rifw, v. Cremer, 255). 
€\mis, (€A-, Ro 82°, WH, v. BI., § 4,3; M, Pr., 44), -idos, 4, [in 
LXX for nwa and its derivatives, 7]2M (freq. in Jb), etc. ;] expectation 


(in cl., rarely of evil, mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope ; 1. 
of hope in general: 11 Co 1°; c. gen. obj., Ac 161°; art. inf., Ac 27°, 
I Co 99; wap’ €Arida, Ro 418; én éAmidu, 1Co 9°, 2. Of religious hope: 
em’ éAmids, Ac 226 266, Ro 418 820, Tit 12; ry é. éodOnuev, Ro 874; Kar’ 
€Arida Lwis aiwviov, Tit 37; of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 236 
26% 7 2820; of Christian hope, Ro 5% 4:5 1212 15418, 1 Co 1318, 1 Th 216, 
He 3° 61! 719 1028, 1 Pe 1321 315; c. gen. obj., Ro 5’, Col 127, 1 Th 13 58, 
Tit 12; c. gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26°, Eph 118 44, 
Col 13; 6 Geds ris é., Ro 158; eyew é. (= cl. eAmifew), Ac 24), Ro 154, 
11 Co 3}2 10, Eph 212, 1 Th 418; seq. emi, c. dat., 1 Jo 3°; eis, Ac 2415; 
drt, Ro 820, Ph] 12%21, Meton., (a) of the author or ground of hope 
(cl.): 1 Th 2), 1 Ti 1!; c. gen. obj., Col 1°"; (b) of the thing hoped 
for: Ga 5°, Col 15, Tit 215, He 618 (Cremer, 252, 712).t 

"EXUpas, -a, 6 (<< Aram. or Arab., ef. DB, i, 246 b), Elymas: 
Ac 138.t+ 

adwi (-i Rec.; Awt LT; Aram. 15x), Eloi: Mt 274°, Mk 15%4(@XX),+ 


épautod, -7s, -ov, reflex pron. of first pers., used only in gen., 
dat. and acc. sing., of myself: Lk 7’, al.; da’ é., Jo 580 71% 28 828, 42 
1018 14%; ia’ éuavrov, Mt 89, Lk 7°. 

éu-Baive, [in LXX for mby, etc.;] to step into: Jo 54 (WH, RV 
omit); eis wAotov, to embark: Mt 83 9! 13? 14? 153°, Mk 41 518 649 
310, 18 Tk 58 82237, Jo 617 24 213, Ac 216.+ 

éu-Baddo, [in LXX for ow, etc.;] to cast into: seq. eis, Lk 125 
(cf. MM, Eap., vii, 93).+ 

*\éu-Bdarw, to dip in: 1. xeipa ev 7. TpvBdiw, Mt 2678; mid., seq. 

cis, Mk 1420,+ 


148 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


éuBarevw, [in LXX: c. acc., Jos 194° (5m3), 195! (pdm pi.); seq. is, 
1 Mac 1225 1320 1481 1549; metaph., m1 Mac 23°*;] (< éuBarns 
<<uBaivw); 1. to step in or on (Soph.), hence (a) to frequent, haunt, 
dwell in (Aisch., Eur.); metaph., Col 218 (dwelling in, R, txt.; taking, 
R, mg.); (0) to ‘invade (1 Mac, ll. c. ; metaph., Col, fe), 2. to enter 
on, come into possession of (Eur., Dem; LXX, Jos, ll. ¢.); on the 
difficulties of reading and interpretation in this passage, v. Lft, Col., 
194 f., 252; ICC, 268 ff.; Field, Notes, 197; Milligan, NTD, 177; and 
for exx. from a7. MM, Exp. xii (ef. Leena: + 
éu-BiBdfo, [in LXX: 1v Ki 9% (455 hi.), Pr 4" (qa hi) *3 1. 
to set in, put in. 2. to put on board ship, embark: c. acc. pers., seq. 
eis, Ac 276.+ 
ép-Bdérw, [in LXX for AN™ (111 Ki 88, al.), mB (Jb 678 A, al.); 
metaph., Is 51! (was hi.), Si 2", etc. ;] to look at: c. ace. rei, Mk oes 
c. dat. pers. (part., seq. A€ye, elwev, cf. Xen., Cyr., i, 3, 2), Mt 19°6, Mk 
TD aI We NAS Te 2017 9961 (Geenever)) Jo 1% 3. absol., to look, Ac Qu ; 
metaph., to consider: Mt 626.+ 
€u-Bptpdopat (T, -couar; Bl., § 22, 1), -@par (<< Bpipy, strength, 
bulk, whence Bpipaopa, to snort with anger), depon., with aor. mid. 
and pass., [in LXX (Hatch, Essays, 25): Da LXX 1130 (also Aq., Ps 
72; Sm., Is 17%) *;] to snort in (of horses, Ausch.), hence, to speak 
or act with deep feeling (DCG, i, 62>); (a) to be moved with anger 
(cf. éuBpipnua, La 2°): c. dat., Mk 145, Jo 11°8; év éavrd, Jo 118; 
(b) to admonish sternly: c. dat., Mt 9°°, Mk 143.+ 
épéw, -6, [in LXX: Is 19! (N1p)*;] to vomit: fig., Re 316+ 
*t éu-uatvona, depon., to rage against: ¢. dat., Ac 26'1.t 
t+’Eppavound, 5 (Heb. 5x apy, Is 74), Immanuel: Mt 123 @XX),+ 


ae aces », Emmaus, a place 60 furlongs from Jerusalem: Lk 
413, 

éppeévw, [in LXX chiefly for 03);] 1. to abide in: Ac 28°, 2. 
to abide by, be true to: seq. ev; t. mista, Ac 1477; 7. diabyxy, He 
89 (LXX); ¢. dat., 7. yeypaupeévors (dat. ptep. as in legal formula; cf. 
Deiss., BS, 248; MM, Hap., xii): Ga 310 (XX) + 

‘Eppap (T, Eupwp, Rec. -dp, indecl. (Heb. 14m), Hmmor (Ge 


So.) ACen 
éuds, -7, -dv, poss. pron. of first pers., representing the em- 
phasized gen. éuod, mine, subjectively and objectively, ie. belonging 
to, proceeding from or related to me: Mt 18%, Mk 8°8, Jo 37° (most 
freq. in this gospel), al.; absol., ro éuov, ra ep, Mt A097", Tak 15%, 
Jo 104 16%4s25 a7 gen. obj. (cl.), eis T. €miyv dvapvyow, Lk 9919 
1 Co 117425; ¢, gen. expl., 7. €un xeupt ILavAov, I Co 167!, Col 4s, 
wm Th 3". 
¥t €umatypovn, -75, 7 (<< eurrailw, q.v.), mockery: um Pe 33.t 
+ ép-matypds, -ot, 6 (< eumailw, q.v.), [in LXX: Hz 224 (m5), Ps 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 149 


37 (38)’ Bx! (mdp ni.), Wi 1225, Si 2728, 11 Mac 77, mt Mac 5%*:] a 
mocking: He 11%6.+ 

ép-maifw, [in LXX for bby hithp., pn, etc.;] = Attic zpoc-, 
katarailw, to mock at, mock (Hadt.): c. dat., Mt 272% 31, Mk 1520, Lk 
149 2263 2336; pass., Mt 216, Lk 1882; absol., Mt 2019 2741, Mk 10% 
1531, Lk 2311.+ 

t éu-maixtys, -ov, 6 (<< euraifw, q.v.), [in LXX: Is 34 (ardadyn) * 5] 

amocker: 1 Pe 33, Ju48.+ 

ép-tepi-Tatéw, -@, V.S. év7-. 

éu-mimAnpe (On ewrium-, v. LS, s.v., Bl., § 6, 8), and éurmddw (Ac 
1417), [in LXX chiefly for Nba, yaiz;] to fill full, fill wp, satisfy: e. 
acc. pers. et gen. rei, Lk 1°°, Ac 141"; pass., Lk 6%, Jo 6; metaph., 
c. gen. pers., to take one’s fill of : Ro 15*4 (ef. Da LXX Su 3?),+ 

ép-twimpnpt, €urp70w (for the form, v.s. éumixAnp, and cf. Veitch, 
8.v. mipmpypt), [in LXX chiefly for F7w;] to set on fire: rodw, Mt 
227; pass., of the body, to become inflamed: Ac 28° (T; miurpnmn, 
WH, q.v.).t 

ép-wintw, [in LXX chiefly for 5p3;] to fall into: seq. eis, Mt 
124, Lk 6% 10%°; metaph., eis xpiua, I Ti 36; dvedurpdv, ib. 37; 
mepacpov, ib.\69; eis xetpas Oeod (cf. 1 Ki 2444.1 Ch 2118, Si 2!8), 
He 10*1.+ 

éu-whékw, [in LXX: Pr 2818 (553), u Mac 15!7*;] to weave in, 
entwine; pass., metaph., to be involved, entangled in: u Ti 24, 
m Pe 2?°,+ 

*t éu-mhoKy, -7s, 7 (<< eurdexw), a braiding: rprxdv, 1 Pe 3%.t 

éu-tvéw, -@, V.S. év7-. 

éu-mopevopar, depon. (< éuropos), [in LXX chiefly for 3mp;] 1. 
to travel, esp. for business. 2. to traffic, trade: Ja 43, 3. C. acc. 
rei (a) to traffic in; (b) to import: (Ho 12}, for 5a» hoph.). 4. C. 
acc. pers., to make a gain of: m Pe 23.t 

épmopia, -as, 7 (<éumopos), [in LXX for mo, 555, etc.;] 
commerce, business, trade: Mt 225.+ 

éumdpiov, -ov, 76 (€uzopos), [in LXX: De 33!* (jp), Ez 273 
(59); é. elvar, Is 2317 (m31)*;] a trading-place, exchange: otxos 
éurropiov, Jo 216 + 

éu-mopos, -ov, 6 (<(rdpos, a jowrney), [in LXX chiefly for sno, 
555;] 1. a passenger on shipboard, one onajourney. 2. a merchant : 
Mt 1345, Re 18% 11,15, 23 + 

éu-mpyOw, V.S. €umirpyye. 

€u-mpoober, adv. of place (in cl. also of time), [in LXX chiefly for 
13D 3] 1. adverbially, before, in front: Lk 19°8; eis 76 é., ib. 4; opp. to 
émurbev, Re 4°; opp. to ra dricw, ta 2, Phi 34%, 2. As prep., before; 
(a) in front of: Mt 574 6? 76 111° 2729, Lk 5!9 727 142, Jo 328 104, Re 
191° 228; (b) in the presence of: Mt 2711, Ga 214.1 Th 1% Q!9 39,13, 
époroyev, dpvetcac (Dalman, Words, 210), Mt 10% 33 267, Lk 128; in 
forensic sense, Mt 25%? 2711, Lk 2136, Ac 1817, 11 Co 51°, 1 Th 219 1 Jo 


150 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


319; ebdoxla (éAnua) éore é. Geod (a targumic formula; Dalman, Words, 
911), Mt 1126 181+, Lk 10%; (c) im the sight of: Mt 5° 6! 172 23%, 
Mk 2!2 92, Lk 1927, Jo 1287, Ac 104; (d) of rank and dignity (Dem., 
Plat.) al; eX XGe 487°): Jo 12520 

éu-mtdw, [in LXX: seq. eis, Nu 124 A, De 25° (p)*;] =cl., 
xatartiw (Ruth., NPhr., 66), to spit wpon: ec. dat., Mk 10%4 14% 159; 
seq. eis, Mt 26° 273°. Pass., Lk 18%?.+ 

epdarys, -és (<< eupaivw, to show in, exhibit), [in LXX: Mi 4}, 
Is 2? (713 ni.), Wi 6” 77! 1417; é yiveoOar, Ex 2" (yt ni.), Is 65! (wat 
ni.) *;] manifest: Ac 10*°; metaph., Ro 10°° ©XX) (v.s, émuparys).t 

énpavitw, [in LXX for ym hi., etc.;] 1. to manifest, exhibit : 
éavtév, c. dat pers., Jo 147122 (DCG, ii, 112b). Pass. and mid., to 
show oneself, appear: Mt 27°°, He 94 (cf. MM, Hap., xii). 2. to 
declare, make known: seq. ért, He 111*; c. dat. pers., Ac 23°; ¢ ace. 
rei, seq. mpds, Ac 232; xard, c. gen. pers., Ac 24! 257; epi, Ac 2515.+ 

SYN.: dydow, q.v. 

** éu-poBos, [in LXX: Si 1974, 1 Mac 13?*;] 1. terrible. 2. in fear 

(of Godly fear, Si, l.c.), terrified: Lk 24° 87, Ac 104 2475, Re 1115.+ 

ép-puade, -0 (<< dvodw, to blow), [in LXX for mB3, ete. ;] to breathe 
into (cf. Ge 27, Wi 151, al.), breathe upon: Jo 20?2.t 

** éu-utos, -ov (<< éudiw, to implant), [in LXX: € 7 xaxia atréar, 

Wi 121°*;] 1. innate (Wi, l.c.). 2. rooted, implanted: Ja 121 (v. 
Mayor, in 1.).t+ 

év, prep. (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. 3, Lat. 


in, c. abl.). I. Of place, ¢. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among : 
év t. wode, Lk 737; 7. 6fOadpo, Mt 7°; 7. xowrla, Mt 124°; 7. dpe, 
mt Pe 138; +. Opovw, Re 374; 7. deéia 7. Oeod, Ro 874; & tyiv, Lk 1}; 
of books, év r. BiBdrto, Ga 3”; 7. vow, Mt 12°, al.; ev rots +. Ilatpos 
pov, in my Father's house (RV; ef. M, Pr., 103), Lk 24°; trop., of the 
region of thought or feeling, év 7. xapdia (-as), Mt 55, 1 Co 4%, al. ; 
rT. cuvedyceswv, 1 Co 5"; after verbs of motion, instead of eis (con- 
structio pregnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits 
observed in cl.; cf. Bl., § 41, 1; M, Th. 12), droordd\yw . . . &, 
Mt 10%; ddwxey ev tr. xeupi (cf. rHévar ev xepo’, Hom., II., i, 441, al.), 
Jo 3*°; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), eiojAbe, Lk 
916; ééfrAOev, Lk 7”. II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, ete. : 
ev Lown, Ro 5; & 1. Oavdtw, I Jo 34; &v wepacpois, I Pe 1°; év eipyry, 
Mk 5%; éy d0&, Phl 4%; & mpairynn, Ja 3%; & prorypiw, I Co 2°; 
ev rt. dwayn, Mk 4?; of a part as contained in a whole, év 7. durédw, 
Jo 154; & é&%i cépart, Ro 124; of accompanying objects or persons 
(simple dat. in cl.), with, ev aiwarr, He 9%; év déka yuArdow, Lk 14%! 
(cf. Jul, Ac 7!4); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, év aroAats, 
Mk 12°8; é éoOjr Aaprpa, Ja 27; ev payxaipy, Lk 224°; é paBdw, 1 Co 
421 (cf. é rogos, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), é& tdye 
(= raxéws), Lk 188 (cf. Bl., § 41, 1); of spiritual influence, év rvevparu, 
Ro 8°; ev 7. dxaddprw, Mk 1%; of the mystical relation of the Christian 
life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160 f. ; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 151 


Mayor on Ju!; M, Pr., 103): év Xpiord (‘Incod), & xvpiw, Ro 3% 64, 
1 Co 3! 41 Co 122, Ga 217, Eph 67, Col 47,1 Th 416, al. III. Of the 
agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. & of instr.—yv. LS, 


S.v. I1I—corresponding to similar use of Heb. 3), by, with: & ipiv 


Kpiverat 6 koopos (= cl. rapa, c. dat.), 1 Co 62; & Tr. dpyovte 7. Saipoviwr, 
Mt 9%4; éy aivarr, He 9%; & toa, Mt 34, al.; ev paxatpa aoxrevel (cf. 
the absol. é& p., év p¢8do, supr., II, which some would classify here), 
Re 131° (cf. 68). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the 


following: wyépacas . . . év T. aipate oov (cf. BDB, s.v. 2, m1, 3), 


Re 5°; épmoAoyeiv ev (= Aram. 2 IN; cf. McNeile on Mt, l.c.; M, Pr., 
104), Mt 10%, Lk 128; dpuwva ev (= cl. acc., so Ja 5”), Mt 5%, al. ; 
also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 48 (WH; wv. Ill., «is, ev), Ac 
74 (LXX), TV. Of time, (a) im or during a period: év r. iyepa (vuxré), 
Jo 11°, al.; & caBBarw, Mt 127, al.; & 7d peraéd, meanwhile, Jo 431; 
(6) at the time of an event: év 7. rapovoia, 1 Co 15°; & 7. dvacrdce, 
Mt 22% ; (c) c. art. inf., (a) pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in 
NT = éus; v. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 134, Mk 648, Ga 4)8, al.; (8) aor., 
when, after: Lk 936, al. : (d) within (cl.) : Mt 27,’ V. In composition : 
(i) meaning: (a) with adjective Ss, it signifies usually the possession of a 
quality, as évddwos, évdogos; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. év) or 
motion into (seq. eis), as éupévw, éuBaivw. (ii) Assimilation: ev becomes 
éu- before B, p, 7, , w; ey- before y, x, €&, x; eA- before A. But in the 
older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is some- 
times neglected, as in evypdda, evxavifw, ete. 

1 év-aykahiLopat (<< dyxuAn), on for pan pi., Pr:6!0 2448 (88) * 5) 
to take into one’s arms: Mk 9°° 10! 

* év-dXuos, -ov (also -a, -ov; < one dhs sea), of the sea: 7a €., marine 
creatures, Ja 37.t 

tév-avr, adv., a xowy word (MM, Hap., xii), before; as prep., c. 
gen.: Lk 18, Ac 7}° (WH, ¢vavriov), 8?!.+ 

év-avtios, -a, -ov (<dvrios, set against), [in LXX: é évavtias, for 
“a2, etc.; évavriov, for 1255, etc.;] over against, opposite, contrary : 


dvewos, Mt 14*4, Mk 648, Ac 274; e& evayrias (ellipse obscure, v. B1., 
§ 44,1; Mozley, Ps., 42), c. gen., Mk 15°, Metaph., opposed, hostile : 
I Th 2)5, Ac 269 2817; 6 e€ 2., Tit 28. Neut., -cov, adv., as prep. c. gen., 
before, in the presence of : Lk 16 2026 2419 Ae 710 Baw i A) as (EXX) + 

év-dpxopat, [in LXX chiefly for ae hi.;] to begin, make a 
beginning : Ga 3°, Ph] 1°.+ 

évatos, (Rec. évv-), -y, -ov, ninth: Re 21°; of the ninth hour 
(3 o'clock, p.m.), Mt 205, 2745 46, Mk 15%) 34, Lk 2344, Ac 3! 103: 9° + 

év-ypdgw (Li, Tr., eyy-), [in LXX chiefly for AND;] to inscribe, 
write in: pass., seq. ev, 1 Co 3%3, 2. to enter in a register, enrol : 
pass., Lk 10?° (cf. t Mac 134°; and v. Dalman, Words, 209).+ 

evbens, -és (<< evdéw, to lack), [in LXX for "Om, JPaN, etc.;] in 


want, needy: Ac 4%4,+ 


152 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* &y-Serypa, -tos (<< évdeixvuyu), a@ plain token, proof: u Th 15 (ef. 
évdecéis, which refers rather to the “act of proving’’; é., with the 
pyle formation, to the thing proved, v. Lft., Notes, 100; M, Th., 
<C.) 7 
SYN. : texpnpvov. 
év-Seixvupt, [in LXX for 355, 5p2, N57 hi.;] to mark, point out. 
Mid., 1. to show forth, prove: c.acc. rei, Ro 215 9??, Eph 27, Tit 21° 3, 
He 611; seq. év, c. dat. pers., Ro 9!” (XX), 1 Ti 116; seq. ets, He 61° (c. 
cogn. acc.), 11 Co 874, 2. to manifest (by act): c. acc. rei et dat. pers., 
m1 Ti 414 (cf. Ge 50! 17, and v. MM, Hap., xiii).t 
* v-Beuéis, -ews, 7 (<< evdeikrujn), a pointing out, showing forth, 
proof (v.s. &vderypa): Ro 3756, 11 Co 824, Ph] 178.+ 
év-Sexa, oi, ai, ta, indecl., eleven: of the eleven apostles, of é., 
Mt 28'°, Mk 1644], Lk 24% 33, Ac 126 214 + 
év-5ékatos, -7, -ov, eleventh: Mt 20% ®, Re 2170.+ 
év-Séxouar, [in LXX: Ps 118(119)!? (any), 1 Mac 11'8*;] 1. 
to admit, approve. 2. to be possible; impers., évdéxerau, it is possible : 
c. acc. et inf., Lk 1335 (Cremer, 687).t 
¥ évnpéw, -@ (<< evdnpos, living in a place), to live in a place, be 
at home: év rt. cwpart, 1 Co 5°; apos +. Kuprov, ib. ®t 
t év8i8doxu, [in LXX: u Ki 1% 1318, Pr 312! (wad), Ith 9! 103, 
Si 50" *;] to put on: c. dupl. ace., Mk 1517 (évdvovor, Rec.). Mid., 
to put on oneself, be clothed in: c. acc. rei, Lk 16" (cf. MM, Ezp., 
xii).t 
: * vBixos, -ov (<< diy), righteous, just : Ro 38, He 2? (Cremer, 204).+ 
év-Sdpunats, -ews, 7, V.S. evdwp-. 
t+ év-S0édtw, [in LXX for 725 ni., Ex 1441%18 Hz 2872, ete.; for 
yy, Ps 88 (89); Si 38%, al.;] to glorify: pass., 1 Th 11% 1?.t 
évBofos, -ov (<< doa), [in LXX for 3a5, etc.;] 1. held in honour, 
of high repute: 1Co 4°. 2. glorious, splendid : of deeds, ra é., Lk 1317; 
of clothing, Lk 7%5, Metaph., éxxAnota, Eph 5?" (cf. rapddofos).t 
téBupa, -ros, to (<< évdvw), [in LXX chiefly for wand ;] raiment, 
clothing, a garment: Mt 34 67528 715 2911, 12 983, Lk 12?3.+ 
+ év-Suvapdw, -, [in LXX: Jg 6%4,1 Ch 12)8A (wad), Ps 51 (52)' 
(119) *;] to make strong, strengthen: c. acc. pers., Ph] 41%, 1 Ti 1, 
nm Ti 4". Pass., Ac 9; c. dat., Ro 4*°; seq. év, 1 Ti 2! (év Kvupiw), 
Eph 6" (Cremer, 221).t 
év-Buva, V.S. evdvw. 
év-Buais, -ews, ) (<évdvw), [in LXX: Jb 414 (wad), Es 5!*;] 
a putting on: ipariwv, I Pe 3°.t 
év-80w (évdvvw, 1 Ti 36), [in LXX chiefly for wad;] c. acc. pers., 
Mt 2778 (WH, mg., R, mg.); c. dupl. acc., Mt 2731, Mk 1579, Lk 1522; 
mid., to put on oneself, be clothed with: c. acc. rei, Mt 675, Mk 63, 
Lk 827 1222, Ac 1221; ptep., Mt 22", Mk 16 m Co 58, Re 138 158 
1914; of armour (fig.): Ro 131, Eph 61414, 1 Th 58; metaph., dvvayu, 


, 


Lk 24%; ad@apciav, abavaciav, 1 Co 15°%°4; 7, Kawvov avOpwrov, Eph 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 153 


4°4, Col 31°; orddyxva oixtipyod, Col 3”; "Ino. Xpicrov, Ro 1314, Ga 327, 
2. to enter, press into: 11 Ti 3° (cf. éx-evdvw).t 
¥t év-Sépunots (Rec. -dounors), -ews, 7 (<< dwudw, to build), a build- 

ing in: 7 €. T. Teixous abrins taoms, its wall had jasper built into it, Re 
2118 (v. MM, Eap., xiii; Swete, Ap., l.c.).+ 

év-€pa, -as, 7 (<édpa, a seat), [in LXX: Jos 879 Pg 929 (108) 
(anN )* ;] a lying in wait, an ambush: Ac 2316 (Rec. éveSpov, a form 
freq. in LXX), 253.t 

éveSpedw (< évédpa), [in LXX chiefly for 35N;] to lie in wait for: 
c. acc. pers., Lk 1154, Ac 23?1.+ 

évedpov, -ov, Td, V.S. evédpa. 

év-ethéw, -3, [in LXX: 1 Ki 219% (995) *;] to roll in, wind in: 
c. acc. pers. et dat. rei, Mk 154°.+ 

év-ert, 1. to be in, within (Jb 273, al.): ptep. pl., ra évdvra, Lk 
11* (R, txt., cf. MM, Hap., xii). 2. to be possible: Lk, 1.c. (R, mg.).t 

évexa (so Mt 19°, Lk 6%, Ac 19%? 2671; elsewhere, prop. only 
before a vowel, évexev; eivexev, originally Ionic: Lk 418 1829, Ac 2870, 
11 Co 3°), prep. c. gen., on account of, because of : Mt 51% 11 1625 1929, 
Mk 8%, Lk 672, Ac 2879, Ro 8%, 11 Co 319; € rovrov, Mt 195; rovrwy, 
Ac 2621; rivos €., Ac 19%?; seq. rod, c. inf., 1 Co 7!2; of &., Lk 48. 

évernxovta, (Rec. évvev-), oi, ai, ra, indecl., ninety: Mt 181213, 
Lk 154 7.+ 

éveds (Rec. év-), -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 5610 (ody), Ep. Je*; 


é€. wovetv, Pr 17°*;] dumb, speechless: Ac 97.+ 

** évépyera, -as, 7) (<< evepyys), [in LXX: Wi 71726 134 1822, 11 Mac 
329, 11 Mac 4?! 5!)°8*;)] operative power (as distinct from dvvauis, 
potential power), working: of God, Eph 1)% 37 416, Ph] 321, Col 129 
212; of Satan, m Th 2%! (cf. M, Th., lic.; AR, Hph., 241 ff.; Cremer, 
261).+ 

évepyéw, -@, [in LXX: Nu 8% B (NTaya N3¥ Ny), Is 414, Pr 
216 (yp), 3122 (5na), 1 Es 229) Wi 15% 16!7*;) (for full lexical 
treatment, v. AR, Eph., 243 ff.); 1. intrans., to be at work or in 
action, to operate (opp. to dpyéw): seq. év, c. dat. pers., Mt 142, Mk 
64, Eph 2?; c. dat. pers., seq. eis (Lft., in 1.), Ga 28. 2. Trans., to 
work, effect, do: c. acc. rei, 1 Co 124, Eph 1"; id. seq. év, c. dat. 
pers., 1 Co 12°, Ga 3°, Phl 2)%; é. evépyeav, Eph 11% 9, Pass. (taken 
as mid. by Lft., Ga., 204f.; but v. AR, Hph., l.c.; Milligan, Th., 
28f.; Mayor, Ja., 177 ff.), in NT, ‘always used of some principle or 
power at work” (Meyer), to be actuated, set in operation: u Th 27; 
seq. ev, Ro 75, 1 Co 1° 4!2, Eph 3”, Col 179, 1 Th 238; seq. did, c. gen. 
rei, Ga 5°; evepyoupevy (M, Pr., 156), Ja 5° (Cremer, 262).t+ 

*¥t évépynpa, -tos, TO (<< évepyéw), effect, operation (Polyb.): pl., 1 Co 
12° 1° (Cremer, 262, 713).t 

* evepyis, -és (late form of évepyds, on wh. cf. AR, Eph., 241), at 
work, active, effective: 1 Co 16°, Phm®, He 4!# (Cremer, 261).t+ 

fey -suhoyen, -6, [in LXX chiefly for 472;] to bless: pass., seq. 

év, Ac 375 (XX), Ga 38(LXX) (Cremer, 770).t — 


154 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


év-éxw, [in LXX: Ge 4975 (Omi), Ez 147, mt Mac 6!°*;] 1. to 
hold in; pass., to be held, entangled: c. dat. rei; fig., GvyS SovAcéas, 
Ga 5! (cf. MM, Exp., xii); OAdpeow, 1 Th 14 (cf. doeBefas, 111 Mac, 
l.c.). 2. to set oneself against, be urgent against (as Ge, l.c.; for con- 
struction, v. Swete, Mk., l.c.): Mk 619, Lk 11°*,+ 
** év0d-8e, adv., [in LXX: m Mac 1277, m1 Mac 625*;] (a) here: 
Lk 2441, Ac 1018 1678 176 2524; (6) hither: Jo 4116, Ac 2517,+ 
évOev, adv., [in LXX for m9, MBA, etc.;] hence: Mt 1729, 


Lk 1626.+ 
€vOupeopat, -odzac (<< Ovpds), [in LXX for MO7 pi., ete. ;] to reflect 
on, ponder: c. acc. rei, Mt 12° 94.+ 
** évOdunors, -ews, 7 (<< évOvyeouar), [in Sm.: Jb 2127, Ez 1121*;] 
consideration, pondering (HV, device): Ac 1779; pl., thoughts, feel- 
ings: Mt 94 1225, He 412,+ 
SYN.: éwow, the action of the reason; while é6. is rather that 
of the affections (cf. Westc., Heb., l.c.). 
** éy., Ionic form of éy (evi), with strengthened accent; [in LXX: 
Si 377, 1v Mac 472*;] = éveors, is in, has place, can be: 1 Co 65, Ga 
378 (tris), Col 34, Ja 1!” (cf. Lft., Ga.; Hort and Mayor, Ja., ll. c.).t 
éviautés, -ov, 6, [in LXX for m3w;] 1. prop., a cycle of time. 
2. = éros, a year: Jo 114% 5! 1818, Ac 1126 184, Ja, 517, Re 915; pl., of 
sabbatical years, Ga 41°; zovety é., to spend a year, Ja 413; dag rod é., 
He 9"; war’ é., He 975 1043; é. dexrdv, Lk 419 (LXX) + 
év-lornpu, [In LXX: rv Ki 13° A. (aay), m1 Ki 12°4,1 Es 547 96, 
Es 318, 1-1v Mac,*;] to place im; in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and in mid., 
intrans.; (a) to be at hand, impend, threaten: 1 Ti 31; (6) to be 
present: 11 Th 2? (but v. Thayer, s.v.); pf. ptep., present: 1 Co 76, 
Ga 1, He 9°; pl., Ro 8°, 1 Co 37? (Cremer, 309).+ 
év-rcxtw, [in LXX for pin, ete.;] to strengthen: in spiritual 
sense, Lk 2215]; pass., Ac 9!° (Rec. évoyioev, became strong, as in 
LXX, Ge 121° 48?, al.).t 
évkdBetos (Rec. éyx-), -ov (<< éyxabinun), [in LXX: Jb 319 (any), 
19!2* 5] suborned to lie in wait, lying in wait: as subst., Lk 20?.+ 
teévkaina (Rec. éyk-), -wy, ta (<Cév, xawds), [in LXX for M30, 


1 Hs 61617, Ne 1227, Da TH 3? (and ef. éyxawicpds, Nu 7, al., -cots, 
Nu 7°%)*;] dedication (anniversary of the cleansing of the Temple 
from the defilements of Antiochus Epiphanes) : Jo 1022.+ 
t év-kawilw (Rec. éyx-, v.s. év), [in LXX: (to renew) 1 Ki 1114, 

11 Ch 158, Ps 50 (51)!° (wn pi.); (to dedicate) De 205, 1 Ch 7° (J3n); 
Is 161! 411 4516 (aliter in Heb.), Si 33 (36), 1 Mac 456 54,57 51 1 Mac 
229**) 1. to innovate (EKust.). 2. to renew (LXX ut supr.). 3. to 
initiate, inaugurate, dedicate (LUXX ut supr.): dabjxynv, He 918; ddev, 
ib. 10?° (Cremer, 323).t 

¥*t éy-naxéw, -@ (LTr., éyx-; Rec. éxx-; cf. WH, Notes, 157 f.; 
<xaxés, cowardly), [in Sm.: Ge 2746, Nu 215, Pr 31, Is 716*;] to lose 
heart: Lk 181, 1 Co 4116, Ga 6°, Eph 31, 11 Th 315 (Cremer, 330).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 155 


* éy-natouxéw, -@ (Rec. eyk-, v.s. év), to dwell among: seq. &, 
wt Pe 28.+ 
t+ év-kaukdopat (Rec. éyx-, v.s. ev), -@ua, [in LXX: Ps 51 (52)! 
96 (97)’ (55m hithp.); Ps 73 (74)* (aNw); Ps 105 (106)47 (mawy) *;] to 
take pride in, glory in: seq. év, 1 Th 14.+ 
** éy-nevtpitw (Rec. éyx-, v.8s. ev; <Cxevtpifw, to graft), [in LXX: 
Wi 161!*;] to ingraft, graft in: fig., c. ace. pers., Ro 111% 19 23, 24 + 
*t év-komm (Rec. éyx-, v.s. ev; T, éxx-), -js, 9 (<Céyxorrw); 1. 
an incision, a cutting, break. 2. Metaph., an interruption, a 
hindrance: 1 Co 9}2.+ 
* éy-némtw (Rec. éyx-, v.s. €v; and in I Pe, l.c., éxx-); 1. to cut into 
(as in breaking up a road), hence, 2. to hinder: c. acc., Ac 24%, 
I Th 2!8; ¢. inf., Ga 5’; seq. rod, c. inf., Ro 157; eis 7d, c. inf., 1 Pe 37.t 
* éy-cpivw (Rec. éyx-, v.s. ev), to reckon among: éavtots, 11 Co 10!?.t 
** Zyxuos (Rec. éyx-, v.8. ev), -ov (<Cxvw, to conceive), [in LXX: 
Si 4219* 5] pregnant, big with child: Lk 2°.t 
évvéa, oi, ai, td, indecl., nine: Lk 171"; éverjxovra é., Mt 1817) 13, 
Lk 154 7,+ 
évvevykovTa, V.S. €vev-. 
évveds, V.S. eves. 
év-vedw, [in LXX: Pr 618 10 (psp), Si 272A*;] to nod to, 
make a sign to: c. dat. pers., Lk 1%?.+ 
évvowa, -as, 7 (<vods), [in LXX: Pr 14 24 371 41 5? 812 1622 1815 
197 234 19 247 (mata, etc.), Wi2'4, Da rH Su *8*;] 1. thinking, considera- 


tion. 2. a thought, purpose, design: He-4!*, 1 Pe 41.+ 
SYN.: évOvpunors, q.v. (Cremer, 439). 

** &y-youos, -ov, [in LXX: Si, prol.!?*;] 1. lawful, legal (MM, 
Exp., xiii): Ac 19%°. 2. Of persons, (a) law-abiding ; (b) under law: 
€. Xpiorod, in relation to Christ, 1 Co 9*! (Cremer. 435).+ 

*t €vyuya, V.S. evvuyos. 

évvuxos, -ov (< vvé), [in LXX: mt Mac 55*;] (in cl. poét.; prose 
in late Gk. only) nightly. Neut., adverbially, é&vvxa (Ree. -xov), by 
night: Mk 135.+ 
év-ouxéw, -@, [In LXX chiefly (79/3) for aw;] to dwell in; 
metaph., seq. év, c. dat. pers: 6 Oeds, 11 Co 61%; +. mvedya, Ro 8, 
11 Ti 114; 6 Adyos, Col 316; mioris, 1 Ti 15; dpapria, Ro 717.+ 
t év-opxifw, [in LXX: Ne 1374 A (yaw hi.)*;] to adjure: c. dupl. 
acc. (like épxi{w, q.v.), ipas tT. Kvpov, 1 Th 527.+ 
* évorns, -nTos, 7 (<Ceis), unity, unanimity: Eph 4% }8.+ 
év-oxhéw, -@ (<< dyxAos), [in LXX for nbn;] to trouble: c. acc., 
He 1215. Pass., seq. amo, Lk 618.+ 
€voxos, -ov (= evexopevos), (in LXX for yw hi., etc.;] 1. held in, 
bound by: c. gen. (cl. c. dat.), dovAedas, He 21°. 2. In law-phrases ; 
(a) liable to a charge or action (cl. c. dat., of crime): c. dat., of the 
tribunal (MM, Hap., xiii), Mt 574»2?; seq. eis (Field, Notes, 4 f.), ib. 2?; 
(6) c. gen., of the punishment (Ge 26"): davarov, Mt 266°, Mk 14%; 
(c) c. gen. (cl. c. dat., rarely c. prep.; MM, Hap., xiii), of the crime 


156 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(11 Mac 13°): Mk 32°; (d) c. gen., of the thing injured, guilty (absol., 
in cl.): 1 Co 112’, Ja 2)° (cf. Is 541"; DB, ii, 268%).+ 

+ év-mepi-matéw, -@ (Rec. éum-, v.s. év), [in LXX: Le 2612 Jb 1’, al. 
(qon hithp.), Wi 19?!;] to walk about in or among: seq. év., dat. pers., 
11 Co 636 (EXX)_+ 

év-mvéu, - (Rec. éuz-, v.s. év), [in LXX: De 201, Jos 1078 # 111) 14 

(ptcp. neut., for wb}, Maw}), Wi 15''*;] 1. to breathe on. 2. to 
breathe ; (a) absol.; (6) c. gen. part.: fig., dreds x. Pdvov, Ac 91.t 

tévradpa, -ros, To (<< evréAAw), [in LXX: Jb 231! (Maw) 1, Is 2918 
("¥9), 55!! (aliter in Heb.)*;] a precept: pl., Mt 15°@X*, Mk 7, 


Col 222+ 
t évragidfw, [in LXX: Ge 50? (wan; cf. evradiacrys, ib., for NBA; 


v. Deiss., BS, 120f.; MM, Hap., xiii)*;] a xowyn word (Deiss., LAH, 72,), 
to prepare for burial: Mt 26%, Jo 194°.+ 
*t évtadiacpds, -o0 (<< evradialw), preparation for burial: Mk 148, 

Jo 127.+ 

év-ré\Xw, [in LXX, as in NT (and mostly in Hdt.), always mid., 
chiefly for MIX pi.;] -oa, to command, enjoin, instruct: seq. repi, 
He 11”; c. inf., Mt 197; c. dat. pers., Ac 17; ovrws, Ac 1347; xa6us, 
Jo 14%! (évroAjy éSwxev, WH); seq. A€ywv, Mt 17°; ¢. inf., Jo 8; iva, 
Mk 134; c. ace rei, Mt 2829, Mk 108, Jo 1514) 17; seq. wepi, c. gen. pers., 
Mt 4° and Lk 4!°9@XX); Qia6yxnv é. mpos, c. acc. pers., He 92°\X%) (cf, 
Si 45%).+ 

SYN.: xedevdw, to command, of verbal orders in general; wapay- 
yéAXAw, to charge, esp. of the transmitted orders of a military com- 
mander; évréAAw points rather to the contents of the command (vy. 
Thayer, 8.v. keAevw). 


évredOev, adv. (<evGev), [in LXX chiefly for my;] 1. of place, 


hence: Lk 4° 13%1, Jo 216 73 1431 1836; 2, cai é. (for cl. &vOev x. evOer), 
on this side and on that, on each side, Jo 1915; similarly, é. kai éxetOev, 
Re 227. 2. Of time, thereupon. 3. Causal; hence, therefore: Ja 4'.t 
** &y-teugis, -ews, 9 (<CevTuyxdvw, q.v.), [in LXX: mu Mac 4°*;] 
1. a lighting wpon, meeting with. 2. conversation. 3. a petition (in 
this sense common in z.; cf. Deiss., BS, 121 f., 146; MM, Hap., 
Sig): a Pe pl abate 
SYN.: denots (q.v.). 
vtipos, -ov (<C ryzy), [in LXX for TM, etc.;] honowred, prized, 
precious: of persons, Lk 77, Phl 27°; compar., Lk 14°; of things, 
metaph., Atos, I Pe 24 6 @XX) + 
évtody, -7s, 7) (<< évréAXw, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for Ay¥2; in pl. 
freq. in Pss for OvmpB;] 1. generally, a charge, injunction, order, 


command: Lk 1529, Jo 10!8 1157 194950 1431) Ace 1715 Col 410; 
é. capkivyn, He 71% 18, 2. Ksp. of religious precepts and command- 
ments; (a) of God’s commandments: in OT, Mt 15? 223638 40 Mk 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON ©F THE NEW TESTAMENT 157 


789 10519 1978 31, Hph 2%, He 91%; esp. of the decalogue, Mt 5! 
19’, Mk 10", Lk 18?° 2356, Ro 7813 139, Eph 62; of God’s command- 
ments in general, Lk 1°, 1 Co 7}9, 1 Jo 238 322-24 421 52,3) Re 1217 1412; 
collectively, 7 é. (cf. +. epyov 7. Geot, Jo 67°), 1 Ti 6!4, 1 Pe 27! 3?; (d) 
of things commanded Christ by the Father: Jo 1949, 50 1431 1510; (¢) 
of the precepts of (Ghrist <ylo, 134/144: 9) 1512) Gon 14873: 
Phrases: seq. iva, Jo 13°4 1517, 1 Jo 3%3 421, 1 Jos ; evtoAny (as) 
mapaBaivev, Mt 15%; dxvpodv, Mt 15° Rec.; rypetv, Mt 1917, Jo 151, 
al.; moveiy, I Jo 52; d.dovar, Jo 1157; eeu, Jo 1018, 1 Jo*; exe, 
Jo 1471, He 7°; é& Kal Secures. Lk 1°; évroAat avOpHrwv (of Jewish 
tradition), Tit 14; é. xawvy, Jo 13°4, 1 Jo o7, m1 Jo%.t 
* évrémos, -ov (<< tdros), of a place, resident: Ac 21!,t+ 
evtés (<ev), adv., [in LXX: Jb 187°, Ps 38 (39)® 108 (109), 
Ca 31°; 6, ro, 7a €., Ps 102 (103)!, Is 1611, Da rH 10'6, Si 1926, 1 Mac 
448*°] within: c. gen., é. tov, within you (ie. in your hearts, 
R, txt.), or among you (R, mg.), Lk 17?! (ef. Field, Notes, 71; Thayer, 
s.v.; ICC, Lk, l.c.; Dalman, Words, 145 ff.); 7d é., Mt 9326, + 
év-tpémw, [in LXX for y33 ni., odD ni., ote. ;] to turn about ; 
metaph., put to shame: c. acc., I Co 414: pass., 2 Th 3”, Tit 28; 
mid., to reverence: c. acc. pers. (cl. c. gen.), Mt oer” Mek) Uae, tak 
1824 2018, He 129 (cf. MM, Eap., iii, xiii).+ 
* av-rpedbe, to train up, nurture ; pass., metaph., rots Adyous 7. 
miotews, I Ti 46,+ 
t €v-tpopos, -ov, [in LXX: Da tH 10" (Ay hi.); & yaverba, Ps 
17 (18)* 76 (77)}8 (wy), Wi 17°, 1 Mac 132* A trembling with fear 
(Plut.): Ac 732 1629, He 12?! (éxrp-, WH, mg.).t 
év-tpomm, -7s, 7, [in LXX: Jb 203, Ps 34 (35)*6 43 (44)!§ 68 
(69)%19 70 (71) 108 (109)? (mmdD)*;] 1. ¢. gen. pers., respect, 
bleed (Soph., Polyb., al.). 2. Absol., shame (Hipp.): 1 Co 65 
15%4.+ 
év-tpuddw, -3, [in LXX: Is 55? 574 (ay hith.), Hb 11° (odp hith.), 
Iv Mac 88, etc.;] to revel in: év 7. dmaras, 11 Pe 25 (vy. Mayor, in 1.).+ 
év-ruyxdvw, [in LXX: Da TH 6" (a9p), Wi 87° 1678, 11 Mac 


27° 486 61 15%, m1 Mac 687; seq. card, 1 Mac 8%? 10% % 64 1129 *;] 
1. to fall in with. 2. to meet with in order to converse. 3. to 
petition, make petition: c. dat. pers., seq. imép c. gen. pers., Ac ei 
(cf. Field, Notes, 140), He 7%, Ro 82734 (6, not expressed) ; 
kata, against: Ro 11? (cf. &vrevéis, trep-evrvyyavw).t 

* év-tuNicow, to wrap up (LS), roll or coi about (DCG, ii, 2274, 
507") : c. ace. et dat., Mt 275° (ev, Tr. [WH], cf. similar sentence in 
m7.; MM, Hap., xiii), Lk 235%; pass., Jo 207.+ 

év-tundéw, -@ (<C ros), [in LXX for mimp, Ex 36%° (393°) A*;] 


to imprint, engrave : pass. ptep., c. dat., 11 Co 37.+ 
** év-uBpifw, [in OT (Al.), Le 24!!*;] to insult, mock at: He 10%%.t 
évuTidta (< évirviov), [in LXX, as in NT, -oua, depon., chiefly 
for 05m;] to dream: évumvias é., Ac Qi (LXX); pres. ptep., Ju ®t 


158 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


évittvioy, -ov, TO (<< Umvos), [in LXX chiefly for pin 5] a dream: 
pli Ae att 
tévimos, -ov (< dy), [in LXX for AzpH, ete.;] face to face, in 
sight (Theoer.; dpro é., Ex 25%): neut., évézov, in vernacular, with 
force of prep. c. gen. {in LXX for 15, “7y>, etc., cf. Dalman, 
Words, 31 f., 209f., and Deiss., BS., 213], in NT, most freq. in Lk, 
Ac, Re, never in Mt, Mk, before, in the presence of: Lk 11° 4%, Ac 4% 
6°, Re 14 2'4, al.; esp. é. Kupéov (Geot), in the sight of God, or with 
God as witness or as judge, Ro 14%, 1 Co 1%, 1 Ti 2°, Ja 41, 1 Pe 
Sorat 
*Evds (Heb. way), 6, Enos (Ge 4*°): Lk 3°8.t 
t évwtifopar (<< ots), depon. mid., an LXX chiefly for fix hi.;] to 
give ear to, hearken to: ce. acc., Ac 2 
"Evdéx (Heb. F137), 6, Hnoch a on ks!) He 115) Ja st 


é€, V.S. €k. 

€§, of, al, ta, indecl., siz: Mt 171, Lk 18%, al. 

ét-ayyeAho, [in LXX chiefly for "BD pi.;] to tell owt, proclaim. 
I Pe 2° [Mk 16, “shorter conclusion ”’] (Cremer, 29).+ 

t €-ayopdtw, [in LXX: Karpov tpeis é€ayopd€ere (727), Da LXX TH 

28*;] 1. to redeem, ransom (esp. of slaves): metaph., Ga 3 4°, 2. 
to buy wp; mid., to buy up for oneself: +. Karpov, Eph 51, Col 4° 
(Cremer, 60).t+ 

e€-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for Ny? hi.;] to lead owt: c. acc., Mk 


1520) Jo 108 Ac 51758 168% 292 seq. éfosluk 240 sex Aen iMate Aue 
He 89; éis, Ac 2188+ 
éf-aipéw -@, [in LXX chiefly for 5y3 hi.;] to take owt: c. acc., 
dpbarpor, ) Mt 5” 18°; mid. (a) to take owt for oneself, choose: Ac 2617 
(Thayer, s.v.; Page, Ac., l.c., but v. infr.); (b) to deliver: Ac 
OY 82 XX) 12" 2327 261" (EV, but v. supr.), Ga 1*+ 
éé-aipw, [in LXX for yo3, wa hi. MAD ni., WO, WA pi., etc. ;] 
to lift wp, lift off the earth, remove : 1 Co 618 @XX) + 
* ét-aitéw, -0, to ask from; mid., to ask for oneself, demand: 
aor., eéntycato, c. acc. (obtained you by asking, R, mg.), Lk 22%" (vy. 
Field, Notes, 76; Cremer, 73).t+ 
éé-aidvns (WH, éfépvys, exc. Ac 22°; v. App., p. 151, and ef. 
M, Pr., 35), adv. (<Cdvo), [in LXX chiefly for oxmB;] suddenly : 
ME 1996) Ek 21932 Ae 2 aa. T 
+ é€-axodoudéw, -, [in LXX: Am 2¢, Je 2? (anN qdm), Is 56" 


(map), Jb 31° (ANB ni.), Si 5?, Da LXX vu, 34) *;] to follow, follow up 
(in various senses): metaph., 11 Pe 116 2% 15,+ 

éEaxdoror, -at, -a, 81x hundred: Re 138 142°.+ 

éf-aheipw, [in LXX for m1, Le 144, al.; metaph., And, Anw, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 159 


etc.;] 1. to plaster, wash over (UXX). 2. to wipe off, wipe out: 
ddxpvov, Re 717 214; metaph., yepdypadov, Col 214; 7. dvoma, seq. ék, 
Re 3° (MM, Eap., xiii); pass., auapria (€6adipO7ar, WH), Ac 39 (ef. 
Ps 50 (15)"! 108 (109)!8, Is 43°, Si 467° (du. daad-), 111 Mac 2)°).+ 
éé-dédAopar, [in LXX for 55p (Hb 18), etc.;] to leap wp: Ac 38,+ 
* é&-avdotacts, -ews, 7 (<< efaviornu), @ rising again: éx Tr. vexpav, 
Ph] 3" (Cremer, 308).+ 
éf-ava-réddo, [in LXX: Ge 2°, Ps 103 (104)!* 131 (132)!7 146 (147)8 
(max hi.) ; Ps 111 (112)4 (m1) *;] 1. trans., to cause to spring wp (LXX). 
2. Intrans. (as évaréAAw, Ge 315), to spring up: Mt 135, Mk 4°.t+ 
é€-aviornpu, [in LXX chiefly for 03) ;] 1. trans., to raise wp: oréppa 
(cf. Ge 38°), Mk 12)° Lk 2078. 2. In 2 aor. act., intrans., to rise: 
Ac 155.+ 
ég-anatdw, -, strengthened form of dzardw, [in LXX: Ex 879 (25) 
(55m hi.), Da tH Su **;] to deceive: c. acc., Ro 7 1638, 1 Co 338, 
ir Co 11%, m Th 2°; pass., 1 Ti 2!4.+ 
t+ éfdmuwa = eLarivys, e€aipvys (q.v.), [in LXX for OND, etc.;] 


suddenly: Mk 98.t 
t é-atropéw, -G, [in LXX, pass., for TH, Ps 87 (88)!**;] so in NT, 
depon. pass., to be utterly at a loss, be in despair: absol. (as Ps, 1.c.), 
11 Co 48; rod GH, 11 Co 18.+ 
éf-amo-orédhw, [in LXX freq., chiefly for now pi.;] 1. to send 
forth: c. acc. pers., Ac 7!? 1211, Ga 44; 7. érayyeAiav, Lk 2449; 7, rvetpa, 
Ga 4°; [7. xypvyya, Mk 16, “shorter conclusion,” WH;] seq. éis, 
Ac 2271; pass., 6 Adyos, Ac 137°, 2. to send away: ce. acc. pers., seq. 
eis, Ac 984; seq. éws, Ac 117?; c. inf., Ac 17%; xevoy, Lik 15% 201% 11,+ 
t é-aprifw (<( dprios), [in LXX: Ex 287 (man pu.)*;] 1. to com- 
plete, finish : tr. jyépas, Ac 21°. 2. to furnish, supply: pass., 1 Ti 3!7 
(for exx., v. MM, Ezp., xiii; Cremer, 651).+ 
t+ é-aorpdmtw, [In LXX: Nu 3% (pa), Ez 1* (npd hithp.) 17 
Da LXX 10° (55p)*;] to flash like lightning, gleam, be radiant : 
imatiopos, Lik 92°.+ 
* éf-auris (a xown word, = ef airys t. dpas), at once, forthwith: 
Mk 675, Ac 10% 111! 2132 9330, Ph] 223.+ 
éf-eyeipw, [in LXX for "y ni., hi., etc.;] to raise wp: Ro 91 (cf. 
ICC, in 1.); from the dead, 1 Co 614,+ 
eé-eyr (<cctu), to go forth: Ac 134 1715 207; seq. émi, c. acc., 
Ac 2743,t 
eé-eupe (<< eit), v.s. eer. 
éf-edéyxw, [in LXX: Pr 2479 (30°), Mi 4%, Is 2* (ma hi.), Wi 12?7, 
Iv Mac 2!2*;] to convict: Ju, Rec. (for édéyyw, WH, q.v.).t 
é€-€kxw, [in LXX: Ge 3778 (Fw), etc.;] to draw out or away: 
metaph., to r. érufvpias, Ja 114 (vy. Mayor, in 1.).t 
*t éfépapa, -tos, TO (<(éfepdw, to evacuate, disgorge), a vomit: 
Peay 
éf-epauvdw (Rec. éfepevvaw), -d, [in LXX for 3pm, 93, etc.;] to 
search out, search carefully : seq. wept, 1 Pe 1!°.+ 


160 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


efepeuvdw, V.S. efepavvdw. 

eé-€pxopat, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for Nx, also for 
nin, moby, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10", Mk 135, 
Jo 13°, al.; c. inf., Mt 118, Mk 321, Lk 725 26, Ac 20!, Re 208; id. seq. 
éri, Mt 26°, al.; «is, Mk 198; iva, Re 67; @ seq. éx (cl. c. gen. loc.), 
Mk 52, Jo 439, al.; fw, c. gen., Mt 2117, Mk 1468, Ac 1618, He 1318; 
dad, Mk 1122, Lk 95, Phi 415; exetOev, Mt 1571, Mk 61, Lk 94, al.; of 
demons expelled, seq. é« (dd), c. gen. pers., Mk 175 26 58, Lk 4%, al.; 
of prisoners released, Mt 56, Ac 164°; ptep., éeAGuy, c. indic. of verb 
of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 8%? 157! 241, Mk 168, 
Lk 2239, Ac 12% 17, al. Metaph., (a) of persons: 11 Co 6’, 1 Jo 219; of 
birth or origin, Mt 2°), He 7° (cf. Ge 351") ; of escape from danger, 
éx T. xepos aitav, Jo 10%°; of public appearance, 1 Jo 4!; (6) of things: 
Mt 2427; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: g¢wvy, Re 1617 19°; 
pryun, Mt 926, Lk 414; axon, Mk 178; Adyos, Jo 217°; ddyua, Lk 2! (cf. 
di-e£€pyop.at). ‘ 

éf-eort (<< cit), impers. verb., at is permitted, lawful: Mk 274, 
Ac 837 (R, mg.), 1 Co 1074; c¢. inf., Mé 1271012 14% 1526 193 2917 276, 
Mk 34 1214, Lk 629 143, Jo 5!°; seq. aec., Mk 226, Lk 64 2072; c. dat. 
pers. et inf., Mt 2015, Mk 618 10?, Jo 18°!, Ac 167! 2197 2925 (inf. under- 
stood), 1 Co 6"; égdv (sc. éort), Ac 2%, 11 Co 124; efov jv, Mt 124.+ 

éf-etdlw (<< éralw (rare), to examine), [in LXX: De 13149) 1918, 
1 Ch 289 A (wy), Ps 10 (11)*® (qma), Wi 6%, Si 371, al.;] to examine 
closely, inquire carefully (of): seq. wepi (c. dxpiBds), Mt 28; seq. ris, 
Mt 10!!; c. acc. pers., Jo 21)*.t 

SYW.: dvaxpivw, épavvaw (v. DCG, ii, 5945), 

é&édvys, V.8. eSalprns. 

éé-nyéopar, -odmar, [in LXX chiefly for 92D pi.;] to lead, show 
the way; metaph., to unfold, narrate, declare: c. acc. rei, Lk 24%, 
Ac 21!9; ce, dat. pers., Ac 10°; @edv (understood), Jo 118; seq. dca, 
Ac 15!2; xaOws, Ac 1514.+ 

éfjjxovta, ot, ai, ra, indecl., siaty: Mt 13°73, Mk 4% 29, Lk 2418, 
Fle o2; Re LIST Ao 1S! + 

ééjs, adv. (<< éxw), im order, successively, next: rH €. Huepa, Lk 
987; év 7@ €. (sc. xpovw), soon after, Lk 7"; r7 é. (sc. Hepa), Ac 21! 
2517 2718+ 

+ e&-nxéw, -, [in LXX: Jl 3 (4)!* (Fas), Si 40", 111 Mac 37*;] to 


sound forth (as a trumpet, or thunder; v. M, Th., l.c.): pass., 1 Th 
SS 


dis, -ews, » (<< exw), [in LXX, ef. Si, prol.°;] habit, use, ex- 
perience: He 5\4.+ 

éé-(oTnpe (also in Hellenistic -ucrdvw, Ac 8%), [in LXX for nm, 
etc. (29 words in all);] 1. causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to put 
out of its place; metaph., é. twa ppevav (Eur.), to drive one out of his 
senses, hence, absol., to confound, amaze: c. acc. pers., Lk 2477, Ac 
8% 11. 2. Intr. in pass. and mid., also in 2 aor., pf., plpf. act., seq. éx 
or c. gen., to stand aside from, retire from; esp. tr. ppevav, to lose 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 161 


one’s senses (Hur.), hence, absol.; (a) to be beside oneself, be mad: Mk 
321, 11 Co 5 (opp. to read (b) to be amazed, confounded: Mt 
1223, Mk 212 542 651, Lk 247 856, Ac 27: 12 818 921 1045 1216 (Cremer, 309).t 
**+t 2€-.cydw, [in LXX: Si 7°*;] to have strength enough, to be quite 
able: c. inf., Eph 3}8.+ 
&€-o80s, -ov, 6 (<(68ds), [in LXX chiefly for Nyin, also pin, 


etc.;] a going out, departure: He 117"; of death, Lk 9*!, m1 Pe 1)5.t 

t éf-oheOpedw (so best MSS. and WH;; also read -ofpetw), [in LXX 
freq. (rare in Gk. writers) for MD ni., hi. etc.;] to destroy utterly: 
seq. éx 7. Aaod, Ac 325 (LXX) + 

t é€-opodoyéw, -6, and depon. mid., -éouo, -odpar, [as always in 
LXX chiefly for 7p hi.;] 1. act. = cl. éuoAoyéw, to profess or agree to 
do (Field, Notes, 75): Lk 22. 2. Mid., to acknowledge, confess (MM, 
Eixp., xiv): 7. duaprias, Mt 36, Mk 15, Ja 5'°; +. mpage, Ac 1918; seq. 
ort, Phi 21'; c. dat. pers., to make acknowledgment to one’s honour, 
to praise, give praise to (as in LXX; Kennedy, Sources, 118): Ro 
14} (LXX) 159 (LXX); geq. or., Mt 1125, Lk 10?! (Cremer, 771).+ 

é€-dv, V.S. éfeort. 
éé-opxifw (later form of éopxdw), [in LXX: Jg 17? (mdx), Ge 243, 
mi Ki 22'¢ (yaw hi.) *;] 1. to administer an oath to (Dem., Polyb., al.). 
2. to adjure: c. acc. pers., seq. xatd, c. gen. (as freq. in magic 7.; 
MM, Ezap., xiv), Mt 2663.+ 
*t éf-opxiorys, -00, 6 (<< e£opxilw), 1. one who administers an oath. 
2. an exorcist: Ac 19}3,+ 
éf-optcow, [in LXX: Pr 2922; d@Oadrpov (-ovs), Jg 1671, 1 Ki 11? 
(3p3)*;] 1. to dig owt, dig wp: oréynv, Mk 24; metaph., 6pOadrpors 
(cf. LXX, ll. c.; Herod., viii, 116), Ga 41°.t 
t é-oudevéw (Rec. -dw; T, -Oevow), -6, [in LXX (with vv. ll. -do, 
-Oevéw, -Oevow) for T12, MID, DONO, DID, etc.;] to despise, set at 
nought: Mk 9}? (cf. égovBevéw).t 
éf-oudevdw, V.S. eEovdevew. 

t ef-ovlevéw, -G (<Covdeis, q.v.), [in LXX (v.s. efovdevéw) : 1 Ki 23°, 
al., and as v.l. for -devéw, -dw, -Pevdw*;| to set at nought, despise 
utterly, treat with contempt: c. acc. pers., Lk 18° 23", Ro 14% 1°, 1 Co 
161; ¢. acc. rei, Ga 414, 1 Th 529; pass., of persons: Mk 9? (T, ae), 
1 Co 64; of things: Adbos, Ac 41! (LXX dzedoxipacay); Adyos, 1 Co 
10; ra efovdevnpeva, I Co 128,+ 

SYN.: dOeréw, xatappovéw (v. DCG, i, 453»), 

t é€oulevdu, -d, v.l. for -éw (q.v.): Mk 9! T.t 

éfougia, -as, 9 (<< efeor), [in LXX: 1v Ki 201%, Ps 113 (114)? 
135 (186)®%, Is 39%, Je 28 (51)?8 (bwin), freq. in Da for Aram. 
wow, etc., Wi 1014, Si 918, al.;] 1. prop., liberty or power to act, 


freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by dvvayis 
(q.v.): 1Co 9%; &. éxewv, 1 Th 3°; id. seq. inf., Jo 1018, 1 Co 945; «. 
gen. obj., Ro 9%"; seq. emi, c. acc., Re 2214; epi, 1 Co 797. 2, Later 


11 


L62 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(cf. Milligan, Th., 114; MM, Eap., xiv), of the power of right, 
authority: Mt 212°, Mk 1178, Lk 207; of Messianic authority, Mt 9°, 
Mk 2?°, al.; of apostolic authority, 11 Co 108 13'°; of the authority of 
government: Mt 89 281%, Ju?°, Re 12!°, al.; esp. of judicial authority, 
Lk 2079, Jo 191%" 3. Meton., (a) gurisdiction: Lk 237 (cf.1 Mac 6", 
Is 39°); (b) a ruler or magistrate: Ro 13%; pl., Lk 12", Ro 13}, Tit 
31; (c) of supramundane powers (syn. with dpy7, divapis, Opdvos, 
Kupotys) : 1 Co 15*4, Eph 171 31°, Col 21°, 1 Pe 37, al. (Cremer, 236). 

SYNW.: v.s. dvvapus. 

efouordtw (<< eovoia), [in LXX (freq. in Ee) chiefly for rote ;] 
1. to exercise authority (Arist.). 2. Trans., to exercise authority 
over: c. gen. pers., Lk 2275; c. gen. rei, 1 Co 74; pass., to be held 
under authority (v. Lift., Notes, 214): seq. rd, 1 Co 6%.+ 

efoxy}, -7, 7 (<< e€éxu, to stand out), [in LXX for ww, Jb 39°8* 5] 


1. a projection (é. rérpas, Jb, l.c.). 2. Metaph., eminence, excellence : 
ot kat é., the chief men, Ac 2578.+ 
t+ ég-umvitw, [in LXX: Jg 161429, m1 Ki 3% (pps), Jb 14 (ny 
ni.)*;] to awaken out of sleep (= apvrvigw): c. acc. pers., Jo 111.+ 
**+ €£-umvos, -ov (<< Urvos), [in LXX: 1 Hs 3°*;] roused out of sleep: 
Ae 162 Cy; 
éw, adv. (<eé), [in LXX for pin;] 1. outside, without ; (a) 
adverbially: Mt 1246, Mk 3! 114, Lk 87°, Jo 1816, al.; c. art., 6 €, he 
who is without; metaph., in pl., oi 2, of those outside the Church, 
1 Co 5!%13, Col 4° (Lft., in 1.), 1 Th 412; 6 €. dvOpwros, 11 Co 416; ai €. 
modes, Ac 2611; (6) as prep. c. gen.: Lk 13°8, Ac 21°, He 131412, 2. 
After verbs of motion; (a) adverbially, forth, owt: Mt 5! 267, 
Mk 1468, Lk 2262, Jo 637 19413, Ac 94°, al.; (6) as prep. c. gen., owt of : 
Mt 217", Mk 1119 198) Lk 429) Ac 758, He 131%, al. 
e€wlev, adv. (< ew; opp. to éowGev), [in LXX for pin;] 1. prop. 
(in answer to the question, Whence ?), from without: Mk 7}®. 2. 
More often (= é&w; cf. Bl., § 25, 3), without: Mt 232%28 Mk 718, 
Co) 70 es MiG 2375)) Liki 8% 40: oh or hie", Wika WE mg.) 
6 € Kocpos, I Pe 3%; ékBadrew €., Re 117. As prep. c. gen.: Mk 7), 
Re 11? 14? (ef. Robertson, Gr., 548).t 
é€-wiéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for m3 hi.;] 1. to thrust out: 
Ac 74. 2. to drive out of the sea, drive on shore: Ac 2789 (WH, txt., 
exo @oar).t 
t é&Wtepos, -a, -ov (compar., from é§w; opp. to éowrepos), [in LXX 
chiefly for Fiz" ;] owter : oxdros, Mt 8! 2218 2539 + 


€ouxa, pf. with pres. sense, [Jb 6% °° ;*] to be like: c. dat., Ja 1% 23,+ 

éoptatw (<Céopry), {in LXX for 33n;] to keep festival : 1 Co 58.+ 

opty, -7s, 7, [in LXX for 3m (chiefly), 1y14;] a feast, festival : 
Lk 242, Jo 5! 64 737, Col 216; % €. rov racya, Lk 24!, Jo 13!; +. dfvuur, 
Lk 221; % oxynvornyia, Jo 7? (Deiss., LAH, 116); & 7. é, Mt 265, 
Mk 14?, Jo 44° 7! 12° (evar ev €.), ib. 273; cis 7. € (for the feast), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 163 


Jo 1379; dvaBaivew, épyecOar cis 7. €., Jo 44° 7% 19 1196 12%; ris é 
pecovons, Jo 714; xara €. (at each feast), Mt 2715, Mk 15%, Lk 23, 
R, mg.; +. €. wovetv, Ac 1871; xara 76 Bos rijs é., Lk 24?.+ 

én-ayyehia, -as, 7 (<CérayyéAAw), [in LXX: Ps 55(56)® (79H), 


etc.;] 1. a@ swmmons (as Attic law-term, Dem., al.). 2. a promise 
(Dem., Arist., al.) : Ac 2321; esp. in NT of the divine promises, Ac 71’, 
Ro 41416 94 Ga 317,18, 21 423° He 8° 11% 17, 1 Pe 3°; c. inf., He 4!; 
yiverau, etc., c. dat. pers., Ac 299, Ro 41%, Ga 316; seq. wpds, Ac 13%? 268; 
erayyévco Bau TH é., 1 Jo 275; éxew érayyeXias, He 7°, 1 Co 7!; elva: & 
eruyyedia, Eph 67; 4 ya THs é., He 11°; ra réxva rijs é., Ro 98, Ga 4°8; 
7. Tvedpa THs €. T. ayov, Eph 11%; ai diajxar rs é., Eph 2; 4 é. 7. Geo, 
Ro 42°; pl., 1 Co 12°; ai é. 7. marépwy, Ro 15°; c. gen. obj., 7. wis 
(v. Dalman, Words, 103), 1 Ti 48; +. wapovoias airov, 1 Pe 34; war 
exayyediav, Ac 137°, Ga 379,11 Ti 1}; & érayyedlas, Ga 318; cuppéroxa 
Ths €., Eph 3°; Adyos éerayyeAias, Ro 9°. By meton. (ef. édxis), of a 
promised blessing: Lk 2449, Ac 1!4, Ga 372, He 61% 15) 17 1036 1115, 33, 39; 
c. gen. epexeg., Ac 2°, Ga 314, He 9! (Cremer, 27).t 

ér-ayyéAdw, [in LXX: Hs 4° (79N), Pr 13%, Wi 2, al.;] 1. to 
announce, proclaim. 2. (a) to promise; (b) to profess. Mid., also 
freq. in both these senses; (c) to promise: c. dat. pers., He 6%; c. 
acc. rei, Ro 471, Tit 12; c. dat pers. et acc. rei, Ja 1? 25, m Pe 219; 
erayyediay, I Jo 2"; c. inf., Mk 1411, Ac 7°; seq. Aéywv, He 12°; ptep., 
He 1072 11"; (d) to profess: OeooeBeav, 1 Ti 2'°; you, ib. 671. Pass., 
Ga 319 (cf. rpo-erayyeAAw ; and v. Cremer, 26).t 

* ér-dyyehpa, -Tos, 76 (<< erayy<A\w), @ promise: It Pe 1* 3'%.t 

én-dyo, [in LXX for nia hi., etc. (29 words in all) ;] to bring upon: 
c. dat. et acc., 1 Pe 25; éavrois é. (for cl. mid., v. Mayor, in 1.), ib. 2}; 
€. TO ala (cf. Ge 20%), Ac 5°8.t 

*t ér-aywviLoyat, depon.; 1. to contend with (Plut.). 2. to contend 
for (C.1., 2335, 19): ¢. dat. rei, Ju %.t 
*t ér-abpoilw, to assemble besides (Plut.): pass., Lk 11?°.+ 

*Emaivetos (Rec. -rds), -ov, 6, Ep@netus, a Christian of Rome: 
Ro 16°.+ 

én-awéw, -O, [in LXX for 55m pi., maw pi.;] to praise: c.acc., 
Ro 15", 1 Co 11”; seq. 6m, Lk 16°, 1 Co 11”; absol., seq. or, 1 Co 11!".t 

ér-avos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for nnn, etc.;] praise: Ro 27° 133, 


Teo 2°. 1 Ca 62) Bh 15 14) Pht BP 4st Pe 1? 2'*.+ 

ér-aipw, [in LXX for Niv3, Om, etc.;] to lift up, raise: +. 
dpréyova, Ac 2749; yeipas, Lk 24°91 Ti 28; xepadrds, Lk 218; 6¢6ad- 
povs, Mt 178, Lk 62° 1673 1818, Jo 49° 6° 171; gduwvyjv, Lk 11?’, Ac 2!4 144 
2222; +. wrépvay (fig.), Jo 1318. Pass., Ac 1°; metaph., to be lifted up 
with pride: 11 Co 10° 117°.+ 

én-atoxtvopat, [in LXX: Jb 349 (Niz3), Ps 118 (119)* (wa), 
Is 129A ("5m)*;] to be ashamed (of): absol., m Ti 1"; c. ace. pers., 


Mk 88, Lk 926; ¢. acc rei, Ro 11°, 1 Ti 1816; émi, c. dat. rei, Ro 67}; 
c. inf., He 2'*; c. acc. pers. et inf., He 111°.t 


164 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


ér-aitéw, -, [in LXX: Ps 108(109)!° (Sxw), Si 40°8*;] to ask 
besides. 2. to beg (as a mendicant; cf. MM, Hap., xiv): Lk 163 18% 
(Cremer, 74).+ 
ér-axodoudéw, -3, [in LXX (chiefly metaph.) for "MN, Jn, etc. 3] 
to follow after; in NT metaph.; absol.: Mk 16! (illustrated by use 
in verifying accounts; v. MM, Hzp., xiv; Milligan, NT'D, 78); c. dat. 
pers., of sins, 1 Ti 54 (cf. Hllic. and CGT, in 1.); 7. tyveow, I Pe 27}; 
epyw aya06, 1 Ti 5!°.+ 
ém-akovw, [in LXX for yaw, may, etc.;] 1. to listen to. 2. to 
hearken to, hear with favour (one’s prayer) : c. gen. pers., 11 Co 6? (XX), + 
: * ér-axpodopat, -@ua, to listen attentively: Ac 16% (cf. Page, 
in 1.).t 
t é-dv, conj. (<< ered, q.v., av), later form of éxny, after, when: c. 
subje. pres., Lk 11°4; c. subje. aor., Mt 28, Lk 1122.+ 
* éwavdykns, -es (<C dvayxn), only in neut.; 1. erdvayxes (sc. éori), it 
as compulsory, necessary. 2. As adv., of necessity: Ac 15?8.+ 
ér-av-dyw, [in LXX: Za 4! (p99 hi.), Si 1776 2678, m Mac 9?! 
124*;] to bring up or back (se. vais); to put out to sea (DB, iii, 63>): 
Lk 5*:4; intrans., to return: Mt 2118.+ 
* év-ava-pipvnokw, to remind again: c. acc. pers., Ro 1515.+ 
én-ava-radvw, [in LXX, mid., for M13, yyw ni.;]| to refresh, cause to 


rest (upon); mid., to rest upon: metaph., c. dat., Ro 217; seq. émi, c. 
acc., Lk 106 (Cremer, 827).t 

én-av-épxopat, [in LXX for aw, etc.;] to return: Lk 10% 
ORES 

éx-ov-tommpt, [In LXX chiefly for 51);] to raise wp against ; 
mid., to rise wp against: seq. emi, c. acc. pers., Mt 1074, Mk 13!2.+ 

** ér-av-dp0wats, -ews, 7) (<< eravopOdw, to correct, restore; cf. 1 Mac 

222), [in LXX: 1 Hs 8°, 1 Mac 14%4*;] correction: of life, 1 Ti 316 
(cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t 

ér-dvw, adv., [in LXX for m>yn , By) OMA wete: 3] above ; 


1. adverbially ; (a) of place: Lk 1144; (6) of number, more than: Mk 
145,1Co15®, 2. As prep. c. gen.; (a) of place: Mt 29 514 217 2318, 20, 22 
2737 287, Lk 43° 1019, Re 6° 20%; (0) of pre-eminence: Lk 191719, 
Jo 331+ 
*én-dpatos, -ov (<érapdopa, to imprecate), accursed: Jo 74° 
(for exx. from 7., v. MM, Hap., xiv; cf. Cremer, 108).t+ 
** ér-apkéw, -@, [in LXX: 1 Mac 876 115°*;) 1. to be strong enough 
for. 2. to ward off. 3. to aid, relieve: c. dat. pers., 1 Ti 51% 16 
(mid., WH, mg.).t 
t éwapxeia (Rec. -xia, v. Bl, § 3, 5), -as, ) (<< erapyos, a prefect), 
[in LXX: Hs 4! (mp9), Jth 3°A*;] the jurisdiction of a prefect, a 
province: Ac 23%4 251.+ 
*t émdpyxetos, -ov, of a prefect: 7 é. (sc. efovoia) = érapxeia, q.v., Ac 
25! (WH, mg.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 165 


ém-audts, -ews, 7 (<CavAn), [in LXX for Wn, oyL, (l.c.), etc. ;] 
a dwelling, habitation: Ac 12¢ @XX),+ 
tén-oupiov, adv., [in LXX for "m9, Ge 30°, elsewhere, Ex 9°, 


al., for M3M;] on the morrow: in NT, 7 é. (se. juépa), Mt 27, Mk 


11!2, Jo 129, Ac 10%, al. 

*Enahpas, -a (BI., § 7, 4), 6, Hpaphras: Col 17 412, Phm?3.+ 

*t ér-agpitw, to foam up: metaph., 7. aicyvvas, Ju 8.+ 

"Emadpdditos, -ov, 6 (1.e. charming); Epaphroditus : Phl 25 418,+ 

ér-eye(pw, [in LXX for "iy hi., D3 hi., etc.;] to rowse wp, excite: 
c. acc. rel, duwypdv, Ac 135°; yu yas, ib. 14?.+ 

émei, CON]. (emi, ci), when, since ; 1. of time, when, after: Lk 7! 
(Rec., WH, mg.). 2. Of cause, since, because: Mt 182 2146 276, 
Mk 15, Lk 1%4, Jo 137° 1931, Ac 1346 (Rec., WH, mg.), 1 Co 1412, 
11 Co 1118 133, He 5% 1! 618 917 1111; @ oty, He 2!4 46. With ellipsis, 
otherwise, else: Ro 11% 22, He 926; @, dpa, 1 Co 5 74; intro- 
ducing a question, Ro 3°, 1 Co 14!6 15°, He 10? (cf. tv Mac 193 97, 19 
424, 26) + 

ae conj.; 1. of time, when now, after that: Lk 7! (WH, 
txt.). 2. Of cause, seeing that, forasmuch as: Lk 11°, Ac 1346 (WH, 
Sec y ey) be doen, 1 Co, 14142 7ane [53h Phi 228; 4 

¥ éret-8y-mep, conj., forasmuch as (‘‘a stately compound,” freq. in 

cl. and suitable for the formal introduction of Lk): Lk 1}.+ 

ér-eidov, 2 aor. without pres. in use; [in LXX chiefly for AN\;] 
to regard with attention, look wpon (in cl., of the gods); 1. with a 
view to bless: c. inf., Lk 17° (cf. DB, 136»). 2. To punish: seq. éz/, 
Ac 429,+ 

éx-eyut, [In LXX: Ex 8728) (spy), Si 42!9 etc.;] 1. to come 
upon, approach. 2. Of time, to come on or after; mostly as ptep., 
ériwv, -ovca, ov, next, following : ry €. (Sc. yuépa, as freq. in late Gk.), 
Ac 16" 2015 2118; aucpa (as usual in cl.), Ac 77°; vueri, Ac 231.+ 

érei-wep, Conj., since indeed: Ro 3° (Rec.; eizep, WH).+ 

* év-ero-aywyn, -7s, 4, a bringing in besides or in addition (Hipp., 

FJ, al.): He 7! (cf. MM, Ezp., xiv).t 

ém-ero-epxopar, [in LXX: 1 Mac 16° (c. dat.)*;] to come in 
wpon: seq. ert, Lk 2155,+ 

émeita, adv. of sequence, [in LXX: Nu 19!°A, Is 162, tv Mac 
63 *;] thereupon, thereafter, then: Lk 16", Ga 171, Ja 414; seq. pera 
tovto, Jo 11’; pera ery tpia, Ga 118; dua dexatecodpwv éerdv, Ga 2}; 
mporov .. . &, 1 Co 1546, 1 Th 41”, He 72; wpdrepoy . ... &., He 77; 
Grp) tees ex by (OO, LO? Wer Minin €.,.F Go 155s 6 (WE stab.) 
re (shmien c O\Lp> © (WE, me.) rperop,.).,. .€. (bis);1 Co, L257 

ém-ékewa, adv. (= ér exeiva), [in LXX: Le 2277, Nu 329, 
al. (nxbz), etc.;] beyond; c. gen., Ac 743 @XX), + 


*én-ex-tetvw, to extend; mid., to stretch forward: c. dat., 
Ph] 313,+ ; 


166 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


érevduTns, -ov, 6 (<< érevdvw), [in LXX for Syn, Le 87 A (Aq. 


érévdupa), I Ki 184 A, m Ki 13!8*;] an owter tunic (RV, coat): Jo 217.+ 
tH dxceveblue. Ove (Hdt.), to put on oie pass. (Plut., al.), to 
have on over, be clothed upon: 1 Co 5% 4, 
én-€pxouar, [in LXX for Nin, Tay, be 3] 1. to come to, arrive, 
come on: seq. azo, c. gen. loc., Ac 141° (érydOav; cf. M, Pr., 65; 
Deiss., BS, 191); of time, Eph 27. 2. to come upon (as in Hom. ): of 
calamities! Lk 2126, Ac 874 134°, Ja 5!; of an enemy, Lk 1122; of the 
Holy Spirit, Lk 155, Ac 18, [in LXX: yéyvomar eri, Jg 146, 1 Ki 116, al.].t 
én-epwtdo, -3, [in LXX chiefly for 5xwy, also for w7, etc. ;] to in- 
quire of, consult, question: c. acc. pers., Mk 124, Lk 246, al.; c. dupl. 
acc., Mk 717 1129, Lk 20%, al.; c. acc. pers., seq. A¢€ywv, Mt 1218, Mk 91! ; 
ei, Mk 878, Lk 23%, al.; é. Qeov, Ro 1079@XX), 2. In late Gk., to beg of, 
demand of: c. acc. pers. et inf., Mt 161 (cf. gpwraw; and v. Cremer, 
716). 
** é-epdtnpa, -ros, 76, [in LXX: Da TH 414 (Nbxw), Si 36 (33)3 * 3] 


1. a question, an inquiry (Hdt., Thuc.). 2. a demand: 1 Pe 3?! (vy. 
ICG; an V.).t 

én-éxw, [in LXX for 51m, etc.; also Si 8! 31 (34)?, 11 Mac 525 9%, 
al.;] 1. to hold upon. 2. Like zapéyw (as in Hom., al.), to hold out, 
offer: oyov Cwys, Phl 21°. 3. to hold or direct towards, sc. vovv; 
(a) absol., to intend, purpose ; (b) to observe, give attention to (v. MM, 
Exp., xiv): seq. was, Lk 147; c. dat. pers., Ac 3°, 1 Ti 416, 4. to stay, 
DES Ae o224(in legal phrase, MM, Hap., l.c.).t+ 

*énnpedlo (< érjpea, spiteful abuse), to revile: c. acc. pers., 

620% e. ace. rei (but v. ICC, in 1.), 1 Pe 3°6.t 

eri (before a smooth breathing éz’, before a rough breathing e¢’), 
prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of 
superposition, on, upon. I. C. gen., 1. of place, answering the 
question, where? (a) of the place on which, on, upon: émi (r.) yijs, 
Mt 61% 19) al.; 7. xepadrs, I Co 1119; 7. vebedav, Mt 24°9 al.; like év, in 
constr. pregn. after verbs of motion: BadAav, Mk 476; o7edpew, ib. *!; 
épxerOar, He 67, al.; fig., em’ addnOeias (MM, s.v. a.); of the subject of 
thought or speech, Ga 31°; of power or authority, over, ravtwy, Ro 9°: 
t. yatys, Ac 87; éfovaia eri, Re 276 20°; (b) of vicinity, at, by: + 
Gadracons, Jo 69; 7. 603, Mt 211°; rod Barov, Mk 1276 (vy. Swete, in 1.) ; 
c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 284, Ac 23°, 1 Co 61, al. 
2. Of time, (a) c. gen. pers., in the time of: emi EXwoaiov, Lk 477; eri 
KXavdiov, Ac 118; eri “ABidbap apyuepews, when A. was high priest, 
Mk 2°6; (b) c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1", He 1?, 1 Pe 33; emi 
T. Tpowevxov prov (nuav), Ro 1°, Eph 16, 1 Th 17, Phm#. II. C. dat., 
of place, answering the question, where? (a) lit., on, wpon: Mt 9", 
148, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., 1, 1, (a)), Mt 9!© Ac 816; 
above, Lk 23°8; at, by, Mk 13°, Jo 5?, Ac 5°, al. : (6) metaph., wpon, 
on the ground of, Lk 44 (LXX); im the matter of, Mk 6% (v. Swete, i in 
1.); wpon, of, concerning, Ac 535 40; of the ground, reason or motive 


(B1., § P38 2; 43, 3), Mt 183 199, Ro 12") al.; ep’ &, for the reason that, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 167 


because, Ro 5", 1 Co 54; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 183, Ro 1619, 
al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8,1 Co 91; emi dvi wdprvow (v. Weste. 
on He 91°), He 108; of purpose or aim, Eph 21°, Phi 4”; of authority, 
over, Mt 244’, Lk 1244; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12°; 
in addition to (cl.), 1 Co 78; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 13217, ITT. 
C. ace., 1. of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, 
whither? (a) lit., wpon, over: Mt 147% 29 Lk 5!%, al. mult.; in NT 
also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 436 112, 
Lk 2%, Jo 1%; émi +. airdé, Ac 11° 21, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, 
Mk 16?, Ac 8%, al.; (6) metaph. (in wh. “the ace. is more widely 
prevalent than it strictly should be,” Bl., § 43, 1); of blessings, evils, 
etc., coming upon one, c. ace. pers., Mt 10! 12, Ac 217, Jo 184, Eph 
5°, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), Avan emi Avayv, Phl 27"; éxicadety dvopa 
eri (v.8. émixadéw), Ac 15!", Ja 27; xadeiv emi, to call after, Lk 159; of 
number or degree: émi tpis (cl. eis 7.), thrice, Ac 106 111; eri rdeiov, 
the more, further, Ac 4'", 11 Ti 216 3° (y. also infr., 2, (a)); ef’ dcov (v. 
infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 254% 45, Ro 111%; of power, authority, 
control, Lk 1%, Ac 71°, Ro 514, He 3°, al.; of the direction of thoughts 
and feelings, wnto, towards, Lk 117 2378, Ac 9°42 Ro 1122 Ga 49, 
Eph 27, 1 Ti 5°, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3’, Lk 234; ég 6 mdpe (Rec. 
ep &), Mt 26°°; of hostility, against, Mt 247, Mk 32426 10" 138, Lk 95, 
Jo 1318, Ac 754, 1 Co 7%, 11 Co 18; of reference, concerning, for (cl. 
usually dat.), Mk 9% 1574, Jo 19%4, Ro 4% 2. Of time, (a) during, 
for: Lk 425 (WH, txt., omits év/), Ac 13%! 1618, He 11°, al.; éd’ dcov 
(xpovov), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9", Ro 7}, al. (for é¢’ 6. in 
another sense, v. supr., 1, (b)); é#’ ixavoy (v.s. t.), Ac 20"; émi mAciov 
(v. supr., 1, (0)), yet longer, further, Ac 20° 244; (b) on, about, towards 
(cl. eis): Lk 108° Ac 31 4°. IV. In composition, emi signifies: wp, 
éraipw; Upon, emiyeros, eridnpew, emixabifw; towards, émBdérw, érex- 
teivw; over (of superintendence), émurdrys; again, in addition, ératéw, 
eriouvayw ; against, éropKkéw, ériBovAr. 

ém-Baivw, [in LXX chiefly for 259;] 1. to get up on, mount: 
seq. emi, c. acc., Mt 21° XX); to embark in (a boat), go aboard: c. dat., 
Ac 277; seq. eis, Ac 21° (Rec.); absol., Ac 217. 2. to go up to, go on 
to, enter: seq. eis, Ac 20!§ 214; c. dat., Ac 251.+ 

ém-Bdéddo, [in LXX for now, mw, ete.;] 1. trans., to cast, lay 


or put upon: c. acc. et dat., Mk 11’, 1 Co 7°5; c. acc., seq. émi c. acc., 
Re 18°, WH, mg.; r. xetpa (-as) éri (B1., § 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, 
Mt 265°, Lk 20!® 21%, Jo 73°, Ac 518 2127; c. dat. (Polyb.), Mk 1446, 
Ac 4°; c. inf., Ac 12!; riv x. er dporpov, Lk 952; éxiBAnua emi iudriov, 
Lk 5%6; éri iwariw, Mt 91% 2. Intrans., (a) to throw oneself or rush 
upon: 7. kvpara eis t. tAoiov, Mk 487; metaph., to put one’s mind upon 
(but v. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), érvBaddv exArAaev, when he thought thereon 
(se. 7. Ayjware), he wept (EV, txt.; R, mg., he began to weep; ef. M, Pr., 
131): Mk 147? (vy. also Swete, in 1.); (b) to fall to one’s share: rd 
eriBaddov (sc. dat.; Hdt., al., a technical formula freq. in z.; Deiss., 
BS, 230, LAH, 152), Lk 1512,+ 


168 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*+ ém-Bapéw, -0, to put a burden on, be burdensome : fig., absol., 
iGo! 25; ie, aces pers,.'2 Ph 2?) 11 hess. (ci Mis Ta ))en 
ém-BiBdtw, [in LXX chiefly for 255 hi.;]. to place upon: c. ace. 
pers., Lk 104 1935, Ac 2374.+ 
ém-Bdérw, [in LXX for yA3 hi., 435, AN, etc.;] to look upon. 
In NT, as in LXX (1 Ki 1?! 916, Ps 24 (25)!6, To 33, al.), to look on 
with favour: seq. émi, c. acc. pers., Lk 145 9°8, Ja 23.+ 
éml-BAnpa, -ros, 7d, [In LXX: Is 3%*;] 1. that which is thrown 
over, acover. 2. a tapestry, hanging (Is, l.c.). 3. that which is put 
on; (a) embroidery; (b) a patch: Mt 916, Mk 271, Lk 596.+ 
ém-Bodw, -@, to cry out: Ac 254 (Rec., for Boaw, q.v.).t 
émt-Boudy, -7s, 7, [in LXX: Es 272, 1 Hs 573, 1 Mac 57, al.;] a 
plan against, a plot: Ac 94 20% 19 2330+ 
t+ ém-yapBpevw (<< yauPpds, a connection by marriage), [in LXX: 
Ge 349, 1 Ki 187 *, 11 Ch 18}, m Ks 914 (jnn hithp.), Ge 38° R (a2 pi.), 
1 Mac 1054 56*;] 1. to enter into affinity with: c. dat. (LXX, Il. c., 
exc. Ge 388). 2. to marry (as deceased husband’s next of kin, cf. 
Ge 388): c. acc., Mt 2274.+ 
* éml-yevos, -ov (<Ceémi, yn), of the earth, earthly: ra é., Jo 3, 
Phi 2!° 3! (anarth.); cwpara, I Co 154°; oixia, 11 Co 5!; codia, Ja 315 
(Cremer, 153).t 
** ému-yivonat (v.S. yivouor), [in LXX: Ep. Je 4’, 11 Mac 25*;] to 
arrive, arise, come on: Ac 28}8.+ 
ém-ywooxw, [in LXX chiefly for 133 hi. also for ym, etc.;] 
“directive” of ywwoxw (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl.; 1. to observe, 
perceive, discern, recognize; (a) absol.: Ac 251°, 1 Co 13; seq. én, 
Lk 122; +, rvevpari, seq. ort, Mk 28; (b) c. acc. rei: Lk 14 572, Ac 1214 
2739, Ro 1%, m Co 11%, Col 1°, 1 Ti.4; ey éaurg, Mk 59°; seq. ox, 
1 Co 1487; (c) c. acc. pers.: Mt 1177 1435 17%, Mk 6%% (TP, atrovs, but 
LTr., WH, R, omit the pron., and LTr., WH, txt., read ¢yvwaay), ib. *4, 
Lk 241631, 1 Co 1618, 11 Co 114; seq. did, c. gen. rei, Mt 71% 20; seq. 
ort, Ac 31° 418, 11 Co 13°; pass., 1 Co 131"; opp. to dyvoovpevor, 1 Co 6°. 
2. to discover, ascertain, determine: Ac 99°; seq. dr, Lk 737 237, Ac 
1934 2929 2411 981; c. acc. rei, seq. quest., Ac 2378; dv iy airiay, Ac 
2274; capd, Cc. gen. pers., seq. wepi, c. gen. rei, Ac 24°; +. dddy Tijs 
dixacoovvyns, 11 Pe 2?! (cf. Lft., Col., 1836; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; 
AR, Eph., 248 ff.).t 
t+ émi-yvwots, -ews, 9) (<Cérvywooke, q.v.), [in LXX: m1 Ki 74 (B. 
y-), Pr 2°, Ho 446 6716 (my), Jth 94, 1 Mac 9!"'*;] acquaintance, 


discernment, recognition (Plut., al.): Phl 19, Col 31°; c. gen. rei, Col 19 
22, Phm ©; 7. ddAnGeias, 1 Ti 24, 1 Ti 2% 37, Tit 11, He 107°; +. duaprias, 
Ro 329; ¢. gen. pers., of God: Eph 11’, Col 1/9, 11 Pe 14; of Christ: 
Eph 435, 1 Pe 18 27°; of God and Christ: 1 Pe 1; xar’ é., Ro 10°; 
éxew ev é., Ro 128 (v. AR, Hph., 248 ff.; and for a somewhat different 
view, Thayer, s.v.; Lift. on Col, 19; Tr., Syn., lxxv; Cremer, 159 f.; 
cf. aicOyors).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 169 


*em-ypagy, sis n (<Cémiypddw), an inscription: Mt 2279, Mk 1216 
1526, Lk 2074 233 

ém-ypddu, in LXX for and, Nu 177"; fig., Je 38 (31)%3, al. ;] 
to write upon, inscribe: Mk 15*°, "Ac iT, Re a1 fie, He a ax) 
1016 (ib.) + 

ém-Setxvupt, [in LXX: Pr 127 (mip hi.), Is 3776 (xia hi.), Ep. 


Je 59, 11 Mac 15%?, al.;] 1. to show, exhibit, display: c. acc. et dat., 
Mt 16! 2219 241, Lk 1714. Mid., to display for oneself or as one’s own 
(but ef. Bl., § 55, 1): Ac 99°, 2. to show, pot out, prove: c. acc., 
He 6": c. acc. et inf., Ac 1828 (cf. MM, Exp., xiv).t+ 
¥* ém-Béxopat, [in ‘LXX : Jth 1318 B?, 1 Mac 101 1473, Si 5125, al. 3] 
1. in cl., of things, to allow of, admit of (Dem., Arist., al.). In late 
writers, 2. to accept besides (Polyb.), to siti (in x. of the terms of a 
lease; v. ICC, on ut Jo, lc.): ur Jo*®% 3. (a) to recewe besides 
(Menand.); (b) to receive hospitably (I Mac, ba ve: eer oa 2°. t 
* ém-8ypéw, -@ (<< djpos); 1. to be at home (Thuc., Plat., al.), 
2. to stay im a place, sojowrn (Plat., Xen., al.; and v. MM, Ezp., 
xiv): Ac 21° 1721; seq. év, ib. 18?” (WH, mg.).t 
*t ém-B1a-tdogopat, to add provisions to a document: Ga 31° (cf. 
eridiabynxn, a second will, FlJ, BJ, ii, 2, 3; the word is used of wills 
in z,, cf. Deiss., LAH, 87).+ 
ém-8iSwur, [in LXX for 7n3, etc.;] 1. to give over, to hand: c. 
acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 7% 1°, Lk 111) 12 2430, 42, Ac 1539; pass. c. dat. 
pers., Lk 417, 2. to give in, give way: absol., Ac 2715.t 
¥+t éri-B1-op0dw, to set in order further : Tit 1° (Inser. ; Cremer, 808).+ 
ém-Stw, [in LXX: De 245, Jos 82°, Je 15° (Nita) *;] to go down, 
set (of the sun): Eph 4°°.+ 


émeiketa, V.S. émveckia. 
émetxijs, -és (<cixds, likely), [in LXX: Ps 85 (86)° (ndp), Es 


818 * *] 1. seemly, fitting (Hom.). 2. equitable, fair, moderate: 1 Ti 
35, Tit 3?, 1 Pe 218, Ja 31"; ro é. (Thuc., i, 76), Phil 4° (cf. Mayor, Ja, 
l.c., and v.s. érvecxia).t 

émetkia (Rec. -e/xera), -as, 7 (<< émvetxys), [in LXX: Wi 2!° 12)8, 
Ba 27’, Da LXX 3?) 424, rH 342), 1 Mac 272 104, mt Mac 315 76*;] 
fairness, moderation, gentleness (‘‘ sweet reasonableness,” Matthew 
Arnold): Ac 244; ¢. zpairns, 1 Co 101.t 

SYN.: mpairys (v. Tr., Syn., § xiii). 

ém-{yntéw, -d, [in LXX chiefly for wat, tv Ki 88, Is 6212, al.; 
also for wpa, 1 Ki 20', Ke 7799, Ho 3°; spp, m Ki 38;] “directive” 
of fnréw (MM, Eap., xiv), to inquire for, seek after, wish for: c. acc. 
rei, Mt 63? 1299 164, Lk 12%°, Ac 19°, Ro 11’, Phi 41’, He 11% 1314; 
c. ace. pers., Lk 4#, Ac 129; ¢. inf., Ac 137.+ 

** ériBavdtios, -ov, [in LXX: Da Bel*!;] condemned to death: 

1 Co 4°.+ 

émi-Bears, -ews, 7 (<< éviriOymr), [in LXX: 1 Ch 2577 (yp), Ez 


170 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


2311 (M3gy) 1 Mac 441 5° 1415*;] 1. a laying on: yeipav, Ac 818, 1 At 


414) 1 Ti 1°; He 6? (cf. Weate., He.,1.c.; CG Ton i Tiplic)). 7 2 ar 
attack, assault (11 Mag, ll.c.).t 

émOupéw, -@ (< Guycs), [in LXX chiefly for MN pi., hithp.; also 
for an, etc.;] to set one’s heart wpon, desire, lust after, covet: 
absol., Ja 42, Ro 77 13°@XX) 1 Co 10° (ef. Iv Mac 2°); seq. xara 
(against, in opposition to), Ga 517; prop. (as in cl.) c. gen., Ac 20°, 
1 Ti 31; in late Gk. also c. acc. (M, Pr., 65), Mt 52° (Rec. airijs; 
T omits; of. Ex 207, Mi 2?,, Wi 16%, al.); ¢. inf. Mt 13%, Lk Lott 
1671 1722, 1 Pe 12, Re 9°; c. acc. et inf., He 6!!; as in Hebrew, 
erOupia ereOipnoa, Lk 2215+ 

SYN.: dpéyw (cf. Field, Notes, 204), 0é\w (DCG. i, 4534). 

emOupntys, -0d, 6 (< auc [in LXX: Nu 1134 (7IN hithp.) ; 
ee é., Pr 1 (am) *;] one longing for, lustful after: xaxov, 1 Co 
OSs; 

emOupia, -as, 7 (<< émOupew), [in LXX chiefly for FINA, MIN; also 


tm 


for TOM, etc.;] desire, longing: Lk 22) (v.s. embupéw), Phl 1°, 1 Th 


217, Re 1844; pl., Mk 41%; esp. with ref. to forbidden things, desire, 
lust (Vg., concupiscentia) : Ro, 7 8 Jia vies ao Sar geet: pl., Ga 5*4, 
ER Orn Ti 322742 Peds 42 - abies émiBupias, 1, 0b 49: é. Kakn, Col 
3°; c. gen., pracpov, I Pe 21° (v. Mayor, in 1); T. kapdiav, Ro 174; 
KOO Lou (aroused by the world), 1 Jo 2!"; +. cwpartos, Ro 62; +. drarys, 
Eph 472 (v. ICC, in 1.); +. capxds, I Jo 216, 11 Pe 2}8 (without art.), Ga 
DiS han op0ahpar, I JO, 2)°; 'capxuxat €. I be 2 (ch ty) Mine 1"); 
KOO MUKA, Tit 212; eis éiOupuias, Ro 134. move Tas €., JO 844; sraKovew 
TALS é., Ro 622 ; Sovhevew, ayerOar, erriOvptats, Tit 33. mw Ti 38; tropever Oat 
év é., I Pe 48; xara, Ju 16, Rut Pe oss nen aati | év rats é., Eph 23. 

SYN.: mados (q.v.), Bocce. 

ém-xa0-ifw, [in LXX for 254, etce.;] to sit wpon: Mt 217.t 

ém-kahéw, -, [in LXX chiefly for N1p;] 1. to call, name, sur- 
name: 'c. ace. | (cl:), Mi (10255 paas.,, Ac 128 9486, aiQ's ts 22), 1d? 
1212,25, He 1116; +. dvopa, seq. éxi (denoting possession, as Heb. 
By see. N73), Ac 15'7@XX, Ja 27 (v. CB on Am 97”), 2. Mid. 
(so also act.; cl., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to (cov, Oeor's, 
Hdt., Xen., al.; cf. Deiss., LAH, 426): Kaicapa pega Ac 25°), 
Ac 25's 12,21 2682 DS? SC.ua: irene Bees. Ac 75°; yaptupa (cl. a 
Gcov, 1 Co 123; warépa, 1 Pe 11"; +. xipiov, Ro 101?, m Ti 272; 7. dvoua 
kupiov (wov, cov; like Heb. Mj OWA NWP), Ac 27} EXX) 9M, 21 2916, Ro 
104, 14 (LX), 1 Co 1? (Cremer, 335,.'742).t 

ém-kdduppa, -Tos, TO (<Cémxadtvrrw), [in LXX: Ex 2614 
3921 34) (ADS), 1 Ki 171° (Jom), Jb 1929 (aliter in Heb.) *;] a cover, 
veil: metaph., 7. xaxias, I Pe 216.+ 


ém-kahumtw, [in LXX for MDD, etc.;] to cover over, cover up: 
metaph., Ro 47 (XX) + 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 171 


t+ ém-kat-dpatos, -ov (<(émixarapdoua, to imprecate curses on), 
[in LXX for "WN, also Wi 3 14°, 1v Mac 295] accursed: Ga 


$10 (LXX) 13 (LXX xexatrapapevos) (Cremer, 109).t+ 
ém-keipor, [in LXX: Ex 364° (39%) (qn3), Jb 19% (45m hi.) 21?" 
(pam), 1 Mac 657, 1 Mac 17, m1 Mac 17?*;) to be placed, lie on: Jo 
21°; seq. émi, c. dat., ib. 1198; fig., He 919; dvdyxn, 1Co 91%; yemdr, to 
threaten, come on: Ac 27°; of persons, to press wpon :\ Lik 5! 2375.+ 
* ém-xéddw, of a ship, to rwn ashore: c. acc., Ac 2741.+ 
* ém-kepddator, -ov, 76, a poll-tax: Mk 12)4* (WH, mg., for xjvoor, 
as in D, Syrr. 9 pesh. 124, ete.).t 
** émixoupta, -as, 7 (<(émixovpew to be an ézixovpos, an ally), [in 
LXX: Wi 13!8*;] aid, assistance: Ac 2622.+ 
t’Emxovpios (Rec. -eos), -ov, 6, an Epicurean, a follower of 
Epicurus: Ac 17}8.+ 
** éri-xpivw, [in LXX: m Mac 447, m1 Mac 4**;] to decree, give 
sentence: c. acc. et inf., Lk 2374.+ 
ém-AapBdvw, [in LXX for pin hi., InN, etc.;] always mid. in 
LXX and NT (vy. Cremer, 758), to lay hold of: c. gen. pers., Mt 14°}, 
Ac 1719 213% 33; ¢, acc. pers. (rot cl.), Lk 947 144 2376 (WH, but v. BL., 
101;),; Ae 927 16° 18"; ¢, gen. rei, Mk 8*5, Ac 23!®, He 89 (GX); ¢. gen. 
pers. et rei, Lk 2076; +. aiwviov (dvtws) Cwis, 1 Ti 61% 19, Metaph. 
(as in Si 411), He 2!6 (v. Westce., in 1.).t 
ém-havOdvopat (alternative mid. form of érA7Ou, to cause to forget), 
{in LXX chiefly for naw;] to forget, neglect: c. inf., Mt 165, Mk 814; 
c. gen., He 61° 1316; ¢. acc. (as occasionally in cl.; MM, Hzp., xiv), 
Phl 318; dzoios jv, Ja 124; pass. ptep. (cf. Is 2316, Si 314 2314, Wi 24), 
Lk 12°.+ 
ém-héyw, [in LXX chiefly for 9ma;] 1. to say in addition (Hdt.). 
2. to call by name, to call: Jo 5*. 3. to choose; mid., to choose for 
oneself: Ac 15*°.t 
ém-Aeinw, [in LXX: Ob 15N'R (ANw hi.) *;] to fail: c. ace. 
pers., He 1152,+ 
¥t ém-heixw, to lick over: c. acc., Lk 167! (cf. MM, Hzp., xiv).t 
**+t ért-Anoporn, -Hs, 9 (<< éwtA7HOw), [in LXX: Si 11°7*;] forgetful- 
ness: akpoarns é. (gen. of qual.), Ja 17°.+ 
émi-Aoumos, -ov (<< Aoures), [in LXX for 3M, ANW;] still left, 
remaiming : xpdvos, I Pe 4?.t 
** emi-huois -ews, 7 (<< émiAvw), [in Aq.: Ge 40°; Sm.: Ho 3**;] 1. 
release. 2. solution, interpretation: 11 Pe 1?°,t 
** émi-hdw, [in Aq.: Ge 40% 41512; Th.: Ho 34*;] 1. to loose, 
release. 2. to solve, settle, explain: Mk 4°4, Ac 198°.+ 
* ém-paptupéw, -@, to bear witness to: c. ace. et. inf., 1 Pe 5'.+ 


empédera, -as, 7 (<< éxiperdouar), [in LXX: Pr 3° (pw), Wi 13%, 
1 Es 61°, r Mac 161, al.;] attention, care: Ac 27° (v. Field, Notes, 


143).t 
ém-peéopat, -oduar, [in LXX: Ge 447) (apy ow), 1 Es 67, 


> 


172 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Pr 2725, Si 33!* (3025), 1 Mac 11°’*;] to take care of: c. gen., Lk 
EO ee Ge Beers 
émpedds, adv., [in LXX for pr, etc.;] carefully: Lk 158.+ 


ém-pévw, [in LXX: Ex 125° (AM hith.)*;] to stay on, tarry or 
abide still: seq. év,1 Co 168; avrod, there, Ac 1534 (WH, txt., RV, 
txt., omit) 214; c. dat., 7. capxi, Ph] 1°4; seq. rapa, c. dat. pers., Ac 
2814; apds, c. acc. pers., 1 Co 16’, Ga 118; c. acc. temp., Ac 1048, 214,10 
2812, 14, 7 Co 167. Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., 
t. duaptia, Ro 61; +. dmoria, ib. 1173; +. riores, Col 12%; adrois (v. 
CGT, in 1.), 1 Ti 41°; +. ypyorérnt, Ro 11*?; ©. ptep. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4; 
76, 2), Jo 87), Ac 1216+ 

ém-vedw, [in LXX: Pr 2674 (453 ni.), 1 Mac 657, 11 Mac 41° 1115 
1429*;) to nod in command or approval, to nod approval, consent : 
Ae L820 

émivowa, -as, 9 (<< érwvoew, to contrive), [in LXX: Je 20, Wi 616 
914 14! 154, Si 407, m Mac 1245, 1v Mac 17?*;] a thought, design: 
Ae Set 

** emopkéw, -@ (<< éiopxos), [in LXX: 1 Es 14, Wi 147§*;] to 

swear falsely, forswear oneself: Mt 5°%.t 

émi-opkos, -ov, [in LXX: Za 5° (yaw ni.)*;] 1. of oaths, sworn 
falsely. 2. Of persons, perjured ; as subst., a perjurer, false swearer : 
ett oe, 

émiodca, V.S. Ere. 

*+t émuovavos, -ov (cf. wepiovovos, [in LXX for m>1p, De 7°, etc.]), 


found only in the phrase dpros é., EV, daily; R, mg., for the coming 
day: Mt 6" Lk 11%. (Several derivations find support, each pointing 
to a different meaning. 1. < émidoa (Sc. jyuépa) (or, << eri TH iodoav 
(sc. nuepav), Zorell, s.v.), hence, for the morrow or for the coming day 
(R, mg.). 2. (a) << ézi + ovata, hence, for subsistence, needful (Am. 
R, mg.); (b) <Céwi + elvac in fem. ptep. form, hence, pertaining to 
(the day).) For renderings of versions and views of various writers, v. 
reff. in DB, ext., 36 f.; DCG, ii, 58 f., 622; ICC on Lk,l.c. The EV, 
daily, is based on the Vg. (Lk; OL, Mt, Lk, quotidianus). “It is 
difficult not to think that rov é. rests upon misunderstanding of an 
original Aramaic phrase, or upon a Greek corruption” (JCC on Mt, 
l.c.; cf. also Cremer, 239).t 
ém-nintw, [in LXX chiefly for 5p3;] to fall wpon (Field, Notes, 
25): c. dat. pers., Mk 3!° (v. Swete, in 1.), Ac 201"; seq. émi +. tpaynAov 
(as Ge 469, To 118, m Mac 5%, al.), Lk 157°, Ac 20%”, Metaph., 
poBos, Lk 1!2, Ac 1917, Re 111!; dvediopot, Ro 15° XX); of the Holy 
Spirit: seq. émi, c. dat., Ac 816; emi, c. acc., Ac 10*4 111°; absol., 
Ac 237.+ 
*ém-mdyjoow, 1. to strike at, to punish. 2. to rebuke, reprove: 
Ryans at 
ém-mo0éw, -3, [in LXX for AN", WY, HDD hi., ete. ;] to long for, 
desire: c. inf., Ro 11}, 1 Co 52, 1 Th 3°, m Ti 14, Phi 226 (WH, [txt.]); 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 173 


c. acc. rei, I Pe 27; c. acc. pers., 1 Co 9!4, Phi 18 276 (WH, mg.); 
absol., Ja 4° (v. Mayor, in 1.).t 
¥*+ éru-md0nors, -ews, 7, [in Ag.: Ez 231!*;] longing: 1 Co 77 1.t 
*+t émi-1d0nTos, -ov, greatly desired, longed for: Phil 41.t 
¥t émumodia (WH, -7dGera), -as, 7 = érimdPnars, longing: Ro 15%%.t 
t ém-mropedopar, [in LXX: Le 26%° (Amn), Ez 3914 (May), Ep. 
Je ©, 1 Mac 275, 11 Mac 14*;] to travel, journey to: seq. mpés, ©. 
acc. pers., Lk 84.+ 
*+t ém-pdatw (Rec. -ppdztw), to sew wpon: seq. én, c. acc., Mk 2?!.+ 
ém-pintw (Rec. -ppirrw, as in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for q5wi hi.;] 
1. to cast at. 2. to cast or place upon: c. acc. seq. émi, c. acc., Lk 
1955; metaph., r. wepysvav, I Pe 57 XX), + ; 
érionpos, -ov (<(ojpa, a mark), [in LXX: Ge 30* (sw), Es 54 
813, 1 Mac 1137 1448, 1 Mac 15%, mr Mac 6!*;] 1. bearing a mark ; of 
money, stamped, coined. 2. Metaph., (a) in good sense, notable, 
illustrious : Ro 167; (6) in bad sense, notorious: Mt 2716.+ 
emoitiopds, -ov, 6 (<CeriortiLopa, to supply with provisions), [in 
LXX: Ge 42°5, al. (Myx), Jth 2!6 4°;] 1. a foraging. 2. provisions, 


food: Lk 9¥.+ 
ém-oxértopat (late form of émucxoréw, q.v.), [in LXX very freq., 
chiefly for 178;] 1. to inspect, examine. 2. (a) to visit: ¢. acc., Ac 
773 15%6 (cf. Jg 15!) ; especially, the sick and afflicted (as in MGr. and 
sometimes in cl.), Mt 25%® 43, Ja, 127 (ef. Si 795); (b) in LXX and NT 
(as 3p in Ge 211, Ex 431, Ps 8°, al.), to visit with help, to care for: 
Lk 168 78 716, Ac 1514, He 2°; (c) to visit with punishment (Je 9°, Ps 
88 (89)%%, al.; cf. MM, Hap., xiv; Cremer, 863).t 
ém-oxeudtw, [in LXX for pin pi., etc.;] to equip, make ready ; 
mid., to make one’s preparations : Ac 211°.+ 
*t ém-oxynvdw, -, to tent upon, spread a tabernacle over: metaph., 
seq. er ene (RV, rest wpon, cover), 11 Co 12°.t 
ém-oxidtw, [in LXX: Ex 407° (7>y7), Ps 90 (91)* 139 (140)’ 
(720), Pr 181!*;] to throw a shadow upon, overshadow: c. dat., Ac 
54; of a shining (Mt, l.c., and cf. Ex 40?° ®°, 1m Mac 28) cloud, c. dat., 
Mk 97; c. acc., Mt 17°, Lk 9%4; metaph. (cf. Pss, Pr, ll.c.), of the 
Holy Spirit, Lk 1°5.+ 
ém-oxoréw, -, [in LXX for IPB ni., etc.;] 1. to look upon, 
observe, examine: seq. wy, He 12'%. 2. As émicxértopa in LXX, NT, 
to visit, care for: 1 Pe 5* (R, txt.; WH om.; Cremer, 527).t 
t+ ém-oxom, -js, 7, [in LXX chiefly for 7p, MIPH;] 1. a visiting, 


visitation (eis é. rod madds, Lucian, dial. deor., 20, 6); as in LXX 
(after Heb.), of God’s visitation in mercy, or in judgment (Le 19°, Jb 
1012, Je 6', Wi 27°, al.): Lk 1944, 1 Pe 2! (v. Hort, in 1.). 2. office, 
charge, esp. office of an ériaxoros (q.v.): Ac 17°@X*X), 1 Ti 31 (Cremer, 
527 f., 864; DCG, ii, 809),+ 


174 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


émi-cKxotos, -ov, 6 (<Coxo7ds, a watcher), [in LXX for 3pp, its 
parts and derivatives, Nu 416 3114, Jg 978, rv Ki 1118, 1 Ch 34117, 
Ne 11% 1422; 5x Jb 2029; wais, Is 6017; Wi 15,1 Mac 15*;] a 


superintendent, guardian, overseer (cl.; for exx. v. LS, s.v.): Ac 20°8, 
I Pe 25 (ICC, in 1.); as technical term for a religious office (Deiss., 
BS, 230 f.), in later Paul. epp. of the head of a church (Vg. episcopus), 
a bishop: Phl 1}, 1 Ti 3? Tit 17 (v. reff. s.v. érucxomy).t 

ém-ondw, -@, [in LXX: Is 58 (Fun), etc.;] to draw on: mid., 
in peculiar sense of effacing signs of Judaism (cf. 1 Mac 11, FlJ, Ant., 
xii, 5, i; v. Thayer, s.v.), to become as uncircumcised : 1 Co 7}8.+ 

* émi-creipw, to sow wpon or besides: ava péocov, Mt 137°.+ 

ériotapar (prob. an old mid. of épioryu, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly 
for yt ;] to know, know of, understand: c. acc. pers., Ac 1915; «. 
ptep., ib. 2419; c. ace. rei, Mk 146°, Ac 18%, 1 Ti 64, Ja 444, Jul; seq. 
wept, Ac 2626; or, ib. 157 1925 2219; ws, ib. 1028; was, ib. 20'8; wot, He 
ASST; 

SYN.: ywookw (q.v.), otda. 

¥* éni-otacis, -ews, 7 (<< ep:ornm), [in LXX: m1 Mac 6%*;] 1. a 

stopping, halting (as of soldiers): 6xAov, collecting a crowd (vy. Rack- 
ham, Acts, l.c.): Ac 2412 (WH, Rec. érucvoracis). 2. superintendence, 
attention (but v. Thayer, s.v.; Field, Notes, 185f.): m Co 1178 (WH, 
Rec. ut supr.).t 

émotdrns, -ov, 6 (<< édiornpr), [in LXX: rv Ki 25! Je 36 (29)%6 
5225 (7B), mu Ch 31 (M33), 1 Mac 5%, ete.;] a chief, commander, 
master: Lk 5° 824) 45 983,49 1713 (cf, Dalman, Words, 336 ff.).t 


ém-oré\Xw, [in LXX: mt Ki 58), Ne 6!% (mdw7), Jth 154, 1 Mac 
10% 127 1318 (in each case with v.l. droo-)*;] 1. to send to. 2. to 
send a message by letter, to write word (MM, Eap., xiv): c. dat. pers., 
Ac 2125, He 1322; seq. rod, c. inf., Ac 157°.+ 

émisthpwr, -ov, gen., -ovos (éricrayat), [in LXX: De 1) 46, 
Is 5?! (7a ni.), 1 Hs 844, Si 10° 211, gte.;] knowing, skilled: Ja 31¥.+ 


ém-ornpitw, [in LXX for yao, etc.;] to make stronger, confirm : 
c. acc., Ac 1422 1582) 41.+ 
émi-atoAy, -7s, 9 (<CémuoreAAw), [in LXX for MBN, etc.; freq. 


in Mac;] 1. a message. 2. a letter, an epistle: Ac 97,1 Co 5%, al.; 
pl., Ac 22°, 1 Co 16%, al.; &. cvararixai, 1 Co 3! (cf. Milligan, NTD, 
954 f.). (On the NT émorodai, cf. Milligan, Th., 121 ff.; NTD, 
85 ff.; Deiss., BS, 3 ff.; St. Paul, 8 ff.) 
* ém-oropilw (<< ordua), to bridle ; metaph., to stop the mouth, to 
silence: Tit 14.+ 
ém-otpépw, [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for aw, in its various 
senses, also for 438, etc.;] 1. trans., to turn about, rownd or towards, 
hence metaph., to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.): Lk 
11617 (cf. Ma 34), Ja 5!%29, 2. Intrans., (a) to turn, turn oneself 
around: Ac 1618; c. inf., Re 11; seq. zpos, Ac 9*°; so also pass. (cl.), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 175 


Mk 5°° 833, Jo 2129; metaph., of turning to God (v. Field, Notes, 
246 ff.), ext r. Kipiov (Gedv), Ac 935 1171 141° 1519 2629; apds 7. Gedy, 
1 Th 1°, 1 Co 3! ; ad oxdrous eis pds, Ac 2618; pass., 1 Pe 25; (b) to 
return (as in MGr.): Lk 8°, Ac 1586; seq. ériow, c. inf, Mt 2418; 
seq. «is, Mt 1244, Mk 136, Lk 299 17°1; eri, m Pe 272; metaph., seq. 
ert, Ga 49; wpos, Lk 17*; of moral reform, Mt 1315, Mk 4%, Lk 2282, 
Ac 319 2827; pass., Mt 101° (Cremer, 531, 881).t 
ém-otpopy, -fs, 7 (emuctpepw), [in LXX: Hz 477 (ary), Si 1822 
49°, etc.;] a turning about; metaph., conversion (Field, Notes, 246): 
Ac 153.+ 
* ém-ouv-dyw, [in LXX for FON, pap, ete. (Cremer, 65);] 1. to 
gather together: Mt 2337 24°!, Mk 137, Lk 1334; pass., Mk 1%8, Lk 12! 
1737, (cf. Ps 101 (102)?8 105 (106)47, 11 Mac 1?’ al.). 2. to gather together 
against (Mi 4", Za 128, 1 Mac 3°, al.).t 
¥*+ éni-cuv-aywyy, -7S, 7 (<(émuwadyw), [in LXX: mu Mac 27*;) a 
gathering together, assembly : He 10”; seq. éxi, 1 Th 2! (cf. u Mace, |.c.).t 
*+ ému-cuv-tpéxw, to run together again: Mk 97° (v. Swete, in 1.).+ 
tém-otetaots, -ews, 7 (<émuvviornu), [in LXX: Nu 16*° (My) 


26° (mya hi.), 1 Es 57*A*;] a gathering, a riotous throng: Rec. (for 
ériotacts, q.V.); Ac 24!2, 11 Co 1128. + 
** émoadns, -<s (<Copaddw, to cause to fall), [in LXX: Wi 94 
(cf. -Gs, ib. 4*)*;] 1. prone to fall (Plat.). 2. dangerous (Hipp., Plut., 
al.): Ac 279.+ 
** éx-icxdw, [in LXX: Si 291, 1 Mac 6°*;] 1. to make stronger (Si, 
l.c.). 2. to grow stronger ; metaph., be more urgent: Lk 235.+ 
**+ ém-cwpedo, [in Sm. : Jb 141’, Ca 24*;] to heap together ; metaph., 
didackdAovs, 1 Ti 4°.+ 
t ém-tayn, -fs, 7 (<< émerdoow), [in LXX: Da LXX 31° (a3nB), 1 Es 


118 Wi 1416 1816 19°, mr Mac 77°*;] = cl., émiraypa, a command, Ro 
1626, 1 Co 7% 25, 1 Co 88, 1 Ti 1, Tit 1% (for use in Inser. of divine 
commands, v. MM, Ezp., xiv); pera mdons é., with all authority: 
Tit 215,+ 

ém-tdcow, [in LXX for AN, MIX, etc.;] to command, charge: 
c. acc. rel, Lk 1477; c. dat. pers., Mk 127 925, Lk 496 825; id. c. ace. 
rei, Phm ®; id. c. inf., Mk 68°, Lk 8%!, Ac 237; id. c. imperat., Mk 925; 
c. ace. et inf., Mk 627.+ 

SYN.: xedevu. 

ém-tedéw, -d, [in LXX for md>D, ny, etc.;] to complete, 
accomplish, execute: c. acc. rel, Ro 158, 1 Co 7! 8% 11, Phl 16, He 85; 
of religious services (cf. Hdt., ii, 37, al.), He 9°; art. inf., 1 Co 81}, 
Mid., (a) to complete for oneself, make an end (R, mg.; pass., R, txt; 
cf. Meyer, in 1.): Ga 38; (6) to pay in full, pay the tax, be subject to: 
c. ace. (cf. Xen., Mem., iv, 8, 8), 1 Pe 5° (pass., RV, etc. ; cf. Thayer, s.v. ; 
ICG, in 1).t 

émutydetos, -a, -ov, [in LXX: 1 Ch 287, Wi 4°, 1 Mac 4%, al.;] 1. 
suitable, convenient. 2. useful, necessary: 7a é., necessaries, Ja 216,+ 


176 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


ém-riOyur, [in LXX for Jn3, ow, etc. ;] 1. to lay, set or place 
upon: C. acc. rei, seq. ézi, c. acc. rei, Mt 234, Lk 155, Jo 96 (WH, txt.), 15, 
Ac 151° 283; ézi, c. gen. rel, Mt 277°; év, ib.; c. dat. pers., cravpov, Lk 
237°; otépavov, Jo 197; dvoua, Mk 3'%17; arnyas, Lk 1039, Ac 168; 
emi, c. acc. pers., Re 2g18 : of the laying on of hands, 7. xefpa (-as), seq. 
éri, c. acc. pers., Mt 918, Mk 1648), Ac 817 97; «. dat. pers., Mt 1913: 1, 
ME 54916? F21875 uk 44013) Ac 65 19 gl 133 198 285 a O22, Mid., 
(a) to provide : Ac 281 (RV, put on board ; cf. Field, Notes, 149) ; (0) 
to throw oneself wpon, attack: c. dat. pers., Ac 18”, 9. to add to: 
Re 228 (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in 1.).t 
ém-tipdw, -@, [in LXX for “wa, Ge 37}, Ps 95, Za 33); Si 11’, 
al.;] 1. to honour. 2. to raise in price. 3. to mete out due measure ; 
(a) to award; (b) to censure, rebuke, admonish: absol., 1 Ti 4°; c. 
dat., Mt 826 1718 1913, Mk 439 882 1013, Lk 43%, 41 924 21, 42, 55 173 115 
1939, Ju®; seq. iva, Mt 1216 1629 2031, Mk 312 839 1048, Lk 1899; seq. 
Aeyur, A€yer, etc., Mt 1672, Mk 125 83% 925, Lk 435 9340 + 
SYN.: éd€yxw, q.v. 
émitipia, -as, 7 (<< érityzaw), [in LXX: Wi 31°*;] 1. citizenship, 
franchise. 2. As in Inser. (LS, s.v.), LXX, le. (= cl. 76 émiripuov), 
punishment, penalty : 1 Co 2%.t 
ém-tpérw, [in LXX (usually with v.l. éruerp-) : Ge 39° (ary), ete. ;] 
1. to turn to, commit, entrust. 2. to yield, permit: 1 Co 16’, He 6°; 
¢. dat. pers., Mk 5%, Jo 19%*; id. c. inf. (ef. M, Pr., 205), Mt 8?" 198 
Lk 832 999, sl Ac 212% 40°97%: 7 Ti 32. ¢. inf., Mk 104... Pass:,e;dat..eb 
inf., Ac 26! 2816, 1 Co 1434.+ 
* émutpoetio (<Céritporos, a procurator), to govern: Lk 3) (WH, 
mg., for 7 ryepovevorros, an obvious correction for precision).t 
oar -tTpomm, -7s, 7) (<< ack [in LXX: 11 Mac 13!**;] power to 
decide, authority : Ac 261 
** émitpomos, -ov, 0 (<< pee: in XX > 1 Mae ti? 132 142%) 4. 
an administrator, a steward: Mt 208, Lk 8°. 2. a guardian (c. gen. 
pers., 1 Mae, ll. c.): Ga 4?.+ 
ém-ruyxdvw, (in LXX: Ge 392 (nbx hi.), Pr 1227 (qr) *;] 1. to 


light wpon. 2. to obtain, attain to: Ja 4*, c. gen. rei (as in cl.), He 
615 1133; ¢. acc. (late Gk.), Ro 117 (Ree. sourov).t 

ém-paivw, [in LXX for "aN hi. etce.;] 1. to show forth. 2. 
(= pass. in cl.) to appear: Ac 27°; c. dat. pers., Lk 179; metaph., 
Tit 34; c. dat., ib. 21! (Cremer, 567).+ 

émupdvera, -as, 7 (<< émcpavys), [in LXX: um Ki 78 (N'}13), Ks 5}, 
Am 5*?, 11 Mac 2?! 324 54 1222 1415 1527, 11 Mac 2° 5% 51*;] (in late Gk. 
and Inser., freq. of deities, v. MM, Hap., xiv), a manifestation, appear- 
ances 1 Th 28,4176", ar Tit 455 Tig 28 (ef Mr Ph 14S ft 

emiparrjs, -€s (<< érupaivw), [in LXX (v. Thayer, s.v.) for N'913, etc., 
Jg 18°, Jl 2131, al.; m Mac 673, m1 Mac 5*, al.;] renowned, 
illustrious, notable: Ac 27° (XX) (cf. MM, Hap., xiv).t 

t ém-patoxw (variant form of émpdcxw, q.v.), [in LXX: Jb 25° 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 177 


(San hi.) 3126 41900) (655 hi.) *;] to shine forth: fig., c. dat., Eph 5! 
(on v.1. -avoe, v. ICC, Westc., AR, in 1.).t 
ém-pépo, [in LXX chiefly for mbzy;] 1. to bring upon or against : 
kpiow, Ju® 2. to impose, inflict: Ro 3°.t 
** ém-pwvéw, -@, [in LXX: 1 Hs 947 AR, m Mac 123, m1 Mac 718 *;] 
to call out, shout: c. acc. rei, Ac 214; c. dat. pers., ib. 227%; seq. 
Aéyovres, Lk 2371; orat. rect., Ac 127%.¢ 
ém-doxw, [in LXX for 55m hi., Jb 4199 A (BN, émdavox-) *;3] 
1. tolet shine. 2. to dawn (cf. MM, Eap., xiv): Lk 2354; seq. eis, Mt 281.+ 
émyetpéw, - (<<xeip), [in LXX for awm, Es 9%; boa, 1 Ch 
20", al.;] 1. to put one’s hand to. 2. to take in hand, attempt: 
e.inf£; Lk 11, Ac 929 1913 + 
ém-xéw, [in LXX chiefly for px, Ge 281%, al.;] to powr upon: 
Lk 10*4,+ 
** ém-xopnyéw, -, [in LXX: Si 2577, m Mac 4° A*;] to supply, 
provide: c. acc. rei, 11 Pe 15; id. c. dat. pers., 11 Co 91°, Ga 35; pass., 
Col 219, 11 Pe 11! (cf. yopnyéw, and v. MM, Hap., xiv).t 
*t em-xopnyia, -as, 7 (<< émixopnyew), a supply: Eph 416, Phil 1)%.+ 
** ém-xpiw, (in Sm.: Ez 131° 22°5*;] to spread on, anoint: ec. ace., 
Jo 911; id. seq. emi, c. acc., Jo 96 (cf. MM, Eap., xiv).t 
* én-orxodopéw, -6, in NT, always metaph., of the spiritual life 
regarded as a building (Cremer, 449); 1. to build upon: 1 Co 311214; 
pass., Eph 2°. 2. to build wp: Col 27,1 Pe 25 (T, oixod- WH, Rec.), 
Ju 20+ 
ér-ovopdtw, [in LXX chiefly for N3P;] to name, call by a name, 
surname : pass., Ro 217.+ 
** én-omredw, [in Sm.: Ps 9% (1014) 32 (33)!%*;] to watch (in Hom., 
as an overseer; cf. Ps, ll. c.), look wpon: 1 Pe 2” 3?.+ 
** érémtys, -ov, 6, [in LXX (of God): Es 51, m Mac 339 735, 
mit Mac 271*;] 1. an overseer (LXX, ll. c.). 2. a spectator: 1 Pe 
1'6 (of é. as applied to God, v. parallels in Inser., MM, Exp., xiv; of 
the use of this term in the mysteries, v. Mayor on 1 Pe, l.c.; Thayer, 
8.v.).t 
) €1ros, -€0s (-ovs), ro, [in LXX: Za 73, Si 445*;] a word: ds 2 
eizreiv (cl.), so to speak: He 7°.+ 
SYN.: Adyos, reasoned speech ; pjhua, mere articulated utterance ; 
é., the articulated expression of a thought. 
éroupdnos, -ov (< otpavds), [in LXX: Ps 67 (68)!* ("7wW), Da TH 
4°3 A (w7007), 11 Mac 3°°, 111 Mac 678 76, rv Mac 41! AR, 113 x*;} in 
or of heaven, heavenly (in Hom., of the Gods): of é, opp. to éméyevo 
and xaraxOdvor, Phl 21°; to yoixds, 1 Co 154% 49; cadpara (vy. Lift., Col., 
376), 1 Co 154°; Bacrcia, u Ti 418; rarpis, He 111%; ‘IepovoaArju, He 
12%; «Ajous (cf. Lft. on Phl 314), He 31'; ra ¢., He 85 923; opp. to 
éexiyeos, Jo 31%; id., of the heavenly regions, Eph 1% 20 96 310 g12. 
7 Swped 7H é., He 64 (Cremer, 468).+ 
12 


178 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


éntd, ot, ai, rd, indecl., seven: Mt 124 18%? (cf. €Bdounxovrdxts), 
Mk 85, al.; of €., Ac 218. 

émtdkis, adv., seven times: Mt 182!) 22, Lk 174.+ 

émtakioxidto, -at, -a, seven thousand: Ro 114.t 


éxtathaciwy, -ov, gen., -ovos, [in LXX for onyaw, Ps 78 (79), 


al.;] sevenfold: Lk 18° (WH, mg., for zodAarA- WH, txt., RV; 
v. WH, Notes, 62).+ 
'Epaotos, -ov, 6, Hrastus ; 1. a companion of St. Paul, Ac 1972, 
and prob. 1 Ti 47°, 2. The treasurer of Corinth, Ro 167%.+ 
épauvdw, -2, late form of épevvaw (Rec., ll. c.; ef. Bl., §6, 1; M, 
Pr., 46), [in LXX, épevv- (exc. 1 Ch 19% A), for wn pi., pn, ete. ;] 
to search, examine: Jo 752; c. acc. rei, Jo 53%, Ro 827, 1 Co 2)9 Re 
223; seq. orat. obliq., 1 Pe 111.+ 
SYN.: v.s. éferalo. 
épydfopar (<épyov), [in LXX for tay, 5yp, mivy, etc.;] 1. 
intrans., (a) to work, labour: Mt 21%, Lk ies Jo 5! a 
Ae 8?) 1/Co, 9° ae Phe se a vepaty, 1 Co 412-7 Th 411; yoxrtds x. 
nuepas, I Th 2°, 1 Th 3°; of working for pay, Mt 2178; for reward, Ro 
44,5; (b) to work at a trade or business, to trade: seq. ev (Dem.), Mt 
2516, 2. Trans., (a) to work, work out, do, produce, perform : c. acc., 
i Co 7!°, Col 323, m Th 311, Ja AM i Jo % seq. eis, III Jo; épyov, Ac 
1341 (EXX); id. seq. eis, Mt 2619; ev, Mk 14°; epya, Jo 371; ra €. 7. Oeod, 
Jo 678 94; ro é. Kupiov, TrCo 167037. jdyabor, Ro 2)°, Eph 478 (v. AR, Eph., 
190); id. seq. mpds, Ga 61°; xaxév, seq. dat. pers. (more ‘freq. dupl. 
acc. in cl.), Ro 1319; dixaroovyny, Ac 10%, He 113%; dvouiay, Mt 773; 
dpaptiav, Ja 2°; onueiov, Jo 6%"; 7. iepa, 1 Co 918; 7. OdAaocav (work 
the sea, i.e. make one’s living from it), Re 18!"; (b) to work for, earn 
by working (cl.): Jo 67 (cf. xar-, wept-, tpoo-epyélopar; Cremer, 258; 
on the force of the aorist of this verb, v. M, Pr., 116).t 
épyacia, -as, 7 (<épyov), [in LXX for mpNda, may, ete.;] 
1. work, business: Ac 161619 192425; Sos é (Lat. da operam), Lk 
ee te working, performance: Eph 41°.+ 
pyatns, -ov, 6 (<Cepydfoua, q.v.), [in LXX: Wi 1717, Si 19} 
Nee I Kine Se L prop., a field labowrer, husbandman : Mt 937,38 
QI 25 8 , Lk 10?, Ja 54 (ef. Wi, le.). 2. Generally, a workman, labourer : 
Mt 102°, Lk 107, Ac 197° (opp. to rexvirys), 1 Ti 518; of Christian 
teachers, 11 Co 11}, Phl 32, mn Ti 2)5 3. a@ worker, doer: rt. dduxias, 
Lk 13?" (cf. 1 Mae, 1.c.).+ 
€pyov, -ov, 76 (originally Fépyov, work), [very freq. in LXX, 
chiefly for myyD , mandy , also for M7Ayx, byb, etc.;] 1. work, task, 


employment: Mk 1334, Jo 44 174, Ac 132, Phi 172 289 i Th 535, al.; of 
an enterprise or undertaking (De 15!°, Wi 21%), Ac 538. 2. a deed, 
action: Tit 116, Ja 125; disting. from Adyos, Lk 241°, Ro 1518, 1 Th 217, 
I Jo 318; ev Adyous x. €., Ac 772; of acts of God, Jo 98, Ac 1341 @X*X), He 
410, Re 15%; of Christ, Mt 112; esp. in Jo, e.g. 57% 36 73 1038 1411.12 
15*4; in ethical sense, of human actions (AR, Eph., 190), bad or good, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT’ 179 


Mt 23%, Lk 1148, Jo 32% 21, Ja, 214% 313 Re 25 38; 76 Z., collectively, 
Ga 64, Ja 14, 1 Pe 11’, Re 22"; +o €. 7. vopov, Ro 215; &. dyabov, Ro 27, 
Col 1, 1 Th 2)7, Tit 11, al.; «adov, Mt 261°, Mk 14°; pl. (as freq. in 
Ghia nar) "Tr bls 48 ie Ot: é ariorens, 1) Th 1%, 1 Th. 128s 7¢, 
movnpa, Col 171, 11 Jo!!; véxpa, He 6! 914; dxapra, Eph 5!!; €. aceBeias, 
Jul®; +, cxorous, Ro 1312, Eph 5!!; €. vouov, Ro 32% 28, Ga 216 32) 5,10, 
3. that which 1s wrought or made, a work: 1 Co 3116; 7, yepav, Ac 
71; of the works of God, He 1!°; yi x. ra év airy 2, Pe 319; 16 2 
t. Geov, Ro 142°, 

épeOifw, [in LXX: Da LXX 111025 (m5Q hithp.), 1 Mac 154°, 
1m Mac 1417, etc.;] 1. to stir wp, provoke (as in cl.): Col 374. 2. In 
good sense (cf. épefiopds, excitement, in MGr.), to stir wp, stimulate : 
Co 97 

épeidw (chiefly in poets and late prose for épvyyavw), [in LXX 
for Jan (Pr 4* 5° 111%, al.), etc.;] to prop, fix firmly: act., as mid., 
€épetvaca, of a ship driving ashore (RV, struck), Ac 2741.+ 

épedyopat, [In LXX chiefly for INw, Ho 11!°, Am 38, al.; also 
for yas, Ps 18 (19)?, etc.;] 1. to spit or spue out. 2. Prop., of oxen 
(Hom.), to bellow, roar; whence, as in LXX, to speak aloud, utter : 
Mt 13%5@-XX)/ (For other examples of softened force of words in 
late Gk., cf. oxvAdw, tpwyw, xoptalw.) t 

Epeuvaw, -@. V.S. épavvdw. 

Epypia, -as, 7) (<Cépyyos), [in LXX : Is 607", Ez 354 (A9n, 737M), ib. 
35° (mMpQw), Wi 17)", Si 4717, Ba 4%3, 1v Mac 188*;] a solitude, wilder. 
mess: Mt 15°83, Mk 84, m1 Co 1126, He 11°8.+ 

épnpos (in older Gk. épiyos), -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 73795] 
solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted : (a) of persons, yuvy, Ga 427 (LXX) ; (b) 
of places, Mt 141%:15 2338 (WH, om.), Mk 1°° 682, Lk 44? 912, al.; as 
subst., 4 € (sc. xwpa; as in Hadt., ii, 32, al.), the desert, Mt 313, 
Mk 1* 4, Jo 314, al.; pl., ai é, desert places, Lk 18° 516 829, 

épypdw, -© (<epyywos), [in LXX for 39H hi., Opw ni., etc. ;] to 


desolate, lay waste: Mt 1275, Lk 111’, Re 1716 1816, 19,+ 
t éprjpwors, -ews, 7 (<< épyydw), [in LXX for naw, Le 263455, Pg 
72 (73)!9, Da 927 1131 12", al.; mann, Je 74 22°, al.;] a making 


desolate, laying waste: Lk 2179; BdeAvypa epnpwcews (Da, ll. c., 1 Mac 
154), Mt 2415@5X)) Mk 1314 (>) + 

épitw (<< épis), [in LXX for AM, etc.;] to wrangle, strive: Mt 
12!9 (LXX, xexpafera).t 

** 2oBia, (T, cl., -eta), -as, 7, [in Sm.: Ez 231!*;] (on the origin and 

history of the word, v. Hort, Ja., 81 ff; Ellic. on Ga 5°; Cremer, 
262), ambition, self-seeking, rivalry: Ja 31416; Kar’ épGiav, Phl 23; 
oi e€ €., Ro 28, Phi 11”; pl. (BI., § 32, 6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), 
11 Co 12?°, Ga 5?°,+ 

Ep.ov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX for way, Le 1347, Is 1'8, al.;] wool: He 


oe, he et 


180 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Epis, -Ldos, acc., épw (on the declension, v. Bl., § 8, 3; WH, App., 
157), 7, [in LXX: Ps 138 (139), Si 281! 405°*;) strife, wrangling, 
contention: Ro 129 1318, 1 Co 33, m Co 122, Ga 529, Ph] 115 1 Ti 64, 
Tit 3°; pl. (v.s. épi6ia), Ro 13'3, WH, mg., 1 Co 111, Ga, l.c., WH, mg.t 
¥*+ épidvov, -ov, Td (dim. of épudos, q.v.), [in LXX: To 213 *;] Mt 25%3, 

Lk 15° (épipov, WH, txt.).t 
€ptpos, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for ™];] a kid: Mt 2532, Lk 159, 


WH, txt.t 

‘Eppas, -a, acc., -av (Doric form of ‘Epuqs), Hermas, a Christian : 
Ro 1614,+ 

éppnveta, V.S. Epunvia. 

Eppyveutys, -ov, 6 (<< épunvevw), [in LXX for yp hr, Ge 4234 *7) 
an interpreter : 1 Co 1428 (WH, mg.).t 

éppyvedw, [in LXX: 1 Hs 47 (a25M), Es 103 Jb 4218*;] 1. to 


explain. 2. to interpret: Lk 2427 (WH, mg.), Jo 13% 43 97, He 72.+ 

éppnvia (T, cl., -eta), -as, 7 (<< Epuyvevw), [in LXX (-eéa), Si, prol. 14 
47)", Da LXX 5!*;] interpretation: 1 Co 12! 1426,+ 

“Eppijs, -ov, acc., “Epunv, 6, Hermes; (a) the Greek god (Lat. 
Mercurius): Ac 1412; (b) a Christian: Ro 1614.+ 

“Eppoyévns, -ovs, 6, Hermogenes, a Christian: 11 Ti 1)°,+ 

éptretdv, -00, 76 (< Eprm, to crawl), [in LXX chiefly for wan, prw 5] 
a creeping thing, reptile: Ac 10” 11°, Ro 178, Ja 37.+ 

épulpds, -a, -dv, [in LXX for ooN , Is 632; é€. @adaoca for )ID-O?, 
Ex 10), al.;] red: 7 &. @adacaa, the Red Sea, Ac 7*°, He 1129.+ 

Zpxopat, [in LXX very freq. for N12, also for 75a ni., MMN, etc., 
34 words in all;] 1. to come; (a) of persons, either as arriving or 
returning from elsewhere: Mt 8°, Mk 6%!, Lk 78, Jo 427, Ro 9%, al.; 
seq. aad, Mk 5%5 71, Jo 3?, al.; éx, Lk 51’, Jo 331, al.; eis, Mk 179, al.; 
dua seq. «is, Mk 71; ev (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. év), Ro 157°, 1 Co 421; 
éri, c. acc., Mk 6°38 1138, Jo 1933, al.; xard, c. acc., Lk 10°% Ac 16’; 
mapa, c. gen., Lk 849; c. acc., Mt 152°, Mk 914, al.; c. dat. comm., 
incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 215, Re 2516; with adverbs: zodev, 
Jo 38, al.; dvw6ev, Jo 3°!; dzurbev, Mk 527; dde, Mt 829; exet, Jo 18°; 
mov, He 11°; seq. éws, Lk 447; aypr, Ac 11°; with purpose expressed 
by inf., Mk 5!4, Lk 159, al.; by fut. ptep., Mt 2749; iva, Jo 12°; eis 
tovto, tva, Ac 971; da, c. acc., Jo 12°; before verbs of action, épyerar 
kai, AGE cai, etc.: Mk 218, Jo 6), al.; Epyou Kat ide, Jo 147 1154; eXOwy 
(redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 28 87, Mk 7%, Ac 16%, al.; 
similarly épyopevos, Lk 15°, al.; of coming into public view: esp. 
of the Messiah (6 épyopevos, Mt 11°, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 316, 
Jo 425; hence, of Jesus, Mt 111°, Lk 734, Jo 54%, al.; of the second 
coming, Mt 1078, Ac 1", 1 Co 4°, 1 Th 5?, al.; (0) of time: épyovra 
nuepae (pres. for fut.: Bl., § 56, 8), Lk 2329, He 8§(@XX); fut., Mt 915, 
Mk 27°, al.; epxerae dpa, ore, Jo 4° 2, al.; HAGev, eANAVOe H Spa, Jo 13! 
16%? 17!; 1 qépa t. Kupiov, 1 Th 52; xaipoi, Ac 31°; (c) of things and 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 181 


events: xaraxAvopyds, Lk 1727; Auds, Ac 711; 7% dpyyn, 1 Th 11°; 6 Avxvos, 
Mk 4?! (y. Swete, in 1.). Metaph., 7. dya@d, Ro 38; r. réXevov, 1 Co 
18%; 4 iors, Ga 32525; % évroAn, Ro 7%; with prepositions: ék r. 
Oriews, Re 714; eis 7. xetpov, Mk 5%; cis weipacmor, ib. 14%8, al. 2. 
to go: dricw, c. gen. (Heb. "INN 725), Mt 1624, Mk 894, Lk 923; oup, 


Jo 213; éddv, Lik 244, (Cf. dv-, ér-av-, am-, &-, eis, éx-euo-, map-eao-) 
avv-eo-, €&-, Si-ef-, é-, KaT-, Tap-, GvTi-Tap-, Tepl-, ™po-, Tpod-, Tvv- 
€pxop.an.) 

SYN.: wopevopa, xwpéw (v. Thayer, s.v. épxopar). 

épa, v.s. Aéyw, p. 496. 

épwrdw, -6, [in LXX chiefly for bxw;] 1. to ask, question (cl.): 
absol., Lk 193! 2268 Jo 8!; c. acc. pers., Jo 92! 161% 30 1871; seq. 
déeyov, Mt 164, Lk 233, Jo 11% 21 512 919 165; ¢, dupl. acc. (WM, § 32, 
4a), Mt 2174, Mk 41°, Lk 20%, Jo 1678 (M, Pr., 66,); c. acc. pers., seq. 
wept, Lk 945, Jo 181%, 2. In late Gk. (Milligan, NT'D, 51; not, as 
Cremer, 716, Thayer, s.v., a ‘‘Hebraism’’), = airéw (q.v.), to ask, 
request: ¢. acc. pers., Jo 1416; seq. imperat., Lk 141% 19, Phl 43; 
Aéeyov, Mt 1573, Jo 1271; seq. iva (M, Pr., 208), Mk 776, Lk 736 1627, 
Jo 447 1715 1931.38 7 Th 4! 1 Jo 5; drws, Lk 7? 115", Ac 2379; c. inf., 
Lk 5? 887, Jo 449 Ac 3% 104 2318 1 Th 5!2; c. acc. pers., seq. wept, 
Lk 438, Jo 17% 29, 1 Jo 56; iwép, 1 Th 242; 7a (WH, txt., om. 7a) apods 
eipnvnv, Lk 14°? (cf. di-, éx-epwrdw). 

SYN.: v.8. airéw. 

** tabs, -Hros, ) (<< evvypt, to clothe ; hence, éoys, Lk, ll. c., Elz.), 
[in LXX:1 Hs 87578 11 Mac 835 118*;] clothing, raiment: Lk 23" 
244 Ac 1099 19271, Ja, 223, 

¥* ZaOynors, -ews, 7, [in LXX: pl, m Mac 3%, mr Mac 1¢*;] 
clothing: pl., Ac 12%+ 

éo0iw, and (poét. and late prose) éoOw, [in LXX chiefly for 5x5] 
to eat; (a) absol.: Mt 14771, Mk 6%, Jo 4°!, al.; & 7. gayely (on 
this aor. form, v. M, Pr., 111), 1 Co 117!; dddvar payetv, c. dat. pers., 
Mk 543, al.; é€ xat wivew, Mt 6753!) Lk 10’, al.; of ordinary use of 
food and drink, 1 Co 94 11%; of partaking of food at table, Mk 2!°, 
Lk 529, al.; opp. to fasting, Mt 111°, Lk 5%, al.; of revelling, Mt 24+, 
Lk 124°; (0) c. acc. rei: Mt 6”, Mk 1°, Jo 6%!, Ro 14?, al. ; dprov (Heb. 
ond by), Mt 152, Mk 329, al.; rov éavrod a., 1 Th 3; a. seq. rapa, c. 


gen. pers., 1 Th 38; ra seq. id., Lk 10’; +. rdoxa, Mt 2617, Mk 141”, 
al; 7. xupaxov Setrvov, I Co 117°; 7. Ovaias, 1 Co 1018; seq. é« (= cl. 


part. gen.), Jo 676 5 51, 1 Co 1178; amd (cf. Heb. ja 55), Mt 1527, Mk 


78; metaph., to devour, consume: He 10°’, Ja 5°, Re 177° (ef. xar-, 
ovv-erbiw). 
*Eodet (Rec. EoAd, v. WH, Notes, 155), 6, Hsli, an ancestor of 
Jesus: Lk 325,+ 
** 2a-omtpov, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Wi 776, Si 12!'*;] a mirror: 1 Co 
1312, Ja 125.+ 
éonépa, -as, # (prop. fem. of éo7epos), [in LXX chiefly for 29y ;] 


182 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(a) (sc. dpa), evening: Lk 24°°, Ac 4% 201° 2878; (6) (sc. xwpa), the 
west.t 

éotrepivds, -7, -ov (= the more freq. éo7épios, -a, -ov), [in LXX for 
any, tv Ki 1615, Ps 140 (141), al.;] of the evening, evening: Lk 


1288 (WH, 4 mg. F ).t 
‘Eopop (‘Eopav, Lk, |.c.; Ree. "Eap-), 6 (Heb. Jim, Ge 467, Nu 


2671, 1 Ch 25, al.), [in LXX both forms, ut supr. (cf. ICC, on Mt, 
l.c.; WH, § 408) ;] Hsrom (AV), Hezron (RY), an ancestor of Jesus: 
Mt 18, Lk 3%3.+ 

‘Eopdv, Eop-, v.s. Eopop. 

éaxatos, -y, -ov, [In LXX chiefly for mans 74s 3] Jast, 
utmost, extreme ; (a) of place: of the lowest or least honoured place, 
Lk 14%; +, écyxaz7ov, c. gen. part., Ac 18 1347; (0) of time: Mt 
2012,14, Mk 12% 22, opp. to zparos, Mt 208, 1 Co 1545, Re 2!9 al.; ra é. 
kal tr. mpora, Mt 124°, Lk 1176, 11 Pe 2?°; of the Eternal, 6 rpdros kai 
6 é., Re 117 28 2213; in phrases relating to the Messianic age and the 
consummation of the Kingdom of God: én écydrov (-wv) Tr. jpepar, 
He 12, m1 Pe 33; 7. ypovwy, 1 Pe 179; €. dpa, 1 Jo 218; én’ é. xpovov, 
Jul8; é é. npepas, Ac 217, Ja 5°, u Ti 3!; neut., écxarov, as adv., Mk 
1222, 1 Co 158; (c) of rank: Mk 9%5, 1 Co 4°. 

* éaydtws, adv., extremely, utterly; é. éxew (= Lat. in extremis 

esse), only in late writers (cf. év éoxadros ets, FIJ, Ant., ix, 8, 6), to be 
at the point of death: Mk 6*3.+ 


éow, Ion. and old Att. form of eiow (<< eis), adv., [in LXX for MO3B, 
etc.;] 1. prop., after verbs of motion (to) within, into: Mt 26°8, Mk 
1454; ¢, gen., Mk 1516. 2. As freq. in cl. (= cl. edov), after verbs of 
rest, within: Jo 2076, Ac 58; of é. (opp. to of cw), I Co 517; 6 é. 
avOpwros, Ro 722, 1 Co 416, Eph 316.+ 
éow0ev (<Céow), adv., {in LXX for mai, 155 and cognate 
forms;] 1. from within: Mk 77) ?8, Lk 117. 2. within: Mt 7% 
2325) 27,28 17 Co 75, Re 48 51; 76 2, Lk 1149; id. c. gen., ib. *.t 
éodtepos, -a, -ov (compar. of éow), [in LXX chiefly for ‘M25 
and cognate forms;] inner: Ac 16*4; ro é., He 61%.+ 
éraipos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for yy and cognate forms, also 
Si 116 372%, al.;] a companion, comrade: Mt 1116 (WH, éréposs) ; 
voc., as term of address, my friend: Mt 201% 22! 26°°.t 
**+ étepd-yhwooos (Att. -rros), -ov, [in Aq.: Ps 113 (ii4)t sid! se] 
of alien speech, of another tongue (v. Cremer, 681): 1 Co 14” (aliter 
in LXX).+ 
*+t érepodiSackadéw, -, to teach other or different doctrine: 1 Ti 18 
63 (cf. CGT, in 1.; Milligan, NT'D, 102).t 
*+t érepo-Luyéw, -0, [in LXX cf. érepd{vyos, Le 191° (a°xd) *5] to be 
unequally yoked: metaph., c. dat. pers., 1 Co 6.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 183 


étepos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 34N;] distributive pron., 


prop. dual (Bl., §13, 5; 51, 6), denoting the second of a pair, but in 
late Gk. encroaching on dAdos (M, Pr., 79f.); 1. of number, other ; 
c. art., the other ; (a) of two, Lk 57 9°, al.; opp. to 6 mparos, Mt 219°; 
6 els, Mt 674, Lk 741, Ac 23%, al.; € wey... & dé, the one... the 
other: 1 Co 15*°; the next: Lk 6% 9° (se. quépa, Xen.), Ac 20) 273; 
= 6mAnaiov, one’s neighbour: Ro 2! 138, 1 Co 6}, al.; (6) of more 
than two, another: Mt 871 11°, Lk 66 22%, Jo 1937, Ro 89, al.; pl., Ac 
B13; of wey... dAAor de... . é. Oe, Mt 16%; rues .. . é. dé, Lk 11", 
2. Of kind or quality, other, another, different (Plat., Dem., al.): Mk 
1607), Lk 929, Ac 24, 1 Co 1471, 1 Co 114, Ga 1°, al. (cf. érepd-yAwocos, 
-d.dackaréw, -Luyéw). 

SYN.: adXos, q.v. (v. reff. ut supr., also Robertson, Gr., 748 ff.). 

étépws, adv., differently, otherwise: Phl 3!5.+ 

ér, adv., yet, as yet, still; 1. of time; (a) of the present 
(adhuc): Mk 5%, 1 Co 3° 15!’, Ga 11°, al.; (0) of the past, mostly c. 
ympi.: Mt 13%, Lk 8% 157° Jo 20!, Ac 9!) Ro 5% 8; m 'Th 25; He 7'° 
98, al.; (c) of the future: Lk 115, 1 Co 1/9; (d) with a neg.: Mt 5}, 
Lk 16? 2086, He 10?, Re 3! 20%, al. 2. Of degree, even, yet, still, 
further: c. compar., Phl 1°, He 715; of what remains, Mk 12°, Jo 45 
733, al.; of what is added, Mt 18!° 266, He 1132 1226.27; of con- 
tinuance apart from the idea of time, Ro 3° 6? 9!°, Ga 5!4; ér dé, Ac 
226 (LXX) He 1196; ere re kat, Lk 1426, Ac 2128, 

éroundtw (< €roipos), [in LXX chiefly for 75 hi. (Hatch, Essays, 
51 ff.) ;] to prepare, make ready ; (a) absol., of hospitable preparation : 
Mk 14%, Lk 952 1247 29% 12° oc. inf., Mt 2617; ta, Mk 1472; (6) c. ace. 
rei: Mt 224 2619, Mk 1416, Lik 1220 178 298 13 9356 241, Jo 1423, Phm 22, 
Re 97 16"; seq. cis, u Ti 274; of God’s ordaining coming events 
(Dalman, Words, 128); of blessing, Mt 207% 2534, Mk 104°, Lk 23}, 
1 Co 2°, He 111°, Re 12°; of judgment, Mt 2541; of preparation for the 
Messiah, +r. 606 xupiov, Mt 3°, Mk 18, Lk 176 34 (XX); (¢) c. ace. pers. : 
Lk 1”, Ac 237, Re 197, seq. iva, Re 8°; eis, 1 Ti 271, Re 9% 15 212.+ 

érowpagia, -as, 7 (< érousdlw, q.v.), [in LXX for id hi., 72, faa, 
and cognate forms, 1 Hs 2% 3%, Ps 9%§(10!7) 64(65)® 88 (89)}14, 
Na 23), Za 5, Hz 434, Da tH 11% 2021, Wi 131!2*;] 1. = érouorns, 
(a) readiness (Hipp.); (6) preparation (LXX; e.g. é. 7. xapdias, Ps 
988 (10!7)): Eph 61°, EV. 2. fowndation, firm footing (Ps 88 (89)}4) : 
Eph, l.c. (Hatch, Hssays, 55; Hap. Times, ix, 38; but v. also Abbott, 
Essays, 95).t 

éroipos, -ov, also (in cl. after Thuc.) -y (11 Co 9°, 1 Pe 1), -oy, [in 
LXX chiefly for 733 , Tid (cf. Hatch, Essays, 51 ff.) ;] prepared, ready ; 


(a) of things: Mt 2248, Mk 1415, m Co 9° 101, 1 Pe 1°; épyeobe dru 
non éropa eorw (Field, Notes, 67), Lk 1417; 6 xaipds, Jo 7°; (bd) of 
persons: Mt 2444 2519, Lk 124°, Ac 2371; seq. zpos, Tit 31,1 Pe 315; 
c. inf., Lk 2273; rod, c. inf. (WM, § 44, 4a; Robertson, Gr., 1068), 
Ac 2315; év é. éyw (MM, Ezp., xiv), c. inf., 11 Co 10°.+ 


184 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


éroiuws, adv., [in LXX: u Es 7!7*, Da LUXX tH 315*;] readily: 
I Pe 4°; €. éyw, to be ready (Deiss., BS, 252; MM, Ezp., xiv): c. inf., 
Ac 2138, 11 Co 1214,+ 

€ros, -ous, 7d, [in LXX for m3w;] a year: Lk 31, He 1, Re 203, 


al.; érn éxew, Jo 5° 857; evar, yiveoOa, érov, Mk 5*, Lk 242, Ac 4%, 
1 Ti 5°; dat. pl. of space of time, Jo 22°, Ac 132°; acc. in ans. to how 
long ? Mt 97°, Mk 5%, Lk 236, Ac 7°, He 3°, al.; preceded by a prep.: 
amd, Lk 843, Ro 1575; dia, c. gen. (v.s. dua), Ac 2417, Ga 21; éx, Ac 2419; 
eis, Lk 1219; éi, c. acc., Ac 1919; pera, c. acc., Ga 118 317; apo, c. gen., 
11 Co 12°; war’ éros, yearly, Lk 2". 

SYN.: évavrds, q.v.; ef. LS, s.v. évvavres. 

ed, adv. (prop. neuter of old Epic éis, good, noble), [in LXX, 
ylyvecOa, ed rovety (3t09);] well: ed yw., Eph 63 @XX); ef roreiv, c. dat. 
(cf. Si 121+), to do good, Mk 147 (where Nestle suggests cizoveiv, q.v.); 
ed tpucoey, to fare well, Ac 15°; in replies (= edye), good ! well dene ! 
Mt 257,23, Lk 191" (edye, WH, txt.).t 

Eda (WH, Eva, § 408; Rec. Eta; S (in 1 Ti), Eva), -as, 7 (Heb. 
mm, Ge 37°), Hve, wife of Adam: 1 Co 113, 1 Ti 2}8.+ 


edayyeditw, [in LXX for “wa pi., hith.; for good news in 
general: 1 Ki 319, al.; of God’s loving kindness, Ps 39 (40)!° 95 (96)?, 
and esp. of Messianic blessings, Is 40° 60°, al. ;] to bring or announce 
glad tidings; 1. act. (only in late writers): c. acc. pers., Re 107; seq. 
eri, c. acc. pers., Re 14°; pass., of things, to be proclaimea as glad 
tidings: Lk 1616, Ga 14, 1 Pe 125; impers., 1 Pe 4°; of persons, to 
have glad tidings proclaimed to one: Mt 11°, Lk 7, He 4%° 2. 
_ Depon. mid. (cl.), to proclaim glad tidings, in NT esp. of the Christian 
message of salvation: absol., Lk 9°, Ro 15”, al.; c. dat. pers., Lk 
418(LXX), Ro 115, al.; in same sense c. acc. pers. (not cl.), Lk 338, 
Ac 16/9, Ga 1°, 1 Pe 112; c. acc. rei, eipyyyy, Ac 10*6, Ro 1015 @X%); 
t. Bactrelav tr. Geot, Lk 81; c. dat. pers., Lk 119 443, Eph 217 38; atta 
t. Incotv, Ac 8% 1718; ¢. dupl. acc., Ac 1332; c. acc. pers. et inf., Ac’ 
1415; +. xwpas (rods), Ac 85 40 14?! (ef. rpo-evayyeA(Lopar). 

evayyéduov, -ov, 76, [in LXX for mwa , mwa , mu Ki 410 


1822, 25*;] 1. in el., (a) a reward for good tidings (Hom.; pl., LXX, 
i Ki 41°); (6) in pl., ed. Qvew, to make a thank-offering for good 
tidings (Xen., al.). 2. Later (Luc., Plut., al.), good tidings, good news ; 
in NT of the good tidings of the kingdom of God and of salvation 
through Christ, the gospel: Mk 11°, Ac 15’, Ro 11°, Ga 27,1 Th 24, 
al.; ¢. gen. obj., 7. BacwAelas, Mt 42°; 7. Xpuorod, Ro 151%, al.; +. xupiov 
juav Inood, 1 Th 18; +. viod 7. Geot, Ro 19; 7. d0€ys r. paxaptiov Geod, 
1 Ti 1; +. d0&)s 7. Xpucrod, 11 Co 44; of the author, +. Geod, Ro 1516, 
al.; of the teacher, 7uav, Ro 216, 1 Co 48,1 Th 1, 1 Ti 28; of the 
taught, 7. wepitopys, t. axpoBvotias, Ga 27; 7 adyGeva Tod ed., Ga 2°14, 
Col 15; % éAzis (iors) rod ev., Col 12%, Ph] 1?” (v. Cremer, 31 ff.; and 
on the later eccl. use of the word,, M, Th., 143 f.). 

*t edayyediorys, -ov, 6, an evangelist; (a) in NT, a preacher of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 185 


the gospel: Ac 218, Eph 4", m Ti 4°; (0) later, a writer of a gospel 
(eccl.).+ 
edapeotéu, -6, [in LXX chiefly for 35m hith., Ge 5% 24, Ps 25 (26)3 
55 (56)!8, al., Si 4416;] to be well-pleasing: r. 6ed (LXX, ll. c.), He 
1156, Pass., to be well pleased: c. dat., He 131*.t 
**t ed-dpeotos, -ov, [in LXX: Wi 4!° 91°*:) well-pleasing, ac- 
ceptable: Ro 127; c. dat. pers, Ro 12! 1418, m Co 59, Eph 5?°, 
Phl 418; id. seq. év, Tit 2° (kupiw), Col 32°; evamov, He 137! (for ex. in 
Inser., v. Deiss., BS, 215).+ 
* ed-apéotws, adv., acceptably : 7. ded, He 1278.+ 
EdBoundos, -ov, 6., Hubulus, a Christian: m Ti 47.+ 
ed-ye, ady., in replies, well ! good ! well done!: Lk 1917 (WH for 
Ree. ed, q.v.).t 
edyerys, -és (<< ev, yevos), [in LXX: Jb 18 (5473), 11 Mac 10° R, 


Iv Mac 65 91%: 23,27 103;15*°] 1. well born, of noble race: Lk 19}#, 1 Co 
126, 2. noble-minded : compar., -éorepos, Ac 1711.+ 
¥* ed8ia, -as, 7, [in LXX: Si 3!°*;] (<< evduos, calm), fair weather : 
Mt 16? (Rec., R, txt.).t 
t eb-Soxéw, -@ (on the derivation, v. Bl., § 28, 6), [in LXX chiefly 
for Mx", also for MAN, yen, etc.;] 1. c. inf. (Polyb., al.), to be well 
pleased, to think tt good, to give consent (so freq. in z. in legal docu- 
ments; Milligan, Th., 22f.) : Lk 1232, Ro 15% 27, 1 Co 121, Ga 115, Col 19, 
R, mg. (ICC, in 1., but v. infr.), 1 Th 28 31; paddAov ed., 1 Co 58; c. ace. 
et inf. (Polyb., i, 8, 4), Col, le, R, txt. (Lift., in 1.). 2. to be well 
pleased or take pleaswre with or in a person or thing; (a) ce. dat. 
(Polyb., al.; 1 Mac 14%, 1 Es 4°): 1 Th 2!?; (0) as freq. in LXX, (a) 
c. ace.: Mt 1218, He 10% § @XX); (@) seq. év (cf. Heb. A AY, Ps 1494): 


Mt 3!7 175, Mk 1", Lk 3” (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 184 f.; DCG, i, 
308»), 1 Co 10°, 1 Co 12!°, He 10°8(LXX); (c) seq. cis: m Pel”. (Cf. 
ovv-evooxéw, and vy. Cremer, 213 f.; Field, Notes, 48 f.; DCG, i, 3554.) t 

t ed8oxia, -as, 7 (<cidoxéw, q.v.), [in LXX: Ps 5¥, al. (jt), freq. 


in Si; in Inser. (I.G., 5960), LXX, and NT = edddxyous (Diod.);] good 
pleasure, good-will, satisfaction, approval: Mt 117°, Lk 10?!, Ro 10}, 
Eph 159, Phi 1° 218; c. gen. obj., 1 Th 1" (vy. Milligan, in 1.); & 
avOpdros eddoxia, Rec., R, mg., WH, mg. (v. Field, Notes, 48 f.), Lk 
24; -as, Lk, l.c., R, txt., WH, txt. (v. ICC, inl.; WH, App., in 1.).+ 
edepyeoia, -as, 9 (< edepyérys), [in LXX: Ps 77 (78)" (nbydy), Wi 


16124, ir Mac 61 926, rv Mac 8'7*;] a good deed, kindness, benefit : 
I Ti 62; c. gen. pers. (ev. roAews, Plat., leg., 805>), Ac 4°.+ 

evepyetéw, -& (<ecvepyérys), [in LXX: Ps 12 (13)6 (503), Wi 35, 
al.;] to do good, bestow benefit : Ac 10°8,+ 

** edepyérns, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Hs 8!8, Wi 1914, 11 Mac 4°, mt Mac 

319 674*;] a benefactor: Lk 22% (for contemp. usage, v. Deiss., 
LAE, 248).+ 

eU-Oetos, -ov (<CriOyu), [in LXX: Ps 31 (32) (Nxd), Da tH 


186 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Sul>*;) ready for use, fit: of things, c. dat., He 67; seq. eis, Lk 
1435; of persons, c. dat., Lk 9° (for rabbinic parallels, v. Dalman, 
Words, 119 f.).t 

ed0éws, adv. (<< evOus), [in LXX: Jb 5° (oNmB), Wi 5”, 1 Mac 


11, al.;] straightway, at once, directly: Ga 116, Ja 14, 11 Jo! (cf. 
Dalman, Words, 28f.), Re 4, and freq. in Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk, 
evs, q.v.). 
*+ edOudpopéw, -@, of ships, to run a straight course (Philo): Ac 
Nd ae 
** edOupéw, -@ (<< evOvuos), [in Sm.: Ps 31 (32), Pr 15%*;) 1. 
trans., to make cheerful (AXsch.). 2. Intrans. (Kur., Plut.; so mid. 
in Xen., Plat.), to be of good cheer: Ac 277% 25, Ja 513.+ 
** e§-Qupyos, -ov, [in LXX: m Mac 1126*;] 1. kind (Hom.). 2. of 
good cheer (Adsch., al.): Ac 2736.+ 
* ed0dpws, adv., cheerfully: Ac 2419.+ 
edOdvw (<< edOvs), [in LXX: Nu 2273, Jo 247% (m3 hi.), Jg 14’, 
T Ki 1870, 265s), Pr 2074, Si) 22 pall dito: daneetis daa. me eo 
make straight: Jo 1° (UXX, érounacare).t 
e0Qus, -eta, -v, [in LXX chiefly for wr;] 1. straight, direct: 


tpiBor, Mt 33, Mk 1°, Lk 34 @XX); eis eiGedas, (se. dd0vs), Lk 3°; ev. 68ds, 
fig., Ac 13!°, m Pe 2; as pr. name of a street, Ac 941. 2. In moral 
sense, straightforward, right: xapdia, Ac 87} (ef. Ps 71! 31 (32), al.).t 

edOus, adv., [in LXX (more freq. than e6éws) chiefly for 
W1;] = cibéws, straightway, directly: Mt 3'6 13°72) 1427 2123 2674, 
Lk 649, Jo 133% 32 1934, Ac 1016 and 42 (41) times in Mk.t 

edOdtns, -nTos, 7 (<CevOvs), [in LXX chiefly for 1y, wn 
and cognate forms;] wprighiness: He 18(@X%),t 

*t edxaipéw, -@ (= cl., ed cyodAns exew; used by Polyb. and Philo; 

ef. Rutuerford, NPhr., 205; MM, Ezp., xiv), to have leisure or 
opportunity: 1 Co 16"; ¢. inf., Mk 631; seq. eis, to devote one’s 
leisure to, Ac 1721.+ 

edxatpia, -as, 7 (<< «vxarpos), {in LXX: Ps 99 (vy. Soph., Lez., 
s.v.) 972 (10) 144 (145)!* (my), Si 3874, 1 Mac 1142*;] fitting time, 
opportunity : seq. va, Mt 26'°; rod, c. inf., Lk 226+ 

eU-katpos, -ov, [in LXX: Ps 103 (104)?7 (my), 1 Mac 1479 152% 21 


mt Mac 4! 544*;] timely, seasonable, suitable (Cremer, 740): 7uépa, 
Mk 62! (or empty, as in Byz. and MGr.; v. MM, Ezap., xiv); Bone, 
He 416.+ 

** edxaipws, adv., [in LXX: Si 18?*;] seasonably, in season: Mk 
141; opp. to dx- (Kihner ®, iv, 346d), 1 Ti 42.+ 

**+ ed-kotros, -ov, [in LXX: Si 22), 1 Mac 318*;] with easy labour, 
easy: compar., -drepdv éor, c. inf., Mt 95, Mk 2°, Lk 55; c. acc. et 
inf., Mt 19°4, Mk 1075, Lk 1617 1875 (Polyb.; the adv. -ws occurs in 
Aristoph., F’r., 615).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT’ 187 


edhd Bea, -as, 7) (<< evAaBys), [in LXX: Jo 22%* (myx), Pr 2814, 
Wi 178*;] 1. caution, discretion (Soph., Plat., al.). 2. In later Gk. 
(Diod., Plut., al.), also reverence, godly fear: He 57 12°8,+ 

SYW.: deArla (q.v.), poBos (cf. Cremer, 387 f., 759; DB, ii, 222). 

edaBéopar, -odpar, [in LXX: Pr 2478 (30°), Na 1” (mon), al., for 
15 different Heb. words in all; also Si 729 413, al.;] 1. to be cautious, 
to beware: Ac 2319 (Rec.; poBnbeis, WH, RV). 2. to reverence: He 
11? (cf. Cremer, 388).+ 

edhaBns, -és (<< ed, AaPeiv), [in LXX: Mi 7? AB? (TOM); ed. roveiy, 
Le 153! ("33 hi.), Si 117 N?*;] 1. cautious, circumspect. 2. devout, 
religious, reverent: Ac 25 8? 2212; dixavos kai ed., Lk 2?°.+ 

eddoyéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for 772 pi.;] 1. to speak well of, 
praise (cl.; LXX De 81, al.): 7. Oeov, Lk 16* 228 2451153 (aivotvtes, 
T, WH, mg.), Ja 3%; absol., to give praise, Mt 141° 266 (v. Swete on 
Mk 14”), Mk 64! 1422 (vy. Swete, in 1.), Lk 2499.1 Co 1416, 2. As in 
LXX (= J72 pi.); (a) to bless, invoke blessings on (Ge 24°, Nu 23”, 
al.): absol., 1 Co 412, 1 Pe 39; c. acc. pers., Lk 234 678 245% 51, Ro 1214, 
He 7157, 112% 21; eiAoynpuevos (= jig; v. Lft., Notes, 310; DCG, i, 


189), blessed, Mt 219 2389 @XX), Mk 11% 10, Tk 1335 1988(LXX), Jo 1238; 
c. acc. rei, Mk 87, Lk 916, 1 Co 1016; (b) with God as subject (Ps 44°, 
al.), to bless, prosper, bestow blessings on: c. acc. pers., Ac 3°, Ga 
3°, Eph 1° (Lft., Notes, 311), He 614; edAoynpeévos, Lk 125 (WH, txt., 
R, txt., omit) ib.4?; eiAoynpuevor tr. warpds (cf. Is 61%), Mt 25°4; pass., 
Ac 3? (ef. év-, xat-evAoyéw).t 
SYN.: V.S. aivéw, and cf. DCG, i, 189, 211; Cremer, 766. 
t eddoynTds, -dv (<= evAoyéw), fin LXX chiefly for p73 ;] blessed ; 
(a) of men (Ge 12? A, De 714, Jg 17? B, Ru 27°, 1 Ki 151%); (6) of God 
(Lift., Notes, 310f.), as chiefly in LXX (Ge 976, Ex 171°, Ps 17 (18)*°, 
mes le 10 Rove") 0° (700, in \1.), te Co 4? 11% Eph 1%, 1 Pe. 1°; 
absol., 6 edAoyntds (Dalman, Words, 200; JThS, v, 453), Mk 14° 
(Cremer, 769).t 
eddoyia, -as, 7 [in LXX chiefly for 4993;] 1. fair speaking, 
flattering speech: xpyorodoyias xai ci., Ro 168, 2. praise: of God (as 
in late Inscr.; LS, s.v.) and Christ, Re 512437, 3. In LXX and 
NT: blessing, benediction ; (a) the act of blessing: 1 Co 10'*, He 12”, 
Ja 31°; (6) concrete, a blessing: Ro 15°, 1 Co 95%, Ga 314, Eph 13, 
He 67, 1 Pe 3° (cf. De 1126, Si 722, al.).t 
*+t eb-perd-Botos, -ov (< cd, peradiduu), ready to impart: assoc. with 
xowvwvixds (for the distinction bet. the two, v. Field, Notes, 213; CGT, in 
es T4648. t 
Edvixyn (Rec. -veckn), -ns, Hunice, Timothy’s mother: 1 Ti 1°.+ 
et-vodw, -@ (<Cevvoos, friendly), [in LXX: Hs 8 Br, Da 
eo 243, m1 Mac 7*;] to be favourable, kindly disposed: c, dat., 
b 525,+ 


188 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


edvoia, -as, 7) (<< edvoos), [in LXX: Es 273, al.;] goodwill: Eph 
6" (of slaves; cf. MM, Hap., xiv).t 
*tedvouxitw (<< etvodxos), to make a eunuch of, castrate: pass., 
Mt 19"; metaph., ed. éavrdv, ib.t 
edvoixos, -ov, 6 (i.e. 6 tiv etvyy (bed) éxwv), [in LXX for OD 


(perhaps not of necessity an actual eunuch; DB, s.v.), Ge 39, al., 
Wi 314, Si 204 302°;] an emasculated man, a eunuch: Mt 19; one 
such holding, as was common, high office, as of chamberlain, at court, 
Ac 82% 34 36, 38, 39; metaph., of one naturally incapacitated for or volun- 
tarily abstaining from wedlock, Mt 19!.+ 
Edodia (Rec. -wdia), -as, 4, Huodia (not as AV, Huodias), a 
Christian woman: Phl 4?.+ 
e0-od6w, -@ (<< 600s), [in LXX chiefly for n>y hi.;] to help on 


one’s way (Soph., al.). Pass., to have a prosperous jowrney ; metaph. 
(Hadt., al.), to prosper, be prospered, be successful: ut Jo*, Ro 1", 
t Co 16? (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 54; ICC, in 1.).t 
*+ ed-mdp-edpos, -ov (<< cd, mdpedpos, sitting near; cf. Wi 94), con- 
stantly attendant or waiting on: tr. kvpiw, 1 Co 7° (Rec. ebapdc-).t 
** ed-meOns, és (< cd, weiMopar), [in LXX: 1v Mac 126 AR*;] ready 
to obey, compliant: Ja 317.+ 
* eb-mept-otatos, -ov (<ev, mepiiotnpu), of sins, readily besetting : 
He 12! (on form and sense of the word, v. Westc., in 1.).+ 
t ed-rov€w, &, = ed rovew, to do good (whence eirouia, q.v.): edroujoa, 
Mk 14’ B (also Is 41? B, al.; v. Nestle, in Exp. T., xxiii, 7).+ 
*t ed-motta (Rec. -tia), -as, 7; 1. beneficence, doing good: He 13%, 
2. a benefit (FJ, Ant., ii, 11, 2, al.).t 
eb-mopéw, -® (<Cevropos, well provided for), [in LXX: Le 257 49 
siz hi.), ib. *8 (v.1.), Wi 10!°*;] to prosper, be well off: Ac 1129.t 
ed-ropia, -as, i (<< evropos), [in LXX for 5.n, 1v Ki 2519 A (freq. 


in Aq.)*;] 1. facility. 2. plenty, wealth: Ac 1925,+ 
eb-mpémeta, -as, 7 (<etmperys, comely), [in LXX for Wm, etc. ;] 
goodly appearance, comeliness: Ja 1™.+ 
*t eb-mpdo-Sextos, -ov (<( ev, zpoodéxyouar), more usual than Séxzos, 
q.v., acceptable: Ro 15!® 31, 11 Co 6? 812, 1 Pe 25.+ 
*t eb-mpda-edpos, -ov, Rec. for edrdpedpos, q.v.: 1 Co 735.+ 
**t ed-mpoowtéw, -@ (<eirpdcwros, fair of face), [in Al.: Ps 140 
(141)°, v.l. for -{w*;] to look well, make a fair show: metaph. (as in 
w.; V. Deiss., LAH, 96), Ga 6%2.+ 
t Edp-axtdwv (Rec. evpoxAvdwr, q.v.), -wvos (<< Eipos, the East wind, 
and Lat. Aquilo; Vg., Huroaquilo), the Huraquilo, a N.E. wind (i.e. 
between Hurus and Aquilo): Ac 27!4.+ 
edpioxw, [in LXX chiefly for NxM, also for 3i3 hi., etc. ;] to find, 
with or without previous search: absol., opp. to fyréw, Mt 7%8, Lk 
1119s ec. ace., MG 25 Mik st, Ac 1322) i ial pases obx €v., of 
disappearance, He 11°, Re 167°, al.; yi x. 7a ev airy Epya ebpeOjoerau 
(for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, y. Mayor, ICC, in1.), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 189 


m Pe 31°, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, 
discover: Lk 1948, Ac 471; airfav, Jo 18%8, Ac 1378, al.; pass., Mt 138, 
Lk 1718, Ro 7°, 1 Co 42, Ga 217, 1 Pe 1’, Re 54, al.; of attaining to the 
knowledge of God, ei. Gedv, Ac 1777; pass., Ro 1020 (LXX), Mid., to find 
for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, Avtpwow, He 9}*; act. in 
same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10°° 1129, Lk 139, 
Ac 746, 11 Ti 138, al. (cf. dv-evpioxw). 

+t etpo- ehiber (G, eipuxdA-), -wvos, 6 (< Eipos (v.l. < eipis, broad), 
k\vdwv), Huroclydon (prob. a sailor’s corruption of EipaxvAwy, q.v.) : 
Ac 1714, Rec.t 

edpu-xwpos, -ov, (<< evpis, broad + xdpa), [in LXX for an ni., and 

cognate forms (Is 30%, al.), exe. 11 Ch 18° (793;] spacious, broad: 


Mt 713.+ 
ed-o€Bea, -as, 7 (<< edoeBys, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 1’, Is 33° (ANT), 


Pr 13" (aliter in Heb.), Is 112 (nym ny), 1 Es 12%, Wi 10%, Si 498, 


and very freq. in 1v Mac;] 1. piety, reverence (towards parents and 
others). 2. prety towards God, godliness: Ac 3”, EY 22.49.67) 9) 1 
m1 Pe 15:67; TO THs ev. pvaTnpLoy, 1 Ti 316; jKar ev. didacxaXria, I Ti 63: 
9 GAnGea Kat evd., Tit 11; popdwors eis thelan, ut Ti 3°; pl. (v. Bl., § 32, 
6; Mayor on Ja 21), mt Pe 38 (on the use of «d. and cognates in Past. 
Epp., v. CGT, on 1 Ti 2?; cf. also Cremer, 524).t+ 

** eb-ceBéw, -G (<< cioeBys, q.v.), [in LXX: Da LXX Su, rv Mac 
ees, 115% 39 187 * <1 to reverence, show piety towards ; c. acc. (else- 
where more freq. seq. eis, wept, mpds): otxov, I Ti 5*; Oedv, Ac 1778 
(Cremer, 525).+ 

edoeBys, -és (<< ed, o€Bomar), [in LXX: Pr 12”, Is 2416 267 (pty), 

Mi 7? (Tom), Is 32° (a3), and freq. in Si and tv Mac;] pious, godly, 


devout: Ac 107, m1 Pe 2°.t 
SYN.: OeoceByns, Opqoxos (v. Tr., Syn., § xlviii; DB, ii, 221 f.; 
Cremer, 524 f., 858). 
** edaeBas, adv., [in LXX: 1v Mac 77!*;] piously, religiously: 
mm Ti 3, Tit 22.+ 
eVonpos, -ov (<Ced + oqya, a sign), [in LXX for mp3, Ps 


80 (81)° (-ws, Da LXX 2%) *;] 1. conspicuous (cf. Ps, l.c.). 2. clear 
to the understanding, distinct : 1 Co 14°.t 
- eUoTAayXvos, -ov (cd, omAdyxvor, q.V.), [in Pr Ma? (Camb, 
Manual LXX, iii, 825);] 1. in Hippoer., as medical term (LS, s.v.). 
2. Metaph. (cf. sareheryilad Kurip., Rhes., 192), in NT, tenderhearted, 
compassionate : Eph 4°, 1 Pe 38.t 
* edoxnpdvas, adv. (< clone) decorously, becomingly: 1 Co 
14; zepurareiv, Ro 1315, 1 Th 412.+ 
** edaoxnpootvn (< comet fin LXX: tv Mac 6?*;] seemliness, 
comeliness : 1 Co 12? 
edoXypwv, -ov re oxjwa), fin LXX: Pr 1125*;) 1. elegant, 
graceful, comely (Eur., Plat., al.): Ta ev. Hav (Opp. to Ta dox- qy-), 


190 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


1 Co 124; in moral sense, seemly, becoming, 1 Co 735, 2. Also in late 
Gk. (v. Swete, Mk., le.; MM, Huap., xiv), wealthy, influential (RV, of 
honourable estate): Mk 154, Ac 13° 17'2.+ 

edtévas, adv. (ed, retvw), [in LXX for nimpw3, Jos 67° *;] 


vigorously, vehemently : Lk 231°, Ac 18?8.+ 
* edtpameXta, -as, 7 (<Ced, tpéerw), 1. versatility, wit, facetiousness 
(Hippocr., Plat., al.). 2. = Bwpodroyia, coarse gesting, ribaldry 
(Abbott, Hssays, 93): Eph 54.t 
SYN.: pwpodoyia, v. Tr., Syn., § xxxiv. 
Edruxos, -ov, 6 (ev, Tux7), Hutychus, a young man: Ac 20°.t 
** eddnpia, -as, 7 (<Cevdpnpos), [in Sm.: Ps 41 (42)° 46 (47)? 99 
(100)? 125 (126)?*;] good report, praise: opp. to dvcpnuia, 11 Co 6%.t 
eUpypos, -ov (ev, dyn), [in Sm.: Ps 62 (63)°;] primarily, wtter- 
ing words or sownds of good omen, hence, 1. avoiding ill-omened 
words, religiously silent. 2. fatr-sounding, auspicious (R, mg., 
gracious): Phl 4%.t 
* €b-opéw, -G, to be fruitful: Lk 1216+ 
edppaivw, [in LXX chiefly for maw, gal, pi.;] to cheer, gladden: 
c. acc. pers., opp. to Avreiv, 1 Co 27. Pass., to be happy, rejoice, 
make merry: Lk 1532, Ac 2?6(LXX), Ro 1519 @XX), Ga 427(LXX), Re 111? 
12"; seq. ev, Ac 741; eri, c. dat., Re 1879; of merry-making at a 
feast (111 Ki 42°; cf. Kennedy, Sources, 155; Field, Notes, 69f.), Lk 
1219 152%, 24, 29(LXX) (Napmpas) 1619.+ 
Eddpdrys, -ov, 6, the river Huphrates: Re 914 16!.+ 
evppootvn, -ns, 7 (<Cevppwr, cheerful), [in LXX chiefly for 
mma ;] rejorcing, gladness: Ac 2°8(LXX) 1417,+ 


** edxaptotéw, -@, [in LXX: Jth 8% Wi 18?, 1 Mac 1! 107 A 
1231 R, 11 Mac 7'6*;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late 
writers and Inser.; ef. Milligan, Th., 5; Hllic. on Col 1!2; Lift., Notes, 
9): Ro 171, 1 Co 141’, 1 Th 5!8; of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15*6 
2627, Mk 8° 1423, Lk 221719, Jo 61423, 1 Co 1174; c. dat. pers., 7. Bea, 
Lk 1716, Ac 2735 2815, Ro 146 164, 1 Co 1418, Ph] 1%, Col 1312, Phm‘; 
seq. dua “I. Xpucrod, Ro 18 7%, R, WH, mg., Col 317; év dvouare Xp., 
Eph 52°; seq. epi, 1 Th 12, 1 Th 13; 6m, Ro 18, m Th 238; emi, c. dat. 
rei, 1 Co 14; drép, 1 Co 10°, Eph 116 529; or, Lk 18", Jo 1141, : Co 
14, 1 Th 218, Re 111”; pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), m Co 14.+ 

SYN.: v.S. aivew; and cf. Cremer, 903 f. 

** edyaptotia, -as, 7 (<< edxdpioros), [in LXX: Es 818, Wi 1675, Si 
3711, 1 Mac 227*;) 1. thankfulness, gratitude (Polyb.; Es, Si, 11 Mac, 
ll. ¢.): Ac 24%. 2. giving of thanks, thanksgiving (so in x. and 
Inser.; M, Th., 41 f.): 1 Co 1416, 11 Co 415, Eph 54, Phl 46, Col 27 42, 
1 Th 3°, 1 Ti 4%4, Re 4° 712; c. dat. pers., 1 Co 91! (of. 7. Geov, Wi, 
lic.) ; pl., 1 Co 91, 1 Ti 2! (Cremer, 904).+ 

edxdpiotos, -ov (ed, xapiouac), [in LXX for ym, Pr 1116*;] 


1. = evyapis, winning, gracious, agreeable (Pr, le.). 2. grateful, 
thankful : Col 3'5.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 191 


edxy, 75, 7) (<< edxouau), [in LXX chiefly for 13;] 1. a prayer: 


Ja 545 9. avow: Ac 1818 2123,+ 

SYN.: v.s. dénocs. 

edxopat, [in LXX chiefly for 93, also for "ny hi., etc.;] to 

ray: c. acc. rei, 1 Co 13°; c. dat. pers., r. Gea, Ac 267°; seq. mpos rt. 

Gedv, 1 Co 1387; c. acc. et inf., Ac 277°, mr Jo*; seq. irép, Ja 516; 
noxounv etvac (on impf. here, v. JCC, in 1., Lft., Phalem.'%), Ro 9° 
(Cremer, 718).+ 

ed-xpnotos, -ov (8, xpdopar), [in LXX: Pr 318 (ppm), Wi 13***;] 


useful, serviceable: c. dat. pers., 1 Ti 271; id. seq. «is, c. dat. rei, 
1 Ti 41; opp. to adypyoros, Phm "!,+ 

*¥+t edpuxéw, -@ (<< etvxos, courageous), to be of good courage: Phl 
ae 


edwdia, -as, 7 (<Cedwdns, fragrant; <ofw), [in LXX for nm, 
Ge 871, al. (dcpu7 evwdias); Si 209 2415, al.;] fragrance: metaph., 
Xpiorod ev., 1 Co 2!°; doy edwdi/as (a metaphor of sacrifice, most freq. 
in Pent. and Ez.), Eph 5?, Phl 418.+ 

Edwdia, -as, 7, Phi 4, Rec. (for Evodia, q.v.).t 

eddvupos, -ov (ev, dvoza), {in LXX chiefly for bNniy 3] 1. of good 
name or omen. 2. Kuphemistic for dpotepos, left: Ac 21%, Re 10?; e& 
evwvipov, on the left: Mt 207} 23 253% 41 2738) Mk 1049 1527.+ 

épdddopat, [in LXX for mby, 1 Ki 106 11° 1615 *;] to leap wpon: 


seq. éi, c. acc. pers. Ac 1916,t 
* éb-dwat, adv., 1. once for all (Eupol.): Ro 6, He 727 912 101°, 
2. at once: 1 Co 15%,t+ 
épeidov, V.S. ézreidor. 
"Edecivos, -, -ov, Hphesian: Re 2, Rec. (ev Edéow, WH, RY).+ 
"Edéotos, -a, -ov, Hiphesian: Ac 1877 197% 34, 35 2129 + 
"Epeaos, -ov, 7, Ephesus, a city in Asia Minor: Ac 181% 21,24, 27 
19!,17,26 (on the gen., v. M, Pr., 73) 20! 17, 1 Co 15% 168, Eph 1}, 
mae 27, re Ti 18 442 Re 1) Ol + 
* é-eupetys, -00, 6 (<< eevpiocxw, to find out), an inventor, con- 
triver: xaxdv (cf. xaxias etperys, 11 Mac 71), Ro 19°.+ 
t ép-npepia, -as, ) (<(édypepos), [in LXX chiefly for nyAwn, 
npoma;] 1. a course of daily services (Ne 13%°,1 Ch 258, al.). 2. a 


class or course of priests detailed for service in the temple (1 Ch 235, 
al.): Lk 158 (cf. MGr., épypepios, priest).t 
* ép-jpepos, -ov (eri, yuépa), 1. lasting for a day. 2. daily, for 
the day: Ja 245.+ 
Eide, V.S. éretdov. 
** @b-ixvéopat, -oduar, [in LXX: Si 43°%3°R (ddix- ABN) *;] to 
come to, to reach: seq. aypu, 11 Co 10}%; eis, ib. 14.+ 
ép-iommpt, [in LXX for 3¥3 ni., Mw, 7N3, etc.;] 1. causal in 
pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to set wpon or by, set up, etc. (Aisch., Hdt., 


192 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Arist., al). 2. Intrans. in mid. and in pf. and 2 aor. act.; (a) to stand 
upon; (b) to be set over; (c) to stand by, be present, be aut hand, come 
on or upon: Lk 238 104° 201, Ac 62 127 2215, 20 9327 1 Ti 42; c. dat. 
pers., Lk 2° 244, Ac 4! 234; ¢. dat. loc., Ac 175; seq. émi, c. ace., Ac 
ioe 11”; of rain, Ac 28?; of evils impending, c. dat. pers.,1 Th 53; 
seq. eri (Wi 6°), Lk alee ‘of time, 1 Ti 4° (cf. Kkat-, cvv-epiornp).t 

epvidios, V.S. payee! 

"Edpaip (-iu, Tr.), Ephraim, a town near Jerusalem: Jo 11°4,+ 


t éppabd (Aram. nnpny, v. Abbott, Hssays, 142 ff.; DCG, i, 522), 

ephphatha, be opened: Mk 7*4.+ 

éx0és (Rec. x6és), adv., [in LXX for ian, etc.;] yesterday: Jo 
452, Ac 7°, He 138 (on the form, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 370 f.).+ 

€xpa, -as, 7 (<< éxOpes), [in LXX for AN, ANIW, ete. ;] enmity: 
Lk 23, Ro 87, Ga 52, Eph 21.16, Ja 44,+ 

€xOpds, -a, -6v (<< €yOos, hatred), [in LXX chiefly for a4N, also 
for I¥, etc.;] 1. hated, hateful (Hom.): opp. to dyamyros, Ro 1178. 


2. Actively, hating, hostile: Ro 5”, 1 Co 15%, 1 Th 3; c. gen. pers. 
(cl.), Ja 44; 7. dcavoia, Col 171; &. avOpwros, Mt ee as subst., 6 €., am 
enemy, 1 Co 15*6; the devil, Mt 13°, Lk 10!%; c. gen. pers., Mt 2244, 
Mk 12°, Lk 2043, AG I23*). 1. Co to2s leds 1018 EOD Nida aes 
LS a Ae 627, 35 1927, 43, Ro 127°, Ga 416, Re 1152; c. gen. rei, 
Ac 13! 3Phl 3184. 
** éy.8va, -ys, 7, [in OT (Aq.), Is 59°*;] a viper: Ac 28°; metaph., 

yervnpara. éxidvav, Mt 37 12%4 2333, Lk 37.+ 


éxw, [in LXX for yy (eysuevos), bv, wh, etc., 59 words in all;] 


(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), 
to have, as in cl., in various senses and constrckions. its Trang, - il, 
to have, hold, hold fast, etc. ; (a) to hold, as, in the hand: Re 58 146, 
al.; ev 7. xepi, Re 116 102, 'al.; (0) of arms and clothing, = pane 
popéw, to bear, wear: Mt 34 2912, al.; so freq. pres. ptep. (LS, s.v., 

As, 1;,6; BL, § 74, 2), Mk 118, Jo 181, Re 917, al.; (c) of a woman, 
ev yaorpi €. (koitny é.), to be with child: Mk 131, Ro 910; (d@) to hold 
fast, keep: Lk 192°; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 168 (ef. 
Jb 218, Is 138; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 1421, Ro 1?8, 
ia 39, Ti 13, Re 6°, al. (e) to involve: He 10%° XX), Ja foe Jo 
A18\i(f)), = Junk, habere (BI., '§ 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider : c. acc. 
et predic. ptep., Lk 141; ¢. acc., seq. ws, Mt 14°; eis (Hebraism), 
Mt 214°; or (BL, § 70, 2), Mk 1132, 2. to have, possess ; (a) in 
general, ¢. ace, rei: Mt 1922 Mk 1022," Lk 12" Jo 10°) 2 Co lt? sali. 

of wealth or poverty, absol., éxew (neg. ovK, nee Mt 132 2072 WIE Co 
812; ex r. éxew, according to your means, 11 Co 8"; (bd) of relationship, 
association, etc.: warépa, Jo 841; yuwvaica (MM, xiv), I Co 7?; didov, 
Lk 11°; Bac.réa, Jo 19°; moyseva, Mt 936; c. dupl. acc, Mt 3°, al.; 

(c) of parts or members: dra, Mt 91°; pérAn, Ro 124; Oepwedrious, He 110: 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 193 


(d) c. ace., as periphrasis of verb: pyretay & (= peuvpoOa), I Th 3°; 
ayarnv, Jo 13°°; yvadow, 1 Co 8!; weroiOnow, 1 Co 34; Ord, Jo 16%, 
etc. (Thayer, s.v., 1, 2, f., g.); (e) of duty, necessity, etc.: dvéyxyy, 1 Co 
737; vouov, Jo 197; émrayyv, 1 Co 77°; ayava, Phil 19°; «piva, 1 Ti 5!2; 
(f) of complaints and disputes; card, c. gen. pers., Mt 58, Mk 11%; 
id. seq. 671, Re 242°; c. acc. seq. mpds, Ac 2419, al.; (g) ¢. inf., (a) (cl.) 
to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18°, Mk 14° (sc. roujoa), Lk 124, 
Ac 414, al.; (8) of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 125°, Ac 2317-19 9819, 
II. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: érocuus Z., c. 
inf., Ac 2118, 11 Co 12!4; éecyarws (q.v.), Mk 53; xaxds, to be ill, Mt 424, 
al.; adds, Mk 1678]; xoporepov, Jo 457; xas, Ac 15°°; impers., dAAws 
éxet, it is otherwise, 1 Ti 5*°; ovrws, Ac 7}, al.; ro viv éxov, as things 
now are (To 711), Ac 247°, IIT. Mid., -oua, to hold oneself fast, hold 
on or cling to, be next to: ¢. gen., r. éxdueva owrnpias, He 6° (Rendall, 
in 1.); ptep., 6 éxopuevos, near, next: of place, Mk 1°*; of time, 
tT. éxonevy (nuépa, expressed or understood), Lk 138, Ac 20% 2126; 
caBBatw, Ac 1344. (Cf. av-, rpoo-av-, dvt-, dm-, év-, ém-, KaT-, pet-, Tap-, 
Tept-, 3po-, TpoT-, Tvv-, UTEp-, UT-ExXw.) 

éws, relative particle (Lat. donec, usque), expressing the 
terminus ad quem (cf. Burton, § 321 ff.). I. As conjunction; 1. tzil, 
until ; (a) of a fact in past time, c. indic.: Mt 2°, al. (Wi 1014, al.); 
(b) éws av, c. subje. aor.: Mt 21% 518, Mk 61°, al.; without ay (M. Pr., 
168 f.; Lft., Notes, 115), Mk 14%? (Burton, § 325), Lk 1259, 1 Th 2’, 
al.; (c) c. indic. pres. (Burton, § 328; Bl., § 65, 10): Mk 64, Jo 
2174 23,1 Ti 413, 2. C. indic., as long as, while (Burton, § 327): Jo 
94 (Plat., Phaedo, 89c). II. As an adverb (chiefly in late writers). 
1. Of time, wntil, wnto; (a) as prep. c. gen. (Bl, § 40, 6; M, Pr., 
99): 7. iucpas, Mt 26°, Lk 18°, Ro 118, al.; dpas, Mt 274, al.; reAous, 
I Co 18, 1 Co 118; +. viv, Mt 2471, Mk 1319 (1 Mac 288); éray dy. (Field, 
Notes, 49f.), Lk 287; +. ed@civ, Ac 84°; before names and events, Mt 
17 215, Lk 11°!, Ja 5’, al.; (0) seq. ob, drov, with the force of a conje. 
(Burton, § 330; M, Pr., 91); (a) €. ob (Hdt., ii, 143; Plut., al.): «. 
indic., Mt 12° (WH br., ot) 13%, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 14%, al.; 
(B) €. drov: c. subje., Lk 138; c. indic., Mt 5° (until), Jo 938; (c) «. 
adv. (€. owé, Thuc., iii, 108): dpt., Mt 11%, Jo 219, 1 Co 418, al.; dre 
(M, Pr., 107), Mt 1717, Mk 91%, Jo 104, al. 2. Of place, as far as, 
even to, wnto (Arist., al.); (a) as prep. c. gen. (v. supr.): Mt 11%8, Lk 
1015, al.; (b) c. adv. (Bl., § 40, 6): dvw, Jo 27; éow, Mk 14°45 karo, 
Mt 27°51, Mk 158; dde, Lk 23°; (c) c. prep.: ééw, Ac 215; apds, Lk 
24° (Field, Notes, 83). 3. Of quantity, measure, etc.: Mt 1871, Mk 
oe) Gk 22". al. 


Z 
Z, 4, {i7a, 70, zeta, the sixth letter. As a numeral, f = érra, 
€Bdomos (the obsol. x”, F, vau, ‘‘digamma,” representing é£), £ = 7000. 
ZaBoudwv, 5, indecl. (Heb. Pat, vy. Ge 307°), Zebulun, Jacob's 
tenth son: the tribe of Z., Mt 413515, Re 78+ 
13 


194 MANUAL GEEEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Zaxxaios, -ov, 6 (Heb. 51, cf. Ne 74,1 Es 2°, LXX Zaxxov), 
Zaccai, Zacchaeus, a publican: Lk 19% % ® (ef. 1 Mae 10!°).t 
Zapd, 6, indecl. (Heb. my, Ge 38°), Zerah, an ancestor of 


Jesus: Mt 13.+ 
fapOavei (cf. Heb. "3MAIY), zaphthaner: Mt 274° (WH, mg,, for 


Ree. ocBaxGavei, g.v.; ‘probably an attempt to reproduce the Heb. 
as disting from Aram. forms,’ WH, Notes, 21; cf. also Dalman, 
Words, 53 f.).+ 


Zaxapias, -ov, 6 (Heb. AVIBI, WNIDT); 1. Zacharias, father of 


John the Baptist: Lk 15 12) 13; 18, 21, 40, 59, 67 32, 9. Zechariah, the son 
of Jehoiada (in txt. wrongly called son of Barachiah ; ef. 11 Ch 24!°*) ; 
Mt 235, Lk 115!.+ 

{dw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for Mn (most freq. ptep., Cav, inf., Zjv, 
for );] 1. prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. Bios; in el. usually of 


animal life, but sometimes of plants, as Arist., FutRis ING ets 12): Ac 
20, Ro 713, 1 Co 739, Re 19”, al.; év ai7@ Copev, Ac 1778; éuoi ro 
tnv Xpioros, Phl 1°; dca wavros tod Gy (M, Pr., 215, 249), He 215; 6 8 


viv CO év capi, Ga 920 ; Gh ev pot Xproros, Ga 2%; (6) Gav, of God (mn by 


and cognate phrases, Jos 31°, Ho 2! (11°), Is 374, al.; v. DCG, ii, 39), 
Mt 161°, Jo 6°”, Ro 926, 1 Th 19, He 3, Re 7?, al.; in Heels phrase, 
6 éyo (NTN, Nu 147, al.), as I live, Ro 14"; Giv er dptw, Mt 44, 


al.; éx, 1 Co 9!4; of coming to life, Mk 1624, Ro 61° 149, 1r Co 134; 
opp. to vexpds, Re 118 28; metaph., Lk 15°? ; iat éx vexpov, Ro 6; of 
the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 108, Jo 525 Ro 117818; eis 7. aidva, 
Jo 69458; oiv Xpicrd, 1 Th 5°; ovopa exes ote Lys, Re 3!, 2. As 
sometimes in cl., =f.0w, to live, pass one’s life: Lk 2°, Ac 265, Ro 
7°, Col 27°; év miora, Ga 279; év +. dpaptia, Ro 67; etoeBas, 1 Ti 3}; 
acwtws, Lk 15'%; ¢. dat. (cl.), €av7G (Field, Notes, 164), Ro 14’, 1 Co 
Oe eiem Ge@, likey A028. Mino 610s 44s) (Gan ate en irs Xpiorg, Ir Co 5!5; 7, 
diKaLoovvy, 1 Pe De: TVEVUATL, Ga aoe Kata odpka, Ro 8!51%)) 35 Of 
inanimate things, metaph.: téwp Cav (i.e. springing water, as ; opp. to 
still water), in a spiritual sense, Jo 41% 11 738 (DCG, ii, 39f,): eAris 
féoa, I Pe 1°; 686s faa, He 10?° (cf. dva-, cvv-Caw; Cremer, 270, 721). 
{Bévvun, for Be 1 Eh 5° 'T (v. WH, Notes, 148).+ 


ZeBedatos, -ov, 6 (Heb. MII; LXX: ZaBdaa, 1 Hs 8% 10°; 


ZaBadaias, 1 Hs 98°; ZaBdaios, ib.*1), Zebedee, father of James and 
John the Apostles: Mt 421 10? 202° 2637 2756, Mk 11% 20 317 1035, Lk 
510, Jo 212.+ 
**+ featds, -7, -dv (Céw), [in Aq.: Le 67194); in Al.: ib. 712*;] boiling 
hot (Strab., al.): metaph., Re 31% 16.+ 
CeGyos, -eos (-ovs), TO (<< Cevyrup, to yoke), fin LXX chiefly for 
say, Jg 19°, al.;] 1. a yoke of beasts: Lk 14'%. 2. a pair of any- 


thing, Lk 274 ©XX),+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 195 


*t Leuxtnptos, -a -ov (<< Levyvyu), fit for joining. As subst., (a) 
Leuxtypiov, To = Luyov, a yoke; (b) Cevxrnpia, -as, 7 = CevyAn, the cross- 
bar of a double rudder: Ac 27% (found nowhere else).t 

Zeds, gen., Ards, dat., Au, acc., Ata (Atay, D, al.), Zeus (Lat. 
Jupiter): Ac 141% 13,+ 

téw, [in LXX for am, nnn, metaph., 1v Mac 18?°;] to boil, be 
hot; metaph., of anger, love, zeal: ptep., fervent: +. mvevpatr, Ac 
1625) Roi" +t 

* {ndedw, late and rare form of fyAdw, q.v.; 1. to envy, be jealous. 

2. to be zealous: Re 319+ 

{ijdos, -ov, 6, and in late Gk., also -eos, rd (11 Co 9?, Phi 35°), [in 
LXX for 4y37, Nu 25", al.;] 1. zeal: m Co 7"! 9?; xara fHAos, Phl 


3°; c. gen. obj., Jo 217 (LXX), Ro 10?; seq. imep, Co 77; c. gen. subj., 
Geot, 1 Co 117; zvpds, He 107’ (cf. Is 264, Wi 518, and ef. Westce., in 
l.). 2. gealousy: Ro 13'3, 1 Co 33, m1 Co 12”, Ga 5° (WH, txt, RV), 
Ja 31416; rryoOpvar Lyrdov Ac 5!7 134; pl., ZpAox (v. Bl., § 32, 6), Ga 
5*°, WH, mg.t 

{ndow, -d, [in LXX chiefly for N3p pi.;] 1. to burn with envy or 
jealousy, to be jealous: absol., Ac 79 175, 1 Co 134, Ja 4? (R, mg., cf. 
Mayor, in 1.). 2. to seek or desire eagerly: c. acc. rei, 1 Co 12%} 
14459 (ef. Si 50'®, Wi 1”); c. acc. pers., m Co 11°, Ga 41"; pass., 
Ga 418.+ 

{nrwrys, -0d, 6 (<< fyAdw), [in LXX for NIP (Beds €.), Hx 20° 3414, 


De 474 5° 615; Ni392, Na 1? (Beds); pl. 1 Hs 8; ¢. rév vopwr, 1 Mac 


42; zov ¢. Bweés, Iv Mac 18! (cf. Nu 25!1)*;] 1. in cl. an emulator, 
zealous admirer (Plat., al.). 2. eagerly desirous, zealous ; (a) absol., 
as in OT, ll. c.; (0) ¢. gen. obj.: (zealous to acquire or to defend), 
1 Co 14}, Tit gis, I Pe 318; +. voyov (11 Mag, l.c.), Ac 212°; rapadccewr, 
Ga 114; c. gen. pers., Geod, Ac 22°. 3. In FV, NT, a Zealot, member 
of the Jewish party so called: as surname of the Apostle Simon, 
ik 6", Ac 1**.+ 

{ypia, -as, 7, [in LXX for way ni. and cognate forms;] damage, 
loss : in 271% 21, Ph] 38; opp. to xépdos, ib. 7.+ 

{ypidw, -@ (<fypia), [in LXX chiefly for wsy;] to damage. 
Pass., to suffer loss, forfeit, lose: absol., 1 Co 31°; seq. ev, 1 Co 79; 
c. ace. rei (v. BI., § 34, 6), 7. yuxyv, Mt 1676, Mk 8°; éavrov, Lk 975; 
7. wavra, Ph] 38.t+ 

Znvas, -a, acc. -dv (contr. from Zyvodwpos), Zenas: Tit 3!%.+ 

{yréw, -o, [in LXX chiefly for wpa pi., also for wt, ete.;] 1. to 
seek, seek for : Mt 778 Lk 11% wes c. acc. pers., Mk 1°’, Lk 248, Jo 6%4, 
al.; id. seq. év, Ac 911; c. acc. rei, Mt 13%, Lk 191°; seq. év, Lk 13%’; 
een of plotting against one’s life (Ex 419, al.), Mt 2”, Ro 113 (Xx), 
Metaph., to seek by thinking, search after, inquire into: Mk 11'8, 
Lk 127°, Jo 1619; +. Gedv, Ac 1727. 2. to seek or strive after, desire : 
Mt 1246, Mk 12", Lk 99, Jo 518, Ro 10%, al.; +. Odvarov, Re 9°; 71. 
Baoireiav tr. Oeod, Mt 63° (Dalman, Words, 121 f.); ra dyvw, Col 3!; 


196 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


cipjvnv, 1 Pe 8GXX, 8. to require, demand: c. acc. rei, Mk 8", 
Lk 112°, 1 Co 122, m Co 18%; seq. rapd, Mk 8", al.; ta, 1 Co 4? (ef. 
dva-, €x-, ém-, ovv-Cntéw). 
{yTHpa, -Tos, 70 eo fmréw), [in LXX: €. reoOa (wT ni.), Hz 
3637 A*;)] an inquiry, question: Ac 15? 18! 2329 2519 263.+ 
* LAtyots, -ews, 7) (<< Lnréw). 1. a seeking, search. 2. a questioning, 
inquiry, debate: Ac 15*7, 11 Ti 228, Tit 3%; seq. epi, Jo 37°, Ac 257°, 
1 Ti 64.+ 
* fildnoy, -ov, 7d (in Talmud 311), zizaniwm (EV, tares), a kind 


of darnel, resembling wheat: Mt 132527, 29 30, 36, 38,40 (ef, DB, s.v. 
“Tares ’’).+ 

Zpupva, -ns, 7, Re 1" 28 T, for Syu-, q.v. (cf. Bl, § 3,9; Mayser, 
204).+ 

ZopoBdBeX (FIJ, ZopoBaBndos, -ov), 6, indecl. (Heb. 53371), 
Zerubbabel (1 Ch 3%, al.): Mt 13% 18, Lk 327.+ 

** {ddos, -ov, 6 (akin to yvddos, q.v.), [in Sm.: Ex 1072, Jb 28, Ps 

10 (11)? 90 (91)®, Is 59°*;] in Hom. the gloom of the under-world ; 
hence, darkness, deep gloom (poét. and late prose writers): He 1238, 
m Pe 24:17, Ju & 13+ 

tuyds (in cl. more freq. 76 Cvydv), -od, 6 (<< fevyvupu), [in LXX for 
by, OIND, etc.;] 1. a yoke; metaph., of bondage or submission to 


authority : Mt 112% 39, Ac 15, Ga 51,1 Ti 64. 2. a balance: Re 6° (ef. 
Is 4022, al.).t 

{upn, -ys, 7, [in LXX for pam, Ex 121° 13% 2318 3475, De 163; 
Nv, Ex 121519 137, Le 21, De 16**;] leaven: Mt 1333, Lk 13?!; 


t. dptov, Mt 1612. Metaph., of a moral influence or tendency, always, 
exc. in the Parable of the Leaven (Mt 13*%, Lk 1371), for evil: 1 Co 
5°8, Ga 59; ¢. 7. Papicaiwy, Mt 16611, Mk 815, Lk 12! (Cremer, 723).+ 

Lupdw, -@ (< fvpn), [in LXX for pan, Ex 1294, 89, Te 67 (0) 9317, 


Ho 74*;] to leaven: Mt 13%, Lk 13?!, 1 Co 5°, Ga 59.t 

Lwypéw, -O (<< Lwos, alive, + dypevw), [in LXX chiefly for mn hi. ;] 
to catch alive, take captive: metaph., Lk 5!; pass., 1 Ti 2?6 (on the 
meaning and construction, v. Ellic., CGT, in 1.).t 


Lox, -Hs, 9 (Caw), [in LXX chiefly for o%9;] Jzfe (in Hom., Hadt., 


= Bios, q.v.; later, existence, vita quad vivimus, as distinct from Bios, 
vita quam vivimus ; opp. to Oavaros); 1. of natural life: Lk 167°, Ac 
833, 1 Co 159, 1 Ti 48, He 73, Ja 414; avedpua Cons, Re 112%; Woy lLwijs 
(Ge 12°), Re 163; of the life of one risen from the dead, Ro 5", He 71°, 
2. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the 
life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156 ff.; Westc., Epp. 
Jo., 214 ff.; Cremer, 272 ff.): Jo 65453, Ro 71° 8°10, Phi 216, Col 34, 
11 Pe 13; aiswos (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 5383, ii, 30f.), Jo 4°6 12°° 173, 
1 Jo 1%, al.; 7. das ris £., Jo 82; 6 Adyos r. ., 1J01'; 6 dpros r. €., 
Jo 635 48; Sixaiwors Cwiys, Ro 518; peravora eis €., Ac 1118; év aire €. jy, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 197 


Jo 14; 2. 4 &. X.’L, mu Til); ra apds funy, 1 Pe 13, al.; crépavos rijs 
f., Ja 112, Re 219; ydpis Lwys (gen. expl.), 1 Pe 37; &. xai eipyvy, Ro 8°; 
¢. kai apOapoia, 11 Ti 1°; dvacracis was, Jo 5°9; BiBAos Lwijs, Phl 4°, 
Re 35; vAov fwijs, Re 27; vdwp Lwis, Re 2217; meton., of that which 
has life: +. rvedpa, Ro 8; fypyara, Jo 6°*; of one who gives life, Jo 115 
146, 1 Jo 1?; 4 evroAy, Jo 12°. 

SYW.: v.s8. Bios. 

Lévy, -ys, 7 (Covvyn), [in LXX for WIaN, MIN, etc.;] a belt, 
girdle: Mt 34, Mk 16, Ac 21", Re 13 15°; as a receptacle for money, 
Mt 10°, Mk 68.t+ 

{ovvupe and fwvvvw, [in LXX chiefly for 3n;] to gird: c. ace. 
pers., Jo 2118. Mid., to gird oneself: Ac 128 (cf. dva-, dia-, repi-, br0- 
Codvv_pn).t 
Lwoyovew, -@ (<lwos, alive, yéveoOa), [in LXX: Ex 1171822, 
yg 89 + Ki 26 27%, mr Ki 21 (20)*!, rv Ki 74 (FPN pi., hi.), Le 114 
(773) *;] 1. in cl., to engender, produce alive, endwe with life. 2. In 


LXX and NT, to preserve alive (DCG, ii, 606%; Cremer, 274): Lk 
1733, Ac 7/9, 1 Ti 618 (EV, quickeneth ; R, mg., preserveth).t 

Loov (Rec. faov, v. LS, s.v.), -ov, 76 (<< fwos, alive), [in LXX for 
mn (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;] a@ living creature, 
an animal: Re 469 56® 61% 711 143 157 194; fywv 7. alua, He 131); 
ddoya ¢., 11 Pe 212, Ju 1.+ 

SYN. : Onpiov, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, 
and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, ¢. 
is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common 
to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., Ixxxi; Cremer, 274). 

Lwo-roréw, &, [in LXX for mn pi., hi., Jg 2114, 1v Ki 5’, Ne 9°, 
Jb 36°, Ps 7029, He 71392)*;] 1. in cl. (= fwoyovew), to produce alive. 
9. In LXX and NT, to make alive, cause to live, quicken (DCG, ii, 
606*; Cremer, 275): Jo 57! 653, Ro 417 84, 1 Co 15*°, 11 Co 3°, Ga 37}. 
Pass., 1 Co 1522 36, 1 Pe 318,¢ 


H 


H, , 47a, 7d, indecl., eta, the seventh letter. As a numeral, 

ny = 8; », = 8000 
%, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., § 36, 12; 77, 11); 
1. disjunctive, or ; (a) between single words: Mt 51’, Mk 6°%, Lk 2%, 
Jo 61°, Ro 121, al.; (6) before a sentence expressing a variation, denial 
or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 74°, 
Mk 1234, Lk 134, Ro 32° 63 921, 1 Co 6% 16 96, 11 Coll’; }.. . 9, either 
. . or, Mt 674, Lk 163, 1 Co 146; (c) in a disjunctive question (as 
Lat. an after utrum): Mt 95, Mk 2°, Lk 719, al.; after rdrepov, Jo 71"; 
py, 1 Co 98; pyr, a Co 1”; 4...4... 7%, Mk 13%. 2. Com- 
parative, than: after comparatives, Mt 101%, Lk 91%, Jo 3!°, Ro 13", 
al.; after érepov, Ac 1721; OéAw (Kiihner’, 1v, 303), 1 Co 14"; xpiv 7, 


’ 


198 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 118, Mk 14#°; after a positive adj. (Ge 49%; 
ef. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 1889, Mk 94% 4,47, 3. With other 
particles: dA’ 7, v.s. dAAG; 7) yap, v.8. yep ; }) «ai, or even, or also, Mt 
be Lk Te eh ee Ro 215 4° al. ; nro. . . 7, Ro ge (cf. Wi 112°), 
7 (unr), v.8. ei, ill, 7. 

«hye ovevw (<< tryeusv), 1. to lead the way. 2. to lead in war, 
enema ef. Ramsay, Was Christ born at Bethlehem ? ; DCG, ii, 463 f.). 
3. to be governor of a province: ec. gen. loc., Lk 2? 3}. + 


tiyepovia, -as, 9 (<< yeuwv), [in LXX: Ge 36%? (575N), Nat? 
Q7 (533), Si 74 101, rv Mac 633 184*;] rule, sovereignty: Lk 31.+ 

fryeusv, -dvos, 6 (fyéoua), [in LXX for PSN, Wy, etc.;] 1. a 
leader, guide. 2. acommander. 3. a governor of a province (pro- 
consul, propraetor, legate, or procurator; but cf. dv6vraros): Mt 10}, 
Mk 13°, Lk 21!2, rt Pe 2!4; of the Procurator of Judea, Mt 
272 11, 14, 15, 21, 27 OBA, Tk 2020 Ac 2324) 26,33 941,10 9630, 4, For Heb. 
"DbN (LXX, xArar) misread "PDN , leaders: Mt 26. + 

Hyéopat, -odwar, depon. mid., [in LXX (chiefly pres. ptep.) for 
T13, WN, Tw, etc.;] 1. to lead; (a) to guide, go before; (b) to 


rule, be leader: pres. ptep., iyovpevos, a ruler, leader (MM, Ezp., 
xiv), Mt 2°@-*%), Lk 2226 Ac 719141 1592, He 13% 124, 2. to suppose, 
believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al.; ef. Lat. dwco): ¢. dupl. acc., 
Ke/267) Ph) 22) 693% 7) Tid2 6) de 102? 1126 ar Perit ais gerd ae: 
acc. seq. ws, c. acc., 11 Th 315; ¢. acc. seq. adv., 1 Th 5!°; ray, Ja 1?; 
avayKaiov, C. inf., 1 Co 95, Ph] 275; dicacov, c. inf., 11 Pe 1°; c. ace. et 
inf., Phl 3° (cf. d:-, éx-du-, e&-, mpo-nyéopar).t 
SYN.: V.S. do0Kéw. 
ews, adv. (<< 7dvs, sweet), [in LXX: Pr 374 (any), ete. ;] gladly, 
with pleasure: Mk 67° 123", 11 Co 11!®; superlat., 7diora, very gladly 
(BIZ 8 tale 3), a Cop ae sey 
7dy, adv., in NT, always of time; now, already: Mt 3!°, Mk 497, 
Lk 7°, Jo 4°6, al.; viv... 7., now already, 1 Jo 4°; 7. more, now at 
length, c. fut., Ro 11° (ef. apr). 
jdiota, V.S. 7Oews. 
Hdovy, -7s, 7 (<< jdoua, to be glad), [in LXX: Nu 118 (ayy), Pr 
171, Wi 7? 167°, and freq. in Iv Mac;] pleaswre: 11 Pe 2}%; pl., Lk 814, 
Tit 3°, Ja 41)°,+ 
* 98u-oopos, -ov (<C7dvs, dap), sweet-smelling ; as subst., rd 7., 
mint: Mt 2328, Lk 1142.+ 
** 700s, -eos (-ovs), 76, [in LXX: Si, prol.27 207625), ty Mac 129 27 21 
574 13°7*5] 1. a haunt, abode. 2. = 60s, custom, manner: pl., 
HCo 153. t 
nko, [in LXX chiefly for N12;] pf. with pres. meaning (hence 
impf. = plpf.), to have come, be present: Mt 245°, Mk 8 (late pf., xa, 
v. Swete, in l.; WH, App., 169), Lk 1246 152’, Jo ‘8%, He 107% 37, I Jo 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 199 


579, Re 275 3% 9 154; seq. azo, c. gen. loc., Mt 84, Lk 1379; éx, Ro 11%; 
id. seq. eis, Jo 447; paxpdbev, Mk 83; eri, c. acc., Re 3°. Metaph., of 
discipleship: Jo 6%”; of time and events: absol., Mt 24'4, Jo 24, m Pe 
310, Re 18°; seq. emi, c acc. pers., Mt 239°, Lk 1943 (cf. dv-, xaO-jxw).t 
tHdet (Rec. nA, L, Av; Heb. sy), Eli, my God: Mt 27% (cf. 
éXwi).t 
‘Hel (Rec. "HAC; RV, “HAd), 6, indecl., Heli, Joseph’s father: 
Lk 323,+ 
’HXetas (Rec. “HAias; LTr., “HAias; T, ‘HAcias; cf. WH, App., 
155, Intr., § 408), -ov (-a, Lk 117, WH), 6 (Heb. mx, dN), Elijah 


pee al yi i ee) 1G 1G de O74 8 ME Go B25 94,5, tts 
15%5, 36 [Jk 117 425,26 98,19, 30, 33,64 Jo 421,25 Ja 517: ey "H., in the 
portion concerning E., Ro 11?.+ 

Hrukia, -as, 7 (<C7yré, of the same age, mature), [in LXX: 
Ez 1318 (mip), Jb 2918, Wi 4°, Si 2617, freq. in m-1v Mac;] always of 


age or maturity; ‘‘a stage of growth whether measured by age or 
stature”; 1. (a) age: Mt 67’, Lk 1275 (R, mg.), He 11"; (6) full age, 
maturity: Jo 97:23, Hph 413. 2. stature: Lk 193 (Mt 627, Lk 12%, 
AV, R, txt.; but the prevailing usage in LXX and 7z. favours the 
former meaning in these doubtful passages; cf., Ellic., JCC, AR, on 
Eph, l.c.; Milligan, NT'D, 74f., and esp., MM, Hxp., xv; e contra, 
Field, Notes, 6).t 
* HXikos, -7, -ov, 1. prop., as big as, as old as. 2. As indirect 
interrog., what sized, what, how great, how small (the sense to be 
determined by the context): Col 2!, Ja 3°, Ga 64 (WH, mg.; myA-, 
WH, txt., RV).t 
HAtos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for way ;] the swn: with art. (BL, 


S46, 5), Mt 545 1345 17? 2429, Mk 152 4¢ 1374 167, Lk 44°, Ac 220 (LXX) 
9613, Eph 46, Ja 111, Re 116 612 812 9? 10! 12) 168 1917 2175; Brérew 
tov 9., Ac 131; oid uy méoy én avrods 6 7., Re 7'°; without art., Mt 
136, Lk 2125 2345, Ac 2729, 1 Co 1541, Re 7? 1612 225.+ 

Hos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 417 (A™HHN), etc.;] a nail: Jo 20*.t 


Hpeis, V.8. eyo. 

jpépa, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for o1;] day; 1. as 
distinct from night: gen. nuépas, by day (WM, § 30, 11), Re 217°; 7. x. 
vuxros (v. x. 9.), Ac 974, 1 Th 2°, 1 Th 38, Re 48 (BL. § 36, 18); apépas 
péons, at mid-day, Ac 261%; acc. durat., 7. yuépas, Lk 2197; odnv riv 
H., Ro 836; éy Fuepa, Jo 119, Ro 1318; ayepas 686s, a day’s journey, 
Lk 244; 4. yiverar, Lk 44 225°; «drive, Lk 912, al.; metaph., Jo 94, Ro 
1312, 1 Th 5458  Pel!®, 2. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: 
Mt 6%4, Mk 671, Lk 1314, al.; rpiry 7., Mt 167; ayepa x. 9. (cf. 
orp on, Hs 34), m Co 41°; sdyv 7. 7, Ro 8° 10”; pl., Jo 2%, Ac 91%, 


al.; 4. trav a~vpuwv, Ae 12°; 7. caBBarov, Lk 134116; 4 xupidxy 7, Re 
1°, 3. In Messianic sense, of the last day: 9 %. (éxeivyn, T. Kupéov, 


200 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


etc.), Mt 722, Lk 673, Ro 13!2, 1 Co 18,1 Th 5?, 1 Th 2?, 1 Pe 3”, al.; 
by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, 
. évOpwrivn, of a human tribunal, 1 Co 4° (EV, man’s judgment). 
4. As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., § 46,9; M, Pr., 81), of time 
in general: Jo 856 1429, 11 Co 6?, Eph 613, mu Pe 318, pl., “Ac 15’, Eph 
516, He 10%*; raoas ras 7. (cf. DVD 59, De 44°, al.; MM, Hap., xv), 
Mt 289; éXevcovrat 7). drav (dre), Mt 915, Mk 279, Lk 5%° 1722; ai %., ©. 
gen. pers. (Ge 26', al.), Mt 2!, Lk 15, Ac 745, 1 Pe 37°; dpyy tepay, 
ie 73: 

Hpérepos, -a, -ov (Hels), Poss. pron. of first pers., owr: Ac 2" 
246 965, Ro 154, m Ti 44, 1 Jo 13 22; 7d 7., Lk 16%, WH, txt., R, mg. 
(ro ¢ Op. Rec., Ne mg., R, txt.); of 7., owr (people), Tit 314 + 

7 pry, V-S. 

**+t Hubarys, s <A nyt, half + Ovyckw), [in LXX: 1v Mac 41!*;5] 

half-dead ; Lk 10° 

Hpuous, -eva, -v, ne -ovs (late, as in z., for cl., -eos; Bl., § 8, 4; 
Mayser, 294), n. pl., jpiova (Rec., cl., -ea), [in LXX for °¥N, MEN ;] 


half; 1. as adj., agreeing in gender and number with the substantive 
following, 74 ijpiowa r. trapydvrwv, LK 19°, 2. As neut. subst., ro Huu, 
the half; 7. (anarth.), a half: c. gen., 7. karpov, Re 1214; ews jyicous 
t. Baotretas pov, Mk 67°; after a cardinal number, nyépas tpets x. Huo, 
Rewde21s: 
*t Hpiwpov (Rec. -vov), -ov, 76 (nyu, half + dpa), half an hour: Re 
1+ 


jvixa, rel. adv. of time, at which time, when; seq. av, c. subje., 
whensoever : 11 Co 31% 16,+ 
HTep, V.S. 7). 
* qmos, -a, -ov, mild, gentle: 1 Th 27 (WH, R, mg., vymios); seq. 
pos, 11 Ti 224.+ 
“Hp (L, “Hp), 6, indecl. (Heb. “y), Hr, an ancestor of Jesus: Lk 
328 + 
**+t Hpepos, -ov, [in LXX: Es 3A*;] quiet, tranquil (Luc., al.): 
1 be 
SYNW.: NOV XLOS, q.v. 
‘Hpwdns (Rec. -wdns), -ov, 4, Herod ; 1. Herod the Great: Mt 2, 
Ac 2335, 2. Herod Antipas (6 terpadpyns, Mt 141): Mt 1436, Mk 6 
815, Lk 15 31:19 83 97,9, 1331 93, Ac 427131. 3. Herod Agrippa T: Ac 
19), Seat) AE (Ghe ’Aypimmas (II). t+ 
‘HpgBiavot (Rec. “Hpw-), -Gv, oi, Herodians, partisans of Herod 
(cf. rous ra ‘Hpwdov dpovoivras, FJ, Ant., xiv, 15, 10): Mt 2216, Mk 
Seal ae st: 
“‘Hpwdids (Rec. “Hpw-), -ados, 7, Parte granddaughter of Herod 
the Great: Mt 146, Mk 617% 1% 22, Tk 319 
“Hpwdiwv (Rec. “Hpw-), -wvos, 6, Herodion no 16. 
*"Hoaias (Rec. Hoaias), -ov, o (Heb. yw), Isaiah, the prophet : 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 201 


Mt 33 414 817 1917 1314, 35 157, Mk 76, Lk 34 417, Jo 123 1938 3% 41 Ac 928 
2875, Ro 927,29 101620 1512; dveyivwoxey t. tpopyrynv *H., Ac 8°9; év 7, 
He ME Tt 

’Hoad, 6, indecl. (Heb. tyy, Ge 25”), Hsaw: Ro 918(XX), He 


eT 

Hoodopat, V-8. HTTAw. 

Hoowy (Rec. #rr-, the Attic literary form), ITTV, inferior, less ; 
neut., 7o 7., adverbially, less: 1 Co 125; eis 76 7., for the worse (opp. 
to eae) 1 Co tit 

jjouxdto, [in LXX chiefly for upw;] to be still; (a) to rest from 
labour: Lk 23°5; (6) to live quietly: 1 Th 4"; (c) to be silent: Lk 
14%, Ac 1118 2114 (cf. Jb 327, Ne 5°).t 

SYN.: ovydw (q.V.), cw7rdw. 

Houxia, -as, » (<< Hovxuos, q.v.), [in LXX for fury, by, etc. ;] 
Bs quietness : u Th 3!2, 2. stillness, silence : Ac 222, 1 Ti Q11)12,+ 

Haovxuos, -a, -ov (= the more freq. novxos; cf. Wi 1814, Si 257°), 
[in LXX: Is 66? (HIND) * 3] quiet, tranquil: 1 Ti 27,1 Pe 34.t 

SYN.: npepos, of tranquillity arising from without; 7., from 
within (v. Hllic. on 1 Ti, le.; but also v. CGT, ib.).t 

qTo, disjunct. part., whether: Ro 61%.t+ 

Httdw, -@ (joo-, 1 Co 1218, v.s. yoowv), [in LXX for Ann, etc. ;] 
pass., 1. to be inferior: seq. irép, 11 Co 121%, 2. to be overcome: 
absol., 11 Pe 27°; c. dat., ib. 1%.+ 

titrnpa, -ros, to, [in LXX for og, Is 31°®*;] defect, loss, 


defeat: Ro 11} (ef. Is, l.c.), 1 Co 67 (cf. Field, Notes, 160f., 171 f.; 
Lft., Notes, 212).t 

iTTev, V.S Hoowv. 

Axéw, - (< 7xos), [in LXX for man, etc.;] to sound: 1 Co 13} 


(cf. éé- 3 Kat-nxew).t 
9x0s, -ov, 6 (also in late and MGr., -eos, 76, Lk 215), [in LXX for 


yan, etc.;] 1. a noise, sound: Ac 2?; 4. @adaaons, Lk 21%; odArvyyos, 
He 121%, 2. a report: seq. mepi, Lk 457,t 


3) 


©, @ and 9, Ora, 10, indecl., theta, the eighth letter. As a 
numeral, 7 =9, ou 9000. 


@abdSaios, -ov, 6 (Aram. (NIN, 71M), Thaddeus: Mt 10%, Mk 338 
(WH, mg., AcBBaios, q.v.).t 
Oddacoa, -ys, 7, [in LXX chiefly for B3;] the sea: Mt 2315, Mk 


1173, Lk 215, Ro 92’, He 11!?, Ja 1°, Ju 13, Re 7}, al.; 76 wéAayos ris 6. 
(v. Tr., ut infr.), Mt 18°; 6 otpavos x. 7 yj x. 7 (., Of the whole world, 


202 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Ac 44, al. (Hg 27); 6. iadivy, Re 4° 152; of the Mediterranean, Ac 
10% 32 1714; of the Red Sea, épvfpa @., Ac 7°6, 1 Co 1012, He 1129; of 
an inland lake (as Heb. 3), 6. r. TaAcAaias, Mt 4'8 1579, Mk 116 781; 


t. TiBepiddos, Jo 211; +. I. 7. T., Jo 6!; of the same, simply 7 6., Mt 
415 Mk 235 al, 

SYN.: é\ayos, ‘‘the vast expanse of open water”; 6., ‘‘ the sea 
as contrasted with the land” (Tr., Syn., xiii). 

6ddrw, [in LXX for J30, etc.;] to heat, warm; metaph., (a) to 
inflame (Trag.); (b) to foster, cherish : Eph 5°, 1 Th 27.t 

Odpap (Tr., @audp), 7 (Heb. am, Ge 38°), Tamar: Mt 13.+ 


OapBéw, -@ (GduPos), [in LXX for nya ni., pi., ete.;] 1. to be 
amazed. 2. In late Gk., to astonish, terrify (u Ki 225): pass., Mk 127 
10%; seq. éwi, c. dat rei, Mk 10**.+ 

OdpBos, -ovs, To, [in LXX for Mp, etc.;] amazement: Lk 4%° 5°, 


Ac 3}10,+ 
* Pavdoipos, -ov (<< Oavaros), deadly: Mk 16"8).+ 
Bavatn-bdpos, -ov (<< Gavaros, pepw), [in LXX: Nu 18% (m9), 
Jb 3323, rv Mac 818 26 1526*;] deadly, death-bringing : Ja 38.+ 
Odvatos, -ov, 6 (Gvyrxw), [in LXX chiefly for mia, NVA, sometimes 
for 23;] death; 1. of the death of the body, whether natural oc 


violent: Jo 111%, Phi 227, He 728, al; opp. to Zwy, Ro 838, Phi 17; of 
the death of Christ, Ro 5!, Phl 3!, He 2°; puécOar (cwlewv) é« 6., 
11 Co 1°, He 57; wepiAumos éws Gavarov, Mt 2655, Mk 1494; péxpu (dxpr) 
6., Phi 28, Re 21°; wAnyi Gavdrov, a deadly wound, Re 13%; idety 
Gavarov, Lik 226, He 115; yeveoGac Oavarov, Mk 9; évoxyos Gavarov, 
Mk 14%; Oavdrw teAevtav (Ex 211’, mar mia), Mk 7!°; death personi- 


fied, Ro 69, 1 Co 1576, Re 214; pl., of deadly perils, u Co 1175. 2. Of 
spiritual death: Jo 5%4 851, Ro 71°, Ja 1), 5%, 1 Jo 314 516, al.; of 
eternal death, Ro 1%? 75, al.; 6 6. 6 devrepos, Re 21! 218 (cf. Cremer, 
983 ft DB imi) 114 f.5 DCG a, 79L £.). 

Gavatéw, -®, [in LXX chiefly for m7 hi., ho., also for 397, etc. ;] 
to put to death: c. acc., Mt 10?! 26°9 271, Mk 131? 14°, Lk 2176, 11 Co 
69, 1 Pe 318; pass., Ro 896. Metaph.: Ro 8%; pass., c. dat, (in relation 
to), Ro 74.t ; 

@drrw, [in LXX chiefly for 923);] to bury: ¢. acc., Mt 8722 
1412, Lk 95% 60, Ac 56 % 10; pass., Lk 16%, Ac 229, 1 Co 154.t 

@apd (Rec. @dpa), 6, indecl. (Heb. mm), Terah (Ge 11): Lk 3*4.t 


Oappéw, -@ (later form of @apoéw), [in LXX: Pr 1”, Ba 471527, 
Da LXX 6167), ry Mac 1311 174*;] to be of good cheer or courage, to 
be confident: 11 Co 5%8, He 18%; +. reroyjoa, 11 Co 107; seq. eis, 
Cols: ev, ibs ican 
SYN.: toApdw. ‘6. has reference more to the character, r. to 
its manifestation” (Thayer, s.v. roAydw). 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 203 


Gapedw, -& (v.8. Gappéw), [in LXX chiefly for NJ, c. neg. ;] to be 
of good courage: imperat., Odpoe, -etre, Mt 9% 22 1427) Mk 659 1049, 
Jo 1688, Ac 2311.+ 

Odpaos, -ovs, ro, cowrage: Ac 2815.+ 

Oaiua, -ros, 76, [in LXX: Jb 17% 187° 20% 215 (myy, etc.) *;] 1. 
a wonder: 11Co1l!4, 2. wonder: Re 17%.+ 

Oaupdtw, [in LXX for Nw, etc.;] to marvel, wonder, wonder at: 
absol., Mt 81% 27 983 1531 2120 9922 2714, Mk 52° 15°, Lk 12! (R, txt. ; 
2CC, ml. but-y, intr), ib. ** 87° 11 244!) Jo 52 (745, Ac QF 413 138. 
Re 178; c. acc. pers., Lk 7°; c. acc. rei, Lk 24? (WH, R, mg. om.), Jo 
5°8, Ac 731; @atua peya, Re 17°; mpdowrov (LUXX for O° Nw, De 
1017, al.), Ju1®; seq. dia, c. acc., Mk 6°, Jo 77); seq. é, c. dat. obj., 
Lk 171 (2? R, mg., but v. supr.); seq. ém/, c. dat. rei, Lk 25% 422 943, 
2076, Ac 312; wep, Lk 2}8; dricw, Re 13°; om, Lk 1158, Jo 37 427, 
Ga 16; «i, Mk 1544, 1 Jo 31%. Pass. (Si 38, Wi 814): seq. ev, c. dat. 
pers., 11 Th 11° (cf. éx-Oavpdlw).t 

Qaupdoros, -a, -ov (<(Gadpa), [in LXX chiefly for xdp ni. (n. pl. 
= Mindy) ;] wonderful ; n. pl., wonders: Mt 211%.+ 

Gaupacrds, -7, -dv (<< Oavpdfw), [in LXX for xbp and cogn. forms 
(Ps 117 (118)? 23 118 (119)!9, Is 251, al.), N3p ni. (Ex 15", Ps 64 (65), 
al.), IN (Ps 8! 9 92 (93)*), etc. ;] wonderful, marvellous : Mt 214? XX), 


Mk 1911 0b), Jo 989, 1 Pe 2°, Re 155 3,+ 
* Ged, -ds, 7 (fem. of Oeds, q.v.), @ goddess: Ac 19?7.+ 
Oedopat, -Gyau, [in LXX: 1 Ch 22° (AN), To 2? 13514, Ith 158, 
11 Mac 2¢ 3%6, mr Mac 547*;] to behold, look upon, contemplate, view 
(in early writers with a sense of wondering), in NT apparently always 
in literal, physical sense of ‘‘careful and deliberate vision which 
interprets . . . its object’’: c. acc. rei, Mt 11’, Lk 774 2355, Jo 114,33 
435 1145 Ac 229, 1 Jo 1'; c. acc. pers., Mt 2211, Ac 2177, Ro 1574, 1 Jo 
413; ¢, ptep., Mk 16"4], Lk 52’, Jo 138, Ac 111; seq. dr, Jo 65, 1 Jo 414; 
pass., Mt 6! 23°, Mk 1601+ 
SYN.: v.8. Jewpéw. 
*t Oeatpilw (<< Oéarpov), to make a spectacle of, expose to contempt 
(ecel.; éx6-, Polyb.): pass., He 10*%.t 
* Qéatpov, -ov, TO (<< Oedouar), 1. a theatre (used also as a place of 
assembly): Ac 197%%!. 2. Collective for of Oearai, the spectators. 
3. = béa, Oéapa, a spectacle, show: metaph., 1 Co 4°.t+ 
Geiov, -ov, rd, [in LXX: Ge 19%, De 295 2), Jb 1815, Ps 10 (11)’, 
Is 30°3 349, Hz 3872 (M2), m1 Mac 2°*;] brimstone: Lk 17% @XX), 


Re 917118 1410 1920 9010, 918. + 
Geis, -eia, -ctov (< eds), [in LXX: Ex 31 35°!, Jb 273 334, Pr 217 
(ox, mibyx, ovridy), Si 6%, 1 Mac,, mr Macy, tv Mac,,*;] divine: 


204 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dvvapus, 1 Pe 13; vous (for parallel in 7., v. MM, Eap., xv), ib.4; 76 6., 
the Deity (so in cl.; of God, in Philo and FlJ), Ac 17?°.+ 

**t Oevétns, -nTs, 7) (<< Oetos), [in LXX: Wi 18°*;] divine nature, 
divinity: Ro 1?° (for ex. from 7., v. MM, Eap., xv). t 

Syw.: Oeorns, deity, godhead, divine personality. Oa. = divine 

nature and properties, a summary term for the attributes of deity, 
differing from Oedrns as quality or attribute from essence. 

*t Bevddns, -es (<< Ociov), of brimstone, sulphureous: Re 917.t 


+@éXnpa, -ros, To (<Oedw), [in LXX chiefly for ppm, also for 
7iX}, ete.;] will, (a) objectively = that which is willed: Mt 18%, 


Lk 19247, Jo 5°°, 1 Co 73’, 1 Th 518, m Ti 226, He 101°, Re 411; 6. 7. Geoo, 
Ac 2214, Ro 238 122, Eph 1°, Col 19 412, 1 Pe 42; 7+. xupiov, Eph 5’; pl., 
of precepts, Mk 3%*, WH, mg., Ac 1372@XX); éorw 76 6., c. gen. pers., 
seq. iva, Jo 63% 49, 1 Co 16"; c. inf., 1 Pe 2!°; c. ace. et inf., 1 Th 4°; 
(b) subjectively = 76 OédXew (cf. O€Anois): Lk 2375, Jo 14, 1 Pe 3", 
Ube Lt rroveww, MG 72% 1250 2st Mik 38° (pl. Nin, me. av. SUPE), 
Jo 434 638 717 931, Hph 6°, He 10% % 36 1321, 1 Jo 217; yiveoOau, Mt 61° 
26%, Lk 22%, Ac 2114; 4 evdoxia (BovAn) rod 6., Eph 155 ey 7 6. rod 
Geod, Ro 11°; 1a 6. Oeod, Ro 15%", 1 Co 1!, 11 Co 1! 8°, Eph 1}, Col 1}, 
1 Ti, 1) > xaza70\0.7,\Ceov, Galt) 1\Per48" 1 Jo soe ypl.gepa oe 
(Cremer, 728).t 

tO€Anors, -ews, 7 (eAw), [in LXX: mu Ch 15", Pr 8% (Fx), Hz 
18° (ppm), Da LXX 114° (ay), To 12'8, Wi 16, 1 Mac 126, 111 Mac 


226 *-] in collog. and MGr. = 76 Oédew, will : He 24.+ 
0édw (the strengthened form é#€Aw is found in Hom., and is the 
more freq. in Attic; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 415f.), [in LXX for 


MAN, PSM; c. neg., JNO pi., ete.;] to will, be willing, wish, desire 
(more freq. than BovAopa, q.v., in vernac. and late Gk., also in MGr.; 
for various views as to its relation to 8., v. Thayer, 286; but v. also 
Bl., § 24, s.v.): absol., Ro 916, 1 Co 419 1218, Ja, 415; +. Qeod Oédovros, 
Ac 187!; ¢. acc. rei, Mt 207, Mk 1436, Jo 157, Ro 71516 1 Co 421 736, 
Ga 517; c. inf., Mt 54°, Mk 104, Jo 62167, Ro 7?!, Ga 49; ¢. acc. et inf., 
Mk 74, Lk 1°, Jo 217423, Ro 1619, 1 Co 145, Ga 618; ob GéAw, Mt 18°, 
al.; id. c. inf., Mt 2!§; Mk 626, Jo 54, 1 Co 167; seq. va, Mt 7!2, Mk 
625, Jo 1774; opp. to row, tpacow, evepyéw, Ro 7119, 11 Co 81%11, Phi 
233; seq. 7 (ICC, inl.; Deiss., LAH, 179,,), 1Co 149; 6Awy év rarewvo- 
ppoowy (of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col 2!8; in OT 
quotations, for Heb. PEM, c. acc. pers., Mt 27%; c. acc. rei, Mt 913 1927, 
He 10° 8; c¢. inf., 1 Pe 31°; for yan, c. inf., Ac 778 (v. Cremer, 726 ff.). 

Gepédtos, -ov (<C7éOym), [in LXX for Flaw, Wid, etc.;] of or 
for a foundation ; as subst., 6 6. (sc. A@os), a foundation stone, founda- 
tion: Lk 6** 49 1429 (but v. Deiss., BS, 123); pl., of @. (cl.), He 111°, 
Re 211419; neut., 76 6. (Arist., Phys., vi, 6, 10, LXX and later writers), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 205 


Ac 1676; metaph., Ro 159, 1 Co 3!¢!2, Eph 27°, 1 Ti 619, 1 Ti 219, 
He 61.+ 
Oepedtdw, -&, [in LXX chiefly for 10°;] to lay the foundation of, 
to found: c. acc., t. ynv, He 11° @X%); pass., Mt 77°, Lk 648; metaph., 
I Pe 5/9 (R, mg., settle); pass., Eph 318, Col 123.+ 
*t Be0-5iSaxtos, “ov, taught of God (cf. ddaxroi Geot, Jo 645) : 1 Th 49.+ 
* Beo-Adyos, -ov, 6, 1. one who treats of the Divine nature (applied 
in cl. to the old poets and philosophers). 2. In eccl., a theologian, 
divine : Re, tzt., Rec.t 
** Peopaxew, -@ (< Geopaxos), [in LXX : 11 Mac 7!°*;] to fight against 
God: Ac 23° (Rec.).t+ 
ig ee -ov, [in Sm.: Jb 265, Pr 918 211°*;) fighting against 
God: Ac 5%%.+ 
*t Oedmvevotos, -ov (<< Oeds, rvéw), inspired hy God: 11 Ti 316,+ 
Qeds, -ov, 6, 7 (Ac 19%” only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., Oeé 
(Mt 27*°; cf. De 3%, al.), [in LXX chiefly for oviby , also for 5x and 


other cognate forms, Mm, etc.;] a god or deity, God. 1. In polythe- 
istic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28°, 1 Co 8, 1 Th 24, al.; pl., Ac. 
141 196, Ga 48, al. 2. Of theone true God ; (a) anarthrous: Mt 6*4, 
Lk 20°, al.; esp.c. prep. (Kihner %, iii, 605), azo 6., Jo 3?; éx, Ac 5°, 
11 Co 5!, Phil 3°; id, Ro 13!; wapa Geot, Jo 1°; rapa 6ed, u Th 15, 
I Pe 24; xara Oedv, Ro 8?’, 11 Co 7% 1°; also when in gen. dependent 
on an anarth. noun (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 274°, Lk 3?, Ro 17,1 Th 238; as 
pred., Lk 20%8, Jo 11, and when the nature and character rather than 
the person of God is meant, Ac 5?9, Ga 2°, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more 
freq., c. art.: Mt 178, Mk 27, al. mult.; c. prep., ao 7. 6.,-Lk he ; ex, 
Jo 842, al. ; Hy Tapa tov 6., Jo 840; T. TO 6., Ro gl @ ev, Col 33. eri TO 6., 
Lk 147; émi rov 6., Ac 1519: cis T. O., ‘Ac 9415 ; mpos tT. 6., Jo 1”; c. gen. 
pers., Mt 2232, Mk 1226 ar ike 20*", Jo 2017, al.; 6 0. roe Ro’ 18; Phi 1°, 
al. ; een matnp K.T.X., Ro 15°, Eph 1°, Phi 420, al.; ¢. gen. rei, Ro 
155 13,33, tr Co 18, 1 Th 58; +a 7. Oeod, Mt 1678, Mk 1217, 1 Co 2!!; ra 
mpos tov 9., Ro 15!", He 217 5!; +. Oe, as a super!. (LXX, Jos 3°), Ac 
79, 11 Co 104; Hebraistically, of judges (Ps 81 (82)°), Jo 1084 (LXX), 35, 
GeovéBeta, -as, 7 (<< eovefijs), [in LXX: Ge 20" (otsy nyt), 
Jb 2878 (“94K id.), Si 174, Ba 54, 1v Mac 7%? x 15% x 171°*;) fear of 


God, godliness: 1 Ti 21°.+ 
BeooeBys, -és (<< Oeds, o€Bopar), [in LXX for ody xy, Ex 187), 


al.;] God-fearing, godly: Jo 9%1.+ 

SYw.: edo Bs (q. v-), Opiokos. 

* Geootuyns, -és (<< eds, orvyéw), 1. passive, as freq. in cl., hateful 
to God: Ro 1° (R, txt., ef. Lft., Notes, 256). 2. Active, hating God: 
ib. (R, mg., ef. ICC, in 1.).+ 

¥+t Bedtys, -nTos, 7, deity, Godhead: Col 2°t 
Syw.: Odrys, q.v. 
@edprdos, -ov (Aeds, Piros), Theophilus: Lk 13, Ac 11,+ 


206 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Oepameia, -as, 7) (Geparevw), [in LXX for OTaY, Ge 451° (cf. Hs 5%), 


etc.;] 1. service. 2. healing: Lk 91! (Field, Notes, 60), Re 227, 3. 
Collective, howsehold attendants, servants: Lk 124 (LXX, ll. ¢.).t 
Gepareva, [in LXX for aw, etc.;] 1. to do service, serve: c. ace. 
pers., pass., Ac 17, 2. As medical term, to treat (MM, Ezp., xv), 
cure, heal: Mt 12°, Mk 65, Lk 67, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 4%4, Mk 134, 
al.; seq. ard, Lk 51° 618 721 82:43; 9, vocov (wadaxiav), Mt 4%, al. 
SYN.: idoua (v. Field, Notes, 60; MM, Ezp., l.c.). 
Oepdtwy, -ovros, 6, [in LXX chiefly for TAy;] an attendant, 


servant : He 35 (@XX),+ 

SYN.: v.s. diaxovos. 

BepiLw (<< Opos), [in LXX chiefly for "¥P;] to reap: Mt 676, Lk 
1B Javors fig. Mit) 257426 ke 924732 Jor 456-88 Congo Garou”, 
Re 141°; ¢. ace., 7. capxixa, 1 Co 91; Pbopav, Cwnv aidvov, Ga 68; 7. yqv, 
Re 1416,+ 

Geptopds, -0d, 6 (<< Oepi~w), [in LXX chiefly for ¥P;] harvest ; 


(a) the act: Jo 435; (b) the time: fig., Mt 133% 39, Mk 429 (c) the crop: 
fig., Mt 937,38, Lik 107, Re 1415. 
** Mepiotis, -ot, 6 (<< Gepilw), [in LXX: Da LXX Bel*®, rH ib.33*;] 

a reaper: Mt 138% 39+ 

Oeppaivw (<< Gepyds), [in LXX chiefly for nan;] to warm, heat ; 
mid., to warm oneself: Mk 145467, Jo 181% 2, Ja 216+ 

Oépun, -ys, 7, [in LXX: Jb 617, Ps 18 (19)§, Ke 4! (gan and 
derivatives), Si 38°°*;] heat: Ac 28%.t 

Oépos, -ovs, 76 (Oepw, to heat), [in LXX chiefly for Val?) 3] summer: 


Mt 2432, Mk 13%, Lk 213°.+ 

OccoadoriKeds, -ews, 6, a Thessalonian: Ac 204 272, 1 Th 1}, 1 Th 
ieee 

@ecoadovixyn, -ns, 4, Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia: Ac 
171) 11,138, Ph] 416, 1 Ti 410+ 

@eudas (perh. contr. from @eddwpos, but v. MM, Ezxp., xv), -a, 6, 
Theudas: Ac 5°°,t+ 

Bewpéw, -& (<< Hewpds, a spectator, < Gedopar), {in LXX chiefly for 
MN3, M1m;] (pres. and impf. only, exe. Jo 7? (fut.), Mt 281, Lk 2348, Jo 
851, Re 11! (aor.); Bl., § 24); 1. (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol., 
Mt 2755, Mk 154°, Lk 23%5; seq. ras, Mk 1241; zov, Mk 1547; c. acc. 
pers., Jo £968) 12% 16tO! Ac 316 20882075) he Tit ateid. eptep., 
Mk 545, Lk 1018, Jo 619 10% 201% 14, t Jo 31"; c. acc. rei, Mt 28!, Lk 
1479 916 9348, Jo 223 62 73, Ac 41% 813; id. c. ptep., Jo 206, Ac 75¢ 101; 
seq. or, Ac 1926. 2. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; BL., 
§ 24, s.v. épav), in pres. and impf. = dpduw, to see, perceive, discern : seq. 
ort, Mk 164, Jo 419 1219 Ac 197° 2710; aéca, Ac 2129; ryAcxos, He 74; 
c. acc. rei, Mk 58; id. c. ptep., Ac 1716 288; c. acc. pers., Mk 31!, Jo 
1419 Ac 9° 1772; wvedua, Lk 2497; 76 w., Jo 141"; seq. or, Jo 98; oc. 
ptep., Lk 24°°. 3. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of : +. @avarov, 
Jo 85! (cf. Ps 88 (89)**); +. degav, Jo 174 (cf. dva-, rapa-ewpew).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 207 


Bewpia, -as, 7 (V.S. Oewpew), [in LXX: Da LXX 5’, m Mac 5%6 
15%, 11 Mac 5°4*;)] 1. a viewing. 2. = Oedpyua, a spectacle, sight: 
Lk 2348 (both senses in cl.).t 

OyKn, -ns, 7 (<Criym), [in LXX: Ex 257627 (mg), Is 618 
(MRR), ib. 326*;] a receptacle, chest, case: of the sheath of a sword, 


Jo 1811.+ 

Onrdlw (<< Andy, a breast), [in LXX chiefly for px" hi.;] 1. of the 
mother, to suckle: Mt 241°, Mk 1317, Lk 2175, 2. Of the young, to 
suck: Mt 2116; pacrovs, Lk 1177 (cf. Jb 37, Ca 8}, al.).t 

OAAus, -eo, -v, [in LXX chiefly for 73?3;] female: as subst., 
» 6., a female, a woman: Ro 17627; 76 6., Mt 194, Mk 106, Ga 328.+ 

Ojpa, -as, 7, [in LXX for TY, FI, Mw), and cogn. forms;] 
1. a hunting, chase (Hdt., Xen., al.). 2. prey, game (cl.). 3. As in 
Ps 34 (358) = nw), a net: Ro 119 (but v. Thayer, s.y.).t 


Onpevw (< Oypa), [in LXX for HY, etc.;] to hunt, ensnare, 
catch: metaph., Lk 1154+ 
¥t Onpropayéw, -@ (<< Onpiov, payoua), to fight with wild beasts 
(Diod., al.) : 1 Co 15%?.+ 
O@npiov, -ov, 7é (dimin. of Op), [in LXX chiefly for m59;] a wild 


beast, beast: Mk 1}, Ac 116 2845, Tit 112, He 122°, Ja 37, Re 68; of 
Antichrist, Re 117 13-20.+ 

Onoaupitw, [in LXX for JPY, etc.;] to lay up, store up: of 
riches, Ja 5°; id. c. dat. pers., Lk 1271, 1 Co 1214; c. acc. rei, 1 Co 
16?; Onoavpods éav7G, Mt 6! 29; pass., 11 Pe 37; metaph., dpyjv éavra, 
Ro 2° (cf. Pr 118, Pss. Sol 99).+ 

Onoaupds, -ov, 6 (<< réyu), [in LXX chiefly for "yin ;] 1. a place 


of safe keeping ; (a) a casket: Mt 21!; (b) a treasury (I Mac 3% and 
freq. in cl.); (c) a storehouse (Ne 131”, De 2812, al.): Mt 1357; metaph., 
of the soul, Mt 12%5; +. xapdias, Lk 64°, 2. a treasure: Mt 61%?) 1344, 
Lk 12%, 34, He 1126; @. év otpavé (v. Dalman, Words, 206 ff.), Mt 19?}, 
Mk 10?!, Lk 18”; of the knowledge of God through Christ, 11 Co 4’; 
T. co pias K. yvwoews, Col 2%.t 

Otyydvw, [in LXX for y33, Ex 19!2*;] 1. to towch, handle: Col 
271, He 122°(LXX), 2. to injure (like Heb. y33, and as in EHur., Iph. 
Aul., 1851): ¢. gen., He 1128,+ 

SYN.: V.S. arrow. 

OA(Bw, [in LXX chiefly (6 OA/Bwv) for 7¥ ;] to press: c. acc. pers., 
Mk 3°; 686s rebAtupévyn, a narrow (compressed) way, Mt 7}4. Metaph. 
(as freq. in LXX), to oppress, afflict, distress: c. acc. pers., 11 Th 1°; 
pass. (Vg., tribulor, tribulationem patior), 11 Co 1° 48 75, 1 Th 34,11 Th 
1’, 1 Ti 51°, He 11°” (cf. dzo-, cvv-6A/Bw).t 

Oris (LTr., OAtyis), -ews, 7 (<< AAcBw), [in LXX for NZ¥ , etc. 5] 


208 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pressure (Arist.). In LXX and NT metaph., tribulation, affliction, 
distress: Mt 24% 21529, Mk 131% 24, Jo 1621, Ac 711 1119 Ro 122, 11 Co 
14,8 417 64 74 8318, Phi 44 a Th 16, Ja 12%, Re 19 292% 714: ©) avayay 
(q.v.), 1 Th 37; orevoywpia (which from the order of the words would 
appear to be the stronger term), Ro 2° 8%; dwyyds, Mt 131, Mk 
417, 11 Th 14; 6. éyw, Jo 16°38, 1 Co 728, Re 219; épyec@Oar emi, Ac 71; ev 
Orie, 1 Th 16; pl., Ac 71° 1422 2028, Ro 53, Eph 3}5, 1 Th 33, He 10%; 
t. Xporod, Col 1*4; 6. ris xapdias, 11 Co 24; 6. éyetpew, Phi 127.+ 

SYN.: dvdyxn, dwypcs, otevoxwpia (vy. supr., and ef. Tr., Syn, 
§lv; Lift., Notes, 45). 

Oryjckw, [in LXX chiefly for mm;] to die; pf. (M, Pr., 114), to 
be dead: Mt 279, Mk 1544, Lk 712 849 Jo 1144 1988, Ac 1419 2519; 
metaph., of spiritual death, 1 Ti 5° (cf. dzo-, cvv-aro-6vjoKw).t 

Orvntés, -7, -ov (<OvyjoKw), [in LXX: Pr 3 2074 (a IN), Jb 30% 
(1m), Is 5112 (mia), Wi 914 1517, 11 Mac 912, mr Mac 329*;] subject to 


death, mortal: Ro 6! 811, 1 Co 1553) 54 a Co 411 54.+ 
*t OopuBdlw (<(OdpvBos), = tupBalw (q.v.), to disturb, trouble: 

pass., Lk 1041.+ 

GopuBéw, -& (<< OdpuBos), [in LXX: Na 284) (Sy5 ho.), Da LXX 
8!" (mya ni.), Jg 326, Wi 1819, Si 40°*;] 1. to make a noise or uproar: 
mid., of loud and ostentatious lamentation, Mt 92%, Mk 5%9, Ac 20?°. 
2. Trans., to trouble, throw into confusion: +. wodAw, Ac 175.+ 

OépuBos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for fim, ete.;] a nowse, uproar, tumult, 


as of an excited mob: Mt 26° 2724, Mk 142, Ac 20! 2124 2418; of 
mourners, = dxAos GopuBovpevos, Mk 538.+ 

Opava, [in LXX for pyr (De 28%, Is 424 58°), etc. ;] to break im 
preces, shatter ; metaph., to break down: Lk 418 @XX),t+ 

¥ Opéupa, -tos, 7d (tpepw); 1. a nurseling, esp. of animals (Eur., 

Plat., al.). 2. cattle: Jo 4'%.+ 

Opnvéw, -@ (<< Opjvos), [in LXX chiefly for 55» hi., also for pp pil., 
etc.;] 1. intrans., to lament, wail: Mt 1117, Lk 732, Jo 167°. 2. Trans., 
to bewail: c. ace. pers., Lk 23?7.+ 

SYN.: kAaiw, korropat, Avréopar, wevOew (v. Tr., Syn., § Ixv). 

Opijvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for MP ;] a lamentation: Mt 238, 


Rec.t 
**+ Opnoxeta (-xia, T), -as, 7 (<< Opyoxos), [in LXX: Wi 141% 27, 
Si 225A, 1v Mac 5%18*;) religion in its external aspect (MM, Ezp., 
xv), worship: Ac 26°, Ja 17% 27; 6. trav ayyéAwy, Col 218.+ 
SYN.: v.s. Opnoxos. 
* Opijoxos (-xds, WH), -ov, 6, religious, careful of the outward forms 
of divine service (see previous word)|: Ja 176.t 
SYN.: eiaeBys, OeooeBys, Secidaipwv (v. Tr., Syn., § xlviii). 
*t OprapBedw (<< OpiapBos, 1. a festal hymn to Bacchus. 2. The 
Roman triwmphus), 1. to triumph (and rarely, c. acc., to triwmph 
over ; so perh. Col 2), but v. infr.). 2. to lead in triumph: ec. ace. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 209 


pers., 11 Co 24; hence, generally, to make a spectaele or show of: Col 
2) (but v. supr.; cf. MM, Hap., xv; and esp. Field, Notes, 181).t+ 

Opié, tprxds, 7, [in LXX chiefly for yw ;] hair ; (a) of the head: 
Miao” b* Lk 7048 tat Deo t12 19") Ae al**,.s Pe 3°, Re’ 14; 
(b) of animals: Mk 15, Re 98.+ 

Opodw, -@ (<< Opdos, a noise, tumult), [in LXX: Ca 54 (mam) * i 
in cl., 1. to cry aloud, make an outcry. 2. to utter aloud. 3. InN 
(and LXX), pass., to be troubled, as by an alarm: Mt 24°, Mk 137, 
Lk 24°7 (WH, mg.), 1 Th 2? (cf. Kennedy, Sowrces, 126).t 

* OpdpBos, -ov, 6 (<< rpepw, in primary sense to thicken), a lump, a 

clot of blood (DCG, ii, 685): aiwaros, Lk 22** (WH, R, mg. omit 
the passage, v. WH, App., 64 ff.).t . 

Opdvos, -ov, 6 [in LXX chiefly for NpD, Ex 11°, al.;] in Hom., a seat, 


chair. Later, a throne, chair of state, seat of authority; of kings: 
metaph., of God, Mt 5*#, Ac 749(XX), Re 14, al.; by meton., for 
kingly power, sovereignty, Lk 15% 5, Ac 23°; for an angelic hierarchy, 
Col 116; of Christ, Mt 1978, Re 371, al.; of Satan, Re 2!%; +. @npéov, ib. 
16°; of the Apostles, Mt 1978, Lk 2239, cf. Re 204; of rpecBvrepon, 
Re 44 1116 (on 6. rijs xapiros, He 416, v. Westc., in ].; Deiss., BS, 135). 

Oudteipa, -wy, Ta (-as, 7, Re 14 L; cf. WH, App., 156), Thyatira, 
a city of Lydia: Ac 1614, Re 11 218 24 + 

Ouydtnp, -rpds, » (for use of vocat., cf. M, Pr., 71; WH, App, 
158), [in LXX for n3 (Ge 54, al.), exc. Jg 214 B, m Ch 2177 (Mw) ;] a 


daughter: Mt 918 105537 146 1522,28 Mk 585 622 726,29, Tk 236 942) 49 
125%, Ac 217 UXX) 721 219 He 1124, In N'T, as in OT, not in el.; (a) as 
a form of friendly address (cf. Ru 2? 7%, al.): Mt 972, Mk 5%4, Lk 848; 
(b) metaph.: sc. xvpéov, 11 Co 618 (ef. Is 43°) ; (c) of posterity : 0. ’Aapdr, 
Lk 15; ’ABpadp, ib. 1316 (cf. Is 167, 1v Mac 15%, al.); (d) of habita- 
tion: 6. Sw, ‘TepoveaAnp, Mt 215@XX, Lk 2328, Jo 12) (cf. Is 18, Za 
99, al.).t 
* Ouydtpuov, -ov, To (dimin. of Ovyarnp), a little daughter, a term of 

endearment used in late Gk. (cf. Bl., § 27, 4): Mk 5? 7?5.+ 

QJedda, -ns, } (<Ovw), [in LXK: De 4" 5209 (Spqy), Ex 
1022 * ;] (poét. in cl.), a hurricane, cyclone, whirlwind: He 12}8,+ 

SYN.: atrayp (q.v.). 

**+t Odivos (usually Ovivos, as Rec.), -y, -ov (<< Ouia, Gia, an African 
aromatic tree, with ornamentally veined wood of varying colour, 
= Lat. citrinus), [in Sm.: mr Ki 10” (erzm>y) * 5] thyine: &vdov, Re 
18!2 (Diosc.).t 

Oupiapa, -ros, ro (<< @yudw), [in LXX chiefly for ny ;] fragrant 
stuff for burning, incense: % dpa rod 6., Lk 1°; Ovovacrypiov rod 9. 
(Ex 3077, al.), ib; pl., Re 5§ 8% 4 1813.+ 
Ouptatypioy, -ov, 7d (<COvpudw), [in LXX: 1m Ch 26% Hz 84 
14 


210 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(m0), tv Mac 7 *;] 1. asin cl. (Hdt., iv, 162; Thuc., vi, 46) and 


LXX, a censer: He 9* (but v. infr., and cf. Westc., in ].). 2. As in 
Philo., rer. div., § 46, FlJ, Ant., iv, 2, 4, al., the altar of incense: He, 
l.c. (but v. supr. and cf. MM, Ezp., xv).t 

Bupidw, -& (< Od), [in LXX (with -dfw) chiefly for wp pi., hi. ;] 
to burn incense: Lk 19.+ 

*t Oupopayéw, -@ (Ovuds, pdxomar), to fight desperately, have a hot 

quarrel: c. dat. pers., Ac 127°.+ 

Bupds, -od, 6 (<C Ovw), [in LXX most freq. for HN, also for 
mean, 7m, ete. 30 words in all;] passion, hot anger, wrath: He 
1127; dpyn Kat 6., Ro 28, ef. Col 38; zuxpia x. 6., Eph 4%1; rAnoOjva, 
wAnpys Ovpot, Lk 48, Ac 1978; 6. éxew, Re 1212; oivos +. Ovpod rt. 
wopveias (cf. Je 28 (51)"), Re 148 18° (cf. 17%); olvos +. 6. 7. Geod, ib. 
1410; id., 7. dpyns 7. Oeod, ib. 1619 1915; 6 6. 7. Beod, ib. 1419 1547 161; 
pl., impulses or outbursts of anger: pis, Lidos, Ovpol, épbiar, 1 Co 
127°, Ga 5?° (Cremer, 287, 733).+ 

SYN.: épyy, tapopyiopos. 

Gupdw, - (Gvyds), [In LXX (chiefly in pass.) for AN, HN AN, 
F2N hith., ete.;] (no act. in Attic.); pass. (and mid.), to be wroth or 
very angry: Mt 216+ 

Q@épa, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for mnp, also for 53, mdq, etc.;] 
a door: kAeiew (drox-) thv 6., Mt 66, Lk 1375; pass., Mt 251°, Lk 11’, 
Jo 201% 26, Ac 2199; dvotyew, Ac 51%; pass., Ac 167627; xpovew, Ac 
1213; da zys 0., Jo 104%; xpos tiv 6., Mk 153 114 (WH om. zy), 
Ac 32; ra mpos tH 6., the space by the door, Mk 2?; zpds r7 6., Jo 
1816; éxizm 6, Ac 5°; wzpd ras 0., Ac 12°; eri ray 6., Ac 573; 4 6.7. 
pynpecov, Mt 276°, Mk 1546 163. Metaph., of Christ, 7 6. 7. mpoBarwr, 
Jo 10%°; of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 1374; of opportunities, 
6. miorews, Ac 1477; 6. peyddn, 1 Co 16°; 6. 7. Adyov, Col 4°; 6. 
dvewypevn (nvewy-), 1 Co 2", Re 3° 4!; of Christ, éornxas eri tiv 6. Kai 
kpovwv, Re 379; of his second coming, émi Ovpas elvar, Mt 24°°, Mk 
13°; apo Ovpav éxrnkevar, Ja 5°.+ 

Oupeds, -ov, 6 (<< Avpa), [in LXX for 22, 3X5] 1. in Hom., a 
door-stone. 2. In late Gk. (Polyb., Plut.), the scutwm, a large oblong 
shield: 6. 7. miatews, Eph 61° (cf. Wi 52°, where dovorns is likened to 
the dois, the clypeus or small round shield of the light-armed 
soldier).t 

Oupis, -i8os, (dim. of O¥pa), [in LXX chiefly for 5m ;] a window : 
Ac 209, 11 Co 1133,+ 

Bupwpds, -ov, 6, 7 (<< Ovpa, + ovpos, a guardian), [in LXX: tv Ki 
7 (syiw), Hz 441 ("778), 1 Ki 4°, 1 Es,*;] a door-keeper, porter : 
6, Mk 1334, Jo 108; 4, Jo 1816 17.+ 

Oucia, -as, 7 (Ovw), [in LXX chiefly for mma, May 3] 1. actively, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 211 


an offering, sacrifice (Hdt., al.). 2. Objectively, that which is offered, 
a sacrifice: Mt 918 127(1XX), Mk 949 (WH, mg.), Eph 52, He 10526; 
pl. (as usually in cl.), Mk 12%, Lk 131, He 93 1048 (6. xat rpoogopds) ; 
0. avayew, Ac 741; dvadcpev, He 77; zpoopépew, Ac 74, He 5! 83 
(8Gpa re xai 6.) 10412 114; dotva, Lk 274; pass., He 99; da Ts 0. 
airov, He 97°; éodiew ras 6. (Le 71°*), 1 Co 10%. Metaph., Phi 4'8, 
He 1316; 6. avevparixai, 1 Pe 25; 6. Zaca, Ro 12!; 6. aivécews, He 
1315;:°6. . . . 7. wiorews, Phi 2!7,+ 

t @uotactiptov, -ov, 76 (<C Ovoid{w, to sacrifice), [in LXX (where 
the word first appears) very freq., nearly always for Nata ;] an altar: 


(a) generally, Ja 271; pl., Ro 11°@XX); metaph., He 13!° (v. Westc., 
in l., and esp. his add. note on the history of the word, 455 ff.); (bd) 
of the altar of burnt-offering in the Temple, Mt 5%% 24 9318-20, 35) Jk 
11°!, 1 Co 913 1018, He 78, Re 11; (c) of the altar of incense in the 
sanctuary (Ex 30}, al.), Lk 14; symbolically in Heaven, Re 6° 835 
913 1418 167 (Cremer, 292).t+ 

Ow, [in LXX chiefly for mat, also for ynw, etc.;] as in cl.; 
1. to offer first fruits to a god. 2. to sacrifice by slaying a victim, 
offer sacrifice: Ac 141°; c. dat. pers., ib.1®; id. c. ace. rei, 1 Co 10?°. 
3. to slay, kill: Jo 10'°, Ac 10! 117; c. acc. rei, Lk 152% 2730; nass,, 
Mé 224; 76 wdoyxa (Hix 1271), Mk 14”; pass., Lk 227, 1 Co 57.+ 

Cwpds, -4, 6 (Heb. DINA, a twin; cf. diédvuos), Thomas the 
Apostle: Mt 10%, Mk 318, Lk 645, Jo 1116 145 2024-28 912, Ac 113.+ 

@dpag, -axos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for rw and cogn. forms;] a 
breastplate: Re 9%17; 6. +. Sixaoovvns, Eph 6'4 (cf. Is 5917, Wi 
51819) > @, riorews, I Th 58.t 


I 


1, t, tata, 70, indecl., cota, the ninth letter. Asa numeral, .’ = 10, 
t, = 10,000. 

*"Idevpos, -ov, 6 (Heb. NI, Nu 32*!), Jairws: Mk 5”, Lk 841.+ 

*laxdB, 6, indecl. (Heb. 3px), Jacob; 1. The patriarch: Mt 1? 


81, Jo 4556 Ac 78, al.; asin Heb. (cf. Nu 237, Is 418, Si 2312, al.), of 
his descendants, Ro 1176@XX), 2, The father-in-law of Mary: Mt 1! !6 
(on the form as distinct from that of the next word, v. Deiss., BS, 316,). 

"IdkwBos, -ov, 6 (Heb., v. previous word), James; 1. Son of 
Zebedee: Mt 474, Mk 11% 29, Ac 118 127, al. 2. Son of Alpheus: Mt 
10°, Mk 234, al.; commonly identified with ‘I. 6 puxpos, James the little, 
son of Mary (v.s. Mapia, 3; KAwzas), Mt 275°, Mk 154° 16! (cf. Jo 19"). 
3. The Lord’s brother (v.s. ddeAdos): Mt 1355, Mk 6%, Ac 1217, al., 
I Co 15’ (probably), Ga 1° 2%, Ja 11, Ju‘. 4. The father of the 
apostle, "Iovdas "IaxwBov: Lk 616, Ac 138, 


apa, -Tos, 76 (< idowar), [in LXX for NW (u Ch 3616, Ke 104, 


212 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Je 40 (33)°), etc. i 1. most freq. in cl., a means of healing, remedy 
(Thue., al.; Wi11410%). 2. = tacts (q. v.), a healing (Plat.; Je, l.c.): 
pl., 1 Co 12% 28 30, 

"lau Bpis, 6, Jambres (cf. Ex 741"): 1 Ti 38+ 

*"lavvat, (Rec. -va), 6, Jannai: Lk 374.+ 

"lavas, 6, Jannes (cf. lap Bpys): u Ti 3°.t 

idopot, -Guar, [in LXX for Np x (Ge 201, al.), exc. Is 3076 61! 
(wan) ;] to heal: c. acc. pers., Lk 517 619 92 11, 42 144 2251, Jo 447, Ac 984 
10*8 288; pass., Mt 8% 13 1528, Lk 77 847 1715, Jo 518; id. seq. dao, Mk 
529, Lk gi7 fig., of spiritual healing, Mt 131°, Jo 1940, Ac 2827 (LXX); 
pass., He 1913. Ja 516 1 Pe 24. 

SYN.: Oeparevu, q.v. 

*"Idper (Rec. -ped, Li, “Iape9), 6 (Heb. TH, LXX “Idped, FlJ, Iapedos), 
Jared (Ge 5): Lk 397.+ 

tacts, -ews, ) (<idopar), [in LXX chiefly for NB W;] a healing, 


Clie (AG 4221/80 =) ol lak oh de4 
SYN.: v.8. Te 2; tapa, 2. 
tacms, -Sos, }, [in LXX: Ex 28!8 3618 (3911) ae Is 5412 


3535), Ez 283 (mew, v. BDB, Lez., s.v.)*;] jasper, apparentl 
' ". Jasp Pp yi 


not the modern stone of that name, but a translucent stone (DB, s.v.): 
Re 43 9111, 18, 19.+ 

*Idcwv, -ovos, 6, Jason: Ac 175%; perhaps the same, Ro 16?!.+ 

iatpds, -ov, 6 (<< idouat), [in LXX for NBI;] a physician: Mt 92, 
Mk 2!7 526, Lik 423 531, 843 (om. WH, R, mg.), Col 414 (on the status 
of physicians, v. MM, ‘Exp., xv.). + 

iSe (Attic id€; the “later” accentuation is also found in Hom.; 
Veitch, 215), 1. prop., 2 aor. imperat. of épdéw, q.v. 2. As interjection, 
apart from the construction of the sentence, and used where one or 
many are addressed, see! behold! lo!: Mt 257% 2,25, Mk 974 334 1121 
131521 15435 166, Jo 12% 36, 48 326 514 726 113) 36 1919 1629 1921 194 14,26, a7 
Ga 5?.+ 

iSéa, -as, 7, V.S. eidéa. 

iSt0s, -a, -ov (in Attic usually -os, -ov), [in LXX chiefly for pers. 
suff., also for ond, ete.; (ra t.) ImR;] 1. one’s own; (a) of that which 


is private and personal (in cl. opp. to xowds, dypoows; cf. infr. 3); 
(b) of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to édAdrpios ; In 
late writers often, like éavrod, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.; 
Deiss., BS, 123 f.): Lk 6*, Jo 1% 5*, Ac 26 2078, 1 Co 112), Ga 6°, 
ree 19, He 777, Ja%, al; Tpac orev ra t., I Th 4"; xara ras i. Aeonte. 
Me Ti 43 ; ot ido, Jo 11! (M, Pr., 90 f.; Field, Notes, 84) 131, Ac 42%, 
I Ti 58; 7a ida, one’s home (Field, Notes, l.e.), Lk 18°, Jo 14 16% 
1977, 2. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper : TO oepa, I Co. 15°8* 
év tr. i. rdypare, 1 Co 1525; eis r. rowov tr. t., Ac 17°; = adrov (v. Deiss., 


ut. supr.), Mt 225, Jo 14 (cf. Wi10'). 3. Adverbially (v. supr., 1 (a); 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 213 


and cf. WM, 739,); (a) idia, severally, separately: 1 Co 121; (0) car’ 
iSiav, apart, privately, in private: Mt 141% 25 2017, Mk 494 733, Lk 1028, 
Ac 231°, al. 

iStdtys, -ov, 6 (<< idi0s), [in LXX: Pr 6° (no Heb.)*;] 1. a pri- 
vate person, as opp. to the State or an official (BactAeis x. idGrau, Pr, l.c. ; 
and cf. MM, Hap., xv). 2. one without professional knowledge, un- 
skilled, uneducated, wnlearned : 1 Co 1416 23,24 (R, mg., without gifts) ; 
dypdpparou x. i., Ac 418; c. dat. (= cl. c. gen. rei), Adyw, UL Co 11°.+ 

iSov, [in LXX chiefly for m3n,] prop. imperat. 2 aor. mid. of 
épéw, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater 
in LXX and NT than in cl. (v. M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see: Mt 1016 
118 138, Mk 3%2, Lk 248, 1 Co 15°, Ja 59, Ju}4, Re 1’, al.; after gen. 
absol., Mt 12° 2113 1246, al.; «ai idov, Mt 2° (and freq.), Lk 17° 10°, 
Ac 12’, al.; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or pre- 
dicate (like mgm in Heb.), Mt 31’, Lk 5!? 2231) 47, Ac 827) 36, a), 

*Soupaia, -as, 7 (Heb. omy), [in LXX: um Ki 8%, al.; elsewhere, 
as Ge 25°, "Eddu ;] Idumea: Mk 38.t 

i8pds (Tr. -@s), -dros, 6, [in LXX: Ge 3!® (yy), m Mac 276, 
Iv Mac 78*;] sweat: Lk 2244 (WH, omit).+ 

*leLdBed (L, ‘Ie-; Tr. -BeA; Rec. -ByA) 4, indecl. (Heb. SION; 
LXX as txt.; FJ, “Ie{aBeAn), Jezebel (111 Ki 16%, al.): symbolically, 
Re 2?° (vy. Swete, in 1.).t 

‘lepdmodts (WH, ‘Iepa Todi), -ews, 7, Hierapolis: a city in the 
Lycus valley in the Province of Asia: Col 41°.t 

iepateta (WH, -ia), -as, 7 (<Cieparevw), [in LXX for JAD pi., mI 
(Ex 29%, al.), exc. Ho 34 (TIEN) *;] priesthood, office of priest: Lk 1°, 
He 7°.+ 

tiepdreupa, -ros, 76 (<Cieparevw), [in LXX: Baciteov t., Ex 

19° (a5 np>n) 2322, 1 Mac 2!" *;] a priesthood, body of priests : 
i. dyvov, I Pe 2°; Bac. i., ib. ® (LXX, Ex, l.c.).t 

tepatedw (cl. = tepdopar), [in LXX chiefly for jMD pi.;] to be a 
priest, officiate as a priest: Lk 18 (the word is freq. in Inser.; v. LS, 
_8.v.; Deiss., BS, 215; LAH, 70; Cremer, 734).t 

"lepex® (T, ‘Iep-; Rec. ‘Iepyw; ef. Bl, § 3, 4, 4; WH, App., 
155), 7, indecl. (Heb. 1, Imp), Jericho: Mt 207°, Mk 104°, Lk 1030 
18%5 19!, He 11°9.+ 

*lepepias (T, Rec. ‘Iep-; v. WH, § 408), -ov, 6 (Heb. mop, 
im), Jeremiah the prophet: Mt 217 164 27° (a ref. to Za 111%).+ 

iepevs, -ews, 56 (<iepds), [in LXX for 755] a priest: i. 7. Adds, 
Ac 148; of Jewish priests, Mt 8* 1245, Mk 144 276, Lk 15 514, Jo 119, 


214 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


He 8, al.; of Christ, He 5§@X*) 102!; of Christians, Re 16 5! 208 
(Cremer, 293; on the ace. pl., iepets, v. Thack., Gr., 147 f.; Bl., § 8, 2). 
‘leptxd, V.S. Tepaxe. 
* tepdOutos, -ov (<< iepds, vw), offered in sacrifice: 1 Co 108 (Rec. 
cidwdo6-).t 
lepdv, -00, TO, V.S. Lepds. 

**iepomperns, -és (<iepds, mpere), [in LXX: tv Mac 9? 1120*;) 
suited to a sacred character, reverend (RV, reverent): Tit 2° (cf. Tr., 
Syn., § xcii).t 

tepds, -a, ov, [in LXX: Hz 2838 (w}210) ; 7o t., I Ch 294 (m9), Ez 
45! (MMI); very freq. in 1 Ks, 1-1v Mac;] 1. in Hom., marvellous, 


mighty, divine. 2. (Also in Hom. and later cl.) consecrated to the 
deity, sacred: pl., t. ypdupara, 1 Ti 3'%. 3. As subst., (a) (so in 
Hom.), ra i., sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: 1 Co 938; (bd) 
later, ro i., @ consecrated or sacred place, a temple: rt. "Aprémsdos, Ac 
19*7; cf the temple at Jerusalem, ie. the entire precincts or some part 
thereof (as distinct from 6 vads, q.v., the Sanctuary proper): 1 Co 938, 
and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12°, Mk 133, Ac 4}, al. (on the 
use of i. in Imperial Inscr., v. Deiss., LAH, 380 f.). 

‘lepoodhupa (WH, “Iep-, v. Intr., § 408), -wv, ra (on aoa ‘T., Mt 
23, v. WM, 79,; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and ‘IepovcaAjnp (WH, 
Tep-), 7., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr. (Heb. 
pwn, nbz), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo° and Mt (exe. 


27%"), and most freq. in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by 
St. Paul (exc. Ga 14% 18 21), Jerusalem: Mt 2}, Mk 38, Jo 19, al.; 
its inhabitants, Mt 2° 35 2337, Lk 13%4. Symbolically, 7 avw ‘I., Ga 
4°6, contrasted with 7 viv ‘I., ib.2°; ‘I, érovpavios, He 1272; 7 Kaui ‘L., 
Revs? 212110, 
‘lepocodupettns (WH, “Iep-; Rec. -pirns), -ov, 6, [in LXX: Si 
5077 29), ir Mac 474) 39 (V* -uyrns) 18°*;] an inhabitant of Jerusalem : 
Mk 1%) Jo 722.1 
** tepo-cudéw, -@ (<< iepdavdAos, q.v.), [in LXX: m Mac 9?*;] to rob 
a temple (commit sacrilege, R, mg.): Ro 2”2.+ 
** (epdaudos, -ov (<iepdv, cvAaw), [in LXX: mu Mac 4” (ef. -Anya, 
ib.39; -Aia, 13°) *;] robbing temples : Ac 1937.t 
**+ tepoupyéw, -@ (<< iepoupyos, a sacrificing priest), [in LXX: tv Mac 
78 R (ef. -yia, ib. 38° NR)*;] to perform sacred rites; c. acc., to 
minister in priestly service (minister im sacrifice, R, mg.), 76 eday- 
yeAvov, Ro 1516+ 
‘lepoucadnp, V.S. “lepooodvpa. 
iepwouvn, -ys, 7 (<fepds), [in LXX: 1 Ch 29% (795), 1 Es 5°8, Si 
4574, 1 Mac 254 349 7% 21, rv Mac 535 76*;] oriesthood: He 71) 14% 24 + 
*leooat (FIJ, -ccatos), 6 (Heb. wr, Ru 417, al.), Jesse: Mt 156, 


Lk 3%, Ac 1322 (@XX), Ro 152 @XX),+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 215 


*lepOde (FIJ, -Ods, -ot), 6 (Heb. mmD), Jephthah: He 11*.+ 

*lexovias, -ov, 6 (Heb. pani, Jehowakin), Jechoniah : Mt 1% ?.+ 

"Ingots, -ov, dat., voc. -ot, acc., -otv (Heb. yiwim, ywim, 
yiw), 1. Jesus: Mt 121, al.; 6 °1., ib. 33%, al.; “Il. Xpuords, ib. 1}, 


MK 1}, al.; Xp. “I., Ro 226, al.; xipios “I., Ac 2831, al.; “Incod, voc., 
Mk 174, al. 2. Joshua: Ac 745, He 48. 3. Jesus, son of Eliezer: 
Lk 329, 4. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 44. 5. v.s. BapaBBas. 
ixavés, -7, -dv (<Cikw, txavw, to reach, attain), [in LXX for 
"3, etc.;] 1. of persons, sufficient, competent, fit: c.inf., Mt 3%, Mk 


17, Lk 316, 1 Co 15°, m Co 3°, 1 Ti 2?; seq. zpos, 1 Co 216; seq. iva, 
Mt 88, Lk 7°. 2. Of things, in number, quantity or size, sufficient, 
enough, much, many: absol., ixavot, Lk 71! (WH, R, omit) 87, Ac 12” 
eet ii Co T1e"s SyXoe 1.5) Mik 10 Le 4, AG L186: 758; 
kavOpuos, Ac 2037; dpyvpua, Mt 287; Aaprades, Ac 208; Adyou, Lk 23°; 
pias, Ac 226; i. éorw (cf. O95 3, LXX ixavovebw, De 3%), Lk 2238; 76 


i. rovetv (Lat. satisfacere ; cf. Je 31 (48)9°), Mk 151 ;. 76 i. Aap Bavew (Lat. 
satis accipere; v. M, Pr., 20f.), Ac 17°; of time, jyépari., Ac 97% 48 
1818 277; &. xpdvos, Lk 8?7, Ac 811 148 27°; pl., Lk 20°; ék« xpovwy i., Lk 
23°; azo t. érav, Ro 1573 (WH); éq’ ixavdv (cf. m Mac 87°), Ac 201+ 
* ixavdtns, -nT0s, 7) (<< ixavos), sufficiency, ability (Plat.): 1 Co 3°.+ 
tixavdw, -@ (<ixavds), [in LXX chiefly for 29;] to make 


sufficient, render fit: c. dupl. acc., 11 Co 3°; c. acc. pers. seq. éis, 
Col 122.+ 

tketyptos, -a, -ov (<ixérys, a suppliant), [in LXX: Jb 407227), 
11 Mac 918*;] of a suppliant ; as subst., 7 t. (sc. faBdos), 1. in cl., an 
olive-branch, carried by a suppliant. 2. In late Gk. = ikeoia, 
supplication: pl., denoes x. i., He 5’. 

SYN.: v.s. denors. 

ixpds, -ddos, #, [in LXX. Je 178 (63m), Jb 26" (pay) *;] 


moisture: Lk 8°.t 

"Ixdviov, -ov, 70, Iconiwm, a city of the province of Galatia: Ac 
Poet Later th 1G? Eid LT 

ihapds, -d, -ov (<< tAaos = tAews, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 19” (7x) 228, 


Es 5}, Jb 3376, Si 1326 264, m1 Mac 6%°*;] cheerful, yoyous: 1 Co 97 
(Pr 228 (9) (XX)),+ 
titapdérys, -nTos, 7 (<< iAapds), [in LXX: Pr 18? (71R°) *;] cheer- 
fulness: Ro 128.t 
iAdoxopat (<CiAaos = fAews), [in LXX (cf. Weste., Epp. Jo., 84 f.) 
for moo, iv Ki 5!8 244, Ps 24 (25), La 342, Da rH 91%; "DD pi., Ps 
64 (65)® 77 (78)38 78 (79)®; on3 ni., Ex 3214, Hs 4!7*;] 1. in cl., c. ace. 
pers., to conciliate, appease, propitiate (= e&iAdoxopa, Ge 32”, Pr 1614, 
Ma 1°, al.). 2. In LXX (Thackeray, Gr., 270 f.), Inser. (Deiss., BS, 


216 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


224 f.), and NT, to be propitious, merciful (c. dat. rei, Ps 78 (79)°, al.) : 
c. dat pers. (rv Ki5!§), Lk 181%. 3. As in Philo (= éAdox-, in LXX: 
Ez 438%, al.), to expiate, make propitiation for: +. duaprias, He 21" 
(Cremer, 301 ff., 735).t 

tikacpéds, -0d (<< Adoxopar), [in LXX: Le 25°, Nu 5§ (a5), Ps 
129 (130), Da rH 9° (AndD), Am 8" (mR), Ez 4427 (MNwN), 1 Ch 
2829, Si 1820 A, m Mac 3%°*;] 1. an appeasing (Plut.). 2. a means of 
appeasing, propitiation (Philo; Nu, Hz, ll.c.): 1Jo 274! 3. In LXX 
also forgiveness (Ps, Da TH, ll.c.).t 

tikaoriptos, -a, -ov (<< iddoxopar), [in LXX: 1v Mac 17”; neut., 
Bx 25160. 317 352 385 (37°) ff, Le 1621°%, Nu 7% (M363), Ez 
4314, 17,20 (mary), Am 9! (on the original here, v. Deiss., BS, 127) *;] 
propitiatory (uvqpa, FJ, Ant., xvi, 7,1; Oavaros, 1 Mac, l.c.): of Christ, 
Ro 375; as subst., ro t. (sc. ériMeua, Hx 2516 17, where the word first 
occurs in LXX and where i. é€. = MHD (q.v. in BDB, s.v.), elsewhere 


rendered simply 70 t.; cf. Deiss., 124 ff.; Westc., He., in 1.), He 9°.t 
iNews, -wv (Att. for Zaos), [in LXX for 5m, 1 Ki 1445, m Ki 20%, 


al.; @ etvar, nodD, ur Ki 839%, Je 38 (31)*4, al.;] propitious, merciful : 
tT. dduciars, He 8'? (Je, l.c.; ef. m1 Ki, l.c.); v. wou (se. éxrw 6 eds), Mt 
1622(Gf Kielce.) st 

"Idupixdy, -od, 7d, Illyricum, a region bordering on the Adriatic 
Sea: Ro 1519.+ 

ipds, -avros, 6, [in LXX: Is 5?7 (qinw), Si 30% (3376), rv Mac 9", 
al;] a thong, strap: for binding prisoners (Ma, Si, ll. ¢.), Ac 2275; for 
fastening sandals, Mk 1’, Lk 3°, Jo 1°7.t 

*t iparitw (<iudriov), to clothe: Mk 51°, Lk 8%° (elsewhere only in 

a.; cf. MM, Hap., xv; Deiss., LAE, 78 £.).t 

ipdtiov, -ov, 76 (dim. of cua, a garment), [in LXX chiefly for 
“32, also for moniz, madiz , etc.;] a garment, but in usage always 


(exe. in pl., v. infr.) of an outer garment, a mantle, cloak (thrown over 
the yi:rév; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 22; DCG, i, 499%): Mt 91221, Mk 
921 527, 28, 30, Jo 192, Ac 128, al.; opp. to yurwv, Mt 54, Lk 67%, Ac 939; 
pl., garments, clothes (i.e. the cloak and the tunic), Mt 17? 266° 2731) 35, 
Mk 5° 152% 24, Jo 192%: 24, Ja 5’, al. 
tipatiopds, -o0 (<iparifw), [in LXX: Ge 24°, 1 Ch 189, Kz 1618, 

al. (133); Hx 37? 1235, Ru 33, al. (nbinizv), etc. ;] clothing, apparel (usually 
of sumptuous attire; v. Tr., Syn., § 1): Lk 7° 97%, Jo 1974 (Ps 2118 
(22)°), LXX for wad), Ac 208, 1 Ti 2°.+ 

ipeipw, [in LXX: Jb 32! BR (ABN, 6p-);] 1 Th 28 Ree), vs, 
Opeipopar. 

iva, I. adverb (poét., Hom., al.), 1. of place, where, whither. 2. 
of circumstance, when. II. Conjunction, 1. prop., final, denoting 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 217 


purpose or end (cl.), that, on order that, usually the first word in the 
clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Ac 194, 
Ro 113! (?), Ga 21°, al.); (a) ¢. optat. (so in el. after historic tenses) : 

after a pres., Eph 1!” (but WH, mg., subje.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 

2); (0) c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 471, Lk 6%, Jo 315, Ac 275, Ro 111, 
al.; after a pf., Mt 122, Jo 5%3, 1 Co gee, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or 
aor.), Mt 7!, Mk 1125, Jo 1088, 1 Co 7°, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1°8, 
al.; after a fut., Lk 164, Jo 14%, 1 Co 1578, al.; after historic tenses 
(where optat.in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6*! (impf.), 
Jo 4° (plpf.), Mk 314 (aor.), al.; (c) in late writers (M, Pr., 35; 
Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indie. fut: Lk 201°, 1 Pe 3}, al.; (d) as often 
in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres. : I Co 46, Ga 417, al. (?; but 
v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); (e) «is (8a) rodro, iva: Jo 18°’, 1 Ti 116, 
al.; tovrov xdpw, Tit 15; ( f) elliptical constructions: omission of the 
principal verb, Jo 18, 1 Th 3°, 1 Jo 2), al.; of the final verb, Ro 46, 
1 Co 8}3,al. 2. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 490; BL. 
§ 69, 1), that; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: Oru, 
Mt 722, al. ; fara, 1 Co 4? 14%; yAdw, 1 Co 141, al.; (b) after verbs of 
saying, asking, exhorting: <«ireiv, Mt 43, al. ; : caea. Mk 76, al.; 
mapaxada, Mt 14%°, r Co 1%, al., ete.; (c) after words expressing 
expediency, etc.: cvpdeper, Mt 18°, Jo 11°, al.; ixavds, Mt 88, Lk 7°; 
xpetav éxw, Jo 275, al, etc.; (d) after substantives, adding further 
definition: dpa, Jo 127% 131; xpdvos, Re 271; ovvyjbea, Jo 18°9; puoGds, 
1 Co 9!8, 3. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = dare, that, 
so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., §69,3; Burton, § 223): Ro114, 
1 Co 7°°, 1 Th 54, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring 
to the fulfilment of prophecy, va tAnpw6y, Mt 17? 214 414, Jo 1338, al. 


*Iéunn (FJ, id., and also “Idrn), -ns, 7, (Heb. 15%), Joppa: Ac 


Gay. Ls 
*lopddavys, -ov, 6 (Heb. 77), the Jordan: Mt 35, Mk 15, al. 


ids, -od, 6, [in LXX: Ez 2461” (AXSm), Ps 139, (140)* (mn), 


al.;] 1. an arrow. 2. rust (Kz, l.c.): Ja 5° (cf. MM, Eap., xv). 3. 
poison: fig., Ro 313 (Ps.he), Ja, 38+ 
*lodda, V.S. Iovdas. 
*loudata, -as, 7, V.S. Iovdatos. 
tlouSattw (<<’Iovdaios), [in LXX: Es 817 (4m hith.)*;] to con- 
form to Jewish practice, to Judaize: Ga 214+ 
t?loudaixds, -7, -ov, [in LXX: m Mac 8! V, 1324*;] Jewish: 
Tit 114,+ 
*+loudaixas, adv.; in Jewish fashion: Ga 214,+ 
*loudatos, -aia, -aiov (<c"Iovdas), Jewish: dvynp, Ac 1078 223; 
dvOpuros, Ac 21%; Wevdorpopyrys, 13°; apyxrepeds, 1914; yur, 161 24%4 ; 
yn, Jo 3”; yxwpa, Mk 1°. Substantively, (a) “Tovdatos, 6, a Jew: Jo 4° 
Ae 1874, Ro p38.” pl., Re 2° 39; of °I., Mt 2?, Mk 73, Jo 26 al.; "I. re kai 
“EAAnves, Ac 14}, al. ; oiret ee Ac gio. 20vn re x. “I., Ac 145; 
ot kata Ta €Ovy 7, Ac 212!; of Jewish Christians, Ga 218; of the ruling 


218 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


class who opposed Jesus, Jo 11% 218 510 118 1333, al.; (b) "Iovdara, -as, 7 
(sc. yi), xépa, ef. Jo 3, Mk 1°), (Heb. mnm), Judea: Mt 2}, Lk 1%, 


Jo 48, al. 
t’louSaicpds, -o0, 6 (<C’Iovdaifw), [in LXX: m Mac 2?! 8! 1488, 
Iv Mac 4°6*;)] Judaism, the observance of Jewish rites: Ga 11% 14+ 
‘lodSas, -a, dat. -a, acc. -av (so in LXX, and also rarely, “Iovda, 
indecl.; cf. Thack., Gr., 163), (Heb. mm); 1. Judah, son of Jacob: 


Mt 1%, Lk 333; gvdn1., Re 55 7°; by meton., of the tribe, He 7'4; 
of its confines, yf I., Mt 2°; wodus 1., Lk 19%. 2. Judah (unknown) : 
Lk 3%°, 3. Judas Iscariot (v.s. “Ioxapuiryns): Mt 104, Mk 31%, Lk 616, 
Jo 67! 13?, al. 4. Judas, the Lord’s brother (v.s. ddeApos): Mt 1355, 
Mk 68 (prob.), Ju. 5. Judas the Apostle, son of James (v.s. @addatos) : 
Lk 6!6, Jo 1422, Ac 133, 6. Judas, of Damascus: Ac 9". 7. Judas, 
surnamed BapoaBBas (q.v.): Ac 15742732, 8, Judas the Galilean: 
Ac 587, 

*loudta, -as, 7, Julia: Ro 161%.+ 

*loUALos, -ov, 6, Juliws: Ac 27!»3.+ 

*louvias, -a, 6 (or ‘lovvia, -as, 7, Junia; AV, R, mg.), Junias: 
Ro 167.+ 

*lodotos, -ov, 6, Justus, the surname of, 1. Joseph Barsabbas: 
Ac 18, 2. Titus, of Corinth: Ac 187. 3. Jesus, a Christian of Rome: 
Col 411,+ 

immeds, -ews (on acc. pl., -eis, v. Bl., §8, 2; Thack., Gr., 148), 6 
(<trmos), [in LXX chiefly for w95;] a horseman: Ac 2375) 32.+ 


** trmués, -7, -ov (<Cirzos), [in LXX: 1 Mac 1538, m1 Mac 1!*;] 
of a horse or of horsemen, equestrian ; as subst., 7d t. (Sc. otpdrevpa), 
cavalry: Re 916+ 


immos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 510, sometimes for WH ,239;] 
a horse: Ja 3°, Re 62* 97 © 1420 18138 1911 f+ 

tots, -edos, , [in LXX: Ex 30% (m3p)*, (mwp, Ge 918, Ez 178, 
is rendered by réégov) ;] 1. Iris, the messenger of the gods. 2. a rain- 


bow or halo: Re 42 10!. 3. The plant Jris (cf. Ex., l.c.).+ 

*loadk (in MSS. sometimes -od«; cf. Deiss., BS, 189; Thack., 
Gr., 100), 6, indeel. (in FIJ, “Icakos, -ov), (Heb. pny") , Isaac (Ge 17}9, 
al.): Mt 1?, Ro 9%, al. 

*t iodyyeXos, -ov (<< loos, dyyedos), like or equal to angels : Lk 20°6.+ 

*loacxdp, Ioaxdp, v.8. looaydp. 

*loxap.a0, 6, indecl. (Mk 3!° 141° Lk 616, elsewhere -wrys; v. 
infr.) and “Ioxapwrys, -ov (Heb. prob. mim wen; v. Swete, Mk., 31%), 
Iscariot: surname of Judas, ll. c. supr., also Mt 104 264, Mk 1443 
(WH, R, omit), Lk 223, Jo 12* 13? 1422; of his father Simon, 
Jo 671 1376,+ 


tvos (epic txos, so sometimes Rec.), -y, -ov, [in LXX for “9, Jb 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 219 


54 10", al.; x, Ez 40° ff.; 1 Mac 915, rv Mac 137 21, a]. ;] equal, 


the same in size, number, quality, etc.: dwpec, Ac 1117; paprvpias, 
ME 14°65 59; 7. roveiv, c. acc. et dat., Mt 20%; éavrdv 7. 666, Jo 58; 
7a t. drodaBetv, Lk 654, n. pl., isa, adverbially, Re 211°; +. 6, Phl 26.+ 
iodrns, -yTos, 7 (<< ios), [in LXX: Jb 369°, Za 47*;] 1. equality: 
11 Co 8414, 2. equity, fairness: 1d Sixaov x. tHv i, Col 4! (for dis- 
tinction bet. 76 8. and 7 i., v. ICC, in 1.).t 
*tiodtipos, -ov, (<Cicos, tyuy), equally privileged, held in equal 
honour : iors, 1 Pe 1! (R, mg., equally precious, but v Field, Notes, 
240; Mayor, in 1.).t+ 
iodpuxos -ov (<icos, yuxy), [in LXX: Ps 54 (55)!8 (Da yD)*;] 
1. of equal spirit (Aisch., Agam., 1470). 2. like-minded: Phl 2?%.+ 
"lopayd (FJ, "Icpdndos, -ov), 5, indecl. (Heb. Sx, Ge 32°), 


Israel: 6 oixos “I., Ac 742 @XX) al.; dads, Ac 419; viod, ib. 57}, al.; 
ai pudai rod “I., Mt 1978, al. By meton., for the Israelites, Mt 2°, Lk 1°, 
Ro 11?, al.; 6 Aads “I., Ac 419; ya I., Mt 22%21; Bacreds °1., Mt 274, 
Jo 15°; # éAm's tod 'I., Ac 287°; 6°I. rod Geod (of Christians), Ga 61°; 
6 "I. kata capxa, I Co 1038, 

*lopandeitns (Rec. -Airys), ov, 6, [in LXX: Nu 258 One), III 
Ki 20 (21)! ONIN ; Lue. ‘IeLpanAitys), ete. ;] an Israelite, the name 


expressive of theocratic privilege (v.s. “EBpatos): Ro 9* 111, 1 Co 11”; 
GAnOGs “I., Jo 148; dvdpes “I., Ac 222 312 535 1316 2128 + 

*logaxdp (Rec. “Ioay-, Ioacx- (Elz.), T, -dxap), 6, indecl. (Fl, 
*Iodxapis, Ioacy-) (Heb. 3wur, Ge 3018), Issachar: Re 77.t 


iotnpt, and in late writers, also isravw (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 
2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for way, 07), also for Ay3-ni., hi., 
ay? hith., etc.]. I. Trans. in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the 
tenses of the pass. 1. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, 
appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7°, Ac 128 613 1731, He 10°; id. seq. ézi, c. 
acc. loc., Mt 4°, Lk 4°; év péow, Mt 187, Mk 96, Jo 815); evemuov, Ac 
6°; wap’ éavrd, Lk 947; &k defav, Mt 25°; mid., to place oneself, to 
stand: Re 18°; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2°, 
Lk 1118 198, 1 Co 13}, al. 2. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX 
for bpwy, Is 46°, al.): Mt 261%, II. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense 
of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, 
stand still: Mt 20°? 2673, Mk 104, Lk 844, Jo 135 329, Ac 169, al.; seq. 
ev, Mt 6°, al.; éevamov, Ac 10°°, al.; pds, c. dat. loc., Jo 1816; ézi, c. 
gen. loc., Lk 617, Ac 5° 251, al.; Eumpoobev, Mt 27!'; xvxdw, Re 7; 
éx defiav, Lk 111; éri, c. acc., Mt 13?, Re 329; wapa, Lk 57; éxet, Mk 
115; &de, Mk 91; drov, Mk 1314; efw, Mt 124°; paxpobev, Lk 18}; 
roppwhev, Lk 1712. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast : 
1 Co 7* 10”, Eph 611)13,14, Col 42; 7. riora, Ro 117°; ev 7. ddyOeia, 
Jo 84; & +. xapitt, Ro 57; ev 7. edayyeAdtw, I Co 15! (cf. dv-, éx-ar-, 
éf-av-, dvO-, dd-, di-, év-, e&-, éx- (-par), ep-, Kat-ep-, ovv-ep-, Kkab-, 
avti-Ka0-, dmo-xaO-, peO-, map-, Tept-, Tpo-, Tvv-ioTHpL). 


220 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


** tatopéw, -@ (<< ictwp, one learned or skilled in), [in LXX: 1 Es 
133, 42 * 5] 1. c. acc. rei, to inquire into, learn by inquiry. 2. C. acc. 
pers., to inquire of or about. 3. to narrate, record. 4. In late 
writers, to visit, become acquainted with: Ga 1} (y. Hllic., in 1., and 
ef. MM, Hop., xv).t 

ioxupés, -d, -dv (<icyvw), [in LXX for bx, tag, DINY, pin, 
ete. ;] strong, mighty, powerful ; (a) of persons, as to body or spirit: 
Mt 1279, Mk 327, Lk 117))22, r Co 41° (opp. to doGevys), He 114 (ev 
todéuw), Re 5? 101 18?! 1918; of rAovoro x. of ¢., ib. 615; rat. = oF i. (ef. 
Iv Ki 2415), 1 Co 127; of God (cf. De 101”), Re 188; compar., Mt 31, 
Mk 1’, Lk 11?, 1 Co 1” (16 doOeves 7. Geod) 10”? ; (6) of things: Atpds, Lk 
ia: eeeaoha: (Bapetar x. i.), 1 Co 10"; xpavyy, aA 57; dwvy, Re 187; 
mapakAnots, He 618; odus, Re 181; ncvede ib. 196.+ 

ioxus, -vos, 7, [in LXX chiefly for m5, also for bn, Ww, Myla, 


etc. ;] strength, might, power, force, ability: Re 5!2 7; i. «x. dvvaps, 
11 Pe 21!; +. xparos tis i. (Is 40°), Eph 119 619; 4 d0éa rHs t., 1 Th 1°; 
e€ i., 1 Pe 415 ey oAy tr. ¢., Mk 1230 33 (XX) Lk 1027 @X4) + 

SYN.: Swaps (q.v., and cf. ICC, Phl 418); xpadros (cf. M, 
Teo ig 19): 

ioxtw (<ioyvs), [in LXX for pin, Wag, ONY, etc.;] 1. to be 


strong in body: Mt 9, Mk 217, 2. to be powerful, have power, 
prevail: Ac 197°, Re 128; seq. xara, c. gen. pers., Ac 19°; ¢. inf., to 
be able (MM, Exp., xv): Mt 8%5 264°, Mk 54 918 (inf. understood) 14%", 
Lk 645 8% 1324 146, 2% 50 163 9026, Jo 21°, Ac 619 15 257 27*: c. acc., 
Phl 418, Ja 516; of things, to avail, be serviceable (MM, Ezp., l.c.): 
Mt 518, Ga 5°, He 917 (ef. ev-, eé-, éa-, xat-tryvw).t 

tows (<icos), adv., [in LXX for Nx, JN, a, Ge 32%, Je 54, 


al.;] 1. equally. 2. perhaps: Lk 2018.+ 

‘iraXta; “as, 4, Italy: 41. (v. “Bie § 46; 12); Aen 1S? ars; 
He 13!4:t 

*ITaduKds, -7, -dv (<C"Iradia), Italian: oetpa “I., Ac 10!.t 

*Iroupaia, v.S. ‘Iroupatos. 

*IToupatos, -aia, -atov, [in LXX: 1 Ch 5! A (77232) * 5] Itwrean (in 
el. always 6. I., the Itur@ans): xwpa (4 ‘Trovpaiwy 6 open, TA TOV I. pepn, 
Strabo, xvI, ii, 16, 20), Lk 3! (cf. Hap. (1894), ix, 51 ff, 143 ff, 
288 ff.).+ 

* (xOd8.0v, -ov, 7d (dimin. of ibis), a little fish: Mt 15%4, Mk 87.+ 
ix6us, -vos, 6, [in LXX for 33, MI4;] a fish: Mt 7), Mk 6%, al. 
ixvos, -eos (-ovs), 76, [in LXX for FD, etc.;] a track, footstep : 

metaph. (as freq. in cl.), ororxetiy tots t., Ro 412; mepirarety trois t., 1 Co 
1218; éraxoXovbety rois t., I Pe 27! (cf. MM, Eap., xv).t 
‘lwd8apn (WH, -Odu), 6, indecl. (Heb. ann), Jotham, King of 


Judah: Mt 19.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 221 


"‘lwdva (TR, -wva; v. WH, App., 159), -ys, 7 (Aram. jn), Joanna: 


Lk 8% 2410+ 

"lwavdy (Rec. "Iwavvas, -@), 6, indecl. (Heb. yan), Joanan (cf. 
*Iwavns): Lk 3?7.+ 

"lodvns (Rec. -vvys, q.v.; cf. Dalman, Gr., 142; Tdf., Pr., 79; 
WH, App., 159; Bl. §3, 10; 10, 2), -ov, dat., -y (but in Mt 114, 
Lk 71% 22, Re 1}, -el), acc., -nv, 6 (Heb. war , LXX: "Iwavay, 1 Ch 23}, 
al.; -vvdv, Je 47 (40), al., Aq.), Hellenized form of ‘Iwavdv, John (1 Es 
838 (41) *), viz., 1. John the Baptist: Mt 3!,al. 2. John the Apostle, 
son of Zebedee: Mt 421, Mk 119, Lk 51°, Ac 133, al. 3. The father of 
St. Peter: Jo 143 21417, 4, John surnamed Mark: Ac 123%? 13% 18 
1587, 5. The writer of the Apocalypse, traditionally identified with 
22 :Re 11549, 

*ladvyyns (D, “Iwvabas; v. MM, Hop., xv; Bl., § 10, 2), 6, John: 
Ac 46 135, Tr., WH, Re 228 (cf. "Iwavys).t 

"168, 6 (Heb. APN), Job: Ja 5'.t 

*lwByd (WH, -ByA, Lk, l.c.; Rec., RV, ’‘Q78), 6, indecl., Jobed 
(Obed): Mt 15, Lk 3*2.+ 

*1wBHA, V.s. loB7d. 

‘lwdd (Rec. “Iovda), Joda: Lk 3°6.+ 

*lwnd, 6, indecl. (Heb. by7), Joel: Ac 216,+ 

"IlwvdOas, V.8. Inavvys. 

*lwvdp (Rec. -av), Jonam: Lk 33°.t 

"lwvas, -a, 6 (Heb. m3"), Jonah, the prophet: Mt 124! 1684, 
Lk 1129 30, 32,4 

"lwpdp, o, indecl. (Heb. O35), Joram, Jehoram: Mt 18%.t 

"lwpeip, 6, indecl., Joram: Lk 37%.t 

"lwoapdr, 6, indecl. (Heb. wEwim), Jehoshaphat: Mt 18.t 

*lwcetas (-cias, Rec.), -ov, 6 (Heb. 79WN*), Josiah: Mt 14% .+ 

lwo}, V.8. Iwojs. 

*lwons, -7) (Rec. -7, Lk 37°; AV, Jose; v.s. Ingots, 3), and -7ros 
(Mk, ll. c.), 6, Joses; 1. brother of our Lord: Mk 6%, Mt 13°° (Rec., 
v.8. "Inojp). 2. Son of Mary: Mt 27° (-ond, WH, txt), Mk 154% 47, 
3. v.s. BapvaéBas.t 

"lwo, indecl. (FIJ, Idonzos, -ov), 6 (Heb. RT), Joseph; 1. the 
Son of Jacob: Jo 45, Ac 7% 13,1418) He 112422, Re 78 2. In the 
genealogy of our Lord, (a) the son of Matthias: Lk 374; (0) the son 
Joram: ib.3°, 3. The husband of Mary, the Lord’s mother: Mt 1!**, 
Lk 127, Jo 146, al. 4. One of the brethren of our Lord (v.s. ddeA¢ods) : 
Mt 13°55, 5. Son of Mary: Mt 275 (-o7js, WH, mg., RV). 6. Joseph 
of Arimathea: Mt 275759 Mk 15445, Lk 2359, Jo 1988, 7. v.s. 
BapvaBas. 8. v.8. BapoafPas. 


292 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*lwonx, Josech: Lk 376.+ 
*lwolas, V.8. Iwoedas. 


ita, rd, cota (Heb. *, i.e. the smallest letter): Mt 518+ 


K 


K, x, kama, 7d, indecl., kappa, k, the tenth letter. As a num- 
eral, x = 20; k= 20,000. 

Kaya, V.S. éyw. 

xa@d, adv. (for xa@’ a), [in LXX: Ge 7° 198, al. ("WND, 5), Is 
5811, Wi 31°, al.;] just as, according as: Mt 27/°@X*), Lk 12, D 
(cf. Bl., § 78, 1; Phil. Gosp., 8 f.).t 

ka0-aipeos, -ews, 17) (<C xafapew), [in LXX: Ex 234 (D9), 1 Mac 


343* >] a pulling down, destruction: fig., x. éxvpwpatwy, 11 Co 104; 
opp. to oixodopuy, ib. ® 1319.+ 

xa0-atpéw, -@, [in LXX for Pn, pup, MH, etc. 3] 1. to take 
down: c. acc. pers. (the technical term for removal after crucifixion, 
Field, Notes, 44), Mk 15° 46, Lk 2353, Ac 1379, 2. to put down by 
force, pull down, destroy: drobyxas, Lk 1238 (opp. to oixodopeiv) ; 
devaoras, Lk 157; e6vy, Ac 131%; pass., Ac 1927 (diminished, Field, 
Notes, 129 f.) ; fig., to refute: Aoywpovs, 11 Co 10°.t 

kaBaipw (<(xaGapds), [in LXX: Is 287" (wy ho.), m Ki 46, 
Je 28 (51)*° 8*;] to cleanse: of pruning, Jo 15? (cf. xafapigw).t 

xa0dtep (for ka admep = xaGa), adv., [in LXX for WWND Ge. 124, 


Ex 7°, al.;] just-as, even as: Ro 34 46 913 1015 118 124, r Co 101° 1912, 
1 Co 114) 31215) Qtr Eh) ty 3942 45 Ele 43ut 
** xa0-darw, [in Sm.: Ca 1°*;] 1. to fasten on, put upon, c. acc. 
2. Act. for mid. (ef. Bl., $53, 3), to lay hold of, attack: c. gen., xeipos, 
Ac 283.t 
txa@apitw (Hellenistic—FIlJ, Inser.—for Attic xaOaipw, q.v., on 
the vulgar -ep-, Mt 83, Mk 1*, v. Bl., §6, 1; Thackeray, Gr., 74), [in 
LXX chiefly for 74 ;] to cleanse, make clean. 1. In physical sense: 


c. ace. rei, fig., Mt 23726, Lk 113°; of disease (leprosy), c. acc. pers., 
Mt 83 108 115, Mk 14°42, Lk 427 612,18 722 171417: 1) Nerpa exabepicby 
(on the spelling v. supr.), Mt 8%. 2. In ethical sense: +. xapdcas, 
Ac 15° (cf. Si 381); 7. xetpas, Ja 48; Aaodv éavrd, Tit 214; 7. éxxAnoiay, 
Eph 5°; ¢. ace. pers. (rei), seq. dad (Bl., § 86,9; Deiss., BS, 216 f.), 
11 Co 71, He 914,1 Jo 17%, 3. In ceremonial sense: Mk 719, Ac 1015 
11°, He 922523 10? (cf. d:a-Kabapifw).t 

t xaBapropéds, -od, 7d (<xafapi{w), [in LXX for WY, MIN, etc. ;] 


cleansing, purification: Jo 35; c. gen. subje., + “Iovdaiwy, Jo 28; 
c. gen. obj., of women after childbirth, Lk 27; of lepers, Mk 144, 
Lk 5"; c. gen. rei, r. duapriav, He 1°, 1 Pe 19 (Cremer, 319).+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 223 


xaapds, -d, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 1199;] pure, clean. 1. Phy- 


sically: Mt 237° 275°, Jo 13!%1! (fig.), 15% (fig., as of a vine cleansed by 
pruning), He 10”, Re 15° 19% 14 211% 21, 2. Ceremonially: Lk 114}, 
Ro 14°, Tit 11°. 3. Ethically; (a) of persons: Jo 13!°, Ac 18°, Tit 115; 
6K. TH Kapdia (xafapos xerpas, Hdt., i, 35), Mt 5°; seq. azo (cl. c. gen. 
simp.; Bl., § 36,11; Deiss., BS, 196; MM, Hap., xv), Ac 2076; (0) of 
things: xapdia, 1 Ti 15, 1 Ti 222; cvvetdyors, 1 Ti 3°, 1 Ti 1°; Opyoxeia, 
Ja 1°7,t 

SYN.: v.s. dyvos. 

kaBapdtns, -nTos, 7 (<CxaOapos), [in LXX: Ex 24!° (95m), Wi 
774*;] purity, cleanness: c. gen., He 918.t 

xa0-8pa, -as, 7 (<Cxard, + édpa, a seat), [in LXX for awd and 


cogn. forms ;] a chair, seat: Mt 21!*, Mk 11; of teachers, Mt 23?.+ 
ka0-éLouar, [in LXX: Le 12°, al. (awn), Jb 39°% (jaw) ;] to sit 
down, sit: Jo 20; seq. ev, Mt 2655, Lk 246, Jo 1179, Ac 61°; seq. 
éri, c. gen., Ac 20°; id. c. dat., Jo 4° (cf. mapa-xael-, xaOynpar).t 
Ka0 ets, V.S. els. 

*t xaQ-efs (= cl. ééjs, epeéqs), adv., 1. successively, in order: 
Lk 1%, Ac 114 1878; rav x. (those that succeeded him), Ac 374. 2. after- 
wards: év T@ k. (8c. xpovw), Lk 81.t 

kaQevSw, [in LAX chiefly for 15w, Ge 281%, Ps 87 (88)°, al.; 
also for Jw, Ca 5°, Da LXX 1H 12?, al.; for aw, 1 Ki19°;] to sleep: 


Mt 824 924 1325 955 96404345 Mk 42738 §89 1487,40,41 Tk 952 9946. 
1Th 5’. Metaph., (a) of death (as Ps, Da, ll. c.): 1 Th 5!° (cf. Mt 974, 
Mk 5%*, Lk 8°, and v. Swete, Mk., l.c.); (0) of moral and spiritual 
insensibility : Mk 13°°, Eph 514, 1 Th 5°.t 

SYN.: Kowpdo. 

*xabnynts, -00, 6 (<< xabnyéopar, to go before, guide), 1. prop., 

aguide. 2. a master, teacher (MGr. professor): Mt 23!°.+ 

xa0-y}kw, [in LXX: impers., Le 5!°, Ez 21?7 (92), al. (ubw); ra x., 
Ex 518, al. (937), etc. ;] 1. to come down, come to. 2. to be fit, proper : 


impers., c. acc. et inf., Ac 2272 (on the tense, v. BI., § 63, 4); 7a py 
xaOnxovta, Ro 178.+ 

xd0-ynpor, [in LXX chiefly for aw*;] in cl. pres. and impf. only 
(prop. pf. and plpf. of xaé{ouar; ef. Bl., § 24), in LXX and NT fut. 
also, to sit, be seated: Mt 111° 2244(2XX) Mk 26 Jo 68, Ac 2?, Ja 28 
(on the vulgar imper. xa6ov, v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 162), Re 4°, al.; 
seq. prep. c. acc., éwi, Mt 9°, Mk 214, Jo 1215; wapd, Mt 131, Mk 1046; 
mept, Mk 33% 34; pds, Lk 225°; imo, Ja 2%; cis, Mk 133; perd, c. gen. 
pers., Mt 265°; ék defiav, Mt 2244; eravw, c. gen., Mt 287; drévavrt, c. 
gen., Mt 27°; éri, c. dat., Ac 319; id. c. gen., Ac 878; éxet, Mt 1579; 
pleonastic (M, Pr., 230, 241; Dalman, Words, 22), Mt 13?, Ac 233, 
Re 187; metaph., Mt 416, Lk 17°@XX); of one’s domicile (Ne 11°, Si 
5026; Hdt., v, 63), Lk 21%°, Ac 2?, Re 14° (cf. cvv-xaOnpar). 


224 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


¥¥+ Kabnpepivds, -7, -dv ss cal’ ypépav), [in LXX: Jth 12!*;) daily 
(MGr. Ka6nwepvos) : Ac 6 
xa0-ifw, [in LXX alae for aw";]| 1. causal, to make to sit down, 
set, appoint: Ac 2°°, 1 Co 64, Eph 1%. 2. _Intrans. to sit down, be 
seated, sit: Mt 5}, Mk Seo e ME EO ONS, c. inf. tel., 1 Co 107; 
seq. eis, U Th 24; émi, c. acc., Mk 112, Jo une id. c. gen., Jo IS Es Ac 
1271; Sde, Mk 1482; adroi, Mt 2.636 + ev defia, He 13; ex defiav, Mt 
2021,23; ey, Re 321; xa@icas pleonastic (M, Pr., 14; Dalman, Words, 
22), Mt 1348, Lk 5° 14°! 16°; of settling in a place (é eR Thuc., iv, 
93), seq. ev, Lk 244 (cf. dva-, émt-, wapa-, tepi-, ovv-Kabilw). 
xa0-inpt, [in LXX: Ex 17!! (m3 hi.), and v.l., 1 Ch 2177, Za 1138, 


Je 39 (32)!**;] to send or let down: seq. eis, Lk 51°; dua, c. gen., ib., 
AGigs"; ptep., seq. emi, ¢. gen., Ae UO vex, Ae ert 

kaQ-iornpe (and “eo hiae on. AGH G2), [in LXX for 3pp, O37), or, 
etc., 24 words in all*;] 1. (a) to set down; (b) to bring down to a 
place (Hom., Xen., al.; m1 Ch 28%, 1 Ki 53) : Ac 1715, 2. to set in 
order, appoint, make, constitute: Tit Le Eee sic: dupl. ace., Enea 
Lk 12) nyovpevov, Ac 7'9; dpxovta, ib. 27, 36 (LXX), apxtepeis, He 778 
seq. émi, c. gen., Mt 2445 257123, Lk 1242, Ac 63; id. c. dat., Mt 2447, 
Lk 124*; id.'c.acc., He 27 G29 (WH, R, mg. omit) ; pass. (v. Mayor, 
Ja., 115 f.), Ro 519, Ja 3° 44; seq. eis c. inf., He 8°; 1a wpos 7. Geov, 
He 5! (cf. avr-, azro-xabioryp).t 

kad (= xa 6), adv., [in LXX: Le 9515 (sw), 1 Es 1°°, Si 16”, 


Ba 1° 1 Mac 416 pal as, according as: Ro 8*6, 11 Co 82, 1 Pe 413.+ 

* kaBodtKds, -7, -ov (<< xafodov), catholic, general: tit. Epp. Ja, Pe, 
Jo, Ju (Rec.) (v. Mayor, Ja., cexc).t 

kaOddou (= kad dAov and so in cl. bef. Arist.), adv., [in LXX: 


Ex 22109, Am 3%4; Hz 13422 1714 (75 «. wy = nda), Da LXX rH 


359* 5] on the whole, in general: px x., not at all, Ac 418.+ 

xa0-orAifw, [in LXX: Je 26 (46)° (wm), Ma,*;] to arm fully: 
pass., Lk 1171+ 

xa0-opdw, -@, [in LXX: Nu 24? (AN), Jb 104 39°, 11 Mac 31! * 5] 
1. to look down. 2. to discern clearly : Ro 1?°.+ 


kaOér. (= kal 6 7), adv., [in LXX: Ex 117 (sw), To 1”, 


Jth 213, al.;} 1. in el., according as, just as (Ex, l.c.): Ac 24° 485, 2. In 
late Gk. = dc6re (To, 1.c.), because: Lk 17 199, Ac 274 1731+ 

kaQds, (ie. xa ws), Hellenistic for xa6a, g.v., xaOdrep, kalo, 
xaOdre (Mayser, 485; Rutherford, NPhr., 495; Bl., § 78, 1), according 
as, even as, just as, as: Lk 1? (v.s. naa): 9439, Jo 523, Ac 7%, 1 Co 8?, 
Ga 36, al.; seq. ovrws, Lk 11%°, Jo 34, 1 Co it Col See Jo De ale 
seq. Kal, Jo 15°, 1 Co 1549, 1 Jo Q18 al.; ovrws ... &, Lk 9.424 - id. 
with ellipsis of pore Mt 216, Mk 16’, Ro p33, al.; with other elliptical 
constructions, Jo 658 172122, Ac 158, 1 Th 233, 1 Ti 13, 1 Jo 37% 12; 
Kabas yéyparrat (Deiss., BS, 249), Mt 2624, Mk 918, Ro 11’, al.; intro- 
ducing subst. clause as object of verb (as in Heb.), Mt 21°, Mk 11°, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 225 


Lk 514, al.; after verbs of speaking, Ac 15/4; of proportion and 
degree, Mk 48, 1 Co 12518, al.; of time (Ne 5°, m Mac 151), Ac 717, 
*xaddomep (Tr. xafws mep), adv. (v.s. xafds), even as: 1 Co 38 
(WH, mg.), He 54.t 
kai, conj., and. I. Copulative. 1. Connecting single words; 
(a) in general: Mt 21° 161, Mk 2), Lk 815, He 1}, al. mult.; repeated 
before each of the terms in a series, Mt 238, Lk 1421, Ro 7!2 94, al.; 
(0) connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2°, Ac 13°; (c) joining 
terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: 
Mt 835 2659, Mk 161", Ac 57°, al. 2. Connecting clauses and sentences: 
Mt 3, Ac 571, al. mult.; esp. (@) where, after the simplicity of the 
popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; 
M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAH, 128 ff.): Mt 1?! 775, Mk 95, Jo 103, al.; (6) 
joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3!4, Jo 44, 11 Jo; (c) 
consecutive, and so: Mt 51°, 23%2, He 31%, al.; after imperatives, Mt 
419 Lk 77, al.; (d) = kairo, and yet: Mt 314 626, Mk 122, Lk 187 
(Field, Notes, 72), 1 Co 5?, al.; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. }; 


so sometimes 8¢ in cl.), then: Lk 27! 72, Ac 11°; beginning a question 
(WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 106, Lk 107°, Jo 9°. 3. Kpexegetic, and, and 
indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 318, Jo 116, Ac 23°, Ro 15, 1 Co 35, 
al. 4. In transition: Mt 47°, Mk 5421, Jo 11°, al.; so, Hebraistically, 
kal éyevero (F711; also éyévero 5€), Mk 19 (cf. Lk 5'; v. Burton, §§ 357-60; 


M, Pr., 14, 16). 5. nai... Kat; both... and (for re. . . xaé, v.8. 
te); (a) connecting single words: Mt 1076, Mk 4*!, Ro 113%, al.; (0) 
clauses and sentences: Mk 918, Jo 778, 1 Co 12, al. II. Adjunctive, 
also, even, still: Mt 5°% 4°, Mk 2°8, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., ete., 
Mt 20!, Jo 747, al.; ds x., Ac 1117; xadds x., Ro 157; odrw «., Ro 61); 
810 x., Lk 1°; 6 x. (Deiss., BS, 313 ff.), Ac 13°; pleonastically, pera x. 
(Bl., § 77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4°; ri x., 1 Co 159; ddAa x, Lk 
142, Jo 518, al.; xacye (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 177"; xaizep, 
He 58; x. édy, V.8. éav. 

Katdgas (‘T, Kai-), -a 6, Caiaphas (on the name, v. Exp. Times, 
x, 185): Mt 26% 57, Lk 3?, Jo 1149, 183% 14, 24,28 Ag 46+ 

Katy (T, Kaiv), 6, indecl. (in FlJ, Kais, -1os), (Heb. 2; Ge 4), 
Cain: He 114, 1 Jo 312, Ju.t 

Kawdp (T, Kai-; Rec. Kaivdy), 6, indecl. (Heb. 7332), Cainam, 


Cainan; 1. son of Enos (Ge 5%): Lk 387, 2. Son of Arphaxad 
(Ge 1074 02) = Lik 3**.t 
kawvés, -7, -dv, [in LXX (Ez 11), al.) for wm, exc. Is 6515 


tr? 


(AN) ;] of that which is unused or unaccustomed, new in respect to 


form or quality, fresh, unused, novel: opp. to raAatds, dpyatos, Mt 917 

1352, Mk 27122, Lk 53638) 1 Co 517, Eph 474; zAjpwoya, Mk 22); 

pvnpeiov, Mt 279, Jo 194; diabjxy (T, WH, R, txt., omit), Lk 29270, 

1 Co 115, 11 Co 3°, He 8 XX) 13 915; odpavoi, y7, 11 Pe 318, Re 211 @Xx); 
15 


226 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*Tepovoad yp, Re 312 212; avOpwros, Eph a (cf. Ez 1832) ; mavra, Re 
21°; yévyvnpa rt. dumedov, Mt 267°, Mk 1475; didayyn, Mk 127, Ac 1719; 
éevtoAn, Jo 1394, 1 Jo 2%8, 11 Jo%; dvoua, Re 217 @XX); dy, Re 5° 14% 
(cf. Ps 143 (144)°); xréows, 1 Co 517, Ga 615; yAdooa, Mk 1617); 
compar., Ac 1721,t 

SYN.: véos, ‘the new primarily in reference to time, the young, 
recent; x. ... the new primarily in reference to quality, the fresh, 
unworn”. Cf. Tr., Syn., § lx (the distinction, however, is less marked 
in late Gk.; cf. He 1274 with He, ll. c. supr., and v. MM, Ezp., xv). 

kawoTns, -yTos, » (<C Kavos), [in LXX: m1 Ki 8°, Hz 47!2*;] 
1. novelty (Thue., Isocr., LS, s.v.). 2. freshness, newness: év x. Cw7s 
(v. Lft., Notes, 296), Ro 64; év x. tvevpartos, Ro 7°.t 

katmep, concessive particle, [in LXX: Pr 68, Wi 11°, Jh 1, 
lI-Iv Mac ,,*;] although: c. ptep., Phi 34, He 58 75 12)’, m Pe 112.+ 

katpos, -ov, 6, [in XX chiefly for my, also for “yi, etc.;] 


1. due measure, fitness, proportion (Eur., Xen., al.). 2. Of Time 
(cl. also) in the sense of a fixed and definite period, time, season 
(Kennedy, Sources, 153): Mt 1175, Mk 1}, Lk 218, Ro 13", Eph 638, 
He 11, 1 Pe 15", Re 13, al.; c. gen., repacuot, Lk 8!5; 7. xaprav, 
Mt 2134; ovcwv, Mk 11!8; pl., Mt 214!; xpovor 7 (cai) «., Ac 17, 1Th 5}; 
e6vav, Lk 21°4; of opportune or seasonable time, Ac 24%, Ga 61°, 
Eph 516, Col 45; c. inf., He 1115; 6 x. otros, Mk 10*°, Lk 189; 6 viv x. 
(Dalman, Words, 148), Ro 818; 6 x. 6 éucs, Jo 7°; «. dexto, 1 Co 
6? @EXX); dovlevew To x, Ro 124, R, mg.; 7. onpeta tov x., Mt 163: 
adverbial usages: év x., Mt 244°, 1 Pe d® (cf. capo, Lk 20"; ro x., Mk 
127); dypr xatpod, Lk 41%; zpos xarpov, Lk 818, 1 Co 75; Kara Karpov, 
Ro 5°; zpo xatpod, Mt 879. 

SYN.: xpdvos, time in the sense of duration. 

Katoap, -apos, 6, Cesar: Mt 2217, Lk 21, Jo 1912, Ac 258*:, al. 

Katoapia (Rec. -dpera), -as, 7, Cesarea; 1. Caesarea Philippi, at 
the foot of Lebanon: Mt 161°, Mk 827. 2. Cesarea of Palestine, on 
the sea-coast: Ac 84° 950 101) 24 1111 1319 1822 218 16 2328, 33 951) 4, 6, 13+ 

** xaitot (= xai ror, and so also written in cl.), concessive particle, 
[in LXX: 1v Mac 2°*;] and yet, although: Ac 141"; c. ptep., He 43.+ 
*¥ xaitovye, Strengthened form of xa/ro, q.v. (and v.s. ye): Jo 4%.+ 

Kathas, for Kasadas, q.v.: Lk 3? (L). 

kaiw, [in LXX for ya, 7p", pnw, etc.;] 1. to kindle, light: 
c. acc., Avxvov, Mt 515; pass., to be lighted, to burn: ptep., Lk 12°, 
Re 4° 819 190; aupi, He 1218, Re 8° 218; metaph., Lk 242, Jo 535, 
2. to burn, destroy by fire: pass., Jo 15°, 1 Co 133.+ 

kéxet (by crasis for ai éxe?, and so sometimes written, v. infr.), 
and there, there also: Mt 53 (x. é, Tr., mg.) 10! 2819 (x. 2, T), 
MEK LS (ico 6.) 1a) 88) (ices osu WEL) 1425 | (ch eo Wied) O14 Ne nae 
1718 2210 9520 276.+ 

kdxev0ev (by crasis for xai éxetHev, and so sometimes written, v.s. 
éxeiBev), of place, and from thence, and thence: Mk 9°, Lk 115, 
Ac 7* 1476 1612 201° 211 27% 2815+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 227 


kdketvos, -<ivyn, -eivo (by crasis for xai éxetvos, and so sometimes 
written, v.s. éxcivos), and he, she or it; he, she or tt also: Mt 15!8 2378, 
Mk 1245 160113) Tk 117 42 901 9912) Jo 657 729 1016 1412 1724 1935. 
Ac 597 154 1819, Ro 1123, 1 Co 106, m Ti 212, He 4?.+ 

kakia, -as, 7 (<(xaxds), [in LXX chiefly for My ;] 1. badness in 


quality (opp. to dpery, excellence). 2. wickedness, depravity, malignity : 
Ac 8”, Ro 179, 1 Co 58 14%, Eph 4°!, Col 38, Tit 3°, Ja 171, 1 Pe 21) 16, 
3. In late Gk., evil, trouble, affliction (Am 3°, 1 Ki 6°, He 74, Si 19°, 
al.): Mt 634 (cf. MM, Hap., xv).t 

SYN.: wovnpia. 

**® kaxonfera (WH, -Oia), -as, ) (<< xaxds, 760s), [in LXX: Es 8}, 
ut Mac 3” 7% A, 1v Mac 14 34*;] malignity, malevolence: Ro 129 
(Cremer, 329).t 

kakodoyéw, -@ (<< xaxoAdyos, slanderous), [in LXX: Ex 2116 2278, 
1 Ki 38, Pr 20%, Ez 227 (55p pi., hi.), 11 Mac 4!*;] to speak ill of, 
revile, abuse: c.acc. pers., Mt 15*, Mk 71° @XX) 989; ¢, acc. rei, Ac 199.t 

kaxoTrdQeva (WH, -6ia), -as, ) (<< xaxorabys, suffering), [in LXX: 
Ma 138 (nxbm), m Mac 27627, tv Mac 98*;] distress, affliction: 
Ja 510+ 

kaxovrabéw, -&, [in LXX: Jh 41 (Spy) *;] to suffer evil, endure 
affliction: 11 Ti 2° 4, Ja 513+ 

kako-movéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for yys hi.;]to do harm, to do 
evil: Mk 34, Lk 69, 1 Pe 31’, 11 Jo" (Cremer, 329).t 

kaxomroids, -dv (<Cxaxdv, wovéw), [in LXX: Pr 124 (Wid hi.) 2419 
(yy™ hi.) *;] doing evil ; as susbt., an evil-doer: 1 Pe 21% 14 415 + 


kakos, -7, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for y}, My¥y;] 1. in general, opp. 


to dyads, xadds, in various senses, bad, mean, base, worthless (cl.). 2. 
In ethical sense, base, evil, wicked: of persons, Mt 214! 2448, Phi 32, 
Re 2?; daroyio poi, Mk 7?!; dpuriat, I Co 15%8; émuyia (Pr 12%), 
Col 3°; épyov, Ro 13°; neut., xaxdv, ro x., evil: Jo 188, Ac 23°, Ro 771 
1420 1619, 1 Co 135, He 54,1 Pe 31%11, TI Jo+;. pl, Ro 139 1 Co 10°, 
1 Ti 61°, Ja 13; «. (7rd, Ta x.) movety (20 EY Mt 2773, Mk 1514, 
Lk 932, Jo 1820, Ro 38 7/9 134, m Co 13’, 1 Pe B12; « carepyderGas, 
Ro 2°; of wrongs inflicted, Ac 913, Ro 121721 1319, 1 Th 515, m Ti 444, 
I Pe 39. 3. pernicious, harmful, evil: Lk 1675, Ac 1678 28°, Tit 1}, 
Ja 38, Re 16? (Cremer, 325, 741).+ 

SYN.: v.8. a0eopos. 

Kakodpyos, -ov (contr. from epic xaxdepyos), [in LXX. Pr 21! 


(ny 5yp), Es 818, Si 119% 3035 (3326) *;] a malefactor, criminal: Lk 


23%, 38, 39, rr Ti 29,+ 
T kaxouxéw, -@ (<< xaxov, “éxw), [in LXX: m1 Ki 276 11%? (M3y pi., 
hith.) * ;] to ill-treat, hurt, torment: pass. ptep., He 1197 133.t 
kakow, -@ (<< xaxos), [in LXX chiefly for yy hi., May pi.;] 1. to 
ill-treat, afflict, distress: c. acc. pers., Ac 7%19 12! 181°, 1 Pe 318, 2. 
(not in cl.), to embitter (Ps 105 (106)*2) : Ac 142.+ 


298 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kak@s (<(xakds), adv., [in LXX: Wi 18%, 1v Mac 61", al.; x. 
eiveiy, épetv (TN, b5p pi.), Hx 22787), Le 1914, Is 82; x. dyew (nbn), 
Kz 344, al.;] badly, ill; (a) in physical sense: x. éxew, to be al, Mt 
Bae OTe OA 186) 07 Fe Nie) 188) SSE TGR ee Oo aka ncasyeun mnt) Miles 
(WH, mg.); dapoviLerbar, Mt 15°; xaxods x. doddoe (as freq. in cl., 
v. LS, s.v.; MM, Hap., xv), evil that they are, he will evilly, etc., 
Mt 214!; (d) in moral sense, wrongly (1 Mac 7”, 1v Mage, lLe., al.): 
x. Aadetvy, Jo 1878; eimeiv, c. acc. pers., Ac 23°; airetoba, Ja 43.t 

kdkwows, -ews, 7 (kaxdw), [in LXX (for 34, My}, ete.): Ex 37, 
Je 2°8, Wi 32, al.;] ill-treatment: Ac 734 (@XX),+ 

kahdun, -ys, 9 (cf. xéAapos), [in LXX chiefly for wp, Ex 5'3, 
Is 5*4, al.;] a stalk of corn, stubble: 1 Co 3!2.+ 

kddapos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 137; Is 428, Hz 40°", al.;] 


a reed: Mt 117 12?°(-XX), Lk 74; hence, acc. to its various uses, (a) 
a reed-pipe, flute; (b) a reed-staff, staff (ef. 1v Ki 18%, paBdos 
kadapivyn): Mt 277% 3% 48) Mk 151%; (c) a measuring reed or rod 
(Ez, l.c.): Re 11! 21116; (d) a writing reed, a pen: m1 Jo} (ef. 
Milligan, NT'D, 9, 7).t 

kahéw, -, [in LXX chiefly for N"p;] 1. to call, summon: c. acc. 
pers., Mt 208 254, Mk 331, Lk 1918, Ac 418; seq. ex, Mt 215 @XX); metaph., 
1 Pe 2°. 2. to call to one’s house, invite: Lk 1416, 1 Co 1027, Re 199; 
eis Tt. ydpous, Mt 2239, Lk 14%9%, Jo 27; 6 xadéoas, Lk 739; of KexdAy- 
péevor, Mt 22°; metaph., of inviting to partake of the blessings of the 
kingdom of God (Dalman, Words, 118 f.): Ro 8° 97425, 1 Co 71718; 
seq. eis, 1 Co 19, 1 Th 2", 1 Ti 6!?; 6 Kady (kadéoas), of God, Ga 1° 58, 
I Th 54, t Pe 115, m Pe 1°; of xexAnuévor, He 915; seq. ev (eri), 1 Co 71, 
Ga 58, Eph 44, 1 Th 47; xdyjoa, Eph 4}, 1 Til% 3. to call, name, 
call by name: pass., Mt 2, Lk 1%, al.; xadovpevos, Lk 71, Ac 758, 
al.; 6 x. (Deiss., BS, 210), Lk 61° 223 2333, Ac 10!, Re 129, al.; c. pred. 
nom., Mt 5°, Lk 1%, Ro 9°°, Ja 28,1 Jo 34. (Cf. dvri-, év-, eio- (-par), 
€Tl-, META-, TAapa-, TVV-Tapa-, Tpo-, TpoOC-, ovv-KaAéw.) 

* kaddréAatos, ov, 7, the garden olive (opp. to aypueA-) : Ro 114.+ 
kaAlwy, -ov, compar. of xadds, V.S. Kadds. 
¥+ kaho-d.8doKaNos, -ov, 6, a teacher of that which 1s good: Tit 23,t 
Kakot Auseves, Fair Havens, a harbour in Crete: Ac 278.t 
txado-rovéw, -6, [in LXX: Le 54 F (xcadds z., B)*;] to do well, 

act honourably : 11 Th 3}8 (cf. Ga 6° 76 Kado 7.).t 

kahds, -7, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for 214, 7312, also for MH}, etc. ;] 


1. primarily, of outward form (“related to . . . dyads as the appear- 
ance to the essence,” Cremer, 339), fair, beautiful : Atou (EV, goodly), 
Lk 21°. 2. In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its 
ends, good, excellent: of fish, 7. cada (opp. to carpa), Mt 134°; oepya, 
Mt 137427) 37,38; xaprds, Mt 31° 717-19 1233, Lk 39 [WH] 643; dédpov 
(opp. to cazpov), Mt 1233, Lk 64; yj, Mt 13578, Mk 4% 20, Lk 815; 
t adas, Mk 9°, Lk 1484; 6 vopos, Ro 76,1 Ti 18; didacxadéa, 1 Ti 4°; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 229 


kapodia kK. Kal ayabn, Lk 8}; trapabykn, wi 14; PETpov, Lk 638; Bayos, 
I Ti 318; Geweduos, 1 Ti 619; 76 x., 1 Th 57; papyapirar, Mt 1345; ofvos, 
Jo 219; sounv, Jo 101414; dudxovos, 1 Ti 4°; oixovomos, 1 Pe 419; 
otpatiorys, I Ti 2°; orpareia, 1 Ti 18; aydv, 1 Ti 6), 1 Ti 47; oporoyia, 
I Ti 6413; épyov, Mt 261°, Mk 14°, Jo 10°8, 1 Ti 31; pl., Jo 10®2; xaddv 
eotw, c. inf. et dat., Mt 18% 9%, 1 Co 71:26 915; id. c. acc. et inf., Mt 174, 
Mk 95: 43 45,47, Tk 983, He 139; seq. ei, Mt 2674, Mk 942 1421; édy, 
1 Co 78. 3. Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honour- 
able: Ga 418, He 514; épya, Mt 516, 1 Ti 5'%25 618, Tit Q7,14 38 14 
(Field, Notes, 223 f.), He 1074, 1 Pe 2!"; avacrpopy, Ja 313, 1 Pe 2!2; 
ovveidnois, He 1318; seq. evuriov, Ro 12!", 11 Co 871, 1 Ti 23; 16 x. rovety 
(xarepyaleoOar), Ro 7} 21, 11 Co 137, Ga 69, Ja 417; xaddv éorwy, c. inf., 
Mt 157° (T, eéeorw), Mk 777, Ro 1471, Ga 418; maprupia, 1 Ti 37; 
ovopa, Ja 2°; xavynpa, I Co 5® (neg.); Oeod pjya, He 6°. «x. does not 
occur in Re.t 

SYN.: v.s. dyads. 

kdhuppa, -Tos, TO (<kadvrrw), [in LXX: Nu 3% 48% (ADD), 
Ex 349° (7p), etc. ;] a covering, veil: 11 Co 31316,+ 


kodu@rw, [in LXX almost always for MDD pi.;] in cl., rare in 
prose, to cover: c. acc. pers., Lk 23°°; ¢. ace. rei et dat., Lk 816; pass., 
Mt 84; metaph., to veil, conceal: pf. ptep. pass., Mt 1026, 1 Co 43; 
of the forgiveness of sins (cf. Ps 31 (32)° 84 (85)?; DB, ii, 56>): 1 Pe 48, 
Ja 5; (v.l. for cavopévyn, WH, mg., Lk 24%?).+ 

Kah@s, adv. (<xadds), [in LXX for parts and derivatives of 3295;] 
finely, rightly, well: Lk 64, 1 Co 1417, Ga 41” 57, Ja 23; Neve, 
Aadetv, etc., Mt 157, Mk 7° 1278, Lk 626 2039, Jo 417 848 1313 1823 Ac 
28°5; as exclamation of approval, Mk 1232, Ro 1129; x. rovety, Mt 12%, 
I Co 73738, Ja 251%; oc, dat. pers. (cl. ace.; WM, § 32, 1B), DE. 6": 
c. ace, rei, Mk 737; c. ptep., Ac 108° (M, Pr., 131), Phi 414, 1 Pe 119, 
mt Jo°%; mpoiordvar (-acba), 1 Ti 3%!" 517; dcaxovety, 1 Ti 313; dvarpé- 
gecOa, He 1318; ironically, Mk 7°, m Co 11* (but v. CGT, in 1.); x. 
exe, to be well: Mk 160%), Compar., céAAvov (for superl., Bl., § 44, 3) 
very well: Ac 25!.+ 

Kaye = kal ene, V.S. eyo. 

kdpndos, -ov, 6, 7, [in LXX for 503 3] camel: Mt 34, Mk 1°; in 
proverbs, Mt 1974 2374, Mk 10%5, Lk 18? (on the v.l. xayAos, v. WH, 
Notes, 151).+ 

kdpthos, V.S kdunAos, and cf. Thayer; LS, s.v. 

kdpvos, -ov, 7, [in LXX: Ge 198, Kx 19!8, Is 481°, al. (jwaD , 3), 
Da LXX tx 3° (fim) ;] a furnace: Mt 134 5°, Re 115 92.+ 


kappuw (Syncopated form of kxarayvw, used by Ep. and xowy 
writers; Rutherford, NPhr., 426 f.), [in LXX: Is 6!° (yyw hi.) 291° 
33) (gyy), La 344 AR*;] to shut the eyes: rt. dpOadpovs, Mt 1315, 
Ac 28?" (Is, l.c.).+ 

képvo, [in LXX: Jb 10! (wip ni.) 177, Wi 416 15°, 1v Mac 38 


BI 


230 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


713*°;] 1. to work; hence, from the effect of continued work, 2. to be 
weary: He 12°. 3. to be sick: Ja 515.t 

kapoor = Kal enol, V.S. eyo. 

kdprrw, [in LXX chiefly for yd, 1v Ki 14, m Ch 2929, Is 
4574 (23), al.;] to bend, bow: c. acc. rei, yovv, Ta y.; ©. dat. pers., TH 
Baad, Ro 114%); zpos 7. rarépa, Eph 3!4; by meton., wav yovu for 
mwas, Ro 1411 (2XX), Ph] 210 (ef. ava, OW -KaT TD me 

kav, by crasis for kai dv (= eav; WH, App., 145b; Thayer, s. ap 
ce. subjunc., 1. and if: Mk 1605], Lk 1238, Jo 85>, 1 Co 1323, Ja 5); 
ellips., Lk 13°. 2. Concessive, even if: Mt 2121 26%, Jo git 1038 128 
He 1279, 3. As intensive of simple xaé (M, Pr., 167; WM, 730: 
Jannaris, Gr., 598), even, at least: Mk 5°8 6°, Ac 515, 11 Co 1116.+ 

Kava (Rec. -va), 7, indecl., Cana, of Galilee: Jo 2! 1! 446 212.+ 

Kavavatos, -ov, 6 (late Heb. N3N32), @ Cananean or Zealot (cf. 
fmdwryjs): Mt 104, Mk 318 (Rec. -virys).t 

Kavavirns, v.S. Kavavatos. 

Kavddnn, -ns, 7, Candace: Ac 8?7.+ 


kavwv, -ovos, 6 (cf. xavva, and Heb. 3?, @ reed), [in LXX: Mi 


74, Jth 13°, tv Mac 77! (and in Aq., Ps 18 (19)5, Jb 38°) *;] 1. a rod or 
bar (Jth, l.c.). 2. a measuring rule; hence, metaph, 3. a rule or 
standard: Ga 6', 4. a Limit (RV, province) : 1 Cots 15 26.7 (Hor 
the history of the word and esp. its later meanings, v. Westc., Canon, 
App. A; cf. also MM, Eap., xv; Cremer, 744.)t 

LAC Vier v.s. Kadapvaovp. 

* kamnedw (<< xdrndos, a huckster, ef. Is 122 XX), Si 2629), to make 
a trade of (RV, mg., make merchandise of), or perhaps (cf. Is, l.c.) to 
corrupt (RV, txt.): m Co 2!7.t 

kamvés, -od, 6, [in LXX for 7wY;] smoke: Re 84 9% 31718 1411 
158 18% 18 193; dzpis xamvov, Ac 219 @XX) + 

Kammadoxia, -as, 7, Cappadocia, a province of Asia Minor: Ac 2°, 
tbe st 


kap8ia, -as, #, [in LXX chiefly for 25, 135;] the heart, 1. the 


bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life (11 Ki 18", rv Ki 9°, 
al.). 2. Ina psychological sense, the seat of man’s collective energies, 
the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the 
emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein 
lies the moral and religious condition of the man (DB, ii, 317f.; 

DCG, ii, 344%); (a) of the seat of physical life (Jg 19°, Ps 101 (102)5 
103 (104)!°): Ac 141’, Ja 5°; (b) of the seat of spiritual life: Mt 58, 
Mik) 72?) luk iets Aeron eo 10° 10, Hpk 6? Valeo Ms (9%. Mirae al. ; 
opp. to ordépa, xelAea, Tpoowmoy, Mt 158, Mk 78, Ro 108: 9 1m Co 5}; 
Tepiropa) kapotas, Ro 29; é« x«., Ro 6!7,1 Pe 1m; amo Tov k., Mt 18%; 

ev OAn (e& Orns) 7. K., Mb 2237, Mk 1930 (EX); 3 yoo Kew (€pevvar, Suuyaten) 
ras k., Lk 1615, Bo 827, 1 Th 24; to think, etc., ev tr. «., Mt 94, Mk 28, 
Lk 1245, Ro 10°: ouvievar ee ™ «., Mt 131°, Jo 1940: eraxvvOn 7) K., 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 231 


Mt 13!5@XX); wwpodv ri x., Jo 124; x. deta, Ac 871; rovnpd, He 312 
dpueravénros, Ro 2°; etvar (€xew) ev tH x., I Co 7%, Phi 17; 6duvn TH Ks; 
Ro 92, 3. Of the central or innermost part of anything (of the pith of 
wood, Arist.) : 7. ys, Mt 124° (Cremer, 348 ff.). 
*+t xapdi0-yvdorns, -ov, 6 (<< xapdia, ywdorns), knower of hearts: Ac 

At 

Kdprros, -ov, 6, Carpus: 1 Ti 41%,t 

kaptés, -od, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "9;] fruit: of trees, Mt 12° 


2119, Mk 1114, Lk 644 1367; of vines, Mt 2134, Mk 12?, Lk 201°, 1 Co 
97; of fields, Mk 429, Lk 1217, m Ti 2°, Ja 57; BAaoravew, Ja 518; zroveiv 
(cf. Heb. "1p mizy), Mt 3!° 717-19 1326, Lk 3° 64 88 139, Re 22?; diddvar, 
Mt 138, Mk 478; depew, Mt 78, Jo 1274 15% 45816; darodiddvan, 
Mt 2141, Re 227; 6 «. 7. xovdéas (UR ™H, De 28*), Lk 12; +. éapvos 
(Ge 30%, al.), Ac 23°. Metaph., (a) of works, deeds: Mt 38 716 20 2148, 
Lk 38, Jo 15% 16; +, rvevparos, Ga 5°; +. dwrds, Eph 5°; 1. dixacoovvys, 
Ph] 1"; odpayiferOar rov x. (Deiss., BS, 238 f.), Ro 15°8; x. dyaGoi, 
Ja 317; (b) of advantage, profit: Phl 12 417; gyew, Ro 1% 67)”; 
avvayev, Jo 4°56; x, 7. duxatoovvns, He 124, Ja 318; of praise, Kap7rov 
xetAewy (Ho 142, al.; cf. Aisch., Hum., 830): He 1315.t 

kaptro-opéw, -0, [in LXX: Hb 317 (mp), Wi 107*;] to bear 
fruit: xdprov, Mk 4°8 (cf. Wi, lc.). Metaph., of conduct: Mt 13%, 
Mk 479, Lk 84, Ro 74:5, Col 12°; mid., Col 1°.t 

kaptro-pépos, -ov (<< xapzds, pépw), [in LXX: Je 27 (393), Ps 106 
(107)%4 148° (") *;] fruitful: Ac 1417.+ 

kaptepéw, -&, [in LXX: Jb 2° (ptm hi.), Is 42)* (Myp), Si 2? 12°, 
m1, Iv Mac,*;] to be steadfast, patient : He 11?" (cf. rpoc-xaprepéw).t 

kdpos, -eos (-ovs) 76, [in LXX: Ge 8" (F)*;] a small dry 


stalk, a twig; metaph., of a minor fault: Mt 7°, Lk 64) 4.+ 

xatd (bef. a vowel xa7’, xa6’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. 
Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 1464), prep. c. gen., ace., down, downwards, 
I. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). 1. C. gen. rei, in local sense ; 
(a) down, down from: Mt 8%, Mk 5!8, Lk 8%8, 1 Co 114; (b) through- 
out (late usage; BI., l.c.): «. dAns x.7.A., Lk 414 23°, Ac 93! 1087; (c) 
in a peculiar adjectival phrase: 7 x. Baovs wrwxeia, deep or extreme 
poverty, 1 Co 8% 2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; (a) 
against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to 
brép, Mk 949; werd, Mt 1239; after émiOupeiv, Ga 517; Aadretv, Ac 618; 
ddacxev, Ac 218; Wevidecba, Ja 314; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 
53, Lk 2314, Ro 888, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10°°, 
Ac 14?,1 Co 4°, al.; (6) of swearing, by: duvuu x. (BL, § 34, 1), He 
613,16, cf. Mt 266, IT. C. acc. (WM, § 49d; BI., § 42, 2). 1. Of 
motion or direction; (a) through, throughout: Lk 8° 96 104, Ac 8186, 
al.; (6) to, towards, over against: Lk 10% (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 21° 
167, Ga 21, Phi 314, al.; (c) in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: Kar’ 


932 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


otkov, at home, Ac 24°; xar’ idiay (v.s. i8os); Kal’ éavrov, Ac 2816, Ro 
14") Ja 21"; e. pron. pers., Ac1'72® 18!) Ro 11%, Mphoi > al) (avr 
time, at, during, about: Ac 876 12! 1973, Ro 99, He 1”, al. 3. Dis- 
tributive; (a) of place: «. rorovs, Mt 24’, al.; x. wodw, Lk 814, al.; 
k. éxxAnaiav, Ac 14%; (b) of time: x. éros, Lk 241; éopryy, Mt 27, al.; 
(c) of numbers, etc.: xa éva mavres, I Co 14%! (on xaG els, v.8. els) ; 
x. €xatov, Mk 649; «. pepos, He 9°; x. dvoua, Jo 10%. 4. Of fitness, 
reference, conformity, etc.; (a) in relation to, concerning: Ro “1% 4 7” 
935, r Co 126 1018 Phi 112; x. wavra, Ac 1722, Col 3222, He Q17 415; 
(b) according to, after, like: Mk 7°, Lk 22%29, Jo 774, Ro 84 1415, Eph 
2?, Col 28, Ja 28, al. III. In composition, x. denotes, 1. down, down 
from (xaraBaivw, etc.), hence, metaph.; (a) victory or rule over 
(katradovAdw, -Kupievw, etc.); (b) ‘‘ perfective” action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). 
2. under (xataxadtmrw, etc.). 3. im succession (xabe&s). 4. after, 
behind (xatadeizw). 5. Hostility, against (xatadadéw). 
kata-Baivw, [in LXX chiefly for 1;] to go or come down, 
descend. 1. Of persons: Mt 31° 2417, Lk 251617 10%! 1781 1956, 
Jo 44% 49, 51 57) Ac 784 81 1029 20102310) 24, 2a ph 4195) seq: aro, 
Mt 8! 1429 274042, Mk 322 153°, Lk 1039, Jo 688, Ac 257, 1 Th 416; é&, 
Mt 179; éx 7. ovpavov, Mt 282, Mk 99, Jo 192 315 633: 41, 42, 50, 51, 58, Re 101 
18! 20!; «is, Mk 12°, Lk 1029 1814, Jo 212, Ac 715 838 1425 168 1822 256, 
Ro 10’, Eph 4°; ézi, c. acc. loc., Jo 6'*; c. acc. pers., Lk 3%, Jo 13% 52; 
év, Jo 54); pds, c. ace pers., Ac 1071 144, Re 12%. 2. Of things: 
oxevos, Ac 101115; Bpoyn, Mt 7727; AatrAay, Lk 872; seq. dad, Lk 9°, 
Ac 86, Ja 117; éxi r. ynv, Lk 2244 (WH, R, mg., reject); é« +. otpavod 
seq. dd, Re 32 2119; id. seq. eis, Re 131%; émi, c. acc. pers., Re 167}. 
Fig., x. éws adov, Mt 1178, Lk 10%, WH, txt., Tr., mg. (xaraBiBacOnon, 
T, WH, mg., RY), (ef. ovv-kataBatvw).t 
kata-Bdéddw, [in LXX chiefly for 5p3 hi.;] 1. to cast down, 
prostrate: metaph., pass., 11 Co 4%. 2. to put down, lay down: 
metaph., mid., c. acc., OeweAvov, He 61.t 
*t+ kata-Bapéw, -6, to weigh down: metaph., ¢. acc. pers., 11 Co 1216+ 
txata-Bapivw, [in LXX: mu Ki 13% 14°6 (qy5), Jl 28, Si 8*;] 
= kataBapew: pass., pres. ptep., Mk 144°.+ 
kata-B.Bdtw, [in LXX for 3p (hi., etc.): De 214, Ez 3116, al. ;] 
to cause to go down, cast down: pass., €ws ddov, Mt 11° (WH, R, mg.), 
Lk 101° (WH, mg.).t 
** kata-Body, -7s, 7 (<CxataBadrdw), [in LXX: 1 Mac 2°9*;] 1. a 
laying down: ¢is x. owepparos, He 11" (EV, to conceive seed). 2. a 
foundation (of a house, 1 Mace, l.c.): metaph., azo «x. xdopov, Mt 
1355 (LXX) (om. xécpou WH, R, mg.), ib. 25%4, Lk 11°59, He 4% 926, 
Re 13° 178; apo x. xdopov, Jo 1774, Eph 14, 1 Pe 17°.+ 
* xata-BpaBedw (<< BpafBevs, an umpire, cf. BpaBetov), to give judg- 
ment against, condemn (v. Field, Notes, 196; Abbott, Essays, 104 f.) : 
Col 218,+ 
*t katayyeheds, -ews, 6, a proclaimer, herald (in Inser., x. éywver, 
Deiss., LAH, 97): c. gen. obj., Ac 1718.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 233 


kat-ayyAdo, [in LXX: Pr 17° A, m Mac 8% 917*;] 1. to pro- 
claim, declare: c. acc. rei, Ac 374 167! 17%; +. dvdoracw, Ac 4°; 
t. Adyov Tod @., 7. K., Ac 13° 15%6; 686v cwrypias, Ac 1617; das, Ac 2673; 
T. pvotnptov Tov @., 1 Co 21; 7. evayyeduov, 914; 7. Odvarov rod K., 116; 
pass., decors, Ac 1338; 6 Adyos rod @., ib. 173; 4 riots pay, Ro 18; 
ce. ace. pers., of Christ, 6v, Ac 17%, Col 175; +. Xpuordv, Phl 117; pass., 
ib.18, 2. to denownce (Xen., al.) ; (for comparizon with ayyéAAw, avay-, 
aray-, v. Westc. on 1 Jo 15; and cf. rpo-xatayyéAdw).t 
kata-yehdw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for pniy, Jb 5”, Pr 29°, al.;] 
to deride, laugh scornfully at: c. gen. pers., Mt 9%4, Mk 54°, Lk 853,+ 
kata-ywookw (v.s. ywookw), [in LXX: De 251 (yy hi.), Pr 281 
(apn), Si 14? 19°*;] to blame, condemn: c. gen. pers., 1 Jo 37%21; 
pass., xareyvwopevos Av (RV, he stood condemned, v. Ellic., in 1.; but 
ef. Field, Notes, 188): Ga 21.+ 
kat-dyvumt, [in LXX for mm pi., etc.;] to break: c. acc. rei, 
Mt 1220 XX), Jo 1931-33 + 
kata-ypdow, [in LXX chiefly for 3n5;] to trace, draw in outline 
(= Att. avayp-): Jo 81°! (éypadev, Rec.).t 
kat-déyw, [in LXX chiefly for 1 hi.;] to bring down: c. acc. 
pers., Ac 2239, Ro 10°; id. seq. eis, Ac 93° 2315 2028; as nautical term, 
to bring to land: +. mAotov ei r. ynv, Lk 5"; pass., seq. eis, Ac 273 2812.+ 
*t xat-aywviLopat, depon., ‘‘ perfective” compound (M, Pr., 116); 
1. to struggle against. 2. to conquer, overcome: He 11*8,+ 
xata-Séw, -@, [in LXX for wan, etc.;] to bind up: +. tpavpara 
(cf. Si 2774), Lk 10%4.+ 
* xatd-8ydos, -ov (5jA0s), quite manifest, evident: He 715,+ 
kata-Stxdtw, [in LXX: Ps 93 (94)?! (yw hi.), La 336 (my pi.), 
Wi 2°, al.;] to pass sentence upon, condemn; in cl., c. gen. pers. 
(acc. rei); in late writers (so LXX), c. acc. pers. (Oavdérw, Wi, l.c.): 
Mt 12’, Ja 5°; absol. (as Plat., Legg., 958c), Lk 677; pass., Mt 1237, 
Lk 6°7.+ 
** xata-dikn, -ns, 7, [in LXX: Wi 12?7*;] sentence, condemnation: 
Ac 2515, t 
kata-Sidkw, [in LXX chiefly for A4;] “ perfective” compound 
(M, Pr., 116), to pursue closely, follow up; (a) with hostile intent 
(Thuc., i, 49, Ge 31%° al.); (6) with kindly intention (Ps 22 (23)6, 
I Ki 30”, cf. Si 2717): Mk 136.+ 
kata-Souhdw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for tay;] to enslave: 11 Co 11, 
Ga 24,t 
xata-Suvactedw, [in LXX for mm, pwy, etc.;] to exercise power 
over, oppress: c. acc. pers. (Xen.; LXX, Mi 2?, Wi 2°, al.); c. gen. 
pers., Ja 2° (inas, T); pass., Ac 10%° (cf. MM, Ezp., xv).t 
*t xatdé-Qeua, -ros, To, a curse (‘‘perh. somewhat stronger than 
avdbeua,” Swete, Re., l.c.): Re 223 (cf. avadeya).t 
*t xata-Pepatilw, to curse vehemently : Mt 2674 (cf. dvabeu-).t 
kat-atoxuvw, [in LXX chiefly for wia;] to disgrace, dishonour, 
put to shame: c. ace. rei, 1 Co 11°; c. acc. pers., 1 Co 17 1172; pass., 


234 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


to be ashamed: Lk 1317, m Co7!4 94,1 Pe 316; as in LXX (Ps 21 
(22)5 24 (25)%3, al.), of unfulfilled hopes: Ro 5°; pass., Ro 988 104, 
I Pe 26 XX) + 
kata-katw, [in LXX chiefly for priv; in Ex 3? (SDN pu.), distin- 
guished from xaiw;] to burn up, burn completely: c. ace. rei, Mt 13°, 
Ac 1919; pass., 1 Co 35, He 131, 1 Pe 3!°, Re 8’; seq. wvpi, Mt 3” 
134°, Lk 317 (cf. Ex 2914, al.); év wupi (De 9%, al.): Re 1716 188.+ 
kata-kadvnrw, [in LXX chiefly for MDD pi.;] to cover up ; mid., 
to cover or vetl oneself : 1 Co 11°; +. xepadny, ib. 7.t 
txata-kavxdopat, -dpa, [in LXX: Za 1012 (q>n hith.), Je 27 
(50) (y5y), ib. 38 (55m) *;] 1. to boast against, exult over: ¢. gen., 
Ro 1118, Ja 28; seq. card, c. gen., Ja 314 (T, om. xara). 2. seq. ev, to 
glory in (Za., l.c., Je 2738).+ 
kard-kepot, [in LXX: Pr 6° 23°4 (a5u7), Jth 13%, Wi 17°*;] 
1. to lie down. 2. to lie sick: Mk 13° 24, Jo 58, Ac 285; seq. ert, c. 
gen., Ac 9°8; id. c. acc., Lk 5”; év, Jo 53. 3. to recline at meals (cf. 
avaxepor): Mk 14%, Lk 529; seq. ev, Mk 21°, Lk 737, 1 Co 810 + 
kata-Kddw, -@, [in LXX: Ez 19% (wns hoph.)*;] to break up, 
break in pieces: Mk 64!, Lk 916.+ 
kata-kdelw, [in LXX: Je 39 (32) (x5D), Wi 17216, 1 Mac 1321, 
11 Mac 3°5*;] to shut up: ¢. ace. pers., seg. ev pvdAaky (-ais), Lk 37°, 
Ac 2619 + 
t+ kata-kAnpodotéw, @, [in LXX: De 1%8 2116 A (-vopew, B), (5n3), 
I Mac 3°6 NR (-vopew, A) *;] Ac 131%, Rec., = -vopéw, q.v.t 
+ kata-KAnpovopew, -o, [in LXX for bn3, wo, etc.;] 1. to distribute 
by lot or as an inheritance (Nu 3418, Jos 141, al.): Ac 131% 2. to 
receive by inheritance (De 1°, al.).t 
kata-kdivw, [in LXX: Ex 2118 (5p3), Nu 24%, Jg 527 (yn), 
1 Ki 161! (aap), Jth 1215, ur Mac 13*;] to lay down, make to lie down, 
esp. for meals: c. ace. pers., Lk 9!415; mid., to recline at meals: Lk 
736 2430; seq, eis, Lk 148 (ef. Jth, 1.c.).t 
kata-khutw, [in LXX for yuw, Ps 77 (78), al.;] to inundate, 
deluge: pass., 11 Pe 39.t 
Kata-kuopds, -00, 6 (<< xataxdvlw), [in LXX chiefly for ban, Ge 
617, al.; also for FW, Ps 31 (32)6, al.;] a flood, deluge: Mt 24%% 39, 


Lk 172", Pe 24 
t+ kat-akodoudéw, -@, [in LXX: Je 1716 (Ay5), 1 Mac 6%, al.;] to 
follow after: Lk 235°; c, dat. pers., Ac 16!’.t 
kata-kéTrw, [in LXX for M53 hi., MND pi., etc.;] to cut up, cut in 
pieces (cf. Is 27°, Je 217, u Ch 34%): éavrov Alors, Mk 5°.t 
kata-Kpnpvitw (<< kpyvos), [in LXX: m Ch 25” (q>wz hi.), 1 Mac 
1215 1443 ty Mac 4°*;) to throw over a precipice, cast down head- 
long: Lk 4?9.t 
*t katd-Kptpa, -Tos, 76 (<CKaraxpiiw), penalty (RV, condemnation ; 
but cf. Deiss., BS, 264f.; MM, Hap., xv): Ro 516 18 81+ 
kata-kpivw, [in LXX: Hs 2! (413 ni.), Wi 416, Da LXX tH Su 53 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 235 


434, pH Su 4! 48 53*:) to give gudgment against, condemn: Ro 84; ¢ 
acc. pers., Mk 14%, Jo 82%11]; disting. fr. xpfvew, Ro 2}, 1 Co 11%?; seq. 
Oavarw (cl. -ov OF a Mt 2018, Mk 1038; pass., Mt 278, Mk 1608), 
Ro 14%, 1 Co 1132, m Pe 2°. Metaph., of condemning through a good 
example : Mt 124), 42, Lik 11442, Ro 88, He 11’.+ 
*t xatd-xpiois, -ews, 7 (<< saatinatrn), condemnation: 1 Co 39 7 
(cf. Deiss., LAH, 91 f.).t 
kato-kintw, [in LXX: 1v Ki 9% (gow hi.)*;] to bend down, 
stoop: Jo 8!) ire xvwas, Rec., WH, mg.).t 
kata-kuptedw, [in LXX: Ge 178 (was), Ps 109 (110)? (AN), 
Si 174, al.;] to gain or exercise dominion (over); (a) absol. cae 
(d) c. gen. (Arist., al.): Mt 2075, Mk 10%, Ac 1916, 1 Pe 53.t 
SPN.¢ pin hans BN (v. Swete, Mk., 1.c.). 
kata-hahéw, -6, [in LXX chiefly for “AT ni., pi.;] to speak evil 
of, rail at: in cl., c. acc.; in LXX, (a) c. gen., (0) seq. card, c. gen. ; 
in NT, c. gen. (M, ’Pr., 65) Ja 411, 1 Pe 2!2; pass., 1 Pe 3!6.+ 
**tkata-hadud, -ds, 7 (<< pani lados), [in LXX: Wi 1 *°;] evil- 
speaking, railing: pl., 4 Co 13° 7 Pe 2tt 
*t katd-hados, -ov, 6, a Trailer, defamer: Ro 1°°.+ 
SYN.: Wbvpiotys, a whisperer (v. Tr., Syn., § evii, 15; Lft., 
Notes, 256). 
kata-hapBdvw, [in LXX for jus hi., 155, etc.;] 1. to lay hold of, 
seize, appropriate: Mk 918; c. acc. rei, I Co baie lo a Se” Be 
overtake: as correl. of duwxw (Field, Notes, 158 £.), Ro 9°; 1 aépa, 
1 Th 54; of evils, Jo 1° 12% (cf. 6!” T); hence, to surprise, "discover : 
Jo 83.41, 3. Of mental action, to apprehend, comprehend ; so mid., 
in NT (M, Pr., 158): Eph 318; seq. 6r, Ac 41% 10°4; c. acc. et inf. 
Ac 2525 (MM, Ezp., xv).t 
kata-héyw, [in LXX: De 191° (may), um Mac 79° R*;] 1. to lay 
down; mid. (in Hom.), to lie down. 2. to narrate (LXX, ll. c.). 
3. to choose owt, hence, to enrol (as of soldiers, Hdt., Thuc., al., v. 
LS, s.v.): of widows, pass., 1 Ti 5° (cf. Ellic.; CGT, in 1.).t 
tkatd-heippa, -Tos, TO (<Cxaradeirw), [in LXX for NW (Is 10% 
1422), MANY, etc.;] a remnant: Ro 9°, Rec. (for drdAcppa, q.v.).t 


kata-heirw, [in LXX chiefly for Nw, ni., hi., also for ay, "Mm, 
etc.;] 1. to leave behind, leave: c. acc. pers. (rei), Mt 41°, Mk 12)%21, 
Lk 2071, Ac 24?7 2514, He 117’; of sailing by a place, Ac 213; ptep., 
Katadurov, redundant (Dalman, Words, 21f.), Mt 16* 2117; pass., 
Jo 8%), 1 Th 3!; metaph., edOetar S8by: m Pe 215, 2. to forsake, 
abandon : Mt 195, Mk 107 @xx) 14°, Lk 58 154, Ac 62, Eph 591 @Xx), 
3. to leave remaining, reserve: c. acc. et inf, Lk 10%; éuavrd, 
Ro 114(@XX); pass., He 4! (cf. év-xara-Aeirw).t 

Ft De (a cl. -O6w; cf. -OoBorgw, Ex 17*, Nu 141°), to cast 

stones at, to stone: Lk 20°.t 

kat-adhayy, -7js, 7 (<CxaradAdoow), [in LXX: Is 9°) 1 Mac 
520%] 1. exchange. 2. reconciliation: Ro 5"; x. xdéopov, Ro dU oie 
dvaxovia THs K., I Co 518; Adyos ris x., ib.l9.t 


236 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kat-ahddoow (Att.-rrw; cf. dAAdoow), [in LXX: Je 31 (48)°9 (mn), 
m1 Mac 1° 73% 82°*;) prop., to change, exchange (esp. of money); hence, 
of persons, to change from emnity to friendship, to reconcile (for exx. 
in cl., v. Thayer,, LS): of the reconciliation of man to God (Lft., 
Notes, 288; ICC on Ro, l.c.; DCG, ii, 474, 797), 11 Co 5'% 19; pass., 
Ro 510, i Co 52°; of a woman returning to her husband, 1 Co 7 (cf. 
a7o- Karoo a) i 


katd-oumos, -ov, [in LXX for TINY, MAND, NI, ete. 3] left re- 
maining: ot x. 7. avOpwrwrv, Ac 1517 @XX),t 

tkatd-upa, -ros, 76 (<xaradtvw), [in LXX: Ex 4% (qi), 1 Ki 

se (mDw), ete.;] 1. = cl. caraywyov (cf. ravdoxetov), an inn, lodging- 


place: Lk 27 (so Ex, l.c., and MGr.). 2. a guest-room (1 Ki, l.c.) : Mk 
1414, Lk 2211 + 
kata-Avw, [in LXX for 75, maw, etc.;] 1. to destroy, cast down: 
Mt 242, Mk 13?, Lk 21°; 7. vadv, Mt 26°! 2749, Mk 1458 15?9, Ac 614; 
oixiay, 11 Co 5!; opp. to oikodopeiy, Ga 218, Metaph., to overthrow, 
annul, abrogate: Ac 53% 3°; 7, épyov r. Geod, Ro 14°; 7. vopov, Mt 51? 
(1 Mac 2”). 2. to unloose, unyoke (e.g. horses), hence intrans., of 
travellers (cf. karaAvua), to take up one’s quarters, lodge (cl., Ge 192, 
alk OU OTT 
kata-pavOdve, [in LXX: Ge 34! (AN), Jb 354 () (say), Si 9% 8, al. 5] 
to learn thoroughly, observe well, consider carefully (on distinction 
bet. «x. and pavOdver, HM eee 117): Mt 678.+ 
KaTa- paptupew, -O, [in LXX: Jb 15°, Pr 2518 (may), al.;] to bear 
witness againt : c. acc. rei et gen, pers., Mt 268 274) Wik var 
kata-pévw, [in LXX for aw (Nu 201, al.), etc.;] to remain 
permanently, abide: Ac 1!%, 1 Co 16°, WH Gane dba Ap 
katapovas, Rec. for cata povas, V.S. .0vos. 
tkat-avd-Qepa, Rec. for xardepua, q.v. 
t kat-ava-Qepatitw, Rec. for carafenatilw, q.v. 
kat-av-ahioxw, [in LXX chiefly for 55N;] 1. to wse wp, spend. 
2. to consume: of fire, ptep., He 12?9(@X%),t 
* kata-vapkaw, -@ (Zane to grow numb, in LXX, in causal 
sense, for yp, Ge 3276); without Heb. equiv., ib. 323), Jb 3319, 
Da LXX 11°*); 1. to cause to grow numb, 2. Intrans., to grow 
numb ; hence metaph., to be inactive, be burdensome to: c. gen., 11 Co 
119 1213514; pass., to be quite numb (Hippocr.).t 
*xata-vedw, 1. to nod assent. 2. to make a sign by nodding the 
head: c. dat. pers., Lk 57.+ 
kata-voéw, -@, [in LXX for was hi., ANT, etc.;] to take note of, 
erceive, consider carefully: Ac 73132; ¢, acc. rei, Mt 73, Lk 64! 
122427 9023, Ac 11° 2739, Ro 419; c. acc. pers., He 31 10%4, Ja 1% 24 (on 
the distinction bet. x. and voéw simplex, v. M, Pr., 117).t 
tKat-avtdw, -3, [in LKX: m Ki 3% (bn), 11 Mac 42124 44 G14 * ; 
to come to, arrive at: seq. «is, c. acc. loc., Ac 16! 18!% 24 217 2518 (v. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 237 


M, Pr., 132) 27}2 2813; seq. dvrixpv, c. gen., Ac 2015, Metaph., seq. 
eis, c. acc. pers., I Co 10" 1456; id. c. acc. rei, to attain to: Ac 267, 
Eph 418, Ph] 311,+ 
tatd-vugis, -ews, 7 (<Cxaravicow, q.v.), [in LXX: Ps 59 (60)? 
(nbyqm), Is 29° (mpTqm)*;] 1. a pricking. 2. (Perhaps through 
resembl. of xaravicow to -vvardlw), torpor of mind, stwpefaction: Ro 
118(@XX) (vy, ICC, in 1.; Field, Notes, 157).+ 
+xata-vicow, [in LXX: Ge 347 (axy hith.), Le 10°, Ps 44 2912, 
al. (aa), Da LXX tH Su! (ot ni.), Si 12! 141, al.;] 1. to strike or 
prick violently. 2. to stun. 3. Of strong emotion, pass., to be smitten : 
THv Kapdiav, Ac 237 (v.s. xardvvésis).t 
** xat-afidw, -o, [in LX X: 1 Mac 13”, m1 Mac 3?! 411, rv Mac 18° *;] 
to deem worthy: c. acc. pers. et gen. rei, 1 Th 1°; pass. seq. inf., Lk 
2035, Ac 541,+ 
KaTO-TaTéw, -O, {in LXX for Jv, oa, FNw, etc. El to tread 
down, trample under foot: Mt 7°, Lk 121; pass., Mt 51%, Lk 8°. 
Metaph., r. viov 7. Oeod, He 10”.t 
katdé-mauats, -ews, 7 (< xataravw), [in LXX chiefly for Amp, Ps 


94 (95)4, Is 661, al.; 7uépa ris x., 1 Mac 15!;] 1. in cl., a putting to 
rest, causing to cease. 2. In LXX and NT, rest, repose: Ac 749@X%), 
He 311) 18 41, 3, 5, 10, 11+ 

kata-ravw, [in LXX for m3, naw, etc.;] 1. trans., (a) to cause 


to cease, restrain: Ac 1438; (b) to cause to rest: He 48. 2. Intrans., 
to rest: seq. awd, He 44 @XX) 10+ 

txata-méracpa, -ros, 76 (= cl. raparéracya), [in LXX chiefly for 
np1p (the veil of the Holy of Holies), Hx 26*1, Le 21°, al.; also for 
Jp (the outer veil), Hx 35!°, Nu 36, al. (elsewhere «aAvyya) ;] in NT 


always the inner veil or curtain of the Temple (or Tabernacle): Mt 
2751, Mk 1538, Lk 234°, He 619 98; fig., 7 capé avrod, He 10?°.+ 
kata-rivw, [in LXX chiefly for yba;] 1. to drink down, swallow: 
Mt 2374, Re 1216. 2. to devour: 1 Pe 58. Metaph., to swallow up, 
consume: pass., I Co 1554(@XX), 11 Co 27 54, He 117%.+ 
kata-ninrw, [in LXX: Ps 144 (145)!4 (553), etc.;] to fall down: 
Ac 288; seq. eis, Ac 2614; ei, c. acc., Lk 86.t 
*xata-mhéw, -@, to sail down, sail to land, put in: éis r. \xopay, 
Lk 876,+ 
** xata-rovéw, -0, [in LXX: 1 Mac 8? (A), 11 Mac 2%13*;) to wear 
down, oppress, treat hardly: pass., Ac 774, 11 Pe 27.t 
kata-movritw, [in LXX for yaw pu., Ex 15¢ A, yba pi., Fuw, Ps 
54 (55)° 68 (69), al.;] to throw into the sea, sink or drown therein: 
Mt 14°; pass., 18°.t 
kat-dpa, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for mp 3] a@ curse: Ga 31% 13, 


He 68, 11 Pe 214; opp. to eiAoyia, Ja 3!°; concrete, of Christ, Ga 318 
(v. Lft. in 1.).+ 


938. MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kat-apdopat, -ua, depon. (< xardpa), [in LXX chiefly for bbp pis] 

to curse: c.acc., Mk 1171; opp. to etAoyéw, Lk 676, Ro 1214, Ja 3°; 
pass. pf. ptep., accursed, under a curse (v. M, Pr., 221): Mt 254!.+ 

Kat-apyéw, -@ (<< xard, causative, dpyds = d-epyés), [in LXX: 0 Es 

421,23 56 68 (5yR)*;] to make idle or inactive (xépas, Eur., Phen., 


758): of soil occupied by an unfruitful tree, Lk 137. Metaph. (Inser.), 
to render inoperative or invalid, to abrogate, abolish: Ro 3% *1, 1 Co 
128 613 1311 1574, Ga 31’, Eph 215, m Th 28, 1 Ti 1°, He 214; pass., 
Ro 414 65, 1 Co 26 13% 10 1526, 1 Co 3%1113,4, Ga 5; seq. azo (of 
persons), to be separated, discharged or loosed from, Ro 7°, Ga 5*.t 

kat-apiOpew, -O, [in LXX: 1 Ch 31!* (rm hith.), al.;] to nwmber 
or count among : seq. ev, Ac 17,t 

kat-aptiLw, [in LXX chiefly in Pss (8? al.; pid, etc.) and 
1 Es (553);] to render dpruos, i.e. fit, complete ; (a) to mend, repair : 


Mt 471, Mk 1'9; (6) to furnish completely, complete, equip, prepare: 
pass., Lk 64°, Ro 9, He 11°; mid., Mt 2116 @X%), He 10° (XX); (¢) in 
ethical sense, to prepare, complete, perfect: Ga 61 (EV, restore), 
I Pe 51; pass., 1 Co 1° (Field, Notes, 167), 1 Co 13", He 137} 
(cf. mpo-Kataptilw).t 
*t kat-dptiats, -ews, 7 (<Cxaraprilw), a strengthening, making fit: 
in ethical sense, 11 Co 13°. 
**t katapticpds, -0v, 0, [in Sm.: Is 38!2*;] = xardpriois (but v. ICC, 
Eph. l.c.): Eph 4.+ 
** xata-celw, [in LXX: Da TH Bel}* AR, 1 Mac 6°8*;] 1. to shake 
down. 2. Of the hand, to shake or wave as a signal: +. xetpa, Ac 19°; 
r. xepi, Ac 1316; id. c. dat. pers., ib. 214°; seq. inf., ib, 12!7.+ 
kata-cxdrtw, [in LXX for 7m, on, etc.;] to dig down: 
Ro 118 Xx) + 
kata-oxeudtw, [in LXX: Is 40! 8 (NB), etc. ;] to prepare, make 
ready: +r. 6d0v, Mt 112°, Mk 1*, Lk 77; ofkov, He 3°94; oxyuny,, 
He 926; «Bwrdv, He 117, 1 Pe 37°; pass. pf. ptep., Aadv x., Lk 1!7.+ 
kata-oxnvow, -o, [in LXX chiefly for j>w ;] to pitch one’s tent, 
lodge, dwell: seq. ev, Mt 13%, Lk 13!°; izé, c. ace., Mk 4825 err’ EArt, 
Ac 226 (LXX) + 
t kata-oKyvwors, ews, 7, [in LXX: 1Ch 28? (ni33) , Ez 37?" (JEW), 
To 14, Wi 98, m Mac 14% (R)*;] 1 prop., an encamping, taking up 
one’s quarters (Polyb., al., v. LS; and ef. LXX, ll.c.). 2. a lodging, 
abode: of birds, Mt 8”, Lk 9°%.+ 
* kata-cxidtw, to overshadow : c. ace., He 9°.t 
xara-oxoréw, -o, (in LXX: u Ki 10, 1Ch 19% (53 pi.), 1 Mac 5% 
(A) *;] to view closely, inspect, spy out: c. acc., Ga 2*.t 
xard-oKowos, -ov, 6, {in UXX for 535 pi.;] a spy: He 1131 
+ xara-copifopar, [in LXX: Ex 1! (g5n hith.), Jth 51, 10'°*;] to 
deal craftily with, outwit: Ac 71° GXX),+ 
** xata-oréddo, [in LXX: m Mac 4%!, m1 Mac 61*;] 1. to let down, 
lower. 2. to keep down, restrain: c. acc., Ac 19% 36+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 239 


**t katd-oTmpa, -Tos, 76 (kabiornm), [in LXX: 11 Mac 54 (-ena, A) * 5] 
1. condition, of health, etc. 2. demeanour: Tit 28 (for exx. v. Field, 
Notes, 220).t 

kata-oTohy, -fs, 7 (<CxatacréAdw), [in LXX: Is 61% (AQUA) *;] 


1. a letting down, checking. 2. steadiness, quietness in demeanour. 
3. LXX and NT (ef. Plut., ii, 65 D; -ifw = vestire), a garment, dress, 
attire: 1 Ti 29 (but v. Ellic., in 1.).+ 

kata-otpépw, [in LXX for JER, etc., Ge 1971, Je 201%, al.;] 1. to 
turn down, twrn over ; as, the soil. 2. to overturn, overthrow: Mt 21}, 
Mk 11; pass. pf. ptep., Ac 1516 @XX),+ 

*t xata-oTpnvidw, -@, to wax wanton against: c. gen., 1 Ti 51}, 

kata-oTpopy, -7s, 7 (<Cxaracrpépw), [in LXX: Jb 2117, Pr 17” 

(7x), al.;] 1. overthrow: mu Pe 2° (WH, om.). 2. Metaph., swbver- 


sion, upsetting (cf. xabaipeors, 11 Co 13!) : 1 Ti 214,+ 

kata-otpdévvunt, [in LXX: Nu 1416 (mw), Jb 1273 (mw), Jth,, 
1m Mac,*;] 1. to strew or spread over. 2. to lay low, overthrow: 
I Co 105.+ 

kata-oupw, [in LXX: Je 29 (49)! (Fin), Da LXX, 111%%6 
(Rw) *;] 1. to pull down. 2. to drag away: c. acc. pers., Lk 1258+ 

kata-opdtw, (in LXX: Za1l® (9m), Ez 164° (pn. pi.), 1 Mac g;] 
to kill off, slay: c. ace., Lk 19?7.+ 

kata-cppayitw, [in LXX: Jb 97 377 (ann), Wi 25*;] to seal up, 
secure with a seal: Re 5}.+ 

tratd-cxeots, -ews, 7 (<Cxarexw), [in LXX nearly always for 

min ;] 1. a holding back. 2. LUXX and NT, a holding fast, possession : 


FT be Spa 
kata-riOypt, [in LXX: 1 Ch 21?” (any hi.), Ps 40 (41)8 (px), 
1 Mac 10°, al.;] to lay down, deposit, lay by: Mk 154°, T; mid., to lay 
up for oneself: xdpw (Hadt., al., v. LS, s.v.), c. dat. pers., Ac 2427 259.t 
**t kata-rouy, -Hs, 7, [In Sm.: Je 48 (31)? (xararéuyvw is used in 
LXX of forbidden mutilations : Le 215, al.);] 1. incision. 2. excision, 
_concision, mutilation: in sarcasm, by paranomasia, in contrast to 
(true) wepiropy (v*), of Judaizing Christians, Ph] 3? (v. Lft., in 1; 
Cremer, 883).t 
kata-rofedw, [in LXX: Hx 19% (m9), al.;] to strike down with 
an arrow, shoot dead: He 12%°@XX) (Rec.; WH, R, om.).t 
kata-tpéxw, [in LXX: Le 26%7, Jg 16 (FA), al.;] to run down: 
seq. evi, c. acc. pers., Ac 21%?,t 
**t kat-auydtw, [in LXX: Wi 175, 1 Mac 6%°*;] (for avydfw, L, mg., 
Tr., mg.), to shine down: 11 Co 44,t 
kata-pdyw, V.S. katerbiw. 
kata-pépw, [in LXX for ™ hi., etc.;] to bring down: airiwpara, 
Ac 25’; yjdov, to cast a ballot, Ac 261°; pass., to be borne down: 
Urvw, ard Tt. v., Ac 209.t 
kata-pevyw, [in LXX for p13, etc.;] to flee for refuge: seq. «is, 
Ac 146; metaph., c. inf., He 618.+ 


940 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kata-9e(pw, [in LXX chiefly for nnw hi., Ge 612, al.; 1 to 
destroy entirely. 2. In moral sense (as LXX), to deprave, corrupt : 
pass. pf. ptep., seq. 7. votv, 11 Ti 38.t 

kata-pudéw, -0, [in LXX chiefly for pws;] to kiss fervently, kiss 
affectionately: Mt 2649, Mk 144, Lk 738 49 152, Ac 2087.+ 

kata-povéw, -G, [in LXX for Wa, 112, etc.;] to think little of, 
despise: c. gen., Mt 674 181°, Lk 161%, Ro 24,1 Co 1174,1 Ti 4” 6, 
He 12?, 1m Pe 2!°,+ 

tkata-pporntys, -ov, 6, [in LXX for WA, mmja, Hb 1° 2°, Ze 


34*:] a despiser: Ac 1341.t 
kata-xéw, [in LXX for px, m3, Mwy hi.;] to powr down upon: 
c. gen. (cl.), Mk 14%; seq. éxé, c. gen., Mt 267.t 
* xata-xOdvios, -ov (<< xOuv, the earth), subterranean, under the 
earth (in cl., of the infernal gods): of the departed in Hades, opp. to 
€roupavios, értyewos, Ph] 21°.t 
** kata-xpdopat, -@yor, [in LXX: Hp. Je’, 11 Mac 4° 57*;) to 
make full use of, use to the uttermost, use up: 1 Co 71; c. dat., ib. 938 
(for other senses, v. LS, s.v.).t 
kara-psxw, [in LXX: Ge 184 (jyw ni.)*;] to cool: c. acc., 
Lk 16?4.+ 
*t katelSwdos, -ov (<< cldwAov), full of idols: Ac 1716+ 


tarévavr, adv., [in LXX chiefly for 733(2) "3p>, ete. ;] over 


against, opposite, before: 4 x. képn, Lk 19°"; as prep., c. gen., Mt 21? 
2724 (dx-, WH, mg.), Mk 11? 124! (az-, WH, mg.) 13%; metaph., 
before, seq. Oeot, Ro 41", 11 Co 217 1219+ 
tratevdmov, adv. (= Hom., xarévw7ra), [in LXX: Ps 43 (44)¥, 
al.;] over against, before: c. gen., +. ddéys, Ju74; metaph. (ef. 
xatévavtt, and v. Lift., Col., l.c.), 7. Geod, Eph 14, Col 17?.+ 
* xat-efouordtw, to exercise authority over: c. gen. pers., Mt 20%, 
Mk 10%2.+ 
SYN.: xataxvpievw (v. Swete, Wk., l.c.). 
kat-epydétouar (emphatic form of épydéfoua), [in LXX for byp, 
etc. (9 exx., each for a different Heb. word);] to effect by labour, 
achieve, work out, bring about: c. acc., Ro 415 53 75 15:17 18,20 17 Co 
710, Eph 618, Ja 1; pass., 1 Co 12"; c. ace. rei et dat. pers., Ro 713, 
um Co 47 711 9; id. seq. did, c. gen. pers., Ro 1518; +. cwrnpiay, 
Ph! 2!2; c. acc. pers. seq. eis, U Co 5° (RV, wrought); of evil deeds, 
Ro 127 29, 1 Co 53, 1 Pe 43.+ 
** xar-épxopat, [in LXX: To 1 ~ 2}, Es 3, Wi 11”, 1 Mac 
1129*;] to come down, go down: seq. «is, Lk 451, Ac 8° 134 15°° 191, T; 
dad, Lk 937, Ac 151 185 2119; do et eis, Ac 1127 121°; of coming to port 
by ship, Ac 18 21% 27°; seq. pds, c. acc. pers., Ac 9°?; metaph., of 
gifts from God, Ja 3!°.t 
kat-eo0iw (‘‘ perfective” comp. of ecOiw, q.v., and cf. M, Pr., 
111), [in LXX chiefly for 55 ;] to eat up, devour: c. acc., of seed, 
Mt 134, Mk 44, Lk 85; séxvov, Re 124; BiBrapidvov, Re 10% 1°; metaph., 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 241 


oixias, Mt 2318, Mk 124°, Lk 2047; 7. Biov, Lk 1539; c. acc. pers., 
Jo 217 (LEX), 11 Co 1129, Ga 515, Re 115 209.t 
kat-ev0dvw, [in LXX for Pid ni., hi. etc.;] to make or keep 
straight, direct, guide: metaph., r. ddov, 1 Th 31!; +. wddas eis 6d5dv 
eipyvys, Lk 179; +. xapdias eis t. dyarnv, 11 Th 3°.t 
**t kat-eudoyéw, -@, [in LXX: To 11417*;] to bless fervently: 
ME 10?° (v. Swete, in 1.).+ 
*t kat-ep-iornpt, to rise wp against: Ac 18}2.+ 
xat-éxw, [in LXX for nN, pin hi., etc.;] 1. perfective of gw 
(M, Pr., 116; M, Th., 155), (a) to possess, hold fast: Lk 81, Jo 5!4), 
Ro 118 (Lft., Notes, 251), 1 Co 7°° 11, 11 Co 6", 1 Th 571, He 36 14 1023; 
(b) to lay hold of, get possession of: Lk 14°. 2. to hold back, detain, 
restrain (M, Th., 156 f.): ¢. acc. seq. rod wy c. inf., Lk 44; seq. zpos, 
ec. ace., Phm}8; absol., 7d xaréyov (6 x.), 1 Th 257, 3, Intrans., as 
nautical term, to put in, make for (LS, s.v.): Ac 272°.+ 
katnyopéw, -@ (<< xard, ayopevw), [in LXX: Da LXX 65'6), 1 Mac 
7% 25, 11 Mac 447 101%)21, rv Mac 914*;] to make accusation, accuse, (a) 
in general: absol., Ro 21°; c. gen. pers. (cl., WM, 254), Jo 54°; irreg. c. 
acc. pers., Re 121°; (b) before a judge: absol., Ac 2419; ¢, gen. pers., 
Mt 121°, Mk 3%, Lk 67 11° (WH, tzxt., R, om.), 23719, Jo 816], Ac 25° 
281°; id. c. ace. rei (cl., but v. WM, l.c.), Mk 15%» 4; ¢. gen. rei (Dem.), 
Ac 248 2511; seq. epi, c. gen. rei (Thuc., viii, 85), Ac 2418; ¢. ace. rei, 
Seq. xard c. gen. pers. (WM, § 28, 1), Lk 2314. Pass. (Bl., § 54, 3), 
seq. id c. gen., Mt 27, Ac 22°9; 6 xarnyopovmevos, Ac 2516+ 
*xatnyopia, -as,  (<(xariyopos), an accusation, charge: c. gen. 
pers., Jo 18°; seq. xard, c. id., 1 Ti 519; c. gen. rei, Tit 16.+ 
KaTyyopos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Pr 18!” (a), 1 Mac 45*;] an 
accuser: Ac 233035 248 (WH, R, txt. om.) 2516 18 + 
*t xamhywp, Oo (Aram. 1792; Dalman, Gr., 185; but v. Deiss., 
LAE, 90 f.), = xaryyopos, an accuser: Re 12}°.+ 
; * xamipea, -as, 7 (<karndys, downcast, Wi 174*), dejection: 
a 49,t 
*t xat-nxéw, -@, 1. to resound. 2. to teach by word of mouth, 
instruct, inform (v. Bl., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31): Ga 66; ce. ace. pers., 
1 Co 141°; pass. c. ace. rei, Lk 14 (ICC, in 1.), Ac 1825 2124 (ef. Lk, 
l.c.), Ga 6°; seq. ex, c. gen. rei, Ro 218; wepi, c. gen. pers., Ac 2121,t, 
**t xat-idw, -@ (intensive of idw; <ids), [in LXX: Si 12"*;] to 
rust over ; pass., become rusted over: Ja 5*.+ 
xat-toxdw, [in LXX chiefly for pin;] to overpower, prevail 
against, prevail: absol., Lk 235; c. inf., Lk 2136; c. gen., Mt 1618,+ 
kat-orxéw, -@, [in LXX very freq. and nearly always for aw*;] 1. 
trans., to inhabit, dwell in: c. acc., Lk 134, Ac 119 2%14 416 32, 35 
191017, Re 172; of God, Mt 2371. 2. Intrans., to settle, dwell: 
Ac 2212; seq. év (cl.), Ac 120@-XX) 25 72 4,48 922 1129 1327 1724, He 119 
Re 13”; seq. eis (Bl., § 39, 3; M, Pr., 62 f., 234 f.), Mt 223 413 Ac 74. 
ert tr. yas (Nu 1353, al.), Re 31° 610 818 1110 13% 14 178; én wayrds 
16 


242, MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mpocwrov tT. y., Ac 17°; drov, Re 23; éxet (of demons), Mt 1245, Lk 
11°6. Metaph., of divine indwelling: 6 Xpiords, Eph 31"; 7. rvedua, 
Ja 4° (xatoxicer, T, WH, R, txt.) ; 7- rAnwppa (7. Oedrytos), Col 1% 29; 
dixacoovvy (cf. Wi 14), 11 Pe 31° (cf. év-xarouxew).t 
kat-olkyats, -<ws, 7 (<C Karouxéw), [in LXX for aw, Ge 10°°, al. ;] 
dwelling: Mk 5%.+ 
t xat-ouxntptoy, -ov, Td (< xarouxéw), [in LXX for awin, Fiyg , etc. 5] 
a habitation, dwelling-place: Eph 27", Re 18?.+ 
tkat-ouxia, -as, 7) (<< xaroueéw), [in LXX chiefly for ayia, Ex 35%, 


al.;] 1. a dwelling: Ac 176. 2. a settlement (Polyb.).t 

katotkitw, [in LXX for aw hi., etc.;] to cause to dwell: metaph., 
c. acc., Td wvetpa, Ja 4° (Rec., R, mg., catwxyoer).t 

*txatontpitw (<(xarortpov, a@ mirror), to show as in @ mirror. 

Mid., to see oneself mirrored (v. MM, Exp., xv); c. ace. rei (R, txt., 
but v. mg.), to reflect as a mirror: 1 Co 3}8 (cf. Abbott, Hssays, 94).t 

katopOwpa, -Tos, 76, Rec. for di0pbwpa (q.v.), Ac 24%.+ 

katw, adv. (< xard), [in LXX for 729, NOMA and cogn. forms ;] 


1. down, downwards (with verbs of motion), Mt 4°, Lk 4°, Jo 8l% 8), 
Ac 20°. 2. below, beneath: Mk 14%, Ac 219@XX); ews x. (Hz 1%”, al.), 
Mt 2751, Mk 155; ra x. (opp. to r. dvw), Jo 88, Compar. xatwrépw : 
dro Suerods wat x. (ef. 1 Ch 277%), Mt 216,+ 

KaTwrepos, -épa, -epov (<Cxdrw), [in LXX for FANN, ANN ;] lower ; 
ra x. HS ys (v. AR, Eph., l.c; for rendering this lower earth, v. 1CC, 
Hph, l.c.), the lower parts of the earth (ct. Ps 138 (139); cf. also 
MGr., 9 xdrov yn, the underworld, Thumb, MGV, 334): Eph 4°.+ 

KaTwtépw, V.S. KaTw. 

Kaéda (TR, mg., KAatda; Rec. KAavdy), 7, Cauda, Clauda, an 
island near Crete: Ac 2716+ 

kadpa, -Tos, T6 (<xaiw), [in LXX for Oh, AN, ete.;] heat: Re 


716 169.+ 
*t xaupatiLw (<(xatpua), to burn or scorch up: c. ace. seq. €v rupt, 
Re 168. Pass., Mt 13!, Mk 4°; seq. xatya péya, Re 16%.+ 
Kavos, -ews, 7 (<Cxaiw), [in LXX for 3A pi., etc.;] burning: 
He 68.t 
*t kavodw, -@ (<Cxatoos, burning heat, fever), only in pass., 1. to 
burn with fever (Galen., al.). 2. In NT, to burn with great heat: 
11 Pe 31% 12 (vy. Mayor, in 1.).t 
*t kavotnptdtw (Rec. xavrnp-, and so usually in Gk. writers, v. Soph., 
Lezx., s.v.), to mark by branding, brand (AV, scar, but v. CGT, in 1.): 
metaph., pass. pf. ptep., 1 Ti 4? (cf. xavtypiov, Iv Mac 15”? *),+ 
t+Kavowv, -wvos, 6 (<Cxaiw), [in LXX: Ge 314°x (anh), Is 491° 
(aqw), Jb 272, Ho 12! 1315, Jh 48, Je 181’, Ez 171° 19" (aap); Je 


28 (51)!, Da tH 3 67), Jth 8%, Si 181° 31 (34)!6 43%*;] 1. burning heat 
(Ge, Is (?), Jth, ll.c., Si 1816): Mt 20", Lk 125° (Ja 1", AV). 2. a hot 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 243 


wind from the east (Heb. ap, v. LXX, ll.c.), the modern sirocco 


(v. CGT on Am 4°): Ja 1" (RV, the scorching wind; cf. R, mg., the 
hot wind, Mt, Lk, Il.c.).t 

kauTnpidtw, Rec. for xavornpidlw, q.v. 

kauxdopar, -Gua, [in LXX for 557 hith., ete.;] to boast or glory 
(in LXX, of joyous exultation, and so in the NT quotations, infr.; cf. 
DB, ii, 790>; Hort on Ja 1°): absol., 1 Co 191@XX) 47 133, nm Co 
1013) 17 XX) 1116,18 191,56, Hph 2°, Ja 416; c, acc. rei, m Co 9° 11°; 
seq. ev (LXX), Ro 2” 53, 1 Co 371, m1 Co 5! 10'5 11” 1259, Ga 61314, 
Ja 19; & (r.) Ged, Ro 27 545 ev xupiw, I Co 181 @X%), 1 Co 1017 CX); 
ev X. Incot, Phil 3°; seq. eri, c. dat., Ro 5’; wep/, c. gen., 11 Co 108; 
eis, ib. 16; Srép, c. gen. pers., 1 Co 7!* 125; évwrov +r. Geod, 1 Co 1% 
(cf. €v-, kata-kavxdouar).t 

kauxnpa, -Tos, TO (<Cxavxydoua), [in LXX chiefly for mDdan, 
MANSN;] 1. a boast (Pind.): m Co 5! 9% (Thayer, s.v.; e. contra, 2, 


Ellic., Lft., on Ga 64; Lft., Notes, 204, 277). 2. ground or matter of 
glorying: Ro 4?, 1 Co 56 91516, 11 Co 114, Ga 64, Ph] 126 916, He 36 
(cf. xavxnors).t 
txadxnots, -ews, 7 (<Cxavxdouar), [in LXX for MANENM (1 Ch 2913, 

Ez 16", al); a boasting, glorying: Ro 377, mu Co 111%1", Ja 416; seq. 
imép, 1 Co 74 874; eni, c. gen., 1 Co 74; exw ri x. ev Xp. Ino., Ro 1517; 
otépavos Kavyjoews (Hz. l.c., al.), 1 Th 2!%; of the cause of glorying, 
a boast (= xavynua), 1 Co 1™.t 

Kaapvaotp (Kazep-, Rec., v. WH, App. 160), 7 (Heb. oin3 "52, 
Nahum’s village), Capernawm: Mt 418, Mk 1?', Jo 2", al. 

Keyxpeat, v.S. Kevxpeai. 

xéSpos, -ov, 7, [in LXX chiefly for TN, Nu 24°, al.; X€lyuappous 
tov Kédpov, 11 Ki 15°, m1 Ki 15% (jp) ;] a cedar: xeiuappos trav K. 
(as in 1 Ki, 11 Ki, ll. c.), Jo 18! (Rec. Tr., WH, R, mg.; rod KéSpov, T, 
WH, mg., v.s. Kedpuv, and ef. Westc., in 1.; WH, App., 89f.; Abbott, 
JG, 513 ff.).+ 

KeSpdv (v.s. xédpos), 6, indecl. (in FlJ, gen. -dvos; Heb. 777), [in 
LXX: um Ki 15%, 1v Ki 23°, al.;] Cedron (OT, Kidron): xeiuappos 
tov K., Jo 18! (L, Tr., mg., R, txt.; ef. Bl., § 10,5; Lift., Hssays, 172 ff.).+ 

ketpat, [in LXX: Je 24! (sym hoph.), al.;] used as passive of 
tiOnpu (LS, s.v.), to be laid, to lie; (a) of persons: an infant, Lk 21216; 
a dead body, Mt 28°, Lk 23°, Jo 20; (6) of things, to lie, be laid or 
set, stand: Mt 5'*, Jo 2° 19° 2057 219, Re 42 2116; trop., GeuéAos, 
I Co 3!; seq. prep. c. acc., rpds, Mt 3!°, Lk 39; eis, Lk 1219; éxi, 
trop., kdAvypya, I Co 3. Metaph., 6 kédcpos ev 7. rovnpe x., I Jo 5!9; 
to be laid down, appointed: of law, c. dat. pers., 1 Ti 19; seq. eis 
ce. ace. (of purpose), Lk 234, Ph] 116, 1 Th 33 (ef. dvd-, ovv-ava-, avri-, 
drro-, ewi-, KaTd-, Tapd-, TeEpt-, mpo-ketpat).t 


944 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


keipta, -as, 9, [in LXX: Pr 76 (ATA O*;] a vernacular word, 


1. a bed-cord (Aristoph., Av., 816; Pr, le.). 2. In pl., swathings 
(cf. Field, Notes, 96 f.): Jo 1144.t 

xeipw, [in LXX chiefly for 113, Is 537, al.;] tocut short the hair, 
shear: a sheep, Ac 8* (Is, l.c.). Mid., to have one’s hair cut off, be 
shorn: absol., 1 Co 116; +. cehadrnv, Ac 1818.+ 


Keis (Rec. Kis), 6, indecl. (Heb. wp), Kish: Ac 1371.+ 


xéMevopa, -Tos, TO (<< xeAevw), [in LXX: Pr 24% (302") *;] a call, 
summons, shout of command: 1 Th 416 (vy. M, Th., in 1.).t 

** xeXedw, [in LXX: 1 Hs 9°, To 81, al., and freq. in 1-1v Mac;] 
to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in 
authority): c. acc. et. inf. aor., Mt 141% 28 1825 2764, Lk 184°, Ac 415 534 
835 2930 2310 956,17; with ellipse of acc., Mt 8'8 149 2758, Ac 1219 2133; 
c. acc. et. inf. pres., Ac 21°4 2274 233, 85 2521 2743; with ellipse of acc., 
Ac 1672; ptep. aor., Ac 25°%.+ 

SYN.: v.s. evréeAAw. 

* xevepBaredw (not elsew., but perh. = -éw, Plut., al.), to tread on 
emptiness : éwpa (aidpa) x. (conjec. for & édpaxev éuf., Lft., in 1.), Col 218 
(cf. also ICC, in 1.).t 

**+ kevodogia, -as, 7 (<C xevddofos), [in LXX: Wi 141, 1 Mac 21° 
819*;] 1. foolish fancy, vain opinion, error (LXX, ll.c.). 2. vain- 
glory, groundless conceit: Phl 2%.t 

*t xevdSogos, -ov (<< kevds, ddéa), vain-glorious : Ga 56+ 

kevds, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for p and cognate forms ;] empty 
(Ge 37"4, Jg 716). Metaph., (a) empty, vain: déyou, Eph 5°; dararn, 
Col 28; kypuypa, riotis, 1Co 154; (b) vain, fruitless : 4 xapis, 1 Co 1519; 
Kors, ib, ®8; 4 etcodos, I Th 2!; Keva, Ac 47° EXX); cis xevov, in vain, to 
no purpose (Diod., LXX; cl. dua xev7js), 11 Co 61, Ga 2, Phi 216, 1 Th 3°; 
(c) of persons, empty-handed: Mk 12, Lk 15% 2011; vain, Ja 220.t 

SYN.: paras, of the aim or effect of an action, x. of its quality 
(Lft. on Cl. Rom., 7 Co., § 7; Tr., Syn., xlix). 

*t xevopwria, -as, ) (<CKevds, pwvéw), [cf. kevoAoyéw (DX), Is 8! *;] 

empty talk, babbling : pl., 1 Ti 6”, m Ti 216.t 

kevdw, -@ (<xevés, q.v.), [in LXX: Je 14? 159 (San pu.)*;] to 
empty. Metaph., to empty, make empty, vain or of no effect : xavynpa, 
1 Co 915; éavrdv, of Christ, Ph] 27 (v Lft.; JCC, in 1, and esp. Gifford, 
Incarn., 54 ff.); pass., miotis, Ro 414; 6 atavpos, I Co 1!7; Kavxypa, 
it Co, 93.4 

xévtpov, -ov, TO (<< xevtéw, to prick), [in LXX: Pr 263 (amp), Ho 
1314 (amp), 5, Si 385, 1v Mac 1419*;] 1. a sting (Iv Maze, l.c.): 


Re 91°, Metaph. (as Ho 134): +. Oavdrov, I Co 1555 @XX), 56, 9 gq 
goad: pl., Ac 2614,+ 
*t xevtuptwv, -wvos, 6 (Lat. centwrio); a centurion: Mk 153% 44 45 
(Mt, Lk, use éxarovrapyos (-7s), q-v).t 
Kevypeai (Rec. Keyy-; v. WH, App., 150), -av, ai, Cenchree, a 
port of Corinth: Ac 1818, Ro 161.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 245 


kevas, adv., [in LXX: Is 494 (p15) *;] in vain, to no purpose : 

Ja 45+ 
* xepaia (WH, xepea, v. App., 151), -as, (<< xépas), a little horn: 

of the point or extremity which distinguishes some Heb. letters from 
others (e.g. 3 from 9; DCG, ii, 733), Mt 5!8, Lk 1617.+ 

kepapeds, -ews, 6 (<C kepavyys), [in LXX for xy, Ps 29, Je 18?, 
al.;] a potter: Ro 97; 6 dypos rod x., Mt 277 10 (XX) + 

kepapkds, -1), -ov (< K€pa.os), [in LXX: Da LXX 241 ("m) 5a 
1, (cl.) of a potter (e.g. yn). 2. In LXX and NT, = cl., xepapeots 
(Plut., xepipetos, Polyb., -yatos, etc), earthen: Re 227.t 

kepdutov, -ov, TO (<< xépapos), [in LXX: Je 42 (35)5 (3723), etc. ;] 
an earthen vessel, a jar or jug: vdaros, Mk 1413, Lk 2210+ 

képapos, -ov, 6 (< xepdvvvupe), [in LXX: m Ki 17% (AYP %5>) al ee 
potter's clay. 2. an earthen vessel. 3. a tile: Lk 5!9,t 

kepdvvuue, [in LXX for Jon, Is 5%, al.;] to mix, mingle, chiefly 
of the diluting of wine: Re 18°; by oxymoron, xexepdopevos dxpartos, 
Re 141.+ 

SYN.: piyvyps. x. implies “a mixing of two things, so that they 
are blended and form a compound, as in wine and water, whereas up. 
implies a mixing without such composition, as in two sorts of grain” 
(LS, 8.v. xpaous). 

képas, -atos (pl. not irreg. as in Attic), ro, [in LXX chiefly for 
1272;] @ horn: Re 5° 128 13111 17%) 7,12,16; of the projections at the 


corners of the altar (Ex 29", al.): Re 918. Metaph., as symbol of 
strength, x. swrypias (cf. Ps 17 (18), al.): Lk 169+ 
* xepdtiov, -ov, 76 (dimin. of xépas), 1. a little horn (Arist.). 2. In 
pl. (the fruit of the xeparéa), carob-pods : Lk 151°,+ 
** xepdaivw, [in Sm.: Jb 22°*;] to gain: ec. acc., Mt 2516 17, 20, 22, 
t. xoopov, Mt 1676, Mk 886, Lk 9°; absol., to make profit, get gain: 
Ja 48, Metaph., c. ace. rei, to save oneself from, avoid: Ac 2771 
(Field, Notes, 145); c. acc. pers., to gain, win: Mt 18%, 1 Co 91922, 
Phl 38; pass., 1 Pe 31.+ 
** xépdos, -eos (-ovs), 7d, [in Aq.: Hz 274; Sm.: Ps 29 (30), al. ;] 
gain: Ph) 1?) 37, Tit 114+ 
kepéa, V.S. Kepaia. 
* xéppa, -Tos, TO (<xeipw), 1. a slice, hence, 2. a small coin: pl., 
Jo 215+ 
*tkeppatiotys, -ov0, 6 (keppatifw, to cut small, coin into small 
money), a money changer: Jo 24.t 
kepddatos, -a, -ov (<Cxefady), [in LXX (-aov, 76) for WN, 
Nu 4°, al.;] of the head; metaph., principal, chief; mostly as subst., 
xepddaov, 76; 1. the chief point: He 8. 2. the sum total, amount: 
Ac 22?8 (other meaning, LS, s.v.).t 


kepaaidw, -0, V.S. Kepadidw. 


246 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kepady, -7s, 7, [in LXX nearly always for N15] the head: Mt 
536, Mk 6 4, Re 1!4 97, al. mult.; fig., dvOpaxes emi tiv x., Ro 1220 @XX) ; 
aiva, Ac 185; metaph.. of a husband, c. gen., I Co 113, Eph 5°; of 
Christ, 1 ‘Co 113° Hph 415 578. Col ps gio, 19, of things, k. yovias, 
Mt 2142 @Xx). 

** kehadidw (Rec. -aow, [so in LXX: Si 35 (32)§*)), - (< nepartov, 
dimin. of xefady, in late writers); 1. (-aidw) to na up (Thuce., al.). 
2. (In NT, only) to wownd on the head: Mk 124 

kepaXis, -(dos, 7) (dimin. of xe@ady), [in ae for m2 » TJ, ete. 3 


1. a litile head. 2. an extremity, capital (of a column). 3. (As in 
Hz 2°, Ps 39 (40)8, 1 Hs 67) a roll: «. ByBdAtov, He 107 @XX),+ 
* enpow, -O (< Knpos, @ muzzle), to muzzle: 1 Co 99 (TTr., WH, 
mg.) (cf. py.ow).t 
*t kivoos, -ov, 6 (Lat. census), a poll-taa : MG 172° 221 Mik to 
(WH, mg., emixepadavor) ; 7. vopcpa Tod x., Mt 2219 (v. MM, Exp., xv).t 
SYW.: tédos (q.V.), popos. 
kfjtos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for ia, mga, M32, De 112°, Ca 41, al.;] 
a garden : Lik 13 Jo 18126 1941+ 
*xnt-oupds, -0d, 6 (<Cxpros + otpos, a watcher), a gardener: 
Jo 2015.t 
Knpiov, -ov, 7 (<Cxnpds, wax), [in LXX for mp3, pA¥, Ps 18 
(19) 117 (118)", Pr 164, al.;] honeycomb: x. pedicovov, Lk 24% 
(Rec.; WH, txt., R, txt., omit).t 
Kypuypa, -ros, Td (<Cxnpioow), [in LXX: 1 Ch 30° (Sip), 
Jh 3? (AN), Pr 9%, 1 Hs 9°*;] in cl., that which is cried by a herald, 
a proclamation. In NT (vy. Lift., Notes, 161), of God’s heralds, 
proclamation, message, preaching (i.e. the substance as distinct from 
the act which would be expressed by txyjpvéis): Mt 1241, Lk 11°, 
1 Co 171, 1 Ti 417, Tit 13; c. gen. subje., 76 x. pov, 1 Co 24; aay, ib. 
15'*; c. gen. obj., Incot Xp., Ro 167°.+ 
xjpué (kyp-, T), -vxos, 6, [in LXX: Da LXX tH 3+ (775), Ge 
4143, Si 205 ty Mac 6**:| @ herald: 1 Ti 25 iii in Beast 
knptoow, [in LXX chiefly for N3);] to be a herald, to proclaim : 
Mk 145 736, Lk 418 19(@XX) (but v. Field, Notes, 174) 89, Ro 271, 1 Co 
927, Ga 511, al.; in NT, chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to 
proclaim, preach: 176 evayyéAvov, Mt 47° 985 2414 2613, Mk 114 1310 149 
165); Ga 2?) Colit4*) a Thi2? >| seq. eis, Mikvise ot luk 4s try ete 
iva, Mk 612; ¢. inf., Ro 2?!; «. Xpurrov, "Incoty, Ac 8° 979 1913, 1 Co 128 
15”, 11 Co 119 114, Ph] 12°, 1 Ti 316 (cf. rpo-xnpioow). 
kijTos, -eos (-ovs), 7d, [in LXX: Jh 241! (37), Ge 17! (73M), ete. ;] 
a huge fish, sea-monster : Mt 124° @XX)+ 
Knoas, -a (v. Bl, §10, 3), 6 (Aram. NBD), Cephas, ie. Peter: 
Tey it tel Oop ee coe TSN (Ges IEA 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 247 


kiBords, -od, 7, [in LXX: Ge 6-9 (ARM), elsewhere, very freq., as 
Ex 25°"), for 7198 ;] a wooden box or chest: of Noah’s ark, Mt 24°, 
Lk 177’, He 117, 1 Pe 37°; of the ark of the covenant, He 94, Re 1129.+ 
xOdpa, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for 9133, freq. in Pss (32 (33)?, al.) ; 
and in Da (8°, al.) for Dany, itself a transliteration of xiOapis, the 


Homeric form of x. (cf. CB, Dn., lviii);] a lyre, harp: 1 Co 14’, Re 
58 14? 152+ 

kBapifw, [in LXX: Is 2316 (733 pi.) *;] to play wpon the lyre or 
harp: 1 Co 14’, Re 142.+ 

* xiBap-wdds, -00, 6 (<< xOdpa, doidds, a singer), one who plays and 

sings to the lyre, a harper: Re 14? 18%2.+ 

Kudtxia, -as, 7, Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor: Ac 6° 15% 4! 
2139 223 2334 275, Ga 121.+ 

KUVGELwpoV, V.S. KLVVapLwWpLOV. 

kuvBuvedw (<< xivduvos), [in LXX for wp ni., ete.;] 1. to be daring, 
to venture. 2. to be in danger: Lk 878, Ac 1977 49, 1 Co 1599.+ 

kiv8uvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ps 114 (116)? (M¥), Si 3°, al.;] danger, 
peril: Ro 85; pl., 1 Co 1176+ 

xwéw, -0, [in LXX for y3 hi., wan, etc.;] to set in motion, 


move: Mt 234; +. xepadyv (Ps 21 (22)8, al.), Mt 2739, Mk 159; pass. 
(cf. Ge 771), Ac 1728. 2. to remove: Re 2° 614. 3. to excite, stir up: 
Ac 245; pass., 21°° (cf. nera-, ouv-Kivew).t 

kivnats, -ews, 9 (<xwew), [in LXX: Jb 1665), (m3), al.;] a 


moving: Jo 5§8),t 
kuvdpwpov (Rec. xuvdu-), -ov, rd (from the Pheenician, v. LS, s.v., 
and cf. Heb. 7103)), cinnamon: Re 1813,.+ 


Kis, v.s. Keis. 

Kixpnpt, V.S. Xpaw. 

KAddos, -ov, 6 (<C xAdw), [in LXX for m7, FD, etc.;] a young 
tender shoot broken off for grafting; then, a branch: Mt 132 218 2432, 
Mk 452 138 Lk 1319; metaph., of descendants (cf. Si 40), Ro 
1116-19, 21+ 

kdatw, [in LXX chiefly for M353;] of any loud expression of pain 
or sorrow, esp. for the dead, to weep, lament ; (a) intrans.: Mk 5%8 39 
PAM, Pr. 191) 168%, Lk, 7s 8 BS Jo: 1124 4% 1620 901 18,15" Ag Gar 
2113, 1 Co 739, Phi 318, Ja 4° 51, Re 55 181519; zodv, Re 54; zoAAd, 
Ac 84 (WH, mg.) ; wixpas, Mt 2675, Lk 22°; opp. to yeAdw, Lk 67! 25; 
xaipw, Ro 12; seq. ei, c. acc., Lk 194*! 2378, Re 18°; (6) trans., c. acc. 
pers., to weep or lamentifor, bewail: Mt 2}8.+ 

SYW.: v.s8. daxpiw. 

* kddots, -ews, 7 (<< cAaw), a breaking: Lk 24%, Ac 24+ 
kAdopa, -ros, To (< xAdw), [in LXX for np, ndp ;] a broken piece, 


fragment: Mt 142° 1597, Mk 64 8% 1% 20, Tk 917, Jo 612 18.+ 


248 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


KXadda, v.S. Kavda. 

KAau8ia, -as, 7, Claudia: 11 Ti 471.+ 

KXav&tos, -ov, 6, Clawdius ; 1. the Emperor: Ac 1128 187. 2. A 
military tribune, C. Lysias: Ac 23?°.t 

kAavbpds, -od, 6 (< xAatw), [in LXX chiefly for "33 ;] crying, weep- 
ing, Ac 2087; x. kat ddupyos, Mt 218 XX); 6 x. Kai 6 Bpvypos, Mt 8! 134 50 
DBS D451 2580 Tuk 13785 

kAdw, [in LXX: Je 167 (5p), al.;] to break, break in pieces: of 
bread, Mt 1419 1586 2626, Mk 86 14%, Lk 2219 2430 Ac 946 907) 11 2735, 
1 Co 10'6 11*4; seq. ets, c. ace. pers., Mk 8!9 (cf. éx-, Kata-KAaw).t 

kets, -dos, Att. acc., xAeiv, later -eida, pl., KAcides, -as, contr., -ets, 
», [in LXX for mmpa, Is 22”, al.;] akey. Fig., r. BacrAcias r. otpavav, 


Mt 16!9; +. ywwoews, Lk 1152; of David (cf. LXX, l.c.), Re 37; +. 
Oavarov x. 7. adov, Re 118; +. &éBiacov, Re 20!; +. pp€aros tips &., ib. 91.t 

kNetw, [In LXX chiefly for 33D;] to shut: @vpav, Mt 6°; +. 
aBvaocov, Re 20°; pass., 6vpa, Mt 251°, Lk 117 (pl.), Jo 20! 26, Ac 2130; 
deapwtnpiov, Ac 5*3; muddves, Re 217°. Metaph., 7. otpavov, Lk 475, 
Re 11°; +. odAdyxva, 1 Jo 317; +. BactArciav, Mt 2314; id. absol., Re 37, 
tT. Opav, ib. 8. (Cf. dzo-, €x-, Kata-, ovv-KAeiw.) t 

kdéppa, -tos, TO (<Ckdér7w), [in LXX: Ge 313%, Ex 22% 40.3) 
(22, Ma32*;] 1. a thing stolen (Arist., LXX). 2. = Krowy, theft 


(Plato, al.): pl., Re 971.+ 
KnXedrras, -a (v. BI., § 7, 2), 6, Cleopas: Lk 2418.+ 
kdéos, -ouvs, To, [in LXX: Jb 287? (yw) 30°*;] 1. a rumour, 


report. 2. good report, fame, glory: 1 Pe 2?°.+ 
kdéntys, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 333;] a thief: Mt 67° 244, Lk 


1233, 39, Jo 10119 126, 1 Co 619, 1 Pe 415, Fig., ds x. ev vuxri, 1 Th 54 
(kAérras, WH, txt., R, mg.; v. Lft., Notes, 73; but cf. also M, Th., l.c.), 
u Pe 3!°, Re 3? 16 Metaph., of false teachers, Jo 10°.t 

SYN.: Anoryns, a robber, a brigand who plunders, openly, with 
violence; x. is a thief who steals in secret, by fraud and cunning (Tr., 
Syn., § xliv). 

kkérrw, [in LXX for 233;] to steal: absol., Mt 61% 20 1918) Mk 
101°, Lk 187°, Jo 10, Ro 2?! 139, Eph 475; c. acc., Mt 27% 2818. ¢ 

KAjpa, -ros, 76 (<kAdw), [in LXX chiefly for maT, MDI, Ez 


15? 17% 7, al.;] a vine-twig, vine-branch : Jo 15% *6.+ 

Kips, -evtos, 6, Clement: Phl 4°.t 

kAnpovopéw, -@ (<< kAnpovduos), [in LXX chiefly for wo, also for 
bn, etc.;] 1. to receive by lot. 2. to inherit (in cl., usually c. gen. 
rei): absol., Ga 49° @XX); in general, to possess oneself of, receive as 
one’s own, obtain (as De 45, al., cf. Ps 24 (25)3, Is 617): c. ace. rei (as 
generally in late Gk., v. M, Pr., 65), of the Messianic Kingdom (ef. 
Ps 36 (37)4, Si 413 3726, and v. Dalman, Words, 125 ff.) and its bless- 
ings and privileges, r. yjv, Mt 55 (cf LXX); 7, Baowrelav, B. Geod, Mt 2554, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 249 


1 Co 6% 19 159, Ga 5%; fwyv aiwwov, Mt 192°, Mk 10!”, Lk 1025 1818; 
cwtypiav, He 14; 7. érayyeAias, He 6"; adbapoiav, 1 Co 15°"; dvopa, 
He\1*; +. etAoyiav, He 121", 1 Pe 3°; ratra, Re 217 (cf. xara-xAnpovopéw).t 

kAnpovopia, -as, 7 (<< kAypovépos), [in LXX chiefly for mona , also 
for Mg}, etc. ;] prop., an inherited property, an inheritance: Mt 21%, 


Mk 12’, Lk 1215 2014; in general, a possession, inheritance: Ac 7°, 
He 118; of the Messianic Kingdom and its blessings, Ac 20°", Ga 318, 
Gol 3, Eph 11415 5°, He 9', 1 Pe 14+ 

KA\npo-vopos, -ov, 6 (<KAjpos, vewopar, to possess), [in LXX: 
Jg 18’, m Ki 147, Mi 145, Je 8° (wn), Si 23?2*;] 1. (as in cl.) an 
heir: Mt 2128, Mk 127, Lk 2014, Ga 4!; of those who as sons of God 
inherit the privileges of the Messianic Kingdom; of Christ himself, 
He 1?; of Abraham, Ro 418,14; of Christians, Ro 81", Ga 39, Tit 37, 
Ja 25. 2. (As in LXX: Jg, Mi, Je, ll. c.) a possessor: He 67 11’ 
(Cremer, 359 f.).t 

kdjpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for m>n3 ; S312 ;] a lot; (a) that 
which is cast or drawn: Mt 27%, Mk 154, Lk 2334, Jo 1974 (XX), 
Ac 126; (6) that which is obtained by casting: Ac 1!” 871; of a part in 
the Kingdom of God (cf. Wi 5°), Ac 2618, Col 132; pl. of the “cure” 
of a presbyter, 1 Pe 5° (v. ICC, in 1.).t 

kAypdw, -G, [in LXX: 1 Ki 144 (455 ni.), Es 44 A (N"Pp ni.), 
Is 174. *;] 1. to cast lots. 2. to choose by lot. 3. to assign by lot, 
assign a portion: pass., €v d kal exAnpdOnwev, Eph 11! (on the various 
interpretations, v. [CC ; AR; Ellic., in 1.).+ 

khijots, -ews, 7 (kaw), [in LXX: Je 38 (31)° (Np), Jth 121° A, 
mt Mac 5!**;] a calling, call; in NT, always of the Divine call to 
salvation: Ro 117%, 1 Co 126 729, Kph 138 414, Phi 314, mn Th 11), 
mm Ti 19, He 3}, 1 Pe 11° (Cremer, 332).t 

kyrés, -7, -ov (<(xadéw), [in LXX for nap, NWO, Ex 1216, al.;] 
called, invited (as to a banquet, Adsch., 1 Ki 141, 1 Mac 514); in NT, 
always of the Divine call; (a) to some office: x. dadarodos, Ro 1}, 
1 Co 1; (d) to salvation: Ro 878, 1 Co 14, Ju}; x. wai éxAexrol kK. 
morot, Re 174; in gosp. (not in pl., v.s. cadéw) disting. fr. exAexrds, 
Mt 20!° (WH, txt., R, omit), 2214; x. “Inaod Xp., Ro 15; x. dyin, 
saints by calling, Ro 1’, 1 Co 17.+ 

k\iBavos, -ov, 6 (Att., xpiB-, but «A- in Ion., Hadt., ii, 92), [in LXX 
for "3m, Ge 1517, Ho 7*°, al.;] 1. in el., a clibanus, cribanus, an 


earthen vessel for baking bread. 2. In LXX and NT, a furnace 
(cf. MM, Hap., xv), an oven: Mt 69°, Lk 128.t 
kNipa, -Tos, TO (<CxAivo), [in LXX: Jg 20? A (3B) *;] 1. an in- 
clination, slope, esp. the slope from the equator to the pole (Arist). 
2. a region (Polyb., al.): pl., Ro 1578, 1 Co 111, Ga 171+ 
* kkwdptov, -ov, 76, dimin. of xin, a couch: Ac 515 (cf. xAwidzov).t 


250 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kXivy, -7s, ) (<CxAtw), [in LXX chiefly for m90;] a bed, couch: 


Mt 92:6 Mk 42! 74,380 Tik 518 816 1734, Re 272 (cf. MM, Hap., xv).t 
* kduvid.0v, -ov, 70, dimin. of cA, a couch: Lk 5!* 24 (ef. cdwaprov).t 
kdivw, [in LXX chiefly for mm3;] 1. to make to bend, to bow: 
t. kepadnv (of one dying), Jo 19%9; +. rpdowror (of terrified persons), 
Lk 245, 2. to make to lean, to rest: rt. xehadnv (in sleep), Mt 87°, 
Lk 958. 3. As in Hom., of soldiers, to turn (to flight), rapeuBodas, 
He 1194. 4. In late Gk. (as mid. in el.), to decline: intrans., 9 ypépa, 
Lk 9! 2429+ 
** kduola, -as, 7 (<CxAtw), [in LXX: m1 Mac 6%! A*;] 1. a place 
for reclining; hence, (a) a hut; (b) an easy chair; (c) a couch. 
2. a company reclining: pl., Lk 914 (cf. FJ, Ant., xii, 2, 12).+ 
kdom}, -7s, (<< xAerrw), [in LXX for 333;] theft: pl., Mt 151%, 
Mk 7”.+ 
k\USwv, -wyos, 6 (kAvfw, of the sea, to wash over), [in LXX: 
Jh 1%}? (yp), al.;] a billow, swrge: Lk 874, Ja 1°.t 
SYN.: xtpa, a wave. 
t kduSwvifopar (<< kAvdwv), [in LXX: Is 577° (wa) *;] to be tossed 
by waves; metaph., to be tossed like waves (cf. FlJ, Ant., ix, 11, 3): 
Hph 414,+ 
KdXwrds, -a@, 6 (Aram.; on the original, v. Lft., Gal., 267 f.), 
Clopas: Ja 19?5.t 
*xv40o (late form of xvaw), 1. to scratch. 2. to tickle; pass., to 
atch: 11 Ti 4%.+ 
Kvidos, -ov, 7, Cnidus, a city (and peninsula) on S.W. coast of 
Asia Minor: Ac 277.t 
*txodpdvtns, -ov, 6 (Lat. quadrans, the fourth part of an as), a 
quadrans (AV, farthing): Mt 576, Mk 124.+ 
kothia, -as, 7 (<< xotdos, hollow), [in LXX chiefly for Wa, own, 
aap, De 7, a, Ki 74, Ge 417) “al-; ‘also’ (db)3™ 1018" 3145 38°) dor 
ony;] 1. the belly (stomach or intestines or both): Mt 124° 151, 


Mk 7}®, Lk 1516, Ro 1618, 1 Co 618, Ph] 31%, Re 10%1°. 9. (As often 
in LXX) the womb: Lk 14! 4% 44 221 1127 239 Jo 34; ex K. pytpds 
(cE Ps: 2, (22) eib, 12!) als), Mt OM Ti nit Ag 34 0ia es Gander 
3. Metaph. (as Heb. twa, cf. Jb 155, Pr 2077, Si 19), of the heart: 


Jo 7°8.t 

kopdw, -O, [in LXX chiefly for a5w;] to lull to sleep, put to 
sleep. Mid and pass., to fall asleep (M, Pr., 162; M, Th., 1, 4, 18): 
Mt 28}8, Lk 224, Jo 111, Ac 12°. Metaph., of death: Mt 27°, Jo 111, 
AG 799 1385: Ti1Co 739 soos 15 20, SE aa eee en ee os Claes 
4317, 11 Mac 12#5).+ 

SYN.: xadevdo. 

** xoiunats, -ews, , [in LXX: Si 4619 4813*5] a reclining, resting: 

Jo 1133.+ 

xovés, -7, -dv, [in LXX: Pr 1! (tqy) 21° 25%4 (93m), Wi 7%, al. ;] 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 251 


1. common (general; = Lat. communis): Ac 24 482; x, iors, Tit 14; 
cotnpia, Ju*®, 2. common (ordinary; = vulgaris); hence in LXX 
(t Mac 147, al.) and NT, wnhallowed, unclean (cl., BéBydos, q.v.): 
Mk 72:5, Ac 10!4)28 118, Ro 1414, He 10%, Re 21?7.+ 

kowédw, -@, [in LXX: Iv Mac 7° NR*;] 1. in cl., to make 
common. 2. In LXX, l.c., and NT (as xowds, 2), to make ceremonially 
unclean, to profane (= cl., BeAnAdw): Mt 1511820, Mk 715) 18, 20, 23, 
Ac 2178; pass., He 91%. 2. to count unclean (cf. dixadw): Ac 
i ae 

Syw.: BeBndrow. Thayer (s.v. x.) mentions that Winer notes 
the accuracy whereby the Jews are said to use x. in addressing Jews, 
Ac 21%8, and B. when speaking to Felix, 24° (Cremer, 362). 

kowwvéw, -o, [in LXX: 1 Ch 20%, Jb 348, He 94 (Man), Pr 14, 
Wi 6, Si 13}, al.;] to have a share of, go shares in (something) with 
(some one), take part in: c. gen. rei (as usually in cl., so Pr, l.c.), 
He 214; c. dat. rei, Ro 121% 1527,1 Ti 5%, 1 Pe 41%, m Jo"; c. dat. 
pers., seq. «is, Pol 41°; ev, Ga 6° (cf. cvv-Kowwvéw).t 

kowwvia, -as, 7 (<Cxowwvos), [in LXX: Le 6? (57) (7 npiwn), 


Wi 818, m1 Mac 4°*;] 1. fellowship, communion: Ac 2*, 1 Co 614, 
Ph] 15; +r. viod, 1 Co 19; +. aiwaros, ceparos Xp., 1 Co 106; rabypdtwv 
airov, Ph] 319; +. rvedpmaros, 11 Co 134, Phl 2!; deftas xowwvias, Ga 2°; 
tT. miatews cov, Phm ®; seq. pera: 7. matpos, 1 Jo 13%; tyudv, ddAAHAwY, 
ib.*7, 2. contribution (as outcome of fellowship): Ro 156, 1 Co 8+ 
913, He 136 (cf. Art. Communion, DB, i, 460 ff.; MM, Hap., xv).t 

*\xowwvikds, -7, -0v (<CKowwvia), 1. sociable. 2. ready to com- 
municate or impart (R, mg., ready to sympathize, v. Field, Notes, 
AtS tf) > 1, Trott . 

Kowwvds, -7, -6v (<< xowwds), [in LXX: Pr 2874, Is 178 (727), Ma 214 
(n73n), Es 8', al.;] 1. as adj., = xowds. 2. As subst., 6, 9 x., (a) a 
partner, associate, companion: 11 Co 8%, Phm?"; ce. dat. pers., Lk 51°; 
c. gen. pers., He 10%; id. seq. ev, Mt 23°°; (b) a partaker, sharer: c. 
gen. rei, 1 Co 10!8 29, 11 Co 17, 1 Pe 5}, 1 Pe 1* (v. Deiss., BS, 368 n,).t 

koitn, -7s, 7 (in Hom., xotros), [in LXX chiefly for dwn, also 
for Masw, etc.;] a bed: Lk 11"; esp. the marriage-bed : x. dpiavtos, 
He 134; x. éyew, of a woman conceiving, Ro 91° (cf. peculiar phrases 
in LXX, Le 15}8, al.); of illicit intercourse, pl., Ro 131%.t 

Kouta, -@vos, 6 (<< Koirn; = Att., dwudtuoy, Vv. Kennedy, Sources, 
40), [in LXX chiefly for V7q, u Ki 4’, Jl 216.1 Hs 33, al.;] a bed- 
chamber ; 6 ert rod x., a chamberlain: Ac 12°°.+ 

tkéxkwvos, -, -ov (<< xdxxos, as used of the “berry” of the ilex 
coccifera, v. DB, iv, 416), [in LXX for my din , yin, Iw, Ex 254, 
Ge 3878, Is 118, al.;] scarlet: Mt 2728, He 919, Re 17°; neut., without 
substantive, of clothing, Re 174 18!*)16,+ 


252 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


kéxxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: La 45 BNR (ydim), Si 45" *;] a grain: 


Mt 138! 1720, Mk 431, Lk 1319 176, Jo 1274, 1 Co 1537.+ 

KoddLw (<< xdAos, docked), [in LXX: Da 6") (no Heb.), 1 Es 
874, Wi 34 (and freq.), 1 Mac 7’, al.;] 1. to curtail, dock, prune. 
2. to check, restrain. 3. to chastise, correct, punish: pass., 11 Pe 2°; 
mid., cause to be punished (1 Mac 7%): Ac 471.+ 

*xodakia (Rec. -efa), -as, 97 (<Kxodaxevw, to flatter), flattery: 

1 Th 2° (v. Lift., Notes, 23).t 

kddacts, -ews, 7 (<< koAagw), [in LXX: Hz 14%" 183° 4412 (iw) 


4311, NapBdvew tiv x. (OOD ni.); Wi 111% 16%24 194, Je 18%, 
u-1v Mac,*;] correction, penalty, punishment : Mt 2546, 1 Jo 418.+ 

SYN.: tywpia, requital. Arist. distinguishes between x. as that 
which, being disciplinary, has reference to the sufferer, and 7. as that 
which, being penal, has reference to the satisfaction of him who 
inflicts (v. Thayer, s.v. «x., and cf. Tr., Syn., § vii). But in late Gk. 
especially, the distinction is not always maintained (v. reff. in Thayer). 

Kodacoaets (Rec. Kodoo-), -éws, 6, a Colossian: pl., Col., tat. (and 
subscr., Rec., Tr.).t 

KoX\agoat, V.S. KoAogaat. 

*t kodahilw (<< xdAados = Att., xovdvrdor, the knuckles, the closed 
fist), to strike with the fist, to buffet: Mt 26°7, Mk 14°, 11 Co 127; 
pass., I Co 411, 1 Pe 220. 

KoAhdw, -@ (<< «ddAXa, glue), [in LXX chiefly for pat;] 1. to glue 
or cement together. 2. Generally, to unite, to join firmly. Pass., to 
cleave to, join (oneself to): c. dat. pers., Mt 19°@XX), Lk 101! 1515, 
Ac 5} (but v. Field, Notes, 118) 926 108 (v. Field, l.c.) 1734; +. ropvy, 
1 Co 616; +, Kupiw, ib.!”; c. dat. rei, depart, Ac 89; 7. dya0d, Ro 12°; 
of sins joining together, dypr 7. odpavod, Re 18°, of dust, Lk 10" (ef. 
mpoo-KoAXaw).t 

xoddoupiov (TTr., xoAAv-, the more usual form), -ov, ro (dimin. of 
KoAAvpa = KoAME, @ coarse bread roll), [in LXX: ur Ki 1274hil B*¥5] 
1. a small bread roll (LXX, ll.c.). 2. (Usually in pl., LS, s.v.) an 
eye salve shaped like a roll: Re 31*.t 

*+ kohAuBLaTHs, -00, 6 (<< KOAAUPos, a small coin, a rate of exchange), 
a money-changer: Mt 21%, Mk 11), Jo 215 (cf. xepyarirrys).t 

koA\Uptov, V.S. KoAXOvpiov. 

kohoBdw, - (< KoAoPds, docked), [in LXX: 11 Ki 4" (pyp pi.) *5] 
to cut off, amputate (LXX), hence, to curtail, shorten: Mt 2472, 
Mk 1320+ 

KoAoooaeds, V.S. KoAaccaevs. 

Kodoooat (so in cl.; -aocai, Rec., LTr.), -dv, ai, Coloss@, a city on 
the Lycus in Phrygia: Col 1?.+ 

kts, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for pm, pin, pn;] 1. prop., the 
bosom: Jo 137; fig., of close association, év (eis tov) tots x. "ABpaap, 
Lk 162% 23 (cf. rv Mac 131°); 6 dy eis rov x. t. ratpds, Jo 118, 2. The 
bosom or fold of a loose garment falling over a girdle, used as a 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 253 


pocket, hence fig., eis rov x. (Is 65°, Je 39 (32)!8): Lk 688, 3. A bosom- 
like hollow, as a bay or gulf: Ac 2739.t 
** kohupBdw, -d, [in Al.: Is 25"*;] to dive, plunge into the sea: 
Ac 2748 (cf. éx-xoAvpBaw).t 
kohupBiOpa, -as, ) (<< xoAvpBdw), [in LXX for ipa FV Ki 167, 


al.;] a swimming-pool, pool: Jo 5? (47 97+ 
*t xohwvia, (Rec. -wvia), -as, 7 (<< Lat. colonia), a colony: Ac 16% 
(v. Ltt., Phi: 50 f.).t 
* cond, -© (<< xopy), to wear long hair: 1 Co 1114: 15+ 
xéyun, -ys, 9, [in LXX: Nu 65, Ez 44° (yp), al.;] the hair: 


rCo 1115+ 

kopitw, [in LXX for Nws3, etc.;] 1. to take care of. 2. to carry 
off safe. 3. to carry off as booty. 4. to bear or carry: Lk 7?", 
Mid., to bear for oneself, hence, (a) to receive: He 1086 111539, 
1 Pe 19 54, 11 Pe 218; (b) to receive back, recover (in cl. so also act.) : 
Mt 2527, He 11!9; metaph., of requital, 11 Co 5!°, Col 325; rapa Kupiov, 
Eph 68 (cf. ex-, cvv-Kopilw).t 

* Kopipos, mo -ov (<< Kopew, to take care of), well- dressed, elegant, 

jine; compar. neut., Kopiporepov éxew (cf. xoupyws éxew, Epict., and 
collog. Eng., ‘to be doing finely”): Jo 4°2.+ 

kovidw, -@ (<Cxovia, dust, lime), [in LXX: De 274 (Tiy), Pr 


21°*;] to plaster or whiten over: of tombs, Mt 2377; fig., of a 
hypocrite, Ac 23%.t 

kovioptés, -o0, 6 (<Cxdvs or xovia, dust, dpvum, to stir wp), [in 
LXX for pax, etc.;] in cl., dust stirred up (Ex 9°, Is 5*4); in NT, 


simply dust: Mt 1014, Lk 9° 10", Ac 135) 2223 + 

xordtw (<xémos), [in LXX: Ge 8!, Es 2! 7 (gow), Ru 18, 
al. (65m), Jh 142 (pnyy), al.;] to grow weary; of the wind (Hdt., 
Jh., l.c.), to abate, cease raging: Mt 14%", Mk 499, 691+ 

koTreTés, -00, 6 (<C xdrTw, mid.), [in LXX chiefly for HDD ;] = cl. 


Koupos, a beating of the head and breast, lamentation : seq. émi, c. dat. 
pers., Ac 8?.t 

kom, -7s, 7) (<Cxérrw), [in LXX: Ge 141’, Jos 107° (AD3 hi., 
Mr), De 28° (33), Jth 157*;] 1. in cl., a stroke, a pounding (as in 


a mortar). 2. In LXX, a smiting in battle: He 71¢X%,t+ 

koTidw, -@ (< ee): [in LXX chiefly for yx;] 1. (as in cl.) 
to grow weary: Mt 11%, Jo 4°, Re 2% (cf. Is 40%1). 2. Hence, in 
LXX and NT, to work with effort, to toil: absol., Mt 678, Lik 5° 122", 
Jo 488, Ac 2035, 1 Co 42, Eph 4%, 1 Ti 2°; c. ace. rei, Jo 498; freq. in 
Paul. Epp., of ministerial labour: 1 Co 15! 161°; seq. é, "Ro 162, 
1 Th 5" (vy. M, Th., in 1.), 1 Tid"; eis, Ro 16°, Ga 4i, Phl gi6, Col 129, 
r Ti 410 + 

Kémos, -ov, 6 (<Cxérrw), [in LXX chiefly for boy, also for 


954 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


TIN, etc.;] 1. a striking, beating (in Je 51° (45%) = xorerds). 2. labo- 
rious toil, trouble: Jo 488, 1 Co 38 1558, 1 Th 35; «. +. dyarns, 1 Th 13; 
épya kai x., Re 27; k. kat poxGos, 11 Co 11”, XP 2?) rr Wns) ple ee, 
11 Co 65 10% 1178; &k 7. «., Re 1418; xédzovs (-ov) wapéyew (in cl. more 
freq. 7. ae ci maven), ce. dat. pers, Mt 261°, Mk 14°, Lk 117 18°, 
Ga 617 

ay N.: p5x6os, labour ; mévos (q.v.), totl, painful effort; in cl., 
‘“a, gives prominence to the effort (work as requiring lorce), x. to the 
fatigue, w. (chiefly poetic) to the hardship” (Thayer, s.v. x.). 

kompia, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for MBwN;] a dung hill (1 Ki 2°, 
Ps 112 (118)? al.): Lk 145.+ 

kémpiovy, -ov, 7d, [in LXX (pl.): Je 32 (25)%3 (797), Si 227, 
I Mac 2°*;] = xérpos, dung: pl., Lk 138 (WH, mg., xoduvov kompiwr).t 

komtw, [in LXX for AID, ID, MD3 hi.,etc.;] 1. to strike, smite. 
2. to cut off: c. acc. rei, seq. dro, Mt 218; éx, Mk 118. Mid., to beat 
one’s breast with grief, to mourn, bewail: Mt 1117 2499; e. acc. pers., 
Lk 85° 2377; seq. émi, c. acc., Re 17 18° (cf. ava-, dzo-, éx-, év-, Kata-, 
T™po-, Tpot-Ko7Tw).t 

SYN.: Opyvéw, q.v. 

kopag, -axos, 6, [in LXX for 34¥;] a raven: Lk 12%4.+ 


kopdavoy, -ov, 74, (dimin. of xdpy), [in LXX chiefly for mpy¥3, Ru 


28, al.; in Jl 3 (4), Za 8° for m7 ;] a colloquial word which survives 
in MGr. (Kennedy, Sources, 154), girl, maiden: Mt 97425 140, 
Mk 541,42, 622, 28+ 
*t xopBdv (Rec., T, -Bav), indecl. (Heb. 7a9p), an offering, a gift 
offered to God: Mk 7! (cf. xopBavas).t 
*t xopBavés, -a, 6 (Heb. Jaap), the Temple treasury: Mt 276 
(cf. xopBav).t 
Kopé, indecl. (in FIJ, -éov), 6 (Heb. m3p), Korah: Ju1.t 
** kopévvupt (<< xdpos, surfeit), [in Sm.: Ps 21 (22)?7, Al, 102 
(103)°*;] to satisfy: pass., tpopys, Ac 2738; metaph., of spiritual 
things, 1 Co 4°.t 
Kopiv@tos, -a, -ov, Corinthian ; as subst., 6 K., a Corinthian: Ac 
18% 27 (WH, txt., R, omit), 11 Co 611; 1 Co, m Co, tit.t 
Képw@os, -ov, 7, Corinth: Ac 1827 191, 1 Co 1%, 1 Co 1123, 
joie i We cob 
Kopyydtos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Corneliws : Ac 10! %.+ 
képos, -ov, 6 (Heb. 95), [in LXX: Le 2716, Nu 11%”, Hz 4518 (ah) ; 
more freq., II oe ue al. ("3);] a cor, a Hebrew measure (AV, RV, 
Measure) : ‘Lk 167 
koopéw, -@ ec xoopos), [in LXX for my, 7PM, etc.;] 1. to order, 
arrange, prepare (in Hom. esp. of marshalling armies) : Mt 25 (cf, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 255 


Si 50°, al.). 2. to adorn, furnish: otxov, pass., Mt 1244, Lk 11%; 
prnpeia, Mt 237°; 70 iepdv, pass., Lk 21°; Gepédcor, Re 2119; vipdyy, 
pass., Re 212; éavrds, seq. ev, 1 Ti 2°. Metaph., c. ace. pers., 1 Pe 35; 
c. ace. rei, Tit 2!9.+ 
* xoopixds, -7, -dv (kdopos), 1. pertaining to the world or universe. 
2. of this world, earthly. He 9. 3. In ethical sense, worldly: 
érbvpia, Tit 2)%.t 
kéapos, -ov (in cl. -a, -ov), (<< xdcpos), [in LXX: ia 12° (7pr)* 5] 
orderly, decent, modest: 1 Ti 2° (WH, mg., -iws, q.v.) 3?.+ 
* koopiws, adv (<< Kdop0s), decently, fittingly : 1 Ti 2° (WH, mg.).t 
*t+ koopokpdtwp, -opos, 6 ph Ne kparéw), 1. in Orphic hymns, 
al. (v. AR, Eph., l.c.), a ruler of the whole world (and so in Rabbinic 
writings: Ww WPMtIp). 2. a ruler of this world (in contrast to zayto- 


Kpdtwp): of K. T. oKOTOUS TovTov, the rulers of this dark world, Eph 6!.+ 
kéapos, -ov, 6 [in LXX: Ge 2!, De 419 173, Is 24?! 4026 (Nay), 
Ex 33°, Je 25? 490, Hz 720 161 234° (way), Is 611° (53), aL, Wi a" 


and freq., Si 6°°, al;] 1. order (Hom., Plat.,al.). 2. ornament, adorn- 
ment, esp. of women (Hom., al.): 1 Pe 3°. 3. Later, the world or 
universe, a8 an ordered system (Plat., al.): Ac 174, Ro 418, 1 Co 3%, 
Phra, He 43, al. 4. In late writers only, the world, i.e. the earth 
(= 7 oixovpern, ef. Mt 48 with Lk 45): Mt 48, Mk 1605), Col 2?, 1 Ti 67, 
al.; hence by meton., (a) of the human inhabitants of the world: Mt 
oH 1355, Mk 149, Jo 10 44 1247, Ro 36, 1 Co 4!3, 11 Co 519, 11 Pe 25, 
; (b) of worldly affairs or possessions: Mt 1626, Mk 836, Lk 975, 

I Ob 751, 1Jo 216, al.; (c) in ethical sense, of the ungodly : Jo 7? 141% 37, 
1Co 1”, Ja 177, 1 Jo 44, al.; (d) metaph.: 6 x. ris dduxias, Ja 3°. 

SYy. é olisy: q.v. (cf. also Dalman, Words, 162 ff.; Tr., Syn., § lix; 
Westc., additional note on Jo 1°; DB, iv, 938 ff.). 

Kovaptos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Quartus : Ro 16*%.+ 

koup (Tr., txt., xodu, Rec. cody.) (Heb. imperat. masc., used as 
an interjection, 039), kowm (arise): Mk 5*!.+ 

*+ xovotwdia, -as, 7, (Lat. custodia), a guard: Mt 27% 66 9811 + 

koupite (< xoddos, light), [in LKX: Ex 18%, Jh 15, al. (65p hi), 
Hs 5!,al.;] 1. intrans., to be light (poetic chiefly). 2. to lighten, make 
light: c. acc., Ac 2738+ 

xdpuvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Jg 6!9 (5p), Ps 80 (81)® (47) *;] a basket, 


probably of wicker-work, such as were carried by Jews for food: 
Mt 147° 169, Mk 649 819, Lk 917 138, Jo 618 (cf. ogupis).t 

**+xpdBatros (Rec. xpéBaros), ov, 6 (a Macedonian word, = Lat. 
grabatus, cl. oxiprovs), [in Aq.: Am 3!2*;] a camp bed, pallet : Mk 
24) % 11, 12 G55, Jo dF 11, Ac 51> 983 (vy. Swete, Mk., 24, and cf. xAivy).t 

kpdfw, [in LXX for pyt, PY, NWP, etc. 3] in cl. chiefly poét., 

1. prop. onomatop., of the raven, to croak, hence generally, of inartic. 
cries, to scream, cry out (Aisch., al.) : Mk 55 9261539 (Rec., R, mg.), 
Lk 930, al.; of crying for vengeance (cf. Ge 41°), Ja 54. 2. to cry, call 


256 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


out with a loud voice: c. acc. rei, Ac 19"; seq. orat. dir., Mk 1048, Lk 
18°, al.; (€v) dwory peyddAyn, Mk 57, Re 14”, al.; A€ywv, Mt 8°, al.; of 
public teaching, Jo 11°, Ro 92’, al.; of importunate prayer (cf. Jb 35”, 
Ps 3°, al.), Ro 84, Ga 4°; pf. with pres. sense (vernac.; M, Pr., 147), 
Jo 15, 

SYN.: v.s. Bodo. 

* xpaumddn (kperddn, WH), -ns, 4 (cf. xpartaddw for 7Du, Is 24*° 

29°), drunken nausea (EV, surfeiting): Lk 21°4.t 

SYN. : xpos, revelling ; wébn, drunkeness ; oivoddAvyia, a debauch ; 
motos, a drinking bout (v. Tr., Syn., § xi). ; 

kpaviov, -ov, TO (<Cxépa, the head), [in LXX: Jg 9°, 1v Ki 9% 
(nb53) *3) a skull: Mt 2732, Mk 15%, Lk 233%, Jo 19!7.t 

kpdotedov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX: Nu 15*%39 (myx), De 22”, 
Za 8* (935) *;] 1. in cl., an edge, border. 2. In LXX (v. supr.) and 


NT, a tassel or corner: Mt 92° 1436 935, Mk 656, Lk 844.+ 
Kpatatds, -d, -ov (<< xpdros), (in cl. poét. form of xparepds), [in LXX 
chiefly for pym and cognates ;] strong, mighty: 1 Pe 5°.t 


txpatatdw, - (late form of xpativw; <xparos), [in LXX chiefly 
for pin;] to strengthen; pass., to wax strong: Lk 24°, 1 Co 16%; 
avevpartt, Lk 18°; duvdpe x. dua tT. tvevparos, Eph 316.t 

kpatéw, -@ (<xpdros), [in LXX chiefly for pin hi., also for 7nN, 
etce.;] 1. to be strong, mighty, hence, to rule, be master, prevail (so 
chiefly in cl.; in LXX: Hs 1!, 1 Es 438, Wi 1419 al.). 2. to get 
possession of, obtain, take hold of (Hdt., Thuc., al.): c. gen. rei (M, 
Pr., 65), Ac 2718; +. xeupés, Mt 92°, Mk 151 541 927, Lik 854; ¢. ace. rei, 
Mt 12"; c. acc. pers., Mt 14% 1878 2146 296 964,487 Mk 32! 617 19 
141,447.) Ac 311 24° Re 20? (cf. m Ki 6°). 3. to hold, hold fast 
(Asch., Polyb., al.): ¢. ace. rei, év 7. dea, Re 21. Metaph.: c. ace. 
pers., pass., Ac 274; ¢. acc. rei, Re 21% 25 311; +, xehadny (i.e. Christ), 
Col 21°; 7. wapadoow (-es), Adyov, Sidaxyv, Mk 7% 4:8 919, 1 Th 2), 
Re 21415; ¢. gen. rei, He 414 618; of sins, to retain, Jo 2078; of re- 
straint, seq. iva wn, Re 71; pass., seq. rod wn, Lk 2416.+ 

kpdt.otos, -7, -ov, superl. of xparvs (Hom.), 1. strongest, mightiest 
(Hom.). 2. noblest, best (cf. xpeicowv), most excellent (Pind., Soph., 
al.): voc., xpariore, as title of honour and respect (DCG, ii, 727°), 
Lk 18, Ac 2376 24% 2625+ 

kpdtos, -eos (-ovs), 70, [in LXX chiefly for 17, Jb 121°, Ps 89 
(90)", al.;] 1. strength, esp. as in Hom., of bodily strength. 2. power, 
might: He 214; 16 x. ris icxvos aitod, Eph 11° 619 (Is 4026, Da rH 
4°"); +. dds atrod, Col 11; Kara xpdéros, mightily, Ac 192°; a mighty 
deed, an act of power, Lk 15!; in doxologies, 1 Ti 616,1 Pe 44 50, 
Ju?>, Re 16 §13,+ 

kpauydLw (<( xpavyy), [in LXX: mu Es 318 (gy hi.) *;] = xpdlo, 
1. of animals, to bay, to croak, etc. 2. Of men, to cry out, shout: 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 257 


Mt 1219, Jo 1213 1915, Ac 2228; seq. A€ywv, Jo 184° 19% 12; Kat A€ywr, 

Lk 44! (WH, xpa£-); dwvy weyadrn, Jo 114 (cf. Abbott, JV, 269 f.).t 
kpavyy, -7s, 7, [in LXX for Apy¥, AYIA, AyIwW, etc.;] crying, 

outcry, clamour: Mt 25°, Lk 14, Ac 23°, Eph 4%!, He 5’, Re 214.t 
kpéas, -éws, pl., xpéa, [in LXX for "wa (freq.);] flesh, meat: 


Ro 14#!, r Co 813.+ 

kpeiloowy (Epic and old Att.) and xpeirrwy (later Att.), prop. 
comparat. of xparvs, strong, but in sense often (as in cl., v. LS, s.v.) as 
comparat. of dyads, [in LXX chiefly for 311 ;] better ; (a) as to ad- 
vantage or usefulness: 1 Co 1117, He 114° 1274; wodAAG paAdrov x., 
Phl 123; xpetoocov rovetv, 1 Co 738; éoriw, seq. inf., 1 Co 7%, 11 Pe 27); 
(b) as to excellence: He 14 69 77 1% 22 86 925 1034 111635; «. gor, seq. 
inf,, 1 Pe 317,+ 

kpépapat, V.S. Kpeuavvupe. 

kpepdvvupt (also kpepavviw, kpenaw; the pres. is not found in 
NT), [in LXX (where also xpeudfw, Jb 267) chiefly for mbm ;] trans., to 
hang, suspend: c. acc. pers., seq. émi &Aov, Ac 5°° 10°; pass., Lk 
2339; seq. wept, Mt 18°. Mid., xpéuapa, intrans., to hang: seq. éx, 
Ac 281; éri &Aov, Ga 313 EXX); metaph., seq. ev, Mt 224°.t 

kpetadn, V.S. Kparradn. 

Kpnpvds, -00, 6 (<Cxpeuavvym), [in LXX: 1 Ch 25” (x5) *;] a 
steep bank: Mt 8%, Mk 518, Lk 833.t 

Kpys, 0, pl., Kpires, a Cretan: Ac 211, Tit 112,+ 

Kpjoxys, -evtos (Bl., § 10, 4), 6 (Lat.), Crescens : 11 Ti 42°.+ 

Kpyrn, -ys, 7, Crete: Ac 27% 12,13, 31, Tit 15.t 

xp.Oy, -fs, 7, [in LXX for mW ;] barley: pl. (as usually in cl.), 
Re 6§.+ 

KplOwos, -n, -ov (<Cxpi6y), [in LXX for MYB;] of barley: 
doih* 12 

kpipa (BI., §27, 2), -ros, rd (<Cxpivo), [in LXX chiefly for 
wewn;] the issue of a judicial process, hence, 1. judgment, the 


decision passed on the faults of others: Mt 7?; in forensic sense, c. 
gen. pun., Lk 2429; esp. of the judgment of God, Ro 2? 5!6 11% (ICC, 
in 1.), 1 Pe 2°, Ju4; «x. AapBavecOa, Mt 231% (Rec., R, mg.), Mk 12%, 
Lk 2047, Ro 182, Ja 3!; éyew, 1 Ti 5"; Baordlev, Ga 5); eae éavra, 
1 Co 1129; «is x. cvvépyeoOar, ib. 94; elvan ev r. ard x., Lk 234°; c. gen. 
obj., Ro 38, 1 Ti 3°, Re 17!; of God’s judgment through Christ, 
Jo 989; 75 x. dpxera, 1 Pe 417; r. x. 7. péeAdov, Ac 24%; x, aianor, 
He 6?; épwev 6 @cds 7. x. tudv, Re 18”; of the right of judgment, 
Re 204. 2. a matter for judgment, a law-suit, a case: 1 Co 67.t 

kpivoy, -ov, to [in LXX chiefly for junw , mywiw;] a lily: Mt 6, 
Lk 12?7.+ 

kpive, [in LXX chiefly for yew, also for PT, 2, etc.;] 1. to 

17 


958 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


separate, select, choose (cl.; in LXX: 1 Mac 131°). 2. to approve, 
esteem: Ro 145. 3. to be of opinion, judge, think: Lk 74%, 1 Co 1138; 
seq. Totto dr, 11 Co 514; c. ace. et inf, Ac 161°; c. acc. et pred., 
Ac 1346 268. 4. to decide, determine, decree: c. acc., Ac 164, Ro 148, 
1 Co 737, 1 Co 2!; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac 2016 2575, 1 Co 2? 53, 
Tit 312 (cf. 1 Mac 118%, Wi 8°, al.); c. acc. et inf., Ac 217° 271. 5. to 
judge, adjudge, pronounce judgment: absol., Jo 81% 6; seq. xara, c. 
ace., Jo 724 815; xpiow «., Jo 774; 7. dixatcov, Lk 1257 (Deiss., DALE, 
118); in forensic sense, Jo 18*!, Ac 23°, al.; pass., Ro 34%); of God’s 
judgment, Jo 5®° 859, Ro 216 36, 1 Ti 41,1 Pe 4°, al. 6. = xaraxpive, 
to condemn (cl.): Ac 1327; of God’s judgment, Jo 318 5% 124748, Ac 
77, Ro 2!2, 1 Co 1122, He 1029), Ja 5°, Re 192, al. 7. As in LXX 
(for wpe), to rule, govern (Iv Ki 15°, Ps 2}, al.): Mt 198, Lk 2239, 
1 Co G. 8. to bring to trial (cl.); mid., to go to law: c. dat. pers., 
Mt 51°; seq. mera, c. gen. pers. (of the opponent), emi, c. gen. (of the 
judge), 1 Co 64 (ef. dva-, dzo-, dvt-amro- (-par), dia-, ev-, ét-, KaTa-, TUV-, 
brro- (-at), svv-vTo- (-pa.)). 

SYN.: v.s. duxdorns. 

Kpiots, -ews, 7 (<Cxpivw), [in LXX chiefly for wewA, also for 
a, etc.;] 1. a separating, selection (Arist., al.). 2. a decision, 


judgment (cl.): Jo 8'%, 1 Ti 5°4, 1 Pe 2", Ju; x. xpivew, Jo 74; in 
forensic sense, Ac 8%8(/XX) (y, Page, in 1.); esp. of the Divine judg- 
ment, Jo 319 52427, 29 30 1331 161, 11 Th 1°, He 102’, Ja 213 612, 1m Pe 
24, Re 181°; pl., Re 167 19°; of the last judgment, Mt 1015 11?) 24 
1.986, 41) 42 Tike TOM, 1183582, ie) 920) m1 Pe 29) 345) 2 Sora edie Oe 8 ray i. 
Tas yeevvyns, Mt 23°3. 3. By meton. (as in LXX for upyn, Is 5’, al.; 
nxt, Da 71°), of the standard of judgment, right, justice: Mt 121% 0 


(LXX, Is 424%) 2378, Lk 114; of the tribunal (a local court), Mt 5%) 22.+ 

Kptomos, -ov, 6, Crispus: Ac 188, 1 Co 1'4.t 

Kpitnptov, -ov, To (<< xpirys), [in LXX: m1 Ki 7’ (wew), Da LXX 
tH 71°, tH? (m3), Sut®, Ex 21°, Jg 5!°*;] 1. a means of judging, 
test, eriterion. 2. a tribunal: 1 Co 64, Ja 26+ 

Kpitys, -0v, 6 (<Cxpivw), [in LXX chiefly for wRw;] a judge: Mt 
5%, Lk 1214) 58 182; +, dduxcas, Lk 18°; c. gen. rei (obj.), Ac 181°, Ja 44; 
(qual.), &adoyicpav rovypov, Ja 24; of a Roman procurator, Ac 241; 
of God, He 1278, Ja 4!%; Christ, Ac 10*, m Ti 48, Ja 5°; of those 
whose conduct is made a standard for judging, Mt 12?’, Lk 111°; in the 
OT sense (Jg 2!, Ru 1}, al), of a ruler in Israel, Ac 137°.t 

SYN.: ducdorys, q.v. 

* xpitixds, -7, -ov (<Cxpivw), critical, able to discern or judge: c. 

gen. obj., He 4!.+ 

xpodw, [in LXX: seq. eri, Jg 192, Ca 5? (ppt);] c. acc., 
7. avAatav, Jth 14!4*;] to strike, knock: at a door (xorrew, in Att.), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 259 


Mt 778, Lk 11% 10 1936, Ac 1216, Re 329; c. acc., 7. Ovpav, Lk 1335, 
Ac 1238+ 

KpUBw, V.8. KpiTTw. 

*txpinm (WH, R; xpurry, LT, Tr.; -ov, Rec.), -ns, 4, a crypt, 

cellar: Lk 11°3.+ 

KpuTtTés, -7, -ov (kpvrrw), [in LXX for oUN, “MO , etc. ;] hidden, 
secret: Mt 107°, Mk 422, Lk 817 122: 6x. THs Kapdlas avOpwros, I Pe 34; 
neut., év TO x., Mt 64°; ev x., Jo 7419 1829; 6 éy x. Iovdaios, Ro 279; 
pl., 7a x. 7. oxdrous, I Co 4°; +. dvOpwrwv, Ro 21°; +r. xapdias, I Co 1475; 
t. aioxvvys, 11 Co 4?.+ 

kpU@rw, [in LXX for Nan, 7aY, AND, JP, etc.;] to hide, con- 
ceal: c. acc., Mt 1344 2518; seq. ev, ib.*> (pass., Mt 13*4, Col 3°); pass., 
Mt 544, He 11”, 1 Ti 5%, Re 217; éxpv¥@y (on the tense and its forma- 
tion, v. M, Pr., 161; Bl., § 19, 3) x. eéjrAdev, Jo 859; seq. cis, Lk 137}, 
Re 6; do (in cl. more freq. dupl. acc.), Re 616; pass., Jo 1236, 
(BI., §34, 4). Metaph.: Mt 11° 1355, Lk 1152, WH, mg., 184 1942, 
Jo 19°8 (cf. amro-, €v-, jepi-KpUTTw).t 

*t kpuotaddtLw (<< kpvoradXos), to shine like crystal, be crystal-clear : 

Re 21" (dar. Aey.).t 

Kp¥otalhos, -ov, 6 (<< xpvos, frost), [in LXX: Jb 3879, Ps 147% (7), 
Ez 1”? (mp), ete.;] crystal: Re 4° 221+ 

Kpupaios, -aia, -aiov (<xpida = xpvdq), [in LXX for aMpa, Je 
2374, al.;] hidden, secret: ev 7d x., Mt 618.+ 

kpudq (prop. -7, Rec.; later spelling is due to assimilation to 
dat.; cf. eixn), adv., [in LXX chiefly for 3ND;] secretly, in secret: 
Eph 5!*.+ 

xtdopot, -@wat, [in LXX chiefly for m3);] in pres., impf., fut. 
and aor., to procure for oneself, get, gain, acquire (the pf. and plpf., 
to have acquired, hence to possess, do not occur in NT): «. ace. rei, 
Mt 10°, Lk 187, Ac 87°; c. gen. pret., Ac 2278; é« c. gen. pret., Ac 138; 
tT. woxas tudv (MM, xvi), Lk 21!*; 7. éavrod oxedos xradoOa, 1 Th 44 
(where if o. = body, x. must = pf., xéxrnwac; v. MM, xvi; M, Th., in 1.; 
Field, Notes, 72 f. But o. is most freq. taken as = wife; v. Thayer, 
s.v.; Lft., Notes, 53 ff.; ICC, in 1.).t 

KTHpa, -Tos, TO (<( xrdouat), [in LXX for OD, etce.;] a possession, 
property: Mt 19??, Mk 10”, Ac 245 51.+ 

KTivos, -ous, TO (<Cxrdoua, hence primarily a possession), [in 
LXX chiefly for MaMa, Ge 1°, al.,also for AIPM, NIX, etc.;] a beast, 


(in late Gk. esp.) a beast of burden: Lk 10%; pl. (as chiefly in cl.), 

Ac 234, Re 18°; of quadrupeds, as opp. to fishes and birds (cf. Ge, l.c.), 
1 Co 15%9,+ 

**+ krytwp, -opos, 6 (krdouar), [in Sm.: J11"4*;] @ possessor : Ac 4°4,+ 

ktifw, [in LXX chiefly for nq2, Ps 50 (51)! al.; also for 

mp, Ge 141%, Pr 8; qy., Is 221 46; Wi 225, Si 14 (and freq.), 


260 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


1 Hs 453 al.;] 1. in cl., to people or fownd a region or city (1 Hs, l.c.). 
2. In LXX and NT, of God, to create: Mk 1319, 1 Co 119, Col 116 319, 
Eph 3°, 1 Ti 48, Re 41! 106; 6 xricas, Mt 194 (WH, R, mg.), Ro 17; 
of the divine operation on the soul, Eph 2!% 15 424 (ef. Ps., L.c.).t 
ktiots, -ews, ) (<xrifw), [in LXX: Ps 103 (104)*4 (m3p), Pr 
143A (7m), To 8°, Wi 2°, Si 16'7, mt Mac 2?, al.;] 1. a founding, 
settling, foundation (cl.). 2. In LXX and NT, (a) the act of creating, 
creation: Mk 10° (Swete, in 1.), 131°, Ro 1”, 1 Pe 34; (6) that which 
has been created, creation: Ro 17° 88°, He 4!8; xawi x., 1 Co 5!7, 
Ga 615; wraon avOpwrivy x. (Hort., in 1.), 1 Pe 218; collectively, of the 
sum of created things (Wi 19°, Jth 1614), Mk 169), Col 113, He 94, 
Re 314; of the irrational creation, Ro 8!%22.+ 
** «riopa, -Tos, TO (<xritw), [in LXX: Wi 9? 13° 1411, Si 3620 a2), 
38°4, mr Mac 5! *;] 1. (cl.) a colony. 2. a created thing, creature: 
i Ti 4% Ja. 18, Re 538, 89.1 
ktlatys, -ov, 6 (<Cxri¢w), [in LXX: mm Ki 22%? (Heb., al.), Jth 912, 
Si 248, mn, 1v Mac,*;] 1. (cl.) a founder. 2. a creator: of God, 
I Pe 419,+ 
kuBela, V.S. KuBia. 
kuBépyynats, -ews, 7 (<CKxvBepvaw, Lat. gubernare, to guide), [in 
TOG Pr ol att4e 246 (nibanm) *;] 1. steering, pilotage (Plat.). 
2. Metaph., government: pl., 1 Co 1278.t 
kuBepyiirys, -ov, 6 (v.8. kuBépyyors), [in LXX for 53h, Hz 27% 27 28, 
Pr 23%, 1v Mac 7!*;] 1. a steersman, pilot: Ac 271, Re 181’, 32, 
Metaph., a guide, governor (Kur., Plat.).t 
* xuBia (Att. -efa, and so Rec.), -as, 7) (<< xiBos, a cube, a die), dice- 
playing ; metaph., trickery, sleight: Eph 414.+ 
kukdevw (<< kvxAos), [in LXX: tv Ki 3% B (anp)*;] 1. to make 
a circle, go round. 2. to encircle, surround: c. acc. pers., Jo 104 
(Tr., WH, mg.); c. acc. rei, Re 20°.t 
kukdbev, adv., (<Cxv«Aos), [in LXX chiefly for 33pa, 23D;] 
from all sides, round about: Re 4% 4:8.+ 
kukdos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 2939;] a ring, circle. Dat., 
KvkAdw, as adverb., round about, around: Mk 334 6% 86, Lk 92, Ro 1519; 
c. gen., Re 46 54 711+ 
Kukd6a, -@ (<< xvkdos), [in LXX chiefly for 12D;] 1. to move in a 
circle, revolve. 2. to surround, encircle: c. acc. pers., Jo 1074 (WH, 
txt., cf. -evw), Ac 147°; pass., Lk 217°, He 11°° (cf. aepi-cvxdXdw).t 
**+kddtopa, -Tos, TO (<Cxvdiw), [in Sm.: Ez 10!%*;] 1. a roll. 
2. = kvAopos (q.v.), a rolling, wallowing (or, a8 xvAtorpa, Xen., Eq., 
vy. 3, a rolling-place) : 1 Pe 2?# (Rec.).t 
**+ kuduopds, -od, 6 (<Cxvdiw), [in Th.: Pr 2!8*;] = cl. «vdAous, a 
rolling, wallowing : 11 Pe 2? (cf. kvAicpa).t 
kudiw, late form of xvAivdw, [in LXX: Jos 1018, 1 Ki 14%, al. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 261 


(553), Iv Ki 93% (nw), al.;] to roll, roll along. Pass., to be rolled; 
of persons (in Hom. as sign of grief), to roll or wallow: Mk 9?°.+ 
* xuddds, -7, -dv, 1. crooked, crippled: Mt 15°% 3! (WH, txt. om.); 

2. maimed: Mt 188, Mk 943,+ 

kipa, -ros, 76 (<< kvo, to be pregnant, to swell), [in LXX chiefly 
for 53;] a wave: pl., Mt 8% 14%, Mk 437; x. Gaddooys, fig., Ju 8.+ 

SYN.: Kdvdor, q.v. 

kipBadoy, -ov, 76 (<CxvpBy, a cup), [in LXX chiefly for nsyn 5] 


a cymbal: 1 Co 131.+ 
kupivoy, -ov, 76, [in LXX: Is 2875 27 (145) *;] cummin: Mt 23%.+ 


* xuvdpuov, -ov, 76 (in Att. also xuvidiov, dim. of xvwv), a little dog: 

Mt 15°27, Mk 727 28+ 

Kumptos, -a, -ov, of Cyprus, Cyprian: Ac 436 112° 2116+ 

Kimpos, -ov, 7, Cyprus: Ac 11! 134 1539 213 274.+ 

xémtw, [in LXX chiefly for Mp;] to bow the head, stoop down: 
Mk 17; seq. xdrw, Jo 8! 81 (cf. dva-, rapa-, ovv-xirrw).t 

Kupnvatos, -a, -ov (<< Kupyvn), of Cyrene, a Cyrenean: Mt 27%, 
Mk 15#!, Lk 2326, Ac 69 117 131.+ 

Kupyvn, -7s, 7, Cyrene, a city in Libya: Ac 2!°.+ 

Kupyvios (prop. -ivos, v. Bl., 18; -tvos L, -etvos, Tr., WH, mg.), 
-ov, 6, Quirinus, prop. Quirinius: Lk 2?.+ 

kupia (Kupia, T, WH, mg.), -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for n932;] 


a lady: 1 Jo'5 (on the interpretation, v. ICC, 167 ff.).+ 
**+ kuptakds, -7, -6v (<Cxvpuos), [in LXX: x. dwvy (Svpiaxy d., R), 
m1 Mac 15° A*;] 1. as freq. in Inser. (LS, s.v.; Deiss., BS, 217 f.), of 
the lord or master, imperial. 2. of the Lord (i.e. Christ): detrvov, 
1 Co 117°; ypepa, Re 11°. (Cf. Adya «., Papias, Eus., HE, iii, 39, 1; 
ypapai x., Clem. Alex., etc; for eccl. usage, cf. Soph., Lew., s.v.)t 
kupiedw (<< xvpros), [in LXX chiefly for bwm;] to be lord or 
master of, to rule (over): c. gen. obj., Lk 227°, Ro 14°, m1 Co 1%; 
absol., 1 Ti 6!5; metaph., 6 @dvaros, Ro 6°; 7 ayapria, ib. 14; 6 vopos, 
ib. 7} (cf. KaTa-kupievw).t 
Kuptos, -a, -ov (also -os, -ov), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for mim, 
also for JITN , bya, etc. ;] having power (kipos) or authority ; as subst., 


6 x., lord, master ; 1. in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9°8 208, Mk 129 135, 
Lk 19%°; +. caBBarov, Mt 128, Mk 278, Lk 6°; c. gen. pers., dovAov, 
etc., Mt 104, Lk 14#!, Ac 1616, al.; absol., opp. to oi dotAn, Eph 6% 9, 
al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAH, 161), Ac 257°; @eot wodAoi xai x. 
moAXot, I Co 8°; of a husband, 1 Pe 3°; in voc.,as a title of respect to 
masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13?” 16” 276°, Mk 728, Lk 512, 
Jo 411, Ac 95,al. 2. Asa divine title (freq. in 7.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.) ; 
in NT, (a) of God: 6 «., Mt 533, Mk 519%, Lk 16, Ac 733, He 8?, Ja 415, 
al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21°, Mk 13°, Lk 11’, He 771,1 Pe 125, 


al.; x. T, ovpavod cal 7. yys, Mt 1175; +. xupevdvrwy, I Ti 615; x. 6 Beds, 


262 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Mt 4719 al.; id. seq. 6 wavroxpdtwp, Re 48; x. caBaw, Ro 97°; (6) 
dyyeXos Kupiov, Mt 1 28, Lk 1", al.; avedpa xupiov, Lk 418 Ac 839; 
(b) of the Christ: Mt 21%, Mk 11°, Lk 143 2044, al.; of Jesus after his 
resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10°*, Ro 148, 1 Co 72, Eph 4°, 
al.; 6 «x. pov, Jo 20°; 6 x. “Incots, Ac 171, 1 Co 11%, al.; id. seq. 
Xpiotos, Eph 1?, al.; 6 «. jor, I Ti 114, He 74, al.; id. seq. Inaois, 
L Th 3! Weds al; Xpucros, Ro 161°; Tx. 1 Coast That als: 
I. X. (X. 71.) 6 «. (quav), Ro 1*, Col 2°, Eph 34, al.; 6 x. xait 6 owryp, 
11 Pe 3°; id. seq. I. X., ib. 18; anarth., 1 Co 7% 25, Ja 54, al.; «. xupiov, 
Re 19!6; ¢. prep., dd (kata, mpos, adv, etc.) x., Col 34, al. 

SYN.: v.S. deororys. 

*tkupidtys, -yTos, ) (<xvpwos), lordship, dominion: Eph 121, 

1 Pe 2), Ju8; pl., Col 1'° (cf. Lft., Col.; Mayor, Ju., in Il.; DB, 
i, 616 f.).+ 

kup, -@ (<< kipos, 1. authority. 2. validity), [in LXX for pip ;] 
to confirm, ratify, make valid: 1 Co 28; pass., Ga 3! (cf. rpo-xupda).t 

xdwv, xuvés, 6, 7 (in NT mase. only), [in LXX for 259;] a dog: 


Lk 1621, 1 Pe 222; metaph., as a word of reproach, Mt 7§, Phl 3, 
Re 2215,+ 
K@dov, -ov, To, & limb, member of a body, [but in LXX (Le 
2639, Nu 149 3233, 7 Ki 174, Is 6674*) for 136;] hence, carcase: 
He 317 @XX),+ 
kwdtw (<xddos), [in LXX for Nd5D, ym, etc.;] to hinder, re- 
strain, forbid, withhold: c. acc. et inf., Mt 1914, Lk 237, Ac 876 168, 
OA23 7 Eh O18, He. 773: int om.) Mk O88) AOS ik Geen eae So 
Ac 1117, Ro 118, 11 Jo!9; acc. om., 1 Ti 4°; c. acc. pers. et gen. rei, 
Ac 2743; c. acc. rei, I Co 14°, 1 Pe 216; id. seq. rod wy, Ac 1047; id. 
seq. dé (like Heb. 71a nbd, Ge 23°, al.), Lk 6° (cf. d:a-xwdvw).t 
kop, -ns, 7, [in LXX for na, WH, TY, etc.;] a village or 
country town, prop. aS opp. to a walled city: Mt 1415, Mk 68, al.; 
modes kat x., Mt 9%, al.; with the name added, ByOAcéu, Jo 74; 
ByOavia, ib. 111; with the name of the district, tas x. Karoapias, Mk 
827; Sapaperov, Lk 9°?, Ac 8°. 
*t kwudmodts, -ews, 7, a country town: Mk 1%8 (v. Swete, in 1.).+ 
** kGuos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Wi 14%, 1 Mac 64*;] a revel, carousal : 
Ro 1318, Ga 5#!, 1 Pe 43.t 
SYN.: V.S. kpaurdAy. 
* kdvwwp, -w7os, 6, a gnat: Mt 23%4.+ 
Kas, gen. K@, 7, Cos, an island in the Aigean Sea: acc. Ka, Ac 
211 (Kav, Rec.).t 
Kwodp, 6, Cosam: Lk 3°8.+ 
kwoéds, -7, -dv (<xdrrw), [in LXX chiefly (Ex 41, al.) for aby; 
for won, Hb 238;] blunt, dull. Metaph., of the senses, esp. (a) of 


speech, dumb : Mt 93% 83 1922 1539 31, Lk 1221114; (6) of hearing, deaf: 
VTS MK 722530 OPS Seg 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 263 


A 


A, \, AdpBSa, 70, indecl., lambda, 1, the eleventh letter. As a 
numeral, pe 30; A, = 30, 000. 

ercyinet, [in LXX: 1 Ki 1447 (495, v. Th., Gr., 38), Wi 819, 
1 Mac 6!*;] 1. to obtain by lot, to obtain (in cl., C. gen.) : c. inf. art. 
(BI., § 36, 3; 71, 3), Lk 19;-c. acc. rei, Ac 117,11 Pe 1’. 2. to draw 
lots: seq. wepi, Jo 1974.+ 

AdLapos, -ov, 6, colloquial abbreviation of "EXcafap (-d£apos), q.v.), 
Lazarus ; 1. of Bethany: Jo11!* 121,%,%1%17, 2. The beggar in the 
parable: Lk 16?° 23-25 + 

AdOpa (Att.; in Hom., -py, Rec. -pa), adv., [in LXX chiefly for 
"N@3;] secretly: Mt 1° 27, Mk 53° (WH, mg.), Jo 1178, Ac 16°7.+ 

hatha, -azos, 7, [in LXX: Jb 21'8 277° ~ (MED) 381, Je 32 (25)*? 
(TWH, AWD), Wi 5%, Si 48%2*:) a hurricane, whirlwind: Mk 


437, Lk 83, 11 Pe 217.+ 

Syy.: OvedAa, q.v., and cf. dvenos. 

Aaxéw, Dor. for Ayxéw = AdoKw, q.v. 

* KaxtiLw (< Ad€, with the foot), to kick: Ac 2614+ 

Aahéw, -&, [in LXX chiefly for 937 pi., also for "AN, etc.;] 1. to 
utter: of inanimate things, Re 4! 104; metaph., He 114 1274. 2. to 
talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9%% 1246, Mk 5%°, Lk 849; seq. ds, 1 Co 
134, Re 1341; é¢is, 1 Co 149: ex, Mt 1234; c. acc, rei, Mt 10°, Mk 112, 
Jo 8*9, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 1246, Lk 24° Ro 7}, al. c. ace. rei et dat. 
pers., Mt 938, Jo 106, al.; c. prep., zpos, pera, wept, Mk 6°°, Lk 119 
283, al.; ev, e€, awd, Mt 13°, Jo 1249 141, al.; A. 7. Adyov, Mk 8%, al.; 
seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14%1, He 5° 11!8; Hebraistically (Dalman, 
Words, 25f.), €AdAnoe A€ywv, Mt 14*’, Jo 81", Ac 86, al. 

SYN.: v.S. A€Eyo. 

Nadia, -Gs, 7, [in LXX chiefly for 923, M9R7;] 1. loquacity. 
2. talk, speech, conversation: Mt 2678 (cf. Ca 4°), Jo 44 843.+ 

hapé (Heb. mad, v.l. Xeud = Aram. NOS), why: Mt 2746 (WH, 

mg., Aeud TTr., WH, txt., Xeud L), Mk 15%* (Acud LT, Aappa, Rec.).t 

hapBdévw, [in LXX chiefly for np>, also for niv3, 155, InN, 
etc.;] 1. to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 2626, Mk 14”; c. acc. rei, Mt 
549 96°, al. mult. ; c. acc. pers., Mt 17°) Mk 12%, ‘al; pleonastic 
AaBwv (M, Pr., 230; Bl., § 74, 2), Mt 1331 14, al.; so " also indic., 
Mk 727, Jo 191:40, Re 8°, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ddoppyy, Ro 75); 
imdderypa, Ja 510; id. c. ace. pers., ddoBos, Lk 716 ; mvedpa, Lk 989 
metpacpos, I Co 10!%; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; Bl., § 59, 4), Re st 
8°, al. 2. to receive: absol., opp. to aireiy, Mt 78, al. ; Secale Mt 108, 
Ac 20*5 ; ¢. ace. rei, Mt 276, Mk 10°, al. mult.; e. ace. pers., Jo g2l 
137° 1977, 1 Jo}; pariopacw (a vulgarism; Bl., § 38, 3), Mk 14%; 
metaph., tr. Adyov, Mt 137°, Mk 416; +, paprupiav, Jo 345 7. fyyara, 


264 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Jo 1248; zpécwrov (Heb. 0°38 Niv3; Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 2071, 
Ga 2°; wiv aiwvoyv (Dalman, op. cit., 124 f.), Mk 10°° (ef. ava-, dvr, 
OvV-avTt~ (-ar), amro-, €Trl-, KaTQ-, META, Tapa-, CvV-Tapa-, Wpo-, TpO0d~, 
ovv-, ovv-rept-, U7o-hapBavw). 

Adpex, 6, indecl. (Heb. 9b), Lamech (Ge 5%): Lk 3%6.+ 

appa, V.S. Aapd. 

hapmds, -d8os, 7 (<CAdurw), [in LXX for 7H9;] a torch (freq. 


fed, like a lamp, with oil): Mt 25!%, Jo 18%, Ac 208, Re 4° 81°.t 

Syy.: Avxvos, lamp, q.v.; pavds, torch or lantern; ef. Ruther- 
ford’s NPhr., 131f.; Tr., Syn., §xlvi; DCG, s.v. lamp; DB, iii, 
43 f. 

** \apmpds, -d, -ov (<CAdurw), [in LXX: To 13", Wi 612 1720, Si 
2972 3318 (30%) 34 (31), Ep. Je®*;] bright, brilliant: rorapds, Re 
22! (EV, clear) ; aarp, ib.1°; of clothing, brilliant, splendid : Lk 23", 
Ac 10°, Ja 2713, Re 15° 18! 198+ 

Aapmporns, -nTos, 7, [in LXX: Ps 109 (110)* (a7), al.;] bright- 
ness, brilliancy : t. nAtov, Ac 2618,t 

*\aumpas, adv., splendidly: of sumptuous fare (as freq.; cf. 

édéopara Aapmrpa, Si 29%"), Lk 16!9.+ 

Adprw, [in LXX for 733, etc.;] to shine: Mt 5116177, Lk 17%, 
Ac 12’, 11 Co 48 (cf. éx-, mepi-Adyuzrw).t 

havOdvw, [in LXX for aby ni., etc.;] to escape notice, be hidden 
(from): Mk 74, Lk 847; c. acc. pers., Ac 267, m1 Pe 3°; as in 
common cl. idiom, seq. ptcp., éAabov gevicarres, entertained unawares, 
He 13? (cf. ék-, ém-AavOavw).t 

takeutds, -7, ov (<CAakevw; < Ads, a stone, Séw, to scrape), [in 

LXX: De 4* (M28); in Aq.: Nu 21%; Th.: Jg 7'*;] hewn (in 
stone); Lk 2353 (elsewhere xowy writers use Aatouyrds, Iv Ki 12”, al. ; 
cf. Aatopew).t 

Aaodiketa, V.S. Aaodixia. 

Aaodtkets, -éws, 6, a Laodicean: Col 416+ 

Aaodixia (Rec. -eia), -as, 7, Laodicea, a city on the Lycus in 
Phrygia: Col 21 4151516, Re 111 344 .¢ 

hads, -od, 6, [in LXX very freq. for oY, Ge 141%, al.; occasionally 
for OND (Ge 25%, al.), ete. ;] a word rarely found in Att. prose; 1. the 


people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mt 277°, Lk 17) 
34 al.; pl. (Hom., al., 7.; v. MM, xvi), Ac 42”. 2. a people, those of 
the same race and language (Pind., Aisch., al.; in LXX, Ge 261}, 
Ex 916, al.): joined with yAdooa, pvAy, é6vos, Re 5° 7° 11%, al.; pl., 
Lk 231, Ro 15"; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 478, Mk 
76, Lk 2), Jo 1159, He 217, al.; opp. to r. €0vy, Ac 261723, Ro 151°; oi 
apeoBvtepor (rparo, ete.) rod A., Mt 2178, Lk 19°’, Ac 4°, al.; 6 A. pov 
(airad, +. Oeod), Mt 2°, Lk 1°°, He 11%, al.; of the people disting. from 
the rulers and priests (I Hs 1!°, Jth 8°, al.), Mt 26°, Lk 20!*, He 58, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 265 


al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac 15!4, Ro 97.26, He 4°; 
mepiovowos, Tit 214; eis repuroinow, I Pe 29 @X%), 

SYN.: v.s. djpos. 

Adpuyé, -yyos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for yn, Jb 6°, al.; Ps 5° 
(7173) ;] the laryna, throat: metaph., of speech (cf. Si 6°), Ro 318 @X%),t 


Aacéa (Rec. -aia), -as, 7, Lasea, a city of Crete, otherwise un- 
known: Ac 278,+ 
* \doxw, 1. (in cl., poét.) to clang, crash, crack ; in late prose, to 
crack or burst noisily: Ac 1}8 (€X\dxnoev, perh., however, from daxéw, 
q.v.; Bl, in1.). 2. (in el., prose) to scream, shout.t 
+ hatopee, -0 (-<cikardos) a stonecutter, 1v Ki 12", al.; < Aas, 
téuvw; cf. Aagevrds), [in LXX: 1 Ch 22?, al. (ayn); Ex 21°, Nu 218 
(MAD) ;] to hew, hew out stones: Mt 2760, Mk 154°.+ 
Aatpeia, -as, 7 (<CAarpevw, q.v.), [in LXX (always of divine 
service): Ex 127526 13°, Jos 2227, 1 Ch 2815 (may), 1 Mac 148 21922, 


ut Mac 414*;] 1. hired service, service. 2. (in cl. also) divine service, 
worship: Jo 162, Ro 94 12!, He 94 ®t 

hatpedw (<< Adrpis, a hired servant), [in LXX (always, as Aatpeia, 
of the service of God or of heathen divinities) chiefly for tay, Ex 3”, 
al.; in Da LXX ta (38, al.) for mbp 3] 1. to work for hire. 2. to 


serve ; in cl., also of divine service, to serve, worship, and so always in 
NT: c. dat. pers., 7. Oe, Mt 419, Lk 48(XX), Ac 77 2414 2723, He 914, 
Re 715 22 ; of idol worship (cf. Ex 20°, Bia 2074) Ae. 14, Jao 128; 
T. dep d. & tr. mveduari pov, Ro 1°; id. é& Kabape cvvevojoe, 1 Ti 13; 
per ‘ebAa Betas kK. déous, He 1278; & dovornte k. Sixaoovvy, Lk 14: 
(without Ged) vynoretas K. Senoeot, Lk 287; avevpare Geod, Phl 3°; absol., 
Ac 267; 6 Aarpevwr, the worshipper, He 9° 107; of ministerial service, 
c. dat. rei, He 8° 13}°.+ 

SYN.: Aecrovpyéw, q.v. 

AdXavor, -ov, TO (Aaxaivw, to dig), [in LXX: Ge 93, m Ki 20 (21)?, 
Ps 36 (37)?, Pr15! (py, pT)*;] a garden herb, vegetable: Lk 11%; 


usually in pl., Mt 13%?, Mk 4°?, Ro 14?.+ 

SYN.: Bordvn, q.v. 

AeBBaios, -ov, 6 (on the derivation, v. Dalman, Words, 50; Swete, 
Mk., 1.c.), Lebbaus: Mt 10°, Mk 3'8 (WH, mg.; @addaios, q.v., Rec., 
WH, txt., RV, cf. WH, App., 11, 24. In Lk 615, Ac 1}8, he is called 
Siuow é 6 Tndoris. )t 

*teyudv (Rec. -edv), -dvos, 9, (Lat. legio), a legion: Mt 26°, 

Mi gh 75) Ek Get 

héyw, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for "aN; Aeye for ON, Ge 


2916 al.;] 1. in Hom., to pick owt, gather, reckon, recownt. 2. In 
Hat. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare : absol., Ac 1315 241°; 
seq. orat. dir., Mt 9%4, Mk 34, Jo 12%, al.; seq. or recit., Mk 371, Lk 4, 
Jo 614, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 1118 Jo "1.929. al. ; after another verb 


266 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF TH NEW TESTAMENT 


of speaking, zpooguwveiy x. A€éyew, Mt 11)", al.; aexpiOn (eAadnoev) 
Aéywv (kai A€yer; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25°, Mk 383 728, Lk 24% 7, 
al.; of unspoken thought, A. év éavra, Mt 3°, Lk 38, al.; of writing, 
11 Co 88, Phi 41, al.; A€yer } ypady, Ro 4°, Ja 2%, al.; c. ace. rei, 
Lk 88 983, Jo 5%4, al.; ob A€yes (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 
359, 369 f.), Mt 274, Mk 15?, Lk 23%, Jo 18’; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. 
dir., Mt 8°°, Mk 2?" al. mult.; id. seq. dr, Mt 3°, al.; c. prep., mpos, 
pera, wept, etc., Mk 441, Jo 1156, He 95, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 147, 
Jo 671, 1 Co 109, al.; to call, name, Mk 10'§; pass., Mt 99, Mk 15’, al 
(cf. dvti-, dia- (-par), mpo-, cvA-hEeyw). 

SYN.: aréew, which refers to the utterance, as A¢yw to the 
meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., 
Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. Aadew). 

Aetppa (WH, Acuua, v. their App., 154), -ros, 76 (<CAcizw), [in 
LXX: rv Ki 194 A (mw) *;] a@ remnant: Ro 115.t 

heios, -ea, -eiov, [in LXX: Ge 274, 1 Ki 17# R (pdm, padn); 
680s ., Is 404 A (MYPAa); Pr 27° 1213 26°3*;] smooth: opp. to tpayvs, 
Lk 35 @XX).+ 

hetrw, [in LXX: Jb 4", Pr 19! (455), al.;] 1. trans., to leave, 
leave behind; pass., to be left behind, to lack: seq. prep. (as more 
usual in cl.), ev, Ja 14; c. gen. rei, ib® 21°, 2. Intrans., to be gone, to 
be wanting : c. dat. pers., Lk 18%, Tit 3%; 7a Aetwovra, Tit 1° (cf. azo-, 
dia-, €x-, €ml-, KaTa-, €v-KaTa-, Tept-, U7o-Aciz7w).t 

hettoupyéw, -@ (<< Aecrovpyds), [in LXX chiefly for maw pi., also 
for Tay, NAX, etc.;] 1. incl., at Athens, to supply public offices at 
one’s own cost, render public service to the State, hence, generally, 
2. to serve the State, do a service, serve (of service to the Gods, Diod., 
i, 21): of the official service of priests and Levites (Hx 29°°, Nu 16°, 
Si 414, 1 Mac 1042, al.; cf. Deiss., BS, 140f.), He 10"; of Christians : 
c. dat. pers. seq. ev, Ro 1577 (cf. Si 10°); +. xvpiw, Ac 13?.t 

SYN.: Aarpetw (q.v.), prop., to serve for hire, LXX (as some- 
times in cl.), always of service to the deity on the part of both priests 
and people (Ex 4°, De 101°, and similarly in NT). Accrovpyéw ‘is the 
fulfilment of an office: it has a definite representative character, and 
corresponds with a function to be discharged”. It is therefore used of 
serving in an office or ministry: in LXX always of priests and 
Levites, in NT, with its cognates (Ro 13° 15’, are not really exceptions), 
of services rendered either to God or man by apostles, prophets, 
teachers, and other officers of the church (cf. Tr., Syn., § xxxv; ICC 
on Ro 1°; Westc., He., 232 ff.). 


Aettoupyla, -as, 7 (<CAevrovpyéw), [in LXX chiefly for MJay, Nu 
44 1 Ch 913, al.;] 1. in cl. (chiefly of Athens), the discharge of a 


public office at one’s own expense (v. LS, s.v.), hence, 2. a service, 
ministry ; in w. (Deiss., BS, 140 f.) and in LXX (though here also of 


secular service, 11 Ki 14, al.), of religious service or ministration; and 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 267 


so in NT: of priestly ministrations, Lk 17°, He 8° 921; fig., @voia kal X. 
Ths ticrews tov, Phi 217; of Christian beneficence, 11 Co 9!?, Ph] 2°°.+ 
tetroupytkés, -7, -dv, [in LXX for MIAaY, MW; épya, Nu rosa 

oroAai, Ex 3190) 391811); orevn, Nu 41% 76 it Ch 2414*;) of or for 
service, ministering : mvevuata, He 114,+ 

Mettoupyds, -0d, 6 (<< Aads, épyov), [in LXX chiefly for nw , JOS 
11 A, m1 Ki 10°, Ps 102 (103)71, Si 7°, al.;] 1. in el., one who discharges 
a public office at his own expense, then, generally, 2. a public servant, 
a minister, servant: t. ayiwy X., He 8? (cf. Ne 10°9, Si, l.c.); “Incod 
Xpicrod, Ro 1516; pl., 7. Oeod, Ro 13°, He 17 XX); j, iuay r. xpeias pov, 
Phy gt 

SYW.: v.s8. dudxovos, Naroupyéw. 

hepd, V.S. Aapa. 

*t hévtiov, -ov, 76 (Lat. lintewm), a linen cloth, towel: Jo 134 5.t 

Aeris, -id0s, 7 (<CAérw, to peel), [in LXX chiefly for nypwP;]a 
scale: Ac 918.t 

hémpa, -as, » (<CAempds), [in LXX for ny yy;] leprosy: Mt 8°, 
Mk 14, Lk §!2,13.+ 

Aempds, -d, -dv (<CAemis), [in LXX for ymy, yY¥Q;] 1. (in cl.) 
scaly, rough. 2. leprous; chiefly as subst., 6 A., a leper: Mt 8? 108 
115, Mk 14°, Lk 47 722 1712; of Simon, formerly a leper, Mt 26°, 
Mk 14°.+ 

* \errds, -7, -ov (Aerw, to peel), 1. peeled. 2. fine, thin, small, 

light ; hence, in late Gk., as subst. 7d A., a small coin (one-eighth of 
an as, AV, mite): Mk 12*, Lk 12°9 21?.+ 

Aevet (indecl.) and Aeveis (Rec. -vi, -vis), gen. Aevet, acc. -eiv, 6 
(Heb. 115), Levi; 1. the son of Jacob: He 75°, Re 77. 2. Son of 


Melchi: Lk 3%4. 3. Son of Simeon: Lk 3°. 4. Son of Alphaus (ef. 
Ma66aios): Mk 2!4 (WH, mg., “IdcwBov), Lk 5% 29.+ 
Aeveirns (Rec. Aevirys), -ov, 6, [in LXX for "5;] a Levite: Lk 


1082, Jo 119, Ac 4°°.+ 

Aevertixds (Rec. Acvir-), -7, -ov, [in LXX: Le, tit.*;] Levitical : 
He 711.t 

heukaivw (<Aev«ds), [in LXX: Ps 50(51)’, Is 128 (725 hi.), ete. 3] 
to whiten, make white: c. acc. rei, Mk 9%, Re 714.+ 

*t \Neuxo-Bucawos, -ov (cf. NevxoAwys, a robe of white flax, C.I., 155, 

17), white linen: Re 1914 (WH, mg.).t 

heuxés, 7}, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for 735;] 1. bright, brilliant : of 


clothing, Mt 172, Mk 9? 165, Lk 92°, Ac 11, Re 3° 44 611 7% 13 1914 (cf. 
Ec 98); ds xuv, Mt 28; év Xr. (sc. inarios), Jo 2012, Re 34; @pdvos, Re 
204, 2. white: Mt 536, Re 1!4 217 44 62 1414 191!; fig. of garments, 
Re 318; of ripened grain, Jo 4*°.t 


268 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


héwy, -ovtos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 7S, TS, also for B32, 
etc.;] a lion: He 1155, 1 Pe 58, Re 47 9% 17 108 132; metaph., 1 Ti 4)”, 
Re 5°.t+ 

AHOn, -7s, ) (<ANOw = avOdvw), [in LXX: Le 5 (SyxQ), Wi 
16!!, Si 14’, al.;] forgetfulness: X. AaBetv (on the phrase, v. Mayor, in 
Li: mPe dt 

Anpd, T, for Aaya, g.v., in Mt 2746+ 

AjpWes (Rec. Anis, so in cl.), -ews, 7 (<< AapBavw), [in LXX (Any-): 
Pr 15*° (168) ; A. dépwv, Pr 15°? (MyM); A. Kai ddous, Si 4119 427* 5] re- 


ceiving: ddars cal X., Ph] 415.+ 
Anvds, -od, 7 (in some MSS., LUXX and NT, 4), [in LXX chiefly for 
aj", Nu 18?’, al.; also for witq (Ge 307% 41), mz (Ne 13}, al.), ete. ;] 


a trough or vat; esp. for the treading of grapes: Mt 213, Re 14?° 
1915; rv Xr. . . . Tov péyav (a solecism perhaps inadvertent), Re 1419 
(cf. dxoAnvov).t 
** \ijpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: 1v Mac 5!°*;] silly talk, nonsense: 
Lk 241..t 
AyotHs, -0d, 6 (<C Ep. Anis = deéa, booty), [in LXX for 19, ete. ;] 


a robber, brigand: Mt 211% XX) 2655 273844, Mk 1117 1448 1527, Lk 
108% 86 1946 9952, Jo 1018 1849 1 Co 1176,+ 

SYN.: «Xérrys, q.v. 

AA Wes, V.S. Anus. 

Mav, adv., [in LXX chiefly for tN, Ge 1°! 45, Je 24%, al.; To 94, 


11 Mac 111, al.;] very, exceedingly: Mt 216 48 828 2714, Mk 135 65! 
(Rec. A. €k repiocod) 93 167, Lk 238, 1 Ti 4%, 1 Jo4, 111 Jo $ (cf. trep- 
Niav).t 

hiBavos, -ov, 6 (rarely 4), (from the Semitic ; ef. the Heb. equiv.), [in 
LXX for mad , Ex 30%, Is 60°; Si 24), al.;] 1. in el., the frankin- 


cense-tree. 2. (Occas. in cl.) frankincense (so Le 2!; cf. AxBavwrds) : 
Mt 211, Re 1813.+ 


MBavurés, -00, 6 (<A(Bavos), [in LXX: 1 Ch 929 (m3), ur Mac 


52*;] 1. in cl. (and LXX), frankincense, the gum of the libanus. 
2. = Late Gk., AU.Bavwrpis, a censer: Re 8% ° (the same form appears 
in Inser.; MM, xvi).t 

ABeptivos, -ov, 6 (Lat. libertinus), a freedman: 4 cvwaywyn 7 
Aeyonevn AtBeprivwv, Ac 6° (Bl. thinks the original reading was 
AtBvotivwv, Phil. Gosp., 69 f.).t 

AcBun, -ns, 7, Libya: Ac 210+ 

NOdLw (<< Adios), [in LXX (seq. év Alors) : 1 Ki 16% 18 (Spp pi.) *5] 
1. to throw stones (Arist., Polyb., al.). 2. = ABoBort(ew (UXX, NT), to 
pelt with stones, to stone: c. acc. pers., Jo 8 (5) 109133 118 Ac 1419; 
pass., Ac 56, 11 Co 115, He 1137 (vy. DB, Art., ‘Crimes and punish- 
ments,” and cf. xara-AGa{w).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 269 


AiBwos, -7, -ov (A‘Gos), [in LXX for JaN;] of stone: Jo 2°, 1 Co 


38, Re 929,+ , 
+ \Bo-Bodéw, -3 (<< AlGos, BddAw), [in LXX for bpp, arn, Ex 1938, 
Le 202, al.;] to pelt with stones, to kill by stoning, to stone (cf. Abalw) : 
c. acc. pers., Mt 2135 2337, Lk 1384, Ac 75% 59145; pass., He 1270 @X%),t 
iBos, -ov, 6 (and, in Att., of precious stones, 7.), [in LXX for 
man, Ge 115, al.; X. rimwos, for 7), Ps 18 (19)!° 20(21)%, Pr 8%, al.;] a 


stone: Mt 46, al.; pl., Mt 3%, al.; at the entrance of a tomb, Mt 
275,66 982) Mk 1546 1634, Lk 242, Jo 113% 3% 41 901; A. pwuduKds, Lk 
17, cf. Re 18; of building stones, Mt 214? [44], 24%, Mk 1210 1312, 
Lk 1944 2017) 18 915.6, Ac 411, t Pe 27; metaph., of Christ, A. dxpoywvatos, 
éxAexros, evtysos, I Pe 25(EXX); y, Lov, ib.4; azpooxdpparos, ib. 8, Ro 
933 ; of Christians, X. £avres, 1 Pe 25; of precious stones, A. ripuos, Re 
174 1812, 16 9111,19; jaoms, Re 43; évdedupévor A. kabapov, Re 15° (Atvov, 
Rec., R, mg., v. Swete, in 1.); metaph., A. tio, 1 Co 3”; of the 
tables of the law, 11 Co 3’; of idols, Ac 1779. 

hiO06-cTpwros, -ov (<Corpévvy:), [in LXX: Ch 73, Es 16, Ca 
310 (MBE, 3) *5] paved with stones, esp. of tessallated work (Ca, 


l.c.); as subst., 76 A., a tessallated pavement: Jo 19 (cf. TaBBada).t 

huxpdw, -@ (<< Akpds = Aixvov, a winnowing-fan), [in LXX chiefly 
for 77 ni., pi., Ru 32, mt Ki 1415, Is 1738, Je 38 (381)!°, Da 244, al. 5] 
1. in cl., to winnow (so Ru, l.c.). 2. In LXX (ll. ¢., exc. Ru), to 
scatter (as chaff or dust): Lk 20!§ (RV, scatter as dust, Deiss., BS, 
225 f., quotes ex. in 7. which suggests the meaning rwin, destroy ; cf. 
Vg. comminuet, AV, grind to powder; cf. also Kennedy, Sowrces, 
126), Mt 2144 [WH], R, txt.t 

hipd, T7, for Aaya, q.v. 

Aupyy, -evos, 6, [in LXX: Ps 106 (107)*° (tim), ib. *°, 1 Hs 5%, 


I, u, Iv Mac,*;] a harbour, haven: Ac 27% 12 (cf. Kadoi Aupeves).t 

Aippa, V.S. Actupa. 

hiv, -ys, 7, [in LXX: Ps 106 (107)%* 113 (114)® (G3x), Ca 
745) (4993), 1 Mac 115, 1 Mac 12!6*;] a lake: of the Sea of Galilee 
(Mt, Mk, v.s. @dAacoa), Lk 5? 822333; ). Devnoaper (q.v.), Lk 5}; 
X. 7. wupds, Re 197° 201 1415; karouévyn rupi, Re 218.t 

Aupds, -od, 6 (so in Att.; in Dor. 7, and so sometimes in LXX, 
y. Th., Gr., 146; in NT: Lk 1514, Ac 1178; cf. M, Pr., 60), [in LXX 
chiefly for 399 ;] hunger, famine: Lk 4% 151417, Ac 7! (EXX) 1128) Ro 
835, Re 68 188; A. Kai Siivos, um Co 1127; pl., Mt 247, Mk 138, Lk 21".+ 

Nivov (Tr. Aivov), -ov, 7d, [in LXX: Ex 9%! (npwe), al.;] 1. flax: 
Mét 1220@XX), 2. linen: Re 15° (R, mg., v.s. Ados).t 

Aivos (Rec. Atvos), ov, 6, Linus: 1 Ti 4?}.t 

Aumapds, -a, -ov (<Aios, fat), [in LXX: Jg 37°, Ne 9%, Is 


270 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


30 (Aw) *;] oly, fatty; metaph., of living, rich, dainty: ra Xr. Kat 
T. Aapa, Re 1814,+ 

*t Kitpa, -as, 7 (cf. Lat. libra), 1. a Sicilia coin = Rom. libra or 
as. 2. In weight, a pound: Jo 12% 19°°.t 

hip, ALBos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 333, also for 72m, IW, 


etc., Ge 1314, Nu 2! 11 Ch 32°9, al.;] the SW. wind: Bdérovra xara d., 
Ac 2712 (vy. Page, in 1.; Deiss., BS, 141).+ 
Noyeta, V.S. Aoyia. 

*toyia (prop., -efa, v. BS, 142 ff.), -as, 7 (<< Aoyevw, to collect, a 
word found in 7z., v. Deiss., BS, l.c.; DAH, 70, 103; MM, xvi), a 
collection : 1 Co 1612+ 

Noyifopar (<< Adyos), [in LXX chiefly for awn;] 1. prop., of 
numerical calculation, to cownt, reckon: c. acc. seq. pera, Mk 1578 XX) 
(Rec., R, mg.), Lk 22°". 2. Metaph., without reference to numbers, 
by a reckoning of characteristics or reasons; (a) to reckon, take into 
account: c. acc. rei, 1 Co 13°; id. seq. dat. pers., Ro 43 @XX), 4 6, 8 (LXX), 
i Co 5!°, 11 Ti 416; seq. eis (cf. Heb. P, awn; Bl., § 33, 3), Ac 192’, Ro 


Q26 43, 5, 9-11, 22-24 98 Ga 36 (LXX), Ja, 228 (LXX); (0) to consider, calculate : 
c.acc. rei, Phl 4°; seq. dr, Jo 115°, He 111°; rodro, dr, 11 Co 101!; c. ace. 
pers., c. inf., Ro 611; seq. as, Ro 836 (LXX), ; (c) to suppose, yudge, deem : 
1 Co 1311; ws, 1 Pe 5!2; otrws, 1 Co 4!; a acc. rel, 11 Co 35; id. seq. 
eis, 1 Co 12°; om, Ro 8}8; rodro, dru, Ro 23, u Co NOM Tes inf 11 Co 
115; ace. et ite Ro 328 1414, Phi 318; G. acc. pers. Seq. ws, II Co 10?; 
(d) to purpose, decide: c. inf. (Eur., Or., 555), 11 Co 10? (cf. dva-, dia-, 
mapa-, cvA-AoyiCopar).t 
* Noytxds, -7, -dv (<< Adyos, reason), reasonable, rational: Aatpeia, 
Ro 12!; 70 A. (i.e. spiritual) yada (v. Hort, in 1.; MM, xvi), 1 Pe 2? (in 
support of AV, milk of the word, v. ICC, in 1.).t 
Adytov, -ov, 76 (dimin. of Adyos, v. ICC, Ko., 70), [in LXX chiefly 
for TON, WN, Ps 17 (18)%9 18 (19)!*, al.; also for 137, Is 28%, 
al.; (ef. Aoyetov (-cov), for WM, the oracular breastplate of the H.P., 


Ex 2815, al.) ;] an oracle: Ac 73°, Ro 3?, He 5, 1 Pe 4! (on the eccl., 
Aoyta Tt. Kupiov, v. Lft., Hssay on Sup. Rel., 172 ff.).+ 
* \oytos, -ov (<< Vary i ines leanne (Aci hie! "R, txt.) 2) in 
late Gk., eloquent: Ac 18*4 (vy. Page, in 1.; Field, Notes, 129).t 
Aoytopds, -od, 6 (<CAoyiLopar), [in LXX: Ps 32 (83)!%1, Pr 1921, 
Is 6618, al. (NAWMdD);] a@ reasoning, thought : Ro 21, 11 Co 105.+ 
*+t Noyopayéw, -@ (<< Adyos, paxouac), to strive with words: 11 Ti 2Mé.t 
¥t Noyouaxia, -as, 7 (<< Aoyoaxew), a strife of words: pl.,1 Ti 64.t 
Adyos, -ov, 6 (<CA€yw), [in LXX chiefly for WT, also for 
“PN mn, etc.;] I. Of that by which the inward thought is ex- 


pressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. 1. a word, not in the 
grammatical sense of a mere name (€zos, dvoyxa, pra), but a word as 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 271 


embodying a conception or idea: Mt 88, Lk 77, 1 Co 14%19, He 1219 
al. 2. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19” (T om.), Mk 536 
79, Lk 17°, Jo 272 6°, Ac 779, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 1315, Ro 9°, He 
78, al.; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 724 
104, Mk 888, Lk 944, Jo 14%, al.; A. xevot, Eph 5°; dAnOwol, Re 199; 
mato, Re 22°; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, 6 
A. +. Geod, the word of God: Mk 718, Jo 1085, Ro 189, 1 Co 1436, Phi 
14, al.; absol., 6 »A., Mt 137122, Mk 162, Lk 12, Ac 64, He 412 al. 
3. speech, discourse: Ac 14”, 11 Co 10, Ja 37; opp. to émorodAy, 
m Th 215; disting. from codia, 1 Co 2!; dvacrpody, 1 Ti 412; dvvays, 
I Co 4'*, 1 Th 1°; épyov, Ro 15!8; otdevds A. riptow (not worthy of 
mention), Ac 2074; of the faculty of speech, Lk 2419, 11 Co 11; of the 
style of speech, Mt 5°’, 1 Co 1°; of instruction, Col 4°, 1 Pe 3!; c. gen. 
pers., Jo 5% 8%, Ac 241, al.; 6 A. 6 éuds, Jo 8%; c. gen. obj. (7.) 
GAnGeias, 11 Co 6", Col 15, Ja 118; 7. xaradAayfs, 1 Co 59; +. cravpév, 
1 Co 118; of mere talk, 1 Co 41% 29, Col 273, 1 Jo 318; of the talk which 
one occasions, hence, repute: Col 2%. 4. subject-matter, hence, 
teaching, doctrine: Ac 18%, 11 Ti 21", al.; esp. of Christian doctrine: 
Mé 137023, Mk 41420 932, Lk 12, Ac 84, Ga 66, 1 Th 16, al.; c. gen. pers., 
t. beod, Lk 5!, Jo 17, Ac 42°, 1 Co 14°6, 1 Jo 11°, Re 6%, al.; +. Kupiov, 
Ac 8°, 1 Th 18, al.; 7. Xpuorod, Col 3'°, Re 38; c. gen. appos., Ac 157; 
c. gen. attrib, He 5. 5. a story, tale, narrative: Mt 284, Jo 2173, 
Ac 1! 11”; seq. epi, Lk 5. 6. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.; 
v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 2174, Mk 145 
11°, Lk 20%, Ac 871; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, 
Ac 19%8; pl. (t Mac 7%, al.), Lk 14. II. Of the inward thought itself, 
Lat. ratio. 1. reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.): 
cata Adyov, Ac 1814; (b) a reason, cause: tim Adyw, Ac 1029; rapexros 
Adyou mropveias, Mt 52 19°, WH, mg., R, mg. 2. accownt, (a) regard: 
Ac 20, Rec.; (6) reckoning: Phi 41517; cuvaipew (q.v.) X., Mt 18” 
2519; in forensic sense, Ro 14”, He 131’, 1 Pe 4°; c. gen. rei, Lk 167; 
seq. epi, Mt 126, Ac 194°, 1 Pe 34°. 3. proportion, analogy: Phi 21° 
(Field, Notes, 193f.). III. 62., the Divine Word or Logos: Jo 1114; 
t. wis, 1Jo 1!; +. Oeod, Re 191% (v. Weste., Swete, CGT, in 1l.; reff.’ 
in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG). 

Adyxn, -ys, 7, [in LXX for m4, etc.;] 1. a@ spear-head. 2. a 
lance, spear: Mt 274° (|[WH]|, R, mg.), Jo 19%4.+ 

hoBopéw, -@ (<(AoiSopos), [in LXX chiefly for 39;] to abuse, 


revile : c. ace. pers., Jo 9°86, Ac 234; pass., 1 Co 412, 1 Pe 2? (cf. dvr- 
Aodopéw).t 

AowSopia, -as, 7 (<CAowopéw), [in LXX chiefly for 3%, m9 5] 
abuse, railing: 1 Ti 5!4, 1 Pe 3°.t 

AoiSopos, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 25% 2671 2715 (pm), Si 238*;] 
railing, abusive ; as subst., 6 X., a railer: 1 Co 5! 610+ 

Aowpds, -od, 6, [in LXX for yD , rw, byba , ete.;] pestilence : 


272 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pl., Lk 21"; metaph. (as in cl.; LXX: Ps 11, Pr 21%, 1 Mac 157, 
al.), of persons, a pest: Ac 245 (also as adj., dvdpes Aoupot, 1 Mac 10°, 
al.).t 

Aourds, -7, -dv (<CXeirw), [in LXX chiefly for 13, also for 


“NW, etc.;] the remaining, the rest, 1. pl. ot A.: c. subst., Mt 25", 


Ac 237, Ro‘ 138, al.; absol., Mt 22°, Mk 1603], Lk 2419, al.; of A. of 
(BL., § 47, 8), Ac 28°, 1 Th 41%, Re 274; of A. 7. dvOpdérwv (LS, 8.v., ad. 
init.), Re 97°; 7a X., Mk 41%, Re 37, al. 2. Neut. sing. (acc. ref.), 
adverbially, 76 A.; (a) for the future, henceforth: Mk 14*!, 1 Co 7 
(Lft., Notes, 232f.), He 10%; anarth. (Deiss., LAH, 176,,, 188,, 40), 
Ac 2729, 11 Ti 48; rod X. (sc. ypovov; LS, s.v.; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), 
Ga 67, Eph 61°; (6) besides, moreover, for the rest: Phl 3! 48; 
anarth., 1 Co 116 42,1 Th 4! (M, Th., in 1.; Lft., Notes, 51). 

Aouxaés, -@, 6 (prob. an abbreviation of Aovxavds; v. Lft., Col., 
240; ICC, Lk., xviii; Bl., §29; ace. to Ramsay, Hxp., Dec., 1912, pp. 
502 ff., a by-form of Aov«os, from Lat. Lucius), Luke: Lk, tit., 
Col 414, 1 Ti 411, Phm *4.t 

Aovxtos, -ov, 6 (Lat. Lucius), Lucius: Ac 131, Ro 16?!.+ 

houtpdv, -od, T6 (<CAovw), [in LXX: Ca 42, 65 (6) (m¥rM), Si 


ou (34) * 5] a washing, bath: +. voaTos, Eph 526; x, maduyyevecias, 
Tit 3° (v. AR, Eph., l.c.).t 

Aodw, [in LXX chiefly for pnn (freq. of ceremonial washing; 
cf. Deiss., BS, 226f.);] to bathe, wash the body: ec. acc. pers., Ac 97 
(of a dead body); id. seq. aad (Deiss., BS, l.c.), Ac 16°3; pass. ptep. 
pi., Jo 131, He 107; mid., to wash oneself (Mayor, in 1.; M. Pr., 
155 f., 238 f.), 11 Pe 272; metaph., Re 1°, Rec., R, mg. (cf. dro-Aovw).t 

SYW.: virrw, used of parts of the body—hands, feet, face; 
rrive, of things, as garments, ete. (v. Le 15"; ef. Tr., Syn., § xlv). 

Av88a, -as (Ac 98, -ns Rec.), 7 and Avdda, -wv, ra (ib.5% 95; 
-av, Rec.), (Heb. 5), Lydda (modern Ludd): Ae, ll. e.t 

Avdia, -as, 7, Lydia, a woman of Thyatira: Ac 16'% 4°.+ 

Auxaovia, -as, 7, Lycaonia, a region in Asia Minor: Ac 14°,t 

Auxaonori, adv., in Lycaontan (speech): Ac 1411.+ 

Auxia, -as, 7, Lycia, a region of Asia Minor: Ac 27°.t 

Aukos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for aNt;] a wolf: Mt 10'%, Lk 10%, 


Jo 10%; fig. (as Ez 222’, Ze 33, Je 5°, al.), Mt 715, Ac 209.+ 
hupaivopar (<CAvuy, outrage), [in LXX chiefly for nnw pi., hi., 
also for OOD, etc.;] 1. to outrage, maltreat: c. acc., Ac 8°. 2. to 


corrupt, defile (Ez 1675, Pr 238, 1v Mac 188, al.).t 

hutréw, -@ (<< Avrn), [in LXX for AMIN, ete.;] to distress, grieve, 
cause pain or grief: c. acc. pers., 11 Co 2%5 78; pass., Mt 149 1778 
1831 1922 2622, Mk 1022 1419, Jo 167° 2117, Ro 1415, 11 Co 24, 1 Th 418, 
1 Pe 1°; X. nai ddnpoveiv, Mt 263"; opp. to xaipew, 11 Co 619; Kara Oeov, 
u Co 715 +, zvedpa 7. dyov, Eph 4° (cf. ovy-Auréw).t 

SYN.: v.s. Opnvéw. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 273 


Adwy, -ys, 7, [in LXX for ayy and cogn. forms, ete.;] pain of 


body or mind, grief, sorrow: Jo 16°, 1 Co 27; opp. to xapd, Jo 16%, 
He 12"; dwé rips X., Lk 2245; ek A., 1 Co 97; 7 Kara Gedv X., opp. to 
9 T. Koopov A., 11 Co 7; X. pot éorw, Ro 92; X. exo, Jo 167422; id. seq. 
dd, 1 Co 2%; X. ért A. éyw, Ph] 277; év X. eAGeiv, 1 Co 2! (to come sad 
and cause sadness) ; pl. (cf. Ge 316, Pr 1515, al.), 1 Pe 219.+ 

Avoavias, -ov, 6, Lysanias: Lk 31,t 

Auaias, -ov, 6, Lysias (Claudius L., Ac 23°), Ac 24[71 22+ 

Adats, -ews, 7 (<CAvw), [in LXX: Ee 7°? (8!) (wR), Da LXX 


128, Wi 8°*;] a loosing : of divorce, 1 Co 727.+ 
** \uattehéw, -@ (<AvorreAys, useful, prop., Ta TéAn AVwv), [in LXX: 

To 3°, Si 20! 14 29. *;)] 1. prop., to indemnify, pay expenses. 2. to 
be useful, to profit ; usually impers., Avovredet, it profits: c. dat. pers., 
REQ; fc. 3 Hy luk LIAT 

Avotpa, -as, 7, and (in Ac 148 16?, 1 Ti, l.c.) -wv, rd (cf. Avdda), 
Lystra, a city of Lycaonia: Ac 14° ® 21 1612, 7 Ti 311+ 

Aurpor, -ov, Td (<Avw), [in LXX (Pent. ,;, Pr .,Is,) for fp and 
cogn. forms, mDN3, 15D, W4Q;] @ ransom (as for a life, Ex 213; 


for slaves, Le 19%; for captives, Is 451%): dyri woAAdv, Mt 2028, 
Mk 10*° (vy. Swete, in 1., and for discussion of A. and its cognates, 
Westc., He., 295f.; Deiss., LAH, 331f.; cf. also dvti-Avrpov).t 
Autpdw, -@ (<CAvrpov, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for mH, 5xa;] to 
release on receipt of ransom; mid., to release by paying ransom, to 
redeem : in spiritual sense, Tit 214; pass., 1 Pe 1!8; in general sense, 
to deliver (cf. Ex 6°, Ps 68 (69)}8, al.) : Lk 24?1.+ 
t Aétpwors, -ews, 7 (<< Avrpdw), [in LXX : Le 25% 48, Ts 634 (ardan 3, 
ms), Nu 181°, Ps 48 (49)® 110 (111)® 129 (180)’ (AJB, 7B, mp), 


Jg 1°*;) a ransoming, redemption (aixpaddrwv, Plut., Arat., 11): of 
the mediatorial work of Christ, He 9!*; in general sense, deliverance 
(cf. Ps 48, l.c.): Lk 15° 238+ 

hutpwrys, -0d, 6 (<CAvtpdw), [in LXX: of God, Ps 18(19)!4 77 
(78)35 (5x3) *;] a redeemer, deliverer: Ac 7° (not found elsewhere).t 


huxvia, -as, 7 (vulgar form of Avyviov = Avyvodxos; v. Kennedy, 
Sources, 40), [in LXX for Myi39 (Ex 25%! 404, al.) ;] a lampstand: Mt 
5), Mk 471, Lk 8!6 1183; of that in the Tabernacle, He 97; metaph., 
of the two witnesses, Re 11‘; of the seven churches of Asia, Re 11% !3, 20 
21; of the removal of a church from its position, xwety 7. Avxviav x.7.X., 
ip, 1 

Abxvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 33 (Hx 256 (37), al.) ;] a lamp (portable, 
and usually set on a stand, Avyvia): Mt 515, Lk 119°; gpyerar 6 A., Mk 
421; X, drrev, Lk 816 1183 158; gas Avxvov, Re 1875; id. opp. to ¢. 
nAtov, ib. 22°; metaph., of the eye, Mt 672, Lk 11%4; of John the 


18 


274 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Baptist, Jo 5°5; of the Lamb, Re 218; of prophecy, m Pe 1°; of 
spiritual readiness, pl., Avyvo. (as always in LXX; freq. in Att. 
Avxva), Lk 12°°.+ 

SYN.: auras, q.v. 

Adw, [in LXX for AMB, N35 hi., etc.;] 1. to loose, wnbind, 
release: of things, Mk 1’, Lk 316, al.; of beasts, Mt 212, Lk 1315, al.; of 
persons, Jo 1144, Ac 22°; of Satan, Re 207; metaph., of the marriage 
tie, 1Co 777; of one diseased, Lk 131°; of release from sin, Re 15, WH, 
R, txt. (v.s. Aovw). 2. To resolve a whole into its parts, loosen, dissolve, 
break up, destroy: Jo 2)%, Ac 2741, Re 5?; metaph., 11 Pe 3"; of an 
assembly, to dismiss: Ac 134; 7. peodroryov r. ppaypod, Eph 214; 7. 
ororxeia, 11 Pe 3!9; otpavol, ib. 2; 7. épya r. dtaBorov, I Jo 38; 7. ddtvas 
t. Gavarov, Ac 2°4; of laws, etc., to break, annul, cancel (MM, xvi): 
evroAnv, Mt 5!°; +. vopov, Jo 773; +. odBBarov, Jo 518; 7. ypapnv, Jo 
10°, (Cf. dva-, dzo-, dia-, ex-, €mt-, KaTa-, Tapa-hvw. 

Awis (Rec. Awis), -id0s, 7, Lots: m Ti 1°.t 

Aét, 6 (Heb. wid), indecl., Lot (Ge 112, ail.) is ake 11728 25235 
11 Pe 27.+ 


M 


M, », po, 70, indecl., mu, m, the twelfth letter. As a numeral, 
p = 40, w, = 40,000. 

Mad@, 6, indecl., Maath: Lk 326+ 

MayaSdv, Magadan, an unidentified place on the coast of the Sea 
of Galilee: Mt 15%° (Rec. Maydada; cf. Mk 8°, where for AaApavovda, 
D* has Medeyada, D! Mayaidd, some cursives Mayadd, and Kuseb. 
Onomast. Meyadday; cf. DB, ili, s.v.).t 

MaySadé (Aram. N53 = Heb. 5539, which in Jos 15°7B is 


rendered Mayada), Magdala: Mt 15° (Rec. for Mayaday, q.v.).t 
MaySaknvés, -a, ov, Magdalene, of Magdala: Mapia (q.v.) 7 M., 
Mt 2756 61 281, Mk 154% 47 16109], Lk 8? 2419, Jo 1925 201518 + 
Mayeddv, Magedon: Re 161° (WH, “Ap M. for ‘Appayeduiv, q.v.).t 
payela, V.S. payia. ; 
* wayedw (HKur., Plut., al.), 1. to be a Magus, or skilled in Magian 
lore. 2. to practise magic: Ac 8°.t 
* wayia (Rec. -efa), -as, 7 (<< payos), 1. the lore of the Magians 
(Plat.). 2. magic: pl., magic arts, sorcertes: Ac 811.t 
pdyos, -ov, o, [in LXX for yw, Da LXX 1H 219, al. (cf. 3972), 


chief magian, Je 39% 15) ;] 1. one of the Mdyou, a Median tribe (Hdt.). 
2. a Magian, one of a sacred caste, originally Median, who seem 
to have conformed to the Persian religion, while retaining some of 
their old beliefs (v. DB, 1 vol., 565 f.; DB, iii, 203 ff.): Mt 26716, 3. 4 
wizard, sorcerer: Ac 13%8 (cf. Wi 17’, Ac 8% }4).t 

Maydy, 6, indecl. (Heb. 3129, Ge 10%, Ez 387, al.), Magog, 


associated with Gog: Re 208 (v. Swete, in 1.).T 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 275 


Magidp, 6, indecl. (Heb. Ja), Midian; 1. son of Abraham 
(Ge 257). 2. An Arabian tribe (Ge 36%, Ps 82(83)°, al). 3. y7 M. 
(Heb. PT PIN), the land of Midian (Ex 23°, al.) : Ac 7?9.+ 


* walds, -od, 6, the breast: Re 1% (L for paords, q.v).t 

*t padytedw (<(pabyrys), 1. intrans. (as prop. vb. in -evw, and so 
Plut., mor. 837 c. and elsew.), to be a disciple: c. dat., Mt 2757 (Rec., 
WH, mg.). 2. Trans., to make a disciple: c. acc., Mt 281°, Ac 1421; 
pass., seq. dat., r. Iycotd, Mt 2757 (WH, R); r. Baoireia, Mt 1352,+ 

pabytms, -0v, 6 (uavOavw), [in LXX only as vl. (A) in Je 1321 20 
26 (46)°*;] a disciple: opp. to diddcxados, Mt 10*4, Lk 64°; “Iwdvvov, 
Mt 914, Lk 718, Jo 3°°; +. Bapicuiwy, Mt 2216, Mk 218 Lk 533; Muvodws, 
Jo 9°8; “Inco, Lk 617 711 1987, Jo 6°° 73 1988; esp. the twelve, Mt 10! 
11, Mk 7!”, Lk 8°, Jo 2?, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6427 
ee: Ae Kupiov, Ac 9}. 

*t pabytpia, -as, 7 (= waOntpis, fem. of pabyrys, q.v.), a female 
disciple: Ac 9°.+ 

MaG0a0ias, v.s. Marrafias. 

MaQ@atos (Rec. Maz6-, v. WH, App., 159; BL. § 3, 11; on the 
Semitic form, v. Dalman, Words, 51; Gr., 142), -ov, 6, Matthew: Mt 
tit., 99 108, Mk 318, Lk 615, Ac 118 (cf. Acved).t 

MaO@dv (Rec. Mar6-, v.s. MaGGaios), 0, indecl. (Heb. jma), Matthan: 


Mt 115.+ 
MaG@dr (T, -46; Rec. Mar6-, v.s. Ma@@aios), 6, indecl. (Heb. mma), 


Matthat: Lk 3?° (cf. Mar6ar).t 

Ma@@ias (Rec. Mar6-, v.s. Ma6aios), -a, 6 (Heb. Mma), Matthias: 
Ac 12% 26+ 

MaSoucdha (WH, -add), 6 (Heb. nbuyyinn), Methuselah: Lk 337. 


Maivdy, v.s. Mewa. 

patvopat, [in LXX: Je 32 (25)'° (555 hith.) 36 (29)?6 (y2w pu.), 
Wi 14”8, al.;] 1. to rage, be furious: 2. to rave, be mad: Jo 10”, Ac 
1215 2674525 1 Co 1478 (ef. éu-paivopar).t 

paxapiLw (<(paxdpus), [in LXX for WN pi. pu.;] to bless, 
pronounce blessed or happy: c. ace. pers., Lk 14%, Ja 54+ 

paxdptos, -a, -ov (collat. form of poét. wdxap, in Hom., Hes., 
chiefly of the gods and the departed), [in LXX for wwy;] blessed, 


happy (DCG, i, 177, 218): Geds (Suvdorns), 1 Ti 111 6; eAzis, Tit 218; 
esp. in congratulations, usually with the omission of the copula (M, 
Pr., 180; Bl., §30, 3), ». 6, Mt 5°*, Lk 67°%, Jo 2079, Re 13, al.; 
seq. ptep., Lk 14°, al.; 6s, Mt 11°, Lk 775, Ro 4%8; om, Mt 137°, al. ; 
edv, Jo 1317, 1 Co 749; compar., wp... . paddrov, Ac 20%; -drepos, 
1) oo A 5 
SYw.: evAoyyres, qv. 

* waxapiopds, -00, 6 (paxapilw), a declaration of blessedness, 

felicitation: Ro 4% °, Ga 415 (Plat., Arist.).t 


276 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Maxedovia, “as, 9, Macedonia: Ac 16%1°, 1 Co 165, 11 Co 1%, 
Phi 415, al.; M. kal ‘Axa‘a, Ac 1921, Ro 1526, 1 Th 17,8, 
Makesin -Ovos, 6, a Macedonian: Ac 169 1929 272, 11 Co 9? 4,+ 
*t udkeddov, -ov, Td (Lat. macellum), a meat-market: 1 Co 10 
(v. Deiss., LAH, 274; MM, xvi).t 
peepee (prop. fem. acc. of paxpos, 8c. 6d0v), adv., [in LXX for 
pnrhi., pry, etce.;] a long way, far: Lk 157°, Ac 2271; seq. ad, Mt 
830, Lk 76, Jo 218, Ac 1727; id. metaph., Mk 1234; oi eis w., Ac 2°9 (ef. 
Is 2?); metaph., of woré dvres p. (opp. to eyyvs), Eph 21; of p., ib. 17+ 
paxpd0ev (<(paxpds), adv. (chiefly late), [in LXX for pin, 
pinw, ete.;] from afar, afar: Lk 18% 22°45 aro p. (Ps 137 (138), 
mM Hs 332) al:) Mit) 2608 0270") Mik 5° 88 1118 404 Noel) Eh Gse oe 
Re 1819 15, 17.4 
+ paxpodupéw, -@ (<< paxpo-Oupos, long-tempered; v.s. -ia), [in 
LXX: Ee 88 x%, Pr 19" (45x, AN PND), Jb 7%, Si 24, al.;] 
1. actively = xaptepéw, to persevere (Plut., 2, 593 F). 2. Passively, 
to be patient, long-suffering : absol., 1 Co 13%, He 61°, Ja 5°; seq. éws, 
c. gen., ib.”; én, c. dat., ib. (Si 24) ; mpos, c. acc., I Th 54. emt, C. 
dat., Mt 1826 2°, Lk 187; eis, 1 Pe 39%. 
SYN.: tropévo, q.v. 
t paxpobupta, -as, 7 (<< paxpd-Oupos), [in LXX: Pr 251° (BN FN), 
Je 155 (max JIN), Is 571, Si 54, 1 Mac 8**;] patience, long- 
suffering: of men, esp. in experiencing troubles and difficulties, 
Col 1, 1 Ti 31°, He 61, Ja 5!°; of God’s forbearance, Ro 2‘ 92, 11 Co 
6°, Ga 52, Eph 42, Col 312, Xi ear 42 Be set aera 
Syn.: saaraes (cf. Lft., Col., 188; Tr., Syn., liii). 
*t paxpoOdpus, adv., with forbearance, patiently: Ac 263.t 
paxpés, -a, -dv, [in LXX for JAX, pimy and cognate forms, etc. ;] 
1. of space and time, long: paxpa npocevxecbar, Mk 124°, Lk 2047, 
2. Of distance, far, far distant : Xepa, hk toe Oey: 
paxpo-xpdvios, -ov (uaxpds, xpdvos), [in LXX. p. ylyverOau, elvar 
(a1) FANT), Ex 20", De 44 5'6 172°*;) of long duration, long- 
lived: Eph 63 (£X%),+ 
péda, adv., [in LXX for bax, um Ki 1, Da LXX 10%, al.; 


compar. for 9, Nu 132), al.; waddAov 7 (1a), Ge 19°, al.; superlat., 
1 Mac 8’, Iv Mac 422 129 154 ‘| I. Pos., very, very much, exceedingly 
(el; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by Acav, odpodpa, etc.). 
101 ‘Compar., paddrov. 1. Of increase, more; with qualifying words : 
mokAo, Mk 10%, Lk 18%?, Ro 5:17 Phi g12, al.; éoow, Lk 1274, Ro 
1112, ‘al; ; Torovrw . . . dow, He 1025, 2: (OF comparison, the more: 
Lk 515, Jo 518, Ac 514, 1 Th 41 1, 1 Pe 1M; er p. Kat p., Pal? 

compar., Mk 7%, 11 Co tas Aan oak kpetaoov, Phi 173; yp. saeeas, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 277 


ce. gen., Mt 676; uw. 7, Mt 181%; c. gen., 1 Co 148; as periphr. for 
compar., Ac 20%5, 1 Co 915, Ga 477; yw. dé (EV, yea rather), Ro 8%. 
3. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner: with qualifying words, 
7oAAG, Mt 6°, al.: rodv, He 1275; zécw, Mt 71}, al.; in a question, 
ov w., I Co 98; after a neg., Mt 10°, al.; Gédw (etdoxd) w., 1 Co 145, 
11 Co 58; fmAG, 1 Co 14!; ce. subst., 7. cxdros 7 7. Hs, Jo 319; pw. dé, Ga 49. 
III. Superl., pddtota, most, most of all, above all: Ac 20** 257°, Ga 619, 
Ph] 4%, 1 Ti 41° 5817, 7 Ti 418, Tit 12°, Phm 16, 1 Pe 21; pu. yroorns, 
Ac 263, 

padaxia -as, 7 (<padaxds), [in LXX chiefly for mn, De 7! 


28°, Is 38° 53%, al.;] 1. prop., softness, effeminacy (Hdt., Thuc., al.). 
2. In NT, as in LXX, = doOevera, weakness, sickness: vocos xai p., 
Mé 473 935 101.+ 

SYN.: v.s. acOevea. 

padaxds, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 25!* (79) 26% (amma) * 5] 
soft ; 1. prop., to the touch (opp. to oxAnpds) : of clothing, pl., Mt 115, 
Lk 725. 2. Of persons and their mode of living; (a) mld, gentle ; 
(b) soft, effeminate: 1 Co 6° (prob. in obscene sense, cf. Deiss., LAE, 
150,; MM, xvi; Zorell, s.v.).t 

MaheAex (T, MeA-), 6 (Heb. 5xb5rp), Mahalaleel : Lk 3°7.+ 


pddtota, V.S. udAa. 
paddov, V.S. pdda. 
Md\xos, -ov, 6 (Hellenistic form of Heb. J9), Malchus ; Jo 181.+ 


** udpun, -ys, 7 (onomatop.), [in LXX: 1v Mac 16°*;] 1. in cl., a 
child’s name for mother. 2. In late Gk. (= cl., 740), a grandmother : 
(LXX, l.c.), m Ti 15.t 

*t pnapwvas (Rec. papyp-), -a (Bl, § 7, 4), 6 (Aram. N37), mammon, 
riches: Mt 674, Lk 16% 11 13 + 
Mavany, 6 (Heb. oni), Manaen: Ac 131.t 
Mavacoys, -7, 6 (Heb. my), Manasseh; 1. (a) the first-born 


son of Joseph; () the tribe which bore his name: Re 7°. 2. King 
of Judah: Mt 12°.t 

pavOdvw, [in LXX chiefly for wad;] 1. to learn, esp. by inquiry : 
absol., 1 Co 1431, 1 Ti 211, m Ti 37; c. acc. rei, Jo 7'5 (sc. aira), Ro 161’, 
1 Co 145, Phi 49, 1 Ti 314, Re 148; seq. quaes. indir., Mt 91°; Xpiordv, 
Eph 42° (ICC, in 1.); seq. azd, c. gen. rei, Mt 24°", Mk 1378; dao, c. gen. 
pers., Mt 11°, Col 17; apa, c. gen. pers., 1m Ti 3; e&, c. dat. pers., 
I Co 4°; “point” aorist (M, Pr., 117), to ascertain, seq. dr, Ac 237; 
e. acc. seq. dé, Ga 3°. 2. to learn by use and practice, acquire the 
habit of, be accustomed to: c. inf. (Bl., § 69, 4), 1 Ti 54, Tit 344; id. c. 
nom. in pred. (Bl., § 72, 1), Phl 41; c. ace. rei seq. dé, He 58; dpyai 
pavOdvovew (EV, they learn to be idle; Bl., §73, 5; Field, Notes, 210), 
1 Ti 513,+ 


278 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pavia, -as, 7 (<paivoun), [in LXX: Ho 9%* Apmy), Wi 54, 
al.;] frenzy, madness: Ac 264.t 

pavva, 7d, (in FJ, also 7), indecl. [in LXX : 76 wav, Ex 16°! *, else- 
where +r. pavva, Nu 11°*., al, (ja, Aram. Nj);] manna: Jo 63): 49, 


He 94; symb., Re 27,+ 

pavredvonar (< partis, a seer, diviner), [in LXX for app, De 18, 
al.;] to divine, practise divination: Ac 1616+ 

SYN.: rpopytedw, q.v., in distinction from which yp. is used in 
LXX and NT only of false prophets and those who practise the 
heathen arts of divination and soothsaying (cf. 1 Ki 288, and vy. Tr., 
Syn., § vi). 

papaive, [in LXX: Jb 15° (was pi.), 2474, Wi 2° 1921 *;] in el., 


1. prop., to quench fire; pass., of fire, to die away, go out. 2. In 
various relations, to quench, waste, wear out (cf. Wi 1971); pass., to 
waste away; in later writers (Plut., Lue., al.), of the withering of 
flowers and herbage (act., Jb 15%; pass., ib 2474, Wi 28): Ja 1 
(cf. dyapavrov).t 
papav d0é (Rec. papavafa; Aram.: on the original form y. 
Dalman, Gr., § 41,1; 74,3; Words, 328), Maran atha, ie. the Lord 
cometh (but v. Dalman, ll. c.; Field, Notes, 180; ICC, in 1.) : 1 Co 16?%.+ 
* wapyapitys, -ov, 6, a pearl: Mt 13446, 1 Ti 2°, Re 174 1812, 16 
2171 (-trar, WH); proverbially, Mt 76.+ 
Mdp0a, -as (Bl., § 7, 2), 7 (Aram. NAVD), Martha: Lk 10% 4% 41, 


Jo 111) 5 19 ff. 192 + 
Mapia, -as (Hellenized form), and Mapiap, indecl., 7 (Aram. 
or; Heb. (MT) arya), Mary. In NT; 1. the mother of Jesus: 


I RG ee DET TS OS MEG G8.) Tale 2728s 6s Tan tA GA ote Bynes Mage 
dalene (q.v.). 3. The wife of Clopas (Jo 19%) and mother of James 
the little, and Joses: Mt 275% 61 981, Mk 154 47 161, Lk 2410, 4. The 
sister of Martha and Lazarus: Lk 108% 42, Jo111219# 193. 5. The 
mother of John Mark: Ac 12". 6. A Christian greeted by St. Paul: 
Ro 168 (on the signification of the name, v. Zorell, s.v.; on the use of 
the alternative forms in NT, DB, iii, 278 b,).+ 

Mdpxos, -ov, 6, Mark: Mk., tit., Ac 12%»? 153% 39 Col 410, mr Ti 411, 
Phm “4, 1 Pe 58 (v. Swete, Mk., Intr., xiiiff.; DB, iii, 245 ff).+ 

** udppapos, -ov, 6 (<< pappaipw, to glisten), [in LXX: Ep. Je™ *;] 

1. any crystalline stone (Hom., Hur., al.). 2. In later writers, marble : 
Re 1812.+ 

pdptup, V.S. paptus. : 

paptupéw, -@ (< paprvs), [in LXX chiefly for 1y (Ge 314% 48, al.), 


also for Ty hi. (Ge 433, La 21%), may (Nu 35°);] (a) prop., to be a 
witness, bear witness, testify: absol. (Pind., al.), Jo 1527, Ac 265; 
parenthetical (Bl., § 79, 7; MM, xvi), m Co 83; ec. dat. pers. (comm. 
et incomm.; BL. § 37, 2), Ac 22°, He 10'5; id. seq. 6m, Mt 233}, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 279 


Ro 10?, al.; acc. et inf., Ac 104; c. ace. rei (cl.), Jo 34, Re 22'6,20; 
c. acc. cogn., seq. zept, Jo 5°, 1 Jo 5!°; c. dat. rei, Jo 53, Ac 143, al.; 
seq. wepi, c. gen. (pers. ef rei), Jo 1715 225 1823 9174 al; id. seq. 
én, Jo 5°6 77; dr, Jo 194 444 al.; dru recit., Jo 45°; xara seq. dru, 
1 Co 15°; pass., He 7°; ptep., Ro 37; impers., He 717; (b) in late 
Gk., to witness favourably, give a good report, approve (Bl., § 54, 3; 
MM, xvi; Deiss., BS, 265): c. dat. pers., Lk 4°; seq. emi, c. dat. rei, 
He 11‘; pass., Ac 6°; seq. ev, 1 Tid!*, He 11?; dia, c. gen. rei, He 113°; 
td, c. gen. \pers., Ac 10”, al.; impers., m1 Jo! (cf. ém-, cuv-em-, 
KaTa-, cvy-papTupew). 

paptupia, -as, 7 (<(paprupéw), [in LXX: Ge 3147 R (xz), 
Ex 20'6, De 5707, Pr 2518, Ps 18 (19)’ (ay, nmmy), Pr 12), Si 


34 (31)%%4, rv Mac 6%2*;] witness, testimony, evidence: Mk 14°, 
Bk 2a") Jo 5% 19% 91% 1 Ti 37, Tit 14, m Jo, Re 11’; c. gen. 
subj.. Mk 14°, Jo 817 (LXX aliter), 1 Jo 5°; seq. xara, c. gen. pers., 
Mk 14°; esp. of witness concerning Christ and divine things, Jo 17 
311, 82, 33 682,56, Re 69; c. gen. subj., Jo 119 51 813,14, Ac 9918 1 Jo 51, 
Re 1211; c. gen. obj., Re 179 1217 1919, 204; yw. éxew, Re 69 1217 1919+ 
Paptupiov, -ov, Td (<< paprup), [in LXX chiefly for tytn, also for 
Mm”, mmy and cogn. forms;] a testimony, witness, proof (Hadt., 


Thue., al.): c. gen. subj., m Co 1%, m Th 1; ¢. gen. obj., Ac 43, 
1 Co 16 2} (WH, txt., R, txt., pvorjpov); m Ti 18; eis w., Mt 84 1018 
2414, Mk 144 611 139, Lk 5!4 99 2118, He 35, Ja 53; 7d pw. Katpois idvos 
(CGT, in 1.), 1 Ti 28; % oxyvy rod wp. (UXX for twin dN), Ac 74, 
Re 155,+ 
** waptipopar (<(paprvp), [in LXX: Jth 78, 1 Mac 25° ~)*;] to 
summon as witness (M, Th., 25f.; Hort., 7 Pe., 53 f.; Lft., Notes, 29; 
Ga 203), hence, (a) to protest, affirm solemnly: seq. dr, Ac 207%, 
Ga 5°; (b) to adjure, beseech: c. dat. pers., Ac 262%; c. acc. et inf., 
Eph 417; seq. eis, 1 Th 2! (cf. d:a-, zpo-paprvpopar).t 
paprus (Holic paprup), -vpos, 6 (also 7), [in LXX for W;] a 


witness: Ac 10#, 1 Ti 6%, 1 Ti 27, He 12! (Westc., in 1.); in forensic 
sense, Mt 1816 266, Mk 1463, Ac.6!3 758, 11 Co 131, 1 Ti 5!°, He 1028; 
c. gen. obj., Lk 2445, Ac 172 232 315 532 1089 2616, 1 Pe 5!; c. gen. ross., 
Ac 1® 13%’, Re 11°; c. dat. pers., Lk 1148, Ac 2215; of Christ, Re 15 
314; of God, Ro 19, 1 Co 12, Phi 18,1 Th 251°; of those who have 
witnessed for Christ by their death (in later Xn. lit., martyr: Swete, 
Ap., 35), Ac 2279, Re 213 176+ 

pacdouat (Rec. wacc-), -Guac (Aristoph. and late writers, but not 
in Trag. or in good Att. prose), [in LXX: Jb 304 (and), Si 19°A*;] to 


bite, chew: Re 16!%.+ 
pacQéds, V.8. pactés. 
paotiyde, - (<< waoreé), [in LXX chiefly for M33 hi. ;] to scowrge: 


280 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON CF IHE NEW TESTAMENT 


c. acc., Mt 10!” 201° 2334, Mk 10%4, Lk 183%, Jo 191; metaph., He 126 
(cf. Pr 3”, Je 58, Jth 8?7).+ 
paotitw (Kp. and late prose = Att. waorvydw), [in LRX: Nu 22% 
(M33 hi.), Wi 511, 11 Mac 22! * ;] to whip, scourge: c. ace., Ac 2275+ 
pdoré, -vyos, 7, [in LXX for wiw, etc.;] a whip, scourge: Ac 
22°4, He 11°°; metaph., of disease or suffering as a divine chastise- 
ment (cf. Ps 88 (89)3%, Pr 312, 1 Mac 9"), Mk 310 52% 34, Tk 721.+ 
paortds, -od, 6, [in LXX chiefly for w;] the breast: pl., Lk 1177 
2379, Re 133 (T, pacGois; WH, App., 149; L, pagois).t 
*t patatodoyla, -as, 7 (<< pataioAdyos), idle or foolish talk: 1 Ti 16.+ 
*t patatohdyos, -ov (<< paravos, A€yw), talking idly: Tit 11°.+ 
pdtatos, -ov (as in Att., but -aca, -av, 1 Co 15!7, 1 Pe 138; 
<paryv), [in LXX for xqw, pain he IID, etc. ;] vain, useless: avoedijs 
x. p., Tit 3°; miores, 1 Co 15!7; Opynoxeta, Ja 17°; dtaroyicpot, I Co 
3°0(LXX) ; dvactpodpy, I Pe 118; of idols and heathen gods, ra p. (Je 2°, 
iv Ki 1745; 'al.)< Ae 1429, 
SYN.: xevos, q.V. 
tpatadtns, -yTos, 7 (<< paraos), [in LXX for b35, Ps 30 (31) 
38 (39)° 61 (62)°, al., and nearly 40 times in Ec; for ntw, Ps 254, al.; 
p71, ete. ;] vanity, emptiness, frailty, folly: Ro 8%, 11 Pe 28; +. vods, 
Eph 41" (elsewhere only in Pollux, 6, 134, and Eccl.).t 
tpatatdw, -& (<pdruos), [in LXX: 1v Ki 17, Je 25, al. (San), 
etc.;] to make vain, foolish: Ro 171.+ 
patyny (prop. acc. of pary, a fault, folly), adv., [in LXX for 
b35, Niw, etc. ;] in vain, to no purpose: Mt 15°, Mk 77 @XX),t 
Mart@atos, -av, -(as, v.S. MaG6-. 
MarOdr (v.s. Ma66ar), Matthat: Lk 3% (T, Ma66aé).+ 
MatraGd, 6, indecl. (Heb. AMMA), Matiatha: Lk 331+ 
Martra@las, -ov, 6, Mattathias (cf. Maf6ias): Lk 375 26+ 
pdxatpa, -7s (Att. -as; v. WH, App., 156; Bl., § 7, 1), 7, [in LXX 
chiefly for 399; also for N>2Nd, etc. ;] 1. (in Hom., al.) a large knife 
or dirk, for sacrificial purposes (Ge 22%", Jg 19°9 A). 2. a short sword 
or dagger (as disting. from popdara, a large broad sword and &dos, a 
straight sword for thrusting): Mt 2647%, Mk 144%) 47,48 Lk 2236® Jo 
18! Ac 1677, He 119’, Re 64 131414; oroua paxaipys (as in Heb. 
297 "5, Ge 34”, al.), the edge of the sword: Lk 214, He 11%; yp. 
Sicropos, He 412; dvaipety paxaipy, Ac 127; rv p. dopey, Ro 13%. 
Metaph., Mt 10°4 (opp. to eipyvn), Ro 8°; p. rod rrevuaros, Eph 617.+ 
paxn, -7s, 9 (<< paxopar), [in LXX chiefly for 3°9;] 1. a fight. 2. 
a strife, contention, quarrel: 11 Co 75, 11 Ti 2°85, Ja 41; pl., Tit 3%+ 
pdxopat, [in LXX chiefly for a9, also for AX3 ni., etc.;] 1. to 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 281 


fight: Ac 7, 2. to quarrel, dispute: 11 Ti 274, Ja 4?; mpds adAndovs, 
Jo 6% (ef. dia-yaxopar).t 

peyah-auxéw, -@ (= peydAra adxéw), [in LXX: Ez 16° (Frag), al. ;] 
to boast great things: Ja 35 (Rec. for peyada adxet, WH).t 

peyaheios, -efa, -eiov (< péyas), [in LXX: Ps 70(71)!9 (619), al., 
freq. in Si;] magnificent, splendid (Xen., Plut., al.): Ac 24+ 

peyadeétns, -7T0s, 7 (<< peyaAcios), [in LXX : Je 40 (33)° (NANDN), 
Da LXX 727, 1 Es 15 449* ;] splendowr, magnificence: Lk 94°, Ac 1927, 
11 Pe 116 (freq. in +. as a ceremonial title, MM, xvi).t 

peyahompems, és (= peyddw mperuv), [in LXX: De 3376 (71N3), 
m Mac 8! 1513, m1 Mac 29*;] befitting a great man, magnificent, 
majestic: 11 Pe 1)” (cf. MM, xvi).t 

peyadtva (< uéyas), [in LXX chiefly for 513 pi., hi.;] 1. to make 
great: Mt 235, Lk 158, 2. to declare great, extol, magnify: Lk 14%, 
Ac 518 1046 1917, 11 Co 10; pass., seq. ev, Phi 1?°.+ 

peyddus, adv., [in LXX for i3, etc. ;] greatly: Phl 41°.+ 

+ peyakwotmn, -ns, 7) (<péyas), [in LXX chiefly for mb119 and cogn. 

forms, 11 Ki 78, Ps 144 (145), al.;] greatness, majesty: He 1° 81, Ju 
(elsewhere Kecl. only).t 

péyas, peydAn, péya, [in LXX chiefly for 513, also for 29, MAN 
(incl. peiZov), 34 (uéyo70s) ;] great; 1. of external form, bodily size, 
measure, extent: Aos, Mt 27°; Spaxwv, Re 12°; ix6ds, Jo 21"; rdrus, 
Re 118; payxapa, Re 64, al. 2. Of intensity and degree: dvvayus, Ac 
483; doBos, Mk 44; dyary, Jo 1518; dvepos, ib. 618; xpavyyn, Ac 23°; das, 
Mt 41°; auperds, Lk 4°85; OAtus, Mt 2472. 3. Of rank; (a) of persons: 
Geds (MM, xvi), Tit 218; *Apreys, Ac 197; compar. (v. infr.), Mt 18! 
(cf. Dalman, Words, 113 f.); neut. for masc. (BI., § 32, 1), Mt 12°; (6) 
of things: duapria, Jo 19"; pvorjpiov, Eph 5°27; = peyiory (v. infr., 
and cf. Field, Notes, 16 f.), Mt 22°°; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), 
1Co 138, 4. (a) Compar., peiZov: Mt 11" 2317, al.; neut. pl., peLova, 
contr. peiLw, Jo 1°! ; double compar., pecZdrepos (M, Pr., 236; Bl., § 11, 4), 
ui Jo*; (b) superl., peyoros (Deiss., BS, 365), 1 Pe 1*. 

péyeBos, -ovs, To (<< peyas), [in LXX chiefly for mMAiIp ;] greatness : 
Eph 1! (cf. MM, xvi, s.v. péyas).t 

t+ peytordv, -dvos, 6 (<< peyoros), [in LXX chiefly for rw, Je 248, 

al.; 72929, Da LXX rx 5”, al.; freq. in Si (sing., 4’);] usually pl., 


oi p., the chief men, nobles (Manetho, FJ, al.): Mk 671, Re 61° 188.t 
péytotos, V.S. péyas. 
**+ neBeppnvedw, [in LXX: Si prol.*%*;] to translate, interpret: Mt 
123, Mk 54! 152% 34, Jo 138 42, Ac 436 138 (cf. Epunvedw).t 
peOn, -ys, 7, [in LXX chiefly for "3y and cognate forms ;] 
drunkenness: Lk 2154; pl., Ro 1318, Ga 571.+ 
SYN.: V.8. K@mos. 


982 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


ped-iormut and (late form, 1 Co 137) pebioravw, [in LXX for 
1D hi., etc.;] trans. in pres., impf., fut. and aor. 1, to change, remove: 
c. acc, rei, 6py, I Co 13? (cf. Is 54!°); c. acc. pers.: seq. eis, Col 113; 
seq. ex, pass., Lk 164; of causing death (cf. similar intrans. sense, 
Eur., Alc., 21, al.), Ac 13. Metaph. (ef. r. xapdiav p., Jos 148), . 
acc. pers., to pervert: Ac 19?6,+ 

*t ne8-odia (Rec. -eia; ef. Bl., § 3, 5), -as, 7 (<< t peBodetw, 1. to treat 

by rule. 2. to employ craft: tv Ki 19°"*), craft, deceit: Eph 414 64 
(not found elsewhere; v. AR, in 1.).+ 

peb-dptov, -ov, ro (neut. of pebdpios, -a, -ov), [in LXX: Jos 19?7 
A*;] Rec. for dprov (q.v.), a border, boundary: Mk 774+ 

peOdoxw, [in LXX: Ps 22 (23)° (MIs), Pr 4!” (Anw), etc.;] causal 
of pebfiw, to make drunk, intoxicate; pass., to get drunk: Lk 1245, 
Eph 538, 1 Th 57.+ 

péugos, -a, -ov (also -os, -ov; prop., only of women, but in late 
writers also = peOvorxcds, of men), [in LXX: Pr 237! (Nap) 26° 
(miD%7), Si 19! 268, rv Mac 27*;] drunken: 1 Co 5" 610+ 


pebdw (<< pebv, wine, cf. weOn), [in LXX chiefly for 35u, m19;] to 
be drunken: Mt 244°, Jo 219, Ac 215, 1 Co 117, 1 Th 5’; metaph., 
Re 17? 6,+ 

petypa, -Tos, 7d, V.S. piypa, and cf. Bl., § 3, 5. 

petyvupt, V.S. uiyvype, and ef. Bl., § 3, 5. 

perldtepos, V.S. peyas. 

petLov, V.S. peyas. 

peday, TO, V.S. peAas. 

peas, -aiva, -av, gen., -avos, -aivys, -avos, [in LXX: Ca 15, Za 6? 
(nnw), etc.;] black: Re 6"; opp. to Aevxds, Mt 5°65; neut., 7d pw, 
ink: 1 Co 33, 1 Jo#, m1 Jo }8.t+ 

Meded (Rec. -as, gen., -@), indecl., 6 (Heb. aNd), Melea- Lk 331, 


pede, V.S. pedo. 

MededenaA, V.S. Mad-. 

pedetdw, - (<< pedrery, care), [in LXX chiefly for m3m;] 1. ¢. 
gen., to care for (Hes.). 2. C. ace., to attend to, practise: 1 Ti 4% 
(RV, be diligent in; cf. Souter in Hap., vu, vi, 429, but v. infr.). 
3. to study, ponder: Ac 475 (XX), 1 Ti 415 (AV, meditate on; cf. CGT, 
in 1., but v. supr.; ef. rpo-pederdw).t 

pért, -ros, 76, [in LXX freq. (Ge 43", al.) for wat; for mp3, Pr 


53;] honey: Re 10%19; dypiov (q.v.), Mt 34, Mk 1°.+ 
*t wediaotos, -a, -ov (elsewhere +-aios, -eos; < péAtcoa, a bee, cf. 
pedi), made by bees: Lk 24* (Rec., WH, R, mg.).t 
MeXity, (Rec., R, txt.), Meduryvy (WH, R, mg., v. WH, App., 
160), Melita, Melitene (mod. Malta): Ac 281.+ 
pAddo, [in LXX: Jb 38 (my) 1975 (JN); elsewhere for fut., 


and freq. in Wi, 11, Iv Mac;] to be about to be or do; 1. ec. inf. (BL, 
§ 62, 4; 68,2; M, Pr., 114); (a) of intending or being about to do of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 283 


one’s own free will: c¢. inf. praes., Mt 21%, Lk 10!, Ac 33 535, He 85, 
1m Pe 1 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (BI., § 58, 3), Ac 12°, Re 
316; (b) of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 1627, 
Lk 9*!, Jo 671, Ro 4%, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8!®, Ga 378, Re 3? 124, 
2. Ptep., 6 wéAdwv: absol., Ro 838, 1 Co 3%; ra p., Col 217; cis 76 p. 
(Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 37 12%? (6 aidv 6 w.; LXX for sy), Ac 
2475, 1 Ti 48, He 25, al. 

PéXos, -ovs, 76, [in LXX chiefly for mn3;] a member, limb of the 


body: 1 Co 1214:1%26, Hph 416 (WH, mg.), Ja 3°; pl. (as always in 
cl.), ra po: Mt 52% 30, Ro 613,19 75,23 194 1 Co 12128, Col 35, Ja 36 41, 
Metaph., répvys, 1 Co 615; of Christians, w. dAAjAwv, Ro 125, Eph 475; 
Xpirrod, 1 Co 615; gdéparos Xpicrod, 1 Co 1277, Eph 5°.+ 

MeAxei (Rec. -xi), indecl., 6 (Heb. 1359), Melchi: Lk 32428,+ 


Medxuoedex, indecl., 6 (Heb. pry 1250), Melchizedek: He 5% 10 
620 71,10 11, 15, 17 + 


pero, [in LXX: Jb 22% (ppm), To 10°, Wi 12'8, 1 Mac 14* 43 * 5] 


1. intrans., to be an object of care, be a care; commonly in third 
pers.: c. dat. pers., Ac 18!”; very freq. impers., 1 Co 7?!; seq. ory, 
Mk 4°8, Lk 10%; c. gen. rei (as freq. in Att.), 1 Co 9°; seq. wepi, Mt 
2216, Mk 1214, Jo 1013 126, 1 Pe 5’. 2. Trans., in act. and mid., to 
care for (not in LXX or NT).t+ 
*t neuBpdva, -as, 7 (Lat. membrana), parchment: 11 Ti 418.+ 
** u€uhopat, [in LXX: Si 117 41’, 1 Mac 27*;] to blame, find 
fault: absol., Ro 9!%; ¢. acc., airovs (WH, txt.; airois, Rec., WH, 
mg.; on rendering with avrois v. Westc., in 1.), He 88.t 
* neppipotpos, -ov (<< peudopuar, + potpa, fate, lot), complaining of 
one’s faite: querulous : Jut®.t 
pév, conjunctive particle (originally a form of pv), usually 
related to a following é6¢ or other adversative conjunction, and dis- 
tinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which 
follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent 
in NT asincl. Like dé, it never stands first in a clause. 
1. Answered by 8¢ or some other particle: wey . . . dé, indeed 
... but, Mt 3", Lk 316, al.; with pronouns, és wey .. . ds dé, one 
. another, Mt 2155, al.; pl., Phi 13517; 6 pe... 668... 8 dé, 
some... some... some, Mt 138; rotro pey ... rovro 8¢, partly 
... partly, He 108; pe .. . érera, Jo 11°; pe... nai, Lk 85, 
2. pév solitariwm, answered by no other particle: paérov pév 
(BL, 1.c.), Ro 18 32, 1 Co 1118; pév ot in narrative, summing up what 
precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, 
nay rather: Lk 1128 (WH, pevoiv), Ac 1° 981, al.; yey otv ye (Phi 38, 
WH): v.s. pevoivye. 
Mevvd, (Li, Mewéas, -4; Rec. Maivav) 6, Menna: Lk 331.+ 
pev-odv = ev ovv, V.S. per. 
pev-oov-ye = pev ovv ye, nay rather: Ro 97° 1018, Phi 3°.t 


284 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pév-ro. = pev Tou, yet, however: Jo 42", al.; ci p., Ja 28 (if indeed). 

pévw, [in LXX for tay, oP, etc.;] to stay, abide, remain. 
1. Intrans.; (i) of place: seq. év, Lk 827, al.; rapa, c. dat. pers., Jo 14°, 
al.; ovv, Lk 15°; xa@ éavrov, Ac 2816; c. adv., éxet, Mt 101; déde, 
Mt 2638; metaph., 1 Jo 21%; of the Holy Spirit, Jo 1% 33 1417; of 
Christ, Jo 656 154, al.; 6 6eds, 1 Jo 4'¥; conversely, of Christians, 
Jo 6°6 154, 1 Jo 4), al.; 6 Adyos 7. Geod, 1 Jo 24; H aAnOeaa, 1 Jo?, al. 
(ii) Of time; (a) of persons: Phl 17°; seq. eis 7. aiava Jo 124, He 7%, 
I Jo 2"; édéyov, Re 171°; ews épyopar, Jo 217% 73; (b) of things, lasting 
or enduring: cities, Mt 1173, He 1314; dAvyos Geodt, 1 Pe 173; dyapria, 
Jo 941, (iii) Of condition: c. pred., novos, Jo 1274; dyapos, 1 Co 7; 
motos, I Ti 213; tepeds, He 73; c. adv., ovrws, 1 Co 749; ds Kayw, ib. ®; 
seq. év, ib.2%?4, 2. Trans. (BI, § 34, 1; Field, Notes, 132): c. ace. 
pers., Ac 2058 (cf. ava-, dia-, év-, émt-, KatTa-, Tapa-, ovv-rapa-, Tept-, 
Tpoo-, UTro-LEvw). 

pepitw (<(pépos), [in LXX chiefly for pon;] to divide; (a) to 
divide into parts: metaph., pass., 1 Co 734 (WH, R, mg.), 34 (Rec., R, txt.) (on 
reading and punctuation, v. LCC, in 1.); pepepurrar 6 Xpiords, 1 Co 118; 
as in late authors, of factional division (cf. Polyb., viii, 23, 9), xa 
éavtov, Mt 1275; eg’ éavrdv, ib.7°, Mk 37476; (b) to distribute: c. acc. 
rei et dat. pers., Mk 6*!; as in later usage (cf. Polyb., xi, 28, 9), to 
bestow: Ro 123, 1 Co 71", 11 Co 108, He 72; mid., c. acc. rei seq. pera, 
Lk 1218 (cf. d:a-, cvp-pepilw).t 

péptmva, -ys, 9, [in LXX: Ps 54 (55)" (am), Jb 1178, Si 30%, 


al;] (in cl. chiefly poét.) care, anxiety: 1 Pe 57; pl., Lk 814, 214: 
c. gen. obj., Mt 13872, Mk 419, 1 Co 1128.+ 

peptuvdw, -®@ (<pepyuva), [in LXX: Ps 37 (38)!8 (3N5), etc. ;] 
1. to be anxious: absol., Mt 62731, Lk 1275; unde w., Phl 4°; c. dat. 
rei, Mt 6%, Lk 12”; seq. wepi, Mt 628, Lk 104! 1226; zac, Mt 1019, 
Lk 12!!; cis rv atprov, Mt 634, 2. to care for: c. acc., Ta 7. Kupiov, 
I Co 734; ra 7. xéopov, ib.*4; 7a wept tuav, Phl 2°; seq. wzeép, 
1 Co 1275; ¢. gen. (a construction otherwise unknown), éav77s (WH; 
7a. € Rec.; v. Bl., § 35, 7), Mt 64 (cf. rpo-pepisvaw).t 

pepis, -(Sos, 9, [in LXX chiefly for pon, mpbm;] 1. (as in cl.) a 


part, portion: Lk 104, Ac 8#1, 11 Co 6%, Col 1%, 2. In later Gk 
(v. MM, xvi), as geographical term, a division, district: Ac 16'.+ 

peptopds, -ov, 6 (<< pepifw), [in LXX for non ; nome , Jos 1123, 
1 Hs 618*;) 1. a dividing, division: Wvyis x. rvevparos (i.e. between 
them or of the things themselves, v. Westc., in 1.), He 4%. 2. a dis- 
tribution, bestowal (cf. pepitw, 2); pl., He 24.+ 

*t pepiotns, -00, 6 (<< pepi~w), a divider: Lk 12!4.+ 

Hépos, -ovs, TO (< petpopar), [in LXX chiefly for AYP ;] 1. a part, 
share, portion: Jo 138, Ac 1927 (age, inl.) Re 206 2219: hence (cl.), 
lot, destiny, Mt 2451, Lk 1246, Re 218. 2. a part as opp. to the whole: 
Lk 11°*, Jo 1978, Ac 5? 23, Eph 416, Re 16; c. gen. (of the whole), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 285 


Lk 15! 2442; +. bapicatwy, Ac 239; pl., Jo 216; of the divisions of a 
province, Mt 2”, Ac 29 191 202; of the regions belonging to a city, 
Mt 15?! 1613, Mk 8"; c¢. gen. appos., Eph 4°; in adverbial phrases, 
dva (kata) pepos, I Co 147”, He 9°; pépos ri, dro p., in part, Ro 1125 
151524, 7 Co 1138 m Co 11425; ék pw, 1 Co 1227, 13% 12; +5 ex pw, ib. 1. 
3. A class or category (in cl. usually év p. rHévar, AaBeiv, etc.): ev p., im 
respect of, Col 2); é +. w. rovrw, in this respect, 11 Co 31° 98.t 

WETAVUKTLOV, V.S. LETOVUKTLOS. 

peonpBpta, -as, 7 (uécos, juépa), [in LXX chiefly for WE, Ge 
316, al; also for 233, Da LXX 8%, al.;] 1. noon: Ac 226, 2. the 


South: Ac 8*6.+ 


ee fae 


t pecitns, -ov, 6 (< péoos), [in LXX: Jb 9% (M3)*;] an arbitrator, 


mediator: Ga 319; c. dupl. gen. pers., Oeod x. dvOparwy, I Ti 2°; c. 
gen. rei, duabn«ns, He 8° 91 1274; 6 de pw. Evds odx eorw, Ga 37° (vy. Lift., 
in 1.; and for exx. of this word in z., v. MM, xvi).t 

peoo-viKtios (on v.l. pera-, v. Bl., § 6, 2), -ov (<< pécos, vv), [in 
LXX chiefly for nbs "3m ;] of or at midnight ; as subst., neut., 7d 


p., midnight (Arist. and late writers): gen., Lk 11°; péype p., Ac 207; 
kata To w., Ac 1675; acc. (Rec., gen.; v. Bl., § 34, 8), Mk 13°°.t 
Megorrotapia, -as, 7 (Sc. xwpa), Mesopotamia: Ac 2° 7?.+ 
péoos, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for JIm;] middle, in the middle or 


midst; 1. prop., as an adj.: Lk 2345, Jo 1918, Ac 18; ¢. gen. pl., Lk 
2255, Jo 176; gen. temp. (BL, § 36, 13), péons vuxrds, Mt 25°; p. 
juepas, Ac 26, 2. In adverbial phrases, neut., pwécov, To p., as 
subst.: dvi pécov, c. gen., between (cl.; in LXX: Ge 14, al.), 
elliptically (but v. M, Pr., 99), 1 Co 65; = ev u., among, in the midst 
of (Bl., § 39, 2; 40, 8; cf. in LXX: Jos 191, Si 277), Mt 13%, Mk 731, 
Re 717; dca péoov, c. gen., Lk 4°9; da péooy (Rec. -ov, v. Bl., § 42, 1), 
between, Lk 171! (ICC, in 1.); «is 76 yp. (v.s. eis), Mk 3%, Lk 4% 519 68, 
Jo 201% 26; cis w., Mk 14%; & 7d w., Mt 14°; ev pw, Jos 8l% 9), Ac 47; c. 
gen. loc., Mk 647, Lk 217! 2255, Ac 17%, He 2! (1XX), Re 46 5° 227; c., 
een, wl, Mi. JO’ 15%20. Mk 9°" Tk 24° BF 10% 2097 2456, Ac 116 ™ 
9721, 1 Th 27, Re 113 21 5° 6°; xara pécov tT. vuxros, Ac 2777 (BI., § 47, 
6); é« rod p. (Lift., in 1.; Deiss., BS, 252 f£.), Col 3!@; é& p., a, Th 27; 
éx Tod p., c. gen., Mt 134°, Ac 173% 231°, 1 Co 5?, 11 Co 61". 3. Neut., 
pécov, adverbially, c. gen., in the midst of, Mt 144 (WH, txt., R, mg., 
aliter), Phl 215 (8.4 ~ecov—v. supr.—also Jo 8°°, R, mg.).t 

*t weadrotxov, -ov, Td (<Cpécos, Totxos), a partition wall : Eph 234 
(not elsewhere, but v. LS, s.v. werdro.xos).t 

*t wecoupdvnpa, -Tos, Td (<< wecoupavew, to be in mid-heaven, of the 
sun at the meridian), the zenith, mid-heaven: Re 8'8 146 1917.+ 


peosu, - (<(péoos), [in LXX: pecovons 7. vuxrds, Ex 12” OM), 


286 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


etc.;] to be in the middle, esp. of time: 7. éoprijs pecovons, in the 
middle of the feast, Jo 74.t 

Meooias, -ov, 6 (Aram. NIWH = Heb. MWA = Xprotos, q.¥.); 
Messiah: Jo 1# 475.+ 

peords, -7), -ov, [in LXX: Na 12°, Ez 37} (Nbg), Es 5?, Pr 654*;] 


full: ec. gen, rei, Jo 1929 214), Ja 38; metaph., of thoughts and feelings, 
Mt 2378, Ro 129 1514, m Pe 214, Ja 32" (ef. Pr, l:c.).t 
** heatéw, -@ (<C peords), [in LXX: m1 Mac 541%) to fill: pass., 
c. gen. rei, Ac 218.+ 
petd (before vowel per; on the neglect of elision in certain 
cases, v. WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen., ace. (in poét. also ¢. dat.), [in 
LXX for AX, BY, WN, etc.]. 


I. C. gen., 1. among, amid: Mk 18, Lk 2287 (LXX, &) 945, Jo 
185, al.; duwynav, Mk 109°. 2. Of association and companionship, 
with (in which sense it gradually superseded ovv, than which it is 
much more freq. in NT; ef. BI., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8" 2070, 
Mk 129 37, Lk 5%, Jo 3”, Ga 2}, al. mult.; evar pera, Mt 525, Mk 344, 
al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3?, Ac 7°, Phl 4°, al.; 
opp. to evar kard, Mt 12°°, Lk 11%; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, 
Pr., 106, 246 £.), wodrepety pera = cl. 7., c. dat., to wage war against 


(so LXX for py ond3, 1 Ki 17%), Re 26, al.; c. gen. rei, xapas, Mt 


137°, Mk 416, al.; dpyjs, Mk 3°, al. 

II. C.acc., 1. of place, behind, after: He9*. 2. Of time, after: 
Mt 17}, Mk 141, Lk 14, Ac 15, Ga 138, al.; pera rotro, Jo 2%, al.; 
ravra, Mk 1602), Lk 52’, Jo 3”, al.; c. inf. artic. (BI., § 71, 5; 72, 3), 
Mt 2632, Mk 114, al. 

III. In composition, 1. of association or community: peradidwp, 
peréxw, etc. 2. Exchange or transference: petradAdoow, perouxia, etc. 
3. after: petrapéeAopar. 

** nera-Batvw, [in LXX: Wi 727 191%, 1 Mac 61% 4*;) to pass over 
from one place to another: Mt 17%, Lk 10’; with reference to the 
point of departure only, to withdraw, depart: Mt 8*4 111 12° 15°, Jo 
73, Ac 187; of removal from this life, ék tr. xoopov mpos 7. ILarépa, 
Jo 131; metaph., éx 7. Oavarov cis tr. Lwnv, Jo 5*4, 1 Jo 314.t 

peta-Bdddw, [in LXX chiefly for 7Bn;] to turn about, change, 
Pass. and mid., to turn oneself about ; metaph., to change one’s mind: 
Ac 286. 

per-dyw, [in LXX: mr Ki 847 48, 1 Ch 6%” (Raw) 36° (Dp hi.), 
1 Es 145 210 569, His 817, Si prol. 16 108, 1 Mac 1°3*;] 1. in Xen., Plut., 
and later writers, to transfer, transport (so LXX). 2. In sense other- 
wise unknown (vy. Hort, in 1.), to turn about, direct: Ja 3° 4.+ 

pera-SiSwpr, [in LXX: Pr 1176 (naw hi.), Wi 71%, al.;] to give a 
share of, impart: c. dat. pers. et acc. rei (in cl. more freq., c. gen. 
part., but acc. of that which is imparted, whether part or whole, so 
here, v. Bl., § 36, 1), Ro 1", 1 Th 28, and (with ellipse of acc.) Lk 3"; 
c. dat. pers., Eph 4%8; absol., 6 peradidovs, Ro 128 + 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 287 


¥* netd-Oeots, -ews, 7 (<CperariOnm), [in LXX: m Mac 11%4*;] 
1. change of position, Pe 8 He 11°. 2. change, as of that which 
has been established : He 712 1227.+ 

per-aipe, fin LXX: 1v Ki 16” 254, Ps 79 (80)8, Pr 2278 (sap hi., 
m2 hi., etc.)*;] 1. trans., to remove (LXX, ll. ¢.). 2. (not el.) to 
depart: Mt 135 19! (cf. Aq. : Ge 12°).+ 

peta-kahéw, -@, [in LXX: Ho 11? (Np), 1 Hs 15°*;] to call 
from one place to another. Mid., to send for: c. acc., Ac 74 10%2 
2017 2425 + 

peta-kiwéw, -@, [in LXX: De 194 (mp hi.), Is 541° (m1), etc.; 
trans., 0 move away, remove (dpia, De, l.c.). Mid., to remove eae 
remove, shift: metaph., ad 7. éAmidos, Col 123.4 

** neta-hapBdvw, [in LXX: Es 5!, Wi 18°, u-1v Mac,,*;] to have 
or get a share of, partake of: c. gen. rei, 11 Ti 26, He 67 121°; rpodjs, 
Ac 246 2733,34; ©, acc. rei (of the whole), to get : kaipov, Ac 2475 
(v. BL. § 36, 1; MM, xvi).t 

ee Anpajes (Ree. -Anwis), gin 7 (<CpetarapBavw), participation, 
taking, receiving : of food, 1 Ti 4°.t | 

peTa-Aniis, V.S. peTaAnuyis. 

pet-adAdoow, [in LXX: Es 27 (m9), ib.?°, 1 Es 1%’, m Mac, *;] 
1. to exchange: +. adjfeav . . . & r. Wevde, the truth for a lie (v. BL., 
§ 36, 8), Ro 1°. 2. to change: ce. ace. seq. cis, Ro 17° (4AAdoow).t 

peta-wédopat, [in LXX chiefly for on3 ni.;] depon., pass., to 
regret, repent one: Mt 213% 82 273, 11 Co 78, He 721 LXX),+ 

SYN.: peravoeéw, to change one’s mind, repent. On the distinc- 
tion, difficult to maintain by usage, between these words, v. Thayer, 
g.v.; Tr., Syn., § Ixix. 

**t weta-poppdw, -& [in Sm.: Ps 33 (34)!*;] to transform, trans- 
figure: pass., of Christ’s transfiguration, Mt 177, Mk 9? (cf. Lk 99) ; 
of Christians, Ro 12?, 1 Co 318.+ 

SYwW.: ES Se to change in fashion or appearance, v.s. 
poppy, and cf. Lft., Phi., 126 ff. 

peta-voéw, -, [in LXX for om3 ni., 1 Ki 15%, Je 4*8, al.;] to 
change one’s mind or purpose, hence, to repent ; in NT (exc. Lk 17* 4), 
of repentance from sin, involving amendment: seq. ard, Ac 872; ék, 
Re 271:22 920,21 1611 (cf. Ja aw); émi, 1 Co 1271; absol., Mt 3? 417 


1120 1941, Mk 115 612, Lk 1132 133 5 157 10 1630 17% 4, Ac 238 319 1730 9620, 
Re 2° 16, 21 33,19: ¢, inf., Re 16°; év cack x. orodd, Mt 1171, Lk 10!3.+ 
SYN: perapédopau, q.v. 
petdvoia, -oias, 7 (<Cperavoew), [in LXX: Pr 144, Wi 1173 
121918 Si 4416 * 5) after-thought, change of mind, repentance: He 1217; 
of repentance from sin, Mt 3%, Lk 38 157 2447, Ac 269, 11 Co 7% 10; 
ae oy (q.v.) peravoias, Mk 14, Lk 3°, Ac 13% 194; 9 eis Geov kes 
Ac 2071; py. dd vexpav épyur, He 61; «is p. Kadely, Lk at. id. dyew, 
Ro 24; dvaxavilew, He 6°; eis pw. xwpyoa, 1 Pe 39; pw. dodvar, Ac 
2) 1038. op Ti 925. 
petatd (<c pera + gvv = ov), [in LXX: Ge 31°, Jg 5°’, m1 Ki 


288. MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


15% 32, Wi 419 1619 18°3*;] 1. adv. of place and time (in NT time only); 
(a) between: &v 7G p. (8.c. xpdvw), Jo 4°1; (b) in late writers (Fl, 
Plut., al.), like pera (adv.), after, afterwards: 76 p. o¢BBarov, Ac 13% 
(cf. Cl., Ro., 7 Co., 44, 2). 2. Prep. c. gen., between: of place, Mt 23%, 
Lk 115! 1626, Ac 12°; of persons, as to mutual relation, Mt 181, 
Ac 15°, Ro 215.+ 

pera-répmw, [in LXX (mid.): Ge 274° (np>), Nu 237 (Ans hi.), 
1 Mac 15*%!, m1 Mac 5'8 R, 1v Mac 12%6*;] to send after or for: 
pass., Ac 102%. Chiefly in mid., to send for, summon: Ac 105 22,29» 
1113 20! 2424) 26 253.+ 

peta-orpépw, [in LXX chiefly for J5T;] to twrn about, turn, 
change: pass., Ac 22°@XX), Ja 4° (WH, txt., werarpéro, q.v.); in evil 
sense, to pervert, corrupt (cf. primary sense reverse): Ga 1".t 

** nera-oxnpatite, [in LXX: 1v Mac 9%**;] to change wm fashion or 

appearance: c. acc. rei, t. cOna, Phil 371; mid., seq. eis, 1 Co 11! "4; 
seq. as, ib.!®; of a rhetorical device, to transfer by a fiction (Field, 
Notes, in 1.), seq. eis, 1 Co 4°.t 

SYN.: petapoppow, q.v. 

pera-riOnpt, [in LXX: Ge 5% (np), De 2777, al. (9D hi.), Si 4416, 
1m Mac 74, al;] 1. to transfer to another place: c. acc., pass., He 
115(@XX); geq. eis, Ac 71%. 2. to change: c. ace., pass., He 7"; seq. 
cis, fig., i.e. to make one thing a pretext for another, ydpw eis doedyeay, 
Ju‘. Mid., to change oneself, pass over: seq. dro et eis, Ga 1° 
(cf. 11 Mace, 1.c.).t 

peta-tpémw, [in LXX: rv Mac 6° 7* 12 1511,18**] to turn about, 
turn (Hom., al., but not found in Att.): c. acc., Ja 49 (WH, txt.; 
cf. peractpedw).t 

¥* wer-emeita, adv., [in LXX: Jth 9°, Es 319, 11 Mac 3%*;] after- 

wards: He 12!7.+ 

pet-€xw, [in LXX: Pr 5!” (my), 18, 1 Hs 5* 87, Si 518, al.;] 


to partake of, share in: em éd7id: Tod peréxew, 1 Co 9°; c. gen. rei, 
1 Co 92 1071:30| He 214; in sacramental sense, éx 7. €vos dprov p., 
1 Co 1017 (cf. MM, xvi); metaph., yaAaxros, He 5; of belonging to 
a tribe, He 7}%.+ 

pet-ewpilw (<< peréwpos, (a) in mid air ; (b) buoyed up; (c) in 
suspense; Thuc.; in 7. opp. to auépimvos, v. Zorell, s.v.): [in LXX: 
Ob 1‘ (Aaa hi.), Mi 4! (Niza ni.), Ps 130 (131)!, Ez 1061719 (O79), 
mt Mac 5!’, 734, mut Mac 6°*;] to raise on high (Thuc., Xen., al.; Ob, 
Mi, Ez, ll. c.). Metaph., (a) to buoy wp; pass., to be elated, puffed 
wp (Polyb., al., Ps, 1, mt Mae, ll. c.); (6) to be anxious, in suspense 
(Polyb., v. 70, 10; FlJ, BJ, iv, 2, 5): Lk 1279+ 

petorkeota, -as, 7 (= cl. perorxia, -Knows; << petouxew, to change one’s 
abode), {in LXX chiefly for 53 and cogn. forms, Ez 124, Ob 1”, 


al.;] change of abode, migration: of the Babylonian exile, 4. BaBv- 
Advos, Mt 111) 1% 17+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 289 


pet-orxilw (<(peroos, an emigrant), [in LXX chiefly for 
m52 hi. ;] to remove to a new abode, cause to migrate: Ac 7443 (@-XX),+ 

petoxy, -js, 9 (<Cmeréxw), [in LXX: Ps 121 (122)? NR 
(nan pu.)*;] sharing, fellowship: m Co 614.+ 

pétoxos, -ov (<peréxw), [in LXX chiefly for 13m;] 1. sharing 
in, partaking of: c. gen. rel, He 3! 64 128; +. Xpucrod, He 314. 2. As 
subst., 6 p., a partner, associate: Lk 5’, He 19 EX%), 

petpéw, -@ (<< perpov), [in LEX: Ex 1618, Nu 355, Ru 315, Is 4012, 
(1710), Da TH 5% (m3), Wi 48*;] 1. to measure, of space, number, 


value, etc.: c. acc. rei, Re 11? 211517; ¢, dat. instr., Re 11! 2116, 
Metaph., éavrév ev éavrg, 1 Co 10%. 2. to measure out, give by 
measure: prov., év ® pétpw x.t.A., Mt 77, Mk 4*4, Lk 638 (WH, mg., 
cf. dvri-perpéw).t 

petpyTHs, -00, 6 (< perpéw), [in LXX: m1 Ki 18% (Fxg), m Ch 45, 
(m3), etc.;] 1. a measwrer (Plat.). 2. = dudopevs, an Attic measure, 


= 14 Roman amphore or about 9 Eng. gallons: Jo 26.t 
*t netprotabéw, -& (<(petpiorabys, moderating one’s passions), to 
hold one’s passions or emotions in restraint; hence, to bear gently 
with, feel gently towards: He 5*.t 
** netpiws, adv. (yérpios, moderate), [in LXX: m Mac 15%5*;] 
moderately : litotes, ov p., exceedingly, Ac 20%.t 
pérpov, -ov, 76, [in LXX chiefly for Ma, also for MEN, etc. ;] 1. 


that which is used for measuring, a measure; (a) a vessel: fig., Mt 
2332, Lk 698; ex p., by measure, Jo 354; (b) a rod or rule: Re 211517; 
fig., Mt 7?, Mk 474. 2. That which is measured, measure: c. gen. 
rei, Ro 128, 1 Co 10, Eph 47 1% 16 + 

pérwror, -ov, Td (uerd + dy, an eye), [in LXX for nyp;] the fore- 
head: Re 78 94 1316 1419 175 204 224.+ 

péxpt (bef. consonants, exc. Lk 161, péype “Iwdvov) and péxpis 
(bef. vowels, Mk, Ga, ll. c., He 12; v. Bl., § 5, 4), 1. as prep., c. 
gen., as far as, even to, until; (a) of place: Ro 151%; (6) of time: Mt 
112% 13% 9815, Lk 1616, Ac 10°° 20’, Ro 5!4, 1 Ti 614, He 3% 14 10; 
(c) of measure or degree: Phl 2% 9°, 1 Ti 29, He 124 (. aiuaros, ef. 
m Mac 1314). 2. As conjunct. (as long as), wntil: Eph 413; yw. of 
(Thuc., iii, 28, but more freq. uw. dv; v. Bl, §65, 10), Mk 13°°, Ga 419 
(u. is prop. an advy., cf. Lat. wsqwe, seq. prep. or adv.; LS, s.v., and 
cf. axpu).t 

py, Subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends 
on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from 
ov, which denies absolutely. jy is used where one thinks a thing is 
not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, ov 
negatives the indic., 7 the other moods, incl. ptep. [In LXX for 


by, TS, [Ys] 
19 


290 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


I. As a neg. adv., not; 1. with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 
318, Tit 14, 1m Pe 1% 2. In delib. questions, c. subje. (M, Pr., 185): 
Mk 1214, Ro 38. 3. In conditional and final sentences, after ei, édv, 
dy, tva, dws: Mt 104, Mk 6!! 1219, Lk 95 Jo 65°, Ro 1175, al. 4. °C; 
inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, ete.: Mt 21? 
534, Mk 1218, Ac 15°8, Ro 27}, al.; (b) c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 
135, Mk 45, Ac 719, 1 Co 108, al.; without a prep., Ro 1438, m Co 21:18, 
1 Th 4°; (c) in sentences expressing consequence, after dare: Mt 8%, 
Mk 37°, 1 Co 1’, 1 Co 3’, al. 5. C. ptep. (v. M, Pr., 281 f£, 239), im 
hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description : 
Mt 1078 123°, Lk 649, Jo 318, Ro 4°, 1 Co 738, 1 Jo 3!9, al.; where the 
person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 
6°, 1 Co 178 4718 11 Co 51, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, 
causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 187°, Lk 2%, 
Jo 74, Ac 976, Ro 2!4 513, 11 Co 34, Ga 6°, Ju5; where the ptep. has 
a descriptive force (being such as), not: Ac 9°, Ro 1°8, 1 Co 10°8, Ga 
48, He 127, al. 6. my prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) c. subje. 
praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5° 6°, 1 Th 5°, 1 Jo 315; (b) c. imperat. praes., 
usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun 
(eter, 199 dF.) ch Mbit, «Mic 08% Jak (69°, dio 21S. ose VA O'S ine 
1118, Ja 2!, Re 5°, al.; (c) forbidding that which is still future: c. 
imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 2418, Mk 1315, Lk 1731, al.; c. subje. aor., 
2 pers., Mt 3° 1076, Mk 5’, Lk 6°, Jo 3’, Ro 10°, al.; (d) c. optat., in 
wishes: 11 Ti 416@XX); 4 yévorro (v. M, Pr., 194; BI., § 66, 1), Lk 
20!6, Ro 33, al.; jy Tus, Mk 13°, al. 

II. As a conj., 1. after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, 
perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subje. praes., He 12); c. subje. aor., Mt 244, 
Mk 135, Lk 218, Ac 134, Ga 51, al.; dpa uy (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), 
elliptically, Re 191° 22°; c. indic. fut. (M, Pr., l.c.), Col 28. 2. in order 
that not: c. subje. aor., Mk 136, m1 Co 87° 128, 

III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where 
a negative answer is expected: Mt 7% 1°, Mk 219, Jo 34, Ro 33 10! 19, 
1 Co 18, al.; uy zis, Lk 22%, al; seq. od (Ro 10”, al. in Pl.), expecting 
an affirm. ans. ; od py, Lk 187, Jo 18". 

IV. od py as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; BL. 
§ 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic. fut., Mt 16”, Jo 65, He 
101’, al.; c. subje. aor., Mt 242, Mk 13?, Lk 637, Jo 138, 1 Co 835, al. 

pyye, V.S. ye. 

. pydapads (= pydapy, -dapya, adv. fr. wndapds = pydeis), [in LXX 
chiefly for mdz, Paes ;] by no means, not at all: p., Kvpue (sc. rodro. 


yevorto), Ac 104 118.t 

pndé, negative particle, related to ovd€ as ux to ov, 1. as conjc., 
continuing a negation or prohibition, but not, and not, nor: preceded 
by wy, Mt 6° 2229 Mk 1274, Lk 14, al.; iva py, Jo 415; dxws uy, Lk 
1676; unde... pndd, neither... nor, Mt 10, 1 Co 10%% 2. As 
adv., strengthening a negation, not even: Mk 2?, 1 Co 51}, al. 

pndeis, -deuia, -dév (and -bev, Ac 2733, a Hellenistic form; v. Bl., 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 291 


§ 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to otde/s a8 px to ov, no, none, no 
one ; neut., nothing : Mt 1629, Mk 54% 68, Lk 314, Ac ges, Ro 138, al. ; 
c. gen., Ac 417 2423: ; neut. acc., wndev, adverbially, a no respect, Ac 1020 
11; as acc. obj. after verb, BAdarewv, Lk 434; ddpeeio Gan, Mk 536; 
tutepeiv, 1 Co11>; pepiuvar, Phi 4°; ; In double negation, strengthening 
the denial, wnxér p., Mk 1114, Ac 427; wy. . . pn dev (undeva, pydeuiav), 
1 Co 13’, 1 Th 23, 1 Pe 3°, 
pn Sérore Gina more), ady., never: 1 Ti 37.t 
py dérrw (und€, 7), adv., not yet: He 117.+ 
MiSos, -ov, 6, a Mede, Median : pl., Ac 2°.+ 
pnbeis, V.S. wndeis. 
pykere (<C py, err), adv., no more, no longer: c. 2 aor. subje., 
Mk 92°; ot w., Mt 2119; c. praes. subje., Ro 1413; c. praes. imperat., Lk 
89, Jo 514 81), Hph 478, 1 Ti 578; c. optat., Mk 1114; iva p., m Co 55, 
Eph 414; c. inf., Mk 145 2?, Ac 417 25%4, Ro 66, Eph 41’, 1 Pe 47; c. 
ptep., Ac 13%4, Ro 155, 1 Th 34 5.+ 
pijkos, -cos (-ovs), 76, [in LXX chiefly for JAN;] length: Eph 338, 
Re 2116+ 
pyxive (<pijxos), [in LXX: Is 44% (552 pi), Ez 197528 
jw ni.) *;] to lengthen, extend: of causing plants to grow, Is, l.c.; 
pass. (mid., Swete, i in 1.), to grow: Mk 4?7.+ 
pyro, -as, 7 (<Cpmdrov, a sheep or goat), [in LXX for 
MYIN, ut Ki 191,19, ry Ki 28 18,14 *°) q sheepskin: He 1137.t 


pyy, a particle of assurance, verily, truly; «i (et) wp. (= cl. Fp. 
in LXX and z.), now bide full surely: He 614 @XX) + 


py, gen., wnvds, 6, [in LXX very freq. for win, Ge 74, al.; a 
few times for M;] @ month: Lk 124; 26, 36,56 426 Ag 720 1811 198 903 


2811, Ja 517, Re 951015 112 135 222; pl., of the festival of the new 
moon (cf. Is 667%), Ga 41°.t 
** unvdw, [in LXX: m Mac 37 6" 1487, 1m Mac 378, 1v Mac 4°*;] to 

disclose, declare, make known: Lk 2087, 1 Co 1078; in forensic sense, 
to inform, report: Jo 115"; pass., c. dat. pers., Ac 23°°.t 

ra ouK, V.S. Pa}, III. 

pymwote (= more, and so written in WH, exe. Mt 25°), negative 
particle, related to ovrore as py to ov. 1. As neg. particle, never: He 
917 (R, mg., but v. infr.; WH, txt., wy tore). 2. As conje., lest ever, 
lest haply (the idea of chance rather than of time seems to prevail in 
NT): Mt 46 @XX) §25 76 1315 LXX),29 1582 9764, Mk 412(XX) 142, Dk 4u 
1258 141229, Ac 287; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, Lk ales 
He 2} 38 4. with ellipse of the verb or ptep., Lk 148, Ac 539, in later 
writers (v. M, Pr., 192 f.), perhaps, Mt 25°. 3. As interrogative ; (a) 
in direct questions, like wy, expecting a negative answer: Jo 7°, He 
97 (R, txt., cf. Westc., in 1.; but v. supr.); (6) in indirect questions, 
whether haply, af haply : Lk reer Ea 225, f 

pymou (WH, py zov), lest anywhere, lest haply: Ac 27?9,t 


292 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* une (uy ww, LTr., in Ro, l.c.), adv., not yet: c. ptep., Ro 9"; 

c. ace. et inf., He 98.t+ 

pyTws Or py tws (so WH), negative particle, 1. as conje., lest 
haply: in final sentences, 1 Co 927, 11 Co 27 94; after verbs of fearing 
or taking heed, 1 Co 8°, 1 Co 11° 1279, Ga 4"; with an ellipse of 
ptep. (sc. doBovpevos; cf. Bl., § 65, 3; Burton, § 225),1 Th 3° (but v. 
infr.). 2. As interrogative, whether haply: Ga 27, 1 Th 3° (cf. M, 
Th., in 1., but v. supr.).t 

pnpés, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for J7;] the thigh: Re 191°.t 


py-te, negative particle, differing from ovre as py from od, neither, 
mor: pyre... pyre, neither ... nor, Mt 1118, Lk 73% 98, Ac 231% 2! 
27°, He 73; ux (unde) . . . pyre... pyre, Mt 59436, Mk 37° T, Ac 238, 
m Th 2?, 1 Ti 1’, Ja 512, Re 7) 8.+ 

pyTHp, gen., wyTpds, 7, [in LXX chiefly for ON;] mother: Mt 118 


24 al.; fig., of one who takes the place of a mother, idot 7 pw. pov, Mt 
124° (cf. ib. 5°, Mk 335, Jo 1927, Ro 165, 1 Ti 5"); of a city, yris éoriv p. 
nav, Ga 4*6; symbolically of Babylon, 7 pw. 7. ropvav, Re 17°. 

py-t, interrog. particle, expecting a negative answer: Mt 716 
2672) 25, Mk 421 1419 uk 639, Jo 822 18%, Ac 104", m'Co 128) Ja, 3") im 
hesitant questions (v. M, Pr., 170,), p. otrés eorw, can this be, Mt 12°, 
Jo 4°°; w. dpa, 1 Co 17; on ef pyre (Lk 9", cf. Bl., § 65, 6), v.s. ei.t 

py-ti-ye (unre ye, Rec., L; wy mm ye, Tr.), strengthened form of 
pat, les alone: ie. according to context; (a) much less; (b) much 
more: 1 Co 6%.t 

py-tes, Rec. for ux tis (v.8. wy, I, m1, and cf. Thayer, s.v. puyris). 

pytpa, -as, 7 (<Cpjrnp), [in LXX chiefly for Om9;] the womb: 


Lk 228 (LXX)) Ro 419+ 
* untpodwas (Rec. -aAwas, in cl., -ado/as, v. Bl., § 3, 3; 6, 2), -ov, 6 
(<pajtnp + ddodw, to smite); (a) a matricide: 1 Ti 19 (AV, R, txt., 
but v. infr.); (b) a smiter of his mother: 1 Ti 1° (R, mg., ef. Ex 21%, 
and v. Hllic., CGT’, in 1.).t 
pytpé-rodts, -ews, 7, [in LXX for AN, ete.;] a metropolis, chief 


city: 1 Ti, swbscr. (Rec.).t 
pla, V.S. els. 


pratvw, [in LXX chiefly for NQw;] 1. to dye or stain. 2. to 


stain, defile, soil; (a) in physical sense; (6) in moral sense: Tit 115, 
He 12, Ju; (c) in ritual sense (cf. Le 225, al.): Jo 18?8.+ 
SYN.: podvvw, to besmear, which also differs from p. in that it is 
never used, as pw. in its primary meaning, in an honourable sense 
(cf. Tr., Syn., § xxxi). 
piacpa, -ros, 76 (<Cpuaivw), chiefly in trag. and late writers; 
[in LXX: Le 7808) (633), Je 39 (32)34 (pipw), Ez 33%! (yya), Jth 
94 1316, 1 Mac 1359*;] @ stain, defilement: pl., 11 Pe 2?°.+ 
**t uvagpds, -od, 6 (<paivw), [in LXX: Wi 14°65, 1 Mac Ca 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 293 


1. prop., the act of defiling. 2. = piacpa (q.v.): m Pe 2° (cf. Plut., 
Mor., 393¢). t 
*% piypa (LT, cl., wiyya; on the orthogr., v. Bl., § 3, 5), -ros, 76 

(<piyvyp.), [in LXX: Si 385* 5] a mixture: Jo 1989 (€Xtypa, WH, 
R, mg.).t 

a (on the spelling pecy-, v. Bl., § 3, 5), [in LXX for any 
hith., etc.;] to mix, mingle: c. acc. et dat., Re 157; c. acc. seq. ev, 
Re gi: seq. pera, Mt 2734, Lk 13}.+ 

SYN.: kepdvvups, q.v. 

pixpds, -d, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 7p, wyrp;] small, little ; 


1. of persons; (a) lit., of stature: Mk 15%? (MM, iii, xvi; on the view 
that age is meant, v. Deiss., BS, 144), Lk 19°; oi u., the little ones, 
Mt 18% 10,14, Mk 9*; (6) hence metaph., of rank or influence (cf. 
Dalman, Words, 113 f.): Mt 10%, Lk 172, Ac 81° 2672, He 81! @XX), 
Re 1118 1316 195 18 2012; compar., -drepos, Mt 114, Lk 778 948, 2. Of 
things; (a) of size: Mt 13?, Mk 43!, Ja 3°; (6) of quantity: Lk 12%, 
1 Co 5, Ga 5°, Re 38; (c) of time: Jo 733 12%5, Re 61! 208, 3. Neut., 
puxpov, ‘used adverbially ; (a) of distance: Mt 26%°, Mk 14%; (0) of 
quantity : 11 Co 11116; (c) of time: Jo 1339 1419 1616 19, He 10°"; era p., 
Mt 2673, Mk 147°.+ 

Midntos, -ov, 7, Miletus, a maritime city of Caria: Ac 20117, 
or et 

*t pidvoy, -ov, 76, a Roman mile (1680 yds.) : Mt 54+ 
Ptpeopar, -oduac (<pipos, @ mimic, an actor), [in LXX: Ps 

30 31)" Wi 4? 15°, 1v Mac 978 13°*;] to imitate: Th 37°, He 137, 
Im J & Ut 

* muuntys, -00, 6 (<Cpyuéouar), in NT always (like the verb) in 
good sense, an imitator : 1 Co 46 111, Eph 5!, 1 Th 1° 214, He 612+ 

pipynokw (Bl., -7-, § 3, 3), [in LXX chiefly for 931;] to remind: 
mid. and pass.; (a) reflexive, to remind oneself of, hence, to remember : 
c. gen. rei, Mt 267, Lk 15472 248, Ac 1116, 1 Pe 3?, Ju!’; c. neg,, of 
sins, = to forgive, He 8)? 10!7 (ZXX); ¢, gen. pers., Lk 23% 5 seq. ort, 
MG 57 279%; Tak 1675, Jo 217, 1216 ; ws, Lk 24°; pf., peuvype, in pres. 
sense (cl.), c. gen. pers. (rei), 1 Co 117, 1 Ti 14; pres., pupvnoKxopar (only 
in late writers), c. gen. pers., in sense of caring for, He 2° (@XX) 133; 
(6) in passive sense, to be remembered, aor., éuvnobnv: seq. enchenaiite 
c. gen. pers. (cf. Ez 187), Ac 10%1, Re 169 (cf. dva-, éx-ava-, to- 
pipvnoxw. The tenses of this verb are from the older prdopar).t 

proéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for Njw;] to hate: c. acc. pers. 


Mt 543 2410 Tk 171 62227, 1914 Jo 77 1518 19, 23-25 1714 Tit 33, 1 Jo 2% 
ee a20. Re 176; pass., Mt 107? 249, Mk 13!%, Lk 211"; ce. ace. rei, 
vo. 3, Ro cr, Eph 5”, He 1°, Ju23, Re 2°; pass., Re 18%. As the 


Heb. Nj is sometimes found with the modified sense of indifference 
to or relative disregard for one thing in comparison with another 


(cf. Ge 292% 31, De 211516 Ma 15) so prob. pw. in the foll.: Mt 64, 
Be 147° 167) Jod2, Ro 91° 4Xx) + 


294 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*t utoOatrodogia, -as, 7 (<< pucbds, drodidwur; cl. prcbodocia), pay- 
ment of wages, recompense; meton., (a) of reward: He 10% 1176; 
(0) of punishment: He 2?.t 

*t u1¢0-atro-8déTys, -ov, 6, (v. supr.), one who pays wages ; meton., a 
rewarder: He 11°.t 

tputobros, -a, -ov (also -os, -ov), [in LXX: Le 198A 25°, Jb 7? 
(3%), To 51, Si 71° 31 (34) 3874 *;] hired; as subst., 6 p., a hired 
servant: Lk 15!7 1% 21 (Anth., Plut.).t 

pods, -od, 5, [in LXX chiefly for 13¥;] 1. prop., wages, hire: 
Mt 208, Lk 10’, Ro 44, 1 Ti 5!8, Ja 54, Jul!; pw. dduxdas, Ac 118, 1 Pe 218 
(but v. Mayor and JCC, in 1.), ib... 2. Generally, reward: Jo 4°, 
I Co 918; esp. of divine rewards, Mt 5}? 64% 516 10442, Mk 941, 
1k(674)89° 3.Co3°* 1 Jo®, Re L118 2212: évewi.n Mito, 1Coi Oty, 

picOdw, -@ (<< puoGds), [in LXX (mid.) chiefly for "Du;] to let 
out for hire. Mid., to hire: c. acc., Mt 2047.+ 

pioOwpa, -tTos, TO (<Cpicow), [in LXX: De 231809), Mi 17, 
Ez 16%}, 34,41 (3mx), ib2? (733, Ig), ib.34, Pr 19'%*;] 1. price, hire 


(cl., and LXX). 2. In sense not found elsewhere, a hired dwelling : 
Ac 28%°,+ 

piobwrds, -7, dv, (<Cpichdw), [in LXX for Yay, Ex 12*, al.;] 
hired; as subst., 6 p., a hired servant, hireling: Mk 1, Jo 101% 13.+ 

Mitudnyn, -ys, 7 (late form—Strab., Plut.—of cl. Muri-), 
Mytilene, Mitylene, chief city of Lesbos: Ac 2014.t 

Mixand, 6, indecl. (Heb. bow, who like God ?), Michael, the 
Archangel (cf. Da 121): Ju °, Re 127.+ 

pra, -as, 7 (a Semitic word; cf. Heb. Mj, Aram. NIM, a weight 
and a sum of money = 100 shekels, ef. uz Ki 101"), a mina (Lat.), 
mna, in Attic a weight and sum of money = 100 dpaxyai (q.v.): Lk 
1.913, 16, 18, 20, 24, 25 + 

pydopat, V.S. mivnocKw. 

Mvdowv, -wvos, 6, Mnason: Ac 211%.+ 

pveta, -as, 7 (<< pypvnokw), [in LXX for 357, its parts and deriva- 
tives ;] remembrance, mention (= prynun): Phi 1°; pw. rovetcOa, c. gen. 
pers., Ro 1, Eph 1% 1 Th 1, Phm* (ef, Psrii0ii)4) 2 ye evennre: 
gen. pers., 1 Th 3°, 1 Ti 1 (on the v.l. in Ro 12, vy. JCC, in 1.; Field, 
Notes, 163).t 

“pvijpa, -Tos, To (<Cpvdéoma), [in LXX for 137, AHAap;] 1. a 
memorial. 2. a sepulchral monument, a sepulchre, tomb: Mk 5*% 
1546 162 (WH, pynpetov), Lk 827 235% 241, Ac 279 716, Re 119.t 

SYN. : pvnpetov. 

pynpeioy, -ov, 7d, [in LXX for 137, HAP ;] 1. a memorial, record 
(cl., cf. Wi 10"). 2. (a) (cl.) a monwment : Lk 1147; (b) a s-pulchre, tomb 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 295 


(Ge 2369, Is 2216, al.): Mt 239, Mk 5, Lk 1144, Jo 5?8, and freq. in 
Gospels, Ac 139, 

SYN.: pvjpa. 

pip, -9s, 7 (<Cpvdopar), [in LXX for 131, fimdt;] memory, 
remembrance, mention: p. movetcba, c. gen., to remember, 1 Pe 16 
(but in cl., 7., u. 7. more freq. = to make mention, and so perh. here, ef. 
Mayor, in ].; and for ex. from z., v. Zorell, s.v.).+ 

SYN.: pveia, q.v. 

prynpovedw (<< prvjpov, mindful), [in LXX for 351;] 1. to call to 
mind, remember: absol., Mk 818; c. gen. pers., Lk 17%, Col 4'8, 
I Th 1%, He 111 (but v. infr.) 137; 7. rrwxdv, Ga 29; c. gen. rei, Jo 
15° 16421, Ac 2035; c. ace. obj. (as more freq. in cl.), of persons, 1 Ti 
28; of things, Mt 16°, 1 Th 2%, Re 185; seq. 6m, Ac 2081, Eph 2!!, 
m Th 2°; rédev, Re 25; was, ib. 33. 2. to make mention of: c. gen., 
He 111° (but v. supr., and ef. M, Th., 1, 1°); seq. wept, He 1122+ 

pynpdsauvoy, -ov, TO (<Cprvjpov, mindful), [in LXX freq. for 
“31, 737 and cogn. forms;] a memorial: Mt 261%, Mk 14%, Ac 104 


(where cf. Le 2% 16 512, Nu 5%6, Si 4516, al.).t 
pynotedw, [in LXX for wN pi., pu.;] 1. to woo and win, espouse. 
2. to promise in marriage, betroth; pass., of the woman, to be be- 
trothed: c. dat. pers., Mt 118, Lk 127 25.+ 
poyyt-AdXos, V.S. woyAdAos. 
tpoyt-Addos, -ov (<Cpdyis, Addos), [in LXX: Is 35° (ody) *;] 


speaking with difficulty: Mk 7® (Tr., txt., pwoyy:Addos, thick-voiced, 
v. Swete, in 1.).t 
** udyis, adv. (<Cpoyos, toil), [in LXX: Wi 91°NA (pdr, B), 
m1 Mac 7°*;] with tow or difficulty, hardly: Lk 9° (uddus, WH).+ 
t potxadis, -id0s, 7 (= Att. porxds, fem. of porxds), [in LXX: Pr 
187? 24° (30), Hz 16%° 234, Ho 31, Ma 3° (MENS, NEN) *;] an 
adulteress: Ro 7*; meton., for woxeia, 11 Pe 214, Metaph., of infidelity 
to God (cf. Ez 164° #, 23437 al.), Ja 44; as an adj., Mt 1239 164, Mk 88+ 
poxdw, -@ (= cl. poxedw), [in LXX (mid., absol. and ec. acc., 
with party of either sex as subj.) : Je 38 57 79 9?) 2314 36 (29)?8, Hz 16%? 
2387) 48 (FN3) *;] to commit adultery with: c.acc.fem. In NT always 
mid. in same sense; of the man: absol., Mt 5°? 19° (WH, txt., R, mg., 
om.); seq. ér airyv, Mk 10"; of the woman: Mk 10!.+ 
potxela, -as, 9 (<< porxevw), [in LXX: Ho 2? (4) ("BIDN3), 42 
(FIN2), Je 1377 (axpN3), Wi 14°°*;] adultery: Jo 81; pl. (v. WM, 


220; BI., § 32, 6), Mt 1519, Mk 721.+ 

porxedw (< porxds), [in LXX: Ex 20%, Le 20", al. (N32) ;] to 
commit adultery: absol., Mt 527 1918 Mk 101%, Lk 1618 182°, Ro 2% 
13°, Ja 24; c. ace. fem., Mt 578. Pass., of the woman, Mt 5%? 199 
WH, mg.), Jo 84), Metaph., of idolatry (v.s. uoxaAis, and ef. Je 39, al.), 
seq. pet airs, Re 27?,+ 


296 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


poixés, -ov, 6, [in LXX for §N3;] an adulterer: Lk 1811, 1 Co 6°, 
He 134.+ 

pods, adv. (<< pdros, toil), post-Hom. alternative for poys, [in 
LXX: Pr 1141, Wi 916, al.;] wath difficulty, hardly, scarcely: Lk 9%° 
(T, poys), Ac 148 27% 16 Ro 57, 1 Pe 418 Xx) +t 

Modox, 6, indecl. (Heb. qb, prop. 729, King, but vocalized to 
read nwa, shame, cf. Baad, and vy. DB, iii, 415 f.), Moloch, the god of 


the Ammonites: Ac 74% (XX),+ 
poddve, [in LXX: Ge 37%! (an), Is 59% (5xa ni.), Za 14? (asw 
ni.), Si 2175, al.;] to stain, soil, defile; in NT always symb. and fig. : 
I Co 8’, Re 34 144+ 
SYN.: puaivo, q.v. 
t poduopds, -0d, 6 (<Cpodvvw), [in LXX: Je 231 (MBN), 1 Hs 883, 
11 Mac 5?" *;) defilement: c. gen. obj., 1 Co 7} (Plut., FlJ).t+ 
*poudny, 7s, 7 (<Cpeudomar), post. form of péeuis, blame, com- 
plaint: Col 3}%.t 
** novn, -ns, 9 (<Cpuevw), [in LXX: 1 Mac 79§*;] 1. in el., (a) a 
staying, abiding ; (b) continuance (LXX, l.c.). 2. In late Gk., (a) a 
station (Paus.); (b) an abode: Jo 14%*8; (c) a monastery (cf. MM, iii, 
Xvi; so in MGr.).t 
povoyerns, -€s (<< povos, yévos), [in LXX: Jg 11%4, Ps 21 (22)?0 
24 (25)!6 34 (35)!” (MM), To 31° 61% 14 817, Wi 77", Ba 41°*;] only, only 


begotten (DCG, ii, 281), of sons and daughters: Lk 7}? 84 988, He 111’; 
of Christ, Jo 31% 18 1 Jo 4°; yu. mapa warpds, Jo 114; yu. Geds, ib. 18.+ 
povov, V.S. Lovos. 
pévos, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 125;] 1. adj., alone, solitary, 


forsaken: c. verb., Mt 1478, Mk 647, Lk 9%6, al.; c. pron., ae ee 
ME 9? alis..e: subst., Mk 98, Lk 48, al.; pleonast., GUK Teds 
Mt 124, Lk 64, al. ; attrib. , only, (6) pe. ee Jo 544 178, Ro 167, : Ty ii’ 
Ju2*, 2. As adv. (a neut., povoy, alone, only: referring to verb or 
predic., Mt 9}, Mk 536 Ja 122, al. (v. Bl., § 44, 2); ob (uy) p., Ga 438, 
Ja, 12: cul. 0. aNAa (BLY S77 As.) Ae ilo ro 7o° ald. seq: 
cai (Bl., § 81, 1,), Ro 5° 91°, 11 Co 8, al.; (b) xara pdvas, alone (BL., 
§ 44, ); Mk 41°, Lk 9}8, 

* nov- S$0aXn0s, -ov (<< povos), Ionic and xowy, one-eyed, having one 
eye: Mt 18°, Mk 947.+ 

aa povdw, -® (<< pdvos), [in Aq.: Ge 49°;] to leave alone, forsake: 

of a childless widow, pf. ptep. pass., 1 Ti 5°.t 

pophy, -js, 7, [in LXX: Jg 8!8A (AN), Jb 416 (AO), Is 4418 
(msn), Da LXX 3! (aby), Da rH 453 56 %10 728 (39), To 118, Wi 18}, 


Iv Mac 154*;] form, shape, appearance (Hom., Eur., Aisch., al.); in 
philos. lang. the specific character or essential form (Arist., v. Gifford, 
Inc., 26 ff.): Mk 1622], Ph] 26 7+ 

SYN.: popdwors, the outline, delineation, semblance of the 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 297 


pophy, as distinct from the up. itself (Lift., Notes, 262); oxjpa, shape, 
fashion, disting. from popdy as the outward and accidental from the 
re and essential (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxx; Lft., Phi., 125 ff.; Gifford., 
ne., l.c.). 
ot ee -© (<< popdy), [in Aq.: Is 441°*;] to form: fig., Ga 41° 
(cf. pera-, cvp-popddw).t 
*t udpdwats, -ews, 7) (<< popdow), 1. a forming, shaping (Theophr.). 
2. form, outline, semblance: Ro 27°; opp. to dvvayis, u Ti 3°.t 
SYN.: popdy (q.v.), oxnpa. 
*+t pooxo-mrotéw, -@, to make a calf (as an image): Ac 7*! (LXX, 
éroinae pooxov).t 
péoxos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 1p, also for "Mw, d3y, etc. ;] 


1. a young shoot or twig. 2. 6, 4, w., offspring; (a) of men; (bd) of 
animals; most freq. (as always in LXX), a calf, bullock, heifer: Lk 
1523, 27,30 He 91219 Re 47.+ 

pouotkds, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Ge 31’, Hz 26! (yw), Da LXX TH 
35 (907), Si 225, al.;] skilled in the arts, esp. in music; as subst., 


6 p., @ minstrel, musician: Re 187*.+ 
pox80s, -ov, 6 (= Hom. poyos), in cl. chiefly poét., [in LXX for 
mdm, day, etc.;] toil, labour, hardship, distress: 1 Co 11",1Th 2°, 


Th. ssh 
SYN.: Korros (q.v.), vos. 
puedds, -o8, 6, [in LXX: Ge 4518 (adm), Jb 21% (mia) 33% *;] 


marrow: He 4™.+ 
** wudw, -@ (<< wiw, to shut the mouth), [in LXX: mr Mac 23°*;) 
to initiate into the mysteries (so chiefly in cl.; LXX, l.c.); hence, 
to instruct: pass., Ph] 4)? (RV, I have learned the secret).t 
** 500s, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Wi 174A, Si 20!9*;] 1. speech, con- 
versation. 2. (a) a story, narrative (Hom.); (b) later, opp. to Adyos 
(a true narrative) = Lat. fabula, a myth, fable, fiction: 1 Ti 1 4°, 
1 Ti 44, Tit 114, m Pe 116,+ 
SYN.: Adyos, q.v. 
** wuxdopat, -@uar, in cl. chiefly poét., [in Sm.: Jb 6°*;] prop., of 
oxen (onomatop.), to low, bellow ; of a lion, to roar: Re 10%.t 
puxtnpile (<< uuxtyp, the nose), [in LXX: 1v Ki 19%, Jb 221°, 
Ps 79 (80), al. (ax), Pr 19° (pz) 15° (n7a), 1 Mac 754, al.;] to turn 
up the nose or sneer at, mock: pass., Ga 6" (cf. éx-yu«rnpitw).t 
*t wudtxds, -7, -dv (<< wvAn, a mill), of a mill: AiBos p., Lk 17°.t 
*t wddwos, -n, -ov (<(pvdAos), 1. made of mill-stone (CI. 3371). 
2. = pvAdxds: Re 18?! (uvAov, T).t 
t pudos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for on, Nu 118, De 24°, al.;] 1. = pvan, 


a mill (Strab., Plut., LXX): Mt 2441, Re 187. 2. a mill-stone 
(Anth.): Re 181 (T); py. dvixds, Mt 18°, Mk 9# (v. Swete, in 1.).+ 

_ puddv, -Gvos, 6, [in LXX: Je 52°*;] a mill-howse: Mt 244 
(Rec.; pvdAos, WH, R).t 


998 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Mupa, Muppa (LT, Tr., WH), -wv, ré, Myra, a city of Lycia: 
Ac 275.+ 
pupids, -ddos, 7 (<(pupios), [in LXX chiefly for MAR ;] ten 


thousand, a myriad: pl., Ac 191%, Re 5!’ 916; hyperb., of vast 
numbers, Lk 12}, Ac 217", He 12”, Ju}4.t 
* pupitw (<< pvpov), Ionic and poét. (comic), to anoint: Mk 148.t 
SYN.: v.s. dAcibw, and cf. pvpov. 
puptos, -a, -ov, 1. numberless, countless, infinite: 1 Co 4° 141° 
3. As a definite numeral, in pl., prpror, -at, -a, ten thousand: Mt 1874.+ 


pupoy, -ov, 70, [in LXX chiefly for paw, Pr 27°, Ps 132 (133)?, 


al.;] ointment: Mt 26712, Mk 1495, Lk 7373846 2356, Jo 11? 1235, 
Re 18}3.+ 
SYN.: €Xaov, q.v. 
Muppa, v.s. Mupa. 
Muga, -as, 7, Mysia, a province of Asia Minor: Ac 16% 8.t 
puotiptor, -ov, TO (<< pvéw), [in LXX: Da LXX TH 218 (7), LO 


12711, Jth 22, Wi 272 622 1415 23, Si 318 2922 2716, 17,21, 17 Mac 132! *;] 
1. that which is known to the piatyns (initiated), a mystery or secret 
doctrine, mostly in pl., 7a p. (Aisch., Hdt., al.). 2. In later writers 
(Menand., Incert., 168), that which may not be revealed (not, however, 
as in the modern sense, intrinsically difficult to understand), a secret 
or mystery of any kind (To, Jth, m Mac, ll.c.). 3. In NT, of the 
counsels of God (cf. Th.: Jb 158, Ps 24 (25) for 10), once hidden but 
now revealed in the Gospel or some fact thereof; (a) of the Christian 
revelation generally : Ro 16%, 1 Co 27, Col 17% 27, Eph 3:9; +. Bacvrelas 
r. Oeod, Mk 411; +. Geod, 1 Co 21, Re 107; +. 6., Xpurrov, Col 2?; 7. Xpicrrod, 
Col 48, Eph 34; 1. GeAnparos ato, Eph 1°; +. etayyeAiov, Eph 619; 
7. mistews, I Ti 39; 7. etoeBetas, ib.1%; (b) of particular truths, or 
details, of the Christian revelation: Ro 11°, 1 Co 15°!, Eph 5%, 1 Th 
27, Re 12° 1757; pl., ra p., 1 Co 13? 147; Geod, 1 Co 41; 7. Bacrretas 
tT. odpavav (Geov), Mt 13", Lk 8!° (cf. Westc., Hph., 180 ff.; AR, Hph., 
234 ff.; Lft., Col., 165f.; Hatch, Hssays, 57 f.; DB, iii, 465 ff.; DCG, 
ii, 213 ff.).+ 
Mutidnvn, V.S. MervAjvn. 
*t wu-wrdlw (<< piu, closing the eyes, short-sighted; < piv, dy), 
to be short-sighted: 11 Pe 19 (R, mg., closing his eyes ; v. ICC, in 1.).t 
pow, -wros, 6, [in LXX for man, Ex 2125, al.;] a bruise, 


wound from a stripe: 1 Pe 2?4(XX) (Arist., Plut., al.).t 

popdopar, -ana (<papos), post. and late prose, [in LXX: 
Pr 97 (oi), Wi 10!4, Si 31 (34)!8*;] to find fault with, blame: 
u Co 87°; pass., ib. 6%.t 

papos, -ov, 6, [in LXX, of physical blemishes: Le 21%, De 15”), 
Ca 47, al. (a7); of mental defect, Si 2074, al.;] 1. in cl. poets and late 
prose, blame, disgrace. 2. In LXX, perh. because of resemblance to 
Dia, a physical blemish (cf. dywpos, 1 Pe 11%, and v. Hort., in 1.); 
metaph., of licentious persons, 11 Pe 213,t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 299 


pwpaivw (<< pwpds), [in LXX: Is 191, Je 104 28 (51)!” (Aya ni.), 
m Ki 24! Is 4425 R (550 ni., pi.) *;] 1. cl., to be foolish, play the 
fool. 2. LXX and NT, causal, to make foolish: 1 Co 1%; pass., to 
become foolish: Ro 1”; of salt that has lost its flavour, become taste- 
less: Mt 5!3, Lk 1454.+ 

** uwpia, -as, 7 (<Cpwpds), [in LXX: Si 20%*;] foolishness : 
1 Clo 118) 21,23 914 319 + 
* nwpodoyla, -as, 7, foolish talking: Eph 54.t 

pwpds, -4, -dv, [in LXX for zie ete.; freq. in Si.;] 1. prop., of 
the nerves, dull, sluggish (Hipp., Arist.). 2. Of the mind, dull, 
stupid, foolish: Mt 5” (v. Field, Notes, 3 ff.) 726 231% 19 (T, WH, txt., R, 
om.) 25% 38 1 Co 318 419; of things, tapadoos, Mk 71 (T, WH, txt., R, 
om.): Cyryoeas, 1 Ti 273, Tit 39; 7d pw. 7. Geod, 1 Co 17°; ra py. 7. Kdopov, 
iD 

Mauo‘s (Mwiiojs, T; Mwovjs, Rec.), -€ws, dat. -7 (as LXX: Ex 5”, 
al.), and -ei, ace. -jv (2~ LXX) and -éa (Lk 16” only), (Heb. myn), 
Moses: Mt 8* 17% 4, al.; vouos Mwvoéws, Lk 27? 2444, Jo 773, Ac 1339 
15° 28%8, 1 Co 9°, He 10°; by meton., of the books of Moses, Lk 1679 
2427, Ac 1571, 11 Co 315, 


N 


N, v, No, Nu, n, the thirteenth letter. As a numeral, »’ = 50, 
v, = 50,000. 
Naagody, 6, indecl. (Heb. 7iwm3), Naasson: Mt 14, Lk 3%,+ 


Nayyat, 6, indecl., Naggai: Lk 37°.t 

Nafapé (Mt 414°—L, -a6—Lk 41°), NafapeO (Mt 21", Ac 1058), 
Nafapér (so always Rec.; WH, in foll. instances, where -<6, T), », 
indecl. (Semitic form uncertain), Nazareth: Mt 278, Mk 19%, Lk 1% 
94, 39%, 51 Jo 145, 46 + 

Nafapyvds, -ov, 6, (on the Semitic form, v. Dalman, Gr., 141 n.), 
a Nazarene: Mk 14 1047 1467 16°, Lk 4%4 2419 + 

NaLwpaios, -ov, 6 (= -pnvds, q.v.), a Nazarene: Mt 273 (LXX) 9671, 
Lk 18%’, Jo 1857 1919, Ac 222 36 419 614 298 245 969.+ 

Na@dp (Rec. Nadav), 6, indecl. (Heb. 7m3), Nathan: Lk 3°1.t 

Na@avayA, 4, indecl. (Heb. 5x33), Nathanael, prob. to be identi- 


fied with Bartholomew (q.v.): Jo 14°49 212.+ 

vai, particle of affirmation, yea, verily, even so; in answer to a 
question: Mt 925 1351 1725 2116, Jo 1127 211516, Ac 58 2927, Ro 379; 
seq. A€yw tyiv, Mt 11°, Lk 77°; repeated for emphasis, vai vai (opp. 
to od ob): Mt 537; Arw spar 76 vai vai, Ja 5!; v. cat od, 1 Co 11% 19; 
iva 7... 70 vat vai, ib.'7; 7d v., ib.29; in assent to an assertion: 
Mt 1527, Mk 778, Re 141% 167; in confirmation of a previous assertion: 
Mt 1176, Lk 1072 115! 125, Phl 4%, Phm”; in solemn asseveration : 
Re 1? 2279,+ 


300 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Natudv (Rec. Neeuav), 6, indecl. (Heb. Teyv2), Naaman: Lk 4?7.+ 

Naty (Rec. Naty), 4, indecl. (Heb. 83), Nain, a village of Galilee: 
Lk 71+ 

vads, -ov, 0, (Att. veds; <vaiw, to inhabit), [in LXX (veds, 
11 Mac 6?, al.) chiefly for son ;] 1. a temple (Hom., Pind., al.). 


2. The inmost part of a temple, the shrine (Hdt., Xen., al.); in NT, 
(a) generally: pl., Ac 17%4; of silver models of a heathen shrine, 
Ac 19°; (6) of the temple building proper, or sanctuary, at Jerusalem, 
as distinct from +. tepoy (q.v.), the whole temple enclosure: Mt 
231617, 35 975,40, Mk 1458 1529, Jo 21% 20, Re 112; (rod) Geos, Mt 26% 
AGo)) Mik 158?) uk 1%21,22 9345" 1 Co 3), mu Co 616, 1m Th 24 Re TT: 
of the temple in the Apocal. visions, Re 3! 715 1119 141517 155 68 
16117 21228, Metaph., of Christians, 1 Co 316 619, 1 Co 616, Eph 22); 
of Christ’s body, Jo 2?! (cf. ib.19); 6 eds v. airs éorw, Re 2122.+ 

SYN.: tepov. 

Naovu, 6, indecl. (Heb. n1n3), Nahwm : Lk 3?5.+ 

vapdos, -ov, 7 (Heb. 193, both from Sanscrit narda, v. Boisacq, 
8.v.), [in LXX: Ca 1? 41814 (453) *;] nard; (a) an Indian plant, the 


Nardostachys nardus jatamansi, used for the preparation of a fragrant 
ointment; (b) ointment of nard: Mk 14°, Jo 125.t 
Ndpxtoaos, -ov, 6, Narcissus: Ro 161.+ 
*yavayéw, -& (<Cvais, + dyvym, to break), to suffer shipwreck: 
1 Co 11°; metaph., seq. wepi 7. riorev, 1 Ti 1!9.t 
* vau-kXnpos, -ov, 6 (<C vais, KAjpos), @ shipowner, shipmaster : 
AG Atos 
vais, veds, acc. vadv, 9, [in LXX for 3X, M3N;] a ship: Ac 274 
(elsewhere in NT always r. rAotov; v. M, Pr., 25f.; Bl., Gosp., 186 f.).t 
** vadtns, -ov, 6 (<< vais), [in Aqg.: Ez 279; Sm.: ib. 2°*;] a seaman, 
sailor: Ac 272730, Re 1817.+ 
Naxdp, 6, indecl. (Heb. 11m3), Nahor - Lk 3%4.t 
veavias, -ov, 6 (<Cvedv = veos), {in LXX for 3¥3, M2;] a young 
man: Ac 7°8 209 231% 18,+ 
veaviokos, -ov, 6 (dimin. of veavéas), [in LXX chiefly for 33, also 
for M3, etc. 3] @ young man, youth: Mt 19°22, Mk 145! 165, Lk 714, 


Ac 217 (LXX) 2318 22, 7 Jo 213,14; of an attendant (cf. Ge 144, al.): 
Ac 8!9.+ 

NedtroXts, -ews, 7, Rec. for Néa IIdAus (WH), the more freq. form 
(LS, s.v.), Neapolis, a maritime city of Macedonia: Ac 161.+ 

Neeudv, v.S. Naiuav. 

vexpés, -a, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for m@;j dead, I. as adj., 1. 


prop.: Ac 5!° 20°, Ja 276, Re 118, al.; aoet v., Mt 284, Mk 976, Re 117; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 301 


of that which is subject to death, Ro 81°. 2. Metaph., (a) of perscas: 
Lk 157432; of those immersed in worldly cares, Mt 8%, Lk 9°; of 
spiritual death, Jo 575, Ro 61%, Eph 514, Re 31; +. raparrépacw, Eph 
21,5, Col 213; of the opposite condition, v.77 dwapria, Ro 6"; (b) of 
things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power: dyapria, Ro 78; 
riots, Ja 21726; goya, He 61 914. II. As subst., vexpds, 6 (Hom., al.), 
chiefly in pl. (08) v., the dead: Mt 115, Mk 1276, Lk 2087, 1Co 15", al. ; 
dvdotacts (r.) vexpov, Mt 2231, Ac 17%, al.; v. . . . Cavres, Mt 227, Mk 
1277, Ac 10%, al.; dao vexpav, Lk 16%9; é« v., Mk 614, Lk 2446, Jo 12), 
Ac 134, Ro 10’, al.; zpwroroxos é« trav v., Col 118; fw7 &« v., Ro 1115; 
constr. praegn., é« v. Cévres, Ro 6". 

*t vexpdw, @ (<(vexpds), to make dead, put to death; pass., to be 
dead: hyperbolically, of impotent age, He 11"; céya, Ro 4!%, 
Trop., of carnal impulses, ra peAn, Col 35.+ 

*t véxpwots, -ews, 7) (<Cvexpow), 1. a putting to death. 2. a state of 
death, death: Ro 41°, 11 Co 41° (vy. Deiss., LAH, 94).t 

veopnvia (Att. contr., vovu-, Rec.), -as, 7 (<( véos, wyv), [in LXX 
chiefly for w3n;] new moon: of the Jewish festival, Col 216+ 

véos, -a, -ov, [in LXX for sy3 (Ge 37?, Ex 334, al.), wm (Le 2316, 
Nu 286, al.), etc.; compar. -wrepos for JQ?, TY¥, etc.;] 1. young, 


youthful : Tit 24. 2. new (prop., in respect of time; v.s. xavds) : olvos 
(cf. ot. kawos, Mt 26”), Mt 917, Mk 22, Lk 587189]; pvpaya (fig.), 1 Co 57; 
S:abynxy (cf. xan 8., He 91°), He 1274; metaph., dv@pwrros (cf. xaos a., 
Eph 215), Col 3! 3. Compar., -wrepos, -a, -ov, younger: Lk 151%18 
2276, Jo 2118; pl., of v., Ac 5° (Rackham, in 1.), 1 Ti 5", Tit 2°; opp. to 
peo Bvrepo, I Ti 51, 1 Pe 5°; aiv., 1 Ti 5%14, 4, Néa Ios, Neapolis : 
Ac 164 (Rec., NedzoXus, q.v.). 

SYN.: Kawds, q.v. 

veooosds, V.8. voowos. 


vedtys, -7Tos, ) (<(véos), [in LXX chiefly for oy};] youth: 
Mk 10”, Lk 1871, Ac 264, 1 Ti 412.+ 

ved-utos, -ov (<véos, diw), [in LXX: Jb 14°, Ps 143 (144), 
Is 57 (3193), Ps 127 (128)? (nw) *;] newly-planted (LXX). Metaph., 
as subst., 6 v., a new convert, neophyte, novice: 1 Ti 3°.t 

Népwv, -wvos, 6, Nero: 11 Ti swhscr. (Rec.).+ 

vevw, [in LXX: Pr 4° 21!*;] to nod or beckon, as a sign: ec. dat. 
pers. et inf., Jo 1374, Ac 241° (cf. dua-, éx-, év-, émi-, Kata-vevw).t 

vepédn, -9s, 7 (<(védos), [in LXX chiefly for j3y, also for ay, 
etc.;] a cloud (single and specific as opp. to védos, a great indefinite 
mass of vapour): Mt 175 2499 2664, Mk 97 1376 1462, Lk 934) 35 1954 
2137, Ac 19, 1 Th 417, Ju #, Re 17 10! 11 141416; of the pillar of cloud 
in the wilderness (Ex 14! ?°, Ps 1049, al.): 1 Co 1012+ 

NepOadeip (-Aiu, WH in Re, le.), 6, indecl. (Heb. “bmp3), 
Naphtali: Mt 43% 15@XX), Re 76.t 


302 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


vépos, -ous, ro, [in LXX for ay, pnw, Jay;] a mass of clouds, 
a cloud (cf. vepéAn); metaph. (as in Hom., Hdt., al.), of a dense throng : 
He 121+ 
vedpés, -od, 6, [in LXX for md, Ex 291, al.; metaph., Ps 7°, 
15 (16)" 25(26)?, Wi 1°, al.;] a kidney; pl., the kidneys, reins ; 
metaph., of the will and affections: v. kai xapddac (thoughts), 
Re 2?3.+ 
* vew-xépos, -ov, a temple-keeper ; as honorary title given to a city 
(v. DB, i, 722 b): Ac 19%5.t 
¥*t vewteptkds, -7, -ov (<< vewrepos), [in LXX: m1 Mac 4°*;] = veavixds, 
youthful, esp. of qualities: émOvpiar, 11 Ti 2? (Polyb.).t 
VEWTEPOS, V.S. véos. 
vy, particle of affirmation employed in oaths, [in LXX: v. +. 
byleav, Ge 421516 (am) *;] by: c.acc., 1 Co 15%1.t 
vw, [in LXX for mm, Ww hoph., Ex 2631 35%, al.;] to spin: 
Mt 678, Lk 12?7.+ 
* ynmdtlo (<< vymos), (Hippocr., = vytiaxedw, Hom.), to be a babe: 
I Co 1470+ 
vimos, -a, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for Sd4y, also for "np, etc.;] 
infant ; of children and minors: Mt 2116@X%X), t Co 134, Ga 4! (v. 
Lft., in 1.). Metaph., childish, wnskilled, simple (Ps 18 (19)8, Pr 132, 
al.): Mt 1125, Lk 10%, Ro 229, Ga 48, Hph 414, 1 Th 2’ (WH, for 
nro); Opp. to réAevos, He 5!8; v. év XpuorG, 1 Co 31.+ 
Nnpet (Rec. -pi), 6, indecl. (Heb. 3), Neri: Lk 3?7.+ 


Nypeus, -€ws, 6, Nereus: Ro 1615.t 
*tynociov, -ov, rd (dimin. of vjoos), = vyois (Hdt., Thuc., al.), a 

small island: Ac 2716+ 

vijgos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for °N;] an wsland: Ac 13° 2776 281:%% 1, + 
Re 1° 614 1629,+ 

vynotela, -as, 7 (<Cvyorevw), [in LXX for ox;] fasting, a fast ; 
(a) of voluntary abstinence from food: Mt 17?! (WH, R, txt., om.), 
Mk 9 (WH, txt., R, txt., om.), Lk 297, Ac 14%; of the Day of 
Atonement, Ac 279; (6) of involuntary abstinence : 11 Co 6° 1127,+ 

SYN.: douria, q.v. 

vyoteiw (<vyjots), [in LXX for o1x;] to fast (Arist., Aristoph., 
al.): Mé 42 61618 91415) Mk 21820 Lk 53335181) Ac 1323+ 

vijotts, -vos, 6, 7 (<C v7y-, neg. prefix, + éo6iw), in cl., chiefly poét., 
fin LXX: Da LXX 6184 (mI) *;] not eating, fasting: Mt 15%, 


Mk 83.+ 

* vmpddtos (-Acos, Rec., in 1 Ti, ll. c), -ov (in el., -a, -ov), (< vidw), 
1. in cl., of drink, not mixed with wine. 2. In later writers (Plut., 
al.), of persons, sober, temperate: 1 Ti 3%, Tit 22.+ 

* yng, to be sober, abstain from wine; metaph., of moral alert- 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 303 


ness, to be sober, calm, circumspect: 1 Th 5% 8, m Ti 4° (vy, Ellic., in 
1.), 1 Pe 18 47 5° (cf. dva-, éx-vjdw, and v. MM, xvii).t 

SYN.: dyputvéw, ypyyopéw. 

Niyep, 6 (Lat. niger), Niger: Ac 131+ 

vilw, V.S. virTw. 

Nuxdvwp, -opos, 6, Nicanor: Ac 65.t 

vixdw, -@ (<Cvixy), [in LXX: Ps 50 (51)* (M51), Pr 6% (san); 
freq. in Iv Mac;] to conquer, prevatl: absol., of Christ, Re 3?! 6%; c¢. 
inf., ib. 5°; of Christians, Re 27 11s 1% 26 35, 12,21 917; seq, é« (RV, come 
victorious from), Re 15?; as law-term (cl.), Ro 3*@*%); ¢, acc. pers., 
Lk 11”, Re 117 137 ((WH], R, mg., om.); of Christ, Jo 16% (7. xécpov), 
Re 1714; of Christians, 1 Jo 4*; +. rovnpov, 1 Jo 213514; airov (ref. to 6 
Katyywp, ib, 1°), Re 12"; c. acc. rei, tov xdocpov, Jo 16%3, 1 Jo 545; 
7d kaxov, Ro 1271; pass., yn vix@ iro 7. kaxov, ib. (cf. trep-vixdw).t 


vixn, -ys, 7, [in LXX: 1 Ch 29" (ny3), freq. in 1-1v Mac;] victory: 


1 Jo 54.t 
NixdSypos, -ov, 6, Nicodemus: Jo 3) 4:9 75° 1989+ 
Nuxodatrys, -ov, 6, a Nicolaitan: pl., Re 25 15,+ 
NuxdAaos, -ov, 6, Nicolaus: Ac 65,t 
Nuxétrodts, -ews, 7, Nicopolis, prob. the city of that name in Epirus 
(CGT, in 1.): Tit 3”.t. 
tvixos, -ous, 7d, late form of vixy, [in LXX: La 318 (n¥}), 1 Es 3°, 
1 Mac 10°, rv Mac 17"; eis v. (instead of eis réXos, Jb 14*°), 1 Ki 276, 
Jb 367, Am 1” 87, Je 35, La 5% (my3>, as ‘3 in Syr., = victory)*;] 
victory: Mt 127° (Is 42°, UXX dAjGea), 1 Co 1554 (Is 258, Aq., Th.), 
ib. 55 (Ho 1314, LXX dikn), ib. 7.t 
Nuvevettns (Rec. -evirns, L, -irns), -ov, 6, a Ninevite: Mt 12%, 
Lk 1130, 32,+ 
Nuveut, 7 (Heb. 1993), Nineveh: Lk 11%, Rec.t 
*t vertnp, -jpos, 6 (virtw), a basin: Jo 135.t 
virrw, late form of vigw, [in LXX chiefly for prn;] to wash, 
usually of a part of the body: c. ace. pers., Jo 138; r. rédas, Jo 
135: 6, 812,14, y Ti 510; mid., reflexive, to wash oneself: Jo 971515; 
T. xelpas, Mt 152, Mk 73; +. wddas, Jo 139; +. rpdowrov, Mt 61" (in cl. 
Att. prose, used only in compounds; cf. dzo-virrw).t 
SYNW.: Aovw (q.v.), TAvVO. 
votw, -& (<vois), [in LXX chiefly for Pa, also for Saiz hi, 
-ete;] 1. to perceive with the mind, understand (for the phrase vody x. 
dpovav, in wills, v. MM, xvii): absol., Mt 16°, Mk 8!’; ¢. acc., Eph 34, 
1 Ti 17; c. dat. instr., 7. xapdia, Jo 124°; pass., Ro 17°; seq. or, Mt 15!” 
1611, Mk 718; c. acc. et inf, He 11%. 2. to think, consider: absol., 
Mt 2415, Mk 1314, Eph 37°; c. acc. rei, m Ti 27 (cf. ev-, xara-, pera-, 


mpo-, t7ro-voew).t 


** yénua, -ros, To (voéw), [in LXX: Si 217, Ba 28, m1 Mac 5%*;) a 


3804 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


thought, purpose, design: 1 Co 2" 105 11%, Phl 47. Meton., of the 
mind, 1 Co 3!4 44.+ 

** y600s, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Wi 4°*;] a bastard, base born, i.e. born 
of a siave or concubine: He 1238.+ 


voun, -Hs, 7 (<Cvéuo, to pasture), [in LXX chiefly for mya, also 
for M13, etc.;] 1. a pasture, pasturage: fig., Jo 10°. 2. a grazing, 


feeding ; metaph., of a spreading sore, 11 Ti 2!” (Polyb.).t 

** youifo (<Cvopuos), [in LXX: Wi 13? 173, Si 294, m Mac,, 
Iv Mac,*;] 1. to practise, hold by custom: Ac 161* (Rece., but v. 
infr.). 2. to deem, consider, suppose: Mt 51” 1084 20°, Lik 244 373, 
VCE ee CES teh nil Cee we eC Oropmr eis cman id Sil Sy 

SYN. : 7yéopat, q.v. 

** youtkds, -7), -ov (<< vouos), [in LXX: 1v Mac 5**;] 1. relating to 
law : paxa:, Tit 3°. 2. learned in the law ; as subst., 6 v. (EV, lawyer) : 
MG D232 ik 1025, Tit. 3! pol ak 730 1145540, )52 143 (er NM val) t 

SYN. : ypappareds, q.v. 

** vouipws, adv. (<< vopuipos, conformable to law), [in LXX: 1v Mae 

618* 5] rightly, lawfully: 1 Ti 18, 1 Ti 25+ 
vopicpa, -Tos, TO (<Cvomi~w), [in LXX: m Es 836 (n7), Ne 
77 R (Fiapy), 1 Mac 15°*;] 1. that which is established by usage, a 


custom. 2. The current coin of a state: Mt 2219+ 
*t vopo-8i8dcKados, -ov, 6, & teacher of the law: Lk 5', Ac 5%, 
1 Ti 1’ (NT and ecel. only; cf. vopodedkrns, -diddxrns, Plut.).t 
SYN.: ypappareds, q.v. 
** yonobeata, -as, 7 (<Cvdmos, TéOne), [in LXX: 1 Mac 63, rv Mac 
535 1716 *-) Jegislation, lawgiving: Ro 94.+ 
vopoleréw, -@, [in LXX for MY hi.;] 1. intrans., to make laws ; 
pass., to be furnished with laws: He 7. 2. Trans., to ordain by law, 
enact: pass., He 8°.t 
vouo-Oérys, -ov, 6 (<C vdmos, Ténut), [in LXX: Ps 9*°*;] a law- 
giver: Ja 41+ 
vopos, -ov, 6 (ven, to deal out, distribute), [in LXX chiefly for 
myn, also for mpm, etc.;] that which is assigned, hence, wsage, 


custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and 
Pauline bks.); 1. of law in general: Ro 377 58”; pl., of divine laws, 
He 8!° 1016; 6. 7. Xpratot, Ga 67; (r.) eAevOepias, Ja 1° 22; BaowdiKxds 
(Hort., in 1.; Deiss., LAH, 367,), Ja 28. 2. Of a force or influence 
impelling to action: Ro 7?!) 735 82. 3. Of the Mosaic law: Mt 5!8, 
Lk 2?7, Jo 127, Ac 618, Ro 215, 1 Co 98, 1 Ti 18, He 719, al.; v. Mwvoréws, 
Lk 222, Jo 723, Ac 155, al.; xvpéov, Lk 239; xara tov v., Ac 22", He 75 
922, 3. Anarthrous (Bl., § 46, 8; ICC on Ro 2113), yéyos, (a) of 
law in general: Ro 2! 14> 320,21 415, al.; (b) of the Mosaic law in its 
quality as law: Ro 214* 520 104, Ga 219, al.; of é« v., Ro 414; td vopoy, 
I Co 97°, Ga 45; v. mpdocew (xAnpodv), Ro 275 138. 4. Of Christian 
teaching: v. zicrews, Ro 37; +. Xpuorod, Ga 67, 5. By meton., of the 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3805 


books which contain the law; (a) of the Pentateuch: Mt 12°, Jo 14, 
al.; 6 v. Kal ot rpopjrar, Mt 5!7, Lk 161, al.; 6 v. cai rpopjrar x. padpol, 
Lk 2444; (5) of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. mim): Jo 10** 
13%* 1575, 1 Co 147), al. 

vdos, V.S. vous. 

** vooéw, -@ (<( vdcos), [in LXX (metaph.): Wi 17°*;] to be sick: 
metaph., of mental ailment, seq. zep/, 1 Ti 64 (cf. Plat., Mor., 546 d).t 
* voonpa, -tos, 76 (<< vooéw), sickness: Jo 5l41.t 

végos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for "5m, etc.;] disease, sickness: Mt 424 
817 (Aq-) 935 101, Mk 184, Lik 440 617 721 91, Ac 1912+ 

SYN.: v.s. dcbevea. 

voooid, -as, 7 (< voocds), late form of cl., veooowd, [in LXX 
chiefly for 72;] 1. a nest of birds. 2. a brood of young birds: Lk 13*4.+ 

vogsiov, -ov, 70, dimin. of vooods, q.v., [in LXX: Ps 83 (84) 
(MADN)*;] a young bird: Mt 23°7.+ 

vooads (veooads, Rec., as in cl. Att. -rrds; Phryn. rejects the 
dissyl. form), -ov, 6 (<< véos), [in LXX chiefly for 72;] a young bird: 
Lk 274 (LXX) + 

voile (<Cvdcgu, apart, aside), [in LXX: Jos 7! (mpd), u Mac 
482*;) 1. in Hom., as depon., to turn away (from), abandon. 2. After 
Hom., in act., to set apart, remove. Mid., to set apart for oneself, 
peculate, purloin: absol., Tit 2!° (for ex. in z., v. MM, xvii); seq. ad, 
Ac 5% 3,+ 

vétos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 233, also for OT, TAN 
and o72;] 1. prop., the sowth wind : Lk 12°°, Ac 2713 288, 2. Sowth: 
Lk 13%, Re 21%. 3. the Sowth, as a region (cf. 333): Mt 12%, 
Lk 112!,+ 

** youBecia, -as 7 (<Cvovberéw), = cl. vovbérnows; [in LXX: Wi 

16°*;] admonition: 1 Co 10, Eph 64, Tit 3!° (Aristoph., Diod., al.).t 

vouletéw, -@ (<(vots, tiny, hence, put in mind), [in LXX: 
t Ki 3'3 (mmd pi.), Jb, (no pi., PR), Wi 112° 12726*;) to admonish, 
exhort: c. acc. pers., Ac 2081, Ro 15!4, 1 Co 44, Col 178 316, 1 Th 5114, 
1m Th 315.+ 

voupnvia, V.S. veounvia. 

* vouvexas, adv. (<< vods, éxw), sensibly, discreetly : Mk 12%4.+ 

vods (contr. from véos), 6, gen., dat., vods, vot (late forms, = cl., 

vod, v3; BL. § 9, 3), ace., votv, [in LXX chiefly for 35, 235;] 1. prop., 


of the ruling faculty, mind, wnderstanding, reason (v. Lft., Notes, 88 f. ; 

Vaughan on Ro 77%): Lk 2445, Ro 178 773 12? 145, Eph 41%23, Phi 47, 

mTh 2) Ti 65, 1.7938, Tit 145, Re, 13 17°; v. 2. capes, (ICC, in 1.), 

Col 28; opp. to capé, Ro 77°; to zvetua, 1 Co 141415; to yAdooa, ib. 1%. 
20 


306 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


2. By meton., of an act of mind, a mind, thought, purpose: Ro 
1154 = 1 Co 316 (LXX), 1 Co 1.4 

SYN. : V.S. wvedpa. 

Nupda (Rec., R, ro , Nupdas, q.v.), -ns, 7, Nympha (v. M, Pr., 48): 
Col 41°, WH, R, mg.t 

Nagas! -d, 6 (WH, R, mg., Nuyda, q.v.), Nymphas-: Col 45, 
R, txt. (ef. ICC, Lift., in 1.).+ 

vipon, -ns, 7 [in LXX chiefly for M53;] 1. cl., a bride, young 
wife, young woman: Mt 251, WH, mg., Jo 37°, Re 187% 21%9 2917, 
2. As freq. in LXX (Ge 384, al., for M53; (a) bride; (b) daughter- 


in-law) and in MGr. (viddy, vidy), @ daughter-in-law: Mt 10%, Lk 
Pas 
vuppios, -ov, 6 (<Cvvudy), [in LXX for Jnn;] a ia or 


Mt 9) 951 5 6, 10, Mk 2! 20, Lk 534, 35 “iG 29, 329, Re 1823, + 
**t yuudov, Levee, 0 (< vinden, in’ LXX: To 61%16*;] the bride- 
chamber (Heb. 8n, LXX, waords, Ps 18 (19)*, Jl 2'*): Mt 221 


(WH; yapos, RY); ol viol TOU Vv. (cf. el. vuppaywyds, vuppevtys), the 
bridegroom’s friends who have charge of the nuptial arrangements : 
Mt gid, Mk 229, Lk 534.+ 


viv, adv., [in LXX chiefly for Mmy;] 1. prop., of time, now, 


i.e. at the present time: as opp. to past, Jo 4'8, Ac 7°, Ro 134, 
m iCo.7?, Col, 124 valu; opp: to; fut. wdiopla2t Ro Hush val: (earth. 
6 (7, To) v. et subst., the present. Ro 376, Ga 45, 1 Ti 61’, Tit 2”, al.; 
azo rod v. (LXX for mmyA), Lk 148, Ac 18°, al.; dypt rod v., Ro 8”, 
Phi 1°; éws rod vy. (LXX for Mmy sy), Mt 2471, Mk 1319; ra v., as 


regards the present, Ac 5°8; c. pret., just now, but now, Mt 26%, 
Jo 11° 211°; c. fut., now, presently, Jo 1231, Ac .20%; so c. praes., 
presently, forthwith, Jo 12%! 1733; xai v., Jo 11% 175, al.; adda »v,, 
Tuk 2236; gr v., 1 Co 32; rore (xd7e) . . . v. (8€), Ro 67! 11°; vy. Hey, 
1 Jo 4°; v. otv, Ac 10°, al. 2. Of logical sequence (often difficult 
to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Ltt., Notes, 113f.), now, 
therefore, now, however, as tt 1s: Lk 11°9; xai v., Ac 3%’, 1 Th 26, 
1 Jo 278; id. seq. dedpo, Ac 734; v, 8€, Jo 849 94! 15% 44, 186, 1 Co 52 
C4 1220 val(cf, WI o79,): 

vuvi, an Attic strengthened form of viv (in cl. always of time. 
and most often strictly of the pres.), [in LXX.: Jb;, Pss ,, u, 1v Mac,, 
Ep. Je*;] now; 1. of time: c. praes., Ac 2413, Ro 157% 25, 1 Co 1338, 
Co 6 * Phim tt: ic. of., Ros): ¢. pret. Ro 622 1130 (WH, mg.) 
7°, Eph 218, Col 1?! 38; 7 v. aroAoyia, Ac 921, 2. Of logical sequence 
(not so in cl.): Ro 7", 1 Co 51! (viv, WH) 1218 (viv, WH, txt.) 1579, 
He 8° (viv, WH, txt.), ib. 92° (cf. WM, 24, 579,).t 

vig, gen. vuxrés, #, [in LXX chiefly for m5x5;] night: Mt 1249, 


Mk 6%°, Jo 13%, al.; gen. temp. (of the time within which something 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 307 


happens; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), vuxrds, by night, Mt 214, Jo 3?, 
1 Th 57, al.; v. x. quepas, Mk 55, 1 Th 29, al.; qucpas x. v., Lk 18%, 
Re 48, al.; weons v., Mt 25°; dat., vari, in ans. to the question, 
‘‘when?” (rare in cl.; Hdt., Soph.), tavry rt. v., Lk 127°, al.; éxetvy, 
Ac 128; érovon, Ac 23"; acc. durat. (BI., § 34,8; Kiihner %, 1, 314b), 
v. x. Muepav, Lk 287, Ac 2081; 7. vixras, Lk 2137; dca vuxrds (= el. vuxtos; 
Bl., § 42, 1; 46, 7), Ac 5!° 169 171° 2331; 80° GAysv., Lk 5°; Kara pécov 
ras v. (BL, § 47, 6), Ac 2727. Metaph.: Jo 94, Ro 13”, 1 Th 5°. 
** yjoow (Att. -rrw), [in LXX: Si 22!%, mr Mac 5'**;] to pierce: 

7. wAeupav Aodyxy, Jo 194, [Mt 274°], WH.t 

vuordtw (cf. vevw), [in LXX for m3, etc;] to nod in sleep, fall 
asleep: Mt 25°, Metaph., of negligence or delay, 7 dmdXeva aitov ov 
vuorater (cf. Ps 120 (121)!, Is 5°”): m Pe 23.t 

*t vuxOnpepos, -a, -ov (<< vé, jpepa, v. BI., § 28, 4), lasting a night 

and a day ; as subst., (ro) v., a night and a day : 11 Co 11?° (pl., Or. Szb., 
8, 203).t+ 

Noe (as LXX, FIJ, who also gives Nweos, Néyxos), 6, indecl. 
(Heb. m3), Noah: Mt 249738, Lk 336 172627, He 117, 1 Pe 3”, 1 Pe 2°.t 

vwOpds, -d, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 229 (qwm), Si 42° 11" *;] sluggish, 
slothful : He 5!! 6” (for similar usage in z., v. MM, xvii). 

SYN.: apyos (q.v.), Bpadus. 

vatos, -ov, 6, in Att. most freq. ro vérov, and in pl. always ra vara, 
[in LXX, 6 v., pl., of vérou and ra véra, chiefly for ND, also for FAY, 
OND ;] the back: Ro 111°@X%),+ 


=| 


=, &, &, rd, indecl., X%, x, the fourteenth letter. As a numeral, 
é’ = 60, €, = 60,000. 

** Evia, -as, 7 (<< €évos), [in LXX: Si 2977 B!*;] hospitality, enter- 
tainment : Phm 2? (cf. ICC, in 1., but v. infr.). By meton., a place of 
entertainment, a lodging-place: Ac 28°, and so perh. Phm ” (Lft., in 1., 
Phl., p. 9; but v. supr., and ef. MM, xvii).t 

** fevilw (<< éévos), [in LXX: Es 318, Si 2925, 11 Mac 9°, ur Mac 
73*;] 1. to receive as a guest, entertain: c. acc. pers., Ac 107% 287, 
He 137; pass., Ac 10% 18 32 9116, 9, In late writers (Polyb., al.; 
m1 Mae, l.c.), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Ac 17%); pass., 
I Pe 4412 + 

* £evodoxéw, late Gk. for -xéew (<< évos, déxopar), to entertain 
strangers: 1 Ti 510+ 
févos, -n, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for ™53;] (a) foreign, alien: 


Sadvia, Ac 1718; Sidaxat, He 13°; (b) c. gen. rei, strange to, estranged 
from, ignorant of : Eph 2"; (c) strange, unusual: 1Pe 4”. As subst., 
6 &., (a) a foreigner, stranger: Mt 25% 38 43,44 277, Ac 1771, 11 Jo®; 
éévo. k. mdpouxor (Opp. tO cvprodAtray, oiketor), Eph 2!; € «at waperi- 


308 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Snuor, He 111%; (b) one of the parties bound by ties of hospitality; (a) 
the quest ; (8) the host (= éevodcxos, Hom., Il., xv, 532): Ro 167%.+ 

**+ Eéatys, -ov, 6 (a Sicilian corruption of Lat. sextarius), [in Al.: 
Le 14° (§5, LXX xorvAy)*;] 1. a sextarius (about a pint). 2. In 
NT, a pitcher of wood or stone: Mk 7+.t 


tnpaivw (< éypoes), [in LXX chiefly for war;] to dry up, parch, 
wither : c. acc., r. xoprov, Ja 11!; pass., to become or be dry or withered - 
of plants, Mt 13° 211% 20 Mk 46 1122], Lk 86, Jo 15°, 1 Pe 1%4; of 
ripened crops, Re 14"; of liquids, Mk 5°, Re 162; of members of the 
body, to waste away, Mk 3! (ef. ur Ki 134) 9!8.+ 


tnpss, -d, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for wat, its parts and deriva- 
tives, also for M39N, etc. ;] dry. metaph. (of a sinner), évAov €., Lk 23°!; 


of members of the body shrunken by disease, withered: Jo 5°; of the 
hand, Mt 12!°, Mk 3°, Lk 6° 8; of the dry land,  énpa (sc. yn, cf. Ge 
1%10, Jh 19, al.): Mt 2315; yy, He 1129+ 

Eudwos, -7, -ov (EvAov), [in LXX chiefly for Ty ;] wooden: 11 Ti 
220, Re 97° (cf. Ep. Je 4%).+ 

fudov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for ry] i. wood. 1 Co 3!2, Re 


18!2, 2. @ piece of wood, hence, anything made of wood, as, (a) a 
cudgel, staff: pl., Mt 264755) Mk 144%) 48 Lk 2252; (b) stocks, for con- 
fining the feet (Jb 3311, 19): Ac 1674; (c) a beam to’which malefactors 


were bound (late Gk.), in LXX, of a gibbet (De 21% 25), in NT, of the 
Cross: Ac 5°° 1039 1329, Ga 33,1 Pe 274. 3. In late writers (v. MM, 
xvii), a tree (Ge 1”, Is 148, al.): Lk 2331; €. ris Cwijs, Re 27 227 14, 19 + 

tupdw, -@, late form of évpéw (q.v.): 1 Co 11° (Evpacba, Rec. and 
Edd., but v.s. Evpw).t 

tupéw, -& (<< éupdv, a razor), [in LXX (also -dw) chiefly for mda 
pi., pu.;} (mo ex. of pres. -éw), to shave: pass. and mid., to shave 
oneself, have oneself shaved, aor., Ac 2174; pf. (Att.), 1 Co 115.t 

éUpw, rare form of éupéw (Veitch, s.v.), aor. mid., f&vpacGa (Bl., § 24, 
s.v.; Zorell, s.v., etc.) for -acGa: (Rec., Edd.) : 1 Co 11%.t 


O 


0, 0, & puxpdv, omicron, short o, the fifteenth letter. As a 
numeral, o = 70, o, = 70,000. 

6, 7, 76, the prepositive article (dpOpov zporaxtixov), originally a 
demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the 
Eng. definite article. 

I. As demonstr. pron. 1. As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), 
his (etc.): Ac 175 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2. Distributive, 
6 pe... 6 86 theone ... the other: 1 Co 7’, Ga 4; pl., Ac 144 
782, Ph 116, ali cot wer’ Jie GANou de) MbulG i) Jolt? on) ser eune 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 309 


d¢, He 771,23, 3. In narration (without 6 ev preceding), 6 d€, but he: 
Mt 214, Mk 14°, Lk 821, Jo 98, al. mult. 

II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1. to nouns unmodified : 
6 Geos, TO Hs, etc.; to abstract nouns, 7 codia, etc., to pl. nouns which 
indicate a class, of dAwexes, fowes, Mt 8”, al.; to an individual as 
representing a class, 6 épyaryns, Lk 10’; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, 
Mt 116, Jo 19%, Ja 5}, al.; to things which pertain to one, 7 xeip, his 
hand, Mk 3!; to names of persons well known or already mentioned ; 
usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), 7 “Iovdaia, ete. 
2. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., pod, cod, etc.; ¢. poss. 
pron., éuds, ods, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, 6 dyads 
avOpwros, Mt 1235; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., 6 roupiy 6 Kadds, 
Jo 10" (on 6 dxAos odds, Jo 12°, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival 
phrases, 7 kar’ éxAoynv mpdbeois, Ro 911. 3. To other parts of speech 
used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: +r. dyaGor, etc.; (b) cardinal 
numerals: 6 cis, of dvo, etc.; (c) participles: 6 Barrifwy (= 6 
Barriorys, Mt 14”), Mk 6"; was 6, c. ptep., every one who, etc.; (d) 
adverbs: 76 wépav, Ta viv, 6 éow avOpwros; (e) infinitives: nom., 76 
Gee, Ro 738, al.; gen., 70d, after adjectives, d£iov rod ropeverOar, I Co 
16+; verbs, €Aaxev tod Ovudou, Lk 1°; and freq. in a final sense, 
e&nrAOev 6 orépwv Tod ore(pew, Mt 13° (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). 
4. In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a 
quotation : 76 "Ex dvvy, Mk 978; 16 ér ara€, He 12?" ; 76 dvéBy, Eph 4°, al. 
5. To prepositional phrases: of dé “IraAias, He 1374; of éx vduov, Ro 
414; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, 76 xa&’ jépav, daily, Lk 
11°; 76 Kata odpxa, as regards the flesh, Ro 9°. 6. To nouns in the 
genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: 6 rod, the son of (unless 
context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10°, al.; 7a rod Oeod, the 
things that pertain to God, Mt 16%; ra ris eipyyyns, Ro 1419 (ef. M, 
Pr., 81 ff.; Bl., §§ 46, 47). 

dySoyKovra, eighty: Lk 237 167.+ 

dydo0s, -7, -ov, the eighth: Lk 15°, Ac 78@XX), Re 171! 2179; one 
of eight, with seven others (usually, in this sense, with airés added, 
but cf. Plat., Legg., iii, 695c; Plut., Pelop., 18; m Mac 5*’): 
11 Pe 25,t 

* Syxos, -ov, 6, bulk, mass ; metaph., an encumbrance: He 121.+ 

Syw.: Bapos, a weight ; hopriov, a burden, that which is borne. 

58e, 75¢, Td5e (the old demonstr. pron., 6 + the enclitic de), = Lat. 
hicce, this (here), referring prop. to what is present, can be seen or 
pointed out: of a person just named, ryde (= tavryn), Lk 10°°; neut. 
pl., ré8e (A€ye), referring to words which follow (so in Att., and v. 
MM, xvii): Ac 214, Re 215% 12,18 347,14: cis tide 7. woAw (= Att. 
7 Kai TH, Plat., Legg., iv, 721 B), such and such a city, Ja 43%.+ 

S8edo (<6dds), [in LXX: ut Ki 6” A (metaph., Jn), To 65, 
Wi 5’ (fig.) *;] to travel, journey: Lk 10% (cf. d-, cvv-odedw).t 

SSnyéw, -@ (<< édyy0s), [in LXX chiefly for Mm3, also for 747 hi., 
yon hi., etc.;] to lead on one’s way, to guide. c. acc. pers., Mt 1514, 


310 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Lk 6%; id. seq. ér/, Re 717, Metaph., to guide, instruct, teach: Ac 
831; seq. eis r. dAnOeav (ev tr. a., WH, mg.), Jo 1618 (cf. Ps 24 (25)5).+ 
Lap ddnyos, -ov, 6 (<<6dds, Ny€op.at), [in LXX: 1 Ks 81, Wi Tis 183, 
1 Mac 4”, 11 Mac 5'°*;] a leader on the way, a guide: Ac 16, Fig., 
6. tupAdy, Ro 21%; pl., Mt 1514 2316, 24 + 
* SBoimopéw, -@ (< ddor7dpos, a traveller, Ge 37%, al.), to travel, 
journey: Ac 10°.t 
** SSormopia, -as, 7 (Vv. supr.), [in LXX: Wi.13!8 18% 195, 1 Mac 
641* 5] a journey. Jo 4°, 11 Co 11°6.+ 
680-mogw, -@, [in LXX: Jb 30”, Ps 67 (68)* (65) 77 (78)°° 
(pbb pi.) 79 (80)°, Is 621° (m39 pi.) *;] to make a road or path: Mk 27% 
(WH, mg.).t 
686s, -ot, 7, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for J3I;] 1. a way, 
path, road: Mt 2, Mk 104°, Lk 3°, al.; xara ry 6., Lk 104, al.; wapa 
tiv o., Mt 134, al.; c¢. gen. pers. (subj.), rv 0. érounatew (fig.), Mt 3°, 
Mk 1%, al.; c. gen. term. (obj.), é6vav, Mt 105; 7. dyiwy (fig.), He 9°; 
acc., oddv, with force of prep. (like Heb. 737; Bl., § 34, 8; 35, 5), o. 


Gardacons, Mt 41°@XX), 2. A traveller's way, journey: evr. 0., Mt 5*°, 
Mk 877, al.; e€ 0, Lk 116; cis 0., Mt 1019; 7. dddv wopevecOa, Ac 8*°; 
6. nuépas, Lk 244; oddv roeiv (= cl., 6. rovetcOar; v. Field, Notes, 25), 
to make one’s way, i.e. proceed on one’s journey, Mk 278. 3. Metaph. 
(cl.; but esp. freq. in Heb.; v. Cremer, 442 ff.), of a course of conduct, 
a way of thinking or acting: Ac 14!6, 1 Co 417 1231, Ja 18 57°; rod Kaiv, 
Jull; 7. Badadp, 11 Pe 215; ecipyvys, Ro 317; fwys, Ac 278; 9 6. 7 
amayovoa cis t. Cwyv (Dalman, Words, 160), Mt 714; 1. dixavoovvns, Mt 
2182; cwrnpias, Ac 1617; ai 6. 7. Oeod (xuptov), Ac 131°, Ro 118%, Re 153 
(cf. Ho 14°, Ps 94 (95)!°, Si 39%4, al.); 7 6. 7. Geod (the way approved 
by God), Mt 22!°, Mk 1214, Lk 20?!; id., of the Christian religion, Ac 
1876; so, absol., 7 6., Ac 9? 19% 28 2422; of Christ as the means of 
approach to God, Jo 14°. 4. Ellipsis of 6.: zotas (se. 6800), Lk 5!*; 
éxetvys, ib. 19% (v. Bl., § 36, 18; 44, 1). 

880us, -dvros, 6, [in LXX for Jw;] a tooth: Mt 538, Mk 98, 
Ac 7°4; pl., Re 98; 6 Bpvypos (q.v.) 7. cddvrwv, Mt 8% 134% 50 2918 2451 
2539, Lk 1328,+ 

d8urdw, -& (<< ddvvy), [in LXX: Za 9° (5%), 12° (99 hi), 
La 1’ (myst), Wi 14%, al.;] to cause pain or suffering ; pass. and 


mid., to suffer pain, be tormented or greatly distressed: Lk 248 16*4)*5 
(ddvvaca, v. M, Pr., 53 f.); seq. emi, Ac 20%8.t 

880mm, -ns, 7, [in LXX for Jim, Ww, etc. (26 words in all);] 
pain, distress, of body or mind: Ro 9°, 1 Ti 619.t 

8Suppds, -0d, 6 (<Cddvpoua, to lament), [in LXX: Je 38 
(31) (a™mMAM), 1 Mac 11°*;] lamentation, mourning: Mt 218(-XX), 
11 Co 77.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3811 


"OLeias (Rec. ’OLias), -ov, 6 (Heb. my), Uzziah: Mt 1%%t_ 

*OLias, v.s. "OLecas. 

S{w, [in LXX: Ex 8410) (wy) *;] to smell (i.e. emit a smell): 
Jor ti4*t 

d0ev, adv., whence ; (a) of direction or source: Mt 1244, Lk 11%, 
Ac 1476 2813; = éxeifev Grov, Mt 257426 (cf. Thuc., i, 89, 3); . 
Yywowokoper, I Jo 218; (b) of cause, whence, wherefore: Mt 147, Ac 261, 
He 917 31 725 93 gis 1419+ 

*80dvn, -ys, 7 (of Semitic origin, cf. Heb. wx, yarn); 1. fine 

linen (Hom., al.). 2. Later, a sheet or sail: Ac 10" 115.+ 

80dnov, -ov, rd (dimin. of d60vy, q.v.), [in LXX: Jg 14% (p71), 
Ho 2°90) (nym) * 5] a piece of fine linen, a linen cloth. Lk 24% 


(WH, R, mg., om.), Jo 1949 205 %& 7.+ 

oida, (from same root as «dor, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for y-7;] 
pf. with pres. meaning (plpf. as impf.; on irregular tense-forms, 
v. App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge 
of: c. acc. rei, Mt 25!%, Mk 101%, Jo 104, Ro 7’, al.; c. acc. pers., 
Mt 267, Jo 131, Ac 316, al.; +r. Oedv, 1 Th 45, Tit 116, al.; c. acc. et inf., 
Lk 441, al.; seq. dr, Mt 9°, Lk 207!, Jo 3?, Ro 2? 11?, al.; seq. quaest. 
indir., Mt 26”, Jo 971, Eph 18, al.; c. inf., to know how (cl.), Mt 74, 
Lk 1148, Phi 4%, 1 Th 44, al.; in unique sense of respect, appreciate - 
1Th 5 (but v. also JCC on 1 Th 44), 

SYN... V.8. ywocKw. 

OlKELAKdS, V.S. OiKLAKOS. 


oiketos, -a, -ov (< otkos), [in LXX for 7, Nw , etc.; in Is 58’, 
oi. TOD oréppatos for Ww3;] in or of the house (opp. to gévos, adddtpros) ; 


(a) of things; 7a oi., howsehold affairs or goods; (b) of persons, of the 
same family or kin; as subst., ot oi., kinsmen- 1 Ti 58; c. gen. pers., 
of the ere of: metaph., 7. Geod, Eph 29; 7. micrews (Lft., in 1.), 
Ga 61°.+ 

SyN.: ovyyevys, Bus (v. Cremer, 446; Deiss., BS, 123). 
*t oixereia, -as, 7 (<< oikérys), a household (of servants) : Mt 2445,+ 


oikérns, -ov, 6 (<oixew), [in LXX for Ty;] a house-servant: 


Lk 16}, Ro 144; pl., Ac 10’, 1 Pe 218 (In Plat., Hdt., Si 49° 6", the 
pl. includes all the inmates of the house, the familia, oixereia.)t 
SYN.: v.s. didkovos. 
oixéw, -@ (<olkos), [in LXX chiefly for aw;] (a) trans., to 
inhabit: c. acc., 1 Ti 61%; (b) intrans., to dwell: seq. pera (of married 
life), Cava 18 ; metaph., seq. ev: dyabor, Ro 718; duapria, ib. 29; 
mvedp.a. Oeod, Ro 8% ny, I Co 316 (cf. év-, kart-, v-Kat-, Tap-, TEpl-, TVV-oLKew). ; 


oiknpa, -Tos, TO (<Coixéw), [in LXX: Ez 16% (33), To 24, 


Wi 1315*;] a dwelling. As a euphemism for other definite terms 
(e.g. brothel: Hadt., ii, 121; cf. Ez, l.c.), a prison (Thuce., iv, 47f.): 
Ac 127.t 


312 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


** oikntyptov, -ov, 76 (<< oiknrnp = oixyrwp, an inhabitant), [in LXX: 

1 Mac 11?, 11 Mac 2%*;] @ habitation: Ju*; trop., m1 Co 52+ 
oixta, -as, 7 (<Cotkos), [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for M33] a 
house, dwelling: Mt 21! 72427, Mk 129 al.; év oikia (= cl. Kar. oikiav), 
at home, Lk 8°"; cis ot., 1 Jo; oi, c. gen. pers., usually has the art. 
(Mt 8'4, al., but cf. ofkos and v. Bl, § 46, 9); 7 oi. +. wartpds pou, 
Jo 14%. Metaph., (a) of the body as the dwelling of the soul: m Co 5!; 


(0) of property (as M2, Ge 4518, LXX, +. trdpxovta; Ur Ki 138, 


LXX, ofkos) = otkos (q.v.): Mk 124°, Lk 2047; (c) of the inmates of the 
dwelling, the household: Mt 12°; c. gen. pers., Jo 453, 1 Co 16). 
SYN... oixos, which in Attic law denoted the whole estate, oixia, 
the dwelling only. In cl. poets otkos has also the latter sense, but not 
in prose, except in metaph. usage, where it signifies both property and 
household. The foregoing distinction is not, however, consistently 
maintained in late Greek; cf. MM, ii, xvii, and v. Thayer, s.v. oixia. 
*t oixtaxds (in Plut., al., -evaxds), 7, dv (<< oikta), = oixeios, belonging 
to the household, one’s own: Mt 10°°; opp. to oixodeazorys, ib. 2>.+ 
*t oiko-Seomotéw, -@ (<< oixoderrdrys), to rule a household: 1 Ti 5'4.+ 
*t oiko-Seomdrns, -ov, 6 (<Coikos, deazorys), the master of a house, a 
householder: Mt 10% 1327 204 2443, Mk 1414, Lk 1289 1325 1421; 
avOpwros ot., Mt 13°? 20! 21%3; pleonast., of. 7. oixéas, Lk 22" (v. BI., 
§ 81, 4).t 
Oikodopéw, -© (<< oikoddmos), [in LXX chiefly for 7333] to build a 
house, to build: absol., Lk 1148 142° 1728; of oixodopotvres, the builders 
(as Ps 117 (118), orsiam), Mt 2142, Mk 122, Lk 2017, 1 Pe Q7@XX); 


€z dAAOrpiov Genedov oi., proverb., Ro 157°; c. acc. rei, Ga 218; apyor, 
Mt 21°3, Mk 12!, Lk 14°; dzoO;jxas, Lk 1218; vaov, Mk 148; pass., 
Jo 279; oixia, Lk 648; c. acc. rei seq. dat. pers. (cf. Ge 8”, Ez 1624), 
Lk 7°, Ac 74749; acc. seq. éri, Mt 72426, Lk 649; woAw éx’ dpovs, 
Lk 4”; of rebuilding, or restoring, Mt 232° 265! 2749, Mk 1579, Lk 1147, 
Metaph., r. éxxAnovav, Mt 1618; of the growth of Christian character 
(cf. M32, in Ps 27 (28), Je 24%, al.), to build up (AV, edify): absol., 
Ac 2082, 1 Co 8! 105; ec. acc. pers., 1 Co 144, 1 Th 5"; pass., Ac 931, 
1 Co 1417, 1 Pe 25; of blameworthy action (AV, embolden), 1 Co 8! 
(cf. dv-, éx-, cvv-o1xodopew).t 

tT oixodoun, -75, 7 (<Colkos, + den, to build), [in LXX: 1 Ch 29! A 
(n7P2), Ez 1717 402 (moa, M33), Si 2216 4019 al.;] = cl. otxodopuia 


(q.v.), -déunors (Thuc., Plat.), 1. the act of building ; in NT always 
metaph., building up, edifying: Ro 141° 152, 1 Co 1476, 11 Co 108 131°, 
Eph 4”°; c. gen. obj., 1 Co 14%, 11 Co 121%, Eph 4}%)16; Aareiv, Aafeiv, 
ot, I Co 14%5. 2. = oixoddpnpa, a building: Mt 241, Mk 132; 
metaph., 1 Co 3°, 11 Co 5}, Eph 2?!.+ 

* oixodopia, -as, 7 (<(oixodouew), the act of building: metaph., 
I Ti 1* (BE for oixovopia, q.v.).t 

oiko-8dp0s, -ov, 0 (<Coixos + déeuw, to bwild), [in LXX for 733, ete. ;] 

a builder: Ac 44.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 313 


oixovopéw, -@ (< oixovduos), [in LXX: Ps 111 (112) (1D pilp.), 
m Mac 3!**;] to manage as house-steward, be a steward: absol., 
Lk 16?; hence, generally (v.s. oixovopia), to manage, regulate, arrange 
(cl., 11 Mae, l.c., 111 Mac 3? R).t+ 


oikovop.ia,, -as, 7) (<< oixovopew), [in LXX: Is 221% 21 (axQ ; mbwing)* J 


1. prop. (Plat., Arist.), the office of oixovéyos, stewardship: Lk 167%. 
2. In later writers (Plut., al.; v. AR on Eph 1!°; MM, xviii), generally, 
administration, dispensation: 1 Co 917, Eph 1! 329, Col 125, 1 Ti 14.+ 

oikovdpos, -ov, 6 (<otkos + véuw, to manage), [in LXX chiefly for 
many ;] 1. prop., the manager of a household or estate, a house- or 


land-steward (usually a slave or freedman): Lk 124? 16138, 1 Co 42, 
Ga 4°; 0 oi. r. rédXews (RV, treasurer ; cf. 1 Es 4*), Ro 1673. 2. Metaph. 
(in wider sense; cf. oixovoyia), anadministrator, a steward: of Christian 
ministers, 1 Co 4!, Tit 17; of Christians generally, 1 Pe 41%.+ 


oikos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for m3, also for son : bax , ete. ;] 


1. prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2? 19'*; e. gen. poss., Mt 9% 7, Mk 21, 
Lk 178, al.; c. gen. attrib., euzopiov, Jo 21°; zpocevyjs, Mt 21}, al; of 
a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.): of. 7. Geot, of the tabernacle, Mt 124, al.; 
the temple, Mt 211%, al.; metaph. of a city: Mt 23°8, Lk 13°5; of the 
body, Mt 1244, Lk 114; of Christians, 1 Pe 25; é ot. (M, Pr., 81f.), 
at home, Mk 21, 1 Co 1184 14°°; so car’ ofkov, Ac 24° 5%; of eis (= of &v; 
v.s. eis) t. of., Lk 7}° 15°; xar’ oikous, from house to house, Ac 8° 207°; 
cis (kat’) ofxoy, c. gen. (Bl., § 46, 9), Mk 8%, Lk 14!, Ro 165, al. 2. By 
meton., a house, household, family: Lk 10°, Ac 7}°, 1 Co 116, 1 Ti 345, 
al.; of the Church, 6 of. r. Gcod, 1 Ti 315, He 32, 1 Pe 417; of descendants, 
ot. “Iopand (Aaveid, *Iaxé8; Bl., § 47, 9), Mt 10°, Lk 12783, al. (ef. 
Bi 6, 1 Ki 2°, al.). 

SYN.: vV.S. oikia. 

oikoupevn, -ys, » (fem. pres. pass. ptcp. of oikéw; sc. yf), [in 
LXX chiefly for ban, PW] the inhabited earth; (a) in cl., the 


countries occupied by Greeks, as disting. from barbarian lands (Hdt., 
Dem., al.) ; (0) in later writers, the Roman world: Lk 21, Ac 1128 24°; 
by meton., of its inhabitants: Ac 17° 19°"; (c) in LXX (Ps 22 (23)! 
70 (71)§, al.) and NT, also of the whole inhabited world: Mt 2414, 
Lk 4° 2176, Ro 1018, He 1°, Re 31° 1614; by meton. (ut supr.), Ac 1731, 
Re 12°; (d) of the Messianic age, 7 oi. 7 weAXovoa = 6 aidy 6 peAAwv: 
He 25.+ 
*¥t oixoupyés, -dv (<< olkos + root of épyov), working at home: Tit 25 
(Rec. oixoupos, q.v.).t 
* oix-oupds, -ov (<< olkos + otpos, a keeper); 1. watching or keeping 
the house; as subst., 7 ot., a housekeeper (Soph., Eur.; v. LS, s.v.). 
2. keeping at home. Tit 2°, Rec. (v. Field, Notes, 220 ff.; CGT, in 1., 
and cf. oixovpyds).t 
oixteipw (< olxros, pity), [in LXX for an pi., 73m, etc. ;] to pity, 
have compassion on: ¢c. ace pers., Ro 915 @XX),+ 
SYN... édeéw, Q.v. 


314 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


oixtippds, -0d, 6 (<oikreipw), [in LXX, usually in pl., chiefly for 
OM1;] compassion, pity: omAdyxva oixtippod, a heart of compassion, 
Col 3; in pl. (as LXX for Heb. OAM), of. 7. Geod, Ro 12', He ‘1078; 
6 warip 'tév ot., 1 Co 1°; orddyxva x. oi., Ph] 21.+ 

SYN.: eos, q.v. 

oixtippwy, -ov (< oixte(pw), in cl. poét. for éAejpwv (q.v.), [in LXX 
chiefly for B3N9;] merciful: Lk 6°°, Ja 514+ 


olpar, V.S. olopat. 

oivo-métys, -ov, 6 (<Colvos + drys, a drinker), poét. and late 
prose, [in LXX: Pr 237° (™ N3B)*;] a@ wine-drinker, wine-bibber - 
Mt 112°, Lk 734.4 | 

otvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for [™, also for win, ete. ;] wine - 


Mt 917, Lk 115, Jo 23, al.; olvw zpocéxyeyv, I Ti 38; dovAotcba, Tit 23, 
Metaph., Re 14* 19 1619 17? 18° 1915. By meton. for duedos, Re 6°. 
¥ oivopduyla, -as, 7 (<CpdrAvw, to bubble up, overflow), ef. -yéw, 
De 212°; drunkenness, debauchery: 1 Pe 4°.+ 
SYN.-: v.8. kpaurady. 
olopat, ova, [in LXX for m7, Ge 37’, al.;] to swppose, expect, 


imagine: c. acc. et inf., Jo 21%; c. inf., Phl 117; seq. or, Ja 1’.t 

SY Ni. V.8: HYycop.a. 

otos, -a, -ov, relat. pron., qualitative (related to 6s as qualis to 
qui), what sort or manner of, such as, in NT usually without its 
correl. rovodros : Mt 2421, Mk 98, 1 Co 1229, 1 Th 1°, mr Ti 3!!, Re 1638; 
seq. tovodros, I Co 154%, 11 Co 1011; id. redundant, Mk 1319; +. abrov 
. . . otov, Phi 12°; ovyx otov dé ore, elliptically, but it is not as though 
(RV), Ro 9°.t 

oigw, V.S. depw, p. 499. 

éxvéw, -@ (<dxvos, shrinking, hesitation), [in LXX: Nu 226 
(30 ni.), Jg 18° (xy ni.), To 12618, Jth 1213, Si 735, rv Mac 144*;] to 
shrink from doing, hesitate to do (Hom., Thuc., al.); hence, to delay - 
c. inf., Ac 98 (cf. Nu, l.c., and v. MM, xviii).t 

dxynpds, -d, -ov (<Céxvew), [in LXX for byy, Pr 6% al.;] 


shrinking, hesitating, timid: c. dat. (BL, § 38, 2), Ro 12"; hence, 
slothful: Mt 26°°. Of things, that which causes shrinking, irksome - 
Ph] 31.7 
*t dxtanpepos, -ov (<< dxtw, Hepa), of the eighth day, eight days old: 

c. dat. ref., repurouy 6., Phl 3° (words of this class denote duration, 
cf, tetaptatos).t 

dxTé, ol, ai, ta, indecl., erght- Lk 271, Jo 5°, al. 

ddeOpedw, V.S. dAoOpedw. 

dd€Optos, -ov (also -a, -ov, as in Wi, l.c.), [in LXX: mr Ki 21 
(20) (a3), Wi 18° *;] destructive, deadly: dixyv, u Th 1%, L, txt, 


(for dAeOpos, q.v.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 315 


OdeOpos, -ov (<< dAAvmu, to destroy), [in LXX for tw, Tw, etc. ;] 


ruin, destruction, death: 1 Th 5,1 Ti 6°; aiwvos, 1 Th 1° (L, txt., 
6A<Opios, q.v.); «is 6. tTHS capxds, for physical discipline, to destroy 
carnal lusts, 1 Co 5°.t 
*t ddtyomotia, -as, 7, little faith or trust: Mt 177°.+ 
*t ddtyd-muatos, -ov, of little faith or trust: Mt 62° 826 1431 168 
Lk 12?8.+ 
éXlyos, -7, -ov (on ody 6A., Vv. infr.), [in LXX chiefly for wyA;] of 


number, quantity, size, few, little, small, slight : Mt 9°7 1534, Mk 6° 87, 
Lk 10? 124° (sc. rAnyas, opp. to mohXas), tio ee: Re 3* 12%; 
ovx 6, (in the best uncials written ody 6.; v. WH, App., 143; M, Pr., 
44; Thackeray, Gr., 126f.), Ac 1238 143 152 (c. gen. part.) 1742 
11973524 279 sph, absol., Mt we 2016 (WH, txt., RV, om.) 22!4, Lk 1373, 
1 Pe 32. Neut. sing. (x3) 6. >, ak 78" ae Co 85 ; mpos oALyov, I Ti 48, 
Ja 414; ev 6., Ac 267° 9 (with little effort; v. Page, in 1.); id., im brief, 
Eph 3°; adverbially, dAtyov, of time, Mk ore t® 5". Rate): Gt 
space, Mk 1!°, Lk 5°; pl., 6A¢ya, Lk 10%, Re git. ; ér dAéya, Mt 2571) 23 ; 
dc dALywv, in few words, briefly, I Pe 52 (ef. Plat., Legg., vi, 778 c).t 
Ye aa Set -ov [in LXX: Is 35¢ ("m0 ni.), etc. ;] faint-hearted . 
Yea 7 
ddtywpéw, -@ (<< dAdyos + dpa, care), [in LXX: Pr 3" (ON) *;] 
to esteem lightly, think little of: c. gen., He 125 @XX),t 
** 6Xiyws, adv. (<< dAcyos), [in Aq.: Ts 107*;] a little, almost, all 
but: m Pe 215.+ 
*t $XoOpeutys (Rec. oA-), -o0, 6 (<< dAoOpevw), a destroyer: 1 Co 101” 
(not elsewhere).t 
t ddoBpedw (<< AcOpos), late (Alex.) form of 6AcOpedw (cf. MGr., 
goAofpevw), [in LXX for AND, AnNw hi., etc.;] to destroy: He 118 
(cf. é€-oA0bpetw).t 
t+ 6dokavtTwpa, -Tos, TO (<< dAos, kaiw), [in LXX chiefly for mby ;] a 


whole burnt offering: Mk 123%, He 10% §(XX) (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 
113 £.).t 

SYW.: v.s. Ovoia. 

t édoxAnpla, -as, (<< 6AdKAnpos), [in LXX: Is 1° (aM) *;] com- 

pleteness, soundness - Ac 316,+ 

6dd-KANpos, -ov (<< dAos, KAnpos, i.e. with all that has fallen by 
lot), [in LXX: Le 2315, Ez 15° (Om), De 27%, Jos 9? (8%!) (aby), 
Za 1116 (qy3 ni.), Wi 15°, 1 Mac 44’, tv Mac 15!"*;] complete, entire ; 
in NT in ethical sense (as Wi, tv Mae, ll. c.), 1 Th 573; 6. kai réActon, 
Ja 14.t 

SYN.: dAoreAys (q.V.), TeAcvos (Tr., Syn., § xxii). 

ddoAdLw (onomatop.), [in LXX chiefly for 55" hi.;] (in Hom., of 
women crying to the gods in prayer or thanksgiving), to cry aloud: 
Ja Olt 


316 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


8dos, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 55;] of persons and things, 
whole, entire, complete; 1. of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth.: Lk 5°, 
Ac 1126 2830 Tit 11; édov dvOpwrov (an entire man; v. Field, Notes, 
93), Jo 73; dAn lepovoadjp (= waca’l., Mt 2°; v. BI., § 47, 9), Ac 213). 
2. Definite, c. art.; (a) preceding subst.: Mt 4754, Lk 839, 1 Co 121, 
al.; (b) following subst.: Mk 13, Lk 95, Jo 4°38, Ac 21°, al.; (c) 
between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.). 
3. Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 13%%, Lk 137!, Jo 9%4, al.; adverbially, 
du’ dAov (MM, xviii), Jo 19”8. 

*t ddoteAys, -és (<< ddos, TeAos), complete, perfect : 1 Th 5*.t 

Syw.-: 6d6b«Anpos (q.v.), TeActos. ‘As regards meaning, 6Ad«Aypos 
can hardly be distinguished from 6oreAys though, in accordance with 
its derivation, it draws more special attention to the several parts to 
which the wholeness spoken of extends, no part being wanting or 
lacking in completeness” (M, Th., 78). 

"Odupmds (perh. contr. fr. OAvyriddwpos, Bl., § 29), -4, Olympas - 
Ro 161°.+ 

dduvOos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ca 21° (38)*;] an unripe fig, which 


grows in winter and usually falls off in the spring: Re 613.t 
ddws, adv. (<< ddAos), altogether, assuredly, actually (c. neg., at 
all): Mt 5%4, 1 Co 5! 67 1579+ 
dpuBpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: De 32? (yw), Wi 161°, al.;] a storm of 
rain, a shower: Lk 12°4.+ 
t dpetpopar (Rec. du-, v. WH, App., 151), = el. ipe/pouar (but prob. 
with different derivation, v. Bl., § 6,4; Zorell, s.v.), [in LXX: Jb 3? 
(man pi.)* ;] to desire earnestly, yearn after - 1 Th 28.+ 
dpudéw, -O (<< dusdos), [in LXX: Pr 5! (AM pi.), al.;] to be in 
company with, consort with ; hence, to converse with: Ac 20'!; c. dat., 
Ac 24°6; seq. mpds, Lk 2414) 19.¢ 
dpidta, -as, ) (<< dpudos), [in LXX: Ex 211° (m3y), al. ;] company, 
association - 1 Co 15%3,+ 
** Suidos, -ov, 6, [in Aq.: 1 Ki 19°°*;] a crowd, throng: Re 18", 
Rec.t 
épixdy, -ns, 7, [in LXX for bpry , etc.;] a@ mist: 1 Pe 2!7.+ 
SYN.- védos, vehédy, both thicker than 6. 
dppa, -Tos, 76, in cl. chiefly poét.; [in LXX for py (Pr;, Wi,, 


1v Mac ,)*;] an eye: pl., Mt 2034, Mk 8?8.+ 

épvdw (so Hdt. and some Att. writers) and duvvpu (so generally in 
Att. prose and always in Trag.; Mk 147!, -vvac), [in LXX chiefly for 
yaw ni.;] to swear, affirm by oath: Mt 2674, Mk 1471, He 77!; seq. «i 


(q.v), He 3" 48; c. dat. pers., Mk 67; id. c. inf., He 318; seq. dpxw, 
Ac 239; 6. dpxov mpos, c. acc. pers. (cl.), Lk 17; c. acc. (of that by 
which one swears; cl., v. MM, xviii), Ja 5!; seq. card, c. gen. (UXX; 
Bl., § 34, 1), He 61916; seq. ev (eis), as in Heb. (BI., § 39, 4), Mt 59436 
Zo 618) 20°23" Re 108 (Bi, S70) a 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 317 


pobupaddsy (<< duds, Gvuds), [in LXX for mM, 3M (freq. in Jb), 
Wi 107° 18512) al.;] with one mind, with one accord: Ac 114 246 424 
512 757 86 1920 1525 1812 1929, Ro 15° (Hatch, Essays, 63 f., argues that 
the un-cl. sense together, which is found in Jb 3}!§ 38%3, Nu 2474, Wi 
18°,!2 (but not 10°), al., should be attached to the NT instances, but 
yv. Abbott, Hssays, 96; MM, xviii).t 
*t Spordtw (<< dows), to be like: Mt 2377 (L, Tr., txt., WH, mg.) 
2673 (WH, mg.) (not found elsewhere. Cf. rap-opordfw.) t 
** SuovoTrabys, -és (<< dpouos, waoxw), [in LXX: Wi 7%, rv Mac 1238 *;] 
of like feelings or affections: c. dat., Ac 14), Ja 5}7.+ 
Sporos, -ofa, -ovov, [in LXX for Wap, etc. ;] like, resembling, such 


as, the same as: c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9°, Re 113 (WH, mg., 
Ki, but v. infr.) ib. 2! 467 9% 10 (Bl, § 37, 6,) ib.19111 13241; opdoe, 
Re 4°; of nature, condition, ability, etc., Mt 2299, Ac 1729, Ga 5}, 
1 Jo 32, Re 134 18!§ 211,18; of comparison in parables, Mt 132! 20}, 
Lk 131% 1% 21; of thinking, acting, etc., Mt 1116 1352, Lk 647-49 731, 82 
(T, c. gen.; Bl., § 36, 11) 1286, Jo 8°, Ju’; c. acc., Re 113 (WH, txt. ; 
Swete, Hort, in 1.) 1414+ 

Spoustys, -yT0s, ) (<(&pov0s), [in LXX: Ge 1412 (7), Wi 1429, 


tv Mac 154*;] likeness: caf dpornra, in like manner, He 41; id. c. 
gen. (MM, xviii), after the likeness (of), He 7'°.+ 

dpoidw, -@ (<< duovos), [in LXX chiefly for 707;] 1. to make like, 
c. gen. et dat.; pass., to be made or become like: Mt 68 1374 1873 29? 
251, Ac 1411, He 217; seq. ws (cf. Ez 32%, Heb.), Ro 979, 2. to liken, 
compare: c. dat., acc., Mt 1116, Lk 79! 131% 20; zas épouocwuer, Mk 4°°; 
pass., Mt 77426 (cf. ad-opordw).t 

épotwpa, -ros, TO (<Copow), [in LXX for m7, MIAN, WON, 
etc.;] that which is made like something; (a) concrete, an image, like- 
ness (Ps 105 (106), Ez 1°, 1 Mac 34%, al.): Re 97; (b) abstract, like- 
ness, resemblance: Ro 5!4 65 8%, Ph] 27; év 6. eixovos, Ro 123,+ 

SYN.: eixov (q.v.), dpotwors. 

dpotws (<< duouos), adv., likewise, in like manner, equally : Mt 22°6, 
Mk 46, Lk 10%’, al.; c. dat., Mt 2239, Lk 631; 6. xad, Mt 2276, Mk 
1571, al.; 6. xa@ds, Lk 1778; xaos . . . 6., Lk 691; 6. péevro Kai, Ju’. 

Spolwors, -ews, 7 (Gordw), [in LXX chiefly for maT, Ps 57 (58), 


al.;] 1. a making like, becoming like (Plat.). 2. likeness: Ja 39 @XX),+ 

SYN.: v.8. éuotwua, and ef. Tr., Syn., § xv. 

épodoyéw, -@ (<< duddoyos, of one mind: Da LXX Su %*), [in 
LXX: Jb 4094) (AP hi.), Je 51 (44) (13), al.;] 1. to speak the same 
language (Hdt.). 2. to agree with (Hadt., Plat., al.). 3. to agree, 
confess, acknowledge (Plat., al.) : absol., Jo 17° 12; pass., Ro 10!; seq. 
ér:, ib., He 1118; c. acc. rei, Ac 238, 1 Jo 1°, Re 3°; id. c. dat. pers., 
Ac 2414; ¢@, acc. cogn., 1 Ti 6”; c. acc. pers., 1 Jo 28 43; id. seq. pred. 
acc. (Bl., § 34,5; 73, 5), Jo 9%, Ro 10°, 1 Jo 4%15, 1 Jo’; c. inf. (M, 
Pr., 229), Tit 11°; c, dat. pers. seq. or, Mt 77%; seq. év, c. dat. pers. 


318 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(M, Pr., 104; Bl., § 41, 2), Mt 1082, Lk 128. 4. to agree, promise: 
t. érayyediay, Ac 7!7; c. inf. obj. (Bl, § 61, 3), Mt 147. 5. = éfopo- 
Aoyew, to praise: He 1315 (Weste., in 1.). (Cf. dv6-opodoyéopar, éf- 
opoAroyew.) t 

époroyia, -as, 9 (<Cduodoyew), [in LXX: De 12517, Am 4°, Ez 
46” (may), Le 221%, Je 51 (44)*> (993), 1 Es 9°*;] 1. in cl., an agree- 


ment, assent, compact (in z., of a contract; Deiss., BS, 249). 2. 
confession (prob. always in an objective sense): 11 Co 91%, 1 Ti 618, 
He 3! 414 1023+ 
** Suodoyounévws, adv. (<< dpodoyew), [in LXX: 1v Mac 6% 716 
16!*;] 1. as agreed, conformably with. 2. confessedly, by common 
consent : 1 'Ti 316,+ 
* 6udtexvos, -ov (<Cdn0s, téxvy), practising the same craft, of the 
same trade: Ac 18%.+ 
poo, adv. (<< duds), together ; (a) prop., of place: Jo 217, Ac 2'; 
(6) without idea of place: Jo 4°° 204.f 
dpow, V.S. duvtw. 
* 6udppwv, -ov (<< dds, ppyv), = dudvoos, agreeing, of one mind: 
I Pe 38.t 
dpws, adv. (<< duds), yet: 6. wevta, but yet, nevertheless, Jo 12%; 
by hyperbaton, out of its proper position, 1 Co 14’, Ga 3! (but v. 
Bl, Seah) th 
* dvap, 70, indecl., used only in nom. and ace. sing. (the other cases 
are supplied by oveipos), a dream: xar’ 6. (in later writers only), in a 
dream, Mt 120 912.13, 19,22 9719 + 
* dvdpiov, -ov, 76 (dimin. of dvos), a young ass: Jo 1214.t 
dveBiLo (<dvedos), [in LXX chiefly for AN pi.;] to reproach, 
upbraid.: absol., Ja 15; c. acc. pers. (in cl. more freq. c. dat. pers.; 
BI., § 34, 2; WM, 278), Mt 5!) Mk 153234, WH, mg. Lk 6%, Ro 
15% @XX); +, zoAes, Mt 1179; pass., 1 Ti 4, WH, mg.,1 Pe 4'*; «. 
ace. rei, Mk 16"4!; ¢. dupl. acc., Mt 2744.+ 
t dverdropds, -0d, 6 (dvedifw), [in LXX chiefly for MB 345] a reproach: 
Ro 158, He 108; eis 6. éurecety, 1 Ti 37; 66. rod Xpiorov, He 1176 1318.¢ 
dvev8os, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for MAIN, also for MDD, etc. ;] 


1. reproach, censure, blame. 2. matter of reproach, disgrace: Lk 1*°.t 
"Ovijowpos, -ov, Oo (ie. profitable, <ovnows, profit), Onesimus - 
Col 4°, Phm !° (a common name among slaves; v. MM, iii, xviii).t 
’Ovncipopos, -ov, 6 (i.e. bringing advantage), Onesiphorus: 1 Ti 
16 419 + 
*t dvuxds, -7, -ov (<< dvos), of or for an ass: pwdos 6., Mt 18°, Mk 9% 
(elsewhere only in z.; v. MM, xviii).t 
** dvivnpu, [in LXX: To 38, Si 30?*;] to profit, benefit, help ; mid., 
to have profit, derive benefit : optat. (M, Pr., 195), e. gen., Phm??.t 
dvowa, -ros, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for ow;] 1. in general, the name 


by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10?, Mk 3°, Lk 1, Jo 181", 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 319 


al.; avOpwros (etc.), & (od) 6. (7. 6.), Sc. Hv or eoriv (BI., § 30, 3), Mk 142, 
Lk 1727; with sameellipsis, cat tr. 6. atrod (6. aire), Lk 15, Jo1$, al.; 
évounatt, Seq. nom. prop., Mt 27%2, Mk 572, Lk 15, Ac 5}, al.; ace. absol. 
(Bl., § 34, 7), rotvoua (= 7. dvoya), Mt 2757; 36. wor (sc. éoriv; cf. Hom., 
Od., ix, 366), Mk 5° (cf. Lk 8°); gyew d., Re 911; xareiv (éreriBévat) 6. 
(Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 17, Mk 36; 1. 6. & (r.) BiBAw Luis (cf. Deiss., LAE, 
121), Phi 4°, Re 138, cf. Lk 10” (ev 7. otpavois); 6. BAaodypias, Re 131; 
the name as opp. to the reality, Re 31 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: 
Eph 17}, Phi 2%1° (Lft., in 1). 2. By a usage similar to that with 
ref. to Heb. ow (Lit., Notes, 106f.), but also common in Hellenistic 


(M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196f.; DAH, 123,), ofall 
that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on 
one’s authority or in his behalf, év (eis) 6., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), 
Mt 104 219 2819, Mk 11°, Lk 13%°, Jo 54, Ac 816, 1 Co 11%; of the 
name Christian, 1 Pe 41°; esp. of the name of God as expressing the 
divine attributes: dye (dy.ov) 70 6. (r. Ilarpds, Kupiov), Mt 6°, Lk 149 
117; WadrrAew (dporoyeiv) TG 6., Ro 15°, He 131°; dogaew (havepodv, do- 
Beto Oa) 76 6., Jo 1278 17% 76, Re 1118 15+; BrAaodypetv, Ro 274, 1 Ti 61, 
Re 13°; similarly, of the name of Christ: +. xaddv 6., Ja 27 (Deiss., 
LAE, 276); moredev ro 6., 1 Jo 3°38; x, eis 7. 6. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1 
273 318; dvouatew 70 0., 1 Ti 2!°; xparetv, Re 21%; ovx dpveicOa, Re 38; 
év r. 6. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9°° 1607], Lk 107, Jo 1418 167524 9031, 
Ac 3° 4%, Eph 5”, 1 Pe 444, al.; eis 7. 6. cuvdyerOar, Mt 1879; fvenev 
rov 6., Mt 19%; da 76 6., Mt 107, Mk 1835, al.; da rod 6., 1 Co 129; 
irép tov 6., Ac 916, Ro 15, al.; id. absol., Ac 5*!, 11 Jo’; zpos 76 G., 
Ac 26°. 3. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretezt) : 
Mk 94! (Swete, in 1.; Dalman, Words, 305f.). 4. In late Greek 
(Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1, Re 34 1138, 

dvondtw (<(dvowa), [in LXX for 333, 3P3, NWP;] 1. to name, 
mention, or address by name: Ac 191°; pass., Ro 157°, Eph 12! 53; 
of the use of the Divine name in praise and worship, u Ti 2!9 (LXX, 
Nu 167; ef. Is 524, Am 61°), 2. to name, call, give a name to: Mk 3!4 
(T, R, txt. om.), Lk 61%14; pass., 1 Co 5"; seq. e& (cl.), Eph 31 
(cf. ér-ovopafw).t 

dvos, -ov, 6, 7, [in LXX chiefly for “iar, also for 7inx, ete. ;] 
an ass: Mt 21% 5@XX), Lk 145, Jo 1215(@XX); 6, Lk 1315; 4, Mt 217.+ 

dvtws, adv. (< dy, ptep. of eiui, swm), [in LXX: Nu 2257 (39), 
Je 3% (75N), 1019 (4), m1 Ki 1274, Wi 171**;] really, actually, truly: 


Mk 11°, Lk 2347 2434, Jo 836, 1 Co 1475, Ga 37; 76. Zwy, 1 Ti 61; 
9 6. xnpa, ib, 5% % 16 + 
S£os, -eos (-ous), rd (<< dévs), [in LXX: Nu 6%, Ru 214, Ps 68 (69)*1, 
Pr 25” (ph) *;] sowr wine (posca, vin-de-pays), the ordinary drink of 
labourers and common soldiers: Mt 2748, Mk 15°, Lk 2336, Jo 192% 30+ 
étus, -cia, -¥, [in LXX: Ps 56 (57)4, al. (am), Am 215 (5p), 


320 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Is 5°8 (7327), ete.;] 1. sharp: Re 116 2!2 1414.17 18 1915, 2, Of motion, 
swift: Ro 3! (LUXX raywés).t 

émy, ~js, 7, [in LXX for 3M, 335, ete.;] an opening, a hole: 
Ja 3" (cf. Ex 33%), He 118 (cf. Ob ’).+ 

omubev, adv. of place, [in LXX chiefly for "nN, "0N9;] behind, 
after: Mt 9%°, Mk 57, Lk 844, Re 4° 5!. As prep. c. gen.: Mt 15°, 
Lk 2376, Re 1!° (WH, mg.).t+ 

ériow, adv. of place and time, [in LXX chiefly for "798, "08 


and cogn. forms;] 1. prop., as in cl., adyv., (a) of time (not in NT); 
(b) of place, back, behind, after: Mt 2418, Lk 788; 7a. 6., Phl 3%; eis 
7a.6., Mk 1316, Lk 9° 1751, Jo 666 18° 2014, 2. By a usage not found in cl., 
and in LXX representing the Heb. prep. "798 (BL., § 40,8; Thackeray, 


Gr., 46f.), but also prob. general in vernacular (M, Pr., 99), as prep. 
c. gen.; (a) of time, after: Mt 34, Mk 17 Jo 1152739; (6) of place, 
behind, after: Mt 4}9 1038 162% 24, Mk 117 20 33, 34, Tk 923 1427 1914 218, 
1 Pe 21°, Ju’, Re 11°12); in constr. praegn. (v. Swete on Re, l.c.), 
Joven Acro 2080 it ote et 32:7, 

** émdifw (<< drAov), [in Sm.: Je 52%*;] to make ready, equip ; of 
soldiers, toarm. Mid., to arm oneself ; fig., &vorav : 1 Pe 4! (ef. Opacos 6., 
Soph., Hlec., 995), (cf. xa6-ordilw).+ 


dmdov, -ov, 7d, [in LXX for J, MY, etc.;] 1. a tool, implement, 


instrument: dda ddixias (opp. to 6. dixacoodvyns), Ro 613, 2. Freq., in 
pl., arms, weapons: Jo 18°, mu Co 104; metaph., +. ¢dwrds, Ro 13; 
tT. dixatootvns, I Co 67.t 

émotos, -o/a, -o1ov, [in LXX: Ca 5!, m1 Mac 11°7*;5] of what sort: 
1 Co 3}5, Ga 2°, 1 Th 19, Ja 1%4; rowidros 6., such as, Ac 26%9.+ 

émdte, when. Lk 6°, Rec. (WH, R, oze).t 

drou, adv. of place, correlat. of od (q.v.), where. I. Prop., of 
place, 1. where; (a) in relative sentences, c. indic: Mt 257426, Mk 24 
45,15 §40 1314 Jo 3% 662 734 36 1132 148 1724 2019 Ro 152°, Re 218; after 
nouns of place, for relat. prepositional phrase (év o, ete.), Mt 61% 20 13° 
2657 285, Mk 6° 948 Lk 1933 Jo 128 420, 4€ 623 742 1940 1130 191 181,20 
19'S 204120", Ac 171, Re 21 11° 20%: geq exer, Mt", Tk 1234 173% 
Jo 127°; id. pleonast. (= Heb. ow... "yx; Aram. jam.. 45 cf. 


Ge 13°), 6... . éxet, Re 12%14; 6... . é airay, ib. 179; 6. dv, wherever 
(M, Pr., 168), c. impf. indic., Mk 6°°; c. pres. subjc., Mt 2428; 6. éav, 
ib. 2618, Mk 61° 918 149 144° (5) in quaest. indir., c. aor. subjc.: Mk 
1414>, Lk 224, 2. In late writers (sometimes also in cl.; Bl., § 25, 2), 
with verbs of motion, = 67a, whither - c. indic., Jo 8?» 22 1333) 36 1449118 
He 6”, Ja 34; 6. av, whithersoever, c. pres. ind., Re 144; subjec., Lk 9°” ; 
6. eav, Mt 819. IT. Without strict local sense, 1. of time or condition: 
Col 3", He 916 1018, Ja 316, 11 Pe 21. 2. Of cause or reason (AV, 
whereas) : 1 Co 3%,t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 321 


t+ énrdévo, [in LXX: m1 Ki 8° (4N5 ni.), To 12!°*;] late present as 

from ddbnv (= dpiw); mid., drravoya, to allow oneself to be seen, to 

appear: c. dat., Ac 18, (For exx. from z., v. Deiss., LAE, 79, 252, ; 
MM, ii, xviii.) t 

t émtacia, -as, 7 (<< drrafopar, Nu 1414* = érrdvouar), later form 

of dys, [in LXX: Ma 3? (5N5 ni.), Da TH 978 104% 16 (ARID, ANT; 


LXX, dpapa, -ois), Hs 47, Si 43%16*;) 1. an appearing, coming into 
view (Ma, Hs, Si, ll.c.). 2. a vision: Lk 1, 243, Ac 2619, 11 Co 12! 
(Da, ll. c., also in MGr.).t 


éntés, -7, -dv, [in LXX: Ex 12%9 (%by)*;] roasted, boiled: 
Lk 244.+ 

OTTW, V.S. Opaw. 

érdpa, -as, 7, [in LXX: Je 31 (48)* 47 (40)!% (psp) *;] 1. late 


summer, early autumn (the time between the risings of Sirius and 
Arcturus, ie. late July, all August and early September). 2. By 
meton. (as being fruit-time), ripe fruits: Re 18 (ef. p6worwpwa, 
Ju }4).+ 

émws. I. Relat. adv. of manner, as, how. c. indic., Lk 242°. 
II. Conj., c. subje. (in cl. also c. opt., indic.: so in Mt 2659, LT, Tr.), 
in order that, to the end that, that; 1. final, denoting purpose or 
design (in which the original idea of modality has been merged): after 
pres., Mt 6?, al.; pf., Ac 917, al.; impf., Ac 924; aor., Ac 9?, al.; plpf., 
Jo 1157; fut., Mt 23%5; imperat., Mt 28, al.; 6. wy (M, Pr., 185), Mt 
6, Lk 16%, Ac 2016, 1 Co 17; 6. wAnpwhq, Mt 27° 817 1385; 6. dy 
(BI., § 65,2; WM, § 42, 5), Lk 235, Ac 3! 1517, Ro 34 (cf. Ge 1238, 
Ps 597, 1 Mac 10%, al.). 2. After verbs of asking, exhorting, etc.: 
Mt 9°, Lk 7°, Ja 5', al. (in late writers its place is often taken by 
the correl. és, q.v.). 


Spapa, -Tos, TO (<Cdpaw), [in LXX for 7m, AN VW, etc.;] that 
which is seen; (a) a sight, spectacle: Mt 17°, Ac 7%!; (6) an appear- 
ance, vision : Ac 91% 12 Rec.) 10% 17,19 115 199 16% 10 189 (ef. daracia).t 


Spacis,-ews, 7 (dpdw), [in LXX chiefly for AXW, Tim and cognate 


forms ;] 1. in Arist. and later writers, the act of seeing, the sense of 
sight, and by meton., pl., the eyes. 2. appearance (Nu 244, Ez 1°, 
Si 4179, al.): Re 4°. 3. = dpaya, a vision. Ac 2!7(LXX), Re 917+ 

dpatos, -7, -dv (paw), Visible: +a 6., Col 116.+ 

épdw, -0, [in LXX chiefly for MN, also for MIN, etc.;] m 
*‘durative”’ sense (hence aor. act., eiSov, pass., dfOyv, fut., dyouar, from 
different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in collog. even the pres. is 
rare, its place being generally taken by dézo, Oewpéw, v. Bl., § 24). 
1. Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6*8, al.; épyov 
cat ise, Jo 146, al.; seq. or, Mk 236, al.; c. acc., Mt 22, Mk 11° 167, 
Ga 1°, al.; Aedv, Jo 118, 1 Jo 4", al. 2. to see with the mind, perceive, 
discern: absol., Ro 15%; c. acc. rei., Mt 9? 2754, Ac 878, Col 28 al. 


21 


322 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


3. to see, take heed, beware: dpa py, c. aor. subje., Mt 84 18", Mk 144, 
1 Th 515; id., sc. wy womons, Re 191° 22° (BI., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. 
Mt 99° 166, Mk 8. 4. to experience. +. Odévarov, Lk 276, He 115; 
Conv, Jo 3°56; +. duapGopav, Ac 227. 5. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 879, 
Jo 1271, Ro. 14, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 197. 6. to see to, care for: Mt 
274, Ac 18) (cf. dd-, xa6-, mpo-, cvv-opaw). 

SYN... v.s. Br€éro. 

épyn, -7s, 9, [in LXX chiefly for}, also for Finn, MAN, HEP, ete. ;] 


1. impulse, propensity, disposition. 2. anger, wrath; (a) of men: 
Mk 3°, Eph 41, Col 38, 1 Ti 28, Ja 1179; (6) of God; (a) that reaction 
of the divine nature against sin which i in anthropomorphic language is 
called anger: Ro 118 972 1219 (ICC, in 1.), 1 Th 17° 216, He 311 48@xx), 
Re 14! 1619 1915; (8) of the effect of God’s anger : Mt a), dukes" 2123, 
Jo 336, Ro 25 8 35 419 59 1345 Eph 5°, Col 3°, 1 Th 8°, Ja 129, Re 61617 
11!8; cxein opyns, Ro 9%; réxva épyns, Eph 28+ 

Syw.-: v.s. 6vpos. 

épyitw (<dpyy), [in LXX chiefly for mn, also for HXp, ete. ;] 
to make angry, provoke to anger ; in cl. most freq. in pass., and so always 
in NT, to be provoked to anger, be angry: absol., Mt 184 227, Lk 1472 
15°8, Eph 476 (XX), Re 1118; c. dat., Mt 5%; seq. emi, c. dat. (m1 Ki 11%, 
al.), Re 12!" (ef. rap-opyigw).t 

dpyidos, -7, -ov (<Cépyy), [in LXX: Pr 2274 29% (man), ete. ;] 


inclined to anger, passionate : Ua al beep 
* dpyurd, a Hy (<< dpéyw), the length of the outstretched arms, a 
fathom: Ac 27°. 

** 6oéyw, [in Sm: Jb 89, Ez 164°*;] to reach, stretch out ; pass. 
and mid., to stretch oneself out, reach forth ; metaph., to reach after, 
grasp at, aspire to: c. gen. rei, I Ti 3!, He 11°; gurapyupias (v. Hllic. 
and CG, mn) l3)) a La 6t st 

SYM: erOupew, to desire (q.V.). 
coe (WH, épw-; v. MM, xviii,) “Hy -ov (<< dpos), mountainous, 


pe H 6. (Sc. xwpa), the hill-country (LXX for 3): Lk 13% 65.+ 


** Spetis, -ews, 7) (<< dpéyouar), [in LXX: Wi 14? 15° 1673, Si 18% 
23°, 1v Mac 1° %5*°)] the most general word for all kinds of desire, 
longing, appetite: of lust, Ro 1?’. 

SYN.: v.S. ra6os. 

*+t gp0om0déw, -@ (<< dp6d-rovs, going straight), = cl. es6vropéw, to 
walk straight : eee Ga 214 (not elsewhere).t 

6pQds, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 3wr;] straight ; (a) in height, 


straight, wpright: Ac 141°; (6) in line, straight, direct: fig., He 
1.913 (LXX) + 
+ ép0oTopéw, -@ (<< dpfds, Teuvw), [in LXX: Pr 3° 115 (wr pi.) *;] 
to cut straight, as a road (r. ddovs, fig., Pr, ll. c.). Metaph., r. Adyor 
t. dAnbeias, 11 Ti 2! (vy. Ellic. and CGT, in 1.; not found elsewhere).t 
t+ dpOpitw (<< dpApos), [in LXX chiefly for nsw hi., Ge 19°, al.; also 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 823 


for "mw pi., Ps 62! (63), al., ete.;] = cl. poét., dpOpevw, to rise early - seq. 
mpos, C. acc. pers. (as Ps, L.c., al.), Lk 21°8 (v. Thumb, Hellen., 123).t 
t dpOpwvos, -7, -dv (<< dpOpos), [in LXX: Ho 6° 13° (aay hi.), Hg 
215 (14), Wi 11%2*;] late form of dp6pios (q.v.), early: Lk 24”8.+ 
' Op9pros, -a, -ov (<< dpOpos), [in LXX: 1 Ki 284, Jb 297,11 Mac 
51% 23 * *) early, in the early morning: Lk 24”, Rec. (v.s. ép6p.vos).t 
dpQpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for MW, 772, etc.;] daybreak, dawn: 
éppov Babews (M, Pr., 73), at early dawn, Lk 24'; dpOpov, Jo 82); so 
tov 6., Ac 57! (cf. MM, xviii).t 

dp0ds, adv. (<< dp60s), rightly: Mk 7%°, Lk 74 1078 2071.+ 

épitw (<< dpos, a boundary), [in LXX for on, baa, ete.;] 1. to 
separate, mark off by boundaries (so Nu 34°, Jo 13%”), 2. to determine, 
appoint, designate: of time, ec. acc., Ac 177°, He 47; c. acc. pers., Ac 
1781; c. inf., Ac 1179; pass., Lk 2272, Ac 278 1042, Ro 14 (cf. ag-, azo- 
d1-, mpo-opitw).t : 

dpivos, V.S. dpetvds. 

Spiov, -ov, 7d (<dpos, a boundary), {in LXX chiefly for by33;] a 
boundary, bound ; chiefly in pl., and so always in NT: Mt 2!% 418 834 
ey ee TOF Mile ot 7 Sh 10 Ae 1 BOF 

dpkiLw (<< dpxos), [in LXX: Ge 24°", al. (yaw hi.);] 1. to make 
one swear (Xen., Polyb., al.). 2. to adjwre- ¢. dupl. acc., Mk 57, Ac 
1918 (cf. év-, é€-opxiw).t 

dpkos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for yaw, Myaw and cogn. forms;] 
an oath: Mt 147 267, Lk 173, Ac 259, He 61617, Ja 5; pl. Mt 
533 (LXX) 149 Mk 626.+ 

dpkwpocia, -as, 7 (<(dpxos, duvyyr; by metapl. for ra dpxwpdcre, 
asseverations on oath ; v. MM, xviii), [in LXX: Ez 171% 19 (nby), 1 Es 


99% * 5] affirmation on oath, an oath : He 77% 71s 28+ 
dppdw, -© (<< dpyy), [in LXX for aw, etc.;] 1. causal, to set in 
motion, urge on. 2. Intrans., to hasten on, rush: seq. eis, Mt 8%, Mk 
518 Lk 888, Ac 1979; éi, c. acc., Ac 757.t 
dppy, -hs, 7, [in LXX: Pr 3” (ANw), etc.;] 1. a violent move- 
ment, impulse: Ja 3*; (b) a hostile movement, onset, assault: Ac 14°.t 
Sppynpa, -ros, 76 (6pyaw), [in LXX: Ho 5”, Am 1" (773y), ete. ;] 
arush: Re 1871.+ 
dpveov, -ov, TO, = puis, [in LXX chiefly for px ;] a bird: Re 18? 
1917) 21 (Hom., al.).t 
*t gong (cf. Doric gen., dpv.xos, and MGr., épvix; v. M, Pr., 45), 
= dpvis: Lk 13% (TL; WH, épus).t 
dpvis, -LHos, 6, 7, [in LXX: o. éxXextai, 1 Ki 3! 4°38 (5%) 
(nya) *;] a bird; specif., a cock, a hen: Mt 2337, Lk 1334 (WH).t+ 
*t 6po0ecia, -as, 7 (<Cdpos, a boundary, + tiOyu), a setiing of 
boundaries ; in pl., bownds ; Ac 17°6.t 


3824 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


dpos, -ouvs, 7d, [in LXX chiefly, and very freq., for W;] @ 


mountain: Mt 48 171, Mk 92, Jo 4°, 1 Pe 1!8, al.; opp. to Bovvés, Lk 
35(LXX); 3. 7, éAquav, Mt 211 24% al. (v.s. €.); 6. Suv (3, prob. in gen. 
appos.), He 12%, Re 141; 6. Sud, Ac 73% 38, Ga 47425; 76 6., of the hill 
district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of 
Galilee, Mt 5! 81, Mk 313 646 al.; ra 6., Mt 18”, Mk 5°, He 11°8, Re 
614, al.; proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, on Py), of overcoming difficulties, 
accomplishing marvels, dpy peOoravew, 1 Co 137, cf. Mt 177° 2171, 
Mk 11°, 

épicow, [in LXX chiefly for "Bn, also for M3, etc.;] to dig: 
c. acc., Anvov, Mt 21°38; broAnvov, Mk 121; ynv, Mt 2518 (cf. &-, 
e&-optacow).t 

dppaves, -7, -dv, [in LXX for oim;] 1. prop., orphan, father- 


less: Mk 124°, WH, mg, Ja 1°”. 2. In a general sense (as also in cl.; 
v. LS, s.v.; and cf. MM, xviii), bereft, friendless, desolate: Jo 1418+ 

dpxéopat, -oduat, [in LXX for 39, ete.;] to dance; Mt 11” 14%, 
Mk 622, Lk 7°2.+ 

ds, 7, 6, the postpositive article (ap$pov troraxtiKdr). 

I. As demonstr. pron. = otros, 6d¢, this, that, also for airds, 
chiefly in nom.: os 8¢, but he (cf. 7 dé os, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15%8, Jo 
5; és pev . . . Os d¢, the one .. . the other, Mt 215 22° 25%, Lk 2333, 
Ac 2744, Ro 145, 1 Co 1121, 11 Co 216, Ju #2; neut., d wey . . . 3 dé, the 
one... the other, some . . . some, Mt 13% 23, Ro 971; os (0) wey... 
(dAXos (dAXo)) . . . Erepos (-o), Mk 44, Lk 8°, t Co 12519; ods prev, absol., 
1 Co 1278; ds pey . . . 6 dé, Ro 14?. 

II. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that ; 1. agreeing in gender 
with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2°, Lk 99, 
Ac 20!8, Ro 229, al. mult. 2. In variation from the common con- 
struction; (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the 
antecedent: Mk 15!°, Ga 31°, Eph 61’, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 69, 
Col 2}9, 1 Ti 316, Re 1314, al.; (6) in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 
15%, 11 Pe 31; (c) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent 
(Bly S'50,,.2)):, dio; 418) Ac) S41) Ro tot Co 6. vnph/1e) als. bne 
neut. 6 with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, 
which term: Mk 317 124, Jo 139, Col 314, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2°?, 
Ga 2! 1 Jo 28, al. 4. With ellipse of a demonstrative (otros or éxeivos), 
before or after: before, Mt 207%, Lk 74%, Ro 10%, al.; after, Mt 10%, 
Mk 94°, Jo 19%, Ro 21, al. 5. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 
11° (who = that he may), Mk 1?, He 12°, al. 6. C. prep. as peri- 
phrasis for conje.: dv dv (= avti tovtwy dv), because, Lk 17°, al.; 
wherefore, Lk 12°; éef’ 4, since, for that, Ro 5”; ad’ ob, since (tem- 
poral), Lk 1375; ef ob, whence, Phi 3°; ete. 7. With particles: ds dv 
(éav), V.s. dv, éav; os cai, Mk 319, Jo 217°, Ro 5%, al.; Os cai airés, Mt 
2757, 8. Gen., ot, absol., as adv. (v.s. of). 

éadxis (<< dos), relat. adv., as often as: seq. édv (q.v.), I Co 
Wsr28) Re P16 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3825 


doye = Os ye, V.S. ye. 

dotos, -ov (SO sometimes in cl., but most freq. -a, -ov), [in LXX 
chiefly for TOM, also for "NY, WW, DAN] religiously right, right- 
eous, pious, holy: of men, Tit 18. He 76; by meton., 6. xetpas, 1 Ti 2% 
(cf. De 324); of God, Re 15* 165; as subst., 6 6., of the Messiah, 
Ac 277 1385 (LXX); 7a 6. Aaveid +. mora (Field, Notes, 121), Ac 
1334 (LXX) + 

SYN... v.s. dys (cf. also DB, ii, 399°; iv, 352>, and ref. s.v. -iws). 

dovdtys, -nTos, 7 (<Cdcws), [in LXX: De 9° (Aw), 1 Ki 144, 
m Ki 9* (am, oan), Pr 14%, Wi 2” 519 93 1499*;) piety, holiness : 
assoc. with dicaoovvy, Lk 175, Eph 4%4,+ 

SYN, : v.s8. dios. 

dciws (<( dows), adv., [in LXX: ur Ki 8%, Wi 6°*;] piously, 
holily ; 6. cat dixaiws x. dpéumrrtws (on the distinction here between these 
synonyms, v. M, Th., 24 f.), 1 Th 2+ 

dopy, -7s, 7 (<C ow), [in LXX chiefly for 4;] @ smell, odour ; 
Jo 12°; metaph. (EV, savowr), 1 Co 21416; of the effect of sacrifice 
(cf. nA oO], Ge 87, al., v.s. etwdia), 6. edwdias, Eph 5?, Phi 418+ 


dcov, V.S. dcos. 

Sa0s, -7, -ov, correlat. of tocotros, how much, how many, how 
great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of 
number and quantity: m. pl., Mt 14°6, Mk 3”, Ro 2”, al.; n. pl., 
Mt 17", Mk 1071, Lk 118 al.; waves (zavra) 6., Mt 1346, Lk 44°, al.; 
seq. otro. (radra), Ro 8'4, Phi 4°; c. indic., Mk 65°, Re 31%; c. subje., 
Mk 3”, al.; 6. av, Mt 188, Jo 11”, al.; (b) of measure and degree: 
Mk 38, Lk 8%, Ac 98; in compar. sent., dcov seq. paddAov, Mk 7%; 
xa? ocov, c. compar., He 3°; seq. roootro, He 7°; ovrws, He 927; 
TogovTw, Cc. compar. seq. dow, c. compar., He 14; éf’ dcov, inasmuch 
as, Mt 254 4°, Ro 11}; (c) of space and time: Re 211°; é¢’ dcov, as 
long as, Mt 9°, 11 Pe 138; éf’ 6. xpdvov, Ro 7, 1 Co 7°%, Ga 41; én 
puxpov dcov ocov, yet how very short a time, He 1087 XX), 

Sotrep, V.S. Os. 

éotéov (Att. contr. doroty, -ot, and so Jo, l.c.), -ov, 7d, [in LXX 
chiefly for O¥Y;] a@ bone: contr., écrotv (v. supr.), Jo 1996@Xx); 


uncontr. (asin Hom., Hdt.), doréa, Lk 2499; doréwv, Mt 2377, He 11%.+ 

Sotis, ATs, 6 te (also written 6, re and om; v. LS, s.v.; WH, 
§ 411; Tdf., Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), 
the only instance of the oblique cases being found in éws drov (v.S. ews), 
relative of indef. reference (related to simple és as Lat. quisquis 
to qui), whoever, anyone who; (a) of an indef. person or thing: in 
general statements, Mt 5° 4! 13, and freq., Lk 147’, Ga 54, al.; in 
relative sentences, Mt 776, Lk 15’, Phl 3’, al.; was o., c. indic., 
Mt 774 10%; 6. ay (av), c. subje., Mt 12°° 13”, Jo 14", 1 Co 167, Ga 5”, 
al.; (b) of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, ‘either 


326 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very 
nature” (Hort on 1 Pe 2"), who is such as: Mt 26 776, Lk 21° 737 
JOWS5?, Ac. 75>. Ro Ge meCous.’,..Ga 474 -Bipm 15, ale > (6) where the 
relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr... 93), 
seeing that he (it, they), and he (it, they): Lk 8% 104, Ac 1047 di 
Phl 4%, al.; (d) as in Ionic and late Greek (BI., § 50,1; M, Pr., l.c.), 
differing but little from 6s: Lk 24 9°, Ac 17°, Re 123. 

dotpdKivos -7, -ov (<Cdatpaxov, an earthen vessel or potsherd), 
[in LXX chiefly for wn ;] made of clay, earthen: 11 Co 4’, 1 Ti 2?9.+ 


* dappyots, -ews, 7) (6oppaivona, to smell), the sense of smell, smell- 
ing: 1 Co 12)7.t 
dagus, -vos, 7, [in LXX chiefly for m3Mg, also for pon, etc. ;] 


the loin: Mt 34, Mk 1°; metapn., wepiLovvwoba (avag-) tr. dodvas, 
Lk 12%, Eph 6", 1 Pe 13; regarded, as by the Hebrews, as the seat 
of generative power, He 7°: 1; metaph., xapros t. dogvos, Ae 23°, 

Stav (for 67 av = ore av), temporal particle, with a conditional 
sense, usually of things expected to occur in an indefinite future; 
1. prop., whenever ; (a) c. subjc. praes.: Mt 62°, Mk 147, Lk 1156, 
Jo 77, Ac 2385, 1 Co 34, al.; ews 7. tyuepas éxeivys, 6., Mt 2679, Mk 1475; 
seq. tore, I Th 5%; (6) c. subje. aor. (M, Pr., 185): Mt Bu, Mk 4}, 
Lk 6”, Jo 21° 88 (Field, Notes, 94), 104, al. 9. As in Hom. (LS, s. v.), 
but not in cl. prose, c. indic., when (M, Pr., 167 f.; Bl., § 65, 9): 
c. impf., Mk 3" (cf. Ge 38%, al.); c. praes., Mk 1125; Cc. fut., Re 49 
(Swete, in 1.); c. aor., Mk 111°, Re 8! (Swete, inll.; M, Pr., 168, 248 ;s 
Field, Notes, 35). 

éte, temporal particle (correlat. of wore, tore), when; ec. indic. 
(so generally in el., but also c. optat., subje.; LS, s.v.), most freq. 
©. aor. Mii G28 Mie 122 ik 448) Jo 11%: Ace 13) Ro! list, Gals Rea 
al.; c. impf., Mk 14%, Jo 21, Ro 6”, 1 Th 34, al.; c. pf., since, now 
that, 1 Co 13" (B, éyévopyv); ¢. praes., Mk 111, Jo 94, He 9"; ec. fut. 
(Hom.; of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of d6rav c. subjc.), Lk 17”, 
Jo 471; 23 525 1675, Ro 216 (T, txt., WH, mg.), mu Ti 4° (in all which 
instances, and c. pres., Jo, l.c., 6. follows a subst. of time, and is 
equiv. to a rel. phrase, év 6 or 7). 

6tou, V.S. doTLS. 

dt, conjc. (prop. neut. of daris). 

I. As conje., introducing an objective clause, that ; 1. after verbs 
of seeing, Suns thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3° 6%? 11%, Mk 3%, 
Lik: 2 Joa Ae 413, Ro 1s 88 10°, Ph] 4%, Ja 274, al.; elliptically, Jo 
Oe Phis™) ai. 2. After elvau Gocrene defining a demonstr. or pers. 
pron., Jo 319 16, Ro 9°, 1 Jo 31, al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 87’, Mk 
ie Lk 426 IG 422, al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2%, Ac 5%? al. ; 
Untranslatable, before direct discourse (ore recitantis) : Mt 723, Mk 216, 
Lk 15!, Jo 12°, Ac 15!, He 1118, al. (on the pleonastic as or1, V.8. @s). 

II. As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5*™, Lk 621, Jo 15° 
577, Ac 15, 1 Jo 418, Re 3", al. mult.; 8:4 rodro or, Jo 847 101”, al.; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 827 


ae @ question (8a 7/), Ro 9%, al.; ody dm... ddr’ ru, Jo 
12° 

o§ (prop. gen. of ds), adv. of place, where, whither ; (a) in answer 
to the question ‘‘ where?” (= ubi): Mt 29 18, Lk 416, a9 *) Ae. is 
2? 7 12% 1615 2068 2510 2814, Ro 926 (Xx), Col 3}, He 3° (XX), Re 
17°; of condition, Ro 4 5°, 11 Co 317; (6) in answer to the question 
“whither?” (= quo): Mt 2816, Lk 101 24°8; seq. édv, c. subje., 
1 Co 16%.t 

ov, before a vowel with smooth breathing oix, before one with 
rough breathing ody (but improperly odx idov, Ac 2’, WH, mg.; ef. 
WH, Inir., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for ND, PN, PN;] neg. 


particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. 7) ; 
1. absol. (accented), ov, no: Mt 1379, Jo 171 215; od ov, Mt 5°”, Ja 5”. 
2. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 12° 10%6) 38, Mk 3%5 
Do 16"; iAe: 79) Ro’ 16, Phi 3%, al, ; in litotes, ovK odéyou (i.e. very 


many), Ac 174, al.; ot« donpos, Ac 2139; was... ov, G. verb. Sas 
Heb. Nb... 55), no, none, Mt 24”, niet 132°, Lk 137, Eph 55, al.; 
disjunctive statements, ovUK . . , Lk 302, Jo 133, Ro 820, al. ; 


2 pers. fut. (like Heb. Nd, c. sa as emphatic prohibition, Mt “ 
Lk 4", Ro 7’, al. 3. With another negative, (a) strengthening the 
negation: Mk 5%’, Jo 8!° 121%, Ac 8%, al.; (6b) making an affirmative: 
Ac 4%, 1 Co 12, 4. With other particles : ov 19 (V.S. 4); Ov pnKert, 
Mt Q119; with py interrog., Ro 1018, 1 Co 945 11”. 5, Interrogative, 
expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne): Mt 676, Mk 471, Lk 1149, 
Jo 435, Ro 971, al. 
*+ od, interj. of wonder or irony, ah! ha!: Mk 15*9,+ 
+ odai, interj. of grief or denunciation, [in LXX for "7, "4N, etc. ;] 
alas ! woe! most freq. c. dat. pers., Mt 117! 2314, Mk 13!” 14%, Lk 
oa, so, al. ; c. vocat. (nom.), Re 181% 16 19 (ef, Is 174, al.); c. acc., 
Re 12”, seq. éx, 8'%; c. dat. Seq. dard (v. M, Pr., 246), Mt 187. As 
subst., 1 Co 916 (ef. Je 64); 7 0v., Re 9” 114; pl, Re 9; ov., ov., ov., 
Re 818, 
** obBapds (<oidapycs, not even one), adv., [in LXX: u-1v Mac, * 5] 
in no wise, by no means: Mt 26 (OT).t 
ob8€, negative particle, related to pydé as od to py. 
I. As conje., and not, also not, neither, nor: Mt 615, Lk 16%!, Ro 
415, al.; ov . . . ovde, Mt 55 10%, Mk 472, Lk 64% 44, Jo 624, Ac 227, Ro 
928, al. (v. Bl., § 77, 10). 
Il. As adv., not even: Mt 69, Mk 6%!, Lk 79, 1 Co 5!; otdé fs, 
Ac 482, Ro 319 @Xx), 
obdeis, -deuia, -dév (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -6eis, 
-bév, Lk 2225 2344, Ac 15° 1927 2676, 1 Co 137, 1 Co 118; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; 
M, Pr., 56,; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to pydeis as od to py, no, no 
one, none: with nouns, Lk 474, Jo 1041, Ro 8}, al.; absol., Mt 674, Mk 
327, Lk 1%, Jo 118, Ac 181°, Ro 14’, al. mult.; ¢. gen. partit., Lk 426, 
Jo 13%, al.; neut., oddev, Mt 10°, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 936, Ac 1817, - 


328 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


al.; ovdéy et py, Mt 53, Mk 9%, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, 
Mk 1545, Lk 42, Jo 32’, al.; adverbially, Ac 25!°, Ga 4% al. 

odSé-moze, adv., [in LXX: Ex 108 (Nn), etc.;] never: Mt 723 938 
9633, Mk 212, Lk 1529, Jo 746, Ac 104 118 148, 1 Co 138, He 1044. 
Interrog., Mt 211% 42, Mk 2?5,t 

oddémw, adv., [in LXX: Ex 9° (799) *;] not yet: Lk 2353, Jo 7% 
19# 20°) Ac’ $18.7 

ov0eis, V.S. ovdeis. 

ovxér, neg. adv. of time, [in LXX chiefly for My c. neg., N5, etc. ;] 
no longer, no more: Mt 19%, Mk 108, Lk 1519, Jo 4#, Ro 6°, Ga 3°, 
Eph 2°, He 10%, al.; c. neg. (to strengthen the negation), Mt 22*°, 
Mk 53, Ac 8°, al. 

ovkoov, adv. (<ovKovv, not therefore), with the negative element 
lost, therefore, so then: Jo 18%7.t 

ov, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never 
standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 31, Lk 8°, 
Jo 888, Ac 121, Ro 59, al.; in exhortations, Mt 38, Lk 11°, Ac 3}, 
Ro 6”, al.; in questions, Mt 138, Mk 15”, Jo 8", Ro 6}, al.; con- 
tinuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1”, Lk 3%, 
Jo 122 218 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26”, al.; dpa oty (v.s. dpa) ; 
éret otv, He 214; oty c. ptep. (= érei otv), Ac 25°, Ro 51, al.; éay ov 
(where ofv rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5%, Lk 4’, 
Jo 68, Ro 276 al.; as ovv, Jo 4}, al. 

oumw, neg. adv. of time, not yet : Mt 24°, Mk 137, Jo 2 3% 617, al. ; 
e. neg., Mk 112, Lk 235°; interrog., Mt 169, Mk 44° 817,21, 

odpd, -as, 7, [in LXX for 333;] a tail: Re 9119 124+ 

odpdnos, -ov (cl. usually -a, -ov), [in LXX: De 28” A (BMW), etc. 5] 


of or in heaven, heavenly : Mt 548 61426 8 1518 185° 23°, Lk 218, Ac 261°.+ 

¥** odpavd0ev (<< otpards), adv., [in LXX: 1v Mac 4° *;] from heaven : 
Ac 141” 2618.+ 

ovpaves, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for ow (hence, often pl., of ot., 


v. infr.);] heaven; 1. of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky 
and the aerial regions above the earth: opp. to 4 y7, He 1, 1 Pe 3%; 
5 ov. kal 4 yh, ie. the world, the universe, Mt 5'*, Mk 13*!, Lk 10”, 
Ac 424, Re 10, al.; da dkpuwv ov. éws a. aitav (on the absence of art. aft. 
prep., v. Bl., § 46, 5), Mt 24%!; tad tov ov., Ae 2°, Col 1%; twOjvar 
éws Tod ov., fig., Mt 1123, Lk 10!; onpetov éx rod ov., Mt 161, Mk 84, al.; 
ai vepéAat Tod ov., Mt 249, al.; ra werewa rov ov., Mt 676, Mk 4° al.; 
ot dorépes Tod od., Re 61%, al.; pl. (oi) ov. (BL, § 32, 5), Mt 36, Mk 17, 
Jo 1%, 1 Pe 3718, al. 2. Of the abode of God and other blessed 
beings: of angels, Mt 24%6, Mk 1275, Ga 18, Re 10}, al.; of Christ 
glorified, Mk 169], Lk 24°!, Ac 371, Ro 10°, al.; of God, Mt 5%, Ro 178, 
al.; 6 Ilarjp 6 év rots od. (Dalman, Words, 184 ff.), Mt 5’ 61, al.; 
Onoavpos év od., Mt 62°, Mk 1021, al. 3. By meton., (a) of the inhabit- 
ants of heaven: Re 18” (cf. ib. 12”, Jb 151, Is 447%); (6) as an evasive 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 329 


reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 
204 ff.) : Mt 217°, Mk 119°, Lk 15'8, Jo 37’ al.; 7 BactAcia ray ov. (= Tod 
®cov; v.s. BacwAcia). 

OupBavos, -od, 6 (Lat. Urbanus), Urban: Ro 16°.t 

Odpias, -ov, 6 (Heb. M7N), Uriah: Mt 16+ 

ots, gen., drds, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for J1&;] the ear: Mt 131, 
Mk 733, Lk 2259 1 Co 29 1216 1 Pe 3%; é& +. dot, Lk 42); cis 7. Sra 


axover Oar, Ac 757; yiveoOau, Lk 144; cicgpyerOau, Ja 5*; «is 7. ots dxovew, 
Mt 10°’; zpos r. ots Aadetv, Lk 12°; rad. cvvéxew (MM, xviii), Ac 7°”. 
Metaph., of understanding, perceiving, knowing: Mt 131%; 6 éwv 
(ei Tus er) ods dxovadtw, Re 27 1517529 36, 18,22 139° 6 éywy (ds exer, el Tus 
€\et) Gta (dxovew) dxovérw, Mt 111° 13% 48, Mk 4% 23 716 (R, mg.), Lk 88 
1495; rots &. Bapéws dxovew, Mt 13, Ac 2827 (LXX); &. exovtes otk 
dxovew, Mk 818; &. rod px dxovew, Ro 118; Oécde cis ra &., Lk 944; 
imepitpnros Tos &., Ac 7°1.+ 
*¥ odgia, -as, 7 (<Covca, fem. part. of eiu/), [in LXX: To 14%, 
11 Mac 3%*;] substance, property: Lk 15! 18,+ 
oure, negative particle, related to pire as ov to py, and not, 
neither, nor: ovdeis . . . ovre, Re 54; odSe . . . ovre, Gal; otre ... 
kai, Jo 4"; after a question with py interrog., Ja 3%; otre . . . ovre, 
netther . . . nor, Mt 679, Mk 12%, Jo 421, Ac 15, Ro 8% 39 Ga 56, al. 
obTos, arn, TOUTO, gen., TovTov, TavTns, TovTov, [in LXX chiefly for 
M3, MN7;] demonstr. pron. (related to éxetvos as hic to ille), this; 


1, as subst., this one, he; (a) absol.: Mt 317, Mk 97, Lk 74445, Jo 115, 
Ac 2, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 135 5°, Mk 63, Jo 6%, al.; 
eis tovro, Mk 1°8, Ro 14°; wera rodro (radra; v. Westc. on Jo 5), 
Jo 2" 117, al.; (6) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 51%, 
Mk 3%, Lk 94, Jo 64, Ro 7!, al.; (c) proleptic (referring to what 
follows) : seq. iva (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 14%, Jo 3!% (and freq.) 15°, Ro 14%, 
al.; seq. or, Lk 10", Jo 939, Ac 2414, Ro 23, al.; ows, Ro 917; édv, 
Jo 13%; (d) special idioms: rotro pe... 7. d€ (cl), partly... 
partly, He 108; xai todro (rotrov, tatra), and that (him) too, Ro 134, 
I Co 2?, He 11"; rotr’ éorw, that ts to say, Mt 2746, 2. As adj., c. 
subst.; (a) c. art. (a) before the art.: Mt 12%2, Mk 929, Lk 744, Jo 415, 
Ro 11%, Re 19%, al.; (8) after the noun: Mt 39, Mk 12'6, Lk 113), 
Jo 418, Ac 618, Ro 15°8, 1 Co 17°, Re 274, al.; (6) c. subst. anarth. (with 
predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 196 2? 24?! Jo QM 454 9114 17 Co 13}, 

otras, rarely (Bl., § 5,4; WH, App., 146 f.) otrw, adv. (<< otros), 
[in LXX chiefly for 3;] in this way, so, thus; 1. referring to 


what precedes: Mt 516 639, Mk 104% 1459 Lk 125 248 157, Jo 38, 
Ro 115, 1 Co 8%, al.; otrws xa‘, Mt 17%, Mk 139, al.; pleonastically, 
resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl. § 74, 6), Ac 204 2717, 2. Referring 
to what follows: Mt 11° 6°, Lk 19%, Jo 211,1 Pe 2%; bef. quotations 
from OT, Mt 2°, Ac 7°, 1 Co 15*°, He 44. 3. C. adj. (marking 
intensity): He 1271, Re 1618; similarly c. adv., Ga 16 (cl.). 4. As 

predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1'% 935, Mk 242 426, Ro 418 920 1; Pe 


330 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


215; ov. éxew (Lat. sic or ita se habere), Ac 7}, al.; exaOe€ero ov. (as 
he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4°. 5. In comparison, 
with correlative adv.: xafarep ...ov., Ro 124°, al.; xadws... 
ou, Lik 11% al oui). umados, ik 24°74 al sido 6. caraurMvOlds5, ale: 
ov... «as, ME 475 nalendomep .../.) . ovsp Wit 1240 al ons ke. move, 
EP Co\7?: 
obx, V.S. ov. 
ovxi, strengthened form of ov, not; (a) in neg. sentences, not, 
not at all: Lk 16° 1251, Jo 13", al.; (6) more freq. in questions where 
an affirm. ans. is expected (Lat. nonne): Mt 54% 47, Lk 69, Jo 11%, al. 
* dpertétys, -ov, 6 (<< ddeidw), a debtor: ce. gen. (of the amount), 
Mt 18"4. Metaph., of obligation or duty in general, with reference to 
favours received or injury done, etc.: Mt 6”, Ro 1!4 8! 152’, Ga 5°; of 


sinners, in relation to God (= Heb. 39m; ef. Si (Heb) 8°), Lk 134+ 
*t dpedy, -7s, 7 (<< ddeidAw), a debt: Mt 18°; metaph., one’s due: 
Ro 13’, 1 Co 73 (found also in z.; v. Deiss., BS, 221; MM, xviii).t 
dpeidnpa, -ros, TO (< ddeiAw), [in LXX: De 24! (ANWR), 1 Hs 
379, 1 Mac 15°*;] that which is owed, a debt: Ro 4*; metaph. (as 
Aram. 33M, N31M), of sin as a debt, Mt 6!.+ 


dpeidw, [in LXX: De 15?, Is 24? (Mw3, Nws), Ez 18" (a1), Wi 
1215,20, al.;] to owe, be a debtor: c. acc. rei, Mt 1878, Lk 7* 167, 
Phm }§; id. c. dat. pers, Mt 1878, Lk 16°. Pass., to be owed, to be 
due: +. dpersuevov, Mt 18°34, Metaph.: absol. (= Rabbinic 357; 


v. McNeile, in 1.), Mt 2316 18; ¢, acc. rei et dat. pers., Ro 138; c. inf, 
to be bound or obliged to do (ef. Westc., Epp. Jo., 50), Lk 17°, Jo 1314 
1G" Ae 1729s Ro 154 4k Co aye O11 e Go 1 ats VE paroes eth ale 
13 218, He 27 6%, 1 Jo 2° 316 44 111 Jo8; adderov cvicracba, I ought 
to have been commended, 11 Co 12". In peculiar Aram. sense of 
having wronged one (v.s. d¢eiAnpa; but cf. also Inser. éuapriay édeidw, 
Deiss., BS, 225), c. dat. pers., Lk 114 (cf. rpoo-ofeiAw).t 

dedov, 2 aor. of ddecAw, without the augment (v. M, Pr., 201,), 
used to express a fruitless wish; [in LXX (with aor. indic.): Ex 163 


(jar), Nu 14? @) 203 (15), Ps 118 (119)® (nN), etc.;] in cl. with an 


infin. (chiefly poét.), would that: with indic. aor., 1 Co 4°; impf., 
11Co 111, Re 3"; fut., Ga 5" (a practicable wish, v. Bl., 206 f., 220. 
The construction with indic. is only found in late writers.)t 

dpedos, -ovs, TO (<CdpeAAw, to increase), [in LXX: Jb 153 
(53m hi.)* ;] advantage, help : 1 Co 15*,. Ja, 214) 16+ 

*t dpOadpo-Soudta (Rec. -e/a), -as, 7) (<< dpOadpos, SovAos), eye-service : 

Eph 6°, Col 3” (not found elsewhere).t 

dp8adpeds, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Py ;] the eye (as in el., 
chiefly pl.): Mt 5°5, Mk 947, Lk 64!, Jo 9°, al.; rods 6. eLopvocew (fig.), 
Ga 4); érapa, Lk 67°, Jo 6°; dvotga:, Ac 949; id., of restoring sight, 
Mt 20%, Jo 99, al.; ev pirq dfOadpot, 1 Co 15°"; by anthropom., of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3381 


God, He 4,1 Pe 3"; pleonastically (cf. Thackeray, Gr., 42 f.), Sov 
oi 6. wou, Lk 2%° (similarly, ib. 47° 1078, Jo 124°, 1 Co 29, 1 Jo 11, Re 1’). 
Metaph. (as otherwise in cl.; v. LS, 8.v.); (a) of ethical qualities: 
6. wovypos (meton., for envy; cf. Heb. yy py, Pr 28”; cf. Si 141 


3413), Mt 6723) Mk 7%, Lk 1184; daAods, Mt 6”, Lk 1134; ériOupia 
(q.v.) 6fOarpay (cf. Ee 48, Si 14%), 1 Jo 216; 6. peorol poryadidos, 11 Pe 
214; (b) of mental vision: Mt 1315, Mk 88, Lk 19#, Jo 124°, Ro 118, 
Ga 3!, Eph 18, al.; év é@Oadpois seq. gen. (on the absence of the art., 
v. Bl., § 46, 9,; M, Pr., 81), Mt 2142, Mk 121, 

dds, -ews, 6, [in LXX chiefly for wn3;] a serpent, snake: Mt 7%, 


Mk 1618, Lk 10! 111, Jo 314, 1 Co 10°, Re 91°; as typical of wisdom 
and cunning, Mt 101° 23%, 11 Co 11 (cf. Ge 31); of Satan (cf. Ge 3}, 
Wi 27%: 24, tv Mac 188), Re 12% 141° 20?.+ 
pus, -vos, 7, [in LXX: Le 14° (py 23)*;] an eyebrow, the 
brow of a hill: Lk 4?9.+ 
¥* dxeTds, -0d, 6 (<< 6xéw, to carry), [in Sm.: Jb 2274, Ps 64 (65)!°, 
al.;] 1. a water-pipe, channel. 2. the intestinal canal: Mk 7%, 
WH, mg. (for apedpur).t 
** éyhéw, -& (<< dxAos), [in LXX: To 6’, ur Mac 54!*;] to move, 
disturb ; hence, generally, to trouble, vex: pass., Ac 5!® (act. absol., 
= pass., to be in a twmult, 11 Mac, l.c.; ef. év-, rap-ev-oyAéw, and v. 
MM, xviii).t 
*+ dxXo-trovéw, -@, to gather a crowd, make a riot: Ac 17° (not else- 
where).t 
8xXos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for 7a (chiefly in Da rx), n, bap, 


etc.;] 1. a moving crowd or multitude of persons, a throng: Mt 93, 
Mk 24, Lk 5!, Jo 5%, al.; pl., Mt 5!, Mk 10!, Lk 37, and freq.; 6. 
ixavés, Mk 104°, al.; rocodros, Mt 15%*; od per’ dyAov, Ac 2418; dre 
dxAov, Lk 22°; was 6 6., Mt 13%, Mk 235, al.; 6. woAvs (x. 6.), Mt 2029, 
Mk 5*!, al.; 6 wodds 4, (6. 7.), the populace, the common people, Mk 1237 
(Swete, in 1.; Field, Notes, 37), Jo 129 (Westc.,in 1.). 2. (As also el., 
opp. to djpuos, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., § xeviii), the populace, the 
common people (cf. 6 rodvs 6., supr.), Mt 145 212°, Mk 1212, Jo 712; so 
with contempt (cl.), Jo 74°. In a more general sense, a multitude : 
c. gen., dvoudrwr (v.s. 6.), Ac 115; padyrav, Lk 61", al. 

dxUpwpa, -Tos, TO (<< dxupdw, to fortify, make firm), [in LXX for 
"¥A20, etc.;] a stronghold, fortress (Ps 88 (89)*, Na 314 al.); in 


LXX and NT, also metaph. of that in which confidence is placed 

(er Bee aie al): 1 Co 10%. 
¥* Spdp.ov, -ov, 7d (dimin. of dor, (1) cooked meat; (2) a relish or 
dainty, esp. fish, cf. MGr. 76 Wap, fish ; in comic poets and late prose 
writers only), [in LXX: To 2? (B, dor) *;] fish: Jo 6% 1 21% 10,18 + 
dpé, adv. of time, [in LXX: Ge 24", Ex 308 (Aqy, MIT PR), 


Je 2; 706., Is 5" (Fw) *;] 1. long after, late. 2. late in the day, 


332 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


at evening (opp. to zpw/); in late writers used almost as an indecl. 
noun (vy. MM, xviii): Mk 11719 13%, 3. C. gen., late in or on; and, 
in late writers also after (M, Pr., 72{.), a sense which seems to be 
required in Mt 281.+ 
¥* Owia, -as, 7, V.S. dos. 
Sipos, -ov (<< dye), [in LXX: De 11%, Pr 1615, Ho 64@), J] 2°, 
Za 10!, Je 5% (wpb), Ex 9% (5°DN)*;] post. and late for dyus, 


late: terds 6., the latter rain (v. DB, s.v. “‘rain”), with ellipsis of 
terés (v. WM, 740), Ja 57+ 
** Bos, -a, -ov (<< dé), late: 4 dpa, Mk 117 (Rec., WH, mg.). 
In late writers, 7 dya (sc. dpa), as subst., evening [in LXX: Jth 13'*]: 
Mt 816 1.415, 23 162 208 2620 9757, Mk 182 435 647 1417 1542, Jo 616, 2019+ 
dfs, -ews, 7, [in LXX chiefly for AN WO;] 1. the act of seeing, 


the sense of sight. 2. face, countenance: Jo 11, Re 1%. 3. appear- 
ance: xat 0. xpivew (v. MM, xviii), Jo 774.t 

**+ Spdviov, -ov, Td (<< dWov—v.s. dydpwov—and dvéopar), [in LXX: 
1 Es 4°65, tr Mac 38 14%2*;] 1. provisions, provision-money, soldiers’ 
pay: Lk 3%, 1 Co 97. 2. Generally, wages, hire: 1 Co 118; 6. ris 
dpaprias, Ro 678 (vy. Deiss, BS, 148, 266).t 


I 


nN, w, m, pt, p, the sixteenth letter. As a numeral, 7’ = 80, 
, = 80,000. 

trayidedo (<rayis), [in LXX: 1 Ki 28° (wp3 hith.), Ee 9” 
(wp. pu.) *;] to ensnare : metaph., c. acc., év Adyw, Mt 22!5 (not 
elsewhere).t 

mayts, -idos, 7 (<Cmyyvyms), [in LXX for mB, wpin, nw, etc. ;] 
poét. (Aristoph., al.) and late for rayn, a trap, snare; metaph. (as 
algo mel.) iii 212° Roni 1? G28) Stig! Gey on ae 228s 

Nayos, v.s. “Apeuos. 

* rdOnpa, -ros, TO (<< racxw), like raos, 1. that which befalls one, 
a suffering, affliction: pl., Ro 88, m Co 1%7, Col 1%, m Ti 34, He 21 
1082, 1 Pe 5°; of Christ’s sufferings: ra eis X., 1 Pe 1"; 1. Xpurrot, 
t Pe 5!; id. as shared by Christians, 11 Co 1°, Phl 3, 1 Pe 4. 2. a 
passive emotion, affection, passion: Ga 54; +. dyapriav, Ro 7°, 3. = ro 
récxew, an enduring or suffering : c. gen. obj., He 2°.+ 

SYN.: v.s. waos. 

* raQnrds, -7, -6v (<Cmacyxw), 1. one who has suffered. 2. subject 
to suffering (R, mg., v. M, Pr., 222) or destined to suffer (AV, R, txt.) : 
Ac 26?3,+ 

maQos, -ous, 76 (<< raoyw), [in LXX: Jb 307" (63x), Pr 259, and 


very freq. in tv Mac (1!*, al.) *;] like rama; 1. that which befalls 
one, that which one suffers. 2. a passive emotion or affection (esp. of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 333 


violent emotion), a passion, passionate desire; in NT always in bad 
sense: Col 3°; x. dripias, Ro 12°; x. érubvpias, 1 Th 45,+ 

SYN.: 7. = rdOynpa, exc. that raya is the more concrete and 
particular. In NT usage, 7. represents the passive, ungoverned 
aspect of evil desire, as opp. to émiOupia, which is the active and also 
the more comprehensive term (y. Tr., Syn., 1xxxvii); cf. also dpeéis. 

* raiSaywyos, -o0, 6 (<Czais, dyw), a guide, guardian, trainer of 
boys, a tutor (disting. from diddoKxados, Xen., Lac., 3, 1), usually a 
trusty slave: opp. to zaryp, 1 Co 41°; fig., of the Law, 7. eis Xpicrdv, 
Ga 37425 + 

tat8dprov, -ov, 76, dimin. of zais, [in LXX chiefly for 3y3;] a litile 


boy, a lad (in late and collog. Gk. the word seems to be used with 
greater latitude and even to lose its dimin. force entirely; cf. To 6% 3, 
and v. MM, xviii): Jo 6°.t 

SYN, : v.8. ais. 

mratdeta (-ia, T), -as, 7 (<C7aidetw), [in LXX chiefly for "07 5] 


1. the rearing of a child (AKsch.). 2. training, learning, instruction 
(Plat., al.) : Eph 64, m Ti 36. 3. As in LXX (Pr 3! 15°, al.), chasten- 
ing, discipline: He 125 (XX), 7; 8 1+ 

moudeuTys, -00, 6 (<Cwadetvw), [in LXX: Ho 5? (7019), Si 37", 


Iv Mac 5%4 96*;] 1. prop., a teacher, instructor: Ro 27% 2. a 
corrector, one who disciplines (cf. Ho, l.c.): He 12°.+ 

madevw (<< rats), [in LXX chiefly for 3D°;] 1. as in cl., to train 
children, hence, generally, to teach, instruct: Ac 72, 223, 1 Ti 129, 
Tit 2". 2. As in LXX (Ps 6%, Pr 198, Wi 35, al., and for prob. ex. 
from 7z., v. MM, xviii), to chasten, correct, chastise: Lk 2316”) 1 Ti 
225, He 12710; of divine chastening, 1 Co 11, m1 Co 6%, He 125, 
Re 319.+ 

SYN.: didacKw, q.V. 

asia, V.S. maweia. 

matdid0ev (<< zaidiov), adv., [in LXX: Ge 473*;] = cl. & rasdds, 
madiov, from childhood : Mk 9?1.+ 


matdiov, -ov, 7d, dimin. of zais, [in LXX chiefly for 151, also for 
"Yi, 72, etc., freq. in To in ref. to full-grown youth;] a young child, 


a little one: Mt 28% 12) Tk 159% 66, 76, 80 917,27, 40 Jo 1621, He 1123; of 
older children, Mt 18?) 45, Mk 589-41 730 924,36, Tk 947,48 1817, Jo 449. 
in pl., Mé 1116 1421 1588 183 191314, Mk 728 10187, Lk 732 117 1816, 
He 21314, Metaph., 1 Co 147°. Colloq. in familiar address (as Eng. 
colloq., ‘‘lads’’—v. M, Pr., 170,—and Irish use of ‘‘ boys’’): Jo 21°, 
1 Jo 213,18 37+ 

SYN.: V.S. zats. 

masioxy, -ys, 7, dimin. of vais, [in LXX for Ampw, MAN , etc. ;] 


1. a young girl, a maiden (MAYI, Ru 4). 2. Collog., a young female 


b cei 


slave, a maid-servant (v. Kennedy, Sources, 40 f.; Deiss., LAH, 186, 


334 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


332,): Mt 2669, Mk 1466 69, Tk 1245 2956, Jo 1817, Ac 1213 1616; of 
Hagar, Ga 47423, 30(LXX); id., metaph., ib. 31.t 

SYN. : v.s. rats. 

mailw (<7ais), [in LXX: Ge 21° 268, Ex 32° (pny pi.); and 
more freq. (Jg 16”, al.) for pn pi.;] prop., to play as a child, hence, 
generally, to play (as with singing and dancing): 1 Co 107 @X%X) (ef, 
€u-railw).t 

Tats, gen., radds, 6, 9, [in LXX chiefly for t3y, also for 3¥3, M43, 


etc.;] 1. a child, boy, youth, maiden: 6 w., Mt 1718, Lk 243 942, Ac 
202; 7 2., Lk 8°) 54 (on the artic. nom. of address, v. M, Pr., 70f., 
235; Bl., § 33, 4); pl., Mt 216 2115; of parentage, c. gen., Jo 45. 2. 
Like Heb. tay, Lat. puer, Fr. gargon, Eng. boy (Ausch., Aristoph., 


Xen., al.), servant, slave, attendant: Mt 8% *% 18) Lk 77 1245 1526; in 
late writers (Diod., LXX: Ge 41%’, al.), of a king’s attendant or 


minister: Mt 147; so (= Heb. mim Thy) zw. 7. Geod (Ps 68 (69), 


Is 418, Wi 23, al.), of Israel, Lk 154; of David, Lk 1%, Ac 4%; of 
Jesus (but v. Dalman, Words, 277 f.), Mt 1218 @XX), Ac 31% 26 427, 30 + 

Syn.: 1. réxvov, child, with emphasis on parentage and the 
consequent community of nature; vids, son, with emphasis on the 
privileged position of heirship; 7. refers both to age and parentage, 
but with emphasis on the former. Cf. also raddpuov, raidiov, radioxn, 
and v. Westc. on1Jo 3'. 2. v.s. Oeparwy, and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 7 f. 

maiw, [in LXX chiefly for M53 hi.;] to strike, smite: with the 
hand or fist, Mt 26°°, Lk 22°4; with a sword, Mk 144’, Jo 18"; of a 
reptile, to sting: Re 9°.t 

Nakatiayy, -7s, 9, Pacatiana, the western part of the Province of 
Phrygia, as constituted in iv/a.p.: 1 Ti swbscr. (Rec.).t 


mdédot, adv. of time, [in LXX: Is 48%7 (tNM), ete. ;] long ago, 


of old, in time past (denoting past time absolutely, as zporepov 
relatively): Mt 117, Lk 10%, He 1}, Ju‘; as adj., c. art., 1 Pe 19; 
of time just past, Mk 647 (WH, mg.), 1544 (WH, mg., R, txt.); ¢. 
durat. praes. (RV, all this time), 11 Co 121%.+ 

mahatds, -a, -ov (<< raAau), [in LXX: Le 257 261, Ca 738 (4) (jw), 
Jos 945, Je 45 (88)4 (m3), etc.;] old, ancient; opp. to véos, Kawvos: 


otvos, Lk 5°9; dabnxn, 1 Co 314; evroAyn, 1 Jo 2°; Gipy, 1 Co 5%8; 6 x. 
dvOpwros (for similar phrases, v. Westc., Hph., 68), Ro 6°, Eph 4”, 
Col 3°; neut. pl., cawa xai 7., Mt 13°*; of things not merely old, but 
worn by use (as Jo, l.c., LXX), Mt 91617, Mk 27422, Lik 536 37 + 

SYN. : v.8. adpyatos. 

* wadatdtys, -7TOS, 7) (<< raAauds), oldness : ypappatos, Ro 7°.+ 

mahatdw, -@ (<< radads), [in LXX chiefly for mba pi., in pass. for 
‘a qal.;] to make or declare old: He 88; pass., to become old: of 
things worn out by time and use (cf. Jo 91%, Is 50°, al., and v.s. 
maXdas), Lk 1233, He 1U@XX); 76 radavpevov, He 8 (where this 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 335 


and the act., v. supr., may have the sense of abrogate, v. LS, Zorell, 
8.V.).t 

SYN. : yapackw. 

* rddy, -75, 7) (<< 7dAXw, to sway), wrestling, hence, generally, fight, 

contest : fig., of the spiritual combat of Christians, Eph 6”.+ 

madtyyevegia, V.S. maduwyevecia. 

méduw, adv., [in LXX for aw, ete.;] 1. of place, back, backwards 
(LS, s.v.). 2. Of time, again, once more: Mt 48, Mk 238, Lk 2379, 
Jo 1%5 (and freq.), Ac 17%, Ro 117%, Ga 19, He 1°, al.; pleonastically, 
m. avaxdprrev, Ac 1871; troarpepew, Ga 11"; eis 76 w., 1 Co 137; zm. ex 
tpirov (Bl., § 81, 4), Mt 2644; eéx deurepov, Mt 26*, Ac 10; x. devrepor, 
Jo 4°4 2116; a. dvwHev (Wi 19°), Ga 4°. 3. Rhetorically, again; (a) 
further, moreover: Mt 5%8, Lk 137°, Jo 1299, al.; (b) in turn, on the 
other hand (Soph.; LXX: Wi 13° 16%, al.): Lk 64%, 1 Co 1271, 11 Co 
10’, 1 Jo 28. 

*t maduvyeveoia (Rec. raduyy-), -as, 7 (<Cmadw, yéveors), new birth, 
renewal, restoration, regeneration ; (a) of persons (Plut., Phil., al.), of 
spiritual regeneration, 6.4 Aovrpod waAuwyevecias (gen. attr., v. Ellic., in 
1.), Tit 35; (6) of the world, as in Stoics, Jewish Apocal., al. (v. 
Dalman, Words, 177 ff.), Mt 19?8.+ 

Tapmdnel, V.S. ravrAnGel. 

** mdumodus, -70AAn, -roAv (< 7as, wodvs), [in Sm.: Jb 36%, Ps 39 
(40)® 88 (89)°*;] very much, very great: Mk 8}, Rec. (RV, Edd., 
maAw tro\Aov).t 

Nappuria, -as, 7, Pamphylia, a province of Asia Minor: Ac 2° 
13}8 1424 1538 275,+ 
tavdoxeus, V.8. ravdoxevs. 
tavdokioy, V.S. 7avdoxeEiov. 
* wav-Soxeiov (-doxiov, T), -ov, 76 (<< ravdoxevs), late form of Att. 
mavooxeiov, an inn (khan, caravanserat): Lk 104+ 
¥ mav-Soxeus, -ews, 6 (<< 7as, déxouar), late form of the Att. ravdoxeds 
(T, in 1.), an innkeeper, host: Lk 10*°.+ 
Tavyyupts, -ews, 7 (<( was + dyvpas = ayopa), [in LXX: Ho QU (18) 
9°, Hz 46" (ayia), Am 5” (M)¥y)*;] prop., a national festal assembly 


in honour of a god; hence, generally, any festal assembly: He 12% 
(for exx. in 7., v. MM, xviii).t 
SYN.: éxkAnota (q.V.), cvvaywyy. 
mavoikel (Rec., LTr., -xi), ade. (< rs, ofkos), a word rejected by 
strict Atticists, though found once in Plat. (Hryz., 392c); [in LXX: 
Ex 1 (m3), m1 Mac 3?” (where A in each case reads -xia, the Attic 


form, cf. Ge 508, al.) *;] with all the household: Ac 16%4.+ 

mavomAla, -as, 7 (<C7ds, drAov), [in LXX: m Ki 271 (nx75n), Jb 
3920, Jth 14%, Wi 5!’, Si 466, 1, 1, 1v Mac,*;] full armour: Lk 112; 
metaph. (cf. Wi, l.c.), 7. Geov, Eph 61 18+ 

mavoupyia, -as, 7 (<(wavodpyos), [in LXX: Jos 94, Pr 14 8 
(Many), Nu 24%, Si 19° 21” 31 (34)! (in all cases in good or 


336 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


indifferent sense) *;] cleverness, in cl. nearly always in bad sense, 
craftiness, cunning, knavery: Lk 2073, 1 Co 31° (LXX, ¢dpdvnors, for 


mary), 1 Co 47 11%, Eph 414.+ 
mavoopyos, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for BmMY;] ready to do anything ; 


(a) in cl., chiefly in bad sense, knavish, crafty: m Co 1216; (6) in 
good sense, skilful, clever (Pr 13! 28?).t 
*+t ravmdnOet (Rec. wayaA-, v. WH, App., 150), adv. (<< was, 7Aj Gos), 
= cl. rayrdntés, with the whole multitude, all together : Lk 2318.t 
mavtayq (Rec. -y7), adv., [in LXX: Is 24" (mixig), Wi 2%, 


1 Mac 87*;] everywhere: Ac 2178+ 
mavtaxébev, ady., {in LXX: tv Mac 13! 15% *;)] from all sides: 
Mk 14°, Rec.t 


navraxod, adv., [in LXX: Is 42% (O45) *;] everywhere: Mk 18 


1610], Lk 96, Ac 1799 243 2872, 1 Co 417.+ 
** navtedys, -¢s (<C mas, réAos), [in LXX: m Mac 76 A*;] all- 
complete, entire, perfect ; eis t. mavtedés, completely, utterly: Lk 13", 
He 7° (where perhaps in temp. sense, finally ; v. MM, xviii).t 
** xdvty (Rec. -ry), adv. (< 74s), [in LXX: Si 50”, ur Mac 4!*;] 
every way, entirely: Ac 24%.t 
névrobev, adv. (< ras), [in LXX: Je 31 (48)3! (RSD), al.;] from 


ail'sides: Mk 1*5, Lk 19**, He 9*.t 
taavtoxpdtwp, -opos, 6 (<(7as, xparéw), [in LXX: freq. in Jb 
5817, al. (“Iw), and for MIND¥, in the phrase eds (kupios) 7., u Ki 5”, 


al., and freq. in Am, Za, Ma; also in Wi 7”, Si 42!” 5014517, and freq. 
in Jth, u, m1 Mac;] almighty: 11 Co 618, Re 18 48 1117 15% 16714 96 15 
2122+ 
** rdvtote, adv. of time (< was), [in LXX: Wi 117 19!8*;] in late 

writers (once in Arist.) for diamavrds, Exaorore, at all times, always : 
Mt 26", Mk 14’, Lk 15*!, Jo 634, Ro 1”, and freq. in Paul. Epp. 

mévtws, adv. (<C7as), [in LXX: 1v Ki 5" (vy. Thackeray, Gr., 
47), To 148, al.;] altogether, by all means; (a) without neg. (from 
Hdt. on): 1 Co 16"; esp. in strong affirmations, swrely, at all events: 
Lk 478, Ac 21” 284, 1 Co 91; (0) c. neg. (so always in Hom.), in a 
complete negation: Ro 3°; in a partial negation (Bl., § 75, 7), 
1 Co 51+ 

mapa, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. 

I. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating 


source or origin, [in LXX for Bn 5 atts bYND ;] after verbs of motion, 


Mk 1448, Lk 849, Jo 1576, al; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, 
etc., Mk 8" 122, Jo 4% 5? 1018 Phi 438, m Ti 18, Ja 1’, al.; after 
passive verbs, of the agent (like id), Mt 21%, Mk 12", Lk 137; absol., 
ot rap aitod, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 37 (cf. M, Pr., 106f.; 
Field, Notes, 25f.; Swete, in 1.); ra zap’ airis (aitrav, tpav), one’s 
means, wealth, Mk 526, Lk 107, Phl 43, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 337 


II. C. dat. pers. (exe. Jo 19", x. r. cravpd), by the side of, beside, 
by, with, [in LXX for byx, TR, 3YR;] Lk 1157 197, Jo 14 4%, 
Ac 28'4, al.; zap’ éaurd, at home, 1 Co 16?; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22°, 
Col 416, al.; metaph., Mt 1926, Mk 1077, Lk 1°, Ro 238, Ja 1%”, al. 

III. C. ace., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for byx, dy, 


“RVR 5] 1. of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10”, He 11”; 


after verbs of motion, Mt 418, Mk 44, Lk 85, Ac 4°5, al.; after verbs of 
rest, Mt 131, Mk 571, Lk 8%, al. 2. beside, beyond, metaph.; (a) be- 
yond, against, contrary to: Ac 188, Ro 176 4'8 1174, al.; except, 
11 Co 11°4; (0) beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 38, Ro 12? 14°, 
He 14 9 38, al.; (c) on account of : 1 Co 121516, 

IV. In composition: beside, to (xapadAapBdvw, rapéyw), at hand 
(rdpeyu), from (xapappew), amiss (rapaxovw), past (rapépxopac), compared 
with (zxapopodlw), above measure (rapopyitw). 

mapa-Baivw, [in LXX for "D, Way, Wp hi., mv, etc.;] 1. in 
Hom. (twice), to go by the side of, stand beside. 2. In AMsch., Herod., 
Thuce., al., to go past or pass over, chiefly metaph., to overstep, violate, 
transgress (Jos 7", Ez 1659, Si 4014, al.) : 7. rapadoow, Mt 15?; +. évroAny, 
ib.*; seq. dé (as 7O HD, De 17, al.), to turn aside, fall away (cf. x. 


ts GXnOeias, Arist., Cael., i, 5, 2): Ac 17°.t 

mwapa-Bdddw, [in LXX: Pr 2? 420 5418 9917 (my3 hi.), Ru 26 
(b5u7), 11 Mac 1458 (elsewhere as v.l.,)*;] 1. to throw to or beside, as 
fodder to horses (Hom., al.). 2. to lay beside, compare (Hdt., Plat., 
al.): Mk 49°, Rec. 3. Reflexive, to betake oneself, come near; of 
seamen, to cross over: eis Sdapyov, Ac 20'5 4. In mid. = zapa- 
Bodevopa, q.v.t 

tapd-Bacws, -ews, 7 (<CmwapaBaiww), [in LXX: Ps 100 (101) 
(n°ap), 1v Ki 274 A, Wi 141, m Mac 15!*;) 1. @ going aside, a devia- 


tion (Arist.). 2. In later writers, an overstepping ; metaph., trans- 
gression (Plut., al.): Ro 415 54, He 27915; 7. vouov, Ro 275; & z., 
Ea ts 7. TrapaBdacewv xdpw, Ga 3”, 
SYN. : v.s. duapria. 
¥* rapa-Bdrns, -ov, 6 (<< wapaBaivw), [in Sm.: Ps 16 (17)* 138 (139)", 
Je 678*;] 1. one who stands beside, the warrior who stands by the 
charioteer (cf. mapaBaivw, 1). 2. a transgressor (Aisch., rapBarns): 
Ga, 238, Ja 2°; zw. vopov, Ro 2727, Ja QUt+ 
tmapa-Bidfopar, [in LXX: Ge 19°, rv Ki 2” (3 "¥6), De 14 
(a7 hi.), 1 Ki 28% (‘3 pg), v.l.,*;] 1. prop., to force against nature 
or law. 2. to compel by force (Polyb.). 3. to constrain by entreaty 
(Ge, 1 Ki, ll. c.): Lk 24, Ac 161°.+ 
*+ mapa-Bodkevouar = cl. rapaBadrdAouar (11 Mac 14*8), to expose oneself 
to danger, hazard one’s life: c. dat. ref., +. yvxq (v. M, Pr., 64), 
Phi 2°%° (Rec. rapafovd-). Cited by Deiss., LAH, 84, 120.+ 
22 


338 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


trapaBodn, -7s, 7 (<< rapaBadAw), [in LXX (cf. MeNeile, Mt., 185) : 
Nu 237, De 2837, Ps 43 (44)!4, Pr 16, Ez 12°, al. (Syip), Si 47!” (aT), 


al. mult. in Si, Wi 5*;] 1. a placing beside, juxtaposition (Polyb., al.). 
2. a comparing, comparison (Plat., Arist., al.). 3. a@ comparison, 
illustration, analogy, figure (Arist., al.): Mt 24°*, Mk 375, He 99 1119; 
specif. of the pictures and narratives drawn from nature and human 
life which are characteristic of the synoptic teaching of our Lord, 
a parable: Mt 133), Mk 4%10 Tk 84911 al.; ¢. gen. ref., Mt 131% 36, 
4. Like Heb. byin (tx Ki 10", Pr 16, Si 329, al.), = wapoipia, a proverb 
or gnomic saying: Lk 428 56 639, 
SYN. : rapoia (v. Abbott, Essays, 82 ff.). 
*t wapa-Boudedopat, to consult amiss, or perh. (v. LS, s.v.), a vulg. 
form of zapa-BodA- (q.v.): Ph] 23°, Rec.t 
* wap-ayyeNia, -as, 7) (<< rapayyéAAw), an instruction, charge, com- 
mand: Ac 578 1674, 1 Th 42, 1 Ti 1518, (In Xen., Polyb., of a military 
order.)t 
tap-ayyéAkw (<< vapd, ayyeAAw), [in LXX for pow pi., hi., ete. ;] 
1. to transmit a message (Aisch., Hur.). 2. to order, command (Hdt., 
Xen., al.): c. inf., Ac 15°; c. ace. rei, 1Co 11)”, m Th 34, 1 Ti 41!, 5’; 
seq. wa (M, Pr., 207; BI., § 69, 4), Mk 68, m Th 3®; ec. dat. pers., 
Ac 17°° R, txt., 1Th 4"; seq. A€ywv, Mt 10°; c. inf. aor., Mt 15*°, Mk 8°, 
Lk 8%, Ac 10* 1618 (aoristic pres.; v. M, Pr., 119); id. c. neg., pH, 
Lk 514 86, Ac 23”, 1 Co 719; c. inf. pres., Ac 1678, 11 Th 35; id.c. neg., 
py, Lk 971, Ac 14 418 52840 ; Ti 13 617; @. acc., rovro, seq. ore (BL., 
§ 70, 3), m Th3; c. acc. et inf., Ac 2329, 11 Th 36, 1 Ti 6'5 (BL, § 72, 5).t 
SYN.: v.s. évréAAw. 
tapa-yivopat (Ion. and late for -y/yv-), [in LXX chiefly for xi3;] 
1. to be beside or at hand (Hom., Hadt., al.), hence, to stand by, sup- 
port (A&sch., Thuc., al.): c. dat. pers., 1 Ti 416, 2. to come, come up, 
arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; 
Thackeray, Gr., 267,): absol., Lk 142! 1916, Jo 328, Ac 5%: 22%25 939 
1082) 83 1128 1427 1F10 1827 2118 9316, 35 9417, 24 957 9821, t Co 168; seq. eis, 
Jo 8?, Ac 976 154; émi, c.ace., Lk 2252; rpds, c.acc., Lk 7429 8!9, Ac 2018; 
id. seq. ex, Lk 11°; zapd, c. gen., Mk 1448; dro . . . eis, Mt 2!, Ac 1344; 
amo... ért.. . mpos, Mt 3; ofa teacher coming forward in public: 
Miah) Lk 125) He gat 
map-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for 7ay;] 1. trans., to lead by, lead 
aside, lead into, lead forward, etc. 2. Intrans., (a) to pass by: Mt 
9% 27 2030, Mk 214 157, Jo 85 R, txt., 91; seq. rapa, c. acc., Mk 116; (6) to 
go away, depart ; metaph., to pass away: 1 Co 7*1; mid., 1 Jo 2817. 
trapa-Seryparitw (< deckvypn), [in LXX: Nu 254 (yp hi.), Je 13” 
(Can ni.), Ez 28!” (mI), Es 417, Da LXX 25*;] to set forth as an 


erarnple ; in bad sense, to put to open shame: He 68 (Polyb., Plut., 
al.).t 

tapdde.cos, -ov, 6 (an Oriental word, first used by Xen. of the 
parks of Persian kings and nobles), [in LXX chiefly for 73, Ge 1°", 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 839 


al.; also for Jv, Is 51°; DI9B, Ne 28, Ec 2°;] 1. a park, pleasure- 


ground, garden (LXX), an orchard (in z., v. MM, ii, xviii; Deiss., BS, 
148). 2. Paradise, the abode of the blessed dead: Lk 2343, 11 Co 124, 
Re 27.+ 

trapa-déxouar, [in LXX: Ex 231 (Nw3), Pr 3! (myn), 1 Mac 4?R, 
m1 Mac 7"*;) to receive, admit; (a) of things: Mk 42°, Ac 154 162 
2218, 1 Ti 5°; (b) of persons: He 126 XX) + 

*t napa-d.a-tpiBy, -7s, 7, Useless wrangling: v.l. in Rec. for d:a7a- 

parpBy (q.v.), 1 Ti 6°.+ 

trapa-Si8wp1, [in LXX chiefly for n3;] correl. to rapadéyoua, 1. 
to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 112" 2514, Lk 46, 
al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. cis, Ro 617. 
2. to commit, commend: Ac 14° 154°, 1 Pe 2°. 3. to give or deliver 
up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4", Mk 114, Ro 425, 11 Pe 2!; 
id. seq. trép, Ro 8*; c. dat., Mt 5%, Mk 151, Lk 1258, Jo 194, al.; id. 
seq. iva, Jo 1916; ¢. inf., Ac 124; seq. eis, Mt 10!7 1722 249, Lk 2122 Ac 
88, m1 Co 44, al.; 7. Baravg, 1 Ti 1; id. seq. eis dAcOpov capxds, 1 Co 55; 
with the collat. idea of treachery (= zpodidwpu), c. acc. pers., Mt 2616, 
Mk 14", Jo 6°, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 2615, al.; pres. ptep., 6 mapadidovs 
avrov, Mt 2675, Mk 14#, Jo 138". 4. to hand down, hand on or deliver 
verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7!8, Lk 12, Ac 614, 1 Co 112 
15°; pass., 1 Pe 271, Ju%. 5. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): 
Mk 4?9, 

** tapddofos, -ov (< rapa, Sofa), [in LXX: Jth 1318, Wi 5? 1617 195, 

Si 4375, 11-1v Mac ,*;] contrary to received opinion, incredible, marvel- 
lous: pl., Lk 5%6,+ 

SYN.: v.s. dvvapus. 

tapd-8oa1s, -ews, 7 (<< rapadidwu), [in LXX: u Es 776 (“ION), Je 


39 (32)* (jn3 ni.), 41(34)?*;] 1. a handing down or over, transfer, 
transmission (Arist., Polyb., al., LXX). 2. tradition of doctrine 
(Plat., Epict., al.); by meton., of the doctrine itself: Mt 1526, 
ME 7*™, 1.Co,11*, Ga 1%, Col 2°, a Th 915 36+ 
trapa-{yddJw, -@, [in LXX: De 322), mr Ki 14”, Ps 77 (78)58 (N3p 
pi., hi.), Ps 36 (37)»%8 (mn _hith.), Si 30°*;] to provoke to jealousy : 
Ro 10! @XX) 11414. 7 Co 10%2.+ 
mrapa-Baddooros, -a, -ov (< mapa, Oddacoa), [in LXX: Je 29(47)7 
(B35 FIN), etc.;] by the sea: Mt 41%.+ 
* wapa-Sewpdw, -G, 1. to examine side by side, compare. 2. to over- 
look, neglect: pass., Ac 61+ 
mapa-OyKn, -7s, 7) (<< rapariOnpe), [in LXX : Le 6% 4 (521) 23) (71798), 
and in To 10", 1 Mac 3!%15, y.1. for rapaxaradyxy (q.v.) *;] a deposit or 
trust: 1 Ti 6%, m1 Ti 1% (for exx. of this form, v. MM, Hzp., iii, 
xviii).t 
** wap-awéw, -@, [in LXX: 1 Mac 726, m1 Mac 517 72*;) to 


340 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


exhort, advise: c. acc. pers. et inf. (v. BI., § 72,5; M, Pr., 205), Ac 
27; absol., seq. A€ywv, Ac 279.+ 

wap-aitéopat, -odwar, [in LXX for wpa pi., ete.;] 1. to beg of or 
from another: Mk 15° (Ree. évzrep qrotvro, v. Field, Notes, 43). 2. to 
deprecate ; (a) prop., c. neg., to entreat that not (Thue., al.): He 12°; 
(b) to refuse, decline, avoid: c. acc., 1 Ti 47 54, 1 Ti 28, Tit 319, He 
12% (EV; but v. Field, Notes, 234). 3. to beg off, ask to be excused, 
excuse (Polyb., al.): Lk 141% 19 (He 125, Field, 1.c.).t 

*t rapa-KabéLopat, to sit down beside: seq. rpés, Lk 10%? (Plut.).t 

rapa-kaifw, [in LXX: Jb 2 (aw)*;] to set beside; act. for 
mid., to sit down beside: Lk 10%°, Rec. (for -éCopa, q.v.).t 

mapa-kahéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for om3 ni., pi.;] 1. to call to 
one, call for, summon: Ac 28% (R, mg.; R, txt., entreat); hence (of 
the gods: Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, entreat: rt. 
matépa pov, Mt 2653; +. xvpuov, 1 Co 128; in late writers (Polyb., 
Diod., al.; rarely in LXX; in z., v. Deiss., LAE, 176,,), also of men: 
absol., Phm 2; c. acc., Mt 85, Mk 14°, Ac 16%, al.; c. inf., Mk 51’, Lk 
841, Ac 8%, al.; seq. tva (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 14°°, Mk 518, Lk 831, 
al. 2. to admonish, exhort: absol., Lk 318, Ro 128, m Ti 4%, al.; c. 
acc., Ac 15%2,1 Th 2", He 31, al.; id. seq. inf., Ac 1178, Ro 12!, Phl 4?, 
tI Th 4 al.; seg. wa (v. M, Pr., lc.), 1 Co 1”, 1 Co 88, 1 Th 4", al. 
3. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., LXX: Jb 4%, Is 35°, Si 43%, 
al.): c. acc., 11 Co 1°, Eph 6%, Col 2?, al.; id. seq. év, 1 Th 418; dia, 
11 Co 1‘; pass., Mt 5*, Lk 16%, Ac 20”. 

SYN.: rapapview (cf. M, Th., 25). 

mwopa-kahv@rw, [in LXX: Is 44° (amp), Ez 2276 (ady hi.) *;] to 
cover by hanging something beside, to hide: metaph. (as Plat., al.), 
ak O48, 

mapa-Kata-Oxkn, -75, 7) (<< rapaxarariOnue), [in LXX : Hx 228(7), 11 (10) 
(naxx), and elsewhere as v.1. for tapa6yxy, q.v.;] more usual than its 


variant in Gk. writers for a trust or deposit : 1 Ti 6°, 11 Ti 1, Rece.t 

** napd-Kear, [in LXX: Jth 3%, Si 30!8 34 (31)'*, Da LXX 
Bel }4, 1, m1 Mac, *;] to lie beside, be near, be present : Ro 7'*:71.+ 

mapé-kAynows, -ews, % (<Cwapaxadew), [in LXX: Jb 217, Ps 

93 (94)!*, Ho 1314, Na 37, Is 57!§ 66", Je 16” (Qn3, its parts and 

derivatives), ib. 38 (31)° (Tamm), Is 28° 307, 1 Mac 10 12°, 1 Mac 74 


15" *;] 1. a calling to one’s aid, swmmons (Thuc.), hence, appeal, 
entreaty (Strab., Plut., al.,1 Mac 10%; cf. Lift., Notes, 20): 1 Co 8*. 
2. exhortation, encowragement: Ac 15*1, Ro 128, 1 Co 14%, 11 Co 8", 
Phi 2}, 1 Th 23, 1 Ti 433, He 125; Adyos (rijs) ., Ac 134, He 13%; vids 
a., Ac 436, 3. consolation, comfort (Phalar., LXX): Lk 6%, Ac 9°}, 
i Co 147 74%13, 1 Th 216 Phm7; r. ypaddv, Ro 15*; Geds rips 7, 
Ro 155, 11 Co 13; x. rod “Iopa7d (v. Dalman, Words, 109 f.), Lk 2°°.t 
** rapd-KdnTos, -ov (<< rapaxadew), [in Aq., Th.: Jb 16?*;] called to 
one’s aid in a judicial cause (Dion. Cass.); hence, most freq. as 
subst., 6 7., an advocate, pleader, intercessor (Dem., al.; so in Rabbinic 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 341 


lit., xw°>p7p), “a friend of the accused person, called to speak to his 


character, or otherwise enlist sympathy in his favour” (Field, Notes, 
102). In NT, specif., 6 z., (a) of Christ, 1 Jo 2! (v. ICC, Jo. Epp., 
23 ff.); (6) of the Holy Spirit (AV, comforter ; but v. opp. c.), Jo 
1416, 26 1526 167 (cf. also Abbott, Hssays, 86, 97; Deiss., DAH, 339f.; 
MM, xviii; Westc., Jo., ii, 188 ff.).t 
*map-aKxon, -7s, 7, 1. a hearing amiss (Plat.). 2. Later, as 
following inattention, disobedience: Ro 5%, 11 Co 10°, He 2? (ef. 
' wapaxovw, and v. Tr., Syn., § lxvi).t 
** tap-axohouléw, -@, [in LXX: 1m Mac 8" 97 R*;] c. dat., to 
follow closely, accompany. Metaph., in various senses, (a) to result: 
Mk 1671; (b) to follow up, trace, investigate: Lk 1° (so freq. in cl.) ; 
(c) to follow as a standard of conduct: 1 Ti 4°, m Ti 3% (For exx. 
from 7., v. MM, xviii.)t 
mwap-axovw, [in LXX: Es 3%8 (ay, May, c. neg.) 4'* 74 
(won hi.), Is 65 (yaw, c. neg.), 1 Es 4%, To 34*;] 1. to overhear. 
2. to hear amiss or imperfectly. 3. Later (as in LXX, Polyb., Plut. ; 
also in 7., v. MM, xviii), to hear without heeding, take no heed: Mk 
5°6; c. gen., Mt 181".t 
napa-kintw, [in LXX chiefly for ppw ni., hi.;] 1. to stoop side- 
ways. 2. to stoop to look: Lk 24” (R, txt.), Jo 20%", Metaph. (v. 
Hort, Ja., in 1.), to look into: seq. «is, Ja 17°, 1 Pe 1%.+ 
mapa-apBdvw, [in LXX chiefly for mpd, also for ws, etc. ;] 
1. c. ace. rei, like zapadéyouar, correl. to rapadidwy, to receive from 
another: Col 417, He 1278; of the mind, 1 Co 11** 1543, Ga 19, Phl 
4°; c. inf., Mk 74; seq. zapd, c. gen., Ga 1”, 1 Th 2% 41, 1 Th 3°; 
t. Xpiorov (Lft., in 1.), Col 26. 2. C. acc. pers., to take to or with 
oneself s Mit 214) 14, 20,21 172 9637, Mi 426 640 97.1034, ik 910,28. 17196 1831, 
Jo 1916, Ac 15% 2318; yuvatxa, Mt 1274; pe6 éavrod, Mt 124° 186, Mk 
14°38; seq. cis, Mt 458 2727; Kar’ idiav, Mt 20!7; mid., seq. rpds euauror, 
Jo 14°; pass., Mt 24441, Lk 17436; ptep., prefixed to other verbs 
(Bl, § 74, 2), Ac 1633 214,26, 32; metaph., Jo 14.+ 
* napa-héyw, to lay beside ; mid., (a) to lie beside (Hom.); (6) later, 
of sailors, to sail past: c. acc., Ac 27% 13+ 
map-ddtos, -ov (in cl., chiefly -a, -ov), [im LXX for O3, O33, FIN, 


etc., c. prep.;] by the sea; 4 7. (sc. xopa, in LXX 7% rapadia, De 1’, 
Jos 91, Jth 1’, al.), the sea coast: Lk 617.t 

map-ahdayn, -7s, 7) (<< tapadAdoow), [in LXX : rv Ki 9?° (Fiyzwy)* 5] 
in various senses (LS, s.v.), change: Ja 17.+ 

mapa-hoyifopar, [in LXX chiefly for M0" pi.;] 1. to miscalculate. 
2. to reason falsely, hence, to mislead: Col 24, Ja 172.+ 

*t qapa-utikds, -7, -dv (<< rapadtvw), paralytic: Mt 474 86 926 Mk 

23-5 % 10, Tk 5%4 (Rec., WH, mg.).t 

mapa-Advw, [in LXX: Je 6% 2743, Ez 21702 (mp), ete.;] 1. to 
loose from the side, set free. 2. to weaken, enfeeble; pass., to be en- 
feebled, esp. by a paralytic stroke: Lk 51874, Ac 87 9%8, He 12% (LXx) + 


342 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


tapa-pévw, [in LXX: Pr 127, Da rH 11)” (tay), etc. ;] to remain 
beside or near: He 773, Ja 125; of remaining alive, 1 Co 16° (WH, 
xata-), Phl 1” (cf. cvp-rapapevw).t 

** tapa-puldopar, -oto, [in LXX: m Mac 15° (Sm.,)*;] 1. to en- 
courage, exhort. 2. to comfort, console: c. ace. pers., Jo 11%, 1 Th 24 
514; id. seq. epi, Jo 1119.t 

SYN.: mwapaxadéw. 

** rapapu0ia, -as, 7) (<( wapapvOdoua), [in LXX: Es 8%, Wi 192 *;] 

1. encowragement, exhortation. 2. comfort, consolation: 1 Co 143,t 
SYN. : wapaxAnors. 

** tapapuOov, -ov, To (<< rapaprvbdomac), [in LXX: Wi 318*;] 1. an 
exhortation, persuasion, encouragement : Phi 2} (cf. Plat., Legg., vi, 
773 H, al.; v. Lft. and ICC, Phl., l.c.). 2. assuagement, abatement, 
hence, consolation (Wi, l.c., and freq. in cl.).t 

Tapa-vopéw, -6, [in LXX for 55n, etc., chiefly in Pss and 1 Mac;] 
to be a zapavopos, to transgress the law: Ac 23°.+ 
Tapavopia, -as, 7, (in LXX: Ps 36 (37)’ (MHI), etc. ;] law-break- 
ing, transgression: 11 Pe 2}6.+ 
t rapa-mikpatvw, [in LXX chiefly for m7 qal., hi., °W, most freq. 


in Pss and Hz;] to embitter, provoke: absol. (yet sc. 7. Oedv, ef. 
Ps 105 (106)’, Ez 25°, al., and with rov 6. added, Ps 5*, Kz 20, al.), 
He 36 (cf. TapamiKkpac.0s).t 
tmapa-mikpacpds, -00, 6 (<( rapamxpaivw), [in LXX: Ps 94 (95)§ 
(Ma WA, elsewhere rendered Aoddpyots, Ex 177; dvrroyia, De 338, al.; 
Aodopia, Nu 2074) *;] provocation: ev 7G 7. (Heb. at Meribah), He 
38, 15 (LXX) + 
mwapa-mrintw, [in LXX: Hz 14!3 158 1874 2027 (syn), 224 (own), 
Es 6° (5p3 hi.), Wi 6° 122, m Mac 104 A*;] 1. most freq. (Hdt., 
Thue., al.), to fall in one’s way, befall. 2. to fall into or in (seq. eis, 
Polyb.; c¢. dat., 1 Mae, l.c.). 3. to fall away (Kz, Wi, ll. c.; in Polyb., 
c. gen.): absol., He 6°. 4. to fail (Adyos, Hs, l.c.; ef. 1 Ki 3!%).t 
* napa-mhéw, to sail by or past: c. acc., Ac 2016+ 
* napa-mAjowos, -a, -ov (Hdt., Plat., al.; also -os, -ov, Thuc., 
Polyb.), coming near, nearly resembling. Neut. -ov, adverbially, = ‘ws, 
ina way nearly resembling : c. dat., Phi 2?7.+ 
** napa-mAnoiws, adv. (<CzaparAnows), [in Quint.: Ho 8°*;] in 
like manner: He 214,+ 
mwapa-topevopat, [in LXX chiefly for "ay;] 1. to go beside, accom- 
pany. 2. to go past, pass by: Mt 279°, Mk 117° 15°; seq. dia, ©. gen., 
Mk 273 930 (WH, mg.).t 
trapd-wrwpa, -Tos, To (<Cmapariztw), [in LXX for byn, YW, 


etc.;] 1. a false step, a blunder (Polyb.). 2. Ethically, a misdeed, 
trespass (UXX): Mt 61415, Mk 117526, Ro 425 615% 111,12, 17 Co 519, 
Ga 6!, Eph 17 2155, Col 233,+ 

SYN.: v.8. dpapria. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 343 


mapa-ppéw, [in LXX: Is 44¢ (529), Pr 3%*;] to flow by, drift 

away, slip away: He 21+ 
** tapdonpos, -ov (<C ona, a mark), [in LXX: m1 Mac 279*;] 1. in 

cl., marked amiss, spurious, counterfeit. Later, 2. marked at the side, 
annotated (Plut.). 3. marked with a sign (UXX); as subst., a figure- 
head: Ac 28" (v. MM, xix).t 

mwapa-cxevdtw, [in LXX: Je 27 (50)* (qr), etc.;] to prepare, 
make ready: absol. (sc. r. detxvov, etc.; cf. Hdt., ix, 82, 1 Mac 22”), 
Ac 10”; mid., to prepare, make preparations : 1 Co 148 (cf. Je, 1.c.); 
pass., 11 Co 9% 3,+ 

Tapa-cKxeun, -7s, 7, [In LXX: Ex 3574 39? (42) ("Jay , with v.l., 


arock-, katack-), Jth 217 4°, 1 Mac 99° x, mu Mac 1572*;] 1. preparation. 
2. equipment (Jth, ll. c.). 3. In Jewish usage, the day of preparation 
for a Sabbath or a feast (= tposaBBarov, g.v.): Mt 27°, Mk 15%, 
Lk 23°4, Jo 19%; ¢. gen., rod mdoya, Jo 19!4; 1. "Tovdaiwr, ib. * (it is 
the name for Friday in MGr.).t 
mapa-teivw, [in LXX: Nu 23°8 (Fw ni.), etc.;] to extend, pro- 
long: r. Adyov, Ac 207.+ 
Tapa-Typéw, -@, {in LXX: Ps 36 (37)" (ot), 129 (130)% (mw), 
Da TH 6112), Sul215)16* >] 1. to watch closely, observe narrowly : so 
mid., 7. wvAas, Ac 9*4; with evilintent, Mk 3?, Lk 20” (absol., v. Field, 
Notes, 74); so mid., Lk 67 141. 2. to observe scrupulously (of days 
and seasons; cf. Hx 12#, Sm.): mid., Ga 4!".t 
¥*t trapa-rypyats, -ews, 7, [in Aq.: Ex 12% (v.s. raparypew) *;] obser- 
vation: Lk 17% (Polyb., Plut., al.).t 
tapa-TiOnpt, [in LXX chiefly for ory;] I. Act., to place beside, 
set before, c. acc. et dat.: of food, Mk 6% 8&7, Lk 916 11°; rpdrefar, 
Ac 16%*; pass. ptep., Lk 108, 1 Co 107’; metaph., of teaching, 
mapaBoryv, Mt 137431, IT. Mid., 1. to have set before one (Hom., Thuc., 
Xen., al.). 2. to deposit with another, give in charge or commit to 
(Hdt., Xen., Polyb., al.): c. acc. et dat., Lk 124% 2346, Ac 1425 2032, 
1 Ti 118, 1 Ti 2?, 1 Pe 4% 3. to bring forward, quote as evidence : 
seq. rr, Ac 178 (v. Page, in 1.).t 
* napa-tuyxdvw, to happen to be near or present: Ac 1717.+ 
map-autika, adv. (<(wapavra = wap aird, SC. Ta mpaypyara), [in 
LXX: Ps 69 (70)’, To 4'**;] 1. wmmediately. 2. C. subst., to express 
brief duration (cf. 7 7. Aaprpdrys, Thuc., ii, 64), momentary, for a 
moment : 11 Co 417,+ 
mapa-pépu, [in LXX: 1 Ki 211314) (655 hithpo.), and as v.l.,*;] 
1. to bring to, set before, esp. of food (Hdt., al.). 2. to take or carry 
away: ¢c. acc. rei, seq. ad, Mk 14**, Lk 224; pass., seq. ixo, Ju; 
metaph., pass., c. dat., He 13°.t 
mapa-pporéw (<rapd, $piv), [in LXX: Za 7 (490) *;] to be 
beside oneself, be deranged: 11 Co 1173,+ 
*t rapa-ppovia, -as, 7, = Cl. rapappootvy, madness : 11 Pe 216,+ 
* rapa-xerndtw, to winter at a place: seq. eis, Ac 27%; év, ib. 284; 
mpos tas, I Co 16°; eéxet, Tit 3%2.+ 


3844 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*trapa-xeipacia, -as, 7 (<< mapa-xepdlw), a wintering: Ac 27% 
(Polyb., al.).t 

Tapaxpipa, adv. (= zapa ro yphpua), [in LXX: Nu 69 124, Is 295 

30 (ANN), etc.;] on the spot, forthwith, instantly : Mt 211%?°, Lk 1%, 


439 525 Q44,47, 55 1313 1843 19 9960, Ac 37 510 123 131 166, 33 (on the 
usage in Mt, Lk, v. Dalman, Words, 28 f.).t 
mdpdahts, -ews, 7, [In LXX for Ww, Ca.45, Hols Ie Ads al] 


a panther, leopard: Re 132.+ 
trap-edpevw, [in LXX: Pr 1”! 8°*;] to st constantly beside, attend 
constantly (cf. MM, xix): +. @vovarrypiv, 1 Co 9'.t 
map-eupt, [in LXX for Nia, etc.;] 1. to be by, at hand or present ; 
(a) of persons: Re 178; zapwv (opp. to azwv), 1 Co 5%, 1 Co 10%” 
13:19; seq. emi, c. gen., Ac 2419; evwriov, Ac 1083; évOade, Ac 17°; 
mpos, c. acc. pers., Ac 127°, 11 Co 118, Ga 4120; (5) of things: of time, 
6 Kaipos, Jo 7°; +. mwapov, He 12"; 7 dAnbeaa, 11 Pe 1; radra, ib. 9; 
7. wapsvta, He 135. 2. to have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc., al.; v. 
Field, Notes, 65): Lk 13!, Jo 1178, Ac 107; seq. eis, Col 16; seq. ei, 
c. acc. rei, Mt 265° (cf. ovv-waperpu).t 
* tap-eio-dyw, 1. to lead in by one’s side, bring forward, introduce. 
2. In late writers, to introduce or bring in secretly: 11 Pe 2'.t 
*t rap-elo-axtos, -ov (<< tapecayw), brought in secretly (as spies or 
traitors): Ga 24.+ 
* nap-ero-Suw (also -divw), to slip in secretly, steal in: rapecedvnoav 
(vulgar aor.; pass. for act., Bl., § 19, 2), Ju * (cf. also MM, xix).t 
* nap-ero-épxopat, 1. to come in beside or by the way: Ro 5, 
to come in secretly, steal in: Ga 24.t 
* nap-ero-pépw, to bring in or supply besides: orovdny z. (late Gk. 
for cl. o. roetoGar; cf. Deiss., BS, 361), 1 Pe 1°.+ 
**+ qrap-extds, = Cl. rape, -€€, [in Aq.: De 1°6; Al., Le 23°8*;] 1. as 
adv., besides, in addition: ra m. (sc. ywopmeva), 1 Co 1178. 2. As prep. 
c. gen., except: Mt 5° 199 (WH, mg., R, mg.), Ac 2679.t 
map-eu-Bdddkw, [in LXX freq. and chiefly for M3n;] 1. to put in 
beside or between, interpose. 2. In late writers (Polyb., al., LXX) as 
technical military term; (a) of soldiers, to draw wp in line (freq. in 
1 Mac: 2%, al.); (0) of siege works, to cast wp: c. acc. et dat., yapaxa 
oo, Lk 1943.+ 


mrap-en-Bodn, -7s, 7 (<< wapeuBardrw), [in LXX chiefly for 77M 5] 


1. an insertion, interpolation (Aischin.). 2. In the Macedonian 
dialect (Rutherford, NPhr., 473), as a military term; (a) an army in 
battle array: He 11% (cf. Ex 141% 20, Jg 416 al.; freq. in Polyb.); (0) 
a camp (Ex 2914, al.): He 13138, Re 20°; (c) barracks, soldiers’ 
quarters : Ac 213437 2924 9310, 16, 32 9816 (WH, txt., R, om.).t 

map-ev-oxhéw, -& (cf. évoyAéw), [in LX X for MN5 hi. (Mi 63), etc. ;] 
to annoy concerning a matter (zap): c. dat. pers., Ac 15!.+ 

t wap-erri-Sypos, -ov (v.S. éwidypuew), [in LXX: Ge 234, Ps 38 (39)" 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 345 


(awin) *;] sojourning in a strange place; as subst., 6 7., a sojowrner : 


of Christians, 1 Pe 1!; vo. cai 7., He 111%; wdpoixor cai 7., 1 Pe 2" (v. 
Deiss., BS, 149).t 
map-épxonat, [in LXX chiefly for "ay;] 1. to pass, pass by ; (a) of 
persons: absol., Lk 18°’; c. acc. pers., Mk 648; c. acc. loc., Ac 168; 
seq. dua, c. gen., Mt 88; (b) of things : r. roryjprov, Mt 26%9 (ax euod), ib. #7; 
of time, Mt 1415, Mk 14%, Ac 279, 1 Pe 4°. Metaph., (a) to pass away, 
perish: Mt 518 243435, Mk 133% 41, Lk 161” 213283, mr Co 51’, Ja 12, 
1 Pe 31; (6) to pass by, neglect, disregard: c. acc. rei, Lk 114? 15%, 
2. to come to, arrive: Lk 12%7 177, Ac 247, R, mg. (cf. dvri-rapépyopar).t 
SYN.: zapaBaivw. 
*mdpecis, -ews, 7 (<Cmapinm), 1. a letting go, dismissal. 2. 
pretermission, passing by (of debt or sin): Ro 3%°.t 
SYN.: ddeois, q.v. 
mwap-éxw, [in LXX: Ps 29 (30) (say hi.), etc.;] I. Act., 1. to 
furnish, provide, supply ; with ref. to incorporeal things, to afford, 
show, give, cause: c. acc., Ac 22?,1 Ti 1*; c. acc. et dat., Mt 261°, Mk 
146, Lk 117 18°, Ac 1616 173! 28, Ga 617, 1 Ti 617. 2. to present, offer: 
c. acc. et dat., Lk 67°; c. pron. reflex. et acc. pred., to show or present 
oneself (v. infr., and cf. Bl., § 55,1). II. Mid., 1. to supply, furnish 
or display of one’s own part: c. acc. et dat., Lk 74, Ac 194, Col 4}. 
2. In late writers, c. pron. reflex. et acc. pred. (= act. ut supr.), to 
show or present oneself (Xen., FlJ, al.; cf. M, Pr., 248; Deiss., BS, 
254): Tit 27.+ 
** tapnyopta, -as, 7 (<( mapyyopéw, to address, exhort, console), [in 
LXX: 1v Mac 5" 61*;] 1. an address, exhortation (LXX, ll. c.). 2. 
comfort, consolation : Col 444.t 
mrapQevia, -as, 7 (<< rapHévos), [in LXX: Je 34 (A™Y9), Si 15? 421, 
Iv Mac 188*;] virginity: Lk 236,+ 
¢ map0évos, -ov, 7, [in LXX chiefly for mbing, Ex 22605), Jb 31}, 
Ts 234, al.; also for ¥3, My, Ge 2414169 348, and for maby, Ge 


2448, Is 714;] a maiden, virgin: Mt 1°3(XX) 954%, Lk 127, Ac 219, 
1 Co 75, 1 Co 11?; masc., of chaste persons (CIG, 8784b): 
Re 144. 

Ndpbos, -ov, 6, a Parthian: Ac 2°.+ 

wap-inut, [in LXX: Je 4°! (yp pi.), etc.;] 1. to pass by or over, 
let alone, disregard: Lk 11%. 2. to relax, loosen; pass., to be 
relaxed, weakened, exhausted: mapepévas xeipas, He 12" (LXX 
dveu-).t 

Tap-toTdve, V.S. rapioT nL. 

map-tompt, [in LXX for ty, etc.;] I. Trans. in pres., impf., 
fut., 1 aor.; 1. to place beside, present, provide: c. ace., Ac 9* 
2374, 11 Co 414, Col 18; c. acc. et dat., Mt 265%, Lk 272, Ac 13 2333, 1 Co 
88; seq. acc. pred., Ro 61% 16 (late pres., rapuordvere), ib. 1° 121, 11 Co 
112, Eph 5?7, Col 12, 1 Ti 2%. 2. to present to the mind (cl.): by 
. argument, to prove (Xen., FJ, al.), c. acc., Ac 24'%. II. Intrans. in 


346 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pf., plpf., 2 aor.; 1. to stand by or beside one: c. dat. pers., Ac 1 
939 23? 27°38; ptcp., Mk 144% © 7 158539, Jo 182 197°. 2. to appear : 
ce. nom. pred., seq. évuimov, Ac 4; ¢. dat. pers., Ac 2774; so fut. mid. 
(cf. LS, s.v., B, ii, 2), Ro 14. 2. to be at hand, be present, have 
come: Ac 426(LXX)- of servants in attendance, évwmov tr. bcod, Lk 11%; 
absol., of mapeorares, Lk 19°74; seq. aira, Ac 234; of time, Mk 4”9, 
3. to stand by for help or defence (Hom., Dem., Xen., al.): c. dat. 
pers., Ro 162, 1 Ti 4!7,+ 

Nappevas, -a, 6, Parmenas: Ac 6°.+ 

mé&p-o80s, -ov, %, [in LXX: Ge 38! (777), etc.;] @ passing or 


passage: ev 7., in passing, 1 Co 167.t 
map-ougw, -©, [in LXX chiefly for "12, also for Aw, Jow;] | 
1. in cl., to dwell beside (c. acc.), among (c. dat.) or near by (absol.). 
2. In late writers, to dwell in a place as a wdpotxos (q.v.) or stranger ; 
Lk 2418, He 119.t 
t+ map-ouxla, -as, 4% (<< rapoixew, q.v.), [in LXX: m Ks 8* (m3), Ps 
33 (34)* 54 (55)! 118 (119)*4 119 (120)', La 2” (“199 and cogn. 
forms), Hb 316, 1 Es 57, Jth 59, Wi 19", Si prol. 76 168 41° 44°, m1 Mae 
G37 *:) a sojourning: Ac 13", 1 Pe 147-7 
mép-orkos, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 3, awin;] 1. in el. Attic, 


dwelling near, neighbouring; as subst., a neighbour. 2. In late 
writers (LXX, Philo) and in Inser. (Deiss., BS, 227f.; Kennedy, 
Sources, 102), foreign, alien; as subst., an alien, a sojowrner: Ac 
76 (LXX), 29; metaph., €or cal 7. (opp. to cvpzoAirys), Eph 21°; x. wat 
maperonpous (q.v.), 1 Pe 24 (v. Lift. on Clem. Rom., 7 Co., § 1).t 
mapoupia, -as, 7 (<< rdpomos, by the way), [in LXX. Pr tet 1! 251, 
(Swing), subscr., Si 63> 88 18 393 4717 *;] a wayside saying (Hesych.; 
vy. LS, s.v.), @ byword, maxim, proverb: 11 Pe 2%. 2. In NT, of 
figurative discourse (as bwia, Is 144, al.), a parable, allegory : Jo 10° 


16%. 29 (v, Abbott, Hssays, 82 ff.).t 
SyW.: mapafoAy, q.v. 
*t adp-owos, -ov, = cl., mapowixds (rapa, oivos), given to wine, 
drunken: 1 Ti 33, Tit 17.+ 
* rap-olxopat, to have passed by; of time, to be gone by: & 7. 
TApPwHXN[LEVALS yeveats, Ac 1416,+ 
*+ qap-opordtw, to be like: c. dat., Mt 23?7.t 
* rap-dpotos, -ov (also -y (Hadt.), -a (Arist.), -ov), much like, ltke. 
Mk 733,+ 
map-ofvvw, [in LX X for TNI, HP, 7, etc. ;] 1. primarily, but 
never so in cl., to sharpen (yaxaipav, De 32%, Jaw). 2. Metaph., as 
always in cl., (a) to spur on, stimulate (Arist., Xen., al.); (0) to 
provoke, rouse to anger (De 9%18, Ps 105 (106)”9, al.) : pass., Ac 177%, 
1 Co 13°,t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 347 


mapofuopds, -00, 6 (<(7apogtvw), [in LXX: De 29827, Je 39 
(82)°" (F¥i2) *;] 1. stemulation, provocation: zw. dydrns, He 10%. 
2. irritation: Ac 15%9.t 

map-opyitw, [in LXX chiefly for Dy> hi.;] (in cl., passive only), 
to provoke to anger: Ro 10!9@XX), Eph 64.t 

t map-opytopds, -0d, 6 (<< rapopyifw), [in LXX: mr Ki 15*, rv Ki 
2376 (DyD) ; Iv Ki 19%, Ne 91% 6 (mY¥N3); Je 21° A (YP) *;] sritation 


(‘‘ distinguished from épyy as implying a less permanent state”; ICC, 
Liph., 140; and v. Tr., Syn., § xxxvii): Eph 4°6.+ 
* rap-otpivw, to urge on, stir up: c. acc. pers., Ac 13°° (Pind., 
Hipp., and late writers).t 
map-ougia, -as, 7, [in LXX: Ne 2° A, Jth 1018, m Mac 8” 1521, 
m1 Mac 317*;] 1. usually in cl., a being present, presence: 1 Co 161, 
11 Co 10”; opp. to drovaia, Phl 2" (cf. 11 Mac 157). 2. a coming, 
arrival, advent (Soph., Eur., Thuc., al., v. LS, s.v.; so Jth, Le., 
m1 Mac 8”): 1 Co 77, Phi 176, 11 Th 2°; in late writers (v. M, Th., 
145 ff.; MM, xix; LAH, 372 ff.) as technical term for the visit of 
a king; hence, in NT, specif. of the Advent or Parousia of Christ: 
Mé 243,27, 87,39 7 Co 1578, 1 Th 219 318 415 523 my Th 248 Ja 5%8, m Pe 
116 34,22 Jo 228+ 
* nap-opis, -id0s, 7 (<Cmapd, cov; v.s. dydpiov), 1. a side-dish of 
dainties (Xen., al.). 2. In Comic poets and late prose, the dish itself 
on which the dainties are served: Mt 23*76. (In this sense it is 
condemned by the Atticists; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 265 f.)t 
mappyoia, -as, 7 (<( mas + pours, speech), [in LXX: Le 2613 (werd 
m., NMP), Pr 17° 10!, Wi 5}, al.;] 1. freedom of speech, plainness, 


openness, freedom in speaking (Hur., Plat., al.): Ac 418, m Co 3; 
mappyoia, adverbially, freely, openly, plainly, Mk 8%, Jo 7126 1074 1114 
16° 187°; opp. to év rapouias, Jo 167°; ev 7., Eph 619; pera 7., Ac 279 
429, 319831, 9. In LXX (1 Mac 418, Wi 5}, al.), FlJ, and NT, also (from 
the absence of fear which accompanies freedom of speech), confidence, 
boldness : 11 Co 74, Phi 17°, 1 Ti 31%; éyew w., Eph 312, Phm 8, He 36 
101% 35, y Jo 228 321 417 54; pera w., He 416; & w., Col 215; id. (as 
NOM. in Rabbinic lit.; v. Westc., Jo., i, 262), im public, Jo 74 and 
(without év) 11°4.+ 

mappyoidtopa. (<(mappyoia), [in LXX: Jb 2276 (33 hithp.), 
Ps 11(12)° 93(94)!, Pr 20°, Ca 8°, Si 6%*;] to speak freely or 
boldly, be bold wm speech: Ac 92778 1346 14% 1876 198 2676, Eph 670, 
1 Th 2?.+ 

Tas, aca, wav, geNn., TavTds, macys, wavros, [in LXX chiefly for 

55;] all, every. 

. As adj., 1. c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: 
Mt 31° 423, Mk 949, Lk 497 Jo 21°, Ac 2720, Ro 78, Re 1827, al. mult. ; 
pl., all, Ac 2215, Ro 5, He 1%, al.; of the highest degree, x. éfovcia 
(rpobupia, xapa), Mt 2818, Ac 17", Phi 2”, al.; also the whole (though 
in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2°, Ac 26, Ro 116. 2. C, art. 


348 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. 
and noun), all, whole: Mt 8 137, Mk 5%, Lk 11°, Ac 714, Ro 3%, 
Ga 54, Eph 46, al.; pl., Mt 24, Mk 413, Ro 1°, al. 

II. As pron., 1. mase. and fem., every one: Mk 949, Lk 1616, 
He 2°; seq. rel. pron., Mt 724, Ac 271, Ga 319, al.; c. ptep. (anarth.), 
Mt 1319, Lk 114; c. ptep. (c. art.), Mt 5%, Mk 78, Lik 64’, Jo 33, 
Ro 16, al.; pl., wavres, absol., all, all men, Mt 10”, Mk 133%, Lk 20°, 
Jo 17 376, 1 Co 8}, al.; of =. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11®, 
1 Co 10", Eph 433, al.; a. of (doo), Mt 474, Mk 1%, Lk 44°, al. 2. 
Neut., (a) sing., wav, everything, all: wav 70, c. ptep., 1 Co 1027, 
Eph 5%, 1 Jo 2'6 5* (sc. 6v); wav 6, Jo 177, Ro 1478; collectively, of 
persons (Westc., in 1.), Jo 6°78; ¢. prep., in adverbial phrases, 6:4 
mavtos, always, Mt 18", al.; év wavri, in everything, in every way, 
11 Co 48, Phi 46, al.; (6) pl., zavra, all things: absol., Jo 13, 1 Co 2", 
He 28, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4*4, Lk 1°, Ro 88, 1 Th 51, 
al.; acc., wavra, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, 
Ac 20%, 1 Co 9%, al.; c. art., ra 7., all things (a totality, as distinct 
from anarth. zayra, all things severally; cf. Westc., Hph., 186 f.), 
absol.: Ro 1136, 1 Co 8°, Eph 3°, He 1%, al.; relatively, Mk 4", Ac 
17%, Ro 8%, al.; zavra ra, c. ptep., Mt 18%, al.; wavra tatra (ratra 
z.), Mt 6%% 83, al.; aavra, c. prep. in adverbial phrases, rpo ravrwv, 
above all things, Ja 5, 1 Pe 4°; ev z., in all things, in all ways, 1 Ti 
3,1 Pe 4", al.; xara wavra, in all respects, Ac 17”, al. 3. C. neg., 
Tas ov (un) = oddeis, V.S. ov and py, and ef. M, Pr., 245 f. 

tmdcxa, 76, indecl. (Aram. NNDB), [in LXX for ndp;] 1. the 


festival of the Passover: Mt 262, Mk 141, Lk 22}, Jo 21% 28 64 1155 191 
1839 19% Ac 12%, He 1145; 7 opm sod a, Lk (2%, Jo 13h oy By 
meton., (a) the paschal supper: éromalew To 7., Mt 26%, Mk 1416, Lk 
22813; zovetv To 7., Mt 2618; (6) the paschal lamb: Ovew 76 7. (Ex 12), 
Mk 14”, Lk 22’; of Christ, 1 Co 5’; dayeiy 76 zw. (lamb or supper), 
Mt 2617, Mk 1414, Lik 22115, Jo 188 (cf. mu Ch 30!").+ 

ndoxw, [in LXX: Am 6% (mdm ni.), Wi 1227, Si 3816, al.;] to 
suffer, be acted on, as opp. to acting, often limited by a word expressive 
of good or evil; (a) of misfortunes (most freq. without any limiting 
word): absol.,, Lik 2215. 2440) Ag 13S! 172) 1 Co 1226 le: 2 2a 
I Pe 219 20,23 317 415,19° seq. dro, c. gen., Mt 17"; trép, Ac 91°, Phi 17°, 
11 Th 15, 1 Pe 2?!; c. dat. ref., 1 Pe 41; epi, c. gen. (seq. tzep), I Pe 38; 
did, c. acc., I Pe 314; ddcyov (a little while), 1 Pe 5”; c. acc., Mt 2779, 
Mk 9”, Lk 13? 2476, Ac 28°, 11 Ti 1, He 58, Re 2; za6npara, 11 Co 1°; 
tavta, Ga 34 (EV; cf. Lft., in 1., but v. infr.); acc. seq. amo, Mt 167, 
Lk 9% 1725; tré, Mk 576, 1 Th 214; (b) of pleasant experiences (but 
always with qualifying word, ed or acc. rei): Ga 34 (cf. Grimm-Thayer, 
s.v.; Interp. Com., in 1., but v. supr.) (cf. rpo-, cvv-racyxw).t 

Ndtapa, -wv, ra, Patara, a maritime city of Lycia: Ac 211+ 

tatécow, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for M33 hi., also for 533, 
etc. ;] 1. in Hom., intrans., to beat (of the heart). 2. Trans. = rAjoow, 
to strike, smite; absol., év payxaipa, Lk 224°; c. acc. pers., Mt 265), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 349 


Lk 225°; ¢. acc. rei, Ac 127; of a deadly blow, Mt 2631, Mk 14?7, 
Ac 7*4. Metaph., of disease: Ac 1278, Re 11° 195+ 

Traréw, -6, [in LXX for 47, etc.;] 1. intrans., to tread, walk: 
seq. éravw ddewv x.7.r. (fig.), Lk 101° (cf. Ps 90(91)*). 2. Trans., to 
tread on, trample: +. Anvov, Re 147° 19} (cf. Jg 97", La 11, al.); of the 
desecration of Jerusalem by its enemies, Lk 2124, Re 112 (cf. KaTa-, 
mept-, €v-Tepi-Tatéw).t 

Tathp, watpds, -rpi, -répa, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for 3N;] 
a father; 1. prop., (a) of the male parent: Mt 2”, Lk 1”, Jo 4°; 
anarth., He 127 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl., of both parents (cl.), He 1123: 
oi 7. T. capkds, He 129; (b) of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually i in 
pl.; Hom., al.): Mt 39, Ihk 1"; Jo 8%, al.; pl: Mt. 23% 3) Lk 67526, 
Jo 4%, 1 Co TO ral? 2, Metaph., (a) of an author, originator, or 
archetype (= airws, dpxyyds, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.): Jo 8444, Ro 
41,12,16; (6) as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers 
and others in a position of responsible authority (Jg 17°, 1 Ki 2”, 
Pr 18, al.): Mt 23° Ac 7? 221,1 Jo 248. 3. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as 
Father; (a) of created things: r. ¢ddétwv, Ja 1°; (6) of all sentient 
beings: Eph 3!)15, He 12°; (c) of men, esp. those in covenant relation 
with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit. ; v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.) : 
Mt 64, Lk 6%6, Jo 471, Ja 39, al.; ; 6 7. 6 & (.) ovpavors, Mt 516, Mk 11%; 
5 7. 6 otpavos, Mt 614 158; esp. in the Epp., of Christians : Ro to TE Co 
618, Ga 4°, Eph 238 46,1 Jo 2!; c. gen. qual., 7. oixripydv, 11 Co 1B: T. 
do0éqs, Eph 117; (d) of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.); (a) by our 
Lord himself: 6 7., Mt 112527, Lk 107)%2, Jo 573, al.; 62. wov, Mt 1177, 
al.; 6 év 7. ovpavois, Mt 74, al.; 6 ovpavos, Mt 1518; vocat., Jo 114! 1227 28 
17} 5,1, 20,25 (ef, Abbott, JG., 96f.); (8) by Apostles: Jo 14 (anarth. ; 
Mae, er, 1.e.), no tor, 11 Co 1° 11% Eph 1%, Col 1%, He 2°, 1 Pe 1%, 
Re 16 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 27-34). 

Ndtpos, -ov, %, Patmos, an island in the Aigean Sea: Re 1°%.t 

Tatpadwas, V.S. tatpodwas. 

matpid, -as, 7 (<Cmaryp), [in LXX chiefly for ax, Ex 6%, al., 
also for AMBwa, Ex 6%, m Ki 14’, Ps 21 (22)?’, al.;] 1. lineage, 


ancestry (Hdt.). 2. = wdrpa (more common in cl.), a family or tribe 
(so sometimes in Hdt., in LXX of related people, in a sense narrower 
than ¢vAy and wider than ofxos; v. Ex 123, Nu 3278): Lk 24; in a 
wider sense (I Ch 1678, Ps 21 (22)?”), Ac 37°@XX), Kph 3).t 


taatpidpxns, -ov, 6 (<Cmatpid, dpxw), [in LXX: 1 Ch 24%! (ax), 
1 Ch 198 26” (niaNq wNn), 1 Ch 27” (mi), 1 Ch 237° (minanmny), 
Iv Mac 7!9 1675*;] a patriarch: Ac 2?9 7&9, He 74.t 
matpikés, -7, -6v (<Cwaryp), [in LXX for 3x, Ge 508, al.;] 
paternal, ancestral: Ga 114.+ 
martpis, -iSos, ) (<rarzp), [in LXX chiefly for mq5i0;] prop. 
poét. fem. of zarpios, of one’s fathers; as subst., 7 7. = zazpa, 


350 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


fatherland, country, home, native place: Ac 18?", WH, mg., He 114; 
of one’s own town, Mt 1354 57, Mk 614, Lik 42% 24, Jo 444.+ 
NatpoBas, -a, 6, Patrobas: Ro 16'4.+ 
* ratpodwas (-adwas, Rec.; in cl. -adofas, v. BI., § 3, 3; 6, 2, and 
cf. pntpoAwas), -ov, 6 (<CraTnp + dAovaw, to smite), (a) a parricide: 
1 Ti 19 (AV, R, txt.); (8) a smiter of his father: ib. (R, mg.).t 
*+ matpo-mapd-Sotos, -ov (<< zarnp, rapadidwur), handed down from 
one’s fathers, inherited : 1 Pe 1}8 (Diod., al.).t 
matpgos, -a, -ov (<warmp), [in LXX: Pr 27 (aN), m Es 7°, 


u-Iv Mac,,*;] of one’s fathers, received from one’s fathers: Ac 22° 
2414 9817 + 

Naddos, -ov, 6 (Lat. Paulus), 1. Sergius Paulus: Ac 18". 2. the 
Apostle Paul (cf. 3atdos): Ac 13°, and freq. throughout Ac., Ro 1’, 
1 Co 1, al., m Pe 3". 

natw, [in LXX for m5 pi., etc.;] to make to cease, restrain, 
hinder : c. acc. rei, seq. a6, I Pe 3!°@XX), Mid., to cease, leave off: 
Lk 84 111, Ac 20!, 1 Co 138; c. ptep., Lk 54, Ac 54? 61% 131 203! 2152, 
Eph 15, Col 19, He 10?; c. gen., duaprias, 1 Pe 44 (WH, mg., R, txt.) ; 
c. dat., ib. (WH, txt., R, mg.).t 

Nddos, -ov, 7, Paphos, a city in Cyprus: Ac 13% 13.+ 

maxtve (<Cmayvs, thick), [in LXX: De 32), Is 6! (raw), al.;] 


to thicken, fatten; pass., to grow fat. Metaph., to make dull or stupid 
(r. Wuxas, Plut.); pass., to wax gross: 4 xapdia, Mt 13, Ac 2827 (LXX).t 
nédy, -ns, ) (<C7éla, the instep), [in LXX for nynj, ete. 3] 
a fetter: Mk 54, Lk 879.+ 
medivds, -7, -6v (<< rediov, @ plain), [in LXX chiefly for mbawn 


(7 7.) ;] level, plain: Lk 617.+ 
* weLedw (<< reLds), to travel on foot or by land: Ac 201%.t 
meLi, V.S. melds. 


melds, -7, -ov (<< zovs), [in LXX for or 3] 1. on foot: Mt 14}% 


(WH, mg., R, txt.). 2. Opp. to going by sea, by land: Mt 14% 
(WH, mg., R, mg.). 3. As adv., rely (se. 680), on foot or by land: 
Mt 143 (WH, txt.), Mk 6%8.+ 

meBapxéw, -© (<< re(Hopar, dpyy), [in LXX: Da LXX 7" (yaw), 


Si 3085 (33%), 1 Hs 8°**;] to obey one in authority, be obedient : Tit 3'; 
c. dat., Ac 2773; Gea, Ac 5° 82.+ 
*+ weiOds (aos, WH), -7, -ov (<< reiOw), = cl. riBavds, persuasive : 
1 Co 24 (not found elsewhere).t 
* Me0d, -ots, 7, 1. Peitho, Persuasion (as a goddess). 2. per- 
swasion: év meoc (so Orig., Eus. and some cursives in 1 Co 2+ for 
meds, q.v.).t 
meiOw, [in LXX chiefly for nua, its parts and derivatives ;] 
(i) Active; 1. trans., to apply persuasion (‘‘conative”’ in pres.; v. M, 
Pr., 147), to prevail wpon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 2814, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 351 


Ac 196; seq. zepi, c. gen. rei, Ac 198; c. acc. pers., Ac 127° 1419 185, 
11 Co 64, Ga 110; T. Kapdlas npLOv, I Jo 319 ; Cc. acc. seq. Trept, Ac 288 ; 
ce. acc. et inf., Ac 13% 2678 (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.); c. acc. seq. iva 
(Plut.), Mt 272°. 2. Intrans., 2 pf. wérofa with pres. sense (v. M, 
Pr., 147, 154; Bl. $59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence : 
c. acc. et inf., Ro 21°; c. acc. ref. (v. Ellic., in 1.): Phi 1%?5; ¢. dat., 
Ph] 1, Phm?!; éaur@, c. inf., m Co 10’; seq. év, Phi 3%4; & kupiw 
ort, Ph] 274; ézi, c. dat., Mt 2748 (WH, mg.), Mk 10% (T, WH, R, mg., 
om.), Lk 11” 18°, 1 Co 19, He 2°; ézi, c. acc., Mt 27% (c. dat., WH, 
mg.); id. seq. or, 11 Co 23, 1 Th 34 (v. Lift., Notes, 127); «is, c. ace. 
pers. seq. dr, Ga 54°. (ii) Pass. and mid.; 1. to be persuaded, believe 
(v. M, Pr., 158) : absol., Lk 1631, Ac 174 214, He 138; c. dat., Ac 287 ; 
c. acc. et inf., Ac 267°; so also pf., rérecpar, werewrpevos cipi: C. acc. 
ref. seq. wept, He 6°; c. acc. et inf., Lk 206; 6m, Ro 8%8, m1 Ti 1>”; 
id. c. év xupiw, Ro 144; epi, c. gen. seq. 671, Ro 1544. 2. to listen to, 
obey: c. dat. pers., Ac 5% 37, 40 9321 2711, Ro 28, Ga 5’, He 131’, Ja 3° 
(cf. dva-eiOw).t 

Newkatos (Rec. MiAartos, Tr., -aros, v. WH, App., 155), -ov, 6, 
Pontius Pilate: Mt 272, Mk 15}, Lk 3}, Jo 1829, Ac 38, 1 Ti 62, al. 


ety = Teiv, V.S. Tivo. 
mewdw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for 3y9;] to hunger, be hungry: 


Mt 42 19139118 9535, 37, 42,44 Mk 926 1112 Tk 153 42 63, Ro 1920 (XX), 

1 Co 411 112134, Ph] 4%, Re 716; metaph., Mt 5°, Lk 674525, Jo 635.+ 
meipa, -as, 7) (<C7reupdw), [in LXX: De 28° (7. AapBavew, 

MD3 pi.) 33° (MDa), Wi 18725, 1 Mac 8°, 1v Mac 8!*;] a trial, ex- 


periment ; 7. AapBavev, to make trial, have experience of: He 117% *6 
(for exx., v. Field, Notes, 232 f.).t 
meipaiw, poét. and late prose form of reipaw, q.v., [in LXX for 
MD3 pi.;] 1. to make proof of (Hom.). 2. to try, attempt (Luc., Polyb., 
al.): c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205; Bl., § 69, 4), Ac 976 167 246. 3. In LXX 
and NT, like Heb. MD3, c. acc. pers., to test, try, prove; (a) in a good 
sense: Jo 6°, 11 Co 13°, He 11!", Re 2?; esp. of trials and afflictions 
sent or permitted by God (Ge 221, Ex 207°, Wi 35, al.), 1 Co 10}, 
He 218 415 1117.37, Re 3°; (6) in a bad sense (Apoll. Rhod., 3, 10): 
of the attempts made to ensnare Jesus in his speech, Mt 16! 19° 
2218 35) Mk 8! 10? 12, Lk 1116, Jo 8); of temptation to sin, to tempt, 
Ja 11% 14 (y, Hort, in 1.), Ga 61, Re 21°; esp. of temptations of the 
devil, Mt 413, Mk 1%, Lk 42, 1 Co 75, 1 Th 35; 6 zewpdgwr, the 
tempter, Mt 4°, 1 Th 3°; (c) in bad sense also (Ex 1777, Nu 14”, al.), 
of distrustful testing, trying or challenging of God: Ac 15°, 1 Co 10° 
(WH, mg., e&ereipacav), He 3°; +. rvedua Kupiov, Ac 5° (cf. éx-reupalw).t 
SYW.: Soxiudlw, q.v. 
tretpacpds, -ot, 6 (<Crepafw), [in LXX for ABQ, PyV;] 1. 


= melpa, an experiment (Diosc.). 2. a trial, of ethical purpose and 
effect, whether good or evil (v. Hort on Ja 11%); (a) in good or 
neutral sense: Ga 414, Ja 1”, 1 Pe 4"; esp. of afflictions sent by God 


352 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW (ESTAMENT 


(De 7!*, Si 21, al.): m Pe 29, Re 3; pl., Lk 2278, Ac 20", Ja 12,1 Pe 
16; (6) of trial regarded as leading to sin, tempiation: Lk 818, 1 Co 
10, 1 Ti 6°; of the temptation of Jesus by the dbvil, Lk 41°; ciogépew 
(€pxeoOau, eicepy-) eis 7., Mt 618 2641, Mk 14°8, Lk 114 224% 46; (¢) of 
the testing or challenge of God by man (v.s. wepdfw, 3, c.): He 38 
(LXX: Ps 94 (95), where xara 7. 7uépay wepacwod = MPD OND, as 
the day of Massah).t 
SYN.: Soxipuov. 
Teipdw, More commonly as depon., weipaona, [in LXX for mD3;] 
to try, attempt: Ac 2671.+ 
*t qwevopovn, -7s, 7 (<< weiOw), persuasion: Ga 58.t 
¥* réNayos, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX: 1 Mac 57, 1v Mac 7!*;] the deep 
sea, the deep, the sea: Ac 275; 76 x. ths Oaddoons, Mt 18°. 
SYN.: Oardooa (q.v.); and cf. aBvocos. 
*t qwedexiLw (<< redexus, a battle-axe), to cut off with an axe, esp. to 
behead : c. acc., Re 204 (Polyb., al.).t 
méumros, -7, -ov, [in LXX for won and cognate forms ;] fifth: 
Re 6? SU1G! 21207 
mwépmw, [in LXX chiefly for mbw;] to send; (a) of persons: 
c. acc., absol., Mt 227, Lk 7!*, Jo 17, 1 Co 93, al.; ptcp. seq. verb., 
Mt 141°, Ac 1931, al.; ptep. seq. dud (= Heb. tha, 1 Ki 16%, al.), Mt 
11? (cf. Re 1’); of teachers sent by God, Jo 13% 434, Ro 83, al.; c. acc. 
et dat., 1 Go 41”, Phl 21%; seq. pds, c. acc., Lk 476, Jo 16’, al.; seq. 
éyww (cf. Heb. 7iand ndyy, Ge 385, al.), Lk 719; seq. cis, c. acc. 
loc., Mt 28, Lk 15", al.; seq. eis (of purpose), Eph 67", Col 48, 1 Pe 214; 
ce. inf., Jo 13, 1 Co 16%, Re 22'6; (b) of things: Re 117°; seq. eis, Re 
14; id.;\of purpose; Ae 11, Phi 42°; c¢: dat. pers., a Tha"; =: 7. 
dpéravov cov (cf. éfaroareiAate Spérava = 520 Indy , Jl 3 (4)}%), Re 
1415) 18 (cf. dva-, éx-, peta-, Tpo-, Tvv-TEeuTW). 
SYN.: amooréAXho, qv. 
mévys, -ytos, 6 (<< révopa, to work for one’s daily bread), [in 
LXX for 7PaxX, 3Y, 53, etc.;] one who works for his living, a 
labourer, a poor man: 11 Co 9°.t 
SYN.: mtwxos, properly a beggar and implying deeper poverty 
than z. (v. Tr., Syn., § xxxvi; Abbott, Essays, 78). 
mevOepd, -Gs, 7 (fem. of revGepds), [in LXX for nian;] a mother- 
in-law: Mt 814 10%, Mk 19°, Lk 438 1253.+ 
mrevOepds, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for on, Ge 3813, al.; also for 
won, Jg 1° A;] a father-in-law : Jo 18%3.+ 
nev0éw, -3, [in LXX chiefly for 5ax;] to mowrn (for), lament ; 
(a) intrans.: Mt 54) 915 1 Co 52; zw. wat xAalew, Mt 16", Lk 675, Ja 49, 
Re 18!) 19; seq. éi, c. acc., Re 18"; (6) trans., c. ace., m Co 1271+ 
SYN. : v.s. Opnvew. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 353 


mévOos, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for bay;] mourning: Ja 4°, 
Re 1878 214,+ 

mrevixpéds, -d, -dv (< révopa, V.8. révys), [in LXX: Ex 22°5 (s3y), 
Pr 2815 297 (53) *;] chiefly in Comic poets and late prose (but Plato, 


Rep., 578 A), = wévys, needy, poor: Lk 21? (for ex. in z., v. MM, xix).+ 
mevtdkis, adv., five times: 11 Co 11*4.t 
eae ee -at, -a, five thousand: Mt 1471 169, Mk 644 819, 
Lk 914, Jo 61%.+ 
’ mevtaxéatot, -at, -a, five hundred: Lk 741, 1 Co 15%,+ 
wévte, indecl., oi, ai, ra, five: Mt 14", al. 
TEVTE-KOL-SEKATOS, -7, “OV, the fifteenth : Lk 31+ 
TevTHKOVTO, indecl., ob, at, a ify: Lk 71 16°, Jo 857 2111, Ac 
13; ava w., Lk 914; Kara Tey 
TEVTHKOOTH, “7S; ) v.58. Serkan 
mwevtnxootos, -7, -ov, [in LXX for own, Le 25141 rw Ki 


157527; 1 Mac,, 1 Mac 144; 4 7., To 2!, 1 Mac 12%*;] fiftieth. As 
subst., Hm; (a) (Sc. pepis), at Athens, a tax of two per cent.; (b) (sc. 
nuepa, i.e. the fiftieth day after the Passover), Pentecost, the second 
of the three great Jewish feasts (To, 11 Mac, ll. c.; €opry éBdouddur, 
De 16", al.) : Ac 21 206, 1 Co 168+ 

tmemoiOnors, -ews, ) (<C7eidw), [in LXX: 1v Ki 18" (pina) *;] 


confidence : 11 Co 1 3* 10°, Eph 3”; seq. «is, 1 Co 8”; ev, Phi 34 (the 
word is condemned by the Atheists, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 355).t 

wép (akin to zrepi), enclitic particle, adding force or positiveness 
to the word which precedes it: indeed, by far, etc. In the NT, it is 
always affixed to the word to which it relates, v8. Sudzrep, edvirep, eizrep, 
aanese, erevdnrep, 7) NT Ep, KaOdzrep, Kaimrep, Oo7rep, dorep 

*mwepaitépw (<< 7épa, beyond), compar. ady., Vpaieae? Ac 19%9, 
L, Tr., WH (T, Rec., R, wepi érépwv).t 


wépay, adv., [in LXX for "Ry and cognate forms;] on the other 


side, across (usually with the idea of water lying between); (a) as in 
the older poets, as prep. c. gen.: 7. Pardaons, Jo Gtr 1% 22,25; 7, agra 
Mé 415 (LXX), 25 191, Mk 38 10!, Jo 178 376 1049; -, Wauidapos t. Kédpw 
Jo 18!; (b) 76 z., the region beyond, the other side: Mt 81% 28 1422 165, 
Mk 4% 52! 645 813; 7. Gardoons, Mk 51; +. Acuvyns, Lk 8%.+ 

mépas, -atos, 76 (<( 7epa, beyond), [in LXX chiefly for TR» ARP 


and cognate forms ;] an end, limit, boundary ; (a) of space: chiefly in 
pl., ra 7. 7. ys, Mt 12*, Lk 11°"; +. oixoupeévns, Ro 10% XX); (5) (opp. 
to Be) the end: c. gen., avtiAoyias, He 61°.t 
Népyapos, -ov, 7 (so Xen., Paus., al., but -ov, 76 in Strabo, Polyb., 
and most writers, ice in Inser. ; Aig NT the termination is uncertain), 
Pergamum, & city of Mysia: Re 1" 212+ 
Népyn, -ns, 7, Perga, a city of Pamphylia: Ac 131% 14 1425+ 


23 


354 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mepi, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), 
with radical sense rownd about (as distinct from audi, on both sides). 

I. C. gen., 1. of place, abowt (poét.). 2. Causal, about, on 
account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2°, Mk 144, Lk 4°8, Jo 1676, 
Ac 28%, al. mult.; 7a mepi, c. gen., the things concerning one, one’s 
state or case: Mk 5?", Ac 18 28, Eph 6”, al.; at the beginning of a 
sentence, zepi, regarding, as to, 1 Co 7}, al.; in the sense on accownt of 
(Mt 268, 1 Co 1}, al.), often with irép as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). 

II. C. acc., 1. of place, about, around: Mt 34, Mk 1, Lk 138, 
Ac 225, al.; ot epi, c. acc. pers., of one’s associates, friends, etce., 
Mk 41°, Lk 2249, Jo 1119, Ac 138; of zepi 7. rovadra épyatrar, Ac 19%; 
metaph., about, as to, concerning: 1 Ti 1! 64, um Ti 2)8 38, Tit 27; 
7a mept eve, Phi 2°; ai wept 7. Aouad exOvpiar, Mk 4%, 2. Of time, in 
a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20% % %& 9 2746, Mk 648, Ac 10% 9 228, 

III. In composition : rownd about (repiBadrdro, repixeipar), beyond, 
over and above (repuTorew, epircizrw), to excess (reprepydlopar, TEpiooevw). 

mept-dyw, [in LXX: Am 2! (gon hi.); Is 28°", Ez 47? (aap 
hi., ho.)';\ Ez 37? 467 (may hi), 1 Mac 4° 6 ~;] 41: to lead about or 
around: c. acc. pers.,I Co 9°. 2. Intrans., to go about: Ac 13"; seq. 
év, Mt 423; c. acc. loc. (governed by the zep-, not so in cl., v. BI., 
§ 34, 1; 53, 1), Mt 93° 2315, Mk 66.t 

mept-aipéw, -©, [in LXX chiefly for "10 hi.;] to take away that 
which surrounds, take away, take off (retxn, Hdt., Thuc.; xiréva, 
Plat.; SaxrvdAvov, Ge 41%, cf. odpnyida, Hdt., 11, 151): +. cédvpma, pass., 
1 Co 36; as nautical term (RV, cast off), ayxvpas, Ac 2749; absol., 
to cast loose: ib. 28'%. Metaph., to take away entirely: éd7is, pass., 
Ac 2729; dyaprias, He 10".+ 

** repi-dntw, [in LXX: ut Mac 37*;] 1. to tue about, attach. 
2. In late writers, to light a fire around, kindle: wip, Lk 22°°.t 
**+t repi-aotpdnrw, [in LXX: Iv Mac 4!°*;] to flash around : c. acc., 

Ac 98; seq. mepi, Ac 22° (Kecl. and Byzant.).t 

mept-Bdddw, [in LXX chiefly for MDD pi., also for wads, muy, 
etc.;] to throw around or over, put on or over; (a) of siege or defen- 
sive works: xapaxa oo, Lk 194 (WH, mg.; zapeuB-, WH, txt.) ; 
(6) of clothing, to put on, wrap about, clothe with: ec. ace. rei, Lk 23"; 
c. acc. pers., Mt 25% 38 43; ¢, dupl. ace. (not cl.; Bl., § 34, 4), Jo 19?; 
pf. pass., to have wrapped round one: e. ace. rei (cl.), Mk 14°! 16°, 
Re 7% 13 10! 113 12! 174 1816 1913; ¢. dat. rei, Re 44 (WH, txt.; seq. év, 
WH, mg.); fut., seq. év (cf. De 22%, Ps 44 (45)% 18), Re 3°. Mid., to 
clothe oneself, wrap round or put on oneself: absol., Mt 6°, Lk 12°, 
Re 318; c. acc. rei, Mt 6%!, Ac 128, Re 198.t 

mept-BdXérw, [in LXX for Mw, etc.;] to look around (at). Mid., 
to look about one (at): absol., Mk 98 10?5; c. inf., Mk 5*; c. acc. pers., 
Mk 3° 34, Lik 619; wavra, Mk 114. 

mept-Bddatov, -ov, TO (<< weptBadrdrw), [in LXX chiefly for wind, 


mod> and cognate forms ;] that which is thrown around, a covering, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 355 


in NT, (a) a mantle (Ps 101 (102)?’, Is 591’, al.): He 12@X®); (0) a 
veil: 1 Co 1135 (but v. ICC, in 1.).+ 
tept-Séw, [in LXX: Jb 12) (ADN)*;] to tie round, bind round: 
c. ace. et dat., pass., Jo 1144,t 
** nepi-epydfouar, [in LXX: Wi 8° n!, Si 3°5*;] 1. to waste one’s 
labour about a thing. 2. to be a busybody: um Th 3" (cf. Plat., 
Apol., 19 B).t 
* wepiepyos, -ov, I. of persons; 1. over careful. 2. curious, med- 
dling, a busybody : 1 Tid. IT. Of things; 1. over-wrought. 2. super- 
fluous. 3. curious, uncanny; 1a 7., curious arts, magic: Ac 19 
(v. Deiss., BS, 323,.).+ 
trept-épxopat, [in LXX chiefly for 33D;] to go about (as an 
itinerant) : Ac 19! 2818 (zepicAovres, WH, R, mg.), He 1197; +. oixiass 
from house to house: 1 Ti 5}3,+ 
mept-éxw, [in LXX for HaN, 3 hi., mpx pi., etc. ;] 1. to sur- 
round, encompass: Lk 5° (cf. MM, xix). 2. to comprehend, include, 
contain, esp. of books: c. acc., Ac 23%, Rec.; acc. to a late usage, 
intrans. (BI., § 53, 1,; MM, xix; Hort, in 1.), i¢ stands written, 1 Pe 2°.t 
mrept-Lévvuyns and -vw (v. Veitch, s.v.), [in LXX chiefly for 33, also 
for "IN, etc.;] to gird (c. dupl. acc., as 6 zepiLwvviov pe Sivayv, Ps 
17 (18)**): pass., ai dogpves repreLwopeva, Lk 12°5; a. Loévyy xpvoqy, 
Re 1* 15° (but v. infr.). Mid., to gird oneself: Lk 12*7 178 (and so 
perh. Re, ll. c. supr., cf. 1 Ki 2*); c. acc. rei (fig.), 7. éa¢vv, Eph 614 
(seq. év, cf. 1 Ch 15*7).+ 
aah tept-Qeors, “EWS, 7 (< mrepiTiOnun), [in bin.: -Ps 81 (32)9 * 3] a 
putting around, putting on: 1 Pe 3°.t+ 
mrept-tommpt (Rec. -iornmu), [in LXX: Jos 63 (aap), mo Ki 13°! 
(2x3 ni.), 1 Ki 416, Ep. Je*’, Jth 5%, m Mac 14°*;] 1. to place around. 
2. to stand around: Jo 11*; c. acc. pers., Ac 257. Mid. (in late 
mee to turn oneself about to avoid, to shwn: ec. acc. rei, 11 Ti 2), 
it 3°.t 
tept-xd0appa, -tos, TO (<C7epixafaipw, to purify on all sides or 
completely, De 18, Jos 54, 1v Mac 179*), [in LXX: Pr 218 (p35) *;] 


l. a@ victim, expiation (Pr, l.c). 2. refuse, rubbish: pl., 1 Co 4% (y. 
ICC, in 1.).+ 
nept-ka0-ifw, [in LXX for man, ond ni., etc.;] 1. to invest, besiege 
(Diod., 1v Ki 674, 1 Mac 11%, al.). 2. to-sit around: Lk 22°, L, txt.t 
mept-kadumrw, [in LXX for ADD pi., paw pu., etc.;] to cover 
around, cover up or over: c. acc., Mk 14°, Lk 22%; pass., seq. 
xpvoiw, He 94,t 
** repi-xepat, [In LXX: Ep. Je *4 58, rv Mac 123*;] 1. to lie rownd 
about: ptdros, AiBos (RV, were hanged about), Mk 9%, Lk 17?; védos 
uaptipwv, He 121. 2. to have around one, be clothed with: Ac 28%; 
fig., aobéverav, He 5?,t+ 
Tt mept-kepadata, -as, 7, [in LXX for yai5, yaip;] a helmet : fig., 


1 Th 58; c. gen. explic., 7. 7. cwrnpiov, Eph 617 (cf. Is 5917).+ 


356 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


**+ wepi-kparis, -és, [in LXX: Da TH Su A*;] having full command 
of : Ac 27'6.+ 
*+ qepi-KpUBw, V.S. TepiKpUTTW. 
*t wepi-kpumtw, to conceal entirely, keep hidden: late 2 aor., wepié- 
cpuBov (but v. Bl., § 17; Soph., Lez., s.v. wepixpvBw), Lk 174.+ 
tept-Kukhdw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for 23D ;] to encircle, encompass : 
of a besieged city, Lk 1943.t 
*t repi-Adpmw, to shine arownd: c. acc., Lk 2°, Ac 2613,+ 
mept-Aetmouor, depon. mid. and pass., [in LXX: m Ch 347A 
("Nw ni.), m1 Mac 1%! 84, 1v Mac 12° 1315*;] to be left remaining, 
remain over, survive: I'Th 4117 + 
mepi-Auros, -ov, [in LXX: Ps 41 (42)%4, 1 Es 8°, al.;] very sad, 
deeply grieved: Mt 26°8, Mk 676 14°4, Lk 1878.t 
nept-pevw, [in LXX: Ge 4918 (mp pi.), Wi 8"*;] to wart for: c. 
acc., Ac 14.t 
** répé, adv., [in Al.: Le 13°3*;] rownd about : ai. rodeis, Ac 5'6.t 
* rept-oxéw, -@, to dwell round about: c. ace., Lk 1°°.t 


mept-ouxos, -ov, [in LXX for "D3, etc.;] dwelling around; as 


subst., 6 7., a neighbour : Lk 1°8 (cf. rAyoiov).t 
t+ meptovatos, -ov (<< epic, to be over and above), [in LXX: Ex 
19° 2322, De 76 14? 2618 (mbip, D oy)*;] one’s own, of one’s own 
possession: dads 7. (cf. LXX, ll. c.), Tit 2!.+ 
Tept-oxy, -75, 9 (<< repiexw), [in LXX for AARP, WIA, etc.;] 1. 
compass, circumference. 2. a portion circumscribed, a section: Ac 8*.+ 
mept-ratéw, -©, [in LXX chiefly for yon pi., hith.;] to walk: 
absol., Mt 95, Mk 54, Lk 523, Jo 1°6; c. pred., yupvds, Re 161°; érdvw 
Lk 1144; da, c. gen., Re 2174; é&v, Mk 117” 1238, Jo 7! 11°, Re 2, al.; 
év tr. oxoria, fig., Jo 82 12%, 1 Jo 1%7 24; éri, c. gen., Mt 14°; id.c. 
dat., ib. 2529; wera, Jo 6°, Re 34; wapa, c. acc., Mt 418. Metaph., of 
living, passing one’s life, conducting oneself (like dvacrpépopat in Xen., 
Plut., LXX, z.; M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): dxpiBds, Eph 5%; 
ATAKTWS, m Th 3° il. evo XnpOves, Ro 1333, 1 Th 42 agiws, c. gen., Eph 
41, Col 1%, 1 Th 2”; xadws (és), Eph 417 5815, Phi 317, 1 Th 41; ovrws 
és, 1 Co 77; seq. nom. qual., Ph] 318; c. dat., Ac 2174, Ro 1318, m Co 
1218, Ga 516; seq. év, Ro 64, 11 Co 4? 57 108, Eph 2%1 417 5?, Col 37 4°, 
He 139, 1Jo 46, al.; év Xpuord, Col 2°; xara, c. acc., Mk 7°, Ro 84 14”, 
1 Co 33, 1 Co 102, 1 Jo ® (cf. ev-repiraréw). 
*t mepi-meipw, to put on a spit, hence, to pierce: metaph., éavrov 
. ddviats, I Ti 614. 
nepi-ninra, [in LXX: Ru 2%, m Ki 16 (7p), Pr 11° (553), Da 
LXX 2°, m Mac 6!8 97:21 104*;] 1. to fall around. 2. to fall in with, 
light wpon, come across: ¢. dat., Xyorais, Lk 10*°; repacpois, Ja 1?; 
seq. eis, Ac 2741.4 
nept-rotéw, -&, [in LXX for mn pi., hi., ete.;] to make to remain 
over, preserve. Mid., (a) to keep or save for oneself: +. Yuxyv (cf. - 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 357 


Xen., Cyr., iv, 4, 10; Arist., Pol., v, 11, 30), Lk 1733; (6) to get or 
gain for oneself, get possession of (Thuc., Xen., al.) : Ac 20°8, 1 Ti 313,+ 

taept-moinars, -ews, ) (<< repurorew), [in LXX: 1 Ch 4192) (pan), 
Ma 317 (7530), Hg 210(9)* 5] 1. preservation: He 10% (a1 Ch, Lc.). 2. 


acquisition, obtaining: 1 Th 5°, m Th 21 (and so perh. Eph 14, y. 
infr.). 3. a possession: Eph 1 (but v. supr., and ef. JCC, in 1), 
I Pe 29 @XX) + 

Tept-paivw (-ppaivw, Rec., v. WH, App., 139 f.), [in LXX for 
m3 hi.;] to sprinkle around: Re 198T (pepavricpevov, WH; fe-, 
R, txt.; BeBappeévov, Rec., R, mg.).t 

** repi-pyyvupe (Rec. -pp-, v. supr.), [in LXX: m Mac 4°8*;] to 

break or tear off all around: freq. of garments, r. tuaria, Ac 16?2,+ 

mept-omrdw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for M3y;] to draw around, draw 
off or away. Metaph., to distract: pass., Lk 104°.+ 


tmeptoceta, -as, 7 (<< repicoedw), [in LXX: Ee ,, (iam and cogn. 
forms, 1%, al.)*;] 1. abundance, superfluity: Ro 57, m Co 8? 10, 
Ja 1?! (so also Inser., v. LAH, 80). 2. (a) superiority (Ec, v. supr.) ; 
(b) profit (ib.).t 
trepioceupa, -tTos, TO (<Crepiooedw), [in LXX: Ee 2*:] that 
which is over and above, superfluity, abundance: opp. to torépypa 
(q.v.), 1 Co 8114; pl., Mk 8°; metaph., 7. 7. kapdias, Mt 1234, Lk 645 
(cf. Ke, l.c.; Plut., al.).t 
mepiscedw (<(mepicods), [in LXX: 1 Ki 238 (mag), ib. %, 
Ec 3” (ar ni., ant), To 41°, Si 10?” 11 1974 3035 (3329), 1 Mac 390 *;] 


I. Prop., intrans., 1. of things, to be over and above the number (Hes.), 
hence, (a) to be or remain over: Mt 14*° 15°’, Lk 917, Jo 618; (4) to 
abound, be in abundance: Mk 1244, Lk 12) 214, Ac 165, Ro 37 515, 
1 Co 15 8? 9", Phl1 26. 2. Of persons, (a) to abound in, have in abund- 
ance: 1 Co 14” 1558, Ph] 4% 18; ¢. gen., Lk 15! T; (0) to be superior 
or better, to excel: absol., 1 Co 3° 88; c. dat. ref., 11 Co 39; seq. év, Ro 
1518, 1 Co 15°, 11 Co 3° 87, Col 27; padAov, 1 Th 44; wu. Kai p., Phi 19; 
adeiov, Mt 5°. II. In late writers (Lft., Notes, 48f.), trans., (a) to 
make to abound : c. acc. seq. «is, 11 Co 415 98, Eph 18; pass., Mt 13” 
259; c. gen. rei, Lk 15!", WH; (0) to make to excel: c. acc. pers., dat. 
rei, 1 Th 3” (cf. irep-repiacevw).t 

SYN.: rdeovalw. 

tepioods, -7, -ov, [in LXX for 3M} and cogn. forms;] 1. more 


than sufficient, over and above, abundant: Jo 10", 11 Co 9}; ¢. gen. 
(a popular substitute for rAcwv, Bl, § 11, 3,), Mt 5°7; id. ce. ellips. 
gen., ib.47 (EV, more than others ; but v. infr.); é« wepioood, Mk 6°51, 
Rec., T. (on iép éx 7., V.8. imepexrepisood). Compar. neut., -drepor : 
Lk 124 48; c. gen., Mk 12%%; adverbially (cf. repiccds), more abund- 
antly, 11 Co 108, He 6” 7°; c. gen., 7. ravrwy, 1 Co 15"; pleonast., 


pardrov m., Mk 776 2. owt of the common, pre-eminent, superior : 


358 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Mt 547 (Thayer, s.v., but v. supr.); 76 z., as subst., Ro 3!; compar., 
-drepos, c. gen., Mt 11°, Lk 776; c. subst., Mk 124°, Lk 2047, 1 Co 127% 24, 
1 Co 27.+ 

TEpLoasTEpoY, -wWs, V.8. TEpiagas. 

mepioods, adv. (repicods), [in LXX: Ps 30 (31) (amy), Da 
TH 7719 89 (ASM, IM), u Mac 87 124 A*;] beyond measure, ex- 


ceedingly, abundantly: Mt 27%, Mk 106 1514, Ac 26". Compar., 
(a) wepioodtepov (v.s. repuraos) ; (b) mepisootépws : 11 Co 1 24 715 118, 
Ga 14) ;Phl 14) 1th: 2") He 2! 1319; 2. uaddov, 1 ‘Co: 7; opp. “to 
yTTov, 1 Co 12%.+ 
mepiotepd, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for M375] a dove: Mt 3! 101° 
Da Wit to Tak 924 322" Jo 182 Oi: 16-4, 
mept-réuvw, [in LXX chiefly for 539;] (Ion., Epic. and late 
writers), to cut arownd (Hat.), hence, to circumcise (7. 7a aidota, Hat.) : 
Lk 15° 271, Jo 722, Ac 78 15° 163 2121, Pass. and mid., to be circumcised, 
receive circumcision: Ac 151, 1 Co 718, Ga 23 573 61418, Metaph. 
(cf. De 1016, Je 44, al.), Col 2" (v. Deiss., BS, 151 f.; MM, xix).t 
trept-rlOyur, [in LXX for JM3, ow, etc.;] to place or put around : 
c. acc. et dat., Mt 213 2748, Mk 12! 156, Jo 199; of garments, etc., 
to put on: Mt 2778 Mk 15!” (Si 6%). Metaph., like zepiBadro, to 
bestow, confer (Thuce., al., Es 17°): 1 Co 1278.t 
tmept-rouyn, -7s, 7) (<Crepiréuvw), [in LXX: Ge 17, Hx 4%, 26 
(510 ni., mb), Je 111° * 5] circumcision ; (a) of the rite itself : Jo 7%, 


Ac 78, Ro 44, Ga 5", Phi 35; (0) of the state of circumcision: 
Ro 275-8 31, 1 Co 7!9, Ga 5® 61, Col 84; ev x. dv, Ro 41; (c) by meton., 
ow. = ol tepitpnbevtes, the circumcised: Ro 3% 4% 158, Ga 279, 
Eph 2"; of é ris 7., of Jews, Ro 4; of Jewish Christians, Ac 11’, 
Ga 2, Tit 11°; of ek w. morroi, Ac 104°; of dvres ex ., Col 44. Metaph., 
Ro 279, Col 2", Phi 33.+ 
** repi-tpémw, [in LXX: Wi 5**;] to turn about, turn: ce. ace. et 
dat., Ac 26%4 (cf. FIJ, Ant., ix, 4, 4).t 
mept-tpéxw, [in LXX: Am 8", Je 5! (wrw pil.) *;] to run about : 
c. ace. loc., Mk 6°5.+ 
mept-pépw, [in LXX: Ee 78 (555 po.), al.;] to carry about: 
Mk 6°°, 11 Co 4°, ~=Pass., metaph.: Eph 414+ 
** tepi-ppovéw, -O, [in LXX: tv Mac 6° 14'*;] 1. to examine on all 
sides, consider carefully (Aristoph.). 2. = trepppovéw, to have thoughts 
‘beyond, to despise (Thuc., Plut., al.; tv Mae, ll. c.): Tit 21.+ 
tept-xwpos, -ov, [in LXX: chiefly () 7.) for 13353] rownd about, 


neighbouring (Dem., Plut., al.). In LXX and NT, as subst., 7 7. 
(sc. yn), the region round about: Mt 14%, Mk 1°8, Lk 41487 717 837, 
Ac 14°; % x. rod "Iopdavov, Lk 3%; by meton. for the people of the 
same region, Mt 3°.t 

**+t repi-npa, -tos, TO (<< repupaw, to wipe off all rownd), [in LXX: 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 359 


To 5'8*;] that which is wiped off, offscowring: metaph. (assoc. with 
mepxd0appya, q.v.), I Co 4% (and so prob., To, le., as EV; but v. 
Thayer, s.v., for the meaning expiation, ransom, in To; and cf. LS, 
8.v. xaGappa; Lft., Notes, 200 f., and on Ign., Hph., 8).+ 
*t weprrepevopat (< zéprepos, vainglorious), to boast or vawnt oneself : 
I Co 13¢ (elsewh. only in Antonin. ; vy. Abbott, Essays, 87).+ 
Nepots, -id0s, 7, Persis: Ro 16%,+ 
*t wépuot, adv. (<zépas), last year, a year ago: dmb wr. (as in 7., V 
Deiss., BS, 221; LAH, 70), 11 Co 81° 92,+ 
metdopar, [in LXX: De 4!7*;] false form of zordoua, poét., 
frequentat. of wérowa (Aristoph., al.), Rec. for réropuac (q.v., cf. Veitch, 
8.V.). 
tetewds, -7, -6v (<( rérouat), [in LXX chiefly for piv ;] in trag., 
Ton. and late writers, winged, flying ; as subst., ro ., a winged fowl, 
a bird: pl., Mt 676 870 134 32, Mk 4432, Lk 85 958 1974 1319 Ac 102, 
116, Ro 173, Ja, 37.+ 
méropat, [in LXX chiefly for pry;] to fly: Re 47 8'5 1214 146 
19!” (Rec. weraopa, q.v.).t 
métpa, -as, 4, [in LXX chiefly for yp , ¥;] a rock, i.e. a mass 


of live rock as distinct from zérpos, a detached stone or boulder: Mt 
774,25 21751, 60, Mk 1546, Lk 648 85:13; of a hollow rock, a cave, Re 61516 
(cf. Is 21°, al.). Metaph., Mt 16!8 (on the meaning, v. Hort, Ecel., 
16 ff., but cf. also ICC, in 1.), 1 Co 104; = zérpos, Ro 938, 1 Pe 28 
(LXX).t+ 
Nérpos, -ov, 6 (i.e. a stone, v.8. mérpa, Kydpas), Simon Peter, the 
Apostle: Mt 4!§ 102, Mk 316, Lk 58, Jo 14143, al. 
* wetpédns, -es (<< rérpa, «idos), rock-like, rocky, stony: 16, ra 7., 
of shallow soil with underlying rock, Mt 13° 2°, Mk 4% 16,+ 
* wyyavoy, -ov, 76, rue: Lk 1142,+ 
my), -7s, 7, [in LXX chiefly for py, also for 7pQ, etc.;] a 
spring, fountain: Ja 3", 1 Pe 2!"; +. iddrwv, Re 81° 147 164; of a well 
fed by a spring, Jo 4°; x. rod aiwaros, of a flow of blood, Mk 59; 
metaph., Jo 44, Re 717 216+ 
myyvupt, [in LXX chiefly for 73, also for ypn, etc.;] to make 
fast, to fix; of tents, to pitch + He 8? (cf. rpoo-mriyvypn).t 
* wn dSdduov, -ov, 76 (<< 1ndds, the blade of an oar), a rudder: Ja 34; 
pl., Ac 2749+ 
mAlkos, -y, -ov, [in LXX: Za 22 (mpd), Iv Mac 15%*;] 
interrog., how large, how great? (prop., of magnitude, as zdaos of 
quantity): in exclamations, = 7#Alkos (v. Bl., § 51, 4), Ga 64; of 
personal greatness, He 74.t 
més, ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for "An, wr;] 1. clay, as used by 
a potter: Ro 97! (cf. Is 2916, al.). 2. = BopBopos, wet clay, mud: 
Jo 96 1, 14, 15 + 
¥* wypa, -as, 7, [In LXX: Jth 105 13!%15*;) @ leathern pouch for 


360 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


victuals, etc., a wallet (Deiss. thinks an alms-bag, v. LAE, 108 ff.): 
Mt 10, Mk 68, Lk 9% 104 2235, 36+ 

mhxus, -ews, gen. pl., -dy (for Att. -ewy, v. WH, App., 157; 
Thackeray, Gr., 151; Deiss., BS, 158), [in LXX chiefly and freq. for 
Man ;] 1. the forearm (Hom.). 2. As a measure of length, a cubit: 


Mt 677, Lk 12%, Jo 218, Re 2117.+ 

mdtw (cf. MGr. mivw; v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 155), Doric and 
late Att. for me{w in its later senses; [in LXX: Ca 2% (smn), Si 
2371* 5] 1. to lay hold of: Ac 37 (Theocr.). 2. to take, capture, 
apprehend : Jo (3% 2 44 820 1039 1157 213,10, Ac 124, m1 Co 11*, Re 197° 
(v. MM, xx).t 

métw, [in LXX: Mi 6% (4747)*;] 1. to press, press down or to- 
gether: Lk 6% (cl). 2. Later, to seize (v.s. rutgw).t 

¥* mBavodoyia, -as, 7 (<(miaves, persuasive, plausible), in cl. 

(Plat), the wse of probable arguments, as opp. to demonstration 
(drddeéis) ; hence, persuasive speech : Col 24 (v. ICC, in 1.).t 

mds, V.S. 7eiGos. 

mexpaivw (<(mxpds), [in LXX for 77, XP, etc.;] to make 
bitter: Re 10°; pass., ib. 8% 101°; metaph., to embitter (UXX): 
pass., seq. zpds, Col 39.t 

mxpia, -as,  (<(mxpds), [in LXX chiefly for "9, MA and 


cognate forms;] bitterness; (a) of taste (Arist., Je 151’, al.); (6) 
metaph., of temper, character, etc.: Ro 3!14@XX), Eph 4*!; fila aixpias, 
He 12; yod z., a malignant disposition, Ac 8*.+ 

mukpds, -d, -ov (poét. in cl.), [in LXX chiefly for 19 ;] 1. sharp, 


pointed. 2. sharp to the senses; of taste, bitter: opp. to yAvkv, 
Ja 3"; metaph., harsh, bitter: ib. }4. 
mukpas, adv. (<< mxpéds), [in LXX for WO, WW pi.;] ditterly: 


metaph., (cf. mixpov daxpvov, Hom.), ékAavoe 7., Mt 267, Lk 22° (y. 
MM, xviii, s.v. tapaxoAovGéw).t 

Middtos, v.S. HetAartos. 

mipmdype, [in LXX chiefly for Nba, also for ynzy;] trans. form 
in pres. and impf. of 7A76w (intrans. in these tenses), which supplies 
the other tense forms; ¢o fill: c. acc., Lk 5’; c. ace. et gen., Mt 2748; 
pass., Mt 221°, Ac 19°; of that which fills or takes possession of the 
mind: pass.,, ¢) gen. ak. 120s 4% 67 428 BAe asa ae oo 
13% 45, Metaph. (as in LXX for Nba: Ge 2927, Jb 15%), to complete, 
fulfil: pass., of prophecy, Lk 217%; of time, Lk 17% 57 26,21,2 (ef, 
€p-riprAnpe).t 

SYN.: mAnpodopéw, tAnpdw. 

mipmpynpe (in cl. prose, rare in the simple form), [in LXX: Nu 
571, 22,27 (say) *; 1. to blow, burn. 2. Later, to cause to swell; mid., 
of parts of the body, to become swollen (UX X): Ac 28° (cf. éuaimpnyn).t 

** muvakiS.oy, -ov, 7d (dimin. of mwaxis, q.v.), [in Sm.: Ez 9?*;] a 

writing tablet: Lk 15%.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3861 


** nwakis, -(Sos, 7, [in Sm.: Hz 94%*;] = rwaxov, a tablet: Lk 15, 
Tr., mg. (v.8. wiwaxidvov).t 

** nivag, -axos, 6, [in LXX: 1v Mac 177 R*;] prop., a board, 
plank ; hence, of various flat wooden articles; (a) a tablet; (b) a 
disc, a dish: Mt 14%, Mk 675.28 Lk 11™.+ 

mivw, [in LXX chiefly for Mnw;] to drink: absol., Lk 2)°, Jo 47, 

al.; c. acc. rei, Mt 67531, Mk 14%5, al.; of habitual use, Lk 1%, Ro 
1471, al.; by meton., 7d rornpiov, I Co 10”, al.; of the earth absorbing 
rain (Hdt., al.), He 6’; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jo 65% 54, 56 ; 
seq. éx (of the vessel), Mt 262’, al.; id. (of the drink; Bl., § 36, 1), Mt 
2679, Jo 41314, Re 14”, al.; awd, Lk 228 (cf. dzo-, cvv-rivw; on the 
form zieoa, Lk 178, v. Bl., § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. zeiv, M, 
Pr., 44f., Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.). 


mdrys, -7T0s, » (<Cmiwy, fat), [in LXX chiefly for wWI;] fatness: 


Ro 112+ 

mmpdoxw, [in LXX chiefly for "5 ni.;] to sell: c. acc. rei, Mt 
1346 (on this pf., v. Bl., § 59, 5), Ac 24° 4%4 54; c. gen. (of price), Mt 26°; 
Mk 145, Jo 125; c. acc. pers. (of slavery), Mt 1875; hence metaph., 
Ro 7'4 (ef. 1v Ki 171’, 1 Mace 1, al.).+ 

ninrw, [in LXX chiefly for 5p3;] to fall; 1. of descent, to fall, 
fall down or from: seq. éri, c. acc. loc., Mt 10°, al.; eis, Mt 15", al.; 
év péeow, c. gen., Lk 87; rapa r. ddov, Mt 134, Mk 44, Lk 8°; seq. azo, 
Mt 15”, al.; ex, Mk 13%, Lk 1018, Re 8 91. Metaph.: 6 7Atos, seq. 
eri, Re 76; aydds x. oxdros, Ac 134%; 6 KAjpos, Ac 176; td xpiow, 
Ja 5, 2. Of prostration, (a) of persons, to fall prostrate, prostrate 
oneself: xapai, Jo 18°; seq. emi, c. acc., Mt 17%, Ac 94; id. c. gen., 
Mk 979; apos 7. wddas, Ac 5, Re 117; wecdv efévée, Ac 5°; of 
supplication, homage or worship: zpos (rapa, éi) tr. zodas, Mk 5”, 
Lk 8*, Ac 10°, al.; a. kai mpocxuveiv, Re 5!4 194; ptep. c. rpockvveiy, 
Mt 24, al.; evry, Re 41° 58; éri rpdcwrorv, Mt 26%, al. ; (b) of things, 
to fall, fall down: Mt 214+, Lk 23*°; of falling to ruin and destruction, 
Mt 7%, Ac 15'°, He 11°°; érece (timeless aorist; M, Pr., 134), Re 18°. 
Metaph.: Ro 11"; wodev wértwxas, Re 25; opp: to éoravat, I Co 10"; 
to orjxew, Ro 144; of virtues, 1 Co 13°; of precepts, Lk 16%. (Cf. 
Gva-, dvTL-, a70-, €k-, €7l-, KATA-, Tapa-, Tepl-, TpoT-, Tvv-7TiTTw.) 

MioiSia, -as, 7, Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor: Ac 14*4,+ 

Nusib.os, -a, -ov, = Huordixds, of Pisidia: Ac 13%4.+ 

mortevw, [in LXX chiefly for 7On hi.;] 1. intrans., to have faith 
(in), to believe; in cl., c. ace. dat., in NT also c. prep. (on the 
significance of the various constructions, v. M, Pr., 67 f.; Vau. on 
Ro 45; Hillic. on 1 Ti 116; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol., Mt 24% 26, Mk 
1371, 1 Co 1118; ¢. ace. rei, Ac 1341, 1 Co 137; c. dat. pers. (to believe 
what one says), Mk 162% 14), 1 Jo 44; 7. Wevdea, u Th 2"; wept... dr, 
Jo 918; esp. and most freq. with reference to religious belief: absol., 
Mt 813, Mk 5°6, Lk 85, Jo 114, al.; seq. dri, Mt 9%8, al.; c. dat. (v. 
' supr., and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jo 3” 54 6%9 831, Ac 1634, Ga 36 (LXX), 
1 Ti 1”, 1 Jo 5, al.; c. prep. (expressing personal trust and reliance 


362 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


as distinct from mere credence or belief; v. M, Pr., l.c.; DB, i, 829 b), 
to believe in or on: ev (Ps 77 (78), al.), Mk 115 (v. Swete, in 1.) ; «is, 
Mt 188, Jo 2" (v. Weste., in 1.), and freq., Ac 104% 194, Ro 1014, Ga 216, 
Ph! 179, 1 Jo 5, 1 Pe 18; cis 7. dvoua (v.8. dvopa), Jo 12 223 318 1 Jo 58; 
éri, c. acc., Mt 2742, Ac 94 1117 163! 2219 Ro 45; éri, c. dat., Ro 
933 (LXX) 19" Gib.) y Ti 116, 1 Pe 2°(@XX); ptep. pres., of 7., as subst., 
Ac 244, Ro 3, 1 Co 171, al.; aor., Mk 1625), Ac 4%; pf., Ac 19189129 (on 
Johannine use of the tenses of z., v. Weste., Hpp. Jo., 120). 2. Trans., 
to entrust : c. acc. et dat., Lk 16, Jo 274; pass., to be entrusted with: 
e. acc., Ro 37, 1 Co 91”, Ga 27, 1 Th 2* (v. Lit., Notes, 21 f.), 1 Ti 14, 
Tit 15, 

*t motikds, -7, -ov (riots), 1. having the gift of persuasion (Plat,, 
Gorg., 455 A). 2. (a) of persons, faithful, trusty (Plut.); (b) of things, 
trustworthy, genuine: vapdos 7., Mk 14°, Jo 12%.+ 

mlotis, -ews, 7 (<< reiGw), [in LXX chiefly for 7374y;] 1. in active 


sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in 
God or Christ or spiritual things: Mt 8, Lk 5”, Ac 14°, Ro 18, 1 Co 
2°) 1 Co 14.1 Ti 15, al. c. gen./obj.;, Mk 1122) Ac), Ro 3” ;Gar ale 
Eph 3”, Ja 21, al.; c. prep., ev, Ro 3%, Ga 3%, Eph 115, Col 14, 1 Ti 
fee rn Tits Sle: phe, ls veis, AG 207422 OG Col aon beds 
apos, 1 Th 18, Phm 5; é7i, c. acc., He 6!; & TH 7 oTnKew (elvar, pévev), 
1 Co 1638, r Co 135, 1 Ti 215; taaxoy ris 7., Ro 15 1626; 6 ék w., Ro 376 
416, Ga 38; da (r7s) 7., Ro 3°, Ga 216, Phl 3°. By meton., objectively, 
that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Ac 67 14%, 
Ga 178 323 61 Phi 12527, Ju% 2°, and perh. also Ac 13° 165, Ro 1° and 
1676 (v. supr.), 1 Co 1618, Col 178, 1 Th 3? (Lift., Notes, 125), 1 Ti 119 39 
41,6 58 61012, 17 Ti 38 47, Tit 1418 315, 1 Pe 59. 2. In passive sense, (a) 
fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23%, Ga 5%; 7 w. rov Geot, Ro 3°; (b) 
objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: 1 Ti 5%. (On the 
various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. 
ICC on Ro 1", pp. 31 ff.; Lft., Ga., 154 ff; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 
515 ff.; DB, i, 830 ff.; Cremer, s.v.) 

mots, -7, -dv (<7eiw), [in LXX chiefly for 7ON3;] I. Pass., to 


be trusted or believed ; 1. of persons, trusty, faithful : Mt 244° 2571, 23, 
LkA2* Ac loss Co4ett 72> oniph 162) Cola Ace a Rin bio 
He 217 325, Pe 5, Re 24719"; of God, 1 Co 19 108, m Co 118, 1 Th 54, 
ooh 3%, He 10°01! an Tiel Jo te ne 4 aseqn e..tike lanes 
197, 1 Ti 3"; én, c. acc., Mt 255; dypu Oavarov, Re 2; 6 paprus 6 7., 
Re 15; id. cat dAnfuvds, Re 34. 2. Of things, trustworthy, reliable, 
sure: Ac 134, 1 Ti 1% 31 49, m Ti 24, Tit 19 38, Re 215 226. IT. Act., 
believing, trusting, relying: Ac 16!, 1 Co 6, Ga 39, 1 Ti 41° 516 62, 
Tit 16, Re 17'4; pl., Ac 1045, 1 Ti 4%!2; opp. to dmortos, Jo 2077; =. 
eis Oedv, 1 Pe 171; x. roretv, 11 Jo®. (On the difficulty of choosing in 
some cases between the active and the passive meaning, v. Lft., Gal., 
157.) t 

motéw, -@ (<(mords), [in LXX chiefly for JON ni.;] to make 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3863 


trustworthy (Thuc., m1 Ki 1%*), hence, to establish (1 Ch 1714). Pass. 
and mid., to be asswred of : c. ace. rei, 11 Ti 314,+ 

thavdw, -@ (<(7Aavy), [in LXX chiefly for mym;] to cause to 
wander, lead astray. Pass., to go astray, wander: Mt 18!%18, He 1138, 
I Pe 2% (cf. Is 536). Metaph., to lead astray, deceive: c. acc. pers., 
Mt 2445) 11,24, Mk 1356, Jo 712, m Ti 313, 1 Jo 18 996 37, Re 229 129 1314 
192° 203) 8 10; pass., to be led astray, to err: Mt 2229, Mk 127427, Lk 
218, Jo 74’, m1 Ti 31%, Tit 3°, He 52, 1 Pe 24, Re 1873; +. xapdia, He 3; 
aro tT. ddnOeias, Ja 5; ui rAavacbe, 1 Co 6° 158, Ga 67, Ja 1% (ef. 
dzro-ravaw).t 

mhdvy, -ys, 7, [in LXX: Pr 148 (MQ), Wi 1”, al;] a wan- 
dering. Metaph., a going astray, an error (in NT always with 
respect to morals or religion): Mt 2754, Ro 177, Eph 44, 1 Th 28, 
1 Th 24, Ja 59, 1 Pe 218 317, 1 Jo 46, Ju Ut 

* ahdvns, -nros, 6, V.8. rAaVyTNS. 

mhavyjtys, -ov, 6 (<C7Aavdw), [in LXX: Ho 9 (43)*;] = 
travyns, @ wanderer: aorépes zw. (cl. planets), wandering stars, Ju 
(WH, mg., -7es).t 

mhdvos, -ov, [in LXX: Jb 194 (Aw), Je 23°*;] 1. wandering. 


2. leading astray, deceiving: avevpara 7., 1 Ti 44. As subst., 6 7, 
a deceiver, impostor: Mt 27%, 1 Co 68, 11 Jo7.t 

mAdé, -axds, 4, [in LXX for m>;] anything flat and broad. 
1. a plain (poét.). 2. In late writers (Luc., al.), a flat stone, a tablet: 
11 Co 3, He 94.t 

mAdopa, -tos, Td (<C7Aacow), [in LXX chiefly for 1¥2;] that 
which is moulded or formed : Ro 979 @XX) + 

midoow, [in LXX chiefly for 1x";] to form, mould: Ro 92° @XX), 
ge 

* mhaotds, -7, -6v (<< rAacow), 1. formed, moulded (Hes., Plat., al.). 
2. Metaph., made up, fabricated, feigned (Hdt., Xen., al.) : 1 Pe 2%.+ 

mAarteia, -as, 7, V.S. Aarus. 

mddtos, -ovs, 76, [in LXX chiefly for 3m4;] breadth: Eph 338, 
Re 2116; +. x. ris ys (Hb 1°, any), Re 20°.t 

tratévw (<(mdarvs), [in LXX chiefly for ann hi.;] to make 
broad, enlarge, extend: c. acc. rei, Mt 23°. Metaph. (cf. Ps 118 
(119)*?, al.), pass., 7 xapd/a, 11 Co 64; tpeis, ib. ¥8.+ 

mAartus, -eta, -v, [in LXX for 399;] broad: Mt 7%. As subst., 
4 w. (sc. 686s), in [LXX chiefly for 3A7;] a street: Mt 6° 12! @Xx), 
Mk 6°, WH, mg., Lk 101° 1376 144, Ac 515, Re 118 2171, 222+ 

** ghéypa, -ros, TO (<CmAexw), [in Aq., Th.: Is 285*;] what is 

woven or twisted (as basket-work, nets, etc.); a braiding (sc. tpixar, 
of, 'F Pew?) 2' ph, x Ti:d?.t 


metotos, WA€Elwy, V.S. 7oAUs, 


364 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mréxw, [in LXX: Ex 284 (may), Is 28° (MyBY)*;] to plait, 
twist, weave: Mt 2729, Mk 15!’, Jo 192.+ 


théov, V.S. 7oAvs. 

mreovdtw (<< rdéov), [in LXX for Fay, man, etc.;] I. Intrans. 
1. Of persons; (a) to abound in (Arist.); (b) to superabound: 1 Co 
815 (LXX), 2. Of things, to abound, superabound: Ro 5” 61, 1 Co 4}, 
Phl 4", 1 Th 19; a Pe 18) if. Trans. (Nu 26%, Ps 70\(71)2-) net el.; 
v. Lft., Notes, 48 f.), to make to abound: 1 Th 3” (cf. trep-rAcovalw).t 

SYN.: repiroetw, q.v. 

mAeovektéw, -@ (<< wAcovextys, q.Vv.), [in LXX: Hb 2°, Ez 2227 
(yxa), Jg 4" B*;] 1. intrans., to have more, to have an advantage 
(cl., c. gen. pers.). 2. Trans., in late writers (v. M, Pr., 65), to over- 
reach, defraud: c. acc. pers., 1 Co 7? 121718; ey +r. mpdyparr, 1 Th 46 
(v. M, Th., in 1.); pass., 1 Co 2” (as also in el.; v. LS, s.v.).t 

** theoveKTyS, -ov, 0 (<< wA¢ov, €xw), [in LXX: Si 14°*3] = 6 OédAwy 

mAéov éxew (v. MM, xx), one desirous of having more, covetous : 
I Co 51% 610, Eph 55.t 

mreovetia, -as, 7) (<< wAcovexrys), [in LXX for y¥R;] the character 


and conduct of a mreovéxtys. 1. advantage. 2. desire for advantage, 
grasping, aggression, cupidity, covetousness : Lk 121°, Ro 1%, 11Co 9°, 
Eph 49 (v. CC, in 1.) 5%, Col 3°, 1 Th 2°, 1 Pe 2514; pl. (v. BL, § 32, 6), 
Mk 7”2.t 

SYN.: dirapyupia, avarice (v. Tr., Syn., § xxiv). 

meupd, -as, #, [in LXX (freq. pl. as in Hom.) chiefly for ydy;] 


the side: Mt 2749 (([WH]] R, mg.), Jo 19%4 207 2527, Ac 127.+ 

mhéw, [in LXX, seq. «is, Jh 1? (N13), 1 Es 478, Is 42%; seq. eri, 
Iv Mac 7°; c. acc. (poét.), Si 4374, 1 Mac 1379 (cf. Ac 27?, Rec.) *;] to 
sail: Lk 878, Ac 2774; seq. eis, Ac 213 2776; emi, Re 181" (cf. dzd-, d:0-, 
ék-, KaTa-, Tapa-, v7ro-7AEw).t 

wAnY}, -7S; 9 (<<7Anoow), [in LXX chiefly for MDD, also for 
mpan, etc.;] a blow, stripe, wound: pl., Lk 10% 1248, Ac 16% 38, 


11 Co 6° 1128; 4 7. 7. Oavarov (RV, death-stroke), Re 13%; +. paxatpas, 
Re 1314, 2. Metaph., a calamity, plague: Re 91%? 116 15468 16% 21 
1848 219 2218 + 

mA‘9os, -ovs, 76, [in LXX chiefly for 34, also for pias, etc. ;] 


1. a great number, a multitude ; (a) of things: ix@vwv, Lk 5°, Jo 21°; 
dpvyavev, Ac 283; duapriav, Ja 5°, 1 Pe 48; 7. rAjOa, in multitude, 
He 11"; (6) of persons: Ac 21” (WH, R, om.); c. gen., Lk 2, Jo 5%, 
Ac 54; x. odd (zodv .), Mk 3% 8; id. c. gen., Lk 6! 2377, Ac 141 174, 
2. Of persons, c. art., the whole number, the multitude (in Plat., 
Thuc., Xen., al., = djyos, the commons, or—opp. to dypyos—the 
populace): Ac 26 15% 19° 237; +. Aaod, Ac 21°6; 7, wdAews, Ac 14%; 
mav 76 7., Ac 15”; c, gen., Lk 12° 83” 1937 231, Ac 4% 516 6% 5 2574.+ 
wAnOUvw (causal of rAyPiw, to be full, << rAnOds, Ion. for +A7O0s), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3865 


[in LXX chiefly for m4 hi. ;] 1. trans., to increase, multiply : 11Co 91, 
He 614 (XX); pass., to be increased, to multiply: Mt 24%, Ac 67 717 
931 1274; c. dat. pers. (Da LXX TH 3°18), al.), 1 Pe 12, 1 Pe 12, Ju?, 
2. Intrans., to be increased, to multiply: Ac 61+ 
TwANOw, V.S. riumAnme. 
** edyxtys, -ov, 6 (<C 7Ajoow), [in Sm.: Ps 34 (85)5*;] a striker, 
brawler: 1 Ti 3%, Tit 17 (Arist., Plut., al.).t 
tadyppupa, -ys (for Att. -as, v. Bl, § 7, 1) (<< rAyGo), [in LXX: 
m. yéverOu, Jb 40189) ("53 pwy) * ;] a flood (of sea or river): Lk 648,+ 
mhyy, adv., [in LXX for pq, 129, JN, etc.;] 1. introducing 


a clause (= dAda, d€; ‘‘it is obvious that wAyv was the regular word 
in the vulgar language”: Bl., §77, 18), yet, howbeit, only: Mt 
11224 187 263% 64 (M, Pr., 86), Lk 6% 35 101, 14,20 1741 1931 7333 171 
188 1927 2221, 22, 42 (WH, mg. om.) 2378, 1 Co 114, Eph 5%3, Phi 316 414, 
Re 25; x. dr (Hdt., Plat., al.), except that, save that, Ac 2073, Ph] 118. 
2. As prep., c. gen., except, save (cl.): Mk 12%, Jo 8, Ac 8! 
oe at 

maps, -es, [in LXX chiefly for N5Q;] 1. full, filled: Mt 142 


1537; c. gen. rei, Mk 8!%; Aerpas, Lk 5; metaph., of the soul: 
mvevpatos ayiov, Lk 41, Ac 63 75> 1174; wiorews, Ac 6°; xapitos, ib. 8; x. 
kat dAnGetas (where 7. is indecl.; v. M, Pr., 50; Milligan, N7'D, 65, 
with reff. in each), Jo 1'*; ddédov, Ac 131; Oypyod, Ac 1988; epywv 
dyabav, Ac 9°, 2. full, complete: pucbds, 1 Jo®; otros (x. prob. in- 
decl. here; v. on Jo 1'*, supr.), Mk 4?8.+ 

t mrnpodopéw, -, [in LXX: Ee 84 (wbx) * 5] 1. to bring in full 
measure, hence, to fulfil, accomplish: Lk 11, m1 Ti 4517, 2. to 
persuade, assure or satisfy fully (so in z.; v. Deiss., LAH, 82f.; M, 
Th., 9): pass., Ro 472 145, Col 4! (v. Lft., in 1.). 3. to fill: Ro 15%, 
L, mg. (Cl. Ro., 1 Co 54); metaph., pass., to be filled with, hence, 
fully bent on (Ke, 1.c.).t 

*t adnpopopia, -as, 7 (<(wAnpodopew), full assurance, confidence : 
1 Th 15; +7. cvvécews, Col 27; +. éAridos, He 6"; zicrews, He 107” (cf. 
Lft. on Col., l.e.; M, Th., 9). 

wAnpdw, -G, [in LXX chiefly for xn 3] 1. to fill, make full, fill 


to the full, c. acc.; (a) of things: pass. (cayjvy, dapayé), Mt 1348, Lk 
35 (LXX); fig., Mt 23%2; but chiefly of immaterial things: zacav ypecav, 
Phl 41°; jxos erAnpwoe rt. olkov, Ac 27; c. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 578; pass., 
seq. ex, Jo 12° (cf. Bl., § 36, 4); 2. 7. xapdiay, Jo 16°, Ac 5°; metaph., 
of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph 41°; mid., Eph 178; (0) of 
persons: to fill with, cause to abound in: ¢. gen. rei (cl.), Ac 228 (XX), 
Ro 15}8; pass., to be filled with, abownd in: Eph 3", Ph] 48; c¢. gen. 
rei (cl.), Ac 13°, Ro 1514, 11 Ti 1‘; c. dat. (Adsch., al.), Lk 29 (c. gen., 
YT), Boa, 1/Co 74; c..ace,: (so) in. 7., .v.. MM, xx),/ Phi 1 Col 1?; 
seq. ev, Eph 518, Col 21°. 2. to complete; (a) to complete, fulfil: of 
number, Re 6", WH, txt.; of time (MM, xx), Mk 1°, Lk 21%, Jo 78, 


366 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Ac 775 30 923 2427; evdoxiay, 1 Th 1"; 7. xapdvy, Phl 2?; pass., Jo 3?9 
15" 16% 17!3, 1 Jo 14, 1 Jo”; 7. épya, Re 37; 4 bmaxoy, 11 Co 108; +. 
macxa, Lk 2216; (b) to execute, accomplish, carry out to the full: Mt 
315, Lk 7! 981, Ac 1275 1325 1426 1921, Ro 84 138 159, Ga 5'4, Col 126 417, 
Re 64, T, WH, R, mg.; (c) of sayings, prophecies, etc., to bring to pass, 
fulfil : Mt 122 215,17, 28 414 517 QI7 1917 1385 914 9654, 56 979 Mk 1449 1528 
(WH, R, txt. om.), Lk 17° 4219444 Jo 1238 1318 152 1712 16% 32 1924 20, 
Ac 116 318 137, Ja 25 (cf. Lft., Col., 255 ff.).t 

mjpopa, -ros, rd (<7Anpdw), [in LXX for NdQ;] the result of 


the action involved in zAypdw (Lit., Col., 255 ff.; AR, Hph., 255 ff), 
hence, 1. in passive sense, that which has been completed, complement, 
plenitude, fullness (in Xen., Luc., Polyb., al., of a ship’s crew or 
cargo, and by meton. of the ship itself): Jo 1!°, Ro 11? 159, 1 Co 
10?6(LXX) Hph 17 (AR, 42 ff.) 319 (ib. 87 ff.) 418, Col 11° 2°; of time, 
Ga 44, Eph 1"; xodivev (cprpidwv) tAnpwpyata, basketfuls, Mk 64% 82°, 
2. In active sense (= 7Anpwors, as freq. in words of these formations, 
cf. xriows, and v. MM, xx); (a) that which fills up (but v. Lft., lc.): 
Mt 916, Mk 27!; (0) a filling wp, completing, fulfilment: Ro 131°.+ 

tAyolov, V.8. tAnoios. 

tAnglos, -a, -ov (<C7éAas, near), near, close by, neighbouring. 
As adv., tAyotov = wéAas, near: c.gen., Jo 4°; c. art., 6 7., one’s neigh- 
bour [in LXX chiefly for yq]: Lk 102% °6, Ac 727, Ro 13! 15%, Eph 


4% Ja 4"; dyarynoes Tov 7. cov os ceavrov (Le 1918, LX X), Mt 54 1919 
2239, Mk 1234 33, Lk 1027, Ro 139, Ga 5!4, Ja 28 (on the various senses 
Ofié 7. in OT, NT, vy. DB, i, oll: DCC i) 240 fn 

mAnopovn, -As, 7 (<C miurAnm), [in LXX chiefly for yaw and 
cognate forms;] a filling up, satiety: mpos 7. capxos (RV, against the 
indulgence of the flesh; but ICC, in 1., for the full satisfaction of the 
flesh, op. cit., 276 ff.), Col 2?5.+ 

mAnoow, [in LXX chiefly for M33 hi. ho.;] to strike, smite: 
pass., Re 8! (cf. éx-, emi-7Ajoow).t 

* moudpiov, -ov, to (dimin. of zAotov), a boat: Mk 3°, Lk 5? (zAoia, 

WH, txt., R), Jo 67 ?3 (zAota, WH) 74 218.+ 

mdotoy, -ov, 76 (< rAéw), [in LXX chiefly for 3N;] a boat, also 


(= obsol. vats) a ship: Mt 4%”, and freq. in Gosp. and Ac, Ja 34, 
Re 8° 18}9, 

** mhdos, WAods, gen., -dov, -od (and in late writers also zAoos, like 
voos from vods), 6 (<< rA€w), [in LXX: Wi 14!*;] a voyage: Ac 217 
2.79 10 + 

mdovotos, -a, -ov (<( wAovros), [in LXX chiefly for wy ;] rich, 


wealthy: Mt 2757, Lk 1216 14 16119 1823 192, Substantively, 6 7., 
Lk 16722, Ja 12%; of +, Lk 674 211, 1 Ti 617. Ja 26 51, Re 615 1316; 
anarth., a rich man, Mt 197324, Mk 10% 1241, Lk 187°. Metaph., of 
God, év eAca (= cl., c. gen., dat.), Eph 24; of Christ, 1 Co 8°; of 
Christians, Re 2° 31"; év riore, Ja 25.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 367 


*mouciws, adv., richly, abundantly: Col 316, 1 Ti 617, Tit 36, 

m Pe 1".+ 

mdoutéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for “wy hi.;] to be rich, aor., to 
become rich: Lk 1°3, 1 Ti 69; seq. dro (Si 111’), Re 18%; ék, Re 18% 19; 
év (= cl., c. gen., dat., ace., cf. zAovoros), 1 Ti 618. Metaph., 7. eis Gedy, 
Lk 127; of God, «cis zavras, Ro 10”; aor., I became rich, 1 Co 48, 
11 Co 89, Re 338; pf., I have become rich, Re 317.+ 

mAoutiLw (<(mdodros), [in LXX chiefly for wy hi.;] to make 
rich, enrich: c. ace. pers., pass., 11 Co 94%, Metaph., of spiritual 
riches, c. acc. pers., 11 Co 6°; seq. év, pass., 1 Co 15.t 

tAodTos, -ov, 6 and (in 11 Co 8*, Eph 17 27 3816, Ph] 419, Col 127 
2?; v. WH, App., 158; M, Pr., 60) 76, [in LXX chiefly for wy] 


riches, wealth : of external possessions, Mt 1372, Mk 419, Lk 814, 1 Ti 61”, 
Ja 5’, Re 18'°; of moral and spiritual conceptions, Ro 24 973 11 88, 
11 Co 8, Eph 1718 27 3816, Ph] 419, Col 127 22, He 1126, Re 512+ 

mtv, [in LXX chiefly for Dad pi.;] to wash (inanimate objects, 
esp. clothing): 7. dékrva, Lk 5%. Fig., r. crodds, Re 74 2214 (cf. Ps 
50 (51)*® and v.s. dzro-rAvvw).t 

SYN.: v.s. Aovw. 

mvedpa, -Tos, TO (<Cmvéw), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for 
mn;] 1. of air in motion; (a) wind: Jo 38; pl., He 17@*8; (6) 
breath: . Cwqs, Re 11"; x. rod ordparos, fig., u Th 2° (cf. Ps 32 (33)°). 
2. Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8%, 
Jo 19%, Ac 7°, al.; opp. to odpé, Mt 264, Mk 14%, 1 Co 55, al.; 
to cana, Ro 8, 1 Co 6!" 734, 1 Pe 4°; to yvx7, Phi 127, He 4%; 7d =. 
Kal 9 W. Kal tT. cGpa, I Th 5% (M, Th., in 1.); dat., rd w., in spirit, 
Mk 28 82, Jo 1133 1371, Ac 1875, Ro 124, 1 Co 734, 1 Pe 338, al.; of the 
human spirit of Christ, Ro 14,1 Ti 3!®, 3. spirit, ice. frame of mind, 
disposition, influence: Lk 11’, Ro 815, 1 Co 4”!, Gal 6!, Eph 2?, 1 Ti 1’, 
1Jo 4°, al. 4. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 248739, Ac 238; 
m. 6 Oeds, God is spirit, Jo 4*4; rarnp tov 7., He 12°; of disembodied 
human beings, He 1278, 1 Pe 3!® (ICC, in 1.; DB, iii, 795); of angels, 
He 11; of demons or .evil spirits, Mt 86, Mk 99, Lk 9%, al.; 
mw. TUOwva, Ac 161°; rvevpuara daipoviwy, Re 1614; 7. dapoviov dxabaprov, 
Lk 4°83; z, dodeveias (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13"; 2. dxabaprov, Mt 10!, Mk 1”, 
Lk 4°6, Ac 5!6; x. dAadov (kal cwpov), Mk 91% 25; zovnpov, Lk 771, Ac 19”, 
al. 5. Of the Holy Spirit, 7. dyrov, 76 a. 7., To 7. 70 G., 76 77., 7. (the article 
as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a 
Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, 
influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151,; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., 
Mt 118 34,16 41, Mk 18 (Swete, in 1.), ib.1°, Lk 1, Jo 7%, Ac 192, 
Ro 55, 1 Co 24, al.; c. art., Mt 41 1231) 32, Mk 110 329, Lk 226, Jo 739 1426, 
Ac 4%! 53, Ro 816, al.; (7d) 2. (rod) Geot, Mt 3!6, Ro 8°, Eph 31, 1 Jo 4’, 
al.; 76 7. 7. marpos, Mt 10°; x. Geod Zdvros, 11 Co 3°; (7d) 7. rod Kupiou, 
Lk 438, Ac 59 889; 76 x. “Inoot, Ac 167; Xpicrot, Ro 8°; “Incod Xpioroi, 
Phl 119; ro w.-7. dAnOetas, Jo 157° 1613, 1 Jo 4°; Adyer (uaprupet) 7d 7. 
(ro dyov), Ac 21" 28%, 1 Ti 41, He 37 10%, Re 1418; seq. 7. éxxAnoias, 


368 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Re 271s 17, 29 36,138,225 ey 7. o., Lk 227; xara arvedua, Ro 845; é& idaros 
kal m., JO 3°; da mvetparos aiwviov, He 94; ev dyacped mvevparos, 
um Th 2}8, 1 Pe 17; & w., 1 Co 128, Eph 2) 44; 6 d€ Kipuos 70 7. eat, 
11 Co 3!"; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to 
ypappa, Ro 279 Us? 11 Co 38, 

SYN.: vovs, which in NT is contrasted with 7. as ‘‘ the action of 
the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic im- 
pulse” (DB, iv, 612); yvy7—the usual term in cl. psychology—in 
NT, ‘‘expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual. 7. 
expresses man as drawing his life from God” (DB, 1-vol., 872). 

* rveupatikds, -7, -6v (<(mvedua), 1. of or caused by the wind, air 
or breath (Arist., al.). 2. spiritual (opp. to cwpatixds, Plut.); (a) of 
created beings: 7a 7. (RV, the spiritual hosts), Eph 6; of that which 
is related to the human spirit, opp. to Wvyixds, I Co 1544 46; (b) of 
that which belongs to or is actuated by the Divine Spirit; (a) of 
persons: I Co 2!5 31 1487, Ga 6!; otkos z., fig., 1 Pe 2°; (8) of things: 
Ro 1! 714, 1Co 218 10% 4 12114!, Eph 13 5", Col 19 316, 1 Pe 25; opp. to 
t. capxixad, Ro 157, 1 Co 941.+ 

SYN.: yvyixds, q.v., and ef. DB, ii, 410, iv, 612. 

*+ ryeupatikas, adv. (<< zvevua), spiritually ; (a) by the aid of the 

Holy Spirit : 1 Co 213(WH, mg.) 14; (5) in a spiritual sense: Re 118.t 

nvéw, [in LXX: Ps 147708) (Quy3 hi.), Is 4074 (gw), Si 431620, 
Ep. Je, 1 Mac 97*;] to breathe, blow: of the wind, Mt 77527, 
Lk 1255, Jo 3° 6, Re 71; rH mveovon (sc. atvpa), Ac 274° (cf. éx-, év-, 
bmro-mvew).t 

mviyw, [in LXX: 1 Ki 16%) (mya pi.) *;] to choke: c. acc., 
Mt 13’ (WH, mg.); impf. (conative), Mt 1878; of drowning, pass., 
Mk 538 (ef. dzo-, ét-, ovv-rviyw).t 

*avutés, -74, -ov (<Cmviyo), strangled: Ac 157%29 9125 (ef, 

Wenly 14): 
mvon, -7s, » (<< mvéw), [in LXX chiefly for Maw9;] 1. a blowing, 
blast, wind: Ac 27. 2. a breathing, breath: Ac 17% (Ge 27, al.).t 
modipns, -es (<7ovs), [in LXX: Ex 25° 35° (qyin), 284 295 
(yp), 28276) (spy), Ez 92%" (43), Za 35 (mizdma), Wi 18%, 


Si 278 458*;] reaching to the feet: of a garment (se. xitwv, cf. Ex, Hz, 
ll. c.; Xen., al.), Re 118 (for -y, LT’ read -yv; v. M, Pr., 49).t 

SYN. >) srody, Vv. Cr, Syn; 81. 
wé0ev, adv., whence; (a) of place: Mt 1533, Lk 13%5)?7, Jo 38 6° 
814 92% 30 199, Re 718; metaph., of condition, Re 2°; (5) of origin: 
Mt 1327 54, 56 9125, Mk 6?, Lk 207, Jo 2°, Ja 4!; of parentage, Jo 72778; 
(c) of cause: Mk 84 1237, Lk 143, Jo 149 44+ 

rota, -as, 7, Dor. for zéa, [in LXX (with v.l. réa): Pr 277° (Nw), 
and of a kind of soap (Soph., Lew., s.v.), Ma 3°, Je 2? (mia) *;] grass: 


Ja 414 (where, however, it is usually taken to be fem. of zotos; but v. 
MM, xx).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 369 


movéw, -@, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for 
mivy;] 1. to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 174, Mk 9°, 
Jo 941, Ac 9°, Ro 9°, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 
194, Mk 10°, Lk 114°, Ac 4%, He 1?, al.; like Heb. my, absol. 
= épydloua, to work, Mt 20” (cf. Ru 21°; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 135, 
R, mg. (but v. infr.); oxdvdada, Ro 1617; ecipyvyy, Eph 2), Ja 338; 
exictaow, Ac 24"; svotpopyv, Ac 231”; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 168, 
Ac 15°; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming 
a periphr. for the cogn. verb: 6dév 7. (cl. 6. movcioGar), to go on, 
advance, Mk 275; wodepov, Re 117, al.; éxdicnow, Lk 1878; evedpav, Ac 
25°; xpiow, Jo 5°", Ju®; épya, Jo 5%, al.; onpeta (répara Kai a.), Jo 228 
and freq., Ac 2”, al.; so also mid. zoveioOar: povnv, Jo 143; ropeiay, 
Lk 13”; xowwviav, Ro 15°°; of food, to make ready, prepare: Setrvov, 
Mk 6%, al.; doxyv, Lk 5* 1413; ydpous, Mt 22°; of time, to spend (cl.): 
wpavy, Mt 20%, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in 1.); pavas, Re 13°, R, 
txt. (cf. Swete, in 1.; but v. supr.); évaurdv, Ja 4!5; c. ace. seq. ék, 
Jo 215, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 33 1216, Mk 13 312, Jo 511, al.; c. 
adv., xad@s, Mk 797; éopriv 7. (Dem., Ex 231, al.), Ac 1821, Rec.; 
macxa, Mt 2618; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 428, 
ui Ki 113; so some understand rotro zovetre, Lk 221°, but v. Abbott, 
Essays, 110 ff.); seq. iva (WM, 422f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 1137, Col 416, 
Re 3°. 2. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., xadds 7., 
Mt 12%, 1 Co 78% 38, Ja 219; id. seq. ptep. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10°, 
Phi 414, m Pe 119, mt Jo ®; odrws, Mt 244°, Lk 9, al.; ds (xaOas), Mt 
1*4 216, al.; dpotws, Lk 311; dcavrws, Mt 20°; c. ptep., dyvoay éroinca, 
1 Ti 1'%; c. acc. rei: ri interrog., Mt 12°, Mk 2”, Lk 62, al.; roiro, Mt 
13%, Mk 5%, Lk 2219 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Hssays), Ro 
7°, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: +. véuov (not 
as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7'°, Ga 5° (ef. in LXX, Jos 225, 1 Ch 2212, 
al.) ; 7. évroAds, Mt 5!°; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct : 
t. Sixavoovvnv, Mt 61, al.; 7. dAjbeav, Jo 371, al., etce.; c. dupl. acc., 
Mt 27”, Mk 15"; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in 
el.), Mt 77, Mk 5!%2°, Lk 14°, Jo 9", al. 

SYN.: mpdcow, q.v. The general distinction between the two 
words is that between particular action and its habitual performance 
(cf. Tr., Syn., § xevi; Weste. on Jo 377; ICC on Ro 1%). 

moinpa, -Tos, To (<7rovéw), [in LXX chiefly for Miyyp (freq. in 
Ke) ;] that which is made or done, a work: Ro 1, Eph 2°.+ 

moinats, -ews, 7 (rorew), [in LXX chiefly for my and cognate 
forms ;] 1. a making (Hdt., Thuc., al.). 2. a doing (Si 198 51}%): 
Ja, 125,+ : 

** rounths, -00, 6 (<< row), [in LXX: 1 Mac 2°7*;] in cl., 1. a 
maker, author. 2. Esp., a poet: Ac 178. Later, 3. adoer: 1. vopov, 
Ro 238, Ja 44 (1 Mac, lic.) ; epyov, Ja 1%; Adyou, ib. 78 23,+ 

motkinos, -7, -ov, [in LXX for 73, Map, etc.;] many-colowred, 


24 


370 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


variegated. Metaph., various, manifold: Mt 4%, Mk 1%4, Lk 44°, 
Lio.) Lit.o*, ELeaenioensarie. Tt Pe ke 410ry 

trotpaivw (<< roiuny), [in LXX chiefly for My" ;] to act as shepherd, 
tend flocks: Lk 177; ¢. acc., zo‘uvnv, 1 Co 9%. Metaph., to tend, 
shepherd, govern: c. acc., Mt 26@X*X), Jo 2116, Ac 207, 1 Pe 5’, Ju”, 
Re 227 717 125 1915 + 

SYN.: Bocko, q.V. 

mrouyy, -evos, 6, [in LXX for MYA;] a shepherd: Mt 9°° 25% 


2631 LXX), Mk 684 1427, Lik 2815, 18,20 Jo 10%12, Metaph., of Christ; 
Jo 1014516, He 1320, 1 Pe 2%; of Christian pastors, Eph 4" (ef. 
Hom., Jl., i, 263, rouneva Aadv).t 

rotpvy, -ys, 9, [in LXX: Ge 321697) (qq), Za 137A*;] a flock, 


prop., of sheep: Mt 26%, Lk 28, 1Co 97. Metaph., of Christ’s followers, 
Jo 10'6.+ 

Tolpvioy, -ov, To, = roipvy, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for JNy, also for 
“71y, etc.;] a flock, prop., of sheep. Metaph., of Christians: Lk 12*, 


Ac 202829, 1 Pe 53; +. Oeod, ib. 2.t 
motos, -a, -ov, interrog. pronom. adj. (corresponding to the 
demonstr. rotos and the relat. ofos), [in LX X chiefly for MI™N ;] of what 


quality or sort: absol., n. pl., Lk 24'®; ¢. subst.; (a) prop., in direct 
questions: Mt 191% 2123 2236 9442, Mk 1178 12?8, Lik 6934, Jo 10%, Ac 47 
749, Ro 327, 1 Co 15%, Ja 4!* (but v.s. wota), 1 Pe 22°; (b) in indirect 
questions = ézoios: Mt 217427 2443, Mk 117% 33, Lk 123% 20% 8, Jo 1238 
1832 2119, Ac 2334, 1 Pe 1", Re 33; zolas (se. 6500), Lk 51%.+ 

rohepéw, -@ (<< depos), [in LXX chiefly for amd ni.;] to make 
war, fight: Re 127» 19"; seq. pera (1 Ki 21)° and v. M, Pr., 106, 247), 
Re 2!6 1274 134 1714; hyperb., of private quarrels, Ja 4?.+ 

wédepos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for mandba;] 1. war: Mt 248, 


Mk 137, Lk 1491 21°, He 11*4; a. woety, seq. pera, c. gen. (cf. rorAcuew), 
Re 117 1217 137 19! 2. = payyn, a fight, battle: 1 Co 148, Re 97:9 127 
1614 208; hyperb., of private quarrels (cf. reAenéw), Ja 41.t 

médus, -ews, 7, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for ¥;] a city: 


Mt 25, Mk 14, Lk 42°, Jo 48, al. mult.; opp. to x@par (x. kat dypoé), 
Mt 9° 10", Mk 6°°, Lk 8! 13”; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 115 
164; c. id. in gen. appos. (BI., § 35, 5), Ac 8°, 1 Pe 2°; gen., of the 
region, Lk 1%6 4%!, Jo 4°; of the inhabitants, Mt 10° 8, Lk 23°!, Ac 
19%5, 11 Co 11; c. gen. pers., of one’s residence or native place, Mt 22’, 
Lk 2411 429 10" Jo 145, Ac 167°, Re 16°; of Jerusalem: ¥ ayia 7., Mt 
4° 2753, Re 112; 7 nyarnpévn, Re 20%; x. rod peyadov Baciréws, Mt 5*% 
(cf. Ps 47 (48)"); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 
312 212, 10,14. 9914519. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8%4 
1275 9119 Mk 133, Ac 142! 2130, 

*t wohutdpxys, -0v, 6, = ToAdapxos (Pind., Eur.), the ruler of a city, 
a politarch: Ac 17% 8 (v. MM, xx).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 371 


** woditela, -as, 7 (<CwoAirevw), [in LXX: 1 Mac 41 63 817 1314, 
mr Mac 37423, tv Mac 379 87 179*;] 1. catizenship: Ac 2278 (111 Mac, 
ll. c., Hdt., Ken., al.). 2. government, administration (Aristoph., 
Dem., al.). 3. a commonwealth: Eph 2%.t 

** toNiteupa, -Tos, TO (<C woAitevw), [in LXX: um Mac 127*;) 1. an 
act of administration. 2. a form of government. 3. = modrteia, (a) 
citizenship : Ph] 3?° (R, txt.) ; (b) community, commonwealth: Phi, Le. 
(R, mg.; for exx. v. MM, xx).t 

** rohuredw, more freq. as depon., -owa, and so in LXX and NT 
(<rodirys), [in LXX: Es 8}, 1 Mac 6! 115, mt Mac 34, 1v Mac,*;] 
to be a citizen, live as a citizen: metaph., of conduct as based on 
heavenly citizenship, Ac 23!, Phl 1°7.+ 

tohitys, -ov, 6 (<< z0Xs), [in LXX chiefly for ¥9;] 1. a citizen: 


ce. gen. loc., Lk 154, Ac 21%. 2. a fellow-citizen: c. gen. pers., 
Lk 19", He 8" @x%),+ 
moddKs, adv. (<< roAus), often: Mt 17, al. 
*t mokNamAagiwy, -ov (<< 7dAvs), = roAAarAdows, many times more: 
Mt 19%, Lk 180+ 


Tohu-evoThayxvos, V.S. ToAvoTAayxvos. 
moduhoyia, -as, 7, [in LXX: Pr 10! (aa 34) *;] much speak- 


ing, loquacity : Mt 67.t 

*t mokupepas, adv. (<< 7oAvs, pépos), in many parts or portions: 
He 1! (Plut., al.).t 

* qodu-toiktdos, -ov, 1. much variegated, of greatly differing 
colours (Kur.). 2. manifold: Eph 31°.+ 


modus, ToAAH, odd, [in LXX chiefly for 39 and cognate forms;] 


1. as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, 
etc.: dpfuds, Ac 1171; dyAos, Mk 574; Gepuopos, Mt 9°"; yxdptos, Jo 619; 
xpoves, Mt 25"; yoyyvopds, Jo 7; movos, Col 4%; ddga, Mt 24%; 
ovyn, Ac 2149; pl., rpopjra, Mt 1317; dyAou, Mt 425; Sawdva, Mk 1%; 
duvapes, Mt 7. 2. As subst., pl. masc., woAAoi, many (persons): Mt 
7”, Mk 2?, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 37, Lk 116, al.; seq. éx, Jo 7*!, Ac 
17#; c. art., of 7., the many, Mt 24", Ro 125, 1 Co 10!% 33, 11 Co 217; 
opp. to 6 ets (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5! 19; neut. pl., woAAa: Mt 133, 
Mk 5°, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 14°, Ro 16° (Deiss., LAH, 
317), 1 Co 16", Ja 3?, al.; neut. sing., woAv: Lk 1248; adverbially, 
Mk 122", al.; woddod (gen. pret.), Mt 26°; ce. compar. (BI., § 44, 5), 
m, oTrovoatdrepov, 11 Co 8”; roAAG wAciovs, Jo 441. 

Compar., mhetwy, neut., rAciov and iéov (v. WH, App., 151), 
pl., wAcioves, -as, -a, contr., rAe/ous, -w (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater ; 
1. as adj.: Jo 15?, Ac 187°, He 38; seq. rapa, He 114 (cf. Westc., in 1. 
Was ITAIONA here a primitive error for HAIONA?); pl., Ac 13%, 
al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21*°; c. num. (7 of comp. omitted), Ac 4” 
244, al. 2. As subst., of ., the greater number: Ac 19 27!, 1 Co 105 
156; also (BL., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: 1 Co 2° 415, Phi 114; 
mecova, Lk 11°93; wdeov, rrAéov, Mt 20", 1: Ti 3°; c. gen, comp., Mk 


872 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


12%, Lk 213; w. “Iwva ade, Mt 1241; eri z., adverbially, Ac 4!7 20° 
244, 3. As adv., wActov: seq. 7, Lk 93; c. gen. comp., Mt 529; rrciw: 
ec. num., Mt 265°. 

Superl. .» WAetotos, -7, -ov, (a) prop., most: Mt 112° 218; ad- 
lens To 7., I Co 1477; (5) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: mee 
7 41 

*t mokvothayxvos, -ov (<< roAvs, orAayxvov), very pitiful: Ja 54+ 
modutehys, -€s (<modvs, réAos), [in LXX for "3, ete.;] very 


costly, very precious, of great value: Mk 14,1 Ti 2°; metaph., 1 Pe 34.t 
¥ woddTisos, -ov (<(modvs, tyuy), 1. much revered (Menand.). 2. 
very costly, very precious: Mt 1346 267 (Bapityos, WH), Jo 12°; 
comparat., 1 Pe 1’.+ 
** rohutpotws, adv. (<< roAvtporos, 1. much turning. 2. manifold), 
[in LXX: 1v Mac 37! A*;] im many ways or manners : He 1! (Philo).t 
Tropa, -Tos, TO (<< rivw), late form of Att. rGua, [in LXX: Ps 101 


(102)° (Apu), al.,*;] drink: 1 Co 104, He 9!.+ 

movnpia, -as, 7 (<(wovypds), [in LXX chiefly for AY y;] iniquity, 
wickedness : Mt 2218, Lk 11°, Ro 1%, Eph 6; pl. (v. BI. § 32, 6; 
WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153), Mk 7”, Ac 37°; xaxia xai 7., 1 Co 58,+ 

SYN.: V.8. Kaxkia. 

trovnpés, -d, -ov (<< rovéw, to toil), [in LXX chiefly for ¥9;] 1. (a) 


of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.); (6) of things, toilsome, painful 
(kapés, Si 51”): Eph 516 6, Re 16%. 2. bad, worthless; (a) in 
physical sense: kxapzos, Mt 7, 18; (b) in ethical sense, bad, evil, 
wicked ; (a) of persons: Mt 7! 123485 1882 2526, Lk 645 1118 1922, Ac 
175, 1 Th 3%, m Ti 3%; yevecd, Mé 125%45 164, Lk 1129; rvedpa, Mt 
1245, Lk 77 821126, Ac 19118, 15,16: as gubst., of 7., opp. to dixacoz, 
Mt 134°; to dyafo/, Mt 54° 221; of dxdpuoror kal 7., Lk 6%°; sing., 6 7., 
Mt 5*9, 1 Co 5; id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 5%” 6 (vy. Lit., 
Notes, 125 ff.; but cf. MeN, in 1.) 13! 88, Lk 114 (WH, R, om.), Jo17}5, 
Eph 616, 1 Th 33 (Lft., Notes, l.c.), 1 Jo 2! 14 3! 51819; (8) of things: 
Mt 54 1299 15) Lik 674145, Jo 39 77, Ac 16% 251% (Ga 14, Col 17 1° 
64, 1 Ti 4!8, He 3 10”, Ja 24 416, 1 Jo 38", mn Jo", mt Jo"; ddOadrpos 
(q.v.), Mt 67° 205 Mk 7”, Lk 11%4; as subst., neut., ro 7., Ac 281, 
1 Th 5”; opp. to dyadov, Lk 64, Ro 12°; pl., Mt 94, Mk 778, Lk 3!%.+ 

SYN. > V.8. alec pos. 

névos, -ov, 6 [in LXX for by, etc.;] 1. labour, toil: Col 4%. 


2. The consequence of toil, distress, suffering, pain (Xen., al., LXX): 
Re 161% 1 914,+ 

SYN.: V.S. Ko7ros. 

Novtikés, -7, ov, Pontic, of Pontus: Ac 18?. 

Névttos, -ov, 6, Pontius, the preenomen of Pilate (v.s. MeAaros), 
Mt 27? (Rec., WH, mg.), Lk 3!, Ac 427, 1 Ti 64.+ 

Mévtos, -ov, 6, Pontus, a region of Asia Minor, bordering on the 
movros Evéewos: Ac 2°, 1 Pe 11.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 373 


Mémdtos, -ov, 6 (Latin), Publius: Ac 287 8+ 
mopeta, -us, 7 (<< ropetw), [in LXX chiefly for mp >a and cogn. 


forms ;] 1. a journey: Lk 13”. 2. a going: metaph. (‘‘the rich man 
perishes while he is still on the move,” Hort., in 1.), Ja 14+ 

mopetw, (<épos, a ford, a passage), [in LXX chiefly for qm;] 
in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause 
to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ouat, to go, 
proceed, go on one’s way: c. acc., ddov, Ac 8°*; seq. exeifev, Mt 1915: 
evrevbev, Lk 131; aad, Mt 25*!, Lk 447; eis, Mt 229) Mk 162, Lk 139, 
Jo 7%, al.; eis eipyvny (cf. 1 Ki 1!”), Lk 75°; & eipyvn, Ac 16%; eri, 
ce. ace., Mt 22°, Ac 25”, al.; ews, Ac 238; of, Lk 24%, 1 Co 16°; apis, 
c. acc. pers., Mt 25°, Lk 11°, al.; xara 7. dddv, Ac 8°°; dua, c. gen., 
Mt 12!, Mk 9°9; ¢. inf., Lk 23, Jo 142; ow, Lk 7°, al.; tva, Jo 11"; 
absol., Mt 2°, Lk 78, Jo 45°, Ac 5”, al.; ptep., aopevOeis (on the pass. 
form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; 
v. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 28, Lk 7”, al. Metaph. 
(cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al.), (a) like otxoua: in cl., 
as euphemism for Ovjcxw (so JOR in Ge 15%); Lk 22” and perh. also 
13%3 (y. Field, Notes, 66); (b) in ethical sense (De 19°, Ps 14?, al.; 
ef. M, Pr., 11,; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. &, Lk 15, 1 Pe 43, 
it Pe 2; xard, c. acc., 1 Pe 3%, Jul 18; ¢. dat. (BI., § 38, 3), Ac 9% 
1416, Ju"; (c) of disciples or partisans (Jg 2", mz Ki 11°, Si 4619); 
seq. drow, c. gen. pers., Lk 218 (cf. dia-, eis- (-ar), éx- (-war), ev- (-par), 
ém- (-yax), Trapa.- (-ya1), Tpo-, ™poo- (-pa2), ouv- (-ax)). 

** rop0éw, collat. form (in cl. chiefly poét.) of répOw, [in LXX: 
Iv Mac 473 114*;] to destroy, ravage: Ac 971, Ga 1} 23+ 
**+ toptopds, -ov,.6 (<< ropilw, to procure), {in LXX: Wi 13! 14?*;] 

1.a providing. 2. a means of gain: 1 Ti 6° ® (Polyb., al.).t 

Mépxios, -ov, 6, Porciws, prenomen of Porcius Festus (v.s. 
Pjoros): Ac 2427+ 

mopveta, -as, 7 (<(wopvevw), [in LXX for OF, NIM and cogn. 


forms ;] fornication: Ac 157% 29 2125, 1 Co 5! 6118, 11 Co 1271, Ga 5}9, 
Eph 5%, Col 3°,1 Th 4° (Lift., Notes, 53), Re 91; pl. (v. WM, 220; BL., §32, 
6), 1 Co 7?; disting. from porxefa, Mt 15!°, Mk 774; = porxefa (Am 8" 
Si 237%, al.), Mt 5°2 19%. Metaph. (of idolatry: De 23?, Ho 1’): Jo 84 
(Weste., in 1.), and so perh. (Thayer-Grimm, s.v.; but v. Swete, in 1l.), 
Re 271 1418 1724 188 192.¢ 

mopvedw, [in LXX for m31;] 1. to prostitute the body for hire. 
2. to commit fornication: Mk 10! (WH, mg.), 1 Co 6!8 108, Re 21420, 
Metaph. (as in LXX; 1 Ch 5”, Je 3°, Ho 9}, al.), of idolatry (but v. 
' Swete, Ap., 180f.), Re 17? 18% ® (ef. ék-7ropvevw).t 
mépyn, -ys, %, [in LXX chiefly for M37;] @ prostitute, harlot. 


Mt 2131, 32, Tk 153°, 1 Co 6116, He 1151, Ja 275. Metaph. (v. Swete, 
Ap., 180 £.), of Babylon (i.e. Rome): Re 171% 15 16 192.4 
** aépvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Si 23'*18* 5] 1. a male prostitute (Xen., 


374 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


al.). 2. a fornicator: 1 Co 5°" 69, Eph 55, 1 Ti 1°, He 1218 134, 
Re 218 2215 + 
méppw, ady. (in older Attic, zpécw), [in LXX for pin, ete.;] far 


off: Mt 158, Mk 76@X%X), Lk 14°; comparat., zopparepov (-pw, T), 
Lk 2478+ 

méppwbev, adv. (<C7éppw, q.v.), [in LXX for pinye and cogn. 
forms ;] from afar: Lk 17", He 11}%.t 

moppupa, -as, 7, [in LXX for PRIN, TIIN;] 1. the purple-fish 
(cf. 1 Mac 47%). 2. purple dye. 3. Later, = zopdvupis, a purple gar- 
ment: Mk 15'% 20, Lk 1619, Re 18!2.+ 

tToppupeos, -a, -ov, contr., -ots, -Gd, -ovv (< ropdipa), fin LXX 
for JaIWN;] purple: Jo 19%°; as subst., woppupotv (sc. iwdrov), 


Re 174 185.+ 
*t roppupdtwrts, -.50s, 7, a seller of purple fabrics: Ac 16\4.t 
toodkts, interrog. num. ady., how often: Mt 18%! 2337, Lk 13°4,+ 
méots, -ews, 9 (<C7ivw), [in LXX: Da, LXX tH 1° (Aw) * 


1. prop., drinking: Ro 14", Col 2)6 (v. Lft.; ICC, in 1.). 2. = wéua, 
drink: Jo 65° (cf. Bpdcrs).t 

méaos, -7, -ov, adj. of number, magnitude, degree, etc., how much, 
how great, how many: Mt 673, 1 Co 7"; of time, Mk 9?!; neut., 
absol., Lk 167; dat., réow, adverbially, how much, Mt 12; id. seq. 
nan Mt 72 1025, Lk 1113 192428 “Ro 1112) 24, Phm 16, He 914; x. 
xe(povos tyswpias, He 107°; pl., Mt 15% 16% 10 oT, Mk 638 85, 19, 20 154, 
Lk 15"", Ac 2120.+ 

motapués, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 33, N25] a river, stream, 


torrent: Mt 36 72527, Mk 15, Lk 64% 49, Ac 1618, m Co 1126, Re 810 gis 
121516 16412 2142 Fig, pl., x. vdaros Cévtos, Jo 738.+ 
¥t rotapo-pdpytos, -ov, carried away by a stream: Re 125 (for two 
exx. in z., v. MM, xxi).t 
** noramdés (late form of cl. zod-), -7, -dv, [in LXX: Da LXX 
Su 54*;] 1. (= modards) from what country? 2. In late writers, 
= toios, of what sort ?: Mt 827, Mk 131, Lk 179 799, 11 Pe 34, 1 Jo 31+ 
méte, interrog. adv. of time, when?: Mt 25873944 [Lk 217, 
Jo 6%; éws w., how long: Mt 171", Mk 91°, Lik 941, Jo 104, Re 61°, In 
indir. questions, = é7dre, Mt 243, Mk 1349335, Lk 1236 1729 (y. BL, 
§ 25, 4).t 
woté, enclitic particle, 1. once, formerly, sometime : of the past, 
Jo 9! Roig?) ti 20 Gales 22 26 (Tite in 1): Eph 2s 411, 18 58) Col 42h aT 
mh 25, Abie ss Phm Piao at! 35,20. non Tore, now at length, Phi 41°; 
of the fut., Lk 22%; ei zws 75 ror, if sometime soon at length, Ro po, 
2. ever: after a neg., Eph 59, 1 Pe 11% 21; in a question, ris =., 
CO He hoses 
métepos, -a, -ov, which of two. Neut., adverbially, zorepor, 
whether : a Oneah 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 375 


moryptov, -ov, 7d, dimin. of zorjp (< ive), [in LXX chiefly for 
DiD;] a wine cup: Mt 2375 26 29677, Mk 74 1423) Lk 1139 9917, 200 
(WH, R, mg., om.), 1 Co 1125, Re 174; wivew ék rod z., 1 Co 1178; 
c. gen. rei, Mt 10#, Mk 94; +. edAoyias, 1 Co 106; by meton., of the 
contents of the cup, Lk 22? (WH, R, mg., om.), 1Co 112526; ¢, gen. 
pers., 1 Co 1071, 1177, Metaph., of experience of divine providence; 
of prosperity (Ps 15 (16)°, al.) ; of adversity (Ps 10 (11), Is 51”, al.): 
of the sufferings of Christ, Mt 2022 25 2639, Mk 10% 39 1436 Lk 2242, 
Jo 18"; of divine punishment, Re 141 1619 186.+ 
motiLw (<(zdros), [in LXX chiefly for mpw hi. ;] to give to drink: 
c. ace. pers., Mt 25% 37) 42 9748, Mk 1596, Lk 1315, Ro 1270; ¢, dupl. acc., 
Mt 10#, Mk 94!; fig., yada, 1 Co 32; ék 7. otvov, Re 148; of plants, to 
water (Xen., Strab., al.; Ge 181°), fig., 1 Co 3°8. Metaph. (cf. Is 29", 
Si 15%), of the Spirit, 1 Co 1215.+ 
Notiodor, -wv, ot, Puteolt (mod. Pozzuoli), a city on the Bay of 
Naples: Ac 2813,+ 
m6r0s, -ov, 6 (<mivw), [in LXX chiefly for AMY ;] a drinking bout, 


carousal: 1 Pe 43.t+ 
SYN.: v.8. kpauradn. 


mod, interrog. adv., [in LXX for 3x, 7x, MIN ;] 1. prop., where ?: 


Mt 2? 2617, Mk 1414, Lk 171787 99%, Jo 139 7 gi0},19 gz 4434. 
mov (éorw), indicating that the subject in question is not to be found, 
Lk 8%, Ro 327, 1 Co 120 121% 19 1555, Ga 415 17 Pe 34; aod pavetra., 
1Pe4'8, 2. = drov (WM, 640; BI., § 50, 5): c¢. indic., Mt 24, Mk 1547, 
Jo 14° 1157 20? 13,15, Re 213; ¢. subjc., Mt 82°, Lk 9581917, 3. In colloq. 
(as in Eng.) = rot, whither: in direct questions, Jo 75 912 1336 165: 
in indir. quest., Jo 3° 8! 1255 145, He 118 1 Jo QU.t 

mov, enclitic particle, 1. anywhere, somewhere: He 26 44. 9. 
m some degree, perhaps, about: Ac 27% (T, pyrov), Ro 419; 84 ov (T, 
dyrov), surely: He 236,+ 

NovSys (in 7., gen. -evros, v. Zorell, s.v.), 6 (Latin), Pudens : 
1 Ti 471.+ 

mous, todds, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 6 ;] a foot, both of men and 

beasts: Mt 46 @XX), Mk 94, Lk 179, Jo 1144, Ac 75, al.; tad rods z., 
Ro 1679, 1 Co 15727, Eph 172, He 28; tioxarw rév 7., Mt 2244 (EXX)- 
mpos (rapa) rovs 7., Mk 5”, Lk 8", al.; fig., Mt 1559, Lk 1089, Ae 5?, 
al.; €umpoobev trav 7., Re 3° 1919, al.; eri rods 7., Ac 10%. By meton., 
of a person in motion (Ps 118 (119)!): Lk 17, Ac 5%, Ro 315 1015, 
He 1238, 

mpGypa, -Tos, 76 (<mpdoow), [in LXX chiefly for 127;] 1. that 
which has been done, a deed, act: Lk 1!, Ac 54, 1 Co 74, He 638, 
2. That which is being done (like Lat. res), hence, a thing, matter, 
affair: Mt 18!*, Ro 16, 1 Th 46 (v. M, Th., in].), He 10! 11}, Ja 316; in 
forensic sense (as freq. in z., v. Deiss., BS, 233), a law-swit: 1 Co 61+ 

Mpaypateia, V.8. mpayyaria. 


3876 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mpaypatevopar (<< mpayya), [in LXX: m1 Ki 10”? B, 91° A (pwn), 
Da LXX 8" (npxbavny nipy)*;] 1. to busy oneself. 2. to be engaged 
an business, Pap. to trade: Lk 19} (cf. d:a-rpayparevouar).t 


mpaypatia (Rec. -eia, as in cl.), -as, ) (<C rpayyarevouar), [in LXX 
for pwn, etc.;] 1. careful application, hard work. 2. business, occupa- 


tion: pl., 11 Ti 24.+ 

St ciouureptor, -ov, 70, (Lat. pretorium), 1. headquarters in a Roman 
camp. 2. The palace or official residence of the Governor of a 
province: Mt 2727, Mk 1516 (vy. Swete, in 1.), Jo 18% 93 199; +. 7. 7. 
“Hpwdov, Ac 23°5, 3. the Pretorian Guard: Ph) 13 (v. Lft., i im }.$ 
ICC, 51 f.).t 


mpd&xtwp, -opos, 6 (<< mpacow), [in LXX: Is 3” (93) *;] 1. (poét.) 
one who does or accomplishes. 2. In Athens, one who exacts payment, 
a collector ; hence, generally (freq. in z., v. Deiss., BS, 154), a court 
officer: Lk 1258+ 

mpakis, -ews, 7 (<< mpdoow), [in LXX: u Ch 13” 27" 2876 (F9), 
Jb 245 A (Syp), Pr 131, Wi 94, al.;] 1. a doing, deed, act: Mt 167; 


pl., . droardAwv, Ac, tit.; in late writers especially of wicked deeds or 
practices (freq. in Polyb.): Lk 23°!; pl., Ro 818, Col 3°; with ref. to 
magic (v. BS, 323;), Ac 19!8. 2. anacting, action, business, function : 
Ro 124. 

T™paos, Tpaos, V.S. mpavs. 

yg TOROS: mpadtys, V.S. mpaiTns. 

** npaowd, -as, 7, [in LXX: Si 24%'*;] a garden-bed; metaph., of 
ranks or orderly groups of persons: Mk 64°.t 

mpdoow, (Att. -rrw, and so Ac 17’ Rec.; cf. M, Pr., 25, 46), [in 
LXX chiefly for mizy, 5B ;] =Lat agere, as row (q.v.) =facere, 1. 
to do, practise, be engaged an: Ac 19!% 86, 1 Co 9)"; 7. ida 7, to mind 
one’s own business (7a éavtod, Soph., Plat.), jaye ini g Rae intrans., to act, 
Acelt'. 2. to achieve, effect, accomplish, perform : Ac 267% 26 ,Ro SaaS 
1 Co 5, Phl 49; vonov (ICC, in 1.), Ro 27°; of unworthy acts (for wit 
usually zovéw in cl.), to commit, do: Lk 2273 2341, Jo 37° 59, Ac 317 
535 1628 251) 25 96% 31, Ro 1% (ICC, in FE); 2827 at Co 6" is Co fas 
Ga 5%. 3. t transact, manage, hence, of payment, to exact (cl.): 
Lk 318 1923, 4. Reflexively, of state or condition, to do or fare (Aisch., 
Hadt., al.): Eph 67; ed x. (v. M, Pr., 228 f.), Ac 15°9.+ 

SYN. : V.S. movéw. 

*+ trpaiimabia (Rec. -rdea), -as, » (<Cmpats, macxw), = mpairys, 

meekness, gentleness : 1 Ti 6" (Philo.). t 

mpaus, -eta, -v, and mpdos (or mpaos, V. Bl., § 3, 3), -a, -ov (v. LS, 
Thayer, s.v.), [in LXX (always -i's, exe. 1 Mac 152, -Gos, V. Thackeray, 
Gr., 180 f.) for 137, Tgx, "3¥;] gentle, meek: Mt 5° 117° 21°@XX), 
1 Pe 34.t 

mpautyns (Rec. -o7ys, exc. Ja, 1 Pe, ll. c., where wpairys), -nTos, %, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3877 


late form of zpadrys, [in LXX: Ps 44 (45)* 89 (90)!° 131 (132)! (My, 
ny), Es 5', Si,*;] gentleness, meekness : 1 Co 4”, 11 Co 10', Ga 5* 6}, 
Eph 4?, Col 3 (v. Lft., in 1.), m Ti 275, Tit 3?, Ja 171 315, 1 Pe 345.+ 

SYN.: érekia, q.V. 

mpénw, [in LXX: Ps 92(93)> (ANS pi.), etc.;] 1. to be clearly 
seen. 2. to resemble. 3. to be fitting or becoming, to suit: ec. dat., 
He 7*6, 1 Ti 21°, Tit 2'; impers., c. dat., Eph 5°; id. seq. inf., He 21; 
mpérov éotiv, c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 3°; c. acc. et inf., 1 Co 11) (y. 
Bl., § 72, 5).t 

** npeoBeta, -as, 7 (<< mp-oBevw), [in LXX: mt Mac 4"%*;] 1. age, 

seniority. 2. rank, dignity. 3. an embassy; by meton., of the am- 
bassadors, embassy: Lk 14%? 194.+ 

* mpeoPevw (<( zpéoBus), 1. to be the elder, to take precedence. 2. 
to be an ambassador (v.s. tpeaBirns) : 1 Co 57°, Eph 67¢.+ 

mpeoPeutys, V.8. mperBurys. 

mpéoBus, -ews, 6, podt. form of zpecBurns (q.v.), [in LXX (= 
rpecBevrys, an ambassador): Nu 21292), al. (gud), Is 188 579 (rx), 
1 Mac 97, al.;] an old man. Compar., mpeoButepos, -a, -ov, [in LXX 
chiefly for 7?7;] 1. of age, elder: 6 vids 6 z., Lk 15; as subst., opp. 


to veavioxor, Ac 217; to vewrepos, 1 Ti 542; of the religious leaders of the 
past, Mt 152, Mk 7% 5, He 11? (= of warépes, He 11). 2. Of dignity, 
rank or office (as found in z. and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, 
including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt; v. Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 
233 ff.; LAH, 373); (a) among Jews: Mt 167! 2647 57 278 "2, 20, 41 9812, 
Mk 8° 1127 1443, 53 15}, Lk 73 922 201 2252, Jo 81°], Ac 4° & 23 612 2314 241; 
tT. Tovdaiwy, Ac 251°; +. Aaod, Mt 2173 263 271; (b) among Christians: 
eee fae depen os Te 21 Sy TY 19, Tit 15, m Jo}, ur Jo}, 
1 Pe 545; +, éxxAnoias, Ac 20%, Ja 514; (c) in the visions of the 
Apocalypse: Re 441° 5% 6,8 1,14 71,13 1716 143 194, (On the NT 
use of this word and its relation to éricxoros (q.v.), cf. Lft., Phl., 
93 ff, 189 ff.; CGT, Past. E'pp., \vi ff.) t 
**+ mpeaButéprov, -ov, Td (<< rpecBurepos), [in LXX: Da tH Su*? A *;] 

a body of elders, presbytery: of the Sanhedrin (cf. cvyédpiov), Lk 22°, 
Ac 22°; of Christian presbyters, 1 Ti 414.+ 

mpeaButepos, V.S. rper Bus. 

mpeoBurys, -ov, prose form of zpécBus, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for 
121, Ge 258, al.; also (= mpeoBevrys), 1 Ch 32%! BI (p>), 1 Mac 1475, 


al. (v. Thackeray, Gr., 97);] 1. an old man: Lk 18, Tit 2?, Phm® 
(R, txt., but v. infr.). 2. As in LXX, also = mpeoBevryjs, an am- 
bassador : Phm ® (R, mg., v. Lft. and ICC, in 1.).t 

** rpeaBirtts, -dos, 7, fem. of rpeoBurns, [in LXX: 1v Mac 161**;] 
an aged woman: Tit 2°.t 

¥** xpnvys, -és (in Att. also zparys), [in LXX: Wi 4!, m1 Mac 5* 5° 
673 * 5] headlong, prone: Ac 1}8.+ 


378 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mpitw = mpiw, [in LXX: Am 1%, Da tH Su 59*;] to saw, saw 
asunder (= 7. dixa, Thuc., iv, 100): pass, He 11” (cf. dca-rpiw).t 

mpl, 1. as adv. of time, before, formerly (cl.; m1 Mac 5°8 64 %?), 
2. As conje. (cl.), before; (a) after a positive sentence, c. acc. et inf. : 
Mt 26%4 6 Mk 1472, Lk 2251, Jo 44° 858 (where D. om. — and 
x. becomes prep. c. gen.; v. Bl, § 69,07) 142?) Acy 2eUeO WE xt. 
mpiv 7 (not such good Attic in this construction; v. BL., Le.), Mt ps, 
Mk 14°, Ac 279, WH, mg., 77; (0) after a negative sentence, mpl 7): 
c. subje. (seq. dy, MI .Pr., 169), Dik 276-0: optat., Ac 2516+ 

Nptoka, -as, 7) (Lat.), and Tier cue -ns, », Prisca: Ro 16%, 1 Co 
16, m Til4%; Priscilla: Ac 181% 26; the wife of Aquila, v.8. 
Nahas 

Nptoxdda, v.s. Ipioxa. 

Tpiw, V.S. mpilu. 

mpé, prep. c. gen., [in LXX chiefly for 9985;] before; (a) of 
place : Ac 125: 14 1433, Ja 5°; TT. TpoowTov — Heb. "355, De 318) Ma 3, 


al.; Bl., § 40, 9), Mt 112, Mk 12, Lk 176 727 952 10!, Ac 1418; (6) of time: 
Mét 879 2498, Lk 1158 21, Jo 1155 131 1724, Ac 536 21%8, 7 Co 27 45, Hiph 
14, Col 12”, u Ti 19 471, Tit 12, He 115, 1 Pe 129, Ju; a. érav Sdexa- 
tecodpov, fourteen years ago, 11 Co 127; 2. rpoowrov (v. supr.), Ac 13%; 
c. gen. pers., Mt 5!", Jo 57 108, Ro 16’, Ga 11"; c. gen. art. inf. (= zpiv; 
M,.Pr., 100; BL,§ 69,7), Mt 65) Lik 222 926) Jo 14° 1s? 17° Ac as, 
Ga 2!2 35; as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but indepen- 
dent of it; Bl., § 40,5; M, Pr., 100f.; cf. Am 1', mn Mace 15°, and 
for other exx., Soph., Lew., s.v.), wpo & nuépas tov macxa, on the sixth 
iy bef. the Passover, Jo 12); (c) of preference: 7. ravrwy, Ja 5%, 1 Pe 
(d) in compos., (a) ¢. subst., of position before : mpoavAvov, 7po- 
Se priority of rank or order, mporatwp; anticipation, Tpoyvocts, 
mpovoia; (8) c. adj., intensity, mp5BmQos ; (y) c. verb., of place, rpoaye, 
mpoBaivw; of preference, Tpoarpeopat. 
mpo-dyw, [in LXX: 1 Ki 17'6 (wya3), Wi 194, al.;] 1. 
trans., to lead on, lead forth or forward : c. ace. pers., Ac 16° ins: 
bringing forth to trial, Ac 12° (WH, txt., zpoody-); seq. ei, c. oe 
pers., Ac 2576. 2. Intrans. (Plat., Polyb., and later writers; v. BI., 
§ 53, 1; MM, xxi); (a) to lead the way, 1 Ti 18 (R, mg.), hence, to go 
before, precede : Lk 18%°; opp. to dxoAovféw, Mk 11°; seq. <is, Mt ieee. 
Mk 6*, 1 Ti 6%, He: 78; ¢.ace. pers., (Mii ao ane Me 1 pea ens: 
Mt 2131 2632 287, Mk 1428 167; (0) to go on, advance (Si 20°”) : 11 Jo ®t 
Tpo-aipéw, -@, [in LXX: for pwn, etce.;] to bring forth or 
forward. Most freq. in mid., to take by choice, prefer, propose: 
11 Co 97.+ 
*+t mpo-aitidopat, -Ouar, to accuse or charge beforehand: Ro 3° (not 
elsewhere). + 
* mpo-axodw, to hear beforehand : Col 1° (v. Lft., in 1.).t 
*t mpo-apaptdvw, to sin before: 11 Co 127! 13.4 
* mpo-audov, -ov, To (<< mpd, aiAn), a porch, vestibule: Mk 14°8.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3879 


mpo-Baivw, [in LXX chiefly for Ni2;] to go forwards, go on, 
advance: Mt 471, Mk 1% Metaph., of age (Ge 18", al., Lys., Diod., 
al.), &v vr. Nuépars, Lk 17) 18 236 + 
mpo-Béddw, [in LXX for TN, Prd, etc.;] 1. to throw before. 
2. to put forward: c.acc., Ac 19*°; of trees, to put forth, produce 
(sc. @vAAa), Lik 21°9,+ 
mpoBatikds, -7, -ov (<C mpdBarov), [in LXX (7. rvAy): Ne 31 
12%° (NX) *;] of sheep: % 7. (sc. 7vAn, V. supr.), the sheep-gate, Jo 5*.+ 
* mpoBdtiov, -ov, 7d, dimin. of zpdBarov (used as a term of endear- 
ment, v. Bl., § 27, 4), a little sheep: Jo 21161" (rpéBara, WH, mg.).t 
mpéBartoy, -ov, 76 (<C zpoBaivw), [in LXX chiefly for NX, also for 
my, more rarely for wap (aw3), Sm ;3] 1. in Hom., Hadt., cattle, 


esp. of small cattle, sheep and goats. 2. In NT, as in Attic writers 
generally (cf. MM, xxi), a sheep: Mt 7°, Mk 6*4, al.; azpéBara odayjs, 
Ro 896 (XX), Metaph. (in cl. of timidity, stupidity or idleness), of the 
followers of a leader or master, esp. of those who are subject to the 
care of the Good Shepherd: Mt 10° 1574 2631@-XX), Mk 1477(@XX), Jo 
107) 8 15, 16, 26,27 916,17 (WH, txt., tpoBari), He 137°; opp. to éepigua, 
Mt 253, 
mpo-BiBdlw, causal of zpoBaivw, [in LXX: Ex 35% (A hi.), De 
67 (j3w pi.)*;] to lead forward, lead on; metaph., to induce, incite, 
urge: Mt 148+ 
tmpo-BXérw, [in LXX: Ps 36 (37)! (AN) *;] to foresee: mid., 
He 11*° (vy. Bl., § 24, 55, 1).t 
** qpo-yivopar, [in LXX: Wi 19! NA, 1 Mac 14° 15°*;] to happen 
before: pf. pass. ptep., Ro 37°.t 
** mpo-ywookw, [in LXX: Wi 6% 88 18°*;] to know beforehand, 
foreknow: 1 Pe 3; c. acc. pers., Ac 26°; of the Divine fore- 
knowledge, Ro 87° 11?, 1 Pe 179.t 
**+t apd-yvwats, -ews, 9 (<< zpoyweoxw), [in LXX: Jth 9° 111°* 5] fore- 
knowledge: Ac 278, t Pe 12.+ 
** a9d-yovos, -ov (<< mpoyivowar), [in LXX: Hs 41, Si 84, al. ;] 1. born 
before. 2. As subst., in pl., of x., ancestors, forefathers: m Ti 1°; of 
living parents (so Plat.), 1 Ti 5+.t 
mpo-ypdpw, [in LXX: Da LXX 33 cod., 1 Mac 10°*6*;] to write 
before: Ro 154, Eph 3%, Ju*. 2. to write in public, placard, proclaim 
(Dem., Plut., al.): Ga 3! (Lft., in 1.). 3. = Cwypadéw, to pouriray, 
depict : Ga, l.c. (Syr. Pesh., Chrys.; Field, Notes, 189; CGT’, in 1.).t 
** ap6-5ydos, -ov, [in LXX: Jth 8%, m Mac 37 14°*;) 1. evident 
beforehand. 2. clearly evident: 1 Ti 54%, He 74+ 
mpo-SiSwpt, [in LXX: Ez 16°4 A (7n3), tv Mac 4}, al.;] 1. to give 
before, give first: Ro 11° (Jb 4170), LXX, al.). 2. to betray 
(tv Mac, l.c.).t 
** xpo-8érns, -ov, 6 (zpodidwpr), [in LXX: 1m Mac 56 10! 2, 11 Mac 
3°4* | a betrayer, traitor: Lk 616, Ac 7, 11 Ti 34.t 
mpd-Spopios, -ov (<< mporpéxw), [in LXX: Nu 13?! @), Ts 284 (753), 


880 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Wi 128*;] running forward, going in advance. As subst., 6 7., an 
advance guard, forerunner: He 6?°.t 
mpo-etdov, aor. without pres. in use (v.8. zpoopaw), [in LXX: Ge 
3718 (AN), Ps 188 (139)% (730 hi.) *;] to foresee: Ac 2°! (zpoidav; WH, 
mpoduv), Ga 38.t 
** po-etrov, 2 aor. from unused pres. (v.s. elzov), and pf., -e(pyKka 
(11 Mac 6% *), pass., -ecpywar (Ir Mac 2%, nt Mac 1”, al.), 1. to say 
before: Ga 1%, 1 Th 46 (on the form -apev, v. WH, App., 164), He 47; 
seq. ort, 1 Co 73 13%, Ga 5*!; of prophecy, Mt 24%, Mk 13%, Ac 116, 
Ro 99, m Pe 32, Ju!’. 2. to proclaim publicly, declare openly or 
plainly (cl.): so R, mg., in 1 Co 137, Ga 5”, 1 Th 4° (cf. rporéyw ; but 
v. supr., and cf. M, Th., 38).t 
Tpo-elpyka, -Elpypat, V.S. ™poetTov. 
*t mpo-ehmitw, to hope before: seq. ev, Eph 1%.+ 
*+t mpo-evdpxopat, to begin before: m1 Co 8°; ¢. ace., 7d OeXew, ib. 1 
(not elsewhere).t 
*+t mpo-e-ayyéddw, to announce before. Mid., to promise before: 
c. ace. rei, Ro 1?, 11 Co 9° (Dio. Cass.).t 
mpo-épxopar, [in LXX: Ge 3344 R (ay), Jth 21%, Si 85 (382), 
al;] 1. to go forward, go on, advance: seq. puxpov, Mt 26%° and Mk 14% 
(WH, mg., zpocedAOur) : popnv plav (cf. Plat., Rep., i, 328e), Ac 121°, 
2. Of relative position, to go before, precede: c. gen. (cl.; Jth, l.c.) ; 
c. acc. pers. (not cl.), Lk 224 (c. gen., Rec.); seq. évwmiov, Lk 1!” 
(cf. Ge 33%). 3. Of time, to go before or in advance: Ac 20°18 (WH, 
mg., R, mg.), 1 Co 95; ¢. ace. pers. (= cl. POavw), Mk 6%°.t 
Tpo-epew, -@, V.S. mpoetrrov. 
mpo-eroipdtw, [in LXX: Is 284 B, Wi 98*;] to prepare before: 
c. acc. rei, Ro 978 (ois for & by attraction), Eph 2'¢.t 
*+ mpo-evayyeAtLopar, to announce glad tidings beforehand : Ga 38.t 
apo-éxw, [in LXX: Jb 276 A (pin hi.) *;] 1. Trans., to hold before ; 
mid., to hold something before oneself (Hdt.), hence, metaph., to excuse 
oneself: Ro 3°, R, mg. (but v. Field, Notes, 152 f.; Lift., Notes, 266 f. ; 
ICC and Vau., in 1.). 2. Intrans. (a) to project ; (6) in running, to 
have the start, hence, metaph., to excel: pass., Ro, l.c., R, txt. (v. reff. 
supr.).t 
mpo-nyéouan, [in LXX: De 20° (WN), Pr 174 (7305), 1 Mac 4?°, 


al.;] 1. to go before as leader (in cl., c. gen., dat.) : Ro 12!° (Chrys., 
Vg., al.; v. JCC, in1.). 2. In a sense not elsewhere found, ddAxAovs 
mponyoupevor = a. Wyovpevor trepéxovras: Ro, Le. (ICC, cf. 1 Th 5", 
Phl 23 and EV “ preferring’’).t 

mpo-Geors, -ews, 7, [in LXX: Ex 40423 (72), 1 Ch 9%, al. 
(npr), 1 Ch 41° (orp), 1 Mac 1”, m Mac 38, al.;] 1. a settang forth 
(Plat., Plut., al.): of dpro. rys 7. (cf. LXX, ll. c., elsewhere aprox 
éviorriot, Ex 2579; of &. tov rpocwrov, Ne 103%), Mt 124, Mk 2°6, Lk 64; 
1. Tov dptov, He 9%. 2. a purpose (Arist., Polyb., al.; 11 Mae, l.c.): 
Ae 117° 97%, Ro 872 9", Hph 1! 34m Ti 1? oer 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 881 


** tp0-Oéoptos, -a, -ov, [in Sm.: Jb 28%, Da 97*;] appointed before- 
hand. In Attic law, as subst. (so always in cl.), » a. (sc. jepa), a day 
appointed beforehand, a previously appointed time: Ga 4*.t 

** tpoOupia, -as, 7 (<< mpdOvpos), [in LXX: Si 45%*;] eagerness, 
willingness, readiness: Ac 17, 11 Co 8412519 92. + 

mpdQupos, -ov, [in LXX: 1 Ch 28”, 11 Ch 29%! (avq3), Hb 18 (wan), 


al.;] willing, ready: Mt 26%, Mk 14%; neut., ro 7. = 7) zpobvpia 
(Thue., al., uz Mac 56), otrws 76 Kar’ eué (= cl. 7d éudv) 7., Ro 1% 
(but v. ICC, in 1.).t 

mpoOdpos, [in LXX: m Ch 29% (a3 “u), To 78, al. ;] eagerly, 


readily, with a ready mind: 1 Pe 52.t 
mpdipos (Rec. zpa-, of which zpo- is a late form; v. Bl., § 6, 4; 
WH, App., 152), -ov, [in LXX: De 11 (MN), etc.;] =the more 


common zpos (q.v.), early: of rain (as most freq. in LXX), Ja 57+ 
mpo-tornpt, [in LXX: uw Ki 13, Pr 23° 261’, Is 4374, Am 6” 
(no proper Heb. equiv.), Da LXX Bel’, 1 Mac 5!*, rv Mac 11?7*;] 
1. trans. in fut., 1 aor., and mid. 1 aor., to put before, set over (Plat., 
al.). 2. Intrans., in pf., plpf., 2 aor. and mid. pres. and impf.; 
a) to preside, rule, govern: Ro 128, 1 Ti 5!"; c. gen., 1 Th 5¥, 
I Ti 34:52; (6) to direct, maintain: c. gen. rei, kaddv épywv, Tit 3% 4 
(on R, mg., profess honest occupations, v. CGT, in 1.; Field, Notes, 
223 £.).+ j 
** mpo-kahéw, -@, [in LXX: mu Mac 8" A*;] to call forth. Most 
freq. in mid., (a) to challenge; hence, to provoke: Ga 5°; (b) to 
invite (11 Mae, l.c.).t 
*+t mpo-kat-ayyéAdw, to announce beforehand: c. acc. et inf., Ac 318; 
seq. wept, Ac 752.+ 
* mpo-kat-aptiLw, to make ready beforehand: 11 Co 9°.t 
mpo-kear, [in LXX: Ex 391869, Nu 47 (736), ete.;] used as 


pass. of zporiOny.; 1. to be set before one, to be set forth: He 618 1212, 
Ju™. 2. to present oneself, be present: 11 Co 8 (y. Mey., in 1.).t 
* mpo-knpicow, 1. to proclaim by herald. 2. Of one who acts as a 
herald, to proclaim: Ac 1374.+ 
**+t mpo-komy, -7s, ) (<< mpoxorrw), [in LXX: Si 517 m Mac 8%*;] 
progress (prop., on a journey, then generally): Phl 1%, 1 Ti 4% 
(condemned by Atticists, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 158).t 
** rpo-xomtw, [in Sm.: Ps 44 (45)°*;] to cut forward a way, for- 
ward, advance, in cl. trans. with neut. adj., as ovdeév 7., Ta woAda z. 
In late writers (Polyb., al.), wholly intrans., to advance, progress : of 
time, Ro 13", Metaph., Lk 257, Ga 144, 1 Ti 216 3% 13,+ 
*tapd-Kpipa, -tos, TO (<Ccl. mpoxpiver, 1. to prefer. 2. to judge 
beforehand), pre-judging, prejudice: 1 Ti 5*! (vy. Cremer, 378).+ 
*t rpo-kupdw, -&, to establish or confirm beforehand : Ga, 3!.t 
** roo-hapBdvw, [in LXX: Wi 17" x2, ib.!*?~"B*:] 1. to take 
beforehand: ec. ace., 1 Co 117 (but v. infr.). 2. to be beforehand, 


882 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


anticipate (in cl., c. acc., gen. or dat.): ¢. inf. (= cl. POdvw, v. BL, 
§ 69, 4; Swete, in 1.), Mk 148. 3. to overtake, surprise: pass., Ga 
61 (on the virtual disappearance of the temporal force of the preposi- 
tion in this compound here and perhaps also in 1 Co, l.c., v. MM, 
xi) oh 
mpo-Aéyw, [in LXX: Is 416 (133 hi.) *;] 1. to tell or say before- 
hand: 11 Co 13?, Ga 52, 1 Th 34 (R, txt.; cf. zpoetrov, but v. infr.). 2. 
to declare, tell plainly: 11 Co, Ga,1 Th, ll. c. (R, mg.; v. MM, xxi, 
and ef. Is, 1.c.).t 
*+t rpo-paptupopar, to protest beforehand (cf. paprépoua:, and y. Hort, 
in 1.): 1 Pe 1" (elsewhere only in Theod. Met., xiv/ap.).t 
* npo-pedetdw, -O, to premeditate: Lk 21\.t 
*t rpo-pepysvdw, -&, to be anxious beforehand: Mk 13".+ 
mpo-voew, -@, and depon. -éouar, odpat, [in LXX: Da LXX 1157 
(7a), Wi 67, al.;] 1. to foresee. 2. to provide (RV, take thought for) : 


c. acc. rei, cad, Ro 12!” (-ovpevor), 11 Co 8* (-otyev). 38. to provide 
for (seq. wept, Wi, l.c.): c. gen. pers., 1 Ti 58 (-et, WH, mg,, -etrar).t 
mpdvoia, -as, 7 (<(mpovoos, careful), [in LXX: Da LXX 680%, 
Wi 14° 172, u-1v Mac ,*;] foresight, forethought : Ac 248; 7. roveicOau, 
ce. gen. (Dem., 546, 6), make provision for, show care for: Ro 13'.t 
mpo-opda, -&, [in LXX: Ps 15 (16)§ (Mw pi.), 1 Hs 563A * 5) to see 
before (as to place or time) : c. acc., Ac 21°%. Mid., c. ace., seq. évarioy 
POU NG pen ED, 
*t mpo-opiiw, to predetermine, foreordain: c. acc., Ro 8*°; id. et inf., 
Ac 48; id. seq. eis, 1 Co 27, Eph 15; c. dupl. ace., Ro 87%; pass., 
Eph 14.+ 
* xpo-rdoxu, to suffer before: 1 Th 2?.t 
** mpo-mdtwp, -opos, 6 (<Cwarmp), [in LXX: mt Mac 27 A*;] a 
forefather: Ro 41.+ 
** npo-népro, [in LXX: 1 Hs 447, Jth 10, Wi 197, 1 Mac 12, 
1 Mac 623*;] 1. to send before, send forth. 2. to set forward on a 
journey, escort: c. ace. pers., 1 Co 16", Tit 3, m1 Jo®; seq. «is, Ac 
2038; of, 1 Co 16°; gws, Ac 215; pass., Ac 15%, Ro 15*4, m Co 116+ 
mporrerys, -¢s (<Czporirrw), [in LXX: Pr 104 (671) 13° (pwe), 


Si 918*;] falling forwards, headlong. Metaph., precipitate, rash, reck- 
less: of persons, 1 Ti 3*; of things, Ac 19°¢.t 

mpo-mopeva, [in LXX chiefly for yon , also for "ay, etc. ;] to make 
to go before. Pass. and mid., to go before: Lk 176, Ac 74°GXX) + 

ampés, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. 

gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence 

metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27% (cf. Page, in 1.). 

II. C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 54, Lk 
1937, Jo 1816 2042, Re 18, 

III. C. ace., of motion or direction towards a place or object, 
to, towards. 1. Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and 
other words with the idea of direction: épyoua, dvaBaivw, ropevouay 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3883 


eyo, émoroAy, etc., Mt 34, Mk 6°, Lk 11°, Jo 28, Ac 92, al. mult. ; 
metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23”, Jo 6%, 
m1 Co 74, Eph 6”, Col 333, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14*, Jo 114, al. ; 
of purpose, Mt 26", Ro 376, 1 Co 6°, al.; zpos rd, c. inf., denoting 
purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5°, Mk 13”, Eph 
64, 1 Th 2°, al.; (6) of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3”, Mk 114, 
Lk 44, Ac 32, al.; after efva:, Mt 135°, Mk 6%, Jo 1}, al. 2. Of time, 
(a) towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 84, al.): Lk 24°; (b) for: mpos 
xatpov, Lik 88, 1 Co 7°; zpos wpav, Jo 5%, al.; mpos dArcyov, Ja 414. 3. 
Of relation (a) toward, with: Ro 5!, m Co 1", Col 4°,1 Th 4%, al. ; 
(b) with regard to: Mt 198, Mk 12%, Ro 8%, al.; (c) pertaining to, to: 
Mt 274, Jo 21”, Ro 1517, He 217 5!; (d) according to: Lk 12%’, 1 Co 
51, Ga 214, Eph 34 414; (e) in comparison with: Ro 88. 
IV. In composition: towards (xpocépxopua), to (rpoodyw), against 
(xpookortw), besides (rpocdaravaw). 
+ mpo-cdBBator, -ov, 76, [in LXX: Ps 91 (92) t2é. 8 (Maw) 92 (93) tat., 
Jth 8°*;] the day before the Sabbath: Mk 15* (UL, Tr., txt., pos o.).t 
Tpoo-ayopevw, [in LXX: De 236 (wo), 1 Es 10' B! (AT hith.), 
Wi 14”, 1 Mac 144°, 11 Mac 16 47 109 14°7*;] to address, greet, salute ; 
hence, to call by name, address, style: c. dupl. acc., pass., He 5!.t 
mpoo-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for a9p hi., also for wa3, etc.;] 1. 
trans., to bring or lead: c. acc. et dat., Ac 162°; metaph., r. ed, 1 Pe 
318; seq. dde, Lk 941; pass., c. dat., Mt 1874 (xpoonvéxOn, T); in forensic 
sense, to summon: Ac 12° (xpoayayeiv, T, WH, mg., R). 2. Intrans., 
to draw near, approach (Jos 3°, Je 26 (46)%, al.): c. dat., Ac 2777 (WH, 
mpocaxeiv).t 
* rpoo-aywyn, -75, 9, (<< mpocdyw), 1. a bringing to. 2. approach, 
access (v. Lift., Notes, 284; MM, xxi): Ro 5?, Eph 218 3” (but v. Hllic., 
Eph., 59 f., where the transitive sense ‘‘ introduction” is advocated).t 
mpoo-aitéw, -0, [in LXX: Jb 274*;] 1. to ask besides. 2. to 
continue asking ; hence, to importune, beg, ask alms: Jo 98.t 
*t mpooairns, -ov, 6, a beggar: Mk 1046, Jo 98+ 
mpoo-ava-Baivw, [In LXX: Hx 19%, al. (ndy/) 3] 1. to go up 
besides. 2. to go wp higher: Lk 141.+ 
* mpoo-avadioxw, to spend besides: Lk 84° (WH, R, mg., om.).t 
** rpoo-avatAnpow, -@, [in LXX: Wi 194*;] to fill up by adding 
to, to supply fully: 11 Co 92 119+ 
* rpoo-ava-TiOnur, to lay on or offer besides; mid., (a) to lay on 
oneself in addition, undertake besides ; (b) c. gen. pers., of giving or 
obtaining information, to consult, communicate: Ga 11° 26 (Lft., in 1.; 
cf, ava-riOnpr). 
¥ npoo-av-éxw, to approach : v.l. for tpocaxéw, Ac 2777 Lt 
** npoo-amethéw, -@, [in LXX: Si 13°N*;] to threaten further: 
Ac 471+ 
*t mpoo-axéw, -, Doric for rpoonyew, to resound : of land perceived 
by the roar of the surf, Ac 2777 (WH, mg., cf. zpooayw).t 


3884 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*t rpoc-Samavdw, -@, to spend besides : c. acc., Lk 10°5.+ 
SYN. : mpocavadicxw. 


mpoo-Séonat, [in LXX: Pr 12° (mpm), Si,g*;] to want further, 


need in addition: Ac 17%.+ 

mpoo-Séxopnar, [in LXX chiefly for M¥7;] 1. to receive to oneself, 
receive favourably, admit, accept: c. acc. pers., Lk 15’, Ro 16?, Phl 
99; ¢. acc. rei, Ac 241° (R, mg.), He 10*4 11°°, 2. to expect, look for, 
wait for: c. ace. pers., Lk 12°; c. ace. rei, Mk 1548, Lk 2538 9351, 
Ac 2371, Tit 2%, Ju! (ef. déxopar).t 

mpoo-Soxdw, - (the simple verb exists only in the forms doxéw, 
-e¥w), [in LXX: Ps 103 (104)?? (naiz pi.), ete.;] to awart, expect: Mt 
9450 Tk 315 1946, Ac 2733 28°; ¢, acc. pers., Mt 11%, Lk 12) 71% 20 840, 
Ac 10°; ¢. acc. rei, 1 Pe 3; ¢. acc. et inf., Ac 28°; c. inf., Ac 3°.t 

mpooSoxia, -as, 7 (<Cmpoodoxaw), [in LXX: Ge 49! (map), Ps 
118 (119)"6 (nai), Wi 17%, Si 402, al.;] expectation: c. gen. obj., 


Lk 2176; c. gen. subje., Ac 124.+ 
*t mpoo-edw, -0, to permit further: Ac 277.+ 

+ rpoo-eyyi£w, [in LXX chiefly for wa3, ayp;] 1. trans., to bring 
near (Luc.). 2. Intrans., to approach: c. dat, Mk 2* (WH, 
mpoceveykan).t 

** mpocedpetw (<< zpdcedpos, sitting near), [in LXX: 1 Mae 11*°*;] 
1. to sit near. 2. to attend regularly: c. dat., 1 Co 9}, Ree. (v.s. 
mrapedpevw).t 

* rpoo-epydtopat, 1. to work or do service besides (Hdt., Plut.). 
2. to gain besides, by working or trading: Lk 1916 (Xen.).t 

mpoo-épxopat, [in LXX for ay, way, ete.;] to approach, draw 
near: absol., Mt 44, Lk 94, al.; c. infin., Mt 241, al.; c. dat. loc., 
He 121822; dat. pers., Mt 5!, and freq., Jo 1271, al.; ptep., rporeA Guy, 
c. indic., Mt 8%, and freg., Mk 1%, Lk 744, al.; 2. atré, ¢. indic., Mt 
43, Mk 6%, al. Metaph., (a) of approaching God: absol. (Le 21”, 
De 215, al.), He 10! 7"; 7. 666, He 77° 11°; +. Opove r. xapiros, He 416 ; 
mpos Xpiordv, I Pe 24; (b) in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes, 
211), to consent to: tyaivovar doyors, I Ti 63. 

+ mpoo-evyn, -7s, ) (<< tpocevxopar), [in LXX chiefly for npn Sigal 
prayer to God: Mt 177! (WH, R, txt., om.) 212, Mk 9”, Lk 224, Ac 
31 64 101, Ro 121%, 1 Co 75, Col 47; pl,, Ac 2¥ 104, Ro 1%, Hph 1%, 
Col 42, 1 Th 12, Phm 4:2, 1 Pe 37 47, Re 58 8% 4; oixos mpocevyns, Mt 
9113) Mk 111’, Lk 1946 (LXX); x. xai deyous, Eph 618, Phl 4°; pl., 
1 Ti 21 5°; 2. rod Geod, prayer to God (cf. Wi 16*8), Lk 6"; zpos r. 
Oedv, seq. trép, Ac 12°; pl., Ro 15°; Hebraistically (Bl., § 38, 3), 
mporerxy mporedxecOar, Ja 5!” (KV, prayed fervently). 2. a place of 
prayer: of a synagogue (11 Mac 7, y.l.; v. Charles, APOT, i, 
173; for other exx., vy. Kennedy, Sources, 114); of a place in the open 
(FJ, Ant., xiv, 10, 23), Ac 16" 16.+ 

SYN.: v.s. deyous. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 385 


mpoo-edxopat, [in LXX chiefly for 5p hith. ;] to pray (always of 
prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mt 6°79 142 1918 
2636, 89, 41,44 Mk 135 646 112425 1333 (WH, R, txt., om.) 145% 38 39, 
ites) Ge Ol eae Were ten aa (WEL, te, e., OL.) Ae ass 
eee 7) 108 118 aS ae te 208 21 2a O88, s Cols? 14. 
1 Th 5", 1 Ti 28, Ja 5'%18; seq. Acywv, Mt 263% 42, Lk 2941; c. dat. 
instr., 1 Co 11° 14415; paxpa, Mt 234 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mk 12%°, 
Lk 2047; & aveipare (dyiw), Eph 6%, Ju; rpocevyp 7. (a Hebraism, 
V.S. mpooevxy), Ja 57; ¢. acc. rei, Lk 18%, Ro 87°; seq. émi, c. acc. 
pers., Ja 514; c. dat. pers., Mt 6°, 1 Co 1118; seq. wepi, c. gen., Ac 8), 
Col 1° 43, 1 Th 575, 1 Th 14 31, He 1318; iaép, Mt 544, Lk 678, Col 19, 
Ja 516; seq. va, Mt 247°, Mk 1318 1495, Lk 2246, 1 Co 148; rotro iva, 
Phl 19; c. inf., Lk 224°; seq. rod, c. inf. (BI., § 71, 3), Ja 5!7.+ 
mpoo-€xw, [in LXX for awp hi., ww ni., etc.;] 1. to turn to, 
bring to (freq. vaiv, expressed or understood, to bring to port, land ; 
Hadt., al.). 2. 7. votv, seq. dat., to twrn one’s mind to, attend to; in 
Xen. and later writers with votv omitted (Bl., § 53, 1; 81, 1): Ac 8° 
164, He 2}, m Pe 1%; in sense of caring or providing for, Ac 2075; 
1. €avto, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157; cf. Ge 24°, Ex 10”, al.): 
Lk 173 21%4, Ac 5%; id. seq. azo (M, Pr., 102; BI., § 34, 1,; 40,3; v.s. 
Brew), Lk 12!; (without dat.) Mt 7 1017 16%)" Lk 2046 (ef. Si 6%, 
al.) ; seq. wy, c. inf. (M, Pr., 193; Bl., § 69, 4), Mt 64. 3. to attach or 
devote oneself to: c. dat. pers., Ac 81%", 1 Ti 4!; c. dat. rei, 1 Ti 1* 3° 
413 63 T (-cpy-, WH, R), Tit 14, He 7'5.+ 
** mpoo-nddw, -O, [in LX X: m1 Mac 4°*;] to nail to: c. acc. et dat., 
fig., Col 2!4.+ 
tmpooydutos, -ov (<< zpoceAavvw), [in LXX for 19;] 1. one who 


has arrwed, a stranger. 2. Of converts to Judaism, a proselyte 
(v. DB, s.v.): Mt 2315, Ac 21° 65 1343.t 
** pdo-Katpos, -ov, [in LXX: 1v Mac 15% %25*;] 1. im season. 
2. for a season, temporary, transient: 11 Co 418, He 11%; of plants, 
short-lived: Mt 1371, Mk 417+ 
mpoo-kahéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for NP ;] to call to. Mid., to 
call to oneself (v. M, Pr., 157): c. ace. pers., Mt 101, Mk 31° 6’, Lk 71°, 
Ac 54°, Ja 54, al. Metaph., of the Divine call: Ac 2%9; c. inf., 
Ac 16° (v. Bl., § 69, 4); seq. eis, Ac 13?.+ 
mpoo-kaptepéw, -@ (<< kaprepds, strong, stedfast), [in LXX: Nu 1374 
(pin hith.), To 55 x, Da tH Su°*;] to attend constantly, continue 
stedfastly, adhere to, wait on: c. dat. pers., Mk 3°, Ac 88 107; c. dat. 
rei, Ac 114 24? 64, Ro 12, Col 47; seq. ev, Ac 246; «is, Ro 136.t 
*+ mpoo-Kaptépyats, -ews, 7 (<< mpookaprepew), stedfastness, persever- 
ance: Eph 618.+ 
mpoo-Kepddatov, -ov, Td, [in LXX: Hz 13! 2° (mp3), 1 Hs 3°*;] 


a pillow, cushion: Mk 4°8.t 
*+ mpoo-xAnpow, -@, to allot to, assign to by lot; pass. (but perh. as 
mid., EV, consorted with, so Syr.): Ac 174 (for exx., v. Cremer, 749).t 
25 


3886 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mpdo-KAyots, -ews, 7, LTr., mg., for mpdoxAuots, q.v. 

** rooo-Kdivw, [in LXX: 1m Mac 14°4*;] 1. to make to lean against. 
2. to make the scale incline one way or another; hence, metaph., of 

persons, to incline (sc. éavrov) towards: pass., Ac 5%,t 
*+t mpda-KAtats, -ews, 7) (<< rpockXivw), inclination, partiality : 1 Ti 5*1.+ 
mpoo-ko\Adw, -, [in LXX chiefly for pat;] to glue to; pass., 
reflexive, to stick to, cleave to (Plat.): metaph. (c. dat., Jos 238, Si 64 

al.), seq. xpos, Mk 107 (R, txt.), Eph 5°! @X%),t 

tapéc-Koppa, -tTos, TO (<(mpookorrw), [in LXX: Ex 23% 342 
(wim), Is 8'4 (33), Jth 8”, Si 17%, al.;] (a) a stumble, stumbling: 
Aidos mpockoppatos (= 2 JAN, Iig;71e);) figs Ron ge4) ae cin Peas eke 


(b) = zpooxorn, an occasion of stumbling, a stwmbling-block : metaph., 
Ro 14! 29, t Co 8% (Plut.).t 
Syw.: oxavdadov (cf. Cremer, 752 f.). 
** mpoakomm, -7S, 7 (<< xpooxorrw), [in Gr. Ven.: Pr 161% (j5u>) ‘| 
an occasion of stumbling, offence: 11 Co 63.+ 
mpoo-kémrw, [in LXX for 533, by’> ni., etc. ;] 1. trans., to stroke 
(e.g. hand or foot) against: c. ace. seq. pos, fig., Mt 4°, Lk 411 @XX), 
2. Intrans., to stwmble: absol. (To 119, Pr 37%), Jo 11%; of wind, to 
rush against, beat upon: ec. dat, Mt 777. Metaph., in late writers, (a) 
to offend (Polyb.); (0) to take offence at, stumble at: seq. ev, Ro 14”; 
c. dat., 7. Adyw, I Pe 28; +. AiOw 7. tpooKdppartos, Ro 9%2.t 
* xpoo-kudiw, to roll up, roll to: c. acc. et dat., Mt 27°; acc. seq. 
eri, Mk 154°.+ 
mpoo-kuvéw, -@ (<< xvvéw, to kiss), [in LXX chiefly for Anw hith. ;] 
to make obeisance, do reverence to, worship ; (a) prop. (as in cl., of the 
gods: Hdt., Aisch., Plat., al.), of God, Christ and supra-mundane 
beings: absol., Jo 47° 12°, Ac 827 241, He 117! (Westc., in 1.), Re 11); 
airrew Kat 7., Re 514; c. dat. (on the significance of this constr. as com- 
pared with the usual cl., c. acc., v. Abbott, JG, 78f.; JV, 133 ff), 
Jo 4423) Ac 7%)'1Co 1475, He, 18) Re 407216 1321) 140 GOs ated 
22°) 9; c. ace. (v. supr.), Mt 4°, Lk 48 2452? (WH, R, mg., om.), Jo 42% 24, 
Re 929 134% 12 14% 1 204; seq. érwmov, Lk 47, Re 154; (db) as in cl., of 
homage to human superiors (cf. MM, xxi): absol., Mt 207°, Ac 1075; 
c. dat. (v. supr.), Mt 27 § 8% 918, 1433 1525 1826 289, Mk 15", Jo 938; reawy 
a., Mt 2" 49; évwmov 7. roddv, Re 3°; c. acc., Mk 5° (dat. T).t 
*t mpoo-KuvynTHs, -00, 6 (<< zpooKvvéw), @ worshipper : Jo 4°3.+ 
mpoo-hahéw, -, [in LXX: Ex 416 AB? (25 pi.), Wi 13!7*;] to 
speak to: Ac 2879; c. dat. pers., Ac 1343.+ 
mpoo-AapBdvw, [in LXX: Ps 17 (18)!6 (MwA hi.), 72 (73)?4 (np), 
ete.;] 1. to take in addition. 2. to take to oneself, take, receive; in 
NT always mid., -oar; (a) of things: of food, c. acc., Ac 27%; c. gen. 
part., ib. 8°; (b) of persons: c. acc., Mt 16”, Mk 8® (v. Swete, in 1.), 
Aeil7> 1676252) Roll4t sat ebay ty, 
* rpda-Anpyis (Rec. -Anyus, as in Att.), -ews, 9 (<< rpocAapBarvw), 
1. an assumption (Plat.). 2. a receiving (cf. tpocAapBave) : Ro 111%.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 387 


mpoo-pévw, [in LXX: Jg 3% A (5mm hi.), To 22 x, Wi 3°, 
ut Mac 7!"*;] 1. to wait longer, continue, remain still: Ac 18}8; seq. 
é&,1 Til’, 2. C. dat., to remain with: Mt 15%, Mk 82. Metaph., to 
remain attached to, cleave unto, abide in: rt. xvpiv, Ac 1178 (R, txt. ; 
é& t. «, R, mg., v. supr.); t. xapere 7. Geod, Ac 134; +, Senoeow, 
EEO? T 
* mpoo-oppilw (<< dppos, an anchorage), to bring a ship to anchor at ; 
usually in mid., to come to anchor near, and so pass. in late writers 
(Ael., Dio Cass.) : Mk 6°%.+ 
* npoo-odeihw, to owe besides: Phm'® (y. Field, Notes, 225),+ 
t mpoo-oxSitw, [in LXX: Le 26", al. (Sy3); ib. 18%, al. (Nip), Ps 
94 (95), Ez 36%! (7p), Si 6%, al. (other writers use 6x6éw, rarely -ifw) ;] 
to be angry with: c. dat., He 31 XX), 17 + 
Tpoo-traiw = mpoorirrw, Mt 7 L (v.s. tpoorimtw).t 
*t mpdametvos, -ov (<< reiva, hunger), hungry: Ac 101°.+ 
* mpoo-mnyvupt, to fasten to: absol., to crucify, Ac 2°3,+ 
mpoo-rintw, [in LXX for 555, yi3 hi., y75;] 1. to fall upon, 
strike against: c. dat., of wind, Mt 7°. 2. to fall down at one’s feet, 
fall prostrate before: absol., seq. rpés, Mk 77°; c. dat. pers., Mk 34 
5°38, Lik 878 47, Ac 167°; +. yovaow, Lk 58.+ 
mpoo-moéw, -3, [in LXX: 1 Ki 21309 (5m hithpo.), Jb 19%, 
Si 34 (31)", Da LXX Su" *;] to make over to, add or attach to. Mid., 
to take to oneself, claim ; hence, to pretend ; e. inf. (ef. Xen., Anab., iv, 
3, 20), to make as if: Lk 24°8,+ 
mpoo-mopedopar, [in LXX for asp, was, etc.;] to come near, 
approach: c. dat. pers., Mk 10°°.t 
**t mpoo-pyyvupt, [in Aq.: Ps 2°*;] to break against, dash against ; 
(a) trans. (radia rérpus, FIJ, Ant., ix, 4, 6); (6) intrans., c. dat.: Lk 
645 49 (cf. rpoozirrw).t 
mpoo-técow, [in LXX chiefly for Mx pi.;] 1. ¢. ace. pers., to 
place at, to attach to. 2. to give a command, enjoin, appoint: Lk 5"; 
ce. dat. pers., Mt 174; c. acc. rei, Mt 8*, Mk 1*4; c. acc. et inf., Ac 1048; 
pass., Ac 1033 1726+ 
¥* npootdtis, -idos, 7 (fem. of zpoordrys), a patroness, protectress : 
Ro 162.+ 
mpoo-rlOnut, [in LXX chiefly for 75° hi., also for FON ni., etc. ;] 
1. to put to. 2. to add, join to, give in addition: c. ace. seq. éxi, Mt 
627, Lk 37° 1225; ei 76 aird, Ac 24"; c. acc. et dat., Lk 175, He 1219 (v. 
MM, xxi); pass., absol., Ac 241, Ga 319; c. dat., Mt 633, Mk 44 Lk 1231, 
Ac 54 11*4; apoceréOn pods 1. rarépas (cf. Ge 268, Jg 21°, al.), Ac 136; 
c. inf., of repeating or continuing the action signified by the following 
verb, as in Heb. idiom (Ge 4? 8”, al.; cf. WM, § 54,5; Lift. on Clem., 
7 Co., xii; but v. also M, Pr., 67, 233; Deiss., BS, 67,; MM, xxi), Lk 
20", Ac 12%; similarly ptep., rpoodeis, c. indic. (Ge 38°, al.), Lk 19%.t 
mpoo-tpéxw, [in LXX for pm;] to run to: Mk 9}? 10", Ac 83°.+ 
¥t mpoopdyvov, -ov, Td (<< payeiv), Hellenistic for sor (v.s. dyapiov), 
a relish or dainty (esp. cooked fish), to be eaten with bread: Jo 215 


388 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(have ye taken any fish, Field, Notes, 109; Abbott, Hssays, 105; ef. 
M, Pr., 170,; MM, Ezp., xxi).t 
SU ee -ov (on the derivation, v. Boisacgq, s.v. and cf. -ws), [in 


LXX: Nu 6% (mb), De 32!7, Ec 1° (yn), Ps 80 (81)° (mr), Si 9!°*5] 


1. originally, freshly slain. 2. Generally (from Aisch. on), new, 
fresh, recent: 630s, He 10° (v. MM, Hap., xxi; Rutherford, NPhr., 
471 f.).t 

mpoopdtas, adv. (v.s. zpdcdaros), [in LXX: De 24° (wan), Jth 


4%,5, Hz 115, 1 Mac 1436*;] recently: Ac 18? (v. MM, Eap., xxi).t 
mpoo-épw, [in LXX chiefly for a4p hi.;] 1. to bring to, lead to: 
c. acc. et dat. pers., Mt 474 816 9% 92 1435 1716 Mk 24 (WH, R, txt.; se. 
airov) 1013, Lk 1815, 23/4; pass., Mt 12” (act., WH, txt.) 18%4 
(rpc ixhn, WH) 1913: c. acc. rei, Mt 25°; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 2219, 
k 23°°; +. cropart, Jo 19°°; metaph., c. dat pers., to deal with, He 
ia (cl.). 2. to offer: Mt 2", Ac 8'8; esp. (as freq. in LXX; ef. Fl, 
Ant., 11, 9, 3) sacrifices, oifts and prayers to God: absol., seq. zepi 
Ce) Mk 144 RK OL) He 042-9510" -) pass. Ae) 276 ve. ace. ret 
(Sapov, Ovoiar, Nee mpoogopav), Mt 5P3, 24 (aoristic pres.; M, Pr. 
247) 84 Jo 167, Ac (472126, He at 8% 4 9%) 1042) > Bbss- denrec) Tek 
ixernpias, He 57; c. acc. pers., He 11” (conative impf.; M, Pr., 129); 
of Christ, He 7?” (aveveyxas, WH, txt.) 9!) 5 28 + 
** mpoopidys, -és (<< piAew), [in LXX: Es 5}, Si 47 20% *;5] (@) of 
persons, in both act. and pass. sense (LXX, ll.c.); (0) of things, pleas- 
ing, agreeable (KV, lovely): Phl 48.t 
mpoo-popd, -Gs, 7 (<(zpoo¢gépw), [in LXX: mr Ki 74 (O78), Ps 
39 (40) (mma), 1 Hs 5°, Si 14", al.;] 1. a bringing to, offering (Plat., 


al.). 2. (Less freq. in cl.), a present, an offering ; in NTT, of sacrificial 
offerings: Ac 2176 2417, Eph 5?, He 10°%14; zepi dyaprias, He 108; 
c. gen. obj., Ro 15'6, He 101°.+ 
mpoo-pwvéw, -@, [in LXX: 1 Es 27 6%”, 11 Mac 1515*;] 1. to 
address, call to; in cl., c. acc. pers., c. dupl. acc. (cf. m Mace, l.c.); 
absol. (Hom., Od., v, 159, al.): Ac 214°. In late writers, c. dat. pers. : 
Mt 111°, Lk 732 1322 2320, Ac 227. 2. to call by name, summon: ec. acc. 
(as in el. ); Lk 6}8.+ 
au T xpsa-xucts, -ews, 7), @ pouring or sprinkling upon: He 11°%.t 
* rpoo-pauw, in poét. and late writers, to touch: c. dat., Lk 114°.+ 
*t rpoowmodAnpmtéw (Rec. -Anmt-), -@ (<(-Ajprrys, q.v.), to have 
respect of persons: Ja 2°.t 
at Mpoowmo-Anwarms (Rec. -Aynrrys, v. Bl., § 6, 8), -ov, 6 (<< zpdcwrrov 
Aap Bavew, V.8. tporwrov), a respecter of persons : Ac 10% (on this group 
of cognate forms, v. Mayor, Ja., 78 f.; and cf. Thackeray, Gr., 44).t 
*t rpocwroAnpypia (Rec. -Anwia), -as, 7 (<< eee respect 
of persons: Ro 24, Eph 69, Col 375, Ja 2! (vy. Mayor, in 1.).t 
mpdcwtov, -ov, TO (<< mpds, wy), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for 
o°38;] 1. prop., of persons (so always in cl.); (a) the face, cownte- 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 389 


nance: Mt 6617, Mk 1465, Lk 929, 11 Co 3’, Re 47, al.; 76 =. rijs 
yeverews (EV, natwral face), Ja 12°; mimrey én (ra) 7., Mt 17°, Lk 5, 
Re 74, al.; dyvoovpevos 7@ 7., Ga 172; 1., od xapdia, 1 Th 217; xara 
mpoowroyv (in front, facing: Thuc., Xen., al.), when present, face to 
face, Ac 251, 1 Co 1047, Ga 2"; id. c. gen., as compound prep., in 
the presence of (not cl.; v. Bl., § 40,9; M, Pr., 99f.; Thackeray, Gr., 
43 f.), Lk 2%1, Ac 318; similarly a7 7. (Heb. 33950; v. Dalman, Words, 
29), from the presence of, Ac 319 54! 745, 11 Th 19, Re 12! 20"; apo x. 
(Heb. °365), before, Mt 11°, Mk 12, Lk 727@XX), al.; in other phrases 


resembling Heb. idiom (Thackeray, Gr., 42), BAerew (dpav, Oewpety, 
ideiv) 76 7., to see one’s face, i.e. see him in person, Mt 181°, Ac 2075 38, 
I Th 3%, Re 224; eudancbjvar 7G 7. Tod Geot, He 974; ey 7. Xpioroi, 
II Co 21° 46; pera tod 7. cov, with thy presence, Ac 278 XX); eis x. trav 
exkAyovav, 11 Co 8%; ornpilew ro 7. (Heb. O'3B Orv: Je 21", al.; v. 


Dalman, Words, 30), c. inf., to set one’s face towards, Lk 9°!; similarly, 
TO 1. adTOU Hv mopevopevov (Op. cit., 31), ib. *3; +o a. Tod Kupiov emi, I Pe 
312 (XX); (b) form, person: kavyacOax év 7. kal pn ev kapdia, 1 Co 5” (ef. 
1 Ki 16’); metaph., as in Heb. idiom, of judgment according to 
appearance, external condition or circumstances (0°38 Nwv3; v. Dalman, 


Words, 30; Thackeray, Gr., 43 f.): AapBavew w., Lk 20%, Ga 25; 
Breérew eis 7, Mt 2216, Mk 1214; Gavyalew azpocwra, Jul, 2. Of 
things (cf. Dalman, l.c.); (a) face, appearance (Ps 103 (104)*°): Mt 
16° (WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 125°, Ja 1%; (6) surface (Ge 2°): Lk 
ais5, Ac 17%, 

** npo-rdcow, [in LXX: 1 Mac 8% R (A, zpoor-)*;] 1. to place in 
front. 2. to arrange beforehand: Ac 1776, Ree. (for rpoor., Edd.).t 

** qpo-retvw, [In LXX: mu Mac,, mz Mac 2'*;] to stretch out, 
stretch forth: of preparations for scourging (v. Field, Notes, 136 f.), 
Ac 2275.+ 

mpétepos, and mpa@tos, compar. and superl. from zpo, opp. to 
dorepos, Voratos. 

A. Compar., zpérepos, -a, -ov, [in LXX for 0385, JiWN7, etc. ;] 
before, of time, place, rank, etc.; in NT always of Time, before, 
former: Eph 4%, Adverbially, rpérepov, before, aforetime, formerly : 
Jo 759, 11 Co 145, He 4°; opp. to érevra, He 727; ro w., Jo 6% 98, Ga 
413, 1 Ti 18; ai x. nuepar, He 10%; ai 7. eriOvpia, 1 Pe P4.+ 

B. Superl., xparos, -y, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for fiw, also for 
MN, etc.;] first, 1. of Time or Place; (a) absol., as subst., o z., Lk 


1418, Jo 19%, 1 Co 14%"; 6m. Kai 6 €oyaros, Re 17 28 2238; neut., 6 x., 
opp. to r. devrepov, He 10°; ra 7, opp. to r. éoxata, Mt 1245, Lk 1136, 
11 Pe 279; anarth., Mt 107; pl., Mt 199°, Mk 10%, Lk 1399; & apdéros 
(EV, first of all), 1 Co 153; (6) as adj.: mpwry (sc. nuepa) caBBarov, 
Mk 161; gvdaxy, opp. to devrépa, Ac 121°; equiv. to adv. in English, 
Jo 817] 2048, Ac 2743, Ro 10, 1 Ti1!®, 1 Jo 4'°; = wpdrepos (v. infr.; cf, 


390 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


M, Pr., 79; Bl., §11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183f.): c. gen., 7. pov 7p 
(my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo 11% 9; ¢. art., 
Mk 14! Ac 1, al.; seq. 6 Sevrepos, etc., Mt 2275, Mk 1279, al. 2. Of 
Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mt 20°7 22°8, Mk 935, Eph 62, al. ; 
c. gen., Mk 127829, al.; adds (Field, Notes, 124), Ac 16"; c. art., Lk 
152 1947, Ac 135°, al. 3. Neut., zp@rov, as adv., first, at the first; (a) 
of Time: Mt 8%, Mk 478, al.; 76 7., Jo 10#, al.; (6) of Order: Ro 3?, 
1 Co 1138, al. 
mpo-rlOnur, [in LXX: Ex 4073, Le 248 (qn), Ps 53 (54)8 

(miu), etc.;] 1. to set before, set forth publicly; so also in mid.: c. 
acc. pers., Ro 3% (for a suggested alt. rend., v. MM, xxii). 2. Mid., 
to set before oneself, propose, purpose: c. inf., Ro 18; ce. ace. rei, 
Eph 19.+ . 

** qpo-tpémw, [in LXX: Wi 141, 1 Mac 11’, 1v Mac 12’ 15” 
1613 *;] to urge forwards, exhort, persuade. Mid., in same sense (as 
also in cl.) : Ac 18?7.+ 


mpo-tpéxw, [in LXX: 1 Ki 8" (g85 pan), Jb 411309 A (p73), To 


113 (seq. euzpoobev), 1 Mac 16% *;)] 1. to run forward. 2. to run on, 
run in advance: Jo 204; seq. cis To Eurpoobev, Lk 194.t 

** xpo-iin-dpxw, [in LXX: Jb 421%*;] 1. to be beforehand in. 2. to 
be before or previously : ¢. ptep., Lk 23", Ac 8°.+ 


mps-pasis, -cws, 7) (<drju), [in LEX: Ps 140 (141)* (mbyby), 
Da TH 6456.6 (m5y), Pr 18!, Ho 10**;] a pretence, pretext: Mt 23% 


(WM, 'R,)\txt5, -om.),, Mk) 124). Lk 2047, Jo 15%, Ace 27%) Phi 118, 
tech aeer 

mpo-dépw, [in LXX: Pr 10% (xNxO ni.), To 9°, al.;] to bring 
forth: c. acc. rei, seq. éx, Lk 64°.t 

t mpopyreta, -as, ) (<< zpopyrevo), [in LXX for ANIA, 77M;] the 

gift (and its exercise) of interpreting the Divine will and purpose, 
prophecy, prophesying : of OT prophecy, Mt 13", 1 Pe 17%71; of NT 
prophecy, Ro 12°, 1 Co 121° 13? 14% 22, ; Ti 444, Re 11° 22%; pl., 1 Co 
138, 1 Th 5”, 1 Ti 18; of Aoyou THs 7., Re 13 227118; 7, ayedpa ris z., 
Re 19” (Lue., FlJ, LXX, z.; v. Deiss., BS, 235 f.; MM, xxii).t 

mpopyteiw (<< rpopyrys), [in LXX chiefly for Naz ni., hith. ;] to be 
a tpopyrys (q.v.), to prophesy: in the primary sense of telling forth 
the Divine counsels, Mt 77 26°, Mk 146, Lk 197 2964, Ac 196 
1 Co 114° 139 141,35, 24, 31,30, Re 113; with the idea of foretelling 
future events (an idea merely incidental, not essential; v. Lft., Notes, 
83 f.), Mé 1138, Ac 217518 (XX) 219; seq. wepi, Mt 15’, Mk 76, x Pe 110; 
eri, c. dat., Re 104%; Ageywv, Ju!#; or, Jo 115..t 

SYN.: pavrevopuar, q.v. 

mpopytns, -ov, 6 (<< rpdpypu, to speak forth), [in LXX chiefly for 
N"23;] one who acts as an interpreter or forth-teller of the Divine 


will (v. Lft., Notes, 83f.; Tr., Syn., §vi), a prophet; 1. in cl, 
(Aisch,, Hdt., Plat., al.), of the interpreters of oracles. 2. In NT, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3891 


(a) of the OT prophets: Mt 5”, Mk 6%, Lk 4?7, Jo 852, Ro 113, al.; 
(6) of prophets in general: Mt 10#! 13°7 2146, Mk 64, Lk 13%, al.; 
(c) of John the Baptist: Mt 2176, Mk 64%, Lk 176; (d) of Christ: Mt 
214, Jo 614, Ac 3% 23 737(LXX); (e) of Christian prophets in the 
apostolic age: Ac 15%, 1 Co 128, Eph 2”, al.; (f) by meton., of the 
writings of prophets: Lk 2427, Ac 88, al.; (g) of a poet: Tit 1% (on 
the use of the term in z. and Inser., v. Deiss., BS, 235f.; MM, xxii). 
*t mpopytixds, -d, -dv (<< popyrns), of prophecy, prophetic : Ro 16°, 

Hee 1°97 

mpopytis, -toos, 7, fem. of rpopyrys, [in LXX: Ex 15, Jg 44, 
Iv Ki 2214, 11 Ch 34”, Is 83 (MN"A3) *;] @ prophetess: Lk 276, Re 2?%.+ 

mpo-p0dvw, [in LXX chiefly for O7p pi.;] c. ptcp. (as in cl., but 
more freq. the simple ¢6avw, q.v.), to anticipate: Mt 17?°.+ 

mpo-xeipiLw (<“mpdxeipos, at hand), [in LXX: Ex 4! (nbwi), 
Jos 32 (mpd), Da LXX 3”, 1 Mac 37 89 14" A*;] 1. to put into the 
hand, deliver up: pass., Ac 3°, 2. More freq. as depon., -opai, 
to take into one’s hand ; hence, metaph., to propose, determine, choose : 
c. inf., Ac 22!4; c. acc. pers., ib. 2616+ 

* po-xeipo-rovéw, -@ (V. xetporovew), to choose or appoint beforehand : 
Ac 10*! (Plat., al.).t 

Npdxopos, -ov, 6, Prochorus: Ac 6°. 

* rpupva, -ns, 7, prop. fem. of adj. rpipvos, -n, -ov, (Sc. vads), the 
hindmost part of a ship, the stern: Mk 4%8, Ac 27%*; opp. to mpdpa, 
lage 3 

mpwi (Rec. zpwi), adv. (<< pd), [in LXX chiefly for 973, 3733;] 
in the morning, early: Mt 163 (R, txt.) 2118, Mk 19° 1129 1395 15! 160, 
Joi 18°8 20!; Alay w., Mk 167; aya 7, Mt 20!; awd zx. (cf. dard rpwider, 
Ex 181%), Ac 2878.+ 

Tpwia, V.S. mpw.os. 

Tpdipos, V.8. Tpotpos. 

t+ mpwivds (Rec. -ivos, v. WH, App., 152), -7, -6v (<< zpwi), [in LKX 
chiefly for "72;] =cl. pcs, at early morn, early: dorjp, Re 
ae 226 + 

mpduos (Rec. -ios), -a, -ov (<Cmpwi), [in LXX for 33, i | 3] 
at early morn, early ; as subst., 7 7. (sc. dpa, cf. 4 &. 7 7., U1 Mac 5%), 
early morning: Mt 27}, Jo 214.t 

*mpopa (Rec. incorrectly zpoépa, v. Bl., § 3, 3; LS, 8.v.), -ys (for 
Att. -as, v. Bl., § 7, 1; Mayser, 12), 4, the forward part of a ship, the 
prow: Ac 27°; opp. to zpvpva, ib. 4.t 

mpwtevw (<(mporos), [in LXX: Hs 54, 1 Mac 68 13%*;) to be 
first, pre-eminent, have the first place: Col 18.t 
*+ mpwroxaQedpia, -as, 7) (<< mp@ros, xabédpa), the chief seat: Mt 23°, 
Mk 12% (v. Swete, in 1.), Lk 114 2046+ 
*t mpwro-kdoia, -as, 7, the chief place at table (v. Swete, MK., l.c.): 
Mt 23°, Mk 1239, Lk 1478 2046+ 


392 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


MpOtTov, WpaTos, V.S. wpdTeEpos. 
mpwrootdtys, -ov, 6 (<< mparos, torn), [in LXX: Jb 15%4*AB*;] 
prop., of soldiers, one who stands first, one in the front rank (Thuc., 
Xen.); hence, metaph., a leader: Ac 24°.+ 
t+ mpwrotdkta, -wv, td (<< rpwrdroxos), [in LXX (with v.l. -eta, -eia) : 
Ge 255% 278°, De 21)”, 1 Ch 5! (M5a)*;] the rights of the first-born, 
birthright (= cl. 4) rpeoBeia): He 12'°.+ 
mpwtdtoxos, -ov (<(zpéros, tikrw), [in LXX chiefly for "33;] 
first-born: Lk 27; pl., He 1178. Metaph., of the priority of Christ 
(originally perh. a Messianic title, cf. Ps 88 (89)?8, He 1°; v. ICC on 
Col 115): He 16; x. waons xricews, Col 11°; &v woddois adeAdois, Ro 
829; a. (€x) 7. vexpov, Col 118, Re 15; pl., of the elect, éxxAnoia mpwro- 
toxwv, He 1223,+ 
* npdtws, adv., first: Ac 1176.+ 
mratw, {in LXX chiefly for 933 ni.;] 1. trans., to cause to stumble 
(1 Ki 4%, cf. Deiss., BS,68,). 2. Intrans., to stwmble. Metaph., in moral 
sense, Ro 11", Ja 2!° 32, m Pe 129.+ 
nrépva, -ys, 4, [in LXX for apy;] the heel: fig., éraipew ri mr. 
éi, Jo 1318 XX), + 
mrepuytov, -ov, To (dimin. of wrépvé), [in UXX chiefly for FD] 1. 
a little wing. 2. Anything like a wing, as a turret, battlement : 7. iepod, 
Mt 4°, Lk 49+ 
mrépu§, -vyos, 7 (<weropac), [in LXX chiefly for §35;] a wing: 
of birds, Mt 23°’, Lk 13%4, Re 1214; of creatures seen in a vision, Re 
4° 99 
¥** aryvds, -7, -ov (<< 7éroua), [in Ag.: Jb 5’*;] winged; as subst., 
ra 7., birds: 1 Co 15°9.t 
mroéw, -@, {in LXX chiefly for mmn ni.;] to terrify. Pass., to be 
terrified: Lk 21° 2457 (WH, mg., 6ponbévres).t 
mronots, -ews, 7 (<(7roéw), [in LXX: Pr 375 (mp), Si 50‘), 
1 Mac 3% R*;] a fluttering, excitement, caused by any emotion, but esp. 
by fear, hence, terror: oBetcba rrdénow, to be afraid with (cogn. acc.) 
or of any terror (v. ICC, in 1.): 1 Pe 36.t 
NMrodepats, -idos, 7, Ptolemais, a maritime city of Phanicea: 
Ac 217.+ 
** wrdov, -ov, 76, [in Sm.: Is 30°%4*;] a winnowing shovel or fan: 
Mt 3", Lk 317.+ 
* wrvpopat, depon., to be startled, frightened: Phl 178. (The active 
atvpw is also found in some late writers.) t 
* wruopa, -Tos, 76, (<C7riw), spittle: Jo 96 (Hipp., Polyb., al.).t 
*arécow, to fold; of a scroll, to roll wp: BiBdrtov, Lk 4° (ef. 
ava-TTvcow).t 
mrvw, [in LXX: Nu 12% (ps), Si 28% *;)] to spit: Mk 733 823, 
Jo 98 (cf. éx-, éu-rriw),t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 393 


wrdpa, -ros, 6 (<wimrw), [in LXX: Jg 148 (mde), Jb 16% a4) 
(yp), Is 51° (w), Jth 8%, Wi 438, al.;] 1. a fall, metaph., a mis- 


fortune, calamity (Trag., Plat., Polyb., al.; LXX). 2. That which has 
fallen; (a) of buildings, a ruin (Polyb.); (6) of living creatures, in 
cl. (poét. only) usually c. gen., vexpdv, ete., but also absol., as in late 
writers and NT, a fallen body, a carcase, corpse: Mt 14 248, Mk 1545; 
m. avtov, Mk 6°; airdv, Re 11% 9 (cf. Rutherford, NPhr., 472 f.).+ 
mrdots, -ews, 7 (<(mirrw), [in LXX chiefly for 933, nan, and 


cogn. forms;] a falling, fal’ (Plat. Plut., al.): Mt 777; metaph., 
Lk 2%4.+ 


mrwxela, -as, 7 (<(mrwxedw), [in LXX chiefly for 345] beggary, 


destitution: 11 Co 8% °, Re 2°.+ 

mroxevo (<< rrwxds), [in LKX : Jg 6°, Ps 78 (79)8 (657) ; Jg 149 A, 
Pr 2371 (wey); Ps 33 (34)!° (wa), To 42*;] 1. to be a beggar, to beg 
(so chiefly in cl.). 2. to be poor as a beggar, to be destitute, poor: 
opp. to wAovoros av, I Co 89.t 

mrwxds, -7, -ov (<Cmrwocw, to crouch, cower), [in LXX for 
, 53, wr), etc. ;] of one who crouches and cowers, hence, 1. as subst., 


a beggar: Lk 141% 21 167022, 2. Asadj., (a) prop., beggarly : metaph., 
oroixeia, Ga 4° (v. Lft.,in 1.); (6) in broader sense (opp. to zAovews), 
poor’: ME 115.197 26%.2, Mic 107 194,481.45) 7) Tk 415 722 198 19S are 
Jo 125 & § 1329, Ro 156, 11 Co 6, Ga 21°, Ja 2735, Re 1316; 2. 7. Koop, 
Ja 2°; metaph., Lk 6%, Re 3"; 2. 7. rvevuarr, Mt 53.+ 

SYN.: meévys, q.v. 

muypy, -7s, 9, [in LXX: Ex 2118, Is 584 (may) *;] the fist: 
mvypy vipacOat tr. xeipas (T, ruxva; Vg., Goth., Copt., cerebro), to wash the 
hands with the fist (diligently, R, txt.; wp to the elbow, R, mg.; the 
exact meaning is doubtful; v. Swete, in 1.): Mk 7°%.+ 

* wéOwv, -wvos, 6, 1. in cl., Python, a serpent slain by Apollo, who is 

hence surnamed the Pythian. 2. In Plut. (ii, 414 E), a name given to 
ventriloquist soothsayers (éyyacrpipv6o.; ef. Le 19%! 20%", 1 Ki 28°), 
and perhaps in this sense zvedua miGwva, a python-spirit : Ac 161°.t 

tuxvés, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Hz 318 A (wh), m1 Mac 1” 4°, rv Mae 


12%2*;] 1. close, compact, solid. 2. frequent: 1 Ti 5%. Neut. pl., 
mukva, a8 adv., much, often: Mk 73 T (v.s. rvyyy), Lk 5°°. Comparat., 
mukvorepov, very often or so much the oftener (v. Bl., § 44, 3n): Ac 2476.+ 
* quxtedw (<< rixtys, a pugilist), to box: 1 Co 9°6.+ 

mun, -ys, 7, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for "yy, sometimes 
for nbJ, nMp;] a gate: Lk7, Ac 9% 12) 1618, He 13”; 7 ‘Opaia II. 7. 
iepov, Ac 31°, Metaph., Mt 7!% 14; avAa adov (Wi 16%, 111 Mac 5°, and 
cf. xXeis adov, Re 118): Mt 1618.+ 

muddy, -vos, 6 (<( 7vAn), [in LXX chiefly for nnp, ayy ;] 1. the 


894 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


porch or vestibule of a house or palace: Mt 267, Lk 167°, Ac 10" 
1213, 14, 9, The gate-way or gate-tower of a walled town: Ac 141%, 
Re 2112 13, 15, 21, 25-9914 + 

nuvOdvopat, [in LXX for wat;] 1. to inquire: c. ace. rei, Jo 4*, 
Ac 237°; seq. quest. indir., Mt 24, Lk 1576 18%6, Ac 1018 21°98; queest. 
dir., Ac 47 10?° 23!9; seq. wapa, c. gen. pers., Mt 2*, Jo 4°. 2. to learn 
by inquiry : seq. or, Ac 23°4.+ 

mip, gen., zupés, 76, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for wWN;] fire: 


Mt 31°, Mk 922, Lk 39, Jo 158, Ac 2°, 1Co 33°, Ja 3°, Re 89, al; 2. Kat Oetov, 
Lk 172°; xaraxaiew (év) 7., Mt 134°, Re 1716 188; xalerOor rvpi, He 1238, 
Re 88 218; pAdc€ zupds, Ac 7°, 11 Th 18, He 17, Re 14 218 19%; Napmades 
mupds, Re 4°; ortAou rupds, Re 10!; avOpaxes rupds, Ro 127° (LXX) 5 yAGooat 
aoe rupds, Ac 23; doxyalew (rvpotcbar) dia updos, I Pe 17, Re 338; 
ds Oud aw. (Lift., Notes, 193), 1 Co 3%. Of the fire of hell (cf. Dalman, 
Words, 161) : Mk 948 ©XX); 76 7.76 aiwvov, Mt 18° 254 (ef. 1v Mac 12) ; 
da Beorov, Mk 94; zupds aiwviov Siknv tréxew, Ju’; yéevva rod 7., Mt 5% 
18°; xdpuvos tod 7., Mt 134 59; 4 Aiur Tod w., Re 192° 201% 14515; rupi 
typetcba, I Pe 37; BacancOjva ev 7., Re 14°. Metaph.: Barri€ew rupi, 
Mt 311, Lk 316; of the tongue, Ja 3°; of strife and discord, Lk 12**; 
ex m. dpralew, Ju; rupi adileoOa1, Mk 94° ; Cpdos rupds, He 10°"; of God, 
mw. katavaricxov, He 1229 (LX), 
** wupd, -as, 7 (<7dp), [in LXX: Jth 7°, Wi 17%, al.;] a fire: 
Ac 28% 3+ 
nupyos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 5330 ;] a tower: Lk 134; ofa 


watch-tower in a vineyard (Is 5?) : Mt 21%, Mk 12}, and prob., Lk 14?8.+ 
* rupécow (<< zip), to be ill of a fever: Mt 84, Mk 1°°.t 

mupetés, -00, 6 (<C7ip), [in LXX: De 28” (mm) *;] a fever: 
Mt 815, Mk 131, Lk 499, Jo 452, Ac 288; a. péyas, a high fever: Lk 48 
(on the technical phrase here, v. MM, xxii).t 

mupwos, -, -ov, [in LXX: Ez 28'416 (wy), Si 48°*5] fiery: 
Re 9!7.+ 

nupsw, -® (<< zip), [in LXX chiefly for _4¥;] to set on fire, burn 
up. In NT always pass., 1. to be set on fire, to burn: Eph 6", 1 Pe 
32; ptep., glowing, Re 1. Metaph., of grief or indignation, 11 Co 
1129; of lust, 1Co 7% 2. Of metals (cf. Jo 2275, Ps 11 (12)’, Za 13%), 
to be refined or purified by fire: Re 3'8 (and so in RY, ib. 1”, but v. 
supr.).t 

t+ruppdtw (<zvppds), [in LXX, muppifo: Le 131% 4% 1497 

(OIMIN) *;] to be fiery red: Mt 1612.31,+ 

muppés, -d, -dv (<C7rtp), [in LXX for D4N;] fiery red: Re 64 125+ 

Nuppos, -ov, 6, Pyrrhus: Ac 204.+ ‘i 

mupwois, -ews, 7 (<C7vpow), [in LXX: Pr 2771 (ID), Am 4° 
(ji yw) *;] 1. a burning: Re 18%'8, 2. a refining or trial by fire: 
metaph., I Pe 412.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 3895 


ww, enclit. part., yet, V.S. wn-Tw, wndé-7rw, ot-7w, ovde-7w, Tw-7OTE. 

mwhéw, -0, [in LXX chiefly for 159;] 1. to exchange or barter. 
2. to sell: Lk 1778, Re 1317; of rwdAoivres, Mt 212 259, Mk 11, Lk 
1945; c. acc. rei, Mt 1344 1921 21%, Mk 1021 11%, Lk 1233 182 9936, 
Jo 21416, Ac 5! (sc. aird, aizov), ib. 4°47, Pass., 1 Co 105; ¢. gen. 
pretii, Mt 10°, Lk 126.+ 

T@Xos, -ov, 6 (in cl. also 7), [in LXX chiefly for y;] a foal, colt, 


prop., of a horse, then the young of other animals; in NT of the colt 
of an ass: Mt 217) 5@XX),7, Mk 11% 45,7, Tak 193% 33 85, Jo 1915 (UXX) + 

mwo-rote, adv., ever yet: Lk 19°, Jo 138 5%” 6% 833, 1 Jo 4%.+ 

twpdw, -O (<< rdpos, 1. a stone. 2. a callus), [in LXX: Jb 177B 
(AMD), Pr 107°A*;] to petrify, harden, form a callus. Metaph., 7. 7. 
capoiav, Jo 1249, Pass., Ro 117; 7. vonpwara, 11 Co 314; 7 xapdia, Mk 
652 17+ 

* reépwors, -ews, 7 (<< twpdw), a covering with a callus, a hardening: 

metaph., Mk 35, Ro 1175, Eph 418+ 

mws, enclit. part., at all ; v.8. eirws, pars. 

mwas, interrog. adv., correl. of drws, 1. prop., in direct questions, 
how ?: c. indic., Mt 122°, Mk 3%, Lk 1118, Jo 34, al.; xai 7., Mk 43%, 
Lk 2044; zw. otv, Mt 1276; zw. ot, Mt 164, Lk 1256; in deliberative 
questions (cf. Bl., § 64, 6), c. subjc., Mt 23%3 26°4; x. otv, Ro 104; x. dé, 
Ro 10'415; seq. av, c. optat., Ac 8%. 2. As sometimes in cl. but more 
freq. and increasingly so in late writers (v. WM, § 57, 2; BI., § 70, 2; 
Thumb, MGr., 192; Jannaris, Gr., App., vi, 13 f.), = d7ws, ds; (a) in 
indirect discourse : c. indic., Mt 628, Mk 1241, Lk 8°6, Jo 915, Ac 9?", al.; 
ce. subje., Mk 118, Lk 124; (6) in exclamations: Mt 21°, Mk 107% 74, 
IT Giedis sca Fe ie aa 


1 


P, p, pw, 7d, indecl., rho, 7, as initial always 6 (on the use of the 
breathing and the reduplication of p, v. WH, App., 163; Tdf., Prol., 
105f.; Veitch, s.v. pazrw, etc.), the seventeenth letter. As a numeral, 
p = 100, p, = 100,000. 

“‘PadB (and PaxéB, Mt 1°; PayaBy, -ys, in FlJ), 7, indecl. (Heb. 
an), Rahab (LXX, Jos 2?, al.) : He 11%, Ja 2?°.+ 

*t BaBRel (Rec. -Bi, v. WH, App., 155) (Heb. and Aram. 2°), my 


master ; v. Dalman, Words, 327, 331 ff.), a title of respectful address to 
Jewish teachers, Rabbi: Mt 2378; of John, Jo 3°6; of Christ, Mt 
2675, 49) Mk 95 1121 1448, Jo 139 50 32 431 625 92 118; kipe 6., Mk 10° 
(WH, mg., v.s. pafBovvei).t 

*+ baBBouvet (Rec. -Bovi, v.s. fa8Be/) (Aram. 13129, later, 93139, my 
master ; on the Greek vocalization and the relation of the word to 
paBBe, v. Dalman, Words, 324, 340; Gr. 140,; DB, iv, 190); 
Rabboni: Mk 105 (WH, mg., kvpre faBBei), Jo 201%.t 


396 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


paPdilw (<< fades), [in LXX: Jg 64% Ru 2!” (yan)*;] to beat 
with a rod: Ac 16”, 1 Oo 1175.+ 

p&B8os, -ov, 7, [in LXX chiefly for mp (e.g. Ge 47%, MT, mn, 
bed), also for SPD, maw, etc.;] a staff, rod: He 94, Re 11; in par- 


ticular, (a) a staff, such as is used on a journey: Mt 101°, Mk 68, Lk 

98, He 1171(2XX); (6) a ruler’s staff, a sceptre: He 18@X*), Re 277 126 

1915; (c) a rod for chastisement (cf. paBdigw): é& p. (v.s. év): 1 Co 4*..t 

* 6aBSo0x0s, -ov, 6 (<< paBdos, éyw), one who carries a rod or staff 

of office; (a) an wmpire or judge (Plat.); (b) in late writers, a Roman 
lictor: Ae 16% 38+ 

‘Payad (Rec. -at), 6, indecl. (UXX for Heb. 379, Ge 11%, al.), 


Reu: Lk 3%.t+ 

* Sadtoupynpa, -ros, TO (<< padiovpyéw, to act recklessly or wrongly), 
1. a reckless act. 2. crime, villany: Ac 1814,+ 

* badvoupyia, -as, 7 (V.S. padiovpynua), 1. ease in doing, facility 
(Xen.). 2. easiness, laziness (Xen.). 3. recklessness, wickedness (of 
lewdness, Xen.; fraud, Plut.; in z., of theft, MM, xxii): Ac 131°.+ 


*baxd (T, paxad), usually taken to represent the Aram. Np"), & 
shortened form of 77", ‘‘empty,” as vocalized in the Galilean dialect ; 


an expression of contempt, raca: Mt 5” (cf. DB, iv, 191 f.; and for 
other explanations, v. Zorell, s.v.).t 


pdxos, -ovs, Td, [in LXX: Is 646 ©) (733), Je 45 (38)4 (Mand), Ks 


417*:] 1. a ragged garment (Hom.). 2. a rag, remnant, piece of cloth: 
GAS ev 


“Payd (Rec. -a), 7, indecl. (Heb. M99), Ramah: Mt 218@XX)+ 


tpavrife, [in LXX: Le 627), rv Ki 9% (p73), Ps 50 (51)? 
(NOM pi.) *;] = cl., patvw, to sprinkle, besprinkle: ec. acc., He 91%; 
id. et dat., ib.*!; pass., Re 19%, WH; of cleansing by sprinkling, 
He 10” (v. M, Gr., ii, 100); mid., Mk 74 (WH, txt., R, mg.).t 

t pavtiopds, -00, 6 (< partite), [in LXX for m33;] sprinkling : of 
the ceremonial sprinkling of blood for purification, He 1274, 1 Pe 1? 
(¥. Hort, Pe 23) .1 

patilw (<< paris, a rod), [in LXX: Jg 165, Ho 114, 1 Es 491 *;] 
1. prop., to strike with a rod, 2. In late writers, to strike (the face) 
with the palm of the hand: Mt 26°"; c. ace. pers., seq. eis t. ovaydva, 
Mt 5° (cf. Field, Notes, 40, 105).t 

* Bais, -id0s, 7 (pamrtw, to sew), a needle: Mt 19°4, Mk 10°5 (cf, 

Bedovn).t 
paxd, V.S. paka. 
“‘PaxdB, v.s. Paaf. 
‘Pax, ¥, indecl. (Heb. 579), Rachel: Mt 218 @XX),+ 


“PeBéxxa, -as (v. Bl., § 7, 2), ) (Heb. PAN, Rebecca: Ro 9".t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 397 


*t 6é8m (v. WH, App., 151), -ys, 4% (a Gallic word), a chariot: 
Re 18}3.t 

“‘Peuddy, “‘Pepdy, v.s. “‘Pouda. 

pew, [in LXX chiefly for 371 ;] to flow: Jo 7° (cf. zapappéw).t 

Pyyov, -ov, 76, Rhegiwm, a town in Sicily: Ac 2813,+ 

Piypea, -Tos, TO (<< pyyvume), [in LXX: ur Ki 1190 3! 19% ty Ki 
22 (oy), Am 62@) A (p35) *;] 1. cl. (and so in LXX), a fracture ; 


then by meton., that which is torn. 2. In NT, ruin: Lk 649.+ 

phyvupe and (Mk 9'8) fyouw, [in LXX chiefly for ypa, also for 
yap, etc.;] 1. to rend, break asunder: Mt 7°, Mk 2”, Lk 5°7; pass., 
Mt 917, 2. Of the voice, c. acc., dwvyv, ete. (Hdt., al.), to break forth 
into speech: absol., Ga 4°7@%%), 3. = faoow (Dem., al.), to throw or 
dash down: Mk 938, Lk 9% (cf. dia-, TEpt-, mpoo-piyyvup).t 

SYN.: Opavw, xarayvupe. 

papa, -tos, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for "37, also for MH, and Aram. 
pine, etc.;] 1. prop., of that which is said or spoken, (a) a word: 


Mt 2714, 1 Co 124; pl., 7a f., of speech, discourse, Lk 71, Jo 82°, Ac 
214, Ro 1018, m Pe 3?, al.; (0) opp. to dvoua (a single word), a saying, 
statement, word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase) : 
Mt 2675, Mk 9%, Lk 19° 29, Ac 1126, Ro 108, He 113; 6. Gcod (xupiov), 
Lk 3?, Ac 1116, Eph 617, He 65 113, 1 Pe 15); 74 6. 7. Oeov, Jo 334 
847; 6. dpyov, Mt 12°°; 6. dppyra, 1 Co 124. 2. Like Heb. "37 (but 


perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124; Thackeray, 
Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter (Ge 
15!, De 178, al.) : Lk 197 2%, Ac 10°’; pl., Lk 155 219 51, Ag 532 1342, 

“Pnod (L, -oa), 6, indecl., Rhesa: Lk 3?7,+ 

phoow, V.S. pryyvupe. 

* bnTwp, -opos, 6, a public speaker, an orator: Ac 241.+ 
*t bytads, adv. (<< pyrtds, stated, specified), in stated terms, expressly : 

1 Ti 44.t 

pila, -ys, 7, [in LXX chiefly for waw;] a root: Mt 3, Lk 39; 


ex pilav, Mk 117°; fp. exew, Mt 13°, Mk 4°; id. seq. & éavra, fig., Mt 
1371, Mk 417, Lk 8!5, Metaph. (as in various senses in cl.), of cause, 
origin, source, etc.; (a) of things, p. rdvrwv 7. kaxov (Hur.), 1 Ti 6"; 
(b) of persons: of ancestors, Ro 111°; 6. wixpias, He 12. Of that 
which springs from a root, a shoot; metaph., of offspring, Ro 
15 XX), Re 5° 2216+ 
pildw, -6 (<fifa), [in LXX: Is 40%, Je 12? (wy), Si 38 

242% ;] to cause to take root. Metaph., to plant, fix firmly, establish: 
pass. (HV, rooted), év aydry, Eph 3'807; ev XpiorG, Col 27 (cf. éx- 
pifow).t 

* burn, -7s, 7 (<C pirrw), poét. in cl., any rapid movement such as 
the throw or flight of a javelin, the rush of wind or flame, the flapping 
of wings, the twinkling of lights; p. épadpod, the twinkling of an 
eye: 1 Co 15° (L, mg., pory, q.v.).t 


398 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


pimife (<furis, a fan), [in LXX: Da LXX 2% (ny) *5] 


primarily, to fan a fire, hence generally, to make a breeze (Plut., al.). 
In pass. (cf. Philo, de incer. mund., 24), to be tossed or blown by the 
wind : of waves, aveyilopevw Kai prriComeva, blown and raised with the 
wind (Hort, in 1.), Ja 1°.+ 

pitéw, V.S. pirTo. 

pimrw and (Ac 22?) jurréw (strengthened form; v. Veitch, s.v. 
pire, fin.), [in LXX chiefly for ow hi.;] 1. to throw, cast, hurl: ec. 
acc. rel, Mt 275, Ac 271% 29; ¢. acc. pers., Mt 159, Lk 435; pass., Lk 
17?; ptep., epypevor, cast down, prostrate (Polyb., al.): Mt 9°°; of 
garments, to throw off (for flight, Eur., Xen., al.; d7Aa, 1 Mac 54; so 
KV in Ac 223, but v.infr.). 2. = furralw, to shake, toss, throw about : 
tT. ipatia, Ac 223 (HGT, Page, Rackham, in 1.; Field, Notes, 186; but 
v. supr.).t 

‘PoBodp, 6, indecl. (Heb. ayam), Rehoboam: Mt 17.+ 


“Pddn, -ns, 7, Rhoda: Ac 1238+ 
“Pddos, -ov, 6, the island of Rhodes: Ac 211.t+ 
¥ bouLndov, adv. (<< potlos, the whistling of an arrow), with rushing 
sound (as of roaring flames): 11 Pe 31°.+ 
“Poudd (-av, T; ‘Pedav, LTr.; ‘Peudav, Rec.; v. WH, App., 92), 
[in LXX: Am 5° (‘Paddy or “Pepdv, Heb. 73) *;] Rompha, Rephan 
(RY), one of the names of Seb, the Egyptian Saturn: Ac 74 GX), + 
t poppata, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for 29;] a large broad sword, 


used by the Thracians (v. DB, iv, 634); then generally (in LXX used 
interchangeably with pdyaipa, q.v.), a sword: Re 116 2% 16 68 1915 21; 
metaph., Lk 2°°.+ 

pow, -7s, 7 (<Cpérw, to incline), [in LXX: Is 40! (pnw), ete. ;] 


inclination downwards, as the turn of the scale: L, mg., for pun, q.v., 
1Go loo (vy. Ld. 1) ct 


“PouByy, 6, indecl., (Heb. 731N9), Reuben: Re 7°.t 


“Pov@, 7, indecl. (Heb. nm), Ruth: Mt 15.+ 
“Poddos, -ov, 6 (Lat.), Rufus: Mk 157, Ro 161%.+ 
pupy, -ys, 7, [in LXX: Is 15? (an), Pr 317 Nn, To 1318, Si 97N1*;] 


1. in cl., the force, rush, swing, of a moving body; esp. of a charge of 
soldiers. 2. In late Greek (as in Macedonian, v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 15), 
a narrow road, lane, street: in Polyb., of a road in camp; in LXX 
and NT (7. also) of streets in a town, Mt 67, Lk 147 Ac 94 121 (ef, 
Rutherford, NPhr., 488).t+ 

fvopat, [in LXX chiefly for 5x3 hi., also for 5xa, wp pi., etc. ;] 
to draw to oneself, hence, to rescue, deliver: c. acc. pers., Mt 2748, 
11 Pe 27; id. seq. dd, Mt 615, Lk 114 (Rec., R, mg.), 11 Ti 418; seq. éx, 
Ro 74, 11 Co 1, Col 18, 1 Th 11, 1 Ti 34, m Pe 2°; absol., 6 pudpevos, 
the deliverer, Ro 117°. Passive: seq. do, Ro 15*!, 11 Th 3°; seq. éx, 
Lk 17, 11 Ti 4!7,+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 399 


* Gumatve (<(puzos), in Arist., Xen., and later writers, to make 
filthy, defile: pass., in ethical sense (on the tense, v. Swete, in 1.), 
Re 224 LT, Tr., WH, txt.t 

*t puTapedopar = putratvoua, g.v.: Re 224, WH, mg. (nowhere else).t 

*butapia, -as, 7 (Avmapds), filthiness: metaph., of moral defile- 
ment, Ja 171,+ 

putapds, -d, -dv (<fvros), [in LXX: Za 3% 5 4) (Nty) * 5] filthy, 
dirty: of old, shabby clothing (Za, l.c.), Ja 2?; metaph., of moral 
defilement, Re 23!!.+ 

pUmos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 4* (ANE), Jb 144 (NQM), ete. ;] dirt, 
filth: 1 Pe 371.+ 

* burdw, -& (<fvzros), to make filthy: Re 224 Rec. (AV, tr. as 
= purdw, to be filthy).t 

pvats, -ews, 7 (<< péw), [in LXX chiefly for a4 ;] a flowing, issue: 
rt. aiwatos, Mk 5*5, Lk 84% 44,+ 

* Sutis, -dos, 7, @ wrinkle: Eph 5?7.+ 

“Pupaixds, -7, -6v, Roman, Latin: Lk 238 Rec.t 

“Pwpaios, -a, -ov, Homan: Jo 1148, Ac 2° (RY, from Rome), 
1621s 87, 88 9925-27, 29 9327 9516 9817 + 

“‘Pwpaiort, adv., in Latin: Jo 197°.t 

“‘Popun, -ns, 9, Rome: Ac 18? 197 234 284,16, Ro 1715, 1 Ti 117+ 

povvupe, [in LXX : m Mac 92° 117) 28 33, 117 Mac ,*;] to strengthen ; 
most freq. in pf., éppwyc, to put forth strength, be strong, hence, often 
in imperat., éppwoo, éppwobe, farewell (Lat. vale): Ac 159 23°° Rec., 
R, mg.t 


> 


%, a, final s, olypa, 7d, indecl., sigma, the eighteenth letter. As 
a numeral, ¢ =200, «, = 200,000. 
toaPaxOavet (Rec. -vi; lapbave’, Mt, l.c., WH, mg.), (Aram. 
‘wmpaw), sabachthant, i.e. thou hast forsaken me: Mt 274, Mk 15% 
(Ps 21 (22)?, Heb. "3m31y).t 
+ caBawd, indecl., [in LXX for MiNIY, chiefly in Isaiah (in other 
places, the phrase *y AIM is also rendered by kvpios tavroxpdtwp, x. 
tov duvdpewv ; V. DB, iii, 137 f.) ;] Sabaoth, i.e. hosts or armies (v. DB, 
has): no: OF GS) aot. t 
*t gaBBatiopds, -0d, 6 (<< caBBarilw, to keep the sabbath, Ex 16°, al.), 
a keeping sabbath, a sabbath rest : metaph., as in Mishna (Zorell, s.v.), 
He 4°.t 
todBBarov, -ov, rd (Aram. NDZ, transliterated caBBara, and this 
being mistaken for a pl., the sing. c¢8Barov was formed from it), and 
odBBata, -wv, rd, [in LXX for Nay, finaw;] 1. the seventh day of the 


week, the sabbath ; (a) the sing. form -ov, 76 o.: Mt 128, Mk 2°’, Lk 65, 


400 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


al. ; 4) jucpa rod o. (in LXX, Ex 208, al., usually réy o., v. infr.), Lk 1376 
145; 6305 caBBarov, Ac 12 (cf. Mt 247%) ; dat., of time (7¢@) o., Lk 6° 141; 
év (ro) o., Mt 12?, Lk 67, Jo 5!6, al.; acc., of duration, 70 a., Lk 235°; 
«ara wav o., Ac 187 15?! 184; pl., o. tpia, Ac 17? R, txt. (but v. infr.) ; 
(b) as most freq. in LXX (v. Swete, Mk., 17; Thackeray, Gr., 35) the 
pl. form, 74 o. (v. supr. on the Aram. form. There is also an analo 
in the names of other festivals, 7. éyxaivia, dfupa, etc.) : Mt 281, Col 216 ; 
H jépa tov o. (Ex 208, al.), Lk 41%, Ac 1314 16%; dat. pl. (in LXX 
-ros, but 1 Mac 238 as in NT) by metaplasmus (BL, § 9, 3), caBBacr, 
Mt 12) 5, 10-12, Mk 121 923 34, Lk 43162, 2. seven days, a week ; (a) the 
sing. form: zpwryn caf8Barov, Mk 16°; dis rod o. (Bl., § 35, 4; 36, 13), 
Lk 18"; xara piav caBBarov, 1 Co 167; pl., o. tpia, Ac 17? R, mg. (but 
v. supr.); (b) the pl. form: 7 pia tay o. (where the gen. = pera 1a; 
Soph., Lex., 43a), Mt 28!, Mk 16, Lk 241, Jo 20419, Ac 207. 

caynvn, -ns, , [in LXX chiefly for o5N;] a drag-net, seine: 


Mt 1347+ 

SYN.: dpdiBAnotpov (q.v.), dixtvov. 

LaSSouxatos, -ov, 6 (<< Heb. pity, 1 Ki 15%, al.), a Sadducee (cf. 
Swete, Mk., 277): Mt 37 1616112 993,34, Mk 1218 Lk 2027, Ac 4? 
517, 936-8.+ 

XaSdx, 6, indecl. (Heb. pity, v. supr., 8.v. Yaddovxaios), Sadoc, 
Zadok: Mt 1'4.+ 

* gaivw, 1. prop. (Hom., al.), of dogs, to wag the tail, fawn. 2. 
Metaph., of persons, ¢c. acc., to fawn upon, flatter, beguile: pass., 
1 Th 33 (for conjectural emendations of the text, v. ICC, and M, Th., 
inh). 

adxxos, also written odxos, -ov, 6 (cf. Heb. piv, which it renders 
in LXX), 1. a coarse cloth, sackcloth, usually made of hair: Re 6”. 
9. Anything made of sackcloth; (a) a sack (Ge 42”, al.); (6) a 
garment of sackcloth, expressive of mourning or penitence: Mt 11”, 
Lk 1035, Re 113.+ 

Zahd, 6, indecl. (Heb. now), Sala, Shalah: Lk 3” (R, txt., 


Sadpuv, q.v.), ib. 3°.t 
EadaGud, 6, indecl. (Heb. 5xrmbnyy), Salathiel : Mt 1?, Lk 3?7.+ 
Yadapis, -ivos, 7, Salamis, the chief city of Cyprus: Ac 13°.t 
Yaheip, 7d, indecl., Salim: Jo 3% (vy. Weste., in 1.; DB, iii, 
354).t 
cadedw (<< cddos), [in LXX for m1, W913, ete. ;] prop., of the action 


of wind, storm, etc., to agitate, shake : of areed, Mt 11’, Lk 774; a house, 
Lk 648, Ac 43! 1626; the earth, He 122°; the heavenly bodies, Mt 24”, 
Mk 1325, Lk 2126 of a vessel shaken in filling, Lk 6*8. Metaph., (a) 
to shake, i.e. to render insecure: ra cadevopeva, Ta pr) o., He 12°77; 
(b) c. ace. pers., to cast down from a sense of security and happiness : 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 401 


Ac 2% (LXX); (c) to unsettle or drive away: pass., seq. azo 7. vods, 
ut Th 2?; (d) to stir wp: rt. dxdous, Ac 171%.t 

Zadyp, 7 (Heb. now, Ge 1418), Salem: He 74? @Xx),+ 

Zadpdv, 6, indecl. (Heb. Jimdiz), Salmon: Mt 145, Lk 332 (Sada, 
WH, R, mg.).t 

Zadpdvn, -7s, 7, Salmone, a promontory of Crete: Ac 277.+ 

oddos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for wi, etc.;] in poets and late prose, 
a tossing, a8 of an earthquake; esp. the tossing, the rolling swell of 
the sea: Lk 21%°.+ 

oddmyé, -cryyos, 7, [in LXX chiefly for "Biw, mI¥kn;] a 
trumpet, used in war and in religious ceremonies: I Co 148, He 1219, 
Re 11° 41 82,613 914 By meton., a trumpet blast: pera o. peyadns, 
Mt 24°!; & o. Geot, 1 Th 41°; ey 7. eoyary o., I Co 15%.t 

godnitw, [in LXX chiefly for ¥pm;] to sownd a trumpet: Re 
86% 9413 107 1115; metaph., Mt 67. Impers., the trumpet sounds: 
1 Co 15%.t 


*gahmotys (so Inscr. and late writers for Att. cadzvyxryjs), -00, 6, 
a trumpeter: Re 18.+ 


Zadoun, -ys, 7 (<< Heb. nidyy), Salome: Mk 15*° 161+ 

Lahwpdy, V.S. ZoAouwr. 

Lapdpera, V.S. Sapyapia. 

Lapuapeityns (-irys, T; v. WH, App., 154; Bl., § 3, 4), -ov, 6, a 
Samaritan, i.e. an inhabitant of the city or the region of Samaria, in 
NT always the latter (v.s. Sapyapia): Mt 10°, Lk 9%? 10% 1716, Jo 
4(9], 39, 40, Ac 87°; as an opprobrious epithet, Jo 84%.+ 

Lapapettis (-i7us, T, v. supr.), -rdos, #, 1. in FJ (BJ., 1, 21, 2, 
al.), the region of Samaria. 2. a Samaritan woman: Jo 4°.+ 

Zapapia (Rec. -apea), -as, % (Heb. Taw ; Aram. T Yaw), 
Samaria ; (a) the city: Ac 8° (and perhaps also * 14); (6) the region: 
Lk 17", Jo 4+ 57, Ac 18 8! (and perhaps also ® !4), 95! 15%,+ 

XapoOpaxyn (-Gpaxyn, BE), -ns, 7, Samothrace, an island in the 
Aigean: Ac 164+ 

Xdpos, -ov, 7, Samos, an island in the Mgean: Ac 20%.+ 

Yapound, 6, indecl. (in FIJ, SapovyAos; Heb. bymayy), Samuel 
(6a, 17°, al;): AG d*15% He 11927 

Lapwpor, 6, indecl. (Heb. jiwmw), Samson (Jg 18 ff.) : He 11*.+ 

gavddduov, -ov, 7d (dimin. of cavdadov, prob. Persian), [in LXX: 
Jos 95, Is 20? (by3, elsewhere rendered ixddyya, q.v.), Jth 10* 16°*;] 
a sandal: Mk 6°, Ac 128.+ 

gavis, -iSos, 4, [in LXX: Ca 89, Ez 275 (md) *;] a board, plank: 
Ac 27**: 

26 


402 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


aod, 6, indecl. (in FIJ, Xdovdos; Heb. dinyy), Saul; (a) the 


King of Israel: Ac 1371; (6) the Jewish name of the Apostle Paul, 
used in the indecl. form only in address (cf. SatAos) : Ac 94 17 227,18 
2614+ 

** gampés, -a, -ov, [in Sm.: Le 27* 83*;) rotten, corrupt, bad, worth- 
less: of trees and fruit (opp. to dya60s, cadds), Mt 71718 1233, Lk 643; 
of fish, Mt 1348. Metaph., in moral sense: Adyos o., Eph 47°. ‘‘In 
Hellenistic . . . it became a synonym for aicypds or xaxds,’’ MM, xxii.t 


Lampetpa, -ns (v. Bl, § 3, 4), 7 (<CAram. NEw), Sapphira: 
Ac 5}.+ 
todmepos, -ov, 7, [in LXX for HD;] sapphire (perh. = lapis 


lazult): Re 21)%.t 
* gapydvn, -ns, 4, 1. a plaited rope (Aisch.). 2. a hamper, a basket 
made of ropes: 11 Co 11°%.t 
Ldpdeis, -ewv, ai, Sardis, the chief city of Lydia: Re 1" 34 4+ 
adpdivos, -ov, 6, = capdiov (q.v.), Re 4°, Rec.t 
adpdior, -ov, 73, [in LXX for OJN, Ex 28”, al.; also for onw;] 


the sardian stone, sard (of which carnelian is one variety) : Re 4% 21?°.+ 

* gapdévug (Li, capdidvv€), -vxos, 6 (<< capd.ov, dvvé), sardonyx, a stone 
marked by the red of the sard and the white of the onyx: Re 217°.t 

Ldpenta, -wv (Ob”), ra (Heb. MBA), Sarepta, a city of Sidon: 


Lk 476.+ 
* gapkikds, -7, -ov (<Codpé) (v.l. for odpxw,os, Arist., H.A., x, 2,7), 

= Lat. carnalis, i.e. (a) associated with or pertaining to the flesh, 
fleshly, carnal: Ro 157, 1 Co 9"; (6) in a more ethical sense, of the 
nature of the flesh, under the control of its appetites, fleshly, carnal, 
sensual (but including more than mere sensuality; cf. Hort, 7 Pe., 
133)):,1 Co 3°,,11 ‘Col? Adt) 1 Pe Qu t 

SYN. : odpxuos (q.v.), WuxeKds ; ef. Tr., Syn., §§ lxxi, xxii; Lift., 
Notes, 184 f.; Vau. on Ro 74. 

adpxwos, -n, -ov (<Coapé), [in LXX: 1 Ch 328, Ez 11? 3676 


(nia), Es 417, Pr 24°83 (2927) *;] = Lat. carneus (the termination -wos 


denoting the substance or material of a thing; v. Tr., Syn., § lxxil; 
Lft., Notes, 184; and for illustrations from 7., v. MM, xxii), of the 
flesh, of flesh, fleshy (Plat., Arist., Plut., al.): Ro 74, 1 Co 3}, 1 Co 33, 
He 7!6. (Rec. has -txds in all these passages except 11 Co, l.c., but the 
evidence is decisive against it.)t 

SYN.: capxixds, q.v. 

odpt, capxés, 7, [in LXX chiefly for "iva;] flesh; 1. as in el. 


generally, (a) prop., of the soft substance of the animal body: 1 Co 
15°® 11 Co 12’, Ga 638, al.; o. xal aiua, I Co 1559; oc. wai doréa, Lk 24%; 
pl., of the flesh of many or parts of the flesh of one (cl.), Re 1716 19'8; 
dayev, Re, ll. c. (ef. xarecOiew, IV Ki 96, al., and BiBpwoxew, freq. in 
‘l.); metaph., Ja 53; mystically, ¢. (tpéyew) tHv o. Tod viod Tt. avOpwzov, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 403 


Jo 6556; (b) of the whole substance of the body, = cGpa: Ac 
26 (LXX), 31, 11 Co 127, Ga 414, Eph 579; pia o., Mk 108; eis o. piay (Ge 
224), Mt 19°, Mk 108, 1 Co 616, Eph 57!; hence, of the material as opp. 
to the immaterial part of man (cf. Lft., Notes, 88): opp. to rvedpa, 
1 Co 55, 1 Co 7}, Col 25, 1 Pe 318 46; to Wyn, Ac 231, Rec.; of the 
present life, év c., Ro 7°, Ga 279, Ph] 12224, 1 Pe 4?; of Christ’s life on 
earth, ai yuépar t. capxos avrod, He 5’; of things pertaining to the 
body, év (79) o. Ga 618, Ph] 3%4, 2. As in Heb. idiom, (a) of a 
living creature: waa o. (Heb. swa7>5; cf. Bl., § 47, 9), Mt 24”, Mk 


137°, 1 Pe 1*4; esp. of man and his mortality (Ps 55 (56)°, Si 28°, al.), 
Jo 14; zaoa o. (v. supr.), Lk 3°, Jo 17?, Ac 2"; &vo.,1 Jo 4%, 1 Ti 3; 
(6) of natural origin and relationship (Ge 274, Is 58’, al.): réxva ris o., 
Ro 98; xara capxa, ib. * 5, 1 Co 10, Ga 4729; 4 o. wou, Ro 11 (cf. 
Jg 97, 1 Ki 5}, al.). 3. Of the physical nature as subject to sensation 
and desire (Plut.), (a) without any ethical disparagement: Ro 7'* 1314; 
opp. to rvetpa, Mt 264!, Mk 14%; +, O€Anua ris o., Jo 1'3; 4 eriOvpia rs 
o., 1 Jo 26; pl., m Pe 218; wabeiv capxi, 1 Pe 41; (b) in ethical sense, 
esp. in Pauline Epp., of the flesh as the seat and vehicle of sinful 
desires : opp. to vots, Ro 77°; to zvedua, Ro 84% 113, Ga, G16 17,19 68 (ef, 
DB, ii, 14 f.; iv, 165 f.; Cremer, 844 ff.). 

Lapoux, V.S. Yepovy. 

* gapdw, -&, late form of caipw, to sweep: c. acc., Lk 158; pass., 

Mé 19", Lk 11%5,t 

Xdppa, -as, 7 (Heb. MI”, Ge 17'°), Sarah: Ro 41° 9°, He 114, 
I Pe 3°.t 

Ldpwr, -wvos (acc. -dva, WH), 6 (Heb. 717), the plain of Sharon: 


Ac 9°5,+ 
Zatavas, -a@ (so also Si 21°, but in mz Ki 111, caray indecl.; 
Heb. Juiz; Aram. N309D, whence the inflected Gk. form), 6, Satan (i.e. 


the adversary, as in LXX, ll. c.): Mt 41° 1276, Mk 138 323,26 415, Lk 
1018 1118 1316 293,31 Jo 1327, Ac 5% 268, Ro 1629, 1 Co 5° 75, 1 Co 24 
114, 1 Th 238 m Th 2°, 1 Ti 12° 645, Re 2% 13, 24 39 1929 20%)"; addressed 
in person of Peter, Mt 165. Mk 83°; dyyedos Sarava, 11 Co 127.t 

t adrov, -ov, T6 (Aram. NNDB = Heb. AND), [in LAX: Hg 217 (16) ¥ 5) 


a Hebrew measure (= about a peck and a half): Mt 13%3, Lk 137).+ 

Eaddos, -ov, 6 (Hellenized form of aovA, q.v.), Saul, the Jewish 
name of the Apostle Paul: Ac 758 81) 3 91, 8 11, 22, 24 125, 30 1925 131,27 9+ 

oBéwum, [in LXX chiefly for M25;] of fire or things on fire, to 
quench : c.acc., Mt 12°, Kph 6!°, He 11%4; pass., Mt 25°, Mk 9 [44 461 48, 
Metaph. (cf. Ca 87, 1v Mac 164): 76 rvetdpa, 1 Th 5!.t 

geautou, -7s, -od (in NT not contracted, cavrod, as in Att.), reflex. 
pron. of 2nd pers. sing., used only in gen., dat. and acc. (of, to) thyself : 
Mt 4°, Jo 8, 1 Ti 416, al. (In Hellenistic, the pl. is éavrav (q.v.), not 
tov airév as in Attic, v. Bl., § 13, 1.) t 


404 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


** ceBdLopar (<< c€Bas, reverential awe), [in Aq.: Ho 10°*;]; 1. to 
fear (Hom). 2. In later writers, = c€Bopa, to worship: Ro 1”. 

** géBaopa, -tos, TO (<C ceBalouat), [in LXX: Wi 14° 15", Da TH 

Bel?7* ;] an object of worship: Ac 17, 1 Th 24.+ 
* geBaotds, -7, -dv (ceBaloua), 1. reverend, august. 2. In late 
writers, with reference to the Roman Imperial name; (a) 6 &., 
Augustus, i.e. the Roman Emperor: Ac 257475; (b) Augustan: 

oreipa o., Ac 271. (See further, Deiss., BS, 218.) t 
veBw, [in LXX (chiefly for ny, Jos 4", al.) and NT always mid., 


o¢Bopa, exc. Iv Mac 5*4;] to worship: c. ace. pers., Mt 15°, Mk 7’, 
Ac 188 1927; ceBopevos tr. Oeov, Ac 1614 187; ceBopevor (o. tpoondrvtot, 
o. “EAAnves), devout, Ac 134% °° 174 17 (ef. rpoajAvros).t 
cepa, -ds, 7, [in LXX: Jg 161% 14,19 (mipdm), Pro? (53n) sil 
1. (a) a cord; (b) a chain (ef. Pr., l.c.) : ceapat Gopov, 1 Pe 24, Rec., 
R, mg. (v.s. ceupds). 2. a lock of hair (Jg, ll. c¢.).t 
* geipds (aipos, T), -od, 6 (Rec., R, mg., veipd, g.v.), = cl. oupds, a pit 
for the storage of grain: cepot Codov, 1 Pe 24, WH, R., txt. (but v. 
Mayor, in ].; Field, Notes, 241).t 
geiopds, -00, 6 (<Cceiw), [in LXX chiefly for wy 4;] a shaking, 
commotion, as a tempest at sea: Mt 874; esp. an earthquake: Mt 247 
275% 2870 Mik 138) ik 21 AG 1626 ie 61621 Ts) a6 ry 
veiw, [in LXX chiefly for wyn;] to shake, move to and fro: 
t. ynv, He 1226(@XX); pass., 9 yn, Mt 279) FX); ouxy, Re 64. Metaph., 
to agitate, stir wp, with fear or some other emotion: Mt 211° 284 (ef. 
ava-, d.a-, Kata-ceiw).t 
Zéexouvdog (Rec. Yexodvdos), -ov, 6 (Lat.), Secundus: Ac 204.+ 
Zedeuxia (Rec. -evxera), Seleucia, a city of Syria: Ac 134+ 
sedjvn, -7s, 9, [in LXX chiefly for m7 (Ge 37°, al.), also for m3n5 
(Ca 69%, Ts 2425, 305) 5] the moon: Mt 24%, Mk 13%, Lk 215, 
Ac 220\Gx%)" 1 Colo) Re 62 82 12) 21637 
*+t gedyvidtw (<< cedyvn), act.in Manetho (Carm., 4,81),in NT depon. 
-op.ar, to be moonstruck, i.e. epileptic (epilepsy being supposed to be 
influenced by the moon): Mt 4*4 171°.+ 
Yepeetv (Rec. Sepet), 6, indecl., Semein: Lk 3°6.t 
cepidadts, -ews, , [in LXX chiefly for M9B;] fine wheaten flour - 
Re 18}.+ 
gepvds, -4, -ov, (<< oeBopmar), [in LXX: Pr 68 8% 1576 (M33, oy5), 
11 Mac 61) 28 815, tv Mac 5% 715 175*:]; 1. reverend, august, venerable, 
‘in cl. of the gods and also of human beings. 2. grave, serious; of 
persons: 1 Ti 3% 1, Tit 2?; of things;,Phl 4° (vy. Ur., Syn, § xen; 
Cremer, 37; MM, xxii).t 
** geuvotys, -nTos, 7 (<( ceuvos), [in LXX: u Mac 3"*;) gravity : 
1 Ti 2? 34 (Vg. castitas, cf. Soph., Lewx., and Zorell, s.v.), Tit 27.+ 
Zépytos, -ov, 6, Sergius, surnamed Paulus: Ac 137.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 405 


Zepovx (Rec. Sap-), 6, indecl. (Heb. mw), Serug: Lk 3*°.t 

246, 6 (Heb. ny), indecl., Seth (Ge 4%): Lk 338+ 

Zp, 6, indecl. (Heb. oy), Shem: Lk 3°6.+ 

onpaivw (<< ojpa, a sign), [in LXX for ymhi., ypn, etc. ;] to give 
a sign, signify, indicate: c. ace. rei, Ac 257’, Re 1! (cf. MM, xxii); ¢. 
acc. et inf., Ac 1175; seq. quest. indir., Jo 12° 18% 2119+ 

onpetov, -ov, 70, [in LXX chiefly for MIN;] a sign, mark, token ; 
(a) of that which distinguishes a person or thing from others: Mt 2648 
Lk 2", 1 Th 31” (cf. Deiss., LAH, 153,); seq. gen. epexeg., Ro 4"; c. 
gen. obj., Mt 24% 8°, ir Co 12”; ¢. gen. subj., Mt 16%; (5) a sign of 
warning or admonition: Mt 12%° 16 Lk 24 117% 30, 7 Co 14%; (c) a 
sign portending future events (Soph., Plat. al.): Mk 134, Lk 217: 11 25, 
Ac 2}°, Re 121) 15!; (d) of miracles and wonders (MM, xxii), regarded 
as signs of a divine authority: Mt 12% 39 1644, Mk 8%) 22, Lk 1116, 29 
238, Jo Oil, 18, 23 454 630 1041 1218, Ae 416, 22° pl., Mk 16017, 20], Jo QU, 238 
3? G4» 14, 26-781 G16 11471937 2050, Ac 85, 1 Co 1% (Lit., Notes, 162); the 
same ascribed to false teachers and demons: Mt 2474, Mk 13”, m1 Th 
2°, Re 131% 14 1614 1920; ¢. xai tépara (7. kal o.; ef. Tr., Syn., § xci), 
Mt 244, Mk 13”, Jo 448, Ac 21% 43 430 512 68 736 143 15, Ro 15!%, 1 Th 
2°; id. seq. xai duvapes, 1 Co 12%, He 24; o. cai Svvapes, Ac 81%; 
8. cal Tt. kat o., Ac 27; o, d:Sdvar, Mt 2474, Mk 1372,+ 

onpersw, -@ (<< onpeiov), [in LXX: Ps 4° (Nis) *;] to mark, note. 
Mid., to note for oneself: 1 Th 314 (freq. in 7.; v. ICC, M, Th., 
in 1.).t 


onpepov (Att. ryepov), adv., [in LXX for o17;] to-day: Mt 64, 
Lk 471, Ac 4°, al.; opp. to avpiov, Mt 69°, Lk 1278, Ja 413; y@és nai o. 
kal eis Tovs aidvas, He 138; % o. jucpa, Ac 207°; ews (axpr) THs o. quepas, 
Ro 118, 1 Co 314; jxexpe (ws) tis o. (Sc. jepas), Mt 11° 278; as subst., 
70 o., He 3; id. in appos., dpile jucpav, o., He 47 R, mg., (v. Weste., 
in; ].); 

oye, [in LXX: Ps 37 (38)° (pp ni.), Jb 33% (mdz) 407, Si 1429, 
al.;] to make corrupt: 2 pf. act. with mid. sense (v. M, Pr., 154), 
céonrev, has perished, become corrupted, Ja 5.+ 


onptkds, V.S. oupiKds. 
ays, ontds (late gen. for cl. ceds), 6, [in LXX: Jb 419, Is 50? 


(wy), Is 51° (DD), al.;] a moth, clothes moth: Mt 6%, Lk 1233.+ 
tonté-Bpwtos, -ov (Cons, BiBpwoxw), [in LXX: Jb 138 (2x 
wy) *;] moth-eaten: Ja 5*.+ 
*t cbevdw, -@ (<C oOévos, strength), to strengthen: c. acc., 1 Pe 51 
(Hesych.).t 
avaydv, -dvos, 4, [in LXX for M5;] the jawbone, jaw, cheek: Mt 
599, Lk 679 (cf. MM, xxii).t 
otydw, -o (<Covyy), [in LXX for wan, mwn, etc.;] 1. intrans., 


406 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


to be silent, keep silence: Lk 98° 1839 2076, Ac 1277 15!%13, 1 Co 
14%; 30,34. 2. Trans., to keep secret; pass., to be kept secret: Ro 16*5.t 

SYN.: jovxyalw, owrdw. 

** ouyh, -7s, 7, [in LXX: Wi 18'*, ur Mac 37*;] silence: Ac 21*°, 

Re 81.t 

aSipeos, -a, -ov (-ovs, -& -otv) (<Caidnpos), [in LXX chiefly for 
br73;] of iron: Ac 12%, Re 227 99 125 195.+ 

aiSnpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 5y93;] iron: Re 182.4 

Li8dv, -dvos, 7 (Heb. JiTx), Sidon, a maritime city of Phoenicia: 


Mé 117422 1522, Mk 38 77431, Lk 6!” 101314, Ac 273.t 
LuBSdvios, -a, -ov (<< Sudwv), of Sidon, Sidonian; (a) the region: 
sc. ywpa, Lk 476; (b) the people: Ac 127°.+ 
*t ouxdpwos, -ov, 6 (Lat.; < sica, a dagger carried under their cloth- 
ing by the Sicari), a bandit, assassin, one of the Sicaru (FlJ, BW., 
Mie Opals) eAGi a Lest 
toikepa, 7d, indecl. (Aram. N94), [in LXX for "Dy (also 


rendered peOvopa, Jg 134, Mi 2"), Le 10°, al.;] fermented liquor, strong 
drink: Lk 1%.t 

Zikas, -a (acc. to Bl., § 29, W-Schm., 74, -ds, -a), 6 (Aram. 
noonw; v. Dalman, Gr., 157,), Silas (called also Sdovavds, qv.) : 
Ac 1522+27s 32; 34, 40 1 G19, 25, 29 174, 10, 14,15 185 + 

ZiAovavéds (in MSS also SABaves, a form freq. in 7.), -ov, 6, 
Silvanus, latinized name of Silas: m Co 1%, 1 Th 1}, nm Th 1! 
Tbe ort 

Zwdp (indecl., but in FlJ, gen., -4, B.J., ii, 16, 2), 6 (Heb. 
ndw), Siloam (v. DB, iii, 515 f.): Lk 134, Jo 9714+ 


*t oustxivOcoy (also written onp.-), -ov, 76 (Lat. semicinctiwm), a work- 
man’s apron: Ac 19"%.+ 


Xipwr, -wvos, 6, a Greek name (transliterated 71a°0 in Heb.) used 


as a substitute for Svpedy (q.v.), Semon; 1. Simon Peter: Mt 17%, 
Mk 129, al. 2. Simon the Zealot (v.s. CyAwtys, Kavavatos): Mt 104, 
Mk 338, Lk 6%, Ac 135, 3. One of the Brethren of our Lord (vs. 
adeAdds): Mt 1355, Mk 6%. 4. The father of Judas Iscariot, himself 
surnamed ‘Icxapiorys (q.v.): Jo 67! 124 (Rec.) 137°. 5. Simon the 
Cyrenian: Mt 27%, Mk 15%, Lk 2376. 6. Simon the Pharisee: Lk 
740, 43,44. 7. Simon of Bethany, surnamed 6 Aerpos: Mt 26°, Mk 14°, 
8. Simon Magus, a Samaritan sorcerer: Ac 8% 1% 18 24. 9, Simon the 
tanner, of Joppa: Ac 94 10% 1% 32, 

Zwd (-a, Rec.), indecl. (but ro Swator, Bld: Ané:,. 15) 5), 22" zo 
Xwaiov dpos, ib. ii, 12, 1), 76 (Heb. 97D), Samat (Ex 19", al.) : Ac 73% 38, 


Ga 474 25 + 
 *tgivam, -ews, to (prob. Egyptian), = Attic ro varv, mustard: 
Mi 1B*) 1729, Miia tak 1S eke: 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 407 


owddv, -ovos, 4, [in LXX: Jg 14% 184, Pr 31% (749), 1 Mac 


10° A*;] fine linen cloth; (a) as used for swathing dead bodies (ef. 
Hat., ii, 86): Mt 2759, Mk 1546, Lk 23°; (6) a garment or wrap of 
this material (cf. ICC, Jg, l.c.): Mk 145) 52 
*towdlw (<Ccinov, a sieve), = o7n6w, to sift, winnow: fig., Lk 
a+ 


* o.ipixds (by assimilation of vowels, for onpixds; v. Mayser, 150; 
WH, Notes, 151), -y, -ov (<< of Sypes, a people of India from whom the 
ancients got the first silk), silk, silken; as subst., 76 o., silken fabric, 
silk: Re 18” (cf. Fl, B.J., vii, 5, 4).t 

o.pds, V.S. celpos. 
otteutés, -7, -dv (<C ourevw, to feed, fatten), [in LXX: mr Ki 4% 
(DAN), etc. 5] fattened : Lk 15%: 27, 30+ 


attiov, -ov, To (dimin. of airos), [in LXX: Pr 2497 (3022) (on) *;] 


1. corn, grain: Ac 7 (but v. BI. § 9, a 2. Mostly in pl., ouria, 
bread, food, provistons (LXX, l.c., Hdt., al.).t 

**t oitiatés, -7, -Ov A 3 oti, to fatten), fin Sm.: Ps 21 (22), Je 
46 (26)71*;] = owrevros, fattened ; as subst., pl., ra o., fatlings: Mt 
224.+ 

*t ottopétpiov, -ov, TO (<< otoperpew, Ge 47!%14* = Attic rov oirov 
petpéw), @ measured portion of food: Lk 12% (for exx. in z., v. Deiss., 
BS, 158; LAE, 103,).+ 

gitos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for q73;] wheat, corn: Mt 3” 


1375) 29, 30) Mk 478, Lk 317 1218 167 2231, Jo 1274, Ac 2738, 1 Co 15%”, 
Re 6° 1813,+ 

Xixdp, V.8. Zvxap. 

Xidv, indecl., in NT anarth., but in LXX when used of the city 
of Jerusalem, 7 %. (Heb. JX), Zion; 1. the mountain: in typical 


sense, of the Church, He 12%"; of heaven, Re 141. Q. The city, i.e. 
Jerusalem ; in poetical sense; (a) of the inhabitants: Ovydrnp &., Mt 
21°, Jo 1915 (LXX); (6) in wider sense, of Israel: Ro 116; (c) ‘fig. 
riOnus ev &. AiBov, Ro 9% t Pe 26 @XX), + 

cwTdw, -@ (<< ice silence), [in LXX for mwn, wan hi., etc. ;] 
to be silent or still, keep silence : Mt 20! 265%, Mk 34 9%4 104° 1461, Lk 194°, 
Ac 18°; of one dumb, Lk 1?° (cf. 1v Mac 1018) ; addressed rhetorically 
to the sea, cw7a, Mk 4°9.+ 

Syy.: yovxalw, ovydw (q.v.). 

toxavdariLe (< sean, (in LXX: Da LXX 11" (Sy ni.), 

Si 9° 35 (82)! (wp ho.) ib. 23° (also in aa Sm., Th., and in Ps Sol 167; 
not elsewhere, except NT and eccl.)*;] prop., to put a snare or 
stumbling-block in the way; in NT always metaph. of that which 
hinders right conduct or thought, to cause to stumble: c. acc. pers., 
Me 529 80 1727 186; &9 Mk 9% 43, 45, 47, Lk 17?, Jo 6%, 1 Co 85, Pass., 
to be made to stumble, to stumble : Mt 116 1371; 57 152 2410 9631, 33) Mk 
417 68 142729, Lk 73, Jo 16!, Ro 147! (WH, R, txt., om.), 1 Co 1129+ 


408 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


toxdvSadov, -ov, 7d (late form of the rare word cxavdddn por, v. 
LS, s.v.), [in LXX chiefly for wi , Siw ;] prop., the bait-stick of a 


trap, a snare, stuwmbling-block (Le 1914, Jth 51): fig., Ro 9%, 1 Pe 28 
(Is 84; aliter in LXX; orepedv cxavdddov in Aq.). Metaph., of that 
which causes error or sin; (a) of persons: Mt 134! 1673; Xpucrds 
écravpwpévos, Co 128; (6) of things: Mt 187, Ro 11°@XX) 1418, 7 Jo 2), 
Re 2!4; 16 o. rod ctavpod, Ga 5"; pl., Mt 187, Lk 171, Ro 1617.t 

SYN. : mpockoppa. 

oxdrtw, [in LXX: Is 5° (say ni.) *;] to digi) Lik 648d 38163: 

¥* oxddn, -ns, 9 (<Coxarrw), [in LXX: Da LXX Bel®, TH ib, %*;5] 

anything scooped out, esp. alight boat, skiff: Ac 21716 30 82+ 

okédos, -ovs, 70, [in LXX for 535) etc.;] the leg from the hip 


downwards: Jo 19%!-33,+ 
* oxémaopa, -Tos, 76 (< oxerau, to cover), a covering, esp. clothing : 
1 Ti 68.+ 
Xkevas, -a, Sceva: Ac 19}4.+ 
** oxeun, -7s, 7, [in LXX: mt Mac 54 R*;] equipment, tackle: 
Ac 2719.+ 
oxevos, -ovs, 70, [in LXX chiefly for "> ;] a@ vessel, implement 


for exx. in various senses, v. MM, xxii): Mk 111, Lk 816, Jo 199, 
Ac 10% 16 115) Ro 9%, Re 1845 pl. im Ti 2%) Re 2205 7a oaays 
Aeroupyias, He 971; pl., ra o., utensils, goods, Mt 12%, Mk 37’, Lk 
1731; id. of the tackle or gear of a ship (Xen., Polyb., al.); so in 
sing., ro o., Ac 2717. Metaph., of persons: o. éxAoyjs, Ac 9! ; dpyis, 
Ro 972; édgous, ib. 74; o. eis tysnv (cf. Ro 97), 1 Ti 27; of woman, 
dabevéotepov o., 1 Pe 37; so perh. 7. éavrod o., 1 Th 44 (but v. infr.) ; 
of the body, 11 Co 4’; so perh. 1 Th 4* (but v. supr., and v.s. 
Kraopat).t 

oxnyy, -As, 7, [in LXX chiefly for bay, also for WDwd, ADD, 


etc.;] a tent, booth, tabernacle: Mt 174, Mk 9°, Lk 9°83, He 119; ai 
aiwvioe o., Lk 16°; of the Mosaic tabernacle, He 8° 9%) 36 821; g, 7, 
paptupiov, Ac 744; of its heavenly prototype, He 8? 9", Re 13° 15° 213; 
of the temple, He 13°; 4 o. rod Modo, Ac 74%°@XX); metaph., 7 o. 
Aaveid, Ac 1516 (XX), + 
oxynvotmyia, -as, 7 (<< oxnvy, rHyvyps), [in LXX for mda, De 1616 

S11 Za, 1416, 1819) is) O94 1 Mac) 10") i Mace 122 *. | orope tne 
setting wp of tents or dwellings (Arist.); in LXX and NT, 7 o., 7 éopry 
ms o. (called also éopr) oxnvav, Le 23*4, al.; v. Deiss., LAH, 116 f.), 
the feast of Tabernacles: Jo 7.+ 

*t oxyvotrouds, -dv (<Coxyvy, tow), making tents ; as subst., 60., a 
tent-maker : Ac 18%.+ 

** gxijvos, -ovs, 70, [in LXX: Wi 9*;] = oxnry, a tent, tabernacle 
ae aes Metaph., of the body as the tabernacle of the soul; 
1 Co 54, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 409 


oxnvdw, -© (<Coxnvy), [in LXX chiefly for ,Rw;] to have one’s 
tabernacle, to dwell (in 7. of temporary dwelling, v. MM, Hzp., xxii): 
seq. é7i, c. acc. pers., Re 75; seq. ev, c. dat. pers., Jo 14; id. c. 
dat. loc., Re 12! 13°; seq. pera, c. gen. pers., Re 21° (cf. ém-, xara- 
oKnvow).t 

oKyvepa, -Tos, TO (<Q oxyvow), [in LXX chiefly for bax 3] a tent, 
tabernacle (cf. oxnvn, oxjvos): of the temple as God’s dwelling (Ps 131 
(132)°, al.), Ac 746. Metaph., of the body: 1 Pe 11% 14,+ 

oxid, -ds, #, [in LXX chiefly for by, 1v Ki 20°#, Ps 56 (57)!, al. ; 
but o. and o. Oavérov are also used for nyaoy, Jb 35, Ps 22 (23)4, 


Is 9? (vy. ICC, in 1.), al. ;] 1. shadow, shade, caused by interception of 
light: Mk 4%, Ac 5!°; metaph., o. @avarov, of ignorance and error, 
Mt 46, Lk 17° (LXX). 2. a shadow, the image or outline cast by an 
object: fig., trddeyya xai o., He 8°; opp. to caua, Col 217; opp. to 
eixwov, He 10!.t 
okipTdaw, -a, fin LXX: Ge 2572 (pxn hithpo.), Ps 113 (114)* 6 
(3p), ete. ;] to leap: Lk 14) 44 65+ 
t oxAnpo-xapdia, -as, 7 (<< oxAnpds, xapdia), [in LXX: De 1016, Je 44 
(az nbqy), Si 16? (cf. xapdia oxAnpd, ib. 3° 27) *;] hardness of heart : 


Mt 198, Mk 105 16041.+ 

oxnpés, -4, -6v (<oxéAXw, to dry), [in LXX chiefly for myp;] 
hard to the touch, rough, harsh, (opp. to padaxés) ; metaph., in various 
uses; (a) of men, hard, stern, severe: Mt 254; (b) of things, hard, 
rough, violent : oxAnpdv cou (éorr), Ac 2614; Adyos, Jo 6°; dvenos, Ja 34; 
oxAnpa Aadely, Ju.t 

S¥YN.: avornpos, q.v. 

okAnpotns, -7Tos, 7 (<CoxAnpéds), [in LXX: De 9?7 (wi), ete. ;] 
hardness ; metaph., of stubbornness: Ro 2°.+ 

t oxdnpo-tpdxndos, -ov (cKAnpds, tpayyndos), [in LXX: Ex 33% 5 

(RMP), etc. ;] stiff-necked: metaph., Ac 7°1.t 

oxdnpive (< oxAnpods), [in LXX chiefly for Mwp hi., also for pin ;] 
to harden. Metaph., to harden, make stubborn: ce. acc. pers., Ro 9!8; 
tr. kapdtas (Ps 94 (95)*), He 351547, Pass., to become hardened: Ac 199, 
He 333.+ 

oxoduds, -a, -ov, [in LX X: De 32° (wy), Pr 2818 (c. 68ots ropever Oa, 
for D377 wpy,), Is 40* (apy), etc.;] curved, bent, winding (opp. to 
6ép00s, edOvs): Lk 3°@XX), Metaph., crooked, perverse, unjust: Ac 2*°, 
Phl 215, 1 Pe 218+ 

oxddoy, -orros, 6, [in LXX: Nu 33° (qi), Ho 2° (7p), Ez 2874 
(750), Si 43°°*;] anything pointed, esp. 1. in cl., a stake. 2. In 
Hellenistic vernacular, a thorn (cf. LXX, ll. ¢.): o. 79 capki, 1 Co 127 


410 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(cf. MM, i, xxiii; DB, iii, 700 f.; Deiss., St. Pawl, 62f.; Field, Notes, 
187).t 
** oxoméw, -@ (<< oxords), [in LXX: Hs 815, 11 Mac 4°*;) to look at, 

behold, watch, contemplate. Metaph., to look to, consider: c. ace. rei, 
1m Co 48, Phi 2*; c.’acc. pers., Ro 161’, Phi 31"; seq. py, Lik 11°; 
ceavtov, seq. py (v. M, Pr., 192), Ga 6! (cf. ém-, Kata-cKoméw).t 

SYN.: Brérw, Oewpew, dpaw. 

oxonds, -0, 6, [in LXX chiefly for MX ;] 1. a watcher, watchman 


(Ez 317, al.). 2. a mark on which to fix the eye (Wi 5” #1, al.). 
Metaph., of an aim or object: Phl 3!4.t 

oxoprifw, [in LXX for p31 hi., etc. ;] in vernac. and in Ion. and 
late writers for oxeddvvupe (v. MM, xxiii; Rutherford, N Phr., 295), 
to scatter: 6 AvKos, Jo 10"; 6 pi cvvaywv per epod oxoprife, Mt 12°, 
Lk 1125; pass., seq. «is, c. acc. loc., Jo 16%; of one who dispenses 
blessings, 11 Co 99 @X%) (ef. dua-cxopmiopar).t 

axoptios, -ov, 6, [in LXX for AWPyY;] a scorpion: Lk 1019 11}2, 


Re 9% 5) 10 + 
oxotewwss (WH. -ruvds), -7, -6v (<Coxéros), [in LXX chiefly for 
Jw and cogn. forms;] dark: opp. to dwrewds, Mt 6%, Lk 11% %6.+ 
toxoria, -as, 7, [in LXX: Jb 28° (SER), Mi 3° (NWN), Is 163*;] 
in late writers = oxdros, darkness : Jo 617 20'. Metaph., (a) of secrecy 
(opp. to & r. dori): Mt 107, Lk 123; (6) of spiritual darkness: 
M¢)416. Jo: 15.812) 199, £65 5 Jo, 15 De % Abt 
t oxortiLw (<< oxdros), [in LXX for Jwn;] to darken ; in NT always 
pass., -onas, to be darkened: of the heavenly bodies, Mt 24°, Mk 13%, 
Lk 234° (Rec., WH, mg.), Re 8”. Metaph., of the mind, Ro 1” 
119 XD (cf. cxordw).t 
ox6ros, -ov, 6, the more usual cl. form (cf.c., 76), darkness : He 1238, 
Rec.t 
axétos, -ovs, 76, & form rare in cl. (cf. 6 o.) but freq. in LXX, 
[chiefly for qyn;] darkness: Mt 274, Mk 15%, Lk 2259 2344, Ac 29, 


ut Co 45; ra xpurra Tov o., 1 Co 4°; of blindness, Mt 675, Ac 13"; by 
meton., of a dark place, Mt 8! 2215 25, 1 Pe 21’, Ju’®. Metaph., 
of moral and spiritual darkness: Lk 11%, Jo 3!°, Ac 2618, 11 Co 614, Eph 
612, Col 113, 1 Pe 2°; by meton., of those who are in spiritual darkness, 
Eph 58; +. épya rod o., Ro 13", Eph 5"; oxdrovs eivar, I Th 55; &vo. 
elvat, ib.4; of ev o., Lk 179, Ro 2; 6 Aads 6 Kabnpevos ev o., Mt 416 EXX) 
(WH. oxoria); ev o. wepurareiv, I Jo 1°.t 
oxordw, -@ (<< oxdros), [in LXX for Jw, WP, ww ;] to darken : 
Re 9? 161°. Metaph., of the mind: pass., Eph 418 (cf. cxori¢w).t 
**t gx§Badov, -ov, 76, [in LXX: Si 274*;] refuse, esp. dung (v. MM, 


Col 34+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 411 


oxuvOpwrés, -dv (also -7, -ov) (<C oxvOpds, sullen, + oy), [in LXX: 
Ge 407 (x), etc. ;] of a gloomy countenance: Mt 616, Lk 2417.+ 


*oxtddo, 1. in cl., to skin, flay, rend (Aisch., Anthol.). 2. In 
Hellenistic writers, to vex, trouble, annoy: c. acc. pers., Mk 5%, Lk 
849; pass., éoxvApévor, distressed, Mt 9°°; mid., to trouble oneself, pH 
oxvAdov, Lk 7° (freq. in z.; v. MM, i, ii, and ef. M, Pr., 89; Abbott, 
Essays, 87; Kennedy, Sources, 82).t 

axddov (Rec. oxvdov), -ov, 76, [in LXX chiefly for bby ;] mostly 


in pl., oxtAa, arms stripped from a foe, spoils: Lk 11%.t 
* gkwdyxd-Bpwros, -ov (<< oxwAn€, BiBpwickw), eaten of worms: Ac 
12°5 (cf. 1 Mac 9°, and v. MM, xxiii).t 
oxédné, -nxos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for yim and cogn. forms;] a 


worm: of the kind which preys upon dead bodies, metaph., of fut. 
punishment, Mk 948 (LXX, Is 66%4; ef. Si 7!’, Jth 161”).+ 
*t+ opapdySivos (<(opdpaydos, q.v.), 1. of emerald (Luc. V.H., 
ii, 11). 2. Asin z. (Deiss., BS, 267), emerald-green: Re 4° (for the 
construction, v. Swete, in l.; Zorell, s.v.).t 
opdpaydos, -ov, 7 (and in late writers also 6), [in LXX: Ex 28° 
(naw) 361" (39!) (np IA), Hz 28% (adm), etc. ;] emerald or other trans- 


parent green stone (LS, s.v.; DB, iv, 620; Swete, Ap., 67, 288): 
Re 2119.+ 

opupva (in some MSS, fu-; v. BL, § 3, 9), -ys, 9, [in LXX for 
70, 719;] myrrh, a resinous gum used as an unguent and for em- 
balming: Mt 2", Jo 19°9.t 

Xpupva (T, Zu-; Bl., § 3, 9), -as, 4, Smyrna, an Ionian city on 
the Aigean: Re 1” 28.+ 

Xpupvaios, -a, -ov, of Smyrna: Re 28, Rec.t 

*+t ouupvilw (<< opvpva), 1. intrans., to be like myrrh (Diosce., i, 79). 

2. Trans., to mingle or drug with myrrh: pass., Mk 165%%.+ 

Xédopa, -wy, ta (Heb. OD), Sodom (Ge 131%}, al.): Mt 10% 


1123, 24, Lk 10" 1729, Ro 929(-XX), m1 Pe 26, Ju’, Re 118+ 

Lodopdy, -dvos (So prop., but Rec. has freq. -av, -dvros, as also 
WH in Ac 3" 5"; in Ac 747 T has SaAwpov, as LXX freq., indecl.; v. 
Bl.,§ 10,1; Tdf., Prol., 104, 119; WH, App., 158), 6 (Heb. mipdy), 
Solomon: Mt 1%,” 629 124, Lk 11%! 1227, Jo 1075, Ac 34 5% 747+ 

gopés, -ov, 7, [in LXX: Ge 50" (719), Jb 21 A* 5] (a) a cinerary 
urn (Hom.); (6) a coffin (Hdt., i, 68, 3, al.) : Lk 74.+ 

ods, -7}, -dv, possess. pron. of second pers., thy, thine: Mt 7%, al. ; 
as subst., oi coi, thy kinsfolk, friends, Mk 5!°; 10 cov, what ts thine, 
Mt 20" 255; ra. oa, thy goods, Lk 6*. 

*t gouSdpiov, -ov, To (Lat.), handkerchief, kerchief: Lk 19%, Ac 

192; used as a head covering for the dead, Jo 11** 20’ (cf. Deiss., 
BS, 223).t 


412 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Yougdwva, -ys (cf. Da LXX tH Su, inser., 27%), 9, Susanna: Lk 
83+ 
gopia, -as, 4, [in LXX chiefly for MADpM;] skill, intelligence, 


wisdom, ranging from knowledge of the arts and matters of daily life 
to mental excellence in its highest and fullest sense; (a) of human 
wisdom: 1 Co 2445, Ja 3, Re 1318 179; o. Soropavos, Mt 12*, Lk 
11%!; Aiyurriwv, Ac 777; "EXAnves o. Cntovow, I Co 1”; «. Adyov, 1 Co 
[iv - rt copay, ib. 19 (LXX) ; Te Koo pou, ib, 29 21 3) ; avOpwrivn, t Co gis. 
capxixy, 11 Co 12; of wisdom in spiritual things: Lk 21%, Ac 6% 1° 71, 
1 Co 26, Col 128 223 316 45, Ja 153117, 11 Pe 319; Adyos codias, 1 Co 128; 
mvevpa codtas, Eph 1"; o. Kai dpdvyois, Eph 18; o. wat ovveois, Col 
19; (b) of divine wisdom: of God, Ro 11°8, 1 Co 17)*4 27, Re 7#; 
moAvroixtAos, Eph 3!°; of Christ, Mt 13°4, Mk 6?, Lk 24% °2, 1 Co 1°, 
Col 28, Re 5"; of wisdom personified, Mt 111°, Lk 7° 1149.t 

Syw.: ovveots, intelligence ; ppovnors, prudence, which with o. 
make up (Arist., N. Hth., i, 13) the three intellectual dperai. o. is 
wisdom primary and absolute ; in distinction from which ¢. is practical, 
svveors critical, both being applications of o. in detail (cf. Lft., and 
ICC on Col 19; Lft., Notes, 317 f.; Tr., Syn., § xxv; Cremer, 870 ff.). 

sopilw (<codds), [in LXX chiefly for O5m;] to make wise, 
instruct: c. ace. pers., m Ti 3 (cf. Ps' 18 (19) 118 (119)%). As 
depon., -oac; (a) intrans., to become wise (111 Ki 47" (5"), He 2, and 
freq. in Si, 75, al.); (0) trans., to invent, devise cleverly: pass., 11 Pe 
16 (cf. xara-copiLopat).t 

gods, -7, -dv, [in LXX chiefly for O3m;] skilled, clever, wise, 


whether in handicraft, the affairs of life, the sciences or learning: Ro 
16"! 1 Cos"; of, the learned, Ro 14:22 )1 Coie 20260) Sts ot 
Jewish teachers, Mt 112°, Lk 10%; Christian, Mt 23°4; of those en- 
dowed with practical wisdom, 1 Co 6°, Eph 5%, Ja 3; of God, Ro 
1677; compar., tT. pwpdrv 7. Oeod codurepov, I Co 1*°.t 

SYN.: ovverds, Ppovipos (v.S. copia, SYN.). 

Emavia, -as, 7 (= cl. “Eowepia or [Bypia; late writers adopted 
the Roman name, ‘Iozavia (1 Mac 8%) or 3%. as here), Spain: 
Ro 1574 28+ 

onapdcow, [in LXX: mu Ki 22° B (wy; hith.), Je 4 (man), 
Da LXX 87 (q>w hi.), ut Mac 4°*;] 1. to tear, rend, mangle. 2. to 
convulse: Mk 176 (v. Swete, in 1.) O45) lukyo (cf. ovv-oTapacow at 

omapyavow, -3 (<Co7apyaov, a swathing-band), [in LXX: Jb 
389, Ez 164 (5mm pu.) *;] to swathe, wrap in swaddling-clothes: Lk 
272 (Hipp., Arist., Plut.).+ 

tomatahdw, -6 (<C orataAdn, wantonness, luxury, Si 278%), fin 
LXX: Ez 164 (pw hi.), Si 21°*;] to live riotously: 1 Ti 5°, 
Ja 5° (Polyb.).t 

SYN.: otpynvaw, tpvpaw (v. Tr., Syn., § liv). 

ondw, [in LXX chiefly for pbu ;] in cl. poét. for €Axw; mostly 
used in mid. (cf. M, J Boi ISH y to draw: per xaupay, Mk 1447, Ac 1627.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 413 


** omeipa, -ys (on this form of gen., v. M, Pr., 38, 48; Bl., § 7,1; 
Mayser, 12; Deiss., BS, 186), [in LXX: Jth 14", 11 Mac 823 1220) 22 * 5] 
1. (= Lat. spira) anything wound or rolled wp, a coil, 2. AS o 
military term used (by Polyb. and later writers) of a body of soldiers, 
a maniple (third part of a cohort) or cohort (v. Swete, Mk., 375; 
Weste., Jo., 251 f.): Mt 2727, Mk 15!6, Jo 18%, Ac 10! 215! 271,+ 

omeipw, [in LXX chiefly for y51;] to sow (seed): absol., Mt 676 
133) 4,18 257426, Mk 4% 4, Lk 8° 1974, Jo 436, 11 Co 9; c. acc. rei, Mt 
137427, 37, 39, Mk 432, Lk 85, 1 Co 15%6: 37; seq. cis, Mt 13%, Mk 418; ev, 
Mt 137431; éri, c. gen., Mk 4%; éri, c. ace., Mt 132%23, Mk 416,20; 
mapa, c. acc., Mt 13/9. Metaph.: 1 Co 9% 1542-44, Ga 6%8, Ja 318; in 
proverbial sayings, Mt 257426, Lk 197122, Jo 47, 11 Co 9%, Ga 67; in 
interpretation of parables, Mt 131928, Mk 41426,+ 

*t omexouhdtwp, -opos (Rec. -wpos), 6 (Lat. speculator), 1. prop., @ 
spy or scout. 2. An executioner: Mk 677 (vy. Swete, in 1.).+ 

omevdw, [in LXX chiefly for Jos hi.;] to powr out as a drink- 
offering, make a libation ; pass., fig., orevdouar, I am poured out or 
offered as a libation (in the shedding of my life-blood): Phl 2!" (v. 
Lft., in 1.), m Ti 4° (for exx. from z., v. Milligan, Selections, 114 f.; 
MM, xxiii).t 

onéppa, -ros, TO (<Co7eipw), [in LXX chiefly for y33;] seed; (a) 
of plants: Mt 13?4:27) 37 38 17 Co 91; pl., Mt 13%2, Mk 431, 1 Co 15%; 
metaph., of an escaping remnant (Ww, Is 1°; cf. Wi 14°; Plat., 


Tim., 23¢; FlJ, Ant., xi, 5, 3), Ro 97°; (6) of men (as youn; Lat. 
semen genitale; soincel.; cf.in LXX, Le 15', al.): He 11"; metaph., 
of the divine influence, 1 Jo 3°; by meton. (as freq. in poets), seed, 
offspring, posterity: Mt 227425, Mk 12192, Lk 155 Q028(LXX), Jo 742 
Ber", Ac 37° 76 13%, Ro 1? 4% 18 97,8 11! tr Co 117, Ga 316 19, 1 Ti 28, 
He 2!6 1138; pl. (FJ, Ant., viii, 7, 6; Plat., Leg., ix, 853c; 1v Mac 
18!; in Ga, l.c., contrasted with sing., v. Lft., in 1.; Milligan, NTD, 
105 f.), Ga 3!°; of spiritual offspring, Ro 41% 18 98, Ga 329, Re 1217.+ 

* gmeppoddyos, -ov (<Co7épua, A€yw), a seed-picker ; (a) prop., of 
birds (Arist., Aristoph, al.); (6) in Attic slang, of an idler who lives on 
scraps picked up in the agora; hence, as subst., 6 ¢., an idle babbler : 
Aen Pe xt 

onevSo, [in LXX chiefly for 3 pi., also for bma pi., hi., ete. ;] 
1. most freq. intrans., to hasten: c. inf. (as freq. in cl.), Ac 201%; ptep. 
c. indic., Lk 2!°; c. imperat., Lk 195°; oedcov x. é&edOe, Ac 2238, Q, 
Trans., c. acc.; (a) to hasten, urge on, accelerate (as Hom., Od., xix, 
137; Eur., Med., 152; Si 33 (36)8): m Pe 3”, R, mg. (cf. Mayor and 
ICC, in 1., but v. infr.); (0) to desire eagerly (Pind., Pyth., iii, 110; 
Kur., Suppl., 161; Is 16°): m Pe, Le., R, txt. (but v. supr.).t 

om datoy, -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for My ;] a cave, cavern: Jo 


1138, He 118, Re 6; o. (EV, den) Anoray (Je 7"), Mt 213, Mk 1117, 
Wik. 1946t 


414 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* omdds, -ados, » (on the gender in Ju, l.c., v. Mayor, Jw., 41), 1. 
poét. in cl., a rock or reef over which the sea dashes (Polyb., FlJ, al.). 
Metaph., of men whose conduct causes danger to others, Ju, R, txt. 
(but v.infr.). 2. In late writers = o7ziAos (q.v.), a spot, stain ; metaph., 
Ju, l.c., R, mg. (ef. Mayor, 41, but v. supr.).t 

*gmidos (Rec. ozidos), -ov, 6, 1. a rock, cliff (Arist.,-al.). 2. In 
late writers = Att. xnAis (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 87 f.), a spot, stain ; 
metaph., (a) of moral blemish: Eph 5?’; (6) of riotous and lascivious 
persons (cf. Dion. Hal., quoted by Mayor, in 1.): m Pe 21%.+ 

**t omddw, [in LXX: Wi 154*;] to stain, spot, defile: c.acc., Ja 3°, 
Jaeset 
omhayxvifopat (<Comdayxvov), [in LXX (act., -ifw): Pr 175A, 
11 Mac 68 (= -evw) *;] to be moved as to the orAayyva (q.v.), hence, to 
feel pity or compassion: absol., Lk 10%3 152°; ptep., crAayynobeis, c. 
indic., Mt 18?” 204, Mk 141; seq. éi, c. dat. pers., Mt 14%, Lk 733; 
emi, c. acc., Mt 15%2, Mk 634 8? 972; wep’, Mt 986. (The word is else- 
where found only in Sm: 1 Ki 2371, Hz 247), Test. Zeb., 47; v. Thayer, 
s.v.; MM, xxiii quote Thumb, Hellen., 123 as practically confirming Lift. 
on Ph] 18, in the suggestion that the verb was a coinage of the Jewish 
dispersion.) t 
omddyxvov, -ov, 76, mostly (in NT always) in pl., orAayyva, -wv, 
td, [in LXX: Pr 12! (yan, elsewhere rendered by oixrippoi, Ps 
24 (25)® 39 (40) and by édeos, Is 47%), Pr 26” (19a), Wi 10°, Si 30’, 


1 Mac 96, al.;] the inward parts (heart, liver, lungs, etc.; Lat. 
viscera): Ac 18. Metaph., of the seat of the feelings and of the 
feelings themselves (in Gk. poets, of anger, anxiety, etc.), the heart, 
affections (the characteristic LXX and NT reference of the word to 
feelings of kindness, benevolence and pity, is found in z.; v. MM, 
xxiii; cf. Lft.on Phl 18): 11 Co 6" 7, Phm % 1% 20 1 Jo3!"; o. oixrippod, 
Col 3”; o. xat oixrippot, Phl 2!; o. édéovs Geod juaov, Lk 1°8; o. Xpicrod 
‘Inood, Phi 18+ ; 
* gndyyos, -ov, 6, a sponge: Mt 2748, Mk 15%, Jo 19°°.+ 
anodds, -od, 6, [in LXX chiefly for IPN ;] ashes: He 9°; &v odxxw 


kato. (Is 585, Jo 36, Da LXX 9, al.), Mt 1171, Lk 1043.+ 

omopa, -as, 9 (<< oreipw), [in LX X: rv Ki 1979 (3793), 1 Mac 108° * 5) 
1. a sowing. 2. seedtime. 3. seed sown (of human offspring, Soph., 
Tr., 316, 420): 1 Pe 1° (ef. orépya, and v. Milligan, NT'D, 105 f.).t 

ondpios, -ov (<Comeipw) [in LXX: Ge 1”, Le 11%” (yn), Si 40” 
N!* 5] fit for sowing, sown ; as subst., ra o., corn-fields : Mt 12', Mk 2?8, 
Lk 61.t 

ondpos, -ov, 6 (<Comeipw), [in LXX chiefly for yyx;] = o7opa, 


1. sowing or seedtime. 2. seed sown (so usually in late Gk.) : Mk 47627, 

Lk 85", 11 Co 9! (LTr.); metaph., of almsgiving, 11 Co 91°.+ 
orouddtw (< orovdy), [in LXX chiefly for dma ni. ;] to make haste ; 

hence, to be zealous or eager, to give diligence: c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205 f.), 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 415 


Ga 2 ion 42) eT ay pe as Tit 34, He 44 a Pe 14 3; 
c. acc, et inf. (on this construction v. Mayor in 1.; MM, xxiii), m Pe 1 
(for other constructions v. LS, s.v.).t 

atroudatos, -a, -ov (<Co7ovdy), [in LXX: Hz 41*°*;] an haste; 
hence, zealous, eager, diligent, earnest: seq. ev, 11 Co 8; compar., 
-orepos, ib. 7 (here in superl. sense, v. Bl., § 44, 3) *.t 

** groudaiws, adv. (<< orovdaios), [in LXX: Wi 2°*;] 1. with haste 

or zeal, i.e. earnestly, zealously, diligently: Lk 74, mu Ti 1, Tit 3%; 
compar., -orépws, Ph] 278 (RV, Lft., Weymouth, al., but v. infr.). 2. 
hastily, speedily : compar., -orépws, Phl 28 (Thayer, Zorell, s.v.; ICC, 
in 1., al., but v. supr.).t 

oroud, -75, ) (<< omevddw), [in LXX chiefly for 572, its parts and 
derivatives ;] 1. haste, speed: pera o. (Wi 197), Mk 6%, Lk 1%. 2. 
zeal, diligence, earnestness: Ro 124, m Co 74}? 878; ev o., Ro 128 
(vy. M, Pr, 104) ; seq. trrép, 11 Co 86 ; o7Trovony evoeixvuc Gat, He 6; Ga 
rapeacdepev, I Pe 15; racav o. roetoba, Ju? (v. MM, xxiii; M, Pr., 
214; Deiss., BS, 361, 364).t 

omtupis, V.S. opupis. 

atddiov, -ov, 70, pl., cradia (Jo 6!°, T), and metapl., oradio (v. BL., 
§ 9, 1), [im LXX: Da LXX 4°, Su 3’, m Mac 115 12°#-*;) @ stadium, 
i.e. 1. a measure of length = 600 Greek feet or 4 of a Roman mile: 
Mt 1474 (Rec., WH, txt., R, mg.), Lk 243, Jo 619 1138 Re 1429 2116, 
and, this being the length of the Olympic course, 2. a race-course: 
OSS ake 

atdpvos, -ov (6 and), 4, [in LXX: Ex 16% (mjygy), mi Ki 12% 
14° (papa), Da LXX Bel**;] prop., an earthen jar for racking off 


wine, hence, generally, a jar: He 94.t 
*t cracvaams (<< cracralw, to stir wp sedition, Jth 7°, 1 Mac 4° 146 *) 
=Att. cracwrys, a rebel, revolutionist, one who stirs up sedition: 
Mk 157 (FU, al.).t 
atdats, -ews, 7 (<< torn), [in LXX chiefly for tay, its parts and 
derivatives, also for a (Pr 1714), etc. (v. Deiss., BS, 158f.);] 1. a 


standing, place, status: o. éyew (Polyb., v, 5, 3; and cf. Lat. locum 
habere), He 98. 2. insurrection, seditoon: Mk 15’, Lk 23! 25, Ac 194° 
24°, 3. In poets and late prose, strife, dissension (cf. MM, xxiii): 
Ac 18? 237 10+ 
otaTHp, ~fpos, 6, [in Aq., Sm., for Spy ;] a stater; (a) a weight ; 
(b) a coin (used by late writers of the Greek rerpadpaxpov): Mt 17?7 
2616, WH, mg.t 
* gtaupds, -od, 6, 1. an upright pale or stake (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., 
al.). 2. In late writers (Diod., Plut., al.) of the Roman instrument 
of crucifixion, the Cross: of the Cross on which Christ suffered, 
Mt 273% 40, 42° Mk 15% 80, 82 Tk 9326 Jo 1917, 1% 25, 31 Co] 214 He 192: 
Oavaros aravpod, Phi 28; +. aiva rod o., Col 12°. Metaph., in proverbial 
sayings: aipew (AapBavev, Baorafev) rov o., Mt 10° 1674, Mk 8%4 10?! 


416 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


15*1, Lk 95 1427 (for an interesting ex. of metaph. use in z., v. MM, 
xxiil). By meton., for Christ’s death on the Cross: 1 Co 1!’, Ga 54 
6214, Hph 236, Phi 3!8; 6 Adyos 6 rod o., 1 Co 1'8.t 

otaupsw, -G (<oravpés), [in LXX: Hs 7° (mdm), 8%*;] 1. to 
fence with pales, impalisade (Thuc.). 2. In late writers (Polyb., Fld ; 
but dvaoravpdw is more common) to crucify: c. acc. pers., Mt 201° 234 
9°62 9722 ff. 985, Mk 1518 ff. 166, Lk 9321, 23, 33 9445 20. Jo 198 ff. | Ae 936 410. 
I Co 11% 28 92,8, 1 Co 134, Ga 31, Re 118; metaph., Ga 574 614.t 

orapudy, -7s, 7, [in LXX for 33¥;] a bunch of grapes: Mt 7°, 


Lk 644, Re 148. ‘co. is properly the ripe grape-cluster as opp. to 
dudaé, cf. Ge 40", Jb 15°; as contrasted with Bdrpus, it describes the 
grapes rather than the cluster on which they grow” (Swete, Apoc., 
187 f.).t 

atdxus, -vos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nbaw ;] an ear of corn: 


Mé 121, Mk 278 425, Lk 61+ 
Erdxus, -vos, 6, Stachys: Ro 16° (v. Lft., Phl., 174; MM, xxiii).t 
oréyn, -ns, 7 (<Coréyw), [in LXX: Ge 813 (ADDN), ete. ;] a roof: 
Mk 2; of entering a house, «icépyecOai tro tiv o., Mt 8°, Lk 7° (ef. 
MM, xxiii).t 
** oréyw (cf. Lat. tego), [in LXX: Si 8'7*;] 1. prop., to cover 
closely, to protect by covering, esp. to keep water in or out (Soph., 
Plat., al.). 2. to cover, keep secret, conceal (Si, ].c., Polyb., al.) : 1 Co 137, 
R, mg. 3. By covering to ward off, bear up under, endure (for exx., v., 
lift, Notes, 407M, Th., 30) 70' CoO! 13 ia So Our: 
ateipos, -ov, also -a, -ov, [in LXX for MAY, T2Y 5] barren: of 
a woman, Lk 1% 36 2379, Ga 427 (XX) + 
oré\dw, [in LXX (mid.): Ma 2° (nnn ni.), Pr 31°49, Wi 714 141, 
mu Mac 51, ur Mac 19 4"*;) 1. prop., to set, place, arrange, fit out ; 
hence, mid., to set oneself for, prepare (Wi, 11 Mag, ll. ¢.). 2. to 
bring together, gather wp (in Hom. of furling sails), hence to restrain, 
check ; mid., to restrain or withdraw oneself, hold aloof, avoid : 11 Co 
870; seq. a7, 1 Th 3° (cf. amo-, é€-arro-, cvv-aro-, dua-, émt-, Kata-, cv(v)-, 
bro-oTeAXAw).t 
* oréupa, -ros, 76 (<Coredu, to put arownd, enwreath), a wreath, 
garland : as used in sacrifices, Ac 1418.t 
atevaypds, -ov, 6 (<Corevdéfw), [in LXX for AMIN, 423N, TPN3, 
etc. ;] a groaning: Ac 734 (UXX xpavyy), Ro 8°6.t 
otevdtw, [in LXX for MIN ni., P3N, ete.;] to groan (‘the word 
denotes feeling which is internal and unexpressed,’ Mayor, Ja., 162): 
Mk 7*4, 1 Co 5%4, He 13!’, Ja 5° (EV, murmur); ev éavtois, Ro 88 
(cf. ava-, ov(v)-crevalw).t 
Syw.: v.s. kAalw. 
otevés, -), -ov, [in LXX for WY, etc. ;] narrow : fig. (v. MM, xxiii), 
Me 725) 4) Wk) 137.7, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 417 


orevo-xwpéw, -G (<orevds + xdpos, space), [in LXX: Jos 17 
(pax), Jg 16! (pbx pi.), Is 28°29 (qyp) 49° (ay), Iv Mac 11" *;] 
1. to be straitened (cf. Is 491%); metaph., to be anxious (Hipp., al.). 
2. In late writers, trans., to straiten, compress (LXX, Diod., al.; 7. ap. 
MM, xxiii): pass., trop., 1 Co 48, 6%.t 

oTevoxwpia, -as, 7 (v. supr.), [in LXX for mpI¥, etc. ;] narrowness 
of space, want of room (Thuce., al.). Metaph. (Xen., Polyb., De 28°, 
Wi 5%, al.), difficulty, distress: OAs Kai (7) o., Ro 2° 8 (KV, 
anguish) ; pl. (cf. Bl., §32, 6; WM, 220), m Co 64 121° 

Syy.: Oris, q.v. 

otepeds, -d, -dv, [in LXX: Nu 84 (MwA); o. rérpa, Is 5° (Ay), 
etc.;] hard, firm, solid: tpody, He 514; Geuedws, fig., mu Ti 2), 
Metaph., (a) in bad sense, hard, crwel (Hom.; al.) ; (6) in good sense, 
steadfast, firm: rt. miore, I Pe 5°.+ 

arepedw, -@ (<< orepeds), [in LXX: Is 42° (yp), Je 5° (PIN pi.), 
etc. ;] (a) to make firm or solid ; (b) to strengthen, make strong ; c. acc. 
pers., Ac 3!6; 7, Baces, pass., ib.’. Metaph. (cf. Je, le): 7. mioret, 
pass., Ac 16°.+ 

atepéwpa, -Tos, TO (<Corepeow), [in LXX: Ge 1° f. Ps 18 (19), 
150!, Ez 17226 10! 13°, Da LXX, TH 36°) 123 (37), De 3376 (pnw), 
Ps 17 (18)? 70 (71)3 (5p), Es 929, 1 Es 878 (82), Si 4348, 1 Mac 94* 5] a 


solid body ; (a) a support, fowndation (Arist., al.) ; metaph., strength 
(Ps 17 70, 1 Mac, ll. c.); steadfastness, firmness: t. wictews, Col 2°; 
tr the dome of heaven (believed to be a solid canopy), the firmament 
LXX).t 

Erepavas, -a, 6, Stephanas : 1 Co 1! 1615) 17,+ 

Erépavos, -ov, 6, Stephen: Ac 65 ®& 9 759 8? 1119 2229 + 

aotépavos, -ov, 6 (< oredu, to encircle), [in LXX chiefly for Away 5] 


1. that which surrounds or encompasses (as a wall, a crowd: Hom., 
al.). 2. a crown, i.e. the wreath, garland or chaplet given as a prize 
for victory, as a festal ornament, or as a public honour for disting- 
uished service or personal worth (so to sovereigns, especially on the 
occasion of a zapovaia, q.v.; cf. Deiss., LAH, 372 ff.; on its use in 
LXX for the golden crown of royalty (prop., d.adnpa, q.v., cf. Hort and 
Mayor on Ja 1”): Mt 279°, Mk 151”, Jo 19% 5, 1 Co 9%, Re 44:10 62 97 
12! 1414, Metaph.: Phl 4!, Re 34; +. dixaroovvys (cf. Deiss., LAL, 
312), 1 Ti 4°; 7. ddéys, 1 Pe 54; Kavyyoews, 1 Th 2'9 (v. M, Th., in 1.) ; 
t. Cwns (gen. appos.), Ja 1, Re 21°.+ 

otepavdw, -@ (<Corédavos), [in LXX for "wy;] c. acc. pers., to 
crown: of a victor, 1 Ti 25, Metaph., dd& x. tun, He 27 9 (LXX).t+ 

aries, -ous, rd, [in LX X : Ex 2825 26 29 30) (45), etc. ;] the breast : 


Jo 13% 2119, Re 15; as a sign of penitence, rvmrew (eis) 76 o., Lk 1818 
2348,t 
27 


418 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


torjxw, late pres., formed from perf., éornxa (v. Bl., §17; WH, 
Arp., 169; Kennedy, Sources, 158; M, Pr., 238; MM, xxiii), [in LXX: 
Ex 1433 A, Jg 162° B, ur Ki 84 B*;] = tory, to stand: Mk 33! 11%, 
Jo 176, Re 124 ae T). Metaph., to stand firm, stand fast: absol., 
Ga 5! (but v. Field, Notes, 189 f.), u Th 2°; seq. év, Jo 8* (€ornxev, 
T, R, mg.), 1 Co 16%, Phi 1?” 41; c. dat., Ro 144+ 
** ornptypds, -00, 6 (<Cornpitw), [in Sm.: Is 3'*;] 1. a setting 
firmly, supporting. 2. fixedness, firmness, steadfastness : 11 Pe 317.t 
ormpitw, [in LXX for ad, Ow (O°), etc. ;] to fix, set fast, make 
fast: Lk 16%; +. rpécwmrov (Ez 6? 13", al.; v. Dalman, Words, 30 f.), 
Lk 951, Metaph., to confirm, establish: c., acc., Lk 22°, Ac 18%, Ro 
12 1675, 1 Th 32) 18 1 Th 33, Ja 58, 1 Pe 5, Re 3?; id. seq. é&, 1 Th 
Ui Gail eey Bet 
** oriBds, -ddos, 7, [in-Aq.: Ez 4678 (mim) *;] a litter of leaves or 
rushes: pl., Mk 118 (Rec. crouf-).t 
otlypa, -ros, 76 (<Corilw, to prick), [in LXX: Ca 1" (7723) * 5] a 
tattoed mark or brand: ra o. rod "Incod, Ga 6" (v. Lft., in 1.; Deiss., 
BS, 349; LAE, 303; MM, xxiii).t 
ottypn, -As, 9 (<< orl, to prick), [in LXX: Is 29° (ynp), 1 Mac 
91 * 5] a prick, a point; metaph., o. xpdvov, a moment: Lk 4°.t 
otihBw, [in LXX: Na 33 (am), etc. ;] to shine, glisten: Mk 9%.+ 
ood, -Gs, 7, [in LXX: Ez 408 (AByY), ete.;] a portico: Jo 5; 
used of the covered colonnade in the Temple (EV, porch), Jo 10°, 
Ac 3! §2.+ 
atotBds, V.S. oruBas. 
Lroikds, V.S. StwiKds. 
¥* grouxetov, -ov, 70, [in LXX: Wi 7!” 198, 1v Mac 12!5*;] prop., 
one of & row (arotxos) or series, hence, 1. the shadow-line of a dial 
(Aristoph.). 2. an elementary sownd or letter of the alphabet (Anth., 
Plut., z.). 3. the elements or rudiments of knowledge (Arist., al.) : 
He 5”; arya o., Ga 4°; o. tod Kdcpou, ib. 3, Col 2% 2° (but v. infr.). 
4. The material elements of the universe (Plat.; LXX, ll. c.): m Pe 
31412, 5. The heavenly bodies (Diog. Laert.). 6. The demons or 
tutelary spirits of nature (Enoch., Test., Sol., al.; for this sense in 
Ga, Col, ll. c., v. ICC on Col 28; Enc. Bidl., s.v. ‘‘ Elements’’).t 
aroxéw, -& (<< oroixos, a row), [in LXX: He 116 ("ywD)*;] to be 
in rows (of waves, plants, etc., as well as of men), to walk in line (esp. 
of marching in file to battle; Xen., Cyr., vi, 3, 34, al.). Metaph., 
in late writers, to walk by rule: Ac 2174; c. dat., to walk by or in 
(as a rule of life), Ro 4” (cf. MM, xxiii), Ga 5° 616, Phi 316 (cf. ovr- 
oroxew).t 
atohy, -Hs, 7 (<CoreAAw), [in LXX chiefly for 173, also for 
wad, etc.;] 1. an equipment, an armament (Aisch.). 2. Equipment 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 419 


in clothes, apparel, esp. flowing raiment, a festal robe: (cf. Jh 36, Es 
O01 Mae 6%): Mk 1282) 165k tir 20*e |, Re: 6!) 7% 1) 14 2314 + 
ordépa, -ros, 76, [in LXX chiefly for MH;] the mouth: of man, 


Mt 154, Jo 1929, Ac 118, al.; of animals, Mt 17°’, u Ti 4!” (fig.), He 
11%, Ja 3°, al.; fig., of inanimate things (zorapov, Hom.), jvoéer 4 yn 
70 o., Re 12!6; o. payaipas (Heb. 2978, Ge 34”, al.), the edge of the 


sword, Lk 2124, He 114; esp. of the mouth as the organ of speech: 
opp. to xapdia, Mt 12%4, Ro 10% 1°; in various phrases (some cl., some 
resembling Hebrew; cf. Bl., § 40, 9): dvolyew r. o. (V.S. avolyw); o. 
Tpos o. (nB->x mp, Nu 128; =cl., xara o., Hdt., al.), face to face, 


Jo, nt Jo; da rod o. (of the Holy Spirit), Lk 17°, Ac 1%, al.; 
amd (ex) tov o. (cf. dao o. civetv, Plat., al.), of speaking by word of 
mouth, Lk 2271, Ac 2214; dddos (eddos) ev tr. o., I Pe 272, Re 145 (XX); 
metaph., 7 poudaia tod o., Re 216. By meton., for speech (Soph.): 
Mt 1816 XX), Lk 1972 2115, 1 Co 131. 

* otépaxos, -ov, 6 (<Cordua), prop., a mouth, an opening; (a) in 
early Gk. writers, the throat; (b) of the opening of the stomach 
(Arist.) ; (c) in later writers (Plut., al.), the stomach: 1 Ti 5°8.+ 

otpateta (on the orthogr., v. Deiss., BS, 181 f.), -as, 4 (<< orpa- 
tevw), [in LXX chiefly for N2¥;] an expedition, a campaign, warfare : 


metaph., 11 Co 10¢ (-ra, T), 1 Ti 118,+ 
** otpdteupa, -Tos, TO (<Cotparevw), [in LXX: 1 Mac 9%, m Mac 

5*4 821 1338 1318; pl., Jth 118, rv Mac 5!*;] 1. = otpareia (Hadt., al.). 
2. an army, @ host: pl., Mt 227, Re 91° 191419; = soldiers, company 
of soldiers, Ac 23!%?7; pl., Lk 231.+ 

otpatedw, and depon., -opai, so always in NT (<orpards, an en- 
camped army), {in LXX for mm hith., N¥°, NA¥; metaph., 1v Mac 
93 |] used of the general, to make war, do battle, and (chiefly) of the 
soldiers serving under him, to serve as a soldier: Lk 34, 1 Co 9’, 1 Ti 
24, Metaph. (cf. MM, ii, xxiii), of spiritual conflict, to war, make 
war: 1 Co 10%, 1 Ti 138, Ja 41, 1 Pe 2".+ 

atpatnyés, -0v, 6 (<< orpards, dyw), [in LXX chiefly for q3p (always 
in pl.), "yv;] 1. a military commander, a general (Hdt., al.). 2. A 


civic commander, a governor, magistrate (Hdt., Xen., al.): Ac 
162%; 22, 35, 36,38. 3, The commander of the Levitical guard of the 
Temple, 6 o. 7. iepot (EV, captain of the Temple): Ac 4! 5726; pl., 
Lk 224 82+ 
Syy.: dpxov (cf. HGT on Ac 16°; Ramsay, St. Paul, 217). 
otpatid, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for N3¥ ;] 1. = orparéds, an army, 


a host: of angels (111 Ki 221°, al.), Lk 218; of the stars of heaven (Je 
8?, 1 Ch 33%), Ac 7#. 2. As sometimes in cl. (poét.), = orpareia: 
11 Co 104, T (WH, RV, orpareia).t 

otpatiditys, -ov, 6, [in LXX: m Ki 23° B!, m Mac 5! 1439, 11 Mac 


420 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


32, 1v Mac,*;] @ soldier: Mt 8°, Mk 15%, Jo 19%, Ac 107; al.; 
metaph., o. Xpirrod “Ino., 1 Ti 2°.t 
*t orpatodoyéw, -@ (<< otpards, A€yw), to levy a troop, enlist soldiers : 
11 Ti 24 (Diod., Plut., al.).t 
atpatoTeddpxns, V.S. oTpatorédapyos. 
*+ gtparoméd-apxos (Rec. -7s), -ov, 6 (<< otpardredov, dpxw), a military 
commander, esp. the Pretorian prefect : Ac 286 (WH, om.).t 
atpatd-medov, -ov, 7d (ctpards + médov, a plain), [in LXX: Je 
41 (34)! (°n), u Mac 8", al.;] (a) a military camp; (b) an army: 
Lk 217°.+ 
otpeBow, -@ (<orpédw), [in LXX: m Ki 2227 (mp hithp,), 
mt Mac 4!4, 1v Mac 9!” 1241! 1514*;) to twist, torture. Metaph. (cf. 
1 Ki, l.c.), to twist or pervert language: 1 Pe 316+ 
otpépw, [in LXX chiefly for JBN, also for Aad, etc.;] to turn: 
c. acc. rei dat. pers., Mt 59°; = azoc-, to bring back, Mt 273 (cf. Is 388) ; 
reflexively (WM, § 38, 1), to turn oneself, Ac 7*; c. acc. seq. eis, 
= perac-, to change, Re 11°. Pass., reflexive, to twrn oneself: seq. 
eis, Jo 2014, Ac 739 1346; ptep., otpadeis, c. indic., Mt 76 97? 168, Lk 7° 
955 1425 9961, Jo 138 20!6; id. seq. mpds, Lk 744 1072 (WH, R, om.), 
ib. 23 2328; metaph., to change: absol., Mt 18%, Jo 12*° (ef. dva-, aro-, 
dia-, éx, ét-, Kata-, peta-, ov(v)-, bro-cTpédw).t 
** otpyvidw, -& (<< otpivos, q.v.), [in Sm.: Is 616 (55x) * ;] a word 
which first appears in the middle comedy (Rutherford, NPhr., 475 f.), 
to run riot, wax wanton: Re 18% ° (cf. xara-otpyvidw).t 
Syw.: orataddw (q.V.), Tpvpdw. 
atpivos, -ovs, 76 (cf. Lat. strenwus), [in LAX: 1v Ki 1978 (aNw * 5] 


insolent luxury, wantonness: Re 18% (a late word, first found in a 
Comic poet, B.c. 300, v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 41, cf. otpnvidw).t 
atpouOloy, -ov, 76, [in LXX chiefly for "Bx ;] dimin. of orpovbds, 
a sparrow: Mt 10 31, Lk 12% 7.t 
otpwvvdw Or otpdvvupt (v. Bl., § 23, 1; Veitch, s.v.), [in LXX for 
yy” hoph., etc.;] to spread: ipara év rt. 606 (eis 7. 6d0v), Mt 218, Mk 
118; of making a bed, ozpacov (sc. t. kAivyv) ceavtg, Ac 9*4; of 
furnishing a room, éorpwp<vov, spread with carpets or carpeted couches 
(cf. Ez 2341), Mk 1415, Lk 22”.t 
* gtuyntés, -6v (<C orvyéw, to hate), hated, hateful: Tit 33.+ 
toruyvdtw (<Corvyvés, sombre, gloomy, sullen, Is 5, Wi 17%, 
Da LXX 2!*), [in LXX: Ez 27%, 2819 32! (oaw)*;] to have a 
sombre, gloomy appearance: of the human countenance (RV, his 
countenance fell), Mk 10”; of the sky (so otvyvérys, Polyb., iv, 21, 1), 
Mt 16° (({WH], R, mg., om.).t 
otdos (T, crddAos, as in cl:), -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for May, also 
for wr), ete.;] a pillar, regarded especially as a support: o. wupos, 


Re 10!; o. & 7. vad, fig., Re 3%. Metaph., Ga 2°; 7. dAnOedas, 1 Ti 315.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 421 


Erwixds (Rec. -ixds, T, Yroixds), -7, -dv, Stowe: Ac 1718+ 

oJ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., cod, dat., coi, acc., oé, 
pl., tpeis, -dv, -tv, -ds (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. 
(B1., § 48, 3), though zpds o¢ occurs in Mt 25**). Nom. for emphasis 
or contrast : Jo 13% 42 410 588, 3%, 44, Ac 47, Hph 5*7; so also perhaps ov 
eizas, Mt 2654, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2°, Lk 176, Jo 17°, al. ; 
sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85 f.), as also in cl., but esp. as 
rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. vids pou ef od (FANT™IR, Ps 27), Ac 13°%. 
The gen. (cod, tvav) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 74 12°, 
al.; so also the enclitic cov, Mt 9°; on ri éuoi k. col, V.S. eyo. 

ouyyévera, -as, » (<Covyyerys), [in LXX chiefly for mney ;] 1. 
kinship. 2. By meton., kinsfolk, kindred: Lk 1%, Ac 7% 14,+ 

*#+t cuyyevels, V.S. oVyYEVYS. 

ouyyevns, -és (dat. pl., -etow, Mk 64, Lk 2**, as though from -evs, v. 
Swete, Mk., l.c.; Bl.,§ 8, 6; cf. 1 Mac 10® A N?*;) (<< our, yevos), [in LX X 
for 173, TTT, TMpwa;] 1. congenital, natural, innate. 2. akin to; 


as subst., a kinsman: Mk 64, Lk 158 244 1412 2116, Jo 1826, Ac 104; of 
tribal kinship, Ro 93 167 421+ 
Syw.: té.os, oixetos (q.v.). 
*+t auyyevis, -idos, 7, late fem. form of ovyyevis, q.v., @ kinswoman : 
Bk 12°34 


ouyyvepn, V.8. cuvyvep_n. 
guyk-, V. passim OUVK-. 


¥** guykupia, -as, 7 (<< ovykupew, to happen), [in Sm. : 1 Ki 69 (7797) mS] 

(more freq. in late writers, cvyx’pyous, -nua), chance, coincidence : xara 
a. (v. MM, xxiii), Lk 10% (Hippocer., Kccl.).t 

guyx-, V. passim ovry-. 

avyxuats, -ews, 7 (<Covyxéw), [in LXX: Ge 11° (523), 1 Ki 
5 12(11) 1420 (MIMD) *;] confusion : of a popular uproar, Ac 19*%.+ 

ovt-, v. passim ovvé-. 

ouxdpivos, -ov, 7, [in LXX for mapw (pl.);] the mulberry tree 
(Lat. morus ; cf. pdpov, 1 Mac 6%4*), the sycamine: Lk 17%. (In LXX, 


o. appears to represent the ov«dpopos (v.8. cvxopopéa), but St. Luke 
distinguishes between the two; v. ICC, in 1.; DB, iv, 634.) t 

ouxq (contr. fr. cvxéa), -7s, 7 (<Covxov), [in LXX for mgxn;] a 
fig-tree: Mt 211972 2432, Mk 1118, 20,21 1328, Lk 1357 212%, Jo 14% 51, Ja, 
3”, Re 6*.t 

*+ guko-popéa (Rec. -ywpaia, L, -ywpéa), -as, 7, more commonly (so 

Aq., Sm., Ps 77 (78)*7, Is 91°) cuxdpopos (<Catxov + popov, the black 
mulberry), a fig-mulberry, a sycamore: Lk 194 (cf. ovxdpuvos).t 

goxov, -ov, 70, [in LXX for A3NM"] a fig: Mt 7°, Mk 11%, Lk 644, 


Ja 32. 


422 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


ouxopartéw, -@ (<< cixov, paivw), [in LXX: Ge 4318 (553 hithpo.), 
Le 194 (pw pi.), Jb 35°, Ps 118 (119), Pr 143! 2216 28%, He 4? 
(pws) *;] to act the cvxopavtys (on conjectures as to the origin of the 
term, v. LS, s.v.), to accuse falsely (Aristoph., Xen., al.) : Lk 3/4 (R, mg.) 
198 (RV, exact wrongfully ; but cf. Hatch, Hssays, 89 ff., v. also Field, 
Notes, 56 f.; MM, xxiv).t 
*t gutaywyéw, -@ (<CavAn, booty + ayw), to carry off as spoil, lead 
captive (Ovyatépa, Heliod., Aeth., 10, 35): metaph., Col 28.+ 
** gud\dw, -@, [in LXX: Ep. Je’*;] c. ace. pers., to strip, plunder, 
spoil : 11 Co 118.+ 
ovdh-, V. passim ovvA-. 
ouh-AapBdvw, [in LXX for wan, mM, etc.;] 1. c. ace., to bring 
together, collect. 2. to seize, take: c. acc. pers., as a prisoner, Mt 26°, 
Mk 1448, Lk 2254, Jo 18, Ac 116 123; pass., Ac 2327; mid., in sense of 
act., Ac 2621; o. dypav iyOvwv, Lk 5°. 3. C. dat. pers., to take part with, 
assist, succour ; mid.,in same sense: Lk 5’, Phi 4%. 4. Of a woman, 
to conceive: absol., Lk 174; seq. év yaorpi, Lk 1*!; c. ace., Lk 1°6; ib. 
seq. év t. xotAda, Lk 271; metaph., of lust producing sin, Ja 1)°.t 
ouh-héyw, [in LXX chiefly for ap>;] to bring together, collect, 
gather up: c. acc. rei, Mt 137659; pass., ib. 49; ¢. acc., seq. ard, Mt 716; 
id. seq. éx, Mt 1341, Lk 644; seq. eis, Mt 1348.t 
aud-Aoyifouar, [in LXX chiefly for awn pi.;] 1. to compute. 2. 
to reason: Lk 20°.t 
oupB-, v. passim ovvf-. 
oup-Baive, [in LXX for mizy, NIP, Mp, ete.;] 1. to stand with 
the feet together. 2. to come together, come to terms. 3. Of events, to 
come to pass, happen: ec. dat. pers., Mk 10%", Ac 3!° 20%, 1 Co 10", 
1 Pe 4”, 11 Pe 27; absol., ra cvpB_eBynxora, Lk 241+ (cf. 1 Mac 4*6) ; ¢. acc. 
et inf., Ac 2195+ 
oup-Boudedw, [in LXX chiefly for py;] 1. to advise, cownsel : 
c. dat. pers., Jo 18!4; id. seq. inf., Re 3'8. 2. Mid., to take cownsel, 
consult: seq. iva, Mt 264 (‘‘ reciprocal middle,” v. M, Pr., 157); ¢. inf., 
AG 9255 
**+ guuBoudov, -ov, TO (<C cvpBovdos), [in LXX: 1v Mac 177 N*;5] a 
word of the Greco-Roman period (cf. Lat. constliwm, and v. Deiss., 
BS, 238) =cl. cvpBovdca (Arist., Xen.), 1. cownsel : o. AapBavew, Mt 12! 
2215 2747 28! 5 sdevar, Mk 3° (zoretv, Rec.) ; rovetv, Mk 151 (Eropagev, 
WH, mg.). 2. By meton., a council (Iv Mac, l.c. 8; cvvedpiov, AR) : 
Ac 25” (v. MM, xxiv).t 
aupBoudos, -ov, 6 (<Covv, Bovdy), [in LXX for pyr and cogn. 
forms ;] a counsellor, adviser: Ro 1134 (/XX),+ 
Yupedv, 6, indecl., (Heb. Tiymw), Simeon (so always AV; RV in 


Lk 2? %4 only), Symeon, a Heb. name for which the Gk. Siuwy, q.v., 
was also used; 1. the son of Jacob (Ge 29%): Re 7’. 2. An ancestor 
of our Lord: Lk 3%, 3. An aged worshipper in the Temple: 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 423 


Lk 27534, 4. One surnamed Niger: Ac. 131. 5, The apostle Peter : 
Ac 15", 11 Pe 1 (R, txt., WH, txt., Z/nwv).t 
oupp-, V. passim ovvp-. 
*t cup-poppitw (T, ovv-), (<< cvppoppos), to conform to: pass. ptep., 
Phi 31° (v. Lft., Phi., 128).+ 
*t odp- andor, -ov (<< ovr, hope) 1. absol., similar (Luc.). 2. con- 
formed to: c. dat., Phl 374; c. gen., Ro 8” (v. Bl., § 36, 11; 37, 6).t 
TUL-pLopddow, i Ree. for tied (q. Wj, bot Sot 
Cupt-, V. passim OuvuvT-. 
ouprabijs, -és (<Covv, rdcxw), [in LXX: Jb 299A (aR), Iv Mac 
5°, 1373 154*;] 1. affected by like seelras, sympathetic: 1 Pe 38, 
2. exciting sympathy (Jb, le. ; Dion. H.).+ 
oup-trapa-pnéevw, Rec. for eee (q-v.),,-E nl 278:7- 
gupmdaroy, -ov, TO (<ovpurive), [in LXX: Es 77 (ma Anya) 4, 


1 Mac 161°, 1 Mac 2°’, 11 Mac 416 5% 633; og. oivov, Si 34 (31)8 35 (32) 
a a drinking- party. 2. By meton., of the party itself, the guests 
ee or a. a. (collog.; v. M, Pr., 97), im parties or companies : 
Mk 

si Vv. passim ovvd-. 

oup-épw, [in LXX: Je 33 (26) (a1), Pr 19% (MN), Si 301, 


al. ;] 1. trans. to bring together: c. acc. rei, Ac 19%. 2, Intrans., and 
mostly impers., cvupepe, tt is expedient, profitable or an advantage : 
1 Co 6" 108, 11 Co 8; c. inf. (M, Pr., 210), Mt 19!°, Jo 184; c. dat., 
seq. wa (Bl., § 69, 5), Mt 5% 3° 188, ‘Jo Tee 1G?. Ptep., one aes 
profitable : 100,127: pl., Ac 90%; (08 a. SC. €or; = ev cupdeper; cf. 
Thue., ili, 44, 2), m Co 121; ; as subst., 70 o., profit, He 121+ 
Pola: hopos, -ov (<< orppep), [in LXX: m Mac 4°*;] profitable, 
useful, expedient. As subst., 76 o. (in cl. usually pl., 7a o.), advantage, 
profit: ¢. gen. pers., I Co 735 1083, 
*+ cup-pudémys, -ov, 6 (<C avy, dvry; cf. ciudvdos, Aq.: Za 137; and 
v. Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.), a fellow-tribesman, fellow-countryman : 
ooh oy: M, Th., in 1., and Intr. liii). Not found elsewhere.t 
aup-putos, -ov (< mast, to make to grow together), [in LXX: 
Za 11? (4x3), Es 77 8 x’, Am 915, 111 Mac 372* 3] 1. congenital, innate 
(Plat., al.; 11 Mae, l.c.). 2. grown along with, wnited with : +. bpouspare 
7. Oavarov ares (v. Field, Notes, 155 f.), Ro 65.+ 
oup-pwvéw, -@, [in LXX: Ge 14° (Man), tv Ki 128 (nin ni.), 
Is 7? (m3), 1v Mac 14°*;] 1. prop., to agree in sound, be in harmony 


(Plat., Arist.). Metaph., (a) to agree with, agree together: Lk 5°; c, 
dat. rei, Ac 15; seq. wepi, Mt 181°; pass., c. dat. pers., cvvepurnby 
byir, Ac 5°; (b) to agree as to a price (Polyb., Diod.): c. dat. pers., 
gen. pret., Mt 20; seq. pera. i sexe Up. *.t 
*t cup-pdvysts, ve 9 (<< cvppwvew), concord, agreement : seq. mpés, 
t. acc. pers., It Co 615.+ 
cundevin, -as, 7 (<Covpdwvos), [in LXX: Da LXX tH 315, 


424 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


TH ib. 71° (m3B1D), 1v Mac 14° A*;] 1. symphony, music: Lk 15%, 


2. a musical instrument (Polyb., al.; Da, ll. c.; v. MM, xxiv).t 
aippwvos, -ov (avy, pwvy), [in LXX: Ke 7° (4) (may), Iv Mac 


77 147*;) agreeing in sownd. Metaph., harmonious, agreeing: éx 
ovpdovov (for exx. from z., v. Deiss., BS, 255), by agreement, 1 Co 7°.+ 

oupp-, V. passim ouvy-. 

oup-Wypitw, [in LXX: Je 29 (49)? A*;] to reckon together, 
count up: Ac 191%.+ 

avv (old Att. iv), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellow- 
ship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to pera, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v. ; 
Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being 
rare in Mt,, Mk,, Jo;, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1", m Pe 1) only in 
Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship 
and association, Lk 2, Jo 21%, Ac 107%, al.; efvar atv run, Lk 7, Ac 
413, Ph] 173, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4%; of ovv tue (dvres), of 
attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 276, Lk 5°, Ac 5", al.; of 
assistance, » xapis T. Geod ory euoi, 1 Co 15!; of two or more things 
together, almost = xai, Lk 23", Ac 34 10? 14° 23%, Eph 338; oty 
Xpioro Cv, UW Co 134; besides (FIJ, LUXX), civ waor rovros, Lk 247). 

In composition: with (cvvxaipw), together (cwwdivw), altogether 
(cuvredéw). 

ouv-dyw, [in LXX chiefly for FON, also for pap, ete. (ef. 
Kennedy, Sources, 128);] to gather or bring together: of things, Jo 
6118; seq. eis, Mt 3, al.; exe’, Lk 128; wrod, Lk 12"; owayayov 
mavra (sc. eis dpyvpiov; v. Field, Notes, 68, MM, xxiv), having sold off 
all: Lk 1518; of persons, Jo 11°"; esp. of assemblies, Mt 24, Jo 114’, 
Ac 147, al. Pass., to be gathered or come together: Mt 22", Mk 2?, 
Lk 2256, al.; seq. éwi, Mk 571, Ac 4°7; apds, Mt 137, Mk 41, al.; cis, 
Re 191”; é&, Ac 117°; pera, Mt 28; ot, Mt 1829; drov, Mt 2657; exei, 
Jo 18?, al. In late writers (v. Kennedy, Sources, 128; cf. De 22°, al.), 
to receive hospitably, entertain: Mt 25%) 35 43 (ef, ém-cuvdyw). 


ouy-aywyy, -fs, 7, [in LXX chiefly for my, also for Sap, ete.;] 


prop., a bringing together ; 1. of things, (a) a gathering in of harvest ; 
(6) a collection of money. 2. Of persons, (a) a collecting, assembling 
(Polyb.); (6) an assembly (MM, xxiv; Deiss., DAH, 101 ff): Re 2° 
3°; esp. of a Jewish religious assembly, a synagogue: Lk 12", Ac 9?, 
al.; of a Christian assembly, Ja 27. By meton., of the building in 
which the assembly is held, a synagogue: Mt 10”, Mk 1”, al. (ef. 
Cremer, 8.v. éxxAygia). 
Syw.: éxxAnoia (q.v.). 
* guv-aywvifopat, to strive together with, to help (prop., of sharing 
in a contest): c. dat. pers. et rei, Ro 15%°.+ 
* guv-abdéw, -@, = cvvaywvifowar: c. dat. commod., Phl 17’; ¢. dat. 
pers., seq. ev, Phl 4°.t 
ovv-aPpoitw, [in LXX chiefly for pap;] to gather together, 
assemble: c. acc. pers., Ac 19%; pass., Ac 12%. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 425 


ouv-aipw, [in LXX: Ex 23° (aty)*;] to take up together: o. 
Adyov (of which there are several exx. in z.; v. Deiss., LAH, 118 f.; 
MM, i, xxiv; M, Pr., 160), to settle accownts, Mt 18°74; seq. pera, 
c. gen. pers., Mt 25!9.t 

*+t cuv-atxpddwrtos, -ov, 6, a fellow-prisoner (prop., of a captive in 
war, v. Lift., Col., 234): Ro 16’, Col 4°, Phm *%.t 

** guy-axodoubéw, -@, [in LX X: m Mac 2% °*;] to follow along with, 
accompany : c. dat. pers., Mk 14°!, Lk 234°; seq. werd, c. gen. pers., 
Mk 5°7,+ 

** guy-ahitw, [in Al.: Ps 140 (141)**;] to assemble with: Ac 14 
(EV, mg., eating with, but on this rendering and on the force of the 
pres. ptcp. here, v. Field, Notes, 110).t 

*guy-adddoow, to reconcile: impf. (conative, v. M, Pr., 129), 

Ac 776+ 

ovv-ava-Baive, [in LXX for mdy;] to go up with: c. dat. pers., 

seq. eis, c. acc. loc., Mk 15*!, Ac 13%1.+ 

**+ cuy-avd-kepar, [in LXX: mt Mac 5% * ;] to recline with or together 
at table: Mt 149, Mk 6”, Lk 749 14); c. dat. pers., Mt 91°, Mk 2), 
Lk 1419+ 

* guy-ava-piyvupe (acc. to Bl., 8, -wetyvyu), [in LXX: Ho 78A 

(552 hithpo.), Ez 20'A*;] to mia up together; pass., reflex. and 
metaph., to associate with (Plut., Ath., al.): 1 Co 5%", m Th 3" (v. 
M, Th.,, 117). 

ouv-ava-mavopar, [in LXX: Is 116 (pan)*;] c. dat. pers., to lie 
down to rest with, sleep with. Metaph., to be refreshed in spirit with : 
Ro 15 (L, om.).t 

ouv-avtdw, -, [in LXX for YH, WH, NW, AW, etc.;] to meet 
with: c. dat. pers., Lk 9187 221 Ac 1075, He 741° Metaph., of 
events, to happen, befall (Diog. L., Plut., al.): Ac 20”. 

guv-dvtyots, -ews, 7, Rec. for travrnots (q.v.), Mt 834.t 

touv-avti-AapBdvopa, [in LXX: Ge 30° R(t), Ex 18”, Nu 11” 
(Nizv3), Ps 88(89)7* (MD ni.)*;] to take hold with at the side for 
assistance; hence, to take a share in, help in bearing, and generally, 
help (with various constructions, v. LXX, ll. c., Deiss., LAH, 83 f.): 
c. dat., Lk 104°, Ro 876.+ 

ouv-an-dyo, [in LXX: Ex 146 (mpd)*;] to lead away with or 
together (Ex, l.c.). Pass., metaph. (as cvprepidepopa, v. LS, s.v.), to 
be carried away with: c. dat., Ga 21%, 11 Pe 31”; of accommodating one- 
self to (EV, condescend to) things or persons (on the meaning, v. ICC, 
in l.; Field, Notes, 163), Ro 1216+ 

** guy-amo-Ovjokw, [in LXX: Si 19%°*;] to die with or together: 
Mk 14*!, 1 Co 78 (v. Meyer, in 1.), 1 Ti 24+ 

ouv-am-dddupt, [in LXX chiefly for MDD;] to destroy with or 
together. Pass., to perish together (with): c. dat. pers., He 11%1.+ 

ouv-aro-oréAhw, [in LXX: Ex 33% (by), 1 Es 52*;] to send 
along with: c. acc., 1 Co 12}8 (cf. MM, xxiv).t 

*+ guv-appodoyéw, - (<< dppds, A€yw), = cl. cvvappdlw, to fit or frame 


426 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


together: of the parts of a building, Eph 2; of the members of the 
body, Eph 416 (Keel.).t+ 
ouv-aprdtw, [in LXX: Pr 6% (mpd), 1 Mac 327 441, 1v Mac 54*;] 
“perfective” of domdfw (v. M, Pr., 113), (a) to seize and carry away 
(so most commonly): Ac Q715 ; (b) to seize and hold: Lk 8%, Ac 6” 
eT, 

** guy-avédvw, [in LXX: 1 Mac 44, 1v Mac 1827*;] to cause to 
ae or grow together. Pass., to grow together: Mt 13° (Xen., 
al.).t 

ouv-Baddw (Rec. cvu-), [in LXX: m Ch 25!* (m9 hith.), Is 46° 
(511), Je 50 (43)3 (mp hi.), mw 58, al.;] to throw together, hence, (a) of 
speech (seq. Adyous, Hur., al.), to discuss, confer (sc. Adyous): c. dat. 
pers., Lk 115%, WH, mg., Ac 17!8; seq. zpos aAAyjAous, Ac 415; (b) to 
reflect, consider, ponder : ev T. Kapoia, Lk 21°; (c) to meet with, fall in 
with : Ac 20; in hostile sense, eis toAepov, e dat. (eis paynv, Polyb.), 
Lk 14*'; (d) mid., to contribute (Polyb., al.; cf. MM, xxiv): Ac 18?7.+ 

**+ gup- Podedhete (Rec. ovp-), [in LXX: 1 Es 876 A*;] to reign together 
or with: metaph., of sharing the glories of the Kingdom of God, 
Meo 45.1 a et 

ouv-BiBdalw (Rec. cvp-), [in LXX: Ex 4%), Le 104, Jg 138, 
Ps 31 (32)® (7 hi.); Ex 18, De 4°, Is 40'% (-p hi.), ib.** (pa hi), 
Da tH 9% (S>iz hi.)*;] 1. to join or knit together, unite: Eph 41°, 
Col 2? (but v. infr.), ib.1%. 2. to compare, consider, conclude (Plat.): 
Ac 161°, 3. to deduce, prove, demonstrate (Arist.): Ac 9%. 4. As in 
LXX (‘‘translation Greek,” = eufiBdlw, metaph.), to teach, instruct : 
I Co 2)6 Ac 1988, R, mg. (also in Vg., Col 2?, instructi, but v. supr.).t 

¥* guy-yvopn (Rec. cvyy-), -7s, 9 (<C ovyy-yvookw, (a) to agree with ; 

(b) to pardon), [in LXX: Si prol.'* (B'N! om.) 3%, 1 Mac 147°*;] 1. 
confession. 2. fellow-feeling ; hence, concession, allowance: 1 Co 7§ 
(v. ICC, inl.). 3. pardon.t 

avv-Secpos, -ov, 6 (< cvvdéw), [in LXX for wp, WwW, ete.;] that 
which binds together, a bond: of the ligaments of the body, Col 21°. 
Metaph., o. dduxias, Ac 89; 7, reXevdrnros, Col 314; +. eipyvys, Eph 4° 
(v. Lft., Col., ll. c.).t 

ouy-8éw, [in LXX for paw, etc.;] (a) to bind together ; (b) to 
bind Bevan with: pass., He 13%.+ 

* guv-Sofdtw, 1. to join in ee (Arist.). 2. In NT only, to 
glorify together : BO Ro 8!” 

auv-Soudos, -ov, 6, [in nats st Big 47s 07,38) 52, 8168518 (a5) <i 


fellow-servant : Mt 18°83 244°; of servants of the same divine Lord, 
Col 17 4’, Re 6"; so of angels, Re 191° 22°.+ 
 eureaain: “HS, 7 (<Covwv7péxw), [in LXX: Jth 10", ut Mac 3°*;] 
a concourse, esp. of a riotous gathering: Ac 21°? (Arist., Polyb., al.).t 
ouv-eyeipw, [in LXX: Ex 23° B? (ary), Is 14° (ay pil.), 1v Mae 
214 *:| to raise together: metaph., of the Christian’s mystical resur- 
rection with Christ, Eph 2°; pass., Col 2% 31.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 427 


auvédpioy, -ov, Td (<C avy + edpa, a seat), [in LXX: Pr 11% 15%, 
Je 157 (tim), Ps 25 (26)* (m9), Pr 22! (yr) 267° (Sp); Pr 247 2723 


3123, 1 Mac 14°, rv Mac 17!7*;] 1. a cowncil (Plat., Xen., al.; LXX; 
in 7., o. t. tpecBurépwv, Deiss., BS, 156): of a local Jewish tribunal, 
Mt 101’, Mk 13°. 2. The supreme ecclesiastical court of the Jews, the 


Sanhedrin (i.e. Talmudic PATI = ovvedprov): Mt 5” 265°, Mk 1455 
151, Lk 2266, Ac 52,27, 34, 41 G12, 15 9930 931, 6, 15, 20, 28 (WH,R, mg.,om.) 9420; 
of a meeting of the Sanhedrin, Jo 11’ ; of the place of meeting, Ac 41°,+ 

guv-eldnats, -ews, 7 (<( ovvetdov), [in LXX: Ee 10?" (ya), Wi 174, 


Si 42154 *;] 1. consciousness: c. gen. obj., He 107, 1 Pe 2% 2. In 
ethical sense, innate discernment, self-judging consciousness, conscience 
(Stoics and late writers): Ro 2! 91, 1 Co 10%, 11 Co 1” 4? 54, 1 Ti 42, 
He 914; o. ayaby, Ac 23!,1 Ti 1519, t Pe 31% 21; daberys, 1 Co 8% 10; 
doOevodaa, ib. @; dmpdaxomos, Ac 2416; xafapa, 1 Ti 3°, 1 Ti 13; xady, 
He 1318; zovnpa, He 10”; 6 vots cai y o., Tit 1; da riv o., Ro 13°, 
I Co 1075 27; 28; xara o., He 9°; im (77s) o., Jo 8) (Rec.), 1 Co 1029 (cf. 
Cremer, 233 ff.; ICC on Ro 215; DB, i, 468 ff.).+ 
** guy-eidov, irreg. aor. of ocvvopdw (v.s. «idov), [in LXX: 1 Mac 
471%, 11 Mac 274 44,41 RB 517 74, 20 88 111 Mac 28 A*;]; 1. to see together 
or at the same time (Arist., Xen.). 2. to see in one view, hence, of 
mental vision, to comprehend, understand (UXX, Polyb., Plut., al.) : 
Ac 12” 146 (on the related ovvoida, v. s.v.).t 
* odv-eyp (<< elt, to go), to come together : Lk 84.t 
ouv-eut (<ciui, to be), [in LXX: Je 3° (y4), al.;] to be with: 
Lk 918 (WH, mg., cvvjvrncav), Ac 221.t 
ouv-evo-€pxopat, [in LX X : Jb 224 (OY Nid), etc. ;] to enter together : 


c. dat. pers., seq. els, c. ace. loc., Jo 67” 1815.t 
*+ guv-éxSypos, -ov, 6 (< exdypuos, abroad), a fellow-traveller: Ac 
197° 11 Co 89.t 
*t guv-ex-hextds, -7, -ov, chosen together with, co-elect : 4 év BaBvAdue 
ovvexAexty (on the meaning, v. ICC, in 1.), 1 Pe 51%.+ 
** guy-ehadvw, [in LXX: 1 Mac 4% #2 5°* 5) to drive together, force 
together : «is eipyvnv, Ac 7°, Rec. (WH, RV, ovv7AAaacer).t 
* guv-em-paptupéw, -@, to join in attesting, bear witness together 
with : He 24 (Arist., Polyb., al.).t 
ouv-emr-Tidnpr, [in LXX for mw, etc.;] to help in putting on. 


Mid., to join in attacking (Thue.): Ac 24° (RV, joined in the charge). t 

** guy-émopat, [in LXX: 1 Mac 15’, m1 Mac 54° R 671*;) to follow 
with, accompany : c. dat. pers., Ac 204.t 

** guvepyéw, -@, [in LXX: 1 Es 77, 1 Mac 12!*;] 1. prop., to work 
together (with): absol., Mk 16), 1 Co 161°, 1 Co 6'; ec. dat., Ja 272; 
dat. commod., Ro 8*§, T, R, txt. (but v. infr.). 2. In Hellenistic 
writers (M, Pr., 65), trans., to cause to work together (cf. ICC, in 1.): c. 
acc. rei, Ro 87° [WH] R, mg. (but v. supr.).t 


428 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


** guvepyds, -ov, [in LXX: u Mac 87 145*;] a fellow-worker: ec. 
gen. pers., Ro 16% % 21, Ph] 25 43,1 Th 3%, Rec., Phm } *4; @eod (cf. Lft., 
Notes, 41, 188), 1 Co 39 (pl.), 1Th 3? [WH] R, mg. (R, txt., dudxovov rod 6. ; 
on the original reading, v. ICC, in 1.); 7. xapas tay, 1 Co 1*4; 7, 
aAnOeia, 11 Jo8; seq. eis, 1 Co 878, Col 41.t 

ouv-épxopat, [in LXX for J>5, N12, FON ni., ete. ;] 1. (cl.) tocome 
together, assemble: Mk 3° 1453, T, WH, txt., Ac 16 26 1027 1618 19% 
217 2239 9817, 1 Co 1476; seq. eis, c. acc. loc., Ac 516; ézt 7. aird, 1 Co 
11° 143; ¢. dat. pers., Mk 14°35, WH, mg., R (zpos atrov, v. Field, 
Notes, 40), Jo 1183; & éxxdynoia, I Co 118; &6ade, Ac 2517; airod, 
Mk’ 6%3, WH, mg. (ci. WH, Intr., 95 f£) 3 crov, Jo 187; (crim; 
Lk 5}; cis r. hayetv, I Co 11%; eis 7. Hooov, 1 Co 111% 34; of sexual 
intercourse (Xen., al.; yuvacxi or absol.), Mt 118. 2. In later sense (v. 
exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany: c. dat. pers., 
Lk 2355, Ac 121 939 10%) 45 1112; seq. ovv, Ac 211°; eis, Ac 15%, + 

ouv-ec0iw, [in LXX: Ge 43%, Ex 18” (6Dy), m Ki 12)” (ma), Ps 
100 (101)°*;] to eat with one: c. dat. pers., Lk 15’, Ac 1041 113, 1 Co 
54; seq. perd, c. gen. pers., Ga 2”.+ 

avveats, -ews, » (<Covvinju), [in LXX for M2 and cogn. forms, 
bain , ny1, mapn, ete.;] 1. a running or flowing together (Hom.). 


2. (a) understanding : Lk 247,1 Co 1!9@XX), Eph 34, Col 19 2?, 1 Ti 27; 
(b) the understanding, the mind or intelligence: Mk 12%8.+ 

SYw.: V.8. copia. 

guvetds, 7, -ov (<Covvinm), [in LXX for 7ia3, O5n, etc. 5] intelli- 


gent, sagacious, understanding : Mt 11”, Lk 1071, Ac 187, 1 Co 119 XX) + 
** guy-eu-Sokéw, -0, [in LXX: 1 Mac 157 478 x1, 11 Mac 1174) 35 * 5] 
to join in approving, consent, agree to or with: absol., Ac 227°; c. dat. 
pers., Ro 1; c. dat. rei, Lk 114%, Ac 81; ¢. inf., 1 Co 71 (chiefly in 
late writers).t 
* guy-euwxéw, -0, to entertain together. Pass., to fare sumptuously 
or feast together or with: Ju™; c. dat. pers., 1 Pe 2!8 (Arist., Luc., 
al) 1 
* guv-ep-toTnpt, to place over. Pass., 1. to stand over (Thuc.). 
2. to rise together: seq. xara, c. gen. pers. (against), Ac 16”. t 
ouv-éxw, [in LXX for ayy, Ian, etc.;] 1. to hold together (r. 
ovvéxov tT. tavta, Wi 1"): of closing the ears, Ac 7°” (r. ordua, Is 521°); 
to hem in, press on every side: Lk 84° 194. 2. to hold fast; (a) of a 
prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc.; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; MM, 
xxiv): Lk 22°; (b) to constrain: 11 Co 5'*; pass., Lk 12°°, Ac 18° (r. 
Aoyw; ef. Field, Notes, 128), Phi 1°; in pass., of ills, to be seized or 
afflicted by, suffering from: Mt 44, Lk 4°§ 837, Ac 288.+ 
*¥ cuv-Ldw (Rec. ovf-), to live with: opp. to cvvarofaveiv, 11 Co 73; of 
life in union with Christ, here and hereafter, Ro 6°, 1m Ti 21.+ 
ouv-Levyvupe (Rec. ové-), [in LXX: Ez 1? (nan) *;] to yoke to- 
gether : metaph., of union in wedlock, Mt 19°, Mk 10°.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 429 


ouv-tntéw (Rec. ové-), -d, [in LXX: Ne 24 AB! (wpa pi.) *;] 1. 
to search or examine together (Plat.). 2. In NT (and z., v. MM, 
xxiii; also in MGr., v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 155), to discuss, dispute : 
Mk 127 1278, Lk 2415; seq. quest. indir., Mk 9!°; c. dat. pers., Mk 84, 
Ac 6°; seq. zpos, c. acc. pers., Mk 916, Ac 9%; id. seq. quest. 
indir., Lk 22°,t 

*t auv-Lytmors (Rec. ovt-), -ews, 7, disputation: Ac 28° (WH, 
R, txt., om.).t 

*+t cuv-LntnmHs (Rec. ové-), -0d, 6 (<< cvvlnréw), a disputer, disputant : 
tr Go.1705, 

** giv-Luyos (Rec. ové-), or as WH, mg., Svvtvyos, -ov (<Cow- 
Levyvyu), [in Aq., Ez 237*;] a yoke-fellow. Prob., as proper name, 
x. yyoue, genuinely Synzygus, S. properly so-called, Phi 4° (v. ICC, 
Lft., in 1.; MM, xxiii).t 

*t guv-Lwo-movgw (Rec. ové-), -, to make alive or quicken together 
with; metaph., of the spiritual life: +. Xpurd, Eph 2°; ow 7. X., 
Col 238,+ 

* guy-4Souar, to rejoice together; c. dat., to rejoice with or in: rt. 
vopw 7. Geod, Ro 72 (v. Lift., Notes, 304).t 

** guvyOeva, -as, 7 (<< 700s), [in LXX: tv Mac 2” 618 13%2,27* 5) 1, 
intimacy. 2. habit, custom: Jo 18%*, 1 Co 11!®; ¢. gen. obj. (ef. 
AXschin., 23, 37, and v. MM, xxiv), habitual use, force of habit with 
respect to, 1 Co 87.t 

*t cuy-nduxcdtns (<< pAiKia), = ovvndcé (Aisch.), one of the same age, 
an equal in age: Ga 114,t 

* guv-Odatw, to bury together with: in symbolical sense, of baptism, 
ait (with Christ), Ro 64, Col 2%.+ 
ouv-Ohdw, -O, [in LXX for pra, etc.;] to crush together, crush : 
Mt 2144 ((WH], R, mg., om.), Lk 2018,+ 
ovv-PXiBw, [in LXX: He 12°NA (pyr), Si 34 (31)4, 1 Mac 
15" A*;] to press together, press on all sides: Mk 5*4*1,+ 

*t+ guv-Opinrw, to break in pieces, crush: metaph., +. xapdiav, 

Ac 213+ 

ouv-inpt and ouviw (v. Bl., § 23, 7), [in LXX chiefly for Ja hi., 
S5z hi.;] 1. to bring or set together. 2. Metaph., to perceive, under- 
stand: Mt 13115 (LXX),19 1510 Mk 49(WH, mg.),2 714 gi7,21 Lk 810 Ac 
725 282627 Ro 1521 XX), 11 Co 10”; c. acc. rei, Mt 137% 51, Lk 250 1834 
2445; seq. dr, Mt 16 17!5; seq. quest. indir., Eph 5!; émi +. dprovs, 
Mk 6°2; as subst., cvvioy (6 o., WH, mg.), a man of understanding, 
i.e. in moral and religious sense, Ro 3! @X%),t 

cuvnotdvw and cunotdw, V.s. cvviornpe. 

ouv-iornpi, [in LXX for my pi., Sap ni., etc.; 1 Mac 1243, 1 Mac 
424 111 Mac 1?9 (and freq. in these books) ;] 1. trans., (a) to commend, 
recommend : c. acc. pers., 11 Co 3! 64 1018; id. c. dat., Ro 16! (as 
freq. at the beginning of a letter; Deiss., DAH, 226), mu Co 5”; seq. 
mpos, 11 Co 4”; pass., seq. td,, 11 Co 12"; (b) to show, prove, establish : 
c. acc., Ro 3° 58, m1 Co 64; dupl. acc., Ga 2!°; acc. et inf., 1 Co 74. 


430 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


2. Intrans., pf., cvvéornxa (as also 2 aor. and plpf.); (a) to stand with 
or near: Lk 9%; (b) to be composed of, consist, cohere : Col 1" (v. Lft., 
in 1,), 1 Pe 35.t 
guv-KdOnpat (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX: Ps 100 (101)§ (aw) *;] to 
sit together or with: c. dat., Ac 26°°; seq. werd, c. gen., Mk 14°4.t 
ouy-Kabitw (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX for aw, pan;] 1. trans., to 
make to sit together: c. acc. pers., seq. év, Eph 2°. 2. Intrans. = mid., 
to sit together: Lk 22°5,+ 
*t guy-kaxotra0éw (Rec. cvyx-), -0, to bear evil treatment along with, 
take one’s share of ill-treatment: u Ti 2%; ce. dat. commod., 7. 
evayyeXiw, ib, 18.+ 
*+ guv-kaxouxéopnat (Rec. ovyk-), -odar, pass., to endure adversity 
with: c. dat. pers., He 11°. Not elsewhere.t 
ouv-kahéw (Rec. ovyx-), -, [in LXX for N1P;] to call together : 
ce. acc., Mk 1516, Lk 15% °® (v.l. -etrar, v. Bl., § 55, 1), Ac 57. Mid., to 
call together to oneself: Lk 9! (and v.l. in 15% °, y. supr.) 2318, Ac 10 
2817+ 
ouv-kahittw (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX chiefly for MDD pi. ;] to veil or 
cover completely : c. acc., pass., Lk 12?.t 
ouv-képmtw (Rec. cvyx-), [in LXX: Ps 68! 23 (4x9 hi.), etc. ;] to 
bend completely, bend together: +. varov, fig., Ro 111° @XX),t 
ouv-kata-Baivw (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX: Ps 48 (49)!7 (a), Wi 
103, Da LXX 1H 3 49) * 5] to go down with: Ac 25°, In late writers also 
metaph. (Wi, l.c.), to condescend, on wh. v. Rutherford, NPhr., 485 f.t 
*t guv-katdé-Beors (Rec ovyx-), -ews,  (<Covvcataribnmu), concord, 
agreement : 11 Co 61° (Polyb., Plut., al.).t 
*t cuy-kata-vedw, to agree, consent to: Ac 1827, WH, mg. (Polyb.).t 
ouy-kata-TiOnu. (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX: Ex 23! (™ mw), ib. ? 


(nnD), Da tH Su*’*;] to deposit together. Mid., to deposit one’s vote 
with, hence, to agree with, assent to: c. dat., Lk 23°1.+ 
*t guv-kata-Wnpitw (Rec. ovyx-), 1. to condemn with or together 
(Plut., Themist., 21). 2. to vote one a place among : pass., Ac 17°. Not 
elsewhere.t 
ouy-Kepdvvupt (Rec. ocvyx-), [in LXX: Da LXX 2* (any ithpa.), 


mu Mac 15%°*;] to mix or blend together, compound : c. acc., 1 Co 124; 
ptep. pf. pass., He 47, T, WH, mg., R, mg.; id., of persons, c. dat. 
instr., to be united with, agree with, ib., WH, txt., R, txt. (v. Westc., 
in 1.).+ 

A auy-kwéw (Rec. ovyk-), -@, to move together. Metaph., to excite, 
stir up: r. Xaov, Ac 6" (Arist., Polyb., al.).t 

ouv-kdelw (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX chiefly for 930 ;] to shut together, 

enclose, shut in on all sides: of a catch of fish, Lk 5°; metaph. (Ps 
30 (31), al.), Ro 11°, Ga 3? 23.+ 

*+ guv-kAnpo-vopos (Rec. ovyk-), -ov, 6, @ co-inheritor, fellow-heir : 
Ro 8!’, Eph 36; c. gen. rei, He 11°, 1 Pe 3” (for exx., v. Deiss., DALE, 
88 f.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 481 


* cuv-Kowwwvéw (Rec. ovyk-), -@, to have fellowship with or in (in el., 
c. gen. rei, dat. pers.): c. dat. rei, Eph 5", Re 184; id. c. gen. pers., 
Phl 4}4.+ 
*t cuv-kowwwvds (Rec. ovyk-), -ov, partaking jointly of: ¢. gen. rei, Ro 
111’, 1 Co 978; id. c. gen. pers., Phi 1’; seq. ev, Re 1%.t 
ouv-kouite (Rec. cvyx-), [in LXX: Jb 5% (Ady) *;] 1. to bring 
together, collect (Hdt., Xen., al.). 2. to take wp a body for burial 
(Soph., A7., 1048): Ac 8? (v. Field, Notes, 116).t 
auv-Kpivw (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX chiefly for "MB ;] 1. to compound, 
combine : 1 Co 218, R, mg., (Lift., Notes, 180 f.). 2. In Arist. and later 
writers (Wi 7°, al.) = zapaBaddw, to compare : 1 Co, L.c., R, txt. (Field, 
Notes, 168), 11 Co 10% 3. In LXX, of dreams, to interpret (Ge 408, 
al.): 1 Co, Le., R, mg., (but v. reff. supr.).t 
ouv-Kimrw (Rec. ovyx-), [in LXX: Jb 977 (ary), Si 12% 1976 * 5) 
1. to bend forwards (Arist., al.). 2. to be bowed down: Lk 13".t 
guv-hahéw (Rec. cvAA-), -o, [in LXX for 235 pi., Mw ;] to talk with 


or together : c. dat. pers., Mk 94, Lk 9%° 224; seq. pera, c. gen., Mt 173, 
Ac 25"; zpos, c. acc., Lk 4°6.+ 
ouv-hutréw (Rec. cvAd-), -G, [in LXX: Ps 68 (69)?", Is 5119 (M3) * 5] 
to make to grieve with (Arist.). Pass., to be moved to grief by sympathy : 
seq. emi, c. dat., Mk 3°.t 
* guy-pabytns (Rec. cvup-), -od, 6, a fellow-disciple: Jo 11! (on the 
use of ovv- in such compounds as this, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).t 
* cuv-paptupéw (Rec. cvyp-), -6, to bear witness with: Ro 2); ec. 
dat., Ro 8° ; seq. ér, Ro 9}.t 
t ouv-pepitw (Rec. cvpp-), [in LXX: Pr 29% x? (p>n) * 5) to distri- 
bute in shares. Mid., to have a share in: 1 Co 9} (Diod., al.).t 
* guv-péroxos (Rec. cvpp-), -ov, partaking together with; as subst., 
6 o., a joint partaker (c. dat. pers. et gen. rei, FlJ, BJ, i, 24, 6): c. gen. 
rei, Eph 3°; c. gen. pers., ib. 5’ (Arist.).t 
*t cuv-pupntns (Rec. ocvpp-), -ot, 6, a fellow-imitator: c. gen. obj., 
Ph] 3!” (v. ICC, in 1.). Not elsewhere.t 
auv-pophilw, V.S. cvppoppil. 
touv-oSevw, [in LXX: Za 8% NI (q>7), To 58x, Wi .67**;7 to 
journey with: c. dat. pers., Ac 97 (Plut., al.).t 
guvodia, -as, 7, [in LXX: Ne 75% (gym) *;] 1. a journey in 
company (Plut., al.). 2. By meton., 2 compuny ‘ot travellers, a 
caravan: Lk 244+ 
ovv-oda, pf. with pres. meaning (v.s. ofda), [in LXX: Le 5! 
(yn), Jb 27°; ptep., 1 Mac 477A, m1 Mac 441A, m1 Mac 2°R*;] 1. to 
share the knowledge of, be privy to (Hdt., Thuc., al.): ptep., Ac 5”. 
2. C. pron. reflex., to be conscious of (Kur., Plat., al.), esp. of guilty 
Bape ovdey yap euavté a., for I know nothing against myself, 
I Co 44,t 
ovy-oxéw, -&, [in LXX for bya, etc.;] to dwell together: of man 
and wife (Hdt., al.), c. dat. pers., 1 Pe 37.+ 


432 MANUAL GREEK LEXIOON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


¥* guy-oxodopew, -@, [in LXX: 1 Es 5° *;] to build together or with 
(c. dat. pers.,1 Hs, l.c.). 2. Of various materials, to build wp together 
(Thue., al.): metaph., of Christians, Eph 2”.+ 
* guv-opthéw, -@, to converse with (absol., FlJ, BJ, v, 18, 1; seq. 
peta, Cebes, 13): c. dat. pers., Ac 1027.+ 
*+ guv-opopéw, -0, to border on: c. dat., Ac 187 (Byz.).t 
our-opdw, V.S. cuvetdor. 
suv-oxy, -Hs, 7 (<Covveyw), [in LXX: Jg 27 (?), Jb 30? (AN iw), 
ib, 38°°A; Mi 5! (414), Je 52° (mixm)*;] 1. a holding or being held 


together. 2. a narrow place (Hom., al.). Metaph., straits, distress: 
Lk 2175; xapdéas, 11 Co 24.+ 
** guy-radéw (Rec. cvur-), -, [in LXX: tv Mac 5% AR 13% *;] to 
have a fellow-feeling for or with, sympathize with or in: c¢. dat. rei, 
He 4; dat. pers., ib. 104 (Arist., Plut., al.).t 
ouv-rapa-yivopar (Rec. cvpz-), [in LXX: Ps 82 (83)8 (md ni.) *5] 
1. to come up or be present together: seq. eri, Lk 234°. 2. to come wp 
to assist (Thuce., al.; 1 Ti 41°, Rec.).t 
* guy-mapa-kahéw (Rec. cuyz-), -d, to call wpon or exhort together 
(Plat.). Pass., to be strengthened or comforted with and among: 
Ro 125 
ouv-tapa-AapBdvw (Rec. cvu7-), [in LXX: Ge 19!” (MpD ni.), Jb 14 
(nbwy), ut Mac 1!*;] to take along with: as a companion, c¢. ace., Ac 
1225 1537, 38 (on the tenses, v. M, Pr., 130), Ga 21.+ 
ouv-rdpeyst (Rec. cvuz-), [in LXX: To 12"? AB, Pr 8?" (?), Wi 
919* 5) to be present together or with: ec. dat. pers., Ac 2574.t 
** guy-ndoxw (Rec. cvu7-), [in Al. : 1 Ki 228*;] 1. to suffer together or 
with: Ro 817, 1 Co 1276. 2. to sympathize with (Plat., Arist.).t 
* guy-réptrwa (Rec. ovpr-), to send together with: c. acc. et dat., 
1 Co 8%; id. seq. pera, c. gen., ib. 8.t 
ouv-trept-AapBdvw (Rec. cvu-), 1. to enclose (Ez 5° (39x) *). 2. to 
embrace: c. acc. pers., Ac 201°.+ 


ouy-tivw (Rec. cvp7-), [in LXX: Es 7! (ay AMwW) ;] to drink with: 
c. dat. pers., Ac 1041.t 

ouy-nintw (Rec. cv7-), [in LXX for 553, ete.;] to fall together, 
fall in, etc.: of a house (cf. MM, xxiv), Lk 64°.t 

ouy-mdnpdw (Rec. ovy7-), -d, [in LXX: Je 25% (xdyQ)*;] 1. to 


fill wp completely (Thuc., of manning ships): of a ship filling with 
water, and by meton., of those on board, Lk 8”. 2. to complete, fulfil : 
of time (Je, l.c., and v. MM, xxiv), Lk 9°, Ac 2! (on the “durative 
inf.,”’ v. M, Pr., 233).t 

* guy-mviyw (Rec. cvu-), to choke: of thronging by a crowd, Lk 
84, Fig., of seed, 7. Adyov, Mt 1374, Mk 4719, Lk 814+ 

* guy-roditns (Rec. cvpr-), -ov, 6, a fellow-citizen : pl., o. 7. dyiwr, 
opp. to géva x. wapouxor, Eph 2! (Kur.; C.l., 6446; condemned by 
Atticists; v. Rutherford, NPhr., 255 f.).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 433 


ouy-mopedonat (Rec. ovuz-), [in LXX chiefly for yon iste 0 
journey together (Plat., al.): c. dat. pers., Lk 71! 14% 2415, 2. to come 
together : Mk 10} (Plut., al.).t 

*t guv-mpesButepos (Rec. ovpm-), -ov, 6, a fellow-elder: 1 Pe 5! 
(Eecl.).+ 
guve-, V. passim ovoo-. 
*t av-cwpos (Rec. cvoa-), -ov (<Coadpa), of the same body: Eph 3° 
(Kecl.).t 
* ouv-ctaupdw (Rec. ovo-), -@, to crucify together with: pass., c. 
dat., Jo 19%; id. seq. ovv, Mt 2744, Mk 15%. Metaph., of the 
mystical death of the Christian with Christ: Ro 6°, Ga 2? (Kccl.).+ 

ouv-oTéAdw (Rec. ove-), [in LXX: Jg 88 11° (x35 ni.), Si 4%, al. 5] 
1. to draw together, contract, shorten: of time,1Co 7°. 2. to wrap up: 
of enshrouding a body for burial (Hur.), c. acc., Ac 5°.+ 

* guv-otevatw (Rec. cva-), to groan together or with: Ro 8” (c. dat. 
pers., Eur., Jon., 935).t 
*t guv-oroixéw (Rec. avo-), -@, to stand in the same rank or line 
(Polyb). Metaph., to correspond to: Ga 4*° (vy. Lft., in 1.).+ 
* guv-otpatiétns (Rec. ove-), -ov, 6, a fellow-soldier (Plat., Xen., al.). 
Metaph., of fellowship in Christian service: Phl 275, Phm 2,+ 
* guv-oxnpatitw (Rec. ovo-), (<Coyjpua), to conform to (Arist.). 
Pass., to be conformed to, conform oneself to: Ro 127, 1 Pe 114.+ 
suy-técow, [in LXX chiefly for Mx pi.;] to prescribe, ordain, 
arrange: c. dat. pers, Mt 216 2619 2710 LXX) + 
auytéheia, -as, ) (<Cowredéw), [in LXX chiefly for m5 and (in 


Da) for 7?;] 1. incl., a joint payment or contribution for public 


service; hence, generally, joint action (Plat.). 2. In late writers 
(Polyb., al.), conswmmation, completion: o. t. aidvos, -wy (cf. Da 
LXX TH 12}, al.), Mt 133% 4 49 248 9820, He 926 + 

ouy-tehéw, -@, [in LXX chiefly for 755 pi., also for ny, oan, 
etc. ;] “perfective” of reAéw (cf. M, Pr., 118), 1. to complete, finish, bring 
to an end: Lk 4'8; pass., ib.2, Jo 23, WH, mg., Ac 2127. 2. to effect, 
accomplish, bring to fulfilment (cf. MM, xxiv): Mk 134, Ro 9°8, He 88.t 

ouy-répvw, [in LXX chiefly for pon;] 1. to cwt in pieces. 2. to cut 
down, cut short: metaph., Adyov, Ro 978(XX) (Hdt., Plat., Eur., al.).t 

ouv-mpéw, -O, [in LXX: Hz 18! (saw), Da rH 772A (199), Si 13” 


and freq., To 14, 1 Mac 12%, al.;] “perfective” of rypéw (v. M, Pr., 
113, 116), 1. to preserve, keep safe, keep close: c. acc. pers., Mk 679; 
c. acc. rei, Mt 9!"; & 7. xapdia, Lk 2!° (Arist. and later writers; cf. 
MM, xxiv).t 

ouv-riOnpt, [in LXX : 1 Ki 22!3 (wy), ete. ;] to place or put together, 
in various senses. Mid., (a) to observe, perceive; (b) to determine, 
agree, covenant: c. inf., Lk 225; seq. rod, c. inf. Ac 237°; seq. iva, 
Jo 9%.t 

ouv-répus, adv. (<ovrrévvw), [in LXX : Pr 13°3 (opyin Non) 2378, 


28 


434 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


mrt Mac 575*;)] concisely, briefly: Ac 244 (for a similar ex., v. MM, 
xxiv).t 

ouv-tpéxw, [in LXX: Ps 49 (50)!8 (ay myn), u Maca, Jth ,*;] to 
run together or with: seq. éxet, Mk 6°°; apds, c. acce., Ac 3!!; metaph., 
1 Pe 444 

ouv-tpiBw, [in LXX chiefly for aw ;]| to shatter, break in pieces : 
Mt 1279(LXX), Mk 54 148, Jo 1936 XX), Re 227; of persons and parts of 
the body, to break, crush, bruise: Lik 9°; fig., Ro 16?°.+ 

ouv-tpipa, -Tos, TO (<CovrtpiBw), [in LXX (Le 217, al.) chiefly 
for "ay; also for tw (Is 59’), etc.;] a fracture (Arist.; Le, 1.c., al.). 


Metaph., calamity, destruction (Is, l.c., Wi 3°, al.) : Ro 316 @XX),t 
auv-tpopos, -ov, 6 (<Covvtpépopa, to be brought up together), [in 
LXX: wr Ki 1274, 1 Mac 1° R, 1 Mac 979*;] 1. prop., one nourished 
or brought up with, a foster-brother: Ac 13! EV. 2. In Hellenistic 
usage, as a court term, an intimate friend of a king (v. Deiss., BS, 
305, 310 f.): Ac 131 (cf. also MM, xxiv).t 
** guy-ruyxdve, [in LXX: 1 Mac 8 * 5) to meet with, fall in with: 
c. dat. pers., Lk 8!%.t 
Luvtdxy (T, -rvx7), -ns, 9, Syntyche: Phl 42.+ 
*+ guv-utro-kpivopat, to play a part with, dissemble with: c. dat., 
Ga 23 (Polyb.).t 
* guy-unoupyéw, -6, to help together, join in serving: c. dat. instr., 
11 Co 14+ 
* ouv-pypt (Rec. cvy-), to consent, confess: c. dat., seq. 671, Ro 7'*.+ 
** guy-puw (Rec. ovy-), [in LXX: Wi 13"*;] to cause to grow 
together. Pass., to grow together or with (Plat. al.) : Lk 87.+ 
ouy-xaipw (Rec. ovy-), [in LXX: Ge 21° (pny), ur Mae 1§R*;5] 
1. to rejoice with: c. dat pers., Lk 15° 15% 9, Ph] 21718 HV ; ¢. dat. rei, 
1 Co 1276 13°. 2. to congratulate (Auschin., Polyb., al.): Phl, l.c. (Lft., 
in 1.; ef. MM, xxiv).t 
ouv-xéw (Rec. cvy-), [in LXX for 55a, 139, etc. ;] to pour together, 
commingle, confuse; metaph., confound, throw into confusion, stir wp, 
trouble: Ac 21?" (cf. cvv-xivvw).t 
¥*+ guv-xpdopat (Rec. cvy-), -Guar, [in Al.: 1 Ki 30!°*;] to use together 
with. Metaph., c. dat. pers., to associate with : Jo 4° (Polyb., al.).t 
*t guv-xdvvw (Rec. ovy-; and in Ac 9” with LTr., as in late writers 
generally, -yvvw), Hellenistic form of -yéw (q.v.): Ac 26 972 198? 2181+ 
*t odv-puxos (Rec. cup-), -ov (<< Wux7), of one mind: Phl 2?.+ 
¥ guy-wdive, te be in travail together (Arist.) : metaph. (Kur.), Ro 8%.+ 
** guvwpogia, -as, 7 (cvvopvupt, to conspire), [in Sm.: Ez 22°°*;) a 
conspiracy : Ac 2313.+ 
Lupdxougat, -av, ai, Syracuse: Ac 28%.t 
Zupia, -as, 4, Syria: Mt 4°4, Lk 2?, Ac 157% 4! 1818 20% 213, 
Ga 121.+ 
Xupos, -ov, 6, fem. Svpa, a Syrian: Lk 427, Mk 776, WH, mg.t 
Lupopowixisca (Rec. -poivicca), -ns, 7, a@ Syropenician woman 
Mk 7, WH, txt., RV (cf. 7 Bowixn Svpia, Diod., 19, 93).+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 435 


Xuptis (Li, cipris), -ews, acc. -v, 7, Syrtis, the name of two large 
sand-banks on the Libyan coast: Ac 27}7.+ 
odpw, [in LXX: 1 Ki 178 (anp), tv Mac 6}, al.;] to draw, drag: 
ce. acc. rei, Jo 218, Re 124; c. acc. pers., of taking to trial or punish- 
ment, Ac 8%; ew r. réAews, Ac 1419 ; ei r. roAutdpyas (cf. 1v Maze, l.c.), 
Ac 17° (cf. xara-cvpw).t 
*t gu-onapdccw, to convulse completely: c. acc. pers., Mk 97°, Lk 9# 
(cf. orapdcow).t 
t ado-onpoy (T, ovv-), -ov, 76 (<< ofa), [in LXX: Jg 20% 49 (nNwe), 
Is 576 49% 621° (53) *;] a fied sign or signal: Mk 1444. (Strab., Plut., 


al.; condemned by Atticists, v. Rutherford, NPhr., 492 f.) t 
*t gu-otaciacTns, -ov, 6, a fellow-rioter : Mk 15’, Rec.t 
* gu-otatixds (Tr. ovv-), -7, -dv (<< cvviornpu), 1. for putting together, 
constructive. 2. for bringing together, introductory, commendatory : 
ematoAy (Arist., Diog. L., al.; and v. MM, xxiv), 11 Co 31+ 
ou-otpepw, [in LXX chiefly for "wp ;] 1. to twist together : c. acc. 
rei, Ac 28°. 2. Pass., of persons, to gather themselves together: Mt 
17 (WH, R, mg.).t+ 
gu-otpopy, -75, 7 (<Covorpedw), [in LXX: Ho 4! 13” (s>y); 
a. mouetoba, Am 7! ("27D), etc.;] 1. a twisting together (Plat.). 2. a 
concourse, a riotous gathering (Polyb.): Ac 194°; o. rovetoPar (Am, l.c.), 
to make a compact (RV, banded themselves together) : Ac 23%.+ 
Zuxdp (H, Scxdp), indecl., 7, Sychar, a town of Samaria: Jo 45.t 
Xuxép, indecl. (Heb. apy), Shechem ; 1. the son of Hamor (Ge 


331%): Ac 7'6b, Rec. 2. A city of Samaria (AV, Sychem; in LXX 
also sometimes Yikiwa, -wy, as in FJ): Ac 7!6asb,+ 

opayy, -Hs, 7 (<Copdfw), [in LXX for May, API, ete.;] slaughter : 
Ac 88 @XX); apdBara odayis, Ro 8°6 XX); judpa opayis, Ja 5°.t 

opdytoy, -ov, 76 (<C ogayy), [in LXX: Am 5** (M37), Hz 21! 15,28 
(ma%), Le 2275 (M379) *;] @ victum for slaughter: Ac 74? (XX),+ 

opdtw, [in LXX chiefly for wnw;] to slay, slaughter (esp. of 
victims for sacrifice): dpviov, Re 5° ” 13°; of persons, 1 Jo 3", Re 5° 
64° 18%; eodaypévy eis Odvarov (RV, smitten wnto death), Re 13° (cf. 
kata-opalw).t 

apddpa, adv. (prop. neut. of adodpds, excessive, violent), [in LXX 
chiefly for tk ;] very, very much, exceedingly : with verbs, Mt 17% 28 
1831 1925 26% 2754, Ac 67; with adjectives, Mt 2!°, Mk 164, Lk 18%, 
Re 1671.+ 

apodpas, adv., exceedingly: Ac 2738+ 

oppayitw, {in LXX chiefly for ann (De 32°4, al.), also for and 
(Da tH 87°) ;] to seal, (a) for security: Mt 276°, Re 20%; +. xaprov 
tovrov, fig. (cf. Deiss., BS, 238 f.; MM, xxiv; DB, iv, 427a), Ro 15°8; 
(b) for concealment, hence, metaph., to hide (Da TH 9%, Jo 14!"): 


436 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Re 104 221°; (c) for distinction, Re 7*8; metaph., Eph 11% 4%; mid., 
11 Co 1”; (d) for authentication (Es 88) : Jo 3% 6?" (cf. xara-cppayi{w).t 
obpayis, -idos, 7, [in LXX: Ex 284, al. (AMA) 35” (mn), Si 17”, 


al.;] 1. a seal, signet: Re 7%. 2. The impression of a seal or signet, 
a seal (on its various purposes, v.s. oppayifw) : on a book or roll, Re 
5s 2 5, 9 G1, 3 5,7, % 12 81; metaph., Ro 44, 1 Co 9%, m Ti 21%, Re 94.t 
*+ abudpdv, -0d, 70, = odrpdv, the ankle: Ac 3° (v. BI., § 6, 8).t 
*gdupis (T, Rec. ozupis, v. WH, App., 148; BI.,.§ 6, 7), -i8os, 7; 
a flexible mat-basket for carrying provisions: Mt 15%” 16, Mk 8% 29, 
Ac 9°° (v.s. Kéduvos).t 
odupér, -od, 7, [in LXX: Jb 417°C) (nim) *;] the ankle: Ac 3°, 


Rec. (T, WH, odvdpev; v. Bl., § 6, 8).t 
** gyédov, adv. (<Céyw), [in LXX: m Mac 5%, m1 Mac 5!445* 5) 
1. of place, near. 2. Of degree, almost, nearly: Ac 1344 1976, He 9”.+ 
oxXipa, -Tos, TO (<< €xw), [in LXX: Is 3!” (MB) *;] figure, fashion : 
Hor?) Ph 28st 
Svw.: v.S. poppy. 
oxitw, [in LXX chiefly for ypa;] to cleave, rend : Mt 2751, Mk 1" 
1538, Lk 536 2345, Jo 1924 21; metaph., in pass., to be divided into 
factions, Ac 144 237.+ 
* oxtopa, -tos, TO (<Coyilw), @ rent (Arist., al.): Mt 916) Mk 221, 
Metaph., a dissension, division: Jo 743 9! 101%, 1 Co 11° 1138 125.+ 
Syw.: V.S. aipeats. 
gxowiov, -ov, 7d (dimin. of cxoives, a rush), [in LXX chiefly for 
ban;] a rope (prop., one made of rushes) : Jo 21, Ac 27%.+ 


oxodkdtw (<cyody), [in LXX: Ex 5*%1’, Ps 45 (46)! (MEN ni., 
hi.) *;] to be at leiswre, hence, to have time or opportunity for, to devote 
oneself to, be occupied in: 1 Co 7°; of things, to be wnoccupred, empty 
(Plut., Eur., al.) : otkos, Mt 1244, Lk 11° (T [WH], R, om.).t 

oxod}, -fs, 7, [in LXX: Ge 33! (xara o., Nd), Pr 2819, Si 


3874 *;] 1. leiswre. 2. Later (from Plato on), (a) that for which leisure 
is employed, a disputation, lecture; (b) the place where lectures are 
delivered, a school: Ac 19° (for the later sense of employment, v. MM, 
xxiv).t 

odtw (on the more accurate cwlw, v. WH, Intr., § 410; BI. § 3, 
1-3), [in LXX chiefly for yw hi., also for wo ni., 5y3 ni., etc. ;] to save 
from peril, injury or suffering: Mt 8°, Mk 13°, Lk 23%, al.; +r. pox, 
Mt 16%, al.; seq. ex, Jo 12%”, He 5’, Ju®; of healing, restoring to 
health: Mt 9%, Mk 534, al. In NT, esp. of salvation from spiritual 
disease and death, in which sense it is “spoken of in Scripture as 
either (1) past, (2) present, or (3) future, according as redemption, 
grace, or glory is the point in view. Thus (1) Ro 84, Eph 258, 1 Ti 1°, 
Tit 3°; (2) Ac 247, 1 Co 1'8 152, 1 Co 215; (8) Mt 10”, Ro 134, Phi 2”, 
He 98” (Vau. on Ro 5°). Seq. dao, Mt 17, Ac 24°, Ro 5°; é, Ja 5”, 
Ju 73 (cf. Cremer, 532 ff.). 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 437 


oGpa, -ros, 7d, [in LXX for PR, M12, etc, and for Aram. 
MBa3;] a body. 1. Prop., of the human body, (a) as always in Hom. 


(opp. to déuas), of the dead body: Mt 27°% 5°, Mk 1548, al.; (6) of the 
living body: Lk 1184,1 Co 638, al.; & oc. efva, He 133; as the instru- 
ment of the soul, 7a 84 tod o., 11 Co 5°; opp. to rvedua, Ro 8", 1 Co 58 
74, Ja 276; to woyn, Mt 6% 10°, Lk 12” (cf. Wi 1', al.); to 76 2. Kat 4 
y., 1 Th 5°35 o. wuyixdy, opp. to a. rvevpatixdy, 1 Co 1544; 6 vads rod o. 
avrov (gen. epexeg.), Jo 27); 76 o. 7. rarewvocews Hpdv (Hebraistic “gen. 
of definition”; M, Pr., 73 f.; Bl., § 35, 5), opp. to 76 o. +. 80€4s airod, 
Phl 32; similarly, 7d o. +. capxos, Col 1”; o. rod Gavdrov (subject to 
death), Ro 724; o. 7. dwaprias, Ro 6°; (c) periphr., dévOpm7ov o., then 
absol., cua (Soph., Xen., al.), a person, and in later writers (Polyb., 
al.), a slave: Re 188 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss., BS, 160). 2. Of the 
bodies of animals: living, Ja 3°; dead, He 134 (Hx 2914, al.). 3. Of 
inanimate objects (cf. Eng. “heavenly bodies”’): 1 Co 15378, 49 (Diod., 
al.). 4. Of any corporeal substance (Plat., al.): opp. to oxi, Col 2)”, 
Metaph., of a number of persons united by a common bond; in NT, 
of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Ro 125, 1 Co 10617 
121327, Eph 123 Q16 44,12,16 523,30 Co] 11824 919 315: &y ox, by mvedpa, 
Eph 44. 

* cwpatixds, -7, -ov (<Codpa), [in LXX: tv Mac 1” 3!*;] (a) of 
or for the body, bodily: yvpvacia, 1 Ti 48; (b) (opp. to dowparos) 
bodily, corporeal: eidos, Lk 3”.+ 

*owpatikas, adv., bodily, corporeally: Col 2° (v. ICC, Lft., in 1.).+ 

Xdématpos, -ov, 6, Sopater: Ac 204.t 

owpedw, [in LXX: Pr 25” (Ann), Jth 154%*;| (a) to heap on: e. 
acc. seq. ei c. acc., Ro 127° (XX) (Arist., al.); (b) to heap with: ce. ace. 
et dat., metaph., duaprias, 11 Ti 38° (overwhelmed with, Field, Notes, 217) 
(Polyb.).+ 

Lwob€vns, -ov, 6, Sosthenes; (a) a Jewish ruler: Ac 187; (6) a 
Christian: 1 Co 1+ 

Xwoitatpos, -ov, 6, Sostpater: Ro 1671.+ 

caThp, -jpos, 6 (<Cowfw), [in LXX for yy and cognate forms ;] 


saviour, deliverer, preserver, a freq. epithet of kings in the Ptolemaic 
and Rom. periods (Deiss., BS, 83; DAH, 368 f.; MM, xxiv), in NT, 
(a) of God (as LXX: Ps 23(24)5, Is 127, al.): Lk 147, 1 Ti 1! 28 410, 
pag A Ss a 28 (b) of Christ: Lk 24; Ae 5%, 13%,’ Phi 37%; 7, 
xoopov, Jo 4*, 1 Jo 414 (for the general use of the word, v. Weste., 
in A); Hav, u Ti ja Tit 14 3°; eds (xvpuos) kal o. (v. Deiss., LAE, 
348,; M, Pr., 84), Tit 218, m Pe 141 220 3218; &. rod odparos (i.e. of the 
Church; v.s. céyua, 5), Eph 5?%.+ 


gutnpta, -as, 7 (<Cowryp), [in LXX for yur, AyIw, Aywn, 
mop, ete. ;] deliverance, preservation, salvation, safety (Lat. salus) : 


Ac 75 2784, He 117; ef éy@pav, Lk 17. In NT esp. of Messianic and 
Spiritual salvation (v.s. cwfw): Lk 19°, Jo 4%, Ac 4% 1347, Ro 114, 


438 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


m Th 238 1 Ti 3, He 23 69, 11 Pe 3, Ju3; opp. to dmwAea, Phi 1°; 
aidvos o., He 5°; 6 Adyos (75 ebayyéAtov) THs o., Ac 13%, Eph 118; 686s 
ocwrnpias, Ac 1617; xépas owrnpias, Lk 1°; ayuépa cwrnpias, 1 Co 6? EXX) ; 
catepyater Oar tiv éavrod o., Phi 2!; xAnpovopely o., He 114; 6 apxnyos 
THs o., He 21; eis o., Ro 116 1019, t Pe 2?; o. as a present possession 
(v.s. owfw), Lk 177, 1 Co 1° 71°, Phi 11% 1 Ti 2°; as more fully 
realized in the future: Ro 13", 1 Th 5%, He 928, 1 Pe 15%10 Re 710 
12 OLT: 
owTHptoy, V.S. TwTHpLOS. 
gwtjptos, -ov (<Cowryp), [in LXX for mw, poy, etc. ;] saving, 

bringing salvation, in NT always in spiritual sense (v.8. eww, owrnpia) : 
» xapis 7 o., Tit 24. Neut., 75 o., as subst. (cl.), salvation: Lk 2°; 
tT. 0. T. Oeov, Lk 3°, Ac 28°8; zepiuxepadatay rod o., Eph 617.+ 

* gwhpovew, -& (<< codpwv), (a) to be of sound mind or in one’s right 
mind: Mk 5, Lk 8%; opp. to exornva, 1 Co 5! (Hdt.); (b) to be 
temperate, discreet, self-controlled (opp. to paivecOa, tBpilav, ete. ; 
Aisch., Thuce., al.) : Tit 26; opp. to trepppovetv, Ro 12°; o. wat vypey, 
I Pe 47.+ 

* cuppovitw, [in Aq.: Is 38'°*;] to make oodpwy, recall one to his 
senses, control (RV, train): c. ace. pers., Tit 24.+ 

*t swhpovapds, -00, 6 (<< cwppovitw), (a) an admonishing (FJ, Plut., 
al.) ; (b) self-control, self-discipline: 11 Ti 17 (on the reflexive meaning 
here, v. Ellic., in 1.).+ 

** cudpdvws, adv., [in LXX: Wi9"*;] with sound mind, prudently, 
soberly: Tit 2!2.+ 

** gudpoadvyn, -ns, 7, [in LXX: Hs 38, Wi 8’, 1 Mac 4°”, 1v Mac ,*;] 
(a) soundness of mind, good sense, sanity (opp. to paria, Xen.) : Ac 26%; 
(b) self-control, sobriety: 1 Ti 2° (v. Tr., Syn., § xx), ib. ®t 

* cuppwv, -ov, [in LXX: 1v Mac 9*;] (a) of sound mind, sane, 
sensible; (b) self-controlled, sober-minded : 1 Ti 3”, Tit 18 2% 5 (Arist.).t 


T 


T, 1, tad, 7d, indecl., taw, t, the nineteenth letter. As a numeral, 
7 = 300, 7, = 300,000. 
TaBedd (Rec. Tafidc), 7 (Aram. NMIRW or NMA), Tabitha: 
Ac 926: 40 (ef, Aopxds).t 
*+ ta Bépvy (Lat. taberna), v.s. Tpeis TaBépvac. 
TaB.0d, v.s. TaBeba. 


tdypa, -Tos, TO (<Ctdocow), [in LXX chiefly for phot also for 
mn, on 3] that which has been arranged or placed in order; esp. as 


military term, a company, troop, division, rank: metaph., 1 Co 15% 
(v. ICC, in 1.).+ 


Taktds, -74, -ov (Cracow), [in LXX: Jb 12° (JgNw) *;] ordered, 
fixed, stated: jpépa, Ac 1271.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 439 


tadatwpéw, -@ (<( radairwpos), [in LXX chiefly for Mw pu.;] to 
do hard labour, suffer hardship or distress: Ja 4°. 2. In cl. occasionally 
trans., to weary, distress (so Ps 16 (17), Is 33%).+ 

filairopta, -as, 7) (<< raAairwpos), [in LXX chiefly for w;] 1. 
hard work (Hippocr.). 2. hardship, suffering, distress: Ro 316@XX); 
pl., Ja o' (v. Bl, § 32,6; WM, 220; Swete, Mk., 153). (Hdt., Thuc., 
al.; and cf. MM, xxiv. yt 

tahaitwpos, -ov, [in LXX: Ps 136 (137)* (WAT), Is 331 (roreiv 7., 
Tw), To 13%, Wi 3%, al.;] distressed, miserable, wretched: Ro i, 
Re 37,+ 

*rahavtiatos, -a, -ov (<CrdAavrov), (a) worth a talent; (b) of a 
talent’s weight : Re 1671.+ 

tédavtov, -ov, To, [in LXX for 153;] 1. a balance (Hom.). 2. 


that which is weighed, a talent; (a) a talent in weight (in Hom. 

always of gold); (0) @ sum of money, whether gold or silver, 

equivalent to a talent in weight (v. DB, iii, 418 ff.): Mt 18%4 251 *- + 
rahe0d (Rec. rad), (Aram. xu, v. Dalman, Gr., 150), talitha, 


ie. maiden: Mk 541+ 

tapetov (late syncopated form of cl. rayetov; v. M, Pr., 44 f.; Bl., 
§ 6,5; Thackeray, Gr., 63 ff; Deiss., BS, 182 f.), -ov, 7d, [in LXX 
chiefly for 1N;] 1. a treaswry (Thuc., al). 2. a store-chamber (Arist., 


Xen.; De 28%): Lk 1274. 3. an inner chamber (Xen., Hell., v, 4, 55 
Is 2620, al.): Mt 6° 2476, Lk 123+ 


tdkis, -ews, 7 (<Ctacow), [in LXX: Jb 38” (RIP), Ps 109 (110)4 
(7937), u Mac 938, al.;] 1. an arranging, hence, in military sense, 


disposition of an army, battle array (Thuc., al.). 2. arrangement, 
order (Plat., al.): Lk 18. 3. dwe order: Col 2° (ICC, in 1.); xara raéw, 
1Co 144. 4. office, order (for exx., v. MM, xxiv): He 56 (XX) 10 620 
71, 17 (LXX) + 
tatevds, -7, -ov, [in LXX for bay, IY, WY, etc. ;] low-lying ; 
metaph., (a) lowly, of low degree, brought low: Ja 1°, 11 Co 7° (ef. 
Si 25%); of 7., opp. to duvdora, Lk 1°; 7. razewwois (neut., R, txt. ; 
masc., R, mg.; v. ICC, in l.), Ro 121°; (b) lowly in spirit, humble, in 
el. usually i in a slighting sense (vy. Tr., ’Syn., § xlii; but v. also Abbott, 
Essays, 81), in NT in an honourable sense : II Co 10!; seq. r. k ois 
Mt 11° (cf. Ps 33 (34)!*); opp. to trepypavos, Ja 4°, 1 Pe 55 @XX),t 
*t tatrevoppoourn, -7s, 7) (<< rarewwddpwr), lowliness of mind, humility : 
Ac 20}°, Eph 4?, Phi 2°, Col 3, 1 Pe 5°; of a false humility, Col 21% 28 
(rare outside of NT, but found in bad sense in FlJ, BJ, iv, 9,2; also in 
Epictet., v. Tr., Syn., § xlii).t 
t ramewdppur, -ov (<< rarrewvos, Ppyv), [in LXX : Pr 2973 (m4 bpy)* 3] 


humble-minded : 1 Pe 38 (in bad sense, Plut., 2, 336 H, cf. Deiss., DAH, 
72,).+ 


440 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


tatrewow, -@ (<< rarewwes), [in LXX chiefly for may, also for bey, 
y3D, etc. ;] to make low: dpos (Bovvdv), Lk 35 XX), Metaph., to humble, 
abase: Mt 184 23", Lk 144 18!4, m Co 117 127}, Ph] 28; pass., Mt 23%, 
Lk 141 1814, Phl 42; id. with mid. sense, Ja 419, 1 Pe 5°.t 

Tatetvwous, -ews, 7) (<Ctarewdw), [in LXX chiefly for 137 ;] abase- 


ment, humiliation, low estate: Lk 148, Ac 83 (-XX), Ph] 371, Ja, 1° (Plat., 
Arist., and later writers).t 

rapdcow, [in LXX for 5ma, 33, etc., forty-six words in all;] to 
disturb, trouble, stir wp: primarily in physical sense (Hom., Hur.) : 
tT. vowp, Jo 54b7, Metaph., of the mind (Adsch., Plat., al.), to trouble, 
disquiet, perplex: Ac 15*4, Ga 17 5"; éavrov (troubled himself ; Westc., 
in 1.), Jo 11%3; of a crowd, to stir up, Ac 17818; pass., Mt 2° 1476, 
Mk 65°, Lk 1” 2438, Jo 1227 (Ps 5 (6)4) 14427, 1 Pe 34 @XX); 7, mrvevpari, 
Jo 137) (cf. dia-, éx-rapdcow). 

rapaxy, -Hs, ) (<Ctapdoow), [in LXX for mdnd3, ng, ete. ;] 


trouble, disturbance: t. vdaros, Jo 5'). In pl. (as in cl.), twmulis: 
Mk 138, Rec.t 
tépaxos, -ov, 6 (<C rapdoow), [in LXX for MDM, etc. ;] later form 


of rapaxy (Xen., al.; v. Thackeray, Gr., 159): Ac 1238 1923.+ 
Tapoeds, -éws, 6 (<< Tapoos), of Tarsus: Ac 94 2139.+ 
Tapods, -ov, Tarsus, a city of Cilicia: Ac 93° 1125 223+ 
*traptapdw, -@ (<( Tdéprapos, a Greek name for the under-world, 
esp. the abode of the damned), to cast into hell: 1 Pe 24 (v. Mayor, 
in 1.).t 
! téoow, [in LXX chiefly for miw, also for Myx pi., yn3, ete. ;] 
primarily, in military sense, then generally, to draw up in order, 
arrange in place, assign, appoint, order: c. dat. (acc.) et inf. (BL, 
§ 72, 5), Ac 15? 18? (dar-, WH) 221; éavrovs, 1 Co 161; pass., Mt 89 
(T [WH], RB, txt., om.), Lk 7°, Ro 131; dco. joav reraypévor eis Lwiv 
aiwvov (perh. in mid. sense; v. HGT' and Page, in 1.), Ac 1348; mid., 
to appoint for oneself or by one’s own authority, Mt 281°, Ac 28?8,+ 
tadpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for Nw ;] a bull: Mt 224, Ac 143, 
Ee! 9? LOE 
tap, -js, 7 (<(Odrrw), [in LXX chiefly for 13) and cognate 


forms;] burial: Mt 27° (Hdt., al.; for other meanings, v. LS, s.v., 
Deiss., BS, 355 f., MM xxiv).t 

tapos, -ov, 6 (<COdrrw), [in LXX chiefly for 937;] 1. a burial 
(Hom.,al.). 2. a grave, tomb (Hes., Hdt., al.) : Mt 232729 2761, 64, 66 
Borla ape GOS 

** tdya (<< taxvs), adv., [in LXX: Wi 13% 141°*;] (a) (chiefly poét.), 

quickly, presently ; (b) perhaps: Ro 5’, Phm 1°.t 

TdyxELov, V.S. TAX. 

taxéws (<(raxvs), adv., [in LXX chiefly for MM and cognate 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 441 


forms ;] quickly, hastily: Lk 14% 166, Jo 11%, 1 Co 4%, Ph] 21% 24, 
1 Ti 49; with suggestion of rashness, Ga 1°, 1 Th 2?, 1 Ti 5%.+ 

taxwds, -7, -dv, [in LXX: Pr 16, Hb 1°, Is 597 (Ad), Wi 132, 
Si 11” 18?6*;] poét. and late for taxis, swift: of swift approach, 
m Pe 114 91+ 

tdx.oTa, V.S. TAX. 

tdxos, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for parts and derivatives of "710;] 
swiftness, speed. Adverbially, év r. (= taxéus), quietly: speedily, soon : 
Lk 188, Ac 127 2218 254, Ro 16, 1 Ti 34, Re 11 226 

tax (neut. of rats), adv., [in LXX chiefly roe "MA pi.;] quickly, 
speedily, forthwith: Mt 5% 287 Pb OP Lk 1b Jol Re 2! su 
114 297,12,20, Compar., traxeov (T, Rec. raxov), = cl. Oaccov, Oarrov 
(Att.), (v. Bl, § 44, 3): Jo 1377 204, 1 Ti 3! (T, Rec.), He 13% 28, 
Superl., rayuora: os t., as quickly as possible (Bl., § 11, 3), Ac 1715.t 

Taxus, -eta, -v, [in LXX chiefly for 7 pi.;] quick, swift, speedy : 
opp. to Bpadvs, Ja 11%.+ 

té, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as xai = et, ac, atque), 
not very freq. in NT’, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in 
Ac. 1. résolitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than xa‘ between 
words and sentences which it connects (Bl., § 77, 8): Mt 28", Jo 4¥, 
Ac 23% 87 40 1022 1171 al. 2. Denoting a closer connection than simple 


kal, Te... Kai, Te Kal, TE... TE (Ac 26% Ro 148), as well .. . as 
also, both ... and: Lk 1245, Ac 1! 15%, 9199 ali; ve... 8, 
and... and, Ac 197; ré yap . . . dpotws dé Kai, Ro 17627, 


Teixos, -ous, 76, [in LXX chiefly for main ;] a wall, esp. that about 


a town: Ag. 9%. in Co.11%, He 1199) Re 211; 
** rexpnptov, -ov, TO (< réxuap, a ‘mark, sign), [im LXX: Wi 54 1915, 
ur Mac 3%*;] a sure sign, a positive proof : Ac 13 (for exx., v. MM, 
Xxlv).t 
Syy.: Sderypa, q.v. 
*t rexviov, -ov, 76 (dimin. of réxvov), a little child: as a term of 
endearment, in voc. pl., Jo 133°, Ga 41°, 1 Jo 2): 1228 37,18 44 521 + 
*t texvoyovew, -@, to beget or bear children : 1 Ti 5™ (Anthol.).t 
* texvoyovia, -as, 7, child-bearing : 1 Ti 2) (Arist.).t 
téxvov, -ov, TO (<tixtw), [in LXX chiefly for 72, also for near 


etc. ;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn), a child of either 
Boa Mee Po ek it Ae 75 pl. Mt 4 Mk 777, Lk 1”, Eph: 64, al.; 

TEeKVO. EranyyeMas, Ro 98 : 3 T. THS TapKds, ib. : in a wider sense (as Heb. 
O°33), of posterity, Mt 218, Lk 38, al. ; spear of a male child, Mt 218, 


Ac 21”, al.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a 
junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 9? 2178, Mk 25, Lk 248; 7, 
pov (= cl. r. po; v. BI., § 37, 5), Ga 4! (rexvia, WH, txt.), ct 2) 
Metaph., (a) of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.) : Phm !, 
jad Wi Tit 14) 01 Jo* ; (0) with reference to the Fatherhood of God 
(v.s. rarnp, yevviies), téxva, T. Geod (cf. Is 30!, Wi 167): Ro 8!6, Eph 5}, 
Phil 2!°; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc., Hyp. Jo., ‘94, 120), 


442 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Jo 1%, 1 Jo 3}, al.; (c) of those who imitate others and are therefore 
regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mt 3%, Lk 38 
Jo 8%9, Ro 97, 1 Pe 3°; +. diaBorov, 1 Jo 31°; (d) as in Heb. (LXX, 
J] 2°35, Ps 1492, 1 Mac 188), of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 2397, Lk 134 
1944, Ga 45; (e) with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. ex- 
pression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, 
but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.): 
texva pwtds, Eph 58; +. iraxons, 1 Pe 1; xardpas, 1 Pe 2; dpyjs, 
Eph 2°. 

Syw.: v.s. wats. 

* rexvo-tpopew, -a, to rear young (of bees, Arist.), to bring up 
children: 1 Ti 5!.t 

téxtwy, -ovos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for wn;] an artificer in wood: 
stone or metal, but esp. a carpenter (v. MM, xxiv): Mt 1355, Mk 6%.t 

téhetos, -a, -ov (<(réXos), [in LXX chiefly for nby, oan and 


cogn. forms;] having reached its end, finished, mature, complete, 
perfect; 1. of persons, primarily of physical development, (a) full- 
grown, mature: He 5'*; ethically: Phl 3%; opp. to wjmus (-dgew), 
1 Co 2° 14°, Eph 438; +. xai wrerAnpopopypevn, Col 4"; 7. ev Xpiore, 
Col 178; (b) complete, perfect (expressing the simple idea of complete 
goodness, without reference either to maturity or to the philosophical 
idea of a rédos; v. Hort on Ja 1‘): Mt 54 1971, Ja 14 32; of God, 
Mt 548. 2. Of things, complete, perfect : Ro 12°; épyov, Ja 14; vépos, ib. *; 
Sapna, ib.” ; adydryn, 1 Jo 418; 75 7., 1 Co 131; compar., reAcorépa 
(oxnvy), He 94. (There is probably no reference in St. Paul’s usage to 
the*use of this term in the ancient mysteries; cf. ICC on Col 18; but 
y. also Lft., in 1., and Notes, 173 f.) t 
Syw.: v.s. 6AdxAnpos (and cf. Rendall, He., 158 ff.). 


Tehetdtys, -NTOS, 7) (<CréAcos), [in LXX: Jg 9! 19 (EAM), Pr 113 
(Mam), Wi 6 121’, Je 2?*;] perfection, completeness : Col 344, He 61.+ 


Tehetow, -@ (<réAews), [in LXX: Ex 29% Le 45, al. (7. yxeipas, 
x>p pi.), m Ki 226, al. (Qnm), Wi 413, al. (ef. Westc., He., 64) ;] 1. to 
bring to an end, finish, accomplish, fulfil: Jo 4°4, Ac 2074; of time, 
Lk 243, Jo 5°° 174; pass., 7 ypady, Jo 1978. 2. to bring to maturity or 
completeness, to complete, perfect ; (a) of things: He 7!, Ja 272, 1Jo0 25 
412,17- (5) of persons, in ethical and spiritual sense: He 2!° 99 10114; 
pass; Lk 13"; Jo 1773,) Phil 3") He 5° 775) £180, 12) 5 Jio.4)>. (fora 
different view of the meaning in He 2”, al., v. Rendall, in 1.).+ 

** tehelws (<< réAcos), adv., [in LXX: Jth 11, 1 Mac 12*, m1 Mac 
376 722, R¥;] completely, perfectly : 1 Pe 11%.+ 
tehetwors, -ews, 7) (<redeidw), [in LXX chiefly for oxdn, Ex 29%, 


al.;] fulfilment, completion, perfection: Lk 145, He 74,+ 
Tedetwrys, -00, 6 (<CTeActdw), a consummator, finisher: He 122 
(nowhere else).t 


** reMeahoptw, - (<rédos, Pépw), [in LXX: 1v Mac 137°*;] (a) of 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 443 


plants, to bring fruit to perfection (Theophr.) : a 814; (b) of females, 
to bear perfect offspring (Artemid.; 1v Mac, l.c 

tedeuTaw, -@ (<< tedevTy); fin LXX chiefly pe mia ;] 1. trans., to 
complete, finish ; esp. t. 7. aidva, t. Biov, to complete life, to die (Zisch., 
Hadt., al.). 2. Intrans., to come to an end, hence, to die (Hdt., al.): 
Mt gis gis 2926, Mik 948, Lk Toner sac 28 715, He 1122; Hebraistically, 


Oavarw redevtdrw (MDM Nid, Ex 211”), Mt 154, Mk 710 @XX) + 
TeheutH, -7s, ) (<CreAéw), [in LXX chiefly for mya, nia;] 1. a 


finishing. 2. an end: +. Biov (Hdt., al.): also without Biov, the end 
of life, death (Hat., Plat., al.) : Mt 2%.+ 

tedéw, -@ (<< neha), ‘Tin LXX for iid pi., ete. ;] 1. to bring to an 
end, complete, finish: +r. Spopov, 11 Ti 47; +. Adyous, Mt 778 19! 26); 
T. pee eles, Mt 1353; +. wéAes, Mt 107%; pass., Re 15° 20% 57; «, 
ptcp., Mt 111. 2. to execute, perform, complete, fulfil: Lk 2°, Ac 139, 
Ro 227, 11 Co 12°, Ga 516, Ja 28, Re 117; pass., Lk 12° 18%! 2237, Jo 
Agee 80 Rey 107 151177, 3. to pay (freq. in: el.) :. Mt, 1774, Ro 135 
(cf. azo, Sia-, €x-, ért-, ovv-Teéw).t 


téXos, -ous, 76, [in LXX for Ti; etc.; «is 70 7., chiefly for nyy 


and cognate forms;] 1. end: most freq. of the termination or limit of 
an act or state (in NT also of the end of a period of time, cl. reAevry), 
Lk 183, t Co 104, 11 Co 318, 1 Pe 47; by meton., of one who makes an 
end, Ro 104; éws (dypu, wéxypr) TeAovs, I Co 18, m Co 11%, He 3 64, Re 
226; cis r., to or at the end, Mt 10”, Mk 134, Lk 185, Jo 131 (or here, 
to the uttermost, v. Westc., in 1.); 7. éxew, Lk 22°”; adverbially, ro de 
tédos, finally, 1 Pe 3°; of the last in a series, Re 21° 221%; of the issue, 
fate or destiny, Mt 2658; c. gen. rei, Ro 67), al.; c. gen. pers., 1 Co 
118, al.; of the aim or purpose, 1 Ti 1°. 2. toll, custom, revenue : 
Ro 137; pl., as most usually, Mt 172°. 

* tehwvys, -ov, 6 (<CTeAos, avéoua), 1. a farmer of taxes (Lat. 
publicanus). 2. A subordinate of the former, who collected taxes or 
tolls in a particular district, a tax-gatherer (EV, publican): Mt 546 
MP Rte ey pes 28 799 110, Oy i3. OL, cK. dpaptwrot, iG es TU 
Peat Take VO! sr i: map, Mt 2151; 325 6 eOvixds «x. 6 T., Mt 181” 
(cf. DB, iv, 172; ext., 394 f.; MM, xxiv).t 

*t tehdviov, -ov, TO (<CTeAwvys), a custom house (so in MGr.), toll- 
house, place of toll: Mt 9°, Mk 2', Lk 5?7.+ 


tépas, -aros, 76, [in LXX chiefly for NDm;] a wonder, marvel : 


in NT always pl., r. x. oneta, Mt 24", al. (v.s. onpetor). 

Téptios, -ov, 6, Tertius: Ro 16%4.+ 

Téptuddos, -ov, 6, Tertullus: Ac 2447+ 

tésoapes (and Jon. and late Epes, and late acc. -es; v. WH, App., 
150; M, Pr., 36, 45f.), of, ai, -apa, ra, gen., -wv, four: Mt 243!) Mk 23, 
Lk 937, le 117 1923, Ac 10", Re 446, al. 

Renee eas Senaros, -1), -ov, fourteenth : Ac 2727) 33 + 


teooepdxovta (Rec. tecoap-, v. WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 45£.; 


444. MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Thackeray, Gr., 62f., 73f.), of, ai, rd, indecl., forty: Mt 4’, Mk 13, 
Lk 4?, Jo 279, Ac 13, al. 
* reaoepaxovtaetys (T, -érns; Rec. treooap-, v. supr.), -és, of forty 
years, forty years old: Ac 78 1318+ 
Tetaptatos, -a, -ov (<( rérapros), [in LXX: um Ki 3¢ A (13735) *;] 


of or on the fourth day: r. eva (Hadt., r. yevéeoOau), to be four days dead, 
UIE 


téraptos, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for 93729;] fourth : Mt 14, Mk 
648, Ac 10°9, Re 47 6% 8 812 168 2119+ 
*t tetpaapxéw (Rec. rerpapy-; v. WH, App., 145), -@ (<< rerpadpyys), 
to be tetrarch: c. gen., Lk 3! (FJ, BJ, iii, 10, 7).t 
*t retpadpxns (Rec. retpdpyys, v. supr.), -ov, 6 (<Cterpa- in comp. 
= réropa, Doric for réccapa, + dpyw), a tetrarch, i.e. (a) prop., the 
governor of a fourth part of a region (Strab.); (b) any petty ruler 
(Plut.); in NT, of Herod Antipas: Mt 141, Lk 319 97, Ac 131+ 
Tetpdywvos, -ov (<(terpa-, V. Supr., + ywvia), [in LXX for way 


and cogn. forms;] square: Re 211° (Hdt., Plat., al.).t 
*t retpdd.ov, ov, 76, @ quarternion, a group of four: orpatwréav, Ac 

124 (Philo). 

Tetpakio-xtdtot, -a, -a, fowr thousand: Mt 15** 161°, Mk 8% 20, 
Ac 21°8.+ 

tetpakdorot, -at, -a, four hundred: Ac 5%6 76 @XX) 139, Ga 3!7.t 

tetpdunvos, -ov, [in LXX (neut.): Jg 197 A 2047 A (nyaqy 
own) *;] of four months, four months ; as subst. 7. (sc. dpa, but 


neut. in Rec.), Jo 4° (Thuce., al.).t 
* tetpa-mhédos, -7, -ov (-ovs, -7, -ovv), fourfold: Lk 198.t 
tetpd-mous, -ovv, [in LXX chiefly for Mama;] fowr-footed: of 
beasts, neut. pl., Ac 10" 11°, Ro 1?%.+ 
TETPAPXEW, -apXNs, V.S. TEeTpaapxew, -apX7S- 
TEvXw, V.S. TVYXAVO. 
*reppdw, -© (<Ctéeppa, ashes; Wi 23, al.), to burn to ashes: 
mW Pe 2°. 
TEXVN; -1S; Oh [in LXX for Maan, mwyA , mpay ‘| art, craft, 
trade: Ac 1779 18%, Re 18% (WH, R, mg., om.).t 
texvitys, -ov, 6 (<< réxvm), [in LXX for wn, ete.;] a craftsman, 
artificer: Ac 19% %8, Re 18%; of God (Wi 131), He 1110.7 
Sy. : Sypovpyos, q-v., and cf. Tr., Syn., § ev. 
mxw, [in LXX for DDA ni., PP ni., WA ni., ete. ;] trans., to melt, 
melt down ; pass., to melt, melt away: 11 Pe 3¥%.+ 
* rpavyas, adv. (<C rire, afar, + adyy, radiance), poét. and in late 
prose, at a distance clearly: Mk 8 (WH, mg., dyAavyéas).t 
** ryXtkouTos, -av7, -ovTo (altern. of tyALKdade, -nde, -ovde, strength- 
ened form of r7A/kos), [in LXX: 1 Mac 123, mm Mac 3°, 1v Mac 164*;] 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 445 


1. of persons, (a) of such an age, so old; (6) so young. 2. Of things, 
so great: 11 Co 1, He 23, Ja 34, Re 168.t 

tmpéw, -o, [in LXX for Waw, WW3, etc.;] 1. to watch over, guard, 
keep, preserve: Mt 2736, Ac 163, al.; éavrév, 11 Co 119, 1 Ti 5, Ja 
imu *; seq. es; Jog Aa go", 1 Pe 1*, m Pe 249.37) Ju %; e, 
Jo 17452 Ju 2; &, Jo 175, Re 3; +. rion, m1 Ti 47, Re 141; 
t. évornta Tt. mvevpatos, Eph 4%. 2. to watch, give heed to, observe: 
t. cdBBatov, Jo 91°; 7. évroAny (-ds), Mt 191’, Jo 14% 151°, 1 Ti 614, 
I Jo 2% 4 32% 24 63, Re 1217 142; +. Adyov (-ovs), Jo 854s 52, 55 1 428, 24 1 520 176 
1 Jo 2°, Re 3%, 2979; +. vopov, Ac 15°, Ja 2°; +. rapadoow, Mk 79; 
tT. épya, Re 276; +. yeypaypéva, Re 1 (cf. dia-, tapa-, cvv-rnpéw). 

Syw.: dvAdoow, implying custody and protection: 7. expresses 
the idea of watchful care and ‘may mark the result of which ¢. is 
the means’ (Thayer s.v.). 

** rhpyats, -ews, 7 (<CTypew), [in LXX: Wi 638, Si 35 (32)? 1 Mac 
518, 1 Mac 349, mur Mac 5**;)] 1. a watching, hence, imprisonment, 
ward (v. Deiss., BS, 267): Ac 4°58. 2. a keeping: +. évroddy (ef. Si, 
Wi, ll. c., and v. Westc. on 1 Jo 2%.), 1 Co 7)%.t 

TiBepids, -ddos, 7 (<< TiBepros), Tiberias, a city of Galilee: Jo 6%; 
Odracoa rH T., Jo 6! 21 (cf. Tevvyoapeér, TadiAaia).t 

TiBépios, -ov, 6, the Emperor Tiberius: Lk 31.+ 

TiOypt, [in LXX for piw, ]n3, mw, etc.;] 1. causative of 
xeipat, (a) to place, lay, set: Lk 648, Ro 9%3, al.; of laying the dead to 
rest, Mk 154’, Lk 235, Jo 11%4, Ac 716, al.; seq. émi, c. gen., Lk 816, Jo 
19, al.; id. c. acc., Mk 4%, 11 Co 335, al.; tao, Mt 5!, al.; wapd, Ac 
435,37, Mid., to have put or placed, to place for oneself: of putting in 
prison, Ac 4%, 51% 25, al.; of giving counsel, BovAyny, Ac 27; of laying 
up in one’s heart, Lk 16° 2114 (1 Ki 21”); (b) to put down, lay down: 
of bending the knees, rt. ydovara, to kneel, Mk 15!%, Ac 7°, al.; of 
putting off garments, Jo 13*; of laying down life, r. yuyyv, Jo 
101) 15, 17, 18 1337 38 1513 1 Jo 316; of laying by money, zap’ éavra, I Co 
16?; of setting on food, Jo 21°; metaph., of setting forth an idea in 
symbolism, Mk 45°. 2. to set, fix, establish: timdderypa, 1 Pe 2°. 3. to 
make, appoint: Mt 2244, Mk 1236, Lk 204%, Ac 2%, Ro 417, al. Mid., 
to make, set or appoint for oneself: Ac 208, 1 Co 1278, 1 Th 5%, 1 Ti 12, 
al.; seq. wa, Jo 15! (cf. dva-, tpoo-ava-, dzro-, dia-, dvti-Oua-, éx-, ért-, 
OUV-ETL-, KATA-, CUV-KATA-, PETA-, Tapa-, TeEpl-, Wpo-, Tpod-, Guv-, wro- 
TiOnpt). 

tixtw, [in LXX chiefly for 15";] prop., of parents, to beget, bring 
forth, but esp. the latter, and so always in NT: absol., Lk 157 26, Jo 
167), Ga 427 (LXX) (vy. M, Pr., 127), Re 12% 4; vidv, Mt 1% 2% 25, Lk 131 97, 
Re 12°18; pass., Mt 2?, Lk 2%. Metaph., of the earth, Bordvyvy, He 
67 (Aisch., al.); of lust, duapriay, Ja 1)°.t 

Ti\do, [in LXX: 1 Hs 93, Is 18’, Da LXX 7 (5) *;] to 
pluck, pluck off: otdxvas, Mt 12', Mk 278, Lk 61.t 

Tupatos, -ov, 6 (Aram. 19°19 (?), v. Zorell, s.v.), Timeus: Mk 1046+ 


tindw, -@ (<Cryun), [in LXX for TAD pi., AW hi., etce.;] 1. to 


446 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


fix the value, price: c. acc. pers., of Christ, Mt 279@XX), 2. to honour: 
c. acc, pers. Mt 154@%%) 5, 8x) 1910G@xx) Mk 7610 1910 Lk 
1820(LXX), Jo 5% 849 1226, Hph 62(@-XX), 1 Ti 53, r Pe 217; wodAais ripais, 
Ac 281°.+ 

tin, -7s, 9, [in LXX for FY, 3%, etc.;] a valuing, hence, 


objectively ; 1. a price paid or received: c. gen. pers., Mt 279; c. gen. 
rei, Ac 5% 3; pl., Ac 454 1919; 7. aiwaros, Mt 27°; jyopacOnre tyx7s, 
I Co 67 778; @veicOar tysns apyupiov, Ac 7°. 2. esteem, honour: Ro 
1210 137, 1 Co 1273, 1 Ti 5!” 6!, He 54, 1 Pe 2” (R, txt., preciousness, cf. 
Hort, in 1.), 37; 7. dddvar, 1 Co 1274; exe, Jo 444, He 33; 7. xai d0ga (6d. 
K. 7.) BO 22 7 Ti 127 He 27X09 1 Pe 17 i Pe 177; Re 44 tbat 
712 9126; +, xa xpdros, I Ti 616; eis r., Ro 974, 1 Ti 27% 21; é& 7., Col 23, 
1 Th 44; by meton., of marks of honour, Ac 281.t 

tipwos, -a, -ov (<< tyun), [in LXX chiefly for 21;] valued, hence, 


(a) precious, costly, highly valued: primarily, of money value, dé6os, 
Re 174 18! 16 2119; pl. 1Co 3; compar., -wrepos, I Pe 1’, Rec.; superl., 
-wraros, Re 18 21"; in extended sense, xaprds, Ja 57; afwa, 1 Pe 1; 
érayyéApara, 11 Pe 1*; (b) held in honour, honoured, esteemed worthy : 
c. dat., Ac 5°4; 6 yapos, He 134; yvyy, Ac 204 (where +. is pleonastic, 
v. Page, in 1.).t 
*ruudtns, -nTos, 9 (<Ctipuos), preciousness, worth: Re 181 (ef. 

Hort on tiny, 1 Pe 2°).+ 

Tipdeos, -ov, 6, Timothy: Ac 17415 18°, Ro 16%, al. 

Tipwy, -wvos, 6, Timon: Ac 6°.+ 

Tipwpew, -@ (<C Tuy + ovpos, a guardian), [in LXX: Hz 5" 1415 
(Saw pi), Wi 12° 188, al.;] 1. to help. 2. to avenge; mid., to avenge 
oneself on, punish (Hdt., Hur., al.): act. in this sense, Ac 22° 261 
(v. MM, xxiv).t 

Tiwpia, -as, 7 (<CTywpew), [in LXX: Pr 24% (Mp), etc.;] 


1. help, assistance. 2. vengeance, punishment: He 10*%.+ 

Syw.: kxodaors, g.v., and cf. MM, xxiv. 

tivw, [in LXX: Pr 27” (7. Cyuiav, for wsy ni.), etce.;] to pay: 
r. dixnv (cf. Pr, l.c.), to pay penalty, 1 Th 19 (v. M, Th., in 1.).t 

tis, neut., r/, gen., rivos, interrog. pron., [in LXX for %3 m9 ;] in 


masc. and fem., who, which, what ?; in neut., which, what ?, used both 
in direct and in indirect questions. I. As subst., 1. masc., fem. : ris; 
who, what ?, Mt 37 2668, Mk 11°8, Lk 99, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 75, 
He 15, al.; seq. é& (= gen. partit.), Mt 677, Lk 1478, Jo 846; = zoitos, 
Mk 44! 62, Lk 198, Ac 179, al.; = =adrepos (M, Pr., 77), Mt 213! 2717, 
Lk 2277, al.; = ds or Govis (rare in’ cl.; ‘cf. Bl:,§.50, 5; M, Pr. 193), 
Ac 13%5, 2. Neut.: ri; what ?, Mt 547 117, Mk 103, al.; xdpw rivos, 
1Jo 3"; dari, Mt 94, al.; eis r/, Mt 141, al.; elliptically, tva ri (sc. 
yernta), why, Mt 95, al.; ri otv, Ro 3° 6415, 1 Co 141, al.; ri ydp, 
Ro 33, Phil 118; ri euot (ipiv) Kai coi, v.s. éyw. II. As adj.: who ? 
what ? which ?, Mt 546, Lk 14%, Jo 218 al. III. As adv.: =da vr 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 447 


(ri Gre), why, Mt 678, Mk 44°, Lik 646, Jo 185, al.; in rhet. questions, 
=a negation, Mt 274, Jo 21% 28 1 Co 5” 736 al.; in exclamations 
(like Heb. M9), how (1 Ki 6, Ps 3%, al.), Lk 124°, 


ts, neut., 1, Zen., Twds, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. 
tis a8 tov, Tws, woTé tO ov, ras, wore. I. As subst., 1. one, a certain 
one: Lk 949, Jo11}, Ac 5*, al.; pl., tives, certain, some: Lk 131, Ac 15}, 
Ro 38, al. 2. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12°, Mk 98°, 
Lk 846, Jo 275, Ac 175, Ro 5’, al.; = indef., one (French on), Mk 84, 
Jo 2%, Ro 8%, al.; pl., rwes, some, Mk 144, al. II. As adj., lia 
certain: Mt 18”, Lk 15 827, Ac 3?, al.; with proper names, Mk 15”), 
Lk 2376, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7%, al. 2. some: Mk 1608], Jo 54, 
Ac 1771 244, He 11%°, al. 

Tinos, -ov, 6, Titius, surnamed Justus: Ac 18’, T, WH (RV., 
Tiros).t 

¥*t tithos, -ov, 6, (Lat. titulus), [in Aq., Sm., Th.: Je 214*;] a title, 

inscription : Jo 19% 29 (in Christian Inser., epitaph, v. MM. xxiv).t 

Titos, -ov, 6, Titus; 1. St. Paul’s disciple and companion : 
11 Co 238 76, 13, 14 6, 16, 28 1918 Ga O38 7 Ti 40 Ti 14, subscr., Rec. 
(Tiros). 2. One surnamed Justus: Ac 18’, RV (T, WH, Tirtos).t 

Tot-yap-odv, an inferential particle, [in LXX : Jb 221° 2422 (7>~dy), 


Si 4116, al.;] wherefore then, so therefore: 1 Th 48, He 12! (Hdt., Plat., 
al.).t 

toi-vuv, an inferential particle, [in LXX: Is 31° 58 274, Wi 1" 
89, al.*;] accordingly, therefore: as in cl., after the first word in a 
sentence, I Co 9°; acc. to later usage, at the beginning, Lk 205, 
He 1333,+ 

“ovdade, -dde, -dvde, such: 1 Pe 127,+ 

rovodTos, -avry, -odro (as usually in Att. prose. Ep. and Ion. neut. 
-odrov in Al., Ac 2175, Rec. only), correlat. of ofos, drotos, ds, etc., such 
as this, of such a kind, such: Mt 9° 185, Mk 45% 6? 718 97 ('T, rovrwy), 
Jo 916, Ac 1624, 1 Co 5! 1116, 11 Co 3% 12 198, He 726 8! 123 1316 Ja 416. 
otos . . . t., I Co 1548, m Co 10"; id. pleonast. (v. Bl., § 50, 4), 
Mk 131; seq. drotos, Ac 2679; és, Phm®. As subst., anarth.: pl., 
Lk 99; c. art., 6 7., such a one (BI., § 47, 9; Hllic. on Ga 57): Ac 2272, 
I Co 55, al.; pl., Mt 194, Mk 10", al.; neut. pl., Ac 197°, Ro 1%, al. 

Toixos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 1) ;] a wall, esp. of a house : 
fig., Ac 238 (cf. retxos).t 

tékos, -ov, 6 (<Crixrw), [in LXX for Jwy, etc.;] (a) a bring- 


ing forth, birth; (b) offspring. Metaph., of the produce of money 
lent out, interest, usury (cf. Merch. of Venice, I, iii, ‘a breed of barren 
metal”) : Mt 2577, Lk 1973 (Soph., Plat., al.).t 


rohpdw, -@, [in LXX: Jb 15" (mpd), Es 138 75 (ab ndp), 


Jth.14'%, 11 Mac 4”, 111 Mac 32! R, 1v Mac 8'8*;] to have cowrage, to 
venture, dare, be bold: absol., 11 Co 1171; seq. emi, 11 Co 102; c. inf, 


448 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


(BL; § 69, 4), Mi, 2246 Mik 1284, Dk 20, Jo 21", Ac 5772, Ro 15% 
1 Co 61, 11 Co 10”, Phl 114, Ju; to submit to (in cl. usually absol. in this 
sense), Ro 5’ (v. Field, Notes, 155) ; Tohpaoras cian Ger, took courage and 
went in (v. Field, op. cit., 44), Mk 15*° (ef. dzro-roApaw).t 
* rohunpas, adv., (< Baie bold, daring), boldly : compar., 

-orepus (‘1', Rec. ei) Ro 151° 

*rohpntys, -ov, 6, (<< By. a bold, daring man: 1 Pe 21° 
(Thuc.).t+ 
Topds, -7, -ov (<< Téuvw), sharp: compar., -wrepos, metaph., 


totov, -ov, 7d, [In LXX chiefly for nwp;] a bow: Re 62.+ 
tromd£uov, -ov, 76 (and roagos, 6), [in LXX: Ex 28!" 3617 (391°), 
Jb 28%, Kz 283 (mp), Ps 118 (119)”" (75) *;] topaz: Re 21?° (v. 
Swete, in 1.).t 
témos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for pip~;] place: Lk 4°7 10) %, 


Jo 58 6!, Ac 1217, 1 Co 1%, al.; +. dyios (cf. Is 601%), Mt 24%; epnyos, 
Mt 1438, al.; wedwos, Lk 6!" ; dvvdpos (pl.), Mt 12%, Lk 11%4; xara tozovs 
(EV, in divers places), Mt 24", Mk 138; tpaxets r., Ac 2779; 7. pasted 
(q.v.), ib. 41; érounalew 7., Jo 14% 3; EXELY, Re 128: SSsuan Tuk, 14%: 

en. defin., 7. Bacavov, Lk 168; 7. KaTaTavr ews, Ac 749: kpaviov, Mt 9793, 
Mk 15”, Jo 191”; seq. ot, Ro 92 6; dzov, Mt 28°, Mk 16°, Jo 42° 628 104 
ee 194; ev o, Jo 11°; et OAC na mOlyE place which a person or 
thing occupies, Re 2° 64 12°; +. payaipas, Mt 2652; 6 idios 7., Ac 1%; 
of a place in a book, Lk 4!” (ef. Clem. Rom. 7 Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of 
condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25!®, Ro 12'° 
153, Eph 4?” (cf. Si 38). 

Syw.: xopa (extensive), region; xwpiov (enclosed), a piece of 
ground. 7. is ‘‘a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, 
or as appropriated to a thing” (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.). 

togovTos, -avTn, -ovro (He 7*) and (elsewhere, as usually in Attic) 
-ovrov, correlat. of dcos, of quantity, size, number, so great, so much, 
pl., so many: Mt 8! Lk 7°, He 12', Re 18716; of time, so long, 
Xpoves, Jo 14°, He 47; pl., Lk 1529 (ern), Jo 129" 214 1Co 1410, seq. 
wore, Mt 1533: absol.: pl., Jo 6°, Ga BF; of price, ToroUrov, Ac 5°; dat., 
togovtw Kpeitrwv, He 14; 7. awe dow, He 107°; xa doov... eae 
t., He 77.1 

+éte, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ore, then, at that time ; 
(a) of concurrent events: Mt 2!” 3° and freq., Ro 671; seq. ptcp., Mt 
216, Ga 48; opp. to viv, Ga 4°9, He 127°; 6 7. xdopos, u Pe 3°; (6) of 
consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2° 3° 41 and freq., Lk Ie 3 
7. ovv, Jo 1114 19} 16 208; etOéws 7., Ac 1714; Gre. . . 7., Mt 13%6 911. 
Jo 1916; amo 7., Mt 417 1621 2616, Lk 1616; (c) of things future: Mt 
2428, 40 951, 31 ff. ; Opp. to apt, I Co 13%; xai 7, Mt 728, Mk 1371, Lk 
2136 1 Co 45, alls Gravis... 7, WEG) Oto) Mike ast Mak. 595, pagel at 53, al, 
(more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT). 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 449 


towvartiov, by crasis for 76 évavriov, neut. acc. used adverbially, on 
the contrary, contrariwise: 11 Co 27, Ga 27, 1 Pe 39.t+ 

toUvoua, by crasis for 76 dvoua, acc. absol., by name: Mt 2757,+ 

Toutéott = TovT éotu. 

Tpdyos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for my, also for "HY, wns] 
a he-goat: He 91% 13,19 104 + 

tpdémeta, -ys, 9, [in LXX chiefly for jq>y*, also for amd’, ete. ;] 


1. a table, dining-table: Mt 152”, Mk 778, Lk 16?! 1923 2921,30; of the 
table of shewbread, He 92. By meton., of food provided (v. DB, iv, 
670 a): Ac 16%, Ro 119@XX), 1 Co 107; diaxoveiy rats 7., Ac 62 (ef. 
Page, in l., but v. infr.). 2. A money-char ger’s table, a bank (Dem., 
Arist., al.) : Mt 212, Mk 11%, Lk 198, Jo 2!©; so also acc. to Dr. Field 
(Notes, 113), Ac 6? (but v. supr.).t 
*rpamelettns (Rec. -Cirns, as in cl.), -ov, 6 (<< zparefa), a money- 
changer, banker: Mt 2577 (Dem., Plut., al.).+ 
tpadpa, -ros, ro, [in LXX for yyp, ddm, etc.;] a wound: 


Lk 10%4.+ 

Tpaupatitw (<rpadpa), [in LXX chiefly for 5$n;] to wownd: Lk 
202, Ac 1916,+ 

*t tpaxyndiLw (<< tpdyyAos), prop., of wrestlers, to take by the throat, 

hence (Philo), to prostrate, overthrow. Metaph., but in what sense and 
from what age it is doubtful (v. Westc., Rendall, on He, l.c.; DB, iii, 
625n), tpaxnAicpéva, laid open (RV, Westc.; downcast, Renda!l): 
He 4'3,+ 

tpdxndos, -ov, o, [in LXX chiefly for INI¥, also for 99¥, etc. ;] 


the neck: Mt 18°, Mk 9%, Lk 172; émureceiy émi tov 7., to embrace 
(Ge 467°), Lk 15°, Ac 20°”, Metaph., iocivar tov éavrod tr. (for similar 
phrase in 7., v. Zorell, s.v.), Ro 164; émeivar Lvyov emi tov 7., Ac 15!.+ 

tTpaxus, -eta, -v, [in LXX: Is 404 (B37), etc. ;] rough: 680i (Is, 


le.), Lk 35@XX); roroé (i.e. rocky), Ac 2729.+ 

Tpaxwritis, -.d0s, 7 (<< tpaxus), Trachonitis, a rough region 8. of 
Damascus (in FJ, sometimes 7 T., sometimes 6 Tpaxwv): 7 T. xwpa, 
Lk 34. 

Tpeis, ol, at, tpia, ta, three: Mt 12%, al.; pera +. ucpas = rH 
tpitn 7., Mk 10*4, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.). 

Tpeis TaBépvar (v.s. ra Bépvy), Three Taverns (Lat. Tres Tabernae), 
a halting place on the Appian Way: Ac 29! (vy. DB, iv, 690).+ 

tpéuw, to tremble, esp. with fear: Mk 5**, Lk 847; ¢. ptep. (in cl. 
more freq. c. inf.), 1 Pe 21+ 

tpépw, [in LXX for mn hi., 533 pi., 55n hi., ete. ;] 1. to make to 
grow, bring wp, rear (cl.; 1 Mac 3°* 11%): Lk 416 (T, WH, mg., dvar-). 
2. to nourish, feed: Mt 676 2597, Lk 1274, Ac 1279, Re 12614; of a 
mother, to gwe suck, Lk 23°; of animals, to fatten (Je 26 (46)*4), fig., 
Ja 5° (cf. ava-, éx-, év-rpédw).t 

29 


450 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


tpéxw, [in LXX chiefly for pim;] to run: Mk 5%, Jo 20%4, 1 Co 
974,26; c, inf., Mt 288; seq. eri, Lk 24% [T |[WH]| R, mg., om.]; éis, 
Re 9°; ptep., dpayr, c, indic., Mt 274°, ME 15%6, Lk "1520, Metaph., 
from runners in a race, of swiftness or of effort to attain an end: Ro 
916 Ga 2? 5’, Phi Q's; -, dyava (Hdt., Hur., al.), He 12!; 6 Adyos tr. 
Kuplov (cf. Ps 1474 (14615), ews Tdxous Spapetras é 6 A. avrod), 1 Th 3! (ef. 
eis-, Sere TEpt-, Teer: Tpoo-, Ouvv-, eT L- Ouv-, t1ro- TpEX). 

pa, -TOS, TO, a perforation, hole: fpapidos, Mt 1974, WH, txt. ; 

Boe Tk 18*° (Aristoph., Plat., al.).t 

Syw.: Tprpaded, Tpornpa. 

TpidKovta, oi, ai, td, indecl. (<< zpeis), thirty: Mt 138, al. 

tpiaxdator, -at, -a, three hundred: Mk 145, Jo 12°.+ 

tpiBodos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ge 3, Ho 10° ("799), u Ki 1931 
(pom), Pr 225 (7x) *;] a thistle: Mt 7%, He 68.t 

tpiBos, -ov, 7 (<rpiBw), [in LXX for nbpa, an}, etc. ;] a beaten 


track, a path: Mt 3°, Mk 13, Lk 34 @X%),+ 
* rpvetia, -as, % (<< tpeis, ros), a period of three years: Ac 20°1.t 
** spifw, [in Aq.: Am 2!85; §m.: Is 38'**;] 1. prop., of sounds by 
animals, to cry, chirp, etc. 2. Of other sounds, e.g., trans., 7. dddvras, 
to gnash or grind the teeth: Mk 9}8.+ 
tpliunvos, -ov (<< zpeis, ppv), [in LXX (neut.) : Ge 38%, rv Ki 237° B 
248, 1 Ch 364° (pwIn oO wy) * 5] ] of three months ; as subst., 76 . 


(= cl. 7 .); a space of three months (Polyb., al.; LXX): He 1173.t 
tpis (<<zpeis), adv., thrice: Mt 2634 75, Mk 143,72) Lk 2234, 61, 
Jo 133 1 Co 11% 128; ent r., Ac 1016 1119,+ 
**t tploteyos, -ov (tpeis, oreyn), [in Sm.: Ge 61706), Kz 426*;] of 
three stories: to 7. (SC. otknua), the third story, Ac 20° (Dion., FJ, 
al.).t 
Tpta-xihtot, -at, -a, three thousand: Ac 2*1.+ 
TptTos, I, -ov, the third: Mt 2276, Mk 12?! 15%, Lk 2471, Ac 215, 
al.; 7 7. 7epa (i.e. the next day but one: Xen., al.; v. Field, Notes, 
11 "tf, Mt 1621, Lk 2446, al.; substantively, acc. masc., tpirov, a third 
(servant), Lk 201; neut., ro 7., c. gen., the third part of : Re! Sia ginys 
124, As adv., ro 7., the third ‘time: Mk 1441, Jo 21"; anarth., rpirov, 
a third time, Lk 23, Jo 2114, 11 Co 12!* 131; in enumerations, thirdly, 
1 Co 128; & 7., a third time, Mt 2644. 


tpixtvos, -7, -ov (<( Opéé), [in LXX: Za 134 (nyy), Ex 267*;] of 
hair: odxxos, Re 6” (Xen., Plat., al.).t 

tpdpos, -ov, 6 (<Crpévw), [in LXX for Ay, WI, Imp, etc.;] 
trembling, ante esp. from fear: Mk 168; 0Bos x. 7. (as in Ge 9?, 
Bx. 15'° Dei 24 ts 198 al): ros nn Co 715, Eph 65, Phl 22,+ 

Tpom™, -7S, 7 (ery, [in LX X:, De 3314, Jb 3838, Wi 738, al. ;] 


a turning: esp. of the revolution of heavenly bodies, fig., Ja wi (v.s. 
arockiacpa).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 451 


tpémos, -ov, 6 (<tpérw), [in LXX chiefly (v 7.) for WND;] 1. 
a way, manner, fashion: Mt 2337, Lk 1334, Ac 1" 728, 1 Ti 38, Ju? 
xa? ov r., Ac 15 2775 (cf. MM, XXV) ; : Kara mavra T., RO 32. 3 Kara pir 
tT. (IV Mac a+ al.) Eh 2° wernt, Ph) 18 Th dt. 2. OF 
persons, manner of lafe, character (Hdt., Aisch., al.): He 135+ 
trpomo-popéw, -0, [in LXX: De 1%! Bi " (eiz3) * 5] 1. to bear 
another's manners (R, txt., suffered he their manners) : c. acc. pers., 
Ac 1318 (Rec., WH, RB, txt. ; ‘opaden T, R,mg.). 2. = rpopodopéw (q.v.), 
(v. Kihner 3, 1, 276): Ae, l.c.t 
tpopy, -fs, ) (<Ctpépw), [in LXX for ond, pimp, dox, ete. ;] 
nourishment, food: Mt 34 675 1019 2445, Lk 1278, Jo 48, Ac 246 919 1417 
peer a2 20598" fg 2.  Metaph: : He 5% 74+ 
Tpddipos, -ov, 6, Trophimus: Ac 204 219, 1 Ti 4°°.+ 
tpodds, -0d, 7 (<< tpepw), [in LXX: Ge 358, rv Ki 11’, mw Ch 224, 
Is 493 (na) *;] @ nurse: 1 Th Q7.t 
trpopo-popéw, -d, [in LXX: De 1°! (Na), 1 Mac 7°7*;] to 
nourish (Hesych.), bear like a nurse (R, ne bare he them as a 
nursing-father): c. acc. pers., Ac 138, T, Tr., R, mg. (WH, R, txt., 
Tpotopopéw, q.v.).t 
tpoxid, -as, 7 (<Ctpoxds), [in LXX: Pr 2! 411, 26,27 56, 21 (22), 
Ez 27'°A*;] the track of a wheel, hence, a track, path: fig., He 
1918 (LXX) + 
Tpoxés, -ov, 76 (<Ctpéxw), [in LXX chiefly for ]Bin;] a wheel: 
Ja 3° (vy. Mayor, Hort, in 1.).+ 
tpuBdov (Rec. tpvBd/ov), -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for M yp ;] a 
bowl, dish: Mt 26%, Mk 14” (Hippocr., Aristoph., Plut., al.).t 
tpuydw, -o, [in LXX for 1p, WA, etc. ;] to gather im: G. ace., 
(a) of the fruit, Lk 644, Re 1418; (6) of that from which it is gathered, 
Re 14?9.+ 
Tpuywv, -dvos, 7 (<< rpvlw, to murmur, coo), [in LXX for 4m, 37 ;] 
a turile-dove: Lk 274.+ 
trpupadsd, -Gs, 7 (<tpvw, to wear away), [in LXX: Je 134 (p13), 
etc.;] = re a hole: +r. padidos, eye of a needle, Mk 10% 
: Tphpa, tpmnps. . 
* tp oe -ros, T6 (<C tpurdw, to bore), a hole: 7. padidos, eye of a 
needle, Mt 19%4 (WH, txt., rpjua).t 
Svw.: TpHpAa, uae 
sani -ns, 9, Tryphena: Ro 16" (v. Lft., Phi., 175 f.; MM, 
xxy).t 
tpupdw, - (<tpvdy), [in LXX: Ne 9 (jy hithp.), Is 66" 
(xx hithp.), Si 14**;] to live daintily, luxuriously, to fare 
sumptuously : Ja 5° (cf. év-rpupdw). t 
Sywv.: orataddw (q.V.), otpyvidw. 


452 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


tpugy, -fs, 7 [in LXX chiefly for ]3¥;] softness, daintiness, 
luxuriousness: Lk 725, 1 Pe 2}8,+ 
Tpudadoa, -ys, 7, Tryphosa: Ro 16” (v. Lift., Phl., 175 f.).t 
Tpwds (Rec. Tpw-), -ados, », Troas, a city near the Hellespont: 
Ac 16% 2..205\¢%r Co Aeon Ti 4151: 
TpwyvAdoy (also written -yiAiov, -yiAvov, -ia, v. Bl., § 6, 3), -ov, 79, 
Trogylliwm, a city of Ionia: Ac 20° (WH, txt., R, txt., om.).t 
*tpdyw, 1. prop., of animals, to gnaw, munch, crunch (Hom., al.). 
2. Of men, to eat raw food, as vegetables, nuts, etc. (Hdt., al.). 3. In 
late vernacular, simply to eat (= écOiw): Mt 24°8, Jo 654 56 5% 58 1318 
(LXX écGiwv) (v. Kennedy, Sources, 82, 155; MM, xxv).t 
tuyxdvw, [in LXX: De 195 (xxx), Jb 372 77171, Pr 24°8 (307%) 
(without definite Heb. equiv.), Wi 15'°, 1 Mac 114, 11 Mac 3’, al.;] 
I. Trans. 1. to hit (opp. to dpapravw, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen., 
al.). 2. to hit wpon, light wpon ; (a) of persons, to meet with, fall in 
with: absol., ptep., 6 rvyev, a chance persen, anyone (Lat. quivis), 
ov Tvxev, not common or ordinary, Ac 19" 287; (b) of things, to 
reach, get, obtain: c. gen. rei. Lk 20%, Ac 24% 26” 273, m Ti 2%, 
He 8® 11%, II. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance, 
befall: impers., ei t’xor, 16 may be, perhaps, 1 Co 14 15%”; so ptep., 
tuxév (old acc. absol.; v. M, Pr., 74), 1 Co 166 (cf. év-, iwep-ev-, ém-, 
Tapa-, cvv-Tvyxavw).t 
tupmavitw (<(tvpmravov, a kettle-drum), [in LXX: 1 Ki 218@*) 
(MIM pi?)*;] 1. to beat a drum. 2. to tortwre by beating, beat to 
death (cf. Weste. on He, l.c.): pass., He 1135.t 
*t tumiKds, adv. (<< ros), (a) typically (Greg. Naz.); (b) by way of 
example: 1 Co 104+ 
témos, -ov, 6 (<Ctimrw), [in LXX: Ex 2594 (mzam), Am 576 
(aby), 1 Mac 3%, rv Mac 6° *;] 1. the mark of a blow: rév jw, 


Jo 20%, 2. An impression, impress, the stamp made by a die; hence, 
a figure, image: Ac 74 @XX), 3. form (Plat.): Ro6"; the sense or sub- 
stance of a letter (m1 Mace, l.c.), Ac 23%. 4. an example, pattern : 
Ac 744, He 85(£XX); in ethical sense, Ph] 3!’,1Th 17, 1 Th 39, 1 Ti 422 
Tit 27, 1 Pe 5°; in doctrinal sense, type (v. ICC, in 1.), Ro 5'4.+ 
Syw. : V.S. trorvrwots. 
tintw, [in LXX chiefly for M53 hi.;] to strike, smite, beat: c 
acc., Mt 2449, Mk 15!9, Lk 1245, Ac 18!” 21%2 2323; of mourners 
ra otH0n, Lk 1818 2348; eri zr. ovayova, Lk 679; cis t. kepadynv, Mt 27%° 
Metaph., of God inflicting evil: Ac 23° (cf. Ex 8?, Ez 79, al.); of 
disquieting conscience, 1 Co 8”.t 
TUpavvos, -ov, 6, Tyrannus: Ac 199.t 
*tupBdlw, to disturb, trouble: pass., Lk 10*!, Rec. (WH, R, 
BopvBalw).t 
Tupuos, -ov, 6, 7, a Tyrian: Ac 1270+ 
Tupos, -ov, 7, Tyre, a maritime city of Phanicia: Mk 7%!, Ac 
Q1%7; T. «x. Sudov, Mt 11222 152!) Mk 38 724, Lk 6! 101% 14+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 453 


tuphés, -7, -dv, [in LXX for Wy ;] blind: as subst., 6 7., Mt 9, 
ME 8”, Lk 418 (2XX) Jo 53, al. Metaph.: Mt 15! 231626, Jo 93941, Ro 
2)9, 11 Pe 19, Re 317, 
tuprdw, -@ (<CrvpdA0s), [in LXX: Is 42° (yy), To 77x, Wi 
271 x *;] to blind, make blind: metaph., Jo 124° (LXX, xaypiw), 1 Co 
44,1 Jo QU.t+ 
*rupdw, -& (<< ridos, smoke; metaph., conceit), prop., to wrap in 
smoke; used only metaph., to puff wp, becloud with pride: pass., 
1 Ti 3° 64, m Ti 34 (Dem., Arist., al.).t 
* tépw (<< ridos, smoke), to raise a smoke; pass., to smoke: Mt 
1279 (LXX, xamwfdpevov).t 
*t tupwvikds, -7, -ov (<CTidwv, a hurricane, typhoon), tempestuous : 
Ae 274+ 
Tuxixos (T, Rec., Tvyixds), -ov, 6, Tychicus: Ac 20*, Eph 67', Col 
47, 1 Ti 4", Tit 3%,+ 
tux6yv, adv., V.S. TUyXavw. 


x 


Y, vu, & WAdv, 7d, indecl., wpsilon, u, the twentieth letter. Asa 
numeral, v’= 400, v, = 400,000. At the beginning of a word, v is 
always aspirated. 

bakivOivos, -n, -ov (<tdxw6os), [in LXX for wnn, noon hor 


hyacinth, hyacinthine (v.s. idxwOos), ‘doubtless meant to describe the 
blue smoke of a sulphurous flame” (Swete): Re 917 (Hom., Hur., 
al.).t 

bdxwvOos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for noon 3] hyacinth; (a) in 
cl., a flower, prob. the dark blue iris; (b) in late writers, a precious 
stone of the same colour, perhaps the sapphire: Re 21° (Phil., 
Fld, al.).t 

* Gddwos, -7, -ov (<< dadros), of glass, glassy: Re 4° 15?.t 

dados, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Jb 281” (mm ai5t)*;] 1. (Hdt.) a clear 
transparent stone. 2. (from Plat. on) glass: Re 21} 21.+ 

bBpiLw (<cvBpis), [in LXX for ANI, etc.;] 1. intrans., to wax 
wanton, run riot. 2. Trans., to outrage, insult, treat insolently: c. 
acc. pers., Mt 226, Lk 1145 18%, Ac 145, 1 Th 2?.¢ 

UBpis, -ews, 9, [in LXX chiefly for ing and cogn. forms;] 1. 
wantonness, insolence. 2. = UBpicpa, an act of wanton violence, an 
outrage, injury: 1 Co 121°; metaph., of a loss by sea (Pind.), Ac 
271% 21 (vy. MM, xxv).t 

iBpiorys, -0d, 6 (<C tBpifw), [in LXX chiefly for A¥J;] a violent, 
insolent man: Ro 129, 1 Ti 13 (KV, injuriows).t 

Syv.: ddaldv, trepypavos, v. Tr., Syn., § xxix. 


454 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


bytaivw (<tyujs), [in LXX chiefly for nw, and freq. in To;] 
to be sound, healthy, in good health: Lk 5%! 7} 1527, 11 Jo*. In Past. 
Epp. (as also in cl.) metaph., t. ev r. riore, Tit 1°; 7. rire, +. ayarn, 
t. bropovy, Tit 27; 4 tyaivovea dvackadia, 1 Ti 1°, um Ti 4%, Tit 1% 2; 
Aoyou byvatvovres, 1 Ti 6%, 1x Ti 11*,+ 
dyijs, -és, acc., ty (Attic usually -.a), [in LXX for 1, ete. ;] 
sound, whole, healthy : Mt 128 1531, Jo 5l4) 6 9% U, 14,15 723, Ae 410; geq, 
aro, Mk 54; of words, opinions, etc. (as in cl.), metaph., Adyos, 
Tit 28.+ 
bypés, -é, -dv, [in LXX: Jg 1678 (md), Jb 86 (an), Si 
394% NA * 3] wet, moist, opp. to Eypds: of wood, sappy, green: Lk 2331+ 
Spia, -as, 7 (<< vdwp), [in LXX for 13;] 1. prop., a water-pot or 
jar: Jo 2%7 428 2. More freq. in Attic = dyyos, a pot, urn or jar of 
any kind, as for holding wine, coins, etc. (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 23; 
MM, xxy).t 
SSpomotéw, -& (<Ctdwp, wivw), [in LXX: Da LXX 1” (Anw 
n%)*;] to drink water, opp. to ov» ypnobar: 1 Ti 5% (Hdt., i, 71; 
Plat., Rep., 561 ¢, al.).t 
* §Spwmxds, -7, -dv (vopwy, dropsy), dropsical, suffering from 
dropsy : Lk 14*.+ 
GSwp, gen., vdaros, 7d, [In LXX chiefly for O°9;] water: Mt 31, 
Mk 11°, Lk 7**, Jo 4’, Ja 3%, Re 81, al.; pl., Mt 147529 Jo 378, Re 
14, al.; Barrilew (ev) vdarr, Mt 34, Mk 18, Jo 176, al.; 7. Aourpov rod v., 
-Eph 576; opp. to otvos, Jo 2° 44°; aiua, Jo 19%4, He 99, 1 Jo 5% 8; zip, 
Mt 17 Mk 9”; wvetua, Jo 176 3133; zyedua cal rip, Mt 34, Lk 316; 
e€ U. kK. Tvevpatos yevrvnPnva, Jo 3°; metaph., of divine truth and grace 
(r.) ¥. (r.) Gav, Jo 41%" (cf. ib. 1815); 7. U. 7. wns, of spiritual refresh- 
ment, Re 21° 221517, 
detds, -0d, 6 (tw, to rain), [in LXX chiefly for "wp, Ow3:] 
rain: Ac 141” 28?, He 67, Ja 518, Re 116; dypos (q.v.), se. t., Ja 57. 
*t yiobecta, -as, 7 (cf. the cl. phrases, vidv tiMecOa, Perds vids), freq. 
in Inser. (v. Deiss., BS, 239), adoption of a son (or daughter) ; metaph.., 
of God’s relation established (a) with Israel: Ro 94; (0) with Christ- 
ians: Ro 8, Ga 4°, Eph 1°; of its consummation, Ro 8?%.t 
_viés, -ov, 6, [in LXX very freq. and nearly always for 72, Ge 4", 
al.; for "2, Da LXX ta 7}, al.; etc.;], a son; 1. in the ordinary 
sense: Mt 1087, Mk 92’, Lk 138, al. mult.; omitted with the art. of 
origin (WM, § 30, 3; BI., § 35, 2), rov rod “lecoai, Ac 138°CXX); also 
c. gen. anarth. (cl.), Sdrarpos IIvppov Bepouaios, Ac 204; c. adj., 
mpwrdtoKos, Lik 27; povoyéys, Lk 7”; opp. to vobos, He 128; in a wider 
sense, of posterity: 6 vi. Aavid, of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words, 
316 ff.; DOG, ii, 653 f.), Mt 22445, Mk 1285 37, Tk 20444, al.; viot 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 455 


"Iopand (cf. vies "Axardv, Hom., Ji., i, 162, al.), Mt 279, Ac 935, al. 
2. Metaph.; (a) as belonging to, being connected with or having the 
quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from 
a Semitic original; cf. Deiss., BS, 161 ff.; Dalman, Words, 115f.; 
DCG, ii, 652 f.): +. rovnpod (StaBdrov), Mt 13°8, Ac 1319; +. vypdavos 
(v.s. vundadv), Mt 91, Mk 2)9 al.; +. dwrds (Lift., Notes, 74), Lk 168, Jo 
1236, 1 Th 5°; +. etpyvys, Lk 10°; yeas, Mt 2315; +. drwdcias, Jo 17%, 
1 Th 28; 7. aidvos rovrov, Lk 168 20°4; 7. deeds, Eph 2? 5°; Bpovris, 
Mk 31"; +. dvaordcews, Lk 20°6; zapaxAjoews, Ac 4°6; +. rpodyrav x. T. 
Siabjxys, Ac 375; (b) vids +. Oeod (cf. Dalman, Words, 268 ff.; Deiss., 
BS, 166 f.; DB, iv, 570 ff.; DCG, ii, 654 ff.), of men, as partakers of 
the Divine nature and of the life to come: Mt 5°, Lk 20°°, Ro 814 976, 
al.; viol (x. @vyarépes) 7. tWiorov, Lk 6%°, 11 Co 6!8; in an unique sense 
of Jesus, Mt 4° 879 2819, Mk 34, Lk 441, Jo 935 1127, al.; 6 Xpuoros 6 vi. 
tT. Geod Lavros (r. évAoynrod), Mt 1616, Mk 1461; (c) (6) vids tod avOpurov 
(in LXX for Heb. O7N 72, Aram. w3xN 7a; cf. Dalman, Words; 
234 ff.; DB, iv, 579 ff.; DCG, ii, 659 ff; Westc., St. John, i, 74 ff; 
other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2°), based on the Aram. of Da 7!°, where the 
phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Ps 8°), means a man, one of 
the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in 
question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, ec. 46, § 1-4, also in 
m1 Ks 13% al, Our Lord first makes the phrase a tile, using the def. 
art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and repre- 
sentative character. Exc.in Ac 7°* and (anarth.) Re 11° 1414, it is used 
of Jesus only by himself: Mt 82°, Mk 2!, Lk 5%4, Jo 1°, al. 


dn, -7s, %, [in LXX: Jb 19° (+) 384° (mp), Ps 68 (69)? BN 
(7r), Is 10°" (say), Wi 117 15%, Si 28%, 11 Mac 2%, tv Mac 129*;] 


1. wood, forest, woodland (Thuc., Xen., al.). 2. wood, timber, fuel 
(Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.): Ja 3° (v. Hort, Ja., 70, 104f.). 3. = Lat, 
materia, esp. in Philosophy, matter (Arist. and later writers; Wi, 
ll. ¢.).t 
*Ypévatos, -ov, 6, Hymeneus: 1 Ti 1”, 1 Ti 217+ 

ipérepos, -a, -ov, poss. pron. of second pers. pl. (= emphasized 
gen., tuav), your, yours: Jo 7° 817 159, Ac 2784, Ro 11%, 1 Co 16", 
11 Co 88, Ga 68; as pred., Lk 67°; +6 d., as subst., opp. to r. dAAdrpuor, 
Lk 16" (WH, txt., R, mg., jerepov) ; objectively, 4. kavxnous, my glory- 
ing in you, I Co 16%1.+ 

ipvéw, -& (<Cduvos), [in LXX for 555 pi, YW, AP hi., etc. ;] 
1. trans., c. ace. pers. (in cl. also c. ace. rei), to sing to, laud, sing to 
the praise of : Ac 16%, He 2%, 2. Intrans., to sing: in LXX and NT, 
of singing hymns and praises to God (Ps 64 (65)!%, al.), Mt 263°, Mk 
146 (vy, Swete, in 1.).t 

Spvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for mnn, apy, Vw, etc.;] a hymn; 


(a) in cl. a festal song in praise of gods or heroes; (6) in LXX and NT 
a, song of praise addressed to God: Eph 5”, Col 316,+ 


456 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Syy.: Wadpos, that which is sung to a musical accompaniment ; 
won, the generic term for song (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxviii; Lift. on 
Col 3!6), 

ba-dyw, [in LXX: Ex 14%! (757 hi.), elsewhere only as v.l., To 8, 
al.;] a word of the vulgar language, in pres. and impf. only (BL., § 53, 
1). I. Trans. 1. to lead or bring under, subdue (Hom., Hdt., al.; Ex, 
lic.). 2. to lead on slowly (Hdt., Xen.,al.). II. Intrans., to go slowly 
away, withdraw oneself, depart (so less freq. in cl.; Thue., Eur., al.) : 
absol:,, Mi8* "13**) Mik 6%?) Lk 8% 17147 Jo 60% 62, 114s 140, 28 hee 
oi épxopevor K. of imdyovres, Mk 631; imipyov x. ériotevov, Jo 12"; iva 
traynte Kx. Kaprtov gepyte, Jo 156; opp. to epxecbar, Jo 38 84; 
imperat., vraye, Mt 41° 818 2014, Mk 2°'T, 729 105; eis eipnyny (ev «i.), 
Mk 5*4, Ja 2'°; id. prefixed to another imperat. (Bl., § 79, 4), Mt 5% 
8* 18% 1192! 2128 2765 280 Mk 144 107] 167, Jo 416 97, Re 10°; withxer 
inserted, Re 16!; euphemistically, of death, Mt 2674, Mk 1471; ¢. adv. : 
moul(Guy.)) Oa? AA’ 16> Mado 24 Groun(q.v.),. JO 0° 4 done dae. 
Re 144; éxet, Jo 118; c. prep.: zpds, Jo 735 133 1651417; cis, Mt 96 
20s ei QU st) TAT Tuk G205 one is. Ge le Evan miner 
eis . . . mpds, Mt 2618 Mk 519; éi, Lk 1258; perd, Mt 54; drico, 
Mé 1673, Mk 8%; c¢. inf, Jo 913+ 

témaxon, -7s, 7 (< traxovw), [in LXX: m Ki 22% (m3y) ; in Aq. : 
ib. 23°°* ;] obedience (opp. to wapaxon); 1. in general, absol., «is 6., 
Ro 66 ; c. gen. subje., 11 Co 7 106, Phm”!; ¢. gen. obj., Ro 15 (Lit, 
Notes, 246) 1676, 1 Pe 12; +. Xpicrod, 11 Co 10°. 2. Of obedience to 
God’s commands: absol., 1 Pe 1?; opp. to dmapria, Ro 6%; réxva 
brakons, I Pe 114; c. gen. subj., Ro 1515 161%. 3. Of Christ’s obedience: 
absol., He 58; c. gen. subj., Ro 5!°. (The word is not found except in 
LXX, NT and eccl.).t 

btakotvw, [in LXX: chiefly for yow;] to listen, attend, hence, 
(a) to answer a knock at a door (Plat. Xen., al.): Ac 1218; (6) to 
attend to, submit to, obey (Hdt., Thuc., al.): absol., Phl 2”; c. inf., 
He 118; c. dat. pers. (Plat., al.; but more freq. c. gen.), Mt 827, Mk 127 
441 Lk 8* 176, Ro 616, Eph 6» 5, Col 32% 2, He 5° 1 Pe 36; c. dat. rel, 
Ac 6’, Ro 6! 106, 11 Th 18 314; seq. eis (by attraction, for dat.; v. ICC, 
in 1.), Ro 617.+ 

t dravSpos, -ov, [in LXX: Nu 5% 2° (wAN mom), Pr 624 29, Si 99, 
41°1*;| wnder or subject to a man, married: yyy, Ro 7? (Polyb., 
Diod., al.).t 

ém-avtdw, -6, [in LXX: Da LXX 10" (Ap), Si 9%, al.;] to go 
to meet, meet: c. dat. pers. (v. M, Pr., 64), Mt 878 289, Mk 52, Lk 827 
17? (dxr-, WH, txt.), Jo 451 112% 30 1918, Ac 1616; of meeting in battle, 
Lk 1431+ 


t ém-dvtyats, -ews, 7 (<Cirarrdw), [in LXX : Jg 1134, eis 5. (nx3p>), 
etc. ;] a going to meet : «is 4. (v. M, Pr., 14,), Mt 8%4 25!, Jo 1218,+ 
Urapéis, -ews, 7 (<Cimdpyw), [in LXX for wid, yi, etc. ;) 1, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 457 


subsistence, existence (Arist., al.). 2. In late writers, = 7a trdpxovra, 
substance, property : He 1054 ; soph pac 2*°.t 


émdpxw, [in LXX for AN, wi, ree etc.; 7. taapyovra for 
myj2, WAD], etc. ;] 1. to begin, make a beginning (Hom., Hadt., al.). 


2. to be in existence, be ready, be at hand (Hat., Thue., al.) : Ac 194° 
271% 21; seq. é&v, Ac 2818. 3. to be, prop. expressing continuance of an 
antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff.; MM, 
=Xv¥): ¢. nom, pred., Lik $41 9%, Ac 4%* 755 S'¢ 16° 19% 2120 7 Co 726 1222) 
Ja 2}5, 1 Pe 3; cas c. pred., Lk 16% 235°, Ac 230 32 1724 223, Ro 419, 
1 Co 117, it Co 817 12 Ga baeas pl., ‘Lk 1138, Ac 162% 37,1729, 
11 Pe gis: seq. ev, c. dat. rei, Lk 775 1623, Ac 54 10”, 1Co 1138, Phi 329; 
ev poppy} Geod trdpxwv (R, mg., being originally), Ph] 2°; év, c. dat. pers., 
(among), 1 Co 11"; paxpay awd, Ac 1777; arpds rt. owrnpias, Ac 2754. 
4. to belong to (Thuc., Xen., al.): c. dat. pers., Ac. 36 47 287, 11 Pe 18; 
Ta trdépxovra, one’s belongings, possessions: c. dat. pers., Lk 8° 1215, 
Ac 4°7; c. gen. pers., Mt 197! 2447 2514, Lk 112! 1939, 44 1433 161 198, 
I Co 13%, He 10% (cf. zrpo-vrdpxw).t 

** Gr-elkw, [in LXX: tv Mac 6°5*;] 1. to retire, withdraw. 2. to 
yield, submit: metaph., He 131".t 


bm-evaytios, -a, -ov, [in LXX for 33N,9¥, etc.;] set over against, 


opposite. Metaph. (Plat., Arist., al.), opposed to, contrary to: c. dat. 
pers., Col 24; absol., as subst., 6 4., He 10?” (cf. Is 26").t 

éwép (when following subst.—poét.—vzep; so as adv., 11 Co 117), 
prep. c. gen., acc. 

. C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, 
beyond, hence, metaph., 1. for, on behalf of : of prayer, Mt 5*4, Ac 874, 
Ro 10!, Ja 516, al.; of laying down life, Jo 104, Ro 9°, al.; esp. of 
Christ giving his life for man’s redemption, Mk 144, Jo 1015, Ac 21}, 
Ro 5®8, al.; opp. to card, Mk 94°, Lk 959, Ro 8%. 2. Causal, for, 
because of, for the sake of: c. gen. pers., Ac 5, Ro 1°, Phi 1, 
io. ln. al: ¢. gen. rei, Jo 11* Ro 158, m Co 1°, al. 3. = dari 
(v. M, Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: 1 Co 15*%, 11 Co 5121, 
Ga 313, Col 17, Phm 33 (cf. Field, Notes, 225). 4. In more colourless 
sense, = mepi (M, Pr., l.c.), for, concerning, with regard to: Ro 9, 
1r Co 16 823 128, Ph] 1’, ot Th 2}. al; 

Bi. Co see. primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph., 
of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than: 
Ms 10%) 2t) Lik 6%) Ac 26%, 1 Co 10%, 12 Co 18) Hiph: 1.979, ‘Phm**, al; 
after comparatives = than (Jg 11”, al.), Lk 16°, He 412, 

TIT. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more: imep eyo, I more, 1 Co 11; 
in compounds, vV.S. Ur<pavo, brepAiav, v UITEPTEPLO TOS. 

IV. In composition: over (tirepaipw), beyond (irepBadrAw), more 
(irepvixdw), on behalf of (irepevtvyxavw). 

btep-aipw, [in LXX: m Ch 32% (Nia ni.), ete. ;] to lift or 
raise over. Mid., to uplift oneself: 11 Co 12°; seq. emi, c. acc. alan 
nm Th 2 (cf. 1 Mac 58),+ 


458 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


*t Gépaxpos, -ov, past the bloom of youth: 1 Co 736 (Kustath.).t 
dmep-dvw, compound adv., [in LXX for by, byn, etc. ;] above: 


@8 prep. c. gen., Eph 17! 41°, He 9°5.t 
*Gep-auédvw, to increase beyond measure: 1 Th 1® (vy. Lit, 
Notes, 98).t 
btrep-Baivw, [in LXX for say, etc.;] 1. trans., to step over, trans- 
gress (R, overreach: 1 Th 4°). 2. Intrans., to transgress: metaph., 
1 Th 46(R, axt.; v. My Th., in 1.).+ 
étepBadddvrws, [in LXX: Jb 15"™NB(t)*;] above measure: 
11 Co 11?°.+ 
dmep-Bdddw, [in LXX: Jb 15" A (+), Si 57 25", al.;] 1. trans., to 
throw over or beyond. 2. Intrans., to rwn beyond. In both senses, 
metaph., to exceed, surpass, transcend: 11 Co 3! 914, Eph 11° 27; «. 
gen. obj., Eph 3!9.+ 
** Srep-Bodn, -is, 7 (<< trepBadrAw), [in LXX: kal b., tv Mac 318* 5] 
a throwing beyond. Metaph., excess, superiority, excellence: 11 Co 4° 
127; xa’ trepBodrnv, beyond measure, exceedingly, Ro 78, 1 Co 12%, 
11 Co 18, Ga 18; x. 6. eis t., beyond all measure, 11 Co 41".t 
Smep-etSov, aor., [in LXX for ody hi., bya, etc. ;] to overlook: c. 
acc. rei, Ac 173°, 
*+t émep-exewa, comp. adv. (v. Bl., § 28,2; M, Pr., 99), beyond: as 
prep. c. gen., ra }. tuav, 11 Co 106 (Byz. and eccl.).t 
*+t Gmep-ex-mepicood, comp. adv. (vy. supr.), swperabundanily, ex- 
ceeding abundantly : 1 Th 3! 518; seq. tirép, Eph 3° (not elsewhere).t 
*+ Gmep-ex-mepisoa@s, comp. adv. (v. supr.), beyond measure, exceed- 
ingly: 1 Th 56%, WH, mg. (cf. éexreproods).t 
*+t Smep-ex-telva, to stretch out overmuch : metaph., éavrovs, 11 Co 1014.+ 
*t]6mep-ex-xuvvw (Rec. -vvw), late form of -yéw, to powr out over. 
Pass., to overflow, run over: Lk 6%8 (not elsewhere).t 
*+t Swep-ev-tuyxdvw, to intercede or make petition for (v. Deiss., BS, 
121 f.): seq. iép, Ro 876.+ 
bmep-éxw, [in LXX: Ge 25% (pax), Ex 2615 (Gty), Si 367, al. ;] 


1. trans., to hold over or above. 2. Intrans. (when a noun follows, the 
case is governed by the prep.; v. Bl., § 34,1; 36, 8), to rise above, 
overtop; metaph., (a) to be swperwr in rank, etc.: Ro 131, 1 Pe 2! (ef. 
Wi 6°); (b) to be superior, excel, surpass: c. gen. (cl.; v. supr.), 
Phl 2°; ¢. ace. (cl.; v. supr.), Phl 47; as subst., 7. imepéxov, the excel- 
lency, the surpassing worth, Phl 38+ 

Smepynpavia, -as, 7 (<Cimepypavos, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for 7ing 


and cogn. forms;] haughtiness, arrogance, disdain: Mk 7* (Plat., 
Xen.).t 

imephpavos, -ov (<Ctép, paivoua, c. y pleonast., v. Kihner %, 1, 
189), [in LXX for 3, 7Na, yp, etc. ; | showing oneself above others ; (a) 
in good sense (Plat., al.), pre-eminent, splendid ; (b) more freq. in bad 
sense, and so always in Scr., arrogant, haughty, disdainful (v. Westc., 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 459 


Epp. Jo., 65>): Ro 19, m Ti 37; dcavofa xapdias, Lk 1%; opp. to 
tarrevés (a8 in Pr 354), Ja 46, 1 Pe 55 @X%),t ; 
Sywn.: dralov, tBpiorys, v. Tr., Syn., § xxix. 
*t Gmephiav (Rec. trép Aiav, v. WM, § 50, 7,; BI., § 4, 1), adv., 
exceedingly, pre-eminently : 11 Co 115 124.+ 
**t Step-vikdw, -@, [in LXX: Da TH 6%; in Sm.: Ps 42 (43)!* ;] to be 
more than conqueror: Ro 8%" (eccl.).t 
bmép-oyxos, -ov, [in LXX: De 304 (nxb23), etc. ;] of excessive 


weight or size; metaph., excessive, immoderate, in late writers, of 
arrogant speech (vy. Mayor on Ju, l.c.): n. pl., 1 Pe 23, Ju 16,+ 
btrep-opdw, V.S. trepetdor. 
trepoxy, -7s, 9 (<< irepéxw), [in LXX: Je 52” (AIP), 1 Mac 34, 
al.;] a projection, eminence, as the peak of a mountain. Metaph. 
(Arist.), excellence, pre-eminence : Adyou 7) codias, I Co 2; ot ev b. (for a 
parallel to this phrase, v. Deiss., BS, 255, and cf. 11 Maze, l.c.), 1 Ti 22.+ 
*t Gmep-tepiocevw, to abound more exceedingly: Ro 5%, Mid., in 
same sense (RV, overflow): c. dat. rei, 11 Co 74+ 
*t Smep-mepicods, adv., beyond measure, exceedingly : Mk 7*7.+ 
*+ Gwep-teovdlw, to abound exceedingly : 1 Ti 1* (Ps Sol 5°; Herm., 
Mand., v, 2, 5).t 
témep-upéw, -3, [in LXX: Ps 36 (37)®> (pry) 96 (97)° (Mdy ni.), 
Da TH 4°%4 11” (O79), ib. LXX tH 3°*-*;) 1. to exalt beyond measure, 
exalt to the highest place: Phil 2%. 2. to extol (Da, ll. c.).t 
** émrep-ppovew, -O, [in LX X : 1v Mac 13114" 16?* 5] 1. to be overproud, 
high-minded (Aisch.): py 4. rap’ 6 det ppovety (on the paranom., v. Vau., 
in 1.), Ro 12%. 2. to overlook, think slightly of (Thuc., Plat.).+ 
imepGov, -ov, Td (neut. of irepwos, above, < irép), [in LXX for 
my and cogn. forms;] 1. in cl., the wpper story or wpper rooms where 


the women resided (Hom., al.). 2. In LXX and NT, an upper 
chamber, roof-chamber, built on the flat roof of the house (v. DB, iii, 
674*): Ac 135 987; 39 208 (cf. rv Ki 23%).t 

éw-éxw, [in LXX: Ps 88 (89)*" (xiv3), La 57 (52D), Wi 12%, 
11 Mac 448*;] to hold or put under. Metaph., to undergo, suffer: 
dixcnv, Ju? (Soph., Hur., al.).t 

Smijxoos, -ov (<Ciraxovw), [in LXX: Jo 17% (ond), Pr 21°8 
(ypiw), etce.;] giving ear, obedient, subject: Phl 28; c. dat. pers., 


Ac 799; eis ravra, 11 Co 2°9.+ 
** Ganpetéw, -@ (<< iryperns), [in LXX: Wi 167 24 25 196 Si 394* 5] 
prop., to serve as rower on a ship (Diod., al.). In cl. always metaph., 
to minister to, serve: c. dat. pers., Ac 13°6 20%4 2423 + 
Swnpétyns, -ov, 6 (<Ciro + éperns, a rower), [in LXX: Pr 14% 
(13), Wi 6%, al.;] prop., an under rower ; hence, generally, a servant, 


attendant, minister: of a magistrate’s attendant, Mt 575; of officers 
of the Synagogue or Sanhedrin, Mt 26°85, Mk 14°46, Lk 429 Jo 


460 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


782, 45,46 183, 12,22 196 Ac 57% 26; of the attendants of kings, of &. ot 
éuoi, Jo 18%*; of Christian ministers, Ac 13° 2616; tmyperar déyou, 
Lk 12; Xpiorod, 1 Co 41; dotAa x. t., Jo 1818.¢ 

Syy.: v.8. dudKovos. 


Umvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for my, pin, etc.;] sleep: Mt 1%. 


Lk 9%2, Jo.1138, Ac 20°; metaph., Ro 134. 

éné (before smooth breathing iz’, Mt 8%, Lk 78>; before rough 
breathing i¢’, Ro 3°; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c.a, Ga 37, | 
v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. 

I. C. gen., primarily of place, wnder, hence, metaph., of the 
efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1”, Mk 1°, 
Lk 238, Jo 1471, Ac 4", 1 Co 1, He 34, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8%, Lk 774, 
Ro 371, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17”, 
Mikp 281. Co L030 7 Thy 2. al. 

II. C. ace., under; 1. of motion: Mt 5% 88, Mk 4%}, Lk 1334; 
hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 74,1 Co 152’, Ga 3,1 Pe 5°, al. 
2. Of position: Jo 149, Ac 4”, Ro 38, 1 Co 10}, al.; hence, metaph., 
under, subject to, Mt 8°, Ro 3°, 1 Co 97°, Ga 4°, al. 3. Of time, about: 
ING Oar 

III. In composition: wnder (imrodéw), hence, of subjection 
(irordcow), compliance (imaxovw), secrecy (broBdddw), diminution 
(izrorvew). 

** §rr0-Béddw, [in LXX: Da tH 3° A, 1 Es 2)8*;] to throw or put 
under. Metaph., (a) to subject, submit; (b) to suggest, whisper, 
prompt; (c) to suborn (v. Field, Notes, 113), instigate: c. acc. pers., 
Ac 64+ 

**+ Srroypappds, -00, 6 (<< troypadu, (a) to write under; (b) to trace 
letters for copying), [in LXX: m Mac 278*;] 1. a writing-copy, hence, 
2. an example: 1 Pe 24 (Philo).t 

bmdé-Serypa, -ros, 76 (<< irodeckvyju), [in LXX: Hz 42), Si 4476, 
1 Mac 62° #1, tv Mac 1725*;] used by later writers (Xen. onwards) for 
mapaderypa (v. Rutherford, NPhr., 62), (a) a figure, copy: He 8°, 9°; 
(b) an example: for imitation, Jo 13, Ja 5!; for warning, He 4", 
11 Pe 26.+ 

Syn.: dpolopa, Tiros, trorirwors (v. DB, iii. 696). 

brro-Setkvupt, [in LXX for 333 hi., etc.;] 1. to show secretly. 
2. to show by tracing out ; hence, generally, to teach, make known: ec. 
dat. pers., Lk 647 125, Ae 9'; id... inf., Mt 37k 37> seq.,.one, 
Ac 20%5.+ 

** 6ro-S€xopat, [in LXX: To 759%, Jth 134A, 1 Mac 16%, 1v Mac 
1317*;] to receive under one’s roof, receive as a guest, entertain 
hospitably : c. acc. pers., Lk 19°, Ac 177, Ja 2”; eis r. otkov, Lk 10°8 
(v. MM, xxv).t 

Sro-Sw, [in LXX: 1 Ch 2815, Hz 161° (593) *;] to bind under, 
esp. of foot gear. Most freq. in mid. and pass. c. acc.; (a) of the 
foot, iroSnodpevor tT. 7odas, your feet shod: Eph 6%; (6) of that which 
is put on, cavdddia: Mk 6°, Ac 12°.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 461 


iné8ypa, -ros, 76 (<< trodéw), [in LXX for 5y3;] a sole bound 
under the foot, a sandal: Mt 34 10!, Mk 17, Lk 316 104 1522 2235 Jo 
127; +. wodav, Ac 733 (LXX) 1325,+ 
Syw.: cavddduov, q.v. 
* Smd8iKxos, -ov, brought to trial, answerable to: c. dat. pers., 7. 6d, 
Ro 319 (v. MM, xxv).t 
étro-Luytos, -a, -ov, [in LXX for War ;] wnder the yoke; as subst., 
70 €. (Hdt., al.), a beast of burden; colloqg., an ass (v. Deiss., BS, 160 
f.), and so always in LXX and NT: Mt 215@X%), mr Pe 216.+ 
** Srro-Ldvvupt, [in LXX: m Mac 3!%*;] to wndergird (Hadt., al.; 
to T. pdorous, 11 Mac, l.c.); of a ship, to wndergird or frap: Ac 277 
(v. DB, ext. 3674).+ 
érro-xdtw, comp. adv. (v. M, Pr., 99), [in LXX chiefly for nnn;] 
below, under: as prep. c. gen., Mt 2244, Mk 64 728 1236 (Rec., R, txt., 
trromddiov, a8 in LXX), Lk 86, Jo 151, He 28(LXX), Re 5% 15 69 191+ 
étro-kpivopar, [in LXX: Jb 39%? (40?) x! (ABN? azo-, may), Si 
129 35 (32)! 36 (83)?, m Mac 525 67424, rv Mac 61517*;] 1. = Att. 
droxpivopat (q.v.), to answer, reply (Hom., Hdt., al.). 2. to answer on 
the stage, play a part (Arist., al.). Metaph., to feign, pretend (Demos., 
Polyb.) : ¢. ace. et inf., Lk 207° (cf. Ps Sol 42).+ 
** Smd-Kpiots, -ews, ) (<< troxpivouat, q.v.), [in LXX: m Mac 675*;] 
1. a reply, answer (Hadt.). 2. play-acting (Arist., Polyb., al.). 
Metaph., pretence, hypocrisy: Mt 238, Mk 12, Lk 12), Ga 2331 Ti 
42, 1 Pe 2! (Polyb., Pss Sol 47).+ 
bto-KpiTys, -00, 6 (<(troxpivoua, q.v.), [in LXX: Jb 349° 
36% (sam) *;] 1. one who answers, an interpreter (Plat.). 2. a stage- 


player, actor (Plut., Xen., al.). Metaph. (in LXX and NT), a pre- 
tender, dissembler, hypocrite : Mt 6% 5 16 75 157 2918 2318-15 9451 Mk 76, 
Lk 64 1256 1315+ 

dtro-hapBdvw, [in LXX: Jb 2* 4! and freq. (may), Ps 47 (48)9 
(Ra7 pi.), To 6’, Wi 172, m1 Mac 3%) al.;] 1. to take or bear up 
(by supporting from beneath): c. acc. pers., Ac 1% 2. to receive, 
welcome, entertain (Xen.): ut Jo’. 3. to catch wp in speech (Hdt., 
al.; Jb, ll. c.): Lk 10°°. 4. Of mental action, to asswme, suppose 
(Xen., al.; To, Wi, mr Mace, ll. ¢.): Ac 215; seq. ér (v. Bl., § 70, 2), 
bik, 14° 7; 

*t Gwokapmds, -ddos, 7, a window: Ac 208 D (for Aapmas; v. 

MM, xxv).t 

bwd-Aewppa (WH, -Aiwpa, v. their App., 154), -ros, 76, [in LXX 
chiefly for NNW ;] a remnant: Ro 9" (Arist., al.; cf. carddAeyppa).t 


mo-Aetrw, [in LXX chiefly (pass.) for "IM. ni., INw ni. ;] to leave 
remaining (Hom., Thuc., al.): pass., of survivors, Ro 113.t 

t Gmodnviov, -ov, TO (<< iro, Anvés), [in LXX: Jl 3 (4)8, Hg 217 0), 

Za 14%, Is 16° (37%) *;] a vessel or trough beneath a winepress to 


462 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


receive the juice (RV, a pit for the winepress): Mk 12! (v. Swete, in L, 
and cf. Anvds).t 

bmd-hippa, V.S. drdAcwpa. 

*t Sro-hiumdvew, collat. form of iroAeirw, to leave behind: 1 Pe 21.t 

S1o-péve, [in LXX chiefly for M17, also for bm hi, ete. ;] 1. in- 
trans., to stay behind: seq. ev, Lk 2%; éxet, Ac 1714. 2. Trans., (a) c. 
acc., to await, wait for: Ro 8%4 (Hom., Hdt., Xen., al.); (b) of things, 
to bear patiently, endure: absol., Mt 10” 2418, Mk 1318, 1 Ti 2%, Ja 54, 
1 Pe 229; +. Odie. (dat. of circumstance), Ro 12”; seq. eis, He 127; 
c. acc. rei, I Co 137, 1 Ti 2, He 10%? 1223, Ja 12+ 

Syw.: paxpoOvpew (v.S. tropovy). 

drro-pysyjokw, [in LXX: mm Ki 47B (s57 hi), Wi 12! 18%, 
1v Mac 18!**;] to cause one to remember, put one in mind or remind 
one of: c. acc. rei, 1 Ti 2!4, mz Jo 1; c. dupl. ace. (Thuce., al.), Jo 
146; ¢. acc. pers., seq. wepi, 11 Pe 1%; id., seq. dr, Ju®; c. inf. Ti 3!; 
pass., c. gen. rel, Lk 22°!.+ 

imd-pvyots, -ews, % (iroppvyoxw), [in LXX: Ps 70 (71)®S 
(nbn), Wi 16", 1 Mac 6'7*;] a reminding, reminder: ev t., 1 Pe 1% 
3S.) c. gen,, Tos, 

Stro-povy, -7s, 7 (irouevw), [in LXX for 7a and cogn. forms; 
freq. in tv Mac;] 1. a remaining behind (Arist.). 2. patient enduring, 
endurance: Lk 8! 2119, Ro 534 15% 5, m1 Co 6£ 12!, Col 14, 1 Th 14, 
1 Ti 64, m Ti 3!, Tit 22, He 106, Ja 134 54, 1 Pe 16, Re 97:3 19 1310 
142; 80 iropovys, Ro 8%, He 12!; c. gen. pers., 1 Th 3° (ICC, in 1), 
Re 3"; ¢. gen. rei, Ro 2’, 1 Co 1°, 1 Th 18; seq. ev, Re 19.t 

Syw.: v.8. waxpoOupia, and cf. Hort on Ja 1°. 

** $ro-vodw, -, [in LXX: Da tH 7 (425), To 816, Jth 14%, Si 
2371 * ;] to suspect, conjecture: Ac 25!8; c. acc. et inf., Ac 1375 2727.+ 
imdvoa, -as, 9 (<< trovoew), [in LXX: Da LXX 416 % 56 (Py), 
Si 334*;] a suspicion: 1 Ti 64.t 
* §ro-md{w, later form of tromelw, to press slightly ; metaph., to 
repress: 1 Co 9°" 'T" for trum, q.v.t 
*+ Go-mhéw, to sail under, i.e. under the lee of: c. acc., Ac 2747+ 
* §ro-mvéw, 1. to blow underneath (Arist.). 2. to blow gently: Ac 
ON Rei 
t 6womd8t0v, -ov, TO (<< t7rd, rods), [in LXX: Ps 98 (99)5 109 (110)! 
Ts 661, La 2! (n53)*;] a footstool (= cl. Opavos): Ja 2%; metaph., 


Mt 585, Mk 12°6 (troxdrw, WH, R, mg.), Lk 204, Ac 2%5 749, He 118 
10" (all, except Mt, l.c., from LXX, Ps 109 (110)!, Is 661) (for exx., v. 
Deiss., BS, 223).t 

émd-oracts, -ews, 7 (<< thiotnm, to set under, stand under, support), 
[in LXX for aye (1 Ki 13% 14* B), mpm (Ru 1”, Ez 19°), etc., also in 


Wi 162!:] 1. a support, base or foundation (in various senses). 2. sub- 
stance (Arist., al.; opp. to davtacia, gudacis): He 1%. 3. steadiness, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 463 


jirmness (Polyb., al.), hence, asswrance, confidence: 11 Co 94 1127, He 
314 111 (here perhaps title-deed, as that which gives reality or guarantee; 
v. MM, xxv).+ 

bmo-orehhw, [in LXX: De 17 (13), Jb 13° (Nyy Or3B), Hb 24 


(Spy pu.), Hg 1° (Nb), Ex 237, Wi 67, mr Mac 52°*:] 1. to draw in, 
let down (ioriov, oipdy, etc.). 2. to draw back, withdraw: éavrév, Ga 
2" (Polyb., al.; v. Lft., in 1.). Mid., to shrink or draw back: He 
1038 (LEX) ; seq. rod, c. inf., Ac 2027; ovdev, ib. 2°.+ 
*t Gwo-otohy, -7s, 7 (<CirooreAdw), 1. a letting down, lowering’ 
(Plut.). 2. a shrinking back (Hesych.): ovd« éopév iooroAjs (on the 
gen., v. Bl., § 35, 2), He 10°9.t 
bmo-otpépw, [in LXX chiefly for 31], 1. trans., to twrn back or 
about (Hom.). 2. Intrans., to turn back, return: Lk 22% 43 837, 40 gio 
2? TT 19%. 207) 56, Ac 8%; :c, inf. Lik 178; seq. dui}, Ae 20%; cis, 
Lk 156 945 414 710 839 1124 9,433, 52 Ae 122 825 138; 34 1421 916 9217 2332, 
Ga 1!"; amd, Lk 4! 24°, He 71; ék, Ac 125, 11 Pe 271.+ 
émo-otpwwvdw, [in LXX: Is 58° (yxy hi.), etc.;] late form of 
tro-oropevvup, to spread or strew under: c. acc. rei, Lk 19°6,+ 
** Sro-tayy, -7s, 9, [in LXX: Wi18'* A*;] subjection: 1 Co 938, 
Ga 25 1 Ti 24 34+ 
émo-tdoow, [in LXX for 727 hi., O07, ov, mz, etc.;] 1. asa 
military term, to place or rank under (Polyb.). 2. to subject, put in 
subjection: 1 Co 15*’, Phi 374, He 258; pass., Ro 829, 1 Co 152728, 
I Pe 3¥, Eph 1%. Mid., to subject oneself, obey: absol., Ro 135, 
I Co 14%; c. dat. pers., Lk 25! 101720, Ro 87 103 131, 1 Co 1422 1528 
(troraynoerar; cf. M, Pr., 163), ib. 1616, Eph 5222 (T, WH, txt., R, 
om.), ib. 4, Col 318, Tit 25° 31, He 12°, 1 Pe 218 34 5 55; imperat., 
Ja 47, 1 Pe 238 55+ 
Srro-riOypr, [in LXX for oi, etc.;] to place wnder, lay down. 
Metaph., r. tpdxnAov iroetvan, to risk one’s life (v. Deiss., LAH, 119.) : 
Ro 16; mid., to suggest: 1 Ti 46,+ 
* Grro-tpéxw, to run in Under ; of navigators, to run in the lee of: 
c. acc. (v. M, Pr., 65), Ac. 2716+ 
*t Gtro-tUTwats, -ews, 7) (<CiroruTdw, to delineate), an outline, sketch. 
Metaph., a pattern, example: 1 Ti 16, 1 Ti 133.+ 
Syw.: épolwpya, rizos, irddevrypya (v. DB, iii, 696°). 
jmo-pépw, [in LXX for Nws3, etc.;] to bear by being under. 
Metaph., to endure: c. acc. rei, 1 Co 1018, 1 Ti 3", 1 Pe 219.+ 
dtro-xwpéw, [in LXX: Jg 2087 B (—), Si 13°, 1 Mac 1212*;] to go 
back, retire: seq. ev, Lk 516; seq. «is, Lk 9}9.+ 
* Smomdlo (<iramov, (a) the part of the face below the eyes ; (b) 
a blow on the face), to strike under the eye, give a black eye: metaph., 
(a) of persistent annoyance (RV, wear out), Lk 185; (b) of severe self- 
discipline (R, txt. buffet, mg. bruise), 1 Co 977 (v. Field, Notes, 71, 174).t+ 
bs, ids, 6, 7, [in LXX for "1;] swine: fem. (sow), 1 Pe 272.+ 


*t daads, -0d, 6, a javelin (v. ref. 8.v. drowros), 


464 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


t dcowmos, -ov, 7, [in LXX for AitN;] hyssop, of which a bunch 


was used in ritual sprinklings: He 9!*; of a branch or rod (?) of hyssop, 
Jo 19° (but v. Field, Notes, 106 ff., for suggestion to substitute tooo 
here).t 
Sotepéw, -@ (<< dorepos), [in LXX for som, 55m, ete.;] to come 
late, be behind (opp. to mpotepew, pOdvw; c. gen. rei, for; c. gen. pers., 
later than). Metaph., 1. of persons, (a) absol., to come short, fail : 
He 4!; seq. do, 12%.; (b) c. gen. pers., to come short of, be inferior 
to: 11Co 115; ovde (in nothing, in no respect), ib. 12"; (c) with refer- 
ence to things, to come short (of), be in want (of): c. acc. rei, Mt 197° 
(Si 514); c. gen. rei, Lk 223°; so mid. (Diod., FlJ), Ro 378; absol., to 
be in want, suffer want, Lk 1514, 1 Co 88, 11 Co 118, He 11° (Si 114); 
opp. to wepiooeve, Phil 4; seq. ev, 1Co 1’. 2. Of things, (a) to fail, 
be lacking: Jo 28; c. acc. pers. (v. Swete, in 1.; Mozley, Ps., 42), 
Mk 10”; (b) to be inferior: mid., 1 Co 1274 (cf. ad-vorepéw).t 
t+ Sotépypa, -Tos, 76 (<C torepéw), [in LXX: Jg 181° 191% 20, Ps 33 
(34)° ("ioma), Ee 1° (Jpn), m Es 6° (é. etvau, Mw) *;] (a) that which 


is lacking, deficiency, shortcoming : c. gen. poss. (pron. poss.), I Co 161”, 
Phi 239; c. gen. rei, Col 174, 1 Th 3"; (b) need, want, poverty (Ps 33 
(34), Jg 18%, al.): Lk 214, 1 Co9” 11°; opp. to repiooevpa, 11 Co 8! 14 
(eccl.).t 
**+t Gotépyots, -ews, 7 (<Ctorepéw), [in Aq.: Jb 30°*;] need, want: 
opp. to 76 repicoeiov, Mk 124; xaG’i., Phl 4" (ecel.).t 
Sotepos, -a, -ov, [in LXX for 7708 and cogn. forms;] Jatter, 


later: év %. xatpots, I Ti 4! (on the reading 6 v., WH, for 6 zpéaros, 
v. WH, App., in 1.). Neut., 76 v., used adverbially instead of torépus, 
afterwards, later : Mt 4? 217% 3% 37 951 266, Mk 1614], Lk 20%, Jo 13%, 
He 12"; c. gen., Mt 22?7.+ 
épaivw, [in LXX for FN, etc.;] to weave: Lk 127”, T, WH, 
mg.t 
; iartds, -7, -ov (<Cidaivw), [in LXX chiefly for awm;] woven: 
opty eee 
bWndés, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for M3, also for M3, On, etc.;] 
high, lofty : dpos, Mt 48 171, Mk 92, Re 21"; retxos, ib. 7; pera Bpaxiovos 
t., fig., Ac 13!” (cf. |< 66, al); pl., tynAd, of heaven (Ps 92 (93), Is 33°, 
al.), He 13; compar., iynAdrepos r. oipavav, He 77°. Metaph: Lk 16%; 
bYArG dpovetv, Ro 117° 1216, 1 Ti 6!” (WH, txt., dyyAodpoveiv).t 
*+t dndo-ppovéw, -G, = peyadrodpovety (Xen., Plat., al.), to be high- 
minded: 1 Ti 67 (WH, mg., tyra dpoveiv).t 
dotos, -7, -ov, superlat., without positive in use, in cl. chiefly 
poét. (Zisch., Soph., al.), [in LXX chiefly for jr>y, also for omg, 


etc.;] highest, most high: of place, ra %. (of the heavens), Mt 21%, 
Mk 112°, Lk 2% 1998 (cf. Jos 161%, Is 575); of God (in cl., of Zeus; 
Pind., Aasch., al.), %., Lk 15255 76 635 (as freq. in Si 4°, al.); 6 v., Ac 
748; 6 Oeds 6 v., Mk 5’, Lk 88, Ac 16!’, He 7} (cf. Ge 14'8).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 465 


Sos, -ovs, 7d, [in LXX for AMP, aM, etc.;] height: Eph 338, 

Ja 19, Re 216; of heaven (EV, on Migh), é 3., Lk 178 2449; cis ¥., Eph 
48 (LXX) + 

bYdu, -& (< tos), [in LXX chiefly for om, also for Maa, Nw, 
ete. ;] to lift or raise up: c. acc., Jo 34 878 12% 34; fas 7. ovpavoi, fig., 
pass., Mt 113, Lk 10%. Metaph., to exalt, uplift : Ac 2% 581, 11 Co 
11’, Ja 41°, 1 Pe 5°; opp. to rarewa, Lk 1*; Suanidy, Mt 232, Lk 140 1814 
(cf. “Serep-npéa). i 

Gyopa, -ros, 7d, [in LXX: Jb 4a (t), Jth 108 134 15°*;] (a) 
height : Ho 839; (b) that which is lifted up, a barrier: 1 Co 10°.t 


® 


%, $, di, 7d, indecl., phi, ph, the twenty-first letter. As a 
numeral, ¢’ = 500, ¢, = 500 ,000. 

$éyoua, Hellenistic for cl. edopat, V.S. eo Oiw. 

*t bdyos, -ov, 6 (<< dayeiv, v.s. éofiw), a glutton: Mt 11), Lk 7%4,+ 

athdvys, V.S. heAovys. 

gaivw, [in LXX for ~ hi., ON" ni., etc.;] I. Act., 1. to bring 
to light, cause to appear (so most freq. in cl. i) Se Absol., to give light, 
shine (Hom., Plat., al.): Jo 1° 5°5, m1 Pe 1, 1 Jo 28, Re 136 g2 1923 
mis, IE. Pass., to come to light, appear, be manifest : Mt 27 13%6 
2427, 30 Lk 98, Phl 21), He 11°,1 Pe 4'8(@XX); opp. to ddavifecOa, Ja 
414; c. dat. pers. (BI. § 54, 4), Mt 17° 21% 19 Mk 16!; ¢. nom. pred., 
Mt 237% 28 Ro 738, 1 Co 137; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 65:16, 18 (seq. nom. 
ptep., but not as in cl. ; ; v. Bl, § 73, 4); impers., Mt 9°%; of the mind 
and judgment (= doxet, q.v.), Mk 1464 (ef. I Ks 921), Lk 244.+ 

Syw.: v.s. doxéw. 

oddex (T, Rec. Sarex, L, mg., bédrey), 6, indecl. (Heb. 9p, Ge 
111), Peleg: Lk 38°, t 

pavepds, -d, -ov (<< paivoua), [in LXX: De 29798) (mdz ni.), Pr 
144, Si 6”, al.;] open to sight, visible, manifest: Ga 51; seq. &, Ro 
1?) 1 Jo gi: c. dat. pers., Ac 416 718, 1 Ti 419; $. yiverOa (in LXX for 
yma ni., Ge 421°), Mk gi, Lk 81", 1 Co 313 1425; id. seq. &v, 1 Co 1129, 
Phl ps. p. moveiv, Mt 1216 Mk 32; cis od. edOeiy Ne Bl., § 47, 2), Mk 
4”, Lk iT. év TO o. (opp. fore»: kputT@), Ro 2°8,+ 

Svw.: v.s. *8iXos. 

avepdw, -3, [in LXX: Je 40 (33)° (nda pi.) *;] to make visible, 
clear, manifest or known: c. ace. rei, Jo 21176, Ro 19,1 Co 45, 1 Co 
ag 116, Col 44, Tit 13; pass., Mk 4”, Jo 32 Sigh Ro 32 1626, it Co 4 oh 
Eph 513 Col 126, II Ti 116, He 98 1 Jo 3? 49, Re 318 154; c. ace. pers., 
of Christ, Jo 7* 211; pass., 1 Co 33 5141, r Jo 29; of Christ, Mk 
obese) Jo 131 a, Col a¢, Ltt or, F1e,9-°. Tbe 12° 54.5 Jo. 14 G Lon ; 
v. Weste., in 1.) 928 32, 5,8-+ 

Syw.: V.8. droxaAvrTw. 


30 


466 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


** bavepds, adv. (<< davepds), [in LX X : 1 Mac 3°8*;] (a) manifestly, 
openly: Mk 145; opp. to & xputra,, Jo 7; (6) clearly: Ac 108 
(11 Mae 3?8),+ 

thavépwots, -ews, 7 (<Cdavepow), [in LXX as v.l. for dydwors 
(ayN), Le 88, Cod. Ven. (Thayer, s.v.)*;] manifestation: 1 Co 127, 
11 Co 42.t 
*pavds, -00, 6 (<Cdaivw), a torch or lantern (v. Rutherford, 
NPhr., 131 f.): Jo 18%.t 
Syw.: v.s. Aaparas. 
éavound, 6, indecl. (Heb. 5x73), Phanuel: Lk 236+ 

* bavtdtw (<< daivw), [in LXX: Wi 6!6, Si 31 (34)5*;] to make 
visible. In cl. used in pass. only, = datvopa, to become visible, 
appear: ptcp., He 1271+ 

gavtacia, -as, 7 (<( gdavrdlw), [in LXX: Za 10! (14m), Hb 2!8 19 
31°, Wi 18*;] 1. as philos. term, (a) imagination; (b) = ddvtacpa 
(Plat., Arist.). 2. In later writers (Polyb., al.), show, display : Ac 25?%.+ 

ddvtacpa, -tos, To (< gavrdw), [in LXX: Jb 208A (Fr), Is 
287 A, Wi 17!5*;] = ddopa, an appearance, apparition (Aisch., al.) : 
Mt 1476, Mk 649 (v. DCG, i, 111»).t 

pdpayé, -ayyos, 7, [in LXX chiefly for bn3, also for Nr, etc. 5] 
a chasm, ravine: Lk 3°©@X%X) (vy. DB, iv, 845 f.).+ 

dapad, 6, indecl. (in FlJ, Ant., viii, 6, 2, Papawy, -dvos), (Heb. 
myn7p), Pharaoh, the general title of the kings of Egypt: Ac 77), 
Ro 91", He 114; ®. Bacureds Aiyirrov, Ac 7!°.+ 

bapés, 6, indecl. (Heb. pg, Ge 38"), Peres: Mt 1%, Lk 3°.+ 

apicaios, -ov, 6 (Aram. NOPD ; v. Dalman, Gr., 157n, Words, 
2n), a Pharisee: Mt 2376, Ph] 3°; usually in pl., Mt 94, Mk 2)8 al.; 
®. x. ypappareis, Mt 5°°, Mk 2), Lk 54, al.; @. x. Saddovxaior, Mt 16}, 
Ac 237, al.; dpxuepeis x. ®., Mt 214°, Jo 7*, al. (v. DB, iii, 826b). 

pappakeia, V.S. pappakia. 

* pappaxels, -ews, 6 (<< pappaxov), a sorcerer: Re 218, Rec.t 

appaxia (Rec. -eia), -as, 7 (<< happaxedw, to administer drugs), 
poét. and late prose form of dapyaxeia, [in LXX: Ex 7s?2 87; 18(3, 14) 
(ub, orm), Is 47%! (quia), Wi 12¢ 183*;] 1. generally, the use of 
medicine, drugs or spells (Xen.). 2. (a) poisoning (Plut., Polyb.); 
(0) sorcery, witchcraft: Ga 5° (v. Lft., in 1.), Re 97! (WH, txt. 
gappaxwv) 1878 (cf. LXX, ll. ¢.).+ 

ddppaxov, -ov, 76, [in LXX for ywp;] (a) a drug; (b) an in- 
cantation, enchantment: Re 971, Tr., mg., WH, txt. (RV, sorceries).t 

dappakds, -7, -dv, [in LXX for Awa, etc.;] devoted to magical 
aris, As subst., 6 p. = pappaxeds, a magician, sorcerer: Re 218 221°,t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 467 


ddos, -ews, 7 (<< daivw), [in LXX: nt Es 417, Da tH Su 5, 
Iv Mac 15° ~1*;) information, esp. against fraud or other crime: 
AG SIAET, 

ddoxw, [in LXX: Ge 267 ("aN), Da LXX Bel ®, 1 Mac 1427 82, 
mr Mac ee to affirm, assert: c. acc. et inf. Ac 249 25'°; c. inf. et 
nom., Ro 1”2.+ 


$dtvy, -ns, 7, [in LXX for DIBN, etc.;] a manger: Lk 2%, 16 
1315 (v. DB, iii, 2344, DCG, ii, 1114).+ 
gaidos, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Pr 228 (ndiy) 299 (5a), ete. ;] slight, 


worthless, of no account, both of persons and things in various shades 
of meaning (vy. LS, s.v.), in NT, as freq. in cl., always with distinct 
moral reference (v. Ellic., Past. Hpp., 203; Hort, Ja., 85; Tr., Syn., 
§ lxxxiv), worthless, bad : Jo 379, Tit 2°, Ja 36; opp. to aera: (q.v.), 
Jo 5%, Ro 94, 1 Co 514 

‘Syw.: V.S. ate wos. 


géyyos, -ovs, To, [in LXX chiefly for 33;] light, brightness, 


usually c. gen. of something that shines or reflects: of the moon, Mt 
24%, Mk 1374; of a lamp, Lk 11°* (WH, RV, ¢as).+ 

Syw.: aiyy, q.V. 

geiSouar, [in LXX for bon, DIN, Jin, etc.;] to spare: u a 
137; c. gen. pers., Ac 20°, Ro 8%? 1171, 1 Co 728, m Co 133, m Pe 245 
ce. inf., to forbear, 11 Co 126+ 

ee adv. from ptep. (v. Bl., § 25, 1), sparingly: 1 Co 96 
(Plut.).t 
*t peddvns (Rec. datA-), -ov, 6, by metath. for dawwodAys (also pevoArs, 

gawodov; Lat. penula), a cloak (v. DCG, i, 338; on the idea that the 
meaning here is book-cover, v. CGT, in 1.; Milligan, NZD, 20; Field, 
Notes, 217 f., where the view that the ¢. here is an eccl. vestment is 
discussed): m Ti 418.+ 

$épw, [in LXX chiefly for Nia hi., also for Nws3, etc.;] to bear; 
1. to bear, carry: c. ace., Lk 2376 24), Jo 19%, He 1* (v. Weste., in 1.) ; 
pass., Ac 92 9719, ee s K:) 61, it Pe 1718: of the mind, ib.”4, 2. to bear, 
endure : ¢. acc. rei, He 1220 13 5's. “ace. pers., Ro 92. 3. to bring, 
bring forward : c. acc. pers., Ac 516 ; id. seq. AeA Mike ( 184) 23 2 Gita 19) 20) 
eri, Lk 518; g. dat., Mk 7*2 82; c. acc. rei, Mk 677 11? 1215, Lk 158, 
Ac 49437 5? 1 Ti 418; id. seq. mpds, Mk 117; cis, Re 217426; ei, Mt 
144, Mk 6%; awd, Jo 211°; c. dat., Mk 12%, Jo 28; id. seq. dde, Mt 
1418 17)7; seq. payeiy (sc. 71), Jo 4°39; +. ddxrvdov (xeipa), Jo 2077; 
pass., 7 Xaprs, 1Pe1®; dvdaxynv, uw Jo’; Odvaroy (cf. Field, Notes, , 230), 
He gis . kpiow, 11 Pe gu. katryopiav, JO "1829 : aitiav, Ac 2518; aizuépara, 
ib.’, Rec. 4. to bear, produce, bring forth: xaprov, Mt 78, Mk 48, Jo 
194 15% 415,816. 5, to bring, lead: Mk 15, Jo 2118, Ac 14; metaph., 
of a gate atic: cl.), seq. eis, Ac 121° (cf. dva-, dzro-, dia-, cio-, 3ap-eo-, 
€k-, €7l-, KaTG-, Tapa-, Tepl-, Tpo-, Tpoo-, cuv-, tro-pepw).t 

Sry.: gopéw, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing 


468 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


as distinct from (¢épw) that which is accidental and temporary (ef. Mt 
118, al., s.v. dopéw, and vy. Tr., Syn., § lviii). 
devyw, [in LXX chiefly for 13, also for M73, ete. ;] to flee from 
or away, take flight: absol., Mt 8° 265°, Mk 514 145, Lk 884, Jo 10”, 
Ac 729; seq. eis, Mt 215 1078 2416 (WH, txt.), Mk 13/4, Lk 21”), Re 12°; 
éxi, c. ace. loc., Mt 24.6 (WH, mg.); éx, Ac 27°; dé, c. gen. loc. 
(cl.), Mk 168; id. c. gen. pers. (as in Heb.), Jo 10°, Ja 47. Metaph.: 
absol., Re 162°; c. acc. rei, 1 Co 648, He 11% (v. M, Pr., 116); opp. to 
Sidxev, I Ti 6", mm Ti 272; seq. ao, c. gen. pers., Re 9°; azo t. 
mpocwmrov, Re 20"; c. gen. rei, Mt 37 (M, Pr., l.c.) 23°8, Lk 37, 1 Co 10 
(cf. daro-, dia-, €x-, Kata-pevyw).t 
@qré (LL, P7-), -uxos, 6, Felix, procurator of Judea: Ac 237416 
2.43, 22, 24, 25,27 Q514 + 
btwn, ns, 4 (<n), [in LXX: Pr 16? (15%) (nyway), 11 Mac 
439 111 Mac 32, 1v Mac 422*;] a@ saying or report: Mt 9%, Lk 4™4.t 
dnpi, [in LXX chiefly for ON3, also for WN; freq. in u-1v Mac;] 
to declare, say: freq. in quoting the words of another, Mt 13% 26%, 
Lk 749 2255 Jo 123, al.; interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14°, 
Ac 235, al.; dai, impersonal (Bl., § 30, 4), 1 Co 61° (Lift., Notes, 217; 
but cf. Bl, lc.), m Co 10° (WH, mg., ¢aciv), He 8°; joined with 
synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., 1, 2), droxpiHeis aitd epy, Lk 23%; seq. xpos, 
Lk 2279 al.; c. ace. rei, 1 Co 10! 1; acc. et inf., Ro 3°; seq. dz (BI. 
§ 70, 3), 1 Co 10! 15° (cf. cvv-pypc). 
* dnyuito (<< dyn), to spread a report: Mt 28%, T, WH, mg. (v. 
dua-d.).t 
ps -ov, 6 (Poreius), Festus, procurator of Judea : Ac 2477 251™ 
2.624) 25 32 + 
$0dévw, [in LX X for 33 hi., nwa, etc. ;] 1. to come before another, 
anticipate (cl.): c. acc. pers., 1 Th 41%, 2. In late writers and MGr. 
(v. Kennedy, Sources, 156; Lft., Notes, 35), to come, arrwe : Ro Ge; 
seq. eis, Phi 31°; dyp, 1 Co 10%; én (cf. Da tH 4”, and v. Dalman, 
Words, 107), Mt 1276, Lk 11°°, 1 Th 2?° (cf. rpo-f6avw).t 
d0aptés, -7, -ov (pOetpw), [in LXX: Le 22% (maw), Is 5417 ANS, 
Wi 915 148, 11 Mac 716*;] perishable, corruptible : dvOpwos, Ro 173 (opp. 
to dpOapros Oeds) ; atépavos, I Co 9? (opp. to dfGapros) ; ozopd, I Pe 1” 
(opp. to dO.) ; neut., 7d $. rotr0, 1 Co 15% 4; pl., 1 Pe 1'*.t 
$0éyyonar, [in LX X for M37, yas hi., etc.;] of men or animals, to 
utter a sound or voice: absol., Ac 418; seq. ev dwvy, 1 Pe 216; ¢. acc., 
imépoyka, ib. 18.t 
$0cipw, [in LXX chiefly for nm hi., pi. also for ban, etc. ;] to 
destroy, corrupt, spoil (on the varied usage and distinctive meaning of 
the word, v. Mayor on 1 Pe, App., 175 ff.) : ¢. ace., 1 Co 3!” 15°, 11 Co 
72; seq. dad, 1 Co 113; &, m Pe 2", Jul, Re 19’; ward, Eph 4” (cf. 
dia-, kata-pUeipw).t 
* 60w-omrwpivds, -7, -ov (<CPOivorwpov, late autumn), autumnal : 
Sédpa $., autumn trees (said to be without fruit therefore at a time 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 469 


when fruit might be expected; v. Mayor's elaborate note, Hp. Jw., 
55-59, and reff. there): Ju ™.+ 


HOdyyos, -ov, 6 (<< Pbéyyoum), [in LXX: Ps 18(19)* (19), Wi 


1918* 5] a sound: Ro 10!8@XX), 1 Co 147.+ 

** bOovéw, -@ (<< POovos), fin LXX: To 4716 AB*;] to envy: c. dat. 
(L, txt., Tr., mg., WH, mg., acc.), as in cl., Ga 5?6,+ 

** $Odvos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Wi 274 6%, 1 Mac 816, nz Mac 67*;] 
envy: Ro 12°, Ga 571, 1 Ti 64, Tit 38, 1 Pe 2'!; dia pOdvov, Mt 2738, 
Mk 151°, Ph] 1%; zpos Oovov émirobet r. rvedua (on the meaning, v. 
R, txt., mg.,,.; Hort, Ja., 93 f.), Ja 4°.+ 

Oop, -as, 7 (<< POe/pw), [in LXX for nnw, ban, etc. ;] destruc- 


tion, corruption, decay (v. Mayor on 1 Pe, App., 175 ff.) : Ro 87,1 Co 15%, 
Col 277, 11 Pe 2%; opp. to fw) aidvis, Ga 6°; by meton., of that which 
is subject to corruption, I Co 15°°; of moral decay, 1 Pe 14 2:19 (ef. 
Wi 14”).+ 

giddy, -ns, 7, [in LXX chiefly for p77 ;] a shallow bow! (= Lat. 


patera), used for pouring libations, etc.: Re 5° 157 1617 171 219+ 
** bid-dyabos, -ov, [in LXX: Wi 7”*;] loving that which is good, 
loving goodness: Tit 1° (Arist., Polyb., al.).t 
diadedpia (Rec. -cAgpea), -as, 7, Philadelphia, a city of Lydia: 
Re 1! 37.+ 
prradedoia, -as, 7 (<< prdddeAdos), [in LXX : 1v Mac 137% 26 141 * >) 
the love of brothers, brotherly love: of Christians’ mutual love as 
brethren (v.s. ddeAdds), Ro 12°, 1 Th 49, He 13!, 1 Pe 1”, 11 Pe 17.+ 
** bud-ddedoos, -ov, [in LXX : m Mac 154, tv Mac 1371 15! * 5) loving 
one’s brother, loving like a brother (Soph., Xen., al.) : of Christians’ love 
for one another (EV, loving as brethren), 1 Pe 3°.t 
* pidavBpos, -ov, 1. loving men (Asch.). 2. Of a wife, loving her 
husband (freq. in epitaphs, v. LS, s.v., Deiss., BS, 255): Tit 24+ 
** butavOpwmia, -as, 7 (<< PrrdvOpwros, hwmane), [in LXX: Es 8%, 
1 Mac 677 14°, nr Mac 3! 18*:] humanity, kindness (v. Field, Notes, 
147 f.): Ac 287, Tit 34 (cf. also DCG, ii, 356 ff.).t 
** buravOpdmws, adv., [in LX X: 1 Mac 92’, m1 Mac 329* ;] humanely, 
kindly : Ac 273,t 
** putapyupia, -as, 7 (<< diddpyvpos), [in LXX: tv Mac 126 2) xl* >) 
love of money, avarice: 1 Ti 61°.t 
S¥N.: rAcovegia, covetousness (v. Tr., Syn., § xxiv). 
** buh-dpyupos, -ov, [in LXX: rv Mac 28* ;] loving money, avaricious : 
Lk 1614, 1 Ti 32.+ 
* pit-autos, -ov, loving oneself (Arist.); in bad sense (ib.), selfish : 
Be Ty 3. 
Syw.: avOadys (v. Tr., Syn., § xciii). 
giro, -& (< didros), [in LXX: Ge 2749, al. (amN), ib. 27, al. 
(pws), La 1? (x9), Wi 8%, al.;] 1. to love (with the love of emotion 


and friendship, Lat. amare; v. Syw.): ¢. acc. pers., Mt 10’, Jo 52 


470 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


11% 36 1519 1627 202 211517, 7 Co 1622, Re 3°; & wiora, Tit 315; c. ace. 
rei, Mt 236, Lk 2046, Jo 125, Re 2215; ¢. inf. (Is 56"; cf. Bl., § 69, 4), 
Mt 65, 2. to kiss: c. ace. pers., Mt 264%, Mk 14% Dk 2247 (ef. 
Kata-pirew).t 

Sywu.: dyardw (q.v.), the love of duty and respect. 

pirn, 7), V.S. pidros. 

*t pudySovos, -ov (pidros, ydovy), loving pleaswre: 1 Ti 84 (Polyb., 

Plut., al.).t 

pitnpa, -ros, Td (<< pidcw), [in LXX: Pr 27%, Ca 1? (mprwe9) * 5] 
a kiss: Lk 74 2248; as a token of Christian brotherhood, ¢. ay.ov, Ro 
1616, 1 Co 16”, 1 Co 138", 1 Th 5%; ¢. dydays, 1 Pe 51* (vy. Lift., Notes, 
30D BOD CA s.v. (Kiss) 1 

@ujpwv, -ovos, 6, Philemon: Phm 1.t 

Gidytos (‘T, Piry7ds), -ov, 6, Philetus: um Ti 217+ 

gidla, -as, 7 (<< Pidos), [in LXX chiefly for MaaN ;] friendship : ¢. 
gen. obj., Ja 44.+ 

@ukummctos, -ov, 6 (for other forms in use, v. Lft., in 1.), a 
Philippian : Phi. 41°.+ 

$idummor, -wy, ot (on the pl., v. WM, § 27, 3), Philippi: Ac 16¥ 
90¢ Phi 1 1 Th 22 

¢idummos, -ov, 6, Philip; 1. the husband of Herodias: Mt 14°, Mk 
617, 2. The tetrarch: Mt 163, Mk 8’, Lk 31. 3. The apostle: Mt 
103, Mk 318, Lk 644, Jo 144-49 65: 7 1921, 22 148, 9 Ac 118, 4, The deacon 
and evangelist: Ac 6° 840 918 + 

* idd-Ceos, -ov, loving God (Arist.) : 11 Ti 34.t 
$iddoyos, -ov, 6, Philologus : Ro 161.t 
** budoverkia, -as, 7 (<< diAcverxos), [in LXX: 1 Mac 44, tv Mac 176 

86 *:) love of strife, rivalry, emulation (Plat., al.), but mostly in bad 
sense (Thuc., al.), contentiousness, contention: Lk 2274 (but v. Field, 
Notes, 75 f.).+ 


ptd-vekos, -ov (<< vetxos, strife), [in LXX: Hz 37 (n¥Q-pIn)*;] 
fond of strife, contentious: 1 Co 11%.+ 
* pido-gevia, -as, 7) (<< fuddgevos), love of strangers, hospitality : 
Ro 1238, He 132.t 
* pidd-gevos, -ov, loving strangers, hospitable: 1 Ti 37, Tit 18, 
1 Pe 49.t 
*+ duio-mpwtedw (<i Pirdrpwros, Plut., al.), to strive to be first: 
mt Jo ® (eccl.).t 
didos, -7, -ov, [in LXX chiefly for yy, ABN;] 1. pass., beloved, 
dear (Hom., Hur., al.). 2. Act., loving, friendly (in el. less freq. and 
only in poets): Ac 1931. As subst., a friend; (a) masc., 6 ¢.: Lk 76 
115 1410 156 169 2116 93”, Ac 273, mr Jo 15; opp. to doddos, Jo 15%; 
$. avaykaio, Ac 1074; c. gen. subj., Mt 11%, Lik 734 11% 124 14% 1529, 
Jo 11" 15! 14; 6 g. rod vupdiov, Jo 37°; +. Kaicapos (v. Deiss., BS 167; 
EAE; 382 f£.), Jo, 19"; Geod (v., Hort, inv.) Ja.2: el gens Taig 
tT. koopov, Ja 44; (b) fem., 7 d., Lik 159.+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 471 


** bido-codia, -as, 77 (<< piAcgodos), [in LXX: tv Mac 1} 51% 22 
7% -) the love and pursuit of wisdom ; hence, philosophy, investi- 
gation of truth and nature: of the so-called philosophy of false 
teachers, Col 28 (v. Lft., ICC, in 1.).t 

$hd-copos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Da LXX 1°? (FuwN), tv Mac 1! 5% 


7° *;| a philosopher : Ac 17}8.t 

** buddatopyos, -ov (<Coropyy, family affection), [in LXX: 1v Mac 
153 * 5] tenderly loving, affectionate (Xen., Plut., al.): of Christians, 
Ro 1210+ 

*% duddtexvos, -ov (<< didos, téexvov), [in LXX: 1v Mac 15*¢*;] 
loving one’s children (Hdt., Arist., Plut., al.) : of women, joined with 
piravdpos, qg.v., Tit 24.+ 

** bidotipeopar, -odpar (<< pidos, ty), [in LXX: tv Mac 1% A;] to 
love or seek after honowr, hence, to be ambitious, emulous (Plat., Plut., 
al.): c. inf.,.Ro 15%, m Co 5°, 1 Th 44.+ 

** buroppdvws (<< Pirddpwrv), adv., [in LXX: m Mac 3%, 1v Mac 
8°*;] kindly, with friendliness: Ac 287.+ 

* dbuddhpor, -ov (<< didos, dpyv), friendly, kind: 1 Pe 38, Rec.t 
pipda, -@ (<< Puuids, a muzzle), [in LXX: De 25* (apn), Da LXX 
Su %,1v Mac 1° ~R*;] to muzzle: 1 Co 99, 1 Ti 5'8@XX); metaph., 
to put to silence: c. acc. pers., Mt 224, 1 Pe 2%; pass., to be silenced, 
silent: Mt 222 Mk 125 439, Lk 485+ 
\@héywv, -ovros, 6, Phlegon: Ro 1614.+ 
phoyito (<< ddé), [in LXX: Ex 9% (mpd hith.), Nu 21% (4), 

Ps 96(97)? (m5 pi.), Da rH 3274) (JI9 ithp.), Si 33°, 1 Mac 3°*;] 


to set on fire, burn, burn up: fig., Ja 3° (on the meaning of the 
sentence, v. Hort, in 1.).+ 


oXd€, gen., proyds, [in LXX chiefly for and, mand 3] a flame: 
Lk 16%; & zvpés, Ac 7°, 1 Th 18, He 17 (XX), Re 114 918 1912+ 
¥ pduapéw, -@ (< Pdrvapos), to talk nonsense : c. ace. pers., yas (EV, 
prating against us), ut Jo 1.t 
** SdUapos, -ov (<< PAva, to babble), [in LXX : tv Mac 5!°*;] babbling, 
garrulous: 1 'Ti 58 (KV, tattlers ; of things, ¢iAocodia, tv Mac, 1.c.).t 
poBepds, -4, -ov (<< doBéw), [in LXX chiefly for N43, also for 
bmq, o'N;] fearful, whether act. or pass.; 1. act., = dewds, causing 


fear, terrible (LXX): He 1027 *1 1971, 2. Pass., = SeAds, feeling fear, 
timid (cl. in both senses).t 

oBéw, ® (<< PdPos), [in LXX chiefly for x™;] 1. in Hom., to 
put to flight. Pass., to be put to flight, to flee affrighted. 2. to terrify, 
frighten (Wi17°; Hdt. and Att.). Pass. (so always in NT; ef. M, Pr., 
162), to be seized with fear, be affrighted, fear: Mt 10%! 1427, Mk 533 659, 
Lk 1 85°, Jo 6% 12%, Ac 16%, al.; opp. to tWyrodpovetv, Ro 1129; 
ogddpa, Mt 17° 2754; c. cogn. acc., ddBov péyav, Mk 441, Lk 29 (1 Mac 
108); pdBov atray (obj. gen., but cf. ICC, in 1.), 1 Pe 34; arénow, 
I Pe 3°; c. acc. pers., Mt 10, Mk 11%, Lk 19%, Jo 9, Ac 926 


472 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Ro 18°, al.; seq. dad (like Heb. Jan, Je 1%, al.; cf. M, Pr., 102, 


104,), Mt 10%, Lk 124; seq. wy (cl.; Bl., § 65, 3; M, Pr., 184 f.), 
Ac 231 27!7; unrws, Ac 2729, 11 Co 113 1229, Ga 44; paprore, He 4!; 
ce. inf. (Bl, § 69,4; M, Pr., 205), Mt 12°, Mk 9%, al.; of reverential 
fear: Mk 679, Hph 5%; +. Oedv, Lk 15°, Ac 102, 1 Pe 21", Re 14’, al.; 
t. kvpiov, Col 3%, Re 154; +. dvoua rt. Oeod (v.s. dvopa), Re 1138; ot 
poBovpmeva t. Gedy, of proselytes, Ac 131® 26 (ef. ex-poBew). 

$6Byntpov (LTr., WH, -@por), -ov, 76 (<< poBew), [in LXX: Is 19” 
(N2n)*;] that which causes fright, a terror: pl. (as always, exe. Is, 
lic.), Lk 21" (Hipp., Plat.).t 

$6Bos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for AN, also for MB, MAK, etc. ;] 


1. in Hom., flight. 2. That which causes flight, fear, dread, terror: 
Lk 1%, Ac 5°, 1 Ti 59, 1 Jo 4!8, al.; cogn. acc., PoBeicOa d., Mk 441, 
Lk 2°; c. gen. obj., Jo 713 198° 2019, He 2°, 1 Pe 3! (but ef. ICC, in 1.); 
dd (rod) $., Mt 1476, Lk 216; cis $., Ro 8%; pera poBov, Mt 288; ¢ 
kat tpopos (Lift., Notes, 172), 1 Co 2°, 11 Co 74, Eph 6°, Phi 2; by 
meton., of that which causes fear, Ro 13°; of reverential fear, Ro 13’, 
I Pe 17 918 32,15; +. xupiov, Ac 9%, 1 Co 5" (v. Field, Notes, 183) ; 
Xpicrod, Eph 571; Geot, Ro 318, 1 Co 71. 

Syw.: v.s. beria (and cf. DCG, i, 381). 

oiBn, -7S, ve Phebe, a deaconess of Cenchrea: Ro 161+ 

owixn, “1S, 7); Phoenicia: Ac 1119 153 212 (v. DB, iti, 856", 857%,).+ 

dowwikiooa (on the ending, v. BL., § 27, 4, and ef. oiné), a Phoenician 
woman: Svpa ®., Mk 77°, WH, mg., for Syprcioueener. q.v.t 

doing, -ixos, 0, 9, (a) a Phenician (also with fem., Boivcoa, Hom., 
al.); (0) Phenia, a city of Crete: Ac 27%.+ 

gowrE (on the accent, v. Bl., § 4,2; WM, § 6, Ic), -ixos, 6, [in 
LXX for tan, WN, WAN;] the date-palm, palm: ra Bata tov $., 


Jo 1218; of palm branches, doives (as Arist., 11 Mac 10’, al.), Re 79+ 
** hoveds, -€ws, 6 (povos), [in LXX: Wi 125*;] a murderer: Mt 227, 
Ac 7° 284, 1 Pe 415, Re 218 22%; dunp ¢., Ac 314.+ 
Syw.: avOpwroxrovos. 
govedw (< overs), [in LXX chiefly for mx7;] to kill, murder: 
absol., Mt 5%, Ja 42; pm (ov) govevons (-as), Mt 5%! 1918, Mk 10), 
Lk 187°, Ro 13°, Ja 2" (all from Ex 20! 14); ¢. ace., Mt 23%) 35, Ja, 56.+ 
$évos, -ov, 6, [in LXX for O3, mB, etc.;] murder, slaughter: Mk 
15’, Lk 23'%25, Ac 91, Ro 179; ¢. paxaipys (ef. Ex 17%, al.), He 1137; 
pl., Mt 15!9, Mk 72, Re 921+ 
popéw, -&, [in LX X: Pr 16” (AD"hi.), Si 11°, al. ;] frequent. of Pepa, 
denoting repeated or habitual action (ef. Tr., Syn., §lviii), most commonly 
used of clothing, weapons, etc., to bear constantly, wear: Mt 118, Jo 19°, 
Ro 134, 1 Co 1549, Ja 23.+ 
*t ddpov, -ov, To (Liat. forwm) : ’Amziov ®., v.s. "Armuos. 
ddpos, -ov, 6 (<< depw), [in LXX chiefly for py, also for na, 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 473 


etc.;] tribute paid by a subject nation (cf. 1 Mac 10%): ¢. dotva 
(1 Mac 847), Lk 2072 232; daodotva, Ro 137; redciv, Ro 13° (Hdt., al.).t 
Syy.: kivoos, tédos (q.v.). 
poptitw (<< ddpros), [in LXX: Ez 16%8 (anw)*;] to load: ec. 
dupl. acc., Lk 114°; pass., to be laden: metaph. (EV, heavy laden), 
Mét 1128+ 
goptiov, -ov, 7d (dimin. of ¢édpros), [in LXX chiefly for Nw ;] a 
burden, load: of the cargo of a ship (Hdt., al.), Ac 27°; metaph., Mt 
119° 234, Lk 1146, Ga 6°.t 
Syy.: Bdpos (q.v.), dyxos. 
* pdptos, -ov, 6 (<< depw), a load: esp. of a ship’s cargo (Hom., 
Hdt., and late prose writers), Ac 271°, Rec.t 
Poprouvatos (Rec. Poup-, v. Mayser, 116 f.), -ov, 6 (Lat.), Fortunatus: 
1 Co 16" (v. Lft., Cl. Ro., 7 Co., 59).+ 
*t ppayéAduov, -ov, To (Lat. flagellum), a scourge: Jo 2°.+ 
*t bpayeddow, -d (<< dpayéAdov, q.v.), to scourge: c. acc., Mt 2776, 
Mk 15% (eccl.).t 
ppaypés, -0d, 6 (<< dpdoow), [in LXX chiefly for 13, MIA, also 
for pp, etc.;] 1. prop., a fencing in (Soph., OT, 1887). 2. = ppaypa, 
a fence: Mt 21°3, Mk 121, Lk 147°. Metaph., peodroryov (q.v.) Tod d., 
gen. epexeg., Eph 214 (v. Hllic., in 1.).+ 
épdtw, [in LXX: Jb 6 (pa hi.) 12° (Ap hi.), Da LXX 24 
("Im pa.)*;] to show forth, tell, declare, explain: Mt 13%6 (WH, RV, 
diacagyoov) 151°.t 
gpdoow, [in LXX: Jb 388 (75D hi.), Ho 2° (Fz), Pr 218 
(DYN), etc.;] to fence in, stop, close: ordpata dedvrwv, He 11°*; ordpa, 
metaph., Ro 319; pass., cavxyous, 11 Co 111°.+ 
opéap, -atos, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for 9N3;] a well: Lk 14°, Jo 


41,22; 4. ris aBiaoov, Re 942.+ 
*+t bpev-atratdw, -@ (<< dpevarrarns), to deceive one’s mind (Lift., deceive 
by fancies, v. Ga., l.c.): c. ace. pers., Ga 6%.t 
*+ boevamrdrys, -ov, 6 (<< ppv, drarn), a deceiver (Bl., deceiver of his 
own mind, § 28, 5,, where v. ref. to 7.) : Tit 1!° (ecel.).t 
dpyv, gen., dpevds, 4, [in LXX most freq. in Pr (6%, al.) and 
chiefly for 25; also m1 Mac 4"¢ 547;] chiefly in Hom. and Trag., but also 


in Plat., al., both sing. and pl.; 1. in physical sense, the parts about the 
heart, midriff. 2. heart, mind, thought: pl., 1 Co 14*° (v. Edwards, 
Hing.-Gr. Lex., App., 1).t 

dpicow (Att. -rrw, and so Iv Mac 14° 17’), [in LXX: Jb 44 
("AD pi.), etc.;] 1. to be rough, bristle. 2. to shiver, shudder, tremble, 
from fear: Ja 2!° (v. Hort, in 1.).t 

ppovéw, -© (<< ppv), [in LXX: De 329, Za 9? (BBM), Ps 93 (94)8 
(b>iz hi.), Is 4418 (72) ib. °8, Es 8, Wi 1! 148°, 1 Mac 10%, 1 Mac 92 


474 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


148 26**) 1. to have understanding (Hom., al.). 2. to think, to be 
minded in a certain way: os vymios, 1 Co 13"; c¢. acc. (usually neut., 
adj., or pron., as freq. in cl.), 3 de, Ro 12°; &, Ac 28”; rodro, Phl 31; 
tT €répws, ib.; ovdey addo, Ga 5!; 7. airo p. (Deiss., BS, 256), to be of the 
same mind, 11 Co 13", Phl 2? 47; id. seq. eis (€v) aAAHAovs(o1s), Ro 1216 
155; +. & ¢., Phi 2? (Lift., in].); seq. irép, Phl 1’. 3. to have in mind, 
be mindful of, think of (Hdt., Xen., al.; Es, 1 Mac, ll. ¢.): 1a 7. G08, 
opp. to 7. 7. dvOpurwv, Mt 16%, Mk 8%; 7a 7. capxos, opp. to Tr. 7. 
mvevpatos, Ro 8°; +. ériyea, Phl 3'%; ra dvw, opp. to 7. éri tr. yijs, Col 
32; rodro dpoveire (RY, have this mind in you), Phl 2°; iynrd, Ro 1216 ; 
gf. jpépav (to observe a day), Ro 14°; seq. iép, Phl 41° (cf. xara-, rapa-, 
Tept-, Urep-ppovew).t 
** bodvnpa, -TOS, 76 (<< dpovew), [in LXX: I Mac 77! 139*;] that 
which is in the mind (the content of povety, ICC, Fo., 8°), the thought : 
Ro 86 727.4 
dpdvycts, -ews, 7 (<< dpovéw), [in LXX for APA, Aan, Mapn, 


ete. ;] wnderstanding, practical wisdom, prudence: Lk 1", Eph 18.+ 
Syw.: v.s. copia, and ef. Lift., Notes, 317. 


dpdvipos, -ov (<< ¢povéw), [in LXX for 733; Don etc. 3] practi- 


cally wise, sensible, prudent: Mt 10'6 244, Lk 124, 1 Co 10%; opp. to 
pupds, Mt 774 25% 48 9% 1 Co 410; to ddpwv, 11 Co 11; . map’ éavtd 
(EV, wise in one’s own conceit), Ro 11° 1216 (cf. Pr 3"); compar.,, 
-wtepos, Lik 168.t 

Syw.: v.8. cops. 

dpovipws, adv., sensibly, prudently : Lk 168%.+ 

dpovtitw (<< pporris, thought), [in LXX: 1 Ki 9° (3n3), Ps 39 
(40)!7 (awn), al.;] to give heed, take thought (in cl. usually absol., ¢. 
ace., c. gen.), c. inf., Tit 38 (v. Bl., § 69, 4; M, Pr., 206 f.).t 

** bpoupéw, -© (<< fpoupds, a guard), [in LXX: 1 Hs 4°, Jth 3°, Wi 

1716, 1 Mac 11°*;] to guard, keep under guard, protect or keep by 
guarding: 11 Co 11”; metaph., Ga 3%, Phl 47, 1 Pe 1°.t 

t+ pudcow (so Ps, l.c., NT; elsewhere depon., ¢pvdcoopa, Att. 
-rr-), [in LXX: Ps 2! (wan), u Mac 7°4R, ur Mac 2?*;) prop., of 
horses, to neigh, whinny and prance (Plut., al.).  Metaph., to be 
wanton, insolent: Ac 425 (LXX) + 

dptyavov, -ov, TO (<Cdptyw, to parch), [in LXX chiefly for 
wp, also for S307, etc.;] a dry stick: pl., brushwood: Ac 28%.+ 

@puyia, -as, 7 (prop., the adj., Ppvylos, -a, -ov; sc. yi, xwpa), 
Phrygia, a region of Asia Minor: Ac 2"; ®. xai Tadatixy xwpa (T’. x. 
x. ®.), Ac 16° 18% (on these phrases v. DB,i, 89f.; CGT, Gal., 
xxii f.).t 

uyehos (Ree. -AXos), -ov, 6, Phygelus: 1 Dr 

guy, -fs, 7 (<Cdevyw), [in LXX chiefly for Dig and cogn. 


forms ;] flight: Mt 24°.+ 
gudaky, -7s, 7 (<Cfvddcow), [in LXX chiefly for Mypw~A and 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 475 


cogn. forms, also for xdo, etc.;] (a) actively, a@ guarding, guard, 


watch (Hom., Plat., Xen., al.): cogn. ace., pvrdcoew Pvdaxds, to keep 
watch, Lk 2°; (b) of those who keep watch (as also Lat. custodia), a 
guard ; pl., sentinels, a guard (Hom., al.): Ac 121°; (c) of the place 
where persons are kept under guard, a prison (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Mt 
141°, Mk 6", Lk ‘32, Ac 5!°, 11 Co 65,1 Pe 31%, Re 18%, al.; (d) of the 
time during which guard was kept by night (Lat. vigilia; Anthol.), a 
watch: Mt 1475 2445, Mk 648, Lk 1238. 
**t budaxiLw, [in LXX: Wi 18**;] to wmprison: Ac 22}9.t 

* pudaktypioy, -ov, To, 1. an outpost, fortification (Thuc., al.). 2. 
a safeguard (Plat.). 3. an amulet (Plut., al.); in NT for the Talmudic 
Poa, a prayer-fillet, a phylactery, a small strip of parchment on 


which portions of the law were written and worn on the forehead and 
next the heart (cf. Hx 1316): Mt 23°.t 


ouak, -axos, 6(< pvddcow), [in LXX for www, X;] a guard, 


keeper: Ac 523 12 19+ 

guddoow, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for "aw, also for 33, 
etc.;] to guard, watch ; (a) to guard or watch: c. cogn. acc., puvAakds, 
Lk 28; c. acc. pers., Ac 12* 2816; pass., Lk 829, Ac 2335; co. acc. rei, 
Ac 2279; (6) to guard or protect: c. acc., Lk 117, Jo 12% 172, 
1 Th 33, rt Ti 679, 1 Ti 1% 14 1 Pe 25; éavrdv ad, 1 Jo 5% (Westc., in 
].); metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mt 19°, 
Deke 1178187!) Jo 19*7, Ac’ 7°? 164 21%, Ro 2°: Ga 6%, 1 Tib* Mids 
to be on one’s guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. acc., 
Ac 215, 1 Ti 415; seq. ard, Lk 12); iva py, 1 Pe 3”; as in LXX 
(Ex 121’, Le 18%, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ratra mdvra, 
Mk 10” (ef. d:a-pvrddoow).t 

SvVN.: type, q.v. 

guhh, -js, 7, [in LXX chiefly for man, also for YAW, NNBwA, 


etc.;] a body of men united by kinship or habitation, a clan or tribe: 
of the tribes of Israel, Mt 1978, Lk 236 2239, Ac 1321, Ro 11}, Phil 35, 
He 71% 14, Ja 11, Re 5° 7*§ 21”; of the tribes of the earth, the peoples 
and nations, Mt 24%9, Re 17 59 79 119 137 146+ 

UAXor, -ov, 7d, [in LXX chiefly for mby;] a leaf: Mt 2119 2432, 


Mk 111% 1328, Re 222. 
' pupapa, -tos, TO (<< pupdw, to mix), [in LXX: Ex 8? (778) 1234 
(naxwn), Nu 15 2! (mp my)*;] that which is mixed or kneaded, a 


lump: of dough, Ro 111%, 1 Co 5% 7, Ga 59; of clay, Ro 974.+ 

* puoikds, -7, -dv (<Cdvois), natural; (a) produced by nature, 
innate (Xen., Arist., al.); (b) according to nature (Arist., Diod., al.): 
opp. to zapa dicw, Ro 1°27; (c) governed by mere natural instinct 
(cf. Plut., Mor., 7064): fda yeyevvnpeva h. (RV, born mere animals ; 
Mayor, born creatures of instinct; ICC, animals born of mere nature), 
i Pe: 32+ 


476 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


* duoikas, adv., naturally, by nature: Ju?t 
*t duce, -6 (<< dioa, bellows), = cl. gvodw, to puff or blow up, 
inflate. Metaph., to puff wp, make proud: 1Co 8. Pass., to be puffed 
wp with pride: 1 Co 41® 19 5? 134; seq. id, Col 218; seq. imép . . . Kard, 
1 Co 4° (on the form of the subje., v. M, Pr., 54; BI., § 22, 3).+ 
** byous, -ews, 7 (<< Pvw), [in LXX: Wi 72° 1311929 NA, 111 Mac 3”, 
Iv Mac 120 5% 8 25 1327 1513, 25 163*;] nature, i.e, (a) the nature 
(natural powers or constitution) of a person or thing: Ja 3’, 1 Pe 1*; 
réxva uo opyins, Eph 2°; (b) origin, birth (Soph., Xen., al.): Ro 277, 
Ga 2!; (c) nature, i.e. the regular order or law of nature: 1 Co 11"; 
dat., dice adverbially, by natwre, Ro 2, Ga 4°; rapa vow, against 
nature, Ro 175 11%4; xara ., according to nature, naturally, Ro 11?) 24+ 
*+t duciwots, -ews, 7 (<Cpvoidw), a puffing up, swelling with pride: 
ple Col aor, 
guteia, -as, 9 (<< durevw), [in LXX: rv Ki 19% (33), Mi 1°, 
Hz 177 (yw) *;] 1. a planting (Xen., al.; LXX). 2. = pvrevpa, 
that which is planted, a plant (Inser.): Mt 15'8.t 
gutedo (<< durov, a plant, << vw), [in LXX chiefly for ys, also 
for 5nw, etc.;] to plant: Lk 17%8, 1 Co 3°8; ¢. ace., purefav, Mt 15%; 
dpredGva, Mt 2153, Mk 121, Lk 209, 1 Co 97; pass., seq. ev, Lk 13° 17°.t 
ovo, [in LXX: Pr 26°, Ez 378 (my), etc.;] 1. trans., to bring 
forth, produce (of men, to beget); pass., to spring wp, grow: Lk 8%. 
2. Intrans., in 2 aor., pf., plpf., and rarely in pres. (v. LS, s.v., A, 11), 
to spring up: He 12}%.t 
* bwheds, -0v, 6, a hole, den, lair: Mt 8*°, Lk 9°8,+ 
guvéw, -& (<Cfwry), [in LXX for np (Je 17", al.), ete.;] I. 
Intrans. 1. Of persons, to call out, cry out, speak aloud: Lk 8°; 
govy peytrdyn, Mk 176, Ac 16°; efovnce (povn peyadn) A€ywov, Lk 8°, 
Re 1418; qdovycavres erifovro, Ac 10!*. 2. Of the cries of animals 
(rarely in cl.; Is 38", Je, l.c.) : of a cock, to crow, Mt 26,, Mk 14,, Lk 22.,, 
Jo 13°8 1827. II. Trans. (in cl. chiefly poét.), c. acc. pers., to call, 
summon, invite: Mt 20%2 2747, Mk 9% 1049 15%5, Lk 14” 162 194, Jo 149 
29 416 108 1178 1217 183, Ac 94 107; to address, call by name (Soph.), 
Jo 1318 (cf. dva-, éi-, tpoo-, cvv-dwvew).t 
wry, -7s, 7, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for dip ;] @ voice; (a) 
prop., of persons, Mt 2!8(LXX) al.; . aipew (éraipev), Lk 173%, Ac 244, 
al.; . peyadn ciety (A€yew, dwveiv, etc.), Lk 878, Ac 7°, Re 5%, al.; 
yiverau (Epxetat) p. €« T. ovpavav (€& otpavov), Mk 1", Lk 3%, Jo 12°, al. 
(cf. DCG, ii, 810*; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); dxovew gduvny (-Hs; v.s. 
dxovw), Ac 947, al.; ¢. Bodvros, Mt 3°, Mk 1%, Lk 34, Jo 13(LXx); 
t. deov, Jo 5°7, He 37, al. By meton., (a) of the speaker, BAérew tH ¢., 
Re 1#; (8) speech, language (Ge 111, 1v Mac 127, al.): 1 Co 14”; (d) 
of inanimate things: Mt 241, Jo 38, Ac 26, Re 1” 9° 14? al. (ef. Tr., 
Syn., § lxxxix). 
gas (Att. contr. from ddos; < daw), gen., dwrtos, To, [in LXX 
chiefly for "4N;] light (opp. to 76 oxéros, 7 oxoria) : Mt 17%, Jo 11% 1, 
11 Co 46; Alov, Re 225; of a lamp, Lk 816 11°8, Jo 5%, Re 1878; of a 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 477 


supernatural heavenly light, Ac 9° 127 22% %1 2618; hence, dyyedos 
gourds, 1 Co 11; 6 KAjpos tr. dyiwv & T. b., Col 1”; of the divine bey 
Re 21%; by meton., of that which gives light: of fire, Mk 14°4, Lk 
22°6 (cl.; 1 Mac 12°; ef. DCG, i, 595); pl., of a lamp or torch, Ac 
16°; of heavenly bodies, Ja 1%. Metaph., (a) of God: 1Jo 157; das 
oikGv dmpoovrov, I Ti 61%; (6) of spiritual truth and its effects on the 
lives of men: Mt 416 516, Jo 145 31921, Ac 2618 23, 11 Co 614, Eph 538, 
I Pe 29,1 Jo 28; +. d. 7. Lwas, Jo 8”; +. dada rod d., Ro 13”; Kapmrds 
tod d., Eph 59; e& +r. . wepirareiy (civar, pevew), I Jo 17 2%; viol 
(réxva) rod ¢., Lk 168, Jo 1236, Eph 58,1 Th 5°; by meton., of one 
from whom truth shines forth: Ac 1347@XX), Ro 219; esp. of Christ, 
Lk 2%, Jo 178 123536, 46; +. db. 7, xdcpov, Jo 82 95; 7. b. 7. ddnbuvorv, 
Jo 1°; of Christians, Mt 5, Eph 58; (c) of the spiritual under- 
standing: 7. $. 76 &v coi, Mt 6, Lk 11%; (d) adverbially, of that 
which is open to view (opp. to & 7. oxoria): & 7. d., Mt 102’, Lk 123,+ 

Syw.: v.s. péyyos. 

pworrp, ~jpos, 6 (< és), [in LXX: Ge 1416 (AN), Da LXX 
12° (95%), 1 Es 87, Wi 13%, Si 437*;] a luminary, light: Phl 2%, 
Re 2111+ 

Syw.: géyyos, pas. 

* dwo-pdpos, -ov (<< pas, depw), light-bringing ; as subst., 6 ¢., the 
morning star (Plat., al.; cf. éwrddpos, Is 14”, Jb 39, Ps 110%): metaph., 
m Pe 11° (v. Mayor, in 1.).t 

** bwrewds (WH, gwrivds), -7, -dv (<Cdas), [in LXX: Si 173! 
23* 5) bright, light: vepéAn, Mt 17°; opp. to cxorewds, Mt 6”, 
Ek) 113% 96,+ 

putitw (< as), [in LXX for s4~ hi., wy hi., etce.;] 1. intrans., 
to shine, give light (Arist., Piut., al.): seq. emi, Re 225. 2. Trans. (a) 
to wlwmine, enlighten (Diod., Plut., al.): ¢. acc., Lk 1136, Re 213; 
pass., Re 18'. Metaph., of spiritual enlightenment (Ps 118 (119), 
Si 4517, al.) : Jo 1°, Eph 18 3°, R, txt., He 64 10%; (6) to bring to light, 
make known (Polyb.): 1 Co 4°, Eph 3°, R, mg., 1 Ti 11° (cf. Kennedy, 
Sources, 107 f.).t 

gutiopds, -ot, 6 (fori~w), [in LXX: Jb 39, Ps 26 (27), 43 
(44)%, 77 (78)*4, 188 (139)" (41N), 89° (MND) *;] allwmination, light : 
metaph., 1 Co 446. 


Xx 


X, x, xt, 76, indecl., chi, ch, the twenty-second letter. As a 
numeral, x’ = 600, x, = 600,000; but in Inser., X = 1000. 

xaipw, [in LXX for maiz (Ge 451, al.), 5» (Pr 24, al.), ete.; 
inf., as greeting (v. infr.), Is 48” 577! (nidyy), 1 Mac 1018, 1 Mac 1 and 


freq. in these books ;} 1. to rejoice, be glad: Mk 144, Lk 155: 82 196, 37 
9D 238, Jo 45% 856 2070, Ac 5* 829 112% 1348, m Co 69 7? 13%, Phi-9!7 28, 


478 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Col 2°, 1 Th 5'6, 1 Pe 433, 111 Jo #; y. cat dyadAvacGar, Mt 5”; «. oxiptar, 
Lk 6%; opp. to «Aaiew, Ro 12%, 1 Co 7°°; to crXalew x, Opnveiv, Jo 16”; 
to Avanv éyew, ib. ; ¢. cogn. ace., x. xapav peyddyv, Mt 21; yapa x. 
(B1., § 88, 3; Dalman, Words, 34 f.), Jo 3°°; 1 xapa 7 xaipopev, 1 Th 3°; 
c. prep. (BL, § 38, 2), ér/, c. dat. (simple dat. in cl.), Mt 18!8, Lk 114 
1317, Ac 1551, Ro 16¥, 1 Co 186 161”, 11 Co 78, Re 1119; dia, Jo 329 1125, 
1 Th 39; é&, Phi 18; ard, m Co 2°; c. ace. (Dem.), Phi 2!°; seq. éz, 
Jo 14°8, m Co 7%16, 1 Jo 4; & rovrw or, Lk 10”; c. dat., Ro 12"; & 
kupiw, Phl 4! 2. In salutations, imperat., xatpe, xaipere, (a) at 
meeting, hail: Mt 2649 2729, Mk 1518, Lk 178, Jo 198; pl, Mt 28°; so 
xaipev éyw, to give greeting, u Jo '; in letters, xalpew (se. A€yer; 
Bl., § 81, 1), greeting: Ac 15% 2376 Ja 11; (b) at parting, farewell : 
1 Co 13"; (c) on other occasions, be of good cheer: é& xvpiv, Phl 31 
44 (cf. cvv-xaipw).t 

xddrala, -ys, ) [in LXX chiefly for Ta;] hail: Re 87 1179 167.4 

xardw, -6, [in LXX: Je 45 (38) (ndbw pi.), ete. ;] (a) to slacken, 
loosen; (b) to let loose, let go; (c) to lower, let down: c. ace. rei, Mk 
24, Lk 54% Ac 9% 2717, 30; ¢, acc. pers. (cf. Je, l.c.), pass., Co 115%.+ 

XalBaios, -ov, 6, a Chaldean: yh Xaddaiwv, Ac 74.t 

xadends, -7, -ov, [in LXX: Is 18? (N13), Wi 3), Si 37, al.;] 
hard ; (a) hard to do or deal with, difficult; (b) hard to bear, painful, 
grievous : xaipot, 11 Ti 31; (c) of persons, hard to deal with, harsh, 
Jierce, savage: Mt 88,+ 

*t yahwaywyéw, -@ (<< xadivos, ayw), to lead with a bridle; metaph., 

to bridle, restrain: c. acc., yAdooav, Ja 17°; copa, 32.+ 

xadwds, -od, 6, [in LXX chiefly for 3M9;] @ bridle: Ja 33, 
Re 14?°.+ 

xdAkeos, -€a, -eov (-ots, -7, -odv), (<Cxadxds), [in LXX chiefly for 
nwn3;] brazen (i.e. of copper): Re 9*.t 

XaAkeUs, -éws, 6 (<C yadxds), [in LXX for wn, ete.;] a worker 


in metal, esp. a copper-smith : 11 Ti 44+ 
*t yadkydav, -dvos, 6, chalcedony, “supposed to denote a green 


silicate of copper found in the mines near Chalcedon’ (Swete): 
Re 2119+ 


XaAklov, -ov, Td (<< xaAxkds), [in LXX: Jb 41%) (99D), ete.;] a 
brazen (copper) vessel: Mk 74.+ 


*t yadko-AlBavoy, -ov, 76, chalcolibanus, probably “a mixed metal of 
great brilliance” (Swete): Re 1 2)8 (RV, burnished brass).t 


xadkds, -od, 6, [in LXX chiefly for nyn3;] copper: 1 Co 13}, 
Re!18”; by meton., of copper coin, Mt 10°, Mk 68 1241+ 

Xapai, adv., on or to the ground: Jo 9° 18%.+ 

Xavadv, 4, indecl. (Heb. 7333), Canaan: Ac 74; yy X., Ac 1319.t 


Xavavatos, -a, -ov, Canaanite: yy, Mt 15”.t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT .479 


Xapd, -ds; 7 (<Cxa/pw), [in LXX for AMAw, fiw, etc.;] joy, 
delight : Lk 1141570, Jo 154 162224 1713, Ac 88, 1 Co 1% 718 82, Ga, 522, 
Col 14, Ph! 2?, 1Jo 14, 1 Jo™; opp. to xarnpeia, Ja 4°; to Avrn, Jo 167; 
XxX. THs Tiotews, Ph] 1%; dyadAraoOar (xaipew, q.V.), xapa, Jo 379, 1 Pe 18; 
x: exe, Phm“; zAnpodv (cicrBax) yapas, Ac 1352, Ro 15!8, 11 Ti 1*; roveiv 
x. peyadnv, Ac 15%; azo rips x., Mt 1344, Lk 244, Ac 1244; ev y., Ro 15; 
pera xapas, Mt 1329 288, Mk 416 Lk 818 1017 2452, Ph] 14 279, He 1034 
13!"; id. seq. wvevpatos ayiov, 1 Th 1°; x. & zw. a., Ro 14%; y. exi, 
m Co 74; da, 1 Th 39; on, Jo 167; wa, ut Jo*. By meton., of the 
cause or occasion of joy: Lk 2, 1 Co 1, WH, txt., R, mg., Phl 4}, 
I Th 21920, He 12?, Ja 1?; 9 x. 7. xupiov, Mt 2571) 23+ 

* ydpaypa, -Tos, TO (<< xapdoow, to engrave), (a) a stamp, impress, 
mark : Re 131617 14% 1 16? 1929 204 (v. Deiss., BS, 240 ff.) ; (6) a thing 
graven: Ac 17?9.+ 

XapakTyp, -npos, 6 (<Cxapdocow, to engrave), [in LXX: Le 1378 
(marty), u Mac 4”, 1v Mac 154*NR*;] 1. a@ tool for graving. 2. a 


stamp or impress: aS on a coin or seal; metaph., y. 7. trocrdcews, 
Het 
xdpag, -axos, & (<xapdoow), [in LXX for nbdd, mix, ete.;] 1. 


a pointed stake. 2. a palisade or rampart: Lk 194%,+ 

xapilopar (<< xdpis), [in LXX: Es 87 (jn3), Ca 1*x, Si 123, 
u-Iv Mac,*;] 1. to show favour or kindness: c. dat. pers., Ga 318. 2. to 
give freely, bestow: c. acc. et dat., Lk 77, Ac 314 25416 2724, Ro 882, 
I Co 2", Ph] 1*° 2°, Phm*. 3. In late Gk. (= Lat. condonare), to grant 
forgiveness, forgive freely: of debt, Lk 74% (HGT, in 1.); of sin, 
1 Co 2% 10 1218, Hiph 4%, Col 28 318 (cf. DB, ii, 574).+ 

Xdpiv, V.S. xapts. 

Xdpts, -iTos, aCc., yap (xdépira in Ac 247’, Ju4; v. WH, App., 157), 
[in LXX chiefly for qq;] 1. objectively, that which causes favourable 


regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl. ; 
Ke 10”, Si 2116, al.) : Col 4°; Adyou 7. xapiros (gen. qual.), Lk 4%. 2. 
Subjectively, (a) on the part of the giver, grace, gracwusness, kindness, 
goodwill, favour: Lk 2°", Ac 7°, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, 
grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Lk 1°, Ac 1476, 
Ro 1’, 1 Co 1%, al.; opp. to épetAnua, Ro 441%; to epya, Ro 11°; (b) on 
the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: 
Ro 617 7%, al.; x. éxev, to be thankful, Lk 179, 1 Til®, al. 3. Objec- 
tively, of the effect of grace, (a) a state of grace: Ro 5’, 1 Ti 21,1 Pe 
5”, m Pe 318; (b) a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour): Jo 11, Ac 68, 
Ro 15, 1 Co 3, 1 Co 98, Ga 2%, Eph 3%, 1 Pe 5529, al. (For fuller 
treatment of the NT usage, vy. AR, H'ph., 221 ff.; DB, ii, 254 ff.; DCG, 
i, 686 ff.; Cremer, s.v.). 

**t xdpiopa, -Tos, TO (< xapifoua), [in LXX: Si 73 ~ (AB, xdpis) 
389 B! (w AB?R, xpiopna)*;] a gift of grace, a free gift, esp. of extra- 
ordinary operations of the Spirit in the Apostolic Church, but including 


480 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


all spiritual graces and endowments (Lit., Notes, 148 f.): Ro 14 §15.16 
623 1129 126, r Co 17 77 124) % 28, 80, 81 ry Co 14,1 Ti 44, m Ti 1, 1 Pe 41.t 
*t yapitéw, -@ (<< xdpis), [in LXX: Si 181” (dvdpi cexaprtwpévy; Ve., 
justificato ; Syr., saintly) *;] to endow with xdpis (q.v.), i.e. 1. (a) to 
make graceful; (b) to make gracious (Si, l.c.). 2. In Hellenistic 
writings (for exx., v. AR, Hph., 227; Lft., Notes, 315), (a) to cause to 
find favour; (b) to endue with grace (ie. divine favour): Lk 1%, 
Eph 16.+ 
Xappdv, indecl. (in FlJ., Ant., i, 16, 1, Kappa, -as, ib. 6, 5, Xappa, 
-as; so LXX: Ge 294 E, Hz 275 B, elsewhere -év—Heb. Jy), Haran, 


a town in N.W. Mesopotamia: Ac 7*4.t 

xéprys, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Is 8!A, Je 43 (36)2% 3 (nbm9)*;] a 
sheet of paper, made of papyrus strips (v. Kennedy, Sowrces, 42; 
Milligan, NTD, 10-12; DB, iv, 945 f.): m Jo” (Plat., Inser.).t 

xdopa, -Tos, TO (<< xaoxw, to yawn), [in LXX: Ki 18!" (mmp) * 5] 
a chasm, wide space: Lk 1676,+ 

xetdos, -ovs, 70, gen. pl., -ewy (v. Bl, § 8,4; Thackeray, Gr., 1, 
151), [in LXX chiefly for MB ;] a lip (as in Heb., of the lip as the 


organ of speech): Mt 15°, Mk 7°, Ro 31°, 1 Co 147, He 181, 1 Pe 31° EX), 
Metaph., of things, an edge, brink, etc. (Hom., Hdt., al.): of the sea- 
shore, He 11”.+ 

xepdlo (<Cxetua, winter cold), [in LXX: Pr 26(t)*;] 1. to 
expose to winter cold, go into winter quarters. 2. to drive with storm ; 
pass., to be driven with storm, tempest-tossed : Ac 278.t 

xelppapos (shortened form of the more usual -oos, Attic contr., 
-ovs), -ov (< xeipa, péw), [in LXX chiefly for 5m3;] winter-flowing ; as 
subst., 6 x. (se. rorapds), a torrent: Jo 181+ 

xepov, -Gvos, 6, [in LXX for Dwg, 1ND;] 1. winter: Jo 10”, 


m Ti 4%; gen., yeuudvos, im winter, Mt 24, Mk 13. 2. Prop. a 
winter storm, hence, generally, a storm, tempest: Mt 16% (T, WH, 
R, mg., om.), Ac 2'779.t 

xelp, gen., xepos (acc., xetpav, 1 Pe 5° T), 4, [in LXX chiefly for 
T;] the hand: Mt 3”, Mk 31, Lk 6°, al. mult.; # x., as acting subject, 


Lk 227"; pl, Ac 1775 20% 1 Jo 11; 7. ¢pya trav x., Ac 1#, Re 93% 
dora pos T. én x. I Co 1674, Col 418, m Th 3!"; prepositional phrases, 
esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., § 32, 4; 40, 
9; 46, 9), & x., c. gen. (Lft., in 1.), Ga 3!%; ody x. dyyeAov, Ac 78; dia 
(trav) xetp@v (81a xepds), Mk 67, Ac 5” 77, al.; eri yepov, Mt 4°, Lk 41; 
ellipse of x. (% defud, apuorepa; Bl., § 44, 1), Mt 6%, al. By meton., for 
the power or activity of an individual, Mt 17”, Mk 9*1, Lk 944, Jo 10%9, 
Ac 124, al.; metaph., of the activity or power of God: Lk 1° 2346, 
Jo) 1079) Ac 1177 134) al. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 481 


xetpaywyéw, -@ (<< xetpaywyds), [in LKX: Jg 16°A (TA PMN), 
To 111° *;] to lead by the hand: Ac 98 224.+ 
* xeup-aywyéds, -ov (<< xelp, dyw), leading by the hand. As subst., 6 
x-, one to lead by the head, a guide: Ac 134.t 
**t yeupdypados, -ov (<Cxelp, ypadw), [in LXX: To 53 9% 5*;] 
written with the hand. As subst., ro x., @ handwriting (Inser., Polyb., 
al.): metaph., Col 2'4.+ 
XEtpo-Tointos, -ov (<< xelp, rorew), [in LXX (of idols) for bby 3] 
made by hand (i.e. of human handiwork): of temples, Mk 14°8, Ac 748 
1724, He 9424; of circumcision, Eph 24.+ 
* yeipo-rovéw, - (<xelp, retvw), 1. to vote by stretching out the 
hand in the Athenian éxkAnoia (Luce., Plut.). 2. to appoint: (a) by 
vote, 11 Co 81%; (6) without vote, Ac 14*° (vy. Rackham, in 1.) (cf. zpo- 
xelporovew).t 
xelpwv, -ov, compar. of xaxds, [in LXX: 1 Ki 17 B, Wi 1518 17°, 
m Macd***;] worse: Mt 96 12% 276% Mk 22) Lk 1126, Jo, 1 Ti 58, 
He 10”, 11 Pe 279; eis (eri) 76 xeipov, Mk 576, 11 Ti 343,¢ 
t XepouBely (Rec. -Biu), ra (Heb. a3I95), Cherubim: He 9° (cf. 
Hix F5!7 04) alley. DB, i, 377 i.).1 
xXéw, V.S, Xvvw. 
xnpa, -as, 9, [in LXX chiefly for max 3] a widow: Mt 2318 
(Rec., R, mg.), Mk 12443, Lk 237 425 712 18% 5 9047 2143, Ac 61 93941, 
1 Co 78, 1 Ti 551516 Ja 127; yy x., Lk 476; of one of an ordo 
viduarum (v. CGT, in 1), 1 Ti 5°; metaph., of a city forsaken, 
Re 187.t 
xs, V.S. exes. 
xAtapxos (in Hdt., al., -ns), -ov, 6 (<Cxido, dpxw), [in LXX 
chiefly for 5x “iz ;] a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand, esp. a 
Roman military tribune, the commander of a cohort: Jo 18%, Ac 
9,131-83, 37 9924-29 9310, 15, 17-19, 22 947, 22 9523; more generally, of officers of 
similar rank, Mk 67, Re 6 19!8 (v. DB, i, 352°; DCG, i, 271%, 
307 4).+ 
xduds, -ddos, 7 (<< xidvor), [in LXX for pbx ;] the number one 
thousand, a thousand: Lk 14*!, Ac 44, 1 Co 108, Re 5% 7#8 1118 1413 
2116 + 
xiAvot, -at, -a, & thousand: 11 Pe 3§@XX), Re 113 126 1420 2077+ 
Xios, -ov, 4, Chios, an island in Algean Sea: Ac 20!.t 
xttav, -Gvos, 6, [in LXX chiefly for njAD:] the garment worn 
next the skin (though two tunics were sometimes worn, v. Swete, Mk., 
117), a tunic: Mt 10°, Mk 69 14°, Lk 3 98, Ju *; disting. from 
ipdriov (q.v.), Mt 54°, Lk 6%, Jo 19%, Ac 9% (v. DCG, i, 338%, 340°, 
499°). 


31 


482 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Xtdv, -ovos, 9, [in LXX chiefly for by, also (in Da) for on 3] 


snow : Mt 28°, Re 114.1 

** yas, erica) a [in LXX: m Mac 128°*;] @ chlamys, or short 
cloak worn over the yitév (q.v.): Mt 277% 8! (vy. Tr., Syn., § 1).t 

** yreudtw (<< xAcvn, a jest), [in LXX: Wi 1s II Mac 777 1v Mac 
on i to jest, mock, yeerene 1 (22h: 

* yNtapds, -d, -ov (<< xAiw, to become warm), warm, tepid ; metaph., 
of persons, lwke-warm: Re 316+ 

XAdn, -ys, # (i.e. tender foliage), Chloe: 1 Co 14.t 

xAwpds, -4, -ov (<< yAdn), [in LXX for py, ete.;] (a) pale green: 
xdépros, Mk 6%, Re 87; wav x., Re 94; (b) pale: tr7os, Re 68.t 

xés’ (on s, v.s. Z), in T, Tr., Rec. for é€axdovor é&jxovra €&, six 
hundred and sixty-six (L,mg., R, mg., sia hundred and sixteen), the 
mystical number of the Beast: Re 13'® (on the interpretation, v. 
Swete, Ap., 172 f.).t 

*t xoikds, -7, -ov, (<< xots), earthy, made of dust: 1 Co 154749 (y. 

Field, Notes, 179 f.).t 

xorg, -cxos, 9, [in LXX: Ez 45%" (ma)*;] a chania, a dry 


measure of rather less than a quart: Re 6° (EV, measwre).t 
** yotpos, -ov, 6, [in Sm.: Is 65* 663;] a swine: pl., Mt 7° 83°22, 
Mk 51113, 16 Tk 88% 33 1515, 16 + 
** yoda, -@ (<< xoAy), [in LXX: 11 Mac 3! R*;] 1. to be melancholy 
mad (Aristoph.). 2. = xodotpa, to be angry: c. dat. pers., Jo 773.t 
xohy, -fs, j, [in LXX for wNa, mavd, myW;] gall: Mt 2734 


(here prob. = myrrh, cf. Mk 15%, v. Swete, in 1.; DCG, i, 634"); 
metaph., Ac 8?8.+ 

XOos, V.S. Xous. 

Xopatetv (Rec. -Ziv), 7, Chorazin, a town of Galilee: Mt 11”, 
Lk 10!.+ 

Xopnyee, -& (<Lxopds, wyéouar), [in LXX for 535 pilp.;] 1. to 
lead a xopos (v. LS, s.v.). 2. to defray the cost of a xopds. 3. In late 
writers, metaph., c. ace. (v. M, Pr., 65), to supply, furnish abundantly : 
11 Co g10, 1 Pe 41 (Polyb., al.).t 

xopés, -0d, 6, [in LXX chiefly for bimp, nbnn;] a dance: pl., 


ik Loe? 
xoptdtw, (<< xdpros), [in LXX for ya, Ps 16 (17), al.;] ] (a) 

prop., of animals (v. Lft. on Phl 4”), to feed, fatten: Re 197; (b) in 
late Gk. (Kennedy, Sources, 82, 156), of persons, to fill or satisfy y an 
food): ¢, acc. pers., Mit 15%*; pass., Mit 142° 1537) Mik 62:72) 68k 9! 
Jo 66, Ja 216; opp. to wewav, Phl qi: c. gen. rei, Mk 84; azo, Lk 1621: 
éx, Lk 15'6, WH, txt.,; metaph., Mt 5°, Lk 621.+ 

t xdptacpa, -ros, TO (<C xoprdéw), [In LXX: Ge 24%» 382 4927 4324, 
Jg 19° (NippA), De 11% (Ayy), Si 80% (83*4) 38° * 5] fodder (Polyb.. 


Plut., al.): pl., Ac 74 (RV, sustenance).t 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 483 


xéptos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for aivy, also for THN, etc.;] 


1. an enclosure, a feeding place (Hom.). 2. food, esp. for cattle, grass : 
Rig Tae 142? Mike479 639) Tike To Gt!) t Co 3%, Ja 17 1 Pe 134G), 
Re 94; x. xAwpds, Mk 6%9, Re 87.t 

Xoulds, -4, 6, Chuzas (EV, Chuza): Lk 83.t 

Xois, -ods, acc., ody, 6, (contr. from x¢os), [in LXX chiefly for 
“by ;] 1. earth, soil. 2. In later writers its LXX), = kovopros, 


dust: Mk 6", Re 1819+ 

es XpOpar (<< xpy), [in LXX for Mwy, etc.;] to use, make 
use of: c. dat. (cf. M, Pr., 64, 158), Ac 27'’, 1 Co 9445, 1 Ti 18 58; 
padXov xpioau (i.e. the opportunity ; vy. M, Pr. , 247), 1Co, 72; as some- 
times in late writers (cf. M, Pr., 64; Lift. , Notes, 233), c. ace., 1 Co 73}; 
of feelings, etc., to exercise, shew : II Co ae gu: c. adv., fe eS to 
deal sharply, 11 Co 13; c. dat. pers. (el.), to treat, deal with, Ac 273,t 


\xpdw, xixpnps, [in LXX for md, etc. ;] to lend: Lk 115.+ 
Xpela, -as, 7, [in LXX: mu Ch 21605) (74%), m Es 7° (minwn) ; 


freq. in Si, 1-11 Mac;] 1. need, necessity: Ac 28, Tit 34; zpos 
oikodouny THS x. (RY, txt., for edifying as the need may be; but v. Field, 
Notes, 192), Eph 4°°; éor y., Lk 10%, He 7"; x. exew, c. gen., Mt 68 
alee wee Dike OF Tb) 19% oie EAN Ee PR Co 1921 a6 15 Th a 
He 106, Re 2178 225; seq. od, c. inf. (BL, § 71, 3), He 5”; ‘absol. (se. 
gen.), Ac 24° 435; ¢, gen. pers., Mt 9% 2695, Mk 217 1465; uk a: 0. inf, 
(B1., § 69,'5), Mt 3441416, Jo 1319 1 Th 18 49; seq. va, Jo 27° 1630, 
I Jo 27"; absol., Mk 2%, Eph 4%, 1 Jo 317; ovde x. exew, Re 31"; 77 x., 
c. gen. subje., Ph] 27 41619; pl, Ac 2084, Ro 12%. 2. matter, business 
(so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al.; 1 Mac 12%, al.): Ac 63%.+ 
preteens (Ree. Xpew-, WH, xpeopiA-; v. WH, App., 152, 154), 

-ov, 6, (<< xpéos, a debt, + eer, fin LXX: Jb 3137, ‘Pr 2913 * 3] 
a debior 110) i datas ea 

*xpon, impers. (<< xpdaw, v. LS,s.v.), it is necessary : Ja 31 (cf, de?.).+ 

xeygo (<xp7), [in LXX: Jeg 11’, 1 Ki17% A*;] to need, have 
need of : c. gen. rei, Mt 6*, Lk 1s 193°, 1 Co 31; ¢. gen. pers. seq. ev, 
Ro 16?.+ 


Xpiipa, -ros, Td (<< xptiopar), [in LXX: Jo 228, 1 Ch 1 ” (a"D39), 
Jb 27!" (Fp), etc.; freq. in Si (5" §, al.), mand 1v Mac;] a thing that 


one uses or needs (and generally, a matter, event, business); hence in 
pl., (a) wealth, riches: ot Ta, X. éxovres, Mk 1023 28 Suk Loe (b) money : 
Ac 818, 20 24°6; sing. (rare in cl.) of a special sum of money, Ac 437,+ 
XP dite (<xpjpya), [in LXX: Je 33 (26)? 36 (29)8 37 (30)? 
43 (36)24 A ("27 pi.), 3216 (253°) (aNwy), m1 Ki 18”, Jb 40° *;] 1. to 
transact business, hence, to consult, deliberate (Thuc., Dem., al.) ; 
hence in later writers, 2. to make answer (esp. of official pronounce- 
ments by magistrates, etc.; in 7. of the royal reply to an &revéts, q.v.; 
ef. Deiss., BS, 122); of an answer by an oracle (Diod., Plut., al.) ; in 
FU, LXX and NT, of divine communications, to instruct, admonish, 


484 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


warn: pass. (BI., § 54, 3), Mt 22, He 85 117 12%; c. inf. (BL, § 69,4; 
70,3; 72, 5), Mt 2", Lk 226, Ac 10”. 3. to assume a name (as in 
business), be called (Polyb., al.): Ac 11°*, Ro 7% (gnomie fut.; cf. 
Burton, § 69).+ 
Xpnpatiopds, -od, 6 (<< ypnuarifu, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 24° (31) 
(Nim), m1 Mac 24 1117*;) a divine response, an oracle: Ro 11* (Xen., 
Plat., al.).t 
Xprjoiwos, -y, -ov (<Cxpdouar), [in LXX: Ge 37° (y¥R), etc. ;] 
useful: 11 Ti 214,+ 
XpHots, -ews, ) (<Cxpdouac), [in LXX: 1 Ki 1 (Oxy), Si 188, 
al.;] wse: in a sexual sense, Ro 1°6; c. gen. obj., AnAcias, ib.” (for 
exx., v. Thayer, s.v.).t 
*t xpnotedopar (<< xpyords), to be kind: 1 Co 13+ (eccl.).t 
*t+ xpnotodoyia, -as, 7 (xpyords, A€yw), fair speaking: im bad sense, 
Ro 16" (in good sense also, eccl.).+ 
xpynotds, -7, -dv (<Cxpdopa), [in LXX chiefly for aim (freq. of 
God: Ps 24 (25)$, al.), also for "92 (Ez 27? 283%), ayy (Pr 271 NA) ;] 


serviceable, good ; (a) of things, good, pleasant: of food (as often in cl.), 
oivos, Lk 5*°; fvyés, Mt 11°” (EV, easy); in ethical sense, 74n, 1 Co 
15%3; (6) of persons, good, kind, gracious: Eph 42; of God, Lk 6%, 
I Pe 23; +. xpnordv (=  xpyordrys) rod Geot, Ro 24.+ 

xpnotstys, -nTos, 7 (<Cxpyords), [in LXX for 33 and cogn. 
forms ;] 1. goodness, excellence, wprightness: Ro 320%), 2. goodness 
of heart, kindness: Ro 24, 11 Co 6°, Ga 5”, Col 3”, Tit 34; seq. ézi, c. 
ace. pers., Eph 27; id., opp. to doropuia, Ro 112", 

SYN.: V.S. dyabwovvy. 

xpiopa ('T, xpicpua, as in el.; v. Tdf., Pr., 102; BI., § 4, 2), -ros, ro 
(<xpiw), later form of xpiya (Adsch., al.), [in LXX for Amy and 


cogn. forms (Ex 297, al.);] an anointing, wnction (the result of the 
action ypiev; ICC, in 1|.; but cf. Westc., in 1., for the view that the 
oul, not the act, is meant): 1 Jo 22% 27 + 

Xptotiavés (D, Xpeuo-; on the form Xpno-, v. Bl.,§ 3, 6; 27, 4; 
on the ending, -avos, v. Bl, ll. c.; Deiss., LAH, 382), -ot, 6, a 
Christian, the name first given to the disciples by pagan gentiles at 
Antioch: Ac 1176 268, 1 Pe 416 (vy. reff. in Thayer, s.v.; also DB, i, 
384).t 


xptotds (Xp-), -7, -dv (<Cxpiw), [in LXX for mw and cogn. 
forms;] 1. as adj., (a) of things, anointing, to be used as ointment 
(Aisch., Hur., al.; 7. eXaov 7d x., Le 21); (6) of persons, anointed 
(6 tepeds 6 x., Le 4°; of x. tepets, 1 Mac 1): 6 yx. rod Kvpiov or Geod 
(t Ki 21, Ps 2?, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., Nw; cf. Dalman, 
Words, 289 ff.), Lk 2426, Jo 141, Ac 236 476 al. 2. As subst., 6 Xpicrds, 
the Messiah, the Christ: Mt 24, Mk 8?9, Lk 2" Jo 19, Ac 231, Ro 74 
al.; “Incots X., Mk 1’, Jo 1", Ac 2%8, al.; X. “Inoots, Mt 118, WH, mg. 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 485 


Ac 5#, Ro 63, al.; X. xd’puos, Lk 2"; “Incots X. 6 xvpios, Ac 1576, 
Ro 1’, al. 

xptw, to anoint (Hom., al.); [in LXX chiefly for nwn, of 
consecration to a sacred office: priest, Ex 28*!; prophet, mm Ki 19'6; 
king, 1 Ki 10!; of things, Ex 40°, Le 8, al.]. In NT, metaph., of 
God’s anointing, (a) Christ: Ac 4°’; c. inf., Lk 418@X%); ¢. dupl. acc. 
(v. BL, § 34, 4), He 19@5%); avevparr ayiw, Ac 10°8; (6) Christians: 
11 Co 1”! (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 73) (ef. ev-, éxt-xpiw).t 

Syw.: v.s. drteldo. 

xpovitw (<< xpoves), [in LXX chiefly for “NN pi.;] to spend or 
take tume, to tarry, linger, delay: Mt 2448 25°, He 10%”; seq. e, c. dat. 
loe:; lik > e.inf.,, ik 124° + 

Xpovos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for om, also for ny, etc.;| 


time (a space of time, whether long or short; cf. Lft., Notes, 70): Mt 
SME 9 Tok 19%, Ac 37272573 138 172° 27%, He 11%, 1 Pe 11" 43) Re 
10°; orvypy xpovov, Lk 4°; rAjpwpa rod x., Ga 44; rovety x., Ac 15°8 
183; Bidoa, 1 Pe 42; diddvar, Re 271; pl., x. Kat (7) xarpod (Lift., 1.c.), 
Ac 17, 1 Th 5!; é@ écyarov trav x. (xpovov), I Pe 17°, Ju48; c. prep., 
dxp., Ac 371; dua rov x., He 5”; e& x., Ac 1671; eri (aAciova) x., Lk 1854, 
Ac 18°; é¢’ dcov x. Ro 7,1 Co 7°°, Ga 41; xara tov x., Mt 21°; pera 
modwv (rocotrov) x., Mt 251°, He 47; apo x. aiwviwy, 1 Ti 1°, Tit 1*, 
instr. dat. of extension of time (v. M, Pr., 75, 148; Deiss., LAH, 206), 
Lk 87729, Jo 149, Ac 84, Ro 16%; acc., of duration of time, Mk 21°, 
Lk 209, Jo 5® 783 1235 149 Ac 14% 28 1922 2018 1 Co 167, Re 64+ 
Sywy.: V.8. Kawpés. 
* ypovotpiBéw, - (<< xpovos, TpiBw), to spend time: Ac 2016.+ 
xpugeos, -ca, -cov (-ovs, -7, -odv; on acc. sing. fem., -av, Re 1° and 
gen. pl. uncontr., -ewy, Re 21, LTr., v. M, Pr., 48 and cf. Thackeray, 
Gr., 1,172 f.) (<< xpvods), [in LXX chiefly for 353 ;] golden, i.e. made or 


overlaid with gold: m Ti 27°, He 94, Re 1% 13:20 21 44 58 8% 913, 20 1 414 
batt VE Bet 

Xpuatov, -ov, To (dimin. of xpvods, q.v.), [in LXX chiefly for 
amt ;] a piece of gold, gold: 1 Co 3", He 94,1 Pe 1’, Re 3'8 211% 21; of 


golden ornaments, 1 Ti 2° (WH, txt., RV), 1 Pe 33, Re 174 1816 (WH, 
txt., R); of gold coin, money, Ac 3° 20%, 1 Pe 138.t 
*t ypugo-SaxtuAtos, -ov, with a gold ring: Ja 27.t 
xpuad-hiBos, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Ex 287 3679 (3915), Hz 28% 
(wwm)*;] a chrysolite (on its identification, v. Swete, Ap., 288 f.; 
DB, iv, 620): Re 21?°.+ 
*+ ypuad-mpaos, -ov, 6, a chrysoprase (v. Swete, Ap., 289): Re 2170+ 
xpuods, -ov, 6, [in LXX chietly for 3nt;] gold: Mt 2", Re 97; of 
golden ornaments, Mt 231% 17,1 Ti 2° (Rec., WH, mg.), Ja 5°, Re 17+ 
(Rec., WH, mg.) 181? 16 (Rec., WH, mg.); of images, Ac 17*°; of gold coin, 
Mt 10°.+ 
Xpudods, V.S. xpvceos. 


486 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


xpucdw, -@ (<( xpvods), [in LXX chiefly for mpy pi.;] to gild, 
ree with gold: pass., c. dat., ypvoiw (pleonast., cf. Hx 2637), Re 174 

Xpws, gen., ypwrds, 6, [in LXX chiefly for i73;] in cl. rare in 
prose, the surface of the body, skin: Ac 19¥%.+ 

xodéds, -7, -dv, [in LXX for mpB;] lame, halt, maimed: Mt 11° 
153% 2 188 214 Mik 945. ik 72? 141%,21, Jo 5% Ac 3d? 6) 14° He 1287 

xupa, -as, 7, [in LXX for pax, 7M, etc.;] 1. most freq. in 


cl., a space, place. 2. land, i.e. (a) a land, country, region: Mt 12?, 
Mk 6? 655, Lk 2° 15815 19" Jo 11°4, Ac 1349 277"; y. DaNaricy, Ac 16° 
1873; Tpaxwvritidos, Lk 31; 7. “Iovdaias, Ac 2679; 7. ‘Iovdaiwv, Ac 10°9; 
pl., rH “Iovdatas x. Sapapeias, Ac 81; Tepyeonvav (Tepacnvav, Tadapyviv), 
Mt 88 Mk d!, Lk 86; & xy. Kat oxida Oavarov, Mt 416; (d) land, 
property: Lk 1216; (c) the cowntry, opp. to the town; so in pl., Lk 
2121, Jo 4%5, Ja 54+ : 

Syw.: adypos, téros (cf. DCG, i, 591*; LS, s.v. xwpa, ad init.). 

Xwpativ, v.s. Xopaleiv. 

xwpéa, -3, [in LKX: Ge 136 (Nis), mt Ki 72538 (S95 hi.), 1 Ch 
45 (pin hi.), Wi 774, al.;] I. Intrans., 1. to make room, give way, 
retire, pass: seq. eis, Mt 15!7; metaph. (EV, come), eis perdévorav, 1 Pe 
3°. 2. to go forward, advance, progress (Plat., Polyb., al.) : 6 Adyos 6 
€mos ov ywpet ev viv, Jo 8°" (R, txt., hath not free course; R, mg., hath 
no place, for wh. cf. Field, Notes, 94f.). II. Trans., to have space for 
holding, to hold: Mk 2? (cf. Ge, l.c.), Jo 217°; of measures (1m Ki, 
mu Ch, ll. ¢.), Jo 26. Metaph., of having or making room in mind or 
heart: Mt 194+! (KV, receive), 1 Co 7? (R, txt., open your hearts ; 
mg., make room) (cf. ava-, do-, ék-, io-ywpéw).t 

xwpite, [in LXX: m Ch 128, al. (542 ni, etc.), Wi 13, m Mac 5%, 
al.;] 1. to separate, divide, put asunder: c. acc. rei, opp. to ovledyvup, 
Mt 19°, Mk 10°; ce. ace. pers., seq. dé (Wi 1°), Ro 8? °9; pf. pass. 
ptcp., He 77°. 2. In late writers, mid. and 1 aor pass., to separate 
oneself, depart: Phm!; seq. dd, Ac 14, &, Ac 1847; of divorce 
(Polyb., al.), (Cfo Te (cf. aTro-, dia-ywpilw).t 

xaptoy, -ov, 76 (dimin. of xépa, x@pos), [in LXX: 1 Ch 2777 (a3), 
m1 Mac 11° 12721, iv Mac 157°*;] 1. a place, region. 2. an estate, 
property, prece of land: Mt 266, Mk 14, Jo 4°, Ac 118 19 434 53,8 287 + 

xupis, adv., 1. separately, apart: Jo 20". 2. As prep., ec. gen., 
(a) separate from, apart from, without (practically equiv. to avev; v. 
Field, Notes, 103): Mt 1384, Mk 434, Lk 64, Jo 13 155, Ro 37428 46 78, 9 
10141 Co 45 11m: Co 128) Eph 2 Phar er 2202 eine see 
AAS, 77s 20 G75 18,1 22528 128) Ah 200 1281S (ou wapisge Ve, Lol. seams anda 
18; 20, 26:-. (6) bessdes; Mit W428 453° mn Co 11-8 

*t y@pos, -ov, 6 (Lat. corus), the N.W. wind: Ac 272+ 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 487 


a 


W, w, Wi, 7d, indecl., psi, ps, the twenty-third letter. As a numeral, 
w’ = 700, w, = 700,000. 

dodo, [in LXX chiefly for “at pi. (Jg 5°, Ps 7”, al.), also for 
733 pi. (t Ki 16'°*, al.) ;] 1. to pull, twitch, twang (as a bowstring, etc. ; 
Ausch., Hur., al.), hence, 2. absol., (a) to play a stringed instrument 
with the fingers (Hdt., Plat., al.); (6) later, to sing to a harp, sing 
psalms (LXX); in NT, to sing a hymn, sing praise: Ja 5; c. dat. 
pers., Ro 159@XX), Eph 5; dat. instr., 1 Co 1415.t 

parpds, -0d, 6 (<Cydddw), [in LXX chiefly for a;] 1. a 


striking, twitching with the fingers (Hur., al.), hence, a striking of 
musical strings (Ausch., al.), and hence in later writers, 2. a 
sacred song sung to musical accompaniment, a psalm (LXX): 1 Co 
1476, Eph 519, Col 3°; of OT psalms, Lk 2444, Ac 13°°; BiBXos padpor, 
Lik 20, Ac 129+ 
Syw.: v.s. tpvos. 
*+ euS-d3edpos, -ov, 6, a false brother: of professing Christians, 
1 Co 1176, Ga 24.+ 
*+ Weud-amdatodos, -ov, 6, a false apostle: 1m Co 1113.t 
Weudys, -és (<CWevdoua), [in LXX for QW, NW, AID; etc. 5] 


lying, false, wntrue (of persons and things): Re 2?; paprupes, Ac 61° ; 
as subst., 6 y., a liar: Re 21%.t 
*+t eudo-5i8doKados, -ov, 6, a false teacher: 11 Pe 21+ 
* eudo-Adyos, -ov (<< Wevdys, A€yw), speaking falsely, lying: 1 Ti 4? 
(Aristoph., Polyb., al.).t 
WedSouat, V.8. Pevdw, 
eudo-paptupéw, -O, [fin LXX: Ex 2016, De 57°C” (may), Da TH 
Su & AB?R (v. wevdoudprus) *;] to bear false witness: Mt 198, Mk 101°, 
Lk 182°(LXX); seq. xara, c. gen. pers., Mk 14% 57 (Xen., Plat., al.).t 
* eudo-paptupia, -as, 7, false witness : Mt 1519 2659+ 
**+ Weudo-pdptus, -upos, 6, [in LXX: Da LXX Su, va ib. © BI* 5) 
a false witness: Mt 26°; c. gen. obj. (v. WM, § 30, 14), 1 Co 15'%.+ 
tWeudo-mpopyrns, -ov, 6, [in LXX: Za 137, Je, (61%, al.) (N723)*;] 


a false prophet (= cl. Wevddportis): Mt 71% 24124, Mk 13” (v. Swete, 
in 1.), Lk 676, Ac 13°, 1 Pe 2!, 1 Jo 41, Re 1613 1929 2010+ 
ed8os, -cos (-ovs), 76, [in LXX chiefly for "pw, also for wna, 
33D;] a falsehood, untruth, lie: Re 14%; opp. to 4 dAjGea, Jo 844, 
Ro 1%, Eph 4%, 1 Th 24, 1 Jo 27; to 76 adn bes, ib.?"; wovety ., Re 
2127 2915; & maon duvdper xk. onyciois kK. Téepacw Wevdous (gen. qual., v. 
M, Th., 104; and on the meaning and construction, v. also ICC, 
in 1.), 1 Th 29,+ 
*+ eudd-xptotos, -ov 6, a false Christ or Messiah, ‘‘a pretender to the 


488 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Messianic office” (Swete, Mk., 309; cf. also Tr., Syn., § xxx): Mt 2474, 
Mk 13” (ef. avrixpioros).t 
Wed8w, to deceive by lies; more freq. in the depon. mid. form 
Wevoouar (so always in NT), [in LXX chiefly for wm pi.;] 1. absol., 
to lie: He 618, 1 Jo 16, Re 3°; ob Wevdoua, Ro 9!, 11 Co 11*!, Ga 1”, 
1 Ti 2’; c. dat. pers. (Ps 17 (18)*, Je 5", al.), Ac 54; seq. eis, Col 39; 
card, Ja 34 (Hort, in 1.), 2. Like act., c. acc., to deceive by lies 
(Aisch., al.): Ac 5*.+ 
* heuddvupos, -ov (<< Wevdys, dvoua), under a false name, falsely 
called: 1 Ti 67° (Ausch., Plut., al.).t 
** Wedopa, -tos, 76 (<< Wevdw), [in Aq., Th.: Jb 34°, Pr 23%; in Sm.: 
Jb 134, al.;] a@ lie, falsehood: Ro 37 (Plat., Plut. al.).t 
Pevorns, -ov, 6 (<Cwevdw), [in LXX: Ps 115? (116") (ay5), Pr 
19? AN?) (E35); Si 15° 202* 3] a ar? Jo:84 5 Ro 3% 1 Teg 
1 Jo 120 24,22 420 510 + 
*  Wnrabdw, -3 (<< Wado, to touch), [in LXX for wi, ww pi., etc. ;] 
1. to feel or grope about ; c. acc., to feel about for, search after : metaph., 
of seeking God, Ac 1777. 2. to feel, touch, handle: c. acc. pers., Lk 
24°° 1 Jol; rpocedyrAvOare YyrAapwpevy (dpe ?), He 128 (RK, txt., a mount 
that might be touched; mg., a palpable and kindled fire; v. Westc., 
in 1.).+ 
Wnpite (<Cyjdos), fin LXX: m Ki 3§ 85A (92D ni.)*;] to 
count (prop., with pebbles), reckon, calculate: 7. daravnv, Lk 14°8; 7, 
ap.Opov (i.e. calculate the number’s meaning), Re 13! (in cl. chiefly 
mid_., to vote by casting a pebble; cf. cvy-xata-, cvp-pydpitw).t 
Widos, -ov, 7 (<Cwaw, to rub), [in LXX: Hx 4% (9%), La 316 
(730), He 770) (iawn), rv Ki 1240) A, Si 18) vy Macias ieee 


small smooth stone, a pebble: w. revkyn (for suggestions as to the 
meaning, v. Swete, in l.), Re 2'7. 2. From the use of pebbles in 
voting, a vote: Ac 26!.+ 

tT buptopds, -0d, 6 (<CWGupilw, to whisper), [in LXX: Ee 104 
(wind) *;] a whispering ; (a) of secret slander, 11 Co 12° (Plut.) ; (0) of 


a murmured enchantment, He, |.c.t 
* Wbupiorys, -ov, 6 (Vv. supr.), @ whisperer (as epithet of Hermes, 
Dem., 1358, 6): in bad sense, Ro 1°°.+ 
Syw.: xataddXos, q.v. 
*t Wuxiov, -ov, 76, dimin. of w£, a crumb: Mt 157, Mk 728,+ 
Wuxy, -7s, 9, [in LXX very freq. for WH}, sometimes for 
a5, 295, ete.;] 1. breath (Lat. anima), breath of life, life (Hom., al.; 


in Arist., of the vital principle): Mt 675, Mk 34 104°, Lk 12”, Jo 104, 
Ac 20 24) 11 Co 1, Phi 230) 1 ‘Uh 28, ali 2. the saul, (a)) ee the 
seat of the will, desires and affections: Mt 26%°, Mk 129° @XX) 1434 
Lk 146, Jo 1074, Ac 14?, Phi 1”, al.; &« yuxis, from the heart, heartily : 
Eph 6°, Col 35; (6) as a periphrasis for person or self (freq. in 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 489 


translation from Semitic originals, v. M, Pr., 87; Robinson, Gospels, 
113 ff; but also freq. in cl. v. LS, sv. u, 2; Edwards, Lez., 
App. A.): Mt 1129, Mk 8%6, Ac 241, Ro 29, 1 Pe 379, al.; waca y., Ac 248 
373 (LXX) Ro 13!; w. Laaa (wijs), 1 Co 15**, Re 16%; (c) as the object of 
divine grace and eternal salvation: He 131’, Ja 1%! 5%, 1 Pe 1%” gu 
419 11 Jo 2. 

Svy.: V.S. vots, mvedpa, Wuyexds, and cf. ICC on 1 Th 5%, Lft., 
Notes, 88 f. 

** Wuyixds, -7, -6v (<C yxy), [in LXX: 1v Mac 1%*;] of the yuxy 
(as the lower part of the immaterial in man), EV, natwral: opp. to 
mvevpatixds, I Co 2! 1544 46; avetua pip Exovres (EV, sensual ; R, mg., 
natural or animal; better perhaps, of the mind; v. infr.), Ju’®; with 
éxiyewos, Saynovisdys, Opp. to dvwHev Katepxouévyn (codia), of the mind 
(Hort, in 1.), Ja 35+ 

Wsxos (LT, yi-, as in el.), -eos (-ovs), 76 (Cyvxo), [in LXX: 
Ge 8 ("p), Jb 37°, Ps 147607 (m9), Za 14°, Da LXX tH 3% 69 * 5) 
cold: Jo 1818, Ac 28?, 11 Co 11?7.+ 

Wuxpés, -d, -dv (<< wxw), [in LXX: Pr 255 (9p), Si 43°, rv Mac 
1176*;] cold: sc. ddwp (cf. Theogn., 263; Hadt., ii, 37), Mt 10%; 
metaph., of indifferent persons, Re 3! 16,+ 

Wéxo, [in LXX for Hp, muw;] to breathe, blow ; hence, to make 
cool. Pass., to grow cool: metaph., Mt 24™%.+ 

Pouito (<yopds, a morsel), [in LXX chiefly for 52x hi.;] to 
feed with morsels (as children or the sick; Hippocr.), hence, generally, 
in late writers, to feed, nourish: c. acc. pers., Ro 1279@XX); ©, acc. 
rei, to give out for food, 1 Co 13% (cf. WM, § 32, 4a,; for dupl. acc., 
ef. Nu 114, Si 15°, al.).t 

¥t Wopiov, -ov, 76, dimin. of wpds, a fragment, morsel : Jo 137627 30+ 

¥t pdx (<< Yow, collat. form of Yaw, to rub), to rub: Lk 61+ 


a 


Q, w, & péya (cf. d puxpdv), omega, 6, the twenty-fourth and last 
letter. As a numeral, w’ = 800, w, = 800,000. As a symbol of the 
last (= 76 réXdos), 76°Q (Ree. Q, L, 4, T, w), the Omega: Re 18 216 2218 
(cf. "AAda).t 

é, interj., c. vocat., O; (a) in simple address (less freq. than in 
cel.; M, Pr. 71); Ac 11 18%* 27%, Ro 243 920 7 Ti 6; expressing 
reproof, Ja 2*°; (b) in exclamations of surprise, etc.: Mt 158, Lk 24, 
Ac 13%, Ro 11%, Ga 3!; c. nom. (BI., § 33, 4), Mt 17)”, Mk 99 
VES 

"EOB7S, v.8. “IwB78. 

Se, adv., [in LXX for my, mB, od, etc.;] 1. prop., of 


manner, so (Hom., a 2. In poets (rarely) and late writers, of place, 
(a) hither (Bl., § 25, 2): Mt 8°, Mk 113, Lk 9+, Jo 6%, al.; us dde, 


490 MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Lk 23°; (6) here: Mt 12°, Mk 91, Lk 93, Jo 6%, al.; ra dd, Col 49; 
opp. to exe’, He 78; dde . . . 7 de (exer), Mt 24°, Mk 1371; metaph., 
here (i.e. in this circumstance or connection), 1 Co 47, Re 131% 18 142 
aA 

oH, -7s, 7, [in LXX chiefly for "w;] a song, ode, whether sad 
or joyful; in LXX and NT always in praise of God or Christ: Re 5? 
148 L555 o. TVEVMLATLKAL, Eph 519, Col 816.+ 

adiv (late form of ddis), -ivos, 7, [in LXX for ban (and wrongly 
for ban, cf. Ac, l.c.), 5, ete. ;] a birth-pang, travail-pain: 1 Th 5%» 
metaph., of extreme suffering, Mt 248, Mk 13°; ddives Oavdrov (Ps 
17 (18) mia ban), Ac 224+ 

edive, [in LXX chiefly for bin, also for San pi., etc.;] to have 
birth-pangs, to travail: Ga 477OXX), Re 127; metaph., Ga 4! (ef. 
ovv-woivw).t 

Gpos, -ov, 6, [in LXX chiefly for OW, 9MD;] the shoulder: 
Mt 234, Lk 15°.t 

* @véopat, -odpat, to buy: dvycato (= cl. éxpiaro; v. Rutherford, 

INPhr., 210 ff.; Veitch, s.v.), c: gen: pret., Ac 7261 

gov (Rec. adv), -ot, 76, [in LXX for M¥"R;] an egg: Lk 112+ 

dpa, -as, 7, [in LXX chiefly for ny and in Da for Myw;] 1. any 


time or period fixed by nature, esp. a season (Hom., Hadt., Plat., al.). 
2. A part of the day, and esp. a twelfth part of day or night, an 
hour: Mt 2436, Mk 13%", Ac 10, al.; accus. in ans. to ‘“‘ when” ? (M, 
Pr., 63, 245; BI., § 34, 8), Jo 452, Ac 10% 3°, r Co 15%, Re 33; acc. of 
duration, Mt 20" 264°, Mk 1487; inexactly, zpos dpay, for a season, for 
a time, Jo 5*, 11 Co 7°, Ga 2°; zpos xatpov pas, for a short season (ICC, 
in 1.), 1 Th 2’. 3. A definite point of time, time, hour: Mt 264; «. 
gen. rel, Lk 11914" Re 3", al.; ¢. gen. pers., lik 22°*, Jo 2* 720) al; 
H apt. Opa, I Co 44; ecydrn d., I Jo 28; seq. dre, Jo 47) 23 5% 1675; iva, 
Jo 1223 al.; c. acc. et inf., Ro 134 (ef. DB; ext., 475°, 476°). 

@paios, -a, -ov, (<Cdpa), [in LXX for ANZ, AW, MB}, etc.;] 


seasonable, timely, esp. of ripe fruits; hence, blooming, beautiful (both 
of things and persons): Mt 2377, Ac 3% 1°, Ro 10% (L:XX, dpa).t 

éptopat, depon., [in LXX for INw;] of animals (also of men, 
Hat., al.), to roar, howl: Xéwv, 1 Pe 5%.+ 

és, adverbial form of the relative pron. ds, 7, 6. 

I. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; 1. with 
a demonstrative, like ovrws, expressed or understood: otvrws . . . as, 
Mk 46 1 Co 3%, Hph 5%) Ja 2! ali; as). 4) auras, Ace ai Gon © 
al.; elliptically (sc. ovrws, ovrw), c. nom., Mt 6”, al.; ¢. acc., Mt 19, 
Mk 1231, al.; c. prep., Mt 2655, Mk 1448, Lk 225, Jo 729, al.; c. verb., 
Jo 15%, 11 Co 3!, Eph 2°, 1 Th 5°, al.; ¢. ptep. (the ptcp. however not 
having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl, § 73, 5; 74, 6), 
Mt 7°, Mk 17, He 131’, al.; frea implying opinion or belief, Ro 9°; 


MANUAL GREEK LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 491 


80 esp. c. gen. absol., 1 Co 418, 11 Co 57°, 1 Pe 44, 11 Pe 1. 2. Before 
numerals, about, nearly: Mk 58, Jo 14°, Ac 57, al. 3. Before 
adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10% 11%3, 1 Th 2; c. superl., 
ws TaXLoTAa, as quickly as possible, Ac 171°. 

II. As conjunction; 1. temporal, (a) as, when, since: Mk 9” 
147, Lk 173, Jo 2°, al.; (6) while, when, as long as: Lk 1258, Jo 12°6, 
Ga 61° (Field, Notes, 191); as dv (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. dv), Ro 15*4, 
1Co 1134, Ph] 278, 2. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 
204,,.), Lk 952, Ac 2074, He 79. 

*+ dcavva (T, dc-), (Heb. xsywin; v. Dalman, Words, 220 ff.; Gr., 

249), hosanna: Mt 219, Mk 11% 19, Jo 1238; +. vid Aaveid, Mt 21% 1+ 

doattws, adv., strengthened for os (in Hom. at the beginning of 
a clause, in the form ds 0 avrws, later in one word), im like manner, 
gust so, likewise: Mt 205 213% 36 9517, Mk 14%1, Lk 135 2031, Ro 826, 
1 Ti 5*°, Tit 2°; with verb to be supplied from context, Mk 127, 
Lk 2220 + Co 1175, 1 Ti 99 8&2, Tit 23+ 

doet, adv., (a) as if, as it were, like as, like: Mt 316 986, Ac 23 
645, Ro 61, He 1”; yiveoOar (paiverba) woe’, Mk 97°, Lk 2244 (|[[WH]| 
R, mg., om.), 24%; (6) in calculation, and with numbers, about: 
Mt 144, Lk 37% 94 28 2941, 59 2344, Ac 24 108 197; woei AGov Body, 
Lk 2241+ 

’Qoné (TTr., ‘OQc-), 6, (Heb. yun), Hosea: Ro 97°.t 


do-tep, adv., just as, even as: Mt 6? 208, Ac 37, 1Co 85, 1 Th 5% 
al.; in protasis, with ovrws (ka/) in apodosis: Mt 124, Lk 1724, Jo 5%) 
Ro 519, Ga 429, Ja 276, al. 
* &o-mep-el, ady., as, as it were: 1 Co 15%.+ 
do-te, consecutive particle, 1. c. infin., expressing result, so as to: 
Mt 874, 1972 Mk 12” Lk 5’, Ac 1%, Ro 76, 1 Co 1’, He 136, al.; of a 
designed result, Mt 10', Lk 4%, al.; preceded by ovrws, Ac 141; by 
tooovtos, Mt 15*3, 2. C. indic., (a) so that: Ga 238, preceded by ovrus, 
Jo 36; (b) so then, therefore: Mt 12", Mk 2%, Ro 74, 1 Co 37, Ga 3°, 
al. 3. so then, therefore: c. subjc., 1 Co 58; c. imperat., 1 Co 37! 45, 
Phi 2% 1 Th 418 1 Pe 41% al. . 
*t dtdpiov, -ov, T6, = driov (q.v.), the ear: Mk 1447, Jo 1810.+ 
t+ @riov, -ov, 76, dimin. of os, [in LXX for 7{N;] an ear: Mt 2651, 
Lk 2251, Jo 1876.+ 
&bédera (WH, -dia), -as, ¥, [in LXX for 53m hi., YES, etc. ;] 1. 


assistance, help (Thuc., Plat., al.). 2. profit, advantage, benefit (Hdt., 
Plat., al.): Ro 3!, Jul6.t 
dpedéw, - (<dpedos), [in LXX chiefly for 53m hi.;] to help, 

benefit, do good, profit: absol., Ro 27°; otdév (do no good; v. Field, 
Notes, 21), Mt 2774, Jo 65% 121°; c. acc. pers., He 4; c. dupl. acc., 
Mk 8%, 1 Co 146, Ga 5?; pass., He 13°; c. acc., Mt 155 1676, Mk 56 
Tore >, t Co Tae 

* dbéeXtwos, -ov (<Cadpedrew), useful, serviceable, profitable: c, dat. 
commod., Tit 38; seq. pds, c. acc., 1 Ti 48, m Ti 316.t 


ADDENDUM 
(See p. 135) 


éx, before a vowel éé, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separa- 
tion from (opp. to «is; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. 
I. Of Place, 1. of motion, owt of, forth from, off from: Jo 6*!, Ac 9, 
Ga 1§, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 828179, Mk 125 728, Jo 138 
201, Ac 12717 2739 al.; constr. preg., odfew (diac.) ex, Ju5, Ac 284, 
Metaph., Mt 74 5, 1 Pe 29; ék 7. xeipds (-Gv), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1%, 
Jo 1078 2% 39) Ac 124 247, Re 192; wivew (q.v.) ex; of the place from 
which an action proceeds, Lk 5° (cf. 128°, Jo 134, m Co 24). 2. Of 
change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8#, Ro 6% 134, 
Re 7/4, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, 11 Ti 276, m1 Pe 21, Re 271, al. 
3. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or 
pl. nouns: Mt 134749, Jo 121, Ac 315, 1 Pe 15, al.; after eis, Mt 102%, 
Lk 1715, al.; odes, Jo 79, al.; woddot, Jo 112, al.; zis, Lk 11%, al.; 
tis, Mt 67’, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 1617; 
Hebraistically, é« péoov seq. gen., = ék (Heb. Jima), Mt 134°, al. 


4. Of position or direction (so in cl. = éfw): é defidv (v.s. defids) ; && 
éevavrias, Mk 15%® (metaph., Tit 25); é« frgav (ie., utterly), Mt 11°. 
II. Of Time, 1. of the point of time from which, from, since: éx 
yeverys, Jo 91, cf. Mk 107°, Lk 238, Ac 241°, al. 2. Of succession in 
time: ék devrépov, a second time, Mk 14”, al., cf. Mt 2644; ayepay é 
npepas, from day to day, 11 Pe 28. III. Of Origin, 1. of nativity, 
lineage, race: xoiryv (ev yaotpi) éxew éx, Ro 91°, Mt 118; yewar ék, 
Mt 13%; yevaoOa (yiverOar) ex, Jo 3° 841, Ga 44; ek avevparos (Geod), 
Jo 18 35% al; eoxerOar, eivar, etc., ek: 7. wod€ws, Jo 144; dvAzjs, Lk 2°, 
al.; 7. efovoias “Hpwdov, Lk 237; 6 dv ék rt. yys, Jo 3°. 2. Of the 
author, occasion or source: Mt 5%’, Jo 216, Ro 279, 1 Co 8, Ga 58, al.; 
éx (r.) Geot, 1 Co 7’, m Co 51, 1 Jo 47; &« +. rarpds, Jo 6%, al.; ex 7. ys 
éotv, Aadet, Jo 331; é&k xapdias, Ro 61’, cf. Mk 123°, 1 Ti 15; &k Wuyi, 
Eph 6°, Col 3%; ék miorews, Ro 1473; xpivew ex, Lk 1972, Re 20%. 
3. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15°, Mk 74, 1 Co 2%, al.; 
freq. in Re after aduxetoOa (2"), etc. 4. Of cause, dependence, source 
of supply: +. zovov (-wv), Re 161"; 7. pwvadv, Re 8; éx rovrov, Jo 6% 
19% (but v. Meyer, in ll.) ; ek Oeod Aadeiv, 1 Co 217; ek 7. dAnOetas evar, 
Jo 18°7, 1 Jo 31; 6 &k riarews, Ro 37° 416; of (dvres) éx repitopys, Ac 112, 
Ro 412, Ga 2!2, Col 4"; aivew éx, Mt 2679, Mk 14%, Jo 433, al.; Gepifewv, 
Ga 68; percxew ex (= partit. gen.), 1 Co 101%; c. inf., & rod éyew, 
11 Co 84, 5. Of material: Mt 272°, Jo 215 192, Ro 921, r Co 1112, 
Re 18”, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27’, 
cf. ib. 20?, Ac 118, IV. By attraction = & (cl.): ra ék 7. oixtas, Mt 2417; 
tT. e€ abrov Sivan, Mk 5° (v. Field, in 1.) ; 6 rarip 6 e& ovpavod, Lk 11%. 
V. Adverbial phrases: ef dvayxns, 11 Co 9’, He 7"; e€ isdryros, 
11 Co 818; ék pepous, I Co 1277 13912; ex peérpov, Jo 334; ek cvudwvon, 
1 Co 75, VI. In composition, é« signifies, 1. procession, removal : 
é<Baivw, ekBadrdw, 2. Opening out, unfolding: éxreivw; metaph., éfay- 
y Ao. 38. Origin: éxyovos. 4. Completeness: egaropéw (v. M, Pr., 
237), éxmAnpow, éxredéw. 
(492) 


APPENDIX A 
THE IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT 


The student is referred to the grammars for the tenses of the regular verbs. 
The following list comprises those verbs which do not conform to the regular 
types, with their principal parts and other tenses which occur in the NT, 
including some which are of regular formation. The list is confined, as a 
rule (but cf. dvotyw, otyw), to simple verbs, from which the form of the com- 
pound may usually be determined without difficulty. When a tense occurs 
only in a compound, the simple form is preceded by a hyphen. Compare 
a similar list, with helpful notes, which has appeared since this was sent to 
press, in Moulton’s Grammar, Vol. II, pt. ii, pp. 225 ff. 


(a. = active; m. = middle; p. = passive. Alternative forms are enclosed 
in brackets.) 


ayyd\r@, fut. -dyyedo, pf. #yyeAka, p. -iyyeApar, Laor. Hyyerda, m. -dyny, 2 aor. 
p- (BL., § 19, 3) nyyéAnv. he) 

-dyvupt, fut. -€d&o, 1 aor. -€aga, 2 aor. p. -édynv, with irreg. use of augment (B1., 
§ 15, 2) in fut. cared& and 2 aor. subje. p. careayo. 

ayo, fut. a£o, pf. p. 7ypar, 2 aor. wyayov, 1 aor. a. -7£a, p. FxOnv, 1 fut. p. 
ayOnooua, impf. m. nyounv. 

aivéo, fut. aivéow (-awwéow, 1 Co 11”, aor. subje. ?), 1 aor. 7veca. 

aipéw, fut. aipjow (the simple verb m. only, -oua, in NT), €d@ (late Gk., LXX), 
Pp. -aipeOjoopa, pf. ipyKa, Fpnuat, 2 aor. eidov (and -\a, a hybrid form with 
ending of 1 aor., Bl., § 21, 1; inf. Activ), Laor. p. npéOnv, 2 aor. p. eiAdpnr. 

aipo, fut. dpa, pf. jpxa, jppat, 1 aor. a. jpa (inf. dpa), p. 7pOnv, 1 fut. p. 
apOnoopa. 

aio Oavopa, 2 aor. noOopunv. 

aio xvvopat (p.), £. atoyvvOnoopa, 1 aor. yoxdvOnv (-ayvvbnv). 

dxove, fut. dxovow, -onat (Bl., § 18, 3), pf. dxnxoa, 1 aor. a. qxovea, p. nKovaOnv, 
1 fut. p. dxoveOjcopa. 

areipa, fut. adeio, 1 aor. a. FAeuWa, p. inf. aipOjva. 

-d\Adoow, fut. addAd£o, 1 aor. a. -7j\Nag~a, pf. p. -7AAaypat, 2 aor. nAdaynr, 
2 fut. p. dd\Aaynoopa. 

GAopa, 2 aor. -jAouny, a form -7Aduny (V.8. aipéw). 

dpaptrave, fut. duaprnow, pf. nudprnxa, 2 aor. juaproy, 1 aor. nudptnoa. 

audrévyupn (-€C@, -afw), pf. nupierpac. 

avaXicxe (-dw), fut. dvadooa, | aor. a. avndooa, p. avnrwOnv. 

avotyw (v. Bl., § 24, s.v. otyw), fut. dvoifo, pf. avéwya (M, Pr., 154), -ypa, 
nvéwypat, jvorypa (M, Pr., l.c.), 2 aor. nvotyny (M, Pr., 56), 1 aor. a. 
jvoika, avéwa, nvéwEa, p. nvoixOnv, avewxOnv, nvedxOnv (inf. dveoxOnva, 
Lk 3), 1 fut. p: avotxOnoopa, 2 avorynoopat. 

arro-xaO-iornpt (v.8. iornyt), 1 aor. p. arexareotadny (double augment), 

dpécxa, fut. dpéoa, 1 aor. a. 7peca. 


(493) 


494 APPENDIX A 


dpxé, fut. dpxéoa, 1 aor. a. #pxeoa, 1 fut. p- dpxecOnoopat. 

dprafa, fut. dprdow (M, Pr., 155), pf. ipmaka, 2 aor. p. npmaynv (BL, § 19, 3), 
1 aor. a. praca, p. Cees 2 fut. p. dpraynoopa, plpf. inf. -yprdxceww. 

avéavo (avéa, v. Bl., § 24), fut. avéjow, 1 aor. a. Us p- nv&nOnv. 

od gl (-téw, -la, sor v.S. (nue), impf. #duov, pf. p. 3 pl. apéwvra (cf. M, Pr., 
8, 119). 

dopdw (v.8. 6pdw), 2 aor. subjc. apida. 


-Baive, fut. -Bnoopa, pf. -Bé8nxa, 2 aor. -€8nv (M, Pr., 110). 

Baddao, fut. Bara, pf. BEBAnKa, -ywar, 2 aor. €Bador (a form -av, Ac 16°"), 1 aor. p. 
eBrnOnv, 1 fut. p. BAnOyocopa, plpf. p. e8<BAjpny. 

Bdedvooopa, pf. €BdeAvypat. 

BiBpoocke, pf. BéBpexa. 

Bdaorava (-dw), 1 aor. a. <BddorTnoa (BY Silo (24); 

Bovdona, 1 aor. p. depon. €BovdAndnv (v.l. *B-). 


yapéw (Bl., § 24), pf. yeydpunxa, 1 aor. a. eyapnoa, eynua, p. eyapnOnv. 

yerdo, fut. yeAdoo. 

ynpacke, 1 aor. a. eynpaga. 

yivopat (cl. ylyr-)s fut. yevnooua, pf. yéyova, yeyévnua, 2 aor. éyevopuny, 1 aor. 
p- eyernOnv. 

ywooke (cl. yeyr-)s fut. ayer pf. éyvexa, p. éyvaopa, 2 aor. éyvar (subje. 
ye, yvot; BL, § 23,4; M, Pr., 55, 196), 1 aor. p. eyy@oOnv, 1 fut. p. 
yooh aroma. 

yvapifa, fut. yywpica, -1, 1 aor. a. éyvapica, p. eyv@pic@nv. 

ypapa, fut. ypaya, pf. yéypada, yéypappat, | aor. a. €ypawa, 2 aor. p. éypapnv. 


dei (impers.), subje. dé7, inf. detv, ptep. neut. déor (pl. déovra), impf. ede. 

Seixvupt (-vo), fut. deiEo, pf. dedevypar, 1 aor. a. eerEa, p. edeixOnv. 

déopat, 1 aor. p. edenOnv. 

dépa, 1 aor. a. eeipa, 2 fut. p. dapnoopa.. 

déxouat, fut. déEoua, pf. dédeypa, 1 aor. m. edeEdunv, p. -edéxOnv. 

dé, fut. djow, pf. dédexa, dédeuar, 1 aor. a. ednoa, p. ed€Onv. 

ee impf. dupxdvovr, fut. dvaxovnow, 1 aor. dijxdvnoa, p. (inf.) diaxovn- 
nva. 

diddoxo, fut. diddéo, 1 aor. a. edidakéa, p. ed:daxOnv. 

Sido (-d@ ; B1., § 23, 3,4; M, Pr., 55, 196), fut. Sagat pf. dédaxa, dédoua, 
2 aor. a. (pl.) eoper, m. ae ‘L aor. a. Zana (subje. 3s. doc), p. ed0Onv, 
1 fut. p. doOjcopar. 

doxéw (-@), 1 aor. a. edo£a. 

Spapeiy, V.8. TpEXa. 

dvvapat, fut. Suvnoopas, 1 aor. p. eduvnOnv, ndvvdaOnv (Bl., § 24). 

dvvw (dt@; Bl., § 24), pf. -dédupa, 2 aor. eduy, 1 aor. 28uea, m m. -eOvcduny. 


ed€o (fut. ), etc., v.s. ayy up. 

éaa, fut. cdo, 1 aor. elaca, impf. Elov. 

eyyi<o, fut. éyyiow (Ja ci A), -«@, pf. WYYKA, 1 aor. a. Hyyioa. 

eyelpa, fut. eyep, pf. eynyeppat, 1 aor. a. (pines p- nyepOnv, 1 fut. p. eyep- 
Onropat, impf. unaugmented dreyeipero, Jo 6%. 

edapifa, fut. dada. 

eOifa, pf. eiOropa. 

€6m, pf. etwOa, q.v. 


3 c , 
eiOov, V.8. Opaw. 


APPENDIX A 495 


eipi (to be), fut. Zroua, impf. funy (cl. qv), imperat. ic, pl. gore, 3 pers. Eorw 
(ro), pl. €orwaav, subje. pres. 4, optat. einv, inf. eivar, recOar, ptep. dv, 
€oopevos. 

eit (to go; in NT, compound only), pres. 3 pl. -iacx(v), impf. -jev, pl. -7eoav, 
inf. -iévat, ptep. -iov. 

elrov e aor.), eipyka, ete., v.s. heya. 

ciwOa (pf.; pres. obsolete), plpf. 5 pl. eiabecav. 

eAavva, pf. eAnAaka, 1 aor. -7jAaca. 

EXELV, V.S. aipew. 

eAndvOa (pf.), edOeiv (2 aor.), v.s. €pxopat. 

Ako, pf. ei Akapat. 

€Axvo@ (Aka), fut. Axvow, 1 aor. ciAxvoa, impf. eiAKov. 

e\Aoydo (-éo), impf. p. unaugmented. 

eAri¢o, fut. eAmi@, pf. Aika, 1 aor. a. #Arica. 

évéw, 1 aor. jpeca. 

eveykelv, V.8. Pepa. 

Evvupt, V.S. Gu:ievy up. 

éouxa (pf.; pres. obsolete). 

-€ropat, impf. -eimdopunv. 

epyafopa, pf. eipyaoua, 1 aor. p. -cipyaoOnv, m. jpyaoauny (eipy-). 

€ppnvevo, not augmented. 

épxoua, fut. eAevoouar, pf. eAndvOa, 2 aor. 7AOov (a form, 1 pl., -apyer ; inf. 
edbciv), (M, Pr., 154; Bl., § 24, s.v.). 

€p@ (fut.), v.s. héyo. 

ecbla (écOw; Bl., § 24, s.v.; M, Pr., 54, 111, 155), fut. payoua (2 sing. -eoat 
in NT), 2 aor. épayov. 

evayycAif@, augmented evny-. 

evapeotéw, pf. evapéotnxa (evnp-), 1 aor. inf. evaperrqoat. 

evdokéw, 1 aor. evddxnoa (nv-). 

cipicxa, fut. eipnow, pf. evpnxa, 2 aor. edpoy (and -a, v.8. aipéw), m. evpdpunr, 
1 aor. p. evpéOnv (ptep. eipapevos, He 9%; M, Pr., 51n), 1 fut. p. ebpeo- 
Onoopa. 

epiornpt (v.8. tornpt), 3 Sing. m. éeriorares. 

edopda (v.s. 6paw), 2 aor. imperat. epude. 

exo, fut. cE, pf. éoynxa, 2 aor. goyxov (inf. oyeiv), impf. efxov (a forms in pl.). 


(daw (Bl., § 24, s.v.; M, Pr., 54), fut. (jo (-ouac), impf. e{nv, 1 aor. e(noa. 
¢ém, does not contract, -éw, -eo-. 

(aypéw, pf. eCaypnpat. 

Cavvupe (-dw), fut. (oow, pf. p. -eCoopa, 1 aor. -éfwoa, m. eCaodunv. 


ytraw (noodw; Bl., § 24, s.v.), pf. Arrnua, 1 aor. p. noowOnr. 


Oarre, 1 aor. eOawa, 2 aor. p. éradny. 

Oédw (cl. also €0€Xw), fut. PeAnow, 1 aor. a. 7O€Anoa, impf. 7fOedov. 
Onow, v.S. TIOnpL. 

Oryyave@, 2 aor. Oryov. 

Araw, 1 fut. p. -PAacOnoopat. 

-Ovnoxw (OvnoKkw), fut. -Aavodpa, pf. réOvnca, 2 aor. -€Oavov. 
Opava, pf. réOpavopat. 

Opera, etc., v.s. Tpépa. 

Ovo, pf. réOvua, 1 aor. eOvaa, p. ervdnv. 


ideiv, V.8. 6pda. 
i€vat, V.S. €ipte 


496 APPENDIX A 


-inut (cf. dpinut), fut. -fow, pf. -€opuae (ptep. -eipévos), 2 aor. inf. -efvai, 1 aor. a. 
-jka, p. -€Onv, 1 fut. p. -€Onoopac. v 

-ixvéopat, 2 aor. -ikounv. 

iAaoxopat, 1 aor. p. iAaoOnv. . 

-iornut (-dve, -dw), fut. orjow, -ona, pf. eornka (inf srravat, éoraxévas, ptep. 
-€oTas, -EaTnkas), plpf. iornxev (also eio-, éo-), 1 or. a. €otnoa, p. éaradny, 
1 fut. p. cradnoopar. 


xaOaipw, 1 aor. a. éxaOapa, pf. p. kexabappa. 
xabapilo (-epifw), fut. kaOapia, pf. kexaOdpurpat, 1 aor. a. éxabapica, p. éxaba- 


pio Onv. 
xaéCoua, augmented ex-, as if not a compound. 
kabevdo, cP) ” ” 2 
xdOnpat, ” ” ” ” 
xabiva, - 


2) ”? 7) 

kalo, fut. kavo, pf. céxavpa, 2 aor. p. -exanv, 1 aor. éxavoa, p. exavOnv, 1 fut. p. 
kavOnoopat, 2 fut. p. -xanoopat. 

xaéa, fut. cadéow, pf. kéxAnka, -yat, 1 aor. a. exadeoa, p. €xANOnv, 1 fut. p. 
KAnOncopat. 

kapve, 2 aor. €xapov. 

keipat, impf. exeiuny, inf. ceioOa, ptep. Keipevos. 

keipw, 1 aor. exerpa, M. exetpaynv. 

-kéAAo, 1 aor. -€xesAa. 

Kepavvupt, pf. kexépacpat, kéxpapat, 1 aor, a. €xépaca. 

kepdaiva, fut. kepdava, xepdnow, 1 aor. a. éxépdava, éxépdnoa, 1 fut. p. cepdn- 
Onoopat. 

kixpnpe (cf. xpaw), 1 aor. éypnoa. 

kAalo, fut. kAavow, 1 aor. éxdavoa. 

kAd@, 1 aor. a. €kAaca, p. exAdoOnv. 

kelo, fut. krciow, pf. céxAevopat, 1 aor. -€xAewoa, p. -exAeioOnv. 

kXiva, fut. kAwa, pf. kéxAuxa, 1 aor. a. ékAuwa, p. ekAiOnv, 1 fut. p. kALOnoopat. 

xopiCw, fut. kopicopat, -codpat, 1 aor. éxdpioa, mM. exopuodpnv. 

corto, fut. koe, 2 aor. -exdmnv, 1 aor. exowa, 2 fut. p. komnoopat. 

Kopévyupt, pf. kexdperpat, 1 aor. p. exopécOnv. 

kpafo, fut. cpd&o, kexpafoua, pf. kéxpaya, 2 aor. éxpayov, 1 aor. a. €xpaga, 
éxéxpa€éa. 

kpepavyupe (kpéuaua, and once impf. éexpéuero from -opar), 1 aor. a. éxpeuaca, 
p. expepaoOnv. 

kpive, fut. kp, pf. Kéxpixa, -pat, 1 aor. a expiva, p. expi@nv, m. expivduny, 
1 fut. p. kprOnoopat. 

kpuTro, fut. kpvo, pf. kéxpuppa, 2 aor. éxpuBov, p. expuBnv, 1 aor. expupa. 

-xTeiv@ (-KTévve, -vvupt), f. -xreva, 1 aor. a. -exrewa, p. -€xravOnv. 

xtiCw, pf. éxricpat, 1 aor. a. extioa, p. exticOnv. 

-kvéw (kv@), 1 aor. a. -€xvnoa. 

-kuAlo, fut. -cvAioo, pf. -cexvAuopat, 1 aor. -€xvALoa. 


Aayxdve, 2 aor. €Aaxor. 

AapBava, fut. Anuyoua (cl. AnW-), pf. eiAnpa, p. etAnupat, 2 aor. €AaBov (2 pl. 
€ddBare), p. ekaBdpnv, 1 aor. p. eAnuPOny (cl. eAng-), 1 fut. p. -AnupOnoopat 
cl. Ang-). 

ae. as atula 2 aor. €Aadov. 

Ado (or Aakéw), 1 aor. eAdkyoa. 

A€yw (to say), fut. épa (cf. Bl., § 24), pf. eipnxa, 2 aor. efrov, 1 aor. m. -edefd- 


pny, p. -ehéxOnv. 


APPENDIX A 497 


pipe (to gather, in NT only in comp.), fut. -Aé£e, pf. AéAeypar, 1 aor. -€AeEa, 
m. -eAcEdunv. 
Nei @ (ey fut. Aei rw, pf. AeAecupar, A€Aywpar, 2 aor. -€dArrov, 1 aor. 
eAewpa, p. edeiPOnv. 
Aovo, pf. A€Aovpat, A€Aor gpa, 1 aor. a. €Xovga, M. EAovaeduny. 


paxapifa, fut. paxapia. 

pavéave, pf. peua@nxa, 2 aor. éuabov. 

papaive, 1 fut. p. papavOncopat, 

paprupopat, 1 aor. m. éuaprupapny. 

peOvo (-voxouar), 1 aor. p. euebiabnv. 

pedro, fut. weAAjow, impf. gweArAov (Fy-). 

pedo, fut. -weAncouat, 1 aor. p. -eweAnOnv, 1 fut. p. -peAnOnoopuat. 

peva, fut. Hevea, pf. weuévnxa, 1 aor. éyewva. 

peaive, pf. pepiappa (cl. usually -acpac), 1 aor. p. eueavOnv. 

~piyvupt, pi. péprypat, 1 aor. a. éusEa. 

pipynoke, fut. -uvnow, pf. wéuvnua, 1 aor. a. -euvyoa, p. envnobnv, 1 fut. p. 
pynoOjoopat. 

pynoTevo, pf. envnoTevpat (v.l. pep-; Bl., § 15, 6), Laor. p. euvnorednv. 

Hopaive, 1 aor. éuwpava, p. Susaiedre. 


-véuo@, 1 aor. p. -éveunOnv. 
vuotat@, 1 aor. a. évioraga. 


Enpaiva, pf. éEnpaupa, 1 aor. a. e&npava, p . eEnpavOnv. 
Evpdw (cl. -éw), fut. Evpnoopa, pf. De iti 


-olya, V.S. dvovyw, an irregular compound. 

8a (pf. ; pres. obsolete), alternative form of 2nd pers. pl. tore (cl.) and of 
3rd pl. tcaou(v), fut. eidjnow, plpf. 7decv, imperat. i061, icra, tore, iot@car, 
subje. «ida, inf. eldevat, ptep. eidas. 

oixreipa, fut. oixTeipnoa. 

otopat, contr. oiuat. 

oirw, v.8. pépo. 

-oixopat, pf. -@ynpar. 

-0xéAXa, 1 aor. -@xevda. 

~odAvpe (- vo), fut. -ohév@, -0AG, -odpat, pf. -dAodAa, 2 aor. -@Adunv, 1 aor. a. -@deoa. 

opvupe (-vw), 1 aor. dpoca. 

évivnpt, 2 aor. (a form ; v.s. aipew), a ovdpnv (opt. dvaipnv). 

épdw (Bl., § 24), fut. Spa: pf. émpaxa (édp-), 2 aor. cidoy (Sov in Re; inf. 
Beiv), impf. éopev (but cf. mpo-opopnv), 1 aor. m. a@Wapnv, p. apOnr, 
1 fut. Pp. 6pOnoopat. 

opie, fut. -dp.a, ~6pive, pf. @piopa, 1 aor. a. dpia, p- opicOnv. 

-6pvace, 2 aor. -apvynv, 1 aor. a. Spva, p. -@pvx Onv. 

épeitha, 2 aor. dpedov (used as a particle; cl. ad- 4 1 aor. Speida. 


maila, fut. -raiéw, Laor. -éraiEa, p. -€maiy@nv, 1 fut. p. -raryOnoopar. 

TarxX@, pf. mémovOa, 2 aor. éradov. 

mave, fut. -Tavow, mavoopa, pf. mémauya, 1 aor. a. €ravoa, M. emavodpny, 
2 fut. p. -Tangopat. 

meiOw, fut. weiow, pf. wéroda, réerecopat, 1 aor. érea, p. €reiaOnv, 1 fut. p. 
mea Orcopat. 

mewao, fut. rewaca, 1 aor. ereivaca. 

mnyvupt, 1 aor. a. érn£€a. 


32 


498 APPENDIX A 


mixpaive, fut. muxpava, 1 aor. érixpava, p. emixpavOny. 

-ripmAnut, pf. rérAnopar, 1 aor. a. erdnoa, p. erAnaOnv, 1 fut. p. rAncOnoopat. 

7 (ur pny pe (wimpy, pba), 1 aor. -€m pyoa. 

wiv, fut. miowa, pf. rérw@xa, 2 aor. éemiov (inf. metv, wetv; Bl., § 6, 5), 1 aor. 
jo ew dOnv. 

mimpdoke, pt. m™ €m paKa, ~apau, 1 aor. p. empdadny. 

mintra, fut. recovpa, pt. rérrwxa, 2 aor. éecov (on a forms, V.8. aipéw). 

mrdoow, 1 aor. a. édaca, p. érAacOnv. 

mative, pf. memhdruppat, 1 aor. p. érAarvvOny. 

mékw, 2 aor. p. -ewAakny, 1 aor. érde~a. 

m)é€@ (does not contract eo or ew), 1 aor. éAevea. 

-rhisoe, 2 aor. p. €mAnyny (in comp. e&- ewraynv); 1 aor. a. -émAn€a. 

mvew (does not contract €0, ew, €n), 1 aor. émvevoa. 

muiyo, 2 aor. p. -erviyny, 1 aor. erviga. 

mpiw (mpi€w), 1 aor. p. émpicOnv. 

muvOavopa, 2 aor. ervbdpunv. 


-paive, pf. -pépappat. 
pavriva, pf. /Pepavtic pat (v.l. €pp- 5 Bl., § 15, 6), 1 aor. a. éppavtica (€pav-). 
pew, fut. pevow, 2 aor. p. eppinv (Gia. , 
pydeis, V.S. Aéyo. 
pnooe (pnyvume; BL., § 24), fut. pyge, 1 aor. épnéa (Epp-). 
pitre (-€w), pf. P- €ppisar (Ep- dy 1 aor. épupa. 
puopat, fut. puropat, 1 aor. m. epurdpny (€pp-), Pp sues (€pp-). 
povvumt, pf. eppopa (in imper. éppwao, farewe 


oBéevyvpe (- ve), fut. oBéow, 1 aor. a. €oBeca. 

velo, fut. ceiow, 1 aor. a. évewa, p. eveiaOnv. 

one, 2 pf. céonma. 

oxvaAdo, pf. €oxvApat. 

oT do, fut. - -oraua, pf. -€omac pat, 1 aor. a. -€orraca, Mm. é€oracapny, p. -eomacOnv. 

oneipo, pf. €omappat, 2 aor. p. €omdpny, 1 aor. €oreipa. 

-oTeXo, fut. -0TEAO, pf. -€oradka, -pa, 2 aor. p. -eoradny, 1 aor. -éoreda. 

o7mmke, impf. gornKov (late pres. and impf. = tornpr). 

ornpi¢a, fut. ornpiga, -iow, pt. €ornprypat, 1 aor. a. eornprEa (-twa), p. eornpixOnv. 

otpéha, fut. -orpéyro, pf. €orpappar (-eppar), 2 aor. eotpadny, 1 aor. €orpea, 
2 fut. p. -oTpapnropa. 

oTpovvupe (-vw), pf. éotpapa, 1 aor. a. €otpoca, p. -€oTpwOnv. 

chdfo, fut. opako, pf. copaypa, 2 aor. eopayny, 1 aor. éodaéa. 

Tato (reo ; BL. $3, 3), fut. coc, pf. céowxa, -cpar, 1 aor. a. éowoa, p. 
eooOnv, 1 fut. p. coOnoopa. 


tacoe, fut. -ra£oua, pf. réraxa, ~ypat, 2 aor. -eraynv, 1 aor. a. eraga, p. eraxOnv, 
m. eragauny, 2 fut. Pp. Taynoopat. 

-reiva@, fut. -rev@, 1 aor. -érewva. 

redéw, fut. -rehéow, pf. reréAexa, -eopat, 1 aor. a. eréheca, p. ereAéoOnv, 1 fut. p. 
redeoOnoopa. 

Tee, fut. -Tehovpat, pf. -rérahka, -pat, 1 aor. a. -érevXa, Mm. -eretAdpny. 

-TELYOD, pf. “TET LN [.AL, 2 aor. -éreyov, 1 aor. p. -érpnOnv. 

THk@, 2 fut. p. raxnoopat. 

TiOnut (-€w), fut. Onow, pf. réOecxa, -war, 2 aor. m. eOéunv, 1 aor. a. eOnxa, 
p- eré6nv, 1 fut. p. -reOnoopa. 

tikto, fut. réEouar, 2 aor. érexov, 1 aor. p. eréxOnv. 

tive, fut. ricw. 


APPENDIX A 499 


-Tpétra, pf. ~Térpappat, 2 aor. p. -erpamny, 1 aor. a. -érpeya, m. erpeapnv, 2 fut. 
Pp. -Tparjcopat. 

Tpépa (root Ope), pf. réApappat, 2 aor. -erpadny, laor. a. €Opewa, m. -€OpeWapnv. 

Tpéxw, 2 aor. €dpapov. 

-TpiBa, fut. -Tpipo, pf. -rérpyzpa, 1 aor. -érpiya, 2 fut. p. -rprBjoopa. 

Tuyxave, pf. réruxa (-evya), 2 aor. éruxov. 


payeiv, v.s. €obia. 

paiva, fut. pavovtpa, 2 aor. p. epavyy, 1 aor. épava, 2 fut. p. pavncopa. 

pavoxw (pocka), fut. -pavoo. 

dépw (defective; M, Pr., 1, 10), fut. otow, pf. -evnvoya, 2 aor. qveyxov (inf. 
eveyxeiv), 1 aor. a. HveyKa, p. 1véxXOnv. 

pevyo, fut. pevfoua, pf. répevya, 2 aor. epvyov. 

pnt, impf. epnv. 

péava, pf. épdaxa, 1 aor. a. €pOaca. 

pbcipa, fut. Pbcpa, pf. -epOappar, 2 aor. epOdpny, 1 aor. a. epOecpa, 2 fut. p. 
péapnoopa. 

popéw, fut. popéca, 1 aor. éhopeca. 

ppdcco, 2 aor. p. eppayny, 1 aor. eppakga, 2 fut. p. ppaynoopa. 

ve, 2 aor. p. epunv. 

pocka, V.s. pavoxo. 

horifa, fut. poticw (-16), pf. repotiopa, 1 aor. a. eporioa, p. eporicbnv. 


xaipo, 2 aor. éxdpnv, 2 fut. p. yapnoopar. 

xahdo, fut. yadaoa, | aor. a. exdadaoa, p. €xaddaoOnv. 

-xéw (- -XvvV@, -xuv@), fut. -xe@, pf. -xéyuuat, 1 aor. a. -éxea, p. -€xvOnv, 1 fut. p. 
-xvOnoopat. 

Xpdopar (- -nopat), pf. xéxpnyat, 1 aor. m. expnodunv. 


xpdo, V.S. Kixpnye. 
xpia, fut. ypiow, 1 aor. a. €éypica, m. expioapnv. 


xpovitw, fut. ypov@ (v.1. -iow). 
Wadro, fut. yada. 
-Woxo, 1 aor. -@pvEa, 2 fut. p. puynoopat 


-0€w, 1 aor. a. -d0a (-€woa), 1 aor. m. -dodpny. 
@yéopuat, aor. avnodpny (Attic émpidunv). 


APPENDIX B 


ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBAL FORMS 


(The list includes only such forms as might reasonably cause the beginner 


some difficulty. 
a selection only is given. 


Where several such forms belonging to the same verb occur, 
The others will be recognized by their similarity 


to those in the list and can be found in Appendix A. Those which can be 
traced by the cross references in the previous list and in the body of the 


Lexicon are, as a rule, omitted here. 


The present tense, enclosed in brackets, 


is that to which, in the Lexicon, a given form belongs.) 


dydyere (ayo), 2 aor. impv. a. 

ayayn (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

ayvioOnre (dyvitw), 1 aor. impv. p. 

aio Owvrat (aia Aavopat), 2 aor. subje. 

aireiro (airéw), pres. impv. 

axjKoa (dxov), 2 pf. a. 

adXaynooua (dAAdoow), 2 fut. p. 

ddhaat (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 

dpaprnon Cuogeice): 1 aor. subje. a. 

dpnodvrav (dud), 1 aor. ptep. a., 
gen. 

avaBa, 0, (dvaBaive), 2 aor. impv. 

dvaBeBnka (id.), pf. a. 

dvayayetv (avayw), 2 aor. inf. a. 

dvayvovs (avaywwooke), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

dvayvova (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 

avayvoo87 (id. i 1 aor. subje. p. 

avakekvAorat (avaxvAiw), pf. p. 

avadoi (avaXicxa), pres. ind. a. 

dvahw bre (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 

dvapnvio@ (dvapipvncke), fut. 

dvamanoopat (avaravq), fut. m. 

avaTecat (avarinra), 1 aor. impv. m. 

avarece (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 

avaora, -ornOt (aviornpu), 2 aor. impv. 
a. 

avareOpappevos (avarpédpa), pf. ptep. p. 

avareiin (avaréAdq), 1 aor. subje. a. 

avaréra\kev (id.), pf. a. 

avadavavres (avadaiva), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 

avadaveévres (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. p. 

avaxOévres (avayw), 1 aor. ptep. p. 

avawartes (avdrr@), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 


dvéyvote (avay.vaoKw), 2 aor. a 
aveOanrere (avabadX@), 2 aor. a. 
aveOéuny (avariOnyr), 2 aor. m. 
avéOn (avinut), 1 aor. p. 
aveOpéaro (avatpépa), 1 aor. m. 
aveidaro (avaipéw), 2 aor. m. 
aveidare, -eiAav (id.), 2 aor. a (v.s. 
aipéw, App. A 
avetxopunv (avéyo), impf. m. 
aveNet (avaipéw), fut. a. 
avedeiv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 
avevéyxat (avadépa), 1 aor. inf. a 
aveveyxeiv (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 
avévres (avinu), 2 aor. ptep. a. 
avé£opua (avéxw), fut. m. 
dvémecev (avarinra), 2 aor. a 
avéceioa (avaceiw), 1 aor. a. 
dveorpadnpev (avacrpépa), 2 aor. p. 
dveoxounv (avéxw), 2 aor. m. 
avérewda (dvaréAda@), 1 aor. a. 
averpapn (avatpépa), 2 aor. p. 
dvevpay (avevpioxw), 2 aor. a. 
avéwya (avoiye), 2 pf. a. 
dvéwka (id.), 1 aor. a. 
dvewxOjvau (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. 
dynyyayov (avdyw), 2 aor. a. 
aviyyetda (avayyéAda@), 1 aor. a. 
avnyyehnv (id.), 2 aor. p. 
avnveykev (avadépa), 1 (2) aor. act. 
avnpéOnv (avatpéw), 1 aor. p. 
avnpbn (avarrw), 1 aor. p. 
avnxOnv (dvayq), 1 aor. p. 
avoe£era (avréxo), fut. m. 


(500) 


APPENDIX B 


avOéotnke (avOiornu), pf. ind. a. 
av @ioravra (id.), pres. m. 
avievres (dvinus), pres. ptep. a. 
dvovynoerat (avoiyw), 2 fut. p. 
avoty@our (id.), 2 aor. subje. p. 
avoiéa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
avoicw (avapépa), fut. a. 
dvotxOnoera (avotyw), 1 fut. p. 


adytarodotva (ayrarodiéwp), 2 aor. 


inf. a. 
avratod@ce (id.), fut. a. 
aytéotny (avOiornu), 2 aor. a. 
avtictjvat (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 
dv@ (davinut), 2 aor. subje. a. 


dmadhd£n (atadX\aooe), 1 aor. subje. a. 


arap6n (draipw), 1 aor. subje. p. 

arapynodcG® (arapvéopa), 1 aor. 
impv. m. 

arapvjon (id.), fut. 2s. 

dratat@ (arardw@), pres. impy. act. 

ararnGcioa (id.), 1 aor. ptep. p. 

améBnoav (doBaivw), 2 aor. a. 

amédecEev (arrodeixvupt), 1 aor. a 

avédero (drodidmmu), 2a0r. m. 

ar edidouv (id.), impf. a. 

amédoro, -doc6e (id.), 2 aor. m. 

am édexev (id.), 1 aor. a. 

aréOavev (amobvnoKe), 2 aor. a 

arevmaueOa (aretrov), 1 aor. m. 

amretyov (aréyw), impf. a. 


amexateataOny (amoxabiornu), 1 aor. 


drexatéotny (id.), 2 aor. a. 

dex ptOnv (amoxpiva), 1 aor. p. 
dmextavOnv (droxteivw), 1 aor. p. 
areAnAvOeoay (amépyopuat), plpf. 
dredOowv (id.), 2 aor. ptep. a. 
dreveykeiv (aropépa), 2 aor. inf. a, 
drevexOnva (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. 
dremviyn (aromviyw), 2 aor. p. 
amémviéay (id.), 1 aor. a. 
adreoradny (arooréAd@), 2 aor. p. 
aréoraXka (id.), pf. a. 

améorewXa (id.), 1 aor. a. 

aréotn, -noav (apiornu), 2 aor. a. 
areotpapynoay (arocrpépa), 2 aor. p. 
ameragéaro (drordoo), 1 aor. m. 
dmnecav (drreyu), impf. 

amndacev (dreAavva), 1 aor. a. 
amndynkores (aradyéw), pf. ptep. a. 
amndOav (arépxopa), 2 aor. a. 
amnAdax a (arahdaooe), pf. inf. p. 
amnpynodunv (drapvéopar), 1 aor. 
arnoracauny (aracrafopuat), 1 aor. 


501 


amoBdvres (droBaivw), 2 aor. ptcp. a. 
aroBnoera (id.), fut. 3s. 
drrodederypévov (drrodeixvupt), pf. ptep. 


p. 
arrodeckvuvta (id.), pres. ptcp. a. 
arodeiéat (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
drodtddvat (aodi8wp), pres. inf. a. 
drrodidovy (id.), pr. ptep. a. neut. s. 
drrodoOnva (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. 
d7rodoi (id.), v.s. -80. 
azrddos, -Sore (id.), 2 aor. impy. a. 
drodovva, -dSovs (id.), 2 aor. inf. 
(ptep.) a. 
d7rod@ (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 3s. 
aro@aveiv (aroOvncke), 2 aor. inf. a. 
amoxaGtorave: (droxabiorava), pres. a. 
amoxatn\Aadynte (dmoxara\daocow) 2 
aor. p. 
drokatioravet = amoxabiorave. 
dmroxpwbeis (arroxpive), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
aroxtav Geis (arroxreiva), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
arroxrévvuvtes (drroxreiv@), pres. ptep. 
s 
drroxrev@ (id.), fut. a. 
drodéoat (d7roAdvput), 1 aor. inf. a. 
ar oXovpat (id.), fut. m. 
drrok@ (id.), fut. a. 
drddwda (id.), 2 pf. a. 
ar opivyavras (dropimra), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
dm oaTan@ (aroarédX@), 2 aor. subje. p. 
arrooreidas (id.), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
arooth (apiornu), 2 aor. subje. a. 
amdornre, -oTnTo (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 
arootpapis (aroatpépa), 2 aor. subje. 


p- 
ardéotpewyor (id.), 1 aor. impv. a. 
drrora€duevos (drotacow), 1 aor. ptep. 
m. 
dmrov (amrw), pres. impv. m. 
dma@Aeca (arodAvpt), 1 aor. a. 
adma@Xopunv (drdAAvue), 2 aor. m. 
an woduevos (ar@béw), 1 aor. ptep. m. 
dapat (aip), 1 aor. inf. a. 
dpas (id.), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
apécet (dpéoxe), fut. a. 
apn (aipw), 1 aor. subje. a. 
ap6n, -@aovw (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 
ap@nrt (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. 
apxéon (apxéw), 1 aor. subje. a. 
dpov (aipw), 1 aor. impyv. a. 
dprayévra (dprd{w), 2 aor. ptep. p. 
dpraynodpeba (id.), 2 fut. p. 
dpa, -ovow (aipa), fut. a. 
avénOn (avéava), 1 aor. subje. p. 


502 


apéednv (ainut), 1 aor. p. 
adeirev (apatpéw), 2 aor. a. 
adeivat (apinut), 2 aor. inf. a. 
ageis (id.), pres. ind. a. 2s. 
aeis (id.), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

agent (apaipéw), fut. a. 

agedeiy (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 

aes (aint), 2 aor. impv. a. 
apéwvra (id.), pf. pass. 

apy (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

agjxa (id.), 1 aor. a. 

agievra and -ovrar (id.), pres. p. 
adixero (adixvéopar), 2 aor. 
apioraco (apiornm), pres. impv. m. 
agdioraro (id.), impf. m. 

agoptet, -ovow (apopi¢w), fut. a. 
apapev (aint), 2 aor. subje. a. 


apapowpéevos (apopoww), pf. ptep. 


pass. 

axOnva (ayw), 1 aor. inf. p. 
ayOnoeobe (id.), 1 fut. pass. 
awWas (dro), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
ayy (id.), 1 aor. subje. 


Bara (BddXw), fut. a. 

Baro, -n (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 
Bapeic Ow (Bapéw), pres. impv. p. 
Ban (Barre), 1 aor. subje. a. 
BeBappéevor (id.), pf. ptep. p. 
BéBnkxa (Baiva), pf. a. 

BéBAnkev (Baddr@), pf. a. 
BéBpaxa (BiBpeckw), pf. a. 
Bdnéeis (BddrA@), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
BAnOntt (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. 


yapnoatwcay (yapéw), 1 aor. impv. a. 
yeyevnpat (yivopar), pf. pass. 
yeyevynpa (yevvaw), pf. pass. 
yéyovay (yivopat), 2 pf. a. 
yeyove: (id.), plpf. a. 3s. 
yevapevos (id.), 2 aor. ptep. m. 
yevéo Ow (id.), 2 aor. impv. 3s. 
yévnobe (id.), 2 aor. subje. m. 
yévovra (id.), 2 aor. subjc. m. 
ynpas (yapéw), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 
ynpns (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 
yvot = yvo. 

yvovs (yack), 2 aor. ptep. a. 


yv, yvo (id.), 2 aor. subje.a. Land 3s. 


yok (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 
yvep.ovow (yvpita), fut. 

yvaob7 (york), 1 aor. subje. p. 
yveoOnoera (id.), 1 fut. p. 
yveooua (id.), fut. a. 

yvore (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 


APPENDIX B 


dapnooua (Sép), 2 fut. p. 

dédexrar (S€yopuar), pf. 

Sedexas (d€w), pf. ptep. a. 

dédeuar (id.), pf. p. 

dediwypévos (Siok), pf. ptep. p. 

dédorac (did@pc), pf. p. 

deda@xkevoay (1d.), plpf. a. 

dén (S€@), pres. subje. 

deOnva (dé), 1 aor. inf. p. 

detpavres (S€pa), 1 aor. ptep. a. 

d€Ear (S€youar), 1 aor. impy. 

d€Enra, -wvra (id.), 1 aor. subje. 

dnoa (Séw), 1 aor. inf. 

dnon (id.), 1 aor. subje. 3 s. 

diaBas (SiaBaivw), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

dvaBnvae (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 

diados (diadidwpr), 2 aor. impv. a. 

dvaxabapa (Staxabdipw), 1 aor. inf. a. 

diadAayn Oc (Stak\Adoow), 2 aor. impv. p. 

dtapeivyn (Stapeva), 1 aor. subje. a. 

Stapepevnkdres (id.), pf. ptep. a. 

Siapévers (id.), pres. ind. a. 

dtaueveis (id.), fut. ind. a. 

ScavoixOnre (Stavolyw), 1 aor. impv. p. 

diapnéas (Siapyoow), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
also -pp-). 

diac rapévres (Siaoreipw), 2 aor. ptep. 


p- 
dvaorac67n (Stacrdw), 1 aor. subje. p. 
diacraons (duicrnpt), 2 aor. ptep. a. 
dvacrpéyra (Stacrpédpa), 1 aor. inf. a. 
diarayets (Suaracow), 2 aor. ptep. p. 
dvarayOévra (id.), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
dvareraypevos (id.), pf. ptep. p. 
dvareraxévar (id.), pf. inf. a. 
ddoacw (Sido), pres. a. 
du€Bynoav (dtaBaivw), 2 aor. a. 
dueyeipero (Steyeipw), impf. p. (unaug- 
mented). 
dueiAov (Starpéw), 2 aor. a. 
dieveyxn (Siapépa), 1 or 2 aor. subje. a. 
diuépn&ev (Svapnoow), 1 aor. a. (also 


-pp-). 
Rego (id.), impf. p. 

Suecadpnoav (Siacapéw), 1 aor. a. 
dueamapnoay (Staoreipw), 2 aor. p. 
dueoracba (diacrde), pf. inf. p. 
dveorevAdpny (StaoréAAw), 1 aor. m. 
diéarn (Stiornpc), 2 aor. a. 
dueotpapupevos (Siactpépa), pf. ptep. p. 
dueraéa (Statdoow), 1 aor. a. 
duePOapny (StapGeipw), 2 aor. p. 
diePOappévos (id.), pf. ptep. p. 
dinxovovy (dtaxovéw), impf. a. 
Sunvoryev (Stavotyw), impf. a. 


APPENDIX B 


dinvoréev (id.), 1 aor. a. 
diyvoixOncay (id.), 1 aor. p. 
Stopvynvat (Svopvoca@), 2 aor. inf. p. 
StopvxOnva (id.), 1 aor. inf. p. 
di@deve (Siodevw), impf. a. 

diwEdr@ (Siok), l aor. impv. a. 
diwEnre (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 
diwxOnoovra (id.); 1 fut. p. 
dodcicav (Sidr), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
S067 (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 

dot (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

86s, Sére, Sérw (id.), 2 aor. impv. a. 
dodva (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 

dovs (id.), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

dvvn (Svvapac), pres. ind. 

86, dan (didwpr), 2 aor. subje. a. 
dein (id.), 2 aor. opt. a. 

ddpev, dare (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 
daon, -cwper (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 


éBadav (Bardo), 2 aor. a. 
éBacKave (Bacxaive), 1 aor. a. 
eBdehuypevos rsa). pf. ptep. p. 
€BeBAnro (Badd), plpf. p. 
€BAHOny (id.), 1 aor. p. 

eyyerav (eyyi¢w), 1 aor. a. 
eyeysver (yivopat), plpf. a. 
éyetpat (eyeipw), 1 aor. impv. m. 
éyeipa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
€yetpou (id.), pres. impv. p. 
éyevnOnv (yivopat), 1 aor. p. 

eyev on nv ane 1 aor. p. 
eyepet (eyeipw), fut. a. 

eyepOeis (id.), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
eyepOnoera (id.), 1 fut. p. 
eyepOnre (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. 
OTe foe ), bas Pp: 

eynp4 (ya éw) ’ 1 aor. a. 

eyvoKay ywooka), pf. a. 
eyvaxévat (id.), pf. inf. a. 

eyvav (id.), 2 aor. a. 

eyx pura (eyxpiw), 1 aor. impv. m. 
eyxptoat (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
eyxpurov (id.), 1 aor. sg a. 
edapiovow (edapitw), fut. a 

ed€ero, -eiro (Séopat), impf. 
edenOnv (id.), 1 aor. 

édec (impers. de), impf. 

eetpav (d€pw), 1 aor. a. 

édnoa (Séw), 1 aor. a. 

ediwka (Stax), 1 aor. a. 
edodcodaay (Sodicw), late impf. 
edpapov (rpéxa), 2 aor. a. 

edu, educev (dvv@), 2 and 1 aor. a. 3s. 


503 


é(noa (Cd), 1 aor. a. 

e(nre, eCov (id.), impf. a. 

eO€uny (riOnyt), 2 aor. Me 

€6nxa (id.), 1 aor. a. 

€Oov (id.), 2 aor. m. 

eOpevpa (rpépo), 1 aor. a. 

ela (ed), impf. a. 

etaca (id.), 1 aor. a. 

eida = eidov (6pda, q.v.), 2 aor. 

<iOuopévov (e€6i¢@), pf. ptep. p. 

eiAaro (aipéw), 2 aor. m. 

etAnrra Soars pf. p. 

etna (id.), pf. a. 

eiAkov (€Axq@), impf. a. 

eiAkuoe, -av (EAxv@), 1 aor. a. 

ciAx@pévos (EAkd@), pf. ptep. p. 

ei€apev (eikw), 1 aor. a. 

eicdpapovea (eiorpéxw), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

cioeAn vba (eioépxopat), Pp 

clojet (etoerpr), impf. 

cigiaow (id.), pres. ind. 

ciornkeoay (tornpt), plpf. a. 

eixav, -ovav (éxw), impt. 

elwv (€aw), impf. 

exabapicer, -ep- (kabapi¢a, -ep-), 1 aor. 
act. 

exabapic6n, -ep- (id.), 1 aor. p. 

exdooera (exdidwyc), fut. m 

exéxpaka, €xpa£a (xpd¢(w), 1 aor. a. 

exépaca (kepavyupe), 1 aor. a. 

exépdnoa (xepdaivw), 1 aor. a. 

exxa0dpare rE RETR 1 aor. impv. 

éxxadapn (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 

ex keXupevos (exyéw), pf. ptep. p. 

exxomnon (exxomra), 2 fut. p. 

éxxowoy (id.), 1 aor. impv. a. 

éx\aoa (k\dw), 1 aor. a. 

éxAavoa (kAaiw), 1 aor. a. 

exhéAnobe (€xAavOave), pf. m. 

exAnOnv (kadéw), 1 aor. p. 

exdwpaa be (xkérrT@), 1 aor. m. 

éxmevoat (€xmAéw), 1 aor. inf. a. 

éxpaka (xpa¢@), 1 aor. a, 

expuBn (kpumr@), 2 aor. p 

exo@oa (€xoww), 1 aor. inf. a. 

exreveis (exreiva), fut. a. 

extnodaunv (xtdopat), 1 aor. 

ExTUTT aL (xri¢w), pf. p. 

extpari) (exrpérw), 2 aor. subje. p. 

expoy (exvw), pres. or 2 aor. subje. a. 

€xxéat (€xxéw), 1 aor. inf. a. 

exxéere (id.), pres. or 2 aor. impv. a. 

edaBere (Aap Save), 2 aor. ae 

eAaknoev (AdoK@ Or Aakéw), 1 aor. a. 


504 


€axe (Aayyav@), 2 aor. a. 
eénoov (eheéw), 1 aor. impy. a. 
eXevoonae (épxopnat), fut. 
eAnAXakores (€Aavva), Hes ptep. a. 
ednrvda (€pxopa), pf. 
ehOacOnoav OubdCo), 1 aor. p. 
€Xkvoa (EAxvo), 1 aor. inf. a. 
EAdpevos (aipéw), 2 aor. ptep. m. 
eAmovow (eAri¢e), fut. 3 pl. 
€uaboy (uavOdve), 2 aor. a. 
euac@yto (wacdopar), impf. 

euBas (€uBaivw), 2 aor. ptep. a. 
euBawas (€uBdarre), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
euBnvat (€uBaive), 2 aor. inf. a. 
euite (yiyvupe), 1 aor. a. 
eprremAnopevos (€umipmAnpt), pf. ptep. 


p- 
eutrAno Oe (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 
euapava (wwpaive), 1 aor. a. 
eveduvapovro (€vduvaudw), impf. p. 
eveiAnoa (éveWéw), 1 aor. a. 
evetxev (evéxw), impf. a. 
evévevoy (evvev@), impf. a. 
evérAnoev (euripmAnpt), 1 aor. a. 
evérpnoe (€urimpnut, eumpnOa), 1 aor. 
a. 
évértuov, -cav (eunrti@), impf. and 
1 aor. a. 
éveatnxora (eviornu), pf. ptep. a. 
€veot@ra, -@oav, -@ros (id.), pf. ptep. 
a. 
éverevdauny (evTéAX@), 1 aor. m. 
everuAtea (€vTuvAlooa), 1 aor. a. 
evedbavicay (€upavifa), 1 aor. a. 
evedvonaev (€udvad@), 1 aor. a. 
evexbeis (pépw), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
evnpynka (evepyew), pf. a. 
evkpivat (evkpive), 1 aor. inf. a. 
evotkody (évotkéw), pres. ptcp. a. 
évredeira (evréAdw), fut. m. 
evréradra (id.), pf. m. 
evtpam?) (€vrpérw), 2 aor. subje. p. 
evTparnoovrat ue ), 2 fut. p. 
évuée (vioow), 1 aor. a. 
evvorafay (vucrafw), 1 aor. a. 
evoknoev (evorkéw), 1 aor. a. 
e€arerpOqvar, -hup- (€Eareipw), 1 aor. 
inf. p. 
Ceddand (e£aviornu), 1 aor. subje. 


operons (id.)., 2 aor. a. 
e&dpare (€Eaipaw), 1 aor. impv. a 
e€apeire (id.), fut. a. 

e&ap67 (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 


APPENDIX B 


e€éSero (e€xdiS@u), 2 aor. m. 
e&eidaro (e£aipéw), 2 aor. m. 
efexavOnoay (éxxaiw), 1 aor. p. 
e&éxuvav (é€xkAiva), 1 aor. a. 
e&exorns (exxdmr@), 2 aor. p. 

e&ede (eEarpéw), 2 aor. impr. a. 
e&eeEw (exdéyw), 1 aor. m. 2 8. 
e€éAnta (eEaipéw), 2 aor. subje. m. 
efevéeyxavtes (exépo), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
efeveyxeiy (id.), 2 aor. inf. a. 
e&évevoev (e€xveva@), 1 aor. a. 
e€eréraca (exmeravvupt), 1 aor. a. 
eferdaynoay (€xrAnooe), 2 aor. p. 
e&éme (€xmdéw), impf. a. 
efeotaxéva (eEiornu), pf. inf. a. 
e&€aorparra (exotpépa), pf. p. 
eferaoa (2£era¢w), 1 aor. inf. a. 
eerpamnoay (extpéma), 2 aor. p. 
e&éyee (€xyxéw), 1 aor. a. 
e£exvOnoav (id.), 1 aor. p. 

e€éwoev = eE@cev. 

eEnecav (eye), impf. 

eEnpanpros (Eqpaiva), pf. pep. p. 
e&npava, -pavOnv (id >); 1 aor. a. and p- 
e€npavrai (id.), pf. p. 3s. 
e&npavynoa (eEepavvda), 1 aor. a. 
eEnptispevos (eLapri¢w), pf. ptep. p. 
e&nxnrat (€Enxé@), pf. pass. 

eEvevar (€&expe), pres. inf. 

eLioravev (eEiaTnut, q.V-), pres. ptcp. 
e€oicovar (expépa), fut. a. 

e€aoa (e€Ewbéw), 1 aor. inf. a. 
efacev (id.), 1 aor. a. 

éopaxa (paw), pf. a. 

errayayetv (emdyw), 2 aor. inf. a. 
émrabev (macoxo), 2 aor. a. 

eraurxvv Ony (€rauoyvvopat), 1 aor. 
éravaranoera (é€ravarave), fut. m. 
emd£as (é€mdyo), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 
emdpas (eraip@), 1 aor. ptcp. a 
émeidev (érretdov), 38. 

eretpao@ (meipa¢o), 1 aor. m. 

€T ELpaT 0, -pavro (meipaw), impf. m. 
érevoa (eiOw), 1 aor. a. 

ém ei Onoav (id.), 1 aor. p. 

éreiyev (éréxa), impf. a. 
éméxetav (€rixéAX@), 1 aor. a. 
emekéxAnro (émixadéw), plpf. p. 
€meNdero, -ovTo (émtAav Gavopuat), 2 aor. 
erréXetxov (€rcixo), impf. a. 
ererroibe: (reidw), 2 plpf. a. 

éreca (minr@), 2 aor. a. 

éréotnoay (epiornut), 2 aor. & 
eméoxev (€réxa), 2 aor. a. 


APPENDIX B 


éreriva (éririysde), impf. 
emerpamn (emitpéra@), 2 aor. p. 
éredavn (emipatva), 2 aor. p. 
eréxpicev (€mtxpio), 1 aor. a. 
émnkpoa@yro (€raxpodopat), impf, 
éemnvecev (€rravéw), 1 aor. a. 
emnéev (anyvupt), 1 aor. a. 
€mipa (eraipw), 1 aor. a. 
énnpOn (id.), 1 aor. p. 
emnpKev (id.), pf. a. 

érmiaca (mud¢w), 1 aor. a. 


eriBrevra (emiBdérr@), 1 aor. impv. m. 


emiBréyra (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
emide (€meidov), impv. 

emibes (€mriOnus), 2 aor. impv. a. 
émixéxAnoa (€mixadéw), pf. m. 


émuxékAnro (id.), plpf. p 


émuxAnOevra (erixadéw), 1 aor. ptep. p. 


emixpavOnoav (mikpaiva), 1 aor. p. 
emtAeAnopevos 
pte 


Pp: P- 
eripednOnre (emipedéouat), 1 aor. impy. 


oe (iva), 2 aor. a. 


erumrAnéns (emirAnoow), 1 aor. subje. a. 
emimoOnaate (eruroéw), 1 aor. impv. a. 


emvotaca (epiornpt), 2 aor. ptep. a. 
eriorara (id.), pres. ind. m. 
emiorara (€miorapac), pres. ind. 
émiornOt Gini 2 aor. impv. a. 
émtaTt@Ons (mirrow), 1 aor. p. 
émureOn (€muriOnut), 1 aor. subje. p. 
emtriOeacr (id.), pres. a. 

émurider (id.), pres. impv. a. 
emirysdoat (emiride), 1 aor. opt. a. 
emupavar (emupaive), 1 aor. inf. a. 
erAavnOnoav (mdavaa), 1 aor. p. 
em\aaOn (7Adoow), 1 aor. p. 
erAnyn (rAnooe@), 2 aor. p. 
érAnoav (mipaAnpt), 1 aor. a. 
erdnoOn, -O@noav (id.), 1 aor. p. 
€rAoutnaate (rAovréw), 1 aor. a. 
emAoutiaOnte (rdouti¢w), 1 aor. p. 
émAvvav (rdvva), 1 aor. a. 
emveuray (wvéw), 1 aor. a. 
€mviyovTo ioriye) impf. p. 
émv€ay (id.), 1 aor. a. 

empdOn (murpacka), 1 aor. p. 
émpata (rpdoow), 1 aor. a. 

én pic Onoav (rpi¢w), 1 aor. p. 
empopnrevoa (arpopnteva), 1 aor. a. 
emTuce (ria), 1 aor. a. 

épavticev (pavrifw), 1 aor. a. 
epamioay (pami¢w), 1 aor. a. 


(€muavOavopa), pf. 


505 


eppi(apévar (pitdw), pf. ptep. p. 

epiupevor (pimrrw), pf. ptep. p. 

éppurra (id.), pf. p. 

épupay (id.), 1 aor. a. 

Eppeco, -o7 Oe (pevyupt), pf. impv. p. 

epvoaro (pvopat), 1 aor. m. (€pp-). 

epvaOny (id.), 1 aor. p. 

éodAmice (cadrif@), 1 aor. a. 

éoBecav (oBévvupt), 1 aor. a. 

eveia Onv (cei), 1 aor. p. 

eonpavev (onpuaiva), 1 aor. a. 

€oxvApevor (oKvVAX@), pf. ptep. p. 

eorrappévos (o7eipw), pf. ptep. p. 

€ordGny (torn), 1 aor. p. 

éoravat (id.), pf. inf. a. 

éornxaow (tornpt), pf. a. 

e€ornkev (oTnk@), impf. 

coTNKas (orm), pf. ptep. a. 

eorny (id. ), 2 aor. a. 

eoTnprypevos (ornpita), pf. ptcp. p. 

€OTNpLKTaL (id.), pf. p. 

éornoav Gana 1 or 2 aor. 3 pl. 

eoTpapevov (oTpavvupc), pf. ptep. p. 

éotpwcay (id.), 1 aor. a. 

éotooay (eipi), impv. 

Zohayueros (addte), pf. ptep. p. 

eoppayiopévos (cppayi¢e), pf. ptep. p. 

€oxnka (€xw), pf. 

eoxnxora (id.), pf. ptep. a. 

éoxov (id.), 2 aor. a. 

eran (Oarrw), 2 aor. p. 

eréOnv (riOnu), 1 aor. p. 

ereOvyker (OvnoKe@), plpf. a. 

erexev (rikT@), 2 aor. a. 

eréxOn (id.), 1 aor. p. 

erides (riOnpc), impf. a. 

ervOn (Ovw), 1 aor. p. 

evapeotnkéva, evnp- (evapecréw), pf. 
inf. a. 

evEdunv (<dxopat), 1 aor. 

evpapmev, evpav (evpiocxa), 2 aor. a. 

evpéOny (id.), 1 aor. p. 

evpnkévat (id.), pf. inf. a. 

evppavOnre (evppaivw), 1 aor. impv. p. 

épayov (€cbiw), 2 aor. a. 

epadopevos (€paddAouar), 2 aor. ptep. 

epavny (paiva), 2 aor. p. 

épackev (packa), impf. a. 

eheicaro (peidopar), 1 aor. 

epeoras (ehiornut), pf. ptep. a. 

épbaxa, -ca (Parva), pf. and 1 aor. a. 

epbdpny (Pbcipa), 2 aor. p. 

epirer (piréw), impf. a. 

epiorara: (€piornu), pres. m. 


506 


eppatay (ppdcow), 1 aor. a. 
eppvatay (ppvdoow), 1 aor. a 
epuyov (pevyw), 2 aor. a. 
exdpny (xaipa),, 2 aor. p. 
expioa (xpiw), ‘1 aor. a. 
€Xp@vrTo Cocotdopuat)! impf. 
eWevow (Wevdopnar), 1 aor. m, 
éwpaka (6pa@), pf. a. 

éwpdxer (id.), plpf. a. 

éwpov (id.), impf. a. 


(Bévvure = oB- (oBévvupe), pres. 
ny Cnv or nv, Cis, (@ (Caw 

(aoa (Coavvupt), 1 aor. impv. m. 
(ooe (id.), fut. a. 


nBouhn Any (BovAopat, q.v.), 1 aor. p. 
yayov (ay), 2 aor.’ a. 
nyana (dyardo), impf. a. 
nyarnkoot (ayarde), pf. ptep. a. 
iFyyethay (ayyéAXw), 1 aor, a. 
HyyeKa, -oa (eyyifw), pf. and 1 aor. a. 
ifyeupev (eyeipw), 1 aor. a. 
nyepOny (id.), 1 aor. p. 
HYETO, -ovto (ay), impf. p. 
mynpae (nyeopa.), pf. 
TYyveK ores (ayvifw), pf. ptep. a. 
NV LT pPEVOS (id.), pf. ptep. p. 
nyvoovy (dyvoéw), impf. a. 
nOevoay (oida), plpf. 
ndvvnOn, -aoOn (Svvapac), 1 aor. 
nOcdov (Oéd@), impf. 
nkaot (7k), pf. a. 
nkoAovOnKkapev (dkodovbéw), pf. a. 
nAaro (d\Aopat), 1 aor. 3 s. 
nratraoas (éAarrow), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
nAavvero (€Aavvw), impf. p. 3s. 
nrenOnv (€Ae€w), 1 aor. p. 
nArenpevos (id.), pf. ptcp. p. 
nrénoa (id.), 1 aor, a. 
HreWa (dreipaw), 1 aor. a. 
nrAOov (€pxopat), 2 aor. a. 
nAKa@pevos (EAkdw), pf. ptep. p. 
mAAaEav (dAAdoow), 1 aor. a. 


i AmiKa, -0a (€Arifw), pf. and 1 aor. a. 


npdpryka (duaprave), pf. a. 
jpaprov (id.), 2 aor. a. 
npeOa, jpev (eipi), impf. 
npeAdov (yédAw), impf. 
ijpny (cipt), impf. 
npprecpevos (apdrévvupe), pf. ptep. p. 
WveyKa (pépw), 1 aor. a. 
nvexOnv (id. Ws 1 aor. p. 
nvewypévos (avolyw), pf. ptep. p. 
nvéwéa (id. Me 1 aor. a. 


APPENDIX B 


nve@y ny. (id.), 1 aor. p. 
nvotyny (id.), 2 aor. p. 
nvoéa (id. ), 1 aor. a. 
nvoixOny (id.), 1 aor. p. 
n&ew (jx), fut. a. 
néiov (d&udw), impf. a. 
n&iwra (id.), pf. p. 
nmatnOn (amaraw), 1 aor. p. 
nm eiOnoav (arebéw), 1 aor. a 
nm tBovy (id.), impf. a. 
nmetnet (amrethéw), impf. a. 
nmiarouv (amurréw), impf. a 
nT Opel (drropéw), impf. a. 
yrrovTo (arrw), impf. m. 
npa (aipw), 1 aor. a. 
npyatopny, -cdury (epya¢opat), impf. 
and 1 aor. 

npéO.ca (€pebifw), 1 aor. a. 
npeoa (apéoka), 1 aor. a. 
jpeckov (apéok@), impf. a. 
npnpodn (épnudw), 1 aor. p. 
mpOny (aipw), 1 aor. p. 

npKev (id.), pf. a. 
nppévos (id.), pf. ptep. p- 
npveiro (dpvéopat), impf. 
jpynpar (id.), pf. pass. 
npynodpny (id.), 1 aor. 
npEapny (dpxe), 1 aor. m. 
npwayn (4pm ato), 2 aor. p. 
npmace (id.), 1 aor. a. 
np aan (dprdtw), 1 aor. p. 
npropévos (dprvw), pf. ptep. p. 
pxovto (€pxopar), impf. 
Npetav (€pwraw), impf. a. 
ns, noOa Cand), impf. 
noO.ov (ecbiw), impf. a. 
noowbOnre (7trdw), 1 aor. p. 
nrnkapev (airéw), pf. a. 
nTnoa, -cdpnv (id.), 1 aor. a. and m. 
ntipaca (atipatw), 1 aor. a. 
ntipnoa (atiuaw), 1 aor. a. 
nroipaka (€éroudt(w), pf. a. 
nrovyto (airéw), impf. m. 
yrtnOnre (ntraw), 1 aor. p. 
yrrnra (id.), pf. p. 

Hw (eli), pres. impv. 
nvdoxnoa (edvdoxéw), 1 aor. a. 
nvdoxodper (id.), impf. a. 
ndKaipovy (evkatpéw), impf. 
nuAnoapev (avd€w), 1 aor. a. 
nvdroyet (evAoyéw), impf. a. 
nvdoynka, -oa (id.), pf. and 1 aor. a. 
nvénaoa (avEava@), 1 aor. a. 
numopetro (evropéw), impf. m. 


APPENDIX B 


nupiokero (ctipicxw), impf. p. 
nvpioxoy {id:), impf. a. 
nupopnoer (cio r€éw), 1 aor. a. 
noppavdn (evppaive), 1 aor. p. 
nvxaploTnaay (evxapioréw), 1 aor. a. 
nvxouny (evxouar), impf. 

nore (apinpr), impf. 
Axone (Gye), 1 aor. p. 
mxpet@d noav (axpea), 1 aor. p. 
nYapnv (arte), 1 aor. m. 


Oawa (Oarrw), 1 aor. inf. a. 

Ociva, Geis (riOnwr), 2 aor. inf. and 
ptep. a. - 

Oénevos (id.), 2 aor. ptep. m. 

Oévres (id.), 2 aor. ptcp. a. nom. pl. 
mas. - 

Oéo6e (id.), 2 aor. ae: m. 

Gére (id.), 2 aor, impv. a 

diyns, Olyn (Oryyava), 2 aor. subje. a. 
@ (rin), 2-aor. subje. a. 


idOn (idopiat); 1 aor. p. 

tarat (id.), pf. p. 

taro (id.), impf. 

iSov = eldov. 

ioacr (oida), 3 pl. 

to (cit), impy. 

ioravoper, ioT@pev (corns, q-v.). 
tore (oida), ind. or impyv. 
iornkewv (tornpc), plpf. a. 
i@pevos (idoyar), pres. ptep. 


kabapret (kabapifa), fut. 
_kadapioa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 

kadeire (kabapéw), 2 aor. a. 

xaed@ (id.), fut. a. 

xaOn (kaOnpa), pres. ind. 

kabzjkav (kaOinwt), 1 aor. a. 

cadnoecbe (kaOnpat), fut. 

kadnwe (kadar), 1 aor. a. 

xa0ov (xd@nya), pres. impv. 

kaéoat (kadéo), 1 aor. inf. a. 

kaheoov (id.), 1 aor. impy. a. 

kdpnre (kduve), 2 aor. subje. a. 
kaTaBa, KaraBnOe (xaraBaivw), 2 aor. 

impv. a. 

xaraBeBnxa (id.), pf. a. 

cara (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 
kaTakanoopa (karakaio), 2 fut. p. 
caraxavoa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
Katakavy® (katTaxavxdopat), 

impv. 


pres. 


507 


xaradaBy (karadapBavw), 2 aor. subje. 
a. 

katarin (katariv@), 2 aor. subje. a. 

karatroGy (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 

kataprioa (kxarapri¢w), 1 aor. inf. or 
opt. a. 

KaTacKnvoiv, -ovv (KkatacKnvdw), pres. 
inf. a. 

kardoxopev (xaréy@), 2 aor. subje. a. 

Kareayaow (karayvupt), 2 aor. subje. p. 

xaréaéa (id.), 1 aor. a. 

xarea&eu (id.), fut. a. 

xaré3n (karaBaive), 2 aor. a. 

KaTeyvaopevos (xataywooxw), pf. ptep. 


p- 

KarewAnppevos (karadapBave), pf. ptcp. 
p- 

xareAnpévat (id.), pf. inf. a. 


Katekan (karakai@), 2 aor. p. 
katéx\aoe (xarax\a@), 1 aor. a. 
caréxXevoa (karak\ei@), 1 aor. a. 
Kareveyx Geis (katapépw), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
Katevuynoay (karavvoow), 2 aor. p. 
Kareréatnoay (xarediornu), 2 aor. a. 
katéme (karamiva),.2 aor. a. 
xatremdOnv (id.), 1 aor. p. 
Kateckappevos (karackanta), pf. ptep. 


p- 
kaTeotpapupévos (karaotpéda), pf. ptep. 
cateotp@Onoay (karaorpovvupt), 1 aor. 


karevOvvat (karevOvv@), 1 aor. inf. a. 

karevOvvae (id.), 1 aor. opt. a. 

karépayoy (xarerGiw), 2 aor. a. 

Karnyyeda (karayyéAX@), 1 aor. a. 

Katyyyedy (id.), 2 aor. p. 

KaTnveyka (xarapép), 1 aor. a. 

KaTnvTnka, -ca (katavrdw), pf. and 
1 aor. a. 

karnpaow (xarapdopa), 1 aor. 

karnpynrat (xarapyéa), pf. p. 

KATHpPTLT HEV OS (xaraprifw), pf. ptep. p. 

katnprioe (id.), 1 aor. m. 2s 

karyoxuvOny (katacxtvea), L aor. p- 

Karnxnvrat (xarnxéw), pf. p. 

Karnxno@ (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 

kari@rat (katiw), pf. p. 

katoxirev (KarouxiCw), 1 aor. a. 

kavOjoopat (xaiw), 1 fut. p. 

Kavxacat (kavxydouar), pres. ind. 

cexadapiopevos (xabapiCw), pf. ptep. p. 

kexadappévos (kaGaipw), pf. ptep. p. 

kexa\uppévos (kadurra), pf. ptep. p. 


508 


Kexaupévos (kaiw), pf. ptep. p. 
kexepaopévos (kepdvvupe), pf. ptep. p. 
Kéxevrpat (kdelw), pf. p. 

KéxAnka (kadéw), pf. a. 

KéxAnra (id.), pf. p. 

KéxAkev (kAiva@), pf. a. 

Kéxunkas (kauva), pf. a. 
kexopeopevos (Kopévvupe), pf. ptep. p. 
Kéxpaye (kpaw), 2 pf. a. 
kexpagovra (id.), fut. m. 
kexparnkxévat (xparéw), pf. inf. a. 
Kexpatnvra (id.), pf. p. 

Kekpiket (xpiv@), plpf. a. 

KEK plat (id. )Dinp: 

Kekpuppevos (kpuTr@), pf. ptep. p. 
Kepacare (kepdvvupt), 1 aor. impv. a. 
Kepdava, kepdnow (kepdaiva), fut. a. 
kepdave (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 
Kexapiopat (yapi¢onac), pf. 
KEXAplT@pEVOS (xapirow), pf. ptep. p. 
Kéxpnpar (xpdopar), pf. 
Kexopiopevos (xwpitw), pf. ptep. p. 
Knpvéa, -vEa (knpvoow), 1 aor. inf. a. 
kAdoa (kAaw), 1 aor. inf. a. 
kNavaarte (kXaiw), 1 aor. impv. a. 
kXavow, -onai (id.), fut. 

kdevo Pou (KAeiw), 1 aor. subje. p. 
xAnOns (kadéw), 1 aor. subje. p. 
kA@pev (kAdw), pres. ind. a. 
k\@pevos (id.), pres. ptcp. p. 
k@vtes (id.), pres. ptep. a. 
KOlu@pevos (Kouwaw), pres. ptcp. p. 
KoAAnOnre (koAAaw), 1 aor. impv. p. 
Kometrat (kopitw), fut. m. 

kouioagaa (id.), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
xopeaOevtes (kopévvupn), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
kovas (kort@), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
xpakas (xpa¢w), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 
xpa&ovow (id.), fut. a. 

Kparet (kpatéw), pres. impv. 
xptOnoeabe (kpiv@), 1 fut. p. 
xpiddow (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 
KpuBnva (kpurr@), 2 aor. inf. p. 
xtnoao Oe (kradpuat), 1 aor. impv. m. 
xtnonobe (id.), 1 aor. subje. m. 


AaBe, -Bn (AapBavw), 2 aor. impy. and 
subje. a. 

Aabeiv (AavOav@), 2 aor. inf. a. 

Aaxovar (Aayyav@), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

Adxeper (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

Aeoupévos, -cpEvos (Aove@), pf. ptep. p. 

AeAvea (AV@), pf. pass. 

AnuPé7 (AapBavw), 1 aor. subje. p. 


APPENDIX B 


Anpwopat (id.), fut. 
Airy (Acirr@), 2 aor. subje. a. 


padere (uavOavw), 2 aor. impv. a. 

pdOnre (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

pater (id.), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

papavOnooua (papaiva), 1 fut. p. 

pakaptovor (paxapi¢@), fut. 

paxpoOvpnoov (paxpobupéw), 1 aor. 
impv. a. 

peOoravat (ueOiornpt), pres. inf. a. 

peOvcbaow (pebioxce), 1 aor. subje. p. 

petvat (uéva@), 1 aor. inf. 

peivaytes (id.), 1 aor. ptep. 

peivare, petvoy (id.), 1 aor. impr. 

peivn, -nte, -wow (id.), 1 aor. subje. 

pedéra (wederaw), pres. impv. a. 

pepabdnkas (wavOdva), pf. ptep. a. 

penevnkecoay (pévw), plpf. a. 

HEpLappEevos eae) pf. ptep. p. 

Heplavrae (id.), pf. pass. 

atlanee (utyvupe), pf. ptep. p. 

pepynod € (uipvnoKe), pf. m. 

pepwnpat (uvéw), pf. p. 

peveire (névm), fut. ind. 

pévere (id.), pres. ind. or impv. 

peraBa, -BnOc (peraBaivw), 2 aor. 
impvV. a. 

petactabe (peOiornpr), 1 aor. subje. p. 

peractpapyntra (peractpépew), 2 aor. 
impv. p. 

peréOnxev (uerariOnur), 1 aor. a. 

peréotnoev (ueOiornput), 1 aor. a. 

peréaxnkev (ueTéxa), pf. a. 

pereréOnoay (pwerariOnu), 1 aor. p. 

petn\Aakav (ueradrAdoow), 1 aor. a. 

pETHpev (ueraipw), 1 aor. a. 

PETOLKL@ (ueroxiCw), fut. a. 

petroxioer (id.), 1 aor. a. 

pay Oaoww (ytaivw), 1 aor. subje. p. 

pynoOnva (ptpynoKe@), 1 aor. inf. p. 

pvnoOnre, -Te (id.), 1 aor. impv. p. 

pvnaO@, -Ons (id.), 1 aor. subje. p. 


veviknka (vixdw), pf. a. 
vevopnobernrat (vopoberéw), pf. pass. 
vnWare (vnpo), 1 aor. impv. 

voet (voéw), pres. impv. a. 
voovupeva (id.), pres. ptep. p. 


ddvvaca (ddvvaw), pres. ind. m. 

oicw (pepe), fut. a. 

opvovat, -verv (dpvupt, -V@), pres. inf. a. 
opooa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a, 


APPENDIX B 


Gpoon (id.), 1 aor. subje. a. 
évaipny (6vivnut), 2 aor. opt. m,. 
6p@ca (dpa), pres. ptep. a. 
opGeis (id.), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
dyret, -n (id.), fut. 

éynobe (id.), 1 aor. subje. m. 


mabeiv (racy), 2 aor. inf. a. 

maOn (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

maion (raiw), 1 aor. subje. a. 

mapaBodevoduevos (mapaBodevoua), 1 
aor. ptcp. 

mapaBovdevodpevos (mapaBovAevouac), 1 
aor. ptep. 

mapaded@keoav (rapadidwu), plpf. 

mapadidot, -d0 (mapadidwp), pres. 
subje. 

mapadidovs, mapadovs (id.), pres. and 
2 aor. ptep. 

mapade, -dot (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

mapabeivat (mapariOnu), 2 aor. inf. a. 

napaov (id.), 2 aor. impr. m. 

mapad@oy (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 

mapatrov (mapaitéopar), pres. impv. 

mapakekaduppévos (mapaxahirra), pf. 


ptep. p. 


mapakexetmakore (mapaxeyatw), pf. 
ptep. a. 

mapaknOa@ow (mapakadéw), 1 aor. 
subje. p. 

mapakvipas (apaxumre), 1 aor. ptcp. . 

mapadnuponoera (mapadauBavo), 
fut. p. 


mapa hevoat (maparéw), 1 aor. inf. a. 
mapapvapev (mapapéw), 2 aor. subje. p. 
mapaoThoat (mapiornpt), 1 aor. inf. a. 
mapaornre (id.), 2 aor. subje. a. 
mapacyav (mapéxe), 2 aor. ptep. a. 
mapatiécOwoav (maparidnut), pres. 
impv. 3 pl. 
mapedidocay (rapadidwpc), impf. 3 pl. 
mapébevro (mapariOnut), 2 aor. m. 
mapet (mdapeyst), pres. ind. 
mapeuevos (mapinut), pf. ptcp. p. 
mapetvat (mapinut), 2 aor. inf. a. 
mapetvat (dpe), pres. inf. 
mapevoa£ovatv (mapevrayo), fut. a. 
mapeoedvnoav (mapeodva), 2 aor. p. 
mapewrédvcav (id.), 1 aor. a. 
mapeoevéyxaytes (mapecopépa), 1 aor. 
ptep. a. 
mapecoTnKewoay (mapiornpt), plpf. a. 
mapetxay (mapéxw), impf. 


509 


mapetyouny (id.), impf. m. 

mapéxuwev (rapaxvmra), 1 aor. a. 

mapedaBocar (rapadap Pave), 2 aor. a. 

mapedevoovTat (rapépyouat), fut. 

mapeAndvéeva (id. ), pf. inf. a. 

mapedOare (id.), 2 aor. impr. a. 

mapeveyketv (rapadépa), 2 aor. inf. 

mapé&et, -n (wapéxo), fut. a. and m. 

mapeTikpavay (mapamikpaive), 1 aor. a. 

mapeckevacrat (wapackevdatw), pf. p. 

TapeoTynKOrTEs, -eaT@rtes (tapiornput), pf. 
ptep. a. 

mapérewve (rapareivw), 1 aor. a. 

mapetnpouv (raparnpéw), impf. a. 

mapnyyeAav (mapayyéAdw), 1 aor. a. 

mapnkoAovOnkas (mapaxoAovbéw), pf. a. 

mapnvet (rapawéo), impf. a. 

TapyTnpEevos (mapatréopar), pf. ptep. p. 

map@knoev (mapotkéw), 1 aor. a. 

mapwkvvero (rapokvve), impf. p. 

maporpuvav (1raporpvuvw), 1 aor. a. 

TapoxnpEevos (mapoixopat), pf. ptep. 

mavoat@ (ave), 1 aor. impv. a. 

metv (rivw), 2 aor. inf. a. 

meioas (meiOw), 1 aor. a. 

mwéravra (avo), pf. m. 

memeipapuevos (retpdw), pf. ptep. p. 

metetpacpevos (retipatw), pf. ptep. p. 

mérevopat (reiOw), pf. p. 

memuecpevos (réCw), pf. ptep. p. 

memoteukoat (mioreva), pf. ptep. a. 

metavnobe (7Aavaw), pt. p. 

memdruvra (rAarvve), pf. p. 

memAnpwxéva (7Anpdw), pf. inf. a. 

mémoa (reidw), 2 pf. 

métrovOa (day), 2 pf. 

met orikev (aroritw), pf. a. 

mémpake (rurpacKa), pf. a. 

mémpaxa (rpdacow), pf. a. 

méntwKa (mint), pf. a. 

meTupwpevos (rupdw), pf. ptep. p. 

mémake (rive), pf. a. 

metTopopevos (rwpdw), pf. ptep. p. 

meptaivas (meptarr@), 1 aor. ptcp. a. 

mepipapov (mepirpéx@), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

meptededero (mepidéw), plpf. p. 

mepteCwopévos (repiC@vvum), pf. ptep. 


mepiéxpuBov (mepixpuTT@), 2 aor. a. 
meptedety (meptarpéw), 2 aor. inf. a. 
mepierecov (mepimintrw), 2 aor. a. 
mepieomaro (mepiomaw), impf. p. 
mepieaxov (mrepiey@), 2 aor. a. 
mep.érepov (mrepiréuvw), 2 aor. a 


510 


tepiCaoa (repi(ovvyu), 1 aor. impy. 
m 


mepinpetro (meptatpéw), impf. p. 
meptOevres (mrepiriOnut), 2 aor. ptcp. a. 
mepicraco (reptioTnpt), pres. mM. or p. 


1 epi €onre (mepivinro), 2 aor. subje. a. 
7 €pipepappevos (repipaiva), pf. ptep. p. 
(repipnyvupe), 1 aor. 


mepipnéavtes 


ptep. a. 


Tepiroevoat, -evoat (repiooeva), 1 aor. 


inf. and opt. a. 


me pireTpnpevos (mepiréuv@), pf. ptep. p. 


mepirunOnvat (repirépv@), 1 aor. inf. p. 

meoew (mint), 2 aor. inf. a. 

mernrat (méropat), pres. subje. 

TET @ILEVOS epee: pres. ptcp. 

mepavepara (pavepo@), pf. p. 

Tepinoro (pipow), pf. impv. p. 

maga (mia¢@), 1 aor. inf. a. 

mle, muetv (mivw), 2 aor. 
inf. a. 

muxpavei (mixpaive), fut. a. 

m\aoas (7Adoow), 1 aor. ptep. a. 

mAéEavtes (7Eéxw), 1 aor. ptep. a. 

meovaca (mrAcovatw), 1 aor. opt. a. 

mAnOvvOnvat (mAnOvve@), 1 aor. inf. p. 

mAnpob; (wrypdw), 1 aor. subje. p. 

mwAnaas, -ceis (riprAnpe), 1 aor. ptep. 
a. and p. 

momoevay (rovew), 1 aor. opt. 

Touavet (romaiva), fut. a. 

mpabeis (7impacKkw), 1 aor. ptep. p. 

mpoBas (rpoBaivw), 2 aor. ptep. a. 

7 poBeBnxvia (id.), pf. ptep. a. 

™ poyeyovas (wrpoyivopat), pf. ptep. a. 

7 pocBiacray (mpoBiBatw), 1 aor. a. 


impv. and 


Tpoeyvaapevos (rpoywaok@), pf. ptep. 


p- 
mpoedevoerat (mpoepxopuar), fut. 
mpoevnparo (mpoevapxopat), 1 aor. 


Rear (mpoerayyéAXo), 1 aor. 


ee (wpoiornpt), pf. ptep. a. 
mpoéreivav (mporeiva@), 1 aor. a. 
mpoednrevov (mpodnrevo), impf. a. 
7 poepbacev (rpopOava), 1 aor. a. 

T poewpak Ores (rpoopaw), pf. ptep. a. 
mponyev (rpodyw), impf. a. 


mponAmikotas (wpoeAri¢w), pf. ptep. a. 
7 ponpaptnkws (mpoapaprave), pf. ptep. 


Ae 
Tm poytiacapeBa Si stoic 1 aor. 
1 ponToipaca (mpoeromago), 1 aor. a. 
7 POK EKNPUY[LEVOS 
ptep. p. 


(rpoxnpiacw), pf. 


APPENDIX B 


TpoKexetptapevos (mpoyxepitw), pf 
ptep. p. 

T POKEXElpoTovnpevos (mpoxepoTovew), 
pf. ptep. p. 


7 poop@uny (7poopdw), impf. m. 
mpocavébevto (rpocavaridnu), 2 aor. 
m. 
Tpoceipyaoaro (rpocepyatopuat), 1 aor. 
™pooekOn (rpookXiva), 1 aor. p. 
m™porek ory On (mpookodAda), 1 aor. p. 
7 poweKuvouv (mpookvuvéw), imp. a 
7 powevnvoxey (rpoohépa), pf. a. 
Tpooemicev (rpoomintw), 2 aor. a. 
mpooepngev (rpoopyyvupt), 1 aor. a. 
mpooéaxnka (rpocéxw), pf. a. 
™porepaver (rporpavew), impf. a. 
™pore@vTos (pocedw), pres. ptep. a. 
™poonveyKa (rpooépa), 1 aor. a. 
™ poonpyacaro (rpooepyd¢oua), 1 aor. 
mpoonvéaro (mpooevxopuat), 1 aor. 
mpoabes (rpooriOnu), 2 aor. impv. a 
mpoodaBov (mpoodkapBavw), 2 aor. 
impv. m. 
mpoopeivat (rpoopéva), 1 aor. inf. a. 
mpoomngéas (mpoompyvupt), 1 aor. ptep. 
a. 


m™poornvat (mpoiornu), 2 aor. inf. a. 
mpoowppicOnoay (mpocoppi¢@), 1 aor. 


p- 

mpocwyxOica (rpacoybitw), 1 aor. a. 

mp tpeyauevos (mpotpérw), 1 aor. 
ptep. m. 

mpovTnpxov (rpovtapxyw@), impf. a. 

mraionte (rraiw), 1 aor. subje. a. 

mronOnre (row), 1 aor. subje. p. 

mrvéas (mrvco@), 1 aor. ptep. a. 

mrvoas (3rvw), 1 aor. ptep. a. 

mvO6pevos (ruvOdvouat), 2 aor. ptep. 


pavtic@vrat (pavrifw), 1 aor. subje. m. 
pevoovoty (péw), fut. 

pyéov (pyyvupt), 1 aor. impy. a. 
Bias (pirrw), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
puravénre (puraivw), 1 aor. impv. p. 
purapevOnrw (pumapevoua), 1 aor. 

impv. p. 
puoa (propa), 1 aor. impy. m. 


oBéoa (oBévyvpt), 1 aor. inf. a. 
céonre (one), 2 pf. a. 
ceotynpévos (avyaw), pf. ptep. p. 
cécaKa (ca@lw), pf. a. 

onpava (onpaivw), 1 aor. inf. a. 
cbevace (cbevow), fut. a. 
omapels (oreipw), 2 aor. ptep. p. 


APPENDIX B 


orevoov (arevda), 1 aor. impv. a. 

arabn, oras, etc. (torn), Li and 2 
aor. 

ornpi£ac iainike, 1 aor. inf. a. 

ornon (tornpe), 1 aor. subje. a. 

otpaheis (orpépa), 2 aor. ptcp. p. 

oTpacov (orpovvuu), 1 aor. impv. a. 

GvYK-, V.S..TUV K-. 

avAAaBovea (cvAAapBava), 2 aor. ptcp. 


a. 
ovdAnpw ny (id.), fut. 
oupt-, V.S. cuvT-. 
cuvayayere (cuvayw), 2 aor. impv. a. 
ouvavéKewTo (cuvavakepat), impf. 
cuvaraxdévres (cuvardyw), 1 

ptep. p. 
ovvarréOavov (avvarobvncKw), 2 aor. a. 
cuvvarnxOn (cvvardyw), 1 aor. p. 
ouvar@dero (cuvarodAvpt), 2 aor. m. 
cuvapa (ovvaipa@), | aor. inf. a. 
cvvayOnoona (ovvayw), 1 fut. p. 
ovvdedepnévos (cuvdéw), pf. ptep. p. 
ouvéecevEev (cuvCevyvupt), 1 aor. a. 
ovvébevro (avy TiOnu), 2 aor. m. 
ouvedvins (cuvetdov), pf. ptep. a. 
ouverrnpvia (ovAAapBave@), pf. ptep. a. 
ouveimero (ovvérropuat), impf. 
ovveixeto (cvvéxw), impf. p. 
ovvekdopuicav (ovyKopicw), 1 aor. a. 
avvednrvOas (ovvépxopuat), pf. ptep. 
ouverréatn (cuvepiotnpe), 2 aor. a. 
cuvériov (auvmivw), 2 aor. a. 
ovveorapagev (cvorapdcow), 1 aor. a. 
ouveorapevos (cvoTéd\A@), pf. ptep. p. 
ouveotaca (cuviornu), pf. ptep. 
ouvéraka (ouvragow), 1 aor. a. 
ouveradnpuer (cuvOarT@), 2 aor. p. 
ovvere (ouvinut), 2 aor. a. 
ouveréGewro (cvvTidnu), plpf. m. 
ovvernpet (cvvTnpéw), impf. a. 
owvepayés (ovveoOiw), 2 aor. a. 
ouvéxeov (avvxéw), impf. or 2 aor, 
ovnyepOnre (cuveyeipw), 1 aor. p. 
ovvnypevos (cuvayw), pf. ptep. p. 
svvnbdnaav (cvvabdé@), 1 aor. a. 
avvnOpo.opévos (avvabpoifa), pf. ptep. 


aor. 


ovvikay (ovvinpt), 1 aor. a. 
acvvnracev (cuvedavya), 1 aor. a. 
ovvndhaooev (avvadAdoow), impf. a. 
ovynyTnoev (avvavrda@), 1 aor. a. 
ouvnpyet (cuvepyéa), impf. a. 
guynpTake, -npracav (cvvapratw), 


plpf. and 1 aor 


511 


cuvncay (ovven), impt. 

ovvnoev (cvvecbiw), impf. 

ovvnre (cvvinpt), 2 aor. subje. a. 

ovvnx9n (cvvdyw), 1 aor. p. 

cvvidev (cuveidor), ptep. 

cuveeis (cvvinut), pres. ptcp. 

ovv.ovtos (ovveyut), pres. ptcp. gen. s. 

cvviotdave (cuviornmet), pres. inf. 

cuvieaot (cuvinus), pres. subje. 

ovvKarareOepéevos (cuvKarariOnu), pf. 
ptep. m. 

ouvKekepacpevos (cuvKepavyume), pf. 
ptep. p. 

cuvrapakAnOnva (ovvmapaxadéw), 1 
aor. inf. p. 

cvuvovrev (cvvepu), ptep. gen. pl. 

cuvtapevres (cuvOdrrw), 2 aor. ptcp. 


p- 
cuvTedeobeis (suvTed€w), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
ovvreTpnpéevos (cuvtésvw), pf. ptcp. p. 
ovvTeTpinpévos (suvTpiBo), pf. ptep. p. 
ovvterpipba (id.), pf. inf. p. 
ouvuTeKpiOnoav .(cuvuToKkpivowa), 1 
aor. p. 
cuvpvea (cvvpie), 2 aor. ptep. p. 
ovvaor (cuvinut), 2 aor. subje. a. 
ooO7 (cw (ow), 1 aor. p. 
oooa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 


raxnoera (tHKkw), fut. p. 
tapaxOnva (rapaoow), 1 aor. inf. p. 
reOéara (Oedopuar), pf. 

réOecxa (riOnut), pf. a. 

reBepeNiwro (Geyedidw), plpf. p. 
ren (riOnuc), 1 aor. subje. p. 
TeAXippevos (PAB), pf. ptep. p. 
reOvava (Ovnoke), pf. inf. a. 
teOvnxévae (id.), pf. inf. a. 
TeOpappevos (rpépo), pf. ptep. p. 
teOpavopeévos (Opavw), pf. ptep. p. 
reOupéva (Ov), pf. ptep. p. 

reOaow (ridnut), 1 aor. subje. p. 
réxyn (rikrw), 2 aor. subje. a. 
rekecOaow (red€éw), 1 aor. subje. p. 
réén (rixto), fut. 

teraypévos (Tacow), pf. ptep. p. 
réraxra (id.), pf. p. 

TeTapaypevos (rapdoow), pf. ptep. p. 
terapaxtat (id.), pf. p. 

reraxévat (id.), pf. inf. a. 
reréAcora (rehéw), pf. p. 

Térevya (ruyxave@), pf. a. 

Tetnpynkav (mpéw), pf. a. 
TeTusnpévos (Tyuaw), pf. ptcp. p. 


512, APPENDIX B 


peioopat (petdopnat), fut. 
pevEopuat (pevyw), fut. 
pbapn (Pbcipw), 2 aor. subje. p. 
pbdowpev (PGavw), 1 aor. subje. 
poepet (Pbcipo), fut. a. 

ypoiv, -ovv (piuow), pres. inf. a. 
ppayn (ppacce), 2 aor. subje. p. 
dpacov ag 1 aor. impyv. 
gueis, pus (pia), 2 aor. p. and a. 
pvdrakov Neen 1 aor. impv. a 
gutevOnre (purevw), 1 aor. impv. p. 
porttet, -rices (harite), fut. 


Terpaxnicpevos (rpaxnditw), pf. ptep. 


p- 
rerUperat (rude), pf. p. 
Téruxa (ruyxdva@), pf. a. 
tex Geis (rixtw), 1 aor. ptep. p. 
tigovoty (rive), fut. a. 


tmédecEa (Urodeixvupe), 1 aor. a. 
vméOnka (vmoriOnu), 1 aor. a. 
vméAaBeyv (vrodapBave), 2 aor. a. 
dreheihOny (vroXeira@), 1 aor. p. 
Uméepuewa, -pevoy (Urouév@), 1 aor. and 
impf. 
vrepvnoOny (vropuipynoKk@), 1 aor. p. 
Umeveyxetv (vropépw), 2 aor. inf. a. 
Umevdouy (Urovoeéw), impf. a. 
umémAevoa (Umomém), 1 aor. a. 
umepioa@v (vmepeidorv), ptcp. 
uméotpewa (Uroatpéda), 1 aor. a. 
Ureotpavyvoy (Urootpavyut), impf. 
vmerayn (Urotaco@), 2 aor. p. 
méraga (id.), 1 aor. a. 
bmnyov CAE. impf. a. 
Umnkovoy (vmaxovw), impf. a. 
Umnveyxka (vropépw), 1 aor. a. 
Umnpxov (vrdpxa), impf. a. 
vmobébexTat (Urodéxopat), pf. 
trodcdepEévos (bro0d€éw), pf. ptep. p. 
vmodnoa (id.), 1 aor. impv. m. 
Umodpapovres(Umorpéx@), 2 aor. ptcp. a. 
Umopeivas, -pepvnkas (Uropéev@), 1 aor. 


xXahoow (xa\dq), pres. a. 3 pl. 

Xapyvar (xaipo), ate inf. p. 

Xapnoopat (ad.), f 

Xpyrat (xpdopar), a aor. impv. m. 

Xpnoov (kixpnpt), 1 ae impv. a. 
Xpovioet (xpovitw), f 

Xp® (Xpdopar), pres. ees 

xeopnoa (yopéw), 1 aor. inf. a, 

xXwpica (xwpifw), 1 aor. inf. a. 

Xopovoa (ywpéw), pres. ptep. a. 


Ahi (WnrAadae@), 1 aor. opt. 
SHO (oxo), 2 fut. p. 
Wopiow (Wopitw), 1 aor. subje. a. 


and pf. ptep. a. 
Uropvjcat (rouipvynoKe), 1 aor. inf. a. 
Umomvevoas (vromvéw), 1 aor. ptep. a. 
UmooreiAnrat (vroaté\Aw), 1 aor. subje. 
m. 
trorayn (vrordcow), 2 aor. subje. p. 
vmoraéa (id.), 1 aor. inf. a. 
troréraxra (id.), pf. p. 
votepnkévat (voTepéew), pf. inf. a. 


toG (vow), 1 aor. subje. p. 


payeca (ecbiw), fut. 2 s. 
pavn (paiva), 1 aor. subje. a 


@xodopovy (oikodopéw), impf. 
aire (6ptdéw), impf. 
@poddyour (dporoyéw), impé. 
@pooa (Ouvupe), 1 aor. a. 
oveidica (overdi¢w), 1 aor. a. 
ovdpara (ovopaca), 1 aor. a. 
apOpicev (6pOpi¢w), impf. 
pica (dpifw), 1 aor. a. 
Sppnoa (6ppd@), 1 aor. a. 
a@pv&ev (dpvaow), 1 aor. a. 
apxnoacbe (dpxéopuat), 1 aor. 
a@perov (peti), impf. 
HPOnv (6pdw), 1 aor. p. 





HOME USE 
CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 
MAIN LIBRARY 


This book is due on the last date stamped below. 
1-month loans may be renewed by calling 642-3405, 
6-month loans may be recharged by bringing books 

to Circulation Desk. 
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior 
to due date. 
ALL BOOKS ARE SUBJECT TO RECALL 7 DAYS 
AFTER DATE CHECKED OUT. | 


> 
~~ ; 4 
¥ 
4 


x 








| REC. CIR MAR 30°75 





HAOARCS 1992 


j RAY 0d ag 
REC. CIE APR Q G 192. 


Fah a I 
Li OCT 2 2 1982 45) 

sy SU ASIST a 
{ LD21—A-40m-8,'75 General Library 


(S7737L) University of California 
Berkeley 





U.c. 


i 



































iil 


7?b&l3be | 














! 





Stree 


ht 


7 
ae, 
Gr) 


os 


Tete 


= 


es 


>= 
Bm 


> 


. 


Bet 
a) 


shethutearyzasts 


Peewee 


etcetyt, 
Bees 
Rees 
ots 


vat 


. 
oe 


= 

5 
Se} 

ve 





